Epilogue (Book 1): The Half-Men

The Forest of Kilrane was inhabited. Not just by mankind, but by others of a sort that fit neither fully into the races of men, nor in that of the animal kingdom.

The eyes of these inhabitants watched the progress of unwary travelers moving up and down the winding turns of the forest road from the darkness of the deep woods. These beings were not born of any natural order but existed under a curse that they themselves had brought upon their variant kinds by invading the Mid-World, in an ancient act of defiance.

These were the Half-Men. They had once been men and women of old, walking upon the Surface World in the days when the land was still young. Before they misused the knowledge given their patriarch to establish dominion over the earth and all its living creatures. Before they took the power of names and twisted it to perform abominations and perversions.

They were the direct descendants of Cain. Those who, in their desires to become gods, had given their daughters as wives to beings never meant to mingle with humankind in such ways. They were the ones who thought to bring their abominations and debaucheries into the pathways extending towards the Holy Mountain and offer their own sacrifices to The One who had decreed the curse. To appease the Holy One. To rectify their grandfather’s rejected offering of the bounty of the field with sacrifices of things that would bleed upon the altar of Heaven.

For each of their abuses in seizing the summoned animals and passing with them through the oculus gate into the Mid-World, these cursed men and women were ripped apart and remade into creatures that were no longer completely whole, either in body, mind, or reason.

For this wickedness, they were banished from the face of the earth, confined to the Mid-World, and would find the door of Heaven forever shut. By their insolence, they were cursed again to eternally age with the ravages of sin working through their hybrid bodies without the respite of a natural death that would free their souls from their corrupted bodies. And to their posterity who still remained in the Surface World, they left behind only the bloodied vestiges of what they once were when they dared to traverse from the land cursed by the sins of their patriarch to a place that existed outside of the lands deemed to mankind.

And when, in time, the sins and curse of their fathers reached maturation in the line of their children and the sickness had increased by each of their successive generations, the world was reshaped by water, upheaval and global cataclysm and all passages between the two worlds went dark.

Like the children born into the rebirth of The Lamb are made citizens of and yearn for a Heavenly eternal realm, these cursed half-men, lost in their depravity were displaced citizens of the buried world that had gone down into its own watery grave and they longed to return and die with it. They were witnesses to its destruction through mysterious mirroring waters that collected in pools within a mystical woodland. A place regarded as a Holy Wood.

Through the mystic pools, they witnessed the rebirth of the old world coming back to The Surface.  They witnessed mankind’s preservation through the surviving eight persons, and animals with their mates being set free to populate the wilds of the baptized earth.  They witness a rededication of the earth to The One, who spoke its being and also spoke its curse.  Recognizing that they could no longer be a part of the baptized Surface World, they ached over the loss. But rather than repent of their evil, they fell even deeper into the darkness of their hearts. And in that apostasy, they heard, through the waters of the wood, a voice coming from a pool that also railed against The One as they did. A voice like that of an ancient serpent, back in the days of the First Garden. And they took up the voice and repeated its words in a mantra that gave succor to their anger. And they made that voice their own, joining its call to engage in a war against the Hosts of Heaven, and against the Promised Seed that would one day restore all authority and dominion to their rightful owners.

Every thing that openeth the matrix [H7358] in all flesh, which they bring unto the LORD, [whether it be] of men or beasts, shall be thine: nevertheless the firstborn of man shalt thou surely redeem, and the firstling of unclean beasts shalt thou redeem.  [Num 18:15 KJV]

All flesh [is] not the same flesh: but [there is] one [kind of] flesh of men, another flesh of beasts, another of fishes, [and] another of birds. [There are] also celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celestial [is] one, and the [glory] of the terrestrial [is] another. [1 Cor 15:39-40 KJV]

***

The first of these accursed apostates to follow “The Nomad” into the Mid-World was a man named Lamech, from among Cain’s lineage. He had followed the Way of Cain, a path of deceit and violence. When he found the place populated by a small family, he took from the Mid-World a wife out of time, named Zillah, whose name meant “buzzing shadow”.

He brought her to live as his second wife into the city of stone called Enoch by the one who had built it. And in time, she bore him a child which they gave two names for they believed he would be a man of two destinies. His first name was Tubalcain, for they believed he would serve to redeem the legacy of Cain. And for his second name, they chose the word “Pan”. Which meant “All”. For they believed that when he came of age he would with might and strength make all right again and break the curse that had hardened all the world against them. They believed he would be to the one to ultimately crush the head of the serpent.

And they raised him to believe it as well.

But his rise to power brought only desolation and the very judgments of heaven down upon all who followed him and all who would follow in his legacy.

As a young man, Tubalcain learned to harness the power of fire in the melting of ores and he fashioned the first forge of stone for pouring and shaping metal. And with that skill, he fashioned the first weapon designed to pierce and cut the flesh of all living creatures. And he taught others of his craft until he had gained a loyal following of both men and women committed to finding the hole in which the serpent had crawled through to escape the consequence for its ancient deception.

Eventually, Lamech, seeing that his son had grown into a man of influence, might, and power, took his son aside and told him of the secret paths he had learned were still in the high hills secretly following his grandfather in his mysterious nomadic wanderings. And of the mysterious place between the seen and unseen realms where he had taken his mother, from beyond the world of their fathers.

***

“But be very careful! You did not see the LORD’s form on the day he spoke to you from the heart of the fire at Mount Sinai. So do not corrupt yourselves by making an idol in any form–whether of a man or a woman, an animal on the ground, a bird in the sky, a small animal that scurries along the ground, or a fish in the deepest sea. And when you look up into the sky and see the sun, moon, and stars–all the forces of heaven–don’t be seduced into worshiping them. The LORD your God gave them to all the peoples of the earth. [Deuteronomy 4:15-19 NLT]

Epilogue (Book 2): The Fade

The woods were engulfed in the rage and roar of the fires burning and erupting from all around fastly encroaching upon the site of The Faerie Fade.  Two men were left standing in swirling hot wind amid thick clouds of smoke.

Jeremiah knelt down weeping over the body of Captain Lorgray, another dear friend lost to him all in pursuit of the dream of Excavatia.

“What do we do now?” Jeremiah asked Hanokh.

It had only been a few moments since O’Brian and his party of travelers vanished—drawn through the opened doorway into the sea of eyes.

“How do I get back to Azragoth to retrieve the Cordis Stone?  How do we take him back to his people?”

“Just wait and watch there,” Hanokh raised his massive arm, pointing to the fiery orbs hovering over the four posts of the now-empty Faerie Fade enclosure.

The living orbs moved in towards the four tree-posts, and the tops of the trees swayed as the circles of light burned into their trunks extending along and through the roof of the canopy.

The structure began to become effused with golden light as the rustic wood gave way to a golden structure beneath its woodland exterior, revealing its true form.

The gnarled twisted saplings forming the shapes and edifices in the ceiling and walls of The Faerie Fade began to be smooth tracery of ornate metalwork, keeping the same pattern and design, but exuding a polished and clean translucence, like that of molded glass.

“Stand back,” Hanokh warned, helping Jeremiah rise, and kneeling to lift the body of Captain Lorgray onto his broad shoulder.

The tops of the trees, comprising the four posts of The Faerie Fade began to sway and then lean outward away from the central covering.  Then with a mighty crunching and crackling noise the four tops of the trees crashed into the surrounding treetops and fell away from the structure, their trunks cut smoothly from the top of the covering and down into the ground surrounding the shining structure emerging from within.  It was almost as if the fallen trees were bowing in the four cardinal directions of the land.

Then the structure began to rise, underneath the four glowing orbs as if it were being lifted off of the ground where it had been rooted for so long.

The rising structure began to lean and roll before them, but the four orbs set at the tops of the four ceiling posts did not appear to turn.  The two on the left lowered, tilting and the other two on the right rose above, inverting the floating structure until what was once the ceiling was now the golden floor swimming with dazzling flashes of light and power.  The opposite wall remained only the central doorway was righted, rather than inverted and the whole of the structure rested upon the four orbs of light.

The Pan and the dryads and satyrs crawled and cowered in the periphery, away from the mysterious structure, terrified of the four Faeries that seemed to comprise the living wheels of the shimmering structure.

Hanokh supported Jeremiah, whose legs and knees were still weakened, not so much from their grueling strain but also from his own fright and awe of what was happening with The Faerie Fade and its joining with the four guardians below it.

“The chariot awaits,” Hanokh said, moving forward towards the dramatically revealed carriage.

“How can this be?  We cannot go into that.  It is too dangerous.  No man may touch the Faeries,” Jeremiah stammered.

“Then how do you explain how the prophet Elijah came here to the Mid-World?”

“Then this is the…?”

“The very same.”

The Bloodline – Chapter 70

The Pan rose to its full height and roared, “Very well!  If you will not come out of there or send the young girl out, I will kill these men before your very eyes!”

The threat horrified them into terrified silence, as the massive beast-man turned to see both Jeremiah and I standing and his guard satyrs lying dead at our feet.

Enraged, he began to lunge forward, then stopped short, seeing the large and imposing mountain of a man standing just behind us.

The creature roared in frustration, its veins standing out upon its brow, its arms flexed and powerfully throbbing with its pulse-pounding rage.

“Uncle!  Why are you here?!”

I turned and stared at Hanokh in shock, but the man was unfazed by the kinship reference.

“Pan, son of Lamech, you are standing against the will of The Almighty.  These men and their calling will not be stopped by the likes of you or your kind.  If you strike the Lord’s anointed, you will be recompensed blow for blow.  Now stand aside and let these men through to the chariot.”

“NO!” he raged, raising both of its clenched fists to the sky, and the ground below trembled with the sound.

“I am cursed already!  What more can be done to me?!  I defy The One, and all who would follow in His name or His call!”

And with that bellowed declaration, he grabbed one of the dryads standing next to him and lifted her bodily up and strode forward towards the enflamed brush twisting and roaring with crackling fire.  He slung her screaming, head and hair into the flames, igniting the top half of her writhing body and brandished her defiantly before us like a blazing torch.

He tore up some dried brush and pushed a mound of fallen leaves towards us igniting them with the burning, writhing dryad.

The leaves burst into roaring flames creating a wall of fire between us and The Pan, further separating us from The Faerie Fade covering my friends.

I had heard that The Faerie Fade offered some kind of supernatural protection.  That it was rumored to be a portal and housed some unseen gateway within, and I hoped the stories had been true for now the lives of my dear friends depended on it.

For some reason, neither The Pan or his followers were rushing in to snatch them and drag them out from under the strange covering.

Over the rumbling of the flames, I heard Miray wailing and the others shouting to us, and I shouted back.

“Go in!” I yelled to them, “Go on without me!  Save yourselves!”

“No!  We are not going without you, Mister O’Brian!  We’re not leaving!”

The Pan turned and directed the satyrs and the troll, barking commands I could not clearly make out.

The satyrs scattered all around the canopy, but it was growing more difficult seeing them clearly through the rising wall of fire and shimmering heat vapors.  They were up to something terrible and then the Honor Sword flashed with light in my hand.

Words of the Ancient Text arose from the blade, shining in brilliance.

10 Who among you fears the LORD and listens to his servant? Who among you walks in darkness, and has no light? Let him trust in the name of the LORD; let him lean on his God. 11 Look, all you who kindle a fire, who encircle yourselves with torches; walk in the light of your fire and of the torches you have lit! This is what you’ll get from my hand: you will lie down in a place of torment.  [Isaiah 50:10-11 CSB]

Hanokh clapped his hands on Jeremiah’s and my shoulders, turning us away from the fire to face him.

“Why are you both here in the Mid-World?  What is your mission here?”

“We were called here.  To find and bring the keys to the gate in the far mountains.  To allow the kingdom of Excavatia to flow into the Mid-World,” Jeremiah answered.

“And why is that important?  What do you hope for in pursuing such a dangerous quest?  Why is what happens here in the Mid-World of the Soul so important in the Surface World of the flesh?  Why is the Kingdom of Excavatia so important that it must be opened, by bearing Faith, walking in Love, towards Hope to bring forth the Light and Life of The One into and through each of you.”

Sudden clarity illuminated my heart and I answered him, “Because our world has grown so dark.  It has become harder to find the Light of Hope.  We’ve allowed so many other things to preoccupy our lives that we lost sight of the most important things, and all our dreams are dying and turning into nightmares.   Our stories are being put out because the Flame no longer reaches us.  The Word comes through so many other filters that it only reaches us in a diluted glow.”

Hanokh stood and smiled, “So then, Brian, I will ask you as The One asked Moses as he stood before the flames of a burning bush.  What do you have in your hands?  What possessions do you carry?”

I unwrapped and pulled the cinched bag from my waistband and held it up.

“I have this stone and this sword.  Nothing more.”

“In those two things you have symbolized everything that is required of you to lead this mission and fulfill your calling.”

“I do not understand.”

“Show me the sword.”

I began to unwrap the bloodline sash from my forearm, but he stayed my hand.

“Keep that secure.  You do not wish to remove that.  Do you not understand why this crimson material is joined to the blade and to be joined to you?”

The red sash was wrapped and crossed at the nexus of the hilt and the crossguard and left to hang and flow loosely until it was fastened to the hand of the bearer.

“I thought it was to symbolize my commitment to the quest and to keep me from dropping it in a protracted fight.”

“It is much more than that.  Every time you take up this Sword, you may wield it in a fight, but when you join yourself to it, by wrapping this Bloodline around your arm you are acknowledging that you have become identified with the family and the purpose for which this blade was forged.  You are grafted into the family line by blood.  You are a part of it, even as it becomes a part of you.  When you say you follow The One, you do well, but when you show that you are of the Family and Bloodline of The One, you are identifying as something much more.  You identify with His Sufferings, His Scorn, and the world’s rejection of Him, but you will also identify with His Ultimate Victory.  Now show me the blade.”

I held it up for him to see and he pointed me to the center of the blade shining in the firelight.

“Do you know the metal of the blade in your sword there has a deep groove down the center?  Do you understand its purpose and the reason it was forged and hammered there?”

“I have heard it called the Blood gutter.  That it channels the blood of an enemy down to the end of the blade to be slung away when it is withdrawn from the wounding.”

“That is not the reason, nor does it do what you have assumed it does.  The groove is there to both strengthen the blade and keep it lightweight enough for the swordsman to wield it.  A swordsman cannot do battle if the blade is too heavy to bear.  That is why the metal is reduced in the center, and the weight is made lighter so you can bear it and it extends downward from the crossguard.  Your weight, your calling is made lighter to bear because it extends outward from the cross.  The Pearl you carry–the Fidelis gate stone–all that you value, belongs in the fuller of the blade.  The weight of your burdens, your failings, your feelings of loss, were handled at The Cross.  Your Faith, your Fidelis, and Fealty begin at The Cross where the Eternal Covenant was brokered.  The weight of your life debt and the burden of your calling has been taken out of The Honor Sword and in the cavity of the groove, you will find the Living Word written there giving you the direction you need for the moments in which you need them.  If you want to find a way to save those you claim to love, to lead them, you will find The Way to them written there.

“Now show me the stone you carry.”

I let the sword dangle from my hand, affixed to the Bloodline, and together with my other hand, I pulled out the Fidelis Stone from the leather pouch.

“What have you been told of this stone–this pearl of great price?”

“That it has no power in and of itself.  That the power of The One comes through it, in service to the calling.”

“You have been told the truth.  But there is more to it.  What is this stone called and why do you think it is here in the form of a pearl?”

“We were told it is called the Fidelis Stone or the Faith stone.  I do not know why it is in the form of a pearl.”

“It takes the form of a pearl because it is forged in trial and adversity.  In the Surface World, a pearl is formed around a single grain of sand which irritates the soft tender part of a mollusk.  The sea creature struggles to eject the thing that is causing it such discomfort.  Through its struggle, the grain of sand repeatedly scrapes the interior shell of the mollusk, as the tender muscle strives to push it away from its tender lining.  Eventually, with time, the grain is coated with the smooth inner polish of the shell that was used to guard the most tender parts of its being.  It is the same thing with mankind.  Faith is born in adversity, its gloss, and unique opalescent shine comes within the difficulties that make us uncomfortable.  We keep our struggles within, under the exterior of an outward shell meant to protect us.  Each covering of the irritant, each layer smoothed through difficulty adds dimension and increases the diameter of the pearl that is formed around a simple grain of sand.  And, by degree, it also increases its value.  The layers covering over a man who learns to deal with adversity which takes a part of his outer shell away to make its way smooth is his story meant to be shared to encourage others, harboring their own pain.  That is why a pearl is its most appropriate representation in the Mid-World.  It is important, for you, and for those you lead to feel the liberty of sharing and owning their own stories.  As they join you in this seeking of the hidden kingdom, their lives, their contributions, and the importance of their stories will be made more clear before the journey’s end.  You will grow to love them more as each of you are more willing to share these gifts with each other.”

Tears fell from my eyes as I nodded in understanding at last.

“And what do you place your faith in?  How do you propose to use this stone for the quest?”

“I carry it in this,” I said raising the bag and starting to pick at the thread along the edge intending to show him the hidden map inside.

“I do not mean that,” Hanokh said, placing his massive hand over mine.

“I asked you in what you place your faith,” he said looking directly and intensely into my eyes, “The stone is a symbol and a lesson.  Here in the Mid-World, the concept and the form are made into one to teach you to see the truth of your own condition.  A person may put their faith into many things, but only one pursuit and one way matters enough to make a difference for seeking the promised realm of Excavatia.  You bear two symbols of your quest and your calling in your hands.  Think about how you will join them.  What did you do with the Pearl thus far that has shone you how to use it.”

“I do not know how to make it work.  I only released it into the waters of the Trathorn, and there it moved and froze the surface of the waters.”

“And that is exactly how meaningful faith is to be applied.  It is not possessed but must release to accomplish its work.  You do not own faith.  You give it for a purpose.  You set it free in the direction of hope.  That is how you place your faith.”

“So should the sword and the pearl be used together?”

“Yes.  Kneel before the rising flames ahead, and set your sword flat on the ground before you.  Take the Fidelis stone in your other hand and set it along the fuller groove of the Honor Sword, beginning at the Crossguard of the weapon.”

***

The Pan and satyrs scurried about collecting brush from the woods where the fires had not yet reached.  With their sickle and scythe weapons, they tore up brambles and cut dried brush and swiftly carried and dragged their kindling to the sides of the Faerie Fade.

“What are they doing?!” Laura asked, terrified.

Tiernan answered, “They’re building a bonfire around us.  If they cannot come in, they will either smoke us or burn us out.”

Matthew responded, “We’re gonna die if we don’t go on like Mister O’Brian said.”

Miray was weeping into Nell’s neck, “No, no, no!  We can’t leave him.  We can’t!”

Mason patted her back, unable to offer her any words, but his hand was reassuring.

“He’s right,” Maeven said, “Much as I hate to admit it, we have no choice, but to go on without them.”

Begglar’s jaw was set as he squinted out beyond the fire to the sight of Hanokh standing above the heightening wall of fire.

“Ah, Lad,” he muttered, “I so wish it hanna come ta this!  Nellus, is there any way your grandfather might be able to get them through to us?”

“Dear, I do not know.  He is ancient and wise, but this is beyond human help.”

***

I approached the rising inferno as instructed, as close as I could, without standing directly in the fire.  The hair of my head and beard curled in the intense waves of heal pushing me back farther away from my friends as the burning swath widened the gap between me and The Pan and The Faerie Fade.  I knelt before the crawling flames, surrendering my safety and trusting only in the words that stirred my heart to action.

From behind me, I heard Hanokh say, “Now raise the Cross and release the Pearl of Faith from your hand and you will see what you must do.”

As I raised the hilt of the Honor Sword, effusive light pulsed from my arm, through the Bloodline and the Pearl rolled down the Fuller groove of the Honor Sword towards the bare ground.  As soon as it touched the ground, clearing the tip of the blade, it ignited in a blinding light.  From the glare, I could not tell by sight if the Pearl continued to roll forward, but in my spirit I sensed that it did, moving on up the hill and into the wall of fire towards The Pan and The Faerie Fade beyond him.

***

The flash of light leaping up from the ground startled the satyrs and The Pan from their furious labors.  They turned to face the firewall, but with The Pan’s newly restored sight, the blinding corona moving toward him was unbearable and burned retinal ghosts in his vision flaring pain that caused him to dive away.  From all sides, the satyrs scattered, turning away, the dryads curl in on themselves, twisting and torquing away from the rod of light extending towards them through the fire.

Much as The Pan wanted to it could no longer stand in its path.  It stumbled and fell to its knees before the light as four large glowing orbs descended from the top of the forest above, vibrating with energy and light.

The guardians of The Faerie Fade had returned to the gate within the forest of Kilrane.

***

I could not see.  The white light was too intense.

“Now walk forward, following your faith,” Hanokh said.

“But I cannot see,” I protested, “How will I…?”

“You do not have to.  Close your eyes.  Walk in the light.  Do not turn to the left or the right.  Move forward.”

I stepped forward and felt a calming and the grasp of the Honor Sword in my hand.

A resonance of the Word spoke in my heart, and I spoke those words aloud as I walked blindly through the rising flames.

105 Your word is a lamp for my feet and a light on my path. [Psalms 119:105 CSB]

I thought of The Pan waiting to grab me on the other side of the wall of fire, building an inferno around the Faerie Fade sacrificing my friends to himself upon an altar he built for himself.  And the Word arose again in my heart.

20 “If I drive out demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you. 21 “When a strong man, fully armed, guards his estate, his possessions are secure.  [Luke 11:20-21 CSB]

A strong man, fully armed.  Those words stuck in my throat and I could barely breathe.  I was carrying a Sword of Honor, in which The Words of Truth moved mysteriously in and through my mind and my heart.  I was shielded from the surrounding flames of a raging forest fire, walking under the protection of faith quenching those flames from destroying me.  Strong man.  I had always believed myself to be weak, but I was being reforged and lifted up to the meaning of the name by which I was called.  Brian.  A name meaning–Strong.

This quest, this journey, this walk by faith was changing me in ways I never would have believed were possible.  This call by The One was making me into who I was always meant to be.

My name is Brian.  My name means Strong.

***

Whirling and dangerous flashes of light hovered at the four corner posts of the Faerie Fade waiting as I emerged blindly from the light caring the Honor Sword before me the mysterious Pearl at my feet.

“Hurry!  There is no time to waste!  Hold hands quickly!” Nell admonished, her breaths coming shallow and fast.

“You might not want to look through the door.  It is…  Well, just hold tight to each other and make sure the kids close their eyes.  That means you too, sweet Miray!  Trust me.  Laura, Christopher, Tiernan, you too.”

“Just what exactly could be behind there?!  There’s nothing beyond this flimsy wall!”

“There is, but it is for us and not against us,” Begglar said, “Grown men–battle-hardened warriors–quake in fear of it.  If you are squeamish at all, you might just close your eyes until we’re through the portal.  If we open this door, there is no going back, no matter what you see and are tempted to do.”

I caught Begglar’s eye and we exchanged a knowing look.  We’d seen what was on the other side in a different context and place than in this arboreal setting.  We know what it was capable of, and the terror it could bring to enemies of The Most High.
It wasn’t easy to describe even by modern standards, and its descriptions in the Ancient Text were confusing at best, though the Surface World prophets Ezekial and Elisha had done a good job of what they had observed, as had John the Revelator.  Elijah had been probably one of the few to ever encounter it directly and survived to tell the tale, but he was so shaken by the experience that he was silent for a good many days afterward.
Begglar put his hand shakily on the door handle and took in a deep breath.  Nell and Dominick embraced him under his large free arm and Maeven held Laura and Miray against her, feeling Nell’s arm encircling her as well.  Matthew, Mason, Tiernan, and Christopher were encircled by James who also held fast to the back of Begglar’s arm.  Lindsey pressed in among the gathering, enclosing the circle of Maeven’s arms around the others but still struggling with whether or not to close her eyes or try to keep them open.  She so wanted to be brave enough, but Begglar’s statement about “battle-hardened men”, had made her doubt the wisdom of her choice.  Christie thrust her arm into the circle, hooked her elbow around Jame’s tense bicep and held out her hand to me.  The look in her eyes was a mix of fear and bravery swirling within a brothy stew of courage and determination.  A look I had come to call her “She-Bear” look.
That was my cue.

I turned back to the wall of a man standing between myself and Jeremiah.  The area in which I had walked through the fire was cleared of debris and only bare ground separated me from them.
“Don’t worry,” he rumbled, “I will ensure he gets back to Azragoth safely, and I will find the boy and the others.”

The firelights rose and vibrated in a strobing flash of white light that caused everything around us to dim in its intensity.  The Pan and his crew of halflings covered and bowed low, covering their head and face with their arms and hands trying to hide from its piercing light.  The way was open.  A path between the cowering creature abominations and the front of the Faery Fade canopy.  So I ran as Begglar turned the handle on the inner door portal.  I bounded and leaped across the threshold, catching Christie’s hand as I skidded under the covering.  As the door opened, those of us facing it, daring to look at what lay beyond gasped collectively as the gap widened.  We saw through the portal as if strangely peering into our own fragmented reflections.

Beyond was a virtual sea of wide-opened-eyes, moving, floating, fluttering…

As we were swept into the portal, I could see that these were not eyes at all.

They were oculus.

*** End of Part 2 ***

“When you pass through the waters, I will be with you; And through the rivers, they will not overwhelm you. When you walk through fire, you will not be scorched, Nor will the flame burn you.” ISAIAH‬ ‭43:2‬ ‭AMP‬‬

Author’s Note:

The canopy of the Faerie Fade represents the shift from a committed relationship into a covenant relationship which has greater roots than hills and mountain and will endure.

“For the mountains may be removed and the hills may shake, But My lovingkindness will not be removed from you, Nor will My covenant of peace be shaken,” Says the LORD who has compassion on you.” ‭‭ISAIAH‬ ‭54:10‬ ‭AMP‬‬

Commitment is based on our efforts and will.

Covenant is the enjoining of those under God’s holding and empowerment making Him central to the relationship.

Join us to see how that unfolds in Excavatia Book 3: Walls of Stone.

Miray’s Memories – Chapter 69

Her memories came forward, like ancient ships emerging from a sea-borne fog.

Miray could see again, in the way she had been able to before finding herself upon a beach in this strange and lonely place.

She had gone to sleep, surrounded by her mother and father, and the nice nurses and Dr. Benton.  She had tried her best to make sense out of what they were saying, but she only caught bits and parts of the conversation.

The small tubes taped to her hand and the pinching stick, the curly-hair girl with the pretty eyes poked her with, made her arm feel so cold.  The liquid moving through the pipe, from the water balloon hanging on the beeping robot pole, made her so sleepy.

“She is such an extraordinary little girl.  A statistical phenomenon.  If it weren’t for this tumor…”

“Please, doctor.”

“Yes, of course.  She is such a brave little girl and she is strong.  We’ll keep her constantly monitored.  There has to be some reason that sedation is affecting…”

Her father pursed his lips and the doctor went silent again.  It was very hard for him.  Miray could sense his struggle, trying to remain dispassionate and retreat into the science, but it was hard shutting down the capacity to feel both fear and anger.

When others viewed Dr. Benton as cold and judged him to be unfeeling, they just did not understand the man.  Being a pediatric brain surgeon, a good one, required the ability to separate the complexity of the condition from the fact that this aggressive threat was coming against a young and defenseless child.  He hated sounding removed from the parent’s pain, but he had to remain calm and methodically confront the terror of untenable outcomes.

He wished he had a way to entirely turn off any distractions and hyper-focus on what might be accelerating the growth of the mass in her diencephalon pressing against her epithalamus, causing the hyperactivity in her pineal gland.  That could explain how her eidetic memory shifted and expanded to the rarer form of photographic memory, but there was something much more going on.  Something esoteric.  The visions were beyond current scientific explanation and defied statistical probabilities.  He had many heated debates with his colleagues over the existence of this phenomenon.

Even among those who believed it was possible, there was division over whether or not this condition was linked to high intelligence or the cognitively impaired as there was well-reviewed, published and corroborated research that blurred those correlations.

Benton was of the opinion that the human mind had the ability to adapt given the circumstances and that the survival instinct and will set off a series of chemical and hormonal reactions, which could create these types of phenomena in certain subjects receptively and morally conditioned to receive and believe in the possibility of hope.

The induced coma only bought them some time.  But it was no solution.  There had to be a link between her melatonin production and her body’s immune system impeding the growth rate.  As long as she slept and her pineal gland naturally produced the increased level of melatonin, the tumor ceased growing.  Why that should be was unclear.  There had to be a link somewhere further down the line, specifically in the resulting increased production of serotonin, the calming neurotransmitter.  In short, she had to sleep to activate her own healing.  And not just sleep but fall into the deeper REM state for as long as possible without interruption.

The lights in her room were kept low.  All visitors to her room were encouraged to put away their cell phones or put them on airplane mode to reduce the electromagnetic frequencies that could inhibit the full endocrinal function of her pineal gland.  Scientific strides had been made, but there was so much still unknown about its higher functions.

That tiny mysterious organ was what even the philosopher Descartes called the “principle seat of the human soul”.  Pine cone-shaped, reddish-gray and averaging about a third of an inch long, this tiny organ was suspected by some to hold the key to unlocking some of the mind and body’s most mysterious connections to the supernatural world.

Modern mystics believed it was the key to self-healing and realizing psychic powers such as clairvoyance and transcendental meditation.  Ancient Hindu mystics characterized the pineal gland as the inner third-eye, a mystical chakra traditionally positioned behind the occipital brow in the center of a person’s forehead.  The gland was in part comprised of optical tissue linked to the retina lending certain credence to the religious characterization of it.

A lot of what the doctor said and tried to explain to her parents did not make much sense to her, but she could reproduce the conversation verbatim if asked.

Here in the Mid-World, however, she knew that she had to expose this monster for who she really was.

Becca was dead.  She knew that now.  Becca was lost at sea.  Drowned.

They should have never played with those lifeboats.

Their parents had warned them not to get into trouble, while they played on the deck, but Becca loved climbing and getting into places she was not supposed to.

When the lifeboat fell from the ship, both she and Becca had been rocking it side to side, laughing and scaring each other as the small boat swayed in its deck harness.

When it dropped, they had been trapped in the canvass cover and knocked unconscious when the boat slammed to the water, twenty feet below.

The back of Miray’s head still bore the knot of striking the hard seat, and the headaches had started shortly thereafter.

She had received medical attention aboard the cruise ship, but she had to wait until they returned to the mainland before she could have a full cat-scan and MRI done.

What they found was a high threshold of neural activity and the presence of a dark mass that prompted her referral to a specialist at the Children’s Hospital in Houston, Texas, Dr. Ralph Benton.

***

My fingers found the hilt of the Honor Sword.

The moment I touched the crossguard, the blade flashed as if ignited by an arc welder’s flux-covered rod.  The runes on the blade became spinning symbols of words and letters of light that signified an ancient language and then clarified into letters I could understand and comprehend.

All this time I had carried a sword of the covenant by my side and never realized that the words stamped upon it were alive and resonating with a message pertinent to me.  Ancient words, from the Ancient Text, written upon the blade even as they were written in my heart.

The swirling ash grit, stinging smoke, and white flaring spots of having been struck multiple times in the head blurred my vision and a part of me wanted only to give up and await what long darkness would soon follow.  The pulsing light on the blade hummed, growing from a low decibel thrum then rising to a sweetening, softer note as if a chord set of piano keys had been lightly struck and emanated a harmonious vibration.  I blinked away the wetness of tears, surrendering to the message in the lights and in the vibrating notes that, in spite of everything, worked to calm my inner spirit.

My vision cleared as if my head surfaced out of a deep lake, allowing me that first and vital intake of air, clearing my mind as well.  The words rose before me, mirroring a calm and gentle voice within my heart, and I read them aloud to my very soul.

5 “I am the vine; you are the branches. The one who remains in me – and I in him – bears much fruit, because apart from me you can accomplish nothing. [John 15:5 NET]

I heard the pleading voice of a child calling to me in the distance.

A simple shift in thought caused me to remember what I had said to Jeremiah along the road in affirmation of what he had been telling me.

“Connection is key.”

The key to all of it was Connection.  All things severed from connection to The Source, The One, were in death throes.  Life comes through connection to The One and through direct fellowship with The One.  The Honor Sword exhibits the power of the quickening when it is bound to the arm of the one called to lead, and by their connection to obedience to The One.

I had admonished myself with those words in concept but had failed to grasp them in practical terms.

The runes flashed and rose again, continuing in gentleness to teach me.

“6 If anyone does not remain in me, he is thrown out like a branch, and dries up; and such branches are gathered up and thrown into the fire, and are burned up.”  [John 15:6 NET]

Just like the dead leaves, on the ground before me, had fallen because they lost their attachment from the tree, torn asunder by the buffeting winds, I could no longer lead these others to live out this quest without the Life being allowed to live in me.

The fires of the forest around us threatened us physically, the same as they did spiritually from within each of us.

The runes on the sword flashed and changed once more.

“7 If you remain in me and my words remain in you, ask whatever you want, and it will be done for you. 8 My Father is honored by this, that you bear much fruit and show that you are my disciples.”  [John 15:7-8 NET]

His Words, His Person, His Being, His Name and His Life.  All were synonymous with Who He is.  Of all my struggles to know and understand what was being asked of me in my calling to a place of leadership, I had failed to grasp the singular, most important part of all.  The symbol of the stone I had believed to be lost, was elsewhere and had never been lost.  Only my presumption had assumed it so.  The runes rose again, this time reminding me of the truth of the One’s call and the reason for it, and the protection promised within it.

9 “Just as the Father has loved me, I have also loved you; remain in my love. 10 If you obey my commandments, you will remain in my love, just as I have obeyed my Father’s commandments and remain in his love. 11 I have told you these things so that my joy may be in you, and your joy may be complete. 12 My commandment is this – to love one another just as I have loved you. 13 No one has greater love than this – that one lays down his life for his friends.  [John 15:9-13 NET]

I spoke quietly to Jeremiah who lay to my left.

“Jeremiah?”

He huffed a breath, wheezing in pain, his body bruised and battered, his legs throbbing in pain.

“What does that golem have in that bejeweled case, if it is not The Cordis Stone?”

Jeremiah attempted to pull his arms up, rising on his forearms, but his strength failed.

“She has an Aspect stone only.”

“What does that mean?”

“There are three Aspect stones related to The Cordis Stone.  If they are removed too far from it, they will harden and become only dead stones again.  Gravestones.”

“Then why do they shine and glow with a red light?”

“They are responsive stones, that shine because of semblances, but they are not themselves the heart.  That is The Cordis Stone, and The Cordis Stone does not shine with its own light.  That is how I knew the golem girl does not possess it.  She holds an Aspect stone only.  When she takes it away from here its light will go out.”

I thought about this a moment.  The Pan had turned its back on us for its interest lay in what was happening around The Faerie Fade.

“Then the stone Caleb and I took was an Aspect stone.”

“Yes.  The three Aspect stones are éros, philía, and storgē.  The two of you, my brother by blood, and my brother by covenant took the philía stone.”

“Then which one does the Torlah creature have?”

“The storgē stone.  The empathy bond.  She and The Pan will twist it to their wills, to cause great deception, if they ever realize its significance.”

“Will it not harden and lose its significance when they take it?”

“When they kill us, all of these stones will go dark and silent.  As I told you, the power of the stones is not coming from within but through them.  We are the called of The One.  It is His Life and His Power actualized within our connection to Him, that causes these stones to bear the signs of that witness.  Our deaths will deny The Pan and his cursed Half-men the ability to get what he wants most.  A way back into The Surface World.”

“So one Aspect stone remains if the other two in The Pan’s collection go dead.”

“Yes.  And it is perhaps one of the most deadly of the Aspect stones.  The éros stone.”

“Eros.  Doesn’t that represent sexual love?”

“Yes, and that is why it is so dangerous if it falls into the hands of the kingdom of the Half-Men races.  Even though they have unnaturally long lives, they can be injured and killed.   If they gain the éros aspect stone and remain within proximity of Azragoth to prevent it from dying, they will become fertile again and eventually overrun The Mid-World with their savage brood, killing every last human that remains, ensuring that no future stone quest for Excavatia will survive the journey to the far mountain.”

“How far do the Aspect stones have to be from The Cordis stone to remain viable?”

“As long as you and I breathe, we carry within ourselves the Light of the Worlds.  The distance is in relation to us.  It only matters in relation to The Cordis stone if we are dead.  If The Pan kills us and takes the Aspect stone out of Kilrane, which it will have to because of the fires, the storgē stone will die and those Xarmnian soldiers will most likely kill them.  It is my hope anyway.  Maeven and her Lehi rescued Corimanth out of Xarm City, but Jahazah has not forgotten that insult.  And now with their Builder stones, being torn from their fortified holds, it gives him the excuse to track and hunt down the Lehi and Storm Hawk.  And someone from within the resistance has been sending them letters of just where they might start looking to pick up the trail that ran cold.”

“Where is The Cordis Stone?  You said it was under Azragoth.”

“It is safe enough from golems.  They are not of this world and even they have their limits.”

***

The Pan and satyrs encircled the Faerie Fade covering moving around it, cutting off all possible means of escape.

Miray ducked her head into Nell’s shoulder, terrified of the cruel and massive form of The Pan.

Begglar had succeeded in drawing the group back up under the canopy before the dryads, troll, and menacing golem could cut them off from retreat.

Begglar stood defiantly, blocking his wife, the small child and other women from the black-eyed glared of The Pan, shielding them from whatever attack was to come.  The young men, Dominic, Matthew, Mason, James, Tiernan, and even Christopher, nursing his wound but leaning against the right-front post, joined Begglar in forming a protective shield of their bodies around the women.

“Do you think, foolish man, that this flimsy structure will protect you from me?” The Pan laughed, and the company of dryads and satyrs laughed in response.

“What is this collection of twigs and sticks that you would wager your pathetic lives on?  Do you not know what power I have over all things that grow from the ground and crawl and skitter upon these lands?  I am a god here.  Your lives are mine to dispose of or to show mercy to.  Come out from under there and beg me now for your lives and I may yet let you live.”

Beyond the top of the hillside rise, the glow of the fires and the forest rose, sending waves of shimmering heat down through the trees and woods.

“The fires are coming,” The Pan raised his dark arms expansively, “and yet you outworlders cower beneath the kindling for a bonfire.  Do you not know that I have the power to save you from what is coming?”

Miray had, at last, turned her face back towards the gathering and took in a deep breath, “You let Mister O’Brian and Jeremiah go!  They did not do anything to you!”

Torlah moved towards the canopy, her face aging and her stature elongating to resemble that of the elderly Noadiah, that Nell had recognized.

“Give me the child, Nellus,” she said, “and we will let you all go free.  Her life for all of you.  Your son, your husband who I seemed to remember now from days gone by.”

She moved closer, staring closely at Begglar, just feet away from the edge of the canopy, “A sea captain, was he not?  Or, rather,” she chuckled, “a pirate.”

“You are not Noadiah, creature,” Begglar growled, “Noadiah died at sea.  She drowned.  Her body was never recovered.  I do not know exactly what you are, but you are not her.”

The form of the old woman cackled and spun herself around, opening her arms and then drawing them in fisted.

“I was Noadiah for a time,” and then she turned abruptly, her eyes feral and angry, “and then…your quests threatened everything in our world.  Your presence drew the Xarmnians into our towns, gathering our people and marching them up to that terrible place of the Bloodstone Marker, where our people were slaughtered by the thousands because they dared to believe in the Hope of a fairy tale your kind spread like an infection into our world.  It is not enough that you wreck and destroy things in your own place.”

She raised and stabbed an accusing finger at him, “Oh no!  You had to stir up trouble here.  Thousands have died because of your kind!  You have meddled in our affairs long enough.  The skull mounds piled upon that death site were the family and friends, mothers and fathers, daughters and sons of the native people living here, long before the Xarmnians and Capitalians came.  Now give us the child and return to your lands and you will live.”

Nell hugged Miray and then set her down, holding her hand, yet freeing an arm to lift a sword defiantly, “You are not taking this child from us without a fight.”

“Then you will die!” the Noadiah faced golem hissed and turned.

“Why do you want this girl?!” Laura yelled at the golem, “You can take me!  I have very little to live for, anyway.  I am useless here.  Let these others live!”

Lindsey grabbed Laura’s arm, “No Laura!  Don’t do this.”

But Laura struggled to get free and break through from behind the protective circle of the men.

The golem creature tore at her hair spitting at them in hatred, “Because she has the ability to remember it all!  No one will believe her as a child, but she will remember long after that!  She must die here to forget it all!”

“No one has to go,” Christie said quietly, joining Lindsey in holding Laura back from what she thought she wanted, “Stay under the canopy.”

Grum-Blud pushed himself into the circle between the wooden legs of a tall dryad.  A low-lying tendril snaked along the ground under the rolling steps of the squat man, earnestly seeking a much smaller foot to snag.

“Master, send me in there,” Grum-Blud growled, striving to make himself useful, “I will flush these quivering quail out for you!”

As he approached, Laura saw the creeper vine, slithering across the leaves, winding its way towards Miray’s tennis shoes.

“Look there!” Laura shouted pointing and the twisting green vine moving beneath Grum-Blud’s feet.

All saw it snap forward, extending like a lunging viper, between the troll’s short legs, and Grum-Blud reacted in fright, skipping away from it, no doubt believing it to be one of the slithering serpents that had so traumatized him when he had fallen into the swampy waters of the woodland slough.

As soon as the vine touched the threshold of The Faerie Fade’s dirt floor, however, the green shoot burst into white-hot flame.  The length of the vine, extended from one of the dryads blackened and curled into smoke, and the dryad quaked violently and twisted in roiling agony letting out a shriek, as it crumbled and crackled from within.

In the distraction of the moment, the golem rushed the canopy and growled, “Give me the girl!”

But her forward momentum and reaching arms suddenly solidified as her clawing fingers crossed the invisible threshold above the dirt floor and beneath the edge of the canopy.  A crystalline white and yellow powder hardened and stretched over the semblance of malleable flesh that made up the body of Torlah.  Her stricken and angry face hardened into the yellowish-white crystal, sparkling under the gathering firelight that grew to a flaming height around them.

Something really was protecting the strange structure, and The Pan and satyrs and other dryads jumped back from the suddenness of the turnabout of events.

***

Maeven had held her bow taut, wanting to pierce the impudent taunting shape-shifter with a piercing arrow, but she had seen what had happened with the other golem harassing O’Brian, Jeremiah and Captain Lorgray at the base of the hill.  It had wanted to be pierced and when Lorgray had complied, it had dissolved and its essence was taken in by The Pan, restoring to it the use of its eyes.  There was no telling what advantage shooting this one would also give back to The Pan, so much as she had wanted to, she stayed her hand from making that shot.  The troll, however, was another story.  She could kill him.  But for some reason and with the turn of events, she waited to do so.

“What has happened to the sand creature?” The Pan growled, “Frog-man, go see what is wrong with it.”

“Grum-Blud,” the troll mumbled, pushing himself up again after having taken a tumble backward when both the dryad and the golem creature were repelled by the strange structure, “I am not a frog.”

Grum-Blud looked up to see The Pan fiercely glaring at him with angry and unclouded black eyes.

“I’m going.  I’m going,” he whimpered, and knuckle cantered back up the hillside.

Grum-Blud cautiously approached the solid, statute of what had been the golem creature bearing many faces.  He reached out and cautiously extended a stubby finger, stopping short and retracting it instantly, lest the same transformation should happen to him.  The fingers of the statue had been cut off where they would have extended over the threshold of the canopy, their dissolved substance puffed back and forming a powdery line at the edge of the structure.

With the alternative not to touch the golem statute, he crouched down and dipped the tip of his finger into the crystalline powder.  Tiny grains of it stuck to his sweaty, blood-stained fingers.

He brought it up to his bulbous nose, but could not smell anything of an odor, so he touched it to the tip of his tongue.

“Salt,” he grunted, then turned to The Pan, “It’s been turned to salt.”

The Pan roared in frustration, striking the surrounding trees with its powerful fists, raking at its head in frustration.

“Then it has lost all of its faces.  It is no longer useful to us!”

The dryad, standing in close proximity to The Pan gave it a wide berth while it raged but timidly asked, “Why should that be, my Lord.  These wind spirits remember whose blood has been given to their dragon.  Why not free it from this statute and let it serve us again.”

“Because of the salt, you fool,” The Pan grabbed her as if she were a mere branch in its powerful hands.

“Blood is removed from flesh using a salting process.  The faces, the images and the construct of the beings these spirits mimick require a memory coming from their shed blood at the time the dragon kills them.  Salt never decays.  It is a sign of a covenant with the hated One, these beings serve.  It is a sustaining savor.  This golem is trapped within.  It will never emerge, and it is lost to us!”

He tossed the dryad away, but she caught herself before falling into a smoldering bush.

***

“Captain?” I whispered.

There was no response.

I turned my head and saw that the top head was matted with blood and he was unmoving.  I reached over to shake him, trying not to rouse the notice of the distracted satyrs standing guard over us.

I pushed him onto his side and saw what I had hoped not to ever see again.

His eyes were open and unblinking.

A trembling “Ohhhh” sound escaped my lips, as I released him and turned away, my hands clenching.

“What is it?” Jeremiah whispered.

And with clenched teeth, and tightly closed eyes, I told him the words I had never wanted to hear myself say again.

“He’s dead.”

Another one of my friends was dead.

“Get up quickly,” a voice behind us said, quietly, “You only have a moment.”

And suddenly we felt the strength of two powerful and massive hands lift us from the ground to our feet.  Our captor satyrs lay dead and twisted upon the fallen leaves, their spines snapped, and necks bent at odd angles.

We turned to see who it was who held us up.

It was Hanokh.  Known in the Surface World as Enoch, the seventh patriarch from Adam through the line of Seth.

A man who walked with The One upon the Old World for 365 years, exactly a year of years, before he vanished with this singular and mysterious testimony…

24 walking in close fellowship with God. Then one day he disappeared, because God took him.  [Genesis 5:24 NLT]

Sight to The Blind – Chapter 68

“Hand me the bow,” Maeven said quietly, just loud enough for those beneath the canopy to hear.

Mason reached down and picked up the weapon that had been leaning against the post of the structure and brought it over to Maeven.

“We’re exposed up here on this hill.  What’er you gonna do?”

Miray came over following Mason and scrunched her eyes looking out into the rising smoke of the woods.

“There’s another one of those little men out there,” she pointed, “I can see him hiding.”

A gruff grunt came from the brush and Grum-Blud emerged from his erstwhile hiding place.

“And I see you too, little red-headed piglet,” he sneered wickedly.

“Spied me out, did you?!” he lunged forward in a kind of frog-hop at her, making her squeal and run back behind the legs of the others.

He grunted again, chortling in a nasty sort of way, rubbing his chubby hands furiously as if warming them.

“What do we have here?” he strutted mockingly before them, still keeping his distance, “Birds in a nest or rats in a briar?”

Maeven had an arrow drawn, the point tracking its impudent progress.

“Mustn’t bristle now…Storm Hawk, is it?  And let’s see what other casts of fools are there with you, huh?  An Innkeeper who forgot his place now.  Keeping company in new digs are we?  Too bad.  Too bad.  I doubt if you’ll get many offers for this new place you’ve got here.  Such a nice little Inn the other was.  Pity, it was burned to the ground.” And here his voice took on a lower guttural growl, “Burned like was done to my brother!  You were warned, you old dotard!  And who is that with you, hmm?  You and your old sow and your very own piglet.  Old enough now for the war that is soon coming isn’t he?”

Begglar bristled and gripped his staff, starting to move forward towards the vile creature.

“You will eat those words, frog-pod!”

“Oh, I think not,” Grum-Blud glared at him, his eyes blackening with hatred and rage, “It is you who will be eating a great many things, but nothing you have baked or cooked, dear dough-boy, baker.  No, the things you will be eating is the quivering, bleeding pieces of your own flesh and blood.  Bite by delicious bite.”

Grum-Blud had used the taunt to distract them from his hand easing back to clasp the throwing knives he had in his waistband.  The words had infuriated Begglar, but Maeven’s gaze remained fixed and unwavering.

“Lay a hand on that knife, troll, and you will find an arrow piercing it,” Maeven said calmly in a low tone.

Grum-Blud’s darkening eyes shifted towards her.

“Wanna see and hear your own demons more clearly, dearie.  I can make that happen for you.  Just draw that shaft back slightly once more.”

They stood poised, each ready and waiting for the slightest movement.

***

Dellitch swooped over the treetops, gliding through a haze of rising smoke from the burning below.  Once she and her captive cargo had cleared the taller trees and approached the clearing, they glided down into the glade in an area of dried grasses and thinning brush where The Pan held temporary court, upon a collection of granite stones half-buried in the ground forming an odd semi-circular formation.

The dryads had resolved into their feminine forms, passable as humans, however, their fair skin bore a greenish cast to it.

The golem, brought by the dryads, stood before The Pan, attempting to explain herself.

“But my Lord, it was not I who was to do this for you.”

It was clear The Pan was becoming agitated, his massive fists clenching and unclenching.

“It is not wise to play me for the fool, Sand-Sifter.”

If ever there were a more opportune time, it was now, Dellitch thought as she interjected, releasing the golem in her charge just fifty feet from the audience circle.

“My Lord Pan,” Dellitch called in a croaking voice, still raw from the smoke, “I believe this is the creature you were promised.  It says it has a message for the Queen.  Once again, these foolish dryads have failed to bring you what you asked for.  Please honor your faithful servant and allow this one to commune with your In-Dwelling, if it so pleases your majesty.”

The dryads hissed their displeasure at the interruption and the slighting implication.

The Pan looked up and blindly scanned the area for the voice addressing him.

“Dellitch?” he growled, “You are late.  How is it that you come to also have a golem under your charge?”

“A fortuitous happening, my liege.  You asked for our assistance and we, of the feathered-kind, have delivered upon our word.  It seems we, in just a few days, have come to know more of the goings-on within the forests of Kilrane than these Leaf-Twisters residing here for months who also purport to serve you.  I would suspect they are either withholding their own subversive secrets or too oblivious, self-absorbed and naïve to be given the management of such forested lands.”

Here, she turned spreading her wing skyward toward the towering columns of black smoke darkening the sky, “Is that not considerable mismanagement I smell, burning upon the breeze?”

“Blasted hag!  You know very well…!” an incensed dryad broke in, starting to lunge forward towards Dellitch, her body bristling with curling sweeps of thorns, but another held her back, gesturing towards The Pan, cautioning her not to overreact in his presence.

The Pan was silent and seemed to be quietly considering the import of Dellitch’s words, making the attendant dryads very nervous.

At last, The Pan spoke again.

“I was told that the golem meeting me would be one I would recognize.  I have wondered upon what basis that would be since these eyes have not yet been restored.”  And with that, he raised his head and gestured.

“Golem of Harpy Dellitch, what do you have to say to me that might cause such recognition?  Speak.”

The golem that Dellitch released quietly stepped forward, entering the ring of stones, approaching The Pan seated upon one of the large monoliths.

It stood off to the left of the golem inhabited by Torlah who had been given the two death images and the half-image of O’Brian.  As it stood, its own form and visage began to change as well.  And when it finally spoke to The Pan, it did so with a voice The Pan recognized immediately, with a face The Pan would soon recognize once his eyesight had been restored.

For now, though, the familiar timbre and pitch of the golem’s alternate voice were enough to cause The Pan to rise up slowly and then to command the gathering to lead him to the sacred site where the restoration was prophesied to take place.

***

In the small community of Sorrow’s Gate, beyond the river and in the descending lands below the highland escarpment there was an old Inn and Tavern that had once, very long ago, served as a community meeting place in more convivial times before the coming of the Xarmnian oppression.  The Inn was also a home and workplace to a generation of families, all of which were now long dead.  The management of the Inn, known as Geruth Chimham, fell to the business partners of the late owner who had mysteriously disappeared approximately twenty-one years prior.

The new managers where local merchants of the town and prominent with the town of Sorrow’s Gate and in the towns of the surrounding communities.  The amicable ambiance of the Inn was greatly lacking since few of the town’s residents ever ventured into the place after its prior owner had quitted it.  Noadiah was sorely missed.  She had brought all of the warmth and charm to the place, far more than the large central stone hearth or the bustling kitchen serving the local diners and travelers alike with warm comfort food, bright brimming pitchers of sweet-brown ale and large loaves of oven-fresh bread.

Since the coming of the Xarmnians who took up residence within its rooms, however, the locals gave the place a wide berth and shunned it for fear of its rougher and seedier clientele.  Fights were common in the banqueting hall.  Plate-ware was smashed, stools were broken, sconces were torn from the wall and only the sturdy benches and tables were preserved since they proved to be more unwieldy as weapons employed within a brawl.

The ale no longer bore its bright brown quality but was frequently watered down by rinse water from the kitchen to make it last longer.  The food was often scorched and tough, the vegetables stale, the soups briny and thin.  The lighting in the place was much darker, as many of the hung wall-lanterns been smashed over one or another patron’s head or back.

In the darker corner of the place, the present proprietor of the Inn sat brooding over his evening meal.  The place had not been as profitable as it once was under Noadiah’s care, but the income from the Inn was just a sideline.  He had other means of enrichment already in the works.  Dealings with the new powers ruling this land.

The man’s name was Sanballat and he was presently occupied writing a letter.  In fact, he had been writing several letters of late to some very powerful people in strategic places.

The letters had been quietly sent planting seeds of suspicion throughout the occupied lands and drawing the attention of military interests as well.

Few knew that he had dealings with the loyalists and with key leaders within the heart of the secret resistance.  He’d served both sides at certain times, as the profitability of each venture presented itself.   Fewer still knew where he’d originally come from, but some had often wondered since the name Sanballat was unusual and not at all common in the western part of the Mid-World.

If any within the resistance had known the meaning of his name, they might have much less reason to entrust him with anything, and they might even suspect where he had originally come from.  A place that was at home within the darkness of the world among small ponds called “the 30 pieces of silver”.  Each one a reflective pool within a dark deadened forest of blighted and twisted trees once called “The Holy Wood”.  A place where the night ruled in perpetuity under the baleful light of a silvery moon.

And the man’s name, which was more of a title really, bore witness to that place, for in translation the literal meaning was “the moon-god gives life.”  His former service as high priest to the ghost pools under the Trathorn Falls had ended when the backend passages had been sealed, and he was forced to find other work and a new “respectable” identity.

The black pool rituals were only intended to keep the mystical transformative waters flowing.  The barrels of the waters sold to the Xarmnians was a mere sideline business.  He had had no idea that mystical ritual revealed to him would summon such…otherworldly monsters.

***

“That kid!” Jeremiah struggled, trying not to say something worse and let his anger rule him again, “We should not have untied him.”

“He is full of fear and rage, that one,” said Captain Lorgray, “Too much trouble to deal with.”

“If I don’t survive this, Jeremiah, I need to tell you what I saw in that tree before you helped me down.  That kid is going to run head-long into trouble whichever way he goes, but it is going to stir up more than just these Half-men.”

Jeremiah winced as we bore him up between us, moving as quickly up the trail as we could, following Jeremiah’s guidance.

“If you don’t survive, I doubt either one of us will either.  Those satyrs will not relent until they have run us all to ground.”

“There is a Xarmnian encampment, not more than half a mile from here.  I could see it off to the northeast, probably accessible along the road.  Looks like they were positioned before the fire began.  I think the men are in league with the Harpies, but it is hard to think that The Pan would sanction that.  It distrusts the Xarmnians and the truce between them is at best tenuous.”

“The Eagle is aware of them,” Lorgray interjected, “Someone from within the resistance movement has a stake in stirring up conflict between them.  We hear rumors that letters are reaching the area regents.”

“Something or someone very devious and well-connected is coordinating all this, causing these conflicts to converge.  Mattox and I spoke of this.  They want war and division.  Somehow they mean to profit from it.”

That brought a moment of silence.

“There are factions within the underground who are threatened by the resurrection and restoration of Azragoth.” Lorgray added, “Nem and Erza are mocked and ridiculed by some as being subversives.  It is getting harder these days to distinguish between friend and foe.”

“I suspect there is an agent of this chaos within Mattox’s company of guards.  I was called to meet him, upon the field, but I think I was lured away from my post within the outer forest.  Did I mention what I found when I saw Azragoth burning and rode to the hidden cache?” Jeremiah asked his voice lowering due to the graveness of the news.

“What did you find?” I asked.

“The cache and all of the hidden supplies were stolen.  Moved out quickly, while I was conferring with General Mattox.  When I went back in after our meeting, I was set upon by a band of roving satyrs.  They have not been this bold in years.  The presence of The Pan in these woods explains some of it, but they were not equipped to have stolen and carried out what all weaponry and supplies were kept there.  They were meant to ambush me and kill me, I am certain.  I was never meant to have survived the attack, much less returned to the cache and find it empty and the wagons kept there all gone.”

Lorgray rejoined, “The men of the lower country have lost their will to fight, and they used to be the ones we could rely on.  Maeven has been a galvanizing symbol of courage among us, shaming some of the cowardice out of the reluctant men.  Much like the biblical Deborah, she was as Storm Hawk leading The Lehi with the raids, but now…”

Jeremiah took up the thread, “Now that she travels with you on a Surface World stone quest, she leaves a vacuum of leadership in serving as that courageous symbol.”

“How much further?” I asked as we moved through the brush like a band of drunken revelers, trying to help a friend.

“Not much further now,” he assured us.

Lorgray looked over his shoulder and back down upon the firebreak we had hastily set ablaze.

“They’re through.  They’re coming.”

Just ahead of us, emerging from the left side of the trail, tall twisted trees moved and separated from the brush.

Dryads.  And a large, thick eleven-foot creature lumbered between them attended by a smaller group of satyrs and a black-feathered Harpy who Jeremiah and I also recognized too well.  The Pan and his retinue had found The Faerie Fade and stood between us and those I had promised to give my life for.

But that was not the worst of it.

Two forms stood in their midst.  One I recognized as Torlah and the other…

No.  I shook my head.  It was impossible.  It could not be.

But Jeremiah said what I could not.

“Caleb?”

***

The Xarmnian encampment was alive with activity. Shields were being tested and readied.  Blades honed and sharpened, issued to the men.  They were in preparation for something much larger than guarding a band of wayward Surface Worlders.

A rider emerged from the woods and rode swiftly to the central enclosure.

“Captain Shihor, General Jahaza has taken the field.  They are ready when you are.”

Shihor stood up, his battle gear fastened and pulled taut, his breastplate hammered and hardened, pressing his confidence into him even as it held his pride in check.

His armorers had done their job well.

“Take those prisoners on to Dornsdale.  We will collect them from there on our victory ride back to Xarm City.”

“The fires have shifted to the east.  The winds along the escarpment are dangerous.  We cannot go too far into Kilrane without risking being cut-off.”

“Where ever Mattox has been hiding in there, he will, at last, be brought to account for his betrayal.  If he is found among the living, when this is over, do not kill him.  The Son of Xarm reserves that pleasure for himself.”

“It is fortuitous that all our enemies have been driven to this one place.  What possibly could have lured The Pan away from his lands, I wonder?”

“Whatever it was, is fortuitous for us.  I am sure the one who has been sending those letters will be handsomely rewarded for it.  If we rule the day, which we most certainly will, that man will never have needs or wants for the rest of his days.”

“The Pan and his kind will be driven out soon.  Jahaza and the army will greet them as they emerge.  Something has baited him into it.”

“The travelers will come as well.  Rats from the burning bushes.”

“Something is pulling our stones out of our treasuries.  Exposing them to being taken by the other kingdoms.  If it is not The Pan and some devilry, it must be those travelers who came from the oculus.  Whatever power they are using to conjure those stones, it must be from those agents of chaos.”

“The Pan has a lot to answer for.  He and his kind are in breach of the treaty.  Have the trolls been sighted?  Any word from them?”

“They have not been seen in weeks.”

“Could The Pan have killed them?”

“It is possible.  They are infuriating but useful.  If not for the latter, I would have killed them myself.”

“How much longer must we wait?  The fires are gaining strength.  Jahaza does not intend that we run into the inferno, merely to flush these creatures out.  What news from the Harpies?  Has Dellitch returned?”

“Still no word, but she should be returning soon.

“When she does, we can let Jahaza know it has begun.”

***

The shock of seeing Caleb standing there with The Pan was almost too much for me.

In my mind, I knew Caleb was dead but the illusion of seeing him alive again, wanting to see him among the living and wanting to be rid of the crushing guilt of his death almost made me surrender everything.   It had to be a golem.  Had to be.  When we had confronted The Pan in the forest on the night of Caleb’s death and I fled, there had been no dragon present.

Jeremiah was stricken as well.

“It can’t be.”

The Pan stood behind Caleb and placed its large hand upon his shoulder.

“I sense others,” he rumbled, “Speak to them.”

“Hello, brother,” Caleb said, “It’s been a long time.”

The resemblance was uncanny.  He was just as I had remembered him that fateful night.  We were so stunned neither Jeremiah nor I could speak.  After so many years, to hear his voice and see his face…

“And who is that with you?” the doppelganger of Caleb came towards us.

Captain Lorgray had taken up the crossbow from Jeremiah and he held the stock pressed into his shoulder aiming the arrow bolt, tracking his approach.

It was distressing to see the diamond-tipped bolt pointed toward the image of my lost friend, and I raised my arm to stay his pending lethal shot.

“Is this…?” the face of Caleb seemed bemused, as he studied me.  Looking from my shocked stare to my upraised hand warding off Lorgray’s aim.

“I would never have believed you would be back.  But here you are.  Standing as if you had seen a ghost.  What happened to you that night?  They said you ran off, but I could not believe it.  My friend Brian would stand and fight beside me.  He would never run from a fight.”

“You cannot be…Caleb.  Caleb is dead.  Why do you mock us?”

“Mock you?  Mock you.  YOU LEFT ME TO BE SLAUGHTERED, MY FRIEND!”

The accusation stung.

“But you know what?”  He paused, “You and I,…and my brother there…  We were all wrong.”

Jeremiah spoke up, “You claim to be my brother, yet, as you see, it has been many years and time has aged us.  Why should I believe you are who you say you are?  You are unchanged.”

“My brother,” he shook his head, clicking his tongue in chastisement as if indulging an aging adult whom he had once admired but lost respect for.  “Always the thinker.  Always keeping your feelings in check.  Removed from hot-blooded passion.  So many years I lived in your shadow.  Trying so hard to measure up.  But there was no living up to you.  I could never do it.  I wanted your approval, and all I got for my efforts was your condescension.  I could never be as dispassionate as you were.  In control.  And then I discovered your secret.  You who carried that blasted stone that burned with an inner fire.  Symbol of passion.  You were, in fact, cold as stone.  An opposite.”

Attempting to intercept this pointless shaming, I interjected, “What were we all wrong about?”

“The stones.  The quest.  Everything.  We were the interlopers here.  We are the ones putting everyone in danger with our misguided efforts to open some mystical gate at the other end of this country.  Excavatia is indeed a rumor only.  A foolish hope conjured up by people to help them cope with their pathetic lives.  A fairy tale.  We have been manipulated to cause a distraction only, but now our presence is drawing these lands into a conflict that will involve and consume everything.  No wonder our presence is met with resistance and we are hated.”

“If you are indeed Caleb, what happened to you?  You would never have talked this way, before.”

“That is because I did not know what I was doing, and neither do you.  The Pan took pity on me.  You left me there alone to die, so to me, you were dead too.  And you, my big brother…,” he turned and shoved an accusing finger towards Jeremiah, “You who were supposed to lead us all.  To protect us on the quest of the Cordis Stone.  The Heart stone.  Or, if you prefer, to state it another way, The Love stone.”

He ground his teeth and sneered, “You knew I believed that stone had power, but you let me go off with that worthless glowing rock, knowing it offered no protection.  You planted that decoy because you knew I would take it the first chance I got to go and impress you.  To show you that I was valuable to the team and more than just your annoying kid brother who you let tag along with the group you treated better than your own family.  You let me go to my death, all the while believing I was helping you, Big Brother.”

Each accusation came as a verbal punch, dealing both Jeremiah and I brutal blows that torn into our hearts with the guilt we both had been carrying ever since that terrible night.  If this was not Caleb, I could not figure what else it was.  It read and knew both of us like we were open books.  It knew way too many intimate details to be a newly created golem.

“The Pan is, in fact, a victim and a prisoner of this world.  He came from our world and was once a whole man the same as we are but was made into what he is today.  He is a victim.  He is misunderstood and was cruelly ostracized from all human society living here.  They all were.  They are exiles, refugees living on the fringes of human society.  All they want is to be left alone.  To not be hunted or slaughtered because humans suspect them of nefarious deeds simply because they do not look like them.  We are the arrogant and cruel ones.  It is no wonder they suspect us and fight us.  We are a violent race.  We kill what we don’t take time to understand.  Perhaps we deserve to die.  Look what you both did to me.”

And upon that statement, he turned and looked up the trailhead, spotting the small woodland covering and the gallery of witnesses, fearfully watching this spectacle.

“And what is left, hmm?” he said opening his arms indicating my friends huddled there.

“Ah yes, the Fidelis stone.  The Faith stone, carried by one of the most unfaithful from among you.  An unworthy opposite as well.  A traitor to our friendship.  Leading more lambs to the slaughter, are we?” he bitterly laughed at the irony.

“The foolish Praesporous stone, the Hope stone, has supposedly been placed in the mountains under the fire guardian.  If you have found the stone of your crusade, have you tested it for the responsive gleaming?  Held the stone up to the horizon and set it before you on a promontory or high hill, looking for the respondent flash to assure you it is there?  Light tricks.  Nothing more.  Most likely a bit of quartz or mica in the mountains.  There is a reason you are to do it at sunrise or sunset.  Isn’t that true, brother?  How many more must die believing in the myth of Excavatia, for you to see outside your own delusions?”

Both Jeremiah and I were wavering, unsure of ourselves and uncertain, so it came a terrible shock to both of us when Captain Lorgray swiftly lifted the crossbow, firing the cocked bolt into Caleb at point-blank range.

In the stunning seconds following that shot, the satyrs slammed into the back of us, pinning us all to the ground.

The arrow bolt had lodged into the figure Jeremiah and I had begun to believe was Caleb, but with the onslaught of the satyrs suddenly attacking us from behind, I could not see what was transpiring in the moments that followed.

My face was driven into the dirt and detritus of the forest floor.  The wind had literally and physically been punched out of me.  Hard cloven-hooves stomped on us, kicked us, balled fists pommeled us and beat all hope out of us.  The three of us lay there, prostrated and battered, overwhelmed by what had happened within a matter of minutes and seconds.

At last, there was nothing we could do.  No brilliant strategy to change what was now inevitable.

Had we all been fooled?  Was Excavatia a mere construct of hope for a people driven to the edge of desperation?  Something we all clung to give us something to live one more day for?

I wept into the earth.  The fecund scent of decaying leaves filling my lungs with the odor of surrender, their dying struggle of being cruelly separated from what they once clung to—having fallen from the tall trees and branches connected to the root system from which they once drew into themselves the tender green of their life’s celebration.

As I lay there, bruised and in pain, so very weak and weary, humiliated before my friends, debased before my enemies, struggling with the shock of seeing my friend struck down again before my eyes, I wondered if what I have believed was at all true.  Was this all for nothing?

I wept for the group of Surface Worlders who had willingly placed their trust in me to lead them.  I wept for those who had reluctantly done so.  I wept because I had broken my promise and I had not been there to save them when they needed me.  I wept for little Miray, the precious girl who had believed in me from the beginning.  The one who had trusted me when no one else would.  My heart was broken even as my body felt broken and my spirit crushed.  There was nothing more that I could do.  This was my end.

As my hands curled into fists, and I felt something beneath my bending fingers.  A strip of frayed material.  A sash as tenuously connected to something as I was to my last few moments of life in the Mid-World.  My disoriented mind puzzled over it for a beat and then I knew what it was that I was winding into the spaces between my splayed fingers—The bloodline.

***

From beyond the back of the rise to the hill where my horrified friends watched, a growing light surfeited the edge of the horizon.  The glow of the raging forest fire had encircled the area, cutting off all hope of retreat.  There was no going back or forward, for the fires meant to spare the hidden city of Azragoth from its enemies were now poised to take out its friends and allies as well.  Like a false sunrise, the corona of the flashing light swelled and brightened among flaming embers and smoke providing the illusion of a new dawn under the dark, smoky twilight of our final moments.

***

The golem that bore the image of Caleb, fell forward on its hands and knees, its shoulders heaving up and down, the crossbow arrow bolt sticking out of its back.  The cacophonous noise of the assault on the three men by the satyrs covered the sounds it was making, and only as the subdued three quit struggling and the chortles and grunts of the satyrs ceased, were the noises it was making identifiable as a kind of wheezing laughter.

Smoke and dust sizzled out of the wound swirling into a spinning dust cloud as if the golem was the ground sources of a small vortex.

“Ah, ah, ah, ha, ha, Ha, Ha, HA, HA!” its gritty voice poured out as it delighted in our misery and despair.

“Took you long enough,” it growled between the strange sounds of its breathy laughter.

“I commend you, Mid-Worlder!” it snarled, rising back up again to its feet as the swirling cone of dust formed a nimbus around its head, whipping its hair into a frenzied mass, as its eyes receded into its face, forming dark occipital caves.

“You have done well.  Now see sight given back to the blind and witness your doom!”

The golem’s form began to disintegrate into powder, just as its sister golem had done when encountered and confronted at the granary, just by merely being touched by the honor sword.

A rumbling felt in the ground and roots below, swelled up as The Pan, standing just beyond the dissolving golem laughed at what it knew would happen, anticipating the imminent fulfillment of the promise it had been given.

Smoke poured out of the golem’s eyes, mouth and nostrils and drifted towards The Pan.  As the eleven-foot monster opened its black, soot-streaked maw to receive the mystical wind emerging from the pile of dust to join the inhabitant, it carried within the very air around the site felt charged and polarizing.

The smoke from the golem twisted in an eddy pouring down The Pan’s open throat, swirling and twisting down its gullet like a vortex.  As the transfer began, The Pan’s eyes begin to darken from cataract blue to black.  When the final puffs of smoke drained from the shell of the hollowed body the golem remains crumbled into a small pile of powder and dust.

The Pan blinked away its blindness, as the wind spirit it had ingested joined the hive of its queen.

Its blindness was gone, but it needed a moment to reorient itself to reliance on its restored vision.  When at last it was able to take in the full measure of its surroundings and the placement of its attendants, its dark black eyes came to rest on the three men lying beaten and prostrate before it…and it smiled for the first time in many moons.

***

“No, no, no!” Miray screamed, “Get up!  Get up, Mister O’Brian!  I am beginning to remember the pictures.  They are coming back to me.  I can see them now!”

The golem inhabited by Torlah who bore the image of a little girl approached the gathering huddled under The Faerie Fade canopy.

“Do you, now?!  Little brat!” she laughed derisively, “I should have killed you on the beach!”

Miray’s mouth trembled as recognition dawned on her staring into the strange reptilian eyes of the girl approaching them.

“You are not Becca!  You killed her and took her face!  What did you do with Becca?!  Where is the old lady that took Becca?”

“You want to see the old lady?” the golem creature smirked, her face shifting, her stature lengthening, her arms growing long and spindly, her back arching and hunching like that of an arthritic crone.

“Surprise!” she cackled with ancient eyes and graying hair, her harsh voice changing even as her appearance did.

Another gasped from within the canopy enclosure.

“No-Noadiah!” Nell stammered, “You are not…”

“I am what I needed to be,” her face shifted, the beginning of a beard growing on her chin and cheeks, the wrinkled face smoothing out, the jawline raised, and my face shifted over that of the being that had stalked us from our very first steps out of the surf.

“What is this?!” Begglar roared, angry at the mockery of the shape-shifting creature.

Seeing the monster wearing my visage was too much for Miray to take.  Her face flushed and mouth quivered with indignation.  Her small fists balled into the frustration her small form could no longer contain.

She bolted.

“You are fake!  Liar!” she ran towards her two principal antagonists, “I wrote your name so I would not forget your meanness but the water washed it.  You are a pooh-face!”

If the moment was not so terrifying, her word choice might have been comical, for this was a word she had gotten in trouble for saying in her life on the Surface World.

Nell sprang forward, trying to catch her, but the girl was too quick.

Christopher, however, moved swiftly out from under the canopy, interposing himself between Miray and the two verbal assailants who had bated her.  In a quick move, he gathered Miray into his right arm, just as Grum-Blud sprang forward with his knife bared, cutting a gash into Chris’ left shoulder, slicing through muscle, striking bone.

Torlah moved into the attack as well, her golem fists hardening into clubs of compressed sedimentary stone with a jagged and sharp edge like chipped flint.

Chris cried out rolling away from the stabbing blow, careful to cradle the thrashing Miray protectively against his body, even as the knife twisted in his flesh under the troll’s cruel hands.

The turn wrenched the blade out of his shoulder and threw Grum-Blud off balance and into Torlah.

“I’ll kill you all,” she raged, her cutting, jagged arms extending outward, twisting and brandishing their saw-toothed edges.

In a flash, Christie was by their side, her blade up and ready, the irate blaze of a momma-bear back in her eyes.

She parried the blows with her saber, but the golem creature was moving fast, spinning viciously with powerful torquing motions giving strength to her slashes.  The blade clanged and shuddered with each contact, causing Christie’s arms to ache under the viscous kinetic power delivered through each strike.

The ferocity of the attacks stirred the leaves of the forest floor, gathering dust and grit in a swirling torrent around them.

Nell managed to drag Miray backward from the conflict, finding Begglar and Dominic at her sides, brandishing their weapons to stave off any renewal of the troll and golem’s assault.

Tiernan grabbed Christopher and shoved him behind his body, offering himself in challenge to the scrambling troll moving about on its knuckles and short legs in a surprisingly fast bear crawl gait.

A large branch slammed downward, its timbres wood-like surface morphing into a smooth, well-turned bare leg, as a dryad intervened.

“Back under the canopy!” Begglar shouted, brandishing his scythe weapon in an arc motion, cutting through the extending grasps of wooden arms, bristling with thorns, “Quickly!”

Dellitch had taken flight in the melee, using the confusion of the conflict to slip away.  She was overdue to meet with the Xarmnians and they would grow more distrusting by the hour if she did not arrive soon.  Now that The Pan had regained its eyesight, it was more dangerous and would not be as easily fooled by the ruse she and her sisters had tried to make it believe about their part in the burning of the wood.  It would find their new metal-shanked footwear very interesting.

Blood and Fire – Chapter 67

Jeremiah almost fell backward out of the saddle.  His horse reared, its front hard hooves striking at the menacing satyrs lunging in and out.  It was something that would never have happened to him under other circumstances.  Jeremiah’s legs were still very much in shock from the rapid slip-fall from the tree and climbing harness. While that alone would not necessarily injure an experienced climber, when he’d began his descent, he had not counted on the added effect of bearing the weight of a full-grown man on his back.  A grunt of pain escaped his clenched jaw as he leaned forward against the angled saddle horn, his feet wobbling in the stirrups, rather than hooking back and standing in them.  His center of balance was off, and the jolt of the horse coming back down hard and kicking out nearly took his breath away.  It wasn’t enough to merely maintain a grip on the reins or pommel of the saddle.  Holding on to a horse in startled or even deliberate motion required more leg and thigh strength, than arm-and-upper-body power.  He flailed almost losing the crossbow that he’d used fend off an earlier assault, leaving himself open and completely vulnerable.

Off to the left front, Lorgray held two nasty-looking satyrs at bay, their dark eyes staring both at the waving point of his unsheathed blade, as they shifted from side to side.

He knew they were trying to get him to believe another threat was descending upon him from his peripheral blindside. They were distracting him so that they could feint in and lunge at him with their short-jagged stone knives.  But he’d seen that tactic before.

Dark-winged forms swooped overhead in the smoky firelight, creating shadow wraiths in the roiling smoke below, making it difficult to tell what forms were solid, ground-level threats from within the soot and swirling ash and what forms might strike from above at any moment.  They may be right about the danger in the periphery, but he vowed he would make sure to take these two out before responding to another.  They were too few against so many and uncoordinated in their mutual defense strategy.  He had to rally them.

“To me!” he yelled to the others, signifying that we all should form a tightened back-to-back circle to stave off the onslaught of the crowding half-goat devils.

Will rushed forward, grabbing the side of the reins of the horse that Jeremiah was still struggling to maintain his seat upon.  The horse spun in response, nearly trampling him.  Its mouth champing at the leather bit, that Will held onto, almost cutting it in half.

“Let go of the rein, son!” Jeremiah commanded him, “You’re hurting its mouth and you’re only going to panic this horse more.”

“I was trying to help!” he shouted back, but the horse jerked its neck around smacking the boy and shoving him off to the smoldering roadside.

Flung to the ground in burning embers, he screamed and rolled, his clothes briefly catching fire.  Ash and smoke swirled around him, as he twisted frantically trying to snuff out the small licking flames.  The fires had scorched him, but cursing he managed to smother them in the folds of his cloak.

He turned his head back around, soot smeared on his cheek and brow, the smuggled dagger he’d palmed from the golem now flashing in his hand.  Eyes every bit as full of the flames that had scorched his clothing now glared with burning hatred at the terrified horse that had pushed him and its rider who had failed to control the animal and recognize his prior well-meaning intention.

“You could’ve killed me, you stupid brute!” he growled, brandishing the knife, “I ought to cut your heart out!”

“Will!” Lorgray commanded, “There’s no time for that!  Come into the center.  Form a circle.  These satyrs will kill us all if we don’t join together.”

I had backed into the center of the road, the Honor Sword still held before me, a shimmering electric light igniting the old runes engraved down the blade of the metal.  I kept my eyes fixed forward, but Torlah was laughing as the satyrs crowded in around her, blocking her from my view.

“You’ll never leave this wood alive!” she screamed in venomous hatred as she receded further down the road ahead of us, borne along in the company of what looked like large angular branches and twisted, sinuous vines, somehow made ambulatory within the magic of the forest.  These had hung back from the group, avoiding the smoldering fires as much as possible, but it was now clear to me what they were.

Dryads.

Eight or nine of them.

High above their elongated branch limbs, the wood and leaf exterior gave way to a smooth, emerald-skinned, feminine form.  Beautiful faces stood in oddly sinister contrast upon stretched necks.

One of them looked down longingly at me and the other men and then spoke sharply to the crouching satyrs closing in on us.

“Remember, Gollack!  The Pan promised us we could have their heads when you’ve finished with their bodies.  Our nursery must be replenished.  We shall settle the score soon enough with those treacherous Harpies.”

The satyrs laughed but came on, their stone knives raised, their eyes gleaming with savagery.

“We remember the master’s words, Briar,” a gray-bearded satyr answered her, “You’ll get your heads.  Now run along before these fires scorch your precious skirts.  We’ll see you again real soon, Sweetness.  The Pan awaits you all at the ancient place, where the rest have fled.  This golem owes him an exchange.”

They bore Torlah aloft and away into the forest ahead.  She was smiling gleefully, relishing our growing terror, and angry that she was going to miss the cruelty of the ensuing bloodsport.

***

“How much longer should we wait here?” Christie asked, looking out upon the back forest.  The trail up to the hill where the Faerie Fade was carved into, began to brighten with a smoky luminescence.  The fires would catch up to them soon and she felt foolish waiting under the flammable canopy no matter what it represented.  For her, marriage had been a dream she had once held high hopes for, but the reality of it had fallen so far from the mark.  The thought of it was like a punch in the gut.  God may have intended it for better, but for her, it had been a nightmare.  Her jaw had set and clenched hearing Begglar and Nell go on and on about it.  She envied them and that made her angry.  Not so much angry at them, but at herself and her ex.  Where had they gone wrong?  Why had something seemingly so romantic to dreamy-eyed young girls, a hinted promise in almost every love song of at last finding that one who would cherish them not play out.  At the end of their sparkling rainbow was a pit of rocks, hard and unyielding, the shattered, crushed and broken pieces of dreams, bathed in tears.  If this canopy was a gateway, it might very well be a gateway into a realm of nightmares.

“Be patient,” Maeven said scanning the deeper forest, “They’ll come.  Give them a little more time.”

She had been watching furtive movements among the brush for the last thirty minutes.  She feared that whatever was back there would impede Jeremiah and O’Brian’s chances of making it through to them.

“It’s been over an hour already,” Tiernan asked, “Didn’t that Jeremiah fella say that we were supposed to go ahead and get out of the forest if he didn’t come back in that time?”

“We can’t just leave them!” Lindsey said.

“No one’s leaving anyone, dear,” Nell patted her, putting an arm around her reassuringly.  She looked to Begglar and he nodded.

“We’re staying right here till they get here,” Begglar said, brooking no argument and glancing meaningfully at the young men.

“What if they’re…?” Matthew began, but thought better of it, realizing Miray was following the conversation closely, her brow knitted with concern and worry.

Mason put protective hands on Miray’s shoulders and slightly shook his head at Matthew, indicating that she did not need to hear such speculation just yet.

Laura had drifted over to the woven casements in the back of the Faerie Fade and lightly ran soft fingers over the woven strips of bark and joined saplings that comprised the structures singular wall.  How, she wondered, could something so delicate and small possible protect them against the rumored enemies in the forest?  Her fingers trembled in fear struggling with the doubts that any of this could keep her safe no matter what she’d been told about it.  She’d lived with fear so long, she had a hard time believing in anything else, much less some supernatural hope.

She wanted to see it.

Needed to see it.

Begglar, Nell, and Maeven all had said this was a safe place, and the woodman, Jeremiah, had not contradicted them.  But the strange structure, those curiously designed, did not inspire the confidence in her that a solid stone wall and a tall iron gate would.  She was so conflicted.  She wanted to run, but she did not want to be alone in doing so.  Matthew and Tiernan seemed inclined to try it, but she did not want to leave others.  They were some semblance of family.  The kind that was in the old black and white movies back in the Surface World.  The kind she had often longed to have been born into.  No matter how foolish it seemed, she would stay with them.  Even if…it came down to the worst.

A tear fell thinking about it.  Mister O’Brian was not perfect, but she could tell he was sincere.  The discussion they’d had back at Begglar’s Inn that evening came back to her.  His words of comfort that she could not fully accept about being loved and wanted.  She so wanted to believe in that.  As a little girl, she had once believed that there was a ‘Daddy’ out there who wanted her.  Loved her.

When Mister O’Brian has talked with her, he made no demands of her.  He’d listened to her without judgment.  Wept with her when, in a moment of uncharacteristic vulnerability, she’d laid bare her painful and humiliating experience with her own father leaving because he did not want her or her mother anymore.

When O’Brian had asked her for her name, he did not press her for it when she was reluctant to give it.  He gave her the time and freedom to work through what she was going through, but with the kind offer that he and the others would be here for her when she was ready.  No one had ever done that for her.  Given her the respect of her own space and her own time to come back freely.

What had he said to her before she and Christie left to head back to the coast?

That the things the Troll used against you with their strange influence were only the lies planted in you.  Told to you by those deceiving themselves as well.  That the trolls could not use the truth to harm you.  But only the lies.  Lies that you had empowered to rule over you by giving your beliefs to them.

Her lips trembled as fresh tears fell from her eyes and she averted her gaze from the others, seeming to concentrate on the wall, her hands now trembling as she fingered the posts that framed the casements.

“It’s fascinating, isn’t it?” a voice spoke quietly to her observing the tracery of woven vines and symbols in the wall.

Laura cleared her throat and hastily wiped her eyes with her fingers, hoping the girl did not notice her quiet tears.

“Uh, yeah,” she sniffed, “Yes, it is.”

“My name is Lindsey,” she whispered and after a pause added, “In case you forgot.”

“Laura,” she smiled slightly, hoping her cheeks weren’t noticeably reddened, “I’m just getting used to all this.”

“Yeah, me too,” Lindsey answered, “I’m still fascinated by this place but scared of it too.  Not sure what to do about it.  And I’m worried about Mister O’Brian.  It’s been way too long.”

“What do you think about this place.  What they said about it?” Laura whispered, keeping her voice low and quiet so that the others wouldn’t overhear.

“I don’t exactly know what to think.  It is certainly odd and unique.  Something I might imagine some druids might have conjured up.  Y’know if it had been in some forest in Ireland or something.  But here.  This place, this Mid-World is just…different and alike in so many ways.”

“Yeah.  Just when I think it’s going to be like the Surface World, there is an otherness that just makes me uncertain.  A Troll.  Who would have ever thought those fairy tale creatures could be real here?”

“You should’ve seen those creatures we saw coming out on the lake.  Bizarre.  Ugly and gross.  Creepy.  There’s enough strangeness, without those things, but they gave me the heebie-jeebies.”

“What were they?  I did not see them.”

“Be glad.  I may have nightmares later.”

“Are you scared?”

“I am, but, strangely, not about the things you might expect me to be scared of.”

“How do you mean?”

“I am scared of what harm might come to those I am coming to care about.”

“Mister O’Brian?”

“Not just him and the others.  You too.”

Laura took in a long shuddering breath, her tears clouding her vision, as she tried to stifle a sob.

Lindsey put an arm around her and held her quietly while the young girl cried.  The tears spent were some she had needed to cry for a long time.  Tears of healing, knowing she had at last found a friend.

***

Grum-Blud could smell them.  Smell the salty scent of their fear.  Like birds in a cage, they huddled under the strange woodland canopy.  Nervous, but not moving away to a more secure location.  Well, there were ways he could help with that.  A very particular way indeed, and within the canopy, he’d spotted one very particular weak link in the bunch.  He needed only to catch her eye.  If he could get her to run the others might follow, and then The Pan might just forget how he had lost those Manticores.

And if not.

Well, there were others waiting in the forest too.  His second line of defense—provided he could survive under The Pan’s temporary distractions for a bit longer.

***

The Cerberi were vicious black beasts with a thick mane of black fur that bristled behind their thick flat heads.  Their eyes held a fierce wildness in them, and they stared at the caged prisoners hungrily and intently.  Panting and licking their yellowed teeth, with dangling saliva running beneath their slackened jaws.  Each of the muscled creatures bore two heads, joined together under a wide cranial bone, sharing one central grey eye.  Dog-like in form but only peripherally similar in nature without the innate empathy one might associate with canines.

Four of these thickly-built, grizzled mongrels paced around the outside perimeter of a hastily built cage situated in the midst of the Xarmnian camp, raised within a clearing within the thinning edge of Kilrane Forest.  The very camp O’Brian had spotted from the tall tree he’d been trapped in until his rescue.

Within the cage, the thirteen Surface Worlders huddled close together, trying to stay away from the thin cut saplings that comprised the bars of their cage.  They were under no illusion that these were the only things separating them from being ravaged by the pacing dog-beasts that circled their prison, like a pack of hungry sharks scenting blood.

“How is your arm?” the one called Crystal asked the tall woman named Cheryl, who clutched her wound to her stomach.  She was flushed and swooning.  Her arm throbbed and it had taken a while to staunch the blood flow.

“It burns, but I’ll be okay,” she assured the questioner, though she had no such confidence in her words.

“You need to get that looked after,” one called Marcus said.

“You know of any hospitals nearby, I’ll be glad to go to one,” Cheryl answered, more bitterly than she has intended to.

“Do you think Zeela and Hughland sold us out?” Ramesh asked quietly.

“I don’t know,” DeeAnn answered, “but the wagon and horses were missing when these Xarmnians came and that is just about as bad as anything they could have done to us.”

“If I ever catch up to them, I am gonna kick their butts!” Teagan said, grinding a fist into her palm in frustration.

“What do you think these Xarmnians are gonna do to us?” Emma asked, clearing her throat nervously, steeling herself against the answer she dreaded.

Cheryl had closed her eyes, trying to will the pain in her mauled forearm away, but was unsuccessful.

No one wanted to answer the question Emma had raised.  Knowing what they had been told, they were too afraid to speculate.

The one who had identified himself as Shihor was hard, cruel and cold as frosted steel.  He’d watched as the dogs attacked Cheryl, waiting for her to stop struggling and surrender to the idea that she was going to be eaten and savaged before he’d called the creatures off her.  The beast had to be commanded twice before it broke off the attack.  Its handler had raised a whip to it, but the creature backed grudgingly away before a blow was ever landed.  It knew better than to disobey, and the handler seemed also to know that same kind of fear to his person, should the creature under his charge not heed the barked order he’d given it.

“Bind them and bring them!” the despotic leader growled and then turned his horse and up mounting the slope to lead them onward down the dark road into Kilrane away from the river’s edge.

They’d been manacled to a joiner ring and shoved into a rough walking line, towed together by the central ring bearing variant lengths of chains.  There were four dog-beast wranglers who had come up on either side of the group, keeping the other creatures heeled, with leather-strapped leads, that the creatures could have easily broken free of had they not been trained to do otherwise.

The Xarmnian soldiers had ignored Cheryl’s bloodied lacerations and were as rough with her as they were with the others who had escaped injuries by the hell-dogs.  Ramesh eased up alongside her, and quickly pulled a colorful sash from around his waist and bound her bleeding arm quickly.  “It is not much but should hold until we can get a chance to clean it later,” he whispered rapidly, “Hold that manacle away from the wound and try not to lag behind.”

The handler turned, threatening him to release the monstrous dog beast, and Ramesh shrank back again into the line of his fellow prisoners.

“What if she dies?” Emma asked the guard, roughly ensuring that they were all securely bound to the central towing ring.

“Then she will be dragged the rest of the way and given to these dogs for meat when we get where we’re going,” he snarled and then cuffed her on the side of the head and said, “Now shut up!”

They had not gone far when they all heard the roar and the collapse of the falls and the sickening crunch-sound of breaking ice.  It was at that moment when they all realized that little Miray was no longer in their company.

“Where is Miray?!” Crystal asked, her breathing coming in rapid shallow breaths as she turned this way and that, searching frantically for her?

“I think she got away when the dog-thing attacked Cheryl.”

Cheryl winced and turned, “Where did she go?!”

“I think she went out on the lake,” Samuel answered, the realization of his words hitting him even as he spoke them.

Just then a wall of water roared up from between the trees pouring muddy, frothy water over the roadway, though shallowing out as it ran down between their legs and feet.

“Oh, God!” Cheryl cried out, “Oh God, no!”

In the silence and stifled weeping that followed, they at last wilted under their situation and the horror of it.  This Mid-World, at once mysterious and magical to them, was as dark and as cruel as anything lurking in the Surface World from which they all had come.  O’Brian had been right all along.  They were off the edge of the map.  And here there be monsters.

***

The Pan loomed large in the swirling smoke leading up the barely visible path to the mysterious gate in the woods.  His large antlers rising like shadowy spikes, backlit by the roaring flames that burned within the trees.  He waited quietly for what was promised him.  The scents of beast and man, now buried within the scorched air, blurred beyond perception.  He could feel wave after wave of warmth thermals washing over his dark comingled flesh bearing both human and animal origins.  Nothing of which could have been produced by the ancient natural world he’d foolishly and unwittingly abandoned so long ago, pursuing his patriarch into the wilderness to find…what?

He had long forgotten why he and the others had followed the man through the mysterious horizon Oculus.  He only knew that there was a reason that he and the others had carried their sacrifices of living blood.  Something on the other side of time and space demanded it.  Something that withheld their birthright.  Something that needed to be appeased to lift the curse placed upon their progenitor and by extension their entire family for generations to come.  He had pursued the passage of justice and had received only scorn.  A wrenching and tearing of his mortal body in half only to awaken in gouts of his own blood and find himself remade into…this.

With cruel, rough hands he fingered the long-jagged horns that arose from the crown of his grizzled mane of unkempt hair, and his quiet seething hatred deepened once again.

If he was to be reduced to being part animal, he had vowed that he would embrace that wildness and forever let it rule him according to the lot he’d been given.  But one thing he had not accounted for in his own self-determination.  There was a deeper, darker wildness that came not from the animal side of his newly fused body, but from the ancient part of him, that was still irrevocably human.  A need for vengeance.  A need to punish anything and everything in all of creation that left him consigned to this creature-man body, without hope and a future.  And that was when he’d first discovered the Dragon Pool glimmering darkly under the moonlight deep in the heart of a place the men of these lands called “The Holy Wood”.  And the beautiful shimmering creature beneath those darkling waves called and spoke to him in his misery and offered him a way to do just that.

***

What she was doing was sheer madness.  Dellitch worried over and over again, that she had made a foolish decision in taking the golem any further into the woods.  But she knew that if she just left it there in the swampy slough, even if the fire engulfed the area, the wind spirit inside it would survive, escape and word would ultimately get back to The Pan and her life and that of her kind would be forfeit.  The Pan indeed had a long reach.  The Harpies would find no tree or ground upon which they could land and ever hope to be safe from the humiliation and vengeance that pursued them.

Their secret alliance with the Xarmnian humans, for all their brute strength in proliferating numbers, and their slashing skills with bladed weapons could never protect them from the beings that crawled, swam and flew upon these inter-lands from horizon to horizon.  She was flying a tight line between death and appeasement bringing the golem back to The Pan.  But she knew The Pan was expecting to meet with one, and it was one of the primary reasons why he had roused himself from his lands in the eastern territories and had come to the Forests of Kilrane.  The Queen Horde living within him had promised him that a vessel he had released into the world would come back to him and restore to him his sight.  And that, with sight restored, he would at last witness the crushing of his enemies within the Forests of Kilrane.

She adjusted her clutching talons around the outstretched arms of the golem, being extra careful not to crush him or lose her grip on him.  She was exhausted, taking long moments to soar rather than flap, as she flew higher above the burning forest below, skirting the billowing columns of tumbling dark smoke, yet trying not to fly too far out of them for fear of being seen.  No human could have survived the heat washes they had flown through, so she knew there was no torturing of this thing that could be done to get more information out of it.  She would deliver it as requested and then be off to join the others.  The Xarmnians would be expecting a report soon, and her absence would arouse suspicion.

With long broad wings, she glided in a turning gyre scanning the forest below.  The fires had picked up in earnest as gusts of driving wind came down from the high plains and spilled over the edge of the escarpment leading down into Kilrane.  A haze covered everything below and even with an enhanced bird’s vision she had trouble discerning the movement of the fire and the possible movement of warm-blooded bodies below.

And then she spotted him.  He sat in a clearing, not too far from another open area occupied by a camp of Xarmnian soldiers.  It was going to be tricky not being noticed by the Xarmnians as she attempted to fly in with her package to The Pan, but she had to risk it.  She would fly further west, following the drift of the towering smoke and then skirt the treetops and out of the sight-line of the Xarmnians.  If the Xarmnians suspected her of dual loyalties, that may also be her and her kind’s undoing.

Further movement caught her eye as somethings tall and angular bearing what appeared to be a small figure moved into the clearing where The Pan waited.

“Dryads!” she cursed.  And the small figure they bore aloft was, in fact, also a golem.

***

Metal clanged against stone and wood.

Satyrs with long scythes joined the fight on the road, brandishing their weapons with long slashing arcs.  Others brutally swung clubs and short hatchet-like tools attempting to cut us down where we stood.

We fought desperately, but their numbers kept coming at us, leaping out of the smoke, faces pulled back in a rictus grin of menace and evil.  We beat, swung, punched and slashed at every hybrid creature that thwarted our forward movement.  Fighting on all sides, we kept close together, knowing we were reaching exhaustion and our enemies knew it too.

A fiery tree fell across the road barely missing us but taking out five of the goat-men in its burning crash.

The air was thick, full of the stench of burning hair and sweating bodies, pressing in and outward.

Jeremiah hooked a swinging scythe with the metal lath of the crossbow, jerking the wielder forward into my impaling jab.  The satyr roared and spat at me even as he died upon my sword.  Another satyr took advantage of the occupancy of my blade and rained down pummeling blows on my shoulder and sword arm now heavy with the body of its kind.  Jeremiah managed to pivot the scythe out from under the crossbow and gathered the snath post in the other hand and swung it with a powerful forearm, catching the satyr assaulting me by the blade slicing through the back of its neck.  Its jerk backward causing further trauma pulling the beast out of the fight.

Will had retained his kukri blade and was slashing away at a crouching satyr that had spidered in under his swings and had slashed his tunic shirt with its stone blade.

“Does it bleed, pretty boy?!” it taunted him, hissing in its grunting bark, “Does it hurt?  Tell us!”

Another waved a flaming firebrand at Lorgray, which Lorgray parried with his sword in a shower of sparkling embers.

Satyrs leaped into the fray, bounding out of the smoke, sneering and champing their sharp pointed teeth angrily like a flock of demons.

Lorgray was trying his best to calm his stallion, and ward off the attacks but it was getting harder and harder to do so.

We breathed heavily, and the heated air around us was making that more difficult.  Smoke stung our eyes, as the lunging satyrs shook soot and ash from their hairy heads and reached for us with grimy hands stained black with all the filth they had been into.  Lorgray felt his stallion’s flanks tightening and knew it was about to bolt and attempt to break through the ranks crowding in around us.

“Grab the saddle and hang on!” he shouted, and before we knew it, the stallion lurched and then sprang forward.  I grabbed the pommel of the saddle, Will stepped into the stirrup, standing on Jeremiah’s foot, and swung into the saddle behind him.  Lorgray leaped up and hung his knee into the open sheath saddle hook that had carried his crossbow, and we were dragged forward, barely hanging on to the frightened stallion as it galloped forward and drove bodily into the satyrs crowding into us for each to extract their pound of flesh.

The satyrs broke ranks, driven to part before the lunging horse, and both Lorgray and I raked through the more reluctant of them with our bared blades.

Terrified as it might be, the horse could not bear all of our weight for much longer, and I knew that I could not outrun these satyrs even on my best day.

In the confusion, however, we gain about two hundred feet more, before the satyrs turned en masse and began pursuit.

“Well, have to make our stand here!” Jeremiah shouted, putting a brace of crossbow bolts into the feeder line and winching the spring lock back into a killing tension.  Much as he dreaded it, he knew he would have to dismount the fatiguing horse soon or the animal would crumble to its knees and quite possibly be unable to rise again.

The grunting, growling, barking mob of satyrs came on, their wild eyes gleaming in the firelight, their savagery evident and swift.

At last, the horse slowed, its fatigue overcoming its fear.

Lorgray twisted out of the saddle hook and scramble-fell down upon the dead leaves masking the trail through the woods leading up to the Faerie Fade.  He had managed to snatch a long torch from one of the scattering satyrs which he held aloft in one hand and swept the air with the sword in his other.

“Get behind me!” he shouted.

It was clear to me and Jeremiah what he was about to do, and I only hoped the leaves on the path before us were as dead and dry as they appeared to be.

Jeremiah swung down from the saddle and almost crumpled to the ground.  The stallion had slowed but it had not stopped, and Jeremiah was in danger of being dragged by a stirrup if the dismount was not done cleanly.  I had hung my arm over the pommel and had drawn my feet up, bobbing along the right side of the horse’s belly, so detachment was not an issue for me.  Will, however, refused to dismount and instead slid further into the saddle that Jeremiah had managed to vacate.

Lorgray passed the flaming torch into the dried leaves and ran along the length of the trail starting a firebreak.  The leaves ignited quickly, and the mob was almost upon us.

Flames leaped up into the air, creating a temporary wall of fire that may or may not give us another hundred or so yards to retreat before we would have to turn and engage the onslaught.

We turned and ran, both Lorgray and I helping Jeremiah to hobble forward as far as we could from the temporary barrier behind us.

Will still had not dismounted the horse and to our shock and dismay, he leaned forward, gripped the reins and kicked into the flanks of the beast.  The horse reared and then bolted, not used to such cruelty, but unable to resist the one in the saddle driving it forward.

Gouts of earth and mud kicked up from the horse’s shod hooves were flung at us as the steed pressed forward into the brush of the forest.

We shouted after him, but it was all we could do to breathe let alone raise our voices to command the stubborn and impulsive kid.

The boy was terrified, we knew, but this was beyond the pale, and I could not help but rage in frustration.

Prologue – The Beachhead

*Scene 01*  11:00 (The Old Woman Who Was Not)

The old, dead woman watched as the foamy tides cast themselves relentlessly upon the wet sands of the beach, expending the last breaths of their moon-driven energy.

Her body had once had a name, and an identity. She had been called Noadiah, but now that name was lost with the death of the personhood that had quitted the body when it fell into the great fjord and the wounded beast prowling those frigid waters took her under.

Afterward only the image of the old woman remained, and the thing that inhabited her form was nothing like the woman who once was lovingly known by that name.

Before coming to the beach, she’d been in a great stone city. And there she had existed for several years. In the shadows. In the alleys. In the darkness. Waiting for an opportunity to take back something that did not belong to them.

Each day the old woman’s form became more restrictive and weakened. The presence within her, now fully occupying her dissembling remains seethed and chafed in the length of the waiting. Yet it did not dare to show its degree of impatience. Afterall, time was only a construct given to allow humans to experience dispensation. Impatience gave birth to recklessness. And recklessness was a child that should be strangled in its infancy.

The old woman had arrived upon the beach and had taken up residence in the sea caves months before the coming of the beast. She had unwittingly summoned the creature. Or, rather, the thing living inside of her had.

Since the coming of the second quest, she had learned what the Surface Worlders were after. The three virtue stones that would unlock the hidden kingdom. For years her and her sisters had blown through the lands of the Mid-World, seeking the current resting places of the two remaining stones, for she knew the place where the first stone now lay- high in the mountains of the great Stone Wall, where the fire-beast slept until the final time for its re-awakening. The second stone had gone beyond her sight, but she suspected that it had fallen in the possession of The Pan. Its true resting place was unclear, and that bothered her not knowing for sure.

Through swirling about eaves, and hearing tales whispered by firelight, she had at last learned of the location of another, and that breathy intelligence she had whispered across the waves, reaching the sea creature that had given her its present form to walk unnoticed among mankind.

And insinuate herself there near the location of the third and final stone that lay locked within the treasury of the great stone city of Xarm, named after its founder and first monarch. Guarded by fools who did not know what they had in their possession.

No one suspected the old beggar woman who sat day after day in the shadows, wearing tattered rags, with matted hair, and various insects crawling on her form beneath her clothing to keep her company. She’d waited and watched for an opportunity, allowing the lax guards to grow accustomed to her huddled and seemingly innocuous presence. To see her only as a regular fixture of a city impoverished by the mundane and ineffectual. Just another pathetically huddling piece of human debris, skulking in the shadows. She stared out at the world with gray-blue eyes, clouded with cataracts. No one suspected that she might be anything more than she appeared. A blind beggar—seemingly unseeing. Dismissed by the wary guards as only a ubiquitous and harmless shadow to the point that they no longer saw her. And in this guise, she was able to trade the blindness they perceive to be hers for their own.

The Xarmnians never really knew what they had in the inner room of the treasury, to begin with. To them, the stone was just a valuable rock, unique in its large size, retrieved long ago in a time best forgotten, when their ancestors first traveled from a great distance to settle in the surrounding plains of the mountainous valley. Legend had it that this particular stone was dug out from its golden setting, along with two other large stones, and each of these stones was divided among the kingdoms that occupied the region. The Xarmnian Kingdom, the Capitalian Kingdom, and the Middle Kingdom, an alliance formed of the indigenous proto settlements who occupied the plains before the arrival and formulation of the latter kingdoms. The three precious stones were said to have once been the jeweled adornments of a mysterious golden crown capping a pillar that predated all known races of men and other kind occupying the lands of the Mid-World. These separated fist-sized stones were taken from the mysterious pillar stone and, along with the twelve base set mover stones, were used to build the great cities that grew into powerful walled empires.

But the thing inside the old woman knew these stones were much more than they appeared. They were particularly connected to a prophecy of the Mid-World’s future. These three stones were key components to unlocking a multi-dimensional gate and whose opening would bring about a change in the Mid-World and signify the ushering in of a new kingdom age that would supplant everything. A potential future, this occupant of the old woman would do everything in its power to prevent. And when at last the opportunity finally came, she had absconded with the mysterious gate stone, smooth and polished and perfectly round and larger than any other natural stone of its kind.

One evening, the old woman, at last, saw her opportunity. The treasury had been easier enough to enter under distraction than she had ever anticipated, because the sight of her and the groveling denizens like her had grown commonplace within the city. All city guards were ordered to the city walls to track and kill a particularly hated traitor and prevent him from escaping.

In the rush to comply with orders, the posted guard of the treasury failed to notice the old woman’s stick extended into the closing doorway as they rush out to follow the command.

In the evening darkness, they failed to see the old woman’s slinking form, accustomed to blending in with the shadows, hobbling out of the now-closed treasury rooms, with a large smooth stone tucked into the flea-ridden folds of her tattered clothes. They failed to follow her skulking course through the night, out of the city, or tracked her progress for days without food or water, walking through the wildlands toward the seashore, she knew to lay to the eastern edge of the lands of the Mid-World. The incompetent soldiers would not discover the loss of the great and ancient treasure stone for many days, months or even years. They would never conceive of what she intended to do with it. That the great and giant sphere would be cast, as soon as she reached the shoreline out into the Great Sea, never to be found again. And then she would decide, what next to do about the other stones that remained, but first, she must rid herself of this old body and once again walk in the newness of a life stolen from among the lands of the living.

The old woman arrived at last at the beachhead embankment. From atop the edge of one of the many sea-cliffs, she watched the continual march of the waves coming from the distant pumping heart of the ocean, pounding in frothy surf along the seashore, extending far as her old eyes could see.

beach-84531_1280

She thought and raged long and hard about what all had transpired to lead her up to this moment. The insufferable restrictions she has borne living within the decaying mud of the now almost bloodless body. She harshly chuckled to herself, realizing that she had at last gotten the upper hand. That those outworlders would, finally, be prevented from being used as instruments of the Terrible One to bring about the prophesied return of this land’s champion.

If she could not destroy this stone, and she had tried many times along the way, she would do the next best thing. From an outcropping ridge that extended as a tall peninsula into the ocean, she heaved the stone, a giant, sparkling pearl, outward as hard as her frail form would allow and, breathless, she watched as the stone left her hands, arched and descended towards the swirling frothy waters below, only to see, to her amazement, the pearl seemed to punch into the air and ripple the fabric of the Mid-World’s veneer of reality, the seascape undulating and forming concentric circles in the very air and as it passed through the center of this reality, she saw, what appeared to be the great fanged mouth of a massive creature catch the falling pearl through a swirling tear in the air. The massive head and jaws clamped down upon the stone, and its eyes shifted and stared at the old woman’s form standing shakily on the cliff before it.

Something passed between them, and the old woman knew that it was only a matter of time before this terrible beast would be allowed to pass through its mystical portal and meet with her again. She need only wait for its coming and the inevitable people that would follow soon afterward. Twenty-one meddling and clueless Surface Worlders who she had vowed to kill as soon as possible before they could make any further trouble with ancient prophecy non-sense.

She waited for many months, occupying the sea cave on the shore below the overhanging cliffs. At last, the first of the otherworldly travelers came.

*Scene 02* 10:42 (A Meeting of Monsters)

A creature of living darkness emerged from the well of the deep. It had been summoned from the great gulf that separated the world of the seen from the unseen. The beast was given a keystone granting it a metaphysical form reflecting its monstrous nature, allowing it to pass through to a place where the designated one would come to be tested to learn to lead others either by faith or by sight.

The supernatural swords of fire blocking its entrance were briefly parted by the keepers and it was, at last, permitted to enter the hidden world from which it had been ejected so very long ago.  Soon others would emerge from the world of the seen, but this was its opportunity and its singular mission: To kill the desire of the one called to lead.  To stop the opening of the other gate beyond the hidden world to the kingdom without end.  A kingdom called Excavatia.

Like a shooting star, the creature came through a ragged tunnel in the evening sky opening just above the horizon’s edge of the marching sea.  Upon hitting the atmosphere, feathers of smoke peeled from its falling form creating contrails that marked the path of its fiery descent.  Its ponderous bulk plowed into the shoreline with a crash and thunderous clap echoing across the breaks and turns of the seashore cliffs.  The pressure of the impact caused the crawling shallow water to explode into the air, and a large furrow tore into the rising shore, casting a cloud of sand into the air thereafter.

Something huge emerged from the furrowed trench masked amid the falling water and dust, clouded in a loamy patina, sparkling with wetness as if it was newly birthed into this world of sea and lowering sun.

It shifted, undulating in the air, seeming to twist the landscape around it as if bending the light out of its path like a massive, invisible fist moving under plastic.

Its form was translucent, but opaque with the accumulation of sand sloughing off its ponderously moving body.  It lumbered forward and headed towards the open darkness of a sea cave carved by wind, time, and water.  The sea swelled and surged behind it as the rippling, translucent, hulking thing faded into the sea chiseled cavern as deeper darkness enfolded it into its waiting bosom.

An old woman’s voice, coming from somewhere deep within the cave spoke to the newly arrived monster and said, “Welcome to the Mid-World, my prince.  We have waited long for your coming.”

The beast filled the cavern with an even deeper darkness, raising its darkling form to cover the escape route through the entrance to the sea cave.

Words, seemingly formed of rock and evoked from the deep-belly of the land and sea, responded to the woman’s voice, rumbling out of the walls and echoing throughout the recesses of the deep cavern.

“You speak in the language of the original tongue. How come you to know this? And by what power do you recognize me? You have the hinting of human blood about you, but it is not your own smell.”

The monster drew in a sniff that sounded like crashing waves of the sea, “I sense the water and dust within you, and the smell of another Prince of the Dark. Are you a creature of this land, or another place?”

The woman’s voice responded, quavering, “I am a confined spirit of the air, my Prince. The original tongue is native to me. I was given this form through the blood and formation of another. I am your servant and the one who beckoned you with the accursed stone.”

“The traces of water in you, are not of this outer sea. From whence do they come?”

“There is a great and deep river between the mountains, my liege. It is called a fjord. There I was infused by the Beast of the Sea, your kind, along with the killing of the human form that previously bore it.”

“And what of that Prince? How come you to leave your loyalties there and bring them to me?”

“The former Prince of the Waters was slain, my Lord. Its head was taken by fishermen, even as I was present, lurking hidden within its locked jaws. I alone had enough blood left to sustain me.”

The monster seemed to ponder her words thoughtfully for a long moment, and then the bellows of its throat chamber formed an odd popping sound like that of breaking rocks.

“Then, servant, you will be my eyes upon this land, for I move among the shadows and beneath it. The light of this world burns.”

“What is it that you wish of my, my master? I knew you would come, but I did not know for what purpose.”

“There is one of the Ancient Land soon to come to this place. We are to undermine him at all cost, for he, like others before him, seeks the Kingdom that is hidden here.”

“But the stone,…I saw you consume it. Surely, we have disposed of the virtue stone needed to bring the prophecy about.”

“We have only delayed it. The stone is embedded in me. I could not consume it, for its power would send me into Tartarus.”

“You mean it is here still? Not out in The Void?”

“It cannot be lost. The virtue stones are from the altar of The One. They can be contained only for a time, but they answer another’s call.”

“So how are we to prevent the one who will lead another of the stone quests?”

“You will join their company. You will undermine their group, and sow seeds of dissension among them.”

“I have done this before, only with some limited success. Those who knew the form I bear, eventually suspect.”

“Then it is for you, that this charge I give is perfect. Those arriving here do not know the others. They will all begin as strangers without names.”

“Your will is mine, my Lord. I am called Torlah among those who know me by my true form.  I am called Noadiah, but the others who see only the blood form I now wear. And by what name shall I call you?”

“My name is Sheol, for I am the Lord and Master among the many graves of men.”

“So, My Lord Sheol, how shall we begin this deception together?”

“Bring me a sacrifice so that I may feed on human blood. From this, I will give you another form, beside the ashes of the one you now wear.”

The monstrous bulk in the shadows slowly moved aside, allowing the faint graying light from outside the cave to pass around its body. Giving the old woman leave to go to the outside and do as it had commanded her.

*Scene 03* 0:28 (Sea Sighting)

She saw the traveler struggling inside what appeared to be the remains of a rowboat, taking on water, being swamped by the surfeiting waves.  She scowled, trying to get a better look through the old eyes.  When she finally saw the terrified occupant of the small craft, she smiled broadly.

“A little girl”, she thought to herself, “Perfect.”

rough-sea-2624054_1920

*Scene 04* 8:56 (The Lifeboat)

The lifeboat had been adrift for at least a full day. The two girls did not know what to do. They had screamed for help until they could speak no more and then they had wept copious tears, growled at each other, snapped at each other and finally consoled each other.  But in all that time, the one terror they did not dare speak of lest by speaking it aloud they make it true-No help would be forthcoming. They were lost at sea. And it would be hours before someone realized they were missing.

Thankfully, there was a small cache of provisions stowed within the bench box of the lifeboat, but it wasn’t much. There were kits for purifying sea water, into potable water but neither of the girls knew anything about how to put the strange items together, or know much about desalination. The items to them were just what they appeared to be: A rag, a silver bowl, a collapsible wooden frame, a small corked vial of blue tablets and a mirror.  They might as well have been the components of an Erector set. There were some dried cracker-like biscuits, that they halfheartedly  munched on, but found them tasteless and hardly satisfying. Neither of them had much of an appetite after their ordeal.

The wind was cold, but the sun overhead threatened with blistering heat. They pulled the tarpaulin cover over the half open area from the front bow to the mid-ship rails and oar stocks and took shade under it. By and by they fell asleep, having little else to do but hope and pray the ship would turn back, and a search party sent out and they would eventually be found before they died of thirst, hunger or exposure.

Sleeping fitfully in each others arms, trying to stay warm as best as they could, they never saw the opening in the sky and sea, and never knew they had drifted through the strange glowing portal out from the open sea of the Surface World into the waters of another world entirely.

It was only a matter of a few hours more, before they were awakened by the rocking and chop of the boat lifting over the swells, and spinning lazily into the deepening troughs between the frothy wave crests, that they knew something was wrong. They could be swamped and capsized if nothing was done to orient the small life boat.

The oars were long and heavy, and up until that moment the girls had been afraid to try lifting them out of their stocks into the row locks. But they had to orient the bow, and water was already pouring over the sides with each dip and pitch of the boat. Shakily they crawled towards the mid-ship bench, weakened from fitful sleep, growing hunger, and a disturbing lack of fresh water.

The darker haired girl rose up, bracing herself by clutching the canvas extending from the transom.  The younger, fair, red-headed girl scrambled towards the bracket holding the long wooden oar on the port side of the boat just as the craft crested a rising wave.
“Land! Land!” the older girl squealed and screamed.

The water and crackling, liquid noises of the waves drowned out the other girl’s words into nonsensical gibberish and squeal. The younger girl lost balance and fell into the sloshing water in the bottom of the boat, bruising her shins and arms.

“Oww! Oww!” she cried, “Help me, Becca!”

“Miray, there’s land over there!” the older cried, trying to steady herself against the pitching boat, “Get the oar! I’ll get the other one.”

“I was trying to, big dummy! And I fell and hurt my legs.”

“Miray, don’t you see?! We are saved! There may be people there who can help us! C’mon!”

With that the older girl, identified as Becca by the younger, bent down and crawled through the sloshing water to the starboard bracket holding the other oar and tugged at the long paddle.

Meanwhile, the younger, Miray, tugged at the oar on the port bracket.

“It won’t come out!” she wailed, gritting her teeth, “Becca, help me! It won’t come out!”

Just then a swelling wave of water poured over the port gunwale, drenching the red-headed girl. She cough and sputtered, shivering from the chill of the water, trying to wipe her eyes, but losing her balance again. The frustration of her circumstance overwhelmed her and she started crying, “Becca, help!”

The older Becca lost patience.

“Quit being such a baby, Miray!”

She had pulled her oar out and laid it across the mid-ship bench. She sloshed past Miray, gripped the port-side oar and jerked upward, but the oar did not come loose. Gathering her legs under her, she planted her feet, and gripped the oar with both hands, just as another wave poured over the side, drenching both Miray and Becca. Becca coughed and sputtered water, gasping for breath, which irritated her and she lashed out angrily at Miray, as if she had caused the wave to hit her.
“Get outta the way, you weakling baby! There is land over there and all we need is to get the oars out and we’ll be able to row towards it without sinking first. Now is not the time to cry!”

“I’m not a weakling baby!” Miray protested through her tears, “Stop being such a meanie! We wouldn’t be out here, if you hadn’t insisted we play pirates!”

“Shut up, you!” Becca turned on her, raising a balled fist at her, “All you ever wanted to play was with your dollies. Grow up, you sissy baby! Ship up or ship out!”

Miray’s faced puckered into an angry pout. She wanted to give Becca a good clout in the mug, but she was much smaller than her, so she bit her lip and reached over to grab the stuck oar with Becca.

“On three,” Becca commanded, acting as if she was the pirate captain she had pretended to be.

“One-two…”

Miray yanked upward and the oar popped loose of its bracket, and she triumphantly cried out, “THREE!”
Becca, expecting Miray’s effort to have joined hers on her own declaration of the word “Three”, lost balance and fell backward into the sloshing water on her buttocks, expelled a loud “Oof!” when she struck the bench seat.

The hard plunk had bruised her tail bone, and she teared up, but bit her bottom lip trying hard not to let Miray see her cry.

“Who’s the weakling baby now?!” Miray snuffled, wiping the salty spray from her eyes and cheeks.

“I’ll get you for that!” Becca growled, turning and rising, reaching for the oar she had freed before.

Just then the boat pitched and spun, angling down another wave, but did not dip to gulp the water at the bottom of the trough. It canted, throwing both Miray and Becca off balance again, and they hung on to the gunwale railings to keep from tumbling overboard. The oar clacked against each other and formed an ‘X’ across the boat.

The boat see-sawed again, and the oars slid to parallel positions, clattering again.

They put the oars in the oar locks and fastened the ends together, so that the oars could be operated in tandem. When the paddles were dipped into the water, the two girls were thrown forward over the mid-ship bench and fell toward the transom and canvas cover.  With a shout of surprise the two girls tumbled head-long into the canvas, tangled together but no worse for the experience.

Becca started laughing, and Miray couldn’t help herself. She never could hold onto a mad for very long, and together the girls laughed at the silliness of their predicament.

“Do you know how to row a boat?” Miray asked.

“I can sing it, but there’s no ‘gently down the stream’ here.”

“Guess not,” Miray wrinkled her brow, “How’re we gonna do it?”

“Don’t know, ” Becca said, rising up off of the canvas tarp, “But we’re gonna figure it out. How hard can it be?”

Two hours of struggle against the choppy sea soon taught them the answer.

*Scene 05* 4:39 (The Xarmnian Scout)

Shihor, a Xarmnian scout, stood high in the stirrups of his saddle, his gaze fixed eastward towards the coastline.  A strong look of displeasure clouded his face from its usual placid and controlled coolness into a darkening and furrowed scowl.

The pulsing flash over the edge of the far eastern horizon and the faint but distance marks on the edge of the lowering sky confirmed his worst fear.  Twenty-one fingers. A year of sevens. The soothsayer had been wrong to placate their concern.

When the first seven years had passed after they had put down the insurgency, they had watched the east with guarded vigilance.  No gray harbinger smoke fingers arose on the horizon-far distant pillars of fire burning somewhere beyond the edge of the sea.

Sentries watched, day and night, stationed on the hillside that formed the sea-side cliffs overlooking the sea for over a year, but no flash of the opening between worlds appeared. No rumors of the otherworlders came from their spies, hidden within the pathetic pockets of resistance operating with what they foolishly believed was secrecy within the outer villages.

When no further signs of the mysterious Oculus had come, they had begun to believe that the trouble with the Surface Worlders and the Prophecy was failing. When fourteen years passed, they had begun to believe that the meddlesome entries were at last over, and they had celebrated their victory with a brutal campaign to pillage those villages who still resisted Xarmnian rule and tribute. Even the commercial city of Azragoth had fallen, and its collapse had demoralized all of the other towns who still believed themselves protected from the reach and might of the Xarmnian Empire.

What was started so long ago, and had to his mind been thwarted, suppressed and seemingly abandoned, was not yet over.  The beings would be back.  The nightmares would become flesh, gristle, and bone, and crawl, swim or fly back into the Mid-World seeking vengeance.

The Pan and its minions had been warned.  An agreement had been reached, or so he had thought.  It was hard to tell with the wild ones, what truly was in their self-interest.

The remote patrol assignment would have to wait.  There was no time to be lost.  He had to ride hard and fast, back to the city of Xarmni and warn the dread monarch.

If they did not put down this potential uprising, it could mean the end of their rule.  The marauder resistance was one thing, but this was quite another.  This involved the supernatural.

He turned his horse towards the westward rise and the purple shadow of the distant mountains beyond it.  He would ride hard throughout the night and so doing would kill his mount, but he would pick up another one in the occupied towns along the way.  Seven days ride.

It had taken nine days to reach the coast in pursuit of the mysterious old blind woman seen to have left the city. Something about her had never seemed quite right, lingering day after day in the alley next to the inner court portcullis. Never once asking for alms, food or water. She wanted something else. Something much more precious to her than those things that would naturally sustain a human life, and he suspected he knew what it was she wanted.

He’d been a fool not to recognize her, sitting there day after day, but then again she was much changed from when he’d last saw her serving he and his men in the Tavern at Sorrow’s Gate.

If the pulsing light on the eastern horizon and the smoky columns in the distance were not indicators enough, the fact of the old woman showing up in the City of Xarmni, should have warned him that an attempt to recover the remaining crown stone would soon be made–provided, Xarmni, still had it in its possession. He had to get to the Treasury to be sure. He would meet with Helmer’s company on the road and then proceed onward.

The horse-flesh under him had served him well in his patrols.  It was a fine and powerful beast.  What a waste, he thought as he clenched his teeth, gathered his reins tightly into his fist and drove hard, cruel spurs into the flanks of the mountain stallion, causing it to rear up and then run for all its might.

*Scene 06* 00:00 (The Sea Witch)

The old woman follows a lifeboat caught by the tide along the rocky shore in an effort to assist a distressed young girl who has only recently come ashore.  Her friend is trapped in the boat, but the old woman manages to catch the craft coming along the tide before it reaches the far breaker reefs and rocks that would certainly damage the craft.  When the boat is brought ashore, the woman invites the girls back to the cave where she lives, only to discover that the woman is not exactly what she appears to be, and her motives for “rescuing” Miray are not entirely selfless.

*Scene 07* 00:00 (The Tardemah)

A vivid nightmare causes a fortyish-year-old man to seek counselling for a disturbing and recurring dream that he once had been somehow transported to a mysterious place outside of his present time and been instrumental in causing a mission to fail.  Now he fears he is about to be summoned back to that place to give an account for his crimes and somehow make amends for what happened by leading a recovery mission. [Ref. Genesis 2:21 “Adam”; 15:12 “Abraham”]

Whoever said, “If you become a follower of The One, it will solve all your problems”, was a pernicious liar.  The monsters will come after you.  Yes, they most certainly do.  For when your allegiance shifts from being a passive rider drifting along on a junket to the River Styx, to deciding to change course and join the sole lifeboat graciously offered and motor away, you cause all of the other passengers on that junk barge to wonder.  ‘Is this natural drift on a garbage barge taking me any place I really want to go?‘  ‘Have I become so used to the smell of rotting, fetid refuse that I no longer realize the odor to be offensive?’  The infernal ferryman does not tolerate the loss of its passengers.  With a tight rictus of decayed flesh pulled into a skeletal grin, he dispatches monstrous creatures to pursue your boat.

Down The Dark Road – Chapter 66

Like ghosts arising from a graveyard mist, shadowy forms appeared from either side of the road and a large dark figure loomed in the smoky woods behind them.  The girl stood in our path holding up and fingering what appeared to be a small bejeweled purse in the shape of a heart.  A strange red light emanated and pulsed between the joined jewel casing.  The casing could not fully contain the light throbbing from within.

“Hello, Mr. O’Brian,” she said simply, though her voice was accompanied by an odd jaw popping noise.

“I promised you I would find you again,” she smiled slightly, “…and that you would pay for the body you took from me with your own.”

She nodded just behind us, indicating that whatever forms were waiting and watching the interaction from within the shadowed haze should now come forward.  Rather than turning, I locked eyes and unsheathed the Honor Sword wrapping the bloodline sash around my forearm as she spoke.  She was distracting us.  Lulling us into a dead calm before the strike, but I could sense and feel the pressure building.  Captain Logray had his sword out as well, silently and cleanly removing it and raising it to the ready.

Out of the smoke, the forms clarified into nasty dark, goat men.  Their foul stench masked by the swirling smoke.  Their ash-streaked bodies and char-marked faces grinning at the prospect of tearing us apart.

“Though you may have survived in the mouth of the dragon long enough to imprint this dirt sack, I need your death to retain it.  I will finish what that dragon prince has left undone.  I have come to collect my due.”

Shadows darkened around us, yellow-eyes gleamed, and the satyrs attending what appeared to be a sweet, innocent child, chortled with savage glee.

“To that end, I’d like for you to meet some of my friends.”

girl-2131096_1920

Ugly, bestial faces resolved out of the haze around her, their teeth bared, there dark eyes shining with cruelty and a savage glee.  Their fur bristled along their backs, in anticipation.  Their hooved feet stamped impatiently in the ash dust of the road as they chortled, delighted with the contrasting effect this disturbing semblance of a young innocent girl created with her calm threatening words.

Her gaze shifted from me to Jeremiah and her eyes narrowed above a slight smirk.

“Jeremiah,” she cooed, “So very nice to see you again.  Have you been in hiding?”

“Who are you?”

The young girl clicked her tongue chastising and shook her head, “Perhaps, you knew me with this face?”

Suddenly her young cheeks sagged with age, her forehead wrinkled above greying eyebrows, her mouth drew in with sallow cheekbones rising, and her hair lengthened into graying ropes of braided cords and tired grey-blue eyes shone within time-weathered sockets that had seen too much pain and heartache in the days etched on her visage.

“Noadiah!” Jeremiah exclaimed with a start, shrinking back in the saddle.

The old face appearing on the body of such a young girl was unnerving.

“I have so missed you, my elusive friend.  So much that I thought I would bring you this gift you misplaced beneath Azragoth.”

She carefully reached with the purse and drew out a glowing ruby stone.

“You dropped this, remember?  Such a pity you were so haphazard with it,” she said turning it in her hands, watching its red throbbing light pulse through her fingers.

Jeremiah stared at the stone and the light from the interior gleamed reflectively in his eyes.

“I think I shall keep it for the time being.  Just to keep it safe,” she said tucking it away, smiling at the effect her presentation of it seemed to be having on Jeremiah as she mocked his mission with its final failure.

“If there is nothing further, then, I will leave you to my friends.  They’ve been dying to meet…  Wait, no sorry, that’s not how it goes. It should be, you’ll be dying to meet them,” she said beginning to laugh her visage returning to that of the young girl again.

Jeremiah had surreptitiously slid his hand into the saddle sheath and retrieved the crossbow.  There would be no chance to wire an arrow bolt from the brace, but it could be used as a bludgeon.  He remained calm, though disturbed by the sight for reasons this golem creature would be unable to guess.

The girl and her “friends” posed a direct danger, but he was also concerned about the indirect danger of the uncertainty of his own party.

Will had eventually fallen behind and it unnerved him.

The young man could not be trusted any more than could the disturbed young girl standing in the middle of the smoky road ahead of them or the sneering goat-men creatures curling out of the smoke behind her, flanking them on either side.

What was about to happen was going to be very, very bad and he saw no way out of this one.  They would die today.  The third quest would at last surely end here in blood and in fire.

“Pretty, pretty horse,” the satyr snarled and chortled, its black sooty hand rubbing its muscle-twitching flank, as the stallion rumbled displeasure deep in its chest, its eyes rolling to follow the quick furtive movements of the two satyrs circling it and Jeremiah astride him.  Jeremiah held the crossbow easily, readily and wary of their fleeting, jerky movements.  He’d misjudged their swiftness before, and it had cost him his own stead.  A mistake he would not repeat with the one he now rode on loan.

Jeremiah recognized one of the satyrs sneering at him from the shoulder of the road.  A dark scar had marked its cheek and its side.  Wounds it had received from him during a prior skirmish earlier in the day.  Jeremiah’s jaw clenched and unclenched, this was one of the raiding troops that had maimed his horse.

As if upon the moment of Jeremiah’s recognition of him, the scarred satyr lunged from the roadside and Jeremiah drove a foot into its face as it leaped for him.  And with that action, the battle was on.

This was shaping up to be a very bad day indeed.

***

At the base of a tree, along the leaf-strewn roadway, the satyr that Jeremiah had bound awoke.

Firelight flickered in his eyes as he blinked away the grogginess from having been struck.  His sharp teeth champed as he struggled against the chain wrapped around him, twisting and jerking and grunting to wrench himself free.  Black twisted embers gilded with bright orange flame floated around him, dancing in dervish twirls upon the heated wind.

He grunted and lunged against the chain again, but this time was rebuked by a harsh voice.

“Stop thrashing, Banalus!” the voice hissed, “The forest maidens will come for you, but not if they suspect us.”

The satyr left for dead in the roadway winced as the arrow that pierced his flesh shortened each breath he took but could not quell the animal eyeshine in his golden eyes as he licked slavishly at the aphrodisiac pollen that covered the rocks where he fell.

“Gwemmel, I thought you were dead,” the bound satyr hissed back, “Get me loose.  These dead harpies ought to be good for at least a romp with the maids.  I don’t need to be bound for that.”

“Did you lick these rocks?”

“What?  I barely got a taste.”

Gwemmel shifted over still lying flat on his belly, crawling forward, his short hooves clawing at the dirt.

As he turned his head back to the golden dusted stones, a massive black cloven hoof silvered with wear and age descended just in front of his face.  He blinked rapidly at the sight and then shuddered in terror.  He knew what he would find when he followed the hoof up to the broad muscled fetlock and knees and muscled thighs and beyond to the shaggy mane and broad chest eleven feet above the ground, and the hoary grizzled head and cataracted eyes staring sightlessly down upon his quaking form.  One false move, or one whimper, and that would be the last time he ever saw the light of day.

“I smell the scent of blood in the air.  These ears have heard the sound of two imbeciles who should have reported back to me long before now,” the large, sightlessly blinking and intense gaze narrowed to the shuddering arrow shot satyr at its feet and took in a long, deep, inhale through widely-flared nostrils, “Yet I smell the spore of rutting dryads all around me.  What do you two have to say for yourselves?”

“Humans, my Lord,” Banalus squeaked, and then cleared its throat, “The outworlders have returned.  I recognized two of them.  One was the leader of the second band whose men passed that worthless red stone to you.  He has become a forester, perhaps he is the very one the dryads have long spoken of.  The one they call ‘The Fire Walker’.”

The Pan did not turn when Banalus spoke, only listened and flexed and unflexed his massive hands and corded muscled arms thinking brooding and dark thoughts but continued to glare downward at the form he sensed lay huddled at his hooves.

“And the other?” he growled.

“A woman, sire,” Gwemmel squealed through trembling lips, “She is the one the others call ‘Storm Hawk’.  I recognized her sweaty, female scent.  She bathes, sire.  It is not as strong as it is with other females.  Her face, however, was uncovered.  I saw her face, my Lord.  I can certainly recognize her again…if…” he trailed off, trying to reign in his desire to plead for his life and provoke his master further.

“And why was I not informed of this sooner?” he rumbled low and dangerously.

“I am bound to this tree with linked chain, my lord,” Banalus offered, “the forester…”

The Pan raised his hand swiftly, cutting him off mid-sentence.

“And you, my groveling friend?” he knelt slowly down, knee-joints crackling, nudging at the prone creature with his extended shaggy arm and curled knuckles.

“An arrow pierces my back, sire.  The woman she is artful and swift with a bow.  She killed one of the harpies that were fleeing.”

The Pan reached out and felt the haft of the arrow jutting out of the satyr’s back, its grimy blackened fingernails brush the fletching feathers of the arrow, causing the Gwemmel to writhe and wheeze through clenched teeth in short rapid breaths.  He closed his massive hand around the shaft and swiftly jerked the arrow upward, out of the satyr’s back, causing Gwemmel to whimper and bark-cough in pain.  The Pan’s nostrils twitched as he lifted the black-bloodied point to his nose and then ponderously rose to his feet, scenting the sour-milked odor of the two dead harpy carcasses strewn about the clearing as well.

“Your tales ring true this time,” he rumbled and then conceded, with a slight hint of disappointment, “You will both live this day.  Join your brothers.  There is a dangerous place within this forest that these outworlders are most likely headed to.  There is a wind spirit-creature that we were supposed to meet that would show us the way.  She said she would be waiting in the forest in a form we would all recognize from before.  If we are swift, we may yet prevent them from getting there.  Besides this creature swore an oath to me to restore my sight and she will deliver on that promise or there will be no place or help from us.”

He raised his fist and five satyrs emerged from the surrounding woods, two set about freeing Banalus from the tree, the others helped Gwemmel rise to his feet on trembling legs and unsteady hooves.

***

Azragoth was teeming with a rapid and quick activity.  In the mere hours following the moment that the raging fires first roared out from the front of the city igniting and repelling both the encroaching forest which had for the greater part of twenty-years grown wild and organically surged against its outer wall and the ferocious Manticores attempting to scale its pitch-coated, ebony walls, there had not been such apparent flurry of hurried life to the outside world.  Truly the inner city now roused and in motion within the dead outer ring of the old city was symbolically represented by the large wheel-within-wheel chandeliers that lighted their grand reception hall.  A circensian circus in its original sense, whereby all the surrounding communities which had once benefited from Azragoth’s commercial greatness, could now witness from the lower galleries, the veiled curtain of the forests of Kilrane thrown back with dramatic flair and witness its rise again from the ashes of its former grave.

Captain Thrax stood at the doorway to the surgeon’s cottage, arms folded, his large thick eyebrows shadowing the shallow caves of his intense eyes as he waited on the final news of his General’s condition.

Kadmin, the thickly-built shorter bodyguard of the General emerged first from the cottage door, his bow already in hand, an arrow notched as he swept the portal field with his eyes and then rested them on the imposing figure of Thrax and lowered the post of his pointed arrow.  A line of soldiers stood at attention ranks, just beyond Thrax, eyes forward but stealing furtive sidelong glances at the front portal of the cottage.

Kadmin raised his fist, signaling to the interior of the house through the partially open doorway at his back that, in his assessment, the way was clear of any immediate foes.

To the surprise of all, General Mattox, “The Eagle” emerged from the house, flanked slightly behind and on the left by Jesh, his taller, equal statured bodyguard.  The General stood tall just beyond the doorway, his chest emblazoned with the fierce and proud red eagle crest, with only the gauze bandage peeking out from behind the shoulder of his tunic, and a slight and barely perceptible twitch in the corners of his eyes signifying the pain from his recent ordeal.

An older, balding fellow with silver-hair, pleaded with him, “General, respectfully I must insist that you get bed rest for at least three days following such an extensive surgery.”

The General stepped forward out from under the stoop of the surgeon’s cottage, “And I told you if Azragoth does not have three days to rest, then neither do I.  I thank you for your skill and concern, but I have my duty to fulfill.”

With those words he strode forward towards the surprised Captain Thrax, signifying that he would brook no further argument from either the well-intentioned healer or from his own soldiers and guards under his command.

“How stands the city of Azragoth?” the General asked, “Were the beasts fully routed?  Has Morgrath reported back from The Keep and the tunnels below?  Where have the three treacherous creatures been taken?  Where are they being held?  Where is Corimanth?  Has Logray returned to the city with the Forrester?”

When there came no quick answer to the general’s questions, he walked closer to smiling Captain Thrax, irritation apparent, “Has everyone gone deaf and dumb, since I’ve been down?”

“No, General, we are all just very stunned to see you return back from death’s dark road so swiftly, and all very glad that you have.”

“Glad?!” Mattox asked, turning towards his guard and the ranks of soldiers standing just beyond Thrax, “Well, so far, I see very little to be gladdened about.  I’ll tell you what would make me glad.  It would please me ever so much to see these men stationed out on the wall watching for the enemy and remembering that they have a city full of people to protect, rather than attending an old worn-out soldier who deigns to try and lead this rag-tag bunch.  That,” he punctuated with a raised finger under Thrax’s nose, “IS what would make me glad.  Not this show of…of…”

“Loyalty and devotion, my General?” Corimanth offered, stepping out from the ranks of soldiers.

General Mattox turned on him swiftly, “Foolishness, is the word I was searching for, mister.”

“It’s good to see you too, General,” Ezra stepped forward as well smiling at the General who was now clearly back in his command element.

“Where have you placed those three creatures, Ezra?  How have you secured them?  These are not what they may appear to be and will elude your men if they are not watched carefully and cautiously.”

“We have placed them in the oubliettes,” Ezra answered, “Three guards stand over their iron gratings, ready to sluice them with the blackened sludge-waters, should they stir or attempt to escape.”

Mattox thought on this a moment before he lifted his eyes to Ezra again, “Captain Thrax and I will go to them, and see what further can be learned.  Corimanth, get these soldiers back up to the wall to stand watch.  I am assuming Logray has not returned, but when he does bring him and Jeremiah to me quickly.  I would hear from Morgrath soon if you can get him.  The city should be prepared for retaliation from the Xarmnians soon.  I believe Tobias and Sandballat may have already betrayed us to them, but in either case, we must be ready as the curious and the malicious come forward to observe the city of fire.  Go to it.”

The men broke ranks and hurried off quickly towards the inner walls of the city to relieve the armed citizens who had volunteered to stand watch in their place.

***

The sentries stood firm.  Legs apart, armed with sharpened Monk Spade weapons ready to thwart any outside assistance coming to affect the release of the strange identical beings locked in the street holes beneath them.  Their eyes were watchful, vigilant and their muscles were taut, flexed and ready gripping their deadly blades ever so tightly.  So focused on the walls around them, and cautious of every soul that would dare look their way, they failed to notice what was going on beneath them in the oubliette cages below.

Ants.  Thousands of them.  Swarms of them crawled up onto the grating swarming and covering the splayed legs of the soldiers above.  These tiny frenetic creatures crawled out of the suppurating eyes, nostrils, and mouths of the golems beneath them.  Crawled up their extended arms, out of their ears and through their hair and up onto the grating in swarm stacks of ant bodies linked in living chains to torment their captors above.

The ants flowed through the myriad tiny tunnels and wind capillaries of their host’s golem body, contained within the mud mounds the Dust Dragon creature that birthed them brought within itself in its trek through the Mid-World pursuing the latest members of the Surface World quest.  It imbued these hostile living nests within the hollow belly of each golem, crazing them with chemical pheromones as the wind spirits flowed into the corpus and moved these chemicals into golem’s hollow circulation.  The frenzied ants merely need to find a way out of the golem body and would sting repeatedly anything and everything they found in proximity upon their release.  It wasn’t long before the first guard who had confined the initial golem to the prison well began to feel the tingling itch and prickle of several somethings crawling within the seams of his outer clothing and hardened leather armor.  Seconds later, the other guards began to feel similar sensations.  When they finally looked down their legs and arms were covered in living carpets of biting and stinging creatures wild with chemical-crazed fury.

***

When General Mattox, Captain Thrax, Ezra, Jesh, and Kadmi arrived in the courtyard where the oubliettes were kept, they found three guards on the ground writhing in agony, crawling with thousands of tiny brown creatures, their Monk Spade weapons having fallen to the ground as ineffective against such tiny insidious enemies.

The three oubliette holes lay open, their metal gratings were thrown back, and trails of fine-grain sand led away from each prison hole.

They rushed forward to the holds, fearful certainty already confirming that the three former imprisoned occupants were long gone.

When they lifted their eyes from the courtyard holes, they noticed a series of dark-cloaked silhouettes perched upon the courtyard walls.

Their pale-white faces and hard glaring black eyes, and black-feathered capes revealing the identity of the second wave assault force lying in wait to terrorize and rip apart the city of Azragoth.

Harpies.

Forty or so, by best estimates.

Vessels of Stone and Flesh – Chapter 65

Out of Azragoth, there had been four golems in pursuit of the soldier.

Two of these had fallen.

One was taken.

And now, there was only one.

But hundreds more still waited in the darkness below the old city.  Waited…to rise to take faces.

The fourth of the ash-covered creatures watched the men from the dark road below.  A false twilight had begun to dim the horizon as ash ascended and filled the forest with dense smoke.

When the golems had heard the young man shouting, it had separated from the troop and was circling around behind the soldier on the road when it saw what had become of its three companions.  It followed the soldier when he rode up to the tree to free the young man. It had stood quietly in the shadows watching as the two men descended from the tree, below the lowering ceiling of ash.

It passed grimy hands over its face, brushing the coating ash from its cheeks and brow and scooping it out of its eyes.  The revealed face beneath scowled in anger.  It blinked away the dust that had coated its golem’s eyes leaving only a cataract film.

Its face and arms had dried and cracked with the heat of the fires and it could no longer bear the semblance of the hated one they were sent to resist and betray.  The projected image the dragon had captured in the tunnels was a temporary image at best. Not sustainable as long as the man still lived. Only eight wore this face. The face of a man with whom this particular golem inhabitant had a personal score to settle and a promise to keep.

In the past, it had worn at least three other visages of Surface Worlders.  And it primed itself to collect and masquerade as many more before it was done.

Its present doppelganger now stood beside the soldier of Azragoth whom they had followed out from the old city.  The fires made the tableau above hazy and appear to shimmer in heat vapor, but the creature could still see and identify them as they helped another man from the base of the tree to mount up carefully upon the soldier’s horse.  A younger man stood aloof and to the side, now unbound but seemingly uncooperative and at odds with the one called O’Brian.  It recognized him, as well.  There was potential in the young man.  Useful potential.  A rage he harbored for all authority figures.  With a few more instances of prodding, he could be turned.  He was ripe for a bitter harvest.  Perhaps, in time, it would wear this young man’s face as well.

When the man, they had assisted, turned in the saddle and finally sat upright, the malevolent presence inhabiting the golem form immediately recognized him from many years before.  Its scowl gave way to an expression of surprise as its heavily lidded eyes widened.

“Jeremiah,” it hissed and seethed, its tightened jaw making a popping noise as it spoke.  The man it personally hated more than the one it had been initially sent after to deceive, undermine and kill.  For somehow, this man had evaded it for years.

“Well, well, well,” it clucked, its voice again accompanied by that jaw popping noise, “What a nice little gathering we have here.”

It would never forget him.  Though the man on horseback’s face had slightly changed, and his hair had thinned during the intervening years, the spirit’s sight knew it was the same man who had first dissolved its first clever corporeal shell with one of those accursed honor swords.  A covenant sword.  A weapon not bound by time, space or physicality.

“Two birds,” it reached into its garment and pulled out a dirty sack, bearing something bulky within, hefting it into its sooty hands, “One stone.”

The time spent digging under Azragoth had proved useful after all.

***

“Mr. O’Brian were you ever in the presence of a dragon?”

Captain Logray’s words had barely been uttered, when he saw the implication and shock register in my expression.

“We should speak more on this.  But not here.”

I lifted Jeremiah’s gear-pack from the ground and slung it over my shoulder, wondering at the weight as I lifted it and at how effortlessly he had seemed to carry it with him before he ascended the tree.  I eschewed the climbing gear and spikes but Will had acquiesced to follow us at least temporarily and snagged them as he passed by moving towards the road below.  I caught a glimpse of a small hilted dagger tucked away towards the back of his shirt, certain that it had not been there before when he had been trussed and deposited at the base of the tree.

The smoke ceiling had descended and threatened to fill our lungs with ash if we did not get to lower ground.

We moved down the hill, Logray carefully leading the antsy horse around the fires blackening the hillside.  It snorted in short breaths, its muscles flexed and tensed, and it rolled its eyes fearfully at the conflagrations all around us, but Logray kept a tight confident hold on its lead reigns.  Despite the animal’s fear and natural inclination to flee the flames, it had learned over time to trust the man who now led it through the burning forest.  I bore this quiet gentle lesson in mind, thinking of my own personal struggle.

Visibility was minimal, but the further we descended the swirling hot air around us became slightly cooler and easier to breathe.

Logray spoke up as we made our way down towards the carved roadway, “I believe this harpy that attacked you might be temporarily deceived.”

“Tell them, young man,” Logray addressed Will over his shoulder, “What threatened you before I came up from the woods and found you.”

Will had moved slightly ahead of us and acted as if he did not hear the question, refusing to follow, but grudgingly acknowledging that he had little choice if he wanted to survive.  It was an act of passive aggression but Logray was having none of it.  Logray heard him mutter a growled response under his short, labored breaths.  As a respected leader of fighting men, knowing the danger of insubordination and how it subversively affected group morale, Logray pressed him again.

“Tell them,” Logray lowered his voice meeting the young man’s threatening growl with a dangerous but commanding calm, “or you will follow us no further.”

Will knew the man meant it.  It was an incontrovertible choice he was giving him, not just an idle threat.  This man did not suffer fools and did not give instructions lightly.  The memory of the father Will had lost loomed largely in his mind and reminded him of something deep he still admired.  Military men knew that to follow or not follow an order, often meant the difference between survival and death when a lifetime was measured in seconds.  If he valued his own life or the lives of those around him, he must choose.  As resentful as he might be towards O’Brian and Jeremiah, he somehow knew that Captain Logray was not a man he could treat with the same level of contempt.

“I don’t know what they were,” he retorted, “So much smoke was in the air.  I couldn’t see them very well.”

“Describe what you think you saw.”

“Four men.  Smoldering and fully covered in black soot and grey ash.  Their hands, arms, face, eyes all covered in it.  They didn’t even seem to have trouble breathing it.”

Logray’s head turned suddenly and he faced Will, “Four?”

Will nodded, “Three came up to me and the fourth held back and disappeared into the smoke.”

“Did you get a look at their faces?”

Will shrugged, “Not really.  As I said they were covered in ash, but about the same size.  No real difference that I could see in the few seconds before they came up to me.  I didn’t know what they were going to do.  They just watched me struggle there, and then one of them raised a knife and came at me.  He fell on top of me and just sort of dissolved into dirt.”

“Dirt?”

“Yeah.  Dirt, powder, smoke, mud, ash, dandruff–I don’t know what the hell it is, but I’ve got it all over me and it itches,” here he gestured towards, Logray, “And then you came up.  I didn’t know that you had shot him.”

“You’d be dead if I hadn’t.  Those creatures you saw are golems.

“Three came up to you?” I asked.

“Yeah.  When the one with the knife fell on me I did not see what happened to the others, but I heard something.  I was tied up, no thanks to you mister tree man, and couldn’t defend myself, so I thought I was as good as dead.”

“Your harpy swooped down out of the smoke and took them,” Logray said, “They can’t see in smoke any better than we can, so it was an easy mistake to make if she was pursuing you down the tree.  She’ll figure it out sooner or later, but it helps that they were covered in so much ash.  Golems take a while to vocalize and form words.  She’ll have to land soon, but when she learns her mistake she’ll be back to hunt you all down if this place is not completely engulfed in flame.  The fire and smoke give us some cover, but not for too long.”

“The other one is still out there somewhere,” Jeremiah said ominously, squinting and scanning the smoky woods.

“But what are they?

Jeremiah answered, “Molded forms that are a mixture of earth, clay and a kind of plasma that only comes from the mouth of dragons. Each is inhabited by evil spirits formed by wind and supernatural fire. Golems are the only physicality they can take in this world, and they rely on dragons to give them form.  They feel no pain because the bodies they hold are malleable husks that give the semblance of flesh but not the feel of it.  They would not feel the fire as they move through it so it would not matter to them if it destroyed their form.  A storm rages within them.  They shriek in a terrible howl that can cause sickness and swooning.  Often they are a harbinger of death.”

“I think we may have encountered one before,” I said, “Are they called by any other name than golem?”

“Aye,” Logray rejoined, “They have many names.  None of them good.”

Will turned and looked back up at me, descending the hill to the left of Logray and Jeremiah.

He knew of whom I spoke, and he remembered Begglar’s story of a creature he had called a Banshee.

Jeremiah watched Will move ahead into the smoke and he nudged the horse to follow.  He knew that it was unwise to let the young man get too far ahead, and he had wished Brian had not been so quick to untie him.  But he held his tongue, knowing that there was a competing reason for it.  Will was a part of Brian’s party of travelers, and he was trying to give the young man the benefit of the doubt, but there were things Brian did not know.

He had set his bow and quiver aside when he had ascended the tree, but it had not been at the base of the tree when he returned.  He suspected either the golems or Will might have had something to do with that, and he hoped it had been the former rather than the latter, but he could not be certain.  Aside from the dusting of golem ash, he had noticed an underlying golden powder that had transferred from the young man’s body to his shoulder when he’d carried the bound man to the base of the tree.  A powder which, unless he had missed his guess, was evidence that the man had recently been under the influence of a rutting dryad female.  A grisly process, to say the least.  One in which the unsuspecting male victim, becomes inebriated by the pheromone-infused pollen dust of the females and lulled into a pliant and yielding euphoria.  It was a deadly mating ritual whereby, post seduction, the male victim was summarily eviscerated, decapitated and devoured.  Having his head, spinal cord and entrails pulled out from his body, twisted and braided around a dryad vine affixed to the dangling head, with the female’s now fertilized eggs packed into the cranium.  The resulting dryad cradle, comprised of the entwined entrails, were then hung from the tops of the forest canopy until the female’s seedlings sprouted from their erstwhile father’s dangling head and fed on their sire’s composted brain matter.

There was no telling how long the young man had been free of the dryad’s lair before he had been recovered or interrupted by the harpy he had witnessed contending with the dryad when he had intervened.  So, because of the potential latent effects of the dust, when the young man briefly awoke from his stupor, he found Jeremiah reinforcing his bonds, rather than freeing him from them.

It was just as likely that without the restraint, the young man would run back to the dryad female he had unwittingly escaped from.  The dryad dust acted as both an aphrodisiac stimulant, but also inhibited the victim’s ability to sense their own peril and respond aggressively for self-preservation and flight.  The dust was highly addictive, if deeply ingested.  It also made the victim behave subversively, if not given the time to be observed, isolated and monitored until the effects of the dust completely wore off.

By the time he and O’Brian had made it down to the bottom of the tree, Logray had already cut the boy’s bonds and had not known about the dryad dust, because the coating of the dissolved golem obscured it, and the haze of the smoking fires around them made it difficult to recognize.  But Jeremiah was not about to lose sight of the boy.

***

The golem seethed as it watched them move through the rising and falling smoke.

It had indeed followed in the wake of a dragon, swept from the in-between by the flashing of its forming tail caught up in the swirl of a vortex in the ethereal passage that led to this Mid-World prison.

It had no use for a corpus in the world of spirit, but within a world of human flesh, it needed and hungered for a corporeal form.  It was now trapped here and the cause lay at the feet of one man.

Jeremiah–the same man who had also slain and butchered its former dragon master with that pirate captain who now called himself Begglar.  Only that time its dragon master did not dig beneath the ground or dwell in caves or roam the land unseen.  Her master then had pierced the mighty depths of the mountain fjords and plumbed the darkness of this world’s seas.

It had also been a sentient dragon crawling onto this plane from the inter-dimensional realm beyond what this and the Surface World laughingly called their realities.

Illusion.  A grand, mystical illusion.  The physical realms were a mere half-life, gravely inferior to the fullness of the expanse of existence.  Temporal, transitory and passing.  But the touch of one of those accursed swords bound it to this pathetic plane of existence.  Limited her fullness and made it a beggar and a borrower of sand suits.

Bodies.  It both loathed and desired them.  Their only use was in how well they deceived these “called” ones.  But with each iteration of the sand suit it wore, there was a memory of form, a lingering taste of the image of death.  A memory that allowed it to alter its corporeal visage internally by diverting the stream of air flowing beneath its pliant, faux skin.  Every iteration of form granted by these magnificent dragons, allowed it to serve the great Serpent even more.

Gender made no difference to it, but it liked wearing a female visage more than most if given a preference.  There was a certain sweetness in the terror of women before they died.  And feminine horror had a particular flavor it craved.  Something peculiar in their prospective loss of beauty and the knowing surrender to ultimate decay and rot.  Dust to dust.  Ashes to ashes.  They all fall down.  But some of these souls in sand fell harder than others.

There was something spiritually terrifying to them, that was ineffable.   Something precious lost to them when both time and tragedy carved away at their perceived self-value.

Fluidity made deception palatable to the masses and further eroded their self-worth and made them seek identity of form, rather than the created purpose which might have led them to Him.  Confused them and further isolated them from connectedness to one another.

“I feel therefore I am,” it muttered under its simulated breath, and then almost laughed aloud.  From this, they had caused people to question the existence and the benevolence of the One.  If the One did not make them feel pleasant, then the One could not be called good.

For when the identity of form rules their mind, then feelings are everything and emotion is the only real truth.  And in such mindsets, these foolish creatures chose to serve themselves and their own fluctuating passions, rather than to acknowledge an external truth that did not make them see themselves as in desperate need of a Savior.

As much as it loathed the Words of the Ancient Text, it could not deny the perceptive wisdom of the Ecclesiast as he observed all mankind in their pursuits to find meaning in their lives and his discovery that in most everything, these beings were in a frantic and monotonous chasing after the wind.

As it watched the men gather together and begin to leave, its face shifted, its brow smoothed and once more it grew younger.  It sloughed off the ash flakes from its shrinking body, as its big blue eyes blinked away the gray-brown hazel that had once colored its irises.  It became, in visual form, a female.

Wiping the grit away as the excess skin peeled from her and appeared as cloth, she folded and tucked the coloring layer in around her with an almost modest fastidiousness.  She couldn’t wait to see the shock register on the face of O’Brian when she showed up again.  Couldn’t wait to see the fear rise as he realized that there was no escaping the swirling pursuit of the wind.

Azragoth would soon fall.  The heart of the resistance would be plucked out and the gate to Excavatia would never be opened again.

Now that the Surface Worlder had found her name, she would make sure he never, ever forgot it.

***

We eventually found the continuation of the road, covered as it was by embers and burned leaves.

We had moved a little faster, as the meandering mountain air currents moved more freely through the charred woods, liberated from its leaves and brambles.

Jeremiah began to set up higher in the saddle and Logray allowed him control of the horse’s reins so that he could rest his lead hand easily along the protruding pommel of his angled sword.  Both Logray and Jeremiah sensed they were being followed, and that it was only a matter of time before The Pan and his half-bred horde discovered them as well.

When both Jeremiah and Logray turned right down the road toward the place where I’d last left my team but went beyond the road and into the remaining woods beyond it, I realized they were not immediately parting our company.

“Where are you taking us?” I finally asked.

“As we told you.  To the Faerie Fade.”

“But, what about the Cordis stone?  We need its power to carry out the mission and bring it to the gate.”

“We may need the stones, but we do not need their power.  That is where you are wrong, Brian.  These stones do not contain power.  To think they do is to ascribe them to sorcery.  These gate stones are mere vessels that focus the authority you have been given to carry out your calling.  If you are seeking or relying on the stones to protect or empower you, you had might as well give up the quest right now.  That thinking will lead you and everyone who follows you to death’s door and death’s kingdom.  What you and Caleb and the others failed to understand is that those of us who are called to lead are not doing so to gain personal power or ability or authority, but to learn to give all of that up.  To lead by surrendering and sacrificing themselves to the will of The One who called them.  To become emptied of themselves.  All their goals, schemes, plans to prosper and subdue, and to learn to fully trust in the Goodness and Perfection of all mankind seeks within The Will of The One.”

“Seek anything else and you will most assuredly fail and all you set out to do.  You and I are blind and in darkness.  We cannot lead ourselves out of the Eternal Night.  We cannot fumble our way through it.  We must surrender and listen to the only One who gives sight to the blind and makes the lame to walk again.”

“These stones are mere vessels like you and I are mere vessels.  They are symbols of us.  Surrender your Hope in all else and place it firmly in the Gate to Excavatia and you will find that it is a light that will shine from the horizon into darkness and whatever dark valley you are led into.  The Praesperos stone is firmly embedded in the Gate to Excavatia.  I told you this long ago, and you have the testimony of others who you have no reason to doubt.  You know and have met the two Ancients I mean.  When you surrender to the Will of the One and experience the quickening again you will be able to see the shine of the Praesperos stone on the horizon.  Its light will find you in the darkest places.”

“Besides, the bearing of the Cordis stone is not your burden to carry.  It is mine.  The call still beckons me to return to the quest I abandoned.  Yours is to find and bear the third stone.  If you follow in obedience to the calling of The One He will ensure that the third stone comes or is brought to you.  You need not seek it.  It will not come in a form in which you expect.  Often it comes wrapped in tragedy, pain, suffering or even within the form of something monstrous seeking to harm you.  A gift that turns what others intend to harm you into triumph.  This is what Joseph meant when he admonished his brothers who tried to murder him and sold him into slavery.  The Ancient Text says:

“20 You intended to harm me, but God intended it all for good. He brought me to this position so I could save the lives of many people.” [Genesis 50:20 NLT]

His opportunity to fulfill his calling to save his brethren and people came through a series of terrible events.  He was betrayed, enslaved, falsely accused, imprisoned unjustly, forgotten and then raised from the dungeon to be set in a position of authority over all of the kingdom.  His focus was on The One who promised him in a dream as a young boy, that the promise made would be kept because the One was good and honored His Word and Promises.  Joseph saw Hope in the darkness of his tragedies, and opportunity beyond his ability to comprehend arose out of these events.”

“Then why did you leave the quest unfinished?”

“Because I let the injustice of the world fill my heart with rage.  Instead of allowing myself to be emptied, I gave place to wrath and could no longer lead a company without endangering them.  I knew the truth and the Words burned within me, admonishing me of the danger of my choice to vent aggression, but I could not surrender it.  The Ancient Text is clear:

“24 Don’t make friends with an angry person, and don’t be a companion of a hot-tempered one,  25 or you will learn his ways and entangle yourself in a snare. ” [Proverbs 22:24-25 CSB]

If I allowed the others to follow me in my rage, I would lead them into wrath that would destroy them and we would be of no use in the quest.  Forgiveness was not something, I felt I could reach for at the moment.  That eventually came later. A heart filled with rage allows no room for Love to co-exist within it.  So by giving the place reserved for Love within me to my anger, I could no longer easily carry the Cordis stone.  It felt unnatural in my hand.  It no longer served as a conduit of power.  I had to take it someplace where I knew I could leave it in safety and that was a hidden place deep within Azragoth.  And there it resides in an ancient place that was the very foundational site of the city.  I left it there so that someone more worthy than I could eventually come and take it up again and complete the second quest.  I walked away from it, but now…  Now I know I was wrong.”

“I don’t understand.”

“Nor did I, until just recently.  You were called, but not to complete the quest I failed at with the Cordis Stone but were given this present calling to bring the last gate stone needed, the Fidelis Stone, so that the success of both my mission and yours will fulfill what we are jointly called to do.”

I pondered his words, feeling the rightness of them stirring within me, knowing that what Jeremiah was saying was not of his own perspective, but of the intention of One greater than both of us, speaking through him, affirming and clarifying what was needed.

Jeremiah continued, “Mattox and I met in the woods of Kilrane before he and his scouting party returned to Azragoth.  He reminded me of a truth I had forgotten or was unwilling to see until now.  I did not want to hear it, but I needed to hear it.  The timing was right for me to be able to hear it.  I have followed my own way for far too long, and the journey always leads back around to the crossroads and a binary decision:  My way or His.  Resist the truth or surrender to it.  The truth that The One will not abandon us, even if we insist on proceeding into our own folly and self-destructive path.  His is a love given fully, once accepted, persists unwavering without conditions.  He sees our end from our beginning and is not fooled by the low points of our journey, nor surprised by them.  Like the father of the prodigal son, He watches for our return upon the horizon and meets us joyously at a run when we surrender our ways and come back home.”

I thought about that and felt encouraged by it.  Then my mind went back to the problem of the keys and the nature of these gate stones we were meant to recover and bring into the distant mountains.

“So let me get this straight in my mind.  You say these keys, these gate stones should not be viewed as having some sort of power in and of themselves.  If these are merely conduits of the power to complete the mission, do we even need the keystones at all?  Can we tap into this power some other way and open the gate?”

“It is still a meta-physical gate in the Mid-World, my friend.  Any locked gate with form and substance needs a key and these three stones joined together are both the symbolic and physical keys to the kingdom.”

“Well, then can we use a replica of the Cordis Stone, like Caleb and I took?  Perhaps, duplicate the Fidelis Stone key as well?”

“These original keystones are not manufactured by mortal hands.  No effort of man is sufficient to open the gate.  The gate belongs to The One and He alone defines how it must be opened.  No, a replica will not do.  I do not fully understand why the One allows the Cordis stone to be replicated.  It is still a mystery to me.  But I suspect that only the original stone will do.”

“So what then?  You said the third stone would be brought to me, that I don’t necessarily have to find it.  Do I sit around and wait for the Fidelis stone to just roll out of a cave and make its way here so I can pick it up and continue the quest?”

“Don’t be ridiculous,” he fixed me with a chastising look, “You are not hearing what I said.  You and I need to listen to the guiding of The One, then obey it.  The power to accomplish what needs to be done and to find and recover what needs to be recovered will come in surrendering and obeying what you are told by The One.  Your task is to follow His leading, to acquaint yourself with how it sounds in your spirit so that you will be able to recognize it among competing voices.  He will accomplish in and through you, what He has called you to do.  This is how the quickening is actualized.  This is how you will always know that what happened was not because of your own effort, but because of His empowerment and the authority, He has delegated through you to accomplish what could not be done any other way.  That is the secret to leadership.  It is in full surrender, becoming a faithful servant to voice and guidance of the One.”

“These gate stones…do they ever exhibit any traits or some sort of power over nature?”

“Why do you ask?”

“Because,” I reached down and untied the pouch from my belt and opened the drawstring.

“You asked me about this when we were coming down from the tree,” I said as I drew out the giant pearl.

Jeremiah stared at it and then took it from my hand.

“Where did you get this?”

“Like you said,” I nodded toward it, “It came after me, wrapped in the body of a monster that almost killed me, but for the power of the quickening.”

“How were you able to get it?”

“I was led to sacrifice myself and allow that beast to take me into its jaws.”

“Where exactly was this stone?”

“It was in the tongue of a Dust Dragon.  I was told that this one followed me through the portal.  That it held me in its thrall.  Nem told me I had to confront it because it was destroying the foundations of the city.  Everything they had built was being compromised by its furious digging beneath.”

“The that explains the presence of golems.  Golems do not exist without the aid of a dragon, dust or otherwise.  They are constructs of the creature.  Dragons can form their own armies given enough time.”

I indicated the pearl. “Maeven had me release it and allow it to roll down to the water’s edge of the basin lake below the Trathorn Falls. As soon as it touched the water it flash-froze the surface of the lake solid and froze the water pouring over the falls. I was afraid I would lose it into the water but that pearl seemed to operate on its own. It raced across the surface many times and was drawn to every place we fought and cut the creatures trapped in the clutches of the ice. Every time their blood was spilled this pearl raced into the spray and pools and absorbed the liquid.”

Jeremiah considered this a moment. “When you released the pearl, what did you feel?”

“That I was being foolish and giving up something we needed for the road ahead. We were told to buy a ship and hire a captain to get us across the fjord-lake Cascale at Skorlith.”

“Then why did you release it?”

“I don’t really know. It felt right, somehow.”

“Perhaps, it was a test to see if you would rely on your reasoning or act in faith to what may not have made sense to you at the time.”

Jeremiah lifted his eyes and looked directly at me, “There is a verse in the Ancient Text that says:

“The stormy wind comes from its chamber, and the driving winds bring the cold. God’s breath sends the ice, freezing wide expanses of water.” [‭‭Job‬ ‭37:9-10‬ ‭NLT]‬

He cleared his throat, “As I said, these stones are mere conduits.  Empty vessels that focus the intentions of The One in such a way that we notice them.  There is no power within them.  To possess them, we must believe that they serve only the Will of the One and that in Him they have the power to accomplish all that is needed to serve the calling.  If we hold on to them, they cease to have value.  But when we release them, they move in wondrous ways to make our way to serve Him possible.”

Jeremiah’s words resonated true within me, such that I found myself nodding emphatically.

“I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me,” I said, “Yes.  I am the emptied vessel, yet He dwells within me and I within Him.  The authority is given and transmitted in my obedience to the call.”

“And that is why,” Jeremiah said gravely, “Even if you had taken the real stone, it would not have changed the outcome.  Power over darkness comes through the stone.  Not from it.  Mankind cannot stand against the kingdoms of darkness as long as darkness maintains an anchor hold within their souls.  This is why the deceiver had to take on the form of a serpent and get mankind to yield to the root of deception and allow it to be implanted within their hearts so that they and their generations to follow would all bear the root of death and never be able to resist the prince of the power of the air.  This is also why you have to be grafted into the Vine that draws from the innocence and perfection of a life lived perfectly, but taken unjustly.  As a graft takes its power and life from the established and strong vine, so too you and I get our power from being ingrafted into the Forgiveness and the Final Payment made upon our life debt by The One.  No power in heaven and earth, below or above or in all time and space, can resist a vessel filled with the Life breathed by the Breath of The One.  It is by Faith and the grafting alone that you are empowered to do and accomplish miracles in the obedient service to the call of The One.  That purpose will bring you past all of your doubts, raise you above your tragedies and restore unto you all that you may lose in its pursuit.”

***

The canopy roared with raging flame.  The air was acrid and thick, shimmering with heat thermals that distorted the way ahead.  Black billows twisted and punched the air with swirling waves that erupted and split and stripped.

Out of the gnashing teeth of the inferno, Dellitch emerged, like an undulating dark cross, smoke poured off her singed feathers as her wings pumped up and down dragging her remaining captive through the smoke, its form blackened and gray with ash.  Her face was reddened by the heat, her eyes squinted and appeared almost black, streaked with sweat and ash.  She grimaced and scowled with the effort of having flown through a sea of twisting fire.

She could barely speak, struggling enough to breathe, sapped her flagging effort to stay aloft and above the reaching tongues of fire.  The exertion was taking a toll.  She flew lower and lower, unable to gain altitude.

As the smoke thinned she entered the area where the slough waters began to pool and widen, with a grey film of ash over the oily skin of the murky water.

The Pan and his retinue, his satyrs and dryads, had moved away from the area where she’d last observed them.  She tried to call out, but her throat was scorched and raw from the fires.

“My Lord Pan!” she hissed, painfully, unable to make out much through watering eyes.

Fire-blackened brambles clawed into and out of the filmy water’s edge as Dellitch released her golem captive and dropped it onto the withered reeds along the soft bog.  She alighted next to its body, exhausted and wheezing.

Smoke stung her eyes.forest-fire-424388_1920

“Lord Pan!” she croaked, blinking and searching for his large form among the sickened swamp trees.

A strange, misshapen lump floated in the filmy water.  She hopped forward for a closer look and realized the form was a floating body, its face bowed and buried in the water, unmoving.  She looked up searching the irregular shoreline, her watering eyes beginning to clear.

No satyrs emerged from the brush, no dryads uncurled and spun back into simian form to threaten and challenge her.

They were all gone.

She heard movement behind her and turned.

The golem had arisen and stood to its feet unsteadily.  It opened its eyes and stared expressionless at her.  It twisted its neck from left to right and gaped rotating its jaw.  For the first time, it spoke to her, its jaw making an odd popping noise.

“Take me to The Pan.  I must speak to my queen.”

***

We moved down the winding road in thoughtful silence.

I considered what Jeremiah had told me, and realized I had gotten so far off in my thinking that I had been missing the bigger picture of what I had been recalled back to the Mid-World to do.  I had to learn to trust The One in all things and not rely on the distractions of gate stones or reasoning out the where and how of this mission.

The giant pearl was a conduit, as I was.  It was, Jeremiah concluded, the very stone I was sent to carry to the gate.  Something within me responded to this.  A part of me that knew that this strange orb I carried was none other than The Fidelis Stone.  The Faith stone.  The one stone which was symbolic of actualizing transformative power into circumstance.  The Praesperous stone, the Hope Stone gave a promise of a future, just like the portentous dreams of Joseph.  The Cordis Stone, the Heart stone, symbolizing the Love of The One, the Creator, revealed the Heart of Him who sacrificed and demonstrated the reason for all Hope.  A Love that was extended to us even though we were not worthy of it, affirming the Good intentions and the plan of The One to redeem the peoples of the Worlds back to fellowship with Him.  And finally the Fidelis stone, the concluding stone which required us to choose belief in both the promise of Hope, the intentions of Love, and the application of those Truths into our own circumstance.  The symbolic concepts of each were powerful and worked together to jointly open the final door to the greater Kingdom promised to us.  It all made sense on many levels.  Together these made Truth accessible.  To fellowship with the Truth of the One, we had to allow that Truth into our lives and live under the revolutionary implications of it.  The key to all of it was Connection.  All things severed from connection to The Source, The One, were in death throes.  Life comes through connection to The One and through direct fellowship with The One.  The Honor Sword exhibits the power of the quickening when it is bound to the arm of the one called to lead, and by their connection to obedience to The One.  The Dust Dragon would not have been defeated without my yielding to The One and so being quickened by Him.  The stones had no power until they were released to serve, rather than possessed and contained.  The people in my company become more than a crowd when I took the time to know them by their names.  Names were connections.  I had told them.  Names given were a connection to the quest and the mission.  As long as the others whom I did not know by name, remained nameless to me, it was hard to know and feel a commitment to their loss.  It had to be personal for us to feel a connection.  This was the whole point of The One’s mission to the Surface World.  He came to know us by experience and calls each of us by name.

What’s in a name?  The answer was as clear to me at that moment as it could ever be: Connection.

I was mulling these thoughts over in my mind when a voice called out to us from the smoky road ahead.  We turned and saw a small figure standing in dappled shadows amid billows of swirling smoke.  The voice sounded female and young but something about it was familiar and disturbing.

As we cautiously approached, the figure became more defined.  Small frame, long wispy straight hair, eyes large and blue beneath a tilted brow, as if she looked out from under something.

Her words were repetitive, in almost a sing-song monotone chant, as if she were talking to the air.  Yet, upon seeing us approach, her voice grew in volume and distinction, accompanied by an odd sort of popping noise.

The haze of smoke made her face still indistinct.

Her mouth parted, and her pink lips paled, as she spoke once more, this time with exaggerated pauses between each word.

“Say…my…name.”

She raised her tilted head and as her hate-filled eyes met mine I immediately recognized her.  Before I even knew what I was doing, her name came to my lips and I did the very thing she was asking of me.

And then the storm broke.

child-1179463_1280

Ashes, Ashes, We All Fall Down – Chapter 64

“Meddling Outworlders!  I am going to tear your eyes out!” Dellitch screamed as she swooped in out of the smoke, claws flared dangerously.

Jeremiah raised a gloved arm and the harpy brutally raked her claws across it almost wrenching him out of the climbing harness.

With the gaffs set in the trunk of the tree, and my body pivoted out in the slip-belt, I reached for the hilt of the honor sword but felt it impeded by the strap and the scabbard, bound by my body weight.  I twisted to my right to unimpede the blade, and a gaff spike pulled loose of the trunk beneath my left foot, causing me to smash my face against the tree.  My cheek and brow were abraded by the rough bark.  My nose sprouted blood as I hooked the trunk with a flailing arm, wheezed in a shaky breath and slammed my dangling foot and the metal barb back into the trunk.  My face throbbed and stung and I knew there would be bruising if we survived this fight.  I took a fast, deep breath and angled towards the tree, catching a small tap branch jutting from the trunk and pulled my weight forward, allowing my crossed arm to tug at the sword hilt again, knowing that I would not get another chance before the harpy returned.

I had the sword half-way out when she swooped back, striking me hard with the bony extrusion that capped her wing’s alula (also known as the bastard wing).  Some of her kind had ground that bone cap into a hook, others to a sharpened spur, but this creature obviously preferred the savage shock of a blunt pummeling force.  Clearly, she was a more seasoned battler, for the hooks and points of her sister-kind did not prove to serve as well as one might assume in an aerial battle.  Hooks and barbs were best suited for ground fighters, and the harpies’ advantage was clearly in flight.  Skewer something with a point, or hook it with a curved spike and it weighted and impeded wing movement.  This one knew that a fast strike made quick assaults leaving them to strike and evade as needed until they beat their quarry senseless and could sink claws into them and rip them apart.  Lacking the sharp beak of a true bird, the old crone could not peck or tear flesh as their avian relations might.  Since humans were not susceptible to their bizarre lactation, like the dryads were, the harpies had no choice but to fight us using flight, strike, and claw.  And these she used again and again.  Hitting us hard, swooping away into the smoke, driving us to brace against the tree, preventing our safe descent.  Wearing us out with each brutal salvo.

The honor sword proved to be more of a hindrance than an asset, for I could not identify from which way she would launch her assault out of the smoke, nor could I get a good chance to bind the bloodline to my wrist and forearm before she came storming back.  Each swing and slash of the blade threatened to throw me off balance again and loosen the cleats holding me up into the harness.  I could not cross and deflect with the blade, because she moved so swiftly, and the blade only parted feathers of her spanned wing, but never fully connected with her body.

Jeremiah attempted to strike her with the weighted bolo weapon, but it sailed off and dropped harmlessly into the smoke, having the slight effect of throwing a glancing rock at her and nothing more.  She cackled at the attempt, and Jeremiah received the brunt of the next pummeling salvo, twisting in his harness below me.  I could not get past Jeremiah while he was below me, and our downward progress was poor, maybe only a few feet, but nothing more significant.

When she broke off again, Jeremiah hissed up at me, “Cut the belts,” he panted, “It’s the only way we’re going to make it down.”

“We’ll break our necks,” I retorted.

“We have no choice.  The hill is sloped and covered with leaves.  The ground is not that hard and we’ve got a far better chance on the ground under the cover of the smoke.”

Our breathing was labored, the smoke stole oxygen from our lungs and desiccated our throats, as we tried to gain just a few more feet down before attempting the fall.

Jeremiah looked up to gauge how much further I was above him when he noticed the leather pouch fastened to my belt.

“What do you have there in that pouch?”

I glanced downward and then felt a sharp thud crack against my skull.  The harpy laughed and swooped by again, her bony alula cap wet with my blood and a snatch of hair.  I was stunned and my whole head throbbed, ears ringing as I swooned from the blow.

My eyes watered, and the tree flashed with ghost negative images, my legs turning to rubber.  I almost dropped the honor sword but was able to cradle the blade as I took in deep breaths, trying to keep my feet from buckling.

I began to sag and then felt someone coming back up behind me, pulling my calves outward, preventing me from folding.

In a moment I felt his shoulders under my knees driving upward.

Faintly I asked, “What are you doing?”

“Getting your feet clear of the tree.  Pull those spikes out.  Sit on my shoulders and let that slip-belt slide down.  I’ll get us out of this tree.”

My feet suddenly pulled loose of the trunk and I fell backward in the slip-belt, having only Jeremiah bearing my weight.

“Put that sword away. You’re gonna need both hands to hold on to that belt. We’re gonna do a skid-fall.”

I slid the honor sword back into its scabbard on my belt while he unfastened the calve belts of his footwear and lashed the loose strap-belts together joining them with a thick brass ring.  Then he pulled his own wide strapped belt loose and strapped it behind the bend in his knees so that the belt pressed against the trunk of the tree between his knees.

“What exactly is a skid-fall?”

Avoiding my question, he glanced at the two bare gaff-spurs curving inward from the bottom of my feet, dangling wickedly close to his ribs and said, “We need to get these off.”

He quickly unbuckled the harnesses from my calves, as we heard first a plaintive voice shout something up to us from below.  The voice shifted in tone and then shouted up again in anger.

“I should have gagged him,” Jeremiah muttered, but said nothing further, continuing to work with his preparations as swiftly as he could.

We could see nothing below.

A dense, frothy river of smoke streamed beneath us, so thick it appeared to be a writhing soft down blanket covering the forest floor.  The fires roared up from the declivity to our left filling the gully that descended down towards the Trathorn river and the stepped descent from Azragoth. Heat washes from the fires were mixing with a cooler prevailing wind that streamed down from the hill leading up to the old city.  The falling breeze ran unobstructed through the now spartan breaks and fire stripped woods catching the rising backend of the fires and twisting in a cloudy thermal battle of their own.

Quietly, I pressed him with the questions again, “Jeremiah, what are you not telling me?  Who do you have down there, and what is a skid-fall?”

“To the first question, I don’t know and to the second…believe me, it is really better if you did not know,” Jeremiah responded, “Now lean back into the slip-belt and don’t let your face hit the tree.”

He entwined his forearms around both my slip-belt and his and pressed his gloved hands against the bole of the tree.  He pressed his knees into the belt straps running against the tree and behind the bend and above his calves, dislodging first one of his tree gaff spikes and then the other.

At it took was one slight jerk of our combined weight downward to break the pivot hold and suddenly, I felt us drop in tandem, and my stomach roll up into my throat.

Gravity seized us with a vengeance.

Jeremiah was right.  It was better that I had no idea what he’d planned to do.

***

The golems skulked through the smoke and smoldering detritus of the fire path.  Something had fallen from the smoky canopy above, landing with a loud crack upon an outcropping of stones and they swiftly moved to investigate.  Sounds of a fight ensued above, but they could not see what was making the noises.  Ahead and lower to the forest floor they heard the groans and struggling noises of what appeared to be a bound figure writhing at the base of a tree.

***

Will had been through so much that he found himself shivering despite the gathering fires in a cold sweat of panic.

“Get me outta here!” he yelled.

“Hey!  You!  Tree man!  Get down here!”

Small fires were growing around him flaring closer and closer, eating up the ground and rapidly closing off the possible routes of escape.

Will rocked from side to side, lying on his belly, his feet tied to his wrists behind him, his face smudged and dirty from the swirling ash and smoke.  Unable to right himself he raged against his bonds as the fires steadily crawled towards his position.

Squinting through the haze, he coughed and choked out a groan as three ash-covered figures approached him cautiously through the smoke.

“Get me outta this, please!” he begged, trying to get a better look at the figures through watering eyes.

Solemnly without a word, the three figures came forward and stood about six feet from him, their gray shrouded bodies appearing like spectral corpses who had recently crawled out of a fire-decimated graveyard.

One of the silent figures had something in its hand and slowly moved forward towards the pleading man, raising it as he approached.  A glint of firelight gleamed upon it for a second and Will realized suddenly that the three figures had not come over to help him at all.

***

We plummeted for what seemed like twenty feet, engulfed and buried within the river of smoke.  The hot air seared us.

With a sudden grinding jolt and a heavy grunt from Jeremiah, we finally slid to a sudden stop buried deep within the cloud.  My spine ached from the impact and I could tell Jeremiah had suffered the worst of the fall.  His gaff-cleats had cut gashes and furrows in the trunk of the tree, and the upper metal staves had hooked up on the belt around his calves and had formed a kind of belted sled, down the trunk of the tree, until the gaff points drove deeper into the tree trunk enough to bring our rapid descent to a grinding halt.  The shock of the fall and stop on Jeremiah’s hips and thighs, may have debilitated him, snapping his thigh bones like mere twigs, and having felt to the pain of my spine jabbed down on Jeremiah’s shoulders, I could hardly imagine what he must have felt.

We hung there like dead men from the climbing straps, like sides of beef drying in a smokehouse, only as painful as it was, we still breathed, and were silent for a while, barely able to believe we had survived.

“That was a horrible idea,” Jeremiah croaked, made breathless with the pain and shock of the impact on his torso, shoulders, spine, and legs.

His gauntlet gloves, though thick and padded, were worn smooth and thin from the rough bark, by pressing his hands down the side of the trunk during the fall to keep us from being bashed against it.  The leather was hot from the friction.  And he carefully tugged at the fingers to pull them loose and allow his blistered hands to cool and breathe.

We had no real idea how far down we had fallen, or how far we had yet to go, but what we did know is that in this disorientation and cloak of dense smoke, perhaps, at least the harpy would not be able to easily find us.

That was until we heard the flapping noises above us and her angry and frustrated, screeching.

***

Thwock!

The arrow-bolt launched from the line of the crossbow, sailing through the air with a slight hiss, and embedding itself into the ash-gray back of the figure raising the dagger blade over the bound young man at the base of the tree.

If there was one shot that needed to count, perhaps, Captain Logray thought himself that was it.

He shoved the crossbow back into the sleeve, pulled the securing flap up and mounted his horse.  Preparing to ride up the hill, through the forest to see what kinds of creatures these were to molest and murder a helplessly bound man in cold blood.

***

Dellitch swooped down through the smoke, barely able to see where her quarry had gone.  They had both been there for a moment and then they had dropped out of sight, into the cloud of smoke below.

They would not evade her so easily, she vowed, as she flared her claws and descended down into the thick of the smoke after them.  If indeed they had chosen to fall to their deaths, she would at least bring their bodies back as evidence to The Pan that the meddlers were back in the Mid-World, and they were still intent on carrying out the quests that had brought them there.

She knew she somehow recognized at least one of them.  Jeremiah, leader of the failed second quest.

***

Blind as we were, and without strength or the power yet to descend further, we sensed a large shadow pass by us within the smoke, swirling just out of reach, but close enough to know that it was the harpy seeking us to finish us off.

***

Captain Logray was careful to approach the remaining two ash-covered creatures standing over the fallen body of their comrade.  The creature had fallen forward, its knife released from its hand as the crossbow bolt drove deep into its side.  Something strange was happening to its body as it fell across the bound man it had moved in to kill.  Smoky dust leaked from its side, with a hissing noise, tendrils of silver smoke rose from the wound swirling like an inner fire had been released from its body and was draining from the hole created by the arrow-bolt bristling from its back.  Its form began to crumble as if formed of wet molded sand.  A golem, Logray recognized.  Some creature which was an amalgam of wind and malleable clay formed and molded by a Dust Dragon from the netherworld in the between realm brought over unwittingly by Surface Worlders.  A follower and pursuer, given leave to impede the calling of the One, by buffeting those quest-called Surface Worlders with their own fears and doubts.  Azragoth was still in danger as long as the Cordis stone remained within the hidden chamber beneath it.  The General had foreseen such and knew that it was time Jeremiah took back the stone once again.  Perhaps this bound man whom he’d just rescued might provide him with the answers and whereabouts of Jeremiah that he sought.

***

Dark flared claws and a black feathered form swooped out of the lowering smoke cloud above.  A dark nimbus of hair flowed from its head and its black angry eyes raged below furrowed and feathered brow as the flying nightmare slammed into the back of the two standing figures, sunk a talon into the back of one and a grappling toed-claw around the arm of the other and snatched both upward, with great gusty downbeats from her broad wings.

“You will not escape me!” she bellowed and laughed in a high-pitched screech as she lifted both into the air with a pulled retraction of her legs.  The one whose back had been pierced by the sharp talon began to smoke and leak the same substance that drained from its arrow-pierced counterpart, dried powdery substance falling like sand from its form as the harpy and her captured prey disappeared into the smoke cloud above.

***

It had happened so fast, that Captain Logray had not been able to get near the creatures in time before the large flying creature had seized them and carried them off through the smoke.  Perhaps he had been mistaken.  Perhaps the other ash-creatures had not been entirely in league with the one he’d shot, but clearly one of the two was another golem.  So intent on catching her prey, the flying creature, which could only have been a displaced harpy, had not been aware of his presence, nor aware that a young man lay hobbled beneath the disintegrating form of the other golem.  She’d descended out of the thick smoke, so most likely she’d been disoriented and partially blinded by it, but not enough to dissuade her in her vengeful pursuit.  He’d heard her screech in triumph as she’d retaken her prey and carried them off.

The tree trunk above the prone man, stretch up into the dark smoky cloud, as embers within the forest continued to drop from the top of the tree, like flecks of golden rain.  Logray dismounted his horse, gathering the reins and led the mare up the hillside toward the base of the tree, carefully avoiding the burning brush around him as he went.  He needed to get the young man safely away from the tree and back onto the cleared road, where there was less chance of the fire cutting off all possibility of escape.  He knelt, grabbing the rope that bound the man’s hands to his feet, and the young man bristled and cried out, “No!”

“Relax, young man.  We need to get you back to the road.  I’ll cut your bonds, but you will need to be straight with me and tell me who did this to you.  Got it?”

He drew forth a dagger from his side and sawed at the rope until it unraveled and snapped.

The man stretched out, sighing from the ache of being trussed up for so long as he was at last able to extend his legs and arms.

“Get me outta these,” he thrust forth his hands, indicating the rope that still bound his hands and ankles together.

“I’ll decide when those come off, young man,” Captain Logray answered in a tone that would brook no further argument.

“For now, I’ll give you your feet,” and he reached and sawed loose the binding that held the man’s ankles together.

Logray stood, leaned down grabbing the man’s forearm and hauled him up to his feet.

“Can you walk?”

The young man felt very weak in his legs but nodded.

“What is your name?”

“The last one to ask me that, tied me up.”

***

We heard the noises of the harpy attacking below.  We heard its boast as it captured something or someone and fly past us once again.  It did not make clear sense to me, but Jeremiah sighed heavily.

“Who was down there?” I asked again, “I really need to know.”

“I found a young man who had been captured by a harpy.  I picked him up on the trail to find you.  But it seems I’ve lost him again.”

“A young man?” I muttered, “What did he look like?”

“Oh, he was a little shorter than you, dark hair, really surly attitude.  Surface Worlder.  Belligerent and ungrateful.  A harpy and a dryad nymph were fighting over him.”

“Will.”

“What?”

“His name is Will.  I sent Maeven looking for him, but you said she returned and took the others to the Faery Fade.”

“Yes, she did.  She must not have found him before the harpy got to him.  Makes sense why there would be no ground tracks to follow if that thing carried him.  Are you planning to go after him again?”

“I don’t think we can.  If she doesn’t kill him, she’ll bring him to The Pan and he most certainly will.  I have to think of the others now and release his life into the hands of the One.”

“Now you’re finally talking like a leader.  I don’t know about you but I am about sick of being in this tree.  Ready to get back on terra firma.”

“Do you feel up to it?  How are your legs?”

“Don’t ask.  I’m operating on adrenaline only.  They are numb, but I think I can still get us down.”

Jeremiah carefully lifted his left leg out of the cut groove that had arrested their fall.  “Oh, man that hurts,” he moaned as he attempted to massage his thigh to get feeling back into his leg.  He bore his weight on his right leg and swung his left leg lower, gaining about another foot in descent.  The muscles of his right leg and ligaments spasmed and he gritted his teeth and winced with the pain.

“If I ever suggest something like a slip-fall again, just remind me of this,” he hissed through gritted teeth.

Another voice spoke quietly below, and Brian and Jeremiah froze.

“What is your name?”

A younger voice answered, “The last one to ask me that, tied me up.”

***

The bewildered beings hung slack as Dellitch the harpy ascended into the roiling cloud bank of smoke.  She had swooped in fast behind them, clasping both figures before they could crouch, run or put up much of a struggle.  They were covered in ash, but so had she been, flying through the smoky ash pursuing them down to the base of the tree.  She had felt her claws satisfactorily sink into the flesh of one, catching him under his scapula and wrapping her upper talons around the top of the man’s shoulder, wounding and immobilizing him with one strike.  The other she had caught behind the arm in a half deflective turn, reacting to the sudden seizure of his partner, but not soon enough to prevent her swift attack.

With a mighty down thrust of her wings, she’d seized and jerked them aloft, dangling by the piercing of her claws, unyielding iron-shod shanks, and the forceful grip of her powerful, grey-skinned knuckles.

She had exulted to herself, enjoying the savagery of her triumph at the moment, savoring their brief writhing under her vise-like grip and the diminishing feel of their following sagging despair, resigning themselves to their fate.   But, that lasted only for a few moments.  When Dellitch suddenly felt one of her captive’s body begin to crumble and dissolve into dry powder under her claws, she knew something was terribly wrong.

Could it be that these prisoners were not who she thought they were?  She clutched her pierced captive harder but could feel its arm dissolve into grit and grains of dust, sifted through her claw.

Startled and panicked she almost released them to fall to the forest floor.  No.  Surely, they had not had time to get away.  She had only been blinded for a moment, flying through the haze of the smoke, but she’d emerged swiftly, responding to the two upright forms below.  When there was a brief thinning in the swirling smoke, she stole a quick glance down at her remaining captive, its face expressionless, though it looked to be that of the man she had borne up into the tree, there was an uncanny difference about him.  This one lacked something.  And then she realized what she was holding and why the other had literally crumbled and dissolved in her claws.  These were not outworlders at all.  These were from the in-between, ether-natural vagrants—squatters—haunting a mud-cake replica of a man.  Banshees.  Wind spirits.  Howlers.  ‘Damn!’ she cursed.

Nevermind, she vowed.  They would not evade her for long.  She would turn the whole vengeance and violence of the half-men kingdom against them.  Their blood would be offered in appeasements to The Pan for his use in the mystic pools.  The two would flee and inevitably lead her to the others that had been sighted in Kilrane.  Rather than being a pariah, she would be praised and heralded before the evening descended on the wood.

***

Captain Logray looked up, hearing an odd ‘Thunk-jingle-Thunk!’ noise, coming down from the tree above them.  He drew out his sword, ready to confront whoever or whatever was making that noise until he saw human legs with foot spikes coming down the side of the tree.  A man of almost equal size sat upon the larger man’s shoulders, working a slip-belt down around the bole of the tree.

When Captain Logray saw who it was, he laughed aloud.

“Well, this is fortunate!” Captain Logray clapped his hands together, “The very man I am sent to find, appears before me, climbing down from the treetops performing a very impressive display of strength.”

“Captain Logray?” Jeremiah answered still slowly working his way down to the ground.

“And who is this you have with you, besides your belligerent prisoner?”

My face was covered in smeared blood from a swollen nose and my brow was abraded by the rough bark.  Given the opportunity, I realized that I would perhaps find it hard to recognize myself in a mirror or pool of water.  Bracing myself against the tree, I pulled a leg over Jeremiah’s arm unbuckled the slip-belt and slid down to the ground.

“They call him Mr. O’Brian,” a familiar voice snarled to my left, “but I’m inclined to call him something else.”

I turned.

“Will.”

“Yeah.  Surprised?” he sneered.

“Relieved,” I answered, “I sent Maeven to find you.”

“Well, you found me.  Where are the others, fearless leader?  Did you lose them too?”

I stared at him a moment and he glared back, daring me to counter his insolence.

I turned to the man Jeremiah had called “Captain”.

“I’m sorry, Captain, is it?” I offered my hand.

“Logray,” he took it in a firm, strong grip, “Captain of the Forest Guard.  We observed you and your company in the backwoods of Azragoth in the company of The Storm Hawk.  You’re pretty bashed up there.  Are you all right?”

“Honored to meet you, Captain.  I’ll be fine, it’s Jeremiah that needs our help.”

“I’ve got it,” Jeremiah growled, sighing to catch his breath, “Only a few feet more.”
His legs were trembling and his body sagged in the climbing harness.

Brooking no argument, Logray and I came up behind Jeremiah and allowed him to rest his weight on our shoulders to loosen the tension on the slip strap fastened to his climbing belt.  Painfully, he tugged at his leg to loosen the gaff spike under his foot and allowed it to dangle.

Taking in another deep breath, Jeremiah unfastened the slip strap and sank to the ground with an involuntary hiss and groan, but we caught him putting our shoulders under his arms to ease him down.

“Jeremiah’s legs are in shock,” I explained, “We fell quite a way coming down and I am afraid he will have some difficulty walking.  May we trouble you for the use of your horse, Captain?”

“She is at your disposal, my friend.  As is my sword.”

“We need to get back to the road and to a guarded place within the forest.”

“He speaks of the Faerie Fade.  Storm Hawk and the others should be there by now, waiting for us to return,” Jeremiah huffed, barely able to breathe through the pain as he leaned against the base of the tree and tried futilely to undo the climbing harnesses on his feet and around his waist.  I reached down to help him, but he fended me off.

“I’ll be alright.  I just need to catch my breath.”
Logray ignored Jeremiah’s protest and bent down helping him remove the footgear and harnesses.  I took the gear and held it out to Will to carry so Logray and I could assist Jeremiah further.  Will only glared at me, so I just set the gear down, as Captain Logray and I assisted Jeremiah, lifting him on either arm and guiding him towards the horse.

“We must get out of here quickly.  A harpy attacked us above and could come back at any moment.  Are you alone or are there others in your company?”

“I stand alone on this charge.”

I nodded and took out a short knife and moved towards Will.  He drew back from me, evidently thinking I meant to do him harm.

“Give me your hands.”

“What for?!” he hissed, “Why should I follow you any longer?  Look at what it has got me.  Everywhere I turn you bring bad luck on us!”

“Give me your hands,” I spoke quietly and firmly, looking him directly in the eyes.

“I will not hurt you.  I just want to set you free.  You can come with us or go your own way.  I am not compelling you to follow, but there are many things in this wood that will kill you if you choose to leave now.  Come with us and we may get out of this alive.”

Will hesitated but finally thrust his bound wrists out at me.  As I loosed him, I heard Jeremiah speak in low tones to Captain Logray.  “It’s been a long time since we last spoke, Logray.  How did you know where I would be?”

“Friends are never really that far away, Jeremiah.  We have kept an eye on you for some time.  I knew that you would be near the cache supplies when the fires started.  The General knew as well.  He told me that you and he spoke when he was returning from the overlook.  He ordered me to give you some time to work out your thoughts.  We know you’ve been secretly aiding us in the resistance, in your own way.”

“But why come out into the fire?  Why risk it?”

“Because I knew you would risk your life trying to salvage the cached supplies.  You cannot continue to do things alone.  But more to the point it was also because General Mattox has been shot,” Logray announced to our shock and dismay.

“What?!” I turned.

“Two arrows to the chest.  Barely missed his heart.  He’s badly wounded but was under the surgeon’s care when I left.  He is a strong man and a determined fighter.  His personal guard said he was insistent on my bringing you back to Azragoth as soon as possible.”

“But we just left,” I answered.

“Not you.  My General wants Jeremiah.”

“Me?  What for?”

“I think you already know why.  The time has come, my friend.  You cannot run from your calling forever.  You have left something in our keeping that you need to take up again.”

Jeremiah was silent, his expression signifying an internal struggle whose outcome was still uncertain.

“Who shot him?” I asked, wondering who would dare attack Mattox.

“It is not particularly so much of a who, as it is a what.  If I did not know how to recognize a Surface Worlder when I see one, and if I did not clearly see your face is bleeding one might think that you did.”

“I don’t understand.”

“We’ve captured and are holding two of them and the guards dispatched one upon the city wall.  But where one of this kind shows up, there are always more in the shadows.  What I find particularly interesting is that these creatures we have clapped in irons all seem to resemble you, Mr. O’Brian.”

He let that stunning bit of information sink in for a moment.

“We have seen their kind many years before.  We call them golems.  And Jeremiah, you were the one who helped us deal with them then.  That is why we need you again.”

I looked up and Jeremiah had turned in the saddle and was staring hard at me.  He seemed highly agitated and distracted.

“This is something new,” Jeremiah said gravely, “Golems do not take the faces of the living.  Or at least I have never heard of it happening before.”

“It is rare indeed, unless…” Logray’s words trailed off as a look passed between Logray and Jeremiah, communicating much between them, but revealing nothing to me.

I looked from Jeremiah to Logray and back to Jeremiah again.

“What do you mean they resemble me?  I’ve never seen a…  What did you call it?”

“A golem.”

“You mean the skinny little creature…”

“No.  The word is much older than its use for the character in Tolkien’s tales,” Jeremiah interrupted me, “It appears in the original written language of the Ancient Text meaning ‘formless body’.  But even in that state, as shaped by The One, it has purpose, meaning, and identity.” [Psalms 139:16]

Logray turned back and fixed me with a hard, scrutinizing look, “Mr. O’Brian were you ever in the presence of a dragon?”

The Cordis Stone – Chapter 63

I slid down and pressed my back against the trunk of the tree.  I could not see the harpy, so I figured to stay as close to the branch and trunk as possible.  If I could strap myself to the trunk so much the better, and then I would have my arms free to draw the honor sword when she came back.  It was becoming harder and harder to breathe.  Smoke burned my eyes.  With the rise and descent of the smoke, the harpy had found a perch somewhere and had broken off her attack.  I was disoriented and confused and not certain that I could get the footwear on without losing my balance.  Her passes had ceased, but I knew she was still out there.  Waiting for me to succumb to the rising smoke and fall.  I had to get my head clear.  To think this one out.  But like the wall of building smoke, all I had coming to mind was this cloud of self-recrimination engulfing me.

And then I remembered the purpose of my calling.  To redeem the stories and connect them to those who owned them.  To lead them forth to the Kingdom Gate of Excavatia.

Some stories have a beginning, middle and resolution.  Some have happy endings.  Some have tragic endings.  And some just break off in the middle and fade.  They have a broken sort of death in a half-life existence.  They are not themselves dead, but trapped in a twilight of monotony, unable to move far away from the moments that arrested their forward progression.  The Mid-World is strewn with the litter of these fading stories.  Some I have contributed to in my life within The Surface World.  Some contributed by others who have eclipsed my experience and have surfaced here in the in-between lands.  It has been my belief that I was sent back here through the collective dream to gather together these remnants who were trapped here.  Help connect them with the individuals within our company who could carry these forward, and in the process redeem my own story and operate from a position of strength to help these find Excavatia, the land in which hopes and dream connect and materialize into experience.

Yet so far every effort I put forward and yielded to, led to tragedy.  Azragoth burns.  Its location and resurrection exposed to the hostiles forces who wanted it never to rise again.  We are driven forward by the fires behind us.  We almost lost Maeven, by confronting a Manticore and almost lost our lives trapped under a collapsing waterfall and cliffside.  Every decision and every lack of decision was leading us closer and closer to death.  My leadership so far was a disaster.  My failure put me in this tree.  My obsession with rectifying the past wrong caused me to leave those I was called to lead and seek out The Pan in some strange hope of retrieving what Caleb and I had given him the opportunity to steal.

The Cordis Stone—The second of three mysterious stones needed to open the gate to Excavatia.  Each stone represented the essential values needed to unlock the pathway to the awakening.  As I’ve said before the Nature of the Mid-World is a place of joining between things incorporeal and corporeal.  Things that exist without bodily form, take on a form when they enter this place.  This is why this land has supernatural monsters here.  But by the same token, some incorporeal concepts also take on a form and solidify into something of precious value in this Mid-World.

The Ancient Text speaks of The Word becoming flesh to dwell among men.  That the fullness of the expression of Love is made corporeal in the expression of Christ.  In another verse, the Ancient Text says:

“13 Three things will last forever–faith, hope, and love–and the greatest of these is love.” [1 Corinthians 13:13 NLT]

These eternal concepts have been showing up in the Mid-World as unusual and particularly precious stones.  We believe that these are the gate stones that will unlock the Kingdom Gate at the other end of the Mid-World beyond the land of Capitalia.  Individuals from each generation were granted entrance into the Mid-World through a shared dream to participate in three quests to open the gate.  The first stone, representing the eternal concept of hope, called the Praesperos stone, has been delivered to the gate in the first quest of my generation.  The stone of the second quest, the Cordis stone, representing Love, also known as the heart stone, was lost, and the second quest failed.

I was once again repeating the failures of the past, dooming this mission and those I was called to lead.  Yet the message I had received offered me another chance.

Caleb and I believed that we could turn The Pan upon himself and force him to confess to his meddling in the affairs of men in the Surface World.  We thought that the Cordis Stone would reveal to all what was hidden within his dark heart.  That that revealed truth would undo him and expose him.  We believe that the stone itself had the power to subdue him, so we took the stone from Jeremiah, went on a foolish mission without seeking counsel and confronted The Pan in his kingdom within the Sarsooth forests where the dryads and harpies originally lived before they moved to the outer rim beyond The Stone Pass.  We were wrong.  Dead wrong.  Caleb lost his life for it.  I barely escaped.

But now I would die here.

The Faeries, the living Fire Lights, had told me to return to my company.  That I would be “drawn forth from the well to be a channel of living water to those given”.  I was told to “return to them” for I would be “made into what is purposed” and that I would find “delight in [my] purpose”.  There was no mention of retrieving the Cordis Stone, the reason for which I had left my company.  My guilt in being partially responsible for its loss drove me towards the confrontation.  I felt compelled to rectify the past, to somehow retrieve the Cordis stone, and put this mission back on track.  I have never been able to forgive myself for the results of our failed mission.  I believed that my calling by The One to lead this third quest was a second chance to make amends for my part in the failure of the second quest.  But again I was failing.  It might be best if I did just fall from the tree and break my neck, or let this attacking harpy take my life and cease resistance.  I felt despair surround me and threaten to cover me with a cloud of darkness.  I was blind within the rising smoke.  I could barely breathe.  I had climbing gear that was useless without time to strap the pieces on and descend.

And below me, somewhere in the swirling cloud of ash and heat was Jeremiah.  The one man who I owed so much to for the failure of his mission.  The one man who had every right and reason to kill me for what I’d done to him, as a brother-in-arms, who’d been responsible for undermining his leadership with his younger brother.

I owed Jeremiah the truth about the Cordis Stone.  Though his brother had taken it from him, I was every bit responsible for what had happened as a result of Caleb’s theft.

Jeremiah had been understandably grieved and angry.  Because of my part in the betrayal, I led him to believe that the plan had been wholly my idea, rather than cast blame upon the dead.  In truth, Caleb had taken the stone and had awakened me in the night and told me that we two were given a secret mission to take down The Pan.  That he had been sighted in the woods of the mystic pools and was obsessed with watching what was transpiring through them in the Surface World of men.  We had planned to confront him alone within the wood and perhaps push him into one of the portals where he would be ripped in half in transit, back to the Surface World.

The Pan had gone nearly blind from staring into the ethereal light of the mystic ghost pools.  Yet somehow he still saw through them with eyes that were becoming useless in this Mid-World.  His focus on them so obsessed him, that he would be oblivious to our approach.  We had witnessed that it was his custom to refuse attendants when he went into the mystic wood.  That we could be certain that he would be alone, based upon his own command.  It seemed to both of us that it was too much of an opportunity to pass up.  That we could rid the Mid-World of The Pan or expose him for the charlatan that he was and in so doing we could bring his influence in the Mid-World down, and force him to confess under the Name of The One.  We believed two things.  That the power of The Name of the One would compel even the darkest creatures to bow its knees and confess to the truth.  We believed that we could use the Name alone to compel The Pan to yield to us and confess to the power that ruled him.  The Ancient Text says in the chronicle of the prophet Isaiah:

“18 For the LORD is God, and he created the heavens and earth and put everything in place. He made the world to be lived in, not to be a place of empty chaos. “I am the LORD,” he says, “and there is no other. 19 I publicly proclaim bold promises. I do not whisper obscurities in some dark corner. I would not have told the people of Israel to seek me if I could not be found. I, the LORD, speak only what is true and declare only what is right. 20 “Gather together and come, you fugitives from surrounding nations. What fools they are who carry around their wooden idols and pray to gods that cannot save! 21 Consult together, argue your case. Get together and decide what to say. Who made these things known so long ago? What idol ever told you they would happen? Was it not I, the LORD? For there is no other God but me, a righteous God and Savior. There is none but me. 22 Let all the world look to me for salvation! For I am God; there is no other. 23 I have sworn by my own name; I have spoken the truth, and I will never go back on my word: Every knee will bend to me, and every tongue will confess allegiance to me.”” [Isaiah 45:18-23 NLT]

We knew that it was the image of The Pan of this world that was being used as the image of the devil in our world.  The Surface World.  Ancient world religions and traditions depicted a hybrid king with both human and animal flesh.  Ancient China, Egypt, and Greece were the most prominent, although modern paganism brought the hybrid ram/goat king back into tradition.  The Pan was in some Surface World traditions, both the god of nature and of the universe.  He was higher than Zeus, the famed god of Mount Olympus and heaven, though at some point his worship fell out of tradition.  But still, it lurked in other forms.  The Pan was the Oberon, the forest king of the fairies in medieval tradition, a god of forests and all land surfaces.  This was in contrast to what The One said of Himself–That He alone was Lord and there was no other.

The lie arose from this pernicious creature, whispering it into the minds of mankind.  The Pan brought blood into the mystic pools and opened them up to whisper deceiving words.  By day, the Pan ruled the half-men kingdom of the Mid-World.  By night, he sowed treacherous deceptions into the foolish minds of pagan humans who opened themselves to mysticism in the Surface World.  We thought with both the compulsion of the Name and with the power in the Cordis stone, we could compel The Pan to confess his treachery both through the mystic pools, but also before his own hybrid kingdom who were dwindling in numbers as mankind appeared to encroach more and more into the lands of the Mid-World.

We made the mistake of the seven sons of Sceva.  The Ancient Text records this account:

“11 God gave Paul the power to perform unusual miracles. 12 When handkerchiefs or aprons that had merely touched his skin were placed on sick people, they were healed of their diseases, and evil spirits were expelled. 13 A group of Jews was traveling from town to town casting out evil spirits. They tried to use the name of the Lord Jesus in their incantation, saying, “I command you in the name of Jesus, whom Paul preaches, to come out!” 14 Seven sons of Sceva, a leading priest, were doing this. 15 But one time when they tried it, the evil spirit replied, “I know Jesus, and I know Paul, but who are you?” 16 Then the man with the evil spirit leaped on them, overpowered them, and attacked them with such violence that they fled from the house, naked and battered.” [Acts 19:11-16 NLT]

Caleb had hoped to use The Name to command The Pan to yield, and instead treated it much like a word from an incantation.  We falsely assumed that because we were called on the mission, we could not fail.

The first quest had been successful, and the gate stone had been delivered to the doorway to the hidden passage to Excavatia.

We were foolish to believe that because of one prior success that we could not fail in the second one.  We placed our confidence so much in the rightness of the quest, that we failed to walk in the obedience of it.

The Ancient Text says:

“12 There is a way [which seems] right to a man, But its end is the way of death.” [Proverbs 14:12 NASB]

A way that seems right at the time, if acted upon without seeking the will of the One, leads to failure and death as it did for my friend Caleb.  Deception operates in the “seems”, as a wise man once said.

This pattern recurs over and over again throughout human history and leads to horrific consequences.

“15 The way of a fool is right in his own eyes, But a wise man is he who listens to counsel.” [Proverbs 12:15 NASB]

Had I insisted that we turn back and seek counsel from Jeremiah and the others, I was fully convinced that Caleb would still be alive.  Instead, we took our own counsel and I was a fool for doing so.

I pondered all of this, leaning against the tree trunk, struggling to swing the larger slip belt around the trunk and catch it with my dangling foot and draw it up to me, but was so far unsuccessful.

And then something gripped my leg.

***

Smoke rose from the sides of the hard-packed road as the rider, Captain Logray, slowed his horse from a gallop to a trot.  Ash and dust drifted around them, and Logray knew his horse needed a breather.  Its flaring nostrils were coated with gray ash, and Logray was concerned that the horse had breathed in too much of the substance.  He slowed the horse further, easing the mare down to a walk, trying to calm the horse who was skittish and fearful of the smoldering fires around them.  Two other times in the journey down the old road from Azragoth, Logray had slowed his horse and brushed away the ash from its body and face, calming the horse, but the fires had not abated, and the road ahead was strewn with smoldering limbs and fallen trees.

As Logray dismounted, he paused with his foot still in the stirrup, his hand on the pommel of the saddle, his ears hearing the noise of furtive movements behind him and about twenty yards off from the road.  The animals of the forest would have long since fled from the fire, but the noises of runners were something else entirely.  He was being followed.  Pursued.  And he could not risk leading who or whatever was following him to the place where he was going.

***

The four golems ran swiftly through the charred forest.  Flakes of soot and ash coated their bodies with a white crust as they ran, loping like silver furred werewolves under a haze of gray smoke.  Their faux flesh no longer looked like the image of the one from whom they had been molded, for the charred residue of the skin of the dead forest cloaked them into obscurity.

They had avoided the road in which the soldier from Azragoth rode, attempting to hang back and follow from a distance.  One of the presences animating the bodies was the ephemeral wind spirit that had once walked among the company of Surface Worlders, posing as one of them, before her facade had been stripped away by the gratitude test and that cursed covenant sword.  Her name was Torlah, and the promise of her revenge on the two that exposed her was within reach.  She tasted its anticipated and violent flavor upon her clay tongue–a gift of the Dust Dragon.

The ether-natural beast from the between whose hook had snared the current Surface World leader called to lead the third quest when he passed through the portal to return to the Mid-World after a lengthy hiatus.  The man had returned to the small hut and hovel where he’d last lived after the failings of the second quest.  A hermitage, with a small garden, a river tributary and a lake within walking distance of the home.  Time had ravaged the place when the man returned to it.  The small two-room bungalow had fallen into disrepair.  The garden was choked with wild growth and weeds.  The flagstone path was overgrown.  The shelter was infested with rats and mice and other vermin.  A caked layer of silt covered every surface and the place smelled of mold and mildew and the pungent odors of urine and mouse feces.

He’d fallen asleep in the cottage and his consciousness took him back into the Surface World.  His presence had disappeared, and the shack had been abandoned.  Years later, when he awoke he found that he was in a room filled with decay.  The cottage, his hermitage, was a graveyard shrouded accumulated layers of in burial dust.

***

“Relax!” a voice below hissed.

The hand that grabbed my leg belonged to Jeremiah.

I jerked away and almost fell when he grabbed me.

“What are you doing?!”

“There’s a harpy stalking me.  How did you get up here?!”

“Using a set of the gear I sent up to you, rather than fiddling with it.”

“There wasn’t time.  The harpy that caught me and put me up here, came back before I could get the pieces strapped on.”

“Where is she now?”

I gestured ahead into the rising smoke, “I don’t know.  Somewhere out there.  She broke off the attack when the smoke rose up.  The fire is spreading all over the forest, I’ve got to get back to my friends.  They’ll be trapped soon if we don’t press onward.”

“They’re safe for now.  Maeven returned and I sent them to The Faerie Fade.”

“There is one here?!”

“Of course there is.  I saw you from below and saw the Faeries come to you.  What did they say?”

“That I should go back to my travelers and would be shone what to do.”

“Why did you leave them in the first place?”

“The Pan is in the forest.  He is just ahead in the area where the old bridge once crossed a forest stream.  We could not go by way of the road without being discovered, so I had my company wait for me behind while I scouted ahead.”

“Why didn’t you sent someone to go scout for you?”

“And risk being spotted by The Pan?  It was too dangerous.”

“So dangerous, you would risk leaving your people leaderless alone and unaware of what to do next?!”

“I told Begglar to watch after them and get them to Sorrow’s Gate if I did not return soon.  His wife Nell, knows the way because she was raised in this area.  They have contacts with the underground that could help.”

“What is it that you would risk your life and the lives of those of your company to go towards The Pan to find?”

“Because The Pan has the Cordis Stone,” I confessed.  “Caleb and I took it when we went to confront The Pan before.  If The Pan has the Cordis Stone, he will eventually find and kill every story we set out to save.”

I heard Jeremiah mutter something under his breath and then sigh heavily.

“No,” he huffed, “He doesn’t.”

“I saw The Pan take it from Caleb,” I refuted, “He has it and he will blind everyone to their purpose as long as he has it in his possession.  I have to get it back.  I caused your quest to fail.  Every quest is doomed until we get it back.  With The Pan appearing in the forest of Kilrane at this time, I figured that this was the time for me to get it back.  I could not bring the others with me, but since I bore the Honor Sword this time and was called by the One, this had to be the opportunity I was waiting for.”

“You have been deceived, Brian.  The Pan does not have the Cordis Stone.”

“I was there.  I saw him take it.  How can you say that?”

“Because I still have it.”

He let those stunning words linger for a moment while I recovered.

“You have?” I stammered, “How did you get it back from him?”

“He never had it in the first place.  What you and Caleb took was a decoy.  I knew what Caleb was planning.  I knew that he was tempted to take the stone from me, so I had a clever decoy made.  Caleb is perhaps dead, because he took the decoy, believing it had the power to overcome and expose The Pan.”

Those words hit me like a hammer.

“You mean…?”

“Yes!” he growled, “Caleb did something foolish.  He and I argued over it and I forbade him to try it, but the stubborn fool did not listen.  I never thought he would have convinced you to go along with it, but he did.  I know you lied to me, saying it was all your idea, and that hurt and insulted me even worse when I had found out what you both had done.”

“But you never completed the quest…”

“No.  I did not.  I lost heart for it.  I let anger rule me and I walked away from it.  I too was a fool.  I left the Honor Sword on some broken rock ridge in the mountains.  And I walked away from it.  My heart turned to stone.”

“Where is the Cordis Stone now?”

“It is in safekeeping, I hope.”

“What do you mean, you hope?”

“Back there.  I assume since you ride with The Storm Hawk, you already know where.”

I lowered my voice, stunned once again.  “In Azragoth?”

“Not in Azragoth,” Jeremiah said, “Under it.”

Sparks, burning branches and floating embers began to fall all around us as the canopy above began to lower its emblazoned the ceiling of fire.

“We need to get down from this tree,” I said.

And Jeremiah concurred, “I couldn’t agree more.”

It occurred to me that The Dust Dragon that I had encountered in the cave system under Azragoth might not have been digging to destroy the city above after all.  It was quite possible that the creature had been seeking to uncover and steal The Cordis Stone.  To dig the very heart out from under the city and the quests we, both Jeremiah and I had been sent into the Mid-World to lead.

Jeremiah helped me strap the tree gaff harnesses onto my dangling feet, and loop the long wrap belt around the bole of the tree and under the limb upon which I had rested.  With an unsteady pivot outward and his assistance driving one of the gaff points into the trunk.  I flailed wildly, disoriented and blinded by the smoke, fairly certain I would grind my face against the tree as I fell.  I was finally able to get positioned into the climbing harness and slip belt, in such a way that I had counter-balanced my weight against the trunk.

Jeremiah had descended below about eight feet when we both heard a whooshing noise of flapping wings and a horrific shriek.   The harpy had evidently been close-by, waiting for her chance to strike both of us.

***

Captain Logray stood very still, placing a calming hand on his horse’s neck, feeling the felt-like surface of its sweating coat as its powerful muscles trembled and flexed beneath his hand.  He spoke low and calm to the mare who eyed him and fidgeted, wanting to adopt the comfort of the calming hand, but sensing that danger was still near.

Logray stroked the horse’s nose whispering low, “Easy girl.  Settle.  Settle.  Calm girl.”

The horse’s ears twitched, and she rumbled a throaty noise.

Beyond the horse’s neck, Logray watched the ash coated figures move and duck behind the blackened trees, darting in and out of the smoke rising from the crackling trees and scorched ground.

With one hand he had slipped the hand comb out from his saddle roll and stroked the horse’s brow and neck and with another hand he fingered the stock handle of a cross-bow, hanging in a padded sheath sleeve secured with bone loops.  A brace of arrow bolts was mounted below the main spring bow, just clear of the aiming stock.  Carefully, using the horse’s body as cover, he released the bone button hooks, fingered out an arrow bolt and set its nock into the bowstring.  Palming the horse brush, he crossed it and dropped it into the bow sleeve as he eased the weapon out with his other free hand.  The crossbow would be good for just one shot and he needed to be careful to make it count.

The ash-covered creatures still acted as if they were not aware that their quarry had marked them as well.

Whatever these creatures were, Logray was certain, they were up to no good.

 

The Path of Fire – Chapter 62

Flames scoured the land, roared through the treetops and blackened the ground with char and silvered it with settling ash.  From behind the waves of fire, a cloaked and wrapped horseman rode quickly down the break ridge switchback road, his horse’s iron-shod hooves pounding the ash-covered roadway.  The rider’s fist tightly gripped the reins of his mount as the beast’s body churned underneath him.  The old road had become overgrown and choked with forest scrub, ferns, and cast leaves, but now it shone like a silver pathway among the blackened poles still standing as the skeletal reminder of a forest gutted by fire.

The man wore a sash about his face, and a pre-moistened gauze, now drying, covered his brow and thick hair.  Both the rider and the horse deftly chose patches of ground where the foliage had burned down and cooled or was laid bare to rock or gravel, alternating between the steamy roadway and the nearby dry river bed where the path followed along its border.  The smoke was being pushed ahead by a slight wind falling down through the breaks beyond the city of Azragoth.  The rider had taken advantage of the shift in the wind and had lit out to follow his general’s command, perhaps earlier than was prudent.

Observing the damage done along the way, the rider pondered what he was seeing.  The flames from the interior walls of Azragoth should not have extended this far into the forest.  He’d received thorough reports of the siege and knew what had transpired afterward.  The flames from the oil and tar wall had burned and set the Manticores afire, and it was understandable that they would flee blindly into the wood, but their passage would not have burned such wide swaths of ground in their frantic flight.

Hours had passed since the attack and the company of Surface Worlders should have already been clear of the forest of Kilrane before the first flame reached the roadway and died out.  Something or someone had accelerated the fire and carried it across the firebreaks.  Something or someone who wanted Azragoth exposed to the outside lands once more.

The rider could hear the sounds of conflict ahead but assumed that the cries were that of the forest animals fleeing before the fire.  Noises to his far left and right sounded like he was being shadowed by other horsemen, but it was too difficult to make out anything through the shifting haze of the smoldering wood and the dying crackle and pop of withering embers.

When he’d arrived from the backwoods and entered the city of Azragoth, the front forest was ablaze and black smoke billowed from the outer walls and flared through the treetops.  The general had been savagely attacked and shot with arrows.  He was understandably anxious to learn of his commanding officer’s condition and rode straight to the surgeon’s house in the low street.  Jesh, Mattox’s taller bodyguard, had relayed the General’s command to seek out the elusive forester Jeremiah and bid him come back to Azragoth as soon as possible, but he knew that chance was dwindling.  Jeremiah owed the general at least that.  But with the front passage on fire, no one was coming either into or out of the city by that route.  The Keep had been locked down and was under tight guard, so the underground route was not an option.  For six hours the general had undergone surgery, and there was nothing he could do but wait.  But when the wind shifted, and the billows towering over the front wall began to thin, Captain Lorgray knew the chance to carry out what might be the general’s last order had come.  If the general wanted Jeremiah to return to Azragoth, then he was bound and determined to find the man and compel him to come back with him.

***

Dellitch was angry and terrified.

The audience before The Pan was not turning out at all how she planned.  Their plan to destroy the Dryads once and for all had been found out, her fire-setting sisters caught in the act and then the whole burning of the forest entirely blamed upon them.  The Pan’s rebuke still rang in her head.  She had been in a tree when he raged, and the branches had caught her and kept her from falling, but her bones still vibrated like a tuning fork.

‘Curse that lying Troll!’, she thought.

She doubted if even turning over the Surface Worlder she had captured would make any difference to The Pan now.  But it would distract him, and that distraction was badly needed.  The dryads would have had nothing to do with fire.  They were understandably terrified of it, which was another reason they never directly assaulted the settlements of men.  And why they shied away from taking humans who traveled through the forests by night carrying firelight or refrained from molesting those who dared to camp within the forest sleeping around a campfire.

Much as they might want to, they could never make The Pan believe the dryads had anything to do with the burnt torches affixed to the wings of her sisters.  And if The Pan were to follow that line of questioning further into how exactly those brands were attached, they would have to risk disclosing their own alliance with the Xarmnians.  A weak alliance they had made in case they were ever entirely excommunicated from the Half-Men kingdom and declared ‘kill on sight’ by any of their former allies.  The Half-men where a dwindling race, but the presence of mankind was increasing and would eventually overrun the Mid-World.

The Pan would most certainly make good on his threat.  There were dark, violent things that seemed to do his bidding, and his reach was far and wide.  Her captured prize might placate The Pan enough to where he still saw value in the harpies rather than receiving the full weight of his ire.  She had to collect the Surface Worlder and bring him back to The Pan to have any hope of salvaging a place for her kind.

There wasn’t time to find the other Surface Worlders, but even if there had been, Dellitch reasoned, any remaining would most likely be driven out of the forest by the spreading fires…unless…

A thought arose her in mind from a distant memory, a mere scrap of a conversation she had overheard about certain places in the various woods where Faeries had once been sighted…a place such as Kilrane Forest.

It was time to extract some information from her treetop prize.  She launched from the limb and swooped in and out of the smoky wood, headed swiftly to the place she’d deposited the overworlder.  She would get him to cooperate or dangle his body in flight and let the branches of the wood beat the information out of him.  If that did not work, there was always the path of fire.  Funny how tongues of flame loosened tongues of flesh.

***

When the rider had left the gates of Azragoth, four figures bearing the face of O’Brian followed him, loping after the rider in furtive bursts of speed that the original body bearing their face had no capacity for.

Only the desperate, foolish and the called charged into the path of the fire.  And from their perspective, the latter was the most dangerous.

The Azragothian would eventually lead them to the one with whom they shared faces, and then they would kill him and all those who followed him.  They could not touch these persons within the Surface World except by means of deception and through the actions of others still lost in the death of the Fall.  But here in the Mid-World, where the spiritual had form and corporeal substance, violence could be done in this perception realm that could not be done in the land of the original curse.

Surface Worlders were both ignorant and dangerous.  They did not know who they were called to be, but if they were to learn the truth it would be the end of the Dark Reign and the “Stone of the Worlds” would open the portal that would usher in the returning king.  The sleeping bride would awaken–roused to awareness by her beloved’s call.  The lamps in the darkness were being lit even now by the fire of the Divine One.  Violence and destruction and hatred were gaining ground in the Surface World, but it was also driving some into an awareness that there was a dark otherness bringing forth these influences.

The sentries of the Throne, the faeries, were being sent into the Mid-Word to aid those following in the quest.  Their stories would soon be connected and restored to them.  Already, the man had harvested the Fides stone, (also known as the Pax stone), from the body of their master.  Six other stones remained in the Mid-World, three were harvested from the now-dead demons who had entered it, two still walked the Mid-World in monstrous forms, and one swam within it.  The first quest to Excavatia had been successful in that the Praesperos stone, (the hope stone), had been delivered to the Kingdom gate and embedded in the key lock.  The second quest had been partially successful but abandoned and the Cordis Stone was taken into possession by the Half-Men kingdom.  The man whom they called ‘The Face’ had been in the company of the first quest, had risen in rank during the second quest, and had been partially responsible for its failure in the second, and now he had returned and was in the lead of the third quest.

The third quest must not succeed.  The Dust Dragon had followed ‘The Face’ in his awakening.  Had planted a whispering root of deception in his mind that had been exposed by his Mid-World intercessor and had been broken when he yielded to the Quickening of the One.  The honor sword of covenant had been roused to life, and the quest had begun in the place of death’s defeat: Azragoth, city of plagues.  A fortified city built of quarried stone carried from a hillside below what was now a rotting burial mound, covering the central Rock: The Bloodstone, designated as the most dangerous place of all within the Mid-Worlds.  A town whose foundation was almost as ancient as that of the Surface World from which the human builder came and encamped during that first night after slaying his own brother.  The place was not actually a town, to begin with.  It was an altar.  Built with stone and tears.  A place in which the human builder had received a mark of protection when The One offered him Mercy instead of Justice.

***

Sometimes life might literally hang by a straining thread.

That thought passed through my mind thinking not only of my own predicament but that of the others in my company who had been taken by the Protectorate Guards.  A band of brutes who were cruel as an afterthought, but wicked by intention, savage as any of the Half-men creatures falling under The Pan’s rule.

The Xarmnian military used to be thuggish and slow-witted, oafish and unregimented until Xarmni enlisted the Bergenians of the mountains to discipline them.  Initially hired as mercenaries and personal protection, the Bergenians were given rank and Xarmnian-citizen standing in exchange for transforming their armies into brutal and efficient battle groups.  The Xarmnian foot soldiers were originally comprised of conscripts and foundlings, orphans and the children of debtors who were taken, educated and made into what they had become.  Few of these ever attained a status of higher rank, and most of the leadership came from among the Bergenians in the Stone Pass.

But the Protectorate Guard patrols were mostly comprised of Bergenians, their duties reserved for the hunters of the military bands.  Enforcers who were tasked with ensuring that subversives were swiftly put down or rooted out and pursued until they were found and taken back to strongholds for public sentencing before a tribunal court.  Chances were that since our company was Surface Worlders, the military would be interested in finding out what our interests and objectives were before slaughtering them, but I could not put too much weight into those chances.

My present company were in danger as well, the longer I was away, but that could not be helped.  There was a very important reason, I had to get near The Pan that I could not share with anyone.  Begglar and Maeven both would have stopped me if they knew what I had to do, but it could not be helped.  I knew I should have waited for Maeven to catch up, but there wasn’t time.  Begglar, despite what he said, had been a robust fighter in his day.  He’d had a hard life since, but I still suspected there was a considerable amount of fight and leadership qualities left within him.  If pressed I was confident he would arise to meet the need, so it made sense that he remained with the group in my stead.  There was something I had to retrieve that had been stolen so long ago.  Something that I felt was crucial to set things right again.  Something that would take away the advantage of The Pan in hunting us down and thwarting what we were trying to do.  I was taking quite a gamble that the dangerous retinue would remain in his presence.  And that if Maeven were to catch up, the most logical place she could do so would be along the dark forest road.  Traveling through the ferns and brush would be furtive and noisy and draw attention and rouse animals.  Though it may not seem so, the cleared road was the place from which my party would be able to see stalking enemies from any approach.  But I could not be gone long, and the harpy capturing me and depositing me in the trees was not something I could have predicted.

That thread holding everything was growing thinner and frayed.

Set that thread afire and, if it holds at all it becomes a fuse.

We needed to catch up to those taken captive quickly if we were to have any chance to rescue them before or after they reached Dornsdale, but I could not get to them if I could not get past this moment and safely out of the tree.

The branches overhead crackled as the drier leaves fed the hungering tongues of fire, but I could not focus on what was happening above me and hope for any success with needed to be done below.  Like that precarious balance between thread and fuse, the hold of the thread could snap if I acted too suddenly and the smoldering length of the shortening fuse pressed the fact that I was running out of time before all my options were lost in the flames.

I leaned down, straining to grasp the cleated straps as they spun and slightly swayed from side to side, the thin thread looking as fine as the filament of a spiderweb.  I rewound the excess thread around the shaft of the arrow and held each drawn length gathered in my sweating palms wrapping it to slide over a finger as I cautiously drew each loop upward and over the arrow again.  I held my breath with each pull, careful not to breathe too deeply as I knew any sudden movement would snap the line and send the harness down to the forest floor and along with it my hopes of safely getting out of the tree.

I lay braced between a slightly angled fork in the branch, my torso pivoted down, my legs and knees locked around the bough.  The arrow point was wedged between another fork and I worked the loops through the fork locked the arrow and then bent to try to reach the swaying strap that was tied to the thread.  My fingers lightly brushed the silver metal ring that joined the straps, but I could not lunge for fear of severing the line.

And then my feet slipped.

I scissored out my legs, trying to expand them far enough to keep from slipping through the forked limb and managed to hook a finger through the metal ring that dangled from the twisting thread.  My breath caught in my throat as the limbs pressed into the muscles of my thighs, but I could not risk much more movement without slipping further down.  Carefully I drew the spiked foot stirrups upward, trying not to lever too much to loosen my pincered hold.  I was able to push a stirrup and spike through the gap in the fork and let it dangle over the branch counter-weighted by the other stirrup.  Slowly, I leaned upward, knowing that I would lose my leg-hold in a few seconds because of the bend and shifting of my weight.  I reached for the bottom of one metal stirrup and my other hand caught the other as thighs ground between the fork and finally slipped out.

I fell a half-foot, but stopped short, dangling from the two stirrups like a novice gymnast holding on to the chainrings for dear life while they swayed back and forth over a thirty-five-foot drop.

I told myself not to look down—to focus on getting back up to the limb above—but I could not help but feel gravity pulling my body and my gaze downward.

A screech to my left startled me, almost to lose my sweating grip, as I jerked and twisted toward it.

The harpy was returning—and she was very, very angry.

There was no time to think.  Only to act.

I swung my legs upward, hooked a leg over the bough, pulling the stirrups toward me while avoiding the jagged tree spurs.  Gathering the stirrups together into a fist, I swung an arm over the bough, grapple with the rough bark on the limb and shifted my body upward and over.  The harpy would be upon me within seconds and the further out I was on the limb, the more certain my chances of falling became.  I could see her coming fast, underlit by the fires below, smoke roiling around her wings, her face appearing vampiric and ghastly, wild hair streaming, eyes black and feral with rage.  I scrambled backward from the fork, shuffling towards the trunk of the tree, trying not to lose my balance as I climbed to my feet to be able to move faster.  The honor sword pulsed in its sheath, but there was no time to draw it forth or bring it to bear to fend off the imminent attack.  I gripped the two harnesses in my fist, with the hammered metal shafts and barbs bristling out at angles, realizing that they served as a sort of make-shift weapon as well, though unorthodox.  Like a rooster, if this bird-hag were to come at me claws bared, at least I would have these barbed spurs, called gaffs, to serve as claws of my own.

Taking my eyes off her for a moment, I carefully placed my feet on the top of the rounded limb.  Moving downward, I reached the central trunk feeling her arrival rather than seeing it.

Air whooshed by me as she came for me.  Large black wings pumping gusts of hot air around me, as her claws flared, attempting to rake me off the limb.  In a fall, she might catch me but might skewer me as well with those talons.  A guttural bird-screech came forth from her open mouth as she dove at me, and I shifted the harnessed footwear to both hands.  The bough bobbed as she thrust her claws upon it, and then lifted away, hoping to upset my precarious balance.

Turning my back against the trunk, I knew she would eventually tear me from my perch, so I gathered the belt harness I had flung over my neck shoulders cinched the shorter belt around my waist while the larger belt dangled from one ring on the belt with the other hooked end swinging free.  I needed to get that end around the tree trunk below the limb upon which I was standing, but there was no time.  The harpy had banked and turned back towards me, her wings flapping in large downward drafts, gathering momentum as she rushed again towards me.

I glanced below but saw only a rising wall of smoke building upward.  If Jeremiah was still there, he could not see what was going on above, but then neither could the harpy attacking me.

***

A wall of soot and smoke stretched like spectral arms through the lower parts of the forest, and Jeremiah could no longer see what was happening to O’Brian above.  He’d heard a loud screeching noise moving through the top of the forest.  The fires in the canopy above dropped flaming embers but also created such a haze that O’Brian’s form quickly faded into a misty shape and then paled into a grayish-white.  He could fire no arrow accurately, so he tucked his bow over his shoulder and turned to gather the man he had carried closer to the base of the tree to see if he might be able to tell when O’Brian began his descent.  As a precaution, he’d hog-tied the man so that he would stay put while he attended to O’Brian’s situation.  He had committed to bringing O’Brian and nothing more and he did not know the nature or the intentions of the man he’d picked up.  He could prove to be a friend or a foe.  All things considered, the treacherous influence of the presence of the dryad dust was only part of the risk he’d taken when he’d picked up the young man.  Out in the forest, there could be more than one adversary hunting this particular young man.  But that aside, there was no telling with the increasing number of crossovers from the Surface World, that something more unnatural might be in play here as well.  The demons following travelers out of the otherness did not always manifest themselves in monstrous forms.  Sometimes they took the guise of mankind and wore that image to deceive.

Thinking of this, Jeremiah fastened the foot to wrist binding rope even tighter, lashing the double knot securely.  When he moved around him he noticed that the man’s eyes were now open.  He had twisted onto his side, and he struggled against his bindings, looking with anger-filled hate and suspicion at Jeremiah for reducing him to such an ignoble state.

“Still not going to give me your name?”

The man almost spat at him, “Why should I tell you anything when you’ve tied me up this way?!  Who do you think you are?!”

“Suit yourself.  I would think you’d be more civil to the one who saved your ungrateful keister, but I guess not.  Considering your present situation, I’d say it’s your job to convince me whether I should think of you as a friend or an enemy.  If you had any idea what I saved you from, you’d be showing me a great deal more respect.  Harpies and dryads are terrible creatures.  You may think you’d like to see whatever vixen dryad got a hold of you again, but I guarantee if you knew what she had planned for later you would thank me profusely.  They don’t always look so ‘friendly’.  But then again maybe you wouldn’t.  Kids these days.  I don’t know you, and you’re doing a lousy job of even identifying yourself.  What is your name, kid and where do you hale from?”

“You can go to hell!  I’m not telling you jack!  Untie me!” he spat back.

An enemy then, Jeremiah decided, but not one he could leave tied to a tree for the fires or the denizens of darkness now occupying these lands to deal with.  The life of a Surface Worlder came with a much bigger cost.

“My name is not Jack and I don’t have time for this, you little snot.  I’ve got something above I got to handle, and from the looks of these growing fires, not much time to do it in.”

He scanned the descending haze above.

Nothing had fallen, so he knew O’Brian still had the climbing gear.  It was a simple enough apparatus.  O’Brian should be able to figure it out, but lately, things weren’t going as they should.

He turned and looked back down at the young man.

“I’ll be right back.  You keep quiet and don’t go anywhere.  Hear me?”

The bound man growled a hostile answer back, but Jeremiah did not stay listen.  Things above were heating up and there was precious little time left.  Someone was going to die if he wasted any more of it.

The Fire Lights – Chapter 61

Glowing embers swirled through crawling blankets of smoke as the flames of Kilrane crackled and popped and roared with flared bursts as underbrush and dried limbs caught fire.  The ground was a sea of red and yellow flame.  Dark-feathered demons swooped and dove in gliding waves dipping down and then arising like fiery phoenixes, cackling and laughing cruelly as they charmed the fire’s progress onward.  So blinded by their hatred and so intent on destruction, they failed to notice or see the high borne witnesses to their savage delight, clinging and climbing above into the canopy.  Dryads, the former and recent occupants of the forest of Kilrane, were aghast and incensed at the destruction, yet fled for their lives, unable to stop the roaring tide below.  The harpies, bearing the firebrands, crisscrossed below them, their frenzied fire dance crawling higher and higher up the trees, so that all the dryads could do was flee as fast as possible towards the edge of the forest, crying, “Treachery!”  Some fell screaming as the fires spreading across the canopy above joined with the fires below, engulfing them in flames causing their branches and limbs to erupt in bright flares, as they tumbled downward disappearing into the smoky and haloed glowing sea.  The shouts and screams in the back forest and the insane laughter of the fiery harpies wove together into a nightmarish symphony of terror that rolled forward in crescendo toward the dead slough where The Pan held court with his savage satyr-courtiers, and the shrieking harpies and the gathering number of displaced and scorched dryads.

Yet amid the terror and smoke one dryad lingered high above the forest roadway waiting for the right moment to present itself—A dryad by the name of Langula.  As the harpies flew in and out of the smoke below, her vine twisted limbs encircled the long strands bearing rotting heads of dead satyrs and unfortunate men and sundry other animals that she and her fellow ‘ladies of the leaves’ had feasted on and collected as ornamental warnings for errant satyrs and men who dared broach their domain.  Quietly and silently she swayed the ends of the grisly ornaments deftly through the rising smoke forming a slight spin to their sway.  Carefully she timed the rotations of the various death vines to move and sway inward and outward in ever-increasing circles.  The horrific faces, blackened by rot, twisted by shock and rictus, misshapen mouths hung slack around blood-stained teeth, gaped and swallowed smoke as they swayed inward and outward.  A certain degree of fascination and savagery also shone in the golden and green eyes of the porcelain cream face ensconced in a ruffle of leaves as she watched the flame-bearing harpies fly ignorant of her presence above.

A harpy strayed off from the others, laughing and chanting, “Burn!  Burn! Burn!” as she swooped under and over the smoke headed toward the area where the grisly ornaments weaved above.  Four other harpies follow laughing and echoing the chant, their firebrand flickering yet remaining aflame.

Langula saw the back of one rise through the haze, wings extended, as she struck one of the rotting heads.  Another, pivoted and suddenly the vines pulled taught and the branches bearing the anchor points thrashed, as something beneath the smoke became entangled.  Savagely Langula jerked the dangling vine upward, eliciting a “Gawww!” sound as two vines twisted around something that fought below.  Two of the harpies emerged from below, yet a third was unaccounted for and the voice of the first harpy ceased her smoky chanting abruptly, from somewhere ahead.

Vines lifted toward the canopy, and a black feathered body, curled in vines moving like green worms emerged from the smoke, the firebrand’s flames catching fire in the feathers of the entangled harpy, two dark heads pressing their rotted faces into her gawking crone face.

“Caught you, you burning bat-bitch!” Langula hissed, as she drew her hideous trophy upward.

What was not apparent from below was now becoming clear from above.  A sharp-pointed spike jutted out from the severed neck of each head whose point lay even alongside the vines that extended upward.  As the vines were rotated or struck, however, the barb jutted outward causing the grisly ornament to become a deadly hook, from which the dryads could catch or ensnare flying quarry interested in feasting on the rotting heads below.  The harpy so trapped was also spitted with the skewered barb, and, struggle though it might, Langula would ensure that this particular feathered-fiend would never fly again.

Using this method, Langula caught four other fire-setting harpies before she was through air fishing, and then set off to deliver the evidence of their arsonous villainy to her chief Madame Briar, who now stood before The Pan.

***

The Pan towered over the groveling Trolls cringing and bowing before him.  His arms flashed out grabbing both Shelberd and Grum-blud by their necks, lifting their dangling, struggling forms aloft.

“It is to you I hold the fault of these deaths.  And this companion of yours, who properly fears me and has ever only cowered in my presence, I will grant a mercy.”

At this, The Pan flung Shelberd down into the filmy water of the slough, from which Grum-blud had crawled.  A large splash of brown and blackish water wet the muddy bank, as The Pan moved quickly forward.  His great hooves stirring clouds of water bugs and gnats as he followed his flung captive into the deepening water.  When Shelberd burst upward from the water, coughing and sputtering he felt the great weight of a suspended hoof slam into his chest, plunging him back under.  Ripples from the water and the floating mat of film, evidenced a struggle underneath, as The Pan cruelly pressed downward.  He dangled Grum-blud over the pool holding him by his short leg, forcing him to watch the demise of his former companion.  Bubbles and a cough of roiling water broke the surface and then ceased.

“The mercy, I grant him,” The Pan rumbled, “is the swiftness of his death.  Yours will not be so swift, human frog.”

And with that, he strode out of the water, towards the onocentaurs, who were even now backing away in terror, towards a sneering group of satyrs laughing wickedly.  The Pan reached out and grabbed the one called Bunt by the torso, as the man-half of creature raised his arms defensively covering his head.  “Do you wish you could fly, little donkey?” The Pan rumbled, his face pulled up in a sinister grin, his cataracted eyes seeming to gleam with a cold monstrosity.

“P-Please, sire.  We didn’t do anything.  It was the trolls, they…” he begged.

With a mighty twist of his body, The Pan launched the onocentaur into the air, throwing his flailing body hard into the trees, where it sailed and struck branches and smacked hard into a trunk, and then tumbled lifelessly downward.

Several satyrs bounded after the flying body, chanting, “Feed!  Feed!  Make it bleed!” then laughing with delight, champing their sharpened teeth together, as they descended upon it under the cover of the brush.

The other onocentaur, called Dob, turned to flee and was pounced upon by the satyrs blocking his escape.

Shaggy arms and blackened grimy fingernails scratched and pounded his body mercilessly, as he cried, “No!  No!  No!”

“Yes! Yes! Yes!” the satyrs mocked him, as they brutally struck him, a few biting his haunches and then slapping the bites, adding insult to injury.

The Pan squatted on his massive shaggy haunches, savaging enjoying the sounds of the pleading onocentaur.

“PAN!” a voice yelled above the cacophony, “Now see the evidence of your firebugs!”

The Pan sniffed the air smelling the scent of burned flesh and feathers, the harpies perched in the treetops around the deaden slough shriek in outrage as did the harpies swooping high overhead.

Briar flung the bound bodies of four scorched harpies outward landing in the mud of the bank upon which he stood.  He bent down sniffing the corpses, attempting to listening to the whispered words of his designated courtier, who described the sight before his blinded eyes.

The noises of the beatings of the mobbed onocentaur prevented him from hearing his chief satyr’s words, and he roared a rebuke.

“Silence, you savage fools!” he bellowed, “Leave the donkey-man be, for now.”

When the satyrs did not hear him, clearly, he lunged forward and backhanded a few closest to him, his other senses giving him a quasi-sight to do so.  His powerful fist, slammed into the side of a satyr, snapping its spine and flinging its body into the air off to his right, the brutal hand coming back across, clipping another, from the opposite direction, dislocating its shoulder, as it fell to the ground.

That got the satyrs’ attention and they backed away from the onocentaur’s battered, bloodied and bruised body.  The Pan then turned and moved towards the fallen harpies that he smelled clearly, his hands pawing at their smoldering bodies, feeling the firebrand branches clutched and bound to their winged claws.

“What is this?!” his sightless eyes turned towards the scents he knew to be the smells of the dryads.

“Your harpies have burned the forest of Kilrane!  The land you claimed and made us tenants of.  Quite possibly they are responsible for the deaths of your Manticores.  Did you authorize this destruction?!” Briar asked.

“No,” he growled, increasing his throaty rumble in intensity so that the sound of it trembled the leave around him, “Harpy Dellitch!  What do you know of this?!  Who authorized the burning of my forest?!”

At this, he dropped Grum-blud into the mud, and stood up to his full height, his angry face turned to the sky, his teeth clenched, and his eyes narrowed to glaring slits of white-hot fire.

Grum-blud grunted painfully when he struck the ground, but he quickly righted himself, seeing a sudden chance to save his own skin.

“My lord,” he gasped, “That is what I wanted to tell you.  The harpies burned the forest behind us.  We were beset with fire on every side.  Your Manticores were intent on taking Azragoth under your orders and did not escape the fires.  I and the onocentaurs, held back to oversee the destruction.  We climbed trees to witness what we knew you wanted reported only to find the forest lit behind us.  We called out to the Manticores, but it was too late to turn them.  It was the harpies that are responsible for the failures you are punishing us for.  So zealous they are in their hatred for the dryads.  They did not keep their destructive zeal in check, even under your orders.  They defied you, seeking to serve their own interests and vengeance.  It is they that deserve your wrath.  Not us!  We are your loyal subjects.  We honor your command.  It is our pleasure to serve your mighty hand.  To deliver wrath to your enemies.  Yet they would see us bleed for their treachery.”

The Pan listened and pondered this, as the harpies shrieked in protest, like birds storming out of the trees under gunfire.

“Lies!  Lies!  Lies!” they shrieked.  “Kilrane was already beset with fires to the north!  The fires arose from the hidden city.  We reported to you of its rebirth.  We saw their walls catch fire!”

“Do you deny, spreading the fire?!” the Pan roared to the bird-women, “If so, why do I feel this firebrand, bound to the wings of these dead?!”

Dellitch flew in from above, “My lord, divine king, god of the lands and forest, the dryads are deceiving you.  They killed our sisters and attached the brands to them.  You are being deceived by these betrayers!  We are not to blame.”

The Pan roared in anger and frustration, his fists clenching and unclenching, his hands grabbing at rooted brush, twisting it and casting it into the air.

“Do not think, foul-bird that because I am blind, I cannot see deception!  Do not mock me!  Do not smile upon my scarred eyes.  I can hear the deception in your voice.  I can smell the feverish sweat of lies bead upon your aged skin!  I can taste beads of milk flowing from your feathered breasts.  You have taken advantage of the limited liberties I gave you with regard to this command!  Never insult me and think just because you can fly that you are ever out of my reach.  You know what other forms of creatures I have under my command.  You know what nightmares I can send against even you, though you may fly to the mountains, you will not escape the bite and claw of those I send after you!  DO NOT MOCK ME!”

The last words caused both the ground to tremble and the swampy trees to sway, and its noise echoed terribly throughout the forests and surrounding canyons.

All of the gathered, pressed their hands to their ears and howled in pain at the sharpness of the power of the voice.  For a brief time, no one could hear, as their ears painfully thrummed and throbbed.  Grum-blud huddled in the mud below, his fat fists pressed hard into his bulbous ears, the ringing in his head unbearable, causing him to gasp in short breaths and mewl in agony, his legs drawn into a fetal curl as he writhed.  The satyrs cowed, in similar agony, grimy hands pressed into the sides of their heads, grunting in pain.  The dryads shrunk down into piles of twisted wood, appearing like dried cypress trees, curled around themselves, no greenery showing.  The harpies, however, suffered the worst of the powerful roar, their wings folded as they plummet from the sky, falling bodies, formerly in flight striking the hard ground, splashing into the murky slough waters, embedding into the mud, caroming off bare branches with a hard wing-shattering crack, their hollow avian bones snapping with the impacts.

***

Jeremiah had at first thought that O’Brian was speaking from the high bough to The Pan, but then realized he wasn’t.

He was carefully ascending the back of a hill in the forest when a thunderous noise poured over the top of the hill with an audible and physical fist with a power wave, that seemed to shake everything in sight, knocking him flat against the ground with a thud, the limp body of the weakened man on his back slamming down hard upon him.  Everything around him seemed to ring with the tine-struck note of a tuning fork, that echoed and bounced every which way he looked.  The clap of the sound felt like he’d been struck on the sides of his head with a physical slap, and his ears pulsed and throbbed, muting all other sounds of the forest around him.  When he was able to lift his head from the matted leaves, and groggily raise his body upon trembling hands, he glanced upward to see how the powerful sonic boom had affected the one he sought to rescue from the treetops above.  What he saw both shocked and amazed him.  The man was surrounded and protected by circles of glowing light.

***

I had heard of the beings that the Mid-Worlders called faeries, heard how they had been described, by those who had witnessed them from a distance but had never encountered one for myself, until that moment they descended upon me from the treetops.  It was both terrible, frightening and wonderful all at the same time.  They pulsed and throbbed with a power and energy that was beyond imagining and barely contained within this existence or any other for that matter.  Their light shone piercing and sharp yet did not cut through me as I feared it might.  I was dumbstruck before them and felt weak all over.  I trembled and hid my face, shielding my eyes from the brightness of their being.

The branch under me felt like a gossamer thread that could break at any moment, and something about their presence made me weep.  A sound emerged from them, some mystical tonal quality that I cannot describe adequately.  It was beautiful, sad and joyous, tragic and lovely, evoking emotions and feelings in me that I did not know I had.  In a language, my ears did not understand, but somehow my spirit knew instinctively, I felt words of comfort dance softly and fluidly with the sounds of the song in their voice.  What they communicated in a language expressed with a fullness of thought, and to the best of my ability to translate, was “Do not fear.  Feel courage.  Embrace faith.  Believe and trust in the One that has called you.  You are known and loved.  These are the keystones of the Kingdom which you seek.”

Only the final word, that I translated as “loved” seems so far inadequate to describe what they actually said.  The feeling of that word made me weep tears of joy and filled me will a sense of place that had nothing to do with space or time because it was somehow coupled with divine intention.

The air around me became thicker and softer somehow as if it caressed me with a warm breath that stabilized me.  Something external move all around us but peeled away from the presence of these living beings that seemed more alive than any other creature I had ever observed in this world or the Surface World.

“You are purposed for these moments.  You are drawn forth from the well to be living water to those given.  Return to them, for you will be made into what is purposed.  You will find delight in your purpose.”

Their words swam through the air around me, touching me with sweet fragrance, bathing me in golden light.

“Upon your mind and in your memory, you will find the timeless words.  They will meet you in your moments of doubt.  Seek the wise counsel of called friends to confirm and clarify what you are hearing in your spirit.  Learn to see yourself through the eyes of forgiveness.  Surrender the old burdens you carry.  You cannot repay the debt of the burdens you choose to bear.  Empty your holding so that you may receive the greater gifts for your journey and for the benefit of those to which you are called to lead.  Trust in the voice that speaks gently to your spirit.  Choose to obey the direction of the One for only He knows the paths ahead of you.  Mankind’s measure of success is deceptive, for only the One judges outcomes with all ends in sight.  Obedience to the One is life.  Obedience is better than sacrifice.  Do not follow human reasoning which leads you into the darkness, but lead your mind with obedience, hope, and faith in the One who loves you and knows you most and has called you to live out the meaning of your name.  Align your heart and mission to the voice of the Chief Cornerstone and build upon that Truth.  The Truth will set you free to will and do that to which you are called.”

Then a melody from where I did not know rose up around us, flowing through me as if every part of my being were washed with cool water, refreshing my soul and spirit.  I wanted that feeling to last forever, but soon after it left me, and it had no feeling of the passage of time, but felt placed again into a moment that I felt purposed for, though I did not fully understand the why of it.  From down below me, I could finally hear some other voice, calling up to me trying to get my attention.  A voice I was vaguely familiar with, from a distant past.  I looked down below and saw a figure moving cautiously towards the base of the tree where I sat, some form borne upon his back as he moved from shadow to shadow, careful not to attract attention.

“Brian!” he called in a loud whisper, cautiously trying not to create too much noise but needing to gain my focus and attention.

I rubbed my eyes, and then looked down again, his face small because of the distance between us.

“O’Brian, or whatever you are called now!” he called, carefully kneeling to lay the form down upon the ground and gather his bow in his hand, which he hunched over and worked on a few minutes before turning again upward.

“Move back,” he said, raising the bow, the arrow point pointed above towards me.

Realizing what he was about to do I lurched backward as he let fly the arrow from his drawn bow.

Thwap!  The arrow drove deep into the branch upon which I sat, and I noticed a small thread attached to its fletching, fed out by a light spool handing down below.

A memory crawled towards me in realization from a past I thought I had left long ago, as I realized to whom it was I spoke.  Our last encounter had left me battered and bloodied, but I understood the fury and frustration of the man and the grief to which I had brought him.  This was Caleb’s brother, the friend I had lost to The Pan as a result of my error in judgment and failure to humbly seek more than my own counsel.  The man had sworn if he ever saw me again he might kill me.  And I wondered if perhaps he had finally come to do just that.

***

The two former members of the traveling Surface Worlder party, who were not what they claimed to be, drove the wagon and the horses through the woods of Kilrane, fear mounting upon their minds and their heels.

The rode was more winding than they had remembered it, and the wagon and horse team almost ran off of the path many times as they raced faster and faster through the woods.

Something was following them, besides the ever-raging wall of fire gaining momentum as it hit the drier areas of the woods.  The horses were getting harder to manage, being kept as they were on a runner line.

“We can’t keep this pace up, Zeelah,” the male shouted above the pounding footfalls of the horses.

“We’ll lose the wagon and the team if we don’t slow a bit.”

The woman addressed as Zeelah, cursed under her breath, still fighting the reins and the nervousness of the team, trying her best to maintain her seat on the wagon, bracing her feet against the coach toe board.

“Dergin was supposed to meet us in the woods long before now,” she groused, “Where are they?!”

“Tobias said they’d be here.”

“Tobias!” she snorted, “I don’t trust him, Hughland.  I know he has helped out in the past, but I cannot figure what truly motivates him.  He and that Sanballat fellow.  There is something disturbing about the man.  Wasn’t he some sort of cleric in the past?”

“Priest,” the man called Hughland answered.

“What’s the difference?”

Hughland began to answer and then stopped short.  Something was on the road ahead.  Something that did not look good.

“What is that?” Zeelah asked, slowing the team, pulling the reins back, wrapping her arms in the traces.  Her arms were tired and shaking from the extended strain.  The horses skidded to a stop, slightly rearing up on their back legs against the momentum of the tongue post of the loaded wagon.

“Hold, ho, horses, hold!” Hughland commanded, standing in the stirrups of his lead horse, but getting bumped by the horses following closely behind.

When each of the teams slowed, their riders looked at each other, and back to the strange mass stretching across the roadway ahead.

A breeze was drifting up the road, and a foul smell arose from whatever it was that lie ahead.

“Is that a fallen tree or something?” Zeelah asked, her eyes beginning to water, reflexively covering her mouth and nose with her trembling hand.  “And what is that rotten stench?”

“I…I…,” Hughland stammered.

“I, I, what?!” Zeelah coughed into her covered mouth and shielded her watering eyes, “Say something.  Why does that stink so bad?”

“We’d better go back!” Hughland said, also covering his mouth and nose, turning his horse into the other horses stand behind.

“What are you saying?  We can’t go back now!  Whatever that thing is ahead, it smells dead.”

“That thing is what Mister O’Brian talked about before back at the cabin.  He said you would smell it before you saw it, but he did not account for a wood filling with smoke from fires.”

“You didn’t take him seriously, did you?” Zeelah asked, coughing again into her hand, trying not to breathe in any more of the noxious fumes.

“His account is not the only time I have heard of it,” Hughland choked on his own cough, wiping his watering eyes, “It is the Hollywood.  The beast that crawled out of that accursed woodland swamp.  It is poisonous and smells of sulfur.”

“Where do we go?  There is only one road out of these woods.  The others have not been kept clear for many years now.  How do you propose we get this wagon out if we cannot go down the road.”

“We’ll figure that out when the time comes.  Now come on before that thing begins to follow us.”

Zeelah pulled the reins back further and then guided the horse team into a tight turn, following Hughland and his string of horses.

Behind them, however, were a line of horsemen spanning the width of the road and blocking their way backward.

“Hello, Hughland,” the lead rider called out, “Zeelah.  You are both very late.”

“Dergin!”

“Where do you think you were going?  The way out of Kilrane in that way,” he pointed past them.

“You don’t want to go that way,” Zeelah shook her head saying it, “There is something on the road ahead blocking the way and it smells rancid.”

Dergin was a thickly built man, gruff and hard, his eyes were buried under thick eyebrows, his face lost amid a thicket of a black bushy beard.  The man gestured for one of his horsemen to ride ahead to check it out, while he waited, curious to see the contents of the wagon and the stashed contraband the two had brought.

They waited quietly until the man on horseback returned.

“The way ahead is clear,” he announced, “I saw no cause for concern.”

Dergin nudged his horse forward, looking from Zeelah to Hughland regarding them with measuring suspicion.

“I don’t know what you two think your up to, but Tobias is waiting outside of Kilrane for this wagon and those extra horses, so let’s get this thing turned around shall we?”

“There was something there…” Zeelah began, but Dergin only stared hard at her and she fell silent, looking down.

“Since Maeven will no longer be running point with the Lehi horsemen, the resistance falls to us to supply its needs,” Dergin said gruffly, “The men in the towns below grow weaker by the day.  The will to resist the Xarmnians is dying out.  Tobias has agreed to help us, but he needs something from us as well.  And we are finding it much harder to find allies in the fight anymore.  So we welcome his help, even if it means some short-term costs.  The Surface Worlders are not our concern.  They will most likely stir up the Xarmnians and bring them down upon us before we gain enough strength and strategic positioning to upend their rule.  The Azragothians are misguided.  They should have never tried rebuilding that accursed place.  They were warned from the beginning.  Let us hope, now in their demise that they will provide enough of a distraction to allow the real resistance to Xarmnian oppression to gain strength.  Do you both understand what I am saying to you?”

Both Zeelah and Hughland nodded, but that was not what Dergin was seeking.

“I need to hear you say it.”

“We understand,” they responded in unison.

“Good,” he said, “Then turn that wagon back around and follow me.”

And with that, the group proceeded down the road, further into the woods and eventually out onto the open road where another wagon and team of horses and several riders met them.

***

I moved and inched my way toward the arrow that had been shot into the thick meat of the branch.  It was an amazingly precise shot by any measure, and I realized that if Jeremiah had planned to kill me, he could have just as easily done it without announcing himself to me from below.  Especially since The Pan and his creature subjects were in close proximity.  To call up to me was a risk to himself as well as to me, and it did not make sense for him to bring attention our way.  When I was close enough, I reached down and pried the arrow out of the wood being careful not to lose the narrow spool that was two inches down from the end of the arrow point.  The arrow was of more modern design, something fashioned from the ingenuity of the Surface World and not subject to the innovation of the Mid-World.  The thread was fine yet strong, and the shaft tapered such that the razor point could be removed, and the grooved spool slid off the end.  Righting myself, I quickly did so, knowing that the harpy who had deposited me here, could be back at any moment to collect me from the high perch.  From the angry shouts and noises below, I knew that it was highly probable.

One end of the thread had been woven and tied securely to the arrow with just enough slack to allow the spool end to clear the shaft and slide off.  I dropped the spool, allowing it to quickly unravel down towards the waiting arms of the man I suspected was Jeremiah.

He waited quietly marking the falling path of the unraveling spool, deftly catching its end and then affixed something to it and then looked up nodding.  I wondered how such a small string would lift over forty feet of rope, but I soon saw that was not what he had in mind.  What he attached was a cotton woven pole climber’s belt.  If he’d not been intending to kill me himself, he might just accomplish it with this gear.

Having no other option, pulling hand over hand, I quickly hauled the belt up for a better look.  The belt was braided and woven with a thick support strap, and cross-over straps that gathered in the front and allowed the climber to hug the pole with his knees using a slang balance and gather and slip strap to ascend or descend a vertical pole.

I took a deep breath and looked down.  Jeremiah motioned again for me to drop the spool.

I had no idea what else he had to send up, but I was pretty sure it was not anything that would give me more confidence in what I was about to attempt.

When he caught the spool bob again he turned his back and knelt covering what he was doing so I could not see.  When he had finished affixing whatever it was to the end of the thread, he turned again and looked up at me, this time cupping his hands around his mouth, once more risking exposure by calling up to me.

“Slowly,” he rasped making hand motions indicating that I should pull the line, then cupping his hands again said, “Very slowly.  This may break the line.”

That gave me no comfort, but I nodded and slowly began gathering the line in my hands, being very careful not to jerk it, or let my sense of urgency risk me drawing it too fast.  The item was heavier than the other and from what I could tell it appeared to be a set of leather saddle stirrups.  I saw a set of buckles and short cinches, and the stirrup had a heavier metal barb at the bottom, and from this, I realized he was sending me the climbing spikes, that would strap to my feet and calves and allow me to descend with the strap, rather than just relying on a fulcrum press.  Seeing these slightly spinning and twisting the stretched thread made me fearful of losing them.  I might have an even chance with these, but I would most certainly fall attempting the descent without them.  The tree bole was too big for me to get my arms around it, which was most likely why the harpy was confident that I would be here when she returned.  I took deep breaths, trying my best not to let the thread torque and weaken, but I could not prevent it from doing so.  Halfway up the metal and stirrups began to twist again, and I stilled my pulling, fighting the urgency and fear that made me desperate to jerk the gear upward.  Patience and deliberate action were not my strong suits, and I closed my eyes, struggling to find calm and peace, knowing that was needed.  I breathed deeply and slowly inch by inch began again.  A wave of heat shimmered my vision, and I felt the forest beyond growing hotter as the fires moved and licked steadily towards us.  Overhead I heard a whooshing noise, signifying that the canopy above me too was catching fire.

The Covering – Chapter 60

Sometimes in leadership, one is called to go forth alone and meet the wolf.  Others witnessing this might not understand what the lead is doing.  They will most certainly question it and ascribe motives for it, and even accuse them of cowardice.  One cannot reveal every private plan because not everything is subject to committee review.  When one is called to a mission, and he hears and seeks guidance from the One who calls him, sometimes that communication is held in the strictest confidence.  The charge I felt, moving down the road with the company of companions who were becoming more of a family to me is the sense that I must seek to follow what even may seem foolish to others if the One bids me do it.  The Ancient Texts reads:

“11 “I am the good shepherd. The good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep. 12 The hired hand is not the shepherd and does not own the sheep. So when he sees the wolf coming, he abandons the sheep and runs away. Then the wolf attacks the flock and scatters it. 13 The man runs away because he is a hired hand and cares nothing for the sheep.” [John 10:11-13 NIV]

My actions may appear to even those back on the road like that of the hireling, but it was towards the wolf, The Pan, I was moving to interdict his approach.  To stand and confront him, before he could get to my family.

The Xarmnian wolves had already taken part of my company and separated us.  The Pan, the ancient ruler of the Half-men, would find that his forward progression into the forest of Kilrane would be stopped here and now.  The satyrs would be close to him.  The dryads would not be far, and whatever else passes for his retinue would soon be gathered together in one place to vastly outnumber me if I moved against him.  But the truth is I did not stand alone.  As I moved through the gloom within the hearing of The Pan and his collected audience, I felt the quickening come upon me and flare brightly in my soul and spirit.  This was the right path.  My spirit within me confirmed it.  Foolish though it may seem, I was being led here.  It was time to take back what had been stolen and I might never have such an opportunity to do so again.

The Pan was ancient and dangerous.  His command and kingdom were governed by very valid fears of his might.  His roar rumbled the ground.  And Greek legend of him records that his angry shouts inspired terror, from whence we derive the word Panic.

As I moved through the smoke, my face covered and shielded by my cloak, my eyes stinging and watering as ash particles filled the air, it was with some surprise that I found myself saddened grabbed from behind and lifted aloft into the trees.

Great gray talons, with black hooked daggers, wove around my upper arms clasping me and pulling me towards the leafy sky.  A milky substance dribbled down upon my head and body, and I debated whether I should try to twist free or wait until I at least have the change to reach a limb of some kind to make my effort.  Craning my head to the side, I looked upward and saw the lower chin and bottom feathered breasts of what appeared to be an old woman.

A harpy.  Terrible creatures who carried a degree of angst for all mankind and their semblances.  Harpies were known to carry their victims to great heights and then drop them over rocks below so that they could come back down and more easily tear and chew the soft pieces of flesh that were tenderized by falling upon stone.

If this harpy took me much farther up or beyond the canopy, I was a dead man.

But I soon learned that was not her intention.

When she placed me in the treetops, over forty feet from the forest floor, and then left me there, I knew she had something else in mind.  Some particular form of nastiness she was reserving me for.

***

Jeremiah moved quickly and quietly through the woods along the rutted shoulder of the road.  Smoke poured through the forest undergrowth, being sifting by the trees coating everything with flakes of grey and white ash.  The fires were moving swiftly towards the slough and there were enough dried wood and decaying gasses from the rot to give the fire fuel for a flare-up. Peat moss, a pre-cursor to coal formulation, once ignited, however, might smolder for years.

There was no way to track O’Brian through such conditions.  Visibility was poor and the memories of what had happened between them and what had led to Caleb’s death still plagued his mind, unbidden.

Caleb, he sighed.  The pain of the terrible and pointless way he had died, due to following a plan hatched without the guidance of the One, by O’Brian, the erstwhile Brian David, so many years ago.  His failure to seek guidance had cost Caleb his life.  Forgiving him was a hard thing that had taken him many years to come to terms with.  Especially since “O’Brian” had basically dropped off the face of the map and had not been heard from nor seen in many, many years.

The loss and the pain had been particularly hard since Caleb was his only brother.

O’Brian, then Brian David, had come to him after seeking forgiveness and contrite, but Jeremiah was too grieved to offer him either.  The exchange between them had come to blows.  Upon reflection, however, Jeremiah recalled that Brian had not fought back.  Rather he had received his strikes as a kind of penance.  Bloodied and battered, he’d stood up from the ground, taken one last look at Jeremiah and then walked away, never to show himself again.  Until today.  If Jeremiah could find him in time.  The fool had gone to face The Pan on his own.  A stupid, stupid surrender of tactical maneuvering.  A suicide mission that would only get himself killed and would serve nothing.  But perhaps that is what the man wanted all along.  To die at the hands of the very one who had killed Caleb and then fed his body to Manticores.

***

The harpy, called Dellitch, had been scalded and scarred in the top canopy fight with the dryads, but she was feeling savagely victorious.  Over forty of the dryads had either fallen under wet claws or been consumed by the spreading fires.  Recompense for the sisters she had lost over the years when they were starved out or ostracized by the other races of Half-men creatures.  The dryads had been given this new forest, while the harpies had been left to subsist under the blighted remains of the prior home they’d once shared together.

She’d been only too happy to enlist her sisters in service to The Pan when she learned he had the need to clear a forest of dryads.  What he did not know, however, was the extent to which they would go to clear that wood, or how deeply their collective rage had rooted itself within them over the years.  The dryads had renewal and rebirth, the satyrs had their debaucheries and reveling pleasures, the others had many other things to distract them from the inexorable curse that would one day claim them, but the harpies had only vengeance to cling to.

And Dellitch, knowing she would be returning to face The Pan’s rage once he had discovered what they had done, along the way to her accounting had a fortuitous finding.  A male Surface Worlder, whom she had swooped in from the fog and smoke and had captured and deposited upon a high bough for safekeeping while she announced her fortune to her sisters.  They had flown ahead to proclaim their find to The Pan, just ahead of another flock of sisters who also bore a prize of their own.

It had been too late for Dellitch to call her sisters back and delay the announcement, but these others might mitigate any leniency she had hoped to have from The Pan bearing such a prize, by offering one of their own.

How many other Surface Worlder’s might there be traveling under the smoke and haze of Kilrane?  Having one prize among another of equal value might reduce the appeal, but finding the others and delivering a group of them to The Pan might raise her offering’s value.  Meat for one surely was less impressive than a banquet of meat for all.

***

Maeven gathered and beckoned the company to come together and stand under the strange ceremonial canopy growing beneath the trees.

“This is the Faerie Fade.  We will all be safe under here.  Gather around.”

Begglar grinned and took his wife’s hand, “Remember this place, Nellus?”

Nell smiled and brushed her fingers lightly over the woven vines and ornate carvings and touched the rough and smooth bark of the tree posts that held the living ceiling above them with its large circular carve-out with wooden spokes that radiated outward.

“I do,” she smiled and turned softening, moistened eyes to Maeven, “Begglar and I were married here.  This is the place.  We have been looking for it for many years but could never find it.”

“You were married here?” Dominic asked.

“Aye, son,” Begglar patted his arm, “And your mom was a sight to behold.  I nearly cried like a baby when I saw her coming through the woods there.  A few maids bearing her gown.  Petals of white scattered upon the path up through the woods to this small him.  Our cleric ready and waiting to join us in the covenant.”

“Nearly?  You did,” Nell rejoined, “I never thought I’d see such a big bear of a man cry, but he was blubbering like a fish.”

Begglar chuckled, “Funny how tenderness had a way of touching you like nothing else does.”

“He cried when you were born to, Dom,” Nell grinned, “The old softie.”

“Excuse me guys, but I don’t see how any of this helps us,” Christopher spoke up, “This canopy doesn’t have any walls, except the back one, and that does seem strong enough to withstand a gentle breeze.  What we need is some sort of fortification.  Something that we can lock and bolt down.  Anyone with an ax can take this down in a minute.  Excuse me for saying it, but you are wasting our time having us get here.  I doubt that Jeremiah cares much about the danger we are in or O’Brian or anyone but himself, for that matter.”

Begglar spoke up, “Now hold it just a wee bit, there.  There is protection in a place like this.  Powerful protection.  Look around you, lad.  This place is a place of covenant.  You are standing in a sacred place.  The Pan and all his might and menageries can do nothing to harm us here.  Maeven was right to bring us here.  This is the safest place in the wood.”

Lindsey took it all in fingering the ornately woven latticed bridgework, admiring it earthy construction and the deft folding and weaving of branches making symbolic patterns in the back wall and overhead ceiling of moss, branch and grafted timber growing in and out of the patterns.

“Well I like it here,” she interrupted, “There is something peaceful and sad about it, but it feels lovely.  Such intricate designs.  I see the casements of four windows there in the back.  I can almost imagine colored, stained-glass panes.  Like this is a holy place.”

“It is,” Nell stepped up emphatically, pointing to the four posts holding the outer structure, “Don’t think that protection always comes in the form you expect it to.  This holy place is guarded by forces you cannot imagine.”

Matthew leaned back to Mason, “I don’t see anything.  Do you see anything?”

Tiernan joined in, “You said this place was a covenant place.  Begglar and Nell say they were married here?  What did you mean by that, Maeven?”

Maeven, teared up slightly, “I…,” she swallowed hard, “The places here in this land are unlike anything I’ve been to in my waking life on the Surface.  Right now, back in my waking life, I have lost…”  She covered her mouth with her hand choking back emotion she wasn’t ready to share with the group.

Laura and Christie both came to her side, their comforting arms gathering her in protectively.

Nell turned to the others, “In our world, as I was told once was in your world, marriage is a protective covenant.  Here is has visible power.  The One ordained it as an original ordinance for all humankind.  It is an everlasting symbol of His redemption and relationship with His redeemed.”

“I don’t see how it connects,” Christopher said, “Marriage doesn’t mean much in our world.”

“That is because it has been stripped away from its intention.  It is not treated as a covenant anymore,” James, who had been quiet up to this point, offered.

“Sometimes divorce is a good thing,” Laura muttered.

Nell moved to the front post of the enclosure, “Can I show you something of what it means here?”

[Author’s Note:  Illustrated graphic follows this section, depicting the images and symbolism to help the reader visualize what they are being shown.]

“Yes!” Lindsey spoke up, “Please do.”

“Maeven, are you okay with this?” Nell asked, “What do you say of marriage?  I know you are suffering from the loss of your spouse, but if you had it to do over again, knowing such pain, would you have wanted to make the decision to marry?”

Maeven though tearful-eyed, nodded emphatically, “No.  I cherished every precious moment, good and bad.  Tell them.  They need to hear it.”

Begglar turned to the young men, “Gentlemen, are you okay with hearing what needs to be said?  This place is full of visual symbols that represent concepts that make up the picture of the Holy One’s intention.  In this world, marriage is a position of honor, the basic unit from which society is built and it is sacred.  The Xarmnians view it only as an institution, but unnecessary.  That is why their societal structures fail.  Theirs’ is a kingdom of fear.  The wife is merely a convenience and property.  A servant that may be beaten at their master’s will, but must serve the master’s flesh primarily.  They have no standing other than their utilitarian value.  They are considered less equal than men.  If any of you view women in such a way, you should know that you have more in common with the brutal dictators that oppress these lands than the One who calls you to this quest.  Do you understand this?”

Nell turned to her husband, “So you remember all this?”

“I do,” Begglar grinned and winked at Nellus, drawing her into his arms and kissed her on the forehead, “And I do.”

“For instance, the two front posts of this canopy: they are pillars supporting a structure.  The front and side walls of this covering are missing because this covenant is meant to be made public so that those outside may witness the miracle of covenant union.  Everything beyond the pillars is full in public view as a testimony of this divine arrangement.  The sides of the structure are also open on both the brides’ side and the groom’s side so that the family and friends of each, standing on either side of the structure may witness the covenant through their relationship with the bride or groom.  These are each’s intimate public.  This is why the sides and front remain open.”

Begglar moved to the front tree trunk on the left and then place his hand upon it.  “This pillar represents society.  It can be those of the community in which this couple will live.”

He walked the expanse to the right side and placed his hand upon the other tree trunk post support the awning roof of the enclosure.  “This pillar represents societal laws and the protection of the covenant relationship as an institution valued to remain intact.  These laws protect the mutual rights of the spouse, under the institution, and ascribe certain duties of provision and responsibility within the relationship.  The laws also protect the children that arise as part of that relationship and duties held to the parents.”

From there, Begglar moved to the back wall, which was bordered and supported by four living trees, two serving as interior columns, and two serving as exterior columns supporting both the roof and the back wall.

“These outer columns framing the back wall represent the family structure that the two people are joining into.  You can see that they are joined together by the only shared wall of this structure.  They are bonded together and related.  One post to the left is the column of the family of the bride, the other to the right is the column of the family of the groom.  All four outer posts are rooted in the ground and grow out of it.  Root systems are deep and extend below the visible ground representing traditions that were in place long before the witnesses were ever born or the union proposed.”

Both Christie pointed, “What do…?” and James began, “How about…?” accidentally interrupting one another.

“I’m sorry,” James said, “You first.”

“That’s alright you go ahead.”

“No, please.  I insist.  Ladies first,” James demurred.

“Why does it have to be ladies first?  Go ahead.  Ask your question,” Christie returned.

“And that is how it begins…,” Nell grinned.

Christie whipped her head around, “What?”

“Christie, please ask your question,” Nell smiled broadly.

She glanced at James searching to see if she missed something, and then turned again to Begglar.

“I just wanted to know what these two interior columns represented supporting the inner wall.”

“On the left side of the door in the center, the post represents the bride.  Her person, her experiences, her past and her future.  The part you see visible is only the moment in time that she comes to this moment.  You will notice, that both her roots and her top are beyond view.  Her past is covered by the soil of this carved-out floor.  Her top, her future, extends above the ceiling.  We witnesses of the ceremony held under this covering do not know all that led her to this moment, nor will we know all that will arise from this moment, for we are not given to see everything.  The same is true for the other column, the tree that represents the groom, adding his own support to the back wall within the frame of family.  The bride and groom post share support of the single back wall connected to the outer posts, which represent the extended family.  The joining of heritages and ancestry for forge a new line and branch of the family tree.”

Here Begglar paused and turned to his wife, “My darling, please continue.”

Nell nodded and applauded her husband’s recitation of the history and symbolism, “Very well done, my Dearest Love.”

She approached him, as if she was walking on air, and tiptoed, to which he bowed so she might kiss him lightly on the cheek.  In so doing, she took his face in her hands, gazed into his eyes and said, “Pirate McGregor or Begglar, my Love, there is no escaping it.  You will always be a wanted man,” and with that, she lightly kissed him on the nose, and then seemed to dance away, as if twenty years of hard life had been erased, and she was a young girl again.

“See the back wall?  On either side of the doorway, on both the bride’s side and the groom’s side there are two window casement frames.  See them?” she pointed to each set, like a woman display a showcase of fabulous prizes on a game show.

“These window sets represent the parents of the bride and the groom.  The father casement is on the exterior closest to the public outer courts.  This placement is deliberate because fathers represent the barrier of protection for this family and this covenant union before the outside world.  When a man and women walk side by side, the man is responsible to take the place of protection which means if they are walking along-side a roadway, he stands between the road and the woman to protect her with his body should a horse or wagon run astray and strike her down.  It is his place to take the hit that will spare her life if need be.  He is her human guardian protecting her physically.  He is the one given the potential for the greater physical strength of form.  This is his rightful and respectful place within the relationship.”

“But what if the woman is stronger than he is?” Laura asked.

“As I said, it is his place.  Not hers.  The position is not about capacity or ability.  It is about the role that gives him the respect he needs within the relationship.  If the woman takes his role, she also takes his respectful place away.  If she loves him, she won’t do this to him.  He needs her honor, every bit as much as she needs him to love and cherish her.”

“I never thought about it like that,” Laura said seeming to think this over.

“There is a lot, that is not taught anymore in your world, dear.  Don’t fault yourself for not knowing it.”

Christopher spoke up, “I still don’t get how all this symbolism helps us.”

Tiernan had listened to all of this and interjected, “Hush up, dude.  I want to hear this.  If they say this place makes us safe, they know better than we do.  They live here and there are things about this land that we are still learning.”

“But why is this called ‘The Faerie Fade’?” he shrugged, “I don’t understand what the name means any more than how understanding marriage will make us safe.  It sure didn’t help my folks.  They fought all the time.  I was glad when they busted up.  They threw things, and almost set the house on fire when they left the stove on.  My brother and I hid in the attic and they almost didn’t find us in time.”

“Dude, that’s harsh, man,” Mason said, “I’m sorry, Bro.”

“Don’t be.  I was so glad when the court gave me and Benjamin to Granna and Grampa.  My parents were nuts.  It all worked out.  Marriage is misery, man.”

Begglar put a hand on Chris’s shoulder, “And that, lad, is why this is important for you to hear.  Your parents got it wrong.  They did not model marriage the way it was intended.  Don’t judge the ordinance too harshly, without learning its good.  Be glad that your Grands were there to show you the love that you needed.  I assume they had some affection between them?”

Christopher considered this a moment.  “Yeah, I guess so.  But they were old people.  Young people don’t follow the old ways anymore.”

Begglar laughed in spite of the implication that he too was an “old” person.

“And it is because they do not follow the old way, that they fail in their new ways.  Would you give a mind to that?”

Chris considered and then nodded, “Okay.  So, what does all this on the ceiling represent?”

“Well, now, I am very glad you asked that because these are very important.  See the big circle there in the center, surrounded by four semi-circles or half-circles?”

“Yeah.”

“The groom and the bride stand directly under the biggest circle in the center there, and that is where they say their covenant vows in front of each other.  Not to each other.  This is where the Surface World gets it wrong.  The circle there represents completeness and it represents God Almighty and the witness of Heaven.  This is to Whom the covenant vows are made.  Not to each other.  A covenant made to a fallible human being is doomed to fail and is conditional upon the feelings and attitudes towards each other.  Most Surface World marriages are based upon this which is why they fail.  They set conditions.  There are certain conditions given by Heaven that allow for the dissolution of marriage and those are infidelity, abuse, and harm.  One of the spouses who causes such is breaking faith with the One who oversees all covenants.  By focusing on their resentments towards the other spouse, they justify harm, but they are dishonoring the One who established the covenant protection and will eventually stand before Him and give account for what they did.  God witnesses covenants.  He is present and presides over them in the same way He did of old.  The Ancient Texts says:

“6 Place the incense altar just outside the inner curtain that shields the Ark of the Covenant, in front of the Ark’s cover–the place of atonement–that covers the tablets inscribed with the terms of the covenant. I will meet with you there.” [Exodus 30:6 NLT]

…The man or woman who uses their body to break faith will stand under the judgment of Heaven, even as this betrothed couple stands under this symbolic circle under this canopy, making their vows.”

“So, if my dad cheated on my mom…”

“Yes, son.  He will account for it.  Remember his duty to physically protect the union from the outside world?  He brings dishonor to his role.  If he raises his fists and dishonors his wife in so doing, he brings violence and dishonor to his role.  The man is more severely judged for this, because to him is given that role of physical protection.”

“What if he doesn’t pay child support?  What then?”

“Same thing.  Is a child physically harmed if they are not fed and clothed?”

“Yes.  I guess so.”

“Then his physical protection falls short and he is not honoring the role he is called to.  Under marriage, the family is an extension of the bond between the husband and wife.  He must bring honor to his role.”

Tiernan spoke up, “What if his wife cheats on him?  What then?”

Nell spoke up, “The she is subverting his role as physical protector.  If she brings dishonor to a role that is not her own, she then owns the consequences of violating that role.  Understand?”

Christie joined in, “So is one role more important than the other?”

“No,” Nell answered, “Importance does not play into it.  Both roles are essential.  Both are pivotal.”

“So, what is the woman’s role,” Christie asked, “Have babies, cook, clean and be submissive?”

Begglar sighed, “That is Xarmnian mentality that does not value the individual or lift or cherish the relationship.  No person is merely utilitarian in the relationship.”

Nell came and stood by her husband, “No one likes to be taken for granted or just used.  There is no joy or love in that, dear.  Have you not read the Ancient Text words?”

“4 Love is patient and kind. Love is not jealous or boastful or proud 5 or rude. It does not demand its own way. It is not irritable, and it keeps no record of being wronged. 6 It does not rejoice about injustice but rejoices whenever the truth wins out. 7 Love never gives up, never loses faith, is always hopeful, and endures through every circumstance.” [1 Corinthians 13:4-7 NLT]

“This is a covenant of love.  It is protected by it but be sure and understand what love is as defined by the One who oversees its coverage under a covenant vow made to Him.”

“So, when this couple makes their vows, what happens next?” James asked.

Begglar smiled and put his arm around Nell’s waist, “They stand together, while the cleric draws a ring around them in the ground with a cross-stick hung on the doorway there.  This is called the ring of the covenant and it is drawn directly below the circle above, but not wider than Heaven’s circle above.  This is done to show that the covenant is sealed under Heaven’s covering.”

“Wow,” Lindsey remarked, “That is a beautiful thought.  So what do the four half-circles represent?”

Begglar spoke up, “They represent the boundaries of our existence.  The two closest to the back wall represent Time and Height.  Time is on the female side, Height is on the male side.  The two semi-circles toward the front of the Faerie Fade ceiling are Length and Breadth or Depth.  Length is longevity, and females, if properly cared for and cherished tend to live longer than males.  Depth is the plumb line of Wisdom and it is given on the male’s side to discern for the safety of his cherished bride.  These are the boundaries but are not the limits of love.  For the Ancient text says:

“38 For I am convinced that neither death nor life, neither angels nor demons, neither the present nor the future, nor any powers, 39 neither height nor depth, nor anything else in all creation, will be able to separate us from the love of God that is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” [Romans 8:38-39 NIV]”

“So what is left?” Matt asked, “The door?  Where does it lead?  I see only a wall but it doesn’t appear to have a room beyond it.  There is just more forest back there.”

“We will get to the door in a moment,” Nell said.  “Do you see the benches here?”

Several nodded, but Mason said, “I just figured those were there for when the people get tired of long discussions.”

Both Matt and Christopher laughed, and the others chuckled as did Nell herself.

“That is a good reason,” she acknowledged, “But there is only room enough for two couples.  These are places of honor on earth for two sets of very important witnesses to the union of the betrothed couple.  Unfortunately, these seats cannot always be filled, as in our case.  My parents died in Azragoth before they could witness Begglar and I getting married.  Some couples have absent parents, missing parents or unknown parents.  The point is the intention that the seats are there, whether they get filled or not.  God prepares a banquet, a wedding feast, more than adequate to feed every guest invited to His table, but not everyone invited chooses to come, though ample accommodation is still made had they chosen otherwise.  Blessings await, but few of these are ever experienced if those invited do not decide to come by choice.  These places of honor and witness still remain.  The most tragic loss, however, is of empty seats, where the invited guests to the ceremony refused to come.”

Begglar stood behind Nell placing comforting hands upon her shoulders, knowing it was hard for her speaking of this, and remembering the sadness of seeing empty benches on both sides.

“The half circles in the ceiling above are not only the dimensions of existence but windows from every aspect of it.  Windows so that witnesses from all of heaven and all those who have gone before can view the love covenant of this union.  Nellus’ parents, my parents were present at our ceremony viewing us symbolically through these windows, even if they were not physically present to occupy the honor chairs.”

There was a long pause while they all reflected upon this too frequent reality with a sobering solemnity.

Maeven spoke up, “Tell them about the door.”

“Ah, the door,” Begglar said, “That is where the walking begins, where the covenant moves from promise to action.  There is a symbol here on the door, and the tool used to draw the circle is hung here.  The tool is in the form of a cross.  It is central to the door.  There are two lines on either side of it carved out.  These represent the two separate lifelines of both the bride and the groom.  In the center here, where the cross lines meet are a set of diamond-shaped engravings one within the other.  The diamonds are formed by two triangles joined together at the baseline, set with points facing away top to bottom left to right so that together they form the diamond shape.  Three points have triangles, which represent the triune aspects of a person: body, soul, and spirit.  The husband and the wife, each their own person, yet joined in togetherness along a shared baseline where two aspects of their personhood are in direct fellowship.  Body and soul.  The spirit points away showing a vigilant watch and guard of each other.  There are two of these diamond shapes, one within the other, at the section that crosses it.  This is the intention of the relationship of oneness.  That they are joined together in harmony, physicality, and soul, each watching out for the other.  And that this union is contained and empowered by an ever greater union of joining with the Oneness of God as His Bride through the Power of the Cross.  The ovoid symbol below here represents Fellowship.  It was a symbol of the Early Church.  Called an ichthus (ΙΧΘΥΣ), it is a fish symbol, representing the call to be fishers of men.  At the close of the covenant ceremony, the couple leaves together through this doorway, as will we.  This is how we will together, once Jeremiah and O’Brian return, will get safely out of Kilrane.”

“So, we go out of the backdoor?” Laura asked.

“No, dear,” Nell answered patient and lovingly, “This is the front door.  A very special doorway.  It doesn’t appear like much on the outside.  A simple narrow wooden doorway, one must enter one at a time.  The husband takes his wife by the hand and leads her through it.  This is the time when it is not, as you said James, ‘Ladies first’.  It is the man’s place to lead lovingly and gently.  To face whatever danger exists on the other side first to protect her with his body as a shield.  Like a man-at-arms goes before his queen, he is to lead her to a safe and cherished place.”

“What are these symbols on either side of the doorway?” Lindsey asked, touching their carvings softly.  “They look like a flower in a circle.”

“Ah,” Begglar said, “And at last we come to it.  This is the reason why this place is called The Faerie Fade.”

Maeven, who had been quiet again up to this point, spoke up, “They’re here.  In the forest.  I saw them.  They’ve come back to Kilrane.”

“What have?” Lindsey asked, wrinkling her nose in a puzzled grin, “The flowers?”

Maeven turned towards her, very serious and very quietly said, “Those are not flowers.  What looks like the top and bottom petals of a flower to you, are not fronds or leaves.  They are a body, a humanlike form, with four wings in a circle of light.  The locals call them Faeries here.  But they are very powerful and very, very dangerous.  They are the guardians of this portal.  Anyone who enters it who is not covered under a covenant of faith will not survive it.”

“What do you mean, ‘will not survive it’?” Chris asked.

“Just what she said,” Nell added, “There are those in our traveling companions who were taken prisoner, that would not make it out of Kilrane if the Xarmnians had not already taken them.  They would not survive this portal, because it is a hallowed place that no darkness or darkened soul can enter.  Only covenant provides safe passage through.”

Tiernan cleared his throat, “So, why would the Half-men permit the Xarmnian Protectorate or whoever, to take those through without killing them all?”

Begglar addressed his question, “Because the Xarmnians are in league with the Half-men and have brokered a truce with The Pan to allow them passage through the wilds.  The Pan has given his kinds strict warning that they are not to molest the Xarmnians or meddle in their affairs and The Pan severely enforces his warnings even among his own subjects.”

The group each looked from one to the other, worriedly, taking deep breaths trying to process what was being told to them.

“What does ‘Fade’ mean?” Chris asked, ever the inquisitive one.

Begglar answered, “When we go through the doorway together, you’ll see for yourself.”

Lindsey said, “But how do you know we will all be safe through there?  How do you know?  Do we all have to get married?  Or be married?”

Nell smiled and stroked her face gently, gazing directly into her eyes.  “Because, child,” she reassured her, “I can see that you all shine, and you are all already under a yielded covenant with the One.  Marriage is a mirror of the relationship of faith in the One.  You are a bride under your faith already, even if not a betrothed one here with a spouse.  Remember there are two diamonds on the doorway.  Two forms of covenant that protects.  Ideally, both are within the faith covenant, when spouses vow together.  That is the One’s intention for the greatest good and protection of the sanctity of marriage.  Each is accountable to Him for their treatment of the other.  Each acknowledges their covenant to the One as the primary relationship, and to their spouse as secondary, contained within the primary covenant.  Understand?”

“I think I do,” Lindsey whispered, more to herself than to Nell.

“Can we open the door and sort of check it out first?” Matthew asked.

Begglar stood in front of the door as if by symbolic answer.  “There is no halfway, once the door is opened.  No hesitation on the threshold.  Once this door is opened, there is no turning back.  The called one must lead through it.  That is why it is important to have O’Brian here.  Otherwise, we will become separated and they may not find us, once we’re through.  The portal here is mysterious and unlike any other.  All others who stand under the ceiling will be drawn into it once it is opened, so even the parents and the officiating cleric must step out from under the covering before the groom opens the doorway.  Where it takes those who enter, is determined by the One, but it is always the next step on the journey.  Every choice made apart from the intention of the One leads to personal and collateral pain for others.  This is why it is important to know the intentions of the One.  Why His words revealed in the Ancient text mean so much here.  It reveals the way to the abundance of life and His greatest good for each of you.  It gives meaning to your every breath and your unique design and purpose.  It invests you with the knowledge of your own value to Him.  It tells you why you were born.  And how to ignite the torchlight of your soul.”

“So, marriage is actually a good thing,” Chris said.

“Yes, lad,” Begglar said, “A very good thing, once you understand its intention.  This is why this place means so much to Nell and I.  It reminds us of how good love is.  Just like the Ancient Text reminds us all.”

hut-2017964_1920_symbolism

“Then why is it that so many people get it wrong and screw up so many lives in the process?” Laura asked thinking of her family.

Begglar said, “There is a verse that speaks to that.  The Ancient Text says:

“14 But the people’s minds were hardened, and to this day whenever the old covenant is being read, the same veil covers their minds so they cannot understand the truth. And this veil can be removed only by believing in Christ.” [2 Corinthians 3:14 NLT]

…The outside world simply cannot understand this kind of covenant.  Only a heart that is opened by the One, has a chance.”

Laura nodded, taking this all in thoughtfully, but then she turned and addressed one of the young men in the group.

“Dominic, are you betrothed to someone?”

The group burst out laughing and Dominic blushed bright red.

***

Syloam marked well where the harpy called Mawgla finally landed with her Will in tow.  And it was with some stealth and skill that she finally made her way down the back of the tree where Will was held at its base.

The harpies Mawgla, Awlen, Grawla, and Dawlen huddled together around their captive discussing how best to present their prize when they were suddenly startled to overhear the other harpies flying above announcing to The Pan that they had taken a Surface Worlder prisoner, for they had not yet announced their victim and had been savoring the chance to do so.  They felt upstaged by this announcement and resentful.

“How is it that they get to announce and take credit for our capture, Grawla?!” Awlen asked, indignant.

“Perhaps they saw us coming with him, sister,” Dawlen grumped, her wrinkled face looking even more pinched than it had before.

“I knew Dellitch and her sisters would eventually betray us,” Mawgla growled, “It is a foul day indeed, when we can no longer trust our own kind.”

Grawla fluffed her breast ruffle, drying it from the oil froth that still left a residue or foam on her black and gray feathers.

“Perhaps they have recovered another captive,” she combed the fluff with the hooked claw extending from her wing.

“Then what is to become of ours?  Shall we eat him ourselves?” Mawgla asked.

“I could just tender him up a bit,” Dawlen drooled, licking her pinched lips with a pinkish-gray tongue.

“Better partial glory that no glory, I’d say,” Awlen regarded Will with gimlet eyes, “Though a bite or two might not be noticed.”

Grawla regarded the young man who now lay exhausted and sore from dangled carry through the forest, his eyes dulled and surrendered to whatever fate might await.  She considered and then turned.

“Better to deliver this scrap meat to The Pan.  But go in and scout the prize these others have brought if they have any.  Let them be diminished before The Pan when they offer.  If they have claimed our trophy, let us hide him away for ourselves and see how they fare making promises they cannot deliver upon.  Let The Pan change who leads our kind, by eliminating our competition for flock rulership.”

And with that, Mawgla, Awlen, and Dawlen took wing again to watch the spectacle happing ahead with The Pan and his retinue, leaving Grawla to watch after their prisoner.

When they had gone, tiny green tendrils began to creep along the lower ground and up quietly within the leaves of a bush, near where Grawla scraped the ground with her large claws, looking for grubs and other crawling insects along the ground.  The tendrils thickened, and green eyes and a cream-colored clear complexion looked upon the unwary harpy with hatred.

It only took a second for Syloam to lunge forward and seize the harpy, her thick vines, and branches clutching fiercely to her throat as the harpy lurched from the impact.

“Death for death!” Syloam hissed, through clenched teeth and suddenly felt herself being ripped from the bush and drawn upward.  The harpy, despite the stranglehold, was strong and powerful, and she was flying upward at an incredible speed.

The two bursts through the tree canopy, Syloam twisting and writhing tightening her vines ever stronger around Grawla’s throat.  There had been no time to find an anchor shoot to prevent the harpy from carrying her upward, for she was so intent on killing the harpy.  Higher and higher they flew, pirouetting into the blazing sun, a terrible pain burning upon Syloam’s legs as she realized the harpy was draining milk down upon her dangling legs.

If she was going to die, she resolved, she would not die alone.

From a distance, the aerial struggle between the land and the sky played out in slips and lateral spins and twists, but eventually, the harpy stopped climbing, and the trembling vines and branches stopped flailing in the high wind.  And together they fell downward, locked upon each other in a death grip until they plummeted through the forest and disappeared, never to rise again.

***

Jeremiah heard the shrieks and screeches as the shadowy figures ahead fought and then flew upward.  He saw the prone figure lying at the base of the tree but could not tell if it was the one he’d once known as Brian David or not.

The man looked too young, and he did not recognize him.  He bent down and tried to wake him.  Upon closer inspection, he noticed the young man’s upper torso was covered in fine golden dust.

“Dryads!  Ah, this is not good,” he shook the man again, slapping him lightly across the cheek, and the man finally opened his eyes and held his gaze for a moment.

“I see you can hear me,” and then his eyes shifted from the man’s glistening and sweat-smeared cheeks.

Golden dust transferred from the man’s yellowed face to Jeremiah’s hand and he wiped the substance from his fingers with a handful of scattered leaves.

“How do I always get myself into other people’s troubles?” he said to no one in particular.

“Why can’t I just be left well-enough alone?” he sighed, seeming to have an internal dialogue with himself and someone other than himself.

“Alright,” he sighed, “You win.  You always do.”

Jeremiah knew he could not risk freeing the young man from his bonds.  Not yet anyway, so he reached into his pack and pulled out some short lengths of rope to further restrain the man.

“What is your name?”  The young man only stared dully at him and did not answer, but it was clear to Jeremiah that the boy had heard his question.

“Alright then.  Be obstinate.”

“I should leave you here,” Jeremiah continued, beginning to quickly wrap and tie the man’s hands and feet, but he did mark that this man was a Surface Worlder, and in dire need of rescue, “but I won’t.  He won’t let me.  I can’t avoid becoming like them if I don’t treat my own any better, so you’re coming with me.  Like it or not.”

With that, he reached down and grabbed him lifting in a fireman’s carry and proceeded onward, searching where O’Brian might have gone.  The young man did not protest or struggle.  Clearly, for whatever moment the young man had been with him, he was out again, but perhaps, Jeremiah thought, that was for the best.

Moving gingerly forward, with his new burden, he carefully scanned the forest floor, trying to see through the growing smoke, but it was growing thicker by the moment.  He chanced a gaze upward and blinked.  He rubbed his watering eyes with his hand, to be sure, but thought he saw a figure of a man, high up on a tree limb about forty feet off the ground.  The tree bole was too thick for the man to have climbed up himself, and he was puzzled.  A slight corona of light outlined the figure’s body against the dark leaves.  The man’s build was larger than the boy he’d carried.  No one had mentioned this boy to him on the road, so he wondered if O’Brian might have had a better reason to go out into the woods alone.  Perhaps, he’d misjudged him.  Ahead was a murky watered stream that eventually spread out and stilled.  The slough.  The black mud was thick and foul-smelling.  Hazes of bugs and flying gnats swarmed the dead pooling slimy water.  Frogs and snakes tried to survive in it and each other.  Boglins were sometimes seen about.  Half-men creatures comprised of both man and frog.  Weird creatures that lived on decay, rodents and various and sundry swamp animals.

He couldn’t be sure, but he thought the man above just might be Brian, or O’Brian as he was called now.  A lot had changed.  When the man in the treetops suddenly spoke loudly to some group gathered in the clearing below, he was certain of who it was.

‘No’, he thought to himself, ‘The man is still foolish and impulsive’.

When he heard the rumbling voice of The Pan respond, Jeremiah shook his head, “Not foolish.  Downright insane.”

***

I had very little hope of making it out of the tree except by a nasty fall.  I had no way to know what I was supposed to do next and was growing desperate and having trouble with doubts and fears that I had misinterpreted the Spirit’s urging to go and confront The Pan.  This was a terrible development putting me in a more desperate situation.

“What am I doing?  Why am I here?  How am I even helping the situation?  Oh Lord, why did You call me to lead?  I am failing at every turn.  Help me find Your Way.”

Then like soft rain upon my heated brow the following words of the Ancient Texts came into my mind.

“7 Where can I go from Your Spirit? Or where can I flee from Your presence? 8 If I ascend into heaven, You [are] there; If I make my bed in hell, behold, You [are there]. 9 [If] I take the wings of the morning, [And] dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea, 10 Even there Your hand shall lead me, And Your right hand shall hold me.” [Psalm 139:7-10 NKJV]

There was a purpose, even in this predicament, though it eluded me at the moment.  It had felt right that I scout out the way ahead and determine the situation with The Pan and what manner of creatures attended it, but I had hoped to do so under the low-lying brush and not trapped in the tops of a tree.

I scanned the tree limbs above me.  This limb that I had been flung upon, was the lowest and thickest limb that could safely bear the weight of a man.  The limbs above slowly diminished in thickness and size, but they did extend outward enough that I could possibly reach across to a branch from one of the other surrounding trees, and work my way back down from there.  I could not get down as it was, for the bole of the tree was too big for me to safely wrap my legs and arms around its girth.  The harpy had chosen this high redoubt judiciously, safely imprisoning me while she attended other nefarious errands.

It would be risky, but I believed I could ascend somewhat and see if I could get a bearing on where we were within Kilrane.  Perhaps, I could sight The Pan and his devilish brood and find a way to bypass them.  To do so, I would need to gain a better understanding of the lay of the land, above the treetops.

So carefully I climbed upward, being certain of the strength of each radiating branch, as I placed my arms and feet carefully.  I am not afraid of heights, but I understood that I would need to be very careful to avoid getting vertigo.  I climbed another fifteen feet before the canopy began to thin enough for me to see through and over the surrounding forest.  To the north, the fires smoked and blazed, crawling steadily and wickedly across the tops of the tree canopy.  Strange figures, seemed to ascend out of the heat shimmer all around, some black and feathered, with some sort of firelight brands gilding their wings with smoke and flame.  These I recognized as more of the fiendish kind that put me in my present predicament.  Among these swooping and cackling fiends were odd angular shapes that morphed and elongated strangely, flaring out whip-like flagella at the flying creatures, having little success.  The glowing canopy engulfed these angular creatures in flame and smoke, such that fewer and fewer rose upward above the treetops.  It was clear to me then that the harpies were using the excuse of the forest inferno to rid themselves of their arch-enemies which had taken up illegal residence in the lands of men.  The conflict had not yet reached my proximity, but it soon would, and I knew that I could not risk being spotted by either of these dangerous groups of combatants.

I then turned towards the west and spotted movement on an exposed curve of the winding roads passing through the forest of Kilrane.  I could not be sure, but it appeared to be the back of our wagon, entrusted to us, by the Azragothians for our journey.  I could not see more than two riders, and I wondered at what had befallen the rest of our party, but then focusing outward a little further to the south, I saw a clearing and an open field, and a site that almost made my heart stop.  A flag standard was raised in the midst of the field, and the field seemed to move and undulate with an encampment of armored Xarmnian soldiers.  Had we but followed the forest road a little further we would have run right smack into their camp but would have been spotted and captured long before that, for the Xarmnians were not imbeciles and would have established a forest-watch.  I looked closer trying to measure their troop-strength, and the size of their party, but was surprised to see, flying in and out from among them, the hideous old harpies, circulating from some edge of the encampment and flying sorties back into the forest.  Clearly, the Xarmnians had formed some sort of alliance with these harpies, and the shock of it, almost made me forget where I was and lose my grip, clutching my arms around the tree.

I searched the remaining direction within the forest but was unable to locate where The Pan might have moved to.  If The Pan and the Xarmnians were in league together, then Azragoth was in more grave danger than I had thought.  Something had been informing these enemies of their renewed presence within the old abandoned and fire gutted city, and I strongly suspected that the harpies had something to do with that.

Was it only a faction of harpies working in concert with the Xarmnians?  Had The Pan offered the armies of Xarmni aid?  There was no way to tell, but I knew this information could not be entrusted to just anyone.  There may be a traitor within Azragoth getting ready to help these erstwhile adversaries to work in tandem to put down the heart of the secret resistance.  Suddenly, I knew why I had been led towards this path, though it had not been my intention, I served at the design of the One who still called me forth.  This was why I had been directed into the wolf’s lair.  Not to find the disposition of The Pan or to see if he still bore the lost Cordis stone, effected by mine and Caleb’s past foolishness.  It was to be brought here to see and to remember, that even though I might not be aware of it, I was still being moved, despite my own foolishness by His unseen hand to accomplish His purpose rather than my own.

The wagon had disappeared from view, but I could also see some sort of wheeled cage being guarded within the Xarmnian camp.  It was too far away for me to tell clearly, but I was certain, I saw the faintest glimpse of long blonde hair lean in under the sunlight that I recognized.  A woman, I knew to be tall and slender.  Fierce-eyed and intelligent, but tender and caring as well.  The Mid-World citizens were very rarely ever blonde-headed, so I surmised that this one must be one of my company.  Cheryl, I believe was her name, though she had not given me her moniker, I had heard Miray mention her as one who had resisted when the Xarmnians had accosted and captured them.  I was relieved to see that she was still alive and perhaps had formulated some plan in her mind as to how to effect their release.

Dornsdale was the next large town beyond “Sorrow’s Gate” located to the west at the foot of the high plains pass, where we had sent down the wreck of Begglar’s original buckboard wagon.  It was firmly under Xarmnian control and had been since before I left twenty-one years ago.  The occupied town was the seat of a fist, which the Xarmnians used to keep the other townships in abeyance.  If the Xarmnians were to take their prisoners anywhere, that was the most logical destination to take them to first, unless…

No, I could not even think it.

Suddenly from behind me, I heard noises coming across the canopy.  The movement sounded as if it was coming from some distance.  The fires were surging over the treetops and rapidly coming my way, yet there was something moving at a high rate of speed just below the leafy canopy making a hissing sound that frightened me.  Had I been spotted?  Was the harpy returning?  I desperately needed to get down from this tree and quickly, but the intervening branches were clearly not thick enough to hold me to span the gaps between my present perch and the trees surrounding it.

I had to move down again.  Back to the lower branch where the harpy had left me.  The fires would be over me soon and would take a while to get to me on the lower bough.  Climbing nimbly and as quick as I could, my heart racing, my ears thundering with the tympani rumble of my pulse, I twisted in my decent, ducking once again below the canopy, and saw something flashing in the distance.

My mind leaped to the obvious conclusion.  The fires of Azragoth were blazing towards me.  They had ignited in the dry leaves of the canopy and were rapidly spreading across the treetops, flash burning as they came roaring forward.  I was going to die here.  Roasted alive like a featherless bird in a nest.

Surely this was not the plan of The One, but I could not claim to anticipate Him.  His ways are above my ways.  He had made that clear.  If He wanted to take me out, I was His to dispense with at any given moment.  I served at His pleasure.

A verse rose into my mind as if spoken by a calm, reassuring voice.

“2 Darkness as black as night covers all the nations of the earth, but the glory of the LORD rises and appears over you.” [Isaiah 60:2 NLT]

I turned my head upward, careful to balance myself upon a forking limb as I leaned back, and suddenly I saw, above the dappled leaves, what looked like brilliant stars descending towards me with other shining lights waiting above the canopy.

The Faerie Fade – Chapter 59

“You lied to us!”

A partially scorched, dryad came raging out of the wood, bounding over the mired bog of murky water.  Her body unraveled into large twisted limbs, blackened and smoldering in places, yet dark green and wood-grained in others.

“You gave us this forest when the Xarmnians quitted it.  Now you send harpies in to drive us out!”

The cataracted eyes of the Pan blinked and narrowed, as a low growl rumbled from within and without.

“I permitted your occupation of it.  I did not give it away.  The land is mine, the woods are mine.  A king does not parcel out his kingdom.  You would do well to mark this and consider to whom it is you speak and accuse.”

Other dryads emerged from the backwoods, following their scorched leader, also bearing the marks of fire, and smoke.

“Why did you send the harpies among us?!” another asked, “Have we not served you?”

At this, the satyrs stood up from under the low forest brush.

“Hello, sweet Briar!” one of the taller grey and grizzly looking satyrs announced, a dark-lipped grin spreading from the coal-black apples of his cheekbones, eyes shining with lecherous delight, “Did you miss us?”

The other satyrs that had hidden within the brush also popped up and laughed throatily, sounding like a chorus of baying and barking dogs.

“What are THEY doing here?!” the lead dryad, jumped at the suddenness and surprise as satyrs fanned out among them, circling them around and around, feinting in and out to stroke their legs.

The lead dryad, the one that the grey satyr had addressed as ‘Briar’ bristled at the touch, her body suddenly developing large thorns all around.

The grey satyr pulled his hand back, a small cut on his palm from the contact.

“Funny,” he croaked with laughter, “you have the same effect on me.”

The satyrs all laughed, erupting again in that strange cacophony of bawdy mirth reticent of drunken partiers laughing uproariously together at a shared dirty joke.

The Pan lowered himself into a crouch, moving steadily forward, his nostrils flaring and his large ears twitching among curls of black and grey hair.

“Don’t think I haven’t marked you, human toad,” he rumbled, “Our conversation is not over.  You have not been dismissed.”

Grum-blud had been attempting to slink away.  Both he and Shelberd were hoping the distraction with the dryads and the satyrs would prove to be more than The Pan could manage, but it wasn’t working.

“Yes, sire.”

“Dryad, I will treat with you in turn,” The Pan growled, and then turned his focus back on the trolls.

“Now, I was asking you about the Manticores.  Where are they?”

Hoping to ingratiate themselves with The Pan, Bunt and Dob attempted to answer at once.

“They’ve fallen in the fires.”

The Pan stood rigidly and still.  Dangerously still.

“I asked the Troll,” the voice rumbled an octave lower and was slowly enunciated expanding every syllable.

There was an implied warning in the words, and both onocentaurs gaped and clamped their mouths shut, but trembled.

Grum-blud’s mouth felt as if it was filled with cotton, and in this very moment, he regretted the day he was ever born.

Shelberd whimpered, huddling on the ground covering his head with his hands, not daring to look up.  Grum-blud smelled the distinctive pungency of urine but wasn’t sure if it was Shelberd’s or his own.

***

Syloam raced through the mid-canopy, crashing through branches, breaking and snapping smaller limbs as her gnarled and twisted root clusters clasped the tree poles, rocketing her body through the forest, closing fast upon the harpies flying and dangling her nest before her, like a hypnotic pendulum.  She could now see the human Surface Worlder, she had bound inside, slinging from one side of the rotting-cage to the other, grappling to hang on the anything he could, even as pieces of the cage began to peel and break away.  She wondered if she’d been wise to delay her pursuit by taking time to pick up the pieces of deadwood from the forest floor because she might have gotten ahead of them if she had not descended, but she had no choice.  The milk of the harpies was deadly, as evidenced by the deteriorating condition of her bower.  Something had given it far, greater potency.

Ahead, she heard the harpies laughing and taunting him, oblivious to the fact that they were being followed.

“Stay put, little mousey!” one squawked at him.

“Cawten, you’re dripping again!” the lead harpy reprimanded, glancing down at the deteriorating condition of the vine cage, “Quit frothing, you idiot!  These flesh bags are soft and break easily.  The Pan will get no pleasure if it dies before it gets to him.”

“Pay attention to where you’re going, Grawla!” another hissed at the lead, “You almost flew us into that tree back there. This basket is not going to hold our little mouse much longer if you keep jerking us around.  I should have flown lead.”

Just then the branch and vine cluster one of the harpies had been holding clasped in their talons, broke away from the rest of the basket, causing the corner to sag and drop down, jerking the others forward and down, spiraling into a tree, smashing through the basket with a loud crunch and snapping of other brittle branches.

Will was thrown from one end and smashed into the side of the trunk pole that ripped into the cage.  The vines that had been holding him snapped and he felt the impact, blunted a bit by the final grasp of the bindings, but at last, he was free…

And then he was falling…

***

Jeremiah wondered how he had gotten himself into these messes.  First General Mattox confronting him.  Then the satyrs maiming his horse.  The firestorm on the horizon.  Now, this.  The thought of Brian returning to the Mid-World and leading a quest of Surface Worlders as he had long ago before everything went totally wrong.  His brother’s betrayal, his company divided and fragmenting under his leadership, the lies and deception, and now here it was again.  Come around full circle.  The ghosts of the past confronting him at every turn.  Confronting him or haunting him.  He did not know which.  He had to somehow find a way to make peace with the past, but it dredged up so many painful memories.  He wished he’d never been called, been given such a responsibility.  It was too much for anyone to bear alone.

But that was the point, wasn’t it?

He felt that same quiet stirring deep within his spirit, that had seemed to go silent so long ago.

At least he had thought it had gone silent.  Perhaps the problem had been within him all along.  He’d chosen to quit listening.

***

Will was falling…and then he wasn’t.

He felt sudden compression in his chest and ribs and found he had been wrapped in a curling twisting vine that moved like a serpent around his body, constricting him, yet dangling him from the trees and spines of rocks jutting out of the forest floor below.  He looked up, following the extension of the branches to see Syloam dangling from a massive branch, her arms and legs a fusion and amalgam of vines, branches and moss and lichen.  She was breathing heavily from the exertion and the last second catch of his body.

“Look at what we’ve got here, Awlen.  Isn’t that sweet?” Grawla the harpy said, recovering from the strike, having found a perch on a branch from which to regroup.

The broken cage had ripped apart, brittle vines snapping and scattering across the forest floor, the withering brown husk of it misshapen and twisted on the rocks between the tree roots and trunks below.

Cawten, the erstwhile frother, had sustained an injury and tumbled down after the cage landing on top of it, her wing folded under her, broken.  Awlen, the harpy to the back right side of the cage bearers, had flipped downward, plunging with the torn enclosure, but finally freed her claws, caught air and regained her flight wings, before striking the ground.  Disoriented she gathered air under her, and climbed upward, beneath the hyperextended dryad that had caught their prize.

“Just precious,” Awlen sneered, “Where Dawlen?”

“Up here,” a scratching croak came from above, “Grawla, you cank!  You could’ve killed us!”

“Mawgla dropped her end.  Where is Mawgla, anyway?”

A distant voice answered back.

“Down here.  In the cage.  It trapped me when it fell.  Cawten milked the vines and the cage broke apart.”

“What is wrong with you, Cawten?!” Awlen crabbed.

No answer came.

After a long pause, Mawgla’s voice came back, “I think Cawten’s dead.”

A series of broken chirps came from the tightening lips of the harpies, to which Grawla added, “Remember our vow, sisters:  Each of our dead is owed a death from theirs.  Death for Death!”  The harpies overhead fluttered and shook themselves as they collectively began a slow chant picking up the refrain, “Death for death!”

A milky-wetness pouring down from their fluff ruffle, pearling over their feathered breasts, dripping down their metal shanks and curling down their legs to their claws.

“What do you have to say, Wood Pick?” Grawla turned cold eyes to the dryad, “Care to dance?”

Mawgla nudged the still body of Cawten with a claw as she pulled out from under the half-crushed bulb of the broken cage.  No movement.  Vacant black eyes stared up into the canopy, the wrinkled mouth gaping at some horror from beyond.

Syloam gathered Will up towards her feminine body, her arm shrinking back into a shoulder more in line with human form than a tree.

“This man belongs to me.  I found him first.  You have no right to take him from me.”

“If he belongs to you,” Awlen snarled, “then you should be willing to die for him.”

With these words, both Grawla, Dawlen, and Awlen launched themselves down on her, milky claws flared.

The harpy identified as Mawgla, caught Will by the flailing arm, as she flew up intending to join the attack.

Before Syloam hit the ground below, she had devolved into what appeared to be a rotted tree, no female form remaining of her.

Now Mawgla flew onward into the forest, dangling him painfully from beneath iron gripped and powerful grey claws, hooked with black talons and the others flew after her.

fallen-tree-679791_1920

***

“Where is this Faerie Fade?” James asked.

“What even is a Faerie Fade?” Laura asked.

Maeven looked in the direction that Jeremiah had gone and then turned back to the group.

“It’s not far from here,” she told them, “As to what it is, I am not sure I even know, but it is what it does that makes it important for us to get there.  At this point, however, I cannot tell you any more than that.  We just need to get there as soon as possible.  The forest is full of the Half-men kind.  I have seen somethings in the forest that I have not seen in a long time, so we have reason to hope.  Please follow me and stay close together and keep watch.”

“You haven’t told us anything,” Christie interjected, “How do we know that O’Brian will be able to find us, or that this Jeremiah can even be trusted?”

“Jeremiah can be trusted to do the right thing,” Maeven answered without hesitation, “As I told O’Brian and you, Begglar, earlier, Jeremiah is the one to whom I was referring when I said there was one who maintains a hidden cache in this forest where we can get supplies and the tools of war we need and perhaps some means of transport.”

Lindsey spoke up, “But you said that he would not be happy to see O’Brian again.”

“I said he may not be,” Maeven corrected, “I didn’t say would not be.  It is true there is a history between them that I cannot get into now.  But the cause they both serve is the same, and at least in that, they are unified.  Both are stubborn men.”

“Aye, I’ll vouch for that,” Begglar guffawed.

“Their disagreement was in method only, that is about all I know.  But as I’ve said, we need to get moving.  I believe most of the satyrs are traveling with The Pan.  They like to stay close to him, feel emboldened by him.  And there are dryads in the forest, so they will most likely be anxious and stirred up.  Those things hanging above us were meant to warn the satyrs, not us.  Satyrs are addicted to dryads and the dryads will come to The Pan, and you can be that is just where the satyrs will want to be when that happens.  Not even the scent of dogs will distract satyrs from pursuing a dryad, so, we have a good chance to avoid any significant number of satyrs for the time being.  Now let’s get going.  Follow closely.  Keep up and stay as quiet as you can.”

***

The Pan cast a dark shadow over the cowering trolls, as he glared at them through sightless eyes.  His hooves sinking deeper and deeper into the soft mud of the bank as he had moved threateningly over to Grum-blud and Shelberd.  Massive hands the size of shovel blades hung fisting and unfisting at its sides ready to throttle and pound the two creatures and tear their bodies apart.  “If what the asses say is true,” The Pan growl, rumbled, “What will you give me in trade for their loss?  They were unique in my kingdom, and there are not many left to serve me.  How do you, small toad, hope or plan to ever make up for that?”

From deeper in the forest, voices came crying out, again interrupting The Pan.

“Master, master!” a group of harpies flew over the heads of the dryads, and satyrs gathered below.

Irritation again, The Pan growled, “What is it?!”

The dryads hissed and crouched, then turned angry shouts of rage towards The Pan, “Betrayer!  You are in league with these flying hags!  You cannot deny it now.”

“ENOUGH!” The Pan roared, and the ground and trees seemed to quake with the sound as all assembled and near felt the vibrations from the noise.

In the weighted silence, finally one of the swooping harpies, spoke up, loud enough for all to hear, “Surface Worlders are in the forest!  We’ve caught one.”

***

“There it is!” Maeven said, moving faster through the forest.

They’d left the roadway, and had moved quickly and quietly through the woods, trying to follow Maeven’s shifting form through the dappled light.

Before them, at the midway point up a small rise, between large, very old towering trees, forming four wall-posts, holding an ornately woven ceiling formed of living vines and trees, was a kind of cupola with a woven back wall but no fore or sidewalls, leaving these sides open to the forest.  It was a place one might associate with a wedding ceremonial canopy, like a Jewish chuppah or an arboreal worship place.  In the back wall was a single doorway, fashioned by bowed branches.  On either side were the paired casements of two windows, four total, that had partial coverings and the forest beyond appeared through the tops of these.  No further building or enclosure extended beyond the back wall.

“Get under the canopy, all of you.  Quickly.  We will be safe there.”

“What is this?” Matthew asked, “There are barely any walls.”

“The Faerie Fade.  An ancient place of weddings.  A very powerful place of protection.”

***

Artifice.

Syloam blinked, cracking apart the pieces of deadwood she’d wrapped her duplicated body in.  Being very careful not to touch the scarred sides where the harpy milk had touched, she reformed herself from twisting sinuous roots out of the hollow core husk of the fallen log.  Had she lain there any longer, the dead rot would have extended through the old bark and killed her.  The fools had almost dropped the Will creature.

It had been difficult, but she had caught the Will with dead arms, and it had fooled the harpies.  Had they but looked harder, they would have noticed that the body had very little green on it—mostly a film of lichen.  The deadfall had served her needs.  She hoped her fallen sister would not mind being used in this way.  “Truly,” she whispered with a hiss as she lifted once again from off of the forest floor, extending herself with vines reaching into the trees, “Death for death!”  Only the death would be for the one called Mawgla.  The one carrying her Will.

Conflagration – Chapter 58

The canopy shook with conflict.  Dozens of harpies, like black-feathered missiles, launched out from under the treetops in a burst of scattered leaves and broken branches amid a barrage of shrieks and harsh laughter.  Large spider-like creatures, each with thorax and abdomen bearing a human-like form exploded from beneath the canopy, hissing and leaping angrily after them, tearing much larger holes in the turbulent sea of leaves.  The treetops trembled and shook from the embroiled battle above and below.  The feathered missiles opened their large wings, pumping them up and sweeping behind as they gained altitude, twisting in aerial arcs, moving higher beyond the grasping, leaping limbs of the dryads trying to tear them out of the sky.

The haze of smoke rising from the sea of trees threatened to surfeit the treetop turbulences under a billowing deluge of gray.  Fiery tongues licked hungrily at the yellowed sky.  Dryads, thus revealed in their full foliaged rage, swatted at the diving harpies, some hits landing a solid blow, causing them to careen into the canopy below, others missing, throwing the lunging dryad off-balance, causing them to roll across the treetops and catch fire.

fire-2947143_1920

The scene was surreal.  Like dark devils dancing and raging over the rotting, undulating canvass suspended over the smoky pit of hell as in Jonathan Edward’s vision.

Harpies curled in and out among the dryads bounding after them, heckling and deriding them.  Dryads with long thorny vines swung their whip-like flagella after them, landing their barbs into feathered flesh, tangling the harpy’s wild flowing grey hair, scratching their scowling withered and twisted faces.

The harpies returned the fight, raking milky claws across the backs of the dryads as they swooped in and out, causing these to rapidly wither and crumble, breaking their branches as they became brittle and snapped.

Every dryad scarred by the talons of the harpies convulsed in spasms, had rough bark enshroud their bodies, obliterating any semblance of their human form, and they became rigid deadfalls crashing back down to break apart into the forest below.

The fight raged on until finally, the dryads realized what the harpies had been doing.

With each dive, swoop, corkscrew aerial and taunt, the harpies had been drawing the dryads further and further into the forest fires raging below and then evading them from the air, rising up on heat thermals to gain altitude out of reach.  The harpies, though sustaining losses themselves to both thorn, strike and fire were systematically wiping the dryads out.

***

At the sound of Miray’s scream, the dark birds that had been above the group leaped from their perches and descended towards the dangling heads, raking their talons across the dreadful ornaments, causing them to sway and spin.  The birds cackled at the gaping travelers as they circled further and further down to them.

Laura held Miray close to her, leaning down, taking the young girl’s face in her hands to calm her.

“Miray, look at me,” she coaxed, “Look at me.”

The young girl’s eyes were full of tears, as she tried again to look upwards at the horrible sights, not wanting to see, yet unable to turn away entirely.

“Miray,” Laura repeated, her voice was calming, as Nell stood over them, shielding the sights above with her body, and protectively gathering the two girls under her arms.

Miray held the backs of Laura’s hands, pressing them harder into her cheeks and ears, blocking the sounds, of the cackling “birds” above, if not wholly able to shut off her other senses.

“I’m afraid for you,” Miray’s lips trembled as she fought the urges not to look above and found a sense of shelter in Laura’s pleading eyes.

The shock caused Laura to blink rapidly and tear up.  Bath or not, she pressed Miray into her arms and chest and choked back her own amazed-tears.

“Well, well, well,” the voices of the birds descended upon them, both bird-like in quality, yet that of rasping, old vulgar women one might associate with the brothel madams and past-prime, cigar-chomping, hard-drinking, bawdy saloon girls of the old west.  These swooped over the tops of their heads, brushing by them with downdrafts from the beating of their wings, and glided to rocks and lower limbs just to either side and ahead of them.

“Outworlders,” one observed, the old haggard face of a wrinkled, scowling woman, pushing out of a tangle of long gray hair behind a large beak-like nose that dominated her features.  Her eyes were deep-set and black–shining darkly, under a heavy forehead. Her broad brow was interwoven with both wiry gray hair and blackened feathers extending radially from the shadowy caves holding her eyes.  Another of these creatures, its face barely feminine, if at all, looked sunken behind ridges of wrinkles causing her face to droop and frown from every aspect, croaked, “Prizes for The Pan, methinks.  Master will be pleased.”  A cruel chuckle coupled with bird chirps emitted from the three bird creatures, as they leaned forward to study their lot.

From the northwest came a trilling noise, almost flute-like.  To the east, a rapid clapping sound, like two stones beat together.  Before anyone could react fully, a hunched figure sprang up behind the dark harpy who had alighted on the mossy boulder rock.

“Hello, sweetness!” the figure said, pulling the harpy’s head backward, jabbing its jagged stone knife under her jowly throat, “So glad you could come down to play.”  It leaned its wooly face over her shoulder, its yellow eyes dancing brightly from its ash-blackened face, its jagged, sharpened and broken teeth gleamed as it skinned its lips back in a disturbing grin.

“Back off, satyr!” the thick-browed, harpy jerked seeing her sister, held under threat, by the wickedly grinning creature, whose arms now pinned the harpy’s wings under a steely grip.  “These are our prisoners!”

Mason sighted down the shaft of the arrow notched in his bow, not sure which of the enemies to aim at first.  Christie swept her sword upward, ready to hack and slash at any one of the harpies than dared to swoop near them again.  James raised his halberd into both hands, angling the hooked blade outward, ready to cleave into either the threat from ground or sky.  Begglar lowered the reaper blade from his staff downward, letting it pivot from his midshaft grip to scythe through the legs of any satyr feinting and running by.  Dominic fingered the jagged stones he’d collected, unnoticed, from the riverside.  He bore a half-pouch sling tucked into his traveling tunic that he’d kept in reserve.  The jagged stones were broken pieces of flint that he knew would serve for lethal purposes.  He and his dad’s game of “Rats in the Barn” served many purposes and with many makeshift forms of natural weaponry.  Back to back with the unarmed members, in their center, they bristled against the threats all around them.

“Beg to differ, harpy,” the satyr gouged the harpy he held in the back between the shoulders of her wings making her squawk, “Prisoners of prisoners belong to the one who has the upper hand.  We knew you couldn’t resist this bait.”

The momentary distraction, caused the other to fail to see the dark shaggy figure snaking its way up the back of the tree towards the branch on which she rested.  Before she was aware of it, the sneaking satyr had slapped a metal snap locking manacle upon the two metal shanks that covered and protected her legs against the symbolic threat of the dryads.  The satyr leaped down from the tree trunk trailing a finely linked chain in his hand, and with the weight of his fall, tugged and jerked the harpy from her perch, pitching her to the ground, her wings flailing, her body slamming the ground with a thud, whereupon the satyr pinned the creature down with his hooves and squatted over her.

“You’ve been grounded, granny!” he fingered her breast ruffle with a dirty, sooty paw.  Black nails scratching the top of her grey breast.  Then he turned his ugly bearded face toward the other satyr who held the harpy under his knife.

“Are we allowed to eat this chicken?”

***

Maeven witnessed the exchange and the developments surrounding the company.  One free harpy remained, glaring down at the two satyrs that had turned the tables and odds against their upper hand.  She saw the crew loosen their vigilance and focus on the exchange between their would-be captors, turning away from the areas of vulnerability.  Their weapons tracked on the known threats but opened them to others.  Using these distractions, however, she knew she could work them to an advantage.

Quietly as she could, she had set natural timer traps to create forest noises.  Small saplings bent carefully back under creeper vines she knew would break under the strain.  Branches intertwined to come loose and swing and swoosh.  A stone balanced precariously on an outcrop covered in scarred moss beds.  A forked bush with branches pinned and folded against a shallow-rooted tree.  And to cap off the distraction, she’d collected scrapings of the fine yellow dust from the leaves left by the dryads where Will had been abducted and sealed it in a pair of small glass flasks corked shut.

Spines of stone jutted out from the forest trail as it descended away from the mountain ridge road that led up to the once shrouded city of Azragoth.  If the noises failed to distract the satyrs, the glass flasks, once shattered and spilled out upon stone, would not.

The satyrs were cunning in their own right, but even after all these years, they were still enslaved to their most primal animal instincts.

***

Syloam caught her plummeting body on a series of limbs, just before plunging into the burning brush below.  A fog of smoke obscured the forest floor yet flashes of orange and yellow flame flared through it like lightning flashes.

A sheen of sweat beaded her brow, as she tucked and curled like a trapeze artist, and oriented back upward into the high woods, rising with the smoke.  Ahead she saw harpies, flying low through the woods, embers and flaming sticks clenched in their flexor pin feathers, like lighted wingtips, as they flew and glided through the lower forest. Their flight was concerted and deliberate–touching off smaller fires as they brushed the leafy tops dragging the flaming embers through the dried brush and fallen leaves.

Above, and in the distance, she saw the place where her high bower nest had once been. Beyond, the abattoir basket bower, now torn free of its moorings, was being flown away by at least five or six of the black-feathered beasts.

“Mine,” she whispered, the words exhaled through red and full lips, then drew in a deep lungful of heated air and she shuddered at how little the air helped her breathe.  Her next words, though forced and backed by outrage and feral wildness, came out raw and coughed.  “MINE!  THE MAN IS MINE!  GIVE IT BACK!  GIVE IT BACK!”

Vines and branches shot out from her, clawing her vaulted path through the trees, moving fast in pursuit.  A patina of green frothy patches pulsing and fading all over her body, her fingers and hands growing in size, branching out like gnarled arthritic claws.  She grasped, grappled and raced through the mid-level portion of the forest, high enough above the fiery floor, yet below the upper canopy, her wooden claws wrapping the trunks of trees driving her faster and faster forward after the rapidly deteriorating branch and vine-woven cage, carried in flight ahead of her.  The harpies would have to find a clear flight path through, without dropping the cage and the man they held prisoner within.  But Syloam had no such limitation.  Though they were already far ahead, she knew she would catch them.  And when she did there’d be hell to pay–the hell of a woman-dryad scorned.

tree-silhouette-1945243_1920

***

Maeven moved low and quiet, turning her feet to find the soft ground of pine needles, avoiding the dried leaves as much as she could.  And then the first of her timed noise-traps went off.  Vines snapped, and the pinned brush swooshed, shaking the leaves and clacking branches.  The tilted stone, heavily sliding down the smooth moss mud, fell from the boulder, down upon the assemblage of buried stone, cracking noisily.  The sapling tilted down, pulled up from the soft staked earth, swishing back into its upright tilt, brushing the surrounding bushes.  And Maeven palmed the glass flasks and threw them hard towards another outcropping of stone, shattering glass, spilling the powdery yellow substance across the rock and causing it to puff briefly in the air.

The satyrs followed the noises with their eyes, but when the glass broke, they whipped their heads around in the direction, their nostrils flaring, their breathing becoming more of a rapid pant.

Crack!  She threw and shattered the other bottle, against another rock, even as she launched from out of the backwoods, racing towards the group gathered and surrounded.

Taking advantage of the distraction the third harpy, took flight, climbing back upward toward the treetops, with rapid movements of her wings.  The satyrs responded excitedly and violently.  The one with the stone knife stabbed savagely into the harpy’s feathered breast, then lept away as it quivered and stilled, moving towards the enticing scent that had captured his interest.  The other, wrapped the chain around the harpy’s neck, garroting the bird-hag with a quick twist and then dragged its body after him as he launched himself towards the other strike site where the second shattered flask had landed.

Maeven slid in low, kicking the bottom tip of her bow from Mason’s hand, catching the arrow he released in surprise at seeing her suddenly emerge from the brush.  She caught the bow, spun it into her forearm grip, had the arrow notched, pulled and let it fly whizzing through the air to pierce the back of the distracted satyr who had run to the first broken flask.  The satyr buckled at the hit, misstepped and fell forward into the rocks, plunging face down into the yellow dust.

“Arrow!” Maeven shouted at Mason.

“Ain’t got all day, kid!” she shouted when Mason hesitated, amazed at how fast Maeven had turned the tables, “Arrow!”

Mason obliged, reached over his shoulder, catching feathered fletches of one, and pulled it out, tossing it to her.

She had it notched, in half a second, pointed the bow and tip upward, pulled it back deeply and let it fly.  The arrow seemed to sizzle through the air, aimed at the fleeing harpy, trying to gain the safety of the upper branches.

Thock!  The arrow point caught her mid-flight, driving deep into her feathered body, and she let out a “Gaaawwww!” noise, that quickly silenced as one of her wings folded over the driven shaft, and her horrible form tumbled downward, bouncing off of a tree pole, spinning from a branch, and then dropped down with a thud and snap as its body hit the road beyond them.  The second satyr, dragging the garroted harpy from the thin chain, smothered its bearded face in the yellow dust, it bent down licking the powder hungrily off of the rocks and bits of glass that had once contained the substance, its hands and face smeared with smudges of yellow, oblivious to its own danger.

“You are better now than you have ever been, Storm Hawk,” a deep voice spoke from somewhere close, startling the party and Maeven as well.

She whirled and spun the bow, its sharp, blade-capped nocks, ready to slash the next unknown assailant.

A crouched and shrouded figure stood up from atop the boulder, looking down at them.

He raised his hands defensively and said simply, “Slow down there, I’m friendly.  Don’t you remember me?”

“Jeremiah?” Maeven lowered her bow, the frame falling forward loosely from her palm and she flipped and caught it, and slung the arc over her shoulder.

“It’s been a long time,” she said.

“Too long, I’m afraid,” he took in the party, and the prone satyr sniveling in the dirt among the dusted stones.

He noticed a cut on its shoulder and a particularly familiar pattern of tufted hair ridges down its back.

Maeven moved towards the groveling creature, but Jeremiah stayed her.

“Leave this one to me.  I’ve been tracking him.  He maimed my horse and I had to put it down.  Cut its ligaments.”

“Horrible,” Maeven said, matter-of-factly.

The satyr still did not look up, so consumed and obsessed it was with the dryad powder.

“You need to get these folks out of Kilrane,” Jeremiah said, “These forests are not what they used to be.”

“I know, I know,” Maeven said, looking back to the group.

Christie, Miray, Laura, and Lindsey rushed to embrace her.

“So glad to have you back.”  Their voices crowded over each other.

“We were worried.  We thought that…”

Mason’s heart was still pounding in his chest at how swiftly their situation had turned around with Maeven’s return.

Her speed and accuracy with the bow under pressure amazed him.

“Can you teach me that?”

Maeven turned to him and smiled, “It takes a lot of time and practice, but sure, kiddo.  Desperation helps, but there are many situations, here in the Mid-World, which will amply give you that.  If you want to do what it takes, I’ll show you what you need to know.  But it’s still up to you.”

“I noticed you don’t hold the grip but let the tension of the drawstring pull press it into your palm.  How do you aim so well if you don’t grip it?”

“Good eye, Mason.  That is a common mistake understudy’s make.  The aim is in the line between the string, arrow, and guide, not in the tension.  Accuracy is deadlier than the power of the pull.  Focus on the line of the arrow, not the grip or even the arrowhead.  Gripping the bow will make your tightened arm muscles shake and you will tire too easily.  Keep your fingers open and loose.  Use the flat of your palm to push out as you draw it back and do not curl your finger around the arrow shaft.  Use a finger glove or thimble if you can get one.”

“Where did you learn all this?” Matthew asked.

Maeven nodded at Jeremiah, “Him.”

Jeremiah had rounded and descended the boulder and was cautiously approaching the satyr, so consumed by the fallen powder, it did not sense its own peril.

On the road, the company of travelers gathered together around Maeven and the one she’d called Jeremiah.

The man was tall, solidly built, broad-shouldered, yet lean and rangy looking.  His hair was cropped short and thin, and his face was reddened and tanned, his eyes deep-set and knowing, with age-worn gathers at the end.  His demeanor was reserved and measured.  He wore a dark green cloak and hood and carried a longbow, and rapier sword easily accessed from a hip scabbard, with a bell fist cage guard and a leather-wrapped hilt.

Jeremiah had used a bola weapon, a sort of cable with two weighted knuckles of metal or stone on each end, that was spun like a toss sling and hand-thrown, wrapping the target and inflicting debilitating injury when the weights on the cord smashed and bludgeoned the enwrapped victim.  The satyr had been dazed by the weapon, and Jeremiah bound him to a tree using the self-same chain the creature had used to garrote the dead harpy.  He’s stuffed and gagged the creature’s mouth with a hard pine cone and left it there for the “others” to find him.  By others, he meant the dryads, whom he knew to be now lurking in the forest of Kilrane.

“Let the others deal with their own,” he’d said, once he’d securely bound the satyr and the body of the harpy together to the tree, he added, “The dead shall bury their dead.”

The group gathered around Jeremiah, eager to meet this one whom Maeven seemed to know already, yet one in the group already also knew the man and had known him well many years ago.  Maeven made the introductions, for the man had but little to say, yet when she came to Begglar she stopped short.

Jeremiah studied him, and Begglar was silent a moment, but then spoke, “It has been a long time, my friend.”

Jeremiah’s eyes widened and then narrowed, “I know this voice.  You are strangely familiar to me, yet I do not recognize you unless you are much changed.”

“I am.  The years have not been kind.  You once knew me as a man of the sea, before I left that life.”

Jeremiah moved in closer to study him under the dappled light, “Can it be?  You are not McGregor, are you?”

“The very same.”

“I was told you were dead.”

“I was.  Am.  It is complicated.  I do not go by my old name.  That life I left behind me to become something else.”

“And what did you become?”

“A baker and Innkeeper.  My name is now Begglar.  This is my wife Nellus, and my son Dominic.  Xarmni’s reach has finally extended to the place we made our home, so now, after these long years, I find that my old identity calls me back from the dead once more.”

Jeremiah stared at him, his eyes searching, and then suddenly he broke out laughing.  Mirth transformed the man’s face and unlocked his guarded reserve at last.

“Ha, ha, ha!” he bellowed and embraced Begglar and then pushed back, grasping him by the shoulders, “McGregor the mighty scourge of the sea has become a baker and an Inn Keeper.  Truly, sir, you are reborn.  Ha, ha, ha!  I would not have recognized you.  You were a much more corpulent fellow back in the day.”

“Times have been hard, my friend.  The travelers from the east quit coming when the Xarmnian occupiers began acquiring the territories.  The company of the prior have long been disbanded.  Few if any return here.  From the looks of you, there are many changes in you as well.  Where is the full-face beard, you used to have?  The thick locks of hair? Are you balding?”

Jeremiah ran his hand over his head, and grinned sheepishly, “Aye, captain.  Like you, I was a wanted man as well.  I became a forester here in Kilrane.  I’ve kept connections, but I’ve kept to myself as well.  Xarmni’s reach is indeed long and brutal.  Many from the old company have left the fellowship.  Many have just forgotten who they once were.  The spirit, if left unattended, eventually quiets into complacency.  Few dream anymore.  It is a sad state of affairs.”

“Gentlemen, if you’re through with your little reunion, we’ve got a crisis here and quite literally we aren’t out of the woods yet.”

Both men gave assent.  She was right.

“So, what are your plans for this mission?” Jeremiah asked gravely.

“I am not the one called to lead.  Mister O’Brian is.”

Maeven turned and looked among the group who were watching Jeremiah, “By the way, where’s Mister O’Brian?”

“Who is this Mister O’Brian?”

Begglar, interjected, “On this mission, he is called O’Brian.  That’s another story, but you and I know him as Brian David.”

A series of inscrutable expressions seemed to pass over Jeremiah’s face that none could fully read, but after a long pause, Jeremiah said, “Well, now, this seems to be a day of many resurrections.”

“He’s seeing what’s in the pan,” Miray announced, grabbing Maeven’s hand.

“The what?”

Begglar cleared his throat, “He is scouting ahead.  He thinks The Pan is here in the forest.”

Jeremiah’s head shot up, and both he and Maeven’s eyes met reflecting a mutually, startled look, upon this news.

“That explains it,” Jeremiah muttered to himself glaring down at the fallen satyrs and then turned to Maeven once again.

Maeven was suddenly more scared than she had ever been.

“Get these folks out of Kilrane and do it quickly.  Stay off the forest roads.  I’ll go after…O’Brian, if I can.  I cannot imagine what may have been in his mind to abandon you and try to confront The Pan alone.”

Maeven studied his eyes for a moment.  “Are you sure?”

“Yes. I will find you. Bringing this many with you, there will be signs of your passage that cannot be hidden.”

“You’re going to leave us, too?” Laura asked, her voice quavering.

“But sir, we don’t know how to get out of this forest,” Matthew objected, “There are fires behind us. Things chasing us. What if we get turned around or lost? We need you to lead us out.”

“Son, Maeven, and Begglar both know enough to get you out of the woods. Stay with them. Do what they tell you.”

James interjected, “What if we get separated? They are creatures here that I would not have believed existed, had I not seen them with my own eyes. If we are attacked that could happen. We are not experienced fighters.”

“You have more skills than you believe. But there is more to this than you know. If you were brought here for a renewal of the Marker’s prophecy, then you need the one called to lead you to complete the journey. I am going to help bring him back to you if I can. If it is not too late. The Pan has a particular interest in the one you call O’Brian. There is something he does not know about what happened to my brother. I have to get to him before The Pan does.”

“But what if we get lost? How can we find our way out of a place we’ve never been to? What if…,” she glanced at Maeven and shrugged apologetically, “What if something happens to her? She almost died. How could we get out of here?”

“Seek a clearing,” Jeremiah said, “One never needs to get lost in a forest if you think carefully about the nature of it. The trees and vegetation around you will tell you all you need to know. Think about what they need to grow, and how they react to getting what they need.”

“What do you mean?” Tiernan chimed in.

“At the edge of the forest, the tree foliage is much lower and the ground vegetation is thicker and denser because sunlight can get to it.  The deeper one goes into the forests the higher the canopy of foliage becomes and the more sparse the ground foliage is because the sunlight cannot penetrate the canopy and only dim filtered light makes it down to the forest floor.  Moss and mushrooms and plants that thrive in decaying leaves, fungi, and low light are what thrives there. Look at the ground, the trees, the slope of the land. Water flows downward, so you know you will more than likely find rivers and streams in declivities. If one finds themselves lost in a forest with a high canopy observe the heights of it.  If the canopy lowers as you move in a particular direction it indicates that there will be a clearing or field or bare ground ahead.  The ground plants will become thicker and you will find more varieties of plants also indicating that sunlight is closer ahead. Once you reach an open field, stay within the edge of the forest, until you are certain the field is clear. Most cleared areas will have some sort of road along the edge of it. You’ll find animal trails leading into and out of it. Animals graze in the fields because the rains make the grasses sweeter and plentiful. If you find a field, you also can see the open sky and can find direction and bearings from the heavens.”

Begglar spoke up, “We have received information that Xarmni is amassing to the south.  Something is bringing them out of their strongholds into the fields. We had thought to bring them to The Fairie Fade if Maeven can still find it. It has offered protection in the past as you and I both know.”

Jeremiah turned to Maeven, “Call you still find it? It has been a while.”

“I think so. I remember enough from before. The Half-Men fear it still. We will wait for you there.”

“Fine. That is a better plan. If we are not back within an hour or so, don’t wait.  Take them in.  Get them as far away from the forest as possible.”

And with that, Jeremiah turned and headed away into the foggy smoke following the barely visible road down towards the stone bridge that spanned forest slough.

forest-2179318_1920

Deadfall – Chapter 57

Tiernan had been given one of the cardinals.  Of the four cardinal points of the compass, he’d been charged with watching for enemies coming from their northern flank.  Since the group was moving south down the forest road, Tiernan was given the unenviable charge to watch the backwoods from behind.  This meant he had to either walk backward or constantly turn or look over his shoulder—a bit disorienting if trying to keep up.  At best, all he could do would be to provide a warning as the others with weapons responded to it.  O’Brian had said this was important.  He wasn’t sure how much he trusted O’Brian, but he’d sounded convincing.  “The things that hunt us will most likely come at us from behind,” O’Brian had said.  “Tiernan, since you seem to be a bit taller than the others, I’m giving you the north flank to watch.  Close your eyes, adjust for the lack of light.  Then look and listen.  The satyrs are fast and cunning.  Dangerous.  You won’t hear their footfalls, only the swishes of parting brush as they move through it.  They move like deer.  Weaving and darting through the narrow gaps, faster than you can imagine.  It is pointless to try and outrun them so we will have to stand them off.  The fires are behind us, so that may deter them from coming straight down on us, but they will angle around if they can.  They are attracted to the fires, but they will not go far into them.  Hair burns easily, and these are shaggy and unkempt.  Enough of them have caught fire cavorting about to learn caution and the smoke disorients them.  They snuffle and grunt when they run, so if they are close you’ll hear it.”

When they had seen the silhouette of The Pan, O’Brian had told them to stay back and stay silent.  He’d spoken to Begglar and placed him in the lead, and then moved ahead disappearing into the haze of smoke crossing over the road.  And that was the last they had seen of O’Brian, for nearly an hour by his reckoning.

He’d searched the woods carefully, seeing moving shadows under the sighing of the trees, but nothing exactly as O’Brian had described.  He’d heard phantom sounds, from the left northwesterly direction and the right northeastern edge of the Trathorn but the sounds could easily be mistaken for water noise from the continuance of the river moving southward over rocky rapids down the mountain slopes.  The smells were mixed with the pungent and sickly-sweet odors of the rotting flesh dangling overhead from the high branches of the towering trees.  He dared not think about the relative freshness of the grisly ornaments that they still were wet enough to give off such pungency.  It was threatening and disturbing, almost plunging him back into the nightmare he’d lived through back in the Surface World.  He felt naked without a weapon, but strangely calm, despite it.  He too had a sense of the uncanny power in the Ancient Texts.  When spoken aloud the words seemed to vibrate within the air of this strange place.  Timeless voices that seemed to return to him from days raised in a community of faith before the war called him away.

And then the noises came.

Something moving quickly with a pattering sound as forest plants parted in leafy slaps of the body that disturbed their hush.  Another noise to the left, accompanied by a quick splash of water and rapid muffled thumps.

A breathy “Henuh, henuh, henuh!” sound came from the northwesterly movements, and Tiernan responded.

“Guys!” his voice rose in pitch as the noises grew louder, “I think one or two are moving in behind us.”

“Got it, keep your voice down,” Christie responded, raising her ornate sword to guard position as Ezra had shone her.

Mason notched an arrow and swung his bow around, “I’ll cover you.  O’Brian said they have knives and clubs.  If I can get a clean shot, I’ll drop him.  Tiernan, where did you last see it?”

“It moved from the left from deeper back to that mossy stone outcropping,” he whispered low enough so that the ears in the forest beyond wouldn’t hear.

The light filtering from the canopy above dappled them in grey leafy shadows.  Mason closed his eyes for a moment, adjusting them to the light of the gloom beyond.  Christie was miffed a little.

“What’s wrong boys,” she muttered, “Don’t think a girl can handle this?”

“It’s not that, Lass,” Begglar spoke up, “It’s that you bear a short-range weapon.  If we can keep them at a distance, we need to.  Save your strength for when they move in.  You’ll get your fill.”

“Shouldn’t we save the arrows,” Christie asked, and she inclined her head to Mason, who had opened his eyes, was staring intently at the spot Tiernan had indicated while pulling the bow back with the point of the arrow closing in on his knuckled grip.  “Suppose he misses.”

Mason’s eyes squinted, and his voice lowered an octave, piqued, “Why does everyone keep saying that?”

Matt spoke up, “Mason’s a bowhunter.  He hates tromping through the brush after a lost arrow.  Don’t worry, Miss.  He’ll wait till he gets a clean shot.”

Mason’s scowl softened a bit, hearing this from Matt.

“Back home we call him the red man,” Matt added.  Gesturing upward at the top of his red hair.

The scowl on Mason’s face returned, even as the impish grin spread across Matt’s as he winked at Christie.

Christie smiled, and reached over patting Mason’s shoulder, “You’ve got this, kiddo.”

Matt added, “Just kiddin’ you, Mace.  Put a feather in the nasty goat-man.  Wish I had those pick-axes.”

***

Back in Azragoth, Morgrath and his soldiers looked startled when a soldier asked, “Where have all the cats gone?”

Of course, Morgrath realized.  The room at the top of the Keep towers had several cats that would often rally and intertwine the feet of visitors to the upper tower room upon entry from the tower stairwell.  The cats were kept there to keep mice and rats from infesting the grain silos.  Naturally, the rodents were attracted to the silos because of the grain.  They could scale the wall of the keep, ascend the stairs, climb up from the tunnels below, scurry along the rafters, wedge themselves through the loose mortar between the stones, enter through the narrow window slits in the towers and gatehouses.  They would have been a terrible scourge were it not for the cats and the birds of prey nesting in the nooks and crannies and battlements atop the towers of the Keep.

Now their sudden absence caused an even greater unsettling of mind and a more heightened sense of danger.

A soldier named Selanth emerged from one of the side tunnels having gone through to the grain silo and the gantry room next to it.

His face was pale and ashen as he announced, “They’re all dead in there.”

“What?!”

“Dulos and the others.  The grain doors are open.  I could see their bodies down below.  The storage wells are spoiled with the rot of the dead.  Wasted.”

Another soldier emerged from the opposing corridor to the other silo.

“What he says is true over here, as well.  The meal tower is opened and bodies filled the room.  The rest of the watch have been slain and cast into the silos.  Amaran is looking into the other tower on this side, but I have no doubt he may find the same.”

The mentioned Amaran emerged from behind.

“Sir, there are dead in both of the northern silos.  No sign of the enemy dead.”

Morgrath turned away glaring down into the blackness of the descending stairwell leading to the tunnel network below.

“No sign of their dead,” he muttered to himself thinking long and hard about what that might mean.  “What possible could so overwhelm these seasoned guards and not suffer losses for the effort?”

“Sir?” Selanth spoke up hesitantly, “I did notice something odd in both areas.  Perhaps it matters, perhaps not?”

Morgrath sighed and turned back to the soldier.

“What?”

“Tunnel sand, sir,” he said, “It is strewn all over the floor in there, down the hallway.”

“And there, sir, more of it there.” he pointed to the floor around the dark entrance to the stairs below.

Four drifts, elongated and irregularly shaped mounds of dry sand matching that found in the tunnels below the city.  The mounds had been strewn and kicked about but there was something odd about them and yet familiar.

He knelt and ran his gloved fingers through the mound, letting the loose grains sift through his fingers.  His eyes widened and then he suddenly rose and pivoted, almost running towards the capstan rooms.

“We have to release the grain into the sluice gates.  Flood them quickly.  There is little time.  Hurry!”

The metal staves had been removed and four men gathered behind the capstan spindle arms and began to push the grinding capstan spindle.

Others who did not understand began to protest, “That is our yearly harvest.”

“We can remove the bodies and salvage most of the grain.”

“Why are we doing this?”

Morgrath’s muscles bunched as he and his companions began to slowly turn the grinding spindle.

“The slain of the enemy is present all around us.  They are in the sand.”

The other soldiers at the other capstan began pushing the spindle and far below in the bottom of the silos gears groaned under extreme weight and a shift in pressure.  Fine dust and powder coughed up in a yellowish-white billow from the central stairwell accompanied by a growing hiss sound.

“Push!  There is an army in the tunnels below us, because of that Dust Dragon!” Morgrath commanded them, “Push with all your might!”

From the stairwell, a sudden wailing shriek arose, followed by another.  Then another.  Terrible cacophonous noises arose as well as a rumbling groan and cracking of the wood and falling stone, like the sound of an avalanche coming from the deep throat of the descending stairs.

***

Maeven could see the satyr as it shifted swiftly from deep shadow to deep shadow.  She could hear its snuffling grunts as it crossed in and out of the dappled light, brushing leaves as it crossed closer towards its quarry ahead, intent on stirring up as much terror as it could.  All she had in her possession was the knife she’d used to cut Will free of his bonds that the Troll had bound him with, but nothing more.  She knew the creature would get wind of her soon enough if she wasn’t careful, but from the looks of its actions, it seemed more intent on stalking the party of Surface Worlders ahead.

It crouched low by the stone outcropping, hunkered down but peering furtively over the mossy rock, glaring with hate-filled eyes at the circle of travelers warily searching the surrounding forest from all directions.  She heard him chortle to himself as he watched them.

A voice of strange timber, hiss out from his sharpened teeth, “Pretties gather.  Cut’s them we will.  Bleed them.  Soon we feed them.”

Maeven saw the saw-toothed flint blade in the creature’s dirty hand as it leaned up against the rock, sniffing.  Its bare, back was marked with dark soot and ash so that it could not be seen moving among the shadows.  A line of matted fur rose from his midriff wool up the middle of his back.  A sheen of sweat stood upon the oil of its body, smears of black with finger lines raked through it, hatched its skin, giving the illusion that its body was part of the forest background, a tactic it had used on more than one occasion to fool and surprise the dryads.

***

Just as Dellitch the Harpy had suspected, the foolish, hot-headed dryad climbed up through the canopy to confront her.

She came bearing something shrouded in her arms only too willing to thrust it upward as she emerged through the top of the canopy.  A severed claw, gnarled with age, but held proudly before her, as vines twisted around the body of the dryad lifting her above the tops of the trees to glare fiercely at the Harpy.

“How dare you interrupt our sport!” she hissed with the sound of stirring leaves.

Dellitch laughed harshly, “Sport?!  Is that what you are calling it now?”

Syloam spat back, “This wood is ours, your kind have no right to come here!  We had an agreement!”

“We are under orders, Leafy,” Dellitch chirruped back, her large owlish eyes widening then narrowing to slits at the object the dryad held in her hand warding her back like it was some sort of protective talisman.

“Under whose orders, hag-face?!” Syloam twisted upward, vines sprouting from her back and sides in a tentacular mass.

“Careful, you voluptuous collection of sticks!  You have a Surface Worlder in your lair.  That is contraband.  You know the orders of The Pan!”

“Shut up, pig bat!  You know as well as I do, The Pan does not forbid our sporting with these outworlders.  He wants a way back as much as we do!”

The harpy leaned forward, a dark milky froth seeping down its black-feathered breast, dripping down upon the curl and knuckles of its claws as it adjusted its weight and balance on the barren limb.

“Not in the order you ascribe.  These are to be brought to him first, and then he gives you leave to ‘sport’ with them.  Your mind is as twisted as your branches.”

White pearlescent drops dripped from the metal shanks on the harpy’s legs and wet the dark black talons clutching and splaying outward letting the milky substance bead and moisten the sharp points, as the harpy held the dryads in a steely glare.  A half-smirk curled her age cracked lips, as her eyes bulged and narrowed almost hypnotically, anticipating the imminent attack.  Her hunger for the violence of it barely contained almost making her giddy.

What the harpy did not see were the other eyes that watched and witnessed the exchange, barely peeking upward with beautiful faces below the leafy canopy.

***

I moved through the smoke, following the silhouette that shifted under the ghostly light.  I could hear the Pan’s deep, resonant voice addressing someone ahead as it rumbled through the ground like a bass register.  He stood amid moving shapes and shadows and I knew that these would be his retinue of satyrs, eager for whatever mischief he set them to.  I heard their grunting noises as they reveled about him, vying for attention.  The smoke masked the oils and scents that would reveal me long before I came into view, yet I heard the Pan taking in deep snuffling breaths trying to measure his surroundings to offset his hampered ability to see them.  I heard splashing in the lapping water, so I knew the backwatered slough was near and it would be giving off its own brackish scents to mingle into the miasma of forest fragrances.

“Where are my manticores?” the deep voice rumbled to someone, I did not perceive to be a satyr.

Oh no, I thought, this is not going to bode well for the one being questioned.

A piggish grunt came back, distinctive of what I knew to be the sound of a creature we had already encountered in our travels.

“Your worship,” the piggish grunt, sounded chastised, and apologetic, almost groveling, “All did not go according to plan.  There were some…losses.”

A deeper growl rumbled from below, “Losses?  Well, now.  Losses are to be expected.  Counting Morgrawr, I sent you twenty-six of these mighty beasts.  How many are left?”

***

Lindsey noticed the birds first.

She hated that she had lost her weapon in the lake.  She had much rather fight, than watch the overhead canopy, especially since those horrible rotting heads dangled from above.

Christopher and Matthew got the east and the western sides to peer into, but she had to glare at those nasty vile danglers, and somehow watch for movements beyond them.  Large shadows had passed over the tops of the trees.  She had seen the silhouettes passing and gliding overhead against the hazy yellow sky.  It was eerie.  She imagined Sulphur clouds under a waning sun.  The smell of it felt about right.  No telling what all manner of creatures roamed this world of contradictions.  In some respects, beautiful, and serene.  Unspoiled mountain vistas that bore no sign of powerlines crawling up them, or pipelines stair-stepping from pump-station to pump-station to keep the internal pressure high enough ensure delivery to valley communities beyond.  No cutback ski runs or switchback trails.  Pristine wilderness…inhabited by monsters.

It was difficult to see them through the dark clusters of leaves swaying and rustling so far above.  With the slightest noise, these large birds curved and swirled down in gyres, punching deftly through the canopy and gliding to dark limbs high above.  As they settled upon the limbs they appeared larger than she had expected.  But with only a slight flutter, they remained quiet in the darkness.  Unmoving.  Waiting.

“I don’t mean to alarm anyone, but there appear to be some awfully large birds high up in the branches above us,” she said loud enough for only the company to hear her.

Miray couldn’t help herself.  She looked upward, saw the array of death above her…and screamed.

***

Will heard the voices above raised in anger, but there was nothing he could do.  The girl had left him tied in the half-cage of woven vines and branches.  Leafy walls surrounded him, keeping much of the sidelight out except for a few dappled rays from the sun.  He was disoriented.  Did not know how long he’d been held here.  His thoughts and memories were not clear.  His shirt was open, his chest bared.  He remembered the girl.  Such beautiful and haunting green eyes.

And dust…

Some kind of yellowish dust that coated his face and hands.  He’d wiped some of it off on his shoulder.  Weird.

He was now sweating profusely.  Every movement, every struggle against his bonds seemed to sway the cage in which he found himself.  He smelled the distinct odor of smoke and heard a distant crackling sound accompanied by a series of whooshing noises.

Man, it is getting warm in here, he thought as he struggled again against the vines.  This time they felt a bit looser than before as if some of the fibers had at last torn in all his wrenching and thrashing about.

He doubted if the girl would be back anytime soon.  But something was coming this way.  The crackling, whooshing, and popping noises were getting louder.  He was so confused.  And he was so irritated by how hot it was getting.

***

“You are not welcome in our forest,” Syloam hissed her bristling green body now circling the harpy, as moving branches lifted her like a large spider walking spindly-legged over the tops of the trees.

“Upon that, you’ve made yourself clear, Wood-Rot,” Dellitch cawed threateningly, “Why don’t you go suck on a sour root and leave me to my business.  I could blight this entire forest if I wanted to.”

The harpy’s large golden eyes followed the movements of the dryad, its black pupil narrowing against the yellowing smoke drifting up from the canopy below.

As Dellitch made ever so slight turns of her head following the path of the cagy dryad, a small vine from the canopy below quietly extended upward, circling the barren limb upon which she rested.

“It was you, Scowl Owl, who interrupted my business remember?” Syloam fluttered, “You who put your meddling claw where it does not belong.”

The tendril vine looped and twisted, snaking silently towards the grip of the harpy, fastened along the dried branch.

“You’ll find these claws not so ornamentally accommodating as you might think,” Dellitch responded, moving a half step to the left, flaring a talon and nicking the tendril vine with a tiny pricking cut.  The vine’s movement ceased and its small leaves crinkled and browned.  Its central stalk drying and hardening rapidly to become brittle.

The harpy’s neck twist and peered downward in an instant, then shot up and glared daggers at the dryad, “Clever!”

A gasp arose from below and then shrieking.  A form twisted and jerked in the canopy, thrust upward, leaves parting, showing a lithe female body, swathed in a covering of moss that was rapidly becoming mottled and black.  Bark sloughed off of the thrashing figure as she then fell backward enveloped again in the canopy but the sounds of crashing and limbs cracking accompanied her plunge below.

The harpy’s head twisted at what seemed to be an impossible angle as she screeched at Syloam, “Clever, but foolish!” and then launched herself, claws flared at the dryad.

Seven other dryads, lurking below the canopy launched upward to surround the harpy, hoping to entangle her before she could gain altitude, but two of them were stopped short as something from below latched on to them and jerked them back downward, shrieking and quivering toward the forest floor.

Syloam shrank backward, falling behind the other dryads who had risen upward through the treetops, she dove underneath the leaves heading downward, vines folding behind her, branches tucked away, rapidly shifting her hybrid visage back into that of a woman.  She had to get to her prize.  No one could take her prize possession.  He was the key through which they would get past the doorway.  The one whose seed would be sown in blood.

The sight that met her eyes, however, caused her to shriek and flail, trying to stop her downward movement.

The forest floor and the lower trees were on fire.  One of the dryad sisters lay in the midst of the smoldering flames, engulfed in smoke, her blighted branches now twisted and blackened and stilled.

***

The basket room lurched, and Will was twisted from side to side, as movements from outside struck the outer wall of the cage in which he was kept.  He heard vines snapping, and a ripping tearing noise as if the branches above had just been struck by lightning.  The cage spun, tossing his legs from side to side, then pitched downward, canted as if two or three or four thick vines holding it within the tops of the trees had snapped loose.  Large black claws pierce the ceiling above him, but he could not see outside, what manner of beasts it was that held him.  He heard a familiar laughing as the cage lurched again and parts of the edge of the basket browned and grew brittle, snapping loose a few of the curved thatch that revealed how high he was above the forest floor now black and grey with smoke and soot.  Erupting with flash fires, as the dried brush was kindled into flame.  The floor sagged and browned as well, and the heel of his foot punched through the weave.  Four pairs of large black talons pierced the half-ceiling and he was sure he saw black feathered wings push air through the porous wall in a heavy downdraft as the leafy sky beyond began to move past the opening.

***

“Murderer!” a shriek rang out, from the trees, rapidly moving towards the slough.

“Slaughterer!  Thief!  Liar!” more voices like the sound of rushing winds and waves breaking upon a rocky seashore in a storm, increase in volume as the trees in the distance shook and shuddered, accompanied by a blast of leaves swirling and exploding outward.  The haze of the smoke from the backwoods accompanied the forceful sounds forming a swirling nimbus around the angered accusers rushing towards the Slough where Grum-blud stood quivering before the towering figure of The Pan.

The satyrs scurried forward, leaving their mighty forest king, eager to meet the coming voices filled with ire for their master.

Enemies Above and Below – Chapter 56

The angular face of a crone, sharp and aquiline, with a white and gray nimbus of wild hair, and a pair black and golden eyes peered down into the bower where the young man was held, wrapped in vines.  A young woman with piercing emerald eyes, pawed at the young man, stroking his face and brow, arms and chest, whispering to him words that could not be overheard, but seemed to have an effect on him so that he blushed, and his eyes widened at what she was saying.  A net of woven branches and vines formed a mesh beneath them, yet the leafy canopy from the top was partially open to the treetops and the sky beyond.

“What you got in there, twigsy?!”

The voice was harsh and raspy as if spoken by someone who had spent their whole life filling their mouth and lungs with smoke, desiccating their vocal cords.  The young woman started and turned her head upward, searching for the source of the raspy voice.

The crone cackled, her angular and aged face disappearing from one vantage point and then reappearing from another, outside of the girl’s field of search.

A patina of leafy green passed over the girl’s face as she searched the leafy canopy encircled about her and the young man.

“He’s mine!” she spat and hissed at the seemingly disembodied voice, “I found him!”

The branches above shook rustling the thick mats of leaves covering the high bower, as whatever it was seemed to bound over the top of the canopy, shrieking and laughing harshly.

The young man looked up beyond the girl, his face previously enraptured and enchanted by the attentions of the beautiful girl, now seemed to shake the influence and glare angrily.

“Leave us alone!” he yelled, “Go away!”

He made an effort to strike out at the being but felt hindered, only now seeming to realize, with puzzlement, that his arms and legs were entangled in the vines holding him to the woven walls.

From behind him, the old crone’s face appeared through the dense leaves, “He doesn’t know what you are!” she cackled, shrieking with derisive laughter.

“Tell him what you are, woody dear!” and her head ducked away, as the nymph girl turned suddenly, seeing only the rustle of leaves as they enfolded over the retracted darting face of the ugly crone.

A raw, throaty whisper, rasped, “Tell him what you are!”

The girl lunged at the dense leaves, vines sprouting angrily from her fingertips, “Harpy!  Child-killing harpy!”

A sheath of vines and foliage shrouded the woman’s once smooth, cream-colored complexion, as her anger flared, forgetting to maintain the illusion for the young man she had beckoned and wooed, awaiting her in the cocoon bower below.  Her body rustled with unfolding leaves, and an intricate network of veins that wrapped her body like swirling, grids of tattoo work, rapidly inking her smooth luxuriant skin before his very eyes as she crawled up the sides and along the ceiling of the vine-woven cage she had brought him to for more private intimate attention.

The young man’s eyes went wide in terror, realizing what he’d thought was a sensuous young woman was actually something else entirely.  He struggled violently against the vines that held him, his heart racing his breathing becoming labored and panicked, expelling some of the pheromonal dust he’d breathed in.

“What ARE you?”

The dryad woman cursed and hissed in frustration at the old crone somewhere on the outside of the bower cocoon.

“Mood-killer!  Meddling bat-faced hag!”

Then remembering her captive, she gasped and turned to look downward at him, her skin suddenly smoothing out, the varicose vascular lines fading and descending back below her epidermal layer, the sprouted leaves covering her slender feminine figure shrinking and withering down to disappear within her dilated pores.  A patina of green flashed over her complexion as she fought to regain her blushing composure for the young man’s benefit.

She coughed at him, expelling a puff of yellow smoke from her pouted lips that rained down a cloud of fine dust upon the bound young man.  “Tell me your name again, sweet, beautiful man,” she said seductively, as she slid sinuously down from a vine in the ceiling.

A euphoric glaze seemed to pass over the young man as he again breathed in the dust, forgetting his panic, surrendering once more to the desire that had beckoned him to follow the young woman when she’d invited him to play.

“My name is Will,” he said, his mind surrendering the memory of what he’d just witnessed, to the possibility that whatever this yellow dust was that covered his face and body must be some hallucinogen and that the scare he’d just had was only a temporary drug-induced nightmare attempting to replace the pleasure of the dream he wanted to come true with this exotic and fascinating girl.

The girl responded, her voice soothing and soft as warm butter, “And my name is Syloam.  You are a very beautiful man, Will and I want you.  I am going to have you…WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS!” she added the last loudly directed to the cone-faced creature that had harassed her and distracted her from without.

She moved down to his level, knelt and placed her hands upon his shoulders, then ran them smoothly up the sides of his neck, kneading his tense muscles as she did so, and then proceeded to cup the sides of his face, move forward and kissing his face gently with soft feather touches of her lips.

Her eyes were so beautiful, and Will could not turn away from her as she gazed directly into his own with desire he reciprocated.  Never had he felt such wanting.  She then moved in to kiss him fiercely and hungrily on the mouth, and he struggled forward to meet her but the restraints prevented him from embracing her and holding her.

When she finally withdrew from the kiss, she pulled back, patting his head and tousling his hair like she might a small boy.

“Stay put, Will.  Your Syloam will be right back, shortly.  I just need to ensure we are not interrupted again.”

***

Dellitch the crone-faced Harpy, smiled as she hopped out of the canopy upon a high limb that stood like a crooked talon above the tops of the other trees and was mostly barren of leaves.  The sun’s rays bathed her bizarre body in a golden light revealing her strange features to the witness of the sky.  She made a chirrup-chirrup noise in the back of her throat, a very bird-like sound, as she shuffled and extended her large black feathered wings, and placed her large grey talons with black hooked claws upon the branch adjusting her balance in the breeze that wafted over the forest treetops, rustling and sighing through the leaves making visible its transit along the foliage sea of green.  She bore a feathered ruffle below her jowly neck, like a bola wrap, under which jutted the curved tops of two prodigious grey-skinned bosoms.  Frothy, milky wetness glistened the chest-feather plumage and clabbered in the ruffles below it, giving off the distinctive sour odor of curdled milk.  Her body stood about four feet tall from the crown of her wildly flowing grey hair to the bottoms of her fat clawed feet.  She had no arms to speak of, only large black wings that stretched from twelve to fifteen feet across from tip to tip, with a hooked barb jutting out from the wrist joint at the end of the patagium of each wing.

Harpies were hated by the dryads for many reasons, but certain reasons stood out among the others.  The dryad females found that they were unable to breastfeed their infant children with their mother’s milk.  Tree sap was all their hybrid bodies could produce but it offered no sustenance to the infants.  Cattle had not been domesticated to the point that they might offer their children milk that might nourish their half-human bodies, and the only creatures among them that seemed capable of offering a milk-like drink were the harpies.  The harpies were then not as ancient and old in visage as they were now, and the harpies agreed to share their milk with the dryad nursery on the condition of being given a portion of the forest in which the dryads occupied.  Only the milk was later found to be poisonous to the infant dryads, causing blight to wither and kill their plant nature and spread disease to the trees around them.  The effect of the poison was slow working, but irreversible, and no antidote could be found that would save the lives of the infant dryads.  Further, the disease once spread to the trees and then dispersed in the pollination, worked as a unique genetic pathogen that suppressed the production of Y chromosomes making the dryad females only capable of producing female children, and no males.  The milk of the harpies had served as a death sentence to the race of dryads, and they were forced to flee their home forests and seek virgin forests that were unspoiled by the contagion spread by the Harpies.

Dryads were not vulnerable to the Harpies unless their blood or an open wound was mixed with the lactate of the latter.  For this reason, most dryads were easily cowed by the Harpies, and avoided direct combat with them, lest they be raked with a claw and pressed into their lactating breast ruffle.

Harpies had no offspring.  They were incapable of breeding and resentful of the dryads’ propensity to remain youthful in appearance and evergreen, while they aged and became more and more embittered and ostracized by the other races of Half-men.  They were only too happy to clear out an area of forest from dryads, whenever The Pan requested it, merely by showing up.  They too reciprocally hated the dryads, but it was a matter of deep envy, and a frustrating drive to covet their libertine lifestyle.  They happily occupied the blighted forest that the dryads had vacated.  Since there would never be more of their kind, they felt entitled to it since they had been dealt such a harsh sentence of prolonged misery by the One who had forbidden them to worship any other god or aspect of creation but Him alone.  They too could be killed, and some dryads had been instrumental in bringing that about, but the Harpies felt the loss greater because they could never have more of their kind.  The resentment between the two groups had been growing but held in a delicate balance by The Pan who manipulated both to serve his purposes.

The dryads could be driven to such rages, that they turned on the Harpies and fought them, without thought to the potential consequences, and the Harpies were skilled provocateurs.  The Harpies worked up their vile milk froth, a few days before a conflict, allowing the substance to spill down their front, so that the dryads, who saw and smelled its days-old rancid smell would fear them enough to flee while self-preservation was still at the forefront of their minds.  Being a part bird, they had the advantage of swift flight and could evade the dryads who could only climb after them from the tops of the trees or hope to ensnare them in a woven net and then beat them to death with rocks.  Only the dryads had figured out one other indignity that enraged the Harpies even further.  If they ever could catch one, without the risk of being cut or clawed, they would instead maim the creature by cutting off its feet.  Among the dryads, the severed claw-foot of a Harpy was a sign of warning and they bore it as a crest.

So Dellitch and her harpy sisters had been fitted and prepped with something that only the humans could forge for them, and the trolls in their dealings with The Pan delivered these to them for his distribution to the Harpies, for a commitment that he would employ their threatening services to keep the dryads in line from taking Xarmnian men and boys and give them consequence if they failed to comply.

Dellitch wore these armored fittings proudly on the shanks of her legs down to the knuckles of her clawed feet.  Iron bands that would make the severing of a claw by a dryad from a distance or even up close impossible.  Now Dellitch only had to wait for the angry little dryad to come to her.  Where she would be dealt with swiftly and severely.

***

Beneath the city of Azragoth, deep within the underground network of tunnels, a silent army of hundreds was being slowly awakened.  A twisting, curling breeze of powdered dust-billows sifted through an outside grating, swirled through a pipe chute of silt strained from the dry water run of a splinter-stream and navigated smoky corridors to the darkened parade cavern where the Dust Dragon had established its lair and began reproducing its golem totems from the clay and dust of the hidden city above.  The moldings had begun to cure as their hollow eyes received the powdered stirring, from the strange breeze, that channeled its dusty tendrils into the statuary poised to receive the mysterious breaths of the bizarre streams of curling smoke.

Line after line of clay-figured heads broke their crusted molding as their necks bend back, thrusting the statute figure’s chin upward, their terracotta lips gaping to receive more of the swirling powder.  An eerie sort of respiration noise began deep within the hollow cavity of each golem attended by the tendrils of swirling dust.  Fine powder sloughed off these figures as their fingers curled, and their arms slowly moved with a grating noise as if kiln-fired bricks had been dragged across a slate stone floor.  The eyes of each closed and then blinked open with a white sclera and a jeweled iris dilated almost to blackness.  The first lines of the awakening army had already moved out from the cavern and proceeded down through the darkened tunnels making their way to the hoist chute and winding stair beneath the city leading up to The Keep towers above.  Eight of the previously cured and awakened golems had ascended the winding stair.  Eight who bore the uncanny resemblance to the reluctant leader of the party of Surface Worlders who had left the city, prior to its attack.  Each of these eight carried sharp jagged stones intent on forcing their way into the hidden city above.

***

Captain Thrax had heard of the assault upon General Mattox, and he had heard that while the General was in bad shape, he had barely avoided being mortally wounded by imposters that had somehow infiltrated the city.  A detachment of soldiers, led by Lieutenant Morgrath had been withdrawn from the central bastille and dispatched to The Keep pavilion to investigate a possible breach point through the underground tunnels.  Three of the retinue soldiers of General Mattox had been slain by the traitorous archers before they had been captured and interrogated.  The General had dispatched two riders to seek out Captain Lorgray from the backwoods and call his company in to rally to the city, for all their defenses would be necessary to guard what was soon to come.

The man who had delivered these messages to the Captain had looked vaguely familiar to him, though he was unable to place the name with the face of the messenger.  The thought bothered him, but he did not know why it did.

***

Morgrath moved carefully up the winding stairwell, leaning closely against the inner stone balustrade.  Being left-handed gave him an advantage in the ascent that many of his troops did not have.  With the curve of the interior stair moving in a clockwise rotation upward, the arc of the interior wall gave very little room for one who fought right-handed to draw of swing their sword arm.  Any strike they made towards an attacker above them would be impeded by the need to cross their body to parry the blow of an attacker descending.  Being a left-hander, gave Morgrath the advantage of blocking and hacking the defenses of the opponent, with a reciprocal blow that the offender would have to brush away moving his arm from center to right, against the natural bend of the wrist and elbow.

Morgrath also had both ascended and descended the stairs of The Keep many times and well-knew the cadence of varying lengths and height of the steps so that he could carry feed bags up and down the stairwells without missing a step or faltering upon the uneven parts.  With the ascending towers on either side of the tall Keep, he had hand-picked his men, to include a fair number of left-handers among them, so that interior defense could be affected from the ground up to the top descending stair.  The General had given him an order, that he would normally have been loathed to follow, but he trusted the commander’s instincts and knew, that he would carry it out.  When he and his men had found the dead guard in the turret tower, he knew something was wrong and though his orders seemed extreme, he was worried that perhaps the General was right in the order he had given.

Having had no real way to tell, what was below the city, Morgrath knew that the threat posed by the Dust Dragon they’d found slain by the Surface Worlder called Mr. O’Brian, had shaken several to the vulnerability that the caves and tunnel systems posed if they were discovered by the wrong people.  The chain locked winches would be hard to move, even on the drum spindle, for the silos had been sealed for many, many, years.  Unlocking the traps would be difficult.  The counterweights designed by Nem would, in theory, cause the bulwarks to tilt and buckle, and the weight of the stored grain, would burst the floor and bury the central stair, collapsing its superstructure under tons of flowing grain.  Whatever was down there, would have to find another way, besides The Keep, to gain entrance into the city of Azragoth.

***

Mattox coughed a pinkish froth, as he drew in a shortened ragged breath.  Ezra stood at his side, supporting him with his shoulder, and Mattox’s arm draped around him.

“We need to get you to the surgeon, General,” he spoke quietly but firmly.

Mattox winced as any small movement caused the arrow point to auger in the wound.

He whispered under his breath so that the bound imposters would not hear his response.

“They thrive on weakness,” he muttered, “Mustn’t show…[cough]…”

“The One is strong in our weakness,” Ezra advised, nodding to the other bodyguard to help him withdraw Mattox further from the garrison, toward the apothecary shops and surgeon’s quarters up at the end of the street.

“We will attend to these three,” he said.  The other figure, who had posed as an archer and had shot Mattox, had been felled, by a slinger, and his body had toppled over the wall, falling into the flaming oil trough, and dissolved into the flames.  The fire seemed to flare as the Banshee quitted the golem body-double of O’Brian, and fiery sparks wafted into the air, turning end over end, swirling and then moving outward toward the forest fires ahead.

A breathy sigh, almost a hiss, had attended the expulsion of the Banshee, but it was not clear if any actual harm had been done to it.

As long as these remaining three were contained within these fashioned bodies, they could get into no further mischief.  The problem was, where to keep them in the meantime.

Nem joined Ezra as he surrendered the charge of the care of General Mattox into the capable hands of his trusted bodyguards, Jesh and Kadmi.

“What shall we do with these three?” Ezra asked as the two of them looked away from the General back to the three prisoners tied up.

“These three are why Azragoth has the oubliettes,” Nem said simply.

***

Mattox had been lain upon a thatch-woven frame and was carried by both of his personal guards, Jesh, a tall angular framed warrior whose stature was slightly taller than that of General Mattox, such that, in battle assassins often confused him with the General because they share the same built, but opponents often assumed height signified prominence.  Among the proud Xarmnians, one was never allowed to outshine or stand taller on a battlefield that their commanders and they mistakenly applied their own assumptions on that of their enemies.  Knowing this, the brave man had volunteered for the position and had earned it many times over.  Kadmin was by contrast, fairly short and thick-shouldered.  Between the two of them they covered Mattox from both low and high assaults and Mattox had come to trust and rely on these two men, offering both a command of their own but they had refused and would not leave their General’s side.  Theirs was a duty of honor, and they counted it a privilege.

Mattox tried to rise as he was lifted and carried but they had admonished him to lay still and not let the arrow work any further into the wound.  Mattox sighed and lay back, but spoke urgently, though quietly.

“What is happening with The Keep?” he took in a ragged breath.

“Morgrath is carrying out your orders, sir.  General, I must insist that you…”

Mattox raised a gloved hand, a signal that there was no need.

“Call Lorgray to me as soon as he gets in.  Tell him it is time to seek out and find Jeremiah.  Now that we’ve found the location of the second Honor Sword, it is time that he came back to Azragoth to reclaim the Cordis stone.”

***

The wooden door at the top of the stairway of the Keep had been struck from behind, splintered, cracked, and wrenched off its hinges.  The darkness beyond the broken door frame gaped like an open throat—ominous and sinister—and insatiably hungry.  Morgrath approached it with caution, defensive and ready should something evil emerge from the pregnant darkness below.  His sword was drawn and raised for a quick diagonal slash.  Eleven other men had followed him up the stairwell, ready to rally to his side at his signal.

The stone stairwell leading down into the tunnels below the city was built into the central tower of the Keep, mounted upon jutting corbel blocks and buttressed by crossing interior beams that formed the infrastructure of the central shaft.  A series of small platforms and stone landings descended and twisted into the darkness like a curved gray tongue.  At each landing, there was had been a lighted sconce, but these had been snuffed out so that the interior was cast into pitch blackness.

The small eyelet windows set high in the stone walls above the top of the landing only allowed a certain half-light into the top room but did not penetrate deep enough to light this recessed central doorway.  These light beams which squeezed through the narrow windows swam with shadowy dust motes, swirling like a superimposed microbial universe projected into the air and smelled of a sickly-sweet malt odor.  Morgrath recognized the smell.  Grain dust and ground corn pulverized into cornmeal.  The Keep’s silo doors had been opened as well.  The formerly lighted sconces that once illumined the branching barrel vault hallways on either side had been snuffed and the top guards who regularly stood post at the top of the descending room were nowhere to be found.

The ascent stair tower they had emerged from had external arrow loop windows set within the exterior wall so that the stairs were bathed a certain half-light and did not require lighted braziers or torch sconces during the day, though they were fitted with torch brackets for nighttime ascents.  When they found the top of the stair room darkened, they had struck flint and re-lit a few torches so as not to be taken unaware by whomever or whatever lurked ahead.

Morgrath reached back and took a torch from one of his men.  He lifted the flickering torch and moved closer, seeing only bouncing shadows cast from the twisting firelight within the central doorway.  He lifted it higher as he approached and briefly illumined a portion of the first landing no more than twelve feet below.  He could not be sure but he believed he heard sudden movements from within as if many feet pulled back into the deeper darkness evading the dancing light descending the stairwell.

Two large half-turret rooms flanked the central doorway.  Each featured a large capstan spindle within, bristling with hand-smoothed crossbeams running through the metal-bound drums.  Each capstan was set directly in the center of the circular stone chambers that worked a large wooden column extending from the top of the capstan to a greased borehole in the top of the arched ceiling and then down through the stone floor to some buried mechanical cog and gears deep within the wells of the Keep below.  These vertical shafts were the size of a large ship’s masts and every bit as thick.  Whatever power could be generated to turn these capstan spindles would require more than one man’s strength to move it, however, the large beams crossing the spindle made such a task entirely possible with the effort of at least two men working to push the beams.  This mechanism served a two-fold purpose.  It opened and closed the grain floor sluice troughs below each of the stone silos.  The sheer volume and weight of the grain in the silos did the rest.  Pouring down into the catcher chutes that ran on either side of the wooden stairway that descended to the floor of the caverns below.  The capstans were never turned more than a few feet within the turrets above, for the flow of kernels and grain would become too great and overwhelm the grain chutes and spill out onto the central stair.  Turn these capstans any further and the sluice gates could not be closed by any man or beast for the tonnage of falling grain would overwhelm the stair, slamming into the wooden stairwell and flood the corridors below, until the massive silos were emptied.  To prevent such from happening, metal bar staves were fitted into the floor of the circular room stopping the turn of the capstan spindle.   Each of the staves had a curved eyering at the top, in case they had to be removed and repositioned in the floor as the measured grain levels in each silo required the sluice gate to open wider.

Morgrath ordered four of his men into the circular rooms to pull up the staves.  They quickly did so using a metal bar, hung from a peg within the chamber, running it through the eyering and pulling them up from the stone bored holes in the floor.   Other men fanned into the room bearing spears which they aimed threateningly over small half-shields down the corridor of each barrel vault tunnel leading to the storage silos at either end.

The freight shaft rooms were deep below and the base of The Keep.  Wagons could be drawn into them with a small team of horses to be let into the city, from below, but the gantry and counterweight systems were operated from the top rooms of the Keep towers next to the silos.  If the enemies below knew anything about the working of these freight shaft systems, they would realize that if they were to mobilize an army to rise up from below, they must bring larger numbers of fighters and weapons up through the freight elevators below.  For this knowledge, they would need to keep the gate sentries alive to operate the elevating levers and counter-balancing weights until they were satisfied that they could operate the lifts themselves.  After that, these persons would be of no use and their lives forfeit.  Somewhere within, a few might still be alive and held at knife or spear point.

Something tugged at Morgrath’s mind.  Some further mystery that seemed relatively important about the empty upper room, given the gravity of the dead in the doorway below and the darkness and destructive forces evident in the central room at the top of the Keep.  Some difference that nagged his subconsciousness, that he could not immediately identify at the moment because of the imminent danger posed by whatever waited in the silo rooms and down the descending steps in the tunnels below the city.

Another of his men turned to Morgrath and asked the question that brought back the missing detail in stark relief.

“Where have all the cats gone?”

***

Maeven knew there was no way she could reach Will once the dryad had pulled him up into the canopy.  She might have been able to prevent it if she had her bow, but Mason carried it on the road ahead.  There was no telling how long the dryad would let him live, but there was very little hope that it would be long enough to allow her to return with her bow.  Much as she hated to abandon him to his terrible fate, she would have to return and catch up to the company.  There was nothing more she could do but hope that Will’s death would come swiftly.

She ran as fast as she dared without creating too much noise, trying to make it back to the road and catch up with O’Brian and the others.  There was no telling what the others may be walking into and with the satyrs in the forest and now the confirmation that the harpies and dryads were present as well, it made sense that the presence of The Pan would be the reason why these contentious groups were in the vicinity.  Only the Pan unified them.

Their only hope was to reach the Faerie Fade.

The Stand-Off at the Slough – Chapter 55

Smoke curled and twisted through the forest stinging and singeing, my eyes and nostrils so that I had to partially cover my face with the end of my cloak as I squinted through the gossamer veil moving under the shadow of The Pan.  I knew he was at some disadvantage.  The burning of the smoke would dull his senses as well and he would not pick up my scent as easily as he would without the intervening proximity of the forest fires.  The same would be true for the satyrs.  Though swift and of a nasty and vicious disposition, they relied upon their animal instincts far more than that of their human ones.  The Pan was ancient.  Time had ravaged him.  He relied on his attendant retinue far more than he had in the past, though he would never let on.  Age had finally left its traces:  His shaggy hair was black and gray–Black with soot, but grayish-white with age.  His eyes were clouded with bluish-white cataracts, and he was nearly blind.  His hearing was dulled–though still greater than human–it was not as attuned as it once had been.  His hooves were worn down so that only thick calluses kept the tender pads of his feet from contact with the rough ground.  His voice had become more guttural as age tightened his vocal cords and added a rasping grate to his speech.  His strength of limb and ligament had also weakened making his movements more ponderous and lumbering rather than lithe and swift.

Only his intellect remained sharp and savage.

And his hatred for the children of men had fed upon years and years of resentment both towards them, and towards the One who loved them and imprinted upon them His image.  And that made him dangerous.

I knew that he watched and was obsessed with the Surface World that they had quitted long ago—Back when his form was comprised of only human flesh alone.  But he had chosen this, though he’d been severely warned against it.  The Surface World had no naturally occurring blend of animal and man flesh.  Much as one might seek for transitional forms, these hybrids were without precedent.  Once quitted, the Surface World had no place for what they’d become or his kind.

He had not heeded the dire warnings of the patriarchs.  He had followed the mysterious Nomad.  Had seen him vanish into the sun touching the horizon.  He’d assumed that the Nomad had been granted access back into Edenu and would reach the Tree that would grant them all immortality.  And the Tree that had given them the curse of death.  He’d wanted to be made a god at any cost.  To offer appeasement to the God of his fathers, by bringing the ram into the place of the sun.  He wanted it ALL that was promised to the family matriarch for himself and his posterity.  He demanded it.  And that was why he’d been named Pan—a word that survived its journey through antiquity into the Latin dialect, meaning the same as had its proto-original word—Pan (Πάν) – All (πᾶν).

Since the path through the Throne Room of all the Heavens had been shut and guarded by the wielders of the holy flames, he still believed they would eventually find another way.  Another means of access to gain audience and demand of the God of Heaven to deliver upon the promise made by the fiery serpent god, The Draco.  The Draco had been acting as an emissary and had made those promises on behalf of the One.  Draco, himself had been betrayed.  Trapped in the form he took to deliver the message and bound to the Surface World.  It had taken some time before The Draco was able to free himself from the form.  Both Draco and Pan had become convinced that perhaps they had not understood the ultimate good purposes of the One, but eventually, they would.  And their patience in this their misunderstanding would eventually pay off and be rewarded by the One.  So, he’d served The Draco, faithfully having surrendered his humanity to become The Half standing upon two worlds.  He would act as a stand-in emissary to receive and deliver the worship of man into The Draco’s hands to be carried up continually into The Presence of The Most High.  So that one day He would relent from His curse and restore all worlds into balance and set him up as a Prince among the gods under heaven.  This, I knew to be Pan’s self-deception.  The Draco was, in fact, the primal enemy of us all.  The one who, in his own hubris, thought to make himself equal to The One who is above everything, and led an ancient uprising against The Most High, even to the point of sweeping a third of the stars with him in his revolt. The Draco, before he became thus left his role as the “shining one” to coax, woo and lure a serpent with crafty words into a portal and there seize, indwell and cohabitate its body and mind to then re-enter the world of men.  I also knew that anyone serving it in any capacity was being used for his own ends.

When The Most High eventually decreed through Moses that He would have no other gods before Him and codified it in stone, it had been a nasty blow. He’d wanted to strangle Hanokh for ever granting to mankind the gift of a written language, where such a decree could be preserved as a testimony for generations that would follow after.  But Hanokh’s life was preserved and protected.  Unlike himself, Hanokh’s body showed no such signs of aging.  Though he had entered the Mid-World ahead of Pan, and walked the same Mid-World lands as he and those who had followed after, Pan feared him.  He talked a lot of hunting and killing Hanokh, but deep down knew he never would carry that out.  Hanokh was appointed for something that would happen in the future in the Surface World of mankind.  A world in which he knew he would never be able to return to without being ripped in half and arriving in severed pieces of what had been left when he’d departed.  Longing for that return to the land of his fathers was pointless.  He was now a creature of the Mid-World, ever to remain as such.  But that did not mean he could not wield influence within the homeworld he had quitted.  And the Draco had shown him how.  If The Most High would not deliver upon the promise made to his family of achieving godhood, the Draco would.

***

Upon the road, Miray, Begglar, Nell, Laura, Dominic and James, Matthew, Mason, Lindsey, Tiernan, and Christopher watched as Mr. O’Brian faded into the haze, silhouetted against the ghostly backlight towards the towering shadow of what O’Brian had identified as The Pan creature.  They saw the flicker and crackle of the light of the sword he carried behind his body and hoped that it would prove to deter and counter this spectral threat, blocking their way ahead.  Begglar stood at the point position of the company, now seeming to take charge in a way that he had, heretofore, shrunk back from.

Begglar had distracted Miray from looking overhead and seeing the grisly, dangling display of vines and heads swaying above them in the wafting smoke.  She didn’t need to see that, and the others in the company recognized what Begglar was doing to keep her focus away from these things and they refrained from commenting or drawing attention to them as well.  Laura too felt delighted and refreshed by Miray’s exuberance and unapologetic honesty.  And she was prepared to fiercely protect it, as necessary.  What others hadn’t seen when they all reunited on the road, was the exchange that happened between them.  Miray had bounded up to her and then paused with a crooked smile.  “I remember you.  You’re Laura.”  Laura stared at the little girl, amazed that she would remember her or even take notice.  She had smiled and said, “Yes, I came back.”  Miray twirled from side to side, dipping her toe out and then wrinkled her nose and said, “I think you need a bath.”  Disarmed by the forthright honesty of this child, Laura laughed, “I’m sure I do.”  Miray reached up and twirled a strand of her hair in her fingers and said, “I want to hug you, too, but can I wait until after?”  Laura smiled, looked up thoughtfully and said, “Only if you promise you will when I get washed up.”

Miray beamed, turned on her heel and bounded away into the group.  Laura, shook her head, smiling from ear to ear and reminded herself, what O’Brian had said to her earlier, “Family.  I think I’m gonna like it here.”  Such an unpretentious moment given freely by a sweet little girl.  Whatever threatened her, Laura would fight with all her might.

Begglar had reattached the reaper blade to his staff, and he looked formidable and ominous bearing it forth against the threat that could come upon them at any moment.  It had been many years since Begglar had encountered The Pan, and, if memory served, the man-creature was even then crooked and stooped by age and wear.  He’d been thickly built, and both Begglar and others had estimated that The Pan had at one time stood at least eleven feet tall, by the English standard, and three and one-third meters by the Metric measure.  Its human half had once been very muscled and powerful, but age had diminished it until he was leaner than it had been, though its wooly legs amid thick salt and peppered fur still seemed thickly powerful, as if reserved for a lunge at his enemies.  Begglar had seen The Pan only one time lose its sinister cool and take part in the physical threat he typically wielded through others under his command.  And that rage had been terrible and brutal, and bloody.  O’Brian had witnessed it too, and Begglar hoped that O’Brian still held that terrible memory in mind as he approached The Pan even now.  Though The Pan was ancient, one should never think that they could get too close to it.  The Pan was unpredictable, and one could never be fully certain whether they were entirely dealing with the human side of him or the raging animal.

***

The Faeries had zipped away through the trees, headed to the southern end of the forest, and as she was preparing to leave with Will and return back to the road through the wood, she froze when she saw a flying shadow pass over one of the breaks in the forest canopy.  Though the sighting had been brief she recognized the form immediately and had stopped Will from rising.  A harpy.  Another of the creatures of the Half-Men races in the kingdoms of The Pan.  Never had she seen these creatures venturing this far and this close to human territories.  The fact that she’d once again seen Faeries returning to the woods of Kilrane after all these years was surprising, but to see both Faeries and satyr prints and a harpy together in the same proximity signified that these were strange times.  Both satyrs and harpies were mortally afraid of the Faeries and had they known there had been several spotted here, usually would have caused both to rapidly leave the environs of the wood.  This strange development gave her pause.  The only possibility that she could come up with was that neither the satyrs nor the harpies were aware of the return of the Faeries back into the woods of Kilrane.  When Maeven finally turned to get Will, she saw additional evidence that a further division of the Half-men races also occupied the forest.  Dryads.  Their yellow pheromone dust powdered the leaves of the bushes under which Will had taken cover.  Strange times indeed.  Three races of Half-Men in one wood, each of which was extremely antagonistic to the other, drawn into one place.  A microcosm of what lay ahead, if Corimanth was correct, that the mysterious drawing of the Builder Stones was forcing the human races towards conflict as well.  Inexorably precipitating a war among the races of man.  She knew they could waste no further time.  They had to get out of these woods and fast.  The presence of so many Half-Men races together in one place could only mean one thing.  The Pan was somewhere in the forest.  And their party was walking straight into a trap on the road ahead.  She dove under the ferns to quickly grab Will, only to see him being hauled up into the canopy by a dryad.

***

Dryads were mostly female.  Of the few males that survived the passage of the ancient portal, there were only two still breathing Mid-World air.  Sylvanius and Polonius.  These The Pan kept a tight rein on, almost making them prisoners, yet deceiving them into thinking they were free.  The Pan used them as leverage against the desires of the more powerful female Dryads of certain Mid-World forests.  As long as the Dryad females did his bidding, The Pan granted them access to their few surviving males.

As mentioned before, the Dryads were obsessed with finding a way to transform back into their human forms again.  And they strove to use sex as a means of achieving this.  They had taken captives from among the men of the Mid-World but never were able to get pregnant by them.  And they killed these in their frustrations and adorned their lairs with the dangling heads of their conquests.

They desperately needed their males, but The Pan had reduced their population over the centuries when he used them for his own purposes in forest warfare.  Something had happened that made the dryad females predisposed to having only girls and rarely ever producing males.  An unforeseen consequence that The Pan had not intended.

To the dryad female mind, they believed that if they could capture and mate with a Surface Worlder male, rather than the Mid-Worlders and also mate with one of their males, and then together ingest the blood of the Surface Worlder human male, that combination would produce their desired seed, gradually becoming once again more human with each succeeding generation.  But the humans of both the Mid-World had learned that there were dark purposes being served in the Mid-World forests, and they tried to avoid those woods where dryads had been sighted.  And very few Surface Worlder’s came through the Mid-World anymore, and when they did they were warned to stay clear of forests with a possible dryad infestation.  But with both dryad male populations dwindling, and The Pan restricting the females from accessing them, even the population of females began to wane.

Instead, they (Mid-Worlders) looked for forests rumored to be the domain of another mysterious creature.

The Dryads, like many other of the Half-Men creatures, were terrified of the Faeries, so they fearfully avoided places where they believed the Faeries were present.  The Forests of Kilrane, stretching below and surrounding the hidden city of Azragoth, had traditionally been a site avoided by the Dryads, and so it was one of those desirable places for mankind to build near and dwell within.  But Faeries had not been seen in the Mid-World for many, many years, and naturally, the threat of them began to wane, even among the Dryads, so that little by little they made incursions into Kilrane, and when left unchallenged, became bolder about their presence over the years.   Many dryad females then brokered a deal with The Pan, that they would serve as his retinue warriors, spies, and attendants, serving even his carnal desires, if he would allow them the proximity to the male dryads he kept in his forest courts.  But then the Xarmnians showed up and declared their rule and threatened the dryads with setting fire to the forests where they remained.  Many land and forests were burned in this Xarmnian war to root out The Pan and his Half-Men.  Deep-seated resentments remained because of it, and it was only recently when the Xarmnians finally decided to change their tactics and offer a peace deal with The Pan and his subjects.  They would establish their domains and give each safe passage if respect and due homage and permissions were granted by the leaders.  The Xarmnians would not encroach on The kingdom lands of The Pan, and The Pan would not molest the Xarmnians in their rulership, nor meddle in their affairs, or take Xarmnian prisoners nor kill and eat them, provided the Xarmnians did not violate the accord.  But with the return of Surface Worlders coming back again into the Mid-World all that changed.  The Pan and his Half-Men creatures had designs for the Surface Worlders, and the Xarmnians viewed them as hostile to their rule and dangerous and subversive interlopers upsetting the balance of power.

***

Shelberd tugged at the pack line, and Bunt balked at the rope rubbing into his skin on his flank as he struggled to gain footing in the soft peat mossy soil around the wood slough.  Grum-blud grunted as he was pulled from the sucking black mud that mired his clothes, and arms.  When he’d finally come free of the muck, the mud made a bubbling wet-popping noise, reluctant to free their prisoner.

Dob had been extracted with much less trouble, for the ratio of water to mud from where he’d entered was weighted more on the wet than the muck.  When finally, Grum-blud lay upon the soft shore, he struggled to free himself from the greasy rope that had cinched too tightly and restricted his breathing.  Shelberd released the rope and came trotting over to help Grum-blud but only received a cuffing for his well-meant efforts and when Grum-blud had found his feet again, he grabbed Shelberd by one of his prodigiously large ears and pull him close into a threatening position.

“If you ever leave your post, when I tell you to stay put, again.  You’d better hope I don’t catch up to you.  Do you hear me now, or shall I tear off this ear and keep it with me as a reminder to you?!”

Shelberd whimpered, as Grum-blud’s fist twisted his ear with such severity, that he could not answer without crying out.

“Yes, yes, yes! Ooo!” he croaked, “Never again!  Never again, boss!”

Grum-blud released Shelberd’s ear and shoved him away, and then turned upon the onocentaurs.

“And as for you…!” he stomped forward and both Bunt and Dob retreated to a distance, fearing what the angry Troll might do to them.

But Grum-blud did not get to finish the statement before it parked and skidded to a stop on his snarling fat lip.

Beyond the two onocentaurs, standing tall amid a bevy of wickedly smiling satyrs, stood the tall ominous form of The Pan, sniffing deeply at the air, and then turning gleaming eyes downward to Grum-blud and the cowering form of Shelberd, ducking behind Grum-blud.

The onocentaurs slowly turned their eyes to where Grum-blud was staring and gaping.

Dob flinched and started.

A deep voice, seeming to begin from underground and rumble upward, vibrating through the roots of the towering trees and up through their feet and legs before registering as sound in their ears spoke to Grum-blud from the deeper forested edge of the black watered slough.

“Ahh, Xarmnian frog, how pleased I am to find you.  We were coming to celebrate yours and our victory over the infested earth walkers occupying our forests.  From a distance, we saw the fires.  Tell me now, how stands the city of Azragoth?  And for my sake, please don’t leave out a single bloody detail.”

The onocentaur named Bunt couldn’t help himself.  He dropped a manure bomb.

lake-1529819_1920

Additional Notes:

For further reading and reference regarding the source myths of the Greek traditions and prior traditions to the Greco-Roman periods:
Bulfinch’s Mythology by Thomas Bulfinch

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pan_(god)

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nymph

Out of the Fire into The Pan – Chapter 54

“Close the Keep!”

The clarion call rang out from the stone courtyard, through the streets of Azragoth, past the bastilles and was conveyed from mouth to mouth, following The Eagle’s orders.  A detachment of soldiers responded to the news quickly, moving in ranks to the court of the northwestern sector of the city, under the shadow of the tall stone edifice.  The doorway to the climbing circular stair hung ajar.  Its door panel wavering upon the hinges under the slight wind stirring within the walls.

The soldiers approached it and fanned outward, blades and points aimed and ready.  A brace had been removed from the fortified door and tossed aside from where it once had run through bronze bands to hold it from without.  The standing order of the General had always been to close the gates behind them upon entering or exiting The Keep.  No doubt the guards charged with that responsibility would be questioned if they were not already dead inside.  As the soldiers approached cautiously, they saw the dramatic answer to the questions circulating in their minds—A dark pool of blood and an arm with an open hand extended out from the interior of the tower doorway.

The dead sentry lay inside amid a small cloud of flies, face bludgeoned and smashed.  Bloody footprints through the pool and spatter of blood revealed that whoever had done this had also callously walked through, on and over the fallen man’s body and proceeded out into the courtyard.  Several sets of tracks showed that there had been at least four or five of them.  A sharp, jagged stone, spattered with gore and cast aside from the body indicated that the man had been assaulted immediately upon opening the door.  The heartless, mindless killers had merely removed an impediment to their entry into the city and had had no sense that they should make an effort to hide the evidence of their violent crime.

Whatever or whoever it was that had come into the city from below, apparently had no sense of self-preservation.  This made them that much more dangerous.

***

We stood in the forested road before the glowing backlit mist, armed yet unnerved by the sight before us.

From the tops of trees dangled a collection of various animal heads strung at the dangling ends of vines which swayed ominously in the chilling breeze wafting under the forest canopy.  I recognized this as the grisly work of the dryads.

Nubile young women, seductive and sensuous creatures that were a fusion of wood, plant, and human—creatures belonging to the races of half-men.  The heads hung from the treetops varied between animal and apparent-animal with characteristics of satyrs.  The majority of these being those of the satyrs.  Vengeful creatures those dryads.  Obsessed with re-birth and finding a way back to becoming completely human again, they wooed and taunted young men into their tree lairs and tore them apart.  Dryads were not the sexy nude nymphs of Greek mythology and classical paintings in the Surface World.  Yes, they were uncommonly beautiful.  Yes, they used their sensual lithe movements to seduce men to commit lewd acts with them, but do not be deceived in any way.  These seemingly beautiful amalgams of human and nature had no nurturing instincts and were as savage, dangerous and capricious as any of the other hybrid creatures of the Half-Men races.  Like sirens of the sea, these woodland nymphs are not what they seem.  Many men, women, and beasts who succumb to them under the influence of a pheromonal storm circulating like pollen are in for a rude awakening.  Dryads were the consorts of a different master and they killed on a whim.  One should avoid the embrace of a dryad at all costs.  The reason for that, hung up swaying from multiple branches in the towering trees above us.

A large shadowy form, beyond the mist, moved interposing itself between the back-light glow and the mist separating us, casting a giant shadow of itself upon the fog as if it were projected upon a silver movie screen.  An eerie light emanated from its eyes from around the shadow of its elongated head, glaring into the mist.  Its long spectral fingers splayed as if ready to reach out from behind the mist and snatch one or all of us.  It wasn’t clear to me if the being beyond saw us through the fog, but there was no avoiding the confrontation with it, so I stepped forward to stand for my people.  I had no doubt in who it might be that I would be confronting.  I recognized that form all too well from both past experiences and from my waking nightmares.  We were about to meet The Pan.

I whispered a quiet prayer as I slowly moved forward and to the point position at the head of the group.

My honor sword scintillated with a crackling light, but I kept it low and to my side, choosing instead to prepare my heart and mind with supernatural weapons rather than physical ones.

I remembered the terror of the last time I had encountered dryads, and the Ancient Texts account of Job’s covenant that I too had to make.

“1 “I made a covenant with my eyes not to look with lust at a young woman.” [Job 31:1 NLT]

I knew that these half-human creatures were not the women that they appeared to be, that their image was distorted and marred by the fusion of the flora they had bonded to when their ancestors had crossed over.  I also knew that what anyone might wish or deceive themselves to think they might be, would not make it so.  Their enticements were a cruel means to an end.  Like in the Surface World, visual enticements to indulge secret pleasures and imaginations, never produced a healthy, satisfactory relationship arising from those desires.  The One, by design, invested the need for intimacy within the design of the human being, and His intention was for the greatest good for the individual.  The physical need alone would not serve to meet the good desire, nor would the soul’s need alone achieve it.  What was needed was a completion, bathed in the commitment of the whole person, maintaining the sacredness of all components to truly enjoy its intention.  What these creatures were doing was reducing the need to the physical component alone, isolating it from a relationship and the blessing of the One.  I knew that dissatisfaction was the end product of succumbing to the mere physical appeal of the dryads.  That they toyed with physical intimacy in Machiavellian terms and used it to gain power, and they, like a parasite, devour their host victim with the insectile finality of a female Praying Mantis.  No man can reach true meaningful intimacy with a woman if he dishonors her personhood and disrespects her trust, in the service of his own physical need.  Despite what he may say or do, this is what deep down, the need was created in him for, and it is what he truly seeks to find fulfillment in the enjoyment of it, rather than the conquest of it.  Human women, unlike the dryad creatures, want and need to know that they are valued, honored and protected in their personhood, physicality and spiritual covering.  They are too often deceived into thinking that they must trade a part of their being, surrender their privacy and physicality in hopes of being appreciated for their wholeness.  Far too often, this trade almost never works in their favor.

Despite the knowledge of all of this, knowing truly what these creatures were and their malevolent intentions, they gave off extremely high-levels of pheromonal dust that drove their victims mad with desire.  The satyrs were highly susceptible to this, which they used to torment them.  As such, The Pan forbade the satyrs from cavorting with the nymphs, whether dryads (forest nymphs) or naiads (water nymphs), when they served as his retinue.  However, merely forbidding them did not cause a deterrent in how they were affected, so The Pan chose his traveling companions to suit his needs and forced the pre-evacuation of the ones who might cause disruptions to those attending him.

His kingdom was divided by necessity.  He pitted certain groups of the Half-Men races against the others to keep them in line and maintained his iron rule by coordinating mutual threats and balancing the reigns of tension in his dark fists.

I hoped, for the sake of our company, that this time he had chosen to travel with the satyrs rather than the dryads.

From the prints on the trail further up the road, this had seemed to be the case.  The evidence that the dryads had been here was ominous and obvious.  Knowing that The Pan was coming, and would be traveling with satyrs, they would have been forced to vacate those portions of the forest, but they were loathed to do so and were not above sending a dire warning message to the satyrs even with The Pan in their midst.  But the fires to the north would eventually drive the dryads back this way and soon.  Whatever creatures The Pan had used to compel the dryads to temporarily vacate their domain would serve to keep them at bay only as long as their threat was not exceeded by the need for self-preservation under the threat of the approaching fires.  As soon as the fires became the greater threat, the dryads would return in force, despite the creature-threat of The Pan’s brute squad sent to clear the forest.  A confrontation was coming.  It was only a matter of time.

If it was still possible that The Pan did not already know we were in the forest, I could not reveal their presence.  I could only buy us some time to allow Maeven to join us soon.

I addressed the group.

“I need to scout the way ahead for a bit,” I said quietly, “And I am going to need all of you to wait here until I come back or Maeven does.  If Maeven comes back before I do, go with Maeven.  I have an idea where she is taking us to get supplies.  The place is not unknown to me.  Go with her and wait for me there.  I will catch up to you.”

Miray moved forward and took my hand, “I’m going with you.”

I turned and knelt down and cupped her cheek, “Miray, I’ve got to go this one alone.  It is too dangerous to bring anyone with me into the presence of the creature that lies ahead of us.”

“But I want to go with you,” she protested.

“I know.  I know,” I took her arms gently, and looked her directly in the eyes, “But I need you to be brave and protect these others.  I need to give us some time to get to safety.  I will do everything I can to return quickly.  Please be brave for me.  Can you do that?”

“I can but I am much braver with you here.”

There was no arguing against her pure and simple logic, but there were things I could not share with her at that moment.  I hugged Miray fiercely because I could give her no other response, “Please trust me, Miray.  I will return as soon as I can.”

I had barely escaped death in my last encounter with The Pan, but I could not run from him forever.  Part of my calling by the One required that I face The Pan again, and trust that a way would be revealed to redeem the losses suffered during the failure of the second quest—a failure that I was partially responsible for.

There was something he took from Caleb before having him slaughtered.  Something that I may still be able to retrieve from him if I chose to believe what I was told rather than fear it.  I was confident that The Pan still had that thing with him.  That he used it to gain the advantage he now had over his warring kingdom.  If he turned that thing against us, he would destroy us one by one and the stories would die forever.

Where was Maeven, I wondered.  She should be here by now.  Had she found who had taken Will?  Was Will a captive to The Pan, and Maeven was still gathering intelligence as to what had been done with him or to him?  All of these thoughts weighed heavily upon me as I walked forward towards the glowing mist, under the shadow of a cursed man-creature that was as old as Hanokh himself and had come into the Mid-World no long after Hanokh himself had arrived.

***

Maeven and Will ducked low in the forest brush uncertain of what the faeries might do.  Maeven knew they were dangerous.  That even the Half-Men wanted nothing to do with them.  That the Xarmnians were terrified of them, and those were enough of a reason to give them a wide berth and try not to provoke their interests.  A mere touch of a metal blade and the blade tip broke away flaring red as if it had been pulled from a forge.  It had scalded the troll creature and driven him off abandoning his captive.  Maeven had done all she could to avoid trolls and she wasn’t about to pursue this one.  Trolls had the strange quality of pulling out painful memories and assaulting their victims with them, and she had already re-awakened to some terrible memories of her own.  She didn’t need some troll making them any worse.  There were many creatures with whom she was willing to fight face to face, but trolls were not one of them.

In her mind, the sooner they left the area the better.

Again, came the odd top-canopy rustle that she’d heard in the upper trees when she’d left O’Brian and moved into the forest.  Something was up there.

Then she saw what was making that noise and her breath caught in her throat.

“Oh my God, no!” she whispered, drawing in a shuddering breath.

“What is it?” Will asked.

“Harpies,” she answered, twisting and holding his mouth closed, “Don’t move. Don’t make a sound.”

***

The four faces of Brian glared angrily and contemptuously at the soldiers who now held them bound to one another and tied with strong cords so that they could not escape. Their eyes burned with a seething fire as they saw that the one they had thought they had brought down now stood before them with bloodied chest, the shaft of an arrow bristling from his chainmail, to be attended to later.  Their plan had failed.  The man still stood resolutely, though propped up, before his enemies.  His indomitable spirit was determined and bolstered by a new-found fire that did not serve the ends it once had when he was their unwitting ally.

“You betrayed us, Captain Mattox,” the four bound bodies said in disturbing syncopated unison.  Their doppelganger voices sounding somewhat like O’Brian’s but not.  Vocal modulation, airway throat structure and simulated muscle movements copied from that of O’Brian, but the interior animate presences were that of wind creatures who spoke with more force than that of the human they replicated.  There was no denying that these were not the original, but Mattox was worried that if there were four, there would most certainly be more.

“Whom do you serve?”  Mattox pressed them.

“Our service has now ended,” they responded, “now that our master has been slain.  We are freed to our own will.”

“You lie,” Mattox retorted, “you do not bear these forms without a purpose in them.”

“Strike us from these forms, deposed Captain.  We will find others.  The awakened one shall not be long into his quest until he finds us again standing in his path again.  You cannot hold us here.  We have many faces yet to wear.  He has taken the sword and there are none like it left that can alter his fate to treat with us.”

“That is not true,” Mattox responded, “There is another.”

For the first time, since their capture, these creatures bearing the shared image of Brian studied him for a moment and looked collectively worried.

***

High on a weathered hill, upon the crest of the mountain known as Mount Zefat, a sword similar in kind to the one borne by the one called Mr. O’Brian, stood blade down within a broken assemblage of mountain stone, its driven blade whistling in the mountain wind.  Its forbearer had abandoned it there many years ago, overcome with grief and crushed by betrayal.  He had walked away from the call to lead, abandoning the quest as hopeless and too dangerous.

Its age-worn sash, called the bloodline, was frayed and severed from the cross-guard.  The material had floated down the mountain and eventually became snagged somewhere below, caught and held by the jagged edge of fractured rock.

Mattox’s men had repeatedly tried to dislodge the sword from the rock and scree pile but were unable to do so.  Mattox realized that human-might alone could not wield this type of sword destined to serve those under the specific calling of the One.  Supernatural forces held the sword in its present resting place.  Only the one designated to wield it could take it up again.

Mattox was certain he knew who this remaining Honor Sword had belonged to.  The man had come to Azragoth many years before and left something of value to be kept within the secret city while it was being rebuilt.  Mattox had faced the man on the field of battle, but time and circumstances had so radically changed their positions that now they had become allies.  Mattox’s heart and perspective had changed, while this man’s heart had been hardened and distant, even though now they shared a common cause.  Mattox had found the frayed sash and had taken it up and kept it in his pocket.  The sword was left in place, and its present location was carefully marked upon the map Mattox and others were compiling.  And perhaps eventually the man would be brought to the place where he might take it up again…if only Mattox could convince him to try.

Scree and Sword

***

I moved into the edge of the glowing fog, and realized that is was not fog at all, but smoke.

The fires of Azragoth were moving faster, and the strange winds moving through and under the forest canopy had driven this stream of smoke to creep along the forest floor and weave its smoky tendrils through the tall trees.  Fire and smoke–a combination that would excite the satyrs- given their interest in ash, would ultimately bring these out towards the burning city environs surrounding Azragoth.  And if, as I suspected the forest dryads had been driven ahead, they would soon turn back this way, for these had a particular fear and aversion to fire.  If The Pan had used some other Half-Men agents to drive the nymph dryads to the northern side of the forest, they would eventually encounter the fires and surge back this way in fear.  Whether the Pan intended to or not, both the dryads and the satyrs with him presently in the woods come into contact and mayhem would ensue.  And there we were, right smack dab in the middle of it.  The dryads would entice, bate and stir up the satyrs, appealing to their carnal natures to lure them into the trees—to be ravaged and savaged.  Whatever third group the Pan had employed would be friends of neither the dryads nor the satyrs and bringing those into the mix would only complicate the Pan’s attempts to control the situation.  What the Pan did not know is that his pitting one group against the other to manipulate the situation into his favor was about to backfire on him.  I only hoped that our company might be able to occupy him here for the moments needed to allow these beast-men to come back together and create that circumstance whereby we had a chance to elude capture.  I needed only stall him for time.  The heads above me swayed ominously at the ends of their vine tethers, reminding me that what I was attempting was extremely dangerous.  I still had not heard from Maeven, so whatever she had found that was tracking us, must either be eluding her, or she was heading right into danger with the enemies about to converge in the forest.  That is if both she and Will were not already either captured or dead.  I knew I should have insisted that we stay together, but she had convinced me that there may still be hope for finding Will.  I had hoped that too, but not at the sacrifice of Maeven.  I had felt like we almost lost her earlier, and was praying that a second miracle might spare her once again.  I wondered also if I was asking for too much as I moved into the smoke, motioning the crew to stay put, while I treated with The Pan.  I bore the Honor Sword, my wrist firmly wrapped in the bloodline sash, as I raised it into the guard position and moved into the smoke fog screen towards the shadowy silhouette.  I had seen The Pan back down from one who bore an Honor Sword before in my past.  One who had been my friend, who had been betrayed by my failure to keep my presence of mind about me.  A friend the horrible Manticore alluded to back on the Lake at the Trathorn Falls behind us.  A fellow warrior and resistance fighter named Caleb.

***

Dob had become enmired.  As he had burst through the forest underbrush attempting to flee the attack of the faeries, he’d become disoriented.  He wasn’t used to running for more than short distances.  He’d picked up the burning smell and had panicked further and was running blindly when he’d plunged into the dark miry water, black with rot and decay.  The ground had become soft and his hooves sank deep into the sucking mud below, slipping on oily mud, descending into the bog.  A slough.  The black, greyish water stank, its surface swam with water bugs skittering in all directions.

A murky film of grey water-moss sloshed around him as he fought against the sinking tug of the mud.

swamp-971210_1920

Splosh!  A wet-noise to his left, caused Dob to turn as something or someone slid down an embankment, under the leafy plants and hit the bog water as well, rippling the grayish-green filmy mat of brown and organic black.  Momentarily a grotesque, mud gobbed lump bobbed up from the water, spitting, sputtering…and cursing.  Grum-blud.

The grey blackened lump that was Grum-blud sloshed, and flailed, sending water slashes slapping the shore and spattering the leaves the terminated and shrank to curled brownish husks along the edge of the slough.  Gnats buzzed about his head as he clawed mud away from his eyes and face.  His hair was a mess, but it had never been much of a fashion with him to keep it more than tugged under a dirty short woven cap.

Dob couldn’t help but bray out a laugh, as he witnessed this display, while Grum-blud swore and thrashed his way towards the muddy edge of the water, finally grasping at the broken root of a stump that jutted out of the mire.

Grum-blud turned reddened, blinking eyes towards Dob, and grumbled, “Clamp your yap, you black-eyed cabbage eater!  I’ll boil your eyes out!”

“Nasty, nasty!” Dob clucked his tongue at him, “I don’t know which is fouler.  You or this stinking water and muck.”

“Why you little…!” Grum-blud lunged towards Dob, but lost hold of the root stump, and splashed back into the murky water, going under once more.  When he came up again, a small, brown water snake curled down from his brow, around his bulbous nose and dropped into the water and slithered away from him.  Grum-blud gaped and panted, coughing brown water, and frantically sloshed towards the root he’d once held to.  He trembled violently, and whimpered a bit, hugging the mossy root, searching frantically for any other reptilian creature that might come near him.  “Sn-snakes, gawd!” he blinked rapidly trying to clear the water from his eyes, rubbing his face with his stumpy hand.

Dob laughed, knowing there was nothing Grum-blud could immediately do to him.  For all of Grum-Blud’s blustering and bullying, Dob felt a savage delight knowing that there was at least one critter that could fill the troll with the cold dread he cruelly served to others.

swamp-851827_1920

From further up the forest line, where the slough and bogland curved around from the woods, a familiar voice called out to them.  “Oy!  That you Grum?  What’re you doin’ muckin’ about in that stink?”

Another troll, not much different than Grum-blud in stature but considerably cleaner and drier, though soot-blackened and gray with ash flakes, stood holding a halter and gawking at them both.  There beside him was the other Onocentaur named Bunt.  Both wore a poorly veiled expression of amusement.

“Shelberd, you idiot!  Where’ve you been?!  Get me outta here!”

***

I was most worried about the dryads.  I had to find a way to protect my burgeoning fellowship.  I may be able to stall The Pan, but if the dryads came in contact with them, they would need to know how to resist their influence,  They needed to be prepared to contend with these particular Half-Men race subset with something more than brute physical force.  The Ancient Text came to mind again:

“6 So letting your sinful nature control your mind leads to death. But letting the Spirit control your mind leads to life and peace.” [Romans 8:6 NLT]

This was a critical truth.  I was reminded of how when I was in a company of travelers, I had learned from solid other faithful followers of the One how to survive the enticement snares of a dryad attack.  The satyrs could be fought with weapons alone but not the dryads.  Two principles had sustained us.

Precept and Priority.  That was the only way we had survived the last encounter with the dryads.  The Ancient Text says:

“”9 [Beth] How can a young man keep his way pure? By guarding it according to your word. 10 With my whole heart I seek you; let me not wander from your commandments! 11 I have stored up your word in my heart, that I might not sin against you.” [Psalm 119:9-11 ESV]

But knowing the One’s precepts alone does not give a person the power to resist the temptation to fall away from The One’s loving commands to protect you from harm.

There is a second component that is necessary and that is learning to prioritize your relationship with Him in your own life.

“28 Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest. 29 Take my yoke on you and learn from me, because I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.” [Matthew 11:28-29 NET]

By allowing Him to establish intimacy with you, you will come to value the amazing way He loves you in such a way that it restores you, comforts you and helps you to so desire that fellowship that you find anything that threatens that closeness to be an enemy of your own desire.

***

“Hey, pretty boy!”

Eyes beautiful and moist, blinking large, round and soothing beneath a porcelain brow and under a flaxen brown cascade of curls, rose slowly and casually from the brush, followed by a pair of soft, blushing cheeks, and full pouting lips of crimson, spoke seductively, “Wanna play with us?”

A dryad had found Will crouched and hiding under the rush where Maeven had told him to wait, and lie very perfectly still while the Harpies passed overhead.
As the woman-creature rose up before him, her sinuous, and slender, shapely body barely covered by forest flora, Will decided right then and there, that this was the most beautiful woman he had ever seen in his life in the Surface World or in his teenage, pubescent dreams.  No magazine or movie or siren actress could ever approximate her beauty and carnal sensuous appeal.  Yes, he said to himself, rising towards her, mesmerized by the sight of her.  He most definitely wanted to play.
A fine layer of dust sparkled in his hair and upon his shoulders, as he reached to touch her small extended hand, a grin spreading upon his face.  The dust accumulated on the edge of his nostrils and lips as he unwittingly breathed it in.  Pheromones.
Maeven turned as she heard the rustle from behind her and gasped as she saw Will’s body rising up into the tree canopy above born aloft in a tangled cocoon of extending vines.

The Faeries – Chapter 53

Grum-blud had tied Will to the Onocentaur called Bunt, while he rode upon the other whose name was Dob.  He had no particular preference or fondness for either, but since Bunt was the whinier of the two, he opted to straddle Dob, to be further away from the latter’s annoying protestations.  Despite their complaints to the contrary, the donkey-half of these two still maintained the trait of their Surface World counterparts of being sure-footed and slow-plodding creatures when moving over rough terrain bearing a burden.  This characteristic of donkeys and mules was desirable in the Surface World for slow excursions involving mountain and canyon travel, which was precisely why these animals were employed to safely convey visitors up and down the narrow trails along the canyon’s edge.

Dob and Bunt were resentful and relatively sullen, as Grum-blud urged them on through the forest trails at a pace they were not accustomed to.  After all, they were part human.  He knew the fire would be coming soon, and if they did not hurry they would be overtaken by it.  They were at least a half day’s journey from the rendezvous point with the agents of The Pan.  He worried what exactly he would say when he met up with them without the Manticores in his company.  He wondered where that fool Shellberd had run off to when he was supposed to stay with the onocentaurs until after the siege.  When Grum-blud had fled the interior walls of Azragoth, he’d barely made the gates of the Barbican before the fiery manticores came plunging through shrouded and lit in a ghostly light.  The oil and tar on their hides burned first before the heat of the flame lit their skin and fur.   He’d climbed up on the gate, was nearly sprung off of it before he’d caught the rope of Mogawr and been pulled free.  The Manticore dragged him as it ran, its hide afire, but its large segmented tail still free of flame, as it bounded through the forest ahead of the others.  Grum-blud had jumped upon his tail, the halter rope held tightly in his fist and his arms hugging tightly to the segmented arch for as long as he could until ultimately, he fell off as the Manticore juked back and forth through the brush and low limbs, heedless of its rider.  Flames licked at Grum-blud as he struggled to stay on as the tail pumped and flexed up and down in the erratic winding run.  When the oil flames reached his arms and ignited his hair he rolled off screaming in agony and anger, cursing the Manticore his bad luck and the pain that curled and burned his arms until he was able to roll and smother the flame.  He’d scrambled away, found the onocentaurs, no sign of Shellberd and they’d taken the road downward away from the growing fire.  Finding Will had been a sudden turn of his horrible luck.  Finding the group of outworlders, and marking them for death, was only a matter of time.

***

Maeven moved into the brush along the side of the road when she saw the grass turned down and pine needles disturbed where someone, most likely Will, had hastily moved off the winding road to lay low behind a stand of trees. The light was poor because of the thick cover of trees and the interlocking branches and canopy of leaves towering a good twenty to twenty-five feet overhead.  A short declivity created a bowl behind the stand, allowing a person ample room to hide effectively either to allude or ambush the travelers moving down the forest road.

The rest of us waited for Maeven, knowing that if we crowded her, we might obscure the tracking signs she was looking for.  We had lit a torch to aid her sight, but she had held us off when she noticed the signs that the roadside brush had been disturbed.  I stood as far as she had given me leave, holding forth the burning torchlight as it flickered in the darkling dappled light.  Once she’d moved behind the roadside tree blind, she’d discovered the pressed brush and felt the moistened ground and felt some oily slick substance on the dried leaves.  She came around from behind the stand of trees rubbing her fingers together, with a curious look upon her face, looking closely at them as she came into the brighter light.  Her eyes lifted, and the torchlight flame danced in gleams of twin golden reflections in her eyes.

“Blood,” she whispered, letting the implication hang in the cool stillness of the air.

“What did you find back there?” I asked.

“Looks like Will or someone, was hiding back there.  It appears they might have had a slight injury, and someone else may have dragged them back from their hiding place for a short distance, but they walked out of here, through the forest.  If this was Will, I do not think he was given much choice in the matter.  If we leave the road, however, the chances are high we’ll get disoriented and perhaps lost since there is no real trail that way.  Whoever has Will, they are avoiding a confrontation with us for now, but they may be following us from some distance.”

“Doesn’t seem like the Protectorate’s way of doing things, does it?”

Maeven shook her head, soberly, “No it doesn’t.”

“Who else might it be?”

“If you are seeking a list of who might be our enemies here, you have a lot to choose from.”

“Yes, but many of them would not hesitate to confront us aggressively, so that narrows the list down a bit.”

“We’re gonna have to be careful and watchful as we go on.  I would like to fan out a little and angle behind, perhaps catch some sign of them running parallel to us, see who they are.”

“It’s too dangerous for us to get separated.”

“That’s true, so you will need to lead the others along the road, keep whoever is watching focused on you all so that I can slip away behind unnoticed and find out who they are and perhaps get to them before they do anything to Will.”

“They won’t do anything to Will,” I responded.

“How can you be so sure?”

“Because they took Will because they need leverage to deal with us.  Will is too valuable to them right now.”

“Do you think Will would sell us out?”

I couldn’t answer that question and found myself looking off thoughtfully which provided Maeven with all of the answers she needed.

“Then there isn’t much time.  Take the others onward.  I’ll find out what I can and come back to you.  Follow the road.”

“Do you know the way?”

“I know enough about these woods to get through them.  Storm Hawk, remember?” she grinned.

I smiled and nodded, “Go to it then.  Be safe.  Come back soon.”

***

I returned to our company as they waited while Maeven and I conferred in private.

“Did you find Will?” Miray asked.

“Not yet, my dear, but we’re working on it.”

“So, what’s the plan from here?” Christie asked.

“We’re to proceed down the road as planned.  The forest behind is burning and it won’t be long before the wind shifts and drives it more this way.  The woods eventually yield and thin out.  There is a slough in the woods ahead which might explain what we’ve all been smelling.  We need to stay close and together.  James still has his halberd weapon.  I have the honor sword.  Mason, you still have Maeven’s bow and the quiver of arrows.  Begglar, I assume that staff is for more than just walking.  Christie, be prepared to use that saber and dagger.  Matt, Laura, Tiernan, Dominic and Chris, as Ezra said, there are more weapons available to you than those with a sharpened edge or pointed tip.  Use your eyes and ears to be watchful.  Seeing and identifying the approach, direction and nature of an enemy can be just as important as any parry or strike.  If we have to fight, even though you are unarmed, we need you to be looking in the direction we cannot.  Let us know what you see that we don’t.  Stay in the center, between each of us who have a weapon, but watch beyond us.  Some enemies may even descend from the trees so don’t just look to the left or right of you.  You are our eyes and ears.  Pick a direction for each of the five of you.  The four compass points and the trees above should cover it.”

“Where should I look?” Miray asked, not wanting to be left out.

“Why, I thought, since you were already down there, short-stuff, you could keep an eye on the ground ahead of us.  Ezra taught me an important lesson, remember?  Be aware of the ground upon which you stand to fight.  That makes your perspective extremely important.  Don’t let us down, missie.”

Miray giggled, delighted with my answer.

“Does Maeven want her bow back?” Mason asked.

“I expect when she does, she’ll ask for it.  You keep it for now.  I will never forget that eye-shot you made with that Moon Sprite.  It strobing away and you put out its lights, just as cleanly as any marksman.  I expect she would be honored to let you bear it a while longer.”

“Where’s Maeven going?” Nell asked.

“Leave that to her,” I answered, “She’s running a brief errand and will join us soon.”

Begglar smiled knowingly but didn’t seem to agree with my assessment that the scent we were encountering was merely the sewage seep of a deep wood slough.  The thick arched eyebrow was one of his tells.  He kept slightly sniffing the air, looking from one direction and then another.  His eyes shone forth under a furrowed brow, lit again with that old rascal fire, that I’d once seen in them.  As a father now, he was mindful of not causing premature alarm with young ones, as he gently stroked Miray’s red hair, delighted by her youthful exuberance and more than willing to shield her, for however much longer he could from the harsher realities present in this Mid-World.  A wistfulness shone in his eyes as well, stilling his tongue from saying more.  Life handed out brutal acquaintances with the brutality of mankind and the curse of a fallen world at odds with the One, in doses of time.  While time was inexorable and sometimes seemed deliberately slow when our wanting was placed upon the uncertain future.  The pace of time’s march shifted by one’s perspective.  To a child, the lengths of growing up might seem like forever, but to a loving and engaged parent, that time seemed to be sped up and slipping away all too quickly.  Awareness of evil, signified the loss of innocence, much like with the fruit of that accursed tree in the ancient Surface World garden where all mortal life began.

The smell he’d detected was more than just the organic putrefaction of a stagnant slough.  It was that of rotting flesh.  He’d remembered the distinctive smell from his days aboard a ship when Xarmnian ships had plied the waters and captured the boat of a friend of his, which he’d later found floating derelict and adrift.  He’d recognized the vessel, and he and his crew had hailed it with no response and no flag signal.  When they came close enough to board her, he saw why there had been no response.  From the mast to the mizzen sail rigging, the boom and cross sails hung with the dangling bodies of the sailor crew.  The smell of that terrible sight stuck forever in his memory.  It had not gotten any better when he and his men climbed the ropes to the topsails and worked their way across the boom, cutting each and every one down, to give them a more dignified burial at sea.

***

The lights of the mysterious creatures moved through the dark forest, illuminating the boles of the trees, flashing this way and that with blinding speed.  Maeven had barely left the company when she witnessed the distance brilliant spectacle of their passing flickering in the distance through the trees.  She moved as quietly and as quickly as she could, knowing that the woodland faeries did not often reveal themselves unless they were on a distinct mission.  And if one was careful enough, and could get close enough, one might have the pleasure of hearing them sing.

The faeries could appear small or large depending on whatever suited them, for size was also not a limitation for them, but an aspect of their physicality that they could change at their whim.  When in motion, however, especially when moving rapidly through such a dense forest, they often appeared small to easily sweep through and around trees without the constraint of a larger mass.  In smaller form, however, their quadrupedal wings appeared to flutter in a circular motion with a distinctive brilliance scintillating on the tips of their wings, moving in such rapidity, as to appear like they moved within a brightly glowing ring of light, folding and enfolding upon itself.

***

Maeven wasn’t the only one to witness the bright shining lights coming rapidly through the back forest.  Grum-blud also saw the flashes behind him and panicked.  He drove his boot into the flank of Dob and grabbed the short hair ridge of the onocentaur’s neck mane.  “Get going, you good-for-nothing, jackass!” he shouted.  Dob, flinched and kicked at Grum-blud’s harsh treatment, but found no hoof contact that satisfied him.  Dob ran into the back of Bunt, almost toppling Will to the ground, had he not been securely tied to the packs the ono also carried.

“Get us outta, here!  The wood is haunted by faeries!”

The light behind then grew in intensity, and arc welder-like streaks whooshed passed and overhead, banking and then curving around and doubling back upon them, buzzing them, close enough to strike their heads.

Grum-blud flinched and ducked under the swoop barely able to stay on Dob, as he bucked and spun in fear of the creatures.

“You got us into this, troll!  Bad luck follows you everywhere!”

Bunt brayed loudly, bouncing off of trees, attempting to run, but finding no good place to get into the trees but by following the barely discernable footpath trail they had been following.

“Curse you, you stupid troll!” Bunt brayed angrily, “May the satyrs eat your eyes out!”

Bunt took off in one direction, abandoning the trail, and Dob took off in another, their fear of the diving and swooping faeries far greater than any abuses to which Grum-blud or The Pan might put to them.

Grum-blud kicked harshly at Dob, but Dob paid him no heed, running faster and faster over the uneven trail, cutting through brush, bouncing off a buried boulder, crushing Grum-blud’s leg and calf between the donkey’s flank and the rock, causing Grum-blud to curse all the more, but lose his grip upon the reigns and roll, tumbling head over heels off Dob’s backside and land face down in the dirt and fallen pine needles of the forest floor.  Dob raced away, kicking his hind legs sporadically, but disappeared into the forest without looking back to see where the others had gone.

The rope holding the packs, and Will to the back of the Ono named Bunt, snagged on a jutting branch and Bunt twisted and jerked, side to side trying to get free.  At last, the coarse rope broke and both Will and the weighted pack fell to the forest floor beneath a fern-like plant, as Bunt took off in the opposite direction also disappearing into the darkened woods.

***

Maeven saw her opportunity and she took it.  The faeries had provided a distraction and she’d witnessed the piggish faced troll go down, separated from the other creatures, Onocentaurs, it appeared, and Will, who had been bound and gagged fell as well.  In the melee, and under the flashing lights whizzing to and fro, casting blinding flashes of light through the dark, she could stay low, and get to Will while he lay down under the low forest cover and snatch him away from the Troll.  She had not brought a weapon with her, for she had expected this only to be a scouting mission and not a confrontation.  The Troll would be on her if he spotted her, and she had no way of knowing who else of the enemy was in the area and might soon respond and rally to the commotion.  The faeries continued to dive-bomb the Troll so that he dared not get up until they passed.  One touch of the faerie wings of its burnished body and his head would turn into crumbling ash and salt—faerie dust, indeed.

Maeven crouched low, knowing that a touch by the faeries would prove disastrous to her as well, but she did not believe these were haphazard in their persistence to cow the troll and keep him down.  She crawled and ran through the forest brush, weaving around the dense trees, finally arriving at the place where she’d seen Will fall and dove down under the ferns.

Will lay winded, the gagged pulled tightly against his neck, his nostrils flaring to compensate for the breaths he could not take due to the gagging cloth.  Maeven reached down, snagged his arm and dragged him towards her.  Pulling out a short blade from a belt she turned him over, slicing through the rope that bound his hands, then proceeding down to free the one tied to his feet.  She jerked at the knot binding the kerchief like cloth binding his mouth, and when she could not pull it loose she slid the knife between his hair and the cloth, scoring the fabric enough to begin ripping it apart.  Once loose, Will reached up and snatched it away, his breath coming out in an audible wheeze.

“Oh, that stunk!” he gasped, “So glad to get that out of my mouth.  Smelled like that troll wiped his rear with it.”

“Might have,” Maeven hushed him, and Will blanched and looked like he was going to be sick.

“Don’t think about that now.  Hush.  It’s still out there and it has that sword you put between your shoulders.  Bad move, that.  You can never get to it when you need to.  It’ll never clear the scabbard.”

Will winced and groused, “Little late to be telling me now!”

“Stay down under here for a moment.  Let me see if I can spot him.”

Maeven eased up poking her head just above and between the ferns trying to determine if she could see over the top of them without giving their position away.

She saw the faeries swoosh over a spot where she figured the troll was and saw the flash of a blade swipe at the air where the faerie had been.  Two faeries crisscrossed over him and the blade slashed wildly about, trying desperately to hit and ward off the creatures buzzing him.  All at once the silver of the blade did strike and appeared to hit one of the diving creatures, and the blade rang with a metallic clang and a shower of sparks erupted as the sound of the Troll exulting bellowed forth from the brush, but it was short-lived.  The blade that had made contact fizzled with further sparks as its tip, heated to white-hot, fell from the top of the blade and dropped onto Grum-blud seeming to scald him from the sounds of his howling, and a string of foul obscenities, that Maeven had never heard before or since in the Surface World or the Mid-World belched out of the angry troll, such that if it were possible, just hearing them would scald a person’s ears anywhere within proximity.  And suddenly, the faeries did something that caused Grum-blud’s cursing to cease and he howled, stopping his ears, and the sound of his running form crashing through the brush and fleeing the area, could just barely be heard behind the most mellifluous and beautiful noises that Maeven had ever heard.  The faeries had begun to sing.

***

We had not gone very far down the old road before we heard a rustling over the tops of our heads.  Laura searched the canopy sensing something was above us, but could not make out what it was, for the treetops swayed and rustled, and gently clacked and popped as branches swayed and collided with the high breeze flowing over the tops of the trees.  But the sounds were more than just that.  Something or somethings were moving through the treetop canopy as if running across the roof of the leafy ceiling.  The others were tempted to look upward, away from their focal directions, but I admonished them not to be distracted.  This was just the sort of scenario that would require eyes all around.  Those in our company with weapons stiffened not knowing exactly where to point their sharpened aim, blade-edge or striking blunt, but I bade them wait for the direction of assault to be identified and approach it with calm and cool, if possible.

More noises were heard skipping from the upper boughs as we proceeded down the road, blades drawn, arrows ready, and turned down the curve of the road.  At last, we saw what had been causing that horrendous odor we had all detected.  A haze of smoke wafted across the roadway, with a phosphorescent glow somewhere behind it, similar to moonlight.  Begglar was the first to speak, but it wasn’t to me.

“Miray, are you watching the ground, lassie?  Please focus on the ground, darlin’.  Keep us safe.”

Begglar did not want her to see what we saw silhouetted in front of the smoky phosphorescence over the road ahead, and I did not want Miray seeing it either.  If we could spare Miray’s innocence for just a few seconds more, they were worth it.  Every moment of innocence is precious.  This forest was haunted indeed.

The Haunted Forest – Chapter 52

When Mattox had approached the archer on the wall, he never had expected what he saw when the man turned to face him.  Nor had he or anyone in his company expected the man to shoot him.  Four other faces along the southern wall turned and faced Mattox and the company.  Four who all shared the same face.  That of a person they had sent out from Azragoth before the siege had begun.  The face of one who had openly and publicly accused The Eagle of being a traitor to Azragoth and had raised his sword threatening him before the eyes of the soldiers and citizens who placed implicit trust in The Eagle to lead their warriors and armies against Xarmnian oppression.  A man whom those in his company called Mr. O’Brian.

***

Though the shock of seeing what appeared to be an ally suddenly turn in aggression and fire upon their commander caused the retinue to hesitate for a moment, that moment between shock and response did not last long.  Two of the four other Mr. O’Brian’s shot arrows into their group causing their horses to rear, as other men-at-arms were felled from their mounts under an arrow assault.  The remaining two O’Brians were stretching their bows, making attempts on the remaining company, when the horses veered away from the group, spurred by their Azragothian riders, to stretch out the battle unit and divide the center mass grouping so that the archers would not pick them off easily.  Two men, rode to and across the path, right into the rain of arrows, towards their fallen general, using short buckler shields to fend off the sharp points, from hitting vitals but charging towards Mattox to see if the arrow that had hit him had been as deadly as it appeared.

Mattox had slumped from his saddle, shifted and fallen from it to the cobblestone street, blood stained his emblematic crest, and the piercing arrow had appeared to strike him through the heart.  The soldiers witnessing the shocking turn of events, though they did not wish to believe it, had assumed the worst, but the two trusted bodyguards could not leave their general in such an ignominious position.  They rushed and rallied to his aid, arrows glancing off their bucklers, but whishing through their legs, bouncing and breaking upon the hard cobbled stone street, glancing off their leather brigandine, pinging their rerebrace epaulet plates, yet not halting their determined and single-minded purpose—get to the general.

Mattox blinked and stared up at the smoky sky, the breath knocked out of his lungs when he’d hit the pavements, his chest awash in fire.  The tip of the arrow that had pierced his body has been awash in flame, no doubt dipped in the fiery oil running across the top of the burning wall.  He’d bled from the wound, but the heated tip, prevented more blood loss because it had cauterized the wound created going in.  He blinked hard again, unable to catch enough air to fill his lungs and allow him to move, turn, roll or get to his feet.  He’d been struck hard, point blank, and the shock of seeing O’Brian in the city, upon the wall, when he’d personally escorted him and his company out of it, gave the archer the two seconds needed to get a deadly shot off.  The arrow strike had winded him, the fall compounded that, but the strike, though severe and penetrating, had not pierced his heart at least, though he could not be too sure about his lung.  It had definitely notched and scored a bone and its diamond-shaped point would not be pulled out of him without some further excruciating pain, but he would deal with that at it came.  At the moment, his prone position could not be tolerated.  It would demoralize and discourage his company, and the non-militia citizenry.  Though he’d tried to discourage it, the people saw him as a symbol of hope.  The Eagle, indeed.  When they’d proudly presented him with the emblazoned crest and battle wear, he had wanted to reject it as impractical for what he needed to accomplish, but they’d all celebrated the presentation day, and his men and women fighters needed the encouragement in the face of the odds arrayed against them.  The Eagle crest marked him, made his rank clear, and focused the training soldiers’ attention waiting on his command without first having to identify himself.  It also marked him as a target for the enemies lying in wait to strike him down.

At last, he was able to take in a series of short breaths, as one of his men-at-arms appeared over him.

“General?”

Mattox took in a short breath and used it to speak to his man.

“We’ve got to close the gate to the Keep.”

***

Though the sun shone somewhere overhead, the branches shading the forest road were dense and allowed only muted light to filter down to our path.  The Protectorate soldiers would have to take the wagon through the forest roads, for the footpaths and horse trails were too narrow to accommodate a wooden buckboard.

The Azragothian wagon was newer than Begglar’s wagon we had lost on the highland route, and its wheels were thicker and its seat wider with better springs and an under-seat box for additional storage.  The superior replacement salved Begglar sadness at having to give up the older one with sentimental value, but the loss of this new one, in addition to having their party of travelers kidnapped and taken while trying to save Maeven’s life seemed to add an individual insult to that injury as well.  Begglar, who would have been more fearful of the Xarmnian Protectorate thugs from his years of past experience and abuse from them, was now full-on angry and was feeling a degree of courage and hope for a chance at personal vindication in the pursuit of these Xarmnian thugs.  He knew vengeance belonged to the One, but he could not deny his feeling.  He’d allowed these Xarmnians to strip him of the dignity and honor and respect he’d once had when he’d openly fought alongside O’Brian, and been able to hold his own on a battlefield.  Being a bigger man in his day, he’d fought with a cutlass, a war hammer, and half-shield and could stand toe to toe with any man in a sparing ring when they’d trained for resisting the Xarmnian incursions beyond the boundaries of the Lake Country.  As they had plied the waters of Lake Cascale, they had thwarted weapons runs across the waters, and he’d been labeled a pirate back in the day, by the Xarmnians and had had a bounty put on his head.  Back then, he’d been known under a slightly different name, back before fatherhood, back before his son had trouble mimicking his father’s Irish accent, and had only succeeded in calling him by the moniker Begglar, a loose phonetic equivalent to the name under which he had been known and wanted for piracy, treason and high crimes against the self-declared regional governors of Xarmnian occupied territories.  A name that had struck him as both poignant and funny at the same time.  Once a prince and scourge of the high seas now reduced to a Beggar of sorts, cashing in both his fame and his fortune for a much quieter domestic life in the idyllic countryside.  O’Brian knew both names and life iterations equally well.  How the Innkeeper and erstwhile baker had left the dangerous life of being McGregor the Pirate.

The meek, unassuming persona adopted, and the drastic change in both girth and carriage had reduced him over the years to a man whom no one would recognize as his former self, and Begglar had been ashamed of that fact, especially since he had to maintain that demeanor when in the presence of Xarmnian’s oblivious to whom he once was, and the younger impudent set growing up without the knowledge of his infamous exploits against the Xarmnians when they had first tried to claim and occupy the highlands and failed.

Now, feeling more of his ire return, and with no further need to maintain the pretense of being only a displaced and dispossessed Innkeeper and baker, he was beginning to sense the wanderlust of his former days once more.  Of course, when they finally reached Skorlith, O’Brian would need not bargain for more than the ship as he already had, among his travelers and companions, a very capable sea captain to pilot it when the time came.  As Maeven and O’Brian moved furtively ahead scouting for signs of passage along the way, attempting to gain some indication that the others were still alive and captive, Begglar, reflecting back on his glory days, could almost feel the spray of the sea on his beard and face, and almost smell the salty sea.  Almost.  There was a slight pungency in the air that was not only the smell of turning leaves.  A scent he’d become too familiar with over the last few years.   A smell of death.

This uneasiness he felt was made all the more poignant when Miray suddenly asked, “Aren’t we gonna go find Will first?”

***

Wheels within wheels.  Flaring and pulsing flashes of light, streaking through the tall woods, dodging trunks, bursting through bushes with a crackling rustle of leaves, making a pitty-pat, pitty-pat fluttering noise as these zipped, dipped, wove and whooshed through forest, glen, and glade, reflecting a golden dance of light quiet upon the wet surface of babbling brooks that passed under the wood.  The radiance of four small translucent wings made these bright flying creatures appear to be small globes of light, vibrating and oscillating with tireless pulses of energy.  Their small golden faces, like burnished brass awash in warm yellow light, were difficult to discern, for they seemed to vibrate in and out of focus, phasing between Sapien, bovine, leonine and aquiline aspects.  There were dozens of these, flashing in and out from between the trees ahead of the crackling and roaring firelight that filled the woodlands with a dense haze of smoke.  One might have thought, only for a brief moment that these points of light were floating embers wafted and twisting and spinning upward upon the heat wind of the raging fires behind, but for no longer, for these moved with their own determination and speed far greater than that produced by the driving wind.

These were what had begun to be known as Faeries, yet their existence pre-dated any legend existing of them in both the Mid-Worlds and the Surface World.  A human had encountered them once in the Surface World, and once in the Mid-World expanse as well.  Two men whose experiences were separated by around six and a half centuries of Surface World time.  Many had viewed these fantastic beings to be representative or symbolic, but the Ancient Text treatment of them gives them no such illusion.  They are described in detail with the language and frame of reference by both the first-century man and the man encountering them in his six hundredth century context.  This is his account of them:

4 And I looked, and, behold, a whirlwind came out of the north, a great cloud, and a fire infolding itself, and a brightness [was] about it, and out of the midst thereof as the colour of amber, out of the midst of the fire. 5 Also out of the midst thereof [came] the likeness of four living creatures. And this [was] their appearance; they had the likeness of a man. 6 And every one had four faces, and every one had four wings. 7 And their feet [were] straight feet; and the sole of their feet [was] like the sole of a calf’s foot: and they sparkled like the colour of burnished brass. 8 And [they had] the hands of a man under their wings on their four sides; and they four had their faces and their wings. 9 Their wings [were] joined one to another; they turned not when they went; they went every one straight forward. 10 As for the likeness of their faces, they four had the face of a man, and the face of a lion, on the right side: and they four had the face of an ox on the left side; they four also had the face of an eagle. 11 Thus [were] their faces: and their wings [were] stretched upward; two [wings] of every one [were] joined one to another, and two covered their bodies. 12 And they went every one straight forward: whither the spirit was to go, they went; [and] they turned not when they went. 13 As for the likeness of the living creatures, their appearance [was] like burning coals of fire, [and] like the appearance of lamps: it went up and down among the living creatures; and the fire was bright, and out of the fire went forth lightning. 14 And the living creatures ran and returned as the appearance of a flash of lightning. 15 Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold one wheel upon the earth by the living creatures, with his four faces. 16 The appearance of the wheels and their work [was] like unto the colour of a beryl: and they four had one likeness: and their appearance and their work [was] as it were a wheel in the middle of a wheel. 17 When they went, they went upon their four sides: [and] they turned not when they went.  [Ezekiel 1:4-17 KJV]

The first-century man, transported into a region described as the third heaven, gives the same physical account of these beings:

5 From the throne came flashes of lightning and the rumble of thunder. And in front of the throne were seven torches with burning flames. This is the sevenfold Spirit of God. 6 In front of the throne was a shiny sea of glass, sparkling like crystal. In the center and around the throne were four living beings, each covered with eyes, front and back. 7 The first of these living beings was like a lion; the second was like an ox; the third had a human face; and the fourth was like an eagle in flight. 8 Each of these living beings had six wings, and their wings were covered all over with eyes, inside and out. Day after day and night after night they keep on saying, “Holy, holy, holy is the Lord God, the Almighty–the one who always was, who is, and who is still to come.” 9 Whenever the living beings give glory and honor and thanks to the one sitting on the throne (the one who lives forever and ever), [Revelation 4:5-9 NLT]

So, when I am asked the question, Do I believe in faeries?  My qualified response, establishing that what we are talking about as witnessed by these two men is the same, I say, wholeheartedly, yes, I do.  Do I call them faeries?  Not particularly, no.  I’m sure they have another name, that I cannot comprehend or am not even qualified to speak, for the Ancient Text only calls them ‘Living creatures’, in absence of their real names.  What I believe is that they are multi-temporal creatures, which is why they seem to phase and vibrate between some interdimensional existence, hinting to me that they may occupy some aspect of life that is not bound by the limits of space or time.  What I do know is that the effortless motion in which they move or fly about never seems to tire them, and that one may never touch them without the loss of the place in which they made contact physical contact.  The finger, hand or net which tries will disintegrate and fall to dust and ash instantly.  This is one of the many reasons why satyrs hate and fear the Faeries.  They are not half-men, nor are they any sort of animal, fish or insect, or hybrid creature, but something else entirely.  Something birthed beyond our finite understanding, serving the pre-existent One.  Their descriptions come only by our frame of reference, but do not fully explain what they are with any definitive clarity.  Suffice it to say, they are living mysteries that mortals may never fully understand until we find a greater clarity beyond this life.

The one thing I am sure of, however, is that they are emissaries of goodwill towards those committed to the call of the One.  They only intervene in those instances where they are given leave and direction to do so.  A person does not seek out the Faeries.  If a person is to receive any assistance or intelligence from them, they will seek him or her out because they were sent to them.  And on this one particular day and in this one particular time, they were being sent to find me.

***

‘Where’s Will?’ had become nearly a mantra phrase.  I admit it.  It annoyed me that every time we planned to leave or needed to get somewhere in a hurry, we were first having to go find out where Will had wandered off to.  I was tempted to make him put on a red and white striped long-sleeved shirt and wear thick black circular framed glasses, and a red and white stocking cap so that we could make a game of finding him.  Instead of “Where’s Waldo?” it would be…well, you know.  I knew he was going through some issues, but I couldn’t let him endanger the rest of the company unnecessarily with his stubborn and self-centered agenda.  If he wanted to constantly leave the company, I was of half a mind to let him have his own way, and discover what would happen to one traveling unprotected, unaware and alone in this country might bring him.  Will had become a liability.  And I was irritated enough to let him find out what that would get him.  But like Begglar, I had begun to pick up a scent on the chilled breeze, that disturbed me enough to think Will might already have found out the harsh lesson of going his own way.

Nell had smelled it too.  I saw her eyes wince, nose crinkle and her face grimace.  Death was near.  Its presence was wafting through the woods behind the rumble of the fires to the east of us and Azragoth’s hidden road winding upward into the smoking woods.  Azragoth’s terrible history had left it the legend of being haunted.  But it was not the only haunted place in these lands.  The forests grew thicker ahead of us, the branches of the trees older and gnarled by time and drought and decay.  The waters in the woods grew more still and stagnant as the flow of the stream lingered, trickled and pooled, saturating the ground with moss-laden goop from a slough and quagmire of alkalized run-off.  The mud had grown black with decay, and the residue of the old city wastes and landfill dumping had taken a toll on the environment.  Clouds of midges and flies swarmed the area, and something blending in with the swarms called in the Mid-World by the name hooliches.

“Which way did Will go?” I asked Miray, and she pointed up the winding road in the direction down which we had come from the top of the Trathorn Falls.

Maeven looked past me, and then back towards the direction in which the Protectorate had taken the others.

Miray came over to me and took my hand in her smaller one and looked up at me with sad eyes.

They were leaving the decision to me.

I so wanted to call a vote, but somehow, I felt that would be yet another way I was shifting my responsibility to lead this company, and in my heart, I knew that was wrong.  There was no easy decision to make.  If we went back for Will, the others would get further ahead, and they were already on horseback and more than likely being led to Dornsdale or another one of the Xarmnian occupied towns on the way.  At least I had an idea where we might be able to find the others, but as to Will…I just did not know.  The fires of Azragoth had slowed in their burning through the forest, and if Will had eluded us on the road down, he would not be making much progress that direction, which meant he would have to double-back and turn to follow us, whether he wanted to or not.  We could wait for that to happen or just go up the road a piece and might catch him coming back down toward us.  Irritated as I was by him, I really did not wish him ill.  I was uncertain what to do when I decided to just close my eyes and seek guidance from the One.  The smell of death was growing stronger moment by moment and I did not know exactly from which direction it was coming for it seemed to swirl around us as if pushed by the heat of the fires behind us.  My eyes suddenly popped open as a verse from the Ancient Text came to my mind and startled me with its implications.

“4 “What man among you, if he has a hundred sheep and has lost one of them, does not leave the ninety-nine in the open pasture and go after the one which is lost until he finds it?” [Luke 15:4 NASB]

My way was clear.  Though it annoyed me in some respects, I knew the right thing to do was to begin by finding Will.

Scorched Ground – Chapter 51

Satyrs are vile nasty creatures.

Do not believe what you may have read in Greek mythology about them.  They are not the little half-goat pipers that have short clipped beards, small knobby horns, an impish grin and a propensity to trot and skip around a campfire prancing about like a little ninny.  There are similar elements of these traits that are true, but the parallel similarities fork drastically on some points.  Satyrs are vicious, conniving little snots that, as a rite of passage, file their teeth to jagged needle points so that they can bite and tear flesh easier, making that “impish grin” all the more creepier.  They are hairy, unwashed and stink as if they have soiled themselves and allowed the result to collect in the shaggy mess all down their backsides.  Their beards are wooly and unkempt, lice-ridden, not at all trimmed and combed.  They are drawn to fire and do frequent campfires, snatching coals and charred branches, with which they mark themselves so that the upper half of their bodies are coated in ash and soot.  They are wild and savage and vulgar creatures, given to debauchery, and fermented drink, if they can steal it.  They are six-fingered thieves, for their hands almost always have that number of digits, unless they have met with misfortune or severe punishment.  And they have a great fondness for dogs.  Not keeping them, or playing with them…Eating them.  They take great sport in killing a dog.

Satyrs, like goats, are both climbers and jumpers, vaulting and scaling great crags, making their habitat in both forests and high mountain caves alike.  They are very fast, and over short distances, may even equal the speed of a horse in full gallop, but they cannot sustain a longer run.  The nails of their hands are grimy and dirty, often unusually long and thick.  They haunt forests, often playing tricks on wayward travelers in particularly dark wooded stretches, marauding and injuring their horses.  As I said, mean little snots.

Like trolls, these are not to be trifled with.  They are not cute forest creatures and are not natural to this or any land.  If you have the opportunity to dispatch one to its eternal consequences, don’t hesitate to do so.  If the opportunities are reversed, these will have no reservations or compunctions to return the favor, unless they are of a mind and mood to torment you first.  They are not the fauns of Narnia.  These are cousins to The Pan.  Not near as big as he, but every bit as vile, though less cloaked in the semblance of ancient intellect.

These are the things you need to know before we encounter satyrs.  I had hoped we would be spared dealing with them until we reached the stone passes, but they have been known to extend their hunting grounds into the forests, especially if they pick up the scents of dogs or any canine species, wolves, coyotes or even foxes.

Oddly enough, these beings do appear in a reference within the Ancient Text, though the word varies from translation to translation.

14 The wild beasts of the desert shall also meet with the wild beasts of the island, and the satyr shall cry to his fellow; the screech owl also shall rest there and find for herself a place of rest. [Isaiah 34:14 KJV]

The Hebrew term used in reference to these creatures is śě’îrîm, (שָׂעִיר in Hebrew), often translated as “he-goat”, but sometimes refer to demons in the forms of goats.  The One forbade his people from making sacrificial offerings to them in Leviticus 17:7 and in 2 Chronicles 11:15 there is mention of a special cult established for the śě’îrîm of Jeroboam I.

There is only one natural-born enemy here in the Mid-World to the satyrs who have invaded this land.  Some beings that these beast-men cannot abide and fear.  It is one reason why I am further surprised to see these coming this far into the forests.

Maeven rose and looked at me questioningly.  Not because she did not know what I was referring to but wondered if it was time to reveal these other creatures.

Both Begglar and Nell also knew to what beings I had alluded to, in fact, we had seen such from a distance on the edge of the forest before the burnt Manticore crashed through the brush and entered the basin lake below the Trathorn Falls.

The strange lights dancing on the edge of the forest.

[Prior reference inChapter 33: The Manticore and the Moon Sprites”, Word search thesparkles of lightappearing along the edge of the dark wood, near where the Manticore entered the lake.]

***

Grum-blud held the jagged blade roughly under Will’s neck, drawing a slight nicking cut enough to prick Will’s skin and form beads of blood on the blade.

“Make a peep, boy.” he growled taunting him, “Peep, peep!  Oh, please make a peep!”

Will stiffened, closing his eyes, trying desperately not to cry out.  Fear sent ice pumping through his veins, even though the Troll’s foul breath was hot and steamy on his cheek, its crowding stocky body and coarse, muscled hide also exuding body heat and the pungent smell of scorched flesh and burnt hair, and the smell of smelted tar.  This creature, holding him, pinning his arms back with a rough forearm and clenched fist full of his hair, smelled like burning radial tires.

“That your company? Your friends?” the Troll asked.

“No,” Will croaked barely about a whisper.

“What say, boy?!”

“No.  They are not my friends.”

“Not yer friends, ay?” the Troll twisted his hair tighter in his meaty fist, causing Will to gasp in pain.

“Well, them’s the ones that torched my brother, and you’d better hope you’re not in league with them.  But, I’ll give you a chance to prove it to me soon enough.  Someone’s gonna bleed for it.  And I don’t care particularly much if it’s you or one of them.  Perhaps that little girlie there, what do you think about that?  The pretty, pretty’ll squeal like a stuck pig.”

Will stiffened despite the knife.

“Do you have a name, boyo?” Grum-blud said, as he pulled the cold blade back from his neck, releasing his hair, and snaked a scalded, redraw forearm, that had once been covered with thick black hair and some blackish substance, around gripping his wrist, turning it and shoving it back behind Will’s back.  The bloody spritzed blade, now tucked away, the troll man-handled Will, pulling both hands behind him, tying his arms together with some coarse fibered rope, pulled painfully taut.

“Speak up!” the troll barked, jerking Will up shakily to his feet.

“Will,” he whispered.

“Will what?” the troll pressed.

“Just Will,” the boy responded, slightly louder.

“Okay, boyo!” the troll hissed, shoving him forward, “My name’s Grum-blud.  And Grum-blud WILL be the one you will last see before you die if you do not do exactly as Grum-blud says when Grum-blud says to.  Got it?”

He waited for an answer and slapped hard at the boy when it was not forthcoming.

“Got it?!”

“Alright,” Will responded, “I got it.”

“What is this?!” one of the Onocentaurs asked, as Grum-blud emerged from the brush, forcibly shoving the bound young man in front of him as the end of his blade.  “We can’t carry this boy and your packs, troll?!  Are you mad?  It is enough of an indignity that we let you straddle your fat bottom upon our backs.  Why didn’t you just kill this lump and let us return back?”

“Because you don’t show up to The Pan, telling him that all twenty-six of his Manticore sentries are dead and burnt to terns, that your mission to slaughter those remnant rebels in Azragoth failed, even if you are burnt like this, without something to show for it.  Might as well gut yourself with your own blade, rather than suffer what they’ll do to you before you die.  This outworlder is a trophy, a bargaining chip and something that will ensure I’m not given to the satyrs for their sport.”

“Satyrs are just nasty,” the other Onocentaur joined.  “We just carried the packs and transported the troll, Dob” he said to the other, as if Grum-blud were not present, “The Pan’s not gonna hold us responsible for this failure, is he?”

“Of course not,” the Onocentaur named Dob, rejoined, “If this pudge couldn’t get the job done with sixteen Mants, how is that our responsibility?  We did our job, Bunt, even if he failed miserably at his.”

“You really are an Ass!” Grum-blud growled, “Now shut up, you two or you’ll give away our position with all your mouthy whining.  There are a band of outworlders close-by on the road ahead that may come looking for this piece of trash, and no telling what they’ll do to your half-ass carcasses if they catch us.”

“You mean we aren’t taking the road?” the Ono called Bunt whined, “My hooves hurt.  The trails have roots sticking out across them and it is too easy to catch one and stumble.”

“Step over them,” Grum-blud hissed, “Now be quiet!”

“Easy for you to say, two-footer!” Bunt retorted, still not lowering his voice, “What you got in these packs?  Rocks?”

“Mule meat!” Grum-blud cuffed him, “Now shut up!”

“I like the Other troll better,” Bunt groused one last time, but then kept his mouth shut, wincing as once more Grum-blud raised a threatening hand.

***

Shellberd, the other Troll, who had been supposedly minding the onocentaurs in the fore-woods descending down from the hidden city of Azragoth, found himself in a hot mess.  Literally.

He had climbed a tree to get a look at the goings-on as Grum-blud has proceeded towards leading the direct assault on the dead city of Azragoth.  He had intended to watch the battle from a safe distance and imagined the shouts that would come as the Manticores vaulted the walls and descended upon the city, bringing the wrath of The Pan down upon them.  That was his plan anyway…before he fell asleep, cradled in the boughs of the tree.  His head had eventually lolled back and he found a crook in the branches where he could get more comfortable while he waited for the show to begin.  Only the wait was a long time in coming, and he and Grum-blud had traveled a lot overland, and then he had been sent alone to ask for help from The Pan.  Grum-blud knew The Pan terrified him.  That he was so scared he’d peed himself the last time they went to have an audience with The Pan.  And he knew that was precisely why Grum-blud had sent him alone.  Grum-blud liked making others suffer.  He did in some ways, but not near to the extent that Grum-blud did.  And in the waiting, he fell asleep.  And he snored.  Loudly.  There was no hiding his position, when his grunts and loud, protracted snorts echoed and buzzed through the treetops.

He awoke suddenly with a start, as sparks of light wafted by him, dancing on a very hot wind.  His startled jerk almost made him fall from the tree, for he had forgotten where he was, and the disorientation confused him.

“Faeries!” he jerked and trembled, mistaking the wafting rain of drifting sparks for something that filled him with far greater dread than he’d ever experienced before The Pan.

His feet dangled, and his chubby butt slipped out of the fork, and frantically he hooked a stubby forearm around a branch to keep from crashing down through the boughs below.  His eyes turned towards the area where the old city lay, and his face winced at the orange flashes and a wall of fire, blackening the skeletal trees, headed his way.  The city of Azragoth was afire.

It looked like Grum-blud’s plan had gone well.  ‘Yay, for him!’ Shellberd thought, as an ember took light and started burning in the dry branches and leaves above him.  He jerked his head upward, eyes widening in the glow of the firelight, now spreading through the treetop.  “Oh, poop!” he groaned, as a flaming branch broke above his head and began to descend downward, towards the very limb he dangled from.

He dropped about five feet down, smacking a lower bough, bouncing and rebounding from it before toppling in a barrel roll down to the next one.  Each impact caused him to grunt and cough as if he barked all the way down in his fall with every strike.

The onocentaurs were nowhere to be found, he noticed as he caught himself, upon a lower branch, wincing from the hard strikes from the plummet.  Grum-blud was gonna be mad, he knew, but the fire rain was coming further and further down the tree, and he had to get ahead of it and away through the forest if at all possible, or Grum-blud’s ire would have its only vent if Grum-blud ever found his body after the conflagration and kicked repeatedly and frustratedly at his fire-blackened corpse.

“Damn the donkeys, and damn Grum-blud too!” Shellberd hollered, as he crunched downward upon the scorched ground, dancing over the licking flames, hopping in puffs of hot ash, and smoke, as he ran through the forest, as fast as his short stumpy legs, and scalded, groping knuckles could carry him.

***

Azragoth was awash in golden light and rapid activity.  The archers upon the secondary wall gangplank walk scanned the flame scorched horizon, as the fire continued to burn along the leading edge of the inner walls and in the oil troughs along the ramparts.  The tower turrets had been doused and drenched with large barrels of water, and large sacks of sand had been stored within to soak up and smother the oil fires, with the water used to reduce the chances of floating embers burning the dry timber substructures holding the stone works in place.  The heat shimmer and thermal wind made seeing down into the fronting forest difficult but not impossible.  The outer courtyards of the killing fields and the dead zones of the city had burst into flame, peeling back over twenty years of uncheck wild growth in a matter of minutes, leaving the charred bones of the old city bare again with a rage of smoke twisted scrub, smoldering mats of crisping vines disintegrating under the angry curls of flame.  Grey smoke raised a cloudy wall both within and without, roiling over the outer walls, boiling orange and yellow and red in the tops of trees and dropping ash and floating sparks and twisted embers, allowing them to rise upon the downward pushing wind weaving into the woods, igniting the fallen pine needles, bursting pine cones with loud pops, and breaking branches, baring them and coloring them grey and black with the ash and smoke.

Mattox and his horsemen retinue rode within the city walls, receiving feedback and intelligence from the men and women watching down from the walls.  The Manticores had been successfully routed and, considering how thoroughly they had been coated in pitch, they had most likely perished, but they had to be certain.  Reprisals would be swift and violent, and in numbers that would require planning.

His men had counted twenty-six total Manticores during the assault on the walls, and all but one had fled enflamed outside of the curtain wall and into the forest.  One had fallen and been entangled in the mats of vines and had been trapped within the killing field by the fire spreading around it.  Its immolation had been terrible but brief before it succumbed to the smoke and descended into the resulting bonfire.  The others had streaked through the forests, setting the woods on fire in each direction, so that their progress in flight was tracked and marked by trails of fire until they ultimately fell.

Only one had gotten further than the flames of the forest, as it had less of the pitch coating its body.  The watchers could not be sure if that one survived, but if so, it would soon report back to The Pan that whatever designs it had had for the total destruction of Azragoth had failed.  The two trolls were, at present, unaccounted for.  The one Manticore that had not been counted among the confirmed dead had been the one wearing a rope collar, so it was assumed that the Troll responsible for collaring the Manticore, must have attempted to flee upon the Manticore’s back, with the collar used as a makeshift halter.

The two onocentaurs were nowhere to be found either, so they must have fled before the fires reached them.  The woods now smoking with the conflagration were too hot to venture into after the unaccounted.  Live flames still licked and flared from blacked and whitening branches devoid of leaves.  The ground smoked with ash and black soot, red and orange embers dotting the scorched landscape through a haze of dust red and black smoke.  It would perhaps be days or weeks before the area would be safe enough to ride iron-shod horses through them.  The old road might be stripped of enough weathered grasses by the fires to finally reveal the age-old wheel ruts that wound up through the fire path to the broken portcullis gate of the city’s Barbican, but at least for the moment, no one, friend or foe, would be venturing up towards the fiery city.

***

Nem surveyed the city’s defensive response from the upper terraces, sighting Mattox and his core retinue’s progress as they moved from street to street along the inner wall.  As Mattox and his riders came to the southeastern end of the firewall, Nem witnessed The Eagle ride to the archer posted there to receive word about the sector he monitored from his vantage point along the wall.  He saw the archer turn from the Barbican and approach the general, suddenly raise his bow and shoot him in the chest, before the attendant retinue could respond or prevent it.

The Gathering in The Woods – Chapter 50

Find the road.  Find the trail.

These were the two objectives that the young woman, her two unnamed compatriots and Matthew, and Will were turning to pursue when Dominic, Miray, and Mason, halted them.  The three were focused on the canyon rim and the area near the spillway of the falls when they spotted the figures silhouetted on the edge of the cliff, under the strobe flash of the pealing lightning.  They waited for the next flash of light to be certain they weren’t just seeing things, but the time between the rumblings and the light display was lengthening.  The strange storm had pushed back the approach of the dawn, sliding a sheath of high atmospheric clouds over the bright eye of the rising sun, like a grey, swollen eyelid.  But the dawn was peeking through again, revealing the land below once more, shredding and stretching the clouds with its golden rays.  The figures they had seen might be who they hoped they were, but they could also be spies or agents of the Protectorate Overwatch and they were worried.  As O’Brian had admonished them, be wary of strangers.  Everyone is not your friend.  Now that they were unarmed and isolated, that admonishment seemed more pertinent now than ever.

“It’s them,” Miray stated emphatically.

“Don’t be too sure,” Dominic cautioned, but he too felt the rising hope and a deep need for her words to prove true.

Miray started to cup her hands to her mouth and shout to the figures on the cliff, but Mason spoke up quickly, “Wait, Miray!  We have to be sure.”

“It’s them.  I know it is,” she turned, “You’ll see.  We have to get up there.  Tell Mister O’Brian about the others.”

Matthew had come back down toward the shore, and knelt down, facing Miray, whose eyes were beginning to tear up.

“Hold on, princess,” he softly touched her shoulders, “O’Brian would want us to be cautious.  We don’t know who else might be around in these parts.  If we call out to them, others who we don’t want to hear us might get to them before we do.  Much as you and I want it to be them, even if it is, we don’t want to put them in further danger, now do we?”

Miray wiped a tear from her eye, and shook her head ‘No’.

“Let’s be careful and quiet,” he took her hand, as he and Dominic led her up the muddy bank towards the area where they had once parked the wagon.

“If it’s them,” the young woman smiled down at Miray, as they came up to the more level area, “we’ll find them.  Wait and see.”

“Guys, we do need to get back from the lake,” one of the young men said, “If it’s O’Brian and the others, they’ll come back down to us.  They do not know the others have been taken.  We need to get out of sight.”

***

I scanned the horizon, seeing that while one of the sky lines had begun to cloud and dim, many of the others were still very dark and jagged as if the canopy of the diffuse atmosphere were the stretched fabric of a tent that had gashes in it revealing the blackness of space and the endless night beyond.  These were the sky lines, the scars in the sky, that worried me the most.  One, in particular, was not only dark but widening, bleeding the atmosphere out into the void beyond.  To the southern horizon, a series of nine dark marks scored the edge of the cliffs stretching away from us as if chased into shadow by the growing sunlight.  There had always been signs in the heavens here, but the tale they revealed to me while comforting in some respects was disheartening in others.  There was a prophecy written in the stars beyond the day sky, but its message was being lost in time and memory.  If he’d been more aware of the situation and less distracted by his dread of losing Maeven, he might have thought to ask Hanokh again of those mysteries which he’d shared with him so long ago.  The Ancient Hebrew Mazzaroth.

“Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades, or loose the bands of Orion?  Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth in his season?  or canst thou guide Arcturus with his sons?  Knowest thou the ordinances of heaven?  Canst thou set the dominion thereof in the earth?” (Job 38:31-33 KJV)

The shocking parallel of its signs pointing forth to the prophecy of the ages revealed in the One’s coming and mission within the Surface World.  The crux and center-point of all journeys converging into Purpose.

The pulling away of the nine dark bands meant something, and I was determined to find what it portended.

The light from the dawn grew stronger and we were able to see more into the shadow of the basin below.  I scanned the shoreline looking for movement or some sign of our party waiting in the shadow of the shore below.  The edge of the lake looked different than I’d remembered it from before going out in pursuit of the Moon Sprites.  The surface of the lake had returned to its liquid state, as I suspected it would have, with the Pearl now safely tucked away in the pouch on my belt.  I scanned in dread as well, for the evidence of floating bodies, possible of Matthew, Mason and Will and the three others that had come to our aid in saving Maeven.  No sign, but that did not free me to hope yet.

The Trathorn Falls were alive again, roaring down into the lake below, but the face of the cliff seemed to have imploded, more than I remembered as if the force of the water had carved away a large cupola from the rock face.  Water still fell from the precipice about, but it no longer danced down the surface of the canyon face.  A jagged assemblage of broken stone jutted sharply out from the strike point of the water, building further froth into its white-crested beard streaming away down the mountainside.

“Begglar, do you still have one of those astrolabe sextant devices, you told me about?”

Begglar turned, unslung his pack from his shoulder, turned the flap and rummaged about in it for a moment before he produced the odd metal object with a sighting glass-lensed loupe on one side and a hinged half-moon shaped gage on the other.  I brought the instrument to my eye and looked through the loupe, scanning the lakeshore and riverbank.  The water had overflowed the banks, and I could see the muddy evidence that it had receded almost as fast as it had risen above its shores.  I found the place where we had left our party but could see no sign of them standing under the tree line.  Where had they gone, I wondered.  Since the water had broken over the shore, my guess was that they had retreated further back under the canopy to avoid being swamped and drawn into the lake.   I watched for a few moments, seeing no movement or visible sign of our party.  Nine sky lines had moved away to the far south.  Eleven of our party had remained on the banks as the rest of us had come out onto the lake.  Eleven minus two left nine.

“We need to get down there,” I said, handing the instrument back to Begglar, “Something’s wrong.”

***

“This is absolutely ridiculous,” the young woman said, “I am leaning more and more to Miray’s position.  They have to be them.  Who else could they be?”

Mason, Matthew, and Dominic, along with the other young men, and Will, who had not said a word, since the argument with Matthew, stood upon the covered road, where the wagon ruts had climbed the bank and many more horses, and large animal prints tracked up and down the bank from the lake to the hollows.

Dominic offered, “I hope it ’tis, more than you all, but there are dangerous men about, and Da and Mum taught me to hold until certainty shines true.”

“What does that even mean, you bog-trotter?!” Will groused.

Dominic stiffened at the slur, his farmer’s hands and fists clenching, as he struggled to bite his tongue.

He’d been told that Surface Worlders could be insensitive, clumsy and rude, and not to mind too much what they said, but this stung and felt deliberate.  He’d never encountered someone so full of nastiness, that he literally begged to get a clout right in the mouth, but there was always a first.

“Stop it!” Miray cried, covering her ears.  “You’re a mean idiot!  People try to be nice to you, but you’re mean to everyone.  Your daddy should have taught you some manners or beat your butt!”

“My daddy is dead,” Will said flatly with an even voice devoid of emotion, “Forgive me if he wasn’t around long enough to teach me much of anything.”

Will stalked away, leaving the others quietly looking from one to the other.

“Well, I am sorry about that for you,” Miray said in a softer voice to Will’s receding back, and Will halted, but didn’t turn.

“Well get used to it, kid.  Life is cruel.  If you want to survive it, you have to quit caring so much.  Sooner you learn that the better.”  And with that he proceeded further down the dark road, leaving them to their decisions.

“Wait,” the young woman spoke up.  Will kept walking as if he hadn’t heard her.

“My name is Lindsey,” she said, moving after him, but Mason put his hand on her arm.

“Let him go, Lindsey,” he said quietly, “He’s not in a place where he cares.”

She turned sad eyes to Mason, then back to Will and then sighed.

“We didn’t…”

“Does it matter?  Bad things and circumstances happen to all of us.  He’s not the only one.  We can let those things make us stronger or make us bitter.  It’s still a choice.  O’Brian said that he suspects Will is still sorting through those choices, but he needs some space to make up his own mind.  Leave him be, for now.  It’s his decision whether he wants to be part of us or not.”

Matthew stepped forward and offer her his hand in friendship, “I’m Matthew.  Nice to finally meet you, Lindsey.”

Mason grinned, “He’s the lady charmer.  You gotta watch this one.”  But before Matthew could say anything, Mason offered his hand to her as well, “Mason’s my name.  Pleasure.”

Lindsey shook both of their hands simultaneously, offering each with a smile.

“My name is Tiernan,” one of the young men came forward.  And the other followed.  “Christopher,” he said, “but call me Chris.  And call me when dinner’s ready, too.”  Mason, chuckled as he shook Chris’s hand, “Nice to meet you, Chris When-Dinners-Ready!”  And they both share a laugh, which the others joined.

Introductions were made all around, and a feeling of togetherness seemed to bond them in the sharing and exchange.

***

The trees covered the rutted road as it coursed through the woods running alongside the sounding distance from the river Trathorn and lakes and streams beyond.  A bluish twilight covered the shadowy road, though the sun had emblazoned the sky with light over the tops of the forest canopy.  Branches twisted and rose to archways like the solemn nave of a gothic cathedral, yet the tangle of the limbs, bathed in ghostly blue light, added a sinister quality to the roadway that descended into the gloom.  As we cautiously wound our way down the forested path, eschewing the trail closer in along the edge of the lake we had previously traversed, it was with some trepidation that we received the noises beyond us.  Laughing.

At one time a joyous sound, and in another context an eerie one, we could not yet determine from which context the sounds should be taken.  The voices were blended, male and female, yet weighted more so on the masculine scale.

For at least one of us, that balance had shifted, and Nell, being the Seer among us, and holding some degree of respect in perception, she gathered her skirts and began to run ahead of us down the roadway, getting far enough ahead that she rounded a bend and was out of sight for a full minute before we caught up to the eclipse in the road.

A cry of nervous delight sounded, as she sighted what must’ve brought on her certainty that the noises heard were to be welcomed rather than feared.

As Begglar, Maeven, Christie, Laura, James and I rounded the bend, we saw Nell running with enraptured delight, laughing to herself as she spotted the figures gathered in the roadway ahead of her.  “Dom!  Dominic, my boy!” she bubbled, relief and joy intermingled with her voice, pirouetting around the delight in her step, her arms spread wide in preparation for an anticipated reuniting embrace.

“Mum!  Da!” came the replied answer back, as I noticed Begglar breaking away from us hurrying to join the reunion.

It was touching and warming in such a way that only the moistening of my eyes could express, to see Nell fall into her son’s arms, and their father join them all in a bear hug around them.  One of those he had been famous for, as a much younger and larger man.

Matthew, Mason and young Miray saw us approaching from the distance behind, and Miray launched forward into a run, the sheer delight of a child accentuating every step as if she skipped along towards us with short leaps, squealing with both affections and giggles that could melt through any toughness we might wish to pretend we had.  The girl bounded up to me, throwing her arms around my leg, hugging me fiercely and disarming me from keeping any sense of professional distance in leadership, as I had once thought was so foolishly necessary.

“I love you, Mister O’Brian,” she said unreservedly, and I melted, leaned down, picked her up into my arms and hugged her back every bit as fiercely as she hugged me.  “I love you, too sweet girl!” I said, finding it impossible not to say those words without tears streaming down my face.

“I knew you weren’t dead.  I just knew you weren’t!” she hugged me without reserve as only a child can, and I squeezed her tight, laughing and spinning her around and around.

“Not yet, my dear.”

Miray twisted back, looking at the others, Mason, Matthew, Dominic, and whom I would come to be introduced to as Lindsey, Tiernan, and Christopher, though I would be told, by Mason, to call him Chris When-Dinners-Ready, whatever that meant.  With her own degree of Miray’s unique impish panache, Miray cast accusatory eyes back at the others, and said, “See!  I told you so!  I know things too, y’know!”

Which brought its own level of laughter equally shared around.

***

I have delayed saying much about Miray, but now I feel the time is right for it.  Miray is something else.  I don’t mean that in a negative way, or in the sense that one other semblance of a little girl appeared to be.  You know who I mean.

What I mean is she is something extra special.

She was the first of everyone joining me on the beachhead, back at the beginning of this quest to give me her name.  She just up and approached me and announced emphatically with her hands on her hips, “I’m Miray.”

I knelt down to her level, extended my hand and said, “Well, hello there my dear Miray.  My name is Brian.”

She shook my hand, one emphatic pump only, smiled crookedly and said, “I am not a deer.”

And I responded, “Well then, are you a rascal?”

She beamed, winked at me and said, “Maybe.”  And then she skipped away back to the group to make other acquaintances.  I do believe Miray is the only one who knows all of the names of the people in our company, sly fox that she is, but I have refrained from exploiting the gathered intelligence of her free-spirited approach because I understood what giving names do here.

Miray did admit to a few things, however, that I have thought about, but was hesitant to think about more.  I am afraid I dismissed what I thought was the playful ramblings of a child, but in hindsight should have given them more weight.

The two men who were killed on the hillside, who had deserted our company.  Miray said they would not tell her their names, so she called them what she got from the exchange.  Mr. Go-Away-Kid, and Mr. Seen-and-Not-Heard.  I doubt the exchange had been pleasant, but Miray was not one to hold grudges, so she jokingly dismissed their rudeness, with branding them according to their given appellations.  But the one man, of the three who had left, who was disarmed enough, and charmed by her to let down his guard, did give her his name, but I asked Miray not to tell it to me, in case there was still hope for him.  The two who were killed died here, and since they had not given her their names, so did their memory of this world, upon reawakening.  But the one unaccounted for, the one man who had turned back to go to the Inn for a drink for the road, before leaving…he was still unaccounted for.  We did not see him brutally killed, but I had assumed he had been.  If not, he was being held a prisoner of the Xarmnians, and that might as well have been a death unto itself.  Depending upon what he had learned or been forced to tell them under torture or duress, I could not be certain that what we faced on the road ahead, might be the very path right into a trap.

***

“Where’s the wagon?” Begglar asked.  “Did ya move it?”

The temporary celebratory atmosphere suddenly took an ominous turn.

Maeven, who had been quiet and subdued, had softened somewhat during the reunion of those who had joined us on the ice, and she had been especially moved and brought to uncharacteristic tears when Miray, unabashedly ran up to her, threw her arms around her and said, “I knew you would be alright.  I prayed for you.”  Maeven too, picked up the little girl, holding her fiercely, burying her face into her hair, silently weeping a mix of gratitude and loss, drawing from a reservoir of unspent tears.  She held Miray for a few minutes before the girl squirmed and moved to be released.  Miray was not one to be held still for very long.  When Miray was down, I saw Maeven stand a little straighter than she had since we’d proceeded down through the forest.  Her eyes seemed more focused again like she was more in this reality than the one from which she’d returned.  She quietly, spoke an odd word, more to herself than to anyone else, which further seemed to bolster her reserves of strength.  “Geese,” she had said simply, without qualification or explanation.  Remember the tale she had told us on the way to Azaragoth, I believed I had an idea of what she meant by it.  Or at least the meaning the word signified for her personally.  I could not be sure, since the forested canopy covered the sky, but I believed there was another darkling sky line beginning to mend and fade.

As grief so often does, it hits us in waves, cycling the emotional pressure of loss into a tide that both crashes in and recedes as we phase through a day or moment coping with the new, unwelcome, tragic reality.  Maeven’s shift from a widow and grieving mother to focused and assessing warrior, tracker, and hunter, came at the brief relenting of that tide, as she moved forward, towards where the path down into the side shoal had been where we had left the wagon and the others.  Without a word she knelt down, under the shadowy canopy, studying the wheel tracks, the clusters of footprints, not expunged by the lake water that splashed and washed out the former prints leading down to the lakeshore.  Mud and seagrasses, moss and small fish lay strewn about the shore.  The wave that had carried these inland had struck the ground with a powerful blow, but the evidence was not limited only to within the reach of the water.  She moved forward to the two trees that had stopped and lodged the branch she had insisted that they bring with them onto the frozen lake.  She placed a hand upon its weathered surface, saw the fracture of the wood, where the fork had almost split it in two.

Mason and Matthew came behind her, observing her as she studied the signs of what had happened, before offering their account.

“You saved us, Maeven,” Matthew said, “If you had not insisted that we bring that log, we would have all drown out there.”

“I really need to take swimming lessons,” Mason offered his two bits worth, “Thank you.  Do you have anything else you want me to carry?”

Maeven, turned, gave him a short smile, and then walked past them back up to the road and knelt down, studying the prints once more.

After a moment, she asked, “Have any of you been further down this road, going south?”

Begglar harumphed, “Guys, what happened to the wagon?”

“It was taken by the soldiers!” Miray broke in.  “They took everybody, ‘cept me.  I got away.  They had big, mean dogs.  Scary dogs.  Not like Ms. Benson’s Rottweiler down the street, back home, but much scarier.”

“What’s this?” Nell asked.

“Uh-huh,” Miray nodded emphatically, “There were these big mean men, that took them.  They beat up Cheryl.  Sic’d the dogs on her.  Said that if we didn’t come with them, we would all die here and now.”

I approached Miray and knelt down to her, “How long ago was this?”

She wrinkled her nose and looked to Mason and Matthew for help.

“She came running across the lake when we found her,” Mason said.

“Couldn’t have been more than two hours ago,” Matthew guessed, “I don’t know how long it had been before she saw us gathered at the log.”

I looked up at Begglar, “What do you figure?  Three hours lead?  Four?”

Begglar nodded, “Give or take.”

Lindsey spoke up, “We’ve lost most of our weapons when the Falls collapsed.  They’re at the bottom of the lake.  We had all we could do, just holding on to the log when the water rose and pushed us towards the shore.  We didn’t know if you all had survived.  Look out there.  The face of the falls seemed to have sunken in.  We had planned to try to make it back to Azragoth or hoped to be picked up by one of the Azragothian patrols and brought back.  They took everything.  Our wagon, our supplies, we’ve no weapons and we weren’t sure where we were or where those Protectorate soldiers might be taking them.  We needed help.”

Maeven stood and turned back to us, “You are exactly right.  We all need help.  We need rest, and we need both weapons and supplies and a way to transport them.  Fortunately, there is a place ahead where we can get all of that.  A hidden cache we keep in the Forests of Kilrane.  Kept by someone you know, O’Brian.  You too, Begglar.  Though he may or may not be happy to see you.”

“Seems to be my lot,” I mumbled.

Maeven dusted her hands upon one another, and rose to her full height, “And there is something else you need to know.”

Tiernan spoke up, “What is that?”

“There are other things following that group of soldiers.  Perhaps for different reasons, but still they are ahead of us.”

Chris chimed in, “What things?”

“Those mean dogs, you mentioned, Miray,” Maeven continued, “They are called Cerberi.  These things hunt and eat those dogs.”

“Cerberus was described as a hell hound, some are depicted with three heads” I offered that bit of literary knowledge.

I turned to Maeven, “What eats a devil dog?”

Maeven pointed to a half-twisted print in the dirt, and a series of others that came out of the forest, cutting through the grass with spike-tipped points, making a large, splayed hoofprint with a cleft in the front depression.

“Those aren’t horse-hooves.”

I came closer and peered down, recognizing the characteristic signature print, and my breath left me for a moment.

“Satyrs,” I closed my eyes remembering for a half-second, “We need to hurry.”

***

Will had not gone far before he heard the murmured sounds of low conversation coming down through the blue hollows of the roadway, and the laughter of the “fools” he had left behind him.  Miray was too naïve and simple to understand anything.  He regretted being harsh with the little girl, she didn’t deserve it, but neither had he deserved half of what had been coldly served to him in his life, even when he was her age.  Pay it forward, right?  But he took no satisfaction in that.  It only deepened his secret self-loathing.  One more thing for him to be ashamed of.  Why couldn’t he seem to keep from spewing venom at every opportunity?  The dig he’d made at Dominic: bog-trotter.  Where had that come from?  Dominic was born here.  He’d never been to the fens of Ireland.  Probably didn’t even know what a fen or a bog was.

He had thought to step aside and climb back a little way into the forest by the roadside, and then come up behind the approaching group, just to show them all how foolish they were for letting down their guard.  None of them really appreciated the dangers of this place as he did.  None of them had suffered as much because of those dangers here.  He had crouched low behind some wayside ferns growing along the ditch, and behind a nest of trees block the view of travelers from seeing his hidden position.  So it was with some degree of surprise, consternation and self-recrimination that Will suddenly found himself suffused with a foul odor of something burned to char, the gust of horrendous breath breathing over his shoulder, brutally jutting its rough bristled and sandpapered jaw against his cheek, his hair pulled up and back and a knife’s blade pressed sharply against his throat.

A guttural voice, growled into his ear, “Make even one little peep, Boyo, and I’ll cut you from glim to gullet!”

The Sky Lines – Chapter 49

The light that had shone from above into the darkness, was now accompanied by pealing thunder.  A tympanic thrum and rumble, striating the bruised purple sky with white etchings of silver light, as if the Moon Sprites had been gathered together, had ascended en masse above the roiling clouds and flashed angrily from their prisons beyond.  The dawn had come, but its early light had receded before this darkening bank of storm clouds.  Somewhere, high above the towering thunderhead, the sun’s rays may have warmed and bathed the high ceiling in golden brilliance, but below the darkness prevailed, extending the night.

Mason stood back from the group, watching the dark wall of clouds flash angrily, as Will spat angrily at Matthew, his hostility seeming far too excessive to be warranted.  O’Brian had not coerced anyone to follow him, nor did he designate anyone to follow him out onto the lake when they’d confronted both the Moon Sprites and the Manticore.  That had been Maeven’s doing more so than anyone’s, but even she had not compelled them to follow.  Will had something else in his craw that was bothering him and carried some bitterness towards Mr. O’Brian that was external to anything done so far in the Mid-World.  Mason wondered if something resided inside Will that was not as it should be.  At the mention of Torlah, the Banshee, Mason thought it best to step away from close proximity with Will, in case he proved to actually be another monster in masquerade.  Yet, he had passed Begglar’s test.  According to Mr. O’Brian, neither a monster nor a Xarmnian could achieve such with ease.  Yet the ingratitude in him fueled his anger, augmenting it to the point that he had become insufferable to be around.  It would further be dangerous to turn one’s back on him in a fight.  Facing an external enemy, Mason suspected that he would be the one most apt to come from behind and stab you in the back.

And what the others didn’t know is they had had a visitor, Hanokh.  A man of ancient times with acquired wisdom, a patriarch of the first order, and a keen sense of evaluating the measure of those passing under his scrutiny.  Yet, this wise one did not dispute or disparage O’Brian as a leader but rather affirmed and encouraged him.  Mason did not know why the man’s judgment impressed him as being so insightful, but because that man seemed to vouch for O’Brian, that was good enough for him.  Flawed though O’Brian might be, Hanokh saw something in him, that he trusted, a potential that O’Brian may have doubted in himself, but Hanokh saw past that, as he did in his evaluation of Mason.  There was something emboldening about having Hanokh’s approbation.  A confidence and surety about him, that Mason gave weight to.  No matter what the others may do, Mason determined in his own mind, that if Mr. O’Brian was still alive, he would help Miray and Dominic find him.  The falls in the distance roared with power, but he had a feeling that somewhere, deep within the caverns underneath such power, O’Brian, Maeven, Christie, James and Dominic’s parents Begglar and Nell still occupied the land of the living.  It did not make sense seeing the collapse of the cliff face, but somethings you just trusted and took by faith.

The two other young men seemed to waver between the two opinions of whether they should cut their losses, and attempt to return in the direction of Azragoth and hope they were found by the scouts, or seek to approach the rise and climb up to the Trathorn river’s edge and see if there might be another way down into the caves below the falls with the chance that the others had survived.

The young woman spoke up and offered a sort of compromise, seeing that Matthew and Will’s argument might soon come to blows unless it was temporarily mediated.

“Guys, let’s take a breath a minute and look at this thing,” she admonished stepping between them.

“In either case, if returning to Azragoth, or searching for O’Brian and the others, we will have to go back up the trail and to the top of the basin cliffs.  Let us see what is there before we make any hasty decisions.  If there is a way to enter the caves other than below the falls, we might at least explore the possibility that they survived.  If it looks like the caves are completely crushed and there is no possible way in, then we will at least know we tried to find them, and then return to Azragoth and seek help.  We’ve come too far just to write them off.”

“What about the others?” one of the young men asked.

“Do we just leave them to the Xarmnians?”

“No, but we alone certainly cannot go after them without weapons or a guide, or some strategy that will keep us from being taken too.”

They all were quiet for a moment.  She made a lot of sense and it was clear that, at least for the time being, they could all agree to go in the same direction.

Grudgingly, Will pulled back from his offensive posture and shifted his eyes to the young woman.  Rather than give her the acknowledgment of brokering a temporary armistice between himself and Matthew, he stared at her suspiciously for a moment as if searching her eyes and expression to see if her interference might hide some ulterior motive that could be read in them.  Finding none, he merely grunted and stepped back, turning away as if dismissing both her and Matthew.  She looked at Matt for a moment.  His face was flushed, and his neck muscles tensed and reddened by the rise of his blood pressure.  His face was, at first, inscrutable and his eyes showed a cool calmness, though his adrenaline pumped, and his blood rushed to his extremities, readying them for defense or attack.  Whichever one seemed warranted.  Matthew had endured Will’s arrogance, his seeming belligerence towards Mister O’Brian, without regard for how his attitude or challenge affected the morale of the group.  He had heard Will’s snide remarks, muttered and overt, had witnessed his condescension, heard him laugh at others’ misfortunes and he’d just about had enough of it.

Not only was a storm brewing on the brow of the distant cliffside, but one was also brewing within their surviving company.  If the physical altercation between Matt and Will did not come immediately, it would come soon.

A bolt of lightning struck from the overhead dark cloud bank and hit the surface water of the lake with a loud pop and crack.  The water churned and sloshed, spraying a furrow of water into the air as the current zipped along the surface and eventually expended itself.

The bolt had lit up the night sky and the massive column of clouds to the north, but its brilliant flash had revealed something else as well, standing along the edge of the cliff ridge, near the head of The Falls spillway.  Figures, maybe four or five, sky-lined against the purpling night.

***

The tall woods stood rank upon rank at the edge of the slope that ran down to the top spillway at the edge of the falls.  Large boulders, half-buried, turned in a jagged assemblage as they dug in against the slow but continual push of water over the edge of the falls.  When the falls had flash-frozen, the slow but inexorable push became a hard shove, as the water solidified into great bony hands, back built against the strength and weight of the river Trathorn’s water flowing down from the Mid-World highlands.  Centuries of gravel and sediment that had accumulated and anchored these great monoliths on the cliff’s edge were displaced and shifted, and the resulting fractures bled into the deep caverns below, like a dentist’s root canal surgery.  The upper bank from the edge of the trees had once sloped in a series of naturally carved steppes, bared to rock, and then accumulated green growth as sufficient sediment accumulated along the spine and ribs of the mountain canyon until it dropped sharply to the water’s edge.  Each steppe had formed when the river’s delta broadened, due to irregular mountain melts and rainy seasons interspersed with periods of drought.  At its broadest point, now at the first steppe down from the feet of the forest, the river Trathorn had been younger and the rains and melt carved away the river’s chin into its broadest grin, as its water peered over and tumbled laughingly into the basin lake below.

I and my immediate companions, Maeven, James, Laura, Nell, and Begglar, emerged from the rocky fissure into a shallow, stony tributary that had a small offshoot stream running down a narrow, ragged gulley that had been scalloped out of the forest and had a small wooden clear with deadfalls and broken limbs strewn about.  We stood upon the bank of the tributary, about twenty feet up the bank from the main water chute of the river.  Rain patter hissed down upon us from the dark black and purple brow of the sky, pealing with thunder and flashes of lightning etching and illuminating the lamp globes in the towering thunder-banked clouds.  The fronds and leaves of the brush, ferns, and bushes nodded in time to the drums of the heads, as the sky broke forth in is wailing and weeping lament.  The clouds were so grey and dark that I knew it would be impossible at this point to see the shocking dark blue varicose veining of the Mid-World heavens that I knew would be revealed when daylight prevailed again, and the storm had passed.  The sky lines.  Evidence of muted cracks in the atmosphere, strange and terrible to behold.

As lightning illumined the sky, Laura peered back down into the crevice we had escaped the caverns from and down the junk pile to the old light blue sedan with its trunk still gaping open, wrenched and torqued as it had by necessity been to free her from its hold.

“I so hated that car,” she mumbled within my hearing, and I helped her move away from the place up onto the grassy shelf, where the others stood peering down into the basin, the rippling lake, and the roaring froth caused by the re-awakened falls again hitting the water below.

“Were you familiar with that vehicle below?” I queried.

“Of course, she looked up,” her expression phasing between a grimace and a dismissive smile as she shrugged its effect off, “I was my dad’s car.  The one he took that night from us when he left.”

A sigh escaped her, as she closed her eyes, trying unsuccessfully to distance herself from the Surface World memories.

“It was…,” she wiped a moistening eye, bravely trying to shove a painful memory away.  She breathed deeply and then turn to me, “It doesn’t matter now.”

She seems so small, standing there, shivering slightly in the cloak that we’d wrapped around her, water falling down on us all, yet beading and rolling off of the cloak.

I stepped behind her, untied the rolled hood portion of the cloak and pulled it up over her head, to further help keep the rain off of her.  I squeezed her shoulders slightly and leaned into her ear, “It does matter.  You are part of our company, now.  We’re not quite there yet, but we’re becoming a fellowship of family.  As much as we can, we stick up for one another and do care.  What harms one of us, harms all of us.”

She patted my hand on her shoulder, gratefully acknowledging the statement, but said, “Then perhaps I should not have come back here.  I have a lot of issues.”

I chuckled, “We all do.  You’ll see.”

Laura sighed and smiled wistfully, finding the emotional strength to continue.

“That is not the first time, I’ve been locked in that trunk.”

“But it will be the last,” Christie said, turning to our low conversation, and making sure the cloak properly covered Laura.

Nell and Begglar stood on either side of Maeven, their arms around her, supporting her with comfort against the chill of both the rain and the pain she had expressed.  We had all suffered so many things in our individual lives, yet had remained silent about their, choosing to bear our own burdens in shamed quiet rather than let anyone past our brave fronts.  It is an illusion to think that suffering borne meekly and silently is evidence of courage.  It is not.  Rather it is symptomatic of deep fear and distrust.  In our effort to protect ourselves from shame and vulnerability, we allow our hurts to burrow inside of us and eventually cut us off from the way out of our darkness onto the path of healing.

“My dad did it,” Laura said, offering us a rare and precious view into her vulnerability, “and then later, stupid me, I did it.”

She turned to me, looking up from underneath the hood, her tears mingling with the splattering slant rain that wet her rosy-pink cheeks.

“I won a small teacup pig at a county fair,” she laughed despite herself, “I had never won anything before so I was shocked when my name was called.  Mom had given me five one-dollar bills to spend at the fair, rodeo, and carnival.  I gave two dollars on a chance to win the pig and help this kid with leukemia out that went to our local elementary.  I wasn’t thinking about it being a contest or anything.  I just wanted to help the kid.”

“Big mistake,” she lowered her head allowing the water pooling into a fold on the top of her hood to run off onto the ground.  “Dad came to pick me up in the evening, and my friends made me go get the piglet before I left.  I told them they could have it, but they insisted, and I just wanted to make them happy.  I didn’t know what to do with a pig.”

She shrugged, and then looked back up again, “Well, just as I had suspected, when dad pulled up and saw me clutching the wriggling runt, he flipped out.  But my friends were watching from a distance and I could not let them know…”, she sighed again, “Well, it was not their concern.  Not wanting to make a scene, I tucked the oinker into my arms and climbed into the back seat.”

“What do you think you’re doing?!” he says, that slow burn beginning early this evening, without its usual aid of alcohol.

“Please, daddy,” I said, “Please don’t make a scene.  I’ll try to find another home for it, I will.  As soon as I can.”

“That pig is not riding in this car,” he said, glaring ahead his hands tightening on the steering wheel.

“What do I do with it?”

“You should have never taken it in the first place.  Remember Stimpy?” he said.

“Stimpy was a cat we had whose tail had gotten broken when it was run over.  Stimpy died in the street.  I got blamed and cuffed for it.”

“Then my dear, dad, climbed out of the car, pivoted around and opened the back door and said, ‘Give me the pig.’  He kept his voice low and quiet because people were still milling around in the grassy parking lot.  He did care somewhat about perception, but not enough for it to matter when he eventually left us destitute.  I had no idea what he was going to do, but I didn’t dare tell him no.”

“He took the pig from me, opened the trunk of that blue car and tossed it in and closed the lid.”

“The pig went wild, bumping around in the dark back there, screeching and making a terrible noise, that scared me and I started to cry as he climbed back in, slammed the door, turned the ignition and peeled out of the grassy parking lot, cutting divots and a furrow in the grass as he sped away.  He was mad, and I knew I was going to catch it when I got home.  The noises coming from the trunk both humiliated him and enraged him, but he would not let that pig out of there though I cried and begged him too.  The little thing was scared, and I tried to stop my ears from hearing its terrible noises.  He saw some of his co-workers next to their cars as he was leaving and waved to them and they waved back, puzzled at the noises coming from somewhere inside our vehicle.  I had ducked down and was curled up into a ball on the back seat as Dad just continued to drive through the lots and across the cattle guard and out onto the county road.  He told me to ‘Shut up’ or he’d put me in the trunk with the pig, and I could only whimper and try to control the sobs.  He didn’t want to drive through downtown with that pig making noises like that, so we went the long way to our house, going outside the city limits and then coming back around from the Interstate.  He drove until the pig quit making noises.  I do not know how long that was because I fell asleep on the back seat, having cried my eyes out, and then just…fell asleep…and forgot…”

I woke up in my bed the next day, and mom got me up for school.  I got dressed, ate some cereal and then hurried to make the bus.  I didn’t remember about the pig until I got to school and saw my friends.  I didn’t know what happened to it.  Dad never said, and I was too afraid to bring up the topic to him.  I just assumed he drove out into the country while I was asleep and just turned it loose out there to fend for itself.  I only found out when…”

She shuddered, “I was a stupid little girl.”

“That night when mom and dad fought, I did not want to be with either one of them.  I just wanted a place where people didn’t hit one another, didn’t scream at one another.  I had to find another place to live.  I had to get away from the town and everyone who knew me.  Start a new life, where no one knew the screwed-up little Laura girl.  Poor Laura.  I..”

“I don’t know what I was thinking when I climbed into the trunk of his car when he was distracted.  I closed it over me, heard the lock mechanism click and then smelled that horrid smell.  My dear daddy had left that poor pig in the trunk for a week and it died in there.  He had thrown the carcass out, but that smell never left.  I think that pig’s death haunted him.  At least, the smelled did.  I didn’t last very long in there.  I could barely breathe that terrible odor and at one point I started screaming.  That memory has been a nightmare I have on occasion.  I haven’t had it in many years, but last night, it came back in vivid detail and I just could not get out of it.  I felt so helpless, and then I remembered you guys.  I could not believe it when you finally opened the trunk and got me out.  I still don’t know how that happened.  Why it happened.  I keep pinching myself, but I am here.  I am really here.”

Begglar, Nell and Maeven had drifted back over and had heard Laura’s very raw, very vulnerable account of her traumatic memory, and we pressed in around her, as a family might, comforting and empathizing with her tale and reassuring her that she was no longer alone, but had people.  At last, what she had so longed for, a place where she belonged, she’d found here with us in the Mid-World.

Standing there, as we were, listening to Laura, we had not noticed that the storm overhead, had begun to die down, and the daylight was at last breaking through the gray, purple of the thinning clouds, casting shadows and errant beams of light, silvering the edges of the clouds that had threatened to extend the dark.

I was just able to see past a thinning cloud to the canopy of fading stars overhead as they paled into dawn.  The sky lines, what Nell had referred to as “the gray fingers”, that I had expected were there, but there was one vein in and among them that seemed to be fading and closing up as if its fissure was in the process of healing.  And I knew why, though I was not at liberty to tell the others just now.

That healing sky line was representative of what was happening to Laura.  She was at last on the path she needed to be on, with a fellowship of friends, who loved her and supported her…were so happy that she had returned.  And at least, with this new development, the sky was in one respect beginning to mend.

storm-3041241_1920

 

 

Climbing Into the Light – Chapter 48

A hard, crackling and ripping sound rumbled ominously from the rocky aperture where the glowing beam of light pierced the cave.  The sensory power of the terrible disjointed story left us breathing heavily, almost gasping.  Adrenaline pulsing in our ears.  This story, Laura’s connection to it, and its ominous tones of threat and dehumanization left me sick to my stomach.  Tears welled in my eyes and I could barely hold them back.  I glanced sideways at Nell and saw her pained, stricken look as if she had just been told again of the deaths of her parents.  The raw feeling and burden caused by her Seer’s gift weighed heavily upon her, and I saw her lean against Begglar to mask the weakness she felt from it and to steady the trembling in her body as the experience of the shock-wave took its toll on her.

A rotting, black-skinned, swollen carcass, about the size of a small dog, lay tucked into a corner of the trunk, its legs splayed outward, small hooves on the end of each short stumpy leg.  The smell was overpowering, and we covered our noses and mouths, our eyes watered with the pungent assault.  Death’s distortions had made it unrecognizable, at first, but it was clear that the animal was or had once been a small pig.  Begglar reached in and grabbed one of its trotters and jerked the mass out of the trunk and tossed it away, down onto the lower portion of the junk pile where it bounced and exploded with a sickening pop of sulfurous gasses, and then tumbled with a plop down into the bluish-green water below, bobbing with an oily film spreading out over the water.  The smelled had lessened considerably, but its presence haunted the interior of the compartment where it had been festering while entombed with Laura.

Laura visibly shivered, gasping as if she had taken her first breath of clean air in some time.  Cataracts that had occluded her eyes and had revealed tiny convex reflections of other places began to darken.  As she drew in deep, heaving breaths of raw air no longer tainted with the scent of death, she exhaled misty shadowy grey plumes of vapor from her mouth and nostrils.  The strange otherworldly gleam reflected in Laura’s eyes had seemed to resolve back into the normal dilation of her pupils, and the grey-blue of her beautifully large irises seemed to focus on us at last.  The wild-eyed terror and panic she’d expressed from within the hollow darkness of the trunk compartment seemed to lessen as she began to affect the possibility that we were really there with her.  With frail fingers, she lifted her trembling hand and pulled strands of her hair aside from her face and field of vision.  Straining hard to see us, her eyes at last growing accustomed to the stray beam of light bathing her in a cool glow from the top of the junk pile and surface overhead.
Recognition dawned upon her, as she looked up at us from face to face.

Her eyes filled with tears as I spoke her name.

“Laura.”

She made a sharp Ahh sound, swallowed hard, and whispered aloud to herself, “I thought it was only a dream.”  Her voice, raw and raspy from the hours of unheard pleas, broke into ragged sobs of relief and hope cast a ray of growing searching light into the shadowy corner of her soul.  “I had to come back.  I had no place else to go.”

As gently as we could, we all leaned in to help Laura crawl out of the trunk.  She was so weak, and her body was frail.  Once so headstrong, independent and healthy, she looked as if she might bruise and break easily.  Christie, laughed through streaming tears of joy, as she steadied Laura to her feet, almost carrying her.  I so wanted to hold Laura and hug her close, assuring her that she was now safe and in the company of those who cared deeply about her, but I did not want to make her any more uncomfortable than she already was, having been found in such an ignominious fashion, barely clothed, malnourished and dehydrated.  None of those things mattered to me, in the slightest, but I saw her look down at herself, cover her bare legs with the tail end of her shirt and blush slightly.  They mattered to her, and that was enough.  What she needed to know is that we cared about her.  That her life mattered and that the words of her father could have no power over her is she would only choose not to believe them.

“I had so hoped, you would come back,” Christie was saying, as she held Laura, cradling her arm around her back.  We placed gentling hands on her shoulder, head, and upper arms, giving Laura the warmth of caring human contact.  I slung my knapsack off my shoulder, rummaged through the open flap, searching and finally found the extra rolled cloak I had buried within.  I pulled it free, allowing its thick woolen fabric to unroll, slinging the shoulder strap back onto my back with my free arm and offered it to Christie to drape over Laura, giving her additional warmth that our hands and hugs alone could not supply.  Laura looked up and smiled gratefully at me, as Christie, Nell and I covered her, and also gave her the dignity she also so desperately needed.

I have so many regrets, but the one that stood out in my mind at this moment was not being able to persuade her to stay with us before she returned to that.  But she was alive and here, and with life, there is always the chance to find a new path and a new way to live in freedom and find triumph.

Maeven too was a miracle.  She too had been given back to us, as Laura had been, and the mysteries of their stories and individual tragedies were deep waters that we would eventually have to bring life to.  And James.  His story puzzled me.  I did not know if he was conscious that the story emanated from him when he’d stepped into the ghost pool because his expression seemed unreadable after it.  Like he was in some way disassociated with it.  I seriously needed to talk to Nell again as soon as possible, but it would have to be at another time.  Right now, we had an unstable hill of junk to climb, and we needed to get out of this cave as soon as possible.  The others would be waiting for our return.  Probably were extremely worried by now since the cave in pushed us further in to these deeper caverns.  I had the Pearl safely tucked away in its map pouch.  Eventually…  The Pearl.  Oh no!  Oh NO!

Maeven had said not to remove the Pearl from the ice.  And I hadn’t.  It had shown up in the caves, had flash frozen the poisoned Ghost Pool, rolled across and landed on the dry cave floor near my feet.  When I had retrieved it, it had not been on the ice.  A technicality, but still consistent with the instructions given to me.

The boys had gone to fetch the log, at my bidding, and the three others stood guard outside of the entrance to the caverns beneath the falls.  If the Pearl was off the surface of the lake, as I suspected, the lake water would thaw, even as it had mysteriously flash frozen.  The thoughts of panic and implications of what I’d done, threatened to overwhelm me.  I may have sent all of them to their deaths.  Mason, I knew, didn’t know how to swim, but even if he had, the temperature of the water would be too cold to survive in it more than a few minutes.  The three others, who had trusted me, had joined us out on the frozen lake, two young men, and the young women who had stood by me when the party had considered whether I was fit to lead down at the granary, before the Shibboleth test and the Banshee had been exposed.  Had I put them at risk too?  When the falls came to life, and the ice thawed, would they be crushed by the avalanche as the Trathorn awakened again?  My world was crashing in on me.  But I had to know.  I could not let my fear and terror and this rising dread cripple me again as it had once before so very long ago.  There was a reason why the One called me.  Why He would not let me stay in self-appointed seclusion.  There had to be some purpose for all of this.  Some good that would come of it.  I had no choice but to either choose to yield to fear or trust that something good might come of the choices I had made to follow.  The commitment to take responsibility for my actions and the choices I made in leadership.  I had to remain calm, knowing that the immediate course of action was to ensure that our group here at least made it safely out of these caves.  What tragedies lie ahead, and what came of my decisions would have to be faced with the knowledge of what we encountered when we surfaced again.

Maeven had been found and for all practical purposes had physically recovered from her wound.  Laura had returned to us, though the way in which we’d found her disturbed me, and the implications of her projected story was chilling.  I did not know if the tale was connected to some personal experience or some view of herself, but it would require unpacking as would James’ tale.  Something connected them to these.  A view each had of themselves, expressed by their projected stories.  I was glad to have Laura back, and I could not bear to lose her again to the nightmare she lived in under her Surface World life.  Gathering my composure, I did not wish to throw a damper on the short celebratory feeling we felt in finding both young women again.  But we had to move.  And move very soon.

“We have quite a bit to catch up on,” I said to the group, “but this is not the place to do it.  Let’s get outside if we can.  Follow the light beam overhead.  Be very careful.  Watch your footing.  We don’t know what else is in these caves, but we need to rally back to the group.”

“Did you bring the branch to the falls,” Maeven asked.

“We…,” I turned to Maeven, “the boys went after it, while we entered the caves behind the waterfall.  They were supposed to bring it and we would meet them outside.  When the Pearl showed up, we were carrying you into the central Ghost Pool.”

Maeven took my arm to steady herself, “The Pearl showed up?” she took a deep breath.

“What do you mean the Pearl showed up?”

“It rolled into the cave and sealed off one of the poisoned pools,” Christie offered.

Laura was weak, but puzzled by our conversation, “What is this about?  What Pearl?”

Nell had her arm around her and gently hugged her shoulder, “Bless you, child,” she comforted, “There’s a lot that’s happened since you left us.”

Maeven looked around the cavern walls, and down the precarious perch of junk she had been standing on, “I do not remember this place.  How far away are we from the front of the falls?”

Begglar entered the conversation, “Best forget about that, lass,” he huffed.  “There’ll be no goin’ back that way.”

“Why not?”

Laura’s neck was stiff and painful, but she was trying to follow the conversation, but could not keep up and was having difficulty turning her head much less standing on her feet.

“Because,” James said, “the cavern collapsed.  That way is blocked by tons of stone and dirt and water.  The Trathorn River must have fractured the rock bed at the top of the canyon under the weight of all this ice.  The pressure of the river flowed to the edge but had nowhere to go, but down.  We barely made it further into these caves before being buried alive.  We found a bit of light filtering in down one of the tunnels and found our way here.  This pile of rubbish and cars were in the back of the cave.  We found you both in this old car.”

Maeven’s hands went to her temples, her fingers pressing through her dark bangs pressing as she closed her eyes for a moment trying to find some sense in what she was being told, so find a sequence she was missing, “What do you mean?  Found me?  Wasn’t I with you when you carried me in?”

I gently touched Maeven’s shoulder, trying to comfort her, “We thought we’d lost you.  You were with us, and then you weren’t.”

Maeven’s eyes popped open, a tragic, stricken look came over her, as some terrible realization flooded her mind.  I moved forward, barely in time to catch her as she crumpled nearly collapsing.

A miserable, mournful cry of anguish escaped her lips, as she fell into my arms, and I held her there as she wept into my shoulder, shuttering with such terrible sobs of agony, of spirit and mind and grief.

“He’s dead,” she clenched her teeth, a cough of pain racking her body, threatening to darken over us.  “Nory, my babies.  They’re all dead,” she shuddered, and all I could do is hold her close and cry with her.

***

Below the junk pile, at the water’s edge, distorted images swirled amid the oily substance spreading outward from the floating, bobbing carcass of the shoat.  It’s glazed yellowed eyes, once bulging with the cranial pressures behind them, had sunken into its elongated skull.  Its porcine flesh had suppurated and split open with the explosion of gasses when it had struck the hard flat and jagged metal surfaces below, and the slick of those draining fluids, now occluded and clouded the bluish water with a smoky haze, birthed colored and moving images, with no clear definition except for smearing smudged edges.  The images, however, were beginning to clarify as they slid away from the oil slick and moved like watery projections across the pool’s rippling surface, swirling around the ghostly light beam that pierced the darkness of the cavern.  Buzzing blackness and amorphous shapes skirted the faded edge of the light beam, occupying the shadows.  These darted here and there between and around and through the coloring images, that were now beginning to take more shape and substance.  Lengthy shaped tubes articulated and formed appendages, moving alongside columnar swatches of color and form and shadow.  These resolved into further form taking definition until they were recognizable forms of people, seen as though they moved behind frosted and scored glass.  Occasionally a bright white point of dancing light danced over the head of these forms, and these illuminated ones seemed to glow with their own inner light source, taking further definition in form ahead of the other beings still swarmed in shadow.  The cave pool’s surface swam with similar images, swirling on odd planes, blending into and ghosting transparently over other images.  Where ever the tableau stretched into the darkness, if the collaged images bore a figure bearing the overhead flame, that area projected a rippling brightness onto the cavern ceiling and walls in twisting rings of light.  A rushing, boiling noise of multitudes speaking, voices blending, conversations cresting creating a din and growing crescendo in the cave, that pulled us away from our shared grief.  Distracting us from it for the moment.

“What is happening?” James asked, moving around the back of the light blue, rusted sedan, straining for a better look, as columns of light cast swirling, lighted projections on to the ceiling of the dark and blue-veined rock.

Nell answered, “The blood.”

Christie and Begglar stiffened and held Laura steady, moving in protectively to prevent yet another danger from threatening her.

I held Maeven close, but a free hand slipped down and found the hilt of the Honor Sword by my side.  Maeven still breathed heavily, unable to turn and see what was happening in the water below and beyond, unable to take in one more thing beyond the intensity of the grief crippling her now.

“Nellus?” Begglar spoke calmly but directly to his wife, beseeching her for further clarity.

“We need to get out of here, quickly,” she said.

She paused looking to each of us in the stunned silence and carefully chose her next words.

“Blood in the water of a Ghost Pool brings things…”

She needed to say no more.  Hard as it was to turn away, we gathered together and carefully began to ascend the junk pile, moving from buried hoods to dryer tops, to twisted cable stacks careful not to get our feet entangled in these nests of coils.  James offered to carry Laura on his back, but she shied away, instead preferring to allow Christie to assist her.  Maeven moved mechanically through the process, numbed by the urgency, almost despondent, but still moving.  Something terrible had reached into this world and shook her to the core.  When we were safely far enough away, I planned to see if she would help me understand what had happened, but now was not the time.

Less than twenty feet ahead of us, the junk pile detritus gave way to slate grey rock and blackened stone, the beam of light above flickering as the sound of thunder accompanied our ascent.

“What is the plan, Mr. O’Brian?” James asked as the light above flickered and pulsed above, coupled with a stream of water splashing downward trickling into the cavern.

“We climb into the light,” I responded, carefully not to lose my footing on those few remaining steps as my hands felt the cold stone, and I reached back, assisting Maeven with an outstretched arm as she stepped across a gap in the junk pile that yawned into a crevice of blackness below.

“Maeven took my offered hand, and I help her swing across the narrow opening, and she looked up, her face brushed with the silver light from above, tears still wet upon her cheeks.  We locked eyes for a moment, and she nodded as something unspoken passed between us.  My words spoken to James must’ve taken a different meaning and shape in Maeven’s hearing, for though she was barely able to the edges of her mouth seemed to smile, and her eyes shown with what seemed like gratitude as she looked up at me and then beyond me.

“Into the light,” I heard her whisper to herself and sigh as she passed by, and then ascend the last few feet of rock through the aperture back out onto the surface.

***

“The banshee was right,” Will muttered aloud where all could hear him.

Eyes turned to him and the woman frowned, “Whatever do you mean?”

“Torlah,” Will said, grimacing at the memory, “the girl who turned out to be a banshee.”

When he had the other’s attention he began in earnest.

“O’Brian’s been leading us right smack into trouble from the very first day.  Torlah said that he was gonna get us all killed, and so far, he almost has.  He’s full of crap.  If he is dead, then good riddance.  If not, then I say we ditch him and tell him he can go straight to…”

Matthew turned on him and shoved his shoulder so that it almost spun him around, “Shut up, you!  You’re not the one who gets to decide for the rest of us.  O’Brian risked his life for us out on that ice.”

Will growled, “If it wasn’t for O’Brian, none of us would’ve been out on the lake, in the first place!  There’d be nothing he’d have to save us from.  Those Sprites would’ve killed the Manticore and Maeven would not have been injured.  I’m telling you, just like Torlah told us.  You follow him, you die.”

sky-2616782_1920

 

Double Sight – Chapter 47

Christie and James looked down at Maeven, and she looked up at their surprised and relieved faces, looking down on her inverted.  They had heard the noises in the vehicle and had climbed up carefully onto the floating junk pile unsure of what or who they might find.

Begglar, Nell and I were the last to ascend the pile, and the climb over tangled cables, around sharp unstable pieces of rusted metal and battered car parts that could just as easily slice and cut through flesh if we made a misstep in our ascent.

The junk pile was not accessible from where we entered the cavern without attempting a swim through the water, but we were hesitant to do so.  As serene as it might seem, the clear bluish water was too perfect.  This was not a Caribbean isle, with pristine ocean blue waters and white sands, typical of a Sandals Resort commercial, but an underground cave with seepage from a junk pile.  No telling what chemical mix might be within those waters.  What acidic component might cause burning the moment we entered the waters.

James had found a floating piece of an aluminum wing, bumping gently along the shoreline, and with some effort, we were able to draw it towards the rocky shore and utilize it as a makeshift raft.  Its surface was mottled, and patches of paint had flaked off, but we could tell it had once been a dark blue with a large white star on the end of the wing.  It was made of riveted aluminum and floated just as easily as any flat bottom boat would have.  In the construction of such aircraft, the gas tanks were often within the wing of these styled planes, and when we stepped upon it and tested out weight, it buckled slightly and seemed to be hollow, like a pontoon.  The fuselage of the wing was nowhere in sight but could have just as easily been somewhere submerged within the water below.  The wing had torn and had a ragged sharp edge of twisted panels, but enough of the hollow sealed plating kept most of the water out.  Something about the appearance of the wing jogged a memory, but I could not be sure that its shape was more than coincidence.  The wing was not of the modern F-Series fighter jet types, but more in line with the period in which the old cars were in fashion.

A mysterious disappearance.  A lost propeller-driven fighter plane, a squadron that had mysteriously vanished around the time the old cars and other battered appliances were in modern use.  These were navy planes.  TBM Avenger torpedo bombers to be more precise.  If my suspicions were correct this might very well be a wing of one of the missing Flight 19 training squadron that vanished just off the coast of Florida back in 1945.  In an area that had come to be known as the Devil’s Triangle.  A region whose vertices were drawn from islands and major cities Miami; San Juan, Puerto Rico; and Bermuda.  An area known also as The Bermuda Triangle.

It made my head spin.  How could this and the other Surface World items have gotten here?  What other mysterious did this Mid-World hold that had a connection to unsolved disappearances?

This had been my speculations, but since I could not corroborate them, I just made a mental note to file the details away and search out what I could not have known from popularized stories later that might have been sensationalized for the public for dramatic effect.  Like any official investigation of suspicious activity, officials often hold back information from the public and press briefings so that they may assess a credible source from a huckster’s tales seeking their fifteen minutes of fame rather than providing useful details that might solve a case.  With the held information, they are able to detect some inconsistencies or credibility in accounts that are phoned-in tips provided to the investigative team.

Since the mysterious disappearances were over seventy years old, more of those held back details may have been released within the literature surrounding the incident.  Every plane has some uniquely identifiable markings so that they can be distinguished in a salvage operation, and each piece will have an issued serial number that could link back to the plane, its line, and its manufacturer and model.  The numbers were like a fingerprint that could be cross-referenced.

Begglar and I used the wing and his staff to pole push the makeshift raft through the water to the base of the debris pile, ferrying our intrepid team from the rocky shore’s edge to the back of the cave.  James and Christie had gone first and were the first to hear the distinctive cries coming from the blue sedan precariously balanced twenty feet up from the water surface.  Sure enough, the blue water had a slight corrosive effect on Begglar’s staff as he plunged it into the topaz deep, pushing the craft from the bank.  We were again right to be suspicious of it.

Begglar, Nell and I were the last ones to come to the edge of the junk metal mound, when we heard James and Christie’s discovery.  Quick as we could, we exited the raft, scrambled up the hill to be a party to their miraculous discovery.  It had been perhaps a half hour or so since Maeven’s disappearance, and to find her translocated in another part of this cave system was mind-blowing and surreal.

Maeven stared, unable to believe her own eyes.  She had tensed, her fingers curled behind her knuckles her breathing coming in rapid panting as she almost flung her fist savagely upward to thwart the plans of her perceived attackers.  Finding instead her friends and companions, she caught herself before doing damage.

“How did you…?  What is this…?  Where is the hospital…?  How did I get here?”

Both James and Christie laughed in delight and relief.

“You’re back.  You’re safe.  Nell says you awakened in the Surface World, but you’re back so soon.”

Maeven put a hand to her chest, “Let me catch my breath.  I think they gave me a sedative.  What I don’t understand is why I am here and what happened outside on the ice.”

Begglar and Nell managed to get up to the car door level and add their smiling faces to the witnesses of this joyful reunion.  “You’ve been in hospital quite some, young lassie,” Begglar volunteered, “The shifts come in the night as we sleep.  O’Brian said it before.  We are occupants of both worlds because we have been called to seek and find in this one.”

A muffled, plaintive plea came from the trunk compartment, interjecting into the surprised conversation.

“Can someone help me?  Anyone out there?”

“Who is in there?” James asked, jerking toward the trunk, holding his halberd at the ready, his head whipping back to look to Maeven.  “That wasn’t you?”

Christie and James had buttressed up against the vehicle a little and now attempted to hold it steady, careful not to stand before the front of the car and risk it falling further.  A back wheel had caught one of the many steel cables and now seemed to have a pretty good hold on its shredded tire and wheel.

“I have no idea who it is,” Maeven responded, now able to sit upright in the seat and edge closer to the open door, “I just woke up here and heard noises from the back.  I tried to get up, but the car slipped further down, and I did not know what to do except lie still and then I heard other voices.”

James moved to the back of the vehicle.  The old car trunk was indeed locked and looked as if it had rusted shut.  It had a corroded turn handle, but no key lock.

“You inside,” James called, “Can you move back to the seat edge away from the bumper end of the trunk?  I am going to try something to get you out, but I don’t want to injure you doing so.”

“I…I don’t know,” the small voice sounded terrified, “I cannot see in here and there is little room.  I don’t know where you are.  I cannot…ugh…”  Movement and straining noises came from within.

A despairing cry issued forth from inside, “I think…I think, there’s something dead in here.  Oh, dear God.”

Heavy, panicked breathing, sounding as if she was hyperventilating, “Get me out…[sobbing noises]…Please get me out of here…[sniff]…whatever you have to do…[shuddering]… Just please…hurry.”

James raised the hammer end of the halberd, holding it carefully but steadily in a two-handed grip, raised it and swung downward, hard and with powerful striking force, hitting the handle lock, bending it in the metal with a [thwack!] then it popped loose.  The metal of the curved trunk denting severely, but now absent its exterior locking post.  The edge of the trunk metal buckled just enough that its edge gaped a little above the truck seal along the backside of the vehicle.

The trunk had indeed formed a rust-seal and red coppery powder dusted James with bits of oxidized brown flakes for his trouble.

Begglar pointed to the raised metal lip that had buckled, “See if you can use that blade tip or spike to prise open the bonnet there, lad.  Jimmie it open, if ye can.”

James did as Begglar had indicated, and eventually, with much wrenching, the old metal groaned, and the trunk lid sprung open.

A girl, or young woman, I should say, lay nestled within, curled into a shivering fetal position.  Her hair was dark, stringy, and matted with sweat, her body abraded and scraped, barely clothed.  She wore a shift-top, like a lacey bed shirt, of the fashion worn, by women of Azragoth for evening attire.  Fairly modest, but of a light cool material, for sleeping but not outerwear.  Her legs were scratched but bare, her small curled fists looked like they had bled and been abraded.  Dried and wet blood stained her fingers and knuckles.  She wore a kind of panty-underwear that did not seem of the modern Surface World but could easily fit in this world.  Her skin was pale, slightly emaciated as if she’d been locked within the trunk for two or three days with no food or water.  She smelled ripe of sweat, urine, feces and was understandably humiliated and embarrassed.  Whoever, or whatever had done this to her, whether in human form or not, was truly a monster.  A spindle wheel well, jutted into the trunk cavity, giving the girl little to no space to move about.  She was as weak and feeble as one might expect someone to be who had been confined into such a small space for any length of time.  Her body shivered as we tried to reach down and comfort her and help her raise up.  Her face was obscured by her hair, and turned downward, as it was obvious that she had difficulty moving her neck.  To get her out of here one of us would have to carry her up the debris hill towards the purplish blue lighted cut above.

When she finally turned her head upward, James, Begglar, Nell and I were visibly stunned.  There was something strange about her eyes.  Reflections within them, glowing over her pupils and irises, showing an illumination and reflection of a place that had no counterpart reflection within the cavern in which we occupied.

The girl was seeing and experiencing and interacting with some other realm while being present with us.  As we looked into her strange eyes, all of us present, for Christie had helped Maeven exit the vehicle, and join our gathering higher up and around the back of the vehicle, felt the dread and terror of the girl’s story begin to emerge.

And as this connection bathed our minds, those of us who had been present at Begglar’s Inn at Crowe, suddenly recognized the young girl for who she had been when she’d been bathed, fed and more modestly dressed, before she’d endured this terrible ordeal.

Laura had come back to us in the Mid-World.

…And Laura had been right.  There was something else rotting and dead in the trunk.

“State of Panek” – Story #9

A man stood in the middle of the dirt road, legs firmly planted, breath steadily chugging smoke into the frosty night air—One fist spastically clenching and unclenching at his side, the bent rod of a tire iron swung loosely in the other.  With the sheen of animal eye-shine beneath thick eyebrows, he scowled at the approaching car as it slowed, headlights revealing him in a sickly yellow glare beneath the twilight gloom and overhanging tree cover.

At about twenty feet away, the car, a black Camero with red racing stripes and garish neon plates, braked to a grinding stop.  The smoky dust train behind it formed a dimming corona as the stirred caliche particles, reflecting moonlight, slowly drifted earthward.  Billows of dust plumed on either side of the car and wafted forward, blanketing the car’s hood and windshield, enveloping the man in the road in pearling fog.

The driver and his female passenger glanced nervously at each other and back ahead, as the man in the road began to stride purposefully toward them.

The girl turned her head slightly, keeping one wary eye on the approaching figure.

“Denny, I don’t like this.”

The driver, Denny Jessup, eyes kept forward, briefly considered revving his engine, throwing the gearshift in reverse and fishtailing backward, but he held his ground.  Not one to back down first, he smirked and readjusted his sweaty grip on the steering wheel and gearshift.

“Just relax, Carly.  Perhaps he’s broke down somewhere.”

“What’s that in his hand?” she asked leaning forward, squinting.

Dappled moonlight glinted off the dull black metal bar in the man’s clenched fist as he approached, steadily closing the distance between them.

Carly, leaned back in her seat, nervously pulling a strand of hair behind her ear, “Denny, there’s something wrong about this guy, let’s go . . . NOW.”

The man, now ten feet away, nodded to the driver, and crossed against the headlights to the passenger-side of the vehicle.

“What’s he doing?!  Denny?!”

The girl reached for the gearshift but Denny caught her hand.

In horror, her eyes met Denny’s and her mouth gaped, shocked.

“Oh, my god! Denny, what are you….!?”

The cold night air swiftly entered the car, as did the fisted, gloved hand of the man through the shattered passenger glass.  With a firm grip on the girl’s ponytail, he yanked her backward, grabbed her flailing arm, and pulled her through the passenger window, safety glass raking her struggling body as she tried to wrench free.  With a loud crack, and a wet burst of blood, the tire iron struck the side of her head and all conscientiousness and fight went out of her.  Her limp body crumpled over the car door and slumped onto the dust of the caliche road.

The feral eyes of the man lifted and peered in at Denny, as he clenched and unclenched his sweaty palms on the steering wheel.  A sheen of sweat silvered his upper lip and his pale face illumined green by the glow of the instruments in the dash.

Fear etched across his face as he trembled at the savagery of what he had just witnessed and been a reluctant party to.  Heart pounding, in short breaths that blossomed in the now cold interior of the car, he shuddered and set his jaw.

“Are we square?  You’ll leave my sister alone?” he asked, just above a whisper, eyes not daring to make contact.

“Square,” came the raspy voice of the man at the window, “Thanks for the pig.”

***

She woke to what smelled like the heavy scent of diesel fuel; confined in a five by eight foot cage, reinforced with welded rod iron and pipe.  The side of her head throbbed painfully.  Her vision was blurred.  And her face was swollen, tender and wet with what she could only imagine was blood.  She lay on a thick, coarse blanket and burlap feed sacks, barely dulling the chill she felt in her aching bones.  A low rumbling sound, like animals grunting, buzzed in her head.  She turned on her stomach and smelled the earthy, fecund scent of mud mixed with raw feces and urine.  Beneath the raised aluminum flooring rails, through half-inch-wide gaps she could faintly see a dark, wet gutter of concrete and draining sludge slowly moving towards gray light.  Wincing at the odor of the filth below, she groaned and turned on her back.  A heat lamp glared above the four by four inch mesh roof of her cage, out of reach, barely emitting enough warmth to keep her shivers down.  To her left, something slimy and wet pushed into her arm, and she stiffened.  Eyes clearing, with a shudder, she slowly turned her head . . . and screamed.

Cacophonous, echoes of her throaty terror pierced the night air, reverberating off the aluminum walls of her prison, forcing her to cover her head and ears against the terrible sounds that followed.  Curled into a fetal position, on the filthy blanket, shivering in pain and terror, she wept uncontrollably praying that this was all just a very bad dream.

***

The snarl of trees defied her—reaching with rough jointed arms, grasping with dead leaved fingers, rustling with her every shuddered step in forward flight—the panicked noises of crackling brush sending out the alarm, dark birds above flapping in response, lifting noisily into startled flight.  The rough bark crumbled in her grasp as she sought to steady herself, the hair of their hoary heads, fallen to skirt the sloping floor with mounds of shriveled and decaying scales.  With warding hands, she guarded her face against their wooden claws, scratching and tearing her at defenses as she stumbled ahead.  Fording through nests of brambles, her clothes snagged, and her heart and labored breaths pounded against the once eerie quiet with each frantic footfall.  The man was coming—her hope of slipping away, thwarted by the dense foliage and sloping terrain.  He would find her gone in a matter of moments and would find her quickly, thrashing about as she was.  As she scrabbled up the hill through the leafy detritus, she knew the furrows and wounds of exposed dark earth where her feet had cut the ground, the traitorous broken limbs that had snapped in her desperate fingers and the strands of snagged vines would eventually lead him directly to her.  He would grip her by the hair, brutally backhand her into unconsciousness, and carry her back to her cage in the hog barn.

The beatings would start again, and another pig in a cage next to hers would die.  Such horrible piercing shrieks.  Terror flooded her mind, adrenaline coursed through her muscles as she shuddered at the thoughts of what he would do to her even if she survived.  His version of human was not something she could bring herself to imagine.  He would feel this betrayal, and nothing she could say or do now would satiate his rage.  Two more cages lie next to the one she had escaped from only moments ago.  Two more chances, he had said.  Two more days to become human—to become . . . his.

***

Will had promised him his life for a favor.  A favor.  What was to stop him from demanding another.  Denny’s sister or his girlfriend.  Didn’t matter which.  If he didn’t deliver one, Will would take both.  His life for theirs.  His life…  What kind of life could he have after what he’d done?  This wasn’t life.  Better if he had just said, “No deal” and died there in that tunnel in Afghanistan.  No kind of life was worth living after such a betrayal.  But Will would have had them either way.  He would have left him there to rot, starve and die of thirst.  Denny did not know which would have killed him first, gangrene in his wound, dehydration from blood loss and the sweltering heat, or the gnawing hunger when he finished his last remaining MRE.  Perhaps he would have passed out from the blood loss and just died in his sleep, but who would have warned them, stopped him.  He had to live.  The oath was insane, but so was Will.  Any other guy and Denny would have believed he was just having his chain pulled, but Will…  Will was different.  Will was a real psyche job.  Will should have been put away behind several kinds of closed doors in a little rubber room for the rest of his born days.  The army brass should have done it, but Will was committed, intimidating and Will was dangerous.  Most of all Will enjoyed the killing.  And those things were highly valued and rewarded in a time of war.

***

“I made a deal with the devil.  What do you think about that, preacher?”

“I think you’re a fool.  The Devil makes deals with a stacked deck.  There is no way you win with him.”

The Broken Sky – Chapter 46

Someone was locked in the trunk.  Mewling and pleading, gagging and weeping noises came from within.  The small muted voice, though unintelligible, judging by tone and timber alone was female.

When the old blue vehicle lurched with Maeven’s sudden movement, she’d thought that all was lost.  It had hung precariously upon the collection of rubbish in the junk pile, but though comprised of a collection of vehicle parts, tires, oil drums, construction materials, broken cinder blocks, beat-up appliances twisted and torqued beyond salvage or use, parts of the pile and stacks still bobbed and floated upon the interior pool below.  If that had happened, both she and the person in the trunk would most likely drown.

“Hold on!” Maeven called to her, trying to calm both the person in the trunk and herself if that were possible.

“I need to figure this out,” and then she muttered to herself in a much quieter and lower voice, “C’mon Mashugana Maeven, figure this out!”  A Yiddish term for fool or foolishness.  So long since she’d spoken in that tongue.  It reminded her of her grandmother.  Her grandfather often joked that her grandmother could easily carve the Hanukkah Beef Brisket with her tongue.  Not knowing when to leave well enough alone, he added, lowering his voice so that only his granddaughter could hear and giggle, “And that is quite a feat because the meat she cooks is as dry and as tough as shoe leather.”  To which, her grandmother, with prescient knowledge, and keen hearing, would reply, “I heard that, yutz!  No latkes or challah for you!”  And in mock humility, he would wince like he’d been struck, raise his eyes to the ceiling, hunch his shoulders, with his palms upward and petition heaven for mercy saying, “Why did You have to give her such supernatural hearing?  Oy!  Isn’t it enough I suffer with the kvetching?”

But this was a terrible time to smile at such memories.  How she missed them both.  Taken from her way too soon.

She needed to focus.  Find a way out of the vehicle without causing it to slide further down.  The thought of family stung her in ways she could not think about now.  Focus, Maeven, she admonished herself again.  She sounded like her mother.  Child, you are too happy to be serious, she’d say, One day you’re going to laugh or smile or say something at the wrong time that is going to get you into trouble.  Mark my words.  At least do me a favor and don’t smile at funerals.  It’s embarrassing and creeps people out.  Only idiots are happy all the time.  And I’m not raising you to be an idiot.  Whether Maeven had wished too or not, she had “marked her mother’s words” and took them to heart.  In hearing her mom’s repeated chastisement, she had finally taken it to heart, but she’d essentially boiled it down to this: Don’t embarrass me.  After that, she’d withdrawn into herself in her teenage years and had never really come back out.  Her mom would then say, “Where is that happy child that you used to be, eh?  Keep frowning and your face’ll stick that way.”  Again, the affirmation of her boiled down assessment of herself peeled off another layer of her self-worth:  Maeven, you’re an embarrassment.  You can’t do anything right.

Humor, even dark humor, had been her go-to coping mechanism whenever her stress level hit a certain pitch, and she felt overwhelmed.  But it was oddly funny now that in this moment of desperation to find how to get out of her present predicament and rescue whoever it was trapped in the trunk the old retreat to a bright-side was not working for her.  Too many memories buzzed in the back of her mind, each vying for attention, but she could not focus on even one.  Except for a growing feeling of painful loss, these seemed trapped within the deep fog of her brain.  Only the strange memories of her grandparents and her mother remained and presented themselves.  She was teetering.  Not just in the physical sense, feeling the pivoting weight shift and distribution of the old car she had awakened in, but between maintaining her composure and losing her mind.  It was almost as if she heard voices, beyond the sounds made from the woman or girl in the trunk.  She could not lose it now.  Whoever it was back there needed someone heroic to save her, not some basket-case, nervous wreck.

***

The assemblage looked like an underground hill comprised of the discarded contents of a scrap metal junkyard, a used car lot of storm-damaged classic 50’s era vehicles and an antique appliance store.  Old broken-down cars and at least one truck, none of which appeared of modern make, were partially stripped, smashed, weathered and buried within and jutting out of the cascading mound of battered sheet metal, canted and dented oil drums, old shredded threadbare tires with wheel rims, twisted corrugated tin panels, thick metal wire cabling of an unclear nature whether it had been salvaged from electric powerlines or naval coiling of shipping lines.

Busted and jagged glass windows and windshields webbed with impact fractures, scintillated duskily in the ghostly beam of light that shone down from an aperture in the rock above at the top of the pile.  Rust-spotted fenders torqued far out of their original factory shape, angled upward, giving the hill a jagged and treacherous look.  Something that appeared to be a piece of an airplane wing and struts lay submerged beneath the water, while the rest of the upholstery, metal, foam, rubber, and glass had been left to molder, rust, disassemble and sink into this dank underground pocket of detritus.

“What can you see?” A voice called from around the bend in the caves and tunnel behind me.

“You’ve got to see this for yourselves,” I answered back, confident that the sight would shock them as much as it had me.

With some carefully placed steps, passing what remained of our packs hand to hand, and barely managing to avoid falling into the deceptively shallow silt pool, the others skirted the edge of the water trap and joined me in the crux on a short land bridge between to two pools.  Gathering one by one at the bend in the tunnel beneath the golden ray of light that shone from a high break in the ceiling, I and the others gawked at the turquoise pool and the Surface World ejecta cluttering the back end of the cave.  A disconcerting as it was seeing a junk mound of items that did not belong in the Mid-World, and the horrific implications entering my mind, and perhaps that of Begglar and Nell too, the presence of the pile did offer us a treacherous but conceivable means to getting back up to the ground surface of the Trathorn Falls.

***

Meanwhile, the eight survivors of the lift, off the lake, stood dripping and dumbstruck before the striated sky and the wall of roiling grey clouds that sent what appeared to be swirling snowfall down upon the cliffside, as if the heavens had opened like a higher plane of cataracts pouring down upon the shoulders of the cirque canyon.

Mason waited for a few moments still staring ahead at the collapsed face of the canyon, now roaring with water, sending a foggy mist up into the air, pounding the jagged underbite teeth of the falls and then spoke up.

“We need to go back.”

“Back?” Matthew asked, “How can we go back?  Look at that thing.  The whole face of the falls is gone.”

“Can they still be…?” the young woman started to ask, but then glanced at Dominic, still wrestling with the horrible possibility that his parents were both gone.

“I don’t mean go back to the falls,” Mason said, “I mean back to Azragoth.  We have lost all of our weapons.  We are in a wild place, where we do not know what else might come out of those woods, and we have lost all our supplies and horses.  If we still want to continue this journey, we need someone who knows the land and its dangers.”

“I don’t know if we can find it again,” one of the other men spoke up, “Remember how we got here.  We followed the dry creek bed, but then there were those forest switchbacks.  I tried to remember what Maeven did, but there were too many hidden turns to keep track of.  Azragoth has remained in secret for twenty years.  That doesn’t happen easily.  They’ve kept it hidden.  If we are to get back to Azragoth, then the Azragothians will more than likely have to find us first.”

“Good point,” the other man rejoined, “Perhaps we can get advice from General Mattox.  At least we have to try.”

“But what if they aren’t dead?” Miray broke in, “We have to help them.  We can’t just leave them.”

The woman came up behind Miray and stroked her hair gently and reassuringly, “Dear, I want to believe that there is a chance but look at those falls.  It doesn’t seem possible…”

“No!” Miray refused to hear it, “I don’t want to hear it.”

Her eyes welled up with tears.  She moved forward and took Dominic’s hand and placed hers in it.

“We’ll look for them, Dom,” she stated as if her mind had already set on a plan, “Let them do what they want, but you and I will go and find them.”

Dominic’s eyes teared, and he bent down and picked Miray up and hugged her tightly.

“Bless you, sweet girl.  Yes, we will.  You and I.”

Miray put her arms around his neck and buried her head into his shoulder and they both wept together.

***

It is a terrible thing to experience the loss of the good, while in pursuit of the should.  Many things there are that we think we should be doing, but sometimes pursuing these can cause us to lose sight of the good things we must maintain.

This is the power of the creature I called Distraction, but I am getting ahead of myself.  More on that later.

It is hard focusing on one objective so much that it becomes our obsession and we lose sight of all around us.

I had led us here, or allowed Maeven to lead, and failed once again to take and hold responsibility for what happened to those under my care.  I had pursued the Moon Sprites, had confronted the Manticore, and felt compelled to lead others into the caverns of the Ghost Pools under the frozen falls, but look where it has gotten us.  The company waiting for us back at the shore probably wondered what happen to us.  My not holding us back from going onto the frozen lake, allowed Maeven to be injured or dead, the jury was still out on that, no matter what Begglar and Nell assured us.  So far, I had done nothing but bring calamity to everyone.  We were buried under the canyon cliffs.  There could be no going back the way we had come in.  Hanokh had been exactly right about that.  We might be able to scale the collection of junk, but it was dangerous and appeared unstable.  And what it contained shocked me.  Though the vehicles were old, I could not imagine how they had come to be here.  Any prior effort to bring modern items from the Surface World had always resulted in the same scenario.  The item became something else very different, but something that would not serve the use for which the person bringing it had intended.  The portals simply did not conform to the traveler’s wishes, but rather served something else, or someone else.  Never had I ever seen contrivances that were not hand-fashioned.  No electronic gadgetry of any kind was ever found within the Mid-World nor machine-tooled item, forged or mechanically cut or molded.  As such the Mid-World had always seemed simpler and more removed from the driven pace and frenetic pull of the Surface World.  No cell phones, no automatic weaponry, no computers, no televisions, no vehicles or airplanes or mass transit.  Just mankind and monsters and half men creatures and a certain kind of mysticism behind the order of this world of dreams working akin to but different from the Surface World.  Human ingenuity had only approximated what was known as the medieval times in Surface World history.  Ironically, those Surface World times were known to posterity as The Dark Ages.   A time between the 5th and 10th centuries when record-keeping had been neglected, innovation had stagnated, and the people live under the scourge of warfare, famine, and blight.  A time between the fall of the Roman Empire and the age of the Renaissance, Plutarch writes (Africa, IX, 451-7), “My fate is to live among varied and confusing storms. But for you perhaps, if as I hope and wish you will live long after me, there will follow a better age. This sleep of forgetfulness will not last forever. When the darkness has been dispersed, our descendants can come again in the former pure radiance.”  His reference to the age in which he lived was referred to as being dark in the pejorative sense.  Paradise had been lost, and he lived in the betweenness before Paradise could be found again.  Rome had fallen due to its own corruption from within and its political power struggles which distracted it from the fact that through military conquest it had built an empire, it could not rule and hold if it did not rule and hold itself intact.  Rome had once been the prize capital of the world, a powerful city on an Italian hill, but had ceded its place because it could not serve under its own ideals and its emperors and rulers could not bear the implications and responsibility of serving as a god for its ruled peoples.  The period following the Dark Ages, known as the Enlightenment or The Renaissance or The Age of Reason, though some scholars and historians may dispute the terms, did rise to a certain collective and societal search for answers in faith sought only in the aftermath of such tragedy and wandering and brutality.  The religious community would not have been given such deference and ultimately state power which they later abused, had the suffering people not turned to faith, and the Sovereign of the Heavens and to the study of religious clerics who sought to find meaning from the Heart of the One despite having survived through such a chaotic period of history.  These times within the Mid-World were not so different from those in Surface World history.  Arguably, despite modern contrivances, societal “progress”, as the moderns term it, and the enlightened ones, self-proclaimed gurus of the modern age, for all practical and all observable purposes, the Surface World was descending back into an Age darker than any other in history.  An apostasy, a paganism, a worship of things created rather than the Creator.  A failing of learned scholarship in self-study.  A forgetfulness of those lessons of history and tragedy that once woke up a generation of suffering people desperately seeking purpose and hope.

This collective pile of junk from the modern world was poetic justice in its representation.  Sometimes we Surface Worlders have to be willing to climb up over our own pile of junk collected over time before we can come back to the light of the world above.  As much as I may be tempted to believe that we Surface Worlders were the more enlightened and more advanced because of our modern society and our experience, I was humbled by the fact that on a basically level, we moderns had not succeeded in our humanistic rise to make life better, but had in fact receded into becoming weak and dependent on our junk pile and could not curb the tide of our falling decent into our maddening “brave new world.”  If there were more than flesh crossing over into this Mid-World, then somewhere overhead, the Mid-World Sky was broken and if it fractured enough, the Darkness would descend upon it.  The storms we’d experienced heretofore, would be nothing like the storms coming.  The lands of the Mid-World would be plunged into an Eternal night, and the storm that came would tear away the atmosphere of this place killing every breathing creature, plant, animal, insect or organism within it.  The mountains would be upended, the seas would evaporate, and the Mid-World would break apart and be drawn through the portals to rain down as fire and brimstone upon the earth.  The Surface Worlders would never see it coming.  The two worlds would collide and implode.  The Surface World would be overrun by the metaphysical creatures given flesh and bone in the Mid-World, a long nightmare of terror would begin, and Hell would erupt on Earth.  A legion of demons waiting to be borne would be unleashed, and Apollyon would ascend to an earthly throne.

This band of travelers, though they do not know it yet, were brought here to serve a purpose.  Each one specifically called forth through their dreams.  Each one is important.  Each one purposed to fulfill a Higher Calling.  Each one whose stories, though they may not understand it yet, they were meant to find and finish.

***

Maeven lay as quiet as she could back down upon the bench seat, careful not to make any noises.  She had heard sounds outside in the cave, voices nearing.  She did not know how or why she had found herself lying in this battered heap, and this old abandoned car from a bygone era.  Was she asleep?  Was she dreaming?  The vehicle seat and musty smell of the moldering seat cushions seemed real enough to her senses, but the location was disorienting.  The vehicle had long been our of functioning commission so she could not have been driving it.  Had it fallen into some sort of sinkhole?  Were she and the girl in trunk sedated and kidnapped, possibly from the hospital, and deposited in this old car while their abductor had to deal with some pursuer?  Would he be back?  What did he want with them?  Would he rape and kill them?  How had the old car gotten down into this underground cave?  Was there a sinkhole below the junkyard that collapsed?  Was the water below a pool or an underground river?  Perhaps storm runoff replete with phosphorescent chemicals and antifreeze.  A toxic sluice of flammable and acidic blends forming and swirling into a poisonous river running beneath the suburban neighborhoods above, seeping into their city water system to take down an entire city population before they knew what was killing them?  In any case, she knew she could not be found here without defenses.  Her body was too weak.  She felt none of the strength that she had before as Storm Hawk, fierce and daring leader of the Lehi horsemen, daring to raid the stolen spoils of the Xarmnian Protectorate and return them to the oppressed peoples being crushed under their iron fists.  A Mid-World Robin Hood.

Now the thought of being in this weakened state and being ravaged by some creepy psychopath and then being summarily murdered and discarded as refuse, incensed her, but she could not be hasty.  The voices outside seemed oblivious to their presence, but she could not be sure that those who approached were friendly rescuers or in cahoots with the sicko who’d deposited them here.  Her best and only move was to stay still and silent.  To make them think that she was still sedated and wait for an opportunity to strike them unaware before they tried anything.  She rolled her eyes trying to search the floorboards, seats or side door pockets to see if there was anything she might be able to tuck away and use as a weapon should the opportunity arise.  Where was she?!  She hated being so disoriented.

Suddenly she heard clattering and scraping, a splash and then a slight rocking as the car shifted its precarious weight on the pile below, being surmounted by others ascending upward with some degree of effort.  Suddenly the car rocked to the side, and Maeven slid downward, bracing herself by her feet against the door.  More noises.  Not from the outside, but from the trunk, this time more coherent and louder.

“Help me!  Somebody!  Anybody!  Help me!  I’m locked in here!  That creep locked me in here!  Get me out of here before he comes back.  Oh God!  Hurry!  Before he comes back!”  And then the voice dissembled into agonized weeping.

Suddenly, the car door opened, behind Maeven’s head and she panicked, bracing herself to jab and gouge the eyes out of whoever it was who “was coming back.”

A voice not unfamiliar to her spoke her name in shocked bewilderment.

“Maeven?!  It that you?!  Is it really you?”

She almost fainted when she saw who it was.

The Way In is Not The Way Out – Chapter 45

As far as we were concerned, all hell had just broken loose.  The walls, the ground, the ceiling shook and fissured, tumbled and tore loose, as great pillars of rock and calcite cracked and twisted, and the ceiling lurched above us, causing stone knives to rain down and stab at the floor behind us.

Water spewed down from jagged breaks in the rock, spraying us with cold and wet, threatening to douse our torches and swallow us in darkness.  We ran…as fast and as quickly as our weary legs could carry us.  Bounding off of granite walls, dodging the rocks that fell before us, threatening to obstruct our path.  While being pelted by tiny bits of stone and silt and sand swirling into our nostrils threatening to choke us of the very labored breaths we still had, we stumbled, crawled and scrambled through the dark musty caves twisting and bending in the deepening darkness ahead of us.

I heard shouts within the cacophony that I could not make out as being either human or animal, as those ahead of me careened off of the narrowing walls.  A large stone slab had fallen from an upper shelf of rock, slamming downward with a thunderous impact, lodging across the top of the two great stones between which we were passing. Its ponderous oblong shape forming a top lintel, much like one of the monolithic stone formations of Stonehenge, just outside of Wiltshire, England, and west of Amesbury.  The slab chipped and pelted us with small sharp fragments off its face, but did not fracture and pound us with more significant breakage.  If we survived this pelting, we would be lucky to only have received abrasions, small cuts, and bruises, rather than contusions, fractures, and gashes.

Water jets sprayed down behind us, forming a hissing curtain of wet rage chasing us into the darker throat of the caverns, driving us with a fury we could not dare look back on.  Great claps of thunder coughed billows of smoke and debris, as parts of the ceiling fell, rocks pinging off stone plunking into pools deep and some shallow, giving forth noises that pounded our eardrums with a persistent ringing that drowned out all other sounds beyond us.  In a half turn, under the fluttering light of our torches, we saw that the way behind us had been sealed off by tons of fallen stone and gravel, ensuring us that this would be our certain grave and fate if we found no other way within the darkness ahead of us.  Billows of dust, silt, and roiling smoke extended outward in plumes, like spectral arms reaching out from within an open, but rapidly filling, grave, pursuing us at our heels threatening to extinguish our firebrands, choke us with grit and ejecta and bury us where we fell.

We pressed through another narrow passage and our torchlight waned to curling embers upon each pole, barely enough to see through the blackness, but once on the other side of the narrow way, the room opened up, and the flames once again awakened to bright, flaring and spattering light, causing our long shadows to jump and dance along the walls and reflect in golden tremors upon a submerged floor in roughly two to three feet of shallow water.

Witnessing the rebirth of the nearly extinguished flames, Begglar spoke forth a verse from the Ancient Text, which echoed ominously within the great cavern, and, signified by the sound, that the room was even larger than we’d supposed it to be.

“5 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness can never extinguish it.” [John 1:5 NLT]

“Amen,” Nell added to her husband’s quotation as she and Christie held their torches higher so that we could take stock of ourselves.

We were a mess.

White powder covered us from head to foot, caked and streaked in places by the spritzing.  We were scratched and bruised but no worse for the wear.  But more importantly, all accounted for.…except for Maeven.

It had seemed so terrible to abandon the place where we had lost her, like a betrayal.  But I knew despite my conflicted feelings we had done what we were supposed to do.  The direction had come to me within my inner spirit, and its voice was clearly not that of my own.

Despite what Nell and Begglar had assured us, I felt sadness and remorse that we had not been able to be certain of where she went or where we had lost her if indeed she was lost to us.  Grief delayed is no less severe than grief realized, and I knew that both Christie and James shared my feeling of loss.  Somehow, we had done what needed to be done, in spite of our frantic instinct to try to search the Ghost Pool more thoroughly before we abandoned it.  But if we had done so, we all would be dead.

A curved passage bent ahead, as if the great pool and chamber that contained it was kidney-shaped, and there was something odd about the edge of the bend.  We could see its outline, without the benefit of the torchlight.  Somewhere, further in there was light above.  And if there was light, there just might be another way out.

***

Outside, the massive wave surged towards the shore, the group of seven brave souls clinging to the large log with all of their might.  The water ahead of the wave receded from the embankment, peeling back its wet lips into the front curl of the rising mound of water, revealing rocks and boulders once submerged below, now laden with wet green moss and interspersed with flopping fish caught in the breaks and crevices and pools below.   Green mossy skeletons of unfortunate land creatures, most likely victims of the Moon Sprites, lay strewn upon the lake bed now revealed as the wet skin of the basin and river shrank backward before the coming violent surge.

Almost within seconds of the recession, the brow of the wave lunged forward, its crest of water smoothing into a slope downward, as the water returned with a rush.  As the lead edge of the water slammed into the embankment, streams of water jetted upward into the trees and forest beyond tearing limbs and shoving mightily upon the undersides of the lower boughs.  Branches crackled under the onslaught of water and pressure, but the great trunks of the forest guardians stood strong against the barrage.  The water splashed up the embankment into the deepening forest beyond, sweeping pine needles upward with other forest detritus, until the force of the wave was expended, and the resulting streams fell backward into the lake borders below.
The log had magnificently borne the remaining company upward, over the rocks lining the shore, and as the water fell backward, the large limb lodged between two large fir trees and its forked limb caught between a bough and the trunk, nearly cracking the branch, but stopping short of it.
Matthew and Dominic had done their best to keep Miray from losing her grip on the log during the violent depositing, but their strength had been expended, and it was all they could do to keep their own grip upon the tree.

Miraculously, there were no injuries to any of the group, and as the water surrendered back to gravity’s call, the group slid off of the log onto the muddy grass that had once been a lush green embankment along the shore.

***

Maeven’s heart rate and pulse pounded as she began to feel a panic seize her body.  How long had she been down?  Where was Nory?  Was the nightmare real?  It must be.  Oh, God, she began to weep, realization pressing her downward, it must be.  Voices buzzed about her, she could not focus on them.  Why couldn’t she speak?  What had they done to her?  Where was this medical facility?  How did she get here?  Nory?  She’d last seen him flung from the vehicle, disappearing into the cold darkness.  He’d plugged his laptop into the lighter socket of the SUV and had been working.  WiFi was terrible between the peaks of the mountain ranges, but they’d picked up a faint cell signal passing through the last town that was named Cuchara, the Spanish word for Spoon, and they hoped to cut across to Trinidad and reach Interstate 25 and then on down into Sante Fe, New Mexico before it got too late.

She remembered attempting to crawl out of the vehicle, but something furry and smelly blocked her path and some sort of a bird.  Black feathers.  It didn’t make sense.  The cabin of the crushed SUV reeked of blood, and rotting flesh, and vomit.  Remembering brought the terrible smells suddenly back, burning her nostrils with the putrescent assault and she almost passed out from the memory.  Her throat was raw and burned.  She was intubated.  A breathing mask covered her mouth, but a trach tube was fed through an incision in her throat.  Uh, it was too much to take in.  Her hand was bound but the other one…she felt downward toward her abdomen.  Oh, dear God, no, No, No, NO!  Her eyes burned as tears spilled out over her cheeks, pooling and distorting the room and ceiling under their watery weight as a deep and profound sadness and pain plunged her down beneath them.  My babies…oh God, not my babies too.

Her abdomen tapered to a small belly, emaciated with time, and lack of exercise.  She was frail and weak.  She had lost time, memories, and sense of place as remorse, dread and guilt slammed terrible weights down upon her.  Her eyes squeezed tightly shut, trying to block out this terrible reality.  She felt pressure as hands reached out to grab her within the darkness and pull her deeper down into blackness and despair.

She felt suddenly cold as the dark enfolded around her, and she had an awareness of a trace memory that involved ice.  A lake full of ice.  And terrible, mesmerizing monsters with burning eyes…

***

“The sedative is taking effect,” Sereta observed as Maeven’s body finally surrendered to the drug they’d injected into her IV line.  Judy, the head night nurse, had returned to the room, with the authorization from Maeven’s physician, Dr. Corsi, to provide a sedative if needed, to avoid her going into distress.

“I wonder if it was the right thing to do,” Dora offered quietly, “She’s been down so long.”

“Five years, poor thing,” Sereta agreed, “Lost her husband in the car wreck AND the twin babies she was carrying.”

The three of them observed their charge’s heart rate even out to a steadier rhythm, and her pulse and respiration began to normalize as the medicine coursed through her veins settling physical her into the numbing fog of sedation.  But for her metaphysical state, that was a quite different story.

“She’s got enough to deal with when she wakes,” Judy remarked, “Best let her sleep, for now, a bit more.”

“Chart says she’s Jewish,” Dora whispered, “Should we call a local Rabbi to be here in the morning when she wakes?  She’s gonna need someone here when she’s told.  Does she have anyone we could call?  Family?”

“Not local,” Sereta shook her head slightly, “She’s got a half-sister in New York.  Family disowned her when she married.”

“Isn’t her married name Stein?  Isn’t that a Jewish surname?”

“Now that’s none of our business, ladies,” Judy took charge of the conversation, “We’ve got enough to do tonight with the other patients, so scoot.  Leave her be.  Chaplain Gibbs’ll be by in the morning.  Same as he always does.  Praying for her.  Reading an encouraging verse or two over her to give her calm.  He always visits the coma patients, even when their own family and friends eventually tire of it.  Some say it doesn’t matter much, but he thinks they hear it somehow and if you watch their monitors they seem to be at ease when he comes.”

***

The eight survivors of the harrowing ride across the lake clinging to a dead tree could barely believe the sight before them.  The cliffside crescent of the Trathorn Falls had seemed to collapse and implode, creating a much deeper descent off of the rock face into the basin lake below, and water barreled downward from the precipice with a pounding fury.  Great vaporous mists filled the air as the driven wet, roared into the lake below with a deafening and constant exhalation.  The concavity beneath the thundering cascade had collapsed under the weight of the water above, backfilling under the accumulation of pressure beneath the ice caps, cavitating and bearing down on the crest of the canyon lip until the ledge and chin jutting outward above the passage to the caves suddenly could no longer bear such pressure.  An assemblage of broken rock and scree from the cliff face, cause the pounding water to send monstrous white plumes of mist up into the air, forming a beard of moisture around the base.

If Mr. O’Brian, Christie, Maeven and James and Mr. and Mrs. Begglar were anywhere near the edge of the falls when the collapse occurred, there was very little chance that they had survived under such incredible destruction.

They would be on their own now.

Lost in a world they knew very little about.  Most of their party had been kidnapped and taken by the Protectorate Guards.  No doubt the horses were already appropriated by their captors.  They were afoot in the wilds, for the most part, stripped of their weapons which had fallen beneath the waves and lay at the bottom of the lake, with no help, supplies or guidance in sight.  Dominic was the only native of this land present who might still help them, but he too was witnessing the devastation with a mask of fear and shock, and no doubt was struggling with whether to believe what his eyes told him or hold out some faint and remote hope that somehow, deep inside the caverns, his parents might still be alive.

***

Deep within the heart of the caves beneath the collapsed-face of the Trathorn Falls, within an interior cavern of standing water, smooth and still as if formed of polished glass, we hesitated to move forward along the interior ledge to round the bend where the edge of the walls lightened.  It seemed almost a sacrilege to disturb the calm serenity of the smooth pools, and we were not yet certain whether it was, in fact, safe for us to enter these waters, nor how deep the seemingly shallow bottom was, nor how stable or solid it might be if we tried wading into it.  Some cave pools had been known to be deceptively shallow but were in fact filled with several feet in depth of a kind of sucking cave mud that would pull and eventually drown the unwary and foolishly intrepid soul foolish enough to enter it, without first ascertaining its true bottom.  Yet we had no choice.  Behind us was such devastation that we could never hope to dig their way out.  Before us, lay the edge of light breaking through from above somewhere up ahead, but a narrow sloping ledge that did not extend all the way to the lightened bend in the tunnel would prove treacherous to get around the pool without entering it at the last, before climbing up on the far end.  One might attempt to swim across without touching the bottom, but there was no guarantee that the smooth water was deep enough all the way across to avoid touching the bottom entirely.  We could attempt to use The Pearl once again to flash freeze this pool but were not certain exactly how its mysterious properties worked.  Without Maeven’s confidence and experience, I was extremely hesitant to risk losing it in the deceptive cave pool mud without some other assurances but Begglar and Nell could give me none.  They had been just as surprised as I and the others were when the Pearl had done its wonders.  Nothing in their experiences had prepared them for what they witnessed from it.

***

When Maeven came to herself, she realized she was once again in someplace where she shouldn’t be.  Something was very wrong.  She lay across something hard and musty with a slight give, but somehow old and barely recognizable in the gray half-light.  She could just make out some sort of instrument panel, hidden in shadow under the dark brow of a dashboard, and an old-style, white-grip steering wheel.  She was in some old abandoned car, lying across its front bench seat, it vinyl cover crackled with age and perhaps sun and neglect.  Old tuffs of cotton poked through the cracked seat, and hard spring wires once encased deeply within the cotton batting now were hard and pressed up uncomfortably against her hips and body like a griddle.  Old worn leather panels had faded over time, and parts of it had rotted or been chewed by goodness knows what.  All she knew was she should not be there.  The car, for one, was not stable.  It was canted and lay front downward, such that her knees and hands extended kept her from falling forward into the rotted-out floorboard.  The windows were dusky, with a fine layer of accumulated dust covering its splintered glass, but she could barely make out some sort of bluish stone walls, under the sole beam of some ray of light that came from somewhere above and behind her.  She tried to adjust her slanted position and pull herself upward for a better view, but the old car itself moved, creaked and groaned with her slightest motion or shifting of weight.  She thought for a moment that she might be in their old SUV, but nothing looked right.  This car was much older, and from what she could tell of the windshield posts and side-view mirrors almost occluded with dust, the car was a baby blue color.  She’d never been in a vehicle like this.  It’s make was long before her time.  Some foreign make or manufacturer.  Since the car had bench seats she could not see between the seat or into the back seat.  It had no headrests.  Another sign that it was a very old make and model.  Was she in a junkyard?  If so, how did she get in a junkyard.  She remembered a hospital bed, some nurses, orderlies, a lot of wetness, and blood.  Some painful memories on the edge of her mind were present but unclarified.  A sense of loss.  Painful and dreadful loss, but nothing more than that deep saddening feeling.  She didn’t belong here.  The outside looked to be made of stone.  Bluish stone.  Since she could not see beyond the car’s interior, she couldn’t be certain but…we she in a…large cave?

There was a slight noise behind her.  Somehow distant but not too distant.  Was something in the backseat?

Ummh!  She froze.  Had she heard right or was her mind playing tricks on her?

The sound was muffled, compartmentalized.  Partitioned away from her.

Ummh!  Uh-uh-eeuhh!  A knocking noise, sounding like something was struggling and crying…no mewling.  Crying or sobbing into a rag or somehow something muffled the voice.

Bam-Bam-Bam!  EEee!  Uh-uh-uh! Crunch! Ah-ah-aaah!

Something or someone was behind her, but not close enough to be in the backseat.

She heard muffled sobbing again.  The sound of despair that she knew and recognized all too well.

Someone else was close, but pinned or trapped or bound…or…in some confined space…

Maeven’s eyes went wide as suddenly she knew…whomever it was making those pitiable noises of struggle and despair was doing so from within the trunk of this very car.

She lurched upward, grabbing the back of the bench seat to pull herself up into a sitting position.

And then the vehicle began to lurch and rock and roll and bounce downward, throwing Maeven forward into the dash, knocking her forehead against the dusted and shattered windshield, spiderwebbed with jagged and gummed glass.  She was, indeed, atop a junk heap, and there was deep turquoise blue water below.  The beam of light from above and behind her made it look like a lake of antifreeze coolant, for the water was an unnatural shade of blue.

***

As I edged along the lip of the ledge, my feet slipped but my grip on the jagged crevice in the cave wall kept me from plunging headlong into the pool.  It was indeed full of silt and mud.  James had tested the water depth with the handle end of his halberd, and its tip easily penetrated the false bottom stirring the water into a murky dull brown in the yellow firelight as James fed the shaft, hand over hand down until he had to hang onto the barbed cap at the top of the pole weapon, but still could not feel the bottom with the blade almost into the water.  His weapon was at least six feet in length, and we knew that had we tried to wade or swim through that pool, it would have been a death trap.

I had volunteered to attempt the narrow ledge around the deep pool to see if the way forward was even passable.  If the cave terminated shortly thereafter, or if the shaft of light was at an impossible angle or too high up to reach, this way would do us no good anyway and we were better off going the other way around the kidney-shaped pool to see if there was another tunnel that we could explore beyond this cavern.

As I rounded the bend on the tiny sloping ledge, teetering, but clawing my way along the wall, reaching into every crevice I could find, I had almost made the bend when I slipped, my foot scuffing the edge and splashing into the water, creating wide concentric ripples across its smooth and deceptively serene surface.  The skin on my hands and fingers were raw, and slightly bled from gripping the black and bluish stone, but I held on, catching myself with the other foot, my heart racing and breath heaving, as I drew back from the water, rising up again to lean against the rough wall.

The light had grown brighter, and there was indeed a shaft of early morning sunlight, dust motes dancing in the golden beam, streaming down from an almond-shaped aperture high above the cave floor.  I looked upward, discouraged and disappointed, but then with a sigh, I looked to my left and beyond it.  A new pool of water extended beyond and around the bend and was separated by an assemblage of rocks and a brief land bridge dividing the silt-filled brown dust pool reflecting the arch and lighted ceiling above it, and a rock-strewn pool of some of the bluest water I had ever seen.  The dark blackened rock along the cave walls seemed to also have a bluish tint to it like it had veins of copper along with black granite and basalt.  But to the far end of the cave was a mountain of junk extending forty-feet upward below a cool silver-blue ray of sunlight.  The junk seemed to be an assemblage of rocks and shapes and objects that seemed out of place and suddenly my breath caught in my throat.  They were out of place…and out of time…and should not be here…

This was bad.  Very bad.  Dangerous.

My heart stopped, and my breath audibly wheezed out of me in shock.

This pile of detritus in the far corner of the cave, leading upward to the light above was Surface World junk.

There were old rusted drums half-submerged in the water, tangles, and masses of coiled and jumbled cabling, broken appliances, twisted and battered metal cabinetry, and teetering on the edge about fifteen feet above the water was an old blue rusted car.

rocks-2563519_1920

The Sky is Falling – Chapter 44

The Mid-World was once called the land of Nod.  In the ancient tongue, the word ‘Nod‘ merely meant ‘Wandering’.  So, in essence, this place and these lands were essentially the ‘Land of Wanderers’.  The portals or doorways to this land were not always closed to mortal man in the waking state.  They were held open pathways of light that bridged the entire vastness of the created universe, which tangentially touched the earth at eclipse points, where the morning and evening path of the Sun’s light kissed the horizon of the earth in those briefest of seconds before the circle of the planetary plane, seemed to lose or gain the solar light of Sol, our Surface World Sun.  It was only in recent times when those Surface Worlders who have, by a measure of faith, come to traverse these portals and experience the Mid-World lands within their dreams.

At one time, in Earth’s ancient history the One came down into a beautiful garden of His particular delight and creation to meet with and fellowship with two of his creations, a male and a female, who were given something no other life form in the entire universe was given.  A binary imprint of Himself.  A triune being, having three distinct yet harmonious components with which to enjoy, perceive and celebrate their existence and find the particular favor of the One who created them to be something nothing else in all His creation could be.  Sons and daughters.  They were given physicality in a corporeal body that could sense the material world, with sight, sound, taste, touch, and smell and grow in stature, strength and muscle skill.  They were given their personhood in the form of a soul which allowed them to know differences, delight in discovery, and find a uniqueness in themselves that assured them that no other being was exactly as they were, so they occupied a place within the universe that only they fit into.  The soul also allowed them both to appreciate sameness and differences in other beings such as they were, but in their uniqueness, they were given a particular purpose and reason for their specific existence.  That personhood was like in some ways to others which allowed them to commune and agree, but in areas where they were different, these differences allowed each of them to learn something new and gain meaningful knowledge from those interactions.  And finally, these beings were given a spirit which beckoned and stirred them to look beyond what they saw, felt, heard and perceived about the world and see behind it another layer of mystery, and an awe of something so vast that the other two components of their being could not qualify or classify.  Their vested spirit gave them the capacity to commune with their Father/Creator, and it called them to seek and yearn for more than even the body or soul could perceive.  To have the possibility to know something beyond the limits of their awareness of themselves and gain an awareness of Him who cannot be contained by any limitation.  A grand Giver of Discovery and Wonder, beyond all that could ever be imagined.  It also gave these beings the capacity to be overwhelmed and celebrate in the delight of knowing and being loved by the One who gifted them with their individual personhood.

Light, throughout the cosmos, behaves according to an imprint of order given by its Designer.  Everything created by His Word and Hand, in the shaping of all, retains something of the laws and order into which it came into being.  No evil is inherent in anything created, because it came from the Hands and Mouth that speaks only truth and perfection.  Therefore, when chaos was introduced into the world, all created things behaving according to design, resist and will not live in harmony with disorder.  It is said, in the Surface World, that nature abhors a vacuum.  And this is true.  A void or vacuum represents an imbalance in the order of all and creation seeks to correct that imbalance, by serving justice at all costs.

Chaos that can be perceived in a seeming resistance to order, is actually a struggle between two principles that have an observable physical component.  The rules of order are what holds everything together and they are precisely balanced, but it is disorder that shifts that balance into what seems to be contention or conflict.  Death permeates existence to such staggering effect, that it is hard for created beings to imagine or perceive that there was ever a time in history where it did not exist or seem to prevail.

***

When we realized Maeven was missing, Christie, James and I feared the worst.  That she’d slipped out of James’s arms, was drifting downward and if she had not been dead already that she most certainly was now, and we’d find her drown body somewhere at the bottom of the pool.  In the seconds of that realization, we’d prepared to dive in and look for her, but we both were shocked when Nell and Begglar prevented us from doing so.

“She’s not there, lad,” Begglar reached out a hand to steady James.

“Aye, lassie, don’t you be fretting.  This is good news,” Nell said putting a comforting arm around Christie.

“Good news?!” I asked, incredulous, “How can this be good news!?  Where is she!?”

Nell looked at me with an arched eyebrow, and a wry grin on her face, “What’s happened to her is what happens to all of you Surface Worlders.  After all these years, she has finally awakened.”

***

As dawn pushed the darkness back into evening’s envelope and mailed the deferment through the horizon, the sky celebrated the golden coming of the sun.  At the hem of the frozen skirt of the falls, the three erstwhile sentries watched as the three young men converged on the area where they’d left the fallen log that Maeven had referred to as a branch.  Beyond them, they could see the edge of the lake but could not see the shore itself or their waiting company because they were cloaked under the shadow of the tall forest.  Yet there was movement.  A small figure was coming toward them across the ice at a run.  Something was wrong.  Very wrong.

***

“Where did you guys last leave it?” Will asked as he, Dominic, Mason, and Matthew jogged carefully across the ice sheet, ice grit crackling and shushing under their footfalls.

“We used it to take down the bull,” Mason offered, still a bit unsure of Will after the cold stare he’d received from him when he returned his spear.  He’d introduced himself, giving the young man another chance and the benefit of the doubt, but Will had only snatched the spear away from him and ignored Mason’s proffered hand of friendship.

Will had never been pleasant to be around.  As far as Mason was concerned he always seemed to have a certain air of contempt for others within the company, never really trying to get along except with one of the other guys about his age who also seemed to be up to no good.  Matthew was generally liked by the group, a good-natured and willing guy, eager to help and always volunteering to chip in.  With Matthew, what you saw is what you got.  He was not given to pretense or some hidden agenda, and in his company, you felt at ease.  Dominic was an easy-going fellow as well, good-humored, but had a sort of sadness behind it and a world-weariness that defied his youth.  He seemed more deliberate and considered in his actions, and while he was welcoming enough to the Surface Worlders of the group, he had a sort of guarded caution with them as well.  He knew they were not accustomed to what might be ahead and would be perhaps frightened if they knew all that he knew about the lands and the beings that populated it.  He also had a sort of oldness about him because of the terrible things his young eyes had had to witness growing up in the Mid-World in occupied territories, with his family living under suspicion for so long.  Dominic knew secrets he was not allowed to tell or share, and as such he was in some ways a private person.  Affable, yet reserved until a degree of trust was earned and experience over time permitted him to place confidence enough to extend friendship.  Like his father, he seemed more like a person hosting a group of city-dwelling visitors with natural good manners of rural country folk.

They spotted the log up ahead off to the left, barely visible along the surface of the ice because its surface had been dusted with windblown frost and snow.  A slushy irregularly-shaped pool of broken ice lay treacherously before it.  A waiting trap for the unsuspecting approaching the log from the front.  The ice had broken as the body of the bull Moon Sprite had been torn from its frozen pocketed prison, cutting a sidelong furrow to the hole making the broken pool more ovoid in shape.  The broken ice settled back in place, however, creating the appearance of a false surface, with a powering of dust seeming to smooth out the disjointed jagged pieces of floating ice and slush.

“Circle wide, boys,” Matthew cautioned, “The edge is deceptive, and that water is icy cold.”

“I can vouch for that,” Mason quipped.  His legs only now beginning to feel less of the numbing effect from having partially fallen in.

Will, Dominic, and Matthew circled wide trying to come in at the log from its backside.  Mason lingered in the front, suspicious of where exactly the stronger ice ended and the faux surface portended death by hypothermia or drowning.  The ice was just as dangerous as anything they fought upon its surface.  Its depths would swallow them in an instant.

The boys approached the log cautiously, testing the stability and integrity of the surface, with each creeping step, balancing their weight on their back leg and then slowly shifting forward.  Dominic reached the curved limb that rose like an extended skeleton bone upward from the central trunk, its tanned, bark stripped surface polished smooth by the abrading stones as it had been carried downriver through the deepening river and eventually over the precipitous falls to eventual fall and drift towards the bank of the falls basin where they had found it.  Now that tanned wood had a grey look, with ice collecting along its limbs and sparkling in the light of the dawning sunrise to their east.  The others reached the log and placed their hands on the limb extended plaintively upward, as if the tree was reaching for them as well.  Together they tugged at the limb but found that the base of the trunk was partially frozen to the lake surface and a portion of its twisted root extended into the broken pool.  With not much leverage, the boys knew they would have to manhandle and rock the limb and log loose of the pool’s edge, but that would increase the danger of one or more of them falling in.  If their pulls and tugs fractured the edge of the ice too much they might find themselves in even greater danger it the ice leading up to the back of the log did not hold.

Matthew looked over at Mason, still hesitating on the other side of the broken pool.

“Dude, you wanna give us a hand with this?”

“If I do, who will rescue your icy butts if you guys fall in,” he grinned, “I’m doing fine over here.  I have confidence you guys can get it loose.”

Dominic looked and Matthew and Will and shrugged with a grin, “Lad’s got a point.  If the ice gives way, we’ll be needing someone atop it, to lend us a hand.”

Will remained unconvinced and muttered, “Coward,” but Matt and Dominic let it slide without comment.

Dominic and Matt put their lead foot up against the base of the log and placed both hands on top of each other, wrapping their cold chilled finger around the narrowing limb.

“On three,” Matt directed, but Will stood back a little, hesitant to join them, looking at the snow dusting the trunk of the log and the curve of the root extending into the black scar into the water beneath them.

“One, two,” and on the unspoken ‘three’ both Matt and Dominic threw their weight backward, extending their arms tugging mightily on the branch while pressing against the log’s base with their lead foot.  With a crack and crunch, the log lurched and then twisted, its frosted root clawing and then wrenching free of the broken pool, fling stinging water spray outward, spritzing Mason on the other side of the pool.  The drops of water stung his face like icy bees, and Mason gasped and stepped backward, almost falling on his tail end.

Will guffawed and then laughed aloud, making no apology at taking savage pleasure in Mason’s sudden discomfort and shock.  Both Dominic and Matthew landed hard on the ice below them, as the end of the log slid away from the pool’s edge and the extended branch turned downward, lift the other extended limb from the lake surface.

Matt and Dominic cast resentful looks at Will and shared a quick conspiratorial look at each other.

“Methinks this lad needs a shellacking,” Dominic muttered quietly to Matthew, “What thinks you?”

“I couldn’t agree more,” Matthew rejoined, “If I didn’t think it might do him in, I’d say he was ripe for a quick swim in this pond.”

“Aye,” Dominic agreed readily, “More’s the pity tis not summer.  We’d give him an attitude rinsing indeed, wouldn’t we?”

“In a heartbeat,” Matt rejoined as he and Dominic rose up from under the limb and climbed to their feet.

Just then a warbling sound of soft cries came from behind them.  They turned, to see a girl running toward them, soft unintelligible cries coming from her as she ran towards them as fast as her small legs would carry her.

“It’s Miray!” Mason said as the girl came close enough for them to identify her.

“Miray!  Over here!” Matt shouted.

The girl had spotted them and was crying with a blend of relief and sheer panic.  The others came around the pool and joined Mason and moved toward the running figure.  Within moments she reached them and fell breathlessly into Mason’s arms as they kneeled down to her level, trying to calm her fright and reassure her.

“What’s wrong?” Will asked.

“They’ve…,” she breathed heavily, trying to catch her wind, “They’ve gone.  Were taken.  All of our supplies.  The wagons the horses.  They just came out of the woods.”

“Who,” Matt asked, “Where have they gone?”

“Pr-Protectorate guards,” she stammered, “Caught up with us.  Tracked us with those horrible dogs.  Cheryl was bitten.”

Her eyes were still wild with fear and panic.  “I didn’t know what else to do,” she pleaded for their understanding, “I just ran.  They came up on us so sudden.  They were gonna let the dogs kill her.  We begged them to stop.  To call off their dogs and we would do whatever they wanted, but they just laughed and kicked him away, and threatened to trample him with their black horses.  I just ran.  I didn’t know what to do.”

Mason held her close while she trembled and patted her, trying to calm her, but knowing it would do little good.

Dominic put a steadying hand on her shoulder and pulled a strand of unkempt hair from her eyes.

He cupped her chin and cheek gently and spoke in low calming tones, “Miray, you did the right thing, lassie.  You came to us and we’ll be needing to tell the others.  We’ll find them, dear.  There are others who can help us, but we need to let O’Brian and my Da know.  Take courage, dearie.  You did the right thing.”

***

The three sentries saw the four young men and the girl come together and form a distant group huddling around her, and they were drawn toward them, curious to see what may have happened.  When they had gone several paces out from the edge of the falls, they suddenly heard a loud crackling noise behind them, and each pivoted searching for the source of the noise that now sounded like a low rumble.  Pieces of ice tumbled down from the high cliff above the falls, and struck the ice formations, pivot and careened and bounded off of jutting stones and the bare rock facing striking the frozen false ground below, with percussive explosions.  A thundering rumble following the fissuring of a large slab of ice as it too ponderously fell to the foot of the falls, bursting through the frozen base, splintering the crust with a loud bang, water displaced from beneath bursting forth from the gaping hole, sloshing in waves out into the trench below the base.  A tide of slush and ice pursued them as they backed away from the frozen teeth of rock and ice, as the silent falls seemed to awaken with a yawn of froth and the sky overhead split in two, sending a cascade of water and powder and ice shards raining downward.  Before they knew it, the three were running, looking over their shoulder, wondering what would become of their party inside the awaking mouth and what might become of them if they did not get far enough away when the great sheets and pillars and towers of ice glistening up the cliffside, finally toppled down to the base with thousands of tons of weight and water pressure.

The young women hesitated even in the midst of this rumbling warning, as the pieces of the frozen water towers splintered, burst and twisted downward.

“What are you waiting for, we’re going to get killed delaying like this?!” a man to the left of her shouted reaching out to grab her arm and pull her, if need be, away from the danger.

“I’m looking for the Pearl!” she shouted, “Where is it?!”

“It is too late for that now, c’mon!”

He caught her arm and pulled her reluctantly away from the falling face of the falls, now bursting with explosions of white, wet spray and broken ice and rock.  Walls and great plates of ice seemed to fall and fracture, exploding downward as they tumbled to the skirt of the falls and great washes and waves of water fountained and spilled and ruptured outward, pushing the ice sheets upward from below till it seemed like a wall of water was rising from the falls base and moving outward towards them as they ran further away from the base for safety, hoping that the lake itself would not shatter and leave them to drown or swim if they could still manage it ahead of the tsunami building behind them.

“Run!  Run!  Don’t look back!  Run for your life!” they shouted at the four young men towing the large log behind them, the young girl leading the way.

A fracturing, cracking and rumbling thunder roared behind them as they came within fifty feet of the small band who had frozen in shock at the rising wall of water now pursuing the three who had been left to guard the base of the falls.

The ice surface of the lake seemed to curl and mount up behind them as the three reached the boys and the ice below them splintered and crackled, sending fissures like lightning strikes through the frozen surface around and past them extending and racing with blinding speed toward the shore.  Within seconds of reaching the boys and the girl, each of the new party, took hold of the large log as the icy ground beneath their feet transformed into liquid cold almost as fast as it had frozen when the giant Pearl first rolled onto its surface.  Beyond the rising mountain of water, the Trathorn falls came to frothy life as shards and plates of ice fell from the sky above the cliff, tumbling and blending in with the tons of water that followed it down in great cascading showers.  The river above had back flowed and gathered under the ice sheet for as long as it could before the weight of the water below the ice had grown too great to be bound by the ice that dammed it.

The rising tide slid under the log and branches that the clinging company had fastened themselves to, and thrust it upward rising higher and higher towards the rolling hill’s crest.  Miray had straddled the trunk and clung fiercely to the outstretched arm of the forking limb, and Dominic and another of the two men help steady her while they themselves clung for their lives to the great tree.  Matthew, Mason and the young woman were further back, but firmly grasped the tree and trunk lifting them now to the sky upon a mound of water, their clothes soaked and sodden, but the desperate struggle to survive claiming their attention over the discomforting chill lingering in the water below them.  The tree had served them.  So far it had preserved them against a sure water burial as it continued to ascend and bear them up on a large crest racing towards the edges of the lakeshore.  If Maeven had not insisted on them returning for the fallen log and tree limbs, they would all have perished.  For them, Providence had moved to protect and preserve them, should they survive the coming impact with the shore ahead.  They could not be certain, but it appeared they were heading either towards the rocks of a brief stretch of grassy embankment, but it was impossible to tell which would be their fate for the log was slowly spinning as it topped the crest of the great wave and then began to fall downward in a rush within twenty feet of the shoreline.  As the cresting log turned, the fiercely clinging group noticed the roiling cloud bank standing at the top of the cliff’s edge, just above the lip of Trathorn Falls.  The cloud looked like the white and grey edge of a great cyclone, its base flinging debris thousands of feet into the air, its middle a bulging white potbelly of pressurized vapor, wind, and barometric chaos, threatening to spill further outward over the canyon cliffs and downward into the descending valley.  Specks of debris, too far to clearly make out were thrown up and down with violence, turning end over end in the sky, as large white jagged pieces of something unidentifiable rained down from the tower top of the storm head like large pieces of snow and ice, great teeth appearing to flash inward and outward from the edge of the storm chewing up both the land and the sky.

***

When the walls began to rumble, we knew we were in trouble.  When the Pearl showed up within the caverns and rolled across the top of the black pool behind us, flash freezing its surface, we were certain of it.

Words spoken to me by the mysterious visitor Mason and I had encountered before we left this cave and brought Maeven into it, suddenly jumped into my memory with a clarity that I knew was given to me from outside of my own heart:

“Remember this, though it may seem strange to you now.  Within these caverns, there are mysteries hidden and mysteries revealed.  Take care that you are not deceived. The way in is not the way out.”

The Pearl rolled up onto the embankment, leaving patches of frost and ice in its wake and stopped short of the edge of the pool in which we stood.  I knelt quickly and scooped it up sliding it back into the rough leather purse into which I had carried it this far.  The rumbling increased, with great explosive concussions sending tremors through the stone walls, causing the stalactites hanging precariously like suspended daggers above to shake and sway.  James backed out of the pool, dripping onto the shore as the others turned to me.

I gave them all one directive and gestured to the darkened aperture at the back of the large grotto in which we stood where our mysterious visitor before us had disappeared.

“We’ve got to get further in.  Run.  Now.  As fast as you possibly can.”

The Wake – Chapter 43

She didn’t see the dead elk lying in the narrow two-lane road until it was too late.

She’d rounded the curve on Colorado Highway 12 under the shadow of Boyd Mountain, West Spanish Peak’s snowy top jutting upward to the east above the tree line.  Everything happened within seconds that seemed to stretch out into eternities in slow motion.  A flurry and storm of black feathers, the thud, pop and crackle of an impact, screeching metal, the sound of tin thudding against roof slats in a strong wind, a vision of her childhood home in Kansas as nor’easters pelleted the glass with hailstones, a half-filled thermos cup of coffee floating end over end through the air, brown hot liquid stinging her arms, flashes of light as the illumined screen of a silver-white laptop tumbled end over end, flashing a white ghost of the Apple Logo winking like some photonegative sinister pupil under a silvered brow, as the screen flexed and splintered glass erupted and spidered outward from its LED portal.  An arm, tanned and well-toned, strong and yet gentle flailed at the air through a haze of long dark ribbons of hair, as bright stars sparkled and burst into the cabin in a nova of light.  Digital numbers in amber, red and pale blue light glared like an accountant’s nightmare from a dash instrument panel as blades of dark limbs slashed through the fractured windshield with a high-pitched note that seemed to linger like the sustain piano pedal had been held on its strike of a far-left ivory key.  A loud boom signified a sudden drop in tire pressure as the rubber on the left front radial folded under the chassis and the edge of the metal wheel rim converted itself into a roadway plow.  The world rolled and tumbled, the ceiling caved, hot amber liquid mixed with a spattering of warm dark wetness.  Hard flat lines of some sort of strapping, dug into her pelvis, and a hard, cruel unrelenting tightness cinched around her abdomen with such force she coughed blood.  Boom, screech, thud, blended into an awful cacophony of terror.  The world spun, fur and blood, hooves and claws, black feathers raked her face and arms.  Thousands of tiny star cubes danced and careened before her eyes, abrading the air like the hailstones back on their Kansas farm.

Nory?  She called out but wasn’t sure if she spoke his name out loud or just thought she did.  The crash and smash of the vehicle echoed in her ears, as the black Mercedes SUV ground away its polished and waxed paint-job, fenders open to the sky like the small wings of a flightless bird, as pavement, gravel, and stones ground away at the exterior of the vehicle in sliding rumble, spinning and slinging a mountainous tan, black, and white fur body wrenched and twisted within the frame of the bent window posts, abrading away its skin, baring blood, bone, and muscle, flooding the interior of the vehicle with stench and rot, causing her to wrench away, catching only the dark silhouette of “Nory” as he was flung limply, upside down, tumbling and then swiftly ejected through the starry fractured windshield into the night.  And then suddenly and mercifully all went black.

***

Maeven awoke in the bed from the nightmare, choking and flailing, wrapped in some sort of tubing and in a strange room with pitted tiled ceilings and an overhead spigot of metal with a spinner jutted from the ceiling beside an unlit recessed light panel.  It was dark in the room, quiet except for an incessant beeping noise to the right of her as something that looked like a tall skinny robot with two gelled bladders for ears stood over her, humming with its heart monitor…she realized where she was.  A muffled shushing noise came from something behind her and to her left that she could not see, yet somehow it’s dry steady coughing filled her throat with dry cool air.  She clamped down on a plastic breathing tube and fought the nagging urge to vomit.  She felt a cool dry cotton fabric in her fists, and the top of her knuckles stung with the clenching and unclenching of her fists.  Salty tears stung the corners of her eyes and ran down the corners of her face and into her ears.  She hated that.  Could not stand water getting into her ears.  Her breathing came in short gasps as the ventilator attempted to keep up with the pounding of her heart rate.  Her temples throbbed, and she felt unpleasantly wet.  Crimson embarrassment flushed her sweating brow as she thought in horror, “Oh no, I hope I didn’t wet the…”

A door in the room pushed open, and sudden light flared from the boxed recessed panel overhead.  Maeven attempted to shield her eyes from the stabbing glare but found that her wrists were bound with a short tether.

“Oh, my God!” A female voice shrilled off to her right, just beyond the angle of the track curtain.

“Serita, get in here.  Room 203.  Stat!  I need some orderlies and new linens.  The patient is bleeding out.  Notify Dr. Corsi.  Quickly!”

Maeven winced and squinted.  Feeling disoriented to be suddenly in a sterile white hospital room, blank lid-less TV monitor bolted on a pivoting arm from the corner, the ubiquitous faux wood-grain wardrobe cabinet, and single uncomfortable guest chair, with broad dove grey material matching the window drawn curtains.  The nurse, a woman in her early to mid-twenties, appeared over her, her brow furrowed, but heroically attempted to smooth the worry lines out into a comforting smile.

“Welcome back, sleepyhead,” she brushed Maeven’s brow with soft cool fingers, slightly pushing an aberrant dark curl away from her field of vision.  “We’ll get you cleaned up in a jiffy.”

She turned her head and her worry lines returned as she shouted over her shoulder, “Sereta!  Dangit!”

Eyes turned again back down to Maeven as she continues to stroke her forehead and temples.

The pneumatic piston on the hospital room door wheezed as another two persons entered the tiny room, pushing a gurney.  Maeven struggled to look downward, but the breathing tube made it painful to do so.

“We’re gonna get you patched up, girl. Don’t you worry.”

Two male orderlies, a black man, and a Caucasian man looking to be in their late twenties to early thirties came up to the bedside and the nurse pivoted out of their way.  Maeven rolled her eyes, her embarrassment spiking, and her heart monitors signifying it with an increase in her pulse as the orderlies peeled back her cover blanket.

Blood soaked and saturated the sheets, soaking her thighs and hips and buttocks.

“Untimely, time of the month?” one of the orderlies smirked, to which the nurse barked a curt but firm “Shut up, you idiot!” in reply.

The black orderly gave his compatriot a hard glare and growled, “That mouth of yours is gonna feel pretty bad, if you don’t shut it, right now.”

“Where is she bleeding?  This is a lot of blood,” the voice of another female woman asked, as the two orderlies put on their latex gloves, preparing to remove the bloodied sheets and thin cotton and plastic absorbent pad under her buttocks.

“We don’t know yet,” the first nurse, most likely the night charge nurse, answered quickly, “Guys, she’s gonna need some privacy.  Take those sheets to the laundry.  Sereta and I will roll her onto the gurney and get her checked out.  Wheel that trauma cabinet over here.  Sereta, gloves, please.  I need the blue nitrile ones.  Tell the desk to see if they can reach Dr. Corsi, tell him his patient is awake.”

The two men peeled the sheet carefully back and away, doing there level best not to spill blood on the mattress and floor, catching the wet sheet with a further unwrapped cotton and plastic bed liner.  Which they unceremoniously dumped into a hazardous dirty linens hamper with a foot pedal that lifted off its plastic cover.  The half-cover thin gown barely covered Maeven’s pelvis and upper thighs, but was soaked along the edges and would have to be removed as well.  Sereta shooed the orderlies back and grabbed the privacy curtain drawing it around the bedside just shy of the open linens hamper.

“We’ll buzz you when we’re ready, guys.  Now do as Judy told you.”

The two orderlies left the room, and Maeven’s eyes roved the ceiling, finding Judy-the-charge-nurse’s face, doing her best to express her gratitude for the last vestige of privacy.  Sereta appeared over her as well, as she tried to mouth a ‘thank you’ but the tubing prevented it.  Sereta smiled sweetly at her, “Hush, dear.  We’ll take care of you,” and she looked over at the side monitor screen checking her patient’s vital readings.

“BP’s 95 over 61, not good but better than it was a few minutes ago when the alarms went off.”

They carefully lifted her gown peering underneath, for a minute or so and then looked back at her.

“Was she moved up in the bed at all?”

“No.  Absolutely not.  No one’s been in here since I came on my shift at seven.”

Judy-the-charge-nurse slid her gloved hand behind Maeven’s shoulder and lifted her slightly upward, unfastening the top snap of the hospital gown, freeing her shoulder from a sleeve, and then freeing the other.  Sereta and Judy carefully peeled away the gown and wrapped it in another cotton plastic pad, and tossed it into the hamper and closed the lid.

With cotton gauze and moist antiseptic towelettes, they cleared away the blood and used disposable sponges and warm water to gently bathe the top of her body.

“This does not appear to be her monthly visitor.  But I cannot tell where this is coming from.”

“Ready to roll her over?”

“I think we should,”

And they turned to Maeven, who felt like a guppy in a fishbowl between two cats, as they talked over her.

“Sweetie, we’re gonna have to turn you over on your side to see where you’re wounded, okay?”

Maeven tried to answer, forgetting the intubation, but only managed to squeak.

Nurse Judy extended the flexible tubing over the top back head of the bed, allow them enough slack to make the reposition feasible.  Sereta came around on the other side and untied her wrist from the bed railing and unwrapped another bed liner napkin and unfolded it, tucking the edge of it under the blood-saturated one.  She helped Maeven pull her arm across her body and grasp the railing on the right side of the bed.  Together she and Nurse Judy pivoted and shifted Maeven into a side turn and steadying her, looked down the back of her, searching for the source of the wound flow.  Pink welts striated the back of her right thigh, which they wiped at with sterilized gauze and moist towelettes, clearing the blood away, but strangely locating no wound capable of producing as much blood as had been present.  Together they thoroughly cleaned the back of her thighs and buttocks area and lower back where the blood had pooled into the bed napkin.  They cleared her, with cool sterile liquid, that slightly stung and dried quickly, but smelled of astringent.  A light lotion and powder were applied which felt good and emollient, to the soreness in her back.

“BP’s climbing.  110 over 70.  This makes absolutely no sense.  I cannot find a wound on her.  There is redness when her pressure points have pressed into the mattress, but that is normal for a person in a coma as long as she’s been down.  Bedsore prevention maintenance, though.  Wouldn’t want these to get any worse.”

The pneumatic huff of the hospital room sounded again and another nurse beeped from the bedside intercom speaker.

“Judy, Dr. Corsi, asked about his patient.  Said if she’s doing well and her vitals are good, he’d be by to see her first thing in the morning.”

“BP seems to be heading back to normal, but her pulse is getting stronger but…  Is he still on the line, Colleen?”

“Yes, on line 4,” the reply came back.

“Better let me talk to him.  I’ll be right there.”

“Got it.”

A young nurse approached the bedside from around the curtain.

“Can I help?”

She wore a pink patterned top, what hospital staff traditionally referred to as a candy striper, and Judy nodded.

“Perfect timing, Dora.  Yes, help Serena get miss Maeven her into a new gown and change these linens, and I’ll send the boys back in to take her down to the examination lab.  Doc may want a CT run and a hemostat analysis.  He’s on four and I’ll let him know what we’ve got.  Glove up, dearie.  It’s gonna be another long night.”

With that she stepped around the bedside, pushing the IV pole and Medi-Stat monitor out of the way so that they could get the gurney aligned with the bed.  Dora donned some disposable latex gloves and moved to the bedside, smiling down at Maeven.

“How we doin’, sweetheart?  You hangin’ in there?”

Maeven nodded as best as she could, drawing in a deep breath, yet struggling with the tube and face mask covering her nose and chin.

Both Dora and Sereta glanced again at the monitor and watched the numbers and pinging heart rate monitor signifying its systolic and diastolic climb and fall.  Her pulse was beginning to even out to a steady lub-dub, lub-dub rhythm as she relaxed as Maeven tried to calm her breathing.  Her throat was parched, she could use some cool ice water.  Ice.

Her eyes, widened with the memory and her pulse and breathing suddenly quickened and shot up.  She remembered where she had been before…

***

Deep in the cave beneath the falls, we all stared in wonder at the images that had spun outward from James’s body as he and Maeven entered the central Ghost Pool.  Hanokh had told Mason and me that these were Calling Waters, and I had not understood what he’d meant by that at the time, but I was beginning to.

I knew then that James must be projecting an experience he had, from a terrible ordeal in the Surface World.  How much of this was experience and how much was fiction, I could not tell, having known James for only such a short time.  My guess was that it was real enough to him, and I should take it at face value.  We often give ourselves to the illusion that we have things under control, only to realize and be confronted with realities that are clearly beyond it.  It is in these times when we feel the most helpless that we finally are made to recognize the Hand of Providence moving in and behind the scenes of our lives working all things to our betterment and our good.  Even things we do without conscious effort as a matter of routine responsibility.  He moves, we learn and we listen.  All things, tragedy, triumph, loss, and gain, can be molded and shaped by our Father’s Hand to bring forth good into our lives.  A greater good.  Not sought after in the strength and by the will of man, but of one tied to the Heavenly Will, and according to His working out our own salvation from among the bared teeth of this life, cursed by our progenitors, but redeemed by a Savior committed to help us realize that we do not walk through those valleys and under that darkness alone.

Having been so stirred and moved by the experience of witnessing James’s story, we all at first failed to realize that something else had happened while our minds and focus were within the bounds of the story.

Maeven was no longer in the water of the pool with James being held within his arms.  She was gone.  Vanished.  Missing.

***

Outside of the frozen mouth of the falls, standing guard along the broken columns of ice and the crushed spikes driven through the ice berm of snow where the base of the falls had flash-frozen, the young woman who had stood up for me when it seemed the others might lose confidence in my calling to lead the party, watched with the two men who had joined the procession across the lake to convey Maeven to base of the Trathorn Falls.  They had taken sentry posts to ensure no more of the vermin Moon Sprite brood showed up to corner us in the caves.  Three gaping holes had been broken through the ice curtain and the bodies of the dead Moon Sprites and their young had flowed through these breaks, drawn by some unimaginable pull back into the pits from which they had emerged.  Like tendrils of smoke, these unseen powers had lingered and eventually dissipated into the cool wind, leaving only a sort of unidentifiable but sweet fragrance in the air next to the cliff base.  It smelled like some sort of incense one might associate with heated essential oils or fragrant candles, but it was not cloying or overbearing, but evocative of a serene and clean environment one might associate with a spa setting, under a warm towel.  As it was breathed in it seemed to clear the mind, and soothe the spirit.

A rarely referenced verse from the Ancient Text rose to my mind as we had parted from these three upon carrying Maeven into the caves, and perhaps it is worth adding into this chronicle of our quest at this point, since James’s story was so fresh and happening concurrently, to these three who experienced our company coming together to serve and save a life of one of our own.

“15 Our lives are a Christ-like fragrance rising up to God. But this fragrance is perceived differently by those who are being saved and by those who are perishing. 16 To those who are perishing, we are a dreadful smell of death and doom. But to those who are being saved, we are a life-giving perfume. And who is adequate for such a task as this?” [2 Corinthians 2:15-16 NLT]

We, they and the others who had gone back across the lake to fetch the large log, per Maeven’s wish, were putting our lives at risk to love and assist her in a desperate attempt to save her life, by a means, we did not understand.  Another verse arises to my mind akin to this and reads thus:

“13 “No one has greater love than this: to lay down his life for his friends.” [John 15:13 CSB]

We had no certain idea of what the fragrant smoke might signify in the Mid-World lands, but if these verses were any indication of the supreme authority behind our joined and shared cause, that fragrance might just signify that our quest received a blessing from above all that is or ever was.

 

Passages – Chapter 42

Standing at the frozen base of the Trathorn Falls, we all gathered around the sled bearing Maeven.  She was so pale that I feared it was already too late for her, yet her mouth moved to form words that lacked sound.  She breathed so shallowly, that there was barely enough breath behind her moving lips to give tone or timber to what she struggled to say, but I leaned down close, taking her hand, trying to reassure her that we had brought her where she desired to go.  The cold and ice bruised her lips into a gray-blue, yet I rubbed her hands trying to get the circulation flowing again as much as I could.  Her eyes flickered unfocused and then focused on me for the briefest of seconds, and though it must have cost her a great deal of pain, she fumbled with my fingers and hissed what little words she could, “Did,” she swallowed with difficulty, “they bring the branch?”

“Maeven, we don’t need the log, we are near the falls and will go into the caves and the pools.  The Pearl is still on the ice and it is frozen solid.”

With a hard swallow, she winced and said, “Bring the branch.”  Her eyes pleading with mine.

I looked up at Dominic and Matthew and Mason, and now Will who had recovered enough to climb off of the sled, but stood aloof from us and very quiet.

“Guys, we’d better do as she says,” I looked to each of them.  “How fast can you guys go get it and bring it to the falls?”

Matthew hung his fingers in his belt and roused by my words, over the worry and concern he felt for Maeven, he said, “We’ve got this.  Just make her better.”

Mason nodded in agreement and Dominic and Will turned to go with them, trotting away across the ice towards the distant place where they’d last left it.

“James and Begglar, we’d better haul her up.  The ice sheets are broken and the way is treacherous, be careful not to slip or drop the sled.  Nell and Christie, please help steady Maeven on the sled, one on each side so she doesn’t roll off.  She is tied somewhat but we cannot be too careful.  I’ll grab the front and you two grab the runners on each side.

We hoisted Maeven and carefully made our way over the strewn colonnades of it, the lip of the cavern is just four to five feet in.  The lake flash froze so there is a thick spongy carpet of wet green moss along the floor until the rock takes over.  The pools are about fifteen to twenty feet in, but there is one, in particular, we need to get to.  Watch that you do not step into one of the black pools.  We were warned about them.  Hurry now, but be careful doing so.”

We lifted Maeven and the sled over the scraped ice where the Moon Sprite bodies had been dragged and rammed into the columns of ice.  The mouth of the falls looked like a sinister white-bearded Santa Claus with broken and jagged teeth and just a few black gaping gaps in its clenched, sneering jaws.  Clearly, this Santa was more suited to giving out only shovel loads of coal rather than the latest toys and gadgets.

Once inside, beneath the daggered ceiling of icicles and frosted knuckles that had not collapsed when Mason and I were contending with the pursuing Moon Sprite children, James, Begglar and I set the sled down for a quick breather.  The ice berm we had climbed over had cracked, and the large pieces tumbled and clinked, but miraculously we had not lost our footing.  Christie quickly checked Maeven’s wound binding in the bluish half-light as much as she was able, and strove to warm her hands and other leg by rubbing them, but Maeven’s skin was feeling cooler and cooler to the touch.

“What’s next?” Christie pivoted on her heels as she knelt by Maeven, tears of desperation forming in her eyes as she looked up at me, “I’m losing her.  Please hurry!”

We picked up the sled serving as a litter again and trudged forward, towards the tunnel bend where we’d encountered our reclusive host when Mason and I first entered.

The topaz color of the water had darkened, and the wash of light rings on the ceiling of the cave merged, expanded, collapsed and folded into themselves with an eerie sort of light, as the outside world beyond the cave began to brighten with the glowing edge of the dawn.

Nell walked up to the water’s edge, staring into the swirling mix of darkling colors beginning to take shape, form, and definition while continuing to undulate and swirl.

“It is beginning,” she said, without explanation as she stared into the watery depth as something far deeper below began to bubble and froth and wisps of black oily tendrils cast a metallic sheen across the surface of the water.

James and Begglar started to lay their end of Maeven’s litter down next to this pool that occupied Nell’s fascination, but I spoke up.

“No!  Not this one.  The one we want is further inside, along the edge of the falls.  This one is full of death.  I inclined my head to a far rounded corner of the pool that had been partially hidden in shadow.  The robed skeletal remains of a person hung halfway in and halfway out of the water, its hands withered but still clawing at the gravel at the edge of the pool where it once sought refuge and retreat.  It’s threadbare and ragged clothes moldered and mildewed in a corner beyond its reach, not covered by dust and some viscous ooze, with a few white-capped mushrooms grew out of the folds in the clothes, somehow surviving and thriving after its former occupant’s demise.

“Eew gross!” Christie exclaimed upon seeing the body and the decomposing clothes, “What happened to that guy?”

“I think we just fought and killed a few of what happened,” I conjectured, as we continued on past the edge of the blackening pool.

The front-falls-end of the pool was too narrow and covered by frost to safely carry Maeven through to the other pool beyond, so we were obliged to carry her deeper into the cavern, where the former priestly occupants had maintained a sort of makeshift apartment within the caves.  The ground had been scored and tiled with rough paver stones made of slate and limestone rock not typically present within this type of granite grotto.  Other shallow water pools ran deeper into the cavern under the lowering cave ceiling, and in the torchlight, we could see the shallow bottom of stone and cave silt.  Those waters were still and seemed not to be contaminated by the oil slick and black striations of the deeper pool.  These were more of a wading variety and probably supplied by seepage from the river falls above.

Many other passages and stone corridors branched off the main shelf hollow beneath the frozen falls, but the glow of the dawn’s edge managed to extend into the cave through the broken and jagged holes in the ice curtain left by the pummeling of the dead Moon Sprites as they were mysteriously consigned back into the mysterious pools from which they arose.

Begglar carried the back end of the sled and James, the taller, carried the front end maintaining the incline of the wound over Maeven’s heart.  We waded into the water of the declivity, careful not to let Maeven roll with the bearing as we trudged through the deeper beige mud and silt along the bottom.  Christie and Nell bore the torches Mason and I had lit while exploring the cave before and the orange and yellow flames sparkled and danced up the water, and flickered with stretching and spinning shadows along the ceiling sparkling in the quartz and calcite dripping from the myriad needles of stalactites overhead.  A chandelier of mid-sized and tiny daggers.  Columns formed from the older stalactites that had joined their twin stalagmites building like rising mushrooms from the floor rock-strewn floor below.

We ascended dripping and wet, the beige mud sliding from our calves and feet as we topped the land bridge shore on the other side.  Tiny insect-like creatures skittered away scuttling into the darkness, their carapaces pale and greyish white with a yellow cast from our firelight.  These may have been a sort of crayfish, but their scattering made positive identification too difficult to discern.  Dust gathered and caked our feet as we climbed upon a raised stone rib of rock pitted with small pits of mud.  Nell led the way ahead and we could see the central pool just ahead, its water catching the wavering rays of our firelight.  Beyond and deeper into the cave shelf, along the channel, we could hear the roar of falling water, and a grayish amber light illumined the distant pool revealing a great deal of plunging water pouring down into the underground basin from a shaft opening above it.  The central pool and our desired location barely rippled but seemed to have some luminesce coming from below with a greenish-blue tint.  Formation of some twisting images reflected upon its surface, much like that of the first pool we had encountered, and Nell had remarked upon.  A faint sort of mist rose from the water’s surface and it was difficult to tell whether the shimmering images were reflections if this hanging mist and vapor or of something more mysterious still.

We worked our way further back onto a narrow shoreline of about six feet in dept before the rock formations rose and slanted upward to the ceiling like roots attached to the massive boles of a stand of mangrove trees.  Begglar and James carefully eased the sled pallet down along the dusty shoreline and Christie and I set about untying Maeven from the cords and rough netting that typically secured the packed cargo upon the sled.  Christie had loosed the tourniquet and stowed Maeven’s personal pack to the side of her.  She unwrapped the water bladder she had used to seal the wound, and James knelt on hands and knees preparing to lift Maeven into the water.

“I am so worried that she might bleed out,” Christie said, looking from the paleness of Maeven’s skin and up to me.

“Not everything that happens here works as it does in the Surface World,” Nell whispered softly, “Some things operate by laws governing this land alone and everything in it.  Maeven, herself had a difficult time grasping some of them as well, her being from the Surface World, as you are.  Giving up some ways of thinking come hard for most people, but some things need to be unlearned before new knowledge can be gained.  Just trust in the One, dear.  He loves Maeven too.”

Christie looked from me to Nell and then back to me again, nodding, a tear coursing down her cheek with the strain of releasing Maeven into this strange sort of care we had of putting her into a dark cave pool.  Something that would prove fatal to anyone attempting it in the Surface World.  It was why those attempting and succeeding in suicide were all too often found in dead in their own bloody bathwater.  Water draws from a wound the lifeblood and keeps it from being able to coagulate and clot and close up the severed vessels.  Blood loss causes the victims to slowly fall asleep unaware of their final moments of life as they exsanguinate.

Suddenly the water’s surface, once smooth, serene and calm as glass, began to ripple as if something gently touched its surface somewhere out into the center of the pool some twelve feet out from the edge of the shore.  Something was stirring and brushing the surface of the water, like an invisible wind that we neither felt nor saw, save in the concentric rings that rippled towards the shore.

James came up from his knees, resting his weight upon the front balls of his feet, his hand supporting Maeven’s back as he gathered her into his arms.  Christie and I gently lifted her pelvis and bent knees upward, following James as he stood up with her, bearing most of the weight of her small but compact frame, and we shifted her legs over his other arm so as not to put pressure on the gash wound, now dripping with more of her lifeblood.

With pained and fearful expressions we looked from one to the other and back at Maeven.  Her lips were nearly grey, and her mouth was slightly parted…and she wasn’t breathing.

Oh dear God!  She wasn’t breathing.

Panicked Christie and I realized in the same moment that we may already have gone past the point of resuscitation.

“Nell?!  Maeven, she’s…oh God!  Dear God no!” Christie began to weep copiously and James bore an expression of pained shock, tears also coursing down his cheeks and into his short beard, as he wept for Maeven helpless to do anything more for her.

I felt like a knife pierced my heart, as I fumbled for Maeven’s hand feeling only a clammy coldness to her skin.

“No.  She can’t…No, Maeven, you can’t be…” I choked on my own tears overcome with a dawning ache, that I resisted, anger clouding my vision, as a wail built inside me that made me want to scream out.  I trembled as I touched her parted lips, searching for some faint sign of warm breath.  Anything to deny this tragedy.

I felt Begglar’s arm behind me, and Nell gathered Christie in her arms and held her steady as she wept, her body wracked with muscle spasms and sobs.

“Hon, it is not over yet,” she whispered into Christie’s hair, “Just you wait and see.”  She nodded to her husband and I felt Begglar calmly but firmly guide James and me towards the water.

“Ease her down carefully now, son.  You don’t want to go and be dropping her now.”

Startled, James looked into Begglar’s eyes and saw his steady and warm gaze looking back up at him.  With a deep breath, James seemed to gather a slight ember of hope from Begglar’s eyes and his tear-stained face lifted up from Maeven’s gaunt face to mine and then back to Begglar’s and gave a slight doubtful nod of understanding.

Begglar and I moved to either side of James, our hands on Maeven, caressing her as if she were a sleeping child.  However, when James stepped down into the water, suddenly ribbons of light pulsed away from his feet forming patterns in the water, as James continued to progress inward and slowly let Maeven’s body down into the water.

Nell stiffed suddenly, and her eyes lifted from Christie’s hair to the shimmering images forming in the water below, circulating out from James and Maeven as they floated gently in the lapping Ghost Pool.  Our minds all seemed to clarify from the pain and Christie slowly lifted her head, feeling the change in stance from Nell, turning slowly to see what was happening behind her, still gathering in her sobs, as the light began to effuse the cavern chamber and arise like glowing smoke from the surface of the water.  It had been some time now since we’d had this collective feeling come upon us, but now it surged forth again, and from my vantage point I could tell Nell had at once identified where the source of the imagery was coming from.  With my perception peaked as it now was, and my nerves raw, I could at last see and discern its source as well.  A story emerged within the sights and sounds of the water, but from a perspective, I did not recognize as being separate from me.  I felt within it a strong parental dread as I did, in a similar way, with how I felt about the prospect of losing Maeven.  The story unraveling upon the waves was coming from James…and it revealed itself as follows:

The Sleeping Baby – Story #8

I stared in seething, helpless hatred, my pulse pounding, taking in short, shuddering breaths that rasped and wheezed through my tightly-clenched teeth.  My body trembled in barely controlled rage as I stared into the crib and saw the quietly sleeping infant oblivious to its imminent danger.

I didn’t dare speak, tried to quiet my tremulous breathing as I carefully approached the crib, not daring to wake the blissfully unaware child.  Something terrible and violent was about to happen, but I didn’t know how to begin….

[Two hours earlier…]

The night had turned cold and misty as hidden Death moved silently and fluidly through the jungle.  It coasted around thick, green bamboo, hardwood cypress, teak, kyun and palm boles.  Over rotting leaves, moss and jungle detritus.  Between thick ferns.  Far beneath the wet multi-layered canopy.  An unseen hunter, deadly in its calculation and skill.

The normally warm and moist night air was now cold and gradually numbing.  Unpleasant and stiffening to the muscles.

A mist had settled over the ground, barely covering the jungle undergrowth of ferns, elephant ears and flowering tropical flora.  The once vibrant colors now shone muted through a grey translucent haze of wet silver.  The air near the ground was slightly warmer than the moist air lying supine above across the couched foliage.

Dark, emerald eyes scanned the terrain, tasting, sensing, listening, feeling, perceiving and calculating its next move in the night hunt.  It paused.  Waiting in the filtered moonlight.

It knew that the pale green, moss-stained structure, just fifty yards ahead, though externally adorned with cold stone also had a heart of huddling warmth within.  Ever so quietly, it made its way closer and closer to the festooning short garden of freshly turned, dew-moistened earth and row after row of now closed, brightly-colored cups bent in slumber awaiting the coming of the rising sun.  Jeweled ice, silvered by the waning moon, dripped quietly from the downward turned petals and leafy fronds slithering into the thick, dark soil.  Careful not to leave incriminating prints in the soft ground around the structure, the killer distributed its weight evenly along the paver stones, as it circled the perimeter, searching and seeking for the most opportune, quiet and unobserved way in.

It had seen the fat pink infant playing upon the soft green grass, during the day.  A manicured patch of lawn, bordered by pieces of wood, carefully and meticulously hand weeded by the woman charged with amusing and humoring the child during the day.  The small one smelled of warm milk, and some other sweet, floral and fruity fragrance.  It made odd warbling noises, as it reached and discovered, crushed and dug into the fecund earth.  The killer had watched the baby day after day, smelling it, tasting it from afar.  And then, once again, not so far.  Later, only a few feet, and eventually as close as mere inches away, beneath the rhododendron bush.  A time or two it had merely missed taking it away into the forest by a few seconds of hesitation.  An adult had lifted the child out of its reach, unaware of its deadly proximity.  This was a mistake the killer would not make again.

The smell of sweet milk upon the baby’s breath and body was intoxicating.  Hunger pangs caused the killer to unknowingly quicken its pace, and scan even more desperately for the entrance opportunity.  Its warm pink naked flesh would feel good against its cold and shivering body.  It realized its growing speed and tried to calm itself and temper its throbbing heart, slowing its breathing through flared and dilated nostrils, quieting its whistling breath by closing and clamping its lips tightly together.

If it moved to fast or created too much noise, it would be forced to contend with and kill the rest of the family right away.  In time, it thought, If I am careful, I shall be the one to choose the order of my silent kills.

Yet the thought of the warm, sweet, fat baby, continued to work on the mind and tease the desperate dark needs of the hunter, causing irritation.  Irritation that flowed into growing annoyance, streaming into ever deepening pools of desire and insatiable need.  Despite how much it knew it needed stealth, its obsession with its need for the baby grew and over took its caution.  In its haste, it was leaving a careless trail of evidence of its passage.

It imagined the first juice-filled bite into the pink flesh, the sweet nectar flowing over its tongue, filling its mouth with ambrosia as its teeth sliced through skin and soft, undeveloped muscle.  It shuddered uncontrollably at the thought.  But first, it had to get warm.  It was hungry, yet its muscles spasmed under this unseasonable chill.  The infant’s body was warm, filled as it was with heated blood, plumb and rounded with the swell of it.  Often the baby was wrapped in a thick soft coverlet of down-like material.  Similar to the breast feathers of a young bird.

Many, many birds had been surprised by him in the dark heart of the night.  Awakening with sleepy eye’s expecting the return of their mother with some soft writhing morsel in her beak to further fatten them up.  Only to find that they were indeed now the “choice morsels” served conveniently arranged in a rounded bowl, like canapes to the hungry predator.  “May I?”, asks the uninvited guest.  “Oh, yes! Certainly.”, graciously replies the oblivious but accommodating waiter.  A reversal, taught by the harsh realities of the natural wild.  Lessons learned but rarely if ever passed along beyond their fateful night.  Only interruptions of the inopportunely returning mother, ever caused the lessons of those nights to become instructive beyond those final experiences of their siblings, as they witnessed their terrifying disappearance one by one.  The order of the kill was supremely important, but it would ultimately be determined most by opportunity and proximity.  The smell of the infant was distinct and lingered in the killer’s memory.  Upon entering the structure, it would locate the baby first by that intoxicating smell.  Night tended to slow all movements, and cause the adults to surrender themselves to the quiet darkness and await the coming of the morning.  Because of this, it was quite possible, probable even, that it could take the baby into the night, without ever alerting the occupants of the house.  A most desirable and perfect solution, indeed.

At last, the killer spotted it.  A place of entrance.  Unnoticed and very convenient.  Teeth marks outlined the portal, signifying that the killer could begin this phase of the hunt with a series of warm, furry appetizers.  The hunter approached the entrance, crossed the threshold and descended, not once bothering or thinking to knock politely before making its way inside.  Death tended to be a very rude guest.  Tonight’s raid would be no different.  Experience had taught it, however, that this night’s first pre-meal reception must begin with rudely awakening and dealing first with the parent and then proceeding to eliminate their young witnesses.

[Fifteen minutes later…]

A slight trickle of blood drew a red threaded bead down over and behind the killer’s left emerald eye.  It further traced an arcing smear pattern in its wake as the killer proceeding upward through the floor boards and across the white tile, moving silently through the dark house.  The parent had been fierce in her protection and indignation at being so rudely awakened by him.  With long incisors, she had hissed and cut its forehead, and savagely pierced its beaded flesh, cutting and stabbing deeply into him.  The pain had been surprising, but it had been fully and swiftly recompensed.  Five bulges rounded its elongated belly as its chilled muscles constricted and further crushed its appetizers along their inevitable digestive way.

Its body was warming due to metabolizing of its the fresh meal, but the overall chill persisted.  The white, large square tile, produced its own coldness, as the killer moved silently over it, winding left and right, sensing its surroundings, orienting itself to this unfamiliar environment, seeking and planning its escape routes should it be discovered too soon.

The size of the child would be a problem.  Taking it back into the jungle would be difficult enough, but it could not be done and carried out of the house through the same route it had gained entrance.  Another larger exit path must be found.  The killer had no idea if the noises from its raucous pre-meal reception had roused the sleepers within the house.  If so, the exit options would serve to accommodate him only.  The baby be cursed.  Survival was preeminent.  There would be other opportunities to taste the baby.  Invariably, the hyper-vigilance of the parents would wane.  It would only be a matter of time.  Distractions and time had served the killer well.  They were the sharpened tools of the killer’s trade.  Holding and keeping an edge far keener than any stropped knife could ever be.  Swallowing and constricting it would take hours and turn time into its enemy.  Besides, digestion of a larger meal would bring on a lethargy and make its movements sluggish and slow.  Also deadly if the adults were awakened too soon.  The bulge of the child would also limit the killers exit opportunities, and he was not in the mood for entering a store without procuring something for itself.  Too much time and planning had gone into this.  Though it was used to waiting, it was not keen on waiting indefinitely.  And then it smelled that familiar scent.  Sweet ambrosia.  Slightly soured milk and cream, and something else besides.  A clean powdery fragrance, tangy, and tart.  And another earthy smell below that layer.  Pungent, but rich with a stench that the killer interpreted differently.

A burrow like smell, like its first nest as a hatchling, buried beneath rotted leaves and jungle earth, warming them as these organic materials decomposed.  Scents of its very first home.  The lower den, upon which it competed for space and preeminence with its forty three writhing siblings.

Its hatch-bearer and sire abandoned them to thrive and learn how to subdue and kill on their own.  How to compete with other predators and how even to predate upon its competitors whenever necessary.

Others of its general shape and build were conveniently consumable.  They did not form as many lumps within the digestive track that had to be constricted and crushed.  Sure they struggled and writhed a bit when going down, but were often long dead before the final swallow.  Impudent creatures.  Hardly worthy of sharing their likeness.  They ruled the night and napped, basked and slept by day.  Few would deny that they were an apex predator in the region, greatly feared.  All the land offer its bounty and tribute to them and designated them with an appellation of royalty.

[An hour and forty-five minutes later…]

I couldn’t move, could dare close my eyes and wish the nightmare away.  There before me was the epitome of every parent’s worst nightmare.  My child, my sleeping innocent one, cradled and encircled in the cold limbs of an apex predator.

What could I do.  Every thought halted my actions with blurred and savage outcomes.  If I made a noise I would awaken the baby, and the cobra would bite it to subdue its terror.  If I roused the cobra and tried to remove it with a stick, the cobra would fight to defend itself and harm the baby.  It seemed to be presently unaware of my discovery, for its head was hidden from view, buried underneath the warm blanket next to the sleeping baby, no doubt cuddled up to its exposed tummy and entwined within its plump legs.  A mere stretch or thoughtless kick, might stir the viper.  All I could do was stand there in shock and horror, as the hideous, two-meter-long serpent nestled next to my sleeping daughter.  My eyes poured with silent tears.  My fists clenched and unclenched at my side.  My mind tormented me with the futility and helplessness of the predicament.  Terror pulsed behind my eyes, throbbing in my temples as I struggled to slow my rapid shallow breaths.  Helpless, all I knew to do was pray.  I could not call for help from anyone else within the house, so I silently cried out in my spirit to the One in the heavens above.  Mewling in desperation, I found myself whispering over and over, “Please.  Please.  My little girl.  Not my little girl.  Please spare my little girl.”  I struggled not to vocalize because my voice would inevitably rise in octave and volume, pushed as it was by the force of my terror of losing her.  Though blurred in vision, my eyes saw the scene tableau through bifocals, desperate for the safety of the child and seething hatred for the predator sharing her tiny bed.  If I could have killed that creature with my glare alone, it would have been burnt to charred and smoking embers.

I searched for some way of interposing my body between the serpent and my child in hopes of blocking the envenomed defensive strikes and allowing it to bite me rather than her, while I snatched her away to safety, but could not see how that might be possible.  My baby was too close to it.  Horrifically, she stroked its long dark brown body in her sleep, smiling contentedly, lost in another reality of pleasant dreams.  I stifled a cry by biting into a knuckle as I saw the serpent shift within the blanket, responding to her innocent strokes.

infant-615764_1280

I had to find out where the creature’s head was.  To be able to do anything at all I would have to know.  I had to find a way to keep its attention occupied and focused away from my daughter.  And then I saw.

My heart stopped…then skipped a beat.  A King Cobra.

It glared at me with strangely luminous green eyes.  I had never seen one quite like it, cold hard coal black-eyed ones yes, but never with eyes like this one, luminous and strangely sentient.  It hissed loudly when it saw me, opening its hollow, yellow throat in menace.  Daring me to snatch or reach for its prey.

I trembled when it looked from me and back down at my sleeping infant, threateningly flaring its characteristic black hood.  Its eyes shifted to me again, following my every movement.  Daring me to attempt one step closer.

I had heard of a variety of cobra that spit venom into the eyes of anyone that threatened it, but I did not think this was one of those, but I couldn’t be sure.  If there was a way to get between its lethal bite and my child the creature was free to spit away at me.  One way or another, this vile thing would be dead before the sun rose, I vowed to that.

But the thought of losing my girl as well… Way too much.  I gasped at each second by second possibility, as the viper looked with hatred from me and with burning desire at my child.

It dipped and undulated its head, extending its neck higher and higher.  Intimidating me further.  Its swaying head brushed the hanging baby mobile above it, causing the small stuffed colored stars to sway and turn the dangling carousel into one additional note of ‘Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star’.  I held my breath not certain how the snake would react.  The snake’s eyes shifted to the source of the noise, studying the dangling and swaying stars, debating.  The snake stabbed me with an accusatory stare and then looked down again at my slightly stirring infant.

“Oh, dear God,” I heard myself pray, feeling like I was standing outside of my own body witnessing this terror from a different vantage point.

I could see a dark line and smear on the blanket, and a smudge on the small padded mattress that I could not register at first, but then my mind slammed me with shock.  Was that blood?  Had the snake already bitten my tiny baby?  Was it merely waiting for her to die in her sleep while it sidled up to her curling around her as her body temperature fell to that of room temperature?

I covered my mouth to stifle a scream of rage.  No!  This could not be happening!  Was my delayed action, merely taking away the final moments she might have to possibly be treated with an anti-venom?

In rage, I almost rushed forward, but felt my feet planted, rooted to the floor.

And then my prayers were answered.  I did not know that was what was happening.  I almost passed out from the terror of it, almost caused both of us to be bitten, but I was unable to move.

A voice, unexplainable, yet powerful, spoke into my spirit and commanded me:

“Be Still and Know…”

The viper’s head suddenly constricted, its muscles in its long neck pulsing and flexing.  The serpent seemed to forget about the child as its body swayed unsteadily from left to right, between the dangling mobile stars.  I suddenly noticed something about the snake that in my terror I hadn’t noticed before.  Its body bulged in places.  Mostly in one particular place, though there were the hint of some smaller places as well, already resolving back into its girth.  This cobra had already had a meal prior to entering this room where my daughter slept.  A faint hope sparked within me, like a tiny pin pricks worth of light.  Given time and attention that tiny light will illumine the entire room.

The rat poison.

The bulge in the serpent’s body suddenly moved, though I could not tell whether the motion originated from within or due to some sort of gagging reflect of the creature itself.

The snake suddenly shuttered and writhed, seeming to become disoriented.  Its body flexed and twisted and I was sure any moment the baby would awaken.  Its stomach muscles around the bulge began to rhythmically flex and expand, as if its consumed meal was suddenly coming back to life and fighting to get out of its belly.  With a gasp, I saw the cobra flare open its mouth, revealing and hyperextending its jaw to unsheathed two large black fangs that looked like spikes extending from its mouth.  It was going to bite my child!

I started to lunge forward, arms extended, as I watched it descend with a speed I did not know was possible.  Unable to speak, I saw it come down, its nasty dripping spike fully and completely unsheathed from its gums, and watched as they sung deep into its own body and the bulged that was causing its distress.

My extended arm swept the vertical plastic stem of the baby mobile, causing the wind-up music box to play a more extended bar and scale of ‘Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star’.  The stem snapped under the force of my desperate reach, and the carousel arms and ribbons entangled the cobra’s neck as it continued to strike at the pain in its own body.

I swept the snake upward in one motion flinging both it and the baby mobile across the room, adrenaline pumping through my veins, my heart beating like a jack hammer in my chest.  Both snake and mobile crashed to the floor at the far side of the nursery, toppling the baby changing station we’d have shipped to us from the states.

I reached down and carefully but swiftly gathered my daughter in my arms and shouted to wake the house.  Moments later that seemed like hours, my wife and two household guests rushed into the nursery and saw me cradling the baby.  Eyes fixed and searching the floor as the light illumined overhead.

My vision had adapted to the dark and for the moment I was temporarily blinded and panicked.

“Be very careful!” I warned, “Don’t come in here.  There’s a snake in the house.”

My wife began to scream and struggle to take the baby from me, but I could not let go.

“Tell me,” she begged, still struggling to get me to release our child,”Did it bite our baby?!  Tell me she’s okay!!”

“There’s blood in the crib,” I stammered, still trying to focus on where the snake had gone, “I don’t know for sure.”

“Oh, my God!  Oh, my God!” she cried, a wailing misery that I could not bear.

One of our guests ran for the phone to call the hospital.  The other emerged further into the room from behind me bearing a large coconut splitting machete.

“Where did you last see it?” he asked, approaching the over turned changing station.

“Don’t go near that!” I warned, “I think it’s underneath there!”

My wife was weeping still trying to take the baby from me, saying over and over again, “My baby!  My baby!  Please give me my baby!  Oh, God protect my baby!”

Suddenly, I heard the most beautiful sound I have every heard in my life and to this day doubt I will ever heard such a sweet sound as heard in that moment.  My sweet baby, had awakened, startled by the commotion and was silent at first, but now she began to cry in bewilderment.

Carefully, I surrendered my precious girl into my wife’s arms as she covered her in the blanket from the crib, still partially smudged with blood.  My wife and the lady guest who had called the hospital, took my little girl from the room to go check her out and follow the instructions they were being given in Burmese to English over the phone.  I could hear them checking the baby for cuts and bruises.  Anything that might indicate immediate danger.  I heard my wife calming the baby as our female guest checked her, ensuring there were no signs of her being bitten.  When I heard my wife finally exclaim, “Thank God!, Oh, thank you, thank you, thank you!” I knew at last that my little girl was going to be okay.  But I had my own pressing business at hand.

I remembered my vow, and asked my guest to hand me the machete.

“What kind of snake is it?” he asked, as he handed me the blade.

“It was dark, but it looks to be a King Cobra.”

He had been creeping forward, cautiously approaching the over turned baby station cabinet but now he paused.

“Cobra?!”

“Afraid so,” I returned.

“And you’re going to go at it with just a machete?”

“It’s not getting out of this house alive, Saba!”

“Yes, yes, but a cobra…chances are neither are you.”

“Not funny.  Help me find it.  I think it’s under here.”

“It can be bad luck to kill a cobra.  Are you sure you want to do this?”

“I’m not living with a cobra slithering around in this house.  Don’t be stupid.”

“Okay,” he turned and started to leave the room.

“Where are you going?  I need you to help me find this.”

“If that is a king cobra, as you say, I’m going to get a much longer stick.  Yes?”

“Be quick about it, then.”

“Right away!”

In a moment he came back into the room with a thick bamboo pole.

“Okay, can you see if you can leverage underneath the baby station, and tilt it up, so we can see if it crawled underneath there?”

My friend did as instructed and used the small daybed close to the overturned station as a fulcrum, sliding the end of the pole between the slatted bars of the prone table.

When he pulled down on the top the station cabinet lifted and pivot, but I could see no sign of the snake from my vantage point.

“I’ll have to get closer.”

“Better you than me,” my friend grinned sheepishly.

I cautiously approached, but still could not see the snake anywhere.

I wondered how long we had been distracted while trying to calm the baby and get her safely out of the room.  Had the snake gotten past us?  Surely not!  Oh, dear God, I hoped not!

I slowly backed away, scanning the floor looking for any other place it might have slithered off to.

“What did you see?”

“No snake under there.”

My friend said something in Burmese that I wasn’t sure I wanted translated.

He lowered the pole and twisted it loose from between the slats.

Both our hearts were racing.  Veins standing out on our sun burnished arms, as blood surged through us to support our fight or flight physiological sympathetic response.

“Saba, do you think it could’ve got out of this room?”

“You’re going to give this old man a heart attack thinking like that.  I think we might be getting a hotel tonight, brother Michael.”

“Funny.”

Suddenly I saw something pale slightly sticking out from under the edge of the daybed.

“Wait,” I raised my hand and then dipped it downward pointing to about three foot from the edge of his sandaled feet.

Another word in Burmese escaped unbidden from his lips as he leapt and addition four feet from where he was standing.

A slightly curling and slowly sliding tail, pale yellow underside up, extended just beyond the edge of the daybed’s pink dust ruffle skirt.

“If you don’t need me anymore, I’ll be going back to my room to change my shorts and pack.”

“Car service doesn’t run this far outside of the city, this late at night.  Sorry.  Cobra’s can lay up to sixty eggs at a time, so I wouldn’t advise trying to walk it.”

“In that case, I’m staying here.”

“Glad you could make up your mind so quickly,” I quipped.

“It’s a gift, I have,” he said and we both shared in a nervous chuckle.

“Want to help me scoot the bed away from the wall?”

“Nope,” he grinned, “but I’ll do it for you anyway.”

We extended the cane pole behind the edge of the daybed, and pushed it away from the wall.  The serpent lay on its back, its muscles spasming with the poisonous bites it had inflicted on itself.  Cautiously I approached it, trying to ready myself in case it whipped itself around and lunged upward.

Saba, my friend peered down at the snake from a safe distance away.

“That is a big snake,” he said, stating the obvious.

From what I could tell the cobra was almost two meters long.  How it had gotten into the house I could not figure out.  We had sealed the foundation, and the exterior was rock and mortar.  The drains were fine mesh grating, that should not permit anything of that size from entering in.

“It looks like it is already dying,” he added observing the slowing of its writhing movements, now almost completely stilled.

To be certain I climbed upon the daybed and brought the machete down upon it, hacking away until I had severed its wicked head from its body.  Its mouth opened and its fangs extended with each blow of my blade, spilling venom and blood out onto the floor.

I was still working out how the snake might have gotten in when I again remembered the rat poison.

A rat had chewed through one of the wooden door frames, though I did not realize that it had already dug a den further in.  I had set out the rat poison on the outside of the house, because I did not want my little girl getting to it, and I had pushed it up into the hole where the evidence of chewing had occurred.

My wife had been reminding me to deal with the rats, but I had been putting it off for too long.  She told me that the rats would bring disease and harm to our baby, and that statement motivated me not to procrastinate any further.  I had purchased the poison pellets in town before bringing our guest up from the airport.  A small investment of time and money, a minor inconvenience really, just a cautionary planted seed in the service of my family, but one that had born fruit in such a short amount of time.

The lumps in its belly, indicated that it had dealt with part of our rat problem, but most likely it had also eaten a dying rat who had ingested the rat poison I had put out the day before.  If the snake had eaten the rat shortly before entering our house, probably through the very hole that the rats had chewed through the door frame, it might not have gotten sick right away.  Since it was a big snake it must’ve taken time for the poison to take effect.  I suggested this possibility to Saba as we cleaned up the floor and removed the snake carcass out of the house and into the dump pile beyond the garden for the scavenger birds.  It was too late to burn the garbage there so we returned to the house, carefully staying on the path and shining the lantern lights around us in a wide swath of light.

Saba had watched and studied the snakes head carefully, noting its angry and dangerous expression, and was all too happy to throw it away in the dust bin and be rid of it.  He pondered my theory a moment, but shook his head.  “Cobra venom and certain poisons are made up of proteins, that a snake, especially one that eats other snakes can ingest and digest without causing it harm.  Like our pancreas produces a deadly concoction of toxic enzymes the inner lining of the pancreatic walls are resistant to that toxicity, and so as long as these toxins are contained within toxic resistant organs like the pancreas, we are okay.  If they leak into our blood stream, however, that is a very different story.  The snake’s digestive track is for the most part very toxin resistant, so the chances are slim that the digesting rat’s own poisoning is the true culprit is possible but perhaps not as likely as you might think.”

“What then?”

“I noticed it had a wound on its head.  Probably the cause of the blood in the crib, since there are no marks on the baby.”

“I hacked away pretty hard at it.  Perhaps I caused that wound.”

“Nope.  The snake was on its back when you used the machete. Your cuts would come from underneath.  This wound was behind its head.  Most likely from the female rat when it was attacked in its own den.”

“Are you saying the rat I poisoned is partly responsible for saving my daughter’s life?”

“Partly, perhaps, but it did ingest the poison you set out for it, and it was most likely transferring that poison back into the head of the snake when it was defending itself.”

“So, my poisoning the rat also helped kill the snake?”

“That and your prayers, no doubt.”

I pondered that a moment.  A perfectly horrible series of circumstances, ordered and played out in what seemed to be a chaotic sequence of events leading to a night of terror had pivoted into a miraculous deliverance for my endangered child.  The Hand of Providence was clearly at work on my behalf, our behalf even when we failed to recognize it as such.

baby-22194_1920

The tale had gripped us so much that we were barely aware of our surroundings and the circumstance that led us here when the story released us all back into awareness, but somehow with the following miraculous assurance burning within our minds.

Grief knows no bounds that Providence has not foreseen and already made provision for.  Somehow, despite everything we feared, Maeven might just survive to fight another day.

The Ghost Pools – Chapter 41

The encounter was surreal.  This was the second time I had seen this man, and I had only now begun to recover from the shock of meeting him the first time.  Begglar and I both met him before.  He was something of a legend in the Mid-World and something of a recluse.  One of its earliest inhabitants.  He was a strikingly powerful man, but one of the most mysterious things about him was that he was over six thousand years old and his body showed no signs of his advanced age.  It is not every day you actually meet someone from the pages of Surface World history, much less named specifically within the scrolls of the Ancient Text.

Mason and I were stunned to see him sitting there along the edge of the mysterious pool, and we could not help but put our hands to our weapons when he stood to his full height.  His massive strength of form and presence made us fearful and very cautious.  His arms were thickly muscled, and despite the draping of his attire, we could see his stature bore no apparent effects of a poor diet, or sedentary lifestyle settling that naturally occurs with our Surface World bodies as they age.  His girth was expansive but well-toned, his skin burnished brown not from the effects of a scalding sun, but from the melanin level of his natural Middle-Eastern and Mesopotamian race and origin.  An origin we all share but in our very distant past.  His mind was razor-sharp and he recognized me from our previous meeting within the Surface World, mentally cataloging every nuance and detail of that prior meeting with what was akin to eidetic memory, yet somehow beyond that.
“It is good to see you again, Brian,” he said, approaching us from along the stone shore of the deep pool, “Though you are much changed from our last meeting.  What have you been eating?”

My face reddened with some slight degree of embarrassment and astonishment, and Mason studied my reaction and looked from both of us in dumbfounded shock.

“This young one looks to have been well-fed as well.  Perhaps the road ahead of you will improve you both.”

I, at last, found my voice and nodded in deference to him, lowering my hand from the hilt of my sword, ensuring it was securely sheathed, so as not to provoke this ancient and powerful man who could effortlessly crush my body and bones.

“It is a great honor to see you again too, sir.  You are well-met.”

The man stood before us, legs apart and firmly planted like two massive trees rooted into the rock and granite of the cavern floor, his massive hands and arms resting loose and easy at his sides below broad shoulders, stacked with slabs of muscle.  Despite his seven-foot frame, he was not gaunt or elongated, like professional basketball players of such height are in the Surface World.  This was a primogeniture.  An apex male, not ravaged by disease or time, or the evidentiary effects of death’s curse upon mankind, though it was still present somewhere within his powerful body.  His almond-colored eyes shown with a keenness and wisdom that was uncanny and I daresay rarely ever witnessed among men in the Surface World.  His skin gave off a sort of low-level radiance like a coppery light, that had burned steadily for many millennia, and I wondered if this was the lingering effects of the Shekinah glory spoken of within the Ancient Text from those who had physically been within the presence of the One.
I turned to Mason, smiling noticing the awe in which he too regarded this man, and said, “Mason, meet your greatest grandfather.  The seventh son in the line of Seth from Adam, the first man of all creation.”

Mason’s eyes widened, and he almost swooned at the shock within my words.

“Sir, I would like you to meet Mason.  A fellow-traveler from the Surface World and a very stout and brave young man as I have come to know recently.”

Mason bowed his head, not knowing how best to respond standing before such a presence, his bow finally sliding down to his side the shaft and tip of his arrow slackening in the bow spring, as he absent-mindedly allowed it to swing and then clatter to the floor.
The man’s hand unfolded ponderously and he extended it outward to Mason, its surface ridged and callused, yet warm and strong.  Mason hesitantly put his hand forward, though it looked so tiny and frail before such as massive palm.  Mason was mesmerized by the man and his gaze mirrored to trepidation and uncertainty and awe he felt, wondering it his hand would even survive the handshake offered him.

Seeing his hesitancy, the man remarked, “I am told that this is the customary greeting from our homeworld, though it arose long after I left it.  Is this still the case?”

Realizing he had delayed, and worried that the delay might be interpreted as rudeness, Mason stepped forward, and bravely placed his hand into the palm of the man, though his thumb would barely fit around the other man’s thumb for a full clasp, he somehow knew he could trust the wise and kind eyes studying him that, though personal danger might be present in doing so, thankfully it was not directed at him.

The massive hand closed around his paw-like an adult’s hand closing around that of an infant, with a gentle squeeze, but nothing more painful than that.  A quiet gentle reserve of power kept in check.

“Upon the Surface World, I was called Hanokh by my father Yered.  I had a son of my own, yet at a very early age.  I was so young then.  Three-score and five revolutions of the Great Light.  My son had hair the color of red fire similar to yours.  You remind me of him in some ways.  I miss him dearly.  I was given a special promise for him when he was born.  I can tell there is something about you, young man.  I believe you were born under a great promise as well.”

Something unspoken and private was exchanged between the two men, that seemed to have a profound effect upon Mason’s countenance, and he blushed unconsciously, much the way that I had done.

“You would do well to live to find out what that promise is, Mason.”

As Hanokh released Mason’s hand, Mason felt a warmth pervade his body, pushing away the coldness that had seeped into his limbs from the ice and wind outside and the still dampness that had soaked his legs when we had partially fallen through the ice into the lake water.  He rubbed his fingers together, feeling a tingling sensation, similar to what he’d felt from touching the Pearl.

“Thank you, sir,” Mason replied, euphoric in this once in a lifetime experience to meet someone whose reputation went beyond that of hero, celebrity or superstar.  This man had the reputation of having walked with and in the presence of the One for over three hundred years.  The wisdom of this man must be of unplumbed depth, a bottomless well of insight and intelligence.

Hanokh turned to me and extended his hand, but clapped me on the shoulder as was his custom, and nodded his greeting.

“You are well-met, indeed,” and he inclined his head toward the direction from which we had come.

“What brings you and young Mason here at this time?”

“We have a friend who was injured by a Manticore.  She is losing her lifeblood.  I had hoped one of the Ghost Pools might provide a cure.”

Hanokh breathed deeply, his thick brow furrowing slightly, “No amount of water from this pool or a rain puddle along the ground will heal her.  That power comes from the One alone.  Does she hold faith to the One?”

“She does,” I answered emphatically.

“Then it is by faith alone that she will be made whole.  The waters here are useless for healing, as some of those others serving as priests here discovered.  Swimming naked, indeed!  Utter nonsense.  I believe that foolishness provoked the creatures to come forth.  You may have seen them?”

“Yes,” I confirmed, “We fought and took the lives of five of them, along with their vile brood.  There may be a few young ones remaining outside, but we cannot tell.  We brought down a ceiling of ice upon them, and killed those attempting to reach us when we fled into these caves below the Trathorn Falls.”

Hanokh regarded me with a slight smile playing along the edge of his mouth.

“Then you have done well, my son.  These creatures do not belong in either world.  It is not right that they should corrupt the Mid-World with their presence.  Their blood is unnatural and will cause blight, infection, and decay.  Where has it fallen?  The ground and waters will require cleansing.”

“So that’s what it was doing?” Mason said.

Hanokh looked to me for clarification.

“I was given a very large pearl that moves mysteriously and has, so far, taken the blood upon itself.”

“A pearl,” Hanokh looked away thoughtfully, “Yes. That makes sense.  And how did you come by this pearl?”

“That is what does not make much sense to me.  It was a Pearl that came from within the tongue of a great beast called a Dust Dragon.  The creature pursued us and I was forced to confront it before it destroyed the foundations of the old city of Azragoth.”

“So the third serpent has arrived in the Mid-World at last, has he?  This was foretold.  And this pearl was contained within the mouth of the beast, was it?”

“Yes.  I was empowered by The Word and its quickening to cut it out of the jaws of the beast.  I still do not understand how I survived the battle.”

“This pearl is much more than you may think it is.  This is an image and forecasting of the One who is Truth.”

“Yes.  I have wondered about it.  Why it would be within the mouth and tongue of a Dust Dragon.”

“Have you?” he arched an eyebrow, “I would think the reasons should be clear.”

I waited, wanting to hear his perspective on it, yet knowing that time was still running short for Maeven.

“We have spoken of this before when you served under another.  Has the memory of mankind so degraded that you have forgotten?  I was told the oral traditions would one day cease and that the words should be preserved in a language of symbols.  Death truly has stolen much from the minds and memory of mankind.  Be that as it may, for this young man’s benefit, I shall state it again.”

Here he turned to Mason, “Young man, your name portends great things in store for you.  Listen well, so that you may remind others when age tries to steal their memory of it:

There were three eternal stones that The One fashioned from Himself.  The Praesporos Stone, The Cordis Stone, and The Fidelis Stone.  These are the keystones for which your generations were called to bear in the Mid-World quests.   Each one of the stones is assigned a supernatural enemy to contain them.  Three great serpents from Eden: one of air, one of water and one of dust.  They are equipped to pursue the chosen from fleeing by flight, by sea or by land.  They are charged to prevent the called forth from discovering them and unlocking the kingdom gate of Excavatia.”

“So this pearl,” I queried, “may very well be The Fidelis Stone?

“As each stone is paired with an enemy, and your enemy took the form of the last remaining serpent what would you say?

Stunned, I had to steady myself against the cavern wall to keep from falling.

“But the beast, by pursuing me, brought it to me.

“Such is the prerogative of The Almighty.  He uses what seems foolish to confound the wise, and by it, He reveals His deeper workings.  Even the schemes of the enemy ultimately work against him.  The One sees all things and knows the end from the beginning, and demonstrates that to all who walk with Him and open their hearts.”

But you are a prophet.  The first, in fact.  He told you of things to come.

“Prophets are only given the form of things to come.  The details are revealed by experiencing them as they unfold.  Just because prophets are told the form, does not mean we are not required to trust Him with the details of the unfolding.  You have heard it said that ‘the just shall live by faith.’  There is a day coming when all will be revealed, but until that time, we are given a measure of time to learn how to trust Him, even when death pursues us.  Those creatures we contend with here are incarnations of devils committed to the condemnation of humankind.  They wound and discourage our sisters and brethren with partial truths embellished into falsehoods.  You have seen this happen with the ones they call Trolls.  That ability is connected to these creatures and these very waters.  I have traced the cause back to this place.

“This place?”

“Certain pools.  The Xarmnians have stockpiled barrels of the dark waters from one of these pools.  They were purchased from a former priest who was given charge over them.  It is from these unnatural waters that they derived their mysterious elixir.  I also believe that the seepage from these pools is poisoning the rivers of the Trathorn and all other rivers that are fed from its waters.  Many villages in the valleys below rely on the Trathorn for their drinking water.  It feeds the underground wells and waters their stock and fields.  They are becoming more receptive to the Xarmnian offers of protection and provision.  Many have turned away from trusting in The One, because of fear.”

It was quite a bit to take in.

Have the Azragothians been told this?

“They will be.  And soon.  Fear is an enemy.  There are still those within Azragoth that are bound by it.  Those who are influenced by outside forces.

So why do the people of the Mid-World need us?” Mason asked, “What can we do?  We can barely save ourselves.  None of us are trained fighters.

But that is not what is called for, young Mason.  The Ancient Text reveals what is to come.  All of creation, occupying both the Surface and the Mid-World lies in waiting for God’s children to come to the full knowledge of who they really are.  For their identities to be revealed, not just to the worlds at large, but to themselves as well.  Only then will they awaken to the Truth and The Kingdom.

19 For all creation is waiting eagerly for that future day when God will reveal who his children really are. 20 Against its will, all creation was subjected to God’s curse. But with eager hope, 21 the creation looks forward to the day when it will join God’s children in glorious freedom from death and decay. 22 For we know that all creation has been groaning as in the pains of childbirth right up to the present time.  [Romans 8:19-22 NLT]

We are a race that has fallen.  All are condemned by our choices and actions against the One and our curse is passed from generation to generation so that all mankind lives to resist the loving call of the One.  We are so greatly loved, Brian and Mason.  You cannot imagine how great is the love of the One.  We are His delight.  He longs to fellowship with us and bring us into His presence and show us the many wonders of the worlds He has created for us.  Yet we choose to remain at a distance and live lives that cause us to be further and further away from Him.  His Holy Presence burns with a refining fire that we cannot survive if we are covered by the stain of our rebellion.  That stain is highly flammable and must be kept at a distance from His White Holy Fire.  Had it not been for the Blood Covering, none of us would ever be able to come into His Physical Presence again.  We cannot imagine what lengths the Deceiver has gone to steal us away from that Fellowship.  We cannot imagine how deeply the Father grieves that He was unable to hold and embrace His children and that one day, the Deceiver even might cause His children to forget that their Loving Father ever existed.  What was even worse still is those who know and have a sense that the One waits for and yearns for them, yet they choose to live as if He never existed or has cruelly abandoned them.  The Pearl in the Dragon’s throat is the one tenet of truth that it employs to weaken us beyond hearing all other truths that follow it.  It is the one truth that because we have personally turned from our Father, we stand condemned by our actions and choices.  This is the truth.  But the Blood of the One changes all of that and satisfies all penalties, past, present, and future, for the one soul that chooses Him and allow that payment to serve upon their account and cover them with an invisible Shekinah glory that allows them to stand in the days of evil under the onslaught of the wicked ones, emerging from any world.  For those covered by faith, they must believe that the Truth that condemned them also worked and moved heaven and earth to redeem them.  All living things, in Heaven and on Earth, seen and unseen, require Truth to have life.  That is why the deceivers must have at least one element of truth to become what they are.  Without an element of truth, no creature under heaven can exist, so there remains the one point in which they were touched by the Hand of the One.  That one point of truth lies within every living being in all of creation.  It is immutable, constant and present, and that truth will never die.”

As I said, I am in awe of this man.  His knowledge and depth never cease to amaze me and stir within me a desire to know more and more.  Time seems to become so unimportant in his presence, but I know that it is not just from him that this craving and thirst comes from.  It arises from the Presence of Whom he has been in contact with.  The One every redeemed soul longs for yet may not consciously understand that this is where it comes from.  A place where each one of us wake up to find that we have been on a long and arduous journey, full of heartache, difficulty, sickness, and pain, yet we finally top a horizon from the dark valley of our existence and see the lights of a place we have been seeking since we first drew breath.  A place that we know and recognize.  A place that has had a calling upon us and stirred a yearning within us.  A place where we are wanted, expected and belong.  A place called home.  A place that has a Father scanning the horizon for us every moment of every day.  A place where our entire being, body, soul, and spirit is clothed fed and nurtured and embraced and celebrated.  The place where we find our Presence within The Presence.  A place that I have come to refer to by a name not used by others yet is meaningful to me.  Excavatia, the place of Full Fellowship.

Remembering my reasons for being here, I mentally shook myself and looked to Hanokh, seeking guidance.

“So, is there any point in bringing Maeven here to these pools?”

Hanokh smiled and chuckled, “I did not say that, my friend.  I only said that trusting in the waters alone would have no effect, but it was by faith that she will be made whole.”

“So, we can bring her here?”

“Most certainly!” he grinned, “But you must clean up the mess made first.  Remove the cursed beings from this world and consign them back into the void from which they came.”

“And how exactly do I do that?”

Hanokh stared at me a moment as if I had lost my mind and spoke a language of gibberish.

“I am so amazed at how little you remember or know of the authority in which you have been given by the One?  Have you not been trained on The Beckoning?  I see you bear an Honor Sword there at your hip.  Have you not been told that those things you bind on earth shall be bound in heaven?  Where do you think that heavenly realm is, if not here among the Mid-Worlds where supernatural presences walk in the betweenness before the realms of the Great Throne Room of the heavens?”

“What should I do?”

“These waters, you call Ghost Pools are Calling Waters.  They summon images from the Other World, our origin world, but they also are erstwhile portals of a sort and occasionally allow something or someone to pass through them.  You will need to stand in faith and confidence, take authority through your Spirit and agree with the One on what must be done.  Bind yourself in obedience to His directing, bind your Honor Sword in sworn covenant and touch the waters of these pools and call these vile creatures back into the Abyss from which they arose.  Though you may believe you and your company has killed these creatures I assure you, that you have not.  You have only slain their forms.  If they remain they will find other forms to inhabit within the Mid-World.  You must consign them back to the deep.”

“Will you help us?” Mason asked.

Hanokh regarded him with a warm smile, “I am helping you, my son.  This is something your called one must do.  It falls to him as the one called by the One to lead this assignment.  My time with you here is almost done.  I feel compelled to go seek another with the messages I have been given by the One.  I am one who was called to be sent.  One day, perhaps very soon I will return to the Surface World, and I will, at last, be given leave to accomplish that for which I have been shepherded here in reserve.  I will then go to the land of my fathers and be reunited with my brothers and sisters who have long since passed on unto the halls of the Great Throne.  My spirit is much like these pools here.  I am stirred to speak and act and tell a great many things that will bring trouble upon these lands and upon the land of my ancestors.  My soul and heart are prepared for what has been ordained for me.  I lack nothing, yet I know what it is like to yearn for a family that has perished.  The Father’s heart and mine commune and like a child yearns for their parent, so my soul longs to embrace my wife and son once more, kept within the bosom of the One.  They await me, and I await them.  I must leave you now, to do that which must be done here.  Follow the inner voice of the One.  You are loved.  It will never lead you astray, though everything else will.  When all other voices shout for you, find the stillness and quiet place within your heart.  Listen intently and intentionally, and He will speak to you, though you may enter the darkest places, from within you will always find enough light to walk in His Path.  Learn to hear His Voice above all others.  Go even if the way ahead looks impossible if He tells you to go.  In this, you will find your way.”

Mason was visibly shaken, “You’re going to leave us, then?”

“I must, young Mason,” Hanokh responded, “But that is not to say that our paths might not cross again.  It is only that I must go ahead of you a ways to accomplish the mission for which my life was promised as well.  Take courage, young Mason.  You never walk alone.”

And then he once again turned to me, “I feel your friend will be healed by the faith in which she holds, but you will need to ease her into the central pool ahead, not one of the ones in which the creatures will return.  Mark well which ones receive the bodies of these beasts and do not enter then once those creatures pass through.  Once your friend has recovered, there is a further pool deeper in that you are meant to see, just beyond that dark narrow passage there.  I believe what you will find may come as quite a shock, but it further shows how short the time is becoming between the end of my sojourn in these Mid-Worlds and my return back to the Surface World once again.  Heed well all you observe there, then proceed onward to find the next connection of story you seek.  My time has drawn near, and I must take my leave of you.  Hold to the words of the Ancient Text.  They are the one blessing that my gift to the Surface World holds throughout memory and time.  Your generations have forgotten much, but the Ancient Text will lead you back to the One.”

“Wait,” Mason pleaded, “Please don’t go.  We are not sure of what we’re doing here or of where we are going?  How will we know what we should do to follow the One?”

Hanokh placed a steadying hand on Mason’s shoulder and looked him directly in the eye, “Mason.  Do you know what your name means?”

Mason shook his head, “I’ve never really thought about it.  It’s just a name I am known by.”

Hanokh smiled and shook his head in amazement, “No.  It is not just a name.  It is a calling.  It means a solid builder with stones.  You are a foundation layer.  A staunch companion and as valuable as any other on this quest.  There is a passage in the Ancient Text that faithfully records the voice of the One speaking about foundations.  It reads thus:

“24 “Every one then who hears these words of mine and does them will be like a wise man who built his house upon the rock; 25 and the rain fell, and the floods came, and the winds blew and beat upon that house, but it did not fall, because it had been founded on the rock. 26 And every one who hears these words of mine and does not do them will be like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand; 27 and the rain fell, and the floods came, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and it fell; and great was the fall of it.”” [Matthew 7:24-27 RSV]

This verse could very well be your life verse, young Mason.  You are called to be a wise builder.  To establish yourself and others upon the rock and build walls that will stand and protect others against the storms ahead.  You are a reliable and trustworthy person, solid and immutable.  All confidence given you is well placed for you are loyal and constant.  Your name means something as does the life you live under it.  Never forget that.”

A tear formed in Mason’s eye, and it coursed down his cheek, as he stood bravely under the direct gaze of Hanokh, receiving praise for his person and his potential and value.

“Back in my days upon the Surface World, names were given in ceremony and with much thought as to what meaning they held during the times into which they were born.  A father who wanted to bless his child thought long and well upon what their child would be called, whether as a blessing or as a curse.  My name too has a meaning.  It is the word for delivering valuable information to someone, not merely as a message, but more fully as a transfer of both knowledge and skill.  My name means ‘to teach’ or ‘teaching’.  I am Hanokh.  The teacher.  But you have something very special inside of you that far exceeds all knowledge and skill that I could share with you.  You have invested within your being the part of the One who was my teacher.  The Ancient Text tells us:

“27 As for you, the anointing which you received from Him abides in you, and you have no need for anyone to teach you; but as His anointing teaches you about all things, and is true and is not a lie, and just as it has taught you, you abide in Him.” [1 John 2:27 NASB]

Trust the voice of the One who called you to this quest and will teach you in all things as you need them.  Learn as I learned.  Find fellowship with the One and you will always have everything you need for the task and trial through which you must walk.  Follow and support your guide.  Brian will need your solid support.  He has been given the vision of what must follow.  As he relies on the One, you can be sure that this will bring you all to a good place and help you accomplish all that you were called to do.”

With that Hanokh turned and looked at me one last time, “Brian.  Your name requires you to allow strength to come to these moments of need and of testing.  Live your name.  Stay strong and focused.  Remember this, though it may seem strange to you now.  Within these caverns, there are mysteries hidden and mysteries revealed.  Take care that you are not deceived.  The way in is not the way out.  Until we meet again my friends in this life or the next, I bid you all blessings of the One.”

And then he strode off into the darkness beyond the initial cave pool through an aperture in the cave wall that he barely fit through and then faded into the darkness beyond.

Mason and I were both stunned and remained silent a moment, looking about us and examining the cave and the mysterious topaz water glowing with some phosphorescence below.  In the distance, we could hear the continual bubbling sound as water fell to water churning the rippling surface into an echoing hollowed song of melancholy.  The voices of the water reverberated through the chambers and palaces of stone, coming from one direction only, while a quiet stillness seemed two whisper low unintelligible notes into the other three passages beyond the curtains of ice.

Mason looked at me and wiped his eye with his sleeve.

“It almost doesn’t seem real, does it?”

I nodded, “That is how it always feels in that man’s presence.  Like something bigger has transpired than I could even perceive.”

“Was that really him?” he asked.

“It was.  I cannot say how I know that, but sometimes you just feel when things are true.”

Mason nodded, “I never really thought about him as a character.  He is not a topic we ever covered in Sunday school.  What did he mean by the gift he gave to mankind?  What was he talking about?”

I gazed at him and smiled, “Don’t you know?”

Mason looked at me further intrigued, “Know what?”

“Consider where the earliest records came from and consider how old he must be in terms of Surface World years.”

“From him?”

I nodded. “If you have not read the passage in the Ancient Text passage ascribed to the brother of the incarnated One you should do so again.  That man is referenced in the text as only of the first recorded person to give a prophetic vision concern the time and age in which we now live in the Surface World.  His words were recorded for all posterity’s sake so that they would endure throughout the millennia to come.”

Mason thought about that for a moment and then asked a most logical question.

“Why is that particularly standing out?  The words of many prophets are recorded in the Ancient Text.”

I grinned, and clasped his arm in friendship and fellowship, as I revealed to him a mystery I had had to come to myself.

“Because at the time he gave the prophecy, there was no known written language, yet the prophecy is given as a specific quote.”

“A quote?!” Mason exclaimed, realizing with a shock what they seemed to imply, “Do you mean to say…”

“That he wrote it down,” I answered, nodding again, “The earliest known written language from the Akkadians and Sumerians was from cuneiform clay tablets believed to have been written in the 9th millennium B.C.  Whatever written language Hanokh wrote his teachings would have been recorded long before then.  We believe Hanokh, or Enoch as he is called in our language, is the father of all written language.  That he developed the proto-alphabet to record what happened in his time for times forward.  Death entered the human species exactly as the One said it did, on the day both Adam and Havah, whom we know as Eve, ate of the forbidden fruit.  On that day, they became mortal and they and our species began our inevitable journey to death.  As a perfect man and woman, both had the capacity for wisdom and knowledge beyond anything we can imagine.  Their minds were constantly quickened and bright with the glory of time spent with the One.  It was only later that disease and fatigue and failure of the mind began to take hold and overtake those among the living and cause them to die.  Back in Hanokh’s day, and in the days of his father and his father’s father, a great apostasy was taking place.  In fact, the name of Yered, Hanokh’s father had a meaning too.  It meant to descend or come down from a height.  We have speculated that this was the time in which fallen creatures came from the heavens and tried to corrupt the seed of man and prevent the seed of woman bearing forth the prophecy of the One to come.  It is quite possible, that Enoch is the father of all written language and the reason why we have books and stories today.  He recorded and captured the first stories, and taught others to capture and record them, using the proto-alphabet he developed.  Did you notice how he kept referring to the ideas we forget and how the changes in us now dull our memory to important things we should know?”

Mason steadied himself, suddenly feeling his knees weaken to the point where he needed bolstering and to place his hands on something solid, firm and immovable.

“So Hanokh is essentially the human father of all stories.”

I nodded.

“He is the reason we are here, and on this quest to recover the lost stories.”

“To the best of my understanding, yes.” I concurred.

“So, the Ancient Text we have was brought about in part due to him.”

“He was an instrument of it, yes.”

Mason now needed to lean against the wall and look up at the lights of the water casting its phosphorescent glowing rings and loops dancing above us on the cavern ceiling.  It was an almost dizzy effect, coupled with the shock of this revelation.  Of having just been in the presence of the one person whose obedience and faithfulness led to preserving the truths of the Ancient Text in writing for all generations to come afterward.  Mason looked from the ceiling to the cave passage into which Hanokh had disappeared and then back to me.

“How does he know about the Ancient Text that was written after he left?”

“He committed it all to memory.  Remember that he walked in fellowship with The One who is timeless.  He was given the privilege of reading what was fully written on The Marker Stone when he came to the Mid-World.  And he copied that text and preserved it here for others to follow.”

“They’ll never believe this if we tell them,” he asked, “Will they?”

I shrugged, “I do not know what they will believe.  Perhaps we need to wait until the time is right for it.  As Hanokh said, he may meet us on the road ahead.  It is kind of hard to describe the presence of the man unless one is standing before him.  He doesn’t present himself as more than he is, and one might never get the full story from him if he has to cast himself in the role as its hero.  I am amazed at the humility of the man and his lack of pretense.  He lives with none of the artifices of modern mankind.”

Mason nodded emphatically, “Yeah, it as if it never occurs to him to say anything more than is necessary and the absolute truth.”

“Remember his prophesy shows he detests and condemns all artifice.  The Ancient Text passage written by the One’s earthly brother reads as follows:

“12 When these people eat with you in your fellowship meals commemorating the Lord’s love, they are like dangerous reefs that can shipwreck you. They are like shameless shepherds who care only for themselves. They are like clouds blowing over the land without giving any rain. They are like trees in autumn that are doubly dead, for they bear no fruit and have been pulled up by the roots. 13 They are like wild waves of the sea, churning up the foam of their shameful deeds. They are like wandering stars, doomed forever to blackest darkness. 14 Enoch, who lived in the seventh generation after Adam, prophesied about these people. He said, “Listen! The Lord is coming with countless thousands of his holy ones 15 to execute judgment on the people of the world. He will convict every person of all the ungodly things they have done and for all the insults that ungodly sinners have spoken against him.” 16 These people are grumblers and complainers, living only to satisfy their desires. They brag loudly about themselves, and they flatter others to get what they want.” [Jude 1:12-16 NLT]”

“I doubt if he had remained with us, the two others among our company who are hiding who they are, would be able to deceive him.  That banshee would have been exposed almost immediately.  He does not suffer fools.  Nell believes there is a reason not to expose the two in our company who are from these lands and not the Surface World, and I have a strong inclination to agree.  They will be allowed to remain with us, but I am telling you this in confidence, because, as Hanokh said, I believe you to be someone in whom we can rely on.  Hanokh is an excellent judge of character, so you can always trust what he says about you, even if you may doubt it yourself.  He knows things and discerns much.  I doubt any person’s true character could be hidden from him because he continues to walk in fellowship with the One.”

Mason sighed and then laughed and then seemed to gather the strength that he needed.

“So, are we doing this?”

I grinned and put my hand to the hilt of my Honor Sword.  Together we walked to the edge of the shimmering blue Ghost Pool and I withdrew the blade and unwrapped the Bloodline and Mason helped me bind it about my wrist and arm.

“Let’s do this together.  I need your help and support.”

“What do you need me to do?”

“Place your hands over my hands as we dip the blade into the water.  Repeat after me but mean and feel the words.  We must be in agreement together to allow this to happen.”

“Is there a verse for that?”

“Yes, there is.  It is found in the gospel of Matthew and reads thus:

“19 “I also tell you this: If two of you agree here on earth concerning anything you ask, my Father in heaven will do it for you. 20 For where two or three gather together as my followers, I am there among them.”” [Matthew 18:19-20 NLT]”

“Remember that Hanokh told us these waters have no power of themselves, but to actuate faith and allow the Authority of the One to come into this moment, I believe we will see something miraculous happen.”

Mason stood next to me as we dangled the Honor Sword’s tip above the water of the Ghost Pool, placing his hands over my hands as we held to the cross-guard of the sword.  We slowly dipped it into the water…and the Honor Sword and our wrists began to glow with blue light.

Dead Reckoning – Chapter 40

Back out on the lake, James and Matthew pulled the sled bearing Maeven as its blades ground along.

As blowing ice grit swirled around their feet Matt muttered, “Maybe this was not the best idea.  The fog seems to be growing thicker.”

“How much further do you think it is?” one of the unnamed younger men, asked.

James shrugged, but no one seemed to notice the non-committal gesture, but the silence of the rest seemed to suggest the same answer to the question: It really did not matter.  They were committed to carrying out this service if there even were the slighted shred of hope that Maeven could be saved, regardless of time or distance.

Christie followed behind, close to the sled to watch for any signs of worsening of Maeven’s condition.  Nell and Begglar and Dominic took the lead, each advancing ahead until one or the other could barely be seen, then pausing to wait, until the others joined them.  Begglar called it getting a bearing.  They rotated positions in succession, aiming diagonally across the lake toward the falls using the last known land bearing they had before leaving the shore.

The young lady, my advocate, walked to the right side of Maeven’s litter, and one of the other young men walked to her left, flanking Maeven as she was born forward.  Two others, another woman and a man, brought up the rear of the procession, keeping a close watch on their back.

From the line of the sled’s ski, just off the curved point, Begglar aligned Nell and Dominic in the fog, speaking lower but loud enough so that they could find each other in turn.  Moonlight shone overhead, just enough so that Begglar could guide their progress with some degree of dead reckoning, and some measure of shadow casting.

Both Nell and Begglar were confident in their method of trans-navigation, so the party acquiesced.

“Maeven’s in a bad way,” Begglar answered, “We have no time to lose and no options.”

***

Under the cover of the thickening and swirling fog, the susurrant movements of the slithering packs of young sprites murmured and proceeded inexorably towards the falls.  Their black beaks clamped against the cold and slush of the ice and frost glaze thickening the ice sheet.  Their silver eyes strobed and pulsed as if they were groveling little paparazzi eagerly pursuing actresses and rock stars.  They sensed the movement of a lone figure trudging blindly just ahead of them.  Their bloodlust was piqued, but they were being drawn to something else entirely.

***

Beneath the frozen falls, Mason and I stared at the strange glow coming from the back of the cave.  The floor of the cavern was covered in thick moss where the ice abated, further in the moss gave way to the darkness and cold stone, pitted with calcite forming a treacherous, razor-sharp lip, that would cut a man if he fell upon it.  We carefully made our way further in, while casting wary glances over our shoulders for any floor movement indication that more of the Moon Sprite had made it through the frozen teeth of the falls.  Both Mason and I bore tight fitted knapsack packs, called rucksacks, bound to our shoulders, riding just between our shoulder blades.  Within, each of us had a torch pole, made of a kind of hardwood that burned very slowly when lit.  I suggested to Mason, that now might be a very good time to pull out these torch poles if we expected to go further in, and he readily agreed.

“We will have to go back out there soon, but while we’re here we might as well have a look around.”

Mason knelt while I untied the hasp on the protective flap on his shoulder pack.  I reached in a drew out a torch pole of roughly two and a half feet in length.  Upon the end, a singed wrap of foolscap, that he’d used for tinder was bound to it, and it had further been coated in a sort of paraffin wax to keep it from getting wet.  I peeled back the paraffin and handed him the torch pole.  Mason unbound my pack as I had and soon presented me with my own torch, a darkened teak wood, polished by the oils of my hand carrying it through many a dark place over the years of my life.  Soon we had both torches lit, a flickering flambeau of orange and yellow light which slightly hissed and spat in the damp air.  The pitted rock at our feet gave way to drifts of sand and silt, a much softer and smoother feel as we trudged forward.  Shadows around us jumped and danced with the firelight, no doubt delighted to celebrate the approach of the light within the recesses once more.

Stone daggers of mud seemed to drip silently down from the ceiling, some of which formed pillars of calcified rock.  The air was faintly coppery to the taste and felt lacking as we approached the soft wavering glow reflected along the cave wall.

bowling-green-kentucky-1544746_1920

As we moved steadily we noticed that pools of cave water softly lapped at a shoreline we were walking upon.  The light’s glare increased as we approached, and we noticed a curve in the stone corridor shielding us from a more direct view of the source of the light.  As we entered the short tunnel we were stunned.

sea-cave-2445488_1920

There before us was a pool of water glowing with a soft turquoise light emanating from somewhere deep within.  A figure stood opposite us on the other side of the pool, dressed in a fashion I could not help but associate with someone from a very ancient culture.

“You’ve come at last,” he said, rising.  The man was thickly bearded, broad-shouldered, bronze-skinned, and had powerful-looking forearms and when he had obtained his full stature he stood at least seven feet tall.  Mason and I looked at each other in shock, and then at the man standing on the opposite shore studying us with wise and discerning eyes.

***

Back on the ice, within the enfolding fog, Will crouched low, trying to get a sense of the enemy or enemies.  The flashes were low to the ice, clustered indiscriminately and then spreading out.  These could only be the sprouted sprites from the nests, as Maeven had called them.  Ugly, beaked worms the size of moray eels, white as the cold walls of a mausoleum.  As he approached the direction of their coming, he noticed a darkening form of something much larger in their midst, clarifying more and more the closer he came.  Panic raced through him, causing his carotid artery on his neck to pulse with adrenaline.  His odds of surviving this encounter were nil.  He had no illusions.  But thinking of his father’s death, he tapped into the deep-seated rage and sense of injustice he continually carried with him and determined that if he was to die this day, he would fight his way into the dark night rather than surrendering to it.  He wished he’d had time to get the short sword from its back sheath, but he could not risk taking off the layers of protective clothing, and the chill of the icy air would bring stiffness into his muscles that would not help him.  The sprites were one thing, out of water eels, that he could cut and stab easily.  The unknown dark form ahead was something else, though.  An unknown factor.
He’d progressed another ten feet when finally he recognized it, and almost stumbled backward.

***

It was Dominic’s turn in the rotation to take the lead in scout position.  And so it was he who first saw the low lying flashes ahead of them, and knew that this was a very bad development.  And, given the situation, the decision to go back out onto the ice in this dense fog, despite Maeven’s wishes and need, was a dangerous and foolish venture.

The young Moon Sprites had left their nests.  He remembered that Mr. O’Brian had even asked him to watch over the first Moon Sprite horde that they had slain, in the off chance that the young would flee their parent, but it had looked like these had died when their host had been slain.  They had hung limply from its hoary head as it slouched forward over the ice, its silver eyes gone black and dull, cataracted with a glaze of frost.  He’d watched for any movement for a time, but there was not a single writhing twist or twitch.  To his mind, they were dead too.  Perhaps, he had thought, they were too young to separate from their matron.  But seeing the flashes ahead, the evidence was clear.  These creatures, birthed from the lie in the ether natural between, deceived even in death.  Visiting delayed vengeance upon their slayers ten to fifteen-fold in the writhing forms of their hellish offspring.

He wished he had the eyesight of young Mira.  That kid could see almost anything at a distance.  He was glad, however, that she had remained safely on the shore.  These new disturbing developments were portending more and more against them ever being able to join them there again.

When the shout signal came, Dominic jumped with a start.  He was to wait until the others caught up to him.  The shout came at each point when his mother or father could no longer see his form ahead, but strangely enough, he didn’t think he’d gone as far as he previously did when it was his turn.  He’d counted paces and was still short of the previous distance.  Either the fog was growing thicker or…  He paused.  Come to think of it, the shout did not quite sound like the voice of his mother or father.  Someone else was out on the ice ahead.  Mason and Mr. O’Brian were at the falls, he’d seen them go, before the fog descended into the cirque canyon, and poured down onto the ice.  Only one of their group remained unaccounted for.

***

Will could not help himself.  He’d cried out when the sight before him clarified.  It was the Manticore, of course, he knew that, but the sight of it was disturbing and nightmarish.  Its face was burnished by the scorching of flame and with frost, the blackened flesh bitten again by the latter.  Its eyes were piercing staring beyond him and bluish in color, marbled with cold veins of ice.  Its matted and scorched mane hung with icicles and a dusting of white frost, the ice tinkling like chimes in the wind.  Its mouth hung slack and open bristled with sharp pointed teeth and an icy glaze of frozen drool and blood pearls hung like red rubies dusted in powdered sugar.  He couldn’t tell whether the ends of its mouth had been pulled by rictus into its present mocking grin, or if it’s last relished private barb at O’Brian had given it its dying pleasure.

In the shock, he’d suddenly reversed his forward movement and lost his footing.  Will landed hard on his seat and the tip of the short sword and scabbard, below his outer tunic, caught the ice and forced his body backward, slamming his head just as hard.  Light flashed behind his eyes, and for a brief horrible second, he believed that the Moon Sprites had lunged upon him, cut his feet out from under him and their flashing eyes strobed him into blindness so that he would not see their beaks rip into him and tear him apart.  His breathing escalated into short mewling gasps, as blind panic made him shake violently from side to side, slashing as the sprites he believed were mobbing him with his kukri blade.  Its thickened curve scything through the air, plying and slashing, finding nothing to add blood to its dangerous edge.  Darkness descended into his mind and sprung up from memories too painful to bear alone.  He wept and wept, mewling and mouthing a single word over and over again.

“Daddy!”

“Daddy, please!”

But there was no one who could hear his cries.  No one.

***

Eight Moon Sprites had died in the attempt to rush through the narrow crevice between the cascading teeth of the falls.  Six remained, squiggling and squirming along the outside of the wall of frozen water, probing narrow openings yet finding them buried partway in with packed slush and ice points bristling dangerously impeding progress.  Before one opening that seemed to offer ingress, a giant pearl oscillated and spun, its opalescent surface dancing with white energy, flashes of color swirling upon its smooth surface.  The sprites, though desperate to get behind the curtain of water, gave the Pearl a wide berth and would not go near it.  This was the one and only thing in this Mid-World that seemed to give them fear.

***

Begglar called out to Dominic as soon as he saw him start to move faster forward away into the fog.  At the risk of losing him, he increased his pace as well, causing Nell to react by calling after him from her position closer to the sled where the others followed with Maeven.  They each watched their moonlit shadow being careful to keep its slight tilt to their left.  Begglar knew that even within fog when all starlight and moonlight is obscured ambient light is still present and transferred through the moisture refraction in the air.  Because light still emanated from overhead, a shadow, no matter how slightly perceived, would still be cast.  In the night sky of the Mid-World, the moon was still the most prevalent source of light.  Back in the Surface World, any naval officer commanding a boat knew to look for the Pole Star, Polaris or the Southern Cross to navigate at night, if instruments failed.  He also knew that if the moon were to rise before sunset, the illuminated side would face the west.  And by turns, if the Moon rose after midnight, the illuminated side faced the east.  It was no different here.  The sun and the moon followed mirror courses as they did in the Surface World.  The Moon had presented itself long before the midnight watch, so its light faced the west.  The Trathorn ran predominantly from the northern highlands to the south, so that meant its greater light would be to the east of them, and the falls were on the northern side of the lake, so the shadows must be cast to their left side.  The moon had already reached its apogee and was now in descent.  The sun would soon rise, breaking dawn and perhaps provide significantly more visibility within the fog if its heat did not cause it to dissipate entirely.  Circling the shoreline had not been an option.  It would have taken much longer and from the looks of Maeven, she had very little time left.

***

Dominic burst into the area drawing his metal-studded cudgel from its sling on his side, responding to the whimpering cries.  A figure lay upon the ice, stabbing wildly but blindly at an unknown assailant.  The Manticore’s frosted back was before him an arrow bristling out of its frosted mane.  The figure he knew to be Will, lay on the other side thrashing wildly.  Seven or eight young Moon Sprites slithered nearby circling him, waiting for an opening to strike.

Dominic muttered to himself, “Rats in the barn,” and then circled the ice clutch of the Manticore careful to avoid the weakened punch hole that had been broken through when the Manticore’s barbed telson stabbed Maeven from below.

The end of the tail lay off to the side, amid a circle of Moon Sprites who probed and pecked at it for bits of flesh within the hard carapace.

Another eight or nine of them had made their way to the Manticore’s body but were finding it difficult to bite into its frozen flesh and these screeched in frustration.  So occupied were they with their bits of morsels that they failed to see Dominic land in the middle of them and proceed to crack their skulls with the cudgel.  Snap, thud, crack, click, his hammered blows rained down on them with force and power, pushing their fractured heads into pits in the ice.  Silver blood lifting and spraying with each decisive and deadly blow.

Dominic was careful to twist and pull away from each landed blow, learning from the others that the silver blood of these beasties scalded and burned human and animal flesh.

The sprites that dared turn and lunge at Dominic, he quickly swept away into spinning arcs, back into the fog, and those unfortunate enough to get close were pummeled into broken silver pulp, bristling with splintered bone.  Dominic worked his way across toward Will, deflecting charges, wounding, maiming and pulverizing the sprites that dared to impede his progress.

Will’s blindly stabbing kukri blade did manage to skewer a sprite, the flat wide blade cutting a long gash down its body towards its tail, silver running down the blade and flecking dribble on his hand.  The burn was like hot metal slag, bursting up from a vulcanor’s fire.  Will’s finger still flexed and gripped the handle harder, but his eye’s popped open, blurred by tears and anguish and misery.  He saw a shadowy figure making its way toward him, blurred by the tears in his eyes and the sting of the cold wet chill on his cheeks.  He twisted onto his side and lunged upward, inadvertently kicking at a Moon Sprite approaching his feet and legs.  He crouched and came up on one knee, still slashing blindly with the kukri blade, yet now slashing from side to side, rather than down upon the ice.

“Will!” Dominic called out to him, but the boy was in a blind panic and did not seem to hear.

The change in direction of the swing of the blade gave the Moon Sprites the opportunity that they needed, and they lunged for him.  A black beak clamped onto Will’s boot, biting into the tread, another slithered in and sank its beak into his leg tearing his leather pants piercing a part of his calf muscle, and Will grunted and cried out.

“Will!” Dominic yelled again, “Its Dom, let me help you!”

“Nobody helps me!” Will screamed back, “Nobody cares!  You guys left me to die!”

Will stabbed down at the sprite biting his leg and sliced into its body.  Another Moon Sprite circled him clacking its black beak, its eyes strobing and flashing, blinding Will to the other two moving in towards him from behind.  Without help, Will was going to die here, and Dominic would not let that happen.

Dominic jumped forward, sliding on his knees, ducking under Will’s slashing blade, and smash the sprite causing the flashing distracting, its eyes flickering then fading to dull flat black.  Dominic thrust his arm upward, catching Will’s descending arm in a block, and then jabbed the round and flat pommel end of his cudgel into the pit of his arm causing Will’s fingers to release the handle of the kukri.  It clattered to the ice lying flat and spinning like a minute hand on a watch ticking off the time remaining them.  Will tried to gain his feet, but the sprite latched onto the sole of his boot caused him to slip and slide on its eel-like body, breaking a part of its vertebrae.  Dominic clenched his fist and swung upward, catching Will on the point of his chin so that his head snapped backward, and he lost all touch with the world.  Blackness overtook him and he swooned and crumpled falling upon Dominic’s broad back.  He hefted the boy like a feed sack and kicked away another Moon Sprite lunging at his feet.  Dominic bore Will upon his shoulders and slung him up on top of the dead Manticore over its mane, and behind its horrible head.

“Hold this fool a minute!” Dominic said, knowing the dead Manticore could not and would not respond.  He’d realized it was the only way to keep Will safe and out of the fray while he dealt out deathblows to the remaining Moon Sprites.

Dominic spun the cudgel in his hand almost like a drummer handling a drumstick flourish between driving rhythms.  He used the Manticore’s large body as a back wall and began to smash and sweep Moon Sprites as they came at him from out of the fog.

Presently, he heard a voice call to him from behind.

“Dominic!  Where are you, son?!”

“Dad!  Be careful.  There are young Jengu out here.  I’ve killed several but there is a lot here.  Do you have your scythe blade handy?”

“Rats in the barn?”

“Exactly!”

Begglar reached inside his tunic and pulled out a long thinly curved blade from a wrapping of husks.  He reached to the top of his metal-capped quarterstaff and unscrewed the cap revealing a notched groove cared beneath.  He quickly set the end of the long blade into the T-notch which was also supported by metal to keep it secure, and then screwed the metal cap end back into place.  He let the staff end with the bladed hook fall down to the ice and gripped the staff so that he could swing the blade in a low arc.  The thin but tempered blade whipped through the air with a SSSSsssing noise, hovering just inches above the frosted surface, as Begglar wielded it in a familiar arcing motion he’d used for many years during harvest and cutting the grass around the Inn at Crowe.

He moved in, catching a grouping of Moon sprites from the side and sweeping them away in a slicing arc into their deaths along the blade.  Together the two of them made sport of it, almost as if there had been no real danger in it.  They were merely transported for a moment back to the Inn at Crowe, playing the game they’d made up for dealing with a plague of rats that infested their hayloft and grain stores in their barn back home.  Within moments they had made short work of the threats, such that no new Moon Sprites dared lunge at them from out of the fog.

When Nell and the others reached them, Nell wagged her head and could not help but laugh.

“You two.  I never know just what I’m gonna do with you.”

“Mind you be careful of the silver blood, dear.  It stings,” Begglar admonished.

Matt and James, helped Dominic get Will off of the back of the Manticore, and propped him up on the sled near Maeven until he came to.

Together they proceeded onward, avoiding the splashes and spillage of Moon Sprite blood and bodies strewn around the ice.  Begglar took the lead, armed with his improvised scythe poised to deal swiftly and decisively with any and all straggling Moon Sprites daring to oppose their progress.  It wasn’t long before they, at last, stood about twenty feet from the frozen mouth of the Trathorn stretching about forty feet across and towering about a granite face of the frosted rock.
Begglar swiftly made short work of the straggling Moon Sprites slithering back and forth between the frozen pillars of water, trying to get beyond its clenched teeth.  He noted the holding position of the giant Pearl and the one remaining crevice that it guarded against these slithering irritants.  As Begglar approached it, the Pearl shifted and spun away, racing beyond him, allow him access to the sole entrance passage within.  The Pearl rolled swiftly creating its slight trench cut, clearly headed back beyond the arriving party bearing both Maeven and Will on the sled they pulled.  Matthew and James and Dominic nodded know exactly why the Pearl’s path headed in the opposite direction, and when the others looked questioningly at them the all but answered in unison.

“It is going back for the blood.”

***

Begglar moved to investigate the narrow crevice passage, but before he could do so, from somewhere within the falls, a flash of pulsing light began to illuminate the interior passage within the falls.  The ice sparkled as bluish light pulses increased in intensity and a fragrant smelling phosphorescence spilled out from under the falls like a radiant mist, roiling across the ice with an additional fog-like carpet of smoke.  Begglar and the others, trailing a few yards beyond him, saw the mysterious light and quickly moved away seeking cover.

From between the columns of ice, the smoky glow suddenly flashed and extended outward into the misty night causing the gray fog to peel back and dissipate before it.  Arms of glowing smoke followed reaching out, pushing the fog bank further backward, unveiling the colors of the coming dawn painting the clouds above.

The smoky arms splintered and fanned out reaching towards the dead Moon Sprites like a large steamy claw, suffusing each white body and drawing them back toward the falls like floating flotsam and jetsam.  Audible cracks echoed across the frozen lake in the early dawn stillness as the Moon Sprites were drawn their bodies from their clutched prison.  These began to slide faster and faster towards the crystalline mouth of the waterfall, picking up speed as they went.  Within the rushing pull, a silvering ball, glinted along with dawn’s first light, racing backward toward the northern end of the falls, following the gathered bodies of the dead Moon Sprites as plumes of ice feathered their progress.

Begglar scrambled backward, trying to reach Nell and the others, retreating further from the mouth of the falls as the bodies slide by him, dusting him with a layer of shaved ice crystals.  The bodies closest in proximity to the falls slammed into the pillars with a mighty crash, one after another, until the impact and combined weight of the bodies finally fractured and punched holes into the waterfall curtains.  These and a white swirl of limp and writhing young sprites tumbled head-long into the glowing lights, now made brighter by the tears and cuts into the frozen walls of water.  The lights pulsed, misted and steamed but did not seem to menace the land beyond any further.

***

Mason and I emerged from one of the broken cuts between the standing pillars and sheets of ice.  The view was serene, and the beginnings of the breaking dawn shown brilliantly in the eastern sky.  Our company stood dumbfounded, just fifty yards out, gathered in shock to see us emerge so nonchalantly from beneath the frozen falls.  I could see they bore a sort of sled pallet with two figures upon it.  One of which I was sure was Maeven, and the other, as we approached them, appeared to be Will.

I knew Maeven did not have much time left, and I was glad to see that the group had taken the initiative to bring her.  What I was about to tell them, no one would believe, and I found it hard to believe myself.  Mason grinned at the mystified looks on the other’s faces as we approached.  He was eating this up, and I could not help but stifle a chuckle myself.  I would tell them what happened, but first, we had to attend to Maeven.

Begglar and Nell met us in advance of the others, and I called out, “It’s about time you guys showed up.  I thought Mason and I were going to have to fight the whole pack of Moon Sprites ourselves.  How’s Maeven?”

“O’Brian, you rascal!” Begglar scolded, but it was clear he was glad to see me.

“Bring Maeven and the others.  There isn’t much time.  We need to get her into the pools before the mirroring starts.”

Nell gripped my arm, pulled me aside and cautioned me, “Mr. O’Brian, you might not want the others to see what appears in those pools during the dawn hours.  You need to let us take her in privately.”

“Whatever it is, we can face together,” I answered, “I have just seen the beautiful pools myself.  What is it that causes this hesitation of yours?”

“Yes, you’ve seen them in the evening, but in the twilight hours, they change.  The images that swim around in the pools reveal what is going on in your world.  It’s how we Mid-Worlders have always known about your lands and the reasons why none of us ever seek to go there.”

“Why not?”

“Because your world, the Surface World, is full of monsters.”
soap-bubble-1985096_1920

The Teeth of the Falls – Chapter 39

Consciousness returned.

At first, Will could not remember ever feeling so cold.  And then the “other time” slammed into his memory with a shockwave transporting him back.  Images flashed mercilessly behind his tightly clenched eyes.  A moment of terror in a snowy wood.  Blood everywhere.  His father ravaged by wolves below.  His raw, frostbitten knuckles and fingers clawing frantically into rough, icy bark.  His knees and legs soaked by the snow, numbed by the pressure of the cold branch under his seat, and the cold black trunk he’d wrapped them around.  His head entwined in a frosted woolen scarf.  The sheepskin jacket, slightly too big for him, keeping his central core warm, yet he shivered with a coldness that had nothing to do with the temperature.  He’d ducked his head to escape the terrible sights below but could not miss the sight of the bloodied snapping teeth of the wolves as they lept up to reach him and catch a dangling leg or ankle and pull him down to share the fate of his father.

Will gasped, opened his eyes momentarily and then clamped them eyes shut again, trying to bury those terrible memories back into the past, into the blackness once more, yet failing.

His dad, his father, his hero, his world, ripped away from him by a night of terror.  An ending that his young mind never saw coming.  Never even conceived was in the cards.  Like any young one, he believed that both he and his dad would be together forever.  It was unfair of life, of the One to allow this to happen to him.  And because of it, he could not forgive the One.  The One was unkind, no matter what his father had said.  His dad was dead.  His dad was wrong.  His dad was a fool to believe that the One was good.  How could the One be good when He allowed one of His servants to fall and meet with such a terrible end?  How could he forgive the One who would permit such a thing to happen to such a good and brave man.  How could he forgive the One, spoken about in the Ancient Text, for allowing so much pain into Will’s world?

This Mid-World he had once thought of to be a personal gift to him—A way to reach out and be with his father, and spend time with him in a father-son adventure of their own– was actually a place of nightmares.  In the Surface World, his father’s body had been delivered with ceremony and military order, but still in a box and a black plastic bag.  Only pieces of him had been recovered.  The adults did not know he was listening.  He’d hidden under the tablecloth at the reception they’d had to honor his father’s service and sacrifice.  He’d learned about the raid, and the terrorist cell, they’d fought.  He’d memorized the strange Arabic characters, that represented the terrorist cell that had claimed responsibility for killing his father.  حزمة الذئب (hazmat aldhiyb) translated simply as “The Wolf Pack”.  Sounding something like ull-dee-boo.  He hated to an obsession.  He wanted those terrorists to pay for taking his dad!  He wanted them dead, dead, dead!  He wanted their wives dead.  He wanted their children dead.  He wanted to kill every creature in this Mid-World that dared pose any threat to Surface Worlders.  He wanted to stab and stab and stab that Moon Sprite creature, that nightmare from between worlds, to make it pay for the evil done to his father.  Something had to pay.  Someone had to pay.  Before he realized it, he was weeping and curled into a fetal position, still shivering from the memories and cold of the ice.

The creature had known his pain when he’d confronted it trapped in the ice.  Its eyes had flashed and fluttered and reflected back the pain he had felt and carried, amplifying it into a blind killing rage.  It had felt so good to stab something, anything.  To vent the horror and pain that had come to live within his soul.  It occupied his heart and mind.  He could not explain why he harbored so much rage.  Why he could not connect with others in any meaningful way.  His mind had grown dark with clouded thoughts of violence.  The violence he felt, demanded access to him.  It expressed itself in ways that might have disturbed him, back when his father was alive and had not been deployed into that stupid desert country full of towel-heads and idiots who covered their women and probably romanced their camels.  It angered him to think that his father ever wanted to help liberate such backward stupid people, who were raised to behave no better than animals.  If the One loved such animals, then He was stupid too.  Why couldn’t they just bomb those idiots back into oblivion and be done with the whole stupid war?  When he was old enough, he couldn’t wait to join up and bring some payback to whoever “The Wolf Pack” was.

His time in the Mid-World was only mental training for what would come in his real life.  If he could survive these nightmares, he could survive becoming the nightmare for those for whom his hatred had been reserved and seasoned and matured like fermenting wine in a dusty bottle.  His pent-up rage, expressing his fury behind a rapidly bucking automatic weapon would be pure ambrosia.  He would paint their greasy and stinking Arab bodies with bright red flowers.  He would cut their throats out with his K-Bar graphite blade, honed and sharp.  Their women’s ululation cries would shriek well into the night and become music to his ears.  They would finally know the pain he felt and lived with every day since that time the dark military car pulled up to the curb in front of their southwestern suburban home.

Seven years, his father had been gone.  Seven years of upheaval in his life.  Seven years since they moved to Texas from Minnesota.  He hated Texas.  The long, hot summers had been almost unbearable those first few years, but the memory of the cold deaths made them bearable.  His father had died in both places.  The Surface World and in the Mid-World, though, it happened first in the Mid-World.  Back when he still could read his father’s letters and prayed each night to the One that his father might make it safely home.  A prayer that had been denied.  A prayer that had only reached deaf ears.  This seed of anger and pain in his heart had become a garden of rage twisted briers and thorns.  How could the One love him this way?  O’Brian and his quotes from the Ancient Text made him so angry.  Will gritted his teeth, as the tears continued to spill from his clenched eyes and burn his cheeks with the cold.  Where was he?

Will’s eyes popped open with a start.  How long had he been down?  How long had he laid there on the surface of the lake?  Where were the others?  Where was the Moon Sprite he had been pursuing?  Was it dead?  The spear had stuck in its hide and the thongs had pulled him along with it as it crawled free of the ice hole that had held it.  It had bled that silver stuff and smeared the surface of the ice with it.  He had been pulled off of his feet and slipped into that mess and it had set him afire.  Strange now that there was no trace of it or of the Moon Sprite.  A foggy mist had spread across the ice and he could barely see more than five feet in front of him.  He figured he must’ve lost the spear, which was not good.  Not good at all.  He looked around him carefully, tracking for signs.  And then he saw it.  Footprints.  Two pairs from the looks of it, but even now the prints were fading.  Whoever had come by here had not stopped for long.  Perhaps they had believed him to be dead.  He couldn’t be sure.  With the footprints fading as they were in the frost, the tracks had to be fresh, so he reasoned that whoever made them couldn’t be that far ahead.  But the absence of the silver blood puzzled him.  There had been a lot of it, to have just vanished.  Perhaps the ice crystals that were skittering across the lake had covered it over, the same as they were even now filling in the footprints.  This misty fog was annoying and disorienting.  It was just low enough where he could barely see over the top of it, but it was building and massing and soon he would not be able to see anything.

His ears burned with the cold and wet, and there was an annoying sort of ringing and throbbing noise that he could not clear his head of.  And suddenly, the ringing noise became clearer.  It wasn’t ringing that he was hearing.  It was dozens of screeching noises, trilling with a liquid sounding gurgle.  The fog ahead of him seemed to bounce, somehow, as if it pulsed with some distant light.  Whatever was happening, it was just ahead of him.  He turned away, scanning the rising forests around him forming the Trathorn Falls basin.  He noticed the ledge where they had first observed the Manticore from a small bluff and break in the trees.  He scanned to the left of that trying to find the direction of the shoreline where the others waited for them with the wagon.  Perhaps if he could get a quick read and bearing, and fix upon a certain point, he might make it back to the shore before the fog made it impossible to see anything.  He had put a short sword behind his shoulders, between his shoulder blades, but too late found that it was an impractical place for drawing the blade out of its scabbard.  Because of this, he wasn’t entirely unarmed, but it would take some doing to get out of the trussed straps he’d put his arms through.  He started forward, towards what his best approximation was for the bank where the others were waiting.  He believed it to be somewhere between the two large fir trees, but he wasn’t certain.  He cursed himself for not paying more attention to those details before he had set out with the others.  He tried to keep his eyes on the tops of those trees, but the fog kept rising making it difficult.  If he could just go in a straight line he knew he would eventually reach the shore.  But the fog seemed to work against him.  If his eyes were not playing tricks on him this sinister fog must be.  In almost every direction he looked ahead and down the fog seemed to be flashing with ghostly silver light.

***

“Ease her down gently,” Christie admonished as Matt and James positioned Maeven upon the trough of the sled.

Begglar, Nell and Dominic helped to hold the sled steady so that it would not slip out from under Maeven until they had her secured.

Three of the others of the company had joined them on the ice, brandishing weapons suited to their body type and skill level, as they had learned from Ezra during their time in Azragoth.

They had yet to give their names, but one was the young woman who had rallied support and commitment to seeing this quest through.  Now there, standing armed and ready to guard Maeven against unknown dangers as she was conveyed across the lake to the falls, these three added courage and action to that commitment.

The others remained on the shoreline, guarding the supplies, anxiously waiting for the return of the company.  This journey to uncover the “lost stories” and finally reach the fabled land of Excavatia and somehow navigate through and survive the onset of civil war threatening these lands would afford many other opportunities for them to demonstrate their courage and commitment to this quest, so there was no judgment levied at those who chose to remain on terra firma.  Their times and battles would come.  Besides, if this seeming fool’s errand should fail, there would either need to be someone left to continue the quest or someone to come to rescue us all.

***

Mason and I watched as the young snapping Moon Sprites poured out of the fog, pursuing us at our heels.  We scrambled backward, slipping and sliding on the sloped surface flash-frozen by the mysterious pearl.  Trying to gain the edge of the clenched jaws of the falls, we jabbed at the ice using our weapons as ski poles to keep from losing ground.  In moments we were finally able to catch hold of an ice flow column, gain purchase and pivot in between the blue-white ice colonnades into the dank wet darkness.  The narrow crevices between the columns of ice gave us some respite from the onrushing creatures.  If they were to reach us, they would have to wriggle into these narrow gaps, and we would fight them in a line rather than in a mass surge.

I tossed the spear to Mason, who set down his bow with his left hand and caught it midshaft in his right.

“Jab at them as they come in.  Skewer as many as you can,” I directed, as I gathered the sash of the honor sword around my wrist and tugged at the sheathed hilt.

“I’ve got a better idea,” Mason said, “Look up there.”

He gestured upward toward the ceiling of the ice, and a frosted cornice of icy daggers poised above and before us.

Their points gleamed sharply and dangerously in the blue half-light.

ice-cave-16562_1920

“Good idea.  Let’s do it.”

We both swiped at the ceiling.  Mason jabbed the spearpoint upward wedging it between the rocky ceiling into a space along the icy sheet-edge, a suspended arsenal of daggers and cleaver blades.  I quickly realized that his method would be far more effective than mine, so I unwrapped the sash, sheathed my blade and joined him in the pulling and prizing with the spear.  The narrow slits where he and I slipped in behind the frozen falls flashed with strobe-light, as the Moon Sprites found the chutes and lunged into them.  Mason and I pulled harder and more desperately on the shaft, until finally we heard a cracking noise, and felt the weight of the ice release its bat-clawed hold on the rocky ceiling and come crashing downward.  Icy spears stabbed, clanked and thunked into the rocky floor, piercing and crushing and burying several angry Moon Sprites as they poured into the grotto.  Silver blood jetted outward, as the creatures twisted and writhed angrily, snapping at the air, even as the white fire in their silver eyes faded to black.

About five or six Moon Sprites extended out of the tunnel, their bodies pummeled and stabbed and cut by the ice.  We could not hazard a guess on how many more had been trapped in the gap, but we knew there would be more outside, still looking for ways to get in.  We moved toward the few that still squirmed and put them out of their misery with blade and point.  What little there was of the remaining light was poor and dim, a translucent bluish glow that hardly gave us any comfort, knowing that the others may still find another crevice between the rigid columns.

The noise of the collapsing cornice and the tinkle and clink of the ice seemed to linger and echo in the cave space behind us.  So focused had we been, that we had failed to notice that from within the cave, there was a bubbling noise, like a great cauldron of boiling soup suspended over an open fire.  Drips and trickles of drizzled water fell into standing water upon high notes that echoed and reverberated throughout the caves beneath the falls.  The recesses had seemed dark and ominous at first, but there was a change in the quality of the darkness.  Deeper within, something pulsed with a strange light, briefly illuminating the cavern walls about twenty feet away from us.

Without a doubt in my mind, I knew this must be what Maeven had spoken of before.  The Ghost Pools.

***

Will could hear the slushing noises as several things moved and flickered around him, coupled with odd gurgling sounds, and the sawing of snow grit being sloughed over the ice surface below his feet.  The fog had thickened, and he could barely see but a few feet beyond him.  His heart raced, and his breath came out of him in smoky chuffs, as his eyes darted this way and that.  Paranoia threatened the edge of his thoughts and would soon win its campaign of panic.  He should run but wasn’t sure where, or what would happen if he stumbled.  He tried to remember the way the lake was before that strange pearl had caused it to freeze over.  It had been the edge of the evening when they first came out onto the surface, following the mysterious track of the pearl and the strange beasts stalking the scorched Manticore.  What time was it now?  He could not tell.  The fog blinded him even to the sky and the shadowy tree line he had once seen in the distance.  Where were the others?!  He scowled, angry at the thought.  They’d left him to die.  That was what he suspected.  The footprints he’d seen had passed him.  He’d thought he saw them gathered around the spot where he lay, but he couldn’t be too sure.  Those could just as easily had been his own footprints.  But no.  They had proceeded on into the fog ahead of him.  He hadn’t gone that far.  They had left him.  He was certain of it.  The others didn’t care about him.  They would just have assumed he was dead.  His jaw clenched in anger, the rage within him swirling and swimming to the surface.

‘But what about the others?’ he thought.  ‘My supposed friends!’

‘They let me go out alone.  Didn’t even care to help.’  He knew their names.  They’d given him theirs, and like a fool, he’d given them his.  Trust.

He’d also given his to Mr. O’Brian, but he’d been reluctant to do so, but despite that, something had felt right about it.  Perhaps it was something about Mr. O’Brian that had reminded him of his dad.  Though the similarities annoyed him, they also strangely comforted him.  A dichotomy.

His so-called friends did not like Mr. O’Brian.  They distrusted him, and said so privately on many occasions, but offered no specific reasons why.  Just a vague sense that he wasn’t up to the job of leadership and didn’t know where he was going and quite possibly was putting them all in danger.  There was no Excavatia.  It was only the stuff of legends, told to children to get them to go to sleep.  Adults grew out of that belief.  Mr. O’Brian was a fool.  ‘Perhaps he was’, Will thought, ‘but so was his father.’  And his father was now dead.  This Mid-World had held nothing for him, since the death of his father, so he had quit believing in it, and the dreams had eventually ceased.  He had not thought about the Mid-World for many years until one night he did and had fallen asleep with those thoughts in his mind and had found himself here once again.  Waking up on a beach.  Finding others gathering there having come through the portal themselves.  Disoriented by the trip, but curious about where they were and why they were here and why they each held an unlit torch.

More noises came across the ice.  This time the sounds of sloughing were louder, and the crunch and crackle were more pronounced.  Glowing light danced with phosphorescence upon the mist.  Whatever had been stalking him was getting too close, and Will, now lacking the spear he had set out with, drew out a wicked-looking kukri knife.  These creatures would pay dearly for following him.

***

The cadre of travelers stood upon the shadowy shoreline in the twilight, watching as Begglar and Nell joined and led the others back out upon the frozen lake.  Eight had gone out on to the ice, following the mysterious orb to confront the strange white creatures encircling the Manticore.  Only five had returned to shore, and of the five, Maeven, the warrior they had met, whom others referred to as “Storm Hawk”, had fallen and looked to be near death.

Mr. O’Brian and two others were still out on the ice, while four of the initial group assisted the team by pulling the sled bearing Maeven towards the distant cliff-face and chandelier of ice, the Trathorn Falls, now ominously silent.  With the sudden chill of the lake surface and the warm air, a mist arose from the lake and rapidly began to thicken to a dense white fog erase all traces of their leadership and fellow company from view.  They had been told to wait, armed and ready to make sure none of the strange white slithering creatures made it to shore or beyond.  But with the building fog, that prospect of succeeding in their guardian duties went from a tall order to an impossible task.

“We should’ve gone out there with them,” Cheryl said, scanning the frozen lake as mists rose and twisted across its surface, obscuring the view of what was transpiring out there.  Cheryl was a tall girl with Scandinavian features, fair-complexioned with golden blond hair, which she wore long and straight with a sort of molasses smoothness.  Her eyes were glacier-blue, in contrast to the warmth of her sunshine crown of hair.  Her nose had a light dusting of freckles and her eyes, usually bearing a twinkle of mischief in them, now were pinched shining only with a glimmering frost of fear and worry.

The young girl, named Miray, who had served as O’Brian’s look-out, back when they had entered the granary and collected weapons before embarking towards Azragoth, now held Cheryl’s hand contentedly, swinging side to side with a slight pirouetting motion, her toe tapping lightly on the frosty surface of the water’s edge.  She was still so amazed at how the lake had suddenly flash-frozen when she witnessed the giant pearl touch the water’s surface.   In that magical moment, she watched in wonder as the layers of ice sheets cascaded outward, spinning patchworks of frost like a giant quilt woven magically before her on a grand scale.

“Are you crazy?!” a young man, called Jaxon, turned to her, “They’re gonna get us all killed.  I don’t know why we had to leave Azragoth.  Ezra was just beginning to teach us something about surviving when O’Brian disappears and abandons us.  Next thing we know, he has gotten himself all tore up fighting some creature below the city after he promised to take responsibility for us.  How can we trust a guy who keeps abandoning us, rather than leading us?  I don’t mind admitting it, I am scared to follow this guy.  He doesn’t know what he’s doing.  Ain’t no way I am going out there on that lake of monsters.  Be a fool if you want to, but I am staying right here.”

“Well, I’ll go out there, fraidy-cat!” the young girl named Miray, snapped back at him.

“Man, please!” Jaxon shook his head, “Listen to this kid.  What are you, about five?”

“Six!” she stamped, putting her hands on her hips, “And already, I’m braver than you!”

Four of the guys started laughing, and the other girls smiled.

“Girl’s got a point,” a young man named Shawn grinned.

Jaxon gave him a snarling look and threw up his hands.

“Courage is just stupidity that somehow got lucky.”

“That’s a cynical attitude.”

“That’s a realistic attitude, sister.  O’Brian is afraid to lead us.”

“Perhaps, we’re just afraid to follow.”

“I know I don’t trust him.  What has he done to earn our trust?  Nothing.”

“We can’t expect more from Mister O’Brian, if we don’t give him anything, can we?”

“What do you mean?” another girl asked.

“None of us have given him even our names.”

“You know why,” a woman by the name of DeeAnn answered.

Cheryl turned to the others, “Yes, but we all gave our names to Ezra, didn’t we?”

“That’s different,” Jaxon folded his arms.

“Oh really?” Cheryl turned to him, “How so?”

“Well…,” Jaxon shrugged, “’Cause he was cool.  This Mr. O’Brian is weird, man.”

“Weird or not, he didn’t choose this gig,” a dark-haired, pale-skinned urbanite, named Teagan, spoke up.

“Do any of you even know my name?” a quiet man, older than the rest broached the quiet that followed.

“No, I don’t, and I don’t care to, gramps!” Jaxon groused, “You’ll probably die of old age before this thing is done.”

One of the other young men reached over and cuffed Jaxon on the arm, “Show some respect, kid!”

“Man, why you froggin’ my arm like that?”

A dark-skinned man with black hair and dark eyes dipped his head and nodded to the young girl, “She knows.”

The young girl nodded her head, “I do.  I know everybody.  I even know who is not…”

She covered her mouth, suddenly aware of what she had been about to do.  Something she had been warned not to do.

“Who is not what?” a young boy, not much older than her, asked.

Her eyes went wide, and she whispered, “I’m not supposed to say.”

“Well at least we all should know the names of each other,” a young woman spoke up, “Even at AA meetings you have to give your name.”

“You an alkie?”

“Shut up!” she glared at him, “I’ve got a name for you.”

Cheryl broke in, “C’mon guys.  At least among ourselves let’s try to behave decently towards one another.”

“Some of us already know each other,” a woman observed.

“I don’t even know why I am here,” a young man said quietly, “I shouldn’t be here.  I think I should be with another team.”

“You’re better than us?”

“I didn’t say that.  Just evidently more different than all of you.  I’m not really a team sports kind of guy.”

“Guys, we could get killed at this.  I know it is cliché, but did you see what happened to ‘Storm’ uh, that Mae…what’s her name?”

“Maeven,” several said together, almost in unison.

“What they’re doing here is dangerous, and we just seem to be playing at it.  Waving swords around like a bunch of dopes, who believe we’ve somehow woke up in Middle Earth following Gandalf the wizard.  We have no stake in helping those who might need it.  What does it even mean to save a story?”

“Well, I don’t know what you think it means, but O’Brian did say everyone has a story to tell, so that works for me.  We’re supposed to save someone here.”

“That doesn’t make sense.  Why would they need us outsiders to do anything?  We hardly know anything about this place.  This truly is a case of the blind leading the blind.  Which is the greater fool?  The fool or the fools who follow him?”

“With an attitude like that, why didn’t you go back when Christie took that other girl?”

“Hey, I am curious to see what goes on here.  I don’t think I’ve ever been to a place like this.”

“We get to ride horses here.”

“Yeah, I never could do something like this back home.”

A girl turned and glanced up to the trailhead leading down the embankment to the lake edge.

“Speaking of that,” she raised her voice, “Where are the horses?”

They all turned to look, and another moved up toward the road, “And not only that, guys, where is the wagon?!”

Cheryl rose with a start, unable to believe it, so she moved quickly up the embankment, joining the younger woman at the trailhead and confirming their fear.

The horses were gone.  The wagon was gone.  But as the others joined the two women, suddenly their nightmare worsened.

Worsened two-fold by the gleaming-eyed, black-furred, growling, slack-jawed, two-headed nightmares that emerged from the dark woods and thick brush, and trebled by the dark-armored and cruel masters who followed close behind them.

Try as they might they could not focus on more than the most immediate and imminent threat presented to them…

Row upon jagged row of immense yellowed, sharp and drooling wet teeth.

***

When the young girl had mentioned that there were some within the group that were not what they seemed, two members of the group felt it was becoming too much of a risk to remain.  It was time to make their move.  Quietly they worked their way up the embankment, while the others were engaged in a discussion.

It only took a few moments for them to unfasten the lead line and stringer, calm the horses, and slowly lead them further back away from the road’s edge and down to the path.

The horses nickered and pawed the ground as the two approached.

The other unfastened the two team horses from their tethering and quietly pulled the wagon in and down the trail, walking the horses away quietly so the others would not notice.

When they were about twenty meters away from the bend, both absconders mounted and rode onward, taking all the supplies and mounts with them.

They hadn’t gone far when they heard rustling in the brush and trees to either side of them.

“Are we being followed?” a male voice whispered.

“Could they have caught up to us already?” a female voice answered keeping her voice down to match.

“We don’t have much of a lead, but I don’t think so,” the male responded, “It’s something else.”

“Should we make a run for it?”

“Not just yet,” he raised a hand, “Listen a moment.”

They continued for a few paces more, listening as the sounds on either side of them matched pace with their travel.

“How fast can you drive that buckboard?”

“Depends on how fast these two nags can pull it,” she answered, “You’ve got a stringer.  Getting those into a gallop together with your mount will be tough.  Better to set them loose.  Let’em run as a herd or split off.”

“What about the buckboard?”

“We’ve got to bring it,” she answered, “The false bottom almost unlatched when that Begglar fellow pulled the sled out.”

“Dergin and the others will be expecting that contraband, and you know what they’ll do to us if we fail.”

“Still, I feel a bit bad about leaving them.  They really don’t know what they’re in for.”

 

Blind Sighted – Chapter 38

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Writhing Waves)

The sinister silhouette tumbled, writhed and slithered toward us.  A Lovecraftian nightmare, all too real and all too dangerous for us to ignore.  We slowed our pace realizing that these things would be upon us in seconds and our weapons were woefully inadequate to defend us from the threat.  We had to get out of the fog.  We couldn’t fight what we could not see.  The young Moon Sprites were angry and hungry.  By whatever means of sensory function they had, we knew they would find us and savage us.  Equipped with hard black beaks, clacking and snapping wildly, each creature could bite and torque, twisting off gobbets of flesh.  These creatures worked in a frenzy, often causing victims to die from blood loss or shock, rather than from deeply wounded trauma.  Their white and silver bodies made wet slapping noises as they surged through the fog, and we backed away, struggling not to lose balance, but they were coming upon us very fast.

“We’re gonna die!” I heard Mason say as he tried to turn and run.

On any other day, I would have agreed with him and made tracks, but the sight and thought of those creatures getting the upper hand, and Maeven bleeding to death and this mission ending here did not sit well with me.  It made me angry and defiant.  “Not today, we’re not!”

“What’re you gonna do?”

“You ever pole-vaulted?”

“On ice?!”

“We have the spear and a bow.  Not much time and not much choice.  We either move away and get caught in the fog, or toward them and over them.  They’ll never expect it.  We deal with the cow sprite, and then the children.  Decide fast.”

“You’re putting this on me?!”

“Just asking you if you’ll join me in the attempt.”

They were almost upon us when I saw Mason nod and look me in the eye, “Let’s do this.”

I angled the point of the spear downward, just above the ice.  I had hoped when we vaulted to drive the tip into the ice without busting through while simultaneously pulling my body weight up by grasping one of the leather throwing thongs at the back of the spear.  We only needed to clear three feet in height and six feet in length.  Not a particularly difficult vault but running on snow and ice made it that much more of a feat.

Maeven’s recurve longbow was more than just a projectile firing weapon.  Its pointed wingtips where the woven string stretched tautly, called nocks, were capped with metal spurs, making the weapon versatile and useful as a brandishing weapon as well.  Its thickly curved staff and strong wood made Mason’s vault attempt with the bow not as improbable as it might have seemed.  The arced bows tapering from the grip to the upper and lower limbs were as thick as ram’s horns but vested with kinetic power.  Mason held his bow at the ready, the metal-tipped nock poised to gouge the ice.  Mason gripped the thick riser of the bow above the sight ready to pivot his weight over the bow.

The mad rush came almost at once.  Mason and I drove our instruments into the ice sheet and lept forward.

A slush of ice and writhing white eels passed under us as we left our feet.  Mason’s bow bent and it almost seemed as if it would give way, but its spring and power actually launched his body forward.

Much farther than I had expected.

Mason landed hard on the ice a good seven or eight feet, easily sliding past the last of the young Moon Sprites, but forward towards the waiting cow, sprawled at the base of the falls.  Mason spun, freeing his bow tip from the ice gouge and rolling upward with one leg extended for balance and one knee on the ice for counterbalance.

My effort was not so graceful.  The spear point jabbed into the ice, and I swung my legs forward, attempting to extend my reach as far as possible.  The toe of my shoe caught one of the bounding Moon Sprites in an enthusiastic leap forward, kicking it spinning back towards its matron, snapping wildly at the air, before landing with a wet thud on the ice.  My feet hit the ground not more than six inches from the tail of one of the straggler Moon Sprites, following the pack, and lunging forward to catch us.

Presently eyeless, yet with two flaring gill-like slits beyond the black beak, the one I missed stepping on, snapped from side to side, sensing motion and perceiving a scent of me somewhere close.  The water from the falls had frozen in layers, creating a smooth, barely perceptible slope downward towards the river outlet at the far side of the lake.  The momentum of these creatures drove them forward, and the slight slope encouraged their progress, albeit temporarily in the opposite direction of where Mason and I were now positioned.

Mason had drawn from his slung quiver, notched an arrow and let fly, piercing the hide of the cow sprite beyond.

My spear point had been driven into the ice, and partially punctured and splintered the ice sheet so that water poured out of the cut and fissure from beneath.  One young and angry Moon Sprite wriggled to my left, barely visible beneath the fog.  Ahead, the cow sprite, glared at me with angry, flashing eyes, the light from which was beginning to make me feel disoriented and slightly nauseous.  These were working in concert, for the Moon Sprite adult threatened to make me swoon, while the young one slithered hungrily towards me, its short nostril slits flaring.  I buckled to my knees, that strobing light pulsing into my temples until my head throbbed with pain.  That little brat sprite would chew my cheeks out and crawl down my throat to eat me from the inside.  A terrible thought, with the certainty of it, somehow planted into my brain and conveyed through those pulsing eyes of the adult.  Pure black hatred and evil pulling me into despair and toward oblivion.

Mason saw me slump over onto the ice, saw the wriggling young Moon Sprite nearly upon me, and responded by putting an arrow right through a silver eye of the matron Moon Sprite adult, driving the shaft deep into its skull.  The cow’s other eye fluttered, flashed once more, and then went completely black.

Something happened with the young Moon Sprite at that moment as well.  It was almost on top of me when suddenly it paused.  Its back arched and it whipped its head downward toward its matron, lying still on the ice, one eye jet black and opaque, the other eye gushing silver around the feathered shaft of a buried arrow.

My head buzzed with a ringing noise.  Tinnitus that sounded insectile.  My skin crawled and itched.  As my head began to clear I realized I had fallen and there was at least one remaining Moon Sprite too close for me to be anywhere prone.  I flailed for the honor sword, panicked when I could not find it, but then realized that the pulling to my left, indicated that the scabbard was beneath me and tugging on my belt.  I rolled to my right, hoping that I was rolling away from the Moon Sprite, and groggily made my way to my knees.  The Moon Sprite was still to my left, its head raised up on an arched neck, its nostrils flaring, and two darkening spots appearing upwards behind its clacking beak.  Suddenly the darkening spots blinked, and reappeared, with the faint glow of silver on them.  Eyes.  The young one had just been given eyes with the death of its matron.  I don’t know how I knew this, but I was certain of it.  That little mouthy white slug was about to be able to see us.

But not if I could help it.

My hand found the hilt of the honor sword and I drew it forth with a metallic wring, catching the sash and winding it as quickly as I dared.  The blade began to scintillate, and the foggy mists began to clear away from the blade, bringing that remaining Moon Sprite into relief.

I lunged with a sharp slash, partially cleaving its head from its body, sweeping it into the air like a limp dishrag.

And then we both heard it.

The sound of the other Moon Sprites turning back and heading our way.  Wet slaps, splashing and screeching noises, clicking and clacking black beaks, falling upon one another to get back up the slope and tear us apart.

From the far-right and behind us, something else moved swiftly our way, with the sound a steel marble might make as it is rolled across the surface of a wooden table.

The Pearl.

Something was happening with the Pearl.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (The Pool of Bethseda)

Far across the lake, where our company of travelers waited along the shoreline, a mist was rising off the lakebed, making the progress of our fellow fighters difficult to discern.  More and more of our companions were beginning to arm themselves, preparing to join us out on the ice.

Shadowed in dappled moonlight and mist, the travelers murmured as they scanned the frosty surface, noting a figuring growing more solid as it approached at a run.

Begglar stood along the shore leaning upon a quarterstaff with brass caps on the ends, serving as both a walking staff and a bludgeoning weapon.  Begglar watched the approaching figure, noticing his gait and the shifting of its body weight as it ran toward them.

“It is a male,” he muttered under his breath.

“Dominic?” Nell asked, hopefully.

“T’isn’t he,” Begglar sighed.

Nell made a slight high-pitched but soft sound in her throat, revealing her degree of worry.

“Begglar!” the voice came between breathy panting ahead of the runner out of the rising mists.

“Aye!” Begglar hailed him, “Here lad!”

The figure came angling toward their location, catching his breath as the others reached for him and guided him up onto the shore.  He sank down panting, clearly winded from the run through the frosts.

When he finally gathered himself together his first word caused them some puzzlement.

“Sugar,” he said, “Do you have any?”

Nell looked from the young man, up to Begglar who shrugged, and they squatted down to him, trying to understand the question.

“Why do ya want sugar, lad?”

“I need to know if you have any in the supplies.  Christie asked for it.  They’re bringing Maeven.  She’s been hurt and Christie needed sugar for some reason.”

“Aye,” he nodded, rising back up with the staff to aid him, “I’ll see to it.”

“Tell us about the others, son,” Nell pressed, “O’Brian, James and Dominic, and the other boys.  What’s happened to them.  Are they coming?”

“Dominic and James are helping Christie to bring Maeven to shore.  They should be here soon.  They others…” he trailed off.

“Out with it, lad,” Nelled asked more urgently, “what’s happened to the others?”

“They’re still out there…fighting those weird creatures…,” he took in another ragged breath, “O’Brian and Mason went to find Will.  He went off towards the falls.  O’Brian told us to go on and attend to Maeven.  There is a fifth one they went after.”

A young girl, Miray, by name, announced the approach of Christie, James, and Dominic carefully carrying Maeven, in an odd sort of way.  “There they are!” she cried, almost weeping with joy to see their shadowy shapes emerge from the mist.

Three other men and four women rushed out to help gather them in towards the shore.

“We were so worried about you all,” one exclaimed.  “What took you guys so long?” another asked.

“That was a foolish thing to do!” another groused.  “Let us help you there,” another offered.

But Christie ignored them, attending to her patient, careful not to let the dressing become displaced, assisting Dominic to keep Maeven’s torso beneath the wound, bearing part of the load herself.  As she came, she called out to Nell and Begglar, “She’s lost a lot of blood.  Did you find the sugar?  We need to start a fire quickly.  I need the wood ash.  The sugar will help but only to form a paste and some antiseptic benefit, but ash would work better.”

Begglar handed her a ceramic jar, with a metal clasp that he twisted open, as they lay Maeven down on a bed of grass near the bank.  “Sugar,” he said, “I keep potash from the campfires also.  I think it will suit your needs.”

He turned and headed back to the wagon.

Christie began to unpack Maeven’s wound and wipe some of the blood away from the edges of the gash.  She gently shook the thick granules of sugar into the wound which dissolved into the pooling blood but caked a little along the descending edges forming a kind of viscous paste.

Maeven moaned and murmured something that was not quite intelligible, but Christie continued working to spread the sugary paste along the sides and edges of the wound, while the others, who could bear to looked on.

Begglar returned with the ashes in a wooden staved bucket with a wire handle and metal strip bands binding it together.  He set the bucket down next to Christie, and put a metal scoop inside.  Christie nodded to him and then scooped the ash, sprinkling it generously into the wound.  James knelt beside her, holding Maeven’s hand, stroking her forehead to keep her calm.  Christie smiled to herself, noticing James’ particular gentleness and attention towards Maeven.  She wondered but said nothing.  She busied herself with unfastening the tourniquet to see if her ministrations had made any difference.  Maeven’s disorientation disturbed her and she hoped it did not signify that she had gone fully into hypovolemic shock.  The white grayish ash in the wound reddened into a pinkish color but appeared to have staunched the bleeding for now.  How much blood had she lost?  One and a half liters, maybe two.  Dangerous in either case.

Maeven muttered again, trying hard to say a word and strange phrase she had been repeating since they had lifted her off of the ice.

“Pulls.  Take me.”

Christie and James had thought that Maeven was indicated that they were pulling her too hard as they were carrying her, but even now, laying upon the ground she kept groggily insisting with the repeated phrase, “Pulls.  Take me.  Siloam.  Take me.  Remember Bethseda.”

It didn’t make sense, but Nell bent down to hear her this time, holding her other hand.

“Pulls.  Take me.  Siloam.  Bethseda.”

Something about those last two worlds seemed oddly familiar to her, and then Nell’s eyes widened.

“We’ve got to get her back out there.”

Christie jerked her head up, as did James and the others focusing on Nell.

“Didn’t you hear her?”

The others stared, blankly, the words seemed nonsensical but vaguely familiar as if they stood on the far edge of memory.

“Siloam.  Bethseda.  The healing pools under the waterfall.”

James’ jaw dropped.  “Of course.  Both were names of pools where figures in the story of the Ancient Texts received supernatural healing.  The Pool of Siloam, where the One has sent a blind man to wash and receive his sight, by following instructions.  The Pool of Bethseda, said to have been stirred by the angels of Heaven with remarkable healing properties.”

Begglar and Nell nodded and urged the others to assist them to bring Maeven back towards the wagon.  On the underside, beneath the planked bed of the wagon, Begglar pulled two wooden staves outward and lowered a small sled bound to the underside down to the ground.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

“What is this?” Christie queried.

“It is a sled, lassie,” he offered, as if that answered everything, “We all travel through snow country.  Our buckboards come with a sled underneath in case we ever got stranded in impassable snow with supplies that we could not leave behind.”

“What do you have in mind?”

“Have ya naught been listenin’?” he shook his head in exasperation, “We’ve gotta take her back out there.  The falls are frozen now.  There’s finally a chance ta get inta tha Ghost Pools, after all these years.”

“What does that have to do with Maeven?!  We’ve just got her to shore.  I’ve treated her wound.  She needs to rest and recover.  We’re not taking her back out there.  Those creatures on the ice nearly killed us.  She doesn’t need to be in this!”

Begglar put his hands on his hips.  Being of portly girth, it looked almost comical as he stood, glaring down at Christie, with her insistence, and he with his sureness that this idea of mystical pools offered Maeven something more than her medical expertise could offer.  “Like it or no, lassie.  Maeven’s requesting the Ghost Pools, and we’re deliverin’ her there.  Ya can stand aside, or be goin’ with us, but we’re takin’ her there.”

Christie clenched and unclenched her fists, ready to smack Begglar into the forthcoming week, but she saw a determination in his eyes that she had not seen before now.  Begglar had done everything she had asked of him.  Produced the sugar, brought forth the ash, and she could not afford to resist him at this point, should Maeven get any worse.  She had done all she knew to do.  Maeven was now in the Hands of Providence, and Begglar and Nell, who had known Maeven far longer than she had, and had much more of a history to their friendship, deserved the chance to try to participate in saving Maeven as well, however, misguided it might seem to her.  Perhaps Maeven could sleep on the sled as they dragged her back across the lake.  At least she might cease straining herself if she felt they were taking action on her strange requests.

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (Silver Sight)

Out on the surface of the lake, the four Moon Sprites hung slouched over the ice, slumped into the pockets where they had been slain.  No silver mercurial blood splattered or marked their death.  A gathering of frost encrusted their bodies, as the wind picked up over the surface of the lake.  Their hoary heads, once full of writhing white tentacles with black beaks on the ends, were now devoid of those writing limbs.  Marks of worm-like northern passages in the snow were rapidly covered and swept by the wind, erasing all traces of the trek of the surviving Moon Sprite brood.

Four adult Moon Sprites had perished in a semi-circular ring out on the lake, as they had moved in to kill the Manticore that had foolishly entered their waters.  Now, these dead adults would be avenged by nearly sixty of their hellish progeny.  All slithering silently under the lake mists towards the Falls.

Each of these new broods had something they had lacked while attached to their matrons in each nest.  Eyes.

Each of these writhing, disgusting creatures now had an individual pair of flashing silver eyes that made their approach across the frozen lake look like the onrushing charges of a lightning storm.

Born of Water, Born of Fire – Chapter 37

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Ministering to Maeven)

“How is she?” James asked, upon arriving where Christie knelt by Maeven.

Christie leaned back, rubbing her hands on her thighs trying to get the numbness out and the blood flowing.

“Well,” she sighed, “The bleeding’s stopped thanks to the tourniquet.  Her wound is packed temporarily.  The ice has reduced the swelling around the wound and the blood vessels have shrunk impeding the flow from the gash.  I need to take that tourniquet off, but every time I try it, the blood starts flowing again.  Something’s preventing her blood from clotting.  Something was injected into her.  An anticoagulant.  She’s lost a lot of blood, and I can’t risk her bleeding out anymore.  She’s too anemic.  I need to get her off the ice, but right now it is the only thing, besides the tourniquet keeping her from exsanguination.  Her options don’t look good.  She is warmly clothed, but it’s wet and prolonged exposure to the ice may cause her to go into shock or be damaged by frostbite or hypothermia.”

Maeven moved her head from side to side, evidently hearing her prognosis, and wanting to say something, but Christie hushed her.

“Sweetie, I know, I know.  Don’t stress yourself.  I need you to calm yourself.  Keep your heart rate down.”

Maeven worked her lips, which were growing more pale and bluish by the moment.

Christie had raised Maeven’s injured leg so that it would be above her heart and perhaps somehow slow the bleeding.  The swiftly applied tourniquet and the packed strips of cloth she’d used to apply pressure and staunch the flow, were the reason Maeven was still alive.  She’d wrapped a piece of her cloak around scrapings from the ice to create a cold compress and shrink the natural swelling.  She had rinsed the wound with water from a wineskin flask and then had cut and used the wineskin as a wound covering to seal it against infection and tied the tourniquet above the wound to hold it in place.

“Can we move her?” Matt asked.

Christie paused a moment in thought.  Then responded, “If we do, I don’t want her heart raised above that wound.  Is there a way James could carry her lower torso since he’s taller?  Perhaps, Dominic, you can catch her under her arms and upper torso?”

The men moved forward to help and Matt asked, “What do you need me to do?”

“Go ahead quickly and ask Begglar and Nell if they have any sugar in the supply wagon?”

“Sugar?”

“Yeah, you heard me.  Now scoot!”

Matt took off shuffling and sliding as fast as he could while Christie supervised the careful lifting of Maeven according to her direction.  She had wondered about the log with the limbs, thinking perhaps it could be used as a travois but she wasn’t sure that Maeven could ride it inverted in her condition.

She’d read somewhere that ash would also staunch a bleeding wound, so if the sugar didn’t work fast enough, she hoped the ash would.  She would hate to have to cauterize the wound with her knives, but if it came to that she knew she would have to muster up the courage to do what was necessary.  Frontier medicine at its best, she mused.  Maeven wouldn’t die on her watch.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Waking Will)

Meanwhile, Mason and I knelt beside Will and tried to wake him.  The pearl circulated nearby, rolling in extending gyres, having siphoned off the silver blood from Will’s body pulling the remaining smears for mercurial blood beads along its wake with its strange sort of magnetism.

I have been hesitant to ascribe any sort of sentience to the object, though it seemed to move in deliberate patterns and to be set about on a purpose as if it had some organic awareness within its polished shell.  Its movements were smooth and sweeping, however, and its speed was variegated to its tasks.  I scanned around us, hoping to spot whomever it was that might be controlling it remotely.  I sincerely doubted that this world had developed an RF frequency technology on their own, but since we modern Surface Worlders were roaming these lands, it was possible, however improbable as it seemed to me, that another Surface Worlder, not of our party, might also be roaming these lands independently.  I had never heard of concurrent forays from the outer lands, but I was not privy to all the aspects of this Mid-World and the known portals.  Something else was going on, and I did not know what.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Pondering The Power of The Pearl)

The pearl was still a part of the supernatural world, as it was present in this Mid-World.  Somehow, I could sense that it occupied two different realities in the same instance.  No other creature or object had given me that feeling, but something about this particular object felt special.  A fragment of an Ancient verse came unbidden to my mind.

“..on earth as it is in heaven.  Whatsoever that you bind on earth, shall be bound in heaven.”  Matthew 16:19, 18:18

Suddenly this fragment struck me as odd and incongruent with my understanding of the physical and supernatural worlds.  What could possibly need to be bound in heaven?  Wasn’t heaven the throne room of the Almighty?  The realm of dwelling for the angels and supernatural beings surrounding the throne.  No evil could abide in God’s Presence, yet there were by implication somethings that needed binding and to be set loose.  What human action or interaction would possibly affect two realities.  Yet the concept was there.  Nagging at me on the edge of my subconsciousness.

So far, the giant pearl seemed to act and react, in particular, towards the spilled blood of the Moon Sprite creatures.  No, I corrected myself.  That is not entirely true.  It reacted to the blood of the Manticore as well.  Something they all seemed to have in common.

I had no doubt that the bizarre Moon Sprites were solely creatures of the Ether-Natural Between region where the portals connected through to our World.  Though kept from physically entering the Surface World by the Forbidding of the One, these denizens of darkness did have access to the Mid-World of creation’s metaphysical echo, to the extent of the progress of mankind.  I had a sense that the Manticore also was brought together into this weird hybridized creature by passage through the portal gates with contact to a beast of the ancient Surface World.  Both of these strange creatures were in essence creatures birthed within the Ether-Natural and belonged to it.  The residual human part of the Manticore was the only anomaly.  Another verse sprang to my memory:

“6 That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.” [John 3:6 KJV]

Words of the One, spoken to a teacher of the law, by the Giver of the law governing the existence of the universe and all within it.  A key idea.

“5 …”I assure you, no one can enter the Kingdom of God without being born of water and the Spirit.” [John 3:5 NLT]

Of course.  These creatures were brought into being not by birth through water but of fire.  Their blood burned and scorched anyone of flesh who touched it.  The strange Pearl was expunging their fire from this Mid-World.  Cleansing it and cleaning up after the damage done.  Maeven, as a person of the Surface World, the same as any one of us, had been born both of water and of spirit.  Her blood, though tragically shed by that monster, did not need to be cleansed from the Mid-World because her presence here was not in abhorrence of creation’s ordained order.  She belonged.  But I knew if she were to die as a result, she would make the journey ahead in spirit alone.  Maeven’s presence in this Mid-World was beyond the portal transit, and beyond the transient touches of sleep-awakening.  If Maeven were to die here, she would never again awaken in the Mid-World.

Nell and I had discussed Maeven and her uniqueness regarding the connections to the story she related.  A story of sentient Surface World animals, anthropomorphized.  A distancing of personhood by extension.  Some painful memories dealt with and made sense of by putting types and characters into a place where the reality does not trigger such pain because the characters are projected into animals.  Maeven had a fondness for animals, so it would make sense that she would deal with her traumas by extension.  Nell had said she had lost her husband and children in a tragic accident.  It would certainly make sense why she might want to flee that terrible reality into an existence made possible by this extended Mid-World sojourn.  Her body was in a coma, her brain was active, but her lungs relied on machines to keep oxygen flowing steadily to her brain in twilight.  Nell had said that Begglar had returned to the Surface World to find out about Maeven and had found her in hospital.  I had wondered how Begglar had located Maeven in the Surface World, knowing only her first name, but it seems that her first name was particularly uncommon.  Less than 1,639 according to the census bureau statistical probability and of the 327.8 million people in the United States alone there was only 1.  Maeven was unique not only in name but precious to us as a valued and trusted friend.  We could not let her leave us so soon.  Like her story, her life was still unfinished, no matter how much distance she tried to put between herself and her waking life in the Surface World, I could not let her depart without having done all we could do in our power to preserve her life here.  She had lost a lot of blood.  The Manticore’s sting had bite and had drawn some of her life’s blood away from her.  Christie was a very competent and resourceful nurse, one could easily see that, but what was needed was some kind of miracle intervention.  And oddly, I believed that dealing with these quasi-supernatural beings and dispatching them back to their Ether World domain, would benefit Maeven’s precarious condition in some way.

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (The Purpose of The Pearl)

Will appeared to be clear of the silvered blood, except for his ankle which hobbled him in pain.  From what I could gather, this was how the scenario had played out.  Will was unsuccessful in killing the Moon Sprite and only succeeded in causing it to escape from the ice pocket holding it and crawl out onto the surface.  Will went after it, was wounded in the attempt, but still managed to wound the Moon Sprite as well.  His spear lodged into the tail flank of the Moon Sprite as it slid and slithered in a side to side motion across the ice, headed toward the frozen waterfalls.  Silver blood-smeared and flowed from its wound and Will stepped and slid in it while attempting to pursue the creature.  The tether that allowed the spear-thrower to pull the spear back, pulled him off his feet and dragged him after the creature in flight.  The substance got on his shoes and splashed onto an exposed ankle causing him to fall and writhe and wretch in pain, such that he could not walk or focus on anything else.  From the circular grooves surrounding Will, I surmised that the giant Pearl moved around him, attempting to alleviate Will’s pain, but either Will was oblivious to it, or distrustful of its intent, refusing to allow it to get near him while he curled around his pain, moaning and weeping in agony.  Only when he had passed out, was the Pearl able to move in and draw the silver off of his cloak, as we had witnessed upon our arrival.

With the realization of what the Pearl was effectively doing as it pertained to the fire born creatures, there was only one other application that I could think of relating to the Pearl that might make the difference for Maeven.  But we were at the mercy of the intentions driving the Pearls actions.  We had to follow the Pearl and allow it to complete its purposes, before we could retrieve it again and bring it to service Maeven’s wounds.

The Pearl oscillated nearby, clearly waiting for some development with Will’s condition, before it moved ahead to pursue the remaining Moon Sprite into the log fog leading up to the frozen falls in the distance.

“We’re going to have to hold him down, Mason.”

“What do you mean?”

“We need to let the Pearl take the remaining silver blood from his ankle, but Will may fight us.”

Mason knelt down, and I joined him in a crouch.

The Pearl had cleared the smeared silver from the ground and we were able to approach Will without the possibility of getting more of that stinging silver on us.

“He’s not gonna know what we’re doing if he comes to.  He’ll try to fight us, thinking we are the Moon Sprite.”

Mason nodded, “I’ll get a good grip on him.  Let’s do this.”

So, effectively, we pounced on Will.  And, as predicted, he came to, bucking and thrashing at us in blind panic.  We pinned his arms, and Mason struggled to keep his legs from kicking until finally he was forced to throw his body weight upon him and stun and wind him for a moment.

Will’s legs went rigid for about a half-second and the Pearl raced forward into that space of time and bounced against his exposed ankle like a silver ball to a bumper in a classic pinball machine.  A sleeve of silver seemed to peel away from the ankle, with threads of silver trailing.  Evidently more of the blood had moved up within his pants leg as he lay thrashing about in the wake of the Moon Sprite.  Angry red welts were left by the peeling away, but I knew in time they would heal.  The silver blood resolved itself into the pearl’s shimmering surface, winding the streaming strands like twine into a growing ball.  Will would be alright, so Mason and I pulled back and rolled off of Will, allowing him to breathe and recover, while we continued our pursuit of the Moon Sprite.

Already the Pearl was rolling away from us, seeming to meander from the left to the right, but tracing the side to side trail of silver on the bloody trail of the Moon Sprite.

Mason picked up his bow, notched an arrow and I snatched up Will’s fallen spear now cleansed of the silver blood.

I wound the drawback tethers between my knuckles, knowing that these might be necessary if a short throw or jab missed its mark.  The hard-edged fin on the bull Moon Sprite had effectively deflected and blocked James’ attempts to face off with the beast using his halberd, and I had no illusions that this cow with both fins freed, now that she was on the surface of the ice, might just as easily thwart my attempts to get in a good piercing shot through its thick hide.

As the frost, chill, and wind coming off the lake was still very cold and growing colder, we knew we both had to keep our legs moving to stay warm.  We headed forward into the mist, seeing the great icy teeth of the falls just ahead, and a cleft opening within the ice curtains showing the cave opening beyond it.

Maeven had said the caverns behind the waterfall had been sealed off years ago, but the gap ahead of us, between the ice daggers, offered us a way inside them that was not possible before.

I also knew, if the Pearl were to leave the surface of the Trathorn Basin lake, that brief doorway would close again in an instant under the force of thousands of pounds of falling ice and water.  We had to be quick or Will, Maeven, Christie, Dominic, James, and Matthew would find themselves suddenly out in the middle of a frosty lake of melting ice and might drown before they could reach the shore.  Mason and I felt compelled to investigate.  I believed Will should be alright here for a few minutes more, and we would come back for his shortly.  He’d been through an ordeal, but since the Pearl had cleared him of the Moon Sprite blood, he would be sore when he woke up and perhaps needed what few more minutes of rest could be afforded him.

We loped and shuffled forward, the mists and fog growing thicker around our feet.  Mason kept pace with me, but allowed me to move slightly ahead of him, as he was growing more and more uneasy as the fog grew increasingly dense.  It appeared as if we were wading through a sea of clouds and I almost remarked upon it to help distract Mason from his increasing dread that we might step blindly into a break in the ice and fall through.  Only the urgency of Maeven’s declining condition and the sense of time rapidly sifting away compelled me to move forward as quickly as we were without as much caution as I should have had.

Ahead, just a few feet shy of the edge of the jagged teeth of the Falls, the white and silver humpback of the fifth Moon Sprite islanded out of the fog with a silver gash that sparkled in the bluish light.  We heard the sound of wet slapping and a sort of barking, gagging noise that sounded odd, as the hump undulated through the smoky sea.  The grit of ice flakes made crunching sounds under our feet as we shuffle walked forward towards the heaving silverback, but we suddenly noticed a new and disturbing mix of sounds beyond the noise of our footfalls.  Ss-ss, Ss-ss, SS-ss noises, all in succession, like that of a bow saw, pulled and thrust across an ice log.

When next the Moon Sprite rose, we caught sight of its strobing eyes, flashing like an emergency beacon, sending flashes of light into the low fog, and back-lighting the writhing, shadowy tumble of dozens of young, serpentine Moon Sprites flopping and slithering across the frozen surface, headed our way.  The strobing flashes of light were diminishing in intensity, and the cow Moon Sprite’s head was devoid of its unique living crown of hair.

Taking the Fifth – Chapter 36

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (The Log)

I watched as Mason made his way carefully across the ice, scanning its surface for weak spots.  A brisk wind swept across the lake surface, which would normally have caused rippling and eddying, but now only caused a haze of stinging ice crystals to swirl and gust and bounce along the frozen top.  Mason’s clothes flapped with what I knew would be a painfully cold chill since he’d gotten wet as well.  I saw him stagger for a moment until the strength of the wind abated, and then lean forward into it and trudge on.  Such a determined young man.

In a few moments, I saw Matt get up and join him and together they began pulling the large log back toward us over the ice.  This had better work, I thought.  These last few moments alone had told me all I needed to know about Matthew, Mason, and James regarding our shared quest.  They were men of character that could be counted on when things went south.  Just the sort we needed if we were to survive this together.

A few minutes more, and Mason and Matthew arrived towing the log behind them with a hand on a branch and their weapons in their other free hands.

“We gonna ram it?” Matt asked as they dragged it up to me.

“Something like that.  This thing cannot respond to an attack on more than one front, and we cannot risk getting too close to jab, hack or punch at it, as long as it has that free arm loose.”

“So, what do you want us to do?” Mason asked.

“Bring it around from behind.  James’ll keep it distracted from the front.  Dominic and I can feint and jab at it from the wings, and you two can push the log and ram it cross-wise from the rear.”

“And there’s this,” Matt added, showing me that he had picked up Maeven’s bow and arrows from the ice and had slung the quiver and bowstring behind his back.

“Excellent,” I praised him for his foresight, “How good are you with a bow?”

“Passable,” he shrugged, “Mason’s a tad better.”

“Then you’d better let Mason have the bow.  Wouldn’t want a miss to shoot into one of us if we are encircling this beast.  Do you have a preferred weapon?”

Matt pulled the cudgel with the studded mace head on the end from his belt.

“I figure this will do,” he tapped the upper handle with an open palm and gripped the lower handle with a fist, “Works like a baseball bat.  Right?”

“Just about, though you’ll want to give the end a quick torque twist as you land your blow.  Let the studded end do its damage without getting it hung up in the meat of your enemy.”

He wrinkled his nose and guffawed, slightly amazed at how matter-of-fact I was in speaking of an assault.

“It’ll do that?”

“You bet,” I told him, “so hold back a little for the twist and release.  These weapons may seem simple, but they are tools that need an artisan’s appreciation to wield them.  A hang-up with a mace or mattox or battle-ax can cost you your life.  Come into your attack always with some form of an exit strategy and pull away.  Get a sense of your strike path and the way to get clear of it.”

“What if I throw it?”

“Then you need a backup weapon because you’d better count on losing it.  This isn’t like in the movies.  Here even the heroes miss their mark, get tired, beaten or deceived and made a fool of.”

“So how do we get close enough to hit it?” Mason asked.

“That’s what the log is for.  You ram it against the ice.  Pin it from the back so it cannot spin around to meet your charge head-on and then you press your attack.”

“I hope it works,” Matt grinned.

“Yeah, me too,” I answered back.

Mason traded the bow and quiver sling with Matt, for his battle-ax/war hammer combo weapon.

“Don’t shoot me now,” Matt teased Mason, as he notched an arrow to the string, getting a feel for its tension, before sliding the arrow back into the quiver sling.

Mason narrowed his eyes at the slight, and growled, “Just don’t go getting in the way, Mr. Pin Cushion.”

“Guys, you wanna focus here?  Maeven hasn’t much time.  The sooner we get this over with the better.”

They grabbed either side of the log and began to slide it off and around to the far west side of the bull Moon Sprite, just 45 feet ahead of us.

“Dominic,” I called out to him, and he turned his head briefly and then faced the Moon Spite again, dodging its swinging arm assault.

“See, if you can move out to the east side of James.  I’ll fill this position and attack it from this angle.  James, keep its focus on your halberd there.  I believe it views you as its greatest threat right now.”

Dominic nodded and then fell back a few paces and crossed behind James to move from the left side to the right, causing the creature’s strobing eyes to shift towards their movement.”

It was just enough to allow Matt and Mason, to shift out of the creature’s field of vision and move the log behind the creature and get into position without being glared down.  I moved forward into the assault position that Dominic had vacated, as soon as the young men were fully behind the raging Moon Sprite.

I unsheathed the Honor Sword, and carefully wound the bloodline sash to my wrist and forearm, my eyes roving the icy surface just beyond the creature, searching for a glimpse of the present progress and whereabouts of the mysterious giant pearl.  My momentary distraction almost cost me my head.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

I felt the whoosh and breeze of the monster’s hard blunted limb pass just below my chin, mere inches from catching the point of my chin, wrenching my neck and knock my head with a blow that would have snapped my spine.

Distraction in a battle was a killer, I knew that, but stupid me, though seasoned in conflict, was still susceptible to it.

I brought my blade up, noticed its crackling blue sheen, and the way it seemed to move through the air with something like a double-exposure smear, as I circulated my hands and acclimated to its waft and weight once again.  I wondered if I could call upon the verses of the Ancient Text again to enhance our arsenal against this Moon Sprite, but I wasn’t quite sure if this creature was a denizen of the Mid-World or an Ether-Natural from the crossing gates.  I whispered a prayer, for either circumstance, knowing that ultimately, this battle was in the hands of the One.

James’s blade clanged and scraped at the Moon Sprite’s hard forearm as if he had been striking a metal pipe fence.  I could tell he was growing tired, and his arms were slackening with each assault and pull back.  If James were not relieved soon, he would collapse from exhaustion.  My skill with a halberd was adequate, but I did not have near the upper body strength that James had to wield it effectively.  On the other hand, however, Dominic, who had been a farmhand and was used to chores around the Inn, from the time that he could walk until now, did have a stout body and perhaps would last longer with the halberd than I, as it had proven itself to be the most effective weapon against these sea creatures.  I focused once again on the Moon Sprites lashing forearm as it came around for another pass, having glanced off of James’ parry.  Rather than meeting the hard metal-like leading edge, I dipped my blade underneath it, and thrust upward, meeting with somewhat softer flesh and shaving my blade along it.  The creature bellowed as the honor sword peeled its inner skin back and exposed the ligature, gristle, and muscle that allowed its limb to flex outward.  A spray of silver misted the beast and bathed it in the metallic blood.  An “Ahhhh” noise came from its mouth as its breath was sucked in through its barbed forest of teeth.  I used that instance to get James’ attention.

“James!” I called over, “switch weapons with Dominic and fall back.  You need a break.  You’re winded.”

“Dominic, can you handle a halberd?”

The men did not look like they wanted to surrender or give up their positions, but their bodies told another story.

“Better do it soon, guys,” I added as I saw Matt and Mason dig their feet into the ice and get ready to pull the log in from behind.

Reluctantly, James let his halberd blade dip and then slowly descend to the ice, as Dominic moved in and pitched the maced cudgel toward him handle first.  James caught it in his free hand and swept the staff end outward so that Dominic to take it from him.  Dominic shifted and crossed in front of James, holding the halberd in a warding, two-handed grip, his lower hand edging upward to the middle of the shaft to find the balance shift sweet spot.

James shook out the stiffness in his arms, as he let fall the mace head and caught the end of the shaft.  With his other hand, he slipped the leather thong strap over his wrist, as if he had handled one of these before.  Fanning out his finger he let loose of the handle and caught the edge of the grip as the slack in the thong lessened and opened wider, reducing the twist in the strap.  He shook his arms relieving the tension and knotting in the muscles.

The Moon Sprite had drawn its wounded limb up and back away but was preparing for another slash.  We could see the threat of it in its bunched-up shoulder muscles and its throbbing arterial veins, the enraged flashes strobing from its eyes, its teeth champing in savage bites, its belly rising and falling like a bellows.

“Oh crap!” James exclaimed, “Get back.  Its gonna…”

Dominic, James and I began to run for distance or cover even before James could finish.  The churning and bellow’s like motion told us what was about to happen, and there was no way or time for me to warn the two boys pushing the incoming log towards the back of the beast at an increasing speed.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Spew)

About the very moment that the large log crashing into the creature’s back, is when a black explosion of oily, slimy, and acidic pieces of rot and half-consumed chunks of fish and other things best not guessed upon erupted from the vile maw of the creature, spewing that steamy filth across the ice.

We had turned away from it, but the odor that followed and misted off of it in steamy clouds was putrid, vile and sulfurous.  The stench alone could cause a man to pass out, and we slid and scrambled as far away from it as we possibly could get.

Mason and Matt, were thankfully out of the line of fire, and were not affected by the projectile assault, but instead rained down a version of their own with a vengeance.  Two arrows lodged into the white fish-belly pale hide of its back, with a Thwock! Thwock! sound and a pop as if some internal air bladder had been punctured.  The creature reared its head backward, the log impeding its ability to turn as Matt launched upward from the log, the war hammer/battle-ax in one hand and the mace-cudgel in the other.  His strikes came down with such force on the top of the Moon Sprite that there was an audible crack sound that echoed across the lake as they met their mark.  The creature’s eyes flared, and its jaws involuntarily closed with violence, clipping off a piece of its own tongue.  It slouched and sank downward, its large mass lolling forward onto the ice.  The bull Moon Sprite was dead.

James, Dominic and I let out a collective breath none of us knew the other ones had been holding.  Vaporous steam poured from our mouths as we rose slowly to our feet, the black gelatinous and lumpy puddle fanned out before us.

And then we heard Matt start screaming.

We were on our feet and running around the blackness within seconds, rounding the perimeter of the kill zone, and arcing to rush to Matt’s aid.  He had slid down from behind the monster but was covered in scalding silver blood.

I scanned the ice field, looking again for the whereabouts of the giant pearl.  The dark grey of the ice shone with patches of white sheers.  Granules of ice beads bounced and swirled in the night air, but I could not see…

There is was.

A line of bluish, phosphorescent dust, cast powdery flakes of white into the air as the orb rolled towards us, leaving that plowed furrow on either side of it to mark its path.  Matt clung to the log, his knuckles white, and a sheen of silver streaking his neck, cheek, and forehead.  He’d released both weapons when they became embedded into the head of the beast, and they now stuck, handles upward like a pair of spiked horns from its slumped cranium, silver spray gushing from the two mortal wounds.  We tried to get Matt to release his grip on the log to be able to pull him away from the silver flood from the monster, but he held to it like a vise.  Mason, thinking quickly, began to tug the east end of the log backward, to get it to pivot away from the back of the dead Moon Sprite and in so doing pull Matt away from it as well.  Recognizing the wisdom of the move, we joined Mason and were able to pull the log and Matt far enough back from the dead creature that the silver no longer rained down on him.

The pearl arrived just in time and drove a clearing path right into the thickest pool of silver, seeming to suck the mercurial liquid back into itself.  We stepped back from Matt, as the orb arced around from the cleared pool, following the smears of silver that Matt’s pulled body had left on the ice.  The pearl silvered in a mottled white and black reflective sheen, as it gathered into itself all evidence of the violence leading up to this moment.  Finally, it approached Matt’s body, bumping and nudging it gently, as streams of silver, traveled in living rivulets off of his body and face and arms and chest, easing the burning and calming him down with each pass.  Matt’s hands still bore fleck of silver, but they were lifted upward, and his grip was fastened to the twisted branch of the large log.

“Matt,” I called out to him, trying to get his attention.  His eyes were clenched shut, and his breathing was coming in short gasps.  He was hyperventilating, and terrified, and unaware of what was happening beyond the pain he was feeling.  He did not notice that the silver had left the rest of his body, but his clenched fists still registered the intense burning he felt in his hands.

“Matthew,” I said in a gentler, calmer voice, “Let go of the tree.  It cannot take the burning stains from your hands if you don’t let it touch you.”

Tears flowed from the corners of Matt’s eyes, as he continued to clutch tightly to the tree.  Through clenched teeth, I heard him say, “I can’t.  I can’t.”

I approached him along with James, Dominic, and Mason, and we placed our hands on Matt, seeking to soothe him and let him know we were there for him.

“Matt,” Mason said, “Let us help you, you knucklehead.”

I saw a smile creep into the corners of James and Dominic’s expressions and I am sure that something of the kind was present on my own countenance.

“Matt, the Pearl can clean it off you, but you have to let it touch your skin.  You have to trust us.”

“It burns,” Matt said barely above a whisper.

“I know it does.  This blood is unnatural.  No telling what else it might do to you.  That is why you need to release your grip and touch the Pearl.”

“You need to get me to a doctor or a hospital,” Matt said taking in shallow breaths, still adamantly clinging to the branch.

James chimed in, “In case you didn’t notice it, son.  We are a long way from normal experiences and civilization.  You’re going to have to trust in and rely on the only forms of medicine they have here.  But that is not gonna happen until you release that branch.”

“It hurts,” he said, and another tear spilled down his cheek, squeezed out from his tightly shut eyes.

“Have a little faith, Matt,” Dominic added, “We’re not gonna let ya down, now are we?”

Matt slightly opened his eyes, blinking and disoriented, and through tear waited for his vision to clear.

He saw us knelt around him, reassuring him, our looks of concern, compassion, and empathy apparent in our faces.  All focused on him.  All pulling for him.  Brothers-in-arms.

And then he softened his grip on the branch and unfolded his hands in supplication, tears still flowing down his cheeks.

His palms bore angry red welts, with a crooked line of silver searing into his flesh, zig-zagging around his wrists and knuckles like a running tattooed series of lightning strikes, jagged and twisted.  His knuckles swelled in a rheumatoid arthritis fashion as if they had become larger by three times their normal size.

The giant pearl oscillated below, waiting in that wobbling fashion as it had done for me.

Matt’s eyes shifted downward, following our gaze and was startled to see the spinning and wobbling giant pearl so close to him, that he started to move away from it.  But we placed our hands on his shoulder reassuringly.

“Go ahead.  Offer it your hands and see what happens.”

Matt looked at us with uncertainty, but then extended his hands, setting them to rest upon its smooth and softly glowing surface.  We watched the look on his face change from trepidation, to a slight sleepiness to awe and wonder, as we knew it would.  Matt felt the cooling, soothing effects from the Pearl, as I had, and I knew everything was going to be alright with him.  Finally, he lifted his hands from the globe, and the Pearl suddenly turned, shot through the gap in my kneeling legs and rolled away from us, picking up speed as it went.

Matt turned the palms of his hands upward, and marveled, seeing only renewed pink flesh, with no evidence that the silver burning has occurred.

We all stood to our feet and turned once again to where Maeven lay attended by Christie in the distance.

I could not fathom all that had just happened and knew I would need many days to process it all, but one thing still disturbed me about this mysterious pearl.

Why had it not seemed to help Maeven.  What was going on with it?  Did we need to get her back on land before we could help her and use the Pearl in some way to make her better?  I just didn’t know.  How much additional blood had she lost while we were fighting the five…..?

I paused.  The realization hit me like a steel hammer.

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (The Fifth)

There had been five of these Moon Sprites when we’d entered the lake.  We had killed one upon entering the killing ring, where the Moon Sprites has stalked the Manticore into the center of the lake.  We had dealt with the Manticore where Maeven had received her injury, and from there we had moved clockwise to the west killing two more female Moon Sprite nesters and then the bull.  The fifth one was missing.  We could see it nowhere else on the lake where it had been, forming part of the circling hunt ring.  Had it gone under?  Was it even now stalking us from below the ice?

“What is it?” Matt asked, seeing me pause and turnabout as if looking for my own shadow.

“There were five of these, weren’t there?”

James stared at me, the realization coming swiftly to his mind as well.

Mason, reached back behind his shoulder and drew out an arrow from his quiver, notching it to the string and then holding its arrow pointed shaft with thumb and forefinger to the guide.  His draw arm flexed, adding tension to the arrow, ready for whatever might be coming at us next.

“Where’s Will?  Has anyone seen, Will?”

When we’d last seen him, he’d been standing by when we’d confronted the first Moon Sprite.  He’d come with us onto the ice, bearing a short spear, with a long leaf-shaped blade on a metal shaft fastened to a five-foot ash pole.  A very effective weapon which would have been very helpful in dealing death from a short distance.  Two leather straps were bound to a capped end ring.  The thongs were double-wrapped through so that the bearer could gather the loose strap ends in a throwing fist, adding thrust strength into a throw, with the possibility of drawing the shaft back, in case the throw missed its intended mark.  If I had to guess, I believed that the whereabouts of Will might, in some way, be connected with the disappearance of the fifth Moon Sprite.  Together we scanned the surface of the lake, looking for any sign of Will and the Moon Sprite in the approximate distance where we last saw the creature.  White powdered dust swirled in twists and eddies, gusting across the frosted landscape.  The moonlight dimmed behind silver clouds, making it difficult to see for very far.

“There he is,” Mason pointed.  We turned toward the far end, in the area where the massive and icy columns and chandeliers of spiked frozen water poured in a stilled cascade down the edge of the cliffside.  Trathorn Falls’ frozen teeth.

A figure sat slumped on the ice.  From the distance, it did not look good.  But, we had to be sure.

“Mason, come with me,  Bring the bow.”

I turned to James, and Matt and Dominic.

“We’ll go check it out,” I cleared my throat.  The chill and ice grit was making it raw, and my ears stung with the cold.  “Go help Christie get Maeven to shore.  Matt and Dom, there must’ve been a good reason Maeven wanted us to bring that log, so I need you guys to drag it back to where Maeven is.  See what she wanted with it.  Keep her as calm as you can.”

James nodded, and Matt said, “I’m on it.”

As we temporarily parted ways, I joined Mason and we shuffled and loped towards the slumped figure in the distance.

The figure was not clear, a mere shaded lump of dark along the surface of the ice, diffused by the moonlight gilded fog rising off the cold surface.

“What do you think he was up to?” Mason asked as we shuffled along, careful not to fall.

“I don’t think he was particularly happy being teased about the AK-47 gun, with the first one, so perhaps he thought he had something to prove going alone against the fifth one.”

“What a dumb thing to do,” Mason opined.

I concurred.  “He did not know anything about these creatures.  It was foolish and impulsive.  But I think there is something else going on with him too.  Something he is trying to prove to himself.”

“Well, he acts like he’s got a chip on his shoulder.  Thinks he’s better than us,” Mason volunteered.

“I suspect there is more to it than that.  People who act superior tend to do so because deep down they feel inferior and it frustrates them and makes them feel angry and ashamed of themselves.  They act out by rejecting and bullying others before others are given the chance to reject them.  Human nature.  It doesn’t help them feel any better, it just is how they vent.  The sad thing is, what they desire most is acceptance and validation, true friendship, but their actions just drive people away.”

Mason nodded, more to himself than to me and we continued onward as he mulled that over.

We walked for some time, the image in the distance growing sharper, and some noise issuing from its general direction.

“Where do you think that other Moon Sprite is?” Mason asked.

“I dunno,” I shrugged, scanning the surface of the ice for any indication.

“Do you think it might be under us?”

I noticed Mason’s voice getting slightly higher, a tell-tale indication that fear threatened to make him regret making this trek with me.

“If this ice is thick enough for us to walk on, that means it will be harder for anything underneath to break through it without a very hard head and some fairly good momentum.”

“Could there be more than just the five?”

“That possibility has crossed my mind.”

Mason was silent and growing more and more uneasy.  After a few yards more, Mason asked, “Why do you think, Maeven wanted us to bring that log?”

I had a feeling I knew why but was reluctant to tell Mason about it because I could sense he was already very nervous about what we had been through putting down the Moon Sprites and what might be ahead of us with the “last” one.  I was especially reluctant, after his prior question, but I sensed that if I answered evasively, I would miss the opportunity to further gain his trust.  So, I answered honestly.

“I believe the log is related to why Maeven was so desperate for me not to try to pick up the pearl just yet.”

“What do you mean?”

“Think about it.  The lake flash froze the very second the pearl rolled down and touched the water.”

I let that implication linger.

“So, if you pick it up…?”

“Yeah.”

“And the log?”

“Flotation in case we found ourselves in the middle of the lake and had trouble swimming back to shore.”

“And if there were more than five…” he paused, the implication dawning on him.

Coupled with the admission before that he couldn’t swim, it seemed that Mason had risked the most coming out onto the lake with us, which made his following me now much more of a sign of faith and courage than I had had time to consider.

“You’re a brave young man, Mason.  You know that?”

Mason nodded as if he had not heard a word I said but was just responding as if he had.

“Right now, I am feeling pretty stupid too.  I came out to help, but I can’t swim, and I can’t help remembering…” He turned to me, “In the Surface World, did you ever see the movie Jaws?  That part at the end where the two men were floating back to shore hanging onto the yellow plastic barrels after the great white shark had sunk their boat?”

“Yeah, long ago.  That movie was made before you were born.  When did you see it?”

“Oh, it was on television one day.  My friends and I watched it eating bags of chips and salsa, pretending we were sharks.  Stuff kids do, y’know?”

“Yeah.”

“Well, I always thought that movie would have ended better if suddenly a large fin would have surface behind the two men as they were joking and talking while floating back to the shore.  That perhaps the shark they thought they’d killed wasn’t dead after all.  Then let the scene go black to leave people wondering.  That thought gave me nightmares later, and I was never able to forget it.  That is about how I feel now about floating on that log back to shore.”

“Now you’ve got me rattled, thanks Kiddo!”

I saw him smile, and I knew he was going to be fine.  We’d shared something—a certain honest vulnerability—and somehow, I knew that the trust between us had deepened.  I hadn’t teased him.  I’d listened to him with no judgment and no shame in the weakness and fear he felt comfortable enough to share with me in confidence, and out of that gratitude built a bridge between us.  I saw resolve firm up his jaw, and his eyes narrow as he faced the distant figure ahead and the angry fanged mouth of the frozen falls beyond.  Mason had owned his fears and was even now preparing to face them head-on.  What a remarkable young man, I thought to myself.

The slumped figure was indeed Will.  He lay curled in smears and streaks of silver.  Apparently, he had passed out.

The shimmer and sheen of the metallic ribbons and spatter caused his cloak to glisten, but the bare skin of his body did not appear, at first, to be exposed to the substance.  His head was cowled with his cloak, so his face was partially protected from smears on the ice, but his ankle had been bared and silver blood evidently had spattered his skin crippling him.  His spear lay on the ice, its throwing thong straps twisted.  It appeared that the Moon Sprite had escaped its hold in the ice and that Will had landed his shot, had followed in pursuit, but had been dragged several feet before the spear became dislodged.  The point of the spear was engorged in silver as was the shaft, and the Giant Pearl was even now in the process of siphoning up the blood, moving in sweeping passes with a fury.

The smeared path extended in a zig-zagging fashion ahead towards the teeth of the Falls.  A frothy low fog enveloped the signs of its passage a mere twenty feet ahead, but there was no doubt in my mind.  The fifth Moon Sprite was still alive and waiting for us just ahead.

The Purling – Chapter 35

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Death Throes)

Maeven’s cry was only a muted, “Umph!”  More like a cough of pain than a shriek.   A spritz of blood spattered the ice surface around the puncture point where the Manticore’s barbed telson broke through.  The hard carapace vesicle and sting bard stabbed upward entering the backside of Maeven’s thigh, just above the bend in the knee.  Blood gushed from the wound but was being sucked up by the stinging barb’s hollow tube.

One of the young men dove for her, as the thrust of the barb, lifted Maeven off her feet into the air.  James responded to the assault, swinging the halberd downward into a swinging arc.  The young man slammed into Maeven as she rose up on the point.  The collision caused her to cry out in agony, not because of the impact, but because the barb in the flesh under her leg was wrenched in the wound and tore at the flesh in her muscle.  The force of the blow and tackle, however, did dislodge the barb and propelled them off of its savage point and out of reach of the bloody jabs of the tail.  James’ halberd swept underneath Maeven and the young man, the curved ax blade, striking one of the bellows-like spiracles of the tail at a joint, cutting into it with an explosive spray of blood and gore, cracking the carapace, driving with force into the knuckle joint with a loud crunch, and cleaving it through.  The severed tail slung across the ice, flexing and spraying bright red arterial blood from the stump, spasming and wrenching as if the severed limb was still part of the Manticore’s submerged body, and stabbing angrily.

The Manticore’s face shifted in the seconds that followed, from savage delight and cruel euphoria as it fed upon Maeven’s blood, to shock and pain as it felt its limb’s dismemberment.  In those moments, my Honor Sword flashed, and I slashed at the torso of the Manticore, opening its chest with my cut, the creature’s own blood spraying me with its wounding and matting its brown shaggy mane with dark red.  The attack and response all happened within a matter of seconds, barely time for us to think through our actions.  The Manticore’s powerful forearms with long black razor-sharp claws were beneath the surface of the ice, having no way to slash at us with its death throes, but the Manticore’s face pulled once again into that disturbing smile, as its eyes shone with hatred glared at me as it slumped forward.  I noticed the feathered shaft of an arrow bristling from the Manticore’s shoulder as the muscles in the creature’s proud and arrogant neck surrendered to death’s call.  Evidently, Maeven had gotten off a shot from her bow, within the attack as well.  The human face, bearded and burned, turned one last time, its extended jaw working, its fanged mouth, dripping with its own blood, drooling out onto its chin.  It was trying to say something.  Cautiously, I approach it, straining to hear what it struggled to say before surrendering to Death’s shadow.

“Cay…Caylub.  I remembered you from before, Bry-un.  We took your Caylub.  His death…was marvelous…” a smile spread across its bloodied lips as the life faded from its eyes into a blank stare, its tongue lolled and then hung from its slacked jaw.  The Manticore was dead.  It’s mention of “Caleb” a last parting shot into a private wound I did not share with the others.  Though I did not recognize this Manticore before, changed as it was by the burns and scarring, I remembered it now…from before.  A breathy shudder escaped my lips, as I looked upward and over to Maeven, lying on her side on the ice, the young man, trying to staunch the gush of her blood from the back of her leg.

Christie, who I knew to be a nurse in her Surface World life, approached them, tearing loose a strip of material from the cloak she wore.

“You’ll need to get a tourniquet on that.  She’s losing too much blood.”

James and the other young man, seeing that Maeven was being attended and that they would just be in the way, set out across the ice towards the other four Moon Sprites, now shrieking angrily, at our intrusion, struggling to get at the body of the Manticore that they fully intended to eat.  They seemed to smell the blood spilled and became even more agitated and excited by it.  Their savage thrusts might soon free them from the pockets of ice that now held them.  Both James and I realized this and we were determined to end that threat as well.  I approached Maeven and the courageous young man that had acted decisively in that moment of danger, as Christie and the young man were beginning to tie and tighten the tourniquet around Maeven’s leg, pressing a wadded cloth into the puncture wounds.  Maeven moaned, her body numbing with shock.

“Will she be okay?”

Christie glanced up, her eyes fixed on mine for a moment, and then back down to her ministrations with Maeven.

“The ice helps, but she’s lost a lot of blood.  I don’t know.  We’ve got to get it to stop.  To clot soon or she’ll bleed out.”

I looked to the young man.

“That was a very courageous thing you did for her.  Thank you.”

“Matthew.”

“What?”

“My name is Matthew, but I go by Matt,” he responded, still holding the compress to Maeven’s wound as it continued to saturate with her blood, “I wasn’t sure if I wanted to be connected to this place by giving my name, but now I am sure, Mr. O’Brian.  You can count on me.  I’m in.  I want to find this place you spoke of, this Excavatia.  We’ve got to give these people hope.  I’m joining this fight.  Just let me know what you need me to do.”

“You’re doing it right now, Matt.  Thank you.”

He nodded, and I proceeded towards James and the other young man.  Dominic was coming across the ice in a steady shuffle to help as well, carrying a mace cudgel.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

We angled towards the shrieking Moon Sprites.  From the corner of my eye, I caught sight of the giant pearl stilling rolling in an arced gyre, but it was becoming stained in the blood that had sprayed upon the ice, its opalescent surface now bathed in a pinkish hue.  The continued chill arising from the frosted surface made the wet blood freeze into a pink slush.  The pearl continued to roll into a wider gyre expanding to the areas where we’d dispatched the first Moon Sprite.  As it rolled near it, the surface of the pearl took on a silvery patina, its surface gathering the Sprite’s mercurial blood as well and mingling it with the red of Maeven’s and the Manticore’s blood.  The pearl was responding and somehow mystically and magnetically drawn towards blood.  Amazing.

I realized that I had halted halfway across towards the remaining Moon Sprites.  James and the others would need our help of the Moon Sprites managed to dislodge their tentacle-shaped young to flee the assault.  These could slither across the surface and escape into the surrounding forest.  Those of our company waiting along the shoreline, might not be able to intercept these in time, especially if they did not know to expect something much smaller than they had observed together from the distance.  The shoreline was not even along the bank.  Parts of it were bordered by great grey boulders that formed a rocky shoulder, not easily crossed.  Other areas were reedy and grassy, seeming to blend in with the shore, making it unclear where these creatures might make landfall.  The frost extended to the shore, but in irregular cuts and short shoals, clutter with broken limbs and blanketing ferns.  The ice crystalline chandelier of water arrayed the edge where the waterfall had poured from the heights, forming irregular columns, and ice sickled fangs of water that could cavitate and smash downward, with the slightest thaw.  If at all possible, we needed to ensure that these creatures were contained and dealt with while they were still on the frozen lake.

Maeven did not have much time, though I couldn’t say so within her hearing.  The Manticore’s anti-coagulating agent would retard her blood’s ability to clot, and it depended on how much of it had been injected into her, as to whether it could be staunched before she passed the point of no return and exsanguinated onto the ice.

I was afraid for her, but I could not let that fear incapacitate me.  I had to be doing something for her, for Christie and Matt and the others, to buy them some time to treat her.  We had to neutralize the threat of the Moon Sprites.  Execute them with extreme prejudice, Maeven had said to those left on the bank.  And this coming from a person who was purported to be a veterinarian in her Surface World life.  Not exactly the admonition you might expect from an animal lover.  But these creatures were something other than the animals we knew in the Surface World, and it appeared that Maeven might have come to realize that as well.  I wondered at what kind of experiences she must have had here in the Mid-World with these creatures to have so altered her perspective and nurturing and healing proclivities towards these subsets of the animal kingdom.  But if I did not focus, those Moon Sprites would soon be free and I had no doubt their bodies were more suited to getting quickly across this surface than we were.  A sudden thought crossed my mind as I picked up my shuffling pace towards James and the other boy, as they began to attack another of these Moon Sprite creatures.  We had seen and counted five of them in this particular attack on the Manticore, but what if there were more than these, still trapped under the surface sheet of ice, waiting for us to break through.  I began to run.

Silver splattered the surface, as the second Moon Sprite fell under the assault of James’ halberd blade.  The young man with him held a short-shafted battle-ax.  Evidently, two of the writhing young had freed themselves from the back of the mother-creature’s head and were attempting to slither away across the ice in opposite directions.  The young man was striking at the surface of the ice, trying his best to keep them from getting away from him and heading to the shore.  I called out to him, “You go after that one to the left.  I’ll get this other one.”

He looked up as I spoke and then nodded.

As best and as fast as we could, we pursued the slithering suckers across the ice, trying not to slip and fall.  The creatures were quick.  We chased them, getting further away from the one James had just killed.  Dominic saw us chasing after these and angled towards where James was moving towards the third Moon Sprite so that he could assist him with any that might separate from it.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Breaking the Ice)

I focused on catching up to the slithering young Moon Sprite as it flipped and jumped, like a fish out of water, and slithered back and forth, sliding ahead in an erratic pattern that was difficult to follow.  I hoped the other youth was doing better than I was.  Man, I was out of shape.

The Moon Sprite left some sort of slick snail-like substance in spats as it fled like an amniotic flush from its separation.  As slick as the ice was, those dangerous patches promised to be more viscous still and I instinctively avoided them.  My honor sword flashed with a blue scintillation as I swiped at the creature juking to the left and right in front of me.  The tip of my blade grazed it, opening a silver razor line along its side.  It flexed like a coil spring and bounced with a coughing bark from the sting of my blade.

Then I did something that was foolish, especially on such a slippery surface.  I reversed my slash with a force, slinging the blade opposite from the downward arc that had nicked the creature.  This would be a foolish move against an opponent on land because it throws the balance of the one who does it off, and it makes the blade coming up vulnerable to a more powerful down-strike which would cause the wielder to either loose grip on the blade or lose footing and wind up on the ground, susceptible to a forward kick thrust.  The person who attempted it against an armed opponent would find themselves flat on their back staring upward along the shaft of the victor’s blade, its tip pointed at their throat.  The strongest grip of any sword blade is done with the knuckle leading the cut, rather than the top of the hand.  The wrist acts as a shock absorber to the impact of the blade, but the wrist’s range of motion it shorter with an upward tilt and cannot, therefore, recover as easily from the clash, without a turn of the elbow, to deflect the force downward again.

Thankfully, this creature bore no counter striking weapon, and my ill-thought-out move did not prove disastrous.

With the weight shift, I felt my footing slip and pivot.  I knew I was going down and would strike the ice hard with my left shoulder and hip.  It would be only seconds before the creature saw my fall and turned and went for my face with its black beak ready to chew my eyes out.

Miraculously, however, I felt the front tip of my blade hook it underneath.  I felt its weight.  I felt its body lift from the ice and shifted my wrist, so that the edge, rather than the flat bore its weight aloft.  That shift and the momentum I had put into the slash caused it’s cylindrical, coiling body to roll down the razor’s edge and cut the creature partially in half.  The thing fell back down to the ice, the two parts of its body in right angles to each other, silver blood spurting outward from the break.  My body struck the ice with a thud and I slid for about four feet before coming to rest, my cheek blistered red by the biting cold, my shoulder and hip bruised by the ignominious display.  Panting and out of breath I rolled over on my back winded, trying to catch my breath.  I counted a five-beat before rolling back up onto my knees, the soreness in my hip protesting the move.

In the distance I saw the young man who had gone after the other young Moon Sprite, striking downward with his battle-ax, its wedge-shaped blade cutting divots into the ice with each miss.  I found my feet again and shuffled toward him, ready to assist if need be.  As I approached I saw that he had wounded the creature but had yet to kill it.  A small 3-inch piece of its tail lay in a silver puddle flexing involuntarily, yet the greater part of its body had turned upon the young man and was savaging lunging at him, staved off only by the bite of the young man’s war hammer.

“Use the blunt side.  Turn the handle,” I called out to him, “You’ll break up too much of the ice and it’ll escape back into the water below.”

The young man flipped the weapon so that the war hammer side was now the striking surface.  He raised it, poised to thwart another strike from the creature.  The thing was issuing forth some sort of whistling noise and wheeze, its puffing body around its head working like a bellows to give full-throated force to its protest.  Its black hooked beak clack and snapped together as it coiled and gathered for another lunge.  The young man noticed the mica-glint off of two spots on the creatures back and realized this younger one did have eyes.  The sparkling flash was meant to distract him.  It almost worked.  The creature suddenly lunged, its black jaws opened and hyper-extended, with the full intention of satisfying its craving with a large chunk of torn flesh.  The young man reflexively shifted just in time to avoid the bite, and brought his blunt striking hammer down, smashing its head to the ice with an audible crack.  Its head smacked the ice and nearly exploded as the weight of the hammer disintegrated it into silvery pulp.  The two eyes, further back strobed with white fire, pulsing with diminishing intensity until they faded into a dull cataracted glaze.  We stayed there a moment catching our breath, the young man on his knees, his war hammer/battle-ax weapon spattered with silver.  The ice appeared blue under the moonlight.  A scar traced the edge of where the young man knelt, slowly connecting the wedge-shaped gashes where the battle-ax blade had busted the surface.

Seeing this, realizing what was happening, I slowly crouched down onto all fours and spoke calmly, “I am going to need you to carefully give me your hand.  What is your name?”

The young man looked up from the crushed Moon Sprite to me, noticing the change in my behavior.

“What’s going on?”

“Please stay still.  I think the ice has been compromised.  I need you to get your war hammer and to give me your hand.  Stay low.”

He looked behind him perhaps thinking another of these creatures was approaching from behind, but that did not comport with what I was telling him to do.  And then he saw the crack.  His eyes shifted back to me, panic on his face.

“Calm down.  Stay calm.”

“Mason.  My name is Mason.”

“All right then, Mason.  You need to redistribute your weight across the surface of the ice.  Try to flatten out and lie down on your belly.”

He did as I asked, and I laid down on my belly as well extending my hands towards him.

“Extend your hands towards me as far as you can and I will pull you to me.”

Another crack splintered the ice between us and moisture from below splashed a little from the aperture.

Try as we might, our hands were still six to eight inches apart.  I tried to inch my way forward, but the ice below made a strange noise that I knew I could not chance.

“The hammer,” I said, take the hammer by the handle in both hands and extend the blade and punch end towards me.  I’ll pull you across.”

A further bluish cracking noise radiated outward from under Mason, and he whimpered and searched frantically for the battle weapon he had laid aside.

“Slow down,” I soothed, “Make slow even movements.  It will slow the breaking.  We’re gonna get through this, you and I.”

He found the battle ax-hammer and slowing brought it up alongside his body extending it above his head to both hands, his eyes investing hopeful trust in me with each slow movement.  The wedge-shaped blade lay flat on the ice as it was slowly pushed within my reach.  It’s frost-speckled blade and blunt was flecked with silver from the blood of the Moon Sprite.  I reached out touching the cold steel of the war hammer but also feeling a stinging bite from the silver blood that made contact with my bare hands.  The silver blood felt at first like bee stings and then grew hot as searing to my flesh, but I could not let go of the blade and blunt.  I grimaced through the pain and firmed my grip, pulling the young man, Mason, forward towards me.  He was a stout young lad, but I was able to pull him a few inches at first before I began to slide forward towards him.  The blood seemed to scald me the more I touched it, but I could not give up on Mason.  The ice below him was beginning to sheet with a growing layer of water, spilling onto the surface from the cracks in the cuts and breaks.  Mason’s legs were beginning to feel the chill of the water creeping up on him, soaking into the material of his pants.  His eyes pleaded silently with mine.

I rolled upward, bringing my knees up under me like the skis of a sled.  I angled my knees outward and leaned forward using both my arms and my back to arch backward and pull him forward.  Mason’s body slid forward another foot towards me, and I worked my knees and feet further back so that with a rower’s motion I might be able to bring him further forward.  I strained against the weight and the burning throbbing of my hands around the blade and the blunt.

The cracking continued behind Mason, and he closed his eyes as more frigid water swelled around his body as the ice plate upon which he rested sank just a fraction lower.

From my left, I caught movement but was reluctant to turn towards it.  I needed to stay focused on pulling Mason to stronger ice, capable of bearing both of our weight.  I skootched backward again, tugging the ax and Mason another foot more towards me.  A blue fissure appeared between us, its underlying break filling with liquid visible by the bubbling slosh below.  I knew it was only a matter of moments before it caved and broke away, leaving a slushy pool.

My eyes and Mason’s fixed.  He’d seen it and I’d seen it.  There was not much more I could do in such a slow deliberate pace.

“Are you ready?” I asked.

Mason looked again at the swirling blue water, just below the thin veneer upon which he rested.  The cold chill was beginning to burn his legs with claws of frost.  He shivered, his lower lip trembling, as he gave me a barely perceptible nod.

“I don’t know how to swim,” he told me, as I adjusted my burning grip on the ax head and cup-gripped the hammer blunt.

“Then you’d better hold on tight.”

I pivoted up from my knees to my heels leaning slightly backward.

With one mighty pull, I extended my legs and lunged backward, my heels cracking into the ice below my feet.

I pulled Mason up onto my torso catching him in a bear hug.  I felt the edge of the ice give way beneath my feet as our collective center of balance shifted to the upper half of our bodies.  Mason pulled his legs up out of the water further pulling his weigh onto the ice sheet that caught us under my back.  We landed with an unfolded roll, Mason pulled to my chest his legs bend at the knees calves clearing the slushy water.  My feet and calves, however, bent down on the edge of the ice, my feet and calves submerge into the shock and cold jaws of the slushy ice water.

Mason rolled off of me and lay back on the ice gasping for breath.  The wind had gone out of my lungs and I could only draw in air in short rapid gasps.  Mason must’ve realized what was happening, that I was exhibiting signs of shock, and in his quick thinking, he was able to scramble behind me and drag me away from the edge of the break, pulling my wet legs and feet out from under the water.  My body trembled with shivers, as it felt like needles were being sewed into my flesh, and I could only lie there and gape silently like an expiring fish on land.  The underside of Mason’s clothing was wet and dripped frigid water as he rubbed my arms and legs, trying to ensure that my circulation still flowed.  My legs had only been in the water for half a minute and already I was feeling its effect.  I didn’t know much about how Mason’s might be handling it, or how deeply the water had soaked through his clothing layers and down to his bare skin, but I was certain that he couldn’t be feeling much better than I was.

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (The Bull-Sprite)

The darkening, violet sky looked bruised above us and striated with ominous clouds edged with silver from the light of the moon.  A heavy cloud bank seemed to settle atop the edge of the frozen waterfall and just linger there in a roiling fog bank.  I leaned over and saw the steady movement that had almost distracted me before.

The pearl.

It was still making progress, rolling across the surface of the lake leaving a shallow furrow in the permafrost as it went.  Its arc circled the places where we had encountered the Moon Sprites, seemed to roll around the spots gathering the variant blood spill onto its polished surface and then progress onward to the next site of strange blood spill.  There was some connection between this mystical pearl and blood that I could not fathom.  Something ethereal and supernatural, in that the pearl seemed to take into itself self and surface, the residue of conflict and make it part of its coating.  No silver splatter remained from where the carcasses of the Moon Sprites were killed.

Mason and I knew that we had to get moving.  The more still we lay the greater chance that stillness would become permanent.  We had to get our circulation flowing back into our frost-bitten limbs.  To do that we had to get up and walk no matter how bad it felt to do so.

The pearl was getting closer to us and rolling towards our place of conflict with the young Moon Sprite.  It had left the site where I had killed mine and was now coming to our place of conflict.  Mason and I watched as the giant pearl rolled past us and towards the broken slush pool.  We almost dove for it, to prevent it from rolling over the edge and sinking into the break but were unable to catch it.  A low-level crackle of bluish energy seemed to follow in its wake, that we had not noticed before.  When the pearl reached the edge of the lip of ice, it continued out across the slush, the surface hardening once again into a sheet of ice in its wake.  It gyred and swooped around the half-separated body of the Moon Sprite larvae.  For larvae is what it had seemed all along to be, though the apt word for it only came to me now.

Silver blood, added a luster and polish to the pearl’s surface as it circled the fallen creature, its progress seeming to clean the ice of its silver splatter.

The pearl then circled wider and seemed to come towards us.

Not knowing what force, malevolent or otherwise, moved this mysterious pearl we were naturally afraid of its odd behavior.   Mason’s war hammer lay on the ice before us and the Pearl rolled toward it, striking the blade and the blunt hammerhead together with a light pinging noise.  Tiny flecks of silver seemed to slide off of its surface and swim like insects towards the pearl, blending in with its lustrous surface.  The pearl was constantly on the move, never slowing, must making constant progress, as if it was cleaning up the areas, taking into itself the blood lost in each fight.

I didn’t know if it had some sort of vampirical power, or if it was merely obsessed with some ethereal sense of cleanliness.  As it approached me, I drew put forth my sword, rising as best I could onto my legs and being supported by Mason.  The pearl rolled to the pointed tip of my sword and pinged against it, and in amazement, I watched as flecks of silver were drawn down to the tip of the blade and swam onto the patina of its surface.  I descended downward and knelt in awe, at last feeling that this wondrous object could not be reflective of evil, but of something more wonderful than we could imagine.  I knelt to catch it once again and coax it into the pouch in which I had carried it but was stopped by a shouted warning across the ice in the distance.

“No!  Don’t lift it yet.  Leave it on the surface of the lake!”

Maeven had turned and was struggling to get up, but I could tell from the movements of Christie and Matt that they were trying everything that could to advise her against it.  Maeven was weak from the loss of blood, but adamant about my leaving the pearl to its own path along the lake’s frozen surface.

“Don’t lift it without the log being close!” she shouted, her voice echoing and bouncing off the sheet of ice separating us.

Matt and Christie again admonished her and reprimanded her to stay down and lie still, though I was less able to hear their voices than I was Maeven’s.

The Pearl remained in an oscillating circle at my feet, seeming to wait for me to do something, but I did not know what.

There was some reason, Maeven did not want me to lift it, but that didn’t mean I wasn’t supposed to touch it.

I left the bag pouch tied on my belt and put the now cleansed honor sword back into its sheath.  My hands were numb from the cold and the burns, but now as I sank to my knees before the wobbling orb, they began to burn anew and the bones of my fingers felt like they had been run over and set afire.  The palms of my hands swam with silver that was cutting into my flesh but releasing no blood.  I gasped as the pain intensified and my fingertips felt as if the nails had been plucked out of their cuticle beds.  Wince against the pain and almost blinded by it, I reached out for the giant pearl and felt a coolness begin to soothe the fire within them.

“Don’t lift it!” I heard Maeven cry out again, this time lying prone on the ice, her head turned in my direction.

“I won’t,” I answered back hoping to reassure her and allay whatever worries she had should I change my mind.

My hands gently stroked the pearl’s smooth and swirling surface, and I felt the cooling sensation once again, rise up through my fingertips and extend into my forearms.  Something was being drawn out from me, and I realized what was happening as silver threads sprouted outward from my fingertips, swirling and raveling into the complex washes of silver and red and pinkish colors forming a miasma across the pearl’s rounded surface.  Living toxins from the Moon Sprites’ blood were being removed from my body, and from my forearms, and I had had no idea that this was spreading within my bloodstream.

All at once the pearl pulled away from my touch and angled its continual grooved trek across the ice, where Dominic and James were dealing with the last of the Moon Sprites who had surfaced with the coming of the twilight.  I looked at my hands and felt a natural warmth returning to them.  The scalded marks and silver etching was gone, and my palms were smooth and uninjured.  I felt a strength in them that I had not felt before, and I wondered just what had truly transpired between me and the mysterious pearl.

With no further time to lose, Mason and I gathered his battle-ax and war hammer and moved across the circle to assist James and Dominic about 60 yards away.  The last Moon Sprite was shrieking with its multiple mouths and raging, sloshing amid a cold pool of water, its ice capture becoming less and less of a certainty.

I wondered if the Pearl Orb had the capacity to heal me if it could also do so with Maeven’s injury.  We needed to dispatch the other Moon Sprite soon and then see what further could be done for her.

In the meantime, we need to deal with the remaining Moon Sprite.  As we approached, the creature appeared bigger than the others, and I suspected that this one was the first one we had seen from the upper ridge.  Unlike the others, this one did not have a writhing brood of tentacle, black-beaked and mouthy children sprouting from the back of its head.  This one did have its own mouth, and it bristled with silver spiked teeth jutting forward and backward, shark-like, ensuring that whatever it clamped its jaws around would not escape those jaws without leaving a significant part of itself in the creature’s mouth.  This Moon Sprite, with its differences, must be the male of the species: the bull, if one were comparing it to its closest Surface World equivalent in shape and girth, a giant white elephant seal.  Even though this one was the male, it did bear about three young ones, and these were affixed like lampreys underneath its lower lip, their silver eyes shining along their upper knobby-head, a portion of their mouth suppurated and siphoned off the morsels falling from the male’s lips.  These were developed further and would most assuredly be able to separate from the parent and set out on their own.  They were thicker than those children affixed to the females of the species, and one might wonder what became of the other larvae like brothers and sisters who did not make it to the chin rest of the male.  My brief wondering was met with a sudden certainty that the reason though disturbing to any human, was that the young were then cannibalized by their family and only those making it to the chin of their father survived into adulthood.  A sinister cycle of life and death, indeed.

James and Dominic were making feints and lunges with their weapons, but the bull Moon Sprite had one fin lined forearm extended out over the ice surface, with a hard, bony surface that appeared like blued metal.  With every swing of James’ halberd, the Moon Sprite raised its forelimb and deflected the blade away, once slamming it to the surface of the ice, and dislodging it from James’ grip.  James was able to retrieve the end of the pole and pull it back into his use, but not before the creature slammed the weapon back down again, drawing James down hard to the ice with it.  A welt of the impact stung and burned James face and shoulder, but dauntless he raised and challenged the Moon Sprite monster again and again.

Mason and I came up behind them, shielding our eyes from the strobic flash of the creature’s eyes.  It was difficult alone fighting such formidable creatures in the daylight but even harder fighting them in the alternating darkness.  One’s eyes could either adapt to the absence of light or the flooding of it.  Under low light, our eyes respond by enlarging the pupil and dilating the iris to allow more light defining definition in to allow us to perceive those things normally hidden within the darkness.  In bright light, our eyes contract the pupil, limiting the excessive light from entering the inner eye, allowing us to still perceive the differences between illuminated shapes and shadow.  With strobing light, however, the eye is unable to adjust so quickly, and the movements of the threat appear to jerk and vanish and reappear as if revealed only between the flash frames of a theater projector.  This gives the mesmerizing beast an advantage over their victim’s color and shade, hue and tint, light and dark natural binary eye adjustment proclivity.  For that purpose, we avoided looking directly at the eyes of these monsters, watching its torso movements and looking for its tells by the way it flexed its tensors.  The creature’s ponderous weight strained and struggled in the clamping of the ice, causing the water beneath it to slosh and spout in sprays from around its body as its muscles contracted and expanded its torso.

I glanced back in the direction of Maeven, Christie, and Matt.  Maeven still lay on the ice and I knew we did not have much time.

We needed some way to distract the creature.  If we got too close it would pull us towards those terrible jaws, or tear us limb from limb and beat the everliving pulp out of us with its powerful forelimb.  Meanwhile, Maeven would bleed out onto the ice.  We had to get back to her, and we had to find a way to use that mysterious Pearl to heal her if we could.  Then, off to the right of where Maeven lay and the dead Manticore sprawled in the ice, I saw something lying there that might just work.

I had no idea what purpose it was intended for in Maeven’s mind, but in my mind, it was just what was needed.   I turned to Mason and told him my plan.  He nodded and set out to retrieve what I had spotted, hoping he could enlist Matthew to join him.

The Silvering Surface – Chapter 34

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Shock of Frost)

The pearl rolled from my hand, bouncing along the rough patches of grass and stone until it reached the water’s edge.  At the moment the smooth surface of the pearl made contact with the basin water, sudden tendrils shot out from it extending into the water, fanning outward and hardening until it trapped the Manticore and the Moon sprites in mid-swim pinning them in…ice.  The Dust Dragon’s pearl caused the surface of the Trathorn Basin to flash freeze in a matter of seconds.  The shock of the frost took the air out of the Manticore’s lungs so that we heard only a growling gasp, whereas the Moon Sprites with their myriad tentacles mouths wailed in deafening, high-pitched, pulsing, shrieks.

The noises echoed in the canyon and off the crescent stone lip of the spillway, now encrusted with frost and icicles as the water from above rapidly hardened.  The pearl I had released continued to roll unabated across the now smoothing surface of the water, glistening with an opalescent glimmer of moonlight and reflective ambient light that seemed to pulse from within the orb itself.  Wet stones moistened by the water, now wore a thin sheet of ice, reflecting the silver touch of the moonlight.

Maeven cautiously stepped forward and down carefully placing a booted foot on the surface of the frozen lake.  I started to call her back, but she raised her hand to quieten us.  She shifted her weight from the shore to her leading foot and then slightly bounced and shifted back.  No cracks spidered outward from where she’d placed her heel so she shuffled out a little further, bringing her back foot from the shore out onto the surface of the water.  The lake had frozen solid for at least one-fourth of a foot in depth, maybe more to be able to hold her.  She turned and beckoned to the young men who had pulled the floating log from the lake, to swing it back out onto the surface once again.  They lifted and pivoted it and brought it out towards her, its heavier trunk sliding across the ice with no trouble.  Now five people stood upon the ice, with no sign of weakening, or sloughing.  The ice must have been at least 4-5 inches thick.  Fifty yards out, the first of the Moon Sprites closest to them hissed loudly, their black beaks snapped in angered frustration from the ends of the undulating tendrils.   The creature’s white face was turned facing them, its obsidian eyes pulsing like a silver strobe.

The giant pearl rolled steadily towards the center of the lake, leaving a slight indentation in the frost on the surface, drawing a tracer line from its rolling course.

Maeven turned toward me and the others.

“You coming?”

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

“He sends his orders to the world–how swiftly his word flies! He sends the snow like white wool; he scatters frost upon the ground like ashes. He hurls the hail like stones. Who can stand against his freezing cold? Then, at his command, it all melts. He sends his winds, and the ice thaws.” [Psalms 147:15-18 NLT]

“Who is the mother of the ice? Who gives birth to the frost from the heavens? For the water turns to ice as hard as rock, and the surface of the water freezes.” [Job 38:29-30 NLT]

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

Hesitantly, we stepped out onto the ice and shuffled towards the others.  It was hard to believe that the surface we were standing on was only moments ago liquid.  We noticed that more of the Moon Sprites were glaring at us, daring us to steal their prey from them, yet ice-bound and in no position to prevent us from doing so.

James started to lay his halberd on the shore and join us, but Maeven told him to bring it.

“I told you that we would have need of your skill,” she said as he came towards her across the ice, using the pole as a staff for balance.  Maeven took her bow from her shoulder, grabbed an arrow from her slung quiver and notched it on the string, her lead hand in a full leather glove, her draw hand with a two-fingered archer’s glove.  She looked over at me as I bared the blade of the honor sword, allowing my wrist a degree of slack in the bloodline sash that bound me to it.

Christie bore a short sword with etched tracery down the blade, a sweeping curve to the edge, like that of an English cutlass, and a gilded cage grip.  As beautiful a piece of weaponry as it was deadly.  The youths dragged the log at Maeven’s bequest, but kept cudgel weapons, ready to hand.  The others, whom Maeven had not called, opted to wait for us along the shore keeping the horses ready and the wagon supplies secured, should we need to beat a hasty retreat.  Maeven instructed them to take up their arms, fan out and whatever they do, be certain to not let anything that wasn’t human leave the lake.  Her words were, “Use whatever means necessary, to execute anything getting past us with extreme prejudice.  If these things go to ground, we’ll never find them again and they will cause problems for us later.”

We turned as one group and began the trek across the frozen lake, following the course of the pearl, avoiding the glaring menace coming from the Moon Sprites.  The Manticore, because of the way the aperture in the ice held it, could not turn to witness our cautious approach.

As we edged our way closer to the captured ring of strange beings we got a better look at one of the Moon Sprites.  Ugly creature.  Its skin was an oily, fish-belly white.  The snapping mouths made gurgling wet sounds in the back of their throats as they lunged at us, seeking vengeful freedom from their host body with the moon-eyes.  Its head and neck snapped left and right as the white things writhed and hissed.

“Don’t get close to it,” Maeven warned, “Only James.”

“Me?!”

“Yes, you,” Maeven teased, “You didn’t think I asked you to come out here because of your lanky, good looks, did you?”

We all chuckled, and James blushed a little.

“You want me to kill it?”

“Unless you’d rather keep it as a pet, yeah.” Maeven rejoined, “Somethings here need killing.  Learned that lesson the hard way.”

“How do I…?” It was clear from James’ hesitancy, this was not something he relished or was even accustomed to.

“Didn’t you ever go hunting up in the Surface World?”

“Yeah, but what we hunted for you could eat,” James answered, “These thing’s making me hesitant to ever think of eating pasta again.”

Will and the young men had been pulling the large log along with the group, watching carefully for any indication that the weight of it might break through the ice.  They had stopped and were watching the Moon Sprite with some degree of fascination and repulsion.  One of the boys stepped up and offered, “I’ll do it if you think you can’t handle it.”

James shot him an irritated glance and then adjusted his grip on the halberd, steadying himself for bringing it to bear.

“I’ve got this, young’un,” he said, and the boy noted the set of his jaw and the look of determination that came over his face.  He surrendered the offer, raising both hands, palms outward in a push back gesture, “All right, pops.  Knock yourself out.”

“Boys, don’t think you’re getting off that easy,” Maeven countered, “James may kill the bulk of it, but those suckers making all that noise can separate from the head.  You’re not just looking at one Moon Sprite.  That is a living nest of them.”

The boys, for all of their seeming bravado, unconsciously stepped back from the creature.

“Uh, Dominic, I think you should be the one to help, James.”

“Go ahead Will.  Pull out that AK-47 you talked about.  You can take’em,” another said.

But none of them moved.

Maeven sighed and the others chuckled.

“All right, you little heroes,” James jibed, “You’d better get ready quickly, or you’re about to be attacked by these mouthy egg noodles, once I starve carving.  So what’ll it be?  White meat or dark?”

They laughed nervously and reached for their cudgels and striking weapons.

“Remember, guys,” Maeven cautioned, “You’re standing on a sheet of ice.  If one of those slithers off of the mother host, don’t go breaking up the floor with misses.  You’ll need to crack it in the head if you can.  Don’t sissy out on us.”

The young men nodded assent but looked very nervous.

The Moon Sprite arched its back and expelled some kind of vile putrescence onto the ice, almost splattering James with the black, bile-like substance.

“Oh no you did not,” James said, as he reacted with the halberd, rolling the pole and the hooked blade into a deadly arc, and spinning with the blade extended, the pole end tucked into the crux of his arm and elbow.  The flourish did not look like it had done much at first, until a black silver line shown on the torso of the Moon Sprite, and its flesh suddenly burst open spilling a mercurial quicksilver out onto the ice, as the creature’s living dreadlocks fluttered and spasmed.  Gouts of liquid from the wound spilled a silver tide across the ice around the Moon Sprite as it barked in a protestation and rage, eyes strobing with white-hot light.  The mouthed arms flagellated crazily seized in spasms and then hung limply as the Moon Sprite’s larger body slumped over onto the ice, its pulses driving more of its silvery blood outwards until at last, it stilled.  The boys watched the mass of tangles for any additional movement, their cudgels raised and ready.

The large pearl that had rolled ahead of us now cut an arc in its path, almost as if it were being magnetized back towards the Moon Sprite we had just dispatched.  We edged around the black splattered ice that had almost got on James and observed the mirrored mercurial substance as it rippled in the slight wind that was blowing across the surface of the lake.

“Dominic, why don’t you stay with this one and make sure one of those things on its head does suddenly come back to life,” I suggested.  He assented and kept his cudgel at the ready, narrower handle in one hand, its metal shrouded studding cradled in the palm of the other.  “On it.”

The other boys started to follow us further, but Maeven halted them.

“Aren’t you forgetting something, guys?”

“What’s that?”

“The log.  Bring it.”

“What’s it for?”

“You’ll see,” Maeven commanded, not accustomed to having her orders questioned, “now come on.”

The three boys took hold of an extended branch forming a Y fork and continued to pull the tree forward and passed the now dead Moon Sprite.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (The Manticore)

We approached the Manticore much more cautiously.  It was a large and powerful creature, and it smelled us as we approached, issuing a rumbling, threatening growl.  The ice pressed up against its shoulders, frosting its mane with ice crystals.  A dull thudding came from under the ice beneath our feet.  The beast’s body extended much deeper below the surface into the frigid water.  It was quite possible that with enough determined effort the Manticore would not be held by the ice much longer.  Cognizant of that we rounded the trapped Manticore, giving it a wide berth.  It’s grizzled and bearded face was fire-scorched, and its eyes were filled with hatred.  Its expression alternated between a rictus and brow-furrowed, resentful glare.  After watching us a moment, its voice came out in a low rumble.

“You will answer to The Pan for my death.”

I stepped up and addressed it, “You are in no position to threaten us.”  I gestured back toward the slain Moon Sprite, now being watched over by Dominic.  “In fact, you might consider offering us some degree of gratitude for dealing with one of these creatures that most certainly would have drowned you and fed upon you.”

The Manticore bared its teeth in what I surmised was an attempt to smile in defiant condescension, “These may have tried.”  I decided to try a different tact.

“What is your complaint with the people of Azragoth?”

“Other than the taste of their blood…?”

It was trying to rile me.  To get me to do something angry and foolish so that I might let down my guard.

It was working.  My grip tightened on my honor sword.  A passage from the Ancient Text flashed into my mind, cautioning me to keep it under control.

“8 Stop being angry! Turn from your rage! Do not lose your temper–it only leads to harm. … 12 The wicked plot against the godly; they snarl at them in defiance.” [Psalm 37:8, 12 NLT]

I attempted to settle my rising sense of injustice and my outrage at how this beast so cavalierly referred to our friends in Azragoth as a mere food source.  It was provoking me, and with my nerves raw, that was dangerous both for me and for this creature.  I had to maintain calm and composure.

I exhaled a quiet breath, slowing my breathing to even my pulse rate.  I focused again.

“You can make this difficult or very hard.  What grievance does The Pan have with Azragoth?”

The Manticore’s human face phased through an inscrutable series of expressions but finally answered.  Again that thumping noise from underneath the ice sounded muffled and distant.

“Under what scenario, human, do I get out of this ice and your pride lets me survive this day?”

“I’ll take no pride in killing you if it comes to that.”

The Manticore cocked its head, as if not understanding my reply.  And then his perplexity clarified.  The term he’d used was because of the primary lion component of its makeup.  A lion’s pride was not an attitudinal attribute but its company of lionesses and young male lions.  It was referring to our company, who each carried some form of weapon at the ready.  I glance up at my companions and motioned for them to back away to perhaps allow The Manticore to become more cooperative if that was even possible.  They cautiously stepped back but were wary and I could tell they were worried that this Manticore might deceive me into letting my guard down or getting too close.

It was foolish expecting this creature to express any gratitude for dispatching one of its antagonists, because of the same condition that made The Shibboleth test work on the possible spies in our midst.  Thankfulness was as foreign a concept to these creatures of the cursed crossing as it was to any demonic metaphysical spawn following us out of the portals.  The idea of ‘the enemy of my enemy is my friend’ would not work with this creature maddened by the conflict between its dual natures:  The residue of the human soul and the wild, blood-lusting animal nature.

In the next moment, the questioning became a moot point, and I was given a very good reason to kill this beast without further discussion.  The source of that persistent thumping became tragically and abundantly clear.

A shock of pain stabbed through Maeven’s thigh before she even knew she’d been hit.

The Manticore and the Moon Sprites – Chapter 33

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Monsters in The Lake)

Despite the serenity of the scene, we noticed something moving along the edge of the large pool, just below the surface.  A whitish form, roughly oblong in shape, created a pale, cloudy, luminescence below the green surface.  Its sinuous undulating motions created a rippling wake, though no part of it appeared to break the crest of the water.  Other than that, its form was elusive.  More fish-like in motion than that of an animal.   Yet in the Mid-Worlds, no possibility could be completely ruled out.  If we were to learn any more, we would have to get closer.  And the way ahead must certainly require we pass within a neared proximity, whether we wished to or not.

Additional movement caught our eye, as something large and moving fast came into sight at the far left end of the pool, moving fast down the tree-shrouded slope, noisily crashing through the underbrush, huffing and rumbling as it slid and skidded downward towards the water’s edge.  Finally, it crashed through the skirting brush and skidding to a stop on the mossy, grassy bank.  Gray smoke feathered steamy tendrils from its tawny back, and its powerful front claws dug into the mud and grass, tearing out great gouts of the embankment, scaring the shoulder as it bounded towards the water.  It was one of the manticores, that had laid siege to Azragoth.  It mewled and growled angrily, its hide blackened and burnt, its great mane singed and matted with melted fur and fiery welts where the oil and tar continued to smolder and lick its body with fading blue flames.  The hide of its back was red and raw, the fire had peeled it and cauterized the wounds so that they merely wept rather than bled out.  Its face was contorted, disturbing in its partial human and bestial mix, its feral eyes roving for something to take its fury out on, its slack and fanged jaws champing at the misty air from the pounding falls.  It gathered itself, muscular hind legs bunched, front legs and chest lowered nearly to the ground, segmented and scorched tail lashing back and forth in angry whip-like motions, before it sprang into the large green pool with a mighty SPLOSH, water exploding up onto the shore as the weight of the savage creature plunged downward.  The aura of flames, finally doused, the creature surfaced, its wet matted mane plastered against its neck as it paddled to and from allowing the cooling water to soothe its suppurating wounds.  One might have even felt sorry for the creature, had we not known of its capacity for violence and the threat it posed to our friends and us as we traveled further into the interior.  If the beast survived its wounds, it would surely stalk us through the forest and eventually bring us down.  Manticores killed in a very insidious way.  Being part lion, part human and having what appeared to be the insectile tail of a scorpion, they are formidable killing machines, with a singular thirst that drove them to obsession.  The taste and need for blood.  With the mouth of a human, except for the slightly larger mandible, they could not extend their jaw to the extent that an average lion could in the Surface World.  As such, they could not rip and tear such great hunks of meat off a carcass to slake their hunger in the way our great cats could.  But they could drink up the blood of their kills by the gallons.  You might even say they preferred a juice diet.  And that furry, segmented tail, scorpion-like in appearance, actually have two barbed spins at the end of their telson.  One with a hard carapace vesicle with a gland that injects a stunning mix of venom and anti-coagulant, and another sting bard that is a hollow proboscis that jabs into a body and serves as a sucking pipe.  With their mauled victim pinned, the manticore engorges on the blood flowing from the stab wound, with bellows-like spiracles that strengthen the pumping action as their victims are rapidly drained of their life essence.  A manticore may or may not linger to taste the meat of their kill, but these are usually cursory bites in the soft tissue areas, and rarely result in a large-scale stripping of flesh.  If they drag their victims, it is with some difficulty since they do not bear the large jaws of a true giant cat.  To say the least, these are savage creatures, and with full knowledge of what they are capable of and how they go about their kills, makes sympathy for such a rather ridiculous waste of misplaced emotion.  Manticores were a scourge.  A violent and unnatural threat to civilized and domestic creatures, that could barely be contained.  Only The Pan held sway with them, for reasons not fully known to me.

We dismounted and crouched down edging our way to the overlooking ledge, to observe the waterfall and basin below, careful not to be seen or noticed.

From our vantage point, we watched as the manticore swam in the pool, its head skimming and frothing the surface as its submerged legs and torso churned the water below.  Its face was larger than a human man, streaked with soot and scorch marks.  Feral and fierce, its eyes luminous with a yellow scintillation.  If we were able to do so without getting ourselves killed in the attempt, this stray manticore also needed to be put down.  I also wondered, if whatever we had seen moving under the water before had also seen and taken an interest in this creature.  When the manticore entered the water we had been distracted for a moment, but the other unidentified creature that had been swimming near the surface had submerged as if it had never been there.  Some of us wondered aloud if it were possible that the Manticore might have frightened it away.  After a while longer, it appeared that that had been the case.  At least until young Will spotted new and sudden movement in the water.  From several sides at once, the water appears to bunch up and churn with rolling waves.  Evening darkled on the distant horizon, as grey shadows grew to slushy, roadside snowbanks in the sky.  A pale-yellow twilight pulled the rays of the sun across a fading pastel spectrum ending in a mountain-rimmed edge of pink and rose.  As the greying darkness approached, the agitation in the basin waters grew, causing the Manticore to cease its leisurely swim.  Noticing, at last, the rings of concentric waves approach him in advance of an undercurrent of pushed water.  From approximately five sides, the underwater disturbances began to converge on the beast, the presences below causing this still unclear and undefined.

The Manticore, though formidable on land, was out of its element in the water.  It seemed to realize this and began swimming more rapidly back towards the shoreline.  A rising cross wave indicated a shift below the surface, as the submerged creatures moved to cut off its access and drive it back out into deeper water.  The movements suddenly became more pronounced, causing the resulting wave crests to cut across the water’s surface.

Like circling arrows in a decaying gyre, edging ever closer to the swimming manticore, the unidentified creatures were clearly and strategically working in coordination.

The occluded green water began to glow as the evening drew an eyelid of darkness across the basin lake.  White ghostly tendrils, like long pale nimbuses of hair, striated the surface with a milky greenish sort of writhing phosphorescence just below the surface of the water.  From each of the five swimming crests, tracers of light glowed through the water, the light growing more pronounced with the ebbing rays of the fading sun.  From the forest, sparkles of light began to flash from among the darkening leaves and zip about in the air swooping in and out from the edge of the dark wood to the water’s edge and then back into the darkness, as if hesitant to fly across the water of the basin.

The manticore trod water, fearfully watching the movements of the waves.  Its ugly, bobbing, head turning this way and that, in an attempt to gage from which direction the attack might come.  The tiny erratic flying lights from the forest line, distracting it a little as if these flashes were in league with the water beings below the water.  The gyre began to close on the manticore, their white green hair sweeping behind the crests of the waves as white fin ridges broke the surface of the water in a ghostly paleness.

Maeven had been watching the developments closely, curious to see what kind of beings would dare threaten a manticore and when she saw the fins and the bleached paleness of their skin she thought she knew at last what these could be.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (The Pearl)

The water rippled as the tendrils, with a bulbous pod shape at each end rose and skated over the surface of the water.  The forms of the beings rose up like submerged manatees, their hides sparkling in wet radiance with an opalescence lunar light.  As evening mastered the day into submission, the rising moon’s light began to glimmer across the basin lake surface.  Somehow its light seemed to embolden the creatures as their torsos broke through the water, revealing these beings to be stranger in appearance than anyone could have imagined.  A white pale head with aquatic, unblinking eyes and no apparent mouth scanned the lake surface, its head a tentacular mass of wet dreadlocks that seemed to each have a volitional movement of their own.  At the end of these tentacles were the pods, each with a tiny mouth with a pale hooked beak.  These then were the mouths that had bitten the carcasses that had been retrieved from the lake.  These were the means upon which the creatures relied to feed their bodies.  Pondering this, I felt my gorge rise as I heard Maeven whisper her conclusion on what these creatures were.

“Moon Sprites,” she muttered, “Once called Gorgons, in the Surface World, in Ancient Greece.  The Medusa was thought to be one of these.  Fearful creatures.  It was believed they could turn a person to stone, but that is a mere myth.  They use a Mesmer technique, their pupils dilate and pulse and appear to swim in their sockets.  It’s hypnotic.  And these things are adept at it.  The glow is a sort of pulsing strobe.  Deep-sea fish have this ability.  I’ve seen it in certain jellyfish as well.  An electric shimmer.  They will subdue the manticore if they can and then move in to consume it.  I’ve never seen one of these up close.  And never five of them together.  Something must have drawn them here.  They are typically in saltwater seas.  I’ve never heard of them occupying a waterfall basin pool.”

“Why Moon Sprites,” I asked, “Aren’t sprites supposed to be like fairies or something?  I thought they were also small?”

“These are very old sprite clusters.  Don’t always believe the mythical accounts of them.  The Surface World tends to distort and exaggerate the accounts over time.  Some begin with a grain of truth, but people are prone to add in and embellish.  Especially tales that are old and the truths of the tales have been lost to antiquity.  With little or no corroborating body of witnesses, and even those being few, the probability of exaggeration becomes more likely.  Especially when some learn that there can be a profit to be had by the telling.”

“So, what are they?” Christie asked.

Maeven indicated the circling water and the white waving tendrils from each of the manatee shaped creatures, “The hair is their feedlings.  Their young.  They are like living umbilicals, only instead of the infants getting fed by their mother, they are the instruments through which their mother feeds.  When they are old enough to separate from the mother host and swim on their own to mature into their own cluster, the mother births another in its place.”

It was rather a fascinating and repulsing notion, alien to Surface World mammalian life, but perhaps in some way akin to some bizarre fish-like or amphibian species.  The very thought of those bleached white things slithering away gave me the creeps.

Begglar, Nell and Dominic had been watching with wary fascination, and Begglar spoke up, “So how’re we ta get by those beasties?”

Maeven nodded at me.

“Mr. O’Brian has something with him that might do the trick.”

I jerked my head around.

“What do you mean?  The Honor Sword?”

Maeven shook her head and then gestured to the sack hanging from my belt, lowering her voice, “If what I think is in that sack of yours, you are the one who can stop this right now, before these things kill that manticore.”

“That manticore attacked Azragoth,” I answered, “Why should we intervene here.  It would just as soon as kill us.  Perhaps we can move past the basin and falls, in the distraction when they do attack.”

“That is short-sighted.  That may buy us only a few minutes.  If the manticore makes it to shore, you can bet it will sniff us out and be hot on our trail.”

“What did you have in mind?”

“Depends,” she answered enigmatically.

“On what?”

“On what you’ve got in that sack there.”

I had lain prone to be able to scan the area and witness the goings-on, and I rolled to my side so that I could undo the straps that held the sachet bag.  I separated the cinched gathers and opened the bag and peered inside, surprised at what I found there.

“What is it?” Begglar asked.

“I…it looks like…” I reached into the sack and felt its smooth cool surface, perfectly round, and it drew it slowly out, careful not to drop it.

“Ahhh…” some said in a collective expression of amazement.

“It looks like a giant pearl.”

Maeven bobbed her head smiling, “Perfect!  Just perfect!  Just what I thought it might be, but we’ll have to move fast if we are going to make our bargain.”

I withdrew it, “No, we can’t.  Mattox said we would need it in Skorlith.  We cannot part with it now.”

Maeven shook her head, “I am not asking you to part with it.  I need you to use it.”

“Use it how?” my brow furrowed, “What is this supposed to be, in your mind?”

“You truly do not know what this is that Mattox has given you, do you?”

“It appears to be a pearl,” I answered, “I’m not exactly sure what you think it’s supposed to be.  A very unusual pearl for its size, I’ll grant you, but it should fetch a fairly high price in Skorlith, for all the things we will need to get safely across Lake Cascale.”

Maeven nodded, “Aren’t you curious where Mattox might’ve gotten it?”

I was dumbstruck.  I only knew that Mattox had said this was a pearl that was from the spoils of my battle.  That the pearl had not come from the Mid-World.  I had never heard of an oyster producing something this great in our world, and I could not fathom any other natural method by which it could have been formed.

Maeven acknowledged my internal reasoning and came to my rescue.

“The Dust Dragon.  It came from the tongue of the Dust Dragon.”

“What?”

“These are embedded within the flesh of their tongues.  It is the only thing good about such creatures of deception.  The pearl is the grain of truth that they surround with lies, then cast mentally out to discourage and defeat their victims.”

“How do you know about Dust Dragons?”

She was quiet a moment, and then she said, barely above a whisper, “Because you are not the only person here to have one come after you.”

I could tell, from her demeanor that the memory was not one she cared to recount at this moment, so I did not probe further.

“Okay,” I conceded, “So what is this particular dragon pearl supposed to be able to do?”

“Follow me,” she said as she edged back away from the overlook.

We swung into our mounts and Begglar and family and the young men took their places in the wagon.

She led us down a brief winding trail with the wagon following some distance behind.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (Letting It Go)

After leaving Azragoth, we had refined our choices of weapons according to the lessons that Ezra had given us.  James, a rather tall man, with long arms and stout legs, found that he was much more adept at using pole weapons, such as a halberd, or pole-ax than wielding a small short sword.  His length and stature made short sword fighting very dangerous, even though his long arms allowed him an advantage in cutting reach.  For stability, his fighting stance required him to extend his legs wider than most, to give him a pivoting center of balance, but that meant that his legs were fair game in a conflict and an adept opponent would use that to deadly advantage against him.  With a pole weapon, the deadly bladed end required an enemy to maintain distance from the long deadly sweeps possible, by a tall man such as James was.  His feet were safe from short dive-and-retreat assaults because the cleaving blade would find them, slice them and propel any severed part of them into the air long before they ever could press an advantage.

James bore his halberd cross-wise, its hooked blade extended to the front left of his horse, its reins gathered in one hand and his backward right hand holding the back shaft at length and in balance, ready for a defensive swing and thrust should the need arise.  Maeven rode along-side him, impressed by James’ carriage of, what in other hands would be, an unwieldy weapon.  “You know how to use that?” she asked, playfully teasing him.

He smiled, “We’ll see.”

“We might soon need you to demonstrate that confidence.  Be ready.”

James nodded and with that she rode on ahead, bringing us to the level of the falls basin and within closer hearing of its hissing roar.  The manticore was still out in the pool about thirty yards from the shore.  The Moon sprites feinted in and circled it, their taunting flashes causing it to oscillate from side to side, trying its best to face its attackers on multiple fronts.  Behind it, the water swished and swirled in an eddying fashion, no doubt from the defensive posture of its stinging tail movement beneath the waves.  Its fearsome aspect and fire scorch face glaring angrily at the white-mouthless faces of the Moon Sprites as they swam around him.

We dismounted and quietly approach the water’s edge, the Moon sprites occupied with their manticore prey, the manticore with its back to us, facing the opposite and closest shore.  Moonlight danced upon the surface of the small lake.  Rolling waves rustled the bullrushes and cattail reeds as the basin water lapped at the shore below us.  I held the bag with the pearl in my clashed hand as Maeven approached me.

“What I am about to ask you to do, may sound foolish, but you will have to trust me.  You will not lose the pearl if you do as I tell you.”

I regarded her calmly and reached back into the bag, once again lifting the bright white and opalescent pearl out for her observation.

“Tell me what you need me to do.”

She scanned the shoreline and noticed a log half-submerged half-floating along the side of the shore.

“We’re gonna need that,” she indicated, “Guys can you pull that up further onto the bank, for a moment so that it fully clears the water?”

Will and the boys scrambled down from the wagon and Dominic joined them as they lifted the log and tugged it up onto the bank.

Then she turned to me.

“Mr. O’Brian, you’re not gonna like what I have to tell you.  But you need to put that pearl down and allow it to roll down the bank towards the water.”

“How do we keep it from going into the water.”

“It won’t.  You’ll soon see.  Trust me on this.”

I sighed and knelt down, tucking the bag back into my waistband, and I opened my palm to allow the grapefruit-sized pearl to follow gravity to the shore.  What happened next shocked us all.

The Basin at Trathorn Falls – Chapter 32

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (The Jengu)

Nothing could have prepared us for the spectacle of the fire on the mountain.  Nor could we dismiss the savage and agonized roars from seemingly all sides of the forests and hills, striking terror into our company.  From the open field, we could see tongues of streaking fire, moving out and away from the now illuminated walls of Azragoth, flashing through the slight breaks in the tree cover, igniting some of the dried brush.  Conflagrations erupted with a crackling and popping noise as dried pines caught fire, sounding like the whoosh of a rapidly approaching rain. The ground and brush shook as large animal creatures moved swiftly, scalded by the bath of the liquid oil fire, licking them all over in agonizing blue and orange flame.  They would be upon us within minutes, we realized, so we all rushed to our horses, spinning up and over into the saddles, gripping pommel and reigns tightly, giving our horses their heads.  The animals were wide-eyed and terrified as well, stamping nervously and desperate to be given the slightest nudge to run.  And run they did.  I was worried about our younger travelers, but I need not have been.  They quickly acclimated to the bounce, jolt, and stride of their bolting animals like they were born to it.  Feet firm in the stirrups, legs bent and crouched, their seats slightly lifted over the churning saddle, knees pressed into the polished leather, their hips forming a central spring to absorb each footfall of their racing steeds.  The wagon rattled and bounced over the stonewashed basin, the metal-rimmed wheels clacking, spinning and shuddering through alternating silt beds, stone and gravel, and splashing noisily through shallow pools of standing water, water wings lifting in wet disturbed flight.  The wash had evidently been cleaned out of impeding detritus to allow wagons a relatively covered and passable transit along the shallow watercourse.  With any sudden mountain rain, however, the dry riverbeds could be filled at an instant, expunging all evidence of the passage of wheel ruts and shod hoofprints.

erosion-72300_1280

Fast as we were able, we could not escape the cacophony of the growing noises behind us.  Whatever was happening to or with our friends in Azragoth, we could no longer bear to think about it.  In the immediate, we had to focus on fleeing the aftermath of the destruction if we were to somehow manage to save our own skins.  We had to get further down to the valley.  All eyes in the surrounding villages, though still many miles away, would be turned in our direction, curious and unnerved by what was happening, but also clearly attuned to discovering us fleeing away like bandits from the scene.  The danger to us, and the chance of our being discovered, followed, ambushed or captured by the suspicious onlookers was real.

I rode alongside the wagon, with Begglar and Nell alternately driving the team of horses, holding fast to the side railing of their spring-balanced bench seat and to the tracer reins and straps of the charging team.  Mud and water flew and spotted everything in their wake.  Gravel ground, popped and peppered from the wheels, as the weight of the jostling supplies, threatened to slide out from under their tied and rope-bound canvass sheet and ditch the wild ride of the wagon altogether.  Dominic and Will and another young man I had yet to speak to were doing heroic yeomen’s work, attempting to hold and contain the supplies in the back of the wagon, while not also being ejected from it themselves.

Maeven, Christie and a man who had introduced himself to me as James led the charge through the riverbed, as it yet wound around another embankment, turning into a further slope downward.  Tall trees flanked us on either side as I heard a shouted message get relayed back to me from many mouths to my ears, just above the uproar.

“We are headed to where this stream joins and feeds into the area just above Trathorn Falls.  The stream bed ends there.  There is a hidden path near The Falls, down to the basin below it, but we will need to stop just short of there, before proceeding.  Be ready to stop soon.  There is something we need to discuss.  Mr. O’Brian, you are wanted at the front.”

No doubt the relayed message had originated from Maeven.

In response, I nudged my mount forward into a steady gallop.  Just enough increase to still allow it to find its footing on the alternating stone, silt and gravel stream bed, but to progress to the head of the line.  When I came within range, I matched pace with the lead horses and rode astride Maeven.  She glanced sidelong at me but continued to re-focus her shifting gaze on the path ahead.

“I need to tell you about the Jengu,” she said, just loud enough so I could hear her above the heavy breathing and snapping footfalls of her horse.  Pronounced, /Jenn-Joo/, by her.

“I’ve heard of them.  They are some kind of water sprites if the tales were true.  Tell me what you know.”

“There are a series of enchanted basins below Trathorn Falls.  They are recessed under the cliffside.  Deep pools behind the curtain of The Falls.”

“Okay.”

“No one knows how deep those pools run.  They are like chimney chutes in the granite.  No light at the bottom, though the pools are filled with clear water.”

“What of it?”

“It was said that mystics guarded these sacred pools because they were underwater passageways to another world.”

“Another world?”

“Some say, it is the Surface World.  Our world.”

She let that and its implications sink in for a moment.

“So where do the Jengu come in?”

“From time to time, the surface of these pools act as mirrors into our world.  It is how so many of the people here learned about our world.  The mystical order, a sort of priesthood which lives in proximity to The Falls and studied the pools and chronicled the happenings of what they witnessed within them, were known to interpret the signs within to have meaning for the Mid-Worlders living here.”

“Yes?”

“They used their study of the pools, to their own advantage.  They charged people to be taken back behind the waterfall curtain to witness the strangeness of the images shown in the pools.  And for additional fees, they would interpret the images for the people.  Sort of providing personal fortune-telling services.  There were a few mystics that were sincere about their study of the pools, but then, over time, there were far more charlatans numbered among them, than there were sincere and humble chroniclers.  It was a profitable business bilking people based on their superstitions, and eventually, the protestations of the sincere students were drowned out by the opportunists profiteering from the enchanted pools.  That is until the Jengu came.”

I pondered this a moment.

“The Jengu never leave the water of the pools.  It is rumored that they cannot, but one never knows for sure.”

“Where did they come from?”

“As I said the pools are deeper than anyone knows.  It is believed that these came up from within the pools far, far below.  They are water breathers but have a way of temporarily breathing surface air.  The enchantment of the pools always shows up at sunset and sunrise.  No one is sure why this is, but that is when the otherworld images can be seen.  The surface of the water glows from below, but not so much as to completely obscure the hazed, rippling view of the surface images.”

“What caused the mystics to stop taking advantage of these pools.”

Here Maeven turned her focus away from the front swale and regarded me calmly and soberly.

“The mystics believed that the pools might imbue them with personal powers, so when the waters began to reveal the images of the other place, they routinely stripped down naked and would dip into the pools and swim across the basins from end to end, over the swirling images, hoping to absorb some of the power from the enchantment causing the images to appear.”

“And did they?”

“Not a whit.  One particular night, in practicing this custom, the acolytes living in the forest camps heard their elders screaming.  Splashes and gurgling cries greeted them as they rushed up the passages to the cut behind the falls.  The pools swam with a cloudy oily substance, that appeared greenish in the ghostly light.  It took some time before the acolytes realized the substance was blood, tinted by the strange luminescence.  Only five of the twenty-four elders lived to tell the tale of that fateful night.  The five who were the most reluctant to profit in the superstitions surrounding the mysterious pools.”

“Owing to the tragedy of that night, the decision was made to wall up the side entrances to the pools in the recess behind The Falls.  Superstitious people from the surrounding communities, found the priest camps cleared out, the bodies and whereabouts of their fortune-telling gurus nowhere to be found.”

“A group of fortune-seeking youths once tried to remove the collapsed walls to the hidden pools but were unable to do so.  Attempts to navigate the lip of The Falls to enter the recess from the front always proved fatal.  The sheer weight and strength of the wall of water falling over the spillway above sluiced away anyone or anything beneath it, down slippery wet-moss to be raked, crushed and mangled in the pounded rocks below.”

“Is there still danger from the Jengu now that the access to the pools is sealed.”

Maeven nodded.

“A few years ago, scores of dead fish began to flow down into the lower streams emerging into the valleys beyond.  The lower Trathorn river tributaries were choked with the bodies of the fish and the forked rivers that were too narrow to allow the floating fish to pass began to stink.”

“Foresters tracked the trail of dead fish upriver to the large basin pool below the main feed of the Trathorn.  They believed that somehow the Jengu had escaped the pools and made it down into the basin and were lurking somewhere deep below the green water.  Many people who relied on the Trathorn as a freshwater source were afraid that the river and all streams below the basin were being poisoned by the Jengu.”

“Few there are who will go near the great basin pool.  Legends have arisen, as they often do until one can no more sort out the facts from the fictions.  There are tales of animals being pulled into the basin when they arrived to drink.  There are stories of spirits gliding across the surface of the water looking out above billowing mists, watching all who cautiously skirt the shore.  It is amazing how even a few fireflies buzzing over and waterbugs skating across that basin can cause a few well-primed and nervous travelers to panic.”

“So, did the Azragothians make use of the superstitions, somehow?”

“At first, we did, until we learned that the legends had an element of truth about them.”

That gave me pause.

“There is some kind of very strong and carnivorous water creatures living within the Basin.”

“What evidence do you have of this?”

“Some have claimed to see them, but those were initially dismissed, but others have witnessed and corroborated the presence of muddy prints and great tears of earth and clawed up grasses, as something pulled fairly large animals into the basin from the shore.  The bones of these animals have been recovered and drawn out from the water with grappling hooks, and there are signs of gnawing and slashing on them as the carcasses rotted underneath the shallows of the shores.  Something was pulling them into the water, there could be no doubt about that.”

“Could it be a freshwater crocodile, like in the Surface World?”

“I wish that could be the explanation, but the condition of the recovered bodies does not easily comport with the evidence that would be left from a crocodile attack.”

“How so?”

“Crocodiles and alligators like rotted meat.  In fact, they rely on their meat to tenderize before they can eat it and rip the flesh off the bone.  A gator or a ‘dile will launch out of the water, grab a bite hold of an unsuspecting animal and then wrestle it back into the water, thrusting away from the shore into the deeper water where they use that powerful tail to take their victim into a drowning death roll, spinning them over and over until their meal ceases to struggle and finally drowns.”

“Well, that doesn’t sound so inconsistent with the marks on the shore you described.”

“You’re right.  It’s not.  It is the fact of where the carcasses were found that is the inconsistent part with a croc attack.”

“In the shallows?”

“Precisely.  It takes time for a body to decompose, but it is quite a bit faster submerged in water.  Crocs and gators will haul their victims to undercuts below a bank or submerge them in a shallow cave so that they can eat them later once the water-logged meat softens.  A croc tears long strips of meat off of the body.  Their upper jaws are fixed so they have to tear and chew in a side to side motion.  That is why gator hunters are able to subdue them with a loop around their upper and lower jaws.  A gators bite is often secured from a lunge to the side.  They strike from beneath and below, like a shark does if they are swimming, but with feet planted it will be a sidewise strike.”

“And the bodies…?”

“Much smaller bites.  Too many to count well enough.  The victims were alive when they occurred and most likely died of blood loss.  The savage attacks started close to shore but the feeding occurred within fifteen to twenty feet of the shoreline until the torn body sank and was abandoned.  Its attacker’s hunger finally slaked and satiated.”

It was a lot to take in.  The detached description of the account came forth in a monotone recounting as if Maeven had completely removed her emotion from the telling.  Somehow this made the description that much more chilling.  But even that did not put ice into my spine as much as what she told me next.

“If I did not know these creatures were water creatures, I would swear that the bites I saw in those carcasses came from a human mouth.”

The pit of my stomach turned, and I felt my gorge rise.  I steadied myself on my horse and leaned forward to keep from swooning at the thought and possibility.  The Jengu, if that is what these creatures in fact were, were far more horrible than I could have imagined them.  A thought crossed my mind that nagged at me, but I mentally struggled to reject each time it surfaced throughout our conversation.  Could these creatures also be part of that cursed brood of half-men?  With the bite and mouth of a human, it was a little too probable for me to be able to dismiss or ignore.  Soon we would be heading into The Pan’s territory, and the odds of us surviving a journey through it was growing ever more out of our favor.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

 

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Missing Rainbows)

We rode in thoughtful silence for a piece until the stream bed began to shallow and rise up even with the bank and fan out into a delta with more rounded stones and gravel.  A portion of the bank extended upward in a smooth packed-earth grade to join a forest trail above it.

We turned the wagon and team out of the swale and up onto the graded path, and then upward further onto the forest trail road.  The wagon threatened to pivot and tilted off of its wheels momentarily, but the boys were able to keep the weighted load in the back of the buckboard from shifting further and overturning the wagon as the team of horses struggled to pull it back straight again.  More than once the horses’ hooves lost purchase on the dirt grade and threatened to pull the team off balance and backward into the swale, but Begglar and Nell continued to encourage their efforts, and several of us tied draw lines from our mounts to our saddle horns and were able to assist the team and wagon with the load upward.  Once on the forest trail, in no particular hurry, we followed the rutted trail upward until we reached an overlooking ledge and were able to take in the full magnificent view of the power and grandeur of Trathorn Falls.  These were the lower falls, descending down from the high mesa.  Another set of Trathorn Falls was higher up, spilling over the lip of the mesa and high plain, and those were nicknamed the Headwater Falls, even though they were fed by the same major river.  Since the lower falls were much larger, however, these took the principle moniker of the river, because of the greater volume of water that moved down its rock face and into the larger basin below it.

The hissing roar of the Falls grew louder as we approached the overlooking pass that eventually wound down through the trees to the large round basin beneath it.  The wide pool frothed with the churn of water as if a giant, white, out-of-focus, thumb pressed and extended into the center of a large, bright-green disk.  It was a visual pavilion of dancing sparkles.  Rays of the sun pranced across its surface.  The effect was dazzling and awe-inspiring as our company peered down upon the spectacle from our high prospect.

It was hard to imagine that any dangers lurked in that scene of serenity and peace.  The susurrations of the moving water were soothing, almost hypnotic.  The white noise of the falling water lulling and sleep-inducing.

Tall pines lined the sides of the basin and continuing riverbanks in regimental evergreen, silently shepherding the flowing water downward into the lower valley, beneath the trees.  The stone face of the cliffside alternated with white and black banding from the water stains as the volumes of water pouring downward ebbed and flowed through seasonal changes, rain, and snowmelt.  A haze of moisture rose and descended from the wet pounding, blanketing the foliage and rocks and grass with dew causing it to glisten and gleam.

Then I noticed something missing that would have been germane to any similar scene such as this in the Surface World.  Despite all of the resplendent moisture and light dancing upon the rippling pool below and the reflective watery sky mirrored from above, there were no rainbows.  No customary arc of refracted light, spreading the white spectrum apart into its blended components.  The thought struck me as odd at first, but with deeper consideration and intimate knowledge of the Ancient Text, it made sense.  The Mid-World was not a place of rainbows.  The lights that shone above were not the same lights that occupied the heavenly canopy of our Surface World existence.  The whole of the place was something of an inversion of the Surface World, occupying a dimension similar to, though distant from, our world.  Connected but still distinct, similar yet not exactly a carbon copy of the world we know.  An echo, Nem had said.  Yes.  That explained it in some way yet it created more questions in others.  A world without rainbows.  A world without certainty.  Yet a world still under the curse of mankind’s original stain.  The reason was painfully obvious to me.  Wherever mankind went, the curse followed.

The Ring of Fire – Chapter 31

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Azragoth Under Attack)

We saw the fire….and so did everyone else in the valley below and surrounding villages.

The account I have of it was pieced together and reconstructed here to the best I could gather from eye-witnesses and the principal parties involved.  Mattox had ridden back into the tunnels upon leaving us and was joined by his attendant soldiers that had guarded our flank, from a distance, as we made our way out of the city.  Four other Azragothians, two from the east and two from just to the west of us, both hidden from our view during our departure, joined them after following us about a league by different hidden paths down the switchback trails until we had reached the dry riverbed.  By Mid-World and Surface World measure, a league was about the distance a healthy person could walk in an hour’s time (approximately 1.4 miles).  They all were mounted on horseback and rode into the tunnels and sealed up the grotto entrance, by pivoting a cleverly balance stone slab and sifting dirt down grooves cut in the top so that its base appeared undisturbed by the movement.  A mere shallow backing to the small cave, rather than the great stone entrance to a series of complex tunnel systems.  They seize the flickering firebrands from sconces in the cavern wall and rode downward, carrying their lights aloft and before them, picking up their pace when the cavern floor began to even out enough for the horses to feel secure in their footing.

Mattox addressed those following and riding astride him, “The others should be clear of the enemy beasts soon if we timed it right.  But we must hurry if we’re to share in a part of this.”  And with those words he rode forth, pushing the cavern’s darkness ahead within the light of his fiery torch.

At no time was Mattox ever really left unattended.  A guard was always present within shouting distance to relay an order to another within earshot so that The Eagle’s commands always had a swift reach to the larger company needed to carry them out.  His attendants had a gift for blending in and making themselves seem part of the background citizenry going about their daily lives.  Where none were expected, these agents of his often resolved into the shadows and recesses, every watchful for their leader’s command or signal, scanning the perimeter for anything that looked out of place or may pose a mortal threat to their general.

A great strategist and good with maps and military terrain advantages, Mattox and his men had studied the environs of the hills and forests surrounding Azragoth.  Much of their time was spent outside of the city rather than within it, though Mattox was always aware of the progress being made by Nem and his craftsmen, and met with him regularly and often when he was not on a military campaign, providing strategic suggestions for the rebuilding effort when needed.  Nem valued the keen understanding of The Eagle and often consulted him when there were plans to be drawn up for the remaining vulnerable sectors of the city.  The point was that Mattox and all of the leadership of Azragoth and its people had been planning for a siege attack for many years, and they stood in readiness.  Mattox did not have to be present, observing and directing from the battlement walls, for the people of Azragoth to know what they were expected to do.  They had drilled in emergency procedures and had discussed scenarios if there were to be a break in the chain of command.  They could regroup and fight on as coordinated units, or fight as independent battle groups, as needed.  Each of the bastion towers housed soldiers on duty, ready to defend the walls from the heights at a moment’s notice.  The black death resided in the wall of the city’s outer curtain and beneath the killing zone, short courtyards choked with vines and twenty years of weeds and rot, burned-out domiciles and collapsed buildings and broken rubble was strewn about from the destruction of those times before.  Charred arrows and half-chewed, mold-blackened children’s toys lay beneath the weeds in the old dead sectors of the city, sinister symbols of its historical tragedy.  Stray herds of goats haunted the breaks and defiled the once hallowed family homes that now moldered with decay and neglect, char and ruin.

Yet some other things moved about under the overgrowth in the dead sectors as well.  The bleating of the goats and the braying of the wild donkeys had not only been signifying their presence but, of late, also signified their distress.  Many of these now lay dead under the canopy, their carcasses were torn apart and pulled under the blankets of vines to be further savaged.  Skulls and twisted haunches, and partially gnawed legs, all matted with dried decaying flesh crawling with worms and maggots disintegrated silently under the leafy canopy.  The awful smells blending in with the moss-rot odors of the kudzu and mushrooms growing through the pavements of the dead sectors.

Malevolent eyes of ancient creatures newly arrived in the old town of Azragoth had watched the comings and goings of the hidden inner city.  They had seen the silhouettes of the people standing on the terraced balconies beyond the blackened wall, looking down into the places of the old town, unaware that they were being observed from beneath the bushes and vine mats.  They had witnessed how a party of newcomers, a party they held in extremely heated hatred, had been led into the inner city by the secret town’s guards.  They had suspected these were not received with a welcome by the hidden citizenry, but there had been no sense of furtherance of danger.  No punishment for their crime.

One of these angry watchers was a short squatty creature called Grum-Blud…and he carried the evidence with him.  He glared with piggish eyes, as he absent-mindedly gnawed on the ripped haunch of a goat.  Fresh gouts of blood mixed with his own drool, spilled over his lips and matted his grizzled beard as he ate.  His dark, glowering face remembering the sight of the one responsible for the rolled up and tied, fire-blackened remains he had bound to the wild donkey, he had cornered and caught and broken its spirit to suit his transport needs.

The others had arrived at nightfall.  Word had reached The Pan.  And it had sent its agents to remove this incursion upon their lands.  There would not be another, like the one before it.  Surface Worlders must be kept out.  They were not welcome here.

The Xarmnians were being told.  Mowgrai, and Darloc had met with them at the Inn at Crowe.  The fat innkeeper and his wife and boy were nowhere to be found.  Nowhere they could be immediately captured and held to account for the killing of his brother.  But they would soon be rooted out.  No one escaped Xarmnian justice for long.  And with the help of the creatures supplied by The Pan, no one giving these interlopers shelter or aid would either.

Grum-blud dug at his chest, with his free hand, angered by the black stuff that he could not seem to get off of his clothing and the shaggy coarse hair on his forearms and beard.  He was not a particularly clean or fastidious creature, by any stretch of the imagination, but the black sticky stuff annoyed him and pulled at his hair whenever he moved his arms.  He wondered if later he should allow himself to be combed or worse yet, washed by the one who had birthed him.  Naw, he thought.  She kept trying to change him back.  He wanted nothing to do with her again.  She was not happy with the transformations that had given him so much power.  What did she know of this newness?  How could he have ever believed that he once felt compassion for her, pity for her,…love for herBah!  Stupid thoughts!  He grunted to himself.  But his brother, now.  These fools would pay dearly for what had been done to Pogsly.  Dearly and painfully!

The Xarmnian Protectorate Guards had lost the party of Surface Worlder’s temporarily.  Fools!  But they soon discovered something else that was pursuing them.  Something large and unseen and dangerous.  A creature from the Between.  Things of the other that did not properly belong to either world.  The being had left a destructive wake.  A damage path, in its pursuit, that the Xarmnians soon picked up on, though cautious enough to follow at a distance, giving it a wide berth.  Their dogs had to be driven after it by force.  Beaten to follow commands.  Trained as they were as young welts, the dogs abandoned their loyalty in abject terror.  Well, Grum-Blud, thought to himself, no matter.  The enemy of my enemy is my friend.  Though he angrily fisted his hands at the thought that that Enemy of his Enemy, might get to them first.

One would think scaling the inner walls of this old town might be easy enough.  And one would be wrong, in thinking so.  The black coating smelled and resisted all growth of any kind.  No vines protruded from the mortar lines, not even a mushroom cap or blanket of moistened moss could be seen anywhere along its surface.  Kudzu, a most hearty plant, curled away from it and any creeper vines extending to touch it was yellowed and dried and crumbled to powder between the fingers.  Without a ladder to lean against the top of the wall, there would be no way to get over it, except to get enmired in its black coating by attempting to scale it with hammered spikes.  Not an attempt one could hope to achieve with any degree of stealth or secrecy.  Black gaping murder holes lined the top, just two to three feet shy of the top.  No doubt the means by which the thick sticky substance had been poured down to thoroughly coat its outer face.  One might hope to snag the claw end of a rope and grappling hook within these gaps, but it would be quite a trick to do so and not a feat in which he was confident he could pull off even on the best of days.  A rock mound ramp might be attempted, but not under the watchful eyes of those manning the bastions and battlements.  No, The Pan’s creatures were more adept at this kind of assault.  That is why Shellberd had to be sent off to them.  Shellberd the Dope.  He slept too much!  Had to be motivated continually with a good kicking and a clout every now and then.  It had taken a few days, but Shellberd did come through.  The Half-Men were here now.  They had insisted on eating first, before any fighting, and he had given them their will.  They hunted through the great leafy nets, killing whatever they could catch and corner.  Insatiable for blood, but skilled in tracking and surprise, they were mostly able to catch their prey without causing too much noise.  He had insisted that the city within not be alerted too soon, but they only half-listened.  Not being accustomed to following any orders except those given by The Pan.  The Pan did not share authority unless it served his interests to temporary seem to do so.  Something even the Xarmnians did not know.  Something that would have made the creation of Trolls, like himself pointless in continuing in practice.  There had to be a usefulness to everything serving the greater good.  The fact that the Trolls were given recognition by the Half-men was a useful thing in the eyes of the Xarmnian leadership.  And the Trolls relied on being viewed as useful to the Xarmnians and to the Half-Men to preserve their continued existence and to continually grow in numbers through the propagation and administration of the mysterious elixir.

Shellberd had not returned with these Half-Men, and it did not surprise Grum-Blud in the least.  He was annoying and The Pan and his creatures had probably eaten him in celebration of the opportunity to hunt and fight Surface Worlders.  They had a deep-seated hatred for these peoples, that Grum-Blud, was not quite able to understand.  Something about their ancient past.  Something lost to antiquity, buried as it was in their animal brains, and what passed for their collective memory.

Though the kills had been relatively silent, the Half-men creatures were noisy eaters.  They slurped, grunted and snorted while they ate.  A few of them farted.  Not particularly keen on manners himself, but Grum-Blud was irritated by it, and by how much louder it seemed, when he had warned them not to create noise and attract the attention of the guards within.

Grum-Blud had wondered which of the Half-Men creatures The Pan might send and how much Shellberd had relayed to them concerning the walled city and the challenges needed to surmount the inner wall.  Three days it had taken him.  Three days to find The Pan’s Half-Men and another two to get them to return.  It Shellberd hadn’t been eaten, he was no doubt somewhere outside of the city’s old curtain wall, under a shade tree sleeping.  The Ninny!  If Grum-Blud were to catch him, Shellberd might wish he’d been eaten by the Half-Men.  But that was for later.  This was for now.  Anger focused and determined to get over that wall and cut through those people with tooth, claw, and blade until they surrendered the traitorous, murdering Surface Worlders.  These would not be shown the mercy of dying so quickly.  These would be given over to The Pan, to devise something horrible that he could watch and savor.  Hear their screams as perhaps they were served piecemeal to The Pan’s subjects.  Perhaps he would eat a few pieces of the one who had led and the one who had killed his brother as well.  He licked his fat bloody lips at the thought.  The blood of the goat refreshed him in some odd way.  Perhaps his tastes were already changing to becoming more aligned with those of the Half-Men, rather than those of the Xarmnian peoples that he had once been.  Perhaps, in time, the Xarmnians themselves might be fair game for tasting and slaughter as well.  Perhaps in this way, they might become useful to the greater good of Trolls too.  The dark-eye mind trick did not seem to work on the peoples of the Mid-World, as it did on Surface Worlders.  Perhaps that too might one day change. One never knows.

Of all of the Half-Men types that The Pan could have sent, these kinds seemed the most suited for scaling walls.  Grum-Blud was amazed at their ferocity, even though he was annoyed by their reckless disregard for keeping and maintaining a low profile.

If Captain Jahazah the Crusher were here, he would be pleased with Grum-Blud.  Once the attack was complete, Grum-Blud’s name would be venerated in Xarmnian legends and songs.  His name would bring terror and give him power among the masses, and might even give him a place of his own at the tables and in the meetings of the High Xarmnian Council.  And one day, he might be asked to lead a company into the mountains and at last rid the Mid-Worlds of their traitorous brothers, the Capitalians, living so smugly on the other side of The Great Wall.  They would tear it down, stone by stone, crushing each piece with hammers until they formed a gravel road between the two lands.  And once it was down they would pillage and plunder their arrogance into cowed and mewling submission.  Begging for little scraps to be left to feed their families.  One day.  One day soon.

If Jahazah failed to acknowledge his contributions or dared in any way to take shared credit for his glory of this raid, perhaps someday, he too might be served in pieces on a plate in the great counsel dining hall, and Grum-Blud would savor that taste of revenge as well.  Jahazah had beaten him with a rod for allowing the escape of the traitor Corimanth, to get out of the city, and it had taken Grum-Blud weeks to no longer feel the sting of the bruises across his back and to ride upon a small horse without help and wincing in pain with every jostling step.  Grum-Blud vowed to himself, that he would never allow himself to be beaten in such a way ever again.  If beating were to be meted out, he would be the one holding the end of the rod, and not the one receiving its blows.  But tonight the taste of blood was already in the air, and he wondered to himself, what an Azragothian might taste like.

Manticores.  The Pan had sent him twenty-six Manticores.  Creatures adept at climbing with thick razor-sharp claws and the body of a leopard or lion, as the old books of legend tell were in the Surface World lands of the ancient Persians.  The mystical seers of that land, it was said, worshipped the Manticores when they saw them in dreams and painted images of them with pigments on the walls of their temples and crafted statuary of them to guard their tombs and the entrances to their great halls.  They often embellished these with other animal traits from their own worlds, occasionally giving them wings or the tails of serpents or scorpions, as suited their fancy.  But the ones occupying the Mid-Worlds only consisted of three joined elements.  Half-man, with the human dominating the upper portions of the creature, and animal, lion, leopard or panther, occupying the lower ends of the creature, and an insectile propensity expressed as a menacing, articulated scorpion tail, with a deadly black barb on the tip.  The Manticore’s face was human in part, except for its ability to hyper-extend its lower jaw and unveil a triple row set of jagged teeth.  Manticores were not big on speech and one wondered how they could be made to form their growling low rumbling words around so many teeth.  Their heads were hoary, almost always heavily bearded, as if their facial hair made up for the mane of fur that would have grown had they remained a lion of legend.  Their visage was fierce, their skin dark and reddened like tough leather or blackened with the dried glut of blood from so many kills.  Their eyes clouded and vacillated between human awareness and animal aloofness, subjected only to instinct and primal desires.  Their animal fur varied between the beige-tan of a lion, the black velvet of a panther and the spotted patches of a leopard.  Large ferocious cats.  When these creatures climbed the wall they might as well all have panther fur, because they would be very blackened once they reached the top of the wall.  If they reached it, he knew he should say, though he could not contain his optimism seeing how anxious they were becoming.  They paced beneath the black wall seeking and scanning its surface, looking for a break in the stone that they could not find beneath the thick viscous coating.  They were growing impatient with Grum-Blud’s delay.  There was fresh meat on the other side.  They could smell it.  The kills had only whetted their appetite.  The long run from the marked and scented territory of The Pan had been tiring but their energy was returning will their recent meal.  The meat on the other side had very little hair to have to cough up later.  The one called Grawldo, glared at Grum-Blud and growled in annoyance.  It wore a collar around its neck with the loose end of a rope.  Grum-Blud’s way up and over.  The Manticores were big and powerful, muscular and tawny, their claws oversized and thick, extending and retracting from their giant powerful paws.  It was going to be a massacre inside.  Grum-Blud grinned and raised his hand to give the signal.

Meanwhile above, the soldiers of Azragoth had observed the Troll and its newly gathered beasts for some time now.  They had seen the little squat creature crawl over the battered and twisted portcullis gate beneath the Barbican under the silvery moonlight.  They saw the other three Trolls argue and break camp in the early morning hours.  The two who had arrived on onocentaurs, miserable creatures with the body of a small donkey and the top half of a man.  These had been left outside of the city to forage in the surrounding woods, while the trolls scouted the ruined city.  A company of forest soldiers observed two of the Trolls leave on these creatures and return up through the back trails, joining the main road again and proceeding upwards to the high plains from which they had first come, no doubt to join up and report back to the Xarmnian Protectorate Guards still searching the woods for the lost party.  In so doing, they had narrowly avoided the large, invisible creature that had damaged so much of the backtrail bridgeworks before it finally burrowed into the underground tunnels beneath the city.

The onocentaurs, left to the two Trolls remaining, had been tied to the lower trail forests in a copse.  The onocentaurs argued with them very heatedly, and the bemused Azragothian spies almost laughed aloud and gave their hidden location away when the larger Troll in the lead was overheard telling the onocentaurs that “Asses should not be fitted together with a human mouth!”

Eventually, the other Troll had left the lead Troll as well, grumbling unintelligibly, but soon after rode southward alone, having also received some angry reprimand, coupled with a few kicks from his now blackened counterpart.  The observers correctly surmised that the leader Troll’s initial attempts to get over the inner walls of the city of Azragoth had failed miserably.  It was almost too comical to watch.  That is until the nature of the other beasts were seen a mere five days later as they came into the city the night before and joined the lead Troll, below the walls and leafy canopy.  The situation was no longer comical at all.  It had become extremely dangerous indeed.

When the signal below was given, the Azragothian soldiers stationed with smoldering torch standing just inside the doorways of the bastions along the inner wall, waited in readiness, to do what their commander The Eagle had instructed them to do.  Nem and his craftsmen had rebuilt and redesigned the inner wall in a very unique way, with characteristics unlike any other city wall in all of the towns and citadels within the Mid-Worlds.  The inner wall had a shelf at its top, called a machicolation, with a V-shaped trough running along the top of the stone shelf filled to the brim with a petroleum-like oil.  The lip-edge of the trough was also coated with tar and pitch, spilling over and down the wall where it ran partially into the horizontal gaps of the murder holes about a foot below.  From the inner-shelf of the Inner wall, about waist high from the battlement walkway, was a slanted grooved-trough in each merlon between the crenellation caps of stone, where hot oil, tar, boiling water or stones and arrows and could be poured, dropped or shot down upon anyone attempting to scale the Inner wall.  A wooden bench lined the inner wall rampart, allowing archers to raise themselves between the crenellations and fire down into the killing fields of the narrow outer courtyards upon any enemy who had successfully breached the outer curtain wall.  Bundles and full quivers of arrows lay at the ready in the dry boxes below the benches, which allowed the archers to always have an ample supply of darts ready to come to both hands and bow should they run out of those in their carried and strung quivers during a protracted battle.

The manticores could not be permitted to enter the city.  Between the torch-bearers and the archers of Azragoth, they would see to it that that never happened.  Manticores were irrepressibly vicious and savage.  They would pursue, maul, kill and give no quarter.  No one would be safe from their fury.  If ever there was a beast that could be compared with a berserker of old, the manticores were those creatures.

With flared claws, the Manticores, spaced out all along the city walls leaped almost as one, though slightly staggered, as they saw the movement of the signaled cats commence their attack.  Ferocious roars struck terror in the men atop the wall as the creatures lunged against the blackness, scrabbling to gain purchase in the buried grooves beneath the coating.  Invariably they slipped and became enmired with blackness, their powerful paws caked with tar, their hides gleaming with the thick, black, glutinous ooze.

The torcher bearers in the bastion doorways looked down upon the horrible spectacle and from one to the other, waiting for their own signal to be given.  A lookout sentry, from higher up on the clockwise running stair within the bastion tower, watched and observed as each of the creatures became more and more enmired and coated with the pitch, but each was still making some degree of progress up the Inner Wall.

The Troll ran from creature to creature as fast as its stocky legs would carry it, loping and bounding from its knuckles in the characteristic Troll gait, urging the beasts onward and upward, each time they slid back downward.  Their broad paws, sweeping away more and more of the viscous tar, with every attempted ascent, exposing the stone wall below, and the mortared grooves.  With persistence, these creatures would soon make it over the wall, and then in anger and frustration, these monsters would tear them apart.

Suddenly the word was given.  Nem and Ezra watched as The Eagle and his attendant soldiers burst forth from the gates of The Keep, and rode off of the galley loader on horseback.

“Light them up!” he shouted, racing his horse at full gallop through the streets, the hooves of his mount pounding into the cobblestone streets as he rode forth.

Instantly, from every corner of every bastion tower located along the city’s inner wall, a wall of flames burst forth with a loud whooshing noise.  So intense was the sudden flash of heat that the men watching along the wall dove for cover, backing away from the edge as flames tore across the outer portion of the machicolation rim and fiery oil spilled down the external side of the Inner wall, igniting the blackened pitch, creating various blue flames whooshing over and around the embattled manticores still attempting to ascend it.  Roars of pain and screams of rage formed a cacophonous dark symphony, a deafening crescendo that caused Azragothians to hold their ears in uncertain terror.  Unsure whether the sounds signified their imminent death or a successful rout and repulsion of the enemies from without.

Doused and roiling in engulfed flames the manticores ceased their assault on the fiery Inner wall, their own immolations imminent.  The pitch and oil covering their human and animal bodies licking all over them with painful blue and yellow tongues of fire.  Howling and roaring, they tore through the underbrush, colliding with buried and hidden detritus from times gone by, bouncing painfully off stones half-buried and crumbled from partially collapsed walls.  Blinded with searing hot pain, they raced along the killing fields over and under the vine mats and weaving and bounding in great leaps over obstacles searching for the twisted gate of the Bastion through which they had entered.

The conflagration and the howling and roaring echoed balefully throughout the forests and hills surrounding the cliffside, redounding off the stone peaks, reaching even to the lower valleys and villages beyond.  Truly, the foretold black tongue of the city of Azragoth took a far second place to the city’s angry tongues of fire.

The inevitable effect of this was that for miles and miles around and after twenty years of silence, the city could no longer be quietly hidden among the forests at the foot of the mountain.

From our vantage point in the valley below, we witness those once hidden interior walls suddenly blaze into the night sky and shine through the trees blazing forth in a bright ring of fire.  Flaming balls of fire streaked out from what we assumed could only be the old front gates of the city, and raced in flicker blazes through the smoky forests, setting some of the drier vegetation ablaze as well.  The sight of it was terrible in its fury, the noises of it even worse to behold.

As the evening dusk settled in colored bands upon the distant horizon, Azragoth appeared to have, at long last, awakened from the dead and was stunningly revealed to the surrounding communities below, and to all its friends, and foes alike.

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

A woodsman armed with a longbow, riding a dappled mare at the edge of the forest, looked up as a flash of light passed through the tree cover, and he heard the terrifying sounds beasts and fowl shriek as smoke and flame billowed upward from somewhere deep in the forest of Kilrane. Monstrous sounds bellowed into the chilled air, echoing off of the canyon rims, burrowing into the cacophony of the crackling trees alive with the sounds of burning and animals fleeing under their flaming bowers.  He gaped as he realized where the sounds were originating from.

“What are they thinking?” he mumbled at first, and then with frustration and conviction, “It is way too soon!  What ARE THEY DOING?!”

With that, he leaned forward in the saddle, made a loud clicking noise with his mouth, and lightly kicked the flanks of the mare signaling her to gallop with all haste, not away from the fiery woods but deeper into the very heart of it.

He hoped there was still time to get to the hidden cache and back out again.  He was taking quite a risk doing so, for he suspected he was being followed by creatures he had not seen in these parts for many years now.  Creatures only partly human.  It had been a mistake telling Tobias anything.  He had long doubted that the man could be trusted, even if he was assisting the resistance movement.  The man had too much love for the coin, and unless he had missed his guess, he suspected that both he and Sanballat were the very ones responsible for the mysterious disappearance of Noadiah.

The flames had come from the last known location of the dead city of Azragoth and whatever was happening there now, would have dire repercussions for them all.

*** End of Part 1 ***

“For evil does not come up from the dust, nor does trouble spring up from the ground, but people are born to trouble, as surely as the sparks fly upward.” [Job 5:6-7 NET]

“If the distance to the nearest city of refuge is too far, an enraged avenger might be able to chase down and kill the person who caused the death. Then the slayer would die unfairly, since he had never shown hostility toward the person who died.” [Deuteronomy 19:6 NLT]

“Never again will you be called “The Forsaken City” or “The Desolate Land.” Your new name will be “The City of God’s Delight” and “The Bride of God,” for the LORD delights in you and will claim you as his bride.” [Isaiah 62:4 NLT]

“I will ransom them from the power of Sheol. I will redeem them from death. Death, where are your barbs? Sheol, where is your sting? Compassion is hidden from my eyes.” [Hosea 13:14 CSB]

“For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal [must] put on immortality. So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory. O death, where [is] thy sting? O grave, where [is] thy victory?” [1 Corinthians 15:53-55 KJV]

“God forbid. How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein?” [Romans 6:2 KJV]

Author’s Note:

Azragoth in this story represents many things. On one level, it is a city reborn after judgement in the form of a plague that consumed it, as even the surrounding woods of Kilrane, pronounced “Kill – Reign”, grew thick and dense around it. When judgment comes, death seems to reign.

But rebirth and resurrection comes from The Almighty alone, for he holds the keys to death and destruction. On another level, the parallels to the destruction and rebirth of the ancient city of Jerusalem should also be clear, drawing heavily on the biblical accounts in the books of Ezra and Nehemiah, with situations and characters drawn from those accounts as well.

Most of the names I give in the story have hidden significance. Some of those are a conglomeration of word root forms joined together. The Hebrew word Azubah, means “forsaken.” I tend to note similarities in words, while also being cognizant that word means have fluctuated over time and with usage. The seer/prophet Ezra’s name literally means “help” in Hebrew. So, I gravitated toward the phonetics of both words with a nod towards their meanings.

Azragoth /Az-Rah-Gawth/ – In Israeli, the name Azra means – pure. In Israeli, the name Gath means – a wine-press. Hence, Azragoth means, Pure Wine-Press. The New Wine, pressed out of trouble and crushing.

It struck me that the character of Brian/O’Brian was struggling with his own guilt and identity, with the added weight of a calling that he feels neither prepared for nor worthy of. A place of trouble and crushing seemed like a place he might wish to avoid, but it is the very place he needed to go, despite what he might believe. God puts us through trials to refine us. (Isaiah 48:10, Zechariah 13:9, Jeremiah 18:4) O’Brian, at the direction and counsel of Begglar, comes to think of Azragoth as a place of refuge. The kind of place that an accidental murder, like himself, might go to hide from a slayer. But it is the place where he must face up to the reason for his running, and meet the monstrous slayer [Sheol], accept the calling and accountability for his actions, and receive the renewed forgiveness that cleanses him. More importantly, it is there he is compelled to give up trying to be his own savior, for his own sake and for the sake of protecting and serving others.

Truth be told, we are all murderers at heart, guilty of betrayal, and the death of our Savior and Lord, Jesus Christ–the only pure and innocent sacrifice, taking our guilt and shame upon Himself as punishment for our sin: past, present and future. But the point of this story goes beyond that initial step of accepting Christ’s completed work to satisfy our past and present guilt.

It leans instead into the ways we forget that, while we walk into the newness of our rebirth, we must remember to cast off our grave clothes, and stop living chain-linked as prisoners under the shadows of our past. As redeemed, we too often forget that God’s payment extends beyond the moment of our first acceptance, but must be carried into a daily acceptance of Him as Savior for each failing that we have in this present new life. This is what Lordship is about–taking up our cross daily. (See Luke 9:23-27) There is no point at which we can become our own savior. Rather, we must be willing to surrender and repent of our guilt in a daily process, until we are completed in Him by His work through us alone.

Mankind was born in the dust, and it was only by the quickening Breath of God that he arose from it to become a living being. (See Genesis 2:7 & 1 Corinthians 15:45-49) From the very begging, we, ‘the man of dust’, were meant to arise from our inert grounding, to find and walk in a restored relationship our Redeemer. That is our primal and defining purpose and calling.

But in the interim of the course through which we walk, in our being conformed to His image, to becoming refined vessels of honor, we must pass through trials and hardships in this land of trouble. (John 16:33) Initially, in our young walk there are some sins we readily take to the cross and ask for forgiveness. But strangely, when we believers live a little more of this new life, and find that we commit a sin that has dire consequences for more than just ourselves, we seek forgiveness from those hurt by our actions, but the hardest one we have trouble accepting forgiveness for is ourselves. Especially, when the cost to another came at the expense of their life.

As an example: The Christian who may have been driving distracted, leading to a car wreck that claims the lives of others, especially those they were charged with protecting will have a tough time forgiving themselves, even if the family of those lost forgive him. Though not entirely the same, O’Brian has a similar struggle leading to debilitating self-doubt. Not only is his character arc centralized on finding forgiveness for himself, but it takes a turn, with him learning to extend forgiveness to an enemy. Something he even unwittingly alludes to concerning the initial discovery of the Cordis Stone.*

(* Chapter 21: Scene 4)

The difficulties ahead of O’Brian and the team he leads will force them to confront past grievances and dispel assumptions that could undermine the stone quests entirely. For as the following verse states, “people are born to trouble, as surely as the sparks fly upward”, trouble will most certainly come.

[Job 5:6-8 NET] “For evil does not come up from the dust, nor does trouble spring up from the ground, but people are born to trouble, as surely as the sparks fly upward. “But as for me, I would seek God, and to God I would set forth my case.”

In the story ahead, they will be both driven by fire and threatened by ice.

Join us to see how that unfolds in Excavatia Book 2: A Swirl of Embers.

The Imminent Siege of Azragoth – Chapter 30

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Taking the Mountain)

Taking the Mountain turned out to be more of a challenge than I realized.

It was not so much a literal direction as it was a state of mind.  A commitment to face the obstacles before you and surmount them.  Like Caleb, of old, there were giant Anakim living in the mountains that were given to him as his possession.  He was then an 85 year-old-man, fourscore and five, as he says.  The term “score is equivalent to twenty years.  So, fourscore would be 4 times 20, which would be 80, plus five additional years would bring the total to 85.

Now considering also that while he was the approximate age of some of your grandfathers, he still had it going on.  Caleb had some guns on him.  The strength of a man in his youth.  But more impressive than that was his moxy.  Not mojo, Moxy.  Okay, Spunk, for your younger ones out there.  Caleb had a level of confidence in the promise of His Lord, that made him defiant in the face of threat, determined in the teeth of defeat, and wholly and completely trusting in the value of a promise given, because of the pristine character and goodness of the One who promised it.  The Ancient Text says:

“114 You are my refuge and my shield; your word is my source of hope.” [Psalm 119:114 NLT]

In the Surface World, promises made are too often akin to bounced checks.  They have no backing.  They are used as currency for people to get what they want in the most immediate fashion possible, but tragically the one giving in trust to the promisor can easily lose everything if what is given in trade is purchased with a questionable currency that has no backing.  Commerce and fair trade depend upon mutuality of trust.  Caleb had no doubt of the backing of his promissory note, and he was ready to put his life on the line to cash it in.  An eighty-five-year-old man, dauntless before a mountain of giant half-men.  Not only that, but he took ownership claim, not only to conquer those in the mountain, but to rule it afterward, and populate it with his family and their generations to come.  To take the mountain, he was also putting not only himself on the line, but his family as well.  All his poker chips were on the table, so to speak and he was betting the farm.  He knew he had been dealt the winning hand.  To some, that would seem risky, but he was confident of his backer.  In his mind, it was no gamble to place complete faith and trust in the “promises”, the currency, of his Lord and God.  But that kind of confidence was not just an abandonment of reason to blind faith.  Caleb was a confident spirited lad when he and Joshua were first sent into the land of giants to spy it out for Moses and the rest of the Hebrews, encamped on the outer desert perimeter of The Promised Land.

They were literally within sight of the land flowing with milk and honey, that God had promised them on their miraculous flight from Egypt, through towering walls of water of the Red Sea, and following a pillar of cloud by day and a column of fire by night.  They were watered by a dry rock, they were fed by manna from heaven, and every promise made to them was being fulfilled before their very eyes.  They fought battles being displaced nomads with the armies of established cities and conquered along the way, but when they go to the edge of the whole purpose for their journey, they hesitated, stopped short of claiming it, and decided not to trust in the One who had called them and delivered them miraculously this far.  Caleb, like his people, had a faith born of firsthand experience.  Yet, some of his fellow kinsmen, having shared in the same experiences, still lived imprisoned by their own fear and distrust.  Though the promised land was before them, and they survived a miraculous journey overshadowed by the power and guidance of the One who promised them good, they distrusted Him because they saw and feared the giants in the land of the promise.  They forgot their history, they abandoned their trust and faith, and instead chose fear, trusting in their own strength without considering the promise of their backing.  This is why John the Revelator reminds us of yet another title of the One.

“11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him [was] called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war.” [Revelation 19:11 KJV]

One point that few people acknowledge in that very affirmation statement, is that righteousness does require judgment, but it also requires the might to back it up, and yes even to the point of making war if required.

Isn’t it amazing that the very Prince of Peace must sometimes resort to war to effect righteousness?  I’ll bet that will come as quite a shock to those who advocate for pacifism and appeasement with evil regimes of this world when they piously and sanctimoniously are forced to wrap their heads around the fact that Christ Himself counts righteousness as a cause worth fighting for.  But that should not come as a surprise to any soldier, or military personnel, or police officer or judge who witnesses the human stain of sin and corruption and fight against its surfeiting current every day.  Evil must be resisted for a sane and safe society to flourish.

There is a battle going on for the minds of mankind, and it takes many shapes and forms to distract and confuse them, to cause them to place their hopes and trust in human panaceas that have no backing.  Histories are forgotten, and in some cases re-written by pernicious minds so deceived by their own faith in modern falsehoods they cannot abide by any other perspective that does not join their conclusions.  These are an unteachable people, unwitting acolytes of an ancient and invisible enemy that seeks their enslavement and ultimate destruction.  That enemy’s agents have been at work since the beginning of time in all of the created worlds seeking to unmake all that the Master has made but unable to touch the eternal.  Save for one thing.  He must cause mankind to forget who they were created to be, to forget the historical record of their miraculous deliverance through time and how they were spared destruction by the One.  For he knows that if a generation can be made to forget their past, then they will have no hope for their future and no will to resist his ultimate rule.  They will be snuffed out, like a candle in the wind.  Already, they were smoldering embers, with a faint white-gray ribbon of smoke unraveling into the sky, signifying their dying surrender.  A white flag harbinger of retreat.  The essential point of my calling and my mission was to cause these few that I led into the Mid-World to come back to themselves and remember.  To see again that promises made by the One are promises kept.  That every launched ship of dreams that carry their hopes into the storms of life on the high seas, always have a safe and protected home harbor to return to.  There are no sea-faring men, no matter how full of bravado and wanderlust they may claim to be, that do not find comfort in the memory of their home port when maelstroms threaten to swamp their vessel and swallow them into the cold, dark depths of the beckoning, and unforgiving sea.

It was with these thoughts in mind that we gathered together around the supplies wagon, and climbed up on our geared traveling mounts, and followed Maeven as she led us onward through the winding forested trails down the slopes and away from the hidden city of Azragoth, where we knew we had friends and allies who might possibly be in danger due to the approach of the Protectorate squads still hunting and pursuing us.

What we did not know at the time, was that the real threat to Azragoth was presently from an entirely different enemy than that posed by the Xarmnians.  This enemy had a particular grudge to settle with the denizens of the resurrected city of Azragoth and it had formed a tenuous and temporary truce with the Xarmnians brokered by the unreliable creatures with whom they both shared some commonality.  This enemy had lain in wait for more than twenty years, pondering the right time to strike and overrun the secret remnant within the city with one final sweeping attack to snuff out the remaining ember of hope that it represented to the oppressed peoples of the Mid-World.  The Xarmnian high counsel knew that something remained in the lost city of Azragoth, but they had no definitive proof of it, until now.  This surprising secret was delivered to them through their dealings with a former enemy that they had only recently normalized relations with.  The brokerage of the truce was handled by the Xarmnian Trolls.  Being part human, part something else, gave them an advantage in dealing with the Xarmnian’s former foes who contended with them for ultimate rulership over all of the Mid-World lands and people.  These enemies were the ancient races of Half-Men.  Creatures that had an amalgam of human and animal and plant origins stemming from their ancient paganism and ritualistic transit through the now-closed former portals of the Surface World to the Mid-World lands.  These were the embodiment of the ancient legends of the Surface World.  The source of those legends, though the Surface Worlders’ added much to make up the mythological canon.  These creatures were observed through dreams and odd reflections in pools of water or in mystic glasses until the strength of the connections between the Surface World and the Mid-Worlds weakened to the point that observers only saw these beings in blurry flickers out of the corner of their eyes.  In the Surface World, these unfortunate cursed beings were venerated and proclaimed to be gods worthy of worship and appeasement.  Distractions from the belief in the One true Creator God.  Priests and priestesses saw the veneration of these gods to be a means of control and power, and a way to enrich themselves through the awe and dread of these creatures whom they claimed to represent as their personal oracles between the divine and the common.  Great temples were built to honor these cursed and trapped creatures of the Pantheon.  When the cursed creatures in the Mid-World learned of this they were at first stunned and then saw it as an opportunity to also revenge themselves against The One who had caused them to be cursed and trapped in the Mid-World.  With no subjects but themselves, they waited for thousands of years before mankind finally re-entered their world.  When these human sojourners began to occupy the land they presented themselves to their descendants as being the gods they were believed to be in the Surface World and demanded worship.  They were at first resisted, but over time, the humans began to pay them homage.  The Half-men, it was said and later revealed to be of a certain truth, that these beings were denied the liberation of natural death.  They could be killed, but only through violence done to them.  They aged, and their bodies suffered the rages of passing time, but with no natural release.  Their animal minds continually warred against their human minds.  They could not contain their passions, so they indulged them but found no relief in them and only temporary satiation.  They blamed humans, the favored ones of the Creator.  These who reminded them of what they once were and had irrevocably left to become something else.  They could not abide the sight of humans without waking their violent passions fed by their animal desires.  No relations could be had between these Half-men and the humans of the Mid-World until the emergence of the creatures known as Trolls.  Something about them pleased the Half-Men and tamed their wildness when dealing with them as emissaries of the Xarmnian humans.  That brokered relationship had brought the truce.  The Half-Men saw a sinister kinship between the Xarmnians and themselves that they could, at last, identify with.  The Trolls represented the Xarmnian effort to become more like the Half-Men.  With each one, either voluntarily or by compulsion surrendering part of their humanity to be enjoined with the bestial, was a form of emulation and worship that they found pleasing and appealing.  The elixir was a masterful stroke, as far as the Half-men were concerned, and the Xarmnians who came up with changing some of their children to become more amenable to the Half-men was seen as a brilliant compromise that had provided a peaceful solution and resolution to a centuries-old conflict.  Xarmians were now free to pass through Half-men territories unmolested, and certain secrets were shared between these two groups that proved mutually beneficial to both groups.

Having had some limited experience with Trolls, as they were only newly becoming a people, I did not realize that there was an underlying reason for the Xarmnian alchemists creating such ugly and unstable beings with their transformative elixirs.  Having that knowledge now sickens me to even think about it, though it is reticent of something happening in my own world which also distresses me more than I can elaborate on just now.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Switchback)

We rode further downward on a switchback trail cut and camouflaged beneath the lower forested canopy.  I watched as Maeven rode up to the end of a trailway, pushed against certain branches on the trees there and areas once hedged about by bushes swung inward revealing a continuation of the trail not previously seen in the shaded light.  Time and time again, certain trailheads that seemed to terminate were uncloaked by this method of hidden cantilevers and pivoting shrubs, and I wondered at how Maeven was able to remember them all.

Above and behind us, at some degree of distance, we begin to hear furtive movements in the brush.  Rustling noises that were caused by unknown creatures moving with some degree of speed through the forest underbrush.  Grunts and guttural growls were interspersed within these noises, and we were gripped with a fear that the Xarmnian dogs were once again on the scent of our trail with the Protectorate Guards close behind.

Maeven and I both paused to listen, attempting to quiet the others growing more noticeable uncertain and afraid.  A few circled their horses as if wanting to flee back to the safety of the caves beneath Azragoth, but I bid them hold their peace and keep still.

“They’re coming.  They’re going to find us and kill us.  We should have never left Azragoth.”

Maeven interjected, “Be still.  Let us hear for a moment.”

After a bit, I turned to Maeven, “Are you hearing what I’m hearing?”

“Yep.  They’re moving away from us.  Not toward us.”

I turned to the two riders whose actions showed that they were wanting to go back.

“If you ride back that way, number one, you’ll never find the hidden route we took to get down here, so you’re sure to get lost.  And number two, you will be riding right into the ones making those noises above us.”

I cleared my throat and eyed them each for a moment, letting the implications of my two-point arguments sink in before I put the question to them.

“So, what’s it going to be?”

They each took hold of their reins and turn their horses back into the line, not saying a word, yet not having to.  Their actions spoke for them.

Maeven looked at them and then at me.  I saw the conflict in her eyes, and I knew what she was thinking.  She wanted to turn back, but for very different reasons.

I gave her a half-smile, nodding and acknowledging her struggle.

“They’ll be alright.  Whatever is coming against them should be perhaps pitied, if I know Mattox, as well as my memory serves.”

She gave me a grateful smile, but I could still see that worry lingered within her.  She turned and pressed on, leading us further downward until we crossed a shallow creek bed, and turned to follow its winding course towards the lower plains and the lake country.  It would be a fair ride yet, and we were making rather slow progress since we were not free to travel upon the open roads and more direct route.  Whatever threatening forces were rushing upward toward the old city of Azragoth had a nasty surprise awaiting them.  The black tongue of the city was waiting to spring forth and deluge those threats with rotting disease and death.  Considering that we were still on a slope below the city, though several thousands of feet away, such horrible filth would run beyond the ranks of the enemies, and pour through the forests and dry streams below.  If we were caught in its path, Azragoth’s destructive defenses would deal out death to us as well.  That is why we had to make haste to get off of this mountain as soon as safety might permit us too.  Any further delay would cause the Azragothians delays in being able to use their city’s secret weapon, and those delays could risk their lives as well.  They would wait for us to reach the plain and send up a signal fire so that they would know we were in the clear.  Having known Nem and Ezra and Corimanth but a little time while sheltering in their city, I was fully confident that they were honorable men who sincerely wished us no harm.  They had entrusted Maeven to my charge.  Corimanth sincerely loved his sister, nephew, and brother-in-law, so I feared no threat from him as well.  And, even though there had been some tension and bad blood between Mattox and me, I had no doubt that he had become a changed man, and I could not believe that he would willingly send us to our death.  He most certainly would have before, but not now.  The difference in him was profound enough to cause one to wonder at the transformative power of the One who had called us here.  But time was precious and we did not have much of it left.

I spurred my mount forward until I was alongside Maeven.

“We need to get out of here soon and light the signal fire.”

“I know,” she looked straightforward, not turning to me, “It is not that far now.  I wish we didn’t have to take the riverbed, but the supply wagon couldn’t have been brought down any other way.”

“If we have to, we may need to abandon it and find some other way to forage for what we need along the way.”

“Mr. O’Brian, I know these parts, and I know what we are going into.  Remember, that my last years here were spent in marauding raids, and supply runs for the resistance.  I am not the same little wilting flower of a girl you remember when you and Begglar first knew me.  I’ve seen the gathering of the armies, and the Xarmnian reach even in these rural lands far from its capitol.  People are frightened, harassed, slaughter or even worse.”

“Worse?”

“Forced to witness atrocities, degrading mockery, and the abuse of their innocents.  The human heart, for all of the bestial wildness that The Pan and his Half-men creatures are reported to be, is far darker, and wilder still.  With the Half-men, it is mere animal violence, but with the Xarmnians it is an evil expression that goes beyond savagery.  We will not be at liberty to range far enough into the wilds for a hunting or foraging party to be of much use.  We will need to stay together, knowing the whereabouts of each other at all times, if we are to survive.  We will need to be ready for surprise attacks at a moment’s notice, and coordinate our fighting styles and patterns so that we serve a common objective to route the enemy and not let them divide us, even if some of us fall or succumb to their tactics.  We will need these supplies to convince others to barter with us, even if they are reluctant too.  We will have to rely on the foodstuffs to get us through lean times when the game is scarce and the wild-growing edible vegetation is spartan or out of season.  Right now, what this wagon carries is crucial to our survival as well.  I only wish the rainy season might have made this riverbed softer with more silt than rock.”

“Your points are well made, Maeven,” I paused and then added, “Storm Hawk.”

I dipped my head in deference to her reputational title, and I saw the edges of a smile play about her lips.  Gratitude for my show of respect for her valued input slightly moistening her eyes, in that unguarded moment.  I knew this was hard for her.  And I knew what courage she was demonstrating to be willing to leave her surrogate family in Azragoth on the cusp of an imminent attack to follow and help me lead our company into an uncertain future.

It took us another 45 minutes to an hour roughly to finally emerge from the river bed and to reach the edge of a clearing below the foothills of Azragoth.  Once there, we quickly used flint to tinder a firebrand made from a sheaf of straw and soot polished wood, that kept it from quickly burning down the shaft.  Maeven spurred her steed, brandishing the torch held high above and behind her so that the ash and loosening pieces of straw would not fall and ignite in her hair as she rode back and forth across the green field.

From the angle of the lower field, we would not be able to see the walls of Azragoth, covered as it was by the forests, but we should see an acknowledgment firelight, gleaming through the forest canopy.

Unbeknownst to us, the siege of Azaragoth had already commenced long before we emerged from the forests below it, and shortly after Mattox had left us to return back into the caverns below the city.  And the counterforce, the Azragothians had to employ to repel the threat had nothing to do with what was stored within the other walls of the city, but what had been coursing through a V-shaped groove cut along the top of the inner walls separating the old dead city from its living and still-strongly-beating defiant heart.

Take the Mountain – Chapter 29

*Scene 01* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

Mattox and I walked side by side once all of our traveling party were down into the tunnel and our supplies were loaded onto a wagon that had been stationed under the loading shaft beneath the foundation of The Keep.  He directed us through each passage and juncture as we made our way towards the ground opening hidden within the mountainside forests surrounding Azragoth above.  Since the mountainside sloped getting to the cave opening did not require climbing back up or finding a steadily rising grade towards the surface as would have been necessary if the caverns were beneath a plain or level ground.  In the course of underground travel, in a seemingly awkward fashion, I finally broached the subject that had held my burning curiosity since discovering that the Eagle was a former nemesis.

Underground Image-09

“How…I mean, what…changed you?”

Mattox kept walking and directing us ahead but eventually responded to my question.

“It wasn’t just one thing, but there was a catalyst event that finally broke me down.”

I waited, allowing him to pay out the mystery in installments.

“What they did to The Marker, their disgusting obsession with it, making a mockery of it, forcing abeyances and slaughtering before it, finally made it so that I could stomach the hatred no more.”

Of all the things he could have told me, this was the one thing I never had expected to hear.

“The Xarmnians, of which I am ashamed to say, I once was, are power-mad.  They are obsessed with dominating everyone and everything because their own collective philosophy demands suppression of a natural human need that they do not realize is innate.”

“A need for significance, individuality, and a chance to succeed beyond the level of their peers without feeling guilty for that desire or obligated by it to everyone who does not put forth the same sweat equity and discipline.  Suppress those needs long enough and they turn inward into rage and frustration.  These lead either to despair, conformity, and defeat, or to blood-lust, aggression, and violence.  It’s the difference between subjects and soldiers for the Xarmnians.  The governors know this, and they fuel these fires to white-hot intensity.  They take those who choose brutality for their armies, and the rest they dominate and keep in fearful servility.  We were trained to do this, as military leaders.  Schooled in it from an early age.  Yet I remember from an early age, a time when it wasn’t so.  A time when the Capitalians were our brothers and sisters, and we once made a pilgrimage to The Marker that first inspired us to settle here in these lands and gave us a hope that we could build something better and have a place of our own.  The Builder Stones were a gift of The Marker.  We owe the founding of our cities to the use of them, and the mysterious Marker Stone from which they came.  Though we were never allowed to speak of it, I still keep that memory and lived in a secret shame of my kinsmen and their behavior regarding it.  Burying it under massacred thousands who believed in its promises was the last straw, the last indignity that I could bear.  So I broke faith with them in my heart and was left to seek Hope in some other path besides Xarmnian philosophies.  I needed something more to give me purpose and bring meaning back.”

“I did many horrible things under the old rule.  Things that weighed down and haunted me with every step.  I needed what these Azragothians had found in the aftermath of their tragedy.  I needed a way to cleanse and find hope and forgiveness.  These remarkable people offered me that.  Me, a Xarmnian.  One of the military leaders that arguably led to the tragedy of what happened to them.  They showed me a path to the One and a way to be reconciled through Him to hope, despite everything I have done.  I have gained an appreciation for the Living Words of the Ancient Text and am finding wisdom through them that I never knew was essential to my becoming.”

“When the Xarmnian army showed up to take Azragoth, I was already within the city.  I brought Maeven there to live, but I had also come to the surrounding area to find someone else.  I am not sure, but I believe that person is also within your company, but he need not know that I am aware of him.  He was a little boy when I found him.  Rescued him in the woods.  He may not even remember me.  It is perhaps for the best that he doesn’t.  I have not seen him since he was a child.  Before he ran away and disappeared.”

“There are many things that I am ashamed of, that I did in the service of Xarmni.  One particular thing I witnessed, with that one, I could not let stand.  His father was a Surface Worlder.  The boy is too.  It does not often happen that Surface Worlders come here with families, but sometimes it happens on rare occasions.”

“From what I could gather, the boy’s father was in the military in the Surface World.  He was a long way from home, involved in a war.  They discovered the Mid-World by accident, on opposite sides of the Surface World.  The boy’s father was changed by the war, a different man, but a better man somehow.  He had become a Cleric.  The boy was struggling with that.  He knew his dad from before he went off to war.  A tough guy.  A hard man.  Someone whom the boy idolized and wanted to be like…like the man he was.  But he was uncertain about the man his dad had become.  When he witnessed his dad’s death in this world, he blamed the death on the man’s change.  Resented it.  When I dropped him off with a family in the highlands, he saw my leaving as a betrayal as well.  But I couldn’t deal with a child and do what I had to as a Xarmnian officer.  I had no choice.  Sentiment was frowned upon and viewed as a weakness, so I kept that secret to myself.  From the others.  When I found Maeven and the others within Azragoth, I saw in Maeven a need and a chance to make up for what I couldn’t do with the boy as a soldier.  Maeven was my second chance to do something good for someone.  So I trained her in military survival, fighting techniques, and help her build confidence in herself that she didn’t have before.  I have taught her much, but she excels beyond what I taught her, and by the same token I have learned much from her, in ways that are a side of warfare I did not know of for all of my combat training.  With the boy and his father…  Well, I saw what happened to the man, and why the other Xarmnian commander did not pursue them when they managed to escape into the woods.  He knew there were creatures within that would make quick work of them both.  Especially since the man was injured and leaving a trail of blood in the snow.  As soon as I could get away without being noticed or missed I went after them but was too late to help the man.  The boy was in the tree above, barely alive, starving, nearly frostbitten and in a shock that made him barely responsive when I took him down and carried him away.”

“The boy’s father had carried an honor sword that had been taken from him when he and his son were captured.  I believe it is to be the same one you are carrying.  I took it, from the Xarmnians holding him captive.  [Change this to Lord Nem] It was I and Lord Nem who took it out to the copse grove near Crowe and drove it into the exposed roots of the tree there, as is the custom when the mission of an honor sword is complete.”

“I assume you are familiar with the nature of honor swords.”

“To some degree.”

“Then you understand that not just anyone can release an Honor Sword once it has been driven into the roots of a dogwood tree.  It is bonded to the wood.  Others have tried to take it out before and failed.  Only the one who is meant to take up the mission of its previous bearer will be able to draw it forth.  This mission you are called to is a continuance of the boy’s father’s mission.  It is where Maeven also must join in the quest, for she is part of it.  My compassion and sense of duty to her is because of my prior experiences and softening with helping the boy.  I do not know what role she will play in it, but I and the leaders in Azragoth feel that her place is with your company on this quest.”

I was amazed at Mattox’s matter-of-fact demeanor and his openness and candor with me, so unlike what I had experienced of the man in his before life.  I had wondered at his seeming devotion to the Azragothians, but it was all now beginning to fall into place.  His service to them as General and protector was so different from how he had served under the Xarmnian edge of the sword.  He loved them.  His service and duty arose out of gratitude and kinship with them, and out of a joined fellowship in service to the ideals carved in The Blood Stone, aka The Marker.

A thought occurred to me at that moment so I ask him, “Tell me how was it that the other Xarmnian’s were able to wrest the Honor Sword from the boy’s father?”

“There are two ways.  If the Bloodline is not wrapped to the bearer’s arm, the bearer may become separated from it.  The sword wields no power of its own except through connection through the Bloodline and its bearer.  The sword and the bearer are mere branches of a tree, but the Bloodline represents its root joining the two into the power of The One.”

“And the other way?”

“The bearer has to underestimate the Honor Sword.  He has to voluntarily surrender it due to his own beliefs in the necessity of surrendering it.”

“And why did the man surrender it?”

“He didn’t.  He had no sense of the danger he was in when he and his son were seized.  His sword was not bound to him by the Bloodline, so we took the opportunity to take it from him unaware.”

“He was pick-pocketed?!”

“What?”

“Sorry.  A Surface World concept meaning a light-fingered thief lifted the object from his person or the pocket in which valuables were kept.”

“Then yes, as you say, he was…pickpocketed.”

I glanced down at the storied Honor Sword in its scabbard on my hip with a new appreciation for it, now that I understood something of its history.  I wondered if I should, in precaution, wrap the Bloodline to my arm while we traveled so that I might not meet with the same separation as had the boy’s father when he bore it so long ago.  Mattox saw my looking at it and was able to discern my thinking.

“It is fine for now, but do not go into a populated area or town ahead without the Bloodline sash attached to your bearing arm.  In the open, you need freedom of movement and cannot bear the battle sword with every task and with every company you keep.  There is an Ancient Text verse that speaks of those who appreciate the words of the sword and those to whom its words cause only offense because they have no receptivity to it.  Bring it to your aid, but sometimes the ground upon which you cast these seeds, you need to be aware, is as hard as stone.”

“The boy?”

“Perhaps.  Perhaps not.  Time will tell you what kind of soil he has become with maturity.  If he is sincerely seeking answers then there is hope for him too as there was for me.  Even a stone may have a fissure into which seed may fall and sprout.  If the sprout becomes a tree, it will further break up the rock as the roots swell with maturity.  There is always hope, no matter how bleak and remote you might believe it to be.”

I pondered his wise words for some time before speaking again.

“Mattox.”

“Yes?”

“The villages you took over for Xarmni.”

He sighed, not sure where my questioning was headed.

“Did the Xarmnian government authorize and teach you how to cause them to submit to rule?”

“No,” he said and seemed to be pondering painful memories that weighted and knit his brow.

“Xarmnian conquest was to be brutal.  To strike hard and fast and successive and break the people down through might, but this was short-sighted and undermined what they were trying to accomplish.”

“How so?”

“Xarmni needed the people, though they would never acknowledge or admit it.  Brute force can only accomplish so much, but it is a tenuous hold on power, at best.”

I waited, curious to hear his explanation.

“The towns we claimed under my watch, had very little loss of life.  We needed their young men for our armies.  We needed the laborers of the village to continue to produce and plant and harvest crops and raise animals for our collective food stores being depleted by the number of people drawing from them to survive.  To ride in and kill as many people as we could until the town surrendered, was just stupid and short-sighted, though praised and encouraged by the leadership and others.  As I told you, our military is comprised of violent men full of pent-up aggression seeking an outlet.  Decisions made with that level of anger, I learned from my own experience, where almost always the worst decisions made in retrospect and ran counter to what we were trying to accomplish.  Rage is myopic.  Foolish and it has killed far more of our men than I care to think about.  When I took a town, most people yielded without a fight.  Plant a seed and a threat of violence in them, and you often never have to act upon it, if that seed grows into a sense of dread.  Over time, the Xarmnian leadership came to understand why it was that the towns I took for them, were done without losing so many of our soldiers and the infrastructure of the towns did not have to cost Xarmnia so much in revenue to rebuild what the berserker army methods would have destroyed in its capture and conquest.  Fear alone can be motivation enough to break a man’s spirit so that he can be ruled by another.  Despair over his inability to get beyond that fear would make him servile until his needs could only be met by us, and he would never remember the fact that he had once lived independently from us.”

I took in a breath of amazement.  Mattox, The Eagle, truly did have a far-reaching vision and an understanding of human nature, that I had not understood until now.  His moniker was apt and appropriate.  It made him a deadly adversary and now transformed by the One, a very shrewd and valuable leader with the advantage of an insider’s knowledge of Xarmnian war tactics.  The people of Azragoth, and the secret Resistance fighters throughout Xarmnian occupied territories would be well-served under this transformed and renewed General and brilliant strategist.  I was so glad that he was now an ally.

*Scene 02* – 00:00 (Scene Title)

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (What’s In The Bag?)

I looked down and again noticed the pouch containing the rounded weighted object affixed to my belt.

“This thing you’ve given me.  What is it?”

“Not here.”

“What?”

“I need to be certain that we are not overheard.  There are at least two in your company who are not Surface Worlders that cannot hear what I need to tell you.  Once clear of the tunnels just ahead, we will need to speak in private, before I return back to the city.  Keep your circle of trust tight and exclusive.  There are somethings you alone must keep to yourself.  Yours is a very dangerous mission, O’Brian.  Be mindful that careless lips could be its undoing before it has even begun.”

Underground Image-08

At last, we arrived at a cave opening to the outside forest.  Filtered light streamed in from two large openings where the tunnel looked out through the forest.  Mattox directed Maeven to take the others down the path and guide the wagon of supplies onto the canopied and hidden road, while we spoke privately.

As we moved down the pathway, out from the other’s hearing Mattox said, “There is a hunger deep within everyone’s soul.  It is what should drive you.  The Ancient Text says:

26 A worker’s appetite works for him, For his hunger urges him on. [Proverbs 16:26 NASB]

We are both much older than we once were when first we met, but don’t let that be an excuse for you.  Be a Caleb.  Take your mountain.”

“6 Then the children of Judah came unto Joshua in Gilgal: and Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite said unto him, Thou knowest the thing that the LORD said unto Moses the man of God concerning me and thee in Kadeshbarnea. 7 Forty years old [was] I when Moses the servant of the LORD sent me from Kadeshbarnea to espy out the land; and I brought him word again as [it was] in mine heart. 8 Nevertheless my brethren that went up with me made the heart of the people melt: but I wholly followed the LORD my God. 9 And Moses sware on that day, saying, Surely the land whereon thy feet have trodden shall be thine inheritance, and thy children’s for ever, because thou hast wholly followed the LORD my God. 10 And now, behold, the LORD hath kept me alive, as he said, these forty and five years, even since the LORD spake this word unto Moses, while [the children of] Israel wandered in the wilderness: and now, lo, I [am] this day fourscore and five years old. 11 As yet I [am as] strong this day as [I was] in the day that Moses sent me: as my strength [was] then, even so [is] my strength now, for war, both to go out, and to come in. 12 Now therefore give me this mountain, whereof the LORD spake in that day; for thou heardest in that day how the Anakims [were] there, and [that] the cities [were] great [and] fenced: if so be the LORD [will be] with me, then I shall be able to drive them out, as the LORD said.”  [Joshua 14:6-12 KJV]

“Don’t worry about all that is ahead of you,” he told me as we walked away, “Just be present in the moments given and take each step wisely.”

Mattox’s words reminded me of the poignant words of a Surface World poet I once heard, which I will share with you here and now.

Tomorrow is easy, but today is uncharted

John Ashbery – “Self-portrait in a Convex Mirror” (1975)

“Tomorrow is easy, but today is uncharted,
Desolate, reluctant as any landscape
To yield what are laws of perspective
After all only to the painter’s deep
Mistrust, a weak instrument though
Necessary. Of course some things
Are possible, it knows, but it doesn’t know
Which ones. Some day we will try
To do as many things as are possible
And perhaps we shall succeed at a handful
Of them, but this will not have anything
To do with what is promised today, our
Landscape sweeping out from us to disappear
On the horizon. Today enough of a cover burnishes
To keep the supposition of promises together
In one piece of surface, letting one ramble
Back home from them so that these
Even stronger possibilities can remain
Whole without being tested.”

Source Link: https://www.poemhunter.com/poem/self-portrait-in-a-convex-mirror/

There were plans to be made for what lies ahead of us, but the only action one can really take in preparation was in the here and now, and Mattox was about to reveal to me the significance of what required such secrecy from the others.

Once far enough away from the others, Mattox again turned to me.

“There are actually two things I have given you with that parcel you bear.  Inside is a valuable thing you will need to use to barter with when you reach Skorlith for passage across Lake Cascale to the cities and lands beyond.  But strange as this may seem, the bag in which it is kept is more valuable than what is contained therein.”

“The bag?” I asked.

“Yes.  I will get to the bag.  Be patient.  Inside the bag is a giant pearl, extremely rare and highly valued enough to purchase several seafaring vessels.  But you need only one.”

“Where did this pearl come from?” I asked, “Shouldn’t this be left in Azragoth?  To help finance the resistance?”

“As I told you, this is the spoils of your fight with the Dust Dragon.  These kinds of pearls are not of this world.  That is why they are so rare.  They could only come from a Surface Worlder.  If we tried to use it, it would signify to the buyer that we are in league with Surface Worlders.  The buyer will desire it and be willing to pay handsomely for it.  But if it comes from a Mid-Worlder, that Mid-Worlder will run the risk being followed…straight back to us.”

“But if I offer it…?  Will they know I am a Surface Worlder?”

“Every Mid-Worlder can tell you and the majority of your party are Surface Worlders.  There is no hiding it from us.  Didn’t you know?”

“I didn’t.  How is this possible?”

“We see each of you, with a slight darkling shadow around you.  Apparently, only Mid-Worlders can see that difference.  Whomever you deal with, in this world, they will always know you don’t belong to it, unless…”

“Unless what?”

“Unless you are somehow one of the Half-Men creatures.  But with them, there is an obvious animal difference.  They have the same darkling edges.  But be that as it may…the Pearl.”

“Yes, the pearl.”

“It came from within the tongue of the Dust Dragon.  They are creatures of the between, but in this world, they are a blending of physical and supernatural characteristics.  The pearl is the only thing about them that has any redemptive worth.  As creatures of Deception are wont to do, the Pearl is the part of them that is true, the remains of the good they once were created to be by the One.  Creatures of that sort always blend a half-truth with every lie used to deceive their victims.  The pearl of their tongue forms the unflinching truth, but it is curled in their vile mouths with a lie.  This pearl came from the Dragon you slew.  We carved it out of the tongue you had severed from the beast’s mouth.  As I said this is the spoils of your kill.  It is yours to barter with.  But you need to be judicious in how you spend it.  Mid-Worlders and Xarmnians especially will kill you and your company to possess it.  But they will think twice in doing so when they see you also are bearing an Honor Sword.  I want you to keep it secret, because of the risk it poses to you and your company if any of the people you meet in your journey catch a glimpse of it.  Its value, however, will come in handy when and if you reach Skorlith.”

“So, what do you suggest I barter for with it?”

“With the pearl, you will need to purchase 3 things together.  A savvy sea captain’s hire, his silent discretion as to the reasons for your company’s crossing, and the seaworthy and armored vessel itself.”

“Armored?”

“Haven’t you heard the tales and legends about the Great Lake?”

“Only rumors,” I replied.

“Many of them are, but some of them are not.  There is a very ancient sea beast that swims beneath those waters.  It is called Cetus.  It is hated by the fishermen of the seaports because it disrupts the fishing cycles.  Fishermen have come to blame their bad luck on it, though sometimes the fault is their own ignorance or poor skills.  Sometimes the Cetus can have a positive effect, causing the schools of fish to have a run that drives them shoreward.  If one knows what he is doing, a fisherman can land a great many fish during a run, provided he knows when to come back to shore.  But linger too long, and the Cetus may attack the boat.  This is why you need an armored vessel that has a strong structure and heavy defenses.  Cetus is enough of a problem, but there is known piracy plying across those waters as well.  As I said the way ahead of you has many dangers.”

“So how is the bag more valuable than the contents?”

“Ah yes.  The bag,” Mattox cleared his throat, “Hold it up, will you?”

I untied the gather-string from my waist belt and handed the parcel back to him.

“The giant pearl, though valuable as I’ve said, is actually a clever distraction from the hidden value of the leather purse holding it.  See this seam here?” he indicated a joined-edge laced with a sinew and gut thread.

“The interior of the bag contains intelligence, a map of all of these lands and the Xarmnian and Capitalian territories as well as those lands which still remain outside of their reach.  There are very few of these maps in all of the Mid-World, and these were compiled over many years’ time, often at personal risk, and smuggled behind enemy territories with great pains, artifice, misdirection, and sleight of hand.  Thousands would be sent to their deaths if this ever fell into the hands of the Xarmnians and the secret uprising would be devastated if not crushed.  On the outside, it appears to be fool scraps of material, serving a simple purpose.  Anyone who does not know to look will become so distracted by the contents of the bag, so they may toss it away without a moment’s thought, thinking they have with the pearl the greater treasure.  If you are ever in a situation where you are waylaid for valuables, surrender the pearl, but be willing to fight to your death to keep this bag in your possession.  Let no one know of its existence, save only those in whom you have absolute faith and trust.  They too must be willing to fight to the death to keep that bag.  Once you have dispensed with the pearl, tuck the map away.  You will not need it until you get beyond the far shoreline of Lake Cascale.  After that, only unfold it in private and remove the seam.  You will need to warm the leather to reveal what has been written upon it.  Not only does it show the boundaries of the old world, before the Xarmnians and Capitalians settled here, it also shows the modern territories and their current names.  It shows troop strongholds, hidden and in the open.  It shows areas where we have our resistance fighters in place and regional code words to be used within the hearing of our fighters.  Use the words and your traveling party will be made welcome and you will be received as an ally with those of us remaining in Azragoth.  On our recent trip into the interior and climb up to the zenith of Mount Zefat, I added my own contribution to this map and the one we retain for safe-keeping.”

“And what was that?”

“The current progress and positioning of the troops of the Xarmnian held territories and those others of their clan being led by the clandestine night movements of each of their Builder Stones.  I have indicated three possible convergent points where their movements indicate those individual clans might meet upon potential fields of battle.  If at all possible, in your quest, avoid these places as much as you can, unless you are absolutely certain that The Voice of the One is guiding you there.”

“How should we get around these places?”

“As I told you before.  Be like Caleb.  Take to the Mountains.”

“But we were warned that there are Half-men there, violent rock trolls, and followers of The Pan.”

“That is correct.  But you will need to put that Honor Sword to use.  The Pan’s kingdom is concentrated in the forests below the mountains.  The mountains themselves are the outliers of The Pan’s domain.  You may meet with resistance there, probably likely, but not in such concentrations.  But even so, if you are being led by The One, even if the mountains contained an army of giants, you would be the most protected following His direction.  Have the belief and confidence of Caleb, as he did in the days of old in the legends of The Surface World.  Nothing would stop that old man from claiming what was promised to him.  You need that kind of resolve and determination, O’Brian.  Let that flame be kindled in you and it will inspire those you lead.”

He held out his hand to me and I took it, each grasping the forearm of one another in mutual trust.  How odd I thought, this calling and this journey of faith with its perils and triumphs and its renewal and resurrections.  Here we stood together.  Two men, who were once sworn enemies, now joined together in a mutual bond of trust.

There was nothing more to be said, and we parted ways, me heading down to join my company as we pressed forward into unknown dangers ahead, Mattox returning back to the caverns we had journeyed through to this point.  I saw him step behind a stand of trees and disappear for a moment, and then emerge from it again now mounted on horseback.  A fine gray dappled stallion standing 16 hands high at the shoulder.  A powerfully muscled animal, equipped for carrying battle armor, and a man of commanding stature.  Mattox turned the horse and waved to me once more, before disappearing into the caverns once again.

“Take your mountain,” he had told me, and I set my resolve and determined that was just exactly what I would do.

The Keep – Chapter 28

*Scene 01* – 17:11 (Traitor!)

“Mattox!” I yelled, reaching for my sheathed honor sword, bearing it out with a metallic ring.

The sword did not ignite, as it had before in the underground caverns, but I took no notice of this as I swung the blade upward in a defense position, a precursory move easily shifted into an assault posture.

“This man is a traitor!” I yelled, causing more heads to turn my way, eyes shifting to me. I stood there panting, the exertion of my passion, and the stress on my wounds, and weakened body making me tremble with both outrage, desperation and pain. “I do not know what he has told you to bewitch you all, but he is a liar and an agent of the Xarmnian Protectorate!  He is quite possibly the very reason you find his cohorts very near the back door!”

Swords and various other bladed weapons were rapidly drawn in response to my unsheathed blade, but the bearers did not move to attack the man I accused, but rather they stood together with their blades pointed at me, signifying their intent to defend him.

The man who I had identified as ‘Mattox’ held up his hand to still them, and walked toward me amid a forest of blades, suddenly turning upward into their rest position, then lowering to be replaced in the sheaths.

I held my sword forward, bracing for an attack, as he drew nearer.  Watching his approach down the end of my pointed blade.

“That dubious honor is more likely yours and yours alone, Brian,” he spoke my name calmly as if doing so might placate me, and make my accusation seem to be a result of a mind that still had not recovered from the ordeal I had just been through.  “Don’t try to play head games with me, Mattox.  I know you all too well.”

“These already know how completely I have severed all ties with Xarmni and broken fellowship with my kinsmen.  But, there is no time for this now,” he said under his breath, low enough for only me to hear without acknowledging my charge of prior personal experience to the larger crowd gathered around us in response to the warning of Xarmnians approaching the city from the secret back trails.

He cast an accusing glance at Maeven and Christie, “They should have allowed me to see you sooner.”  Then he turned his steely-eyed focus back to me.  “All is not what it once was.  Nor what it might seem to be.  You have been away for a long time.  I am very surprised to see you as well.  I had thought you dead.”

“If not for Jeremiah, you would be.”

“Jeremiah…yes, well, his strange act of mercy, set me on a journey.  I would not have hesitated, were I in his place at the time, but now…  Much has changed.”

“It’s not that easy,” I growled.

“Nothing ever is,” he conceded.

“Whatever has happened, you still have much to answer for.”

“And so, I hear, do you.  But there is no time for that now.”  Without waiting for my response, he held out a weighted bag with something round, slightly heavy and completely wrapped in cloth so that it could not be seen as he offered it to me.

“This belongs to you.  The spoils of your kill.  You will need it when you eventually reach the lake country.  Don’t reveal it to anyone and do not unwrap it except in private or with those in whom you have absolute trust.”

Anger flared and flashed in me, “Absolute trust,” I snarled, “Why should I take anything from your hand?!  Keep it.  I want nothing from you!”

“All the same, this is yours.  Fairly won.  It is essential if you hope to cross the great Lake of Cascale to reach the Woodlands beyond and then cross the plains before the Xarmnians fully field their armies.  Even now that may already be too late, but it is your call to make.”

Our eyes locked in a tension of wills.  My eyes reflected my outrage, I’m sure, but his eyes reflected something that shocked me…deep sorrow.  I wavered, slowly lowering my sword.  I sheathed it…and grudgingly extended my hand to take the wrapped parcel.  Seeing my hand coming close to his…I couldn’t.  I clenched my fist around the bag meaning to toss it away, but he anticipated my intent and grabbed my arm with a fisted gauntlet preventing me from doing so.

“Don’t let your anger towards me, make you do something extremely foolish.  If you knew what I am giving you, you would not wish to do that.  Do not throw this away until you have learned what it is.”

He released his grip and said, “Now, if you’ll excuse me there are preparations to be made before the Xarmnian Protectorate arrives and time is of the essence.”

Lord Nem and Ezra approached us seeing that our meeting was tense and strained.

“What is the problem here?”

I stepped back from him, never taking my eyes off him lest he dared to make the slightest motion to reach for his own blade.  Whatever it was I now held, I kept and tucked into a pocket, uncertain of the wisdom in doing so.

Mattox responded to the inquiry, as I was still unable to do so, a mix of confusion, uncertainty and outrage struggling within me.

“Brian, or Mister O’Brian as I hear him called now, and I have a history from before I came to Azragoth.  A history from my former life as a Xarmnian general.  We met, then, as enemies.  Those memories are still very fresh in O’Brian’s mind, and, given their violence, I am very doubtful that he is willing to accept the possibility that a man such as I was, could ever fully be changed and remade to be anything else.”

Changed.  Remade.  I almost spat.  Impossible!

The claims implied by those words could not easily gloss over the raw and painful memories and suffering that I endured under the orders, fists from thugs, and yes, assaults under the wielded steel of this man.  It was his men who had bound me and chained me to a stone to drown in the river.  Though Mattox was not present, I knew them to have been under his command, and I held him personally responsible.  I could not believe he was here now, presenting himself under the guise of an ally.

The man I knew had a streak of cruelty unlike any other I had ever encountered.  It was hard to imagine him in any other light and my mind balked and revolted at the possibility.  Yet…a name emerged out of the shadows of my memory darkened mind.  Paul, who once was Saul.  The Writer from Prison I had so extolled.  A murderer, a rapacious, ravenous hunter of the early believers.  How might Ananias of Damascus have felt approaching the nemesis Saul of Tarsus and pray for him to restore his vision.  To forgive him for the stoning of Stephen.  To forgive him for all the evil the man had down in Jerusalem and the surrounding towns.  A commissioned brute and murderer.  Still my mind balked.

How could I extend forgiveness to such a man?  Much less, how could I ever join forces with anyone such as he?  Or ever turn my back to him?  I had not seen his contrition, nor heard a word about his repentance.

His cruelty was too vivid in my memory.  He was known to make terrifyingly visual statements to those he captured.  To mess with their minds before throwing them in dungeons and oubliette cages, positioned within the sewer run-off ditches beneath the cobblestone streets of Xarmnian cities.  Victims died of disease and malnourishment, if the sewer rats didn’t get to them first.  He also did this where his troops were quartered during their conquest marches, subduing and pursuing the resistance, conquering and pillaging town after town until they succumbed, paid tribute, and swore fealty to the Xarmnian Overwatch, and its dubious, royal regent.

They drove people out of their homes, took over their lands, burned their crops, slaughtered their animals, stole whatever valuables and family heirlooms these people had, and cast them out of the cities.  Leaving them to starve and survive harsh winters, wet and rainy seasons, and dry, hot summers.  These men under Mattox’s command waited for the worst possible weather to carry-out their forcible evictions with no prior warning or inkling of who would be their next target.  There were no appeals.  If the Xarmnians were in town, they in effect were the law.  No courts, no juries, just forced sentencing before the Xarmnian in local command.  The Xarmnian central governing structure had grown so powerful that no one individual could stand under its ire.  Individual rights did not exist.  Everyone under Xarmnian rule served the collective because everyone was made to depend upon it to survive.  This, in their minds, was the greater good.  Whatever township or village dared to resist the Xarmnian collective, or dared to harbor a resistor without reporting them, lived on counted and borrowed time.  And the Xarmnians would collect it back in due course, with terrible interest.

Mattox’s trademark demonstration was to enter a town in full battle armor, with a retinue of Xarmnian soldiers, and make an intimidating parade through the street, daring anyone to challenge or impede them.

The procession would ride into the most heavily populated centers of the town or village and form a ring of soldiers around the perimeter of the crowd, blocking every street or alleyway, forcing the people to press into the center of the site for their “town’s demonstration”.  Soldiers in armor would select, separate and stand behind children, with their cruel hands resting on their shoulders, a vise-like grip, signifying a threat, daring the trembling child to attempt to struggle and wrench free, forcing both parents and children alike to watch the demonstration.

Mattox was known to carry two tied baskets, which he removed from his warhorse.  He would set them down in the middle of the circle for all of the captive audience to witness.  A macabre theater in the round.  From one basket he, with a metal sleeved gauntlet, would unfasten its catch and reach in and pull out a long, black and writhing, venomous viper and cast it upon the ground.

The crowd closest to the snake would naturally try to move back away from it, but would find that the press of the crowd behind would not allow them to do so.  Then, the leader or mayor of the town would be called forth, and if no one volunteered to identify themselves, someone at random would be selected.  A burlap sack was then thrown to the ground and the man or woman was then told to pick it up.  From the second basket, Mattox would reach in and draw out one of many mice.  The interior of the basket was sheathed in a wire mesh so that these mice could not escape their basket enclosure.  Mattox would then drop one or two mice into the burlap bag held by the leader of the town, and tell him to coax the snake into the bag he held so that the townsfolk would not be bitten.  The serpent, he said had a regular diet of live mice and would sense them.  Invariably the terrified bag holder would ask what if the snake attacked him or her.  To which, Mattox consistently replied, “Then you had better hope it prefers the mice.”

The person would then be forced to try to collect the serpent and coax it into the porous bag, whimpering and repulsed, but carefully watched by the townsfolk as to whether their leader valued their lives, the lives of their children, or his own.  In the course of the demonstration, Mattox would tell the terrified bag holder that if he allowed one or more mice to escape the bag he held, they had an even bigger bag that would hold one of the town’s children, for each mouse freed.  The burlap bag would not contain the mice for very long, so the bag holder had to be quick about it.

For those town leaders that successfully captured and lured the venomous snake into the bag, Mattox would stride forth and take the bag from its erstwhile bearer and hold it up for all to see.  The bag would writhe, twist and jerk, as the terrified spectators looked on, tearfully imagining the fear of the trapped mice to be akin to their own.

“Let this be an example to you all,” Mattox would shout, “Xarmni is the serpent.  Those who resist us are mice.  You are witness to our power and what we can do.  Pray that you never become the mice.”  And with that he would throw the bag and its prey and predator conflict back into the serpent’s basket, to allow the snake to finish its meal in private.  The soldiers would then hold the town leader and bind them in chains and march them through the streets as an example that the leadership of the village had been overthrown.  Then the leader would be forced to surrender his house and servants to Mattox and his men at arms, and the leader along with the leader’s spouse and children would be made to serve them as household domestic servants.  As long as the leader and his family remained servile, they would be spared their lives.  If they refused or resisted, they would be publicly hung from the city gates, their bodies left to dangle and rot over the heads of everyone coming into or going out of the town.

And this was the kind of monster I was supposed to believe had a change of heart?  A man who invented ways and means of cruelty.  A favored brute of the High Court of Xarmni and their revered champion of Xarmnian might and conquest.  I could not imagine such a change in a man so cruel.  It strained credulity to such a limit that I refused to turn my back on him for the slightest second.  How could anyone forgive such as this?  How could one forget his crimes?

“C’mon.  Let’s get you back to the infirmary,” a voice beside me said.  “It will do you no good to remain here.  There is much to be done before those Xarmnians discover the city.”  Stirred out of my reverie, I felt a strong hand steady me on my feet.  It was Begglar, assisting me through my shock.

“How long have you known this?” I asked, still stunned by the revelation.

“Come,” he said simply, “let’s talk in private.”

*Scene 02* – 18:22 (Past Wounds)

“Xarmnians are coming towards this city, and no one has any answers.”

I winced, the stress on my bandaged wound flared, and I felt dizzy.

“You are in no condition to help and will more than likely get in the way.”

It took us only a few more minutes before we had made our way back from where I had started.

Begglar opened the door and helped me to the pallet bed.  I was sweating.  My legs and knees trembled, and my bandaged side was seeping blood.

Catching my breath, trying to ease the strain getting up had put on my wounded body, I finally asked, “How long have you known, Mattox was here?”

Begglar pursed his lips but said nothing, busying himself with preparing a fresh gauze bandage for my seeping wound, and a cleansing wash to bathe it clean once more.  “Begglar,” I huffed, “why won’t you answer me?”

“I got you out of there before you could make more of a spectacle of yourself.  You’re welcome.”

“I don’t understand.  What is Mattox doing here?”

“A lot has changed since you left.”

“You’re telling me Mattox has changed?  How is that even possible?  You know what he was!”

“Yes, I do,” Begglar countered, “and I also know what you were.”

“I…”

“Brian, you still don’t see, do you?”

I winced, my vision seeming to become liquid.  “So, now your back to calling me, ‘Brian’, at last?”

He moved a three-legged stand bearing a rinse bowl to the bedside, being careful not to slosh the water in it.

“Turn on your side,” he ordered, brooking no argument from me.  Taking a small knife, he began cutting the wrapped bandage away from my wound, dropping the saturated pieces of it into a small waste pail below the bedside.  As he worked, he spoke.  “When I have something important to say to you, I want you to hear it directly, without prefix or pretense.  So, listen up.  You still have a ‘self’ problem.”

With my face turned away, I could not see his expression, but I sighed.  Here it comes.  Another lecture.  Feeling exasperated, though, I did not stop my mouth from responding, “What’re you talking about?  I just sacrificed myself to a dragon to save everyone in this city!”

Begglar kept working, sponging out my expose wound with a wet cloth he dipped in the water basin, and wiping away some of the exudate with a stacked supply of dry ones.

“That dragon was here because you left this place and came back.  We brought this threat with us!  The golem thing—the banshee witch—pointed the way.  Golems don’t build themselves.  They are devilish constructions of dragons, tied to wind spirits.  Hence, inhabited by Banshees.  The Pan used dragons for mining ores, to make iron, and to amass precious metals.  Alchemists used to study them, seeking to enrich themselves, they once worshipped The Pan, before they betrayed him.  It is part of why he hates and detests mankind.  Even their worship of him was false and self-serving.”  But when you struck this dragon’s golem agent down, something transferred into you.  Something crawled into your vulnerability and hid itself there.”

I took in a ragged breath, remembering what Lord Nem said about me being in the “thrall” of this dragon.

“Did you not feel an oppression, even after the golem dissolved?  When others responded to its screeching, I could not help but peak and see what it changed into.  The young girl Becca became an old woman.  Blood always reveals the truth.  That old woman was familiar.  If you think about it, you should have recognized her too, but expectation clouded that vision.”

I held my tongue, thinking back.  The wild grey hair swirling under the storm shadows, the age lines drawing the child’s face into that of an aged crone.  The eyes wild, framed in bulging white, devoid of a strange kindness that used to belong to an otherwise recognizable visage.

“Had Nellus looked up, she would have recognized that face better than you or I.”

Begglar let that thought linger and sharpen to clarity in my mind.  A name escaped my lips on the edge of an exhale of realization.

“Noadiah.”

“Yes and no.  Dragons not only hoard mammon, but they are also image stealers.  It was Noadiah’s image yes, but not her personhood.  A familiar spirit, if you will.  A mimic, arising from a dragon’s taste of her blood.  Golems have no natural face of their own.  They are merely totems, until there are given a blood image.”

“But what killed Noadiah was a sea monster.”

“Aye,” Begglar snorted, “A sea dragon.”

“Sea dragon?”

“The three beast princes.  The prince of the power of the air, the prince of the deep of the sea, and…”

“A prince of the pit of the earth,” I finished.

“Yes, and why did you go under the city?  What did you hope to accomplish by doing so?”

“Actually…,” I sighed, “it wasn’t my idea.”

Begglar stopped wiping the wound and rolled a fresh piece of gauze into its concavity, evoking a pained grunt from me.

“I expected that was so.”  Begglar muttered, “It was a mistake letting Maeven bring us here. I should have realized that.”

“A mistake?!” I asked, incredulously.  “If it wasn’t for Maeven and her Lehi coming when they did, those Xarmnians would have run us down on the road.”

“Or that dragon would have.”  He paused.  “We led that monster here.  We involved more innocent people in the danger pursuing us, thinking only of saving ourselves.  That’s not leadership, that’s cowardice.  We ran from our trouble.”

I released a breath I had been holding, “And…that is why… you say I have this self problem.”  It was a conciliatory statement rather than a question.

“That is part of it…,” Begglar began leaning toward me.  Interrupting himself to say, “Sit up, Brian.  I need to rewrap this bandage around you.”

He assisted me as I took a deep breath and turned, sliding my legs off the pallet to pivot into a seated position.

“Careful.  Don’t strain,” he said easing me upward, until I could sit there on my own.

His head was bowed as he stretched out the rolled gauze, having me hold one end to my chest with my free hand while I used the other to brace myself in the seated position.  Carefully he wrapped the gauze around my torso, tugging at it with just enough tightness to pull the wound edges together without binding my breathing.

“The other part,” he continued, “is the irony of your reaction to finding out about Mattox.”

“Mattox?!” I growled, “Jeremiah should’ve let him drop!”

Begglar grunted, “That is what I mean.  You seek to be forgiven for your past transgressions but are unwilling to grant that same possibility of forgiveness to another.  Do you not remember how it was that Jeremiah came into possession of The Cordis Stone?”

Unable to contain my resentment, I snarled, “Yeah, Jeremiah was all about loving an enemy enough to save him but could not forgive the offense of a brother in arms!”

“His brother died because you failed to guard him.  He warned you his brother would try something foolish.  He trusted you with his brother’s life, and you agreed to keep an eye on him.”

“Yeah, he made me babysit his brother, rather than…”

“Rather than what?” Begglar asked, arching an eyebrow.

“Never mind!”

Begglar lowered his voice, knowing he was probing a sensitive spot in my self-constructed armor, “Did you let Caleb take the stone because you resented Jeremiah giving you the job of watching Caleb?”

“Of course not!” I sulked but couldn’t help but wonder if that was partly true.  My then pride being somehow snubbed from being taken out of the action and set aside for that ignominious guard duty.  A wave of guilt threatened to overwhelm me, giving forth a deeper pain greater than those I felt from fighting the dragon.

Begglar broke the quiet to suggest something to me, that I had not considered when facing up to what we had done and confessing to Jeremiah.

“Could it be that Jeremiah sensed insincerity in your attempt at an apology?”

I snorted, “So you are suggesting Jeremiah could spare the life of this known butcher, grant him a mercy, but could not bring himself to do the same for me, because he suspected that I was insincere?!”

“How did you really feel about staying behind with Caleb?”

“That’s beside the point!”

“No, that IS the point.  You never confessed that you were insulted by the job he gave you.  That you may have been resentful of him and been less inclined to keep your word to keep Caleb out of trouble?”

“I never intended for Caleb…” I began.

“You never intended, but what was unintended happened, and what the two of you did was extremely dangerous!  It took Caleb’s life and endangered the lives of the rest of us.”

“I…” I ran my hands through my hair, wincing at the pulling of my wounds, my eyes filling with tears at the frustration and pain of my selfishness and betrayal.  I squeezed my eyes shut, spilling tears on my cheeks, whispering through clenched teeth, “I am so sorry.  So sorry.  I don’t know how to make it right.  I can’t…”

“That’s right,” Begglar huffed, “You can’t.  There is nothing you can do to bring them all back.  There was no way to complete the quest, once The Pan got hold of The Cordis Stone.  Disbanding was the only thing left for us to do.  To return to the Surface World and consider our part in the Stone Quests a loss.”

I pondered this through the anguish I was feeling.

“But you remained. Unwilling to let it go.  You led others to try and get the stone back, and failed, losing more of us.  Risking our lives for your own crusade to make amends.  To earn forgiveness Jeremiah refused to grant you.  You were desperate for his approval.  Desperate to make it right in your own efforts.  And that desperation made you dangerous to all of us.  That is why Jeremiah refused your company.  That is why you eventually were cast out of the group and tried to hide yourself in that crude shack you built in Basia.”

“Yeah, and that is where Mattox’s men eventually tracked me down.  Mattox, the cruel Xarmnian whom Jeremiah could grant clemency to, so that that villain could eventually send his men to finish me off by chaining me to a rolling stone, dragging me clawing and scraping down a hill to drown in the shallow river.”

“The wounds of a brother are often more painful than the wounds of an enemy.  Jeremiah felt your betrayal deeper than the rest of us.  Sometimes it takes longer for those wounds to heal enough to come to the point of releasing them in forgiveness.  Mattox was cruel yes, but his cruelty was driven by wounds you never knew about.  Eventually, Mattox came to know the truth, and it shattered everything he once believed about himself.  Jeremiah’s forgiveness was the catalyst for where his journey to faith began.”

“But he is a Xarmnian.  How is that the same?”

“We are all of us born as enemies of The One,” Begglar said quietly.

“Yeah, I guess that’s so, but…”

“But nothing,” Begglar interjected, “there is no equivocating about it.  If you don’t allow for the possibility of forgiveness for your mortal enemy, how can you hope to claim it for yourself?

“This is so hard.  If Jeremiah had not saved Mattox, I don’t believe his men would have ever found me in Basia and tried to kill me.  It feels like to forgive Mattox, is to act like the evil done to me and others was okay.  How can I reconcile myself to that.  To the people he harmed.  To the ones of our company that they killed?”

Begglar nodded, “Mattox did not want you to know, but I think it is too important for your own healing that you be told.  Mattox was the one who found you in the caves.  If Jeremiah had let Mattox drop off that cliffside on the day we recover the Cordis Stone, Mattox would not have been here to find you in those caves below this city.  If it was not for him, you would still be down there and most likely would have bled to death before we got to you.  You are alive, here and now because of Mattox’s persistence, and knowledge of these types of dragons.  They are capable of becoming invisible.  When they die, they simply fade out of existence.  The cavern we found you in and the tunnel leading to it collapsed.  Mattox and his men dug you out.  Mattox was insistent that you were in there.  All because of a gold coin.”

“A gold coin?”

“Yes. Mattox found it sifting through the dirt.  It shone in the torch light, and he noticed the debris was fresh.  Nem and the others agreed that there had been a strange happening in the town treasury.  The man that came and took Lord Nem away that day.  The chubby man.  It seems he is the town Treasurer.  Name is Kallem.  He was insistent that the coin was from the vault.  He agreed that if the coins could be dug out, they would most likely find where the beast fell.”

“But if the dragon was not dead… they could have set it free to do more damage.”

“Like I said, Mattox was insistent that they determine one way or the other and find you.”

“But Mattox has no regard for me.”

“That may have been the case before, but not now.  Sure, he admits you are a nuisance.  But being spared despite the past suffering he caused to others, he was determined to grant you whatever help he might give.  He knew you would be shocked to find him allied here with Azragoth.  He wanted to meet with you sooner, but your two nurses thought it would strain you too much and put you in distress.”

I was quiet, pondering shocking these revelations.  Finding it hard to process all of it.

Begglar continued, “Forgiveness is foundational to everything we believe.  If you erode that or reserve it to a select you deem worthy of it, you undermine the nature of the justice of The One.  Like that dragon, your unwillingness to forgive is an assault on that foundation of faith.  It works against everything the Stone Quests represent.  Essentially, you become the Earth dragon, operating just as the seed of the dragon does.”

Begglar finished wrapping my wound and secured the end in the wrapped weave.

He then took my shoulders in each hand and kneeling next to my bedside, said, “Brian, you of all people should know that out of the same measure of mercy you have been given, you must be willing to extend mercy to the ones who seek it from you.  Otherwise, you will be forever bound by the injuries you suffered from them by your unwillingness to forgive.  And if that remain the case, there is no point in going further in the Stone Quests.”

I closed my eyes.  Of course, Begglar was right.  This was a rebuke I deserved.

Seed of the dragon.  That phrase resonated within me.  A stirring of memories, swirling silts that had lazily drifted to the bottom of the well in my soul.

We are the seed of the woman, grafts and wild shoots, yes, but still arising from the woman that gave our race birth.  Joint heirs with the heel of the One Man that crushes the head of the serpent.  That old dragon, who stole the crown of dominion, attempting to abscond with it here in the between world, to raise his stars above the heavens, into the mountains of Excavatia.

The one bridge that we are offered to leave the brood of dragons, is the offer of forgiveness extended toward us by a nail-scared hand that did not deserve its wounding.

Whatever I had once felt against Mattox, I could not continue our journey, if I failed to release him now from my vengeful-seeking heart.

I had no choice but to forgive him or leave the Mid-World once again.  But this time, never to return.

*Scene 03* – 00:00 (Briars and Nettles)

The forest pressed close around the Xarmnian hunters, a living wall of thorns and shadow. Every swing of a blade sent a spray of damp leaves and nettles into the air, the scent of rot and rain still thick on the wind. Hadeon’s arm ached from the steady rhythm of cutting, but the sight of the cobblestones emerging under the muck stirred something fierce and determined within him—an enraging proof that the old defiant road still lived beneath years of neglect.  The old routes through the woods of Kilrane, though overgrown and succumbing to the creep of the dense forest, once were serviceable enough to allow traders and travelers to pass over them on their way to the old city.  Hadeon was certain that the section of the buried road they had spent half the night clearing would eventually connect to a stone bridge that spanned the northern graben connecting the forested wing to the raised horst, a central flat shelf upon which the city was built on a descending terrace of earth and stone.

The men of his Protectorate band worked in shifts, rotating down through the narrow lane, uncovering and clearing more of the path, their axes biting into the tangle of roots and briars that had extended from the forested lane’s verge.  Each strike echoed faintly through the trees, swallowed quickly by hiss of the evening mist and dripping from the sodden canopy. The Cerberi shifted restlessly, their hackles raised, nostrils flaring at awakened scents long buried deep in the soil. They whined low and uneasy, as if the forest itself whispered warnings only they could hear.  The three-headed, slack-jawed creatures had tried wriggling through the thick briers, only to be cut and abraded by the thorns piercing through their thick black furry hides.  Finally, the men had had to cut a few of the more intrepid creatures when they became entangled and snared in the thickets, and Hadeon had ordered that the dog beasts be harnessed and restrained once more, to keep them out of the way, until the barbed impediments could be cleared.  They had spent hours in the darkness, hacking through the thick overgrowth to the point of exhaustion, until Hadeon had ordered Kathair and Tizkon to backtrace through the road and see if another way through the dense wood might be discovered.  Clearly, this portion of the old road was no longer in use, but that was not to say that another part of it was unserviceable.

Farther ahead, Tizkon’s voice carried faintly through the drizzle, calling out to Kathair as their teams veered westward. The faint glimmer of their sputtering torches flickered between the trunks, swallowed by the gloom. Somewhere beyond that curve, the lost city waited—its name half-forgotten, its stones buried beneath the same creeping green that now resisted their every step.  The portion of the old road previously discovered had petered out and crumbled into a declivity where the rains had washed its pavers into a moistened gully.

The rain began again, soft but relentless, drumming on leaves and armor alike. Hadeon lifted his gaze to the canopy, where the ancient branches intertwined like the ribs of some vast creature, and pressed forward into the dark.

“We’re wasting time in this muck!” he growled.

*Scene 04* – 00:00 (The Spoils)

The wrapped parcel sack Mattox had given me, I had affixed to my belt, as an unspoken indication that I had resolved to trust according to the inner promptings of my spirit.  Mattox seemed satisfied by the gesture and then turned to all of us.

“It is not the time for revealing the secret of Azragoth to the Xarmnian guards.  They will hear from us soon enough, so it is best that Mr. O’Brian and the others of his company be taken out of the city by the secret ways through The Keep.  As Ezra has said, we should do as we have done before.  Wait and watch.  Bear arms and watch over these if they attempt to enter the city through the old ruins.  We will engage them only if it is absolutely necessary.  Let them look around.  Find nothing here.  Come to the realization of where they are and flee the city if they are intelligent enough to do so.  Otherwise, if forced, we can leave no survivors.  Kill their beasts as well.  Do we have an agreement?”

All nodded assent and signified with a fist raised to shoulder height.

“Thrax will hold the gate and station archers to the south and east watchtowers.  Let no one walk upright across the battlements.  Remain unseen.  Have the young children brought indoors.  Secure them in homes furthest from the inner city wall.  Allow the youths old enough to bear and carry swords to stand as pages to the soldiers manning the heights.  Have them carry extra quivers to feed arrows to the archers if need be.  Draw up the tree nets from the old courtyards, and set them as covers on the stone walls in the old courts.  They will look to be mere overgrowth to an old city surrendering to the wild, but spikes within will sweep them to their deaths if the need arises.”

The soldier/messenger who had delivered the news, asked, “What of Lorgray’s company in the backwoods?”

“Lorgray and I have spoken of this possible scenario before.  He knows what to do.  They will ensure there are no stragglers left to report what may transpire.  If any Xarmnian posts are left behind, they will deal with them.  If any reinforcements follow this company, they have orders to destroy the bridges and secret way left still intact after the passage of the light-bending dragon creature.”

I weighed in, “How can we help?”

Ezra addressed my question, “Leave Azragoth to us.  It is our city and we know best how to defend it and keep its secret.  We’ve been doing it for many seasons now.  There is some great potential among your company to gain the needed skills quickly, but they still do not know our city as we do.  There will be other fights for your team to be ready ahead of you.  I’ve given them a start, but they must acquire additional skills in travel.  City fighting is much different than the warrior skills needed to survive the wilds of the open road.”

Maeven spoke up, “What can the Lehi and I do?”

The Eagle, Mattox, remained silent, but Nem turned to her and spoke for both of them.

“It has been decided that the time has come for you to follow Mr. O’Brian in this quest with the other Surface Worlders.”

*Scene 05* – 00:00 (Time to Go)

Maeven looked from Nem to Mattox in shock.  Their faces were grim and determined but clearly saddened to have to be giving her this news now.

She turned to Ezra, “Did you know about this?!”

Ezra reached out to take her hand and said, “Maeven” but she pulled it back, feeling betrayed by her adopted family.

Mattox, who had trained Maeven in the ways and skills of warfare, and had helped her to build up her confidence and overcome her once shy demeanor, spoke quietly to her, with a gentleness that I had a hard time imagining could have come from him.

“We spoke of this before, Maeven.  You knew this day would one day come, and you know why it is particularly important for you.  You will always carry us wherever you go, but it is vital that you learn how to return before it is too late to do so.”

Maeven breathed, inhaling deeply and exhaling as if trying to find a way to stay calm.  And something else was in her expression that I had not expected with all of the bravado that she had demonstrated before as leader of the Lehi.

Fear.

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Grum-Blud’s Plan)

Grum-Blud is brought by the Wood Sirens to stand before The Pan to give his report and make his pitch to enlist The Pan’s Manticores to assault the old city and clear out the remnants still living in Azragoth and whatever lurks beneath it.

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (The Keep)

We were gathered together as a company, my fellow travelers and I, joined by Maeven, Begglar, Nell, and Dominic, as they had considered Nem’s and the people of Azragoth’s invitation to stay in the city, but chose to decline it, in favor of life on the open road with us.  Corimanth, elected to remain, as he had seen his share of adventure and bore the scars and wounds to show for it.  The Lehi, the specially trained elite horsemen and women, whom Maeven had led for a season, were joined back into the regiments of The Eagle, as he would have need of them in the coming days.  A detachment of The Eagle’s regiment would be left to buttress the defenses of the city’s inner walls and guard the cavern entrances below the city to ensure no further unwelcomed man nor beast would discover and enter by the secret ways.  Both Nem and Ezra had pressing duties that required them to take their leave and say their goodbyes to us and wish us well on our continuing journey into the interior of the Mid-World lands.  They said if they did not see me again in this life, they were certain to meet me again in the next one.  They spoke to each one of us individually, and to my shame seemed already to know the names of my company whom I had yet to receive.  Each was given a choice weapon from the weapons array in their armory, and Ezra knew instinctively which one was suited to each person’s skill potential, carriage, and bearing.  How long had they trained with Ezra while Nem and I had had our discussion and I had been rudely shown the underside of the city of Azragoth, I wondered?  Ezra had lived through many seasons as he was an aged man, but his insight and keen eye were as sharp as it ever had been.  He saw potential in people, and that made him naturally endearing and imbued them with confidence that they could be what he told them was possible for them.  Nem’s mind for planning and organization, was shown as he seemed to orchestrate the quick preparations for our journey onward, dispatching Azragothian citizenry to bring traveling garments and packs suited to each person to distribute gear according to each one’s ability to carry it while walking.  A plan had already be set in place ahead of us, where we would rendezvous with cached supplies, be provided with horses for the plains, stable and transition from horses to wagons to bear a shipment of supplies into one of the villages in the lake district to support the resistance, and seek passage across the lake to the Xarmnian country and the forests and mountain range beyond them where the Capitalian cities resided beyond the pass and the great wall separating the two warring kingdoms.  But first, we must get through the stone mountains, on the other side of the valley, before making the plains.  That trip would be dangerous, as the rocks and ledges were unstable and wild and ancient creatures lived within.  The Half-Men.  Even the Xarmnians feared and avoided the Half-Men creatures if they possibly could.  These were the only inhabitants of the Mid-Worlds whom they did not try to conquer, or demand tribute or homage from and they did everything they could not to provoke them.  But the time for speaking of these has not yet come.  We will get to these others in due course.

When we had said our last goodbyes and thanked the Azragothians for their hospitality and for taking us into their homes and their confidences, it was The Eagle who waited, to chaperone us out of the city by the secret way.

Armed, packed, geared and loaded, we rallied to the end of the courtyard, and Mattox addressed me, as the others waved goodbye to Nem, Ezra, Corimanth and Morgrath, the captain of the city Sentries departing from the opposite end.

“We must go to The Keep.  It is the only entrance into the caves, aside from the one you and your dragon created outside the pub.”

Still feeling leery and a bit strange about the turn of events and my new commitment to extend Grace to this man, I hesitated to respond.  My suspicious mind told me that this man could still be leading us to our deaths below the city or directly into the hands of the Xarmnian Protectorate troops that had pursued us this far, but my spirit tempered these thoughts and beckoned me to remember the transformative power of the One whom I claimed had called me to this mission.  Hard as it might be, I was being led to trust him, as these Azragothians had with their secrets and their very lives.

“Is there a problem we should be aware of?”

“Your company has no idea what is ahead of them.  The Pan has savaged the woodlands cities, and you will be in grave danger going through the great stone mountains for there are many rock Trolls living there, and creatures you will have to see to believe they could ever exist.  The Half-Men have suffered bad seasons lately and they are growing more wilder than they have ever been before as their bloodthirst increases.  They have even taken to eating their own kind but would be delighted to change their current fare if they discover your company passing through their lands.  Be careful.  These are not the same creatures you and I fought in days past.  They are not so dull-witted or easily fooled.  Their animal nature still is at war with their ancient flesh of man.  And there is a sort of brimming madness about them, that has finally allowed them to subvert their bestial nature to serve the primary interests of their tormented and cursed half-human minds.  Such that, now they demonstrate a cunning deceptiveness they once did not have.  There is something else, some otherness, within them that seems to have come from the Surface World of your time.  If you have the unfortunate experience to encounter one of them, do not think you can treat them as simple-minded as we once did.  You will regret it as they close in to eat you and your company alive.”

I nodded, having had only past experience with The Half-Men creatures, and did not know they had become more trouble of late as they were always a sort of clannish reclusive bunch that shied away from heavily populated areas.

Rarely seen back then.  I knew now more than ever that Nem had done me a great service by forcing me to deal with my pursuer and thereby find the strength through the quickening once more.

“There also is another thing I may need to mention to you before we enter The Keep just ahead.”

I looked up at his suggestion and saw a great stone building reaching several stories upward, spanning several meters across, with a rampart crowning it above, and a joined tower jutting from its side ahead of us. Its base stood upon the edge of the city wall, and below in the wilder courtyard, it was festooned with purple flowers, white iron weeds, and green bushes around the sloping road and a widely paved stair.

A rook tower blocked part of my view, but Mattox saw me gape in amazement at the sheer size of the edifice and city’s stronghold.

“What is it you should tell me?” I asked after a bit.

“That you and I and all who follow us here will have to first go up to the top there before we can go down into the caves below.  It is the first test of how well your company may endure the climb in the mountains beyond.  There are stairs in the adjoining tower there that lead upward.  But the one and only descending stair that leads down into the caverns below begins at the top of the turret battlement.  There is a winch-and-pulley system that allowed heavier gear to be lowered below, but it is not intended for people.  There are granary chutes where grains gathered below are poured into the cavities of one of the hollow towers within, but it is filled such that the inner stairway only goes down to the level of the grain stored within.  All lower levels are filled with the tonnage of grain, allowing us to survive and make bread enough for a city under siege and walled secretly within.  The Keep serves as our main storehouse and is our way into and out of the city, save by the old unused paths through the outer gates.”

It took us over an hour’s long journey to make the ascent and finally descend into the caverns below the city.  By the time we reached the cavern floor, we were exhausted from such a climb.  If climbing and descending the stairs of a tower was this tiring to us, I could scarcely imagine what a climb through the mountains ahead of us might be like.

As we filed through the corridors and tunnels, where I had once tracked and fought the dust dragon, I had the uneasy feeling that something was still left unsettled.  We passed a partially collapsed tunnel that I felt somehow drawn to.  It may have been this place where I first encounter the Dust Dragon, but I could not be sure.  I raised my torch and saw a little of the interior beyond which looked to be filled with stalagmite columns, so I dismissed it as being nothing more than that.  Much to my regret, I would later learn differently.  That I should have followed that urging in my inner spirit to take the time to investigate.  But, I did what most of us have done many times when we feel a particular prompting.  I dismissed it, and rationalized it away.  There was some connection between that interior and the dust dragon, I could sense that strongly.  But, Mattox and Nem both had assured me that the creature was dead, that by cutting out its tongue I had ensured that it would never rise to hunt us again.  It had died, not from the fall that broke its back, but from the poison, it had ingested flowing from its own tongue.  This was, after all, a spawn representative of Deception.  A kind of beast roaming the outer ring between our Surface World and this one.  As Surface Worlders pass through the portal, they invariably permit one or more of these supernatural set of creatures to follow them into this one, because of the blood curse that is upon all mankind.  That, Mattox said it the reason why Mid-Worlders are reluctant to welcome a Surface Worlder visit.  The baggage they bring with them is more often than not something sinister and supernatural.  That is why very, very few portals were permitted to remain after the Earth’s great flood.  Why the surface of the Earth was reshaped by the megatons of water bursting from both the firmament below and the sky above.  The Great Sculptor was taking the clay and reshaping it using both physical and Living Waters.  The path of light and its connection with gravity no longer gave entrance easy entrance into the mid-world lands through the places among the stars.  The physical path to the Holy Mountain was forever closed to all mortals.  The One Way, chosen by mankind was through the paths of pain, suffering, and death until all corruption falls away and only the eternal part of man remains.  The Doorway to the Holy Mountain, and to the Throne of the Creator remains open only through One Way, and One Man who paid a terrible price for that entryway to remain open to all mortals of Earth.  A joining into the Vine and a fellowship of Spirit made knew.  Man must be reborn to see hope and must be cleansed of all mortal and soulish corruption to survive a face to face meeting with his Maker.

Perhaps, I shouldn’t for the purposes of the story, reveal what was in the corridor that I did not investigate.  But this far in, I feel like I should.  What I had believed to be stalagmites, were rank upon ranks of standing pillars.  Each standing pillar was composed of a curing mud and clay mixture, each of varying height, and girth.  If the light had found its way into the chamber, the rows and rows of pillars would look vaguely familiar.  Each stood in regimental attention, with roughly human features, akin to the terracotta statues of warriors standing in rank in ancient burial tombs, waiting to serve, in a future afterlife, the eternal spirit of the warlord or king whose human remains had been entombed there, upon his day of resurrection.  The arms, legs, and torso of each figure were compressed as if the body form was bound in a sort of clay cocoon.  The faces of each of these statues lacked definition as if these were metamorphosing into individuals which awaited something further to happen.  Some catalyst to complete their final transformation.  Four of these statues had progressed from their transitional state into a more advanced stage of definition.  The clay and dust, flakes and silently drifted to the floor.  These were identical in height and form, arms and legs, chest and shoulders defined with uncanny and eerie detail.  Like the other hundred or so forms beyond them, only their faces lacked definition, but that was beginning to change as well.  In time, these would be able to stand across from me on any field and within any room, and I might only mistake them for a moment as being a mere reflection of me in a mirror.

The Dust Dragon has evidently been beneath the city of Azragoth before, and this legion of transforming statuary had been the product of its consuming the rock and earthen foundations of the city above it.  The formations had passed through its mouth and been through the mixer of its unique salivary wash, formulating a clay-like substance called Marl that could then be reshaped into a hollow, bloodless husk that approximated human form.  The word for such a malleable clay-like form was a golem.  The golems formed and expelled through the creatures molding gills, awaited only one more component to give them the semblance of life, so that they could pass for and walk among humans.  A breath.  A spirit and some form of intellect, which would infuse them, and interact with others in such a subtle way that those they walked alongside might never know their sinister secret and difference.  These were why the Dust Dragons and the wind spirits, we came to call Banshees, had such a unique and symbiotic relationship.  The wind spirits needed bodies, the Dust Dragons could formulate them at a cost.  The Banshee who takes and inhabits a body formed by a Dust Dragon must serve at the bidding of the Dust Dragon as its agent and slave.  But most often, the creature’s interests were one and the same.  Deceive and torment the citizens of the Mid-World, and particularly target any visitor to these lands coming from the Surface World.  These especially must never, ever discover who they really are or what they are meant to become, nor meddle too much in the affairs of the peoples of these lands.

The regimental lines of faceless golems awaited within the dark stillness of the caverns.  Without the Dust Dragon to mentally summon the Banshees, the wind spirits rarely if ever blew through the cavernous underground to be able to reach these golems.  But as we proceed along, under the city towards the secret way through the surrounding forest, I distinctly remember feeling an oddly chilling breeze at my back.  Had I but investigated the rooms, and seen the figures standing there, awaiting faces, I would have been able to displace them all into dust with a mere touch of the honor sword.  As it was, however, and in my ignorance, I took the only known honor sword in the area (for many of them had been lost, destroyed or repurposed to serve some more obsequious purpose), and bore it with me on a quest into the interior, and considering what was ahead of us and behind us, perhaps never to return to Azragoth again.

The Return of The Eagle – Chapter 27

*Scene 01* – 10:10 (Containing the Threat)

Twilight settled over the ancient woods of Kilrane, and a hush fell as if even the wind dared not disturb the secrets hidden in the tangled undergrowth. Deep within the vast forest, at the foot of a moss-choked hill, the mouth of a yawning cave gaped—black as midnight–exhaling a chill that hinted at more than mere shadows.

Around the cave, a ring of scouts made their silent encampment. Armor muted beneath layers of forest green; they moved with the careful discipline of those who knew that vigilance was not just a virtue, but a necessity. Their task was clear: no living thing must emerge from the labyrinthine tunnels beneath their watch, for below them lurked a creature whose hunger could engulf the land.

A large net covered with leaves and vines woven through it had been pealed back from the mouth of the cave revealing its hidden stone entrance.  The vigilant watchers needed a clear view of the opening so that whatever creature emerged would be visible once it came near the cave’s entrance and be met with a fusillade of arrows and spears to herald its coming.

It had been a long trek back down from the fronting mountain pass from the summit of Mount Zefat, and these men were weary and ready to return back to their homes, wives and children.  They had not expected to find their company’s return to be delayed and barred from entry by a beast lurking within the inner passages up to the secret underground gates of Azragoth.

When they entered the hidden path along the outer edge of Kilrane, a narrow trail behind a hedge of thick brambles that ran a few hundred yards parallel to the clearing, they found a messenger from the hidden city waiting for them bearing a warning.  He was to accompany them back through the winding woods to the underground entrance to Azragoth but had a message to be given to The Eagle from Lord Nem that made their desire for a swift return to hearth and home a little less immediate.

A burrowing monster was confirmed to have entered the caves and tunnels beneath the hidden city.  Lord Nem’s suspicion was that the creature was a surviving relic of The Pan’s tunnelling behemoths that he had once used for mining.  A massive beast that shunned the daylight, thrived in darkness, ate through the land, subverting it with sink holes, and fracturing foundations.  Such a beast was ruinous to a city, especially one built over lower tunnels, buried ruins and cavernous voids.  The messenger also told them of the recent arrival of Surface Worlders that preceded the detection of this beast beneath.  And that one man had been sent below to deal with the creature and distract it until they could find a way to root the beast out from under the city.  The man in question was someone that The Eagle had met in battle and knew from long ago.  A man, now going under the name O’Brian.  A wanted man, hunted by Xarmnians, who had disappeared twenty-one years ago, formerly known by the name Brian David.

The Eagle’s expression was unreadable when told this news.  He grew very quiet, seeming to be deep in thought.  Wherever Brian showed up, trouble usually followed close behind.  And this time was no different.  So, this “O’Brian” had finally come out of hiding and brought an earth-eating dragon with him, had he?  There was enough trouble with the landing and approach of the Capitalian army, no doubt armed and stirred to suspicion by the pernicious and inflammatory letters sent to the Capitalian monarch charging Lord Nem with plotting sedition and rebellion.  Letters suggesting that Nem masked his objective for rebuilding and refortification efforts for the city of Azragoth and exploited the king’s trust and provision.  The king’s records would surely show that the old city had once been a thriving commercial center bringing in much revenue to the Capitalian kingdom when it was seeking to establish itself on the other side of its mountain redoubt, during the present monarch’s father’s reign.

King Artemis Xerxes well knew the bloodied history of dealing with Xarmni, and that the cities of the highlands had not always been the allies of the Capitalians before the battles with The Pan and its Half-Men began.  Alliances were made only after The Pan and its hybrid creatures had been routed and driven to the shadowy lands of the north.  When the brotherhood of Xerxes and Xarm split and began to be strained, the old cities realized that Xarm’s ambitions threatened them.  Capitalia sought to make peace through trade with the native cities and was successful in doing so.

King Xarm was a sly ruler who envied the prosperity of Capitalia but in his own pride, he refused to follow its methods of building wealth through alliances and mutually beneficial trade agreements.  Xerxes was a mighty king, who had once fought The Pan and his Half-Men creatures with his brother Xarm and had driven them out of the highlands into the northern lands into the region called The Moon Kingdom.  A place that seemed to exist in a perpetual twilight and was congested with ancient growths and diseased woods blackened by frosts and irregular seasons which hindered growth.

Xarm believed in the divine right of rulership.  That a monarch was owed both wealth and service by those under his rule.  That his subjects should serve his interests, rather than that the king served at the pleasure of his people.  With the inability to see how this notion failed to gain true loyalty or foster trust, his demands for fealty and service gained him little respect.  So, he opted for a campaign of rule through threat, terror and seizure of all means of production, making those under his rule dependent on the mercy of the state for their needs.  He razed fields, stole cattle, he demanded tribute and extorted money from the smaller towns and hamlets, sending out his thuggish squads to monitor and protect the king’s interests.  Capitalia objected to this encroachment, and brutal means to amass lands and properties.  But they chose not to intervene until their lands and those of their alliance lands were threatened.

But King Xarm would not let the Capitalian lands alone, nor refrain from threatening the lands and towns thriving under their trade alliances made with the Capitalian King Xerxes.  Xarm was constantly seeking to subvert Xerxes and provoke him into battle, until King Xerxes finally decided to close the mountain pass.  King Xarm took the closing of the sole pass beyond and through the formidable Walls of Stone mountains to be a sign of cowardice, thinking that they had won the battle of wills with the Capitalian King.  Only to be unprepared when Capitalia engaged them in a final assault to put down the aggressors and regather his kingdom into its newly established fortification and close off all dealings with its contentious provocateur, the ever-fractious kingdom of Xarm.

Capitalia soundly defeated the forces of Xarm but failed to stomp them out completely.

In the intervening years, Xarmni regained its strength through cunning and subversion.  In the years following, their only symbolic defeat had been at the siege of Azragoth as it succumbed to plague and a fusillade of battering through its out walls, eventually demolishing the inner courts and residences, as far as catapults and trebuchets could cast their cut stones.  When the Xarmnians’ moved in to take the spoils, however, they learned the harsh truth that the city had fallen under sickness.  It waters were polluted by an infestation of rats and decaying corpses left to rot, stink and decompose in the streets from the prior assault.  The Xarmnian soldiers who had made the initial incursion were falling as well under the spreading disease.  Xarmni then fled the field and were further driven back by weakened survivors who had managed to turn their catapults and use them to fling their dead soldiers back into their encampment.   Xarmnian soldiers and some of the princes were beginning to fall ill, having contracted the disease from exposure to the pitched corpses landing in their midst.

Eventually the catapults and trebuchets were dismantled and used for firewood in burn pyres and pits along with those Xarmnian trenches dug to hold the dead of the fallen city.  The Eagle had contributed what he knew to the knowledge of the comprehensive history of both of these major kingdoms and the young man named Sage, recently arrived, had filled in the gaps from his father’s records and intimate knowledge of Xarm’s palace intrigues.

Now a further threat from beneath again threatened the beleaguered city of Azragoth.  A beast that lingered from the Mid-World’s past, when The Pan and his creatures first brought instruments of warfare to this world beyond the threat of tooth and claw.

How odd it was, The Eagle thought, looking intently into the revealed cave mouth, that the past conflicts should keep curving back as obstacles of threat to the present, with him being now on the opposing side of the threats rather than allied with them.  A fleeting thought passed through his mind before he dismissed it away.  Perhaps, he should have killed Brian when he last had the chance.

*Scene 02* – 05:23 (Battle Dress)

“I really don’t feel like training today,” Cheryl said, as she pulled on and laced her footwear that morning as she and Christie dressed in the room they shared in the upstairs of Jalnus and Judith’s tavern.  “The leg still bothering you?” Christie asked as she fastened the front piece of her formed bodice with string ties.  “A little.  The bruise is still there.  It’s getting better, though, I think.”

“I’ve noticed you’re not limping as much as before,” Christie said, trying to inhale and pull the strings through their corresponding eyelets.  She squinted and tugged the ties, trying to hold in her breath.  “Ugh!  I’m not sure how one breathes in this thing,” she commented dryly, “much less fights in it.”

“They said its s’posed to protect you.  Made out of hardened and dried wool soaked in seawater, someone told me,” Cheryl observed.  “Hard enough to turn and arrow shot or turn a blade, so they say.”

“I’ll take their word for it,” Christie said. “I’m not anxious to test the theory. At least these are lighter than iron and do seem to breathe a little.”

Cheryl sighed, “I thought medieval women wore long luxurious gowns, with elaborate head pieces, and went to balls and such.”  Christie chuckled releasing the ties, catching her breath again, “Yeah, well doesn’t look like we’ll be going to any balls soon.  More likely to get one thrown at us, than attend one.”

“Well, these boots don’t help.  Shouldn’t we have asked for glass slippers or something?”

“Yeah, if you want your feet cut.  Glass slippers wouldn’t be practical here.  We won’t be doing much waltzing in the Warrior’s court today, I think.  No matter what Ezra says about foot placement and so on.”

“Don’t cross your legs, girls!” Cheryl said in an attempt at a deeper masculine tone, trying to imitate Ezra’s baritone.

“That’s only when you are fencing.  Etiquette suggests otherwise when sitting.  Something those boys should learn.  You’ve seen how they slouch and sprawl.”

“Yeah, well none of them have to wear a skirt and bodice.  Or a corset for that matter,” Cheryl responded.

“I’ll wear this protective equipment, but a corset is where I draw the line,” Christie sniffed, “You can’t fight, if you can’t breathe.”

“Why do we have to fight anyway?” Cheryl queried. “Seems like every time we go out, someone or something is after us.  Maybe Laura had the right idea.”

“Well, you can’t run forever,” Christie sighed, “At some point we will have to take a stand, and when that time comes, I’d like to be prepared for it.  Did you see Maeven with the bow and arrows?  Or Nell with those throwing knives?”

“Yeah, I watched Nell prepare breakfast.  The way she handled a cleaver dicing and slicing gave me a sense of her skill, but I admit I was surprised by her precision throwing blades.”

“When I saw her knives bouncing off this molded tunic it convinced me.  However snug it may be, I figure it is worth a little discomfort if it can deflect a knife like that.”

“Aren’t we all supposed to be in the Warrior’s Court this morning?  I’m surprised they haven’t come to get us before now.”

“There was some secret meeting this morning,” Christie remarked.  “Ezra said he would send Maeven to come get us after.  For once, just be thankful that we got to sleep in.”

“Yeah, well I’m getting hungry, and we usually only have breakfast after a morning exercise.  What’s it supposed to be today?”

“For breakfast or for the exercise?” Christie favored Cheryl with a quizzical look.

“The exercise,” Cheryl fastened the gathers on her waist coat.  “Whatever’s for breakfast, I’m eating it.  Look here, I’m starving.  Either I’m shrinking or these gather strings are getting longer.  I don’t know what to do with these long loops once I tie them.  Even double knotting the loops doesn’t seem to matter.  If I triple knot them, I’ll never get this thing off at the end of the day.  Might as well bathe in it.  Do you think I’m too skinny?”

“I think its archery with Maeven, …and no, I don’t think you’re too skinny.  But I think we will all get a lot leaner before this is over.  Appreciate the meals here for food will be harder to come by on the trip ahead.”

“That’s what worries me,” Cheryl sighed.  “What d’you think we will be eating once we leave here?  Will we have to kill something?”

“Unless you know of a way to pack a vegetable garden, yeah.  Probably.”

“Not sure how I feel about that,” Cheryl lamented.  “But starvation might motivate me to try it.”

Christie picked up her knap sack and turned her shoulder into the loop, “Which is why we need to pay close attention to Maeven’s archery lesson.”

Suddenly, there was a loud commotion coming from downstairs.  And a shriek that seemed to come from their hostess lady, named Judith.

“Everybody out!” a man’s voice shouted.  “Quickly!”

Christie and Cheryl threw open the door to their bedroom and clambered outside, coming to the wooden railing overlooking the dining hall below.  Others emerged from the apartment rooms.

“What’s going on?” Cheryl asked.

Below the corpulent owner of the tavern and inn waved hurriedly to them.  “Come on! Come on!  Hurry, before it’s too late.  This building may collapse at any moment!”

*Scene 03* – 12:24 (Into The Mouth of Madness)

The supernatural arrows flashed as they sped through the air, hissing with a kinetic energy that blazed through the visible and invisible spectrum of all light.  With razor precision, they found their marks even as the beast twisted away from the threat they posed.  One buried itself in the corner of its jaw, piercing its scaled lip, and lodging in its blackened gums.  The other glanced off its hard beak-like proboscis, and entered the flared slit of a nostril, causing it to ululate with an ear-splitting shriek and roll violently, thrashing and whipping its bladed tail, scattering rocks and debris as it raged.  For a fraction of a second, hunting for an opening I found the moment I had been waiting for.  The dust dragon’s serpentine tongue unfolded from the cleft in its open maw, seeking to dislodge the arrow that had pinned its lip to its gum, its vile sulfurous breath whistling like a gale past the arrow lodged in its nostril.  The creature rolled on its back over the crumbling mound of rock, twisting and shrieking like a dog with back fleas, its large talons raking the air and walls like the harvesting blade of a grim reaper.

I mounted the hill again, seeking a way through the slashing claws, trying my best to avoid the obsidian eye that was soon to find me and focus this terrible rage on my person.  Its jaw was agape, unable to break the shaft of the arrow of truth that prevented it champing and gnashing its dangerous, rock-cutting teeth.  I held the honor sword in my right hand, slashing my way towards its twisting head, avoiding the jutting spikes that could skewer me in an instant.  My attacking sweeps failing to connect and break through its scaled skin and tough hide, making my approach much more difficult.

The beast’s body slammed against the stones, sending jagged fragments spinning and rocketing into the air as its crushing weight broke the larger stones apart.  A sharp fragment of flint caught me in the torso, cutting through my tunic, abrading my ribs and cutting a shallow gash into my side.  I felt the wet heat of my blood flow down my side, the abrasions burning as if I had been stung by an angry swarm of hornets.  The dragon tried to snap at my arm, as I hammered the honor sword into its beaded fleshy gill, trying to get closer to its mouth and cleave its dervish-tongue.

A powerful claw dug deeply into the ground next to me, its talons grasping and burrowing into the sand.  Its body contorted like a cat and righted itself, the other foot and claws slamming down on the opposite side of its body and its tail gathered in double-arcs below.  The force of the forelegs hitting the rocks shook the mound upon which we fought, and I stumbled, grazing the side of my head as I fell, knocking the wind from my lungs.  I lay gasping, knowing that at any second the creature could take my life.  My pulse pounded like a kettle drum in my ears, my muscles, starved for oxygen, making it hard to make my limbs move enough to scramble to safety.  The end would be swift, I hoped.  Otherwise, I would slowly bleed out, with parts of my body crushed, should the creature thrash about once more.

But that was not what it had in mind.  Its intent was far worse.

The coiling tail flexed, its forearms crouched gathering power and positioning the weight of the monster for a mighty lunge upward.

“no, no, no, No, NO, NO!” I heard my own voice gaining in volume as oxygen returned to my lungs.

With the strength that remained, I twisted and pulled my knees under me, my free hand pulling my body upon the boulder that I had clipped on my way down, fingers sliding in a slickness where my head had struck.  I could not let this monster get into the city above.

Abandoning all caution or thought of self-preservation, I gained my feet, setting my bruised and bloody side afire in pain.  Adrenaline pumped into my arms and legs, like a fuel injection system, and my battered form raced forward in spite of the pain and I leaped onto the fringed neck of the creature, striking its hard-plated flesh with my sword, pummeling it with my free fist trying everything I could to keep it from what it was about to do.

My left fist was raw and bloodied, because the hide of the beast was like that of coarse grit sandpaper, and had no feeling of muscle or soft tissue below it.  I grasped at anything I could, flailing with the honor sword, but gaining control again and beating upon the beast with the flat of the blade since the edge and point could find no soft entry.  In an instant, my fingers closed around the bristling shaft of the arrow that had materialized out of the words of truth that I had brought to mind.  As my grip closed, I felt the ground beneath me suddenly fall away, and my arm was very nearly pulled

From its shoulder socket.  Two verses, quick as thought, raced through my mind as the pain of the pull nearly caused me to lose consciousness.

“(For the weapons of our warfare [are] not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)” [2 Corinthians 10:4 KJV]

“…so is my word that goes out from my mouth: It will not return to me empty, but will accomplish what I desire and achieve the purpose for which I sent it.” [Isaiah 55:11 NIV]

Such pain as I had never felt before, burned due to the torque and twisting of my arm and from the pull of my bodyweight downward.  My feet dangled as the ground fell away, and my sword arm flailed, yet my unyielding left fist clung unrelentingly to the shaft of the arrow in its cheek. The pain threatened to cloud my mind with dark oblivion, as I was wrenched back and forth, as the beast caught itself on the edges of the cavity created by the collapsed ceiling and with powerful arms and claws dug upward into the narrowing shaft above.

The light streaming in from the hole around the buried outside wall and the cellar room interior, now darkened with the door closed, was still above us about forty feet in distance.  A considerable amount of rock and earth had fallen from the cavity crater which had formed the mound of rock and debris piled on the tunnel floor below us, yet the cavity narrowed the closer it came to the surface.  At some point soon, the monster would have to dig the rest of the way through to get into the city, and as the walls of the chute rapidly narrow around us, I knew I would be crushed against the walls as soon as the dust dragon drove its head into the tightening space and had to eat away the earth to move ahead.  With an arrow bristling from its nostril, I wondered if the beast would be able to clamp its nose shut against the dust that would inevitably clog its airways, and with the arrow lodged in its jaw, I wondered how well it could eat through the earth and expel it out of its gills if the creature had difficulty closing its mouth.  Did this beast even feel pain?  Of course, it did.  That is why the raging and writhing occurred when those arrows struck, but I wondered about the true nature of that pain.  Was it physical alone, or some other part of its being feeling these piercings in a way I could not easily imagine.

I swung my honor sword upward, grateful for the binding of the bloodline to my wrist and forearm.  Without this binding, I knew I surely would have dropped this weapon long before now.  I needed to wedge the sword into the hinge of the beast’s jaw to relieve the weight of my entire body hanging from my left arm alone.

The creature’s powerful arms and claws pushed and dug into the ceiling chute walls, creating a lunging upward and downward motion, tossing my body upward with momentum fighting the pull of gravity.  The temporary weightlessness allowed me to slash the sword sideways, over the beast’s auguring teeth and into the corner of the creature’s gaping mouth.  The slinging motion propelled my body over the arc of the sword, aided by an upward thrust forearm, giving me a temporary foothold, and I was able to swing my body into the creature’s gaping mouth, barely avoiding its jagged teeth.

As I may have stated before, the creature’s head was about the size of a serial killer’s panel van, and its mouth was the size of its cargo area.  So, there I crouched, in what felt like this killer’s bloody abattoir, rocking from side to side, as its enraged driver rocketed through the ever-narrowing tunnel like a madman.  I freed my honor sword from its clamped jaw, just as I heard a sickening wet noise in the roof of the creature’s mouth directly overhead.  Its slimy black tongue was being freed from the flapped cavity and with it, the back of the creature’s throat, previously clamped shut, was opening like a dank, vile-smelling, dark chasm.  Its gullet and digestive track were not involved in its consumption and expulsion of dirt and rock, for the channels routing to the creature’s acidic salivary wash and crushing gill slits were being diverted in favor of a pathway through its razor-lined gullet directly into the pit of its vile, stomach.

The tongue of the beast felt horrid, and there was something round and hard buried within its oily, mucous covered black flesh.  The creature used its tongue for more than just detecting scents.  The embedded stone was used as a wrecking ball to smash and pulverize whatever unfortunate victim found its way into its mouth.  The first pass of the tongue rapidly acquainted me with these features as it whipped around and struck me with an incredible force that cracked one of my ribs with an audible snap.  I gasped and fell to my knees, the sharp pain blinding me for an awful dark fraction of a second, that felt like all time and existence had stopped.

My honor sword blazed anew, and I felt the overwhelming power of the quickening surge within me, sending fiery pulses into my aching muscles such that I was numbed to the former pain.  The quickened energy crackled along the blade, igniting the runes and tracery with white fire, and my right arm was in motion before I was even aware of it.  My blade struck the dragon’s tongue, arresting its movement, the edge of the blade searing and cleaving through the thickly muscled meat and colliding with the stone-like sphere inside it.

Black, oily blood gushed forth from the cut, a deluge of foul-smelling liquid heat, engorged the creature’s mouth, streaming down into the back of its open throat, soaking me in stinking sewage.  I felt the creature tremble and wretch, and its body convulsed as its gaping jaws, at last closed over me, shutting out all light, enveloping me in smothering and final darkness.  In a shuddering, fleshy cocoon that I believed to be my coffin, I felt the monster’s forward momentum slip.  My body became weightless for an instant, and then we both began to fall backward, me trapped within the tumbling beast as it rebounded off the tunnel walls, into the abyssal depths below.

*Scene 04* – 13:07 (Nurse She-Bear)

Underground Image-05

I do not know how long it was before I was found.  The last thing I remembered was the fall, and the sickening feeling of being pulled backward by gravity into the abyss.  Whether it was the abyss within the creature’s stomach sluiced along by the stream of black blood jetting out of its tongue, or the abyssal pits in the tunnel network beneath the city of Azragoth, with my body still trapped within the creature’s closed mouth, I could not tell.  I did not remember the actual impact as we hit the floor of the caverns, because the smell of the gorged death coming from the creature’s belly overwhelmed me and I lost consciousness.

When I regained awareness, I was being turned over on my side and wiped down, the vile black blood cleared from my face, hair, and beard.

“Where am I?” I croaked.

“Lie still, Mr. O’Brian,” a woman’s voice spoke, “You’ve been through quite an ordeal.”

Disoriented, I tried to sit up but felt a severe flash of white-hot pain take my breath away.

“I said, lie still!” she scolded, “Do that again and I’ll have them tie you down.  You’ve got some bruised ribs if they are not broken.  You’re lucky they didn’t pierce a lung.  You’ve got multiple abrasions and contusions. A shallow gash down your left side and you’ve lost quite a bit of blood.  I’m not sure what this crap is all over you, but I’ll bet it does no good for your open wounds.  Your left arm had been pulled out of the socket, but I had the guys help me get it popped back into place while you were still unconscious.  You can thank me later.  Now do what I say and keep your butt in bed for a few days, until we can get you thoroughly cleaned up and bandaged.”

I started to say something, but she shut me up.

“Argue with me, and you’ll wish you hadn’t.  I’m a She-Bear, remember?”

Christie, my mind formed the name, and I realized that somehow, I had been found and carried out of the underground and back up into the city.  I was in a room I did not recognize, and a steady cooling breeze blew in from an open window.  I could see that the honor sword lay on a table not far from me, its scabbard cleared of all cavern dust, its metal cap, hilt or cross-guard, and surfaces cleaned and buffed to a restored polish.  No trace of the gore remaining on the scabbard, hilt or bloodline sash, now wound back neatly around the cross-guard posts.  The very sight and knowledge that it was within reach comforted me and set my mind at ease.

“How did you find me?”

“Find you?” Christie laughed, “You and that dragon scared the living you know what out of the townsfolk.  It wasn’t that hard to find you.  How did you get down there anyway?”

“Well, it wasn’t my idea,” I answered with a deep sigh.  “You might say I sort of fell into the conflict.”

She stared at me half-smiling, “I can’t seem to figure you out.  I don’t know if you have a persistent death wish or are just clumsy and accident prone.  Others saw you.  They say it looked like you were trying to fight it.”

I learned from Christie that the conflict below had drawn a crowd, as soon as the story of a certain pub owner named Jalnus and his wife Judith came running in a panic into the Warrior’s Court, crying about a monster in their cellar who ate a gaping hole in the floor.  No one could make sense of what they were saying, with the husband Jalnus and wife Judith talking over one another, the man in befuddled shock and the woman crying and shouting for someone to help them save their food stores.  It took some doing, but Ezra and his attendants finally got them calmed down enough until they began to make more rational sense.

Jalnus had been sent by his wife down into their food cellars to bring up a bottle of wine and some cured beef for some of their guests.  When the man returned empty-handed and white as a sheet, his wife had a fit, called him a catalog of names, and attempted to go down herself, but her husband was adamant that she didn’t, insisting there was something down there she did not want to encounter.  Unable to stop her, however, she marched down to the basement and threw open the door.  The people up in the restaurant above and the people two streets over said they could hear the scream.

Townsfolk came to their aid, but not before Jalnus, and his wife Judith had rocketed out of the lower stairwell and rounded the corner of their pub, almost falling into the sinkhole crater that gaped along the side of their building.

A terrible noise arising from the hole suddenly suggested to other townsfolk that the pub owners had the right idea.  Some fled the area with them, while others gaped and gawked trying to figure out what was going on below.

The hysteria of the couple might have been dismissed, had it not been for the other townsfolk who arrived shortly thereafter to corroborate their story.  Christie and Cheryl had been among those witnesses. She and Cheryl had occupied one of the upper bedrooms in Jalnus’ Tavern and they heard the commotion from below.  There had been some delay in both being called to the Warrior’s Court that morning.  They heard Judith’s cry of shock and Jalnus, fearing the further collapse of his establishment, had frantically urged everyone out, thinking the entire structure might sink into the pit below, or be torn asunder by the great beast he had encountered through the gaping hole in the basement.

Judith remained in the doorway, sobbing and waving frantically.  When all had been cleared from the tavern, the crowd and onlookers outside further discovered the gaping hole next to the wall of the couple’s Alehouse.  And it seemed just as probable that there was a portion of that same gaping hole extending under their lower cellar subfloor.

The city’s warriors quickly assembled, and those of my own company who had previously arrived at the Warrior’s Court, fell in along the quick procession to the alehouse and pub belonging to the couple.  What they witnessed from above was the noises of a protracted battle, as the creature below writhed and wretched, and stumbled about in a blind stupor, after having crashed back down to the floor of the tunnel cavern below it.  The force of its final crash had broken the creature’s backbone, and it had expelled what was my battered body upon the embankment of a deep, cave pool of boiling hot water.

The pub owner, Jalnus Freeweather, had insisted that he had seen a man down there with the creature, but his wife, Judith said that he was prone to seeing things once he’d had a pint or three.  Lord Nem was told of what transpired, and, to Christie’s mind, seemed not to be shocked by it, and conceded that a party should be sent down to find the man that Jalnus had spoken of.  In fact, he said that one was already within the caves and should find out soon enough.  And that, of course, is how I was found and recovered and brought back up into the city.

And she said, by the way, did I know that the Eagle had landed?

I blinked.

“What?”

The seeming switch in topic caught me off guard.

Seeing my puzzlement, Christie laughed, “C’mon, you know. The Eagle has landed.”

When my face also clouded with befuddlement, she sighed and clarified, “One small step for man…?  The Apollo program.”

“Oh, I get it.  In the uh…” I gestured upward.

“Back in the Surface World, yeah.  But not exactly.  The moon landing.  I’ve always been sort of a sci-fi nerd, I guess.  Always wanted to say that phrase.  Kind of hard to work it into a normal conversation, but it seemed to fit here.  When wiping my kids noses when they were little, I would take a tissue and say, ‘Beam me up, Snotty!’  Then I caught them running all over the house with a tissue box, tossing tissues in the air yelling ‘Beam me, Snotty!  Beam me, Snotty!’”

Christie smiled and sighed at the pleasant memory, “It’s funny the things kids pick up on.  They made quite a mess, but it was kind of hard for me to get onto them for it.  Little stinkers knew if they could make their momma laugh, I couldn’t punish them.  Now, here I am wiping you up.  Being in this place is sort of like being on another planet, though.  A twin Earth but with weird creatures and strange lights.  Don’t you know your own history?”

“Of course, but I’ve kind of been preoccupied dealing with my history in this place.  Especially since a part of it almost ate me.”

She laughed, “Well at least it seems your sense of humor is returning.  That’s a good sign.”

“Christie, how do you…I mean…how am I…?”

She was always quick on the uptake, I remembered, and able to complete my thought, even though I had difficulty formulating it.

“How do I know about your condition and how to treat you?”

“Yeah, that.”

“Because, back in the Surface World, I am a registered nurse, and I am good at it.  Besides having two exceptional children who had their share of scrapes cuts and bruises growing up, and two very big brothers who I took care of as their big sister, I have been around enough broken bones, barbed wire cuts, pocket knife injuries, and a few kicks by the horses to have seen my fair share of nursing before I even got into the profession.  Years of fieldwork had already prepared me for this.”

“I didn’t know that.”

“There’s quite a bit you don’t know about us, Mr. O’Brian.  Maybe you should just ask.  Get to know all of us a little before we go off on this quest.”

She paused and then added, “And for that matter, we all still know very little about you, Mister O’Brian.”

I smiled.  “You do get right to the point, don’t you?”

She smiled back.  “I’ve always been sort of a get-to-the-point, no-nonsense, girl, Mr. O’Brian.  It’s called being a straight shooter, where I come from.”

“And once again, you couldn’t be more right.  It is time I got to know all of you a little better.”

She stood up and tossed the wet and blackened cloth, she had been cleaning me up with into a pail in the corner of the room.

“First things, first, Mr. O’Brian.  Let’s have another look at that wound on your side, then you’ll need to get some rest.  The one they call the Eagle has been eager for you to wake up, but I have kept him out for now.”

“Why does he want to speak with me?”

“He says, you’ve met before.  But under very different circumstances.  He doesn’t want to alarm you if you see him first, so he has asked that I tell him the moment you wake up and have him summoned here, at once, before you get out of bed.”

Something about her words troubled me, but I was too tired to think about how I might know or remember someone called ‘The Eagle’.

My hand slipped under the coverlet of the bed I was lying on, as she pulled the sheet down from my torso, and examined my bloodied gash, wetting another linen cloth with a bottle of spirits, intending to wash out the wound further.

I was feeling vulnerable, and the honor sword lying on the table suddenly seemed too far away to reach.  Then, with eyes widening, I realized there might still be another reason beyond my weakened and wounded state, causing my sense of unease, and I blushed.

My hand surreptitiously felt down under the sheet confirming what I suspected, while she was preoccupied with cleaning the gash.

“Christie?”

“What is it?” she asked, mopping dried blood away, and tossing yet another filthy cloth into the waste pail, and then wetting another fresh cloth with the spirits.

“What have you done with my pants?”

As if in answer, she pressed the spirited cloth into the encrusted wound, causing me to gasp.

“Trust me, Mister O’Brian.  They were burned along with everything else you were wearing.  You will never want to be wearing those again.  Now shut up and lie still.  She-Bear.  Remember?”

“When will I get some new pants?” I asked meekly.

“When I say, it’s okay for you to get out of this bed.”

“That’s piracy.  I need some pants.  I can’t be held here a prisoner of my own modesty.”

“You’re a patient, now lie still or this will hurt more.”

I gasped. And through gritted teeth said, “Aye, aye, Captain She-Bear.”

She poured some of the spirits directly into my wound convincing me further that I should’ve kept my mouth shut.

*Scene 05* – 06:03 (Actio Mortis)

Deep below the citadel of Azragoth, in the network of tunnels, near a steamy, bubbling, volcanic pool, the broken body of the mysterious Dust Dragon twitched in the darkness.  Its upraised claw slightly expanded and retracted, responding to the dying synaptic pulse of the beast’s fading muscle memory.  Its elongated neck and thorned head twisted at an odd angle, its rib of back spines driven into the floor, staking its form to the ground under the weight of the beast’s bulk.

Its odd eye stared unseeing into the darkness, a webbing film occluding its large moistened glaucomic bulge.  And then, for the briefest fraction of a second, the iris of that eye changed once more, from deep space black to a glacial blue, and then withered to opaque black, lacking the darkling gleam it once had before.

The mound of monstrous muscles, beaded-flesh, glassy-scales, crushing granite-like teeth, bony plates, and diamond-hard raking claws, blackened, seeming to resolve into the shadows as its hard massive eyes sunk and withered into its head, leaving gaping black sockets.

A strange and unnatural sort of rigor mortis had set into its body, beginning the inexorable process of slow decay, signaling the dwindling of a dying fire within.  Each twitch and shudder gave off a pulse of light that flashed between the photosensitive scales of the beast, sliding like St. Elmo’s fire down its reptilian body. The flash was not limited to the body alone but leaped from it into the excretion weeping into oily puddles spreading from beneath its mysterious and monstrous body.  The globular glow transferred, by electrophoresis, into the mucosal smears that had tracked from the creature’s slithering progress through the tunnels.

Its body jolted once more, and a brighter electric pulse cast a strobe-like sheen over the great beast’s scaly hide.  A fractured and fibrous image arose from the wet gloss then moved as a phosphor vapor down from its body into the slick crisscrossing oily substance that the beast had left on the tunnel floors in its destructive passage beneath the city.  As it left, the body of the beast then fractured and began to crumble into dust, and rock.  Appearing like nothing more than the tailings of mine-ejected scree.

The strange light projection warped, splintered and rewove itself, moving away from the prone hulk of the beast and down through the slick trail like an electric current passing through tangled wiring.  Light pulses of energy, rushed in a succession of waves, pushing the projection and following a path deeper into the caverns below.

Charged particles of fine dust and powder were drawn after the pulse, swirling and forming a magnetized dust cloud that lifted off and from between the glass-like scales of the monster.  These flakes swirled and puffed into the stale air but were drawn after the rolling pulses like a conical cloud being drawn by the downward push of a cold airmass.

These grainy contrails follow the course of the moving projection like a wake following a speeding boat across water. The final pulse moved swiftly, tracing the erratic course along the cavern floors, casting odd vaporous shadows on the cavern walls and uneven rises and dips in the floor.  Their strange phrenetic course disappeared into another cavern with what appeared, in the brief flash of light, to be a room cluttered with hundreds of small, pillared stalagmites.

The phosphorous glow fanned out through the rows and ranks of columns, lighting up the field with crackling arcs.  Each column trembled as the flash fire swirled around it as winds swirling above the cavern’s ceiling descended growing from gust to gale.  The flecks of magnetized dust scoured the tops of each stalagmite, abrading the face of each, opening a slash of a hole revealing that the stalagmites were hollow.  The winds coalesced into swirling cones and poured into each of these hollow cavities, rushing down the throat of each pillar.  The column began to slough off the rough, mud-like exterior, as electric blue arcs of light flashed up and down each column.

Finally, the foremost column, closest to the tunnel where the amorphous blue light had first entered the broad cavern, began to close the slashed gap where the strange wind had entered its hollows.  A ring of dirt slid off of the upper portion of the column forming an ovoid sphere, making the column appear like a large pawn piece on a massive chess board.  The ovoid flaked cracked and fell away revealing the rudimentary shape of a human face.  Two concavities sunk into the surface of the ovoid shape and a small vertical plane pushed forward.

Then, with a hissing pop, two eyes sprang open from deep within the concavities, as more of the surface layer sloughed away.  The cheeks on either side of the vertical plane bunched, the slash aperture of the mouth turned upward, and the revealed face of an old woman smiled into the darkness.

*Scene 06* – 08:08 (Rock-a-bye, Baby)

When Grum-Blud returned from scouting the perimeter of the old city ruins, Briar met him coming around the path in the shadow of the remains of the old outer wall.  He was grinning in as much as ever a troll with a natural scowling face might be said to grin.

The wall over him, appearing to be covered by spreading ivy, suddenly rustled and the crawling vines whipped around him, arresting his gamboling gait.

“What did you learn, frog?” Briar’s dissonant voice came from out of a bunched gathering of leaves, followed by her human face, her green irises adjusting from the shadow—Her alabaster skin first appearing devoid of color then finally obtaining a faint blush on her cheeks, lessening the strange greenish tint they initially bore.  The ivy framing her face, enshrouding her feminine body receded somewhere into her open back, and her delicate gossamer gown once again shimmered out of the folding and entwining leaves.

Briar’s womanly beauty was stunning, but ghostly in some ineffable way resisting adequate descriptors.

“It’s a ruse,” Grum chuckled.  “There is more to these old broken walls than meets the eye.  An inner wall has been built, coated with this!” Grum-Blud held up his hand stained with a sticky black substance, that made Briar step back from him instantly.

“Blood?!”

“Not blood, but something like,” Grum bared his teeth in a sneer, again attempting to approximate a grin.  “I wouldn’t advise risking moving against this city with your kind, just the same.”

Grum-Blud then proceeded to explain to her what he had seen of through the opened door as a man passed through it into the inner courtyards beyond view, and of his mind on how to attack the city, if the monster they had perceived below it, was not up to the job.  The city within did not appear to be under alarm and he had heard no sounds of distress walking along the inner black wall and donning his stone cloak from time to time when he suspected he might be spotted.  There was enough interior rubble remaining from the siege of many years prior, that he felt comfortable blending in among the weathered rocks and debris, without the worry of being spotted.  Mats and tangles of creeper vines and forest shrubs peeled through the old stone pavements allowing a short fellow to easily scurry under the cloaking vines when needed.

Briar seemed to approve of Grum’s plan and escorted him back to where the others had awaited them.  Only, when they returned, there was no sign of the sleeping Shelberd, or the two onocentaurs, Brem and Bray, annoying as they may be.  When venturing a comment about their absence, he was told only that they had been “tucked away for safe keeping.”  Hesitating to pry further on what “tucked away” might mean, he shuddered, thinking that to these wood sirens, that just might include one of those hanging blood bags they had witnessed in Rim Wood above deep in the highlands.

Sylvan seemed pleased with herself, not having to carry his chum Shelberd anymore as they turned to go.

Grum-Blud’s pulse quickened, and his stomach soured as he felt vines slither around his waist and his weight shift forward on dragging toes.

“Come!  The Pan awaits!” Briar commanded her followers, now including about six more of the sinister but beautifully deceptive wood sirens, sidling alongside them, winking at Grum-Blud as they lifted him aloft.

Two days of travel ensued once they left the forest of Kilrane, and they edged along the valleys, and over the plains of Ono.  They plunged through other stands of trees, picking up other sirens along the way, receiving words of the march and progress of The Pan and his coming with a retinue of satyrs, hulking centaurs, and about twenty of his fierce part lion, part human, part insectile creatures called manticores.  Carrion birds and scavenger creatures followed, for they knew that wherever The Pan went, there were sure to be feasting and copious instances involving the spilling of blood.

***

High in the treetops, in a makeshift sort of cradled bower, Shelberd squirmed and stretched, then smacked his lips in sleepy satisfaction, unaware that he was thirty feet off the ground slung and wrapped with vines, swaying with the creak and bend of the tree upon which he’d been unwittingly perched.  A leafy branch tickled his bulbous nose and sleepily he laughed and snorted, still oblivious to his own precarious situation.

The two onocentaurs sat on their haunches, beneath the tree, muzzled and tied by twist vines in tandem to the base of the tree’s trunk and thick knuckles of protruding roots grappling with the ground below.

“Can you make him, shut up?!” Brem groused.  “He’s going to attract attention with all his snoring and grunting!  And here we are, left to nanny that squatty little booger!”

“Ain’t no use getting to him.  Trees to thick to shake him down, and I don’t suppose you’ve every tried climbing one in hooves.”

Brem sniffed.  “S’ppose so!” he snuffed, rolling his shoulders, attempting to stand again, but failing to free the vines that bound him.  “Ugh!  Blasted wood women!  Who’d’ve thought they could tie a hobble so effectively!  I can’t even gnaw through this one, it’s so bitter!”

“Just be glad they didn’t hang us up in a blood basket, mister big mouth! You beat everything, y’know that?  Talkin’ as if you wuz so fascinated by them wood witches!”

“Well, it did serve to scare those trolls a bit back into simmer rather than boil.  Like nice little cabbages.”

“Cabbages?!  Don’t start in on cabbages, mister!  I ain’t et nothin’ since yestiddy mornin’.  Trolls were stingy with the rations.”

“The rations!” Brem perked up.  “The packs on our saddle.  Can you reach one?”

Bray twisted in the vined hobble and strained a hand out from under one of the tight wrapped vines.  “I think I just might…”  He writhed and twisted, managing to get one knuckle and then another through the braided vest, flexing his fingers.  The vine frayed a bit, and with some further straining, bray freed an arm, panting in triumph.  “That does it!” Brem encouraged.  “Now reach back here and pull that strap loose.  I saw the littler one tuck a knife in this bag.  That should be easy enough to get to.”

Grunting, twisting and turning, eventually allowed both Brem and Bray to untangle themselves from their bindings and cut away from tree where they were charged with holding a vigil for their chubby rock-a-bye baby.  Either one of which would have been all too happy to give that snoring Shelberd’s bough borne cradle a shake and a break.

Now freed from their bindings, they would have happily abandoned their post, however, neither were they sure that one of those wood sirens would not have remained to keep them under watch.  Now freed of the vines and happily crunching on the contents of one of the food packs, the onocentaurs gave a start when they saw a shadow pass overheard amid a fluttering of wings.  Three harpies, oblivious to their presence, flew over the tops of the trees of Kilrane and landed somewhere in the trees beyond them.  They both looked at one another, knowing that harpies and the wood witches’ presence in the same forest did not bode well.  Trouble was brewing.  And things were about to heat up once either of the two groups became aware of one another.

*Scene 07* – 05:10 (Meeting the Eagle)

I was only able to rest for a few days more before the word reached the man called the Eagle that I was up and convalescing.  On the day I was to receive him, my wounds had begun to heal, and I had been treated with poultices, and herbs, and various and sundry medicines procured from the local apothecary and field herbs that both Maeven and Christie brought in.  I was given a new shirt, and had pants tailored for me, and was given a sort of jacket with buckles to bind and continue the healing progress of my broken ribs.  According to Christie and Maeven, two of the most well-meaning but bossiest nurses when paired together, I was not permitted to move around too much or travel for at least another three weeks.  And, for goodness’s sake, I was to not so much as look at a saddled horse for another four.  I thought savagely of them as “My Two S’mothers”, though, I knew better than to voice that appellation out loud.  I would most likely get whipped for that quip, and I was not sure I had gained the strength to defend myself yet from their indignant assault.

I was restless.  Anxious to be up and about.  To be rid of the bed and free to walk around unchaperoned.  I was sore but felt that the soreness would fade if I could just get some fresh air and move.

But that was not meant to be.  Both of my “s’mothers” were too worried that I would reopen my wounds and risk infection.  Bless their hearts.

When I was finally…temporarily…discharged from their infirmary, based upon my own recognizance and an oath of good behavior, I was led and helped into the town courtyard for a meeting with The Eagle, and the town leadership.  I wondered how my meeting with Lord Nem might go, since the last time I saw him, he armed me and pushed me down into a dry fountain to confront the Dust Dragon.  If his intention was to get rid of me, I was only too happy to disappoint him in that.

Still and all, it felt good to be back on my feet, but I realized the tightness in my chest, bound wounds and the bruising would limit me on the road ahead.

No sooner had I arrived at the meeting than there was a shout with news we had all feared hearing.

A messenger from one of the outer wall posts came running across the courtyard, and breathless he said, “The Protectorate’s in the backwoods!  They are half a league’s distance (0.7 miles based on Ancient Roman leagues [approximately 1.4 miles]), following the trail of our guests.  The scouts heard their monster dogs in the woods.”

“What will we do?”  Calum, the treasurer, asked, wringing his hands.

“We shall do as we have done before,” Ezra answered calmly, “Wait and watch.  Arm and hold our position.  No need to reveal by overt action, what may not be known yet.”

“What with Tobias and others stirring up trouble, do you think they suspect our being here in such numbers?”

Lord Nem interjected, “At this point, it is unclear what they know, so Ezra’s counsel is best.  We wait and watch.  The wall is sound.  They will not easily find a way in to Azragoth without constructing ladders or a siege ramp.  They will find the old walls but not encounter the new construction unless they reach the pitch walls.”

“Are you sure they are following the back trail?” Ezra asked the messenger.

“We spotted them working through the brush of what remains of the old side road.  They were confused when the road seemed to fade and could not find the side bridge that used to cross the northern ravine.  But one of their dogs must’ve picked up some linger scents through the brush onto the hidden back trail.  Those scents should have faded by now, but those Cerberi are trained trackers.”

“The dogs will either lead them to the sally-port or the postern gate.  Both are watched from cover and heavily fortified,” Lord Nem added.

“How many strong?”

“Last count was about twelve men all told—four on horseback and eight afoot.  Best we can tell, but there may be some lingering in the fields beyond the highland road.  One rider was seen leaving.  He would’ve been the thirteenth, but he was going west in the general direction of Xarm City.”

“That’s a good five- or six-days ride from here.  He may be gathering a contingent.” Corimanth suggested.

“Who have we got manning the gate?” Lord Nem asked.

“Captain Thrax and company.  Lorgray’s men are stationed near the outpost at Trathorn falls and stand ready to close the rear flank at your word.”

Maeven stepped forward, “The Lehi and I stand at your service.  Tell us what needs to be done.”

Lord Nem turned and spoke quietly to one of the city soldiers, we had met before named Morgrath.  “Has The Eagle been summoned?”

“Here he comes directly, my Lord.”  Morgrath said, turning with a gesture.

And beyond them, a man I had long thought was dead, stepped forward, bearing a breastplate insignia emblazoned with an Eagle, talons forward in attack flight.

A man I had known to be one of the most cunning and feared Xarmnian warriors.

The Dragon in the Darkness – Chapter 26

*Scene 01* – 08:00 (The Light-Bender)

I heard the sounds of running water as it sang in whispers and trilled over stones on either side of me.  I could feel the steam off of the water in calcifying and bubbling pools to my left and a warbling chill from a shallow brook to my right.

The blade of the honor sword glimmered from a circulating light emanating and throbbing from within, igniting the fiery runes engraved and etched into its shaft, making them seem to move up and down the blade like the burn of a crackling fuse.  The honor sword, to the eyes of an ancient man, would appear to be a blade on fire.  Yet the power did not come from the blade itself, but through it, and through me.  I could even feel the pulsing of it coming through the bloodline tether bound to my arm, as if it had transformed into a conduit network of throbbing veins and arteries supplying blood and oxygen to my extremities and the blade itself, readying them both for battle.

My senses seemed sharper, as I cautiously moved over broken stone, proceeding deeper into the tunnels.  What once was opaque darkness that hungrily devoured all light filtering in from the land above, now seemed to be bathed in a grayish half-light that allowed me to make out a washed-out pathway across the tunnel floor.  A great deal of water had once passed through this area, and its unleashed weight cut uneven fissures through the dirt and rock.  Each step I made was calculated, careful and quiet, so as not to arouse the suspicion of the quarry I sought.

There was a presence.  An otherness that I could feel was somewhere ahead, but I could not get a specific fix on exactly where.  It seemed to shift its locale in a sort of undulating fashion.  Its movements felt fluid, yet in some ways furtive, constantly testing its surroundings for a bearing.

I could not explain it, but whatever it was, the creature ahead seemed to smell me, yet in some diffuse fashion as if it was confused by the scents it was picking up.  It wasn’t long after this, that I finally heard its movements up ahead and to the left of me.  Perhaps one hundred feet or more judging by the sound alone.

Clink, clink, snap.  A popping noise, as if rocks were being dislodged as something large wove in and out around the pillared mound stones, crushing and pulling loose gravel with it.  Sounds of rocks falling upon other rocks struck with a tumbling series high and brittle notes like the sound an old bamboo wind chime might make, swaying from a tree branch on a blustery Fall day.

Though I could not see the creature clearly, I was given the sense that it was of some length, perhaps somewhere between twenty to thirty-five feet, with a series of bony spines and thick scales running along its body.  My mind wanted to think of dragons of mythical lore, but that did not feel entirely right.  There was a suggestion of a burrowing reptile about it, but more along the lines of a serpent than that of any lizard of known variety.

Try as I might, I still could not see it ahead.  It was almost as if it was camouflaging itself, biding its time to strike out at me from the shadows.  I imagined the flare of the circulating light from my sword would expose me as soon as I stepped out to confront it, so I kept the blade blocked behind my body as I crouched and crept forward.

The thing had moved under the daylight in invisibility.  Nem had called its invisibility…something…that I struggled to remember because it was so briefly mentioned.  Ah, yes.  He’d called it a ‘Light-bender‘ when he’d spoken of Azragoth’s inner walls being covered in pitch.  It had not been so much that the creature was transparent in some magical way but merely had the ability to bend light around it somehow, to give off that kind of illusion.  I pondered this.  To do something like that, the creature’s surface skin had to have some sort of polish about it, a sort of mirror-like plating, that confused the eyes of those witnessing its approach.

In the darkness, there was no available ambient light to bend, save in what was emanating from the honor sword I kept outstretched and hidden behind me.  At most, I would be a backlit silhouette moving toward it, if perchance it had spotted me, but somehow, I didn’t feel like it had yet.  It would know me, and I intuitively knew I would recognize it, though I had never witnessed anything like it before.

Glancing slightly downward, carefully placing my feet as I moved stealthily forward, I noticed the sheen of an oily, mucus-like substance, winding and arcing about over the rocky cavern floor.  I crouched down to touch some of the viscous substance and could feel a tingling and burning sensation in my fingertips.  Whatever this creature might be, it was leaving a sort of wet trail as it went, perhaps excreting this substance to allow its large body to glide across the tunnel floors without attracting too much noise as it hunted and probed the darkness.

I realized that if I could catch the wet glistening of it from the patterns it subscribed over the floor, I might be able to track it from behind.  Provided it did not double-back on me.

That thought gave me pause, and for a moment, it felt like the glow of the honor sword dimmed for just a brief second.  But I pushed the thought aside with the trace memory of a verse from the sustaining words:

“Even when I go through the darkest valley, I fear no danger, for you are with me; your rod and your staff; they comfort me.”  [Psalms 23:4 CSB]

Ancient Texts offer up present wisdom.  There was a reason these passages were coming to me, and I dared not dismiss them.  I thought about the two instruments of comfort mentioned.  The staff of a shepherd, curved with a hook, kept a wayward sheep from straying, snatching it away from the path of danger.  The rod, a long cudgel, was used to beat back any enemy threatening the life of the sheep.  But most of all, the sheep knew the kindness and the over-watching nature of their shepherd’s voice which guiding them through dark valleys on their way to pastoral green fields and along embankments beside still waters.  The Shepherd, My Shepherd could be trusted.

*Scene 02* – 17:37 (Pernicious Letters)

Begglar was up early pacing the floor and clearly restless.  “What troubles you, dear?” Nell asked, yawning and sidling up to her husband as he watched the sun’s rays peek over the horizon through the window of the small bedroom they had been staying in since they arrived in Azragoth.  Begglar placed his arm around her hugging her close to him and sighed.  “Ah, it’s somethin’ I heard from Cori last night in the courtyard before it started raining.  I fear we have been much deceived in some of the people we have trusted in the past.”

“You don’t mean O’Brian?” she asked nuzzling up against his side.

“Nah.  O’Brian is transparent enough.  I know he struggles with the past, but at least he is honest enough about it.”  Nell leaned her head against Begglar as he encircled her with his arms, feeling the warmth of her.

“Who then?”

“Corimanth said that Lord Nem is being harassed by two fellows we know from Sorrow’s Gate.  Two that played us for fools.”

Nell sighed and closed her eyes.  “I think I know who you mean.”

“I never trusted Tobias.  I never could get used to his over eagerness to help us and fund the resistance.”

Nell nodded, “Him and his shady friend.  That Sanballat fellow.  They overpaid us for Noadiah’s Inn, and it did not feel right, but I did not know what else to do.  We were too well known in Surrogate…uh Sorrow’s Gate.  I doubt I will ever get used to its new name.  We had to leave, and you were already a wanted man.”

“I know. I know,” Begglar sighed resignedly.

“What did Cori tell you?  What trouble have they been making for Lord Nem?”

“We only spoke briefly about it, but Cori mentioned that there have been letters intercepted sent from Tobias.  Both Tobias and Sanballat are adamantly against Lord Nem rebuilding the walls of Azragoth.  They have tried to lure him away from the work on the wall many times, but Lord Nem would not be persuaded to meet with them.  They seem to think that rebuilding Azragoth will incite Xarmni to raid the towns and come towards the highlands with their armies to wipe us out.  At least that is their cover story.  But I don’t know.”

Nell shook her head, “I should have sensed it.  Tobias is a politician.  He ingratiated himself with the magistrates in Sorrow’s Gate.  He was strategically placed to get and give information and met privately with Noadiah many times.  She seemed to trust him, even though I always had an uneasy feeling about him.”

Begglar huffed, “Well, we will soon know more.  Cori suggested that we meet with that fellow we helped–Sage.  It turns out that his father was the palace historian for Xarmni.  He alerted Ezra and Lord Nem to Tobias’s background.  Seems he is an Ammonite.  Normally, they are suspicious of the Xarmnians, which might explain why Tobias was ready to help with the resistance, but he fell out of favor recently and I don’t think he is taking it well.”

“Who told you that?” Nell asked, turning towards him?

“Ezra and I talked when we were leaving the courtyard.  We are to meet with them soon, when Lord Nem gets back, so we’d best get dressed and get going.”

Nell and Begglar returned to the adjoining bedroom and did just that.  Soon they were downstairs and met Ezra as he was coming to fetch them.  They walked towards the governor’s residence, and Maeven joined them along the way.  They were led into the large multi-storied state house as work crew were clearing the walkways where several of the bough-laden booth structures had been lifted and blown off the rooftops, camouflaging the houses from the air.  Ademir, Lord Nem’s manservant met them at the door and led them into the large receiving room.

Lord Nem, Corimanth, another man of about the same size and stature to Nem, and the young Xarmnian refugee, Sage were seated at a long table, but rose as they entered and were announced.  After an exchange of warm greetings, Lord Nem introduced the unnamed man to them.

“This is my brother, Hanani,” Lord Nem announced.  “He is a one of the King’s couriers, who routinely makes trips to and from Capitalia, giving reports to King Xerxes, regarding his outer holdings and the communities still allied to Capitalia.  It is a dangerous job, and one requiring great skill in subterfuge and evasion, going to and fro through enemy territories.  Hanani relies heavily on the network of The Resistance to alert him to areas where the Xarmnian Protectorate have a roving presence.  Maeven and her Lehi riders have assisted him on more than a few occasions, creating a diversion, so that Hanani and his trusted team could pass through a patrolled region.  We have kept our familial relation secret, for there are those who might exploit his connection with me, if they knew of it.  Hanani, will you tell them what you recently uncovered?”

Hanani rose and took out a rolled parchment from a courier’s pouch he had slung around his shoulder and spread it out on the table using a flat stone paperweight to hold down the edges.

“Madam, I am told that you are a Seer,” Hanani addressed Nell.  “Would you mind looking at this script and telling me if you can identify the hand of the man who drafted this letter?”

Nell exchanged a quick glance at Begglar, received a nod, and slowly rose from her seat, coming to the head of the table where Hanani held down the parchment.

Turning to get a better look, she cautiously glanced at the letter, noting its sharp loops, swept curves that looked like hooks dragging through waters, and punctuated lines that looked as if the writer penning the ink pressed too hard down upon the paper.  Right away she knew who had penned this missive.  She had seen this hand style on many scripts before: Orders for stock supplies, notices of protocols for distinguished customers who would be visiting the inn, legal paperwork for merchant agreements, etc.  Yes, she knew this hand, and the very person it belonged to with certitude.  She and Begglar even had a bill of sale in their papers, with the same distinctive script drafted to transfer the ownership of Noadiah’s Inn to the interested friend of the broker of the deal.

The man had been given the confidences of the secret resistance, and had even visited Azragoth a few times, and, reportedly, mocked the rebuilding efforts that Lord Nem had undertaken to secure the city’s walls against former threats.

Lord Nem watched Nell carefully and saw her brow furrow in recognition.  “Tell us,” he said quietly.

Nell sighed, “I have no doubt.  This is the hand of Tobias.  I’ve seen his writing too many times working for Noadiah to fail recognizing it.  Tobias helped her with getting supplies and making arrangements with the magistrates for her to continue to conduct business, even when Xarmni kept a tight bridle on the town’s commerce and treasury.”

“I know you interceded on our behalf when we first arrived,” Lord Nem said, slowly.  “But if you remember, your host, Noadiah was strongly against our coming to Azragoth.  She warned us to leave that accursed city alone.  That nothing good would come of finding it again.  That the woods of Kilrane were damned.  Haunted, and the plague city was full of more death.  She strongly objected to us asking any more about it, saying the subject was closed.  That if we brought it up again, or if she heard of us making any more inquires about it, she would throw us out of her lodging, and we could sleep with the wolves of the plains.”

Nell nodded somberly, “Noadiah was never one to mince words.”

Hanani cleared his throat, “I believe she alerted this Tobias and his associates about Nem’s plans.  That is why this Sanballat fellow got involved.  They had made repeated threats, and derisive overtures cloaked as an appeal.  All of which were designed to stop Nem’s work and dedication to completing the wall.”

“I am not sure how to ask this,” Lord Nem said hesitantly, “considering all the help you have been.”

Nell raised her head, her eyes and her face reflecting sadness and fatigue that arose more from emotional stress than from lack of rest.  “Nothing is harmed in the asking.”

Lord Nem cleared his throat, “Do you…did you…share Noadiah’s opinion regarding this city?”

Sighing, Nell raised up and slowly shook her head.  “Much as I dreaded coming here…to the place where I lost my dear parents.  I have no doubt that this city needed to break with the past and serve as a place representing rebirth.  Renewed hope out of bleak tragedy.  No.  I did not agree with Noadiah.  Cori can attest to it.  My brother and I both pleaded with Noadiah to take us here when we were younger.  To see what had become of our parents.  To honor them in some way in death, as appreciation for the love they gave us in life.  I would not want this once great city to remain an anathema.  A blight in the annuals of history.  Fortifying its walls seems to be a promise of renewed strength.  I would not have it be otherwise.”

Lord Nem nodded and then gestured to his brother.  “Please read them the content of the letter.”

Hanani cleared his throat and stated, “This is just one of several.  We have received many other missives from other sources.  Some from the present owner of your former Inn in Sorrow’s Gate.  This Sanballat fellow, claiming that our motives here are to rebel against the Capitalian King, using his authorizations and provisions to stir up a rebellion against him, and have my brother here anoint and have himself crowned king, and if need be, form an alliance with Xarmni to undermine Capitalia’s highland claims and those villages still holding allegiance to Xerxes.  That now that Ezra and his former team have restored the temple, that prophets have been appointed to proclaim Nem king.  He attempted to lure my brother out of the city to meet with him to discuss these rumors, but we know they were planning to kill him if he dared go out and stop the work.”

Nell quietly returned to her seat next to her husband, her fists tightening and loosening, trying to keep herself from trembling.  She lowered herself carefully to her seat and Begglar took her hand, sensing her distress.  She felt strength in his calm, quiet grip, gently squeezing her hand in encouragement.

“This letter represents only the latest attempt to undermine us and lure my brother out of the city and distract him from his mission.  With these two and others, presently holding prominent and influential positions within the resistance, we can no longer fully trust those in that group to assist us in gathering information related to our shared enemies.  They could just as easily sell us out to the Xarmnians and eliminate our standing by creating factions when we so desperately need to be united.  They have even begun to turn some of the people within Azragoth against us, planting fear and threats in their minds to discourage their efforts in helping us complete all that is required to secure this city.  One suggested that my brother hide out in the temple and bolt the doors shut against a hidden assassin, but he refused, saying that The One who appointed him and gave him the vision and materials for this work was capable also of protecting him from harm.  That to hide out would set a bad example for his workers, and he would not stoop to fearing man over The One who called him to this purpose and present post.  We later learned that the man had been bribed to say this by both Tobias and Sanballat.”

“Sanballat was the more vocal of the two, and Tobias was more reserved.”

“Ever the politician!” Begglar snorted.  “The jackal!  Always playing both sides of the issue to see which profits him most!”

Hanani continued, “Tobias was communicating with many, trying to form a coalition against us.  Paying people to give good reports about him, to get us to trust him.”

“The sniveling weasel!” Corimanth interjected, speaking up for the first time since the meeting started.

“What none of them knew was,” Lord Nem spoke up, “I want given the right to delegate my successor.  The wall was just completed yesterday, and the gates were fortified and set.  I had made a promise to King Xerxes, that shortly after completing the task, I would return to his court to give an account of all that had been accomplished on my watch.  Hanani has agreed to take my place as governor when I return.  I have appointed Hananiah as commander of the fortress to assist him.  The Eagle is our field commander and is soon to return.  But this recent letter adds complications.  Read it aloud Hanani.”

“To the Esteemed King Artemis Xerxes: From your servants, the men of the region beyond the River Cascale.  Let it be known to the king that those you commissioned and charged, sent out from your esteemed court, have come to us to rebuild the rebellious and evil city of Azragoth, and are finishing its walls and repairing its foundations.  This act it due to stir up a rebellion, not just in inciting the kingdom of Xarmni to object to its insulting rise, reminding them of their once defeat, but it also threatens you, O king and your claim to holdings in the outer lands.  Since there is a great distance between your present might, and the encroachment of the resurging Xarmnian claims, this rising city must survive its rebirth only by making a treaty with the closest monarch for protection.  Xarmni is in defiance of your claims.  Daily they conquer towns whose citizens were once loyal to you and paid tribute to your treasuries.  Now, let it be known to the king that if this city is rebuilt and the walls are finished, they too will deny you tribute, custom tax, or toll, and it will be detrimental to the revenue of the kings.  They may only swear fealty to the local kingdom, which you are aware stands against you.  Now because we remain in service to your palace, it is not fitting for us to see the king’s shame, and for this reason we have sent this present word and informed your Lordship, the King.  We request that a search be conducted in the record books of your esteemed father, the former sovereign of your mighty realm, so that you may learn the history of this rebellious city and its prior detriment to area kings and provinces in the past.  We believe that the curse of the plague that came upon it was due to its wickedness, and this was the reason the gods allow that city to be laid to waste.  We are duly informing the king that if that city is rebuilt and its walls finished, then because of this, you will have no further possession in the province beyond the great river Cascale and will cede all holdings to the Xarmnian empire.  We remain your humble servants, Rehum, the commander and Shimshai the scribe, whose hand penned this letter.” [Adapted from Ezra 4:11-16]

All were quiet, digesting the serious implications of the letter.

Finally, Nell spoke up, “Shimshai… was a nickname Tobias grudgingly used.  Noadiah gave it to him because every time he visited, he was always in such a dour mood.  It has a meaning in the old tongue.  She teased him often enough.”

“What does it mean?” Maeven asked.

“Sunshine!” Nell snorted.

*Scene 03* – 18:17 (The Haunted Hollows)

Water dripped from the ceiling of the karst cave, pinging loudly in the stilled pools of water, echoing down the shafts and tunnel tubes branching out in a web of black-throated hollows. There was a natural coolness in caverns, but I felt an additional chill from weird breezes coming out of the deeper dark.  In the half-light glow, coming from the blade, the walls of the cave appeared rough and scored by the grit and abrasion of dirt thrust through these hollows under the force of flowing water, but since the water had been diverted, as Lord Nem had said, the shift had drained these hollows and left an emptied basin and mere rivulets lingering in the few channels carved in the lower flowstone steps that led down into to those vacated hollows below.  If the sources of the water were from the seep of charged groundwater or rain that had permeated through crevices in the rock above, these rock formations would have been scoured by the naturally forming acids and perhaps the acids from the decay of organic decomposition.  Signifying this, the flow stone I carefully stepped down on had the appearance of a polished glass surface under the gleam cast from the Honor Sword.  I worried that I might lose footing or balance if the uneven ground stones proved to be too slippery.  Below was a basin with a series of naturally terraced collection pools of water trickling into those haunted hollows where the breezes were coming from.

The strange breezes intrigued me.  Typically, I would expect the air in a cavern to be still and have a musty odor with a coppery taste of limestone about it and a powdery scent of crushed chalk.  But the breezes indicated that there were either some porous holes in the rock above or there were other openings to the outside ahead.  The noises I heard before now seemed to come from a greater distance.

I followed onward, sensing that the creature might be moving away from me, but uncertain whether this was so.  Sound seemed to reverberate oddly here.  The oozing substance that I had found along the drier ground before seemed to terminate at the edge of the largest pool in the basin below.  The creature had been here, but not for long.  I saw strange abrasions in the cave wall as I neared that pool.  Water from above dripped into my hair and tingled my scalp, causing my face to tighten.  I glanced upward seeing the first sign of a cave formation I was accustomed to—a stalactite.  It hung over me like an unsheathed fang, sharp and pointed, descending from the roof of a mouth of stone.  I froze, and felt the room darken around me, as fear once again threatened me with immobility.  The drip that had landed in my hair snaked its way down the nape of my neck into my collar in down the groove of my spine.  I took in a ragged breath as the room darkened yet again.  The stone dagger above me felt like it might descend at any moment, pinning me to the cold stone floor.  This marbled flowstone would be my final catafalque, arresting me and my mission forever.  I was just a briefly animated morsel waiting to get skewered.  A foolish ‘shish-ka’ just waiting to be ‘bobbed’.  That thought struck me as funny, and nervously I laughed out loud.  In that unguarded moment, another gemstone from the Ancient Text came to my mind:

A cheerful heart is good medicine, but a broken spirit saps a person’s strength.” [Proverb17:22 NLT]

The original Hebrew word גֶּרֶם (pronounced ‘gheh’-rem’) can either mean ‘bone’ or ‘strength’ as in being ‘strong-boned’.  Translations vary but the phrase “Dries up the bones” in one translation can been interpreted as “saps a person’s strength” interchangeably.  Interestingly, drawing my mind briefly away from my present trouble into a meaningful aside, this word ‘גֶּרֶם – gerem’ is also used to describe the strength of the ‘behemoth’ creature mentioned in Job 40 verse 18 of the passage:

“15 Look at Behemoth, which I made along with you. He eats grass like cattle. 16 Look at the strength of his back and the power in the muscles of his belly. 17 He stiffens his tail like a cedar tree; the tendons of his thighs are woven firmly together. 18 His bones are bronze tubes; his limbs are like iron rods. 19 He is the foremost of God’s works; only his Maker can draw the sword against him.”  [Job 40:15-19 CSB]

Pondering the phrase “only His Maker can draw the sword against him” in that additional verse that attenuated and paused my present renewal of panic, I was struck by that thought, while holding this Honor Sword in my grasp.  Then I reflected on the first part of that phrase “only His Maker” and immediately another verse came to me, punctuating that concept and driving it home.

He who calls you is faithful; he will do it.” [1Thessalonians 5:24 CSB]

It wasn’t up to me.  Every instance where I was tempted to believe that it was, the light of the Honor Sword dimmed towards utter darkness.  This realization struck me.  I was struggling with my own lack of trust—Diminishing my faith when I conceived that this task was to be accomplished in my own strength, and under my own determination of will.  It was a fatal flaw in me.  One that both shamed me, seeing it as it was an investment in my own sense of pride.  My focus was on myself.  What I could do for The One, rather than surrendering to what He needed to accomplish through me.  Tears clouded my vision, and I wept, recognizing that seeking my own will as in fact rebellion against His call on me.

Only His Maker can draw the sword against him.  I could not defeat this monster that I hunted.  This sword was merely a toy stick in my own hand against sabers of spines, and a hungry maw that could eat through rock and dirt, crushing it as rammed through the underworld, making its own tunnels, piercing the core and heart of the surfaces we relied on to walk above it.

To defeat such a creature would require a miracle.  The odds were against me, if I solely relied on the calculus of human reasoning.  Once again, the words came to my mind:

“Don’t copy the behavior and customs of [the Surface] world, but let God transform you into a new person by changing the way you think. Then you will learn to know God’s will for you, which is good and pleasing and perfect.”  [Romans 12:2 NLT]

My mistake had been holding on to the mindset of my Surface World self.  I had often warned the others against that.  But hypocrite that I am, I ignored that admonishment that should have first convicted me.  I could not operate in this Mid-World under the assumptions of the Surface World.  The Mid-World embraced a duality, and its inhabitants recognized that physical resistance alone could not subdue an entity that posed a spiritual threat as well.  The Ancient Text affirmed this:

Don’t fear those who kill the body but are not able to kill the soul; rather, fear him who is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.” [Matthew 10:28 CSB]

What was required of me was full surrender.  This was not a call to inaction.  Far from it.  It was the call to surrender my own life to whatever I would face ahead.

For whosoever will save his life shall lose it: but whosoever will lose his life for my sake, the same shall save it.”  [Luke 9:24 KJV]

This was not fatalism—a shrug of the shoulders and saying, “whatever will be will be”.  This was choosing to leave comfort, self-reliance, the known, for risk, dependance, and facing the unknown.  Going forward and taking up a cross, headed for a death to myself, so that The Living One, could be who He needed to be through me in drawing out and using this Honor Sword against this ‘behemoth’ that ate up the very ground beneath our feet.

I wondered what damage this creature had already done.  I only had Lord Nem’s speculation as to how long this thing had been down here and did not know if its destructive rampages were caused by disorientation or by some vengeful awareness of the prey it had pursued above.  Nem had said that this creature was linked to me.  If it was, or ever had been, it was so no longer.  Those voices, first seeming to be my own, then unmasked into their guttural sibilance, had ceased.  Through my remorse and surrender my mind became quiet and focused on hearing The One alone.

I felt the wind again, but this time it seemed to draw away from me.  Fleeing in huffing breaths down that network of tunnels.  An inhale rather than an exhale.  What were those living sighs that caused temperature fluctuations?  What could I make of them?  What summoned them here to haunt these hollows?  What was their connection to this earthmoving beast?  A sword would be useless against them.  Were they spirits?  What was known about them?  I knew from the Ancient Text that supernatural entities had the ability to enter a vessel.

Luke’s gospel records the account of a father who brought his son to The One for release from a spirit that tormented him saying:

A spirit seizes him; suddenly he shrieks, and it throws him into convulsions until he foams at the mouth; severely bruising him, it scarcely ever leaves him.” [Luke 9:39 CSB]

I knew that these creatures of metaphysical origin had the capability to demoralize and weaken the soul, even if they could not possess one who had committed his own life to the secure holding of The One.  These spirits may not be able to possess me, but they certainly could and would harass me, if I was not carefully submitted to hearing only The One’s true and peace-giving voice.  That voice came from The Word.

For the word of [The One] is living and effective and sharper than any double-edged sword, penetrating as far as the separation of soul and spirit, joints and marrow. It is able to judge the thoughts and intentions of the heart.”  [Hebrews 4:12 CSB]

I had to simultaneously bear two swords to confront this beast: One of a physical nature, and one of a living and effective spiritual nature that could parry and thrust through thoughts and intentions of the heart.

In this acknowledgment, I felt a break tremor through me, followed by a piercing roar.  Deep in one of the branching tunnels, just beyond the larger pool of the basin, I saw a flash of light cast a strobic image of a claw along the walls of the deeper tunnel.  Flecks of gold sprinkled the glare, and I got the sense of seeing into a room with a shifting mound littered with round gold pieces.

I knew then, for certain, that the beast had lost its hold on me, and even though I was closer to it now, at least in my mind, it had yet to find me and it seemed confused by its inability to link to my mind again.

Not just confused.  Angry.  Extremely angry and petulantly throwing an enraged fit.  Lashing out at the foundations of the city above, unable to break through the ceiling of the cavern, or find a way up the walls to burrow through to the homes above.

It seemed drunk in its own fury, stumbling around in the darkness, its mighty tail swishing and smashing into stalactites and breaking stalagmites, and those of which had joined to form massive columns that supported the ceiling of the caverns.  Other large boulders also formed natural stanchions revealing that this cavern network was comprised of both fracture caves, talus caves, solutional caves and erosional caves.  So many forces were set to undermine the standing and security of the upper city of Azragoth.  Parts of the ancient cliffside must have fallen crushing and burying part of the older sites of this city, but they also created hollows and pits, cavities counterpoised on the stacking of sediments and underlayment of raw materials.  The area was a hidden honeycomb of tubes and runs, that one could easily get lost in; one seeking to find their own way out of a labyrinthian death trap, now inhabited by things beyond the ken of mortal man.

The ground beneath my feet shuddered and trembled, and the rumbling sound of an avalanche thundered in my ears.  The air in the tunnel was choked with swirling dust, coughing out from several tunnels before me, threatening to suffocate me with the blast of silt.  The Honor Sword flashed into brilliance, searing the darkness and causing it to shrink back, as I plunged into the shallow pool, wading through the sucking mud, thankfully finding a stony bottom that did not descend any deeper than a few feet.  I splashed through, sloshing the water and ascended to the abraded lip of the pool as it poured down the throat of the tunnel where I had witnessed the flash.  Nem had told me that these creatures were used for mining. That they had some magnetic quality about them, that drew precious metals to encrust their gargantuan bodies.  The scintillation I had seen had been of gold.  Gold coins and shaped ingots somehow making its body at least partially visible in its own greed for mammon.

I knew if I hesitated any longer, the monster might move beyond my ability to catch up.  Any further damage it might do, would further endanger those I was sworn to protect in the city above.  I could not let it go further towards the lower, outer sectors of the city for it would draw near the reservoirs of filth and disease that the people of Azragoth so assiduously and routinely to efforts to purge from their dwellings in the upper part of the city.  It was now time to charge the very gates of hell, fully yield the outcome to the providence and prerogatives of The One.  Once again the Ancient Text flared into my memory, its truth gleaming like a polished blade.

So humble yourselves before God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.” [James 4:7 NLT]

I raised the shining blade before me holding it out in front as I plunged down through the smoke of the tunnel.  The smoke and dust parted before me, giving me a narrow hall surrounded by a miasma of swirling dust on either side that I could run through.  Hesitant no more, I muttered as my inner spirit prompted me, “As the prophet Isaiah declared against King Sennacherib (translated ‘the moon god ‘Sin’ multiplied brothers’), so I declare of you O beast of the underground, worm of the dust!  Thus says The One, who dwells in Excavatia, and in the eternity place within me as a guarantee of promise from Him whom I serve,

26 “…Have you not heard? I decided this long ago. Long ago I planned it, and now I am making it happen. I planned for you to crush fortified cities into heaps of rubble. … 28 “But I know you well–where you stay and when you come and go. I know the way you have raged against me. 29 And because of your raging against me and your arrogance, which I have heard for myself, I will put my hook in your nose and my bit in your mouth. I will make you return by the same road on which you came.”  [Isaiah 37:26, 28-29 NLT]

Then with a loud voice I cried louder, “I come against you in the name of the Lord of Hosts!  You shall not escape me, Dragon of the Dust!”

*Scene 04* – 20:27 (Raising the Stakes – Part 1 of 2 “A Wanted Man”)

Begglar, Nell, Corimanth and Maeven remained seated around the large table in Lord Nem’s council chamber along with Ezra, Azragoth’s weapons master, chief priest and scribe, Lord Nem and his brother, Hanani, Nem’s soon to be successor, and the young man named Sage, a refugee from the city of Xarm, sheltering in Azragoth, and presently domiciled in Lord Nem’s own house.

Lord Nem pressed his fingertips together and sat very still for a moment, looking thoughtful with the slightest hint of irritation furrowing his brow.  Finally, he spoke quietly in response to Nell’s confirmation that the letter Hanani had shown them was indeed drafted by the hand of Tobias—a man who had insinuated himself into sensitive positions within the counsels of the underground resistance against their Xarmnian oppressors.

Hanani leaned back into his chair, his face clouding in an inscrutable expression.

Lord Nem looked to the young man rescued by both Begglar and Nell, named Sage.  “Now that Nell has confirmed what we suspected, young man, please tell them what you know about Tobias.”

Sage spoke up, “I was present when a delegation of the Kingdom of Ammon came to visit the palace and the Son of Xarm after his coronation.  I distinctly remember seeing Tobias there.  He is an Ammonite close to the regents.  Xarm and Ammon are not as opposed to each other as you might suspect.  They are a feuding and posturing family, to be sure, but they are still family.  The Queen of Ammon is the half-sister to The Son of Xarm.  There is enough shared blood between as much as there has been blood spilled.”

Hanani added, “Tobias is an agent of the Kingdom of Ammon.”

Begglar looked up, “And I had thought he was just a local politician!” irritated with himself for his naivete.

Lord Nem laced his fingers and spoke quietly, choosing his words carefully, addressing Begglar.  “This Tobias is indeed a politician.  He is financed by Ammon but enriches himself at every opportunity.  He was first attracted to Ezra’s mission to restore the Temple in Azragoth when he heard of him boldly bringing the golden and silver temple ornaments back to the city, having no military protection along the way but that which they entreated of The One when they encamped in tents near the crossing of the river Ahava.  But there is something further you must know about him; to fully understand the danger he poses specifically to you and your family.  I understand you have a son.”

Begglar leaned forward, the muscles in his forearms tightening, his jaw clenched involuntarily at the mention of a danger to his son.  Nell whimpered, clutching Begglar’s shoulder, as he responded, “Yes, Lord Nem.  My son is a young man now.  His name is Dominic.  His name means ‘devoted to God, The Holy One’.  Nell and I gave him that name because we had given up on the chance that we could ever have children.  When Nell was discovered to be with child, we dedicated him to The One in gratitude for giving us this blessing so late in our lives.  What danger does Tobias posed to him?”

Hanani spoke up, “Has Tobias ever met your son, or had any occasion to see you with him?  Even on a supplies trip to one of the local towns?”

“Oh, Begglar, dear!” Nell’s hand trembled as she raised it to her mouth, stifling a louder worried cry of alarm.

“I am sorry to alarm, you both, but as you know Tobias has a way of seeking to enrich himself at the expense of others but being in a sensitive position he will not expose himself openly, or act directly in such a way that might lead back to his part in a treacherous scheme.  The duplicity he has shown here by even posing as this ‘Shimshai’ character in this seditious letter, shows a level of deviousness that we did not realize he possessed.  He was quite open with his ridicule when we first began our project of repairing the walls, but has since quieted down, allowing Sanballat and others to berate us and lead in the attempts to undermine all we are doing in the restoration of Azragoth.  Tobias has a particular hatred for Ezra, but I’ll let him tell you of that.”

Ezra cleared his throat and nodded, picking up where Lord Nem left off.  “You know of me as a weapons master, training fighters in the Warrior’s Court.  But I am also a man of letters, and one of the chief priests charged with the restoration project of our temple to The One, here in Azragoth.  Our principal antagonists here are not merely those loyal to the Kingdom of Xarm but also have been those among our relatives that have compromised their allegiance to The One by disregarding His decree to be separate from pagan influences and not to intermarry with the peoples who hold to detestable practices in serving other gods.  We have kept an extensive record of families that were original to the city or born therein, after its founding.  Because we knew that the planned work on the temple would attract attention, we determined to accept the workmen and the priest from only those listed in our genealogical record.  When Tobias’s family could not be found, we refuse his help, his offered funding and the help of those he had hired.  He was insulted but still offered me a bribe, which I refused.  He threatened me saying he had a lot of friends in the surrounding community and that I was a fool to refuse his help or his money.  He has despised me ever since, so we have had him watched, not knowing what he might do.  That is why Hanani has had his men keep an eye on him.  I only recently learned that Tobais was an Ammonite.  Zerub was the governor then, before Lord Nem came.  Those we denied challenged our authority to do the work we had planned in Azragoth, but Lord Zerub produced the authorization we had from King Cyr of the northern clans, and that silenced them until King Dari succeeded Cry.  Later, we heard rumors that some of the discontents even sent emissaries into the Dark Woods to entreat assistance of The Pan and his creatures, but it was thought that nothing came of it.  The emissaries, reportedly, never returned, and some think they were eaten by those monsters.  Body parts were found, cast outside of the edge of those Dark Woods, giving credence to the latter thought.  Hanani and his spies have served well bringing us this information.  But I could not risk believing that the enlistment of the Half-Men had completely proved to be a dead end.  So we had to be vigilant against threats not only of human origin, but also of those comprised of the supernatural otherness.  There are creatures here that do not respond to the threat of a blade or the piercing of an arrow.  No bludgeon can fell them, nor device of warfare bring them to submission.  That subduing power comes only from the words of The Marker Stone, telling of the might and authority of The One.  The decrees given, and the promises made there hold faithful adherents into a place where no fatal harm may come.  The very words are imbued with an authority that comes from beyond our world.  That is why so many of us train for warfare not only in the Warrior’s court, but in the temple itself.  Two swords must be borne to fight those enemies which are more than flesh and blood.  But we must also be wary of those which try to deceive us and make us think that they are only what they appear to be.”

“We have met with such before.  But what does that have to do with my son?” Begglar asked, his voice rising with impatience.

Hanani reached into his leather courier pouch once again and pulled out another rolled piece of paper that was aged and tainted with water prints and wrinkled in places.  He unrolled it out and weighed it down as he had done with the other letter document before.

“How long has it been since you’ve seen one of these?” Hanani asked.  Pulling back and inviting Begglar to come to the head of the table.

Begglar rose cautiously and approached, scanning the paper and the writing above and below a smeared image of himself showing him as he had appeared over twenty-three years ago.  The image did not look much like him now.  At the time he had been much more of a barrel-chested man, broad in the beam, big-boned and stocky.  His face bore sun-reddened cheeks, his upper lip and chin were festooned with a walrus mustache and beard that brushed his upper chest.  But the cut of his brow and shape of his head and nose bore a heritable resemblance that he had unmistakenly passed on to his son.

“This is a wanted poster, bearing an image is of you back then when Xarmni first discovered your part in piloting a ship on the fjord lakes and river of Cascale.  You have changed your appearance much in the intervening years, but without the full beard, you must admit that your son does favor you enough to raise suspicion.  Notice also that the bounty on your head has gone up.”

The last words were a statement Hanani made, not a question.  5000 Xarmnian crowns in gold.  The original bounty had been set at 500 crowns, when Begglar first heard of it.  The words below the image were ominous.  “Dead or alive.  If dead, bring the Head only.”  In the Mid-World lands and surrounds, a man and his family could easily live for a year on the equivalent value of 50 Xarmnian crowns alone.  If a man possessed 100 crowns, he was considered to be wealthy.  Begglar’s hands shook, and he tried making fists to keep them from trembling.  He had long given up living in fear for his own life, but for the life of his wife and son…that was something else entirely.

“These posters have only recently appeared in the surrounding towns.  Sorrow’s Gate in particular.  We have no doubt, Tobias and Sanballat both would have seen these.  If they believe you have any sway with us or deep connections with Azragoth, they may take any opportunity to prevail upon you, and if they cannot influence you, they may try to threaten you with the life of your son in the balance.  Think back. When was the last time you or your son visited Sorrow’s Gate?”

Begglar ran his hand through his balding hair, seeming to age further in the presence of this news.  His beard was now much more trimmed and cut closer to his face, and his cheeks, though still weathered by a former life on the sea, and hard work in the sunlit fields of the highlands, were more shallow and less full and plump as they had been before.

He looked at Nell, his eyes seeking confidence he knew he could find in his uncertainty.

Nell gasped, her eyes lighting up in surprise at some revelatory thought that had just occurred to her.

She interjected and answered the question for Begglar, “Oh, I never would have guessed it!  Thanks be to The One who works all things to the good.  It has been nearly four years!  Four years since the Xarmnians came and threatened us with conscripting our son into their army!  Remember, dear?!”

Begglar slowly nodded.  Realization coming to the surface.  Dominic was born in the latter part of the third year after O’Brian went missing and returned to the Surface World through the seaside portal, the roving oculus.  That is why O’Brian had to be introduced to Dominic.  When the boy turned fourteen, he had lied to the Xarmnian Protectorate that the boy was only thirteen, three years from when the officers of Xarm considered boys ready for conscription to their ranks at the tender age of sixteen.  Old enough to fight, yet young enough to train and discipline.  Prime years of uncertainty, with the need to prove to themselves that they could handle manhood.  His son was now eighteen.  After the threat made to conscript his son, he had kept his son out of sight when Xarmnians visited the Inn at Crowe.  He had planned to lie to them, if they came back seeking Dominic for their military that Dominic had died of an illness.  He could not risk lying to the Xarmnians that his son was dead, if others could report to them otherwise, so he insisted that Dominic not be allowed to travel on their quarterly supplies trips to supplement what could not be produced in the vicinity of the local highland fields and stock.  He had avoided Sorrow’s Gate because of the risk of recognition and had not seen or heard from Tobias or Sanballat since the selling of their Inn.  They essentially disappeared and had no contact with that faction of the resistance.  They had allied themselves with Maeven and her Lehi riders and some of the limited go-betweens from Azragoth.  Hiding Dominic had, in the end, ensured that neither Tobias nor Sanballat even knew of his existence, or the present whereabout of Begglar and Nell.  Providence did indeed work all things to the good, and Begglar told them so.

Ezra responded, “That is all well and good, but do you know why this sudden renewed interest in locating you has come about? Why the Xarmnian outrage persists?  And for that matter, why the Kingdom of Ammon also has a specific hatred for you, under your former identity as Captain Duncan MacGregor?”

Begglar grinned, “Ah! That’s the name me parents gave me in the Surface World long ago.  But I thank you not to be so free to speak it hereabouts, seeing that Xarmni and Ammon still have such a keen interest in finding me. And I like to live a few more years with me body and me head together in one piece.”

Hanani spoke up.  “The head of the leviathan, that sea beast that you and your team struck and tore asunder has been found.  Fishermen discovered it and left it in a hidden cove.  The body had decomposed, but they snagged the creature in their nets and somehow managed to drag it ashore.  The monster’s head was left there to rot.  But later when they told the story in Skorlith, some of the Ammonite fishermen overheard and pressed the men to take them to the spot where they left it.  When they arrived, they discovered footprints coming out from under the monster’s slack and gaping jaw.  They believe something or someone crawled out of it, strange as that may sound.  The Ammonite fishermen started chanting and bowing in worship to the rotting head, and the Skorlithian fishermen became terrified and quickly left the area.  It seems that the Ammonite Kingdom and to some extent, the Xarmnian Kingdom once revered the Leviathan.  The Ammonites even ritually sacrificed their children to it, when it plied the waters of Cascale as a living monster.  The Xarmnians also worshipped the thing but for different reasons.”

Ezra spoke again, “The Ammonites called the beast Molech.  The Xarmnians called it Chemosh.  The Ammonites worshipped it in fear and thought to appease its hunger by designating one of each family’s children as its sacrifice.  They observed rituals where they tossed their children into the cold waters at a particular site and watched as the beast seized them and took them under.  Meanwhile the Ammonite fishermen would sail their vessels upstream and cast their nets for fish while the beast was occupied in the lower place down river.”

“That is terrible!” Maeven spoke up visibly shaken by such a pagan ritual.  “They murdered their own children?!”

“They believed their god demanded it.  That the leviathan would grant them a better harvest in fishing, since so much of the Kingdom of Ammon relies on that trade,” Ezra continued.  “They hate you, Begglar, for in their mind, you killed their god.”

Corimanth joined, “And the Xarmnians?  What is their view of the slain monster, since they are down beyond the sea rakes?  They built a barrier to keep that monster out of their saltwater lanes.  If they revered the beast, why would they prevent it from coming along their shore as well?”

Ezra answered, “They revered their monster Chemosh for its power.  Yes, they were terrified of it, but they were fascinated with it as well.  To them Chemosh was a symbol of Xarmnian power.  A living icon.  The beast suppressed the ability of the shoreline communities of Skorlith and the Ammonites to compete with them in profiting off of the sea trade.  When Chemosh swam to Ammon, the Ammonites surrendered their children, ensuring that the Ammonites would never be able to field enough of an army generationally to ever match the numbers of fighting men under the command of Xarm.  Ammon was kept in check by their own beliefs in their monster god of Molech, and they mocked them, saying that Chemosh kept them weak.  But it was reported to the Son of Xarm from someone who overheard the account of the finding the monster’s head that they could no longer rely on Chemosh to keep the balance of powers as it was, and that there was something in human form that had been rumored to have crawled out of the beast.  They believe that Chemosh has taken a different form, and think that they must find the ones who destroyed its body, before its living essence can return again to the waters of Cascale.  This is why the renewed interest in you, Begglar.  Both kingdoms are seeking you now.  A head for a head, is what they say.”

“So, what are you suggesting?” Begglar asked, returning to his seat.

Lord Nem rejoined, “That you reconsider following O’Brian on this quest.  The road ahead could be very dangerous for you, and if not, that you consider letting your son stay behind with us.  He is a very skilled fighter.  I noted his proficiency with both a staff and a blade from our first full day of training.  We could use more young men like him.”

“No!” Nell said defiantly, “That is out of the question! We’ve not let Xarm conscript him, and we’re not going to let you either!  He’s our son!  He’s all we have.  We are not likely to have any other children at our age.  I won’t be separated from my boy! No.  I won’t.”  She shook her head.

Begglar sighed.  “Can you give us a moment?  We’ll just step outside.  No need to get up.”

Begglar turned and took Nell’s hand.  She stared at it for a moment, and then finally took his hand and stood.  Her eyes welling up with tears.  Begglar led her to the door, turning to the room as he opened it.  “We’ll just be a moment or two.”  Then, going through it, closed the door behind him.

*Scene 04* – 04:54 (Raising the Stakes – Part 2 of 2 “Deciding Dominic”)

“The boy is of age, Sweetheart,” Begglar said. “It is time we quit making decisions for him.  He has earned the right to decide this for himself.  Let’s trust him to make his own way.”
Nell wiped a tear, and sniffled, “I know. I know,” she said, trying to reconcile her mother’s heart with the undeniable fact that her little boy, was now a man.  “It is just so hard to let go, when so many other things have been taken from us.  But he is the most precious thing.  I cannot bear the thought of losing him.  D’ya not hear tha horrible things said in there?  Child sacrifice?!”

“Pagan!” Begglar agreed, “So pagan.  How man could stoop to such debasement is beyond thought.  Straight out of the Dark Woods of the Moon Kingdom!  Something that The Pan and his monsters would conceive of.  But this comes from the pit of man’s darkness.  More’s the pity!”

Nell bowed her head and released a deep sigh, “But such as it is, we do not serve a God such as these.  Surrender is hard, but it is the path The One sets for us in all things.  Of course, you are right, My Love.  Dominic would follow whatever we say.  He is a good boy, that one.  But it is time he made decisions on his own.  I cannot protect him from life, dark and as painful as it might be.  We are agreed.  Dominic must decide for himself whether to go or stay.  It is his right to choose to become the man he should be.  A man like his father.”

Begglar hugged Nell closely and then together they reentered the room.

***

The others looked up as Begglar and Nell came back in and took their seat.

Lord Nem addressed them, “We would like to offer Nell a place here with us as well, if you feel you should go on with O’Brian on this renewal of the Stone Quest, or if you would prefer to stay…”

Begglar raised his hand slightly, “Before you go further Lord Nem, while we appreciate the gesture, Nell and I have known for some time that we would both be rejoining this quest again.  We’ve discussed it many times.  Planned for it, and feel it is the right thing for us, despite the danger.  You and the people here have been more than gracious to us, and to our neighbors, Shimri and Aida.  But I’ve never been one to abandon something just because it grew difficult.  Especially when I knew for certain that what I was doing was right and in line with what The One was leading me through.  This quest is not merely an interesting side journey, it is what I was called into the Mid-World to do, as it was with all who came with us from The Surface World.  Nellus and I are partners in the good times as well as in the bad times.  It is our covenant made with each other and with The One who brought us together from two separate worlds.  Nell goes where I go, and I will go where she goes.  But as for our son, he is of age and must decide what he will do.  I am his father, but not his owner as a master to a slave would be.  I will present your offer to him, but he must be free to decide for himself.  Please give him leave to do so.”

“Very well, then,” Lord Nem conceded and placed both his hands flat on the table before him.  “Our offer stands should you ever change your mind.  The road ahead will be very dangerous for you, but we thought to warn you of the particular danger posed to you and your family specifically.”

“And I appreciate that,” Begglar said.  “Nell and I have had several years to grow less naive than we once were when we first married.  We have met with our share of duplicitous individuals, and those wearing masks for one reason or another.  We have encountered strange unnatural creatures and have taken comfort in the protective and reassuring words of The Marker Stone.  O’Brian will need us as much as we need him…”  Suddenly, Begglar looked around the room.  “Where is O’Brian?” Begglar asked, “Shouldn’t he be here to listen to this too?”

“O’Brian is handling more pressing matters, at the moment,” Lord Nem responded cryptically.

*Scene 05* – 19:11 (Eyes to See)

Ahead of me, there was a loud staccato sound as if metal tines raked, scored and skipped across rough granite, tearing loose gravel and hammering against some barrier, that cracked and filled the air with dust and falling debris.  An ululating, bass rumble came from within the noises of breaking stone, and clouding earth sloughing off the cavern walls.  The floor seemed to shake with the violence of the impacts, and there was a thudding and swirling of air as something the size of a tree trunk whizzed destructively overhead, slamming into a tunnel wall, collapsing a ceiling and partially burying the striking limb of the beast in tons of rock, gravel, and sand.  The supporting earthen pillar near the fallen shelf of ceiling rock appeared to shrug under the added weight conceded by the fallen support column, but for the present, it valiantly bore the added burden surrendered by the fall of its twin.  The tunnel was not completely buried such that it was impassable, but if the remaining column failed, that passage would immediately collapse.

The creature was, for the moment, pinned on the other side of the tunnel and it would only be a matter of moments before it might struggle free.

If I was to, at last, see and subdue this creature, or hope to kill it, now would be my best opportunity.

I brought the honor sword forward so that it illumined the ground underneath me.  Wet viscous ooze showed the path that the creature had taken, and the weight of the beast, despite the secretions, still dug a pressure furrow in the dirt that was at least five-foot-wide in under its ponderous girth.  Nem was right.  This creature was very big, and by the cracking of stone over which it had passed, I could tell that it weighed more than I had even suspected.

I scrambled up onto the hill of debris and broken rock that partially blocked the tunnel that had lost part of its ceiling.  The mount upon which I climbed lurched, and I felt the evidence of incredible strength as the buried limb of the beast stirred, flexed and curled, working its way loose of its temporary grave.  Dust and silt clouded the stale air, blanketing the shifting surfaces upon which I had ascended.  A series of small quakes threatened to topple me, and I leaped from stone to shifting stone, avoiding the sucking fissures breaking apart and refilling with dirt and gravel.  The grit and powder stirring in the air dimmed all visibility, yet the pulsing light from the honor sword seemed to sift the clouds away, allowing me to quickly find my way over the summit of the mound, and ride the sliding stones down its leeward side.  Somehow, I maintained my precarious and teetering balance, as large slabs of shale rocked and spun and jostled into one another, moving from atop the lurching ones to those with less of a spin.  A perimeter of gathering scree rimmed the bottom of the fallen ceiling and as a particularly large semi-flat stone slid down to the gathering edge, I leaped from it to the sloping tunnel floor the momentum forcing me down into a spring-heeled crouch, my arc lighted blade held before me in a guard position.  It was then that I first saw a part of the partially buried creature.

The limb, a long, massive column of rock-like plates and spines, tore free of the top of the mount, thrashing and shedding dust and debris as it writhed and twisted with fury.  Rocks broke apart beneath it as it slammed the mound, and gravel spat out like a shrapnel assault.  Its spines had a metallic luster, the polished sheen reflecting and bouncing the light back from the sword I held forth.  Furious as the creature was, the light from the honor sword seemed to burn it, such that it shrank back and moved away from each scintillation that illuminated its oiled and lustered scales.  With such movements, I moved away for cover, lest it launch itself from the mound and set another crashing of stones and earthen walls down upon us.

Another thirty feet backward, into the tunnel, I turned fully, having never looked away from the creature for more than a few seconds as I moved out of immediate striking distance.  It was then that I saw a lone beam of daylight pierce through the fogs of dust and provide a darkling silhouette of the creature’s head suffused in tanned billows of dust as it rose over the top of the mounds of broken earth.  As the dust began to settle, the creature’s horned head shook from side to side, freeing its crown of stones and loose earth.  Its head bristled with silver spines as if it was no mere creature, but an amalgam of both monstrous machine and prehistoric behemoth.  Its maw opened and coughed out a bulldozer scoop of dirt on crushed stones as if it had been chewing its way through the tunnels.  Large gill slits fanned out from behind its massive jaw spraying forth clouds of dirt backward and away from its hoary head, making the creature seem somehow akin to a large fish of sorts.  Strangely enough, as it cleared its throat of gobs of sands its teeth seemed to torque in their jaw settings, as it clenched and unclenched its massive jaws.  The idea that it chewed its way through the tunnel system, I realized, might be closer to the truth than speculation as I’d thought.  Mesmerized, I gaped and stared at it, for a moment more.  Its head was the size of a van or mini-bus.  Its fringed crown sparkled as if it had some embedded diamond coating, gilding the cutting edges of each twisted spire.  And then I saw its eyes.

They had been closed and shrouded under some nictitating membrane like a shark would have.  They were oblong and bulged outward under a set of spiny scales that formed an epicanthic fold, preventing grit from gathering under its leading corner as it moved underground digging in pursuit of its prey.  I do not know what I expected to see in those eyes.  Perhaps, irises flowered with pedals of golden flame.  Blood red pools with the black spiked talon of a pupil.  I don’t know.  But somehow these were worse than my imagination could conjure up.  They were at one moment completely obsidian, and then in a blink appeared human with an icy blue flecked iris that gave one the feeling of frosts chilling the skin.  A bright white sclera, like a cue ball, peeked around the corners of the irises, appearing in each corner below the eye-folds.  Had I just witnessed an illusion or a trick of the dim light?  These were black at first, weren’t they?  Had they changed, somehow?  The creature chuffed making a popping noise, like that of a shotgun going off.  Those flat-bladed teeth in its maw twisting with its jaw movement.  A viscous ooze gathered in a drool, wetting its maw and the leathery tongue that descended out of a cleft in the roof of its mouth.  A sound, like that of the popping of a semi-tractor trailer’s airbrakes being down-shifted, erupted from the descending blackness of its throat.  Its eyes blinked black again, and I felt it find me, standing below about and about fifty feet away from its perch above the mound.  The light shaft above it seemed to pierce glass-like through its skin in patches, where the dust had not fully settled and blanketed its form.  The creature’s body suddenly convulsed, and its scales separated in some kind of inhalation and exhalation, causing them to weep out an oily substance that cleared the dust from its skin.  It was becoming more and more translucent as if the creature was beginning to vanish before my very eyes.

The creature glared at me, its eyes strangely shifting between blinks from black to the ice blue, with a round widening pupil probing me for some kind of psychic weakness.  I could feel it reaching out, attempting to assault my mind with accusations and condemnation.  The voices were guttural and muted like sounds heard through deep water.  A prurient watery echo garbled this mental assault, and I silently prayed for the assurances of the Spirit to comfort and strengthen me in His keeping.

A mental arrow came into the bow of my mine from the words of the Ancient Text, and set its shaft into the notch of a taut and stretched string:

“1 LORD my God, I seek refuge in you; save me from all my pursuers and rescue me  2 or they will tear me like a lion, ripping me apart with no one to rescue me.  3 LORD my God, if I have done this, if there is injustice on my hands,  4 if I have done harm to one at peace with me or have plundered my adversary without cause,  5 may an enemy pursue and overtake me; may he trample me to the ground and leave my honor in the dust.  Selah  6 Rise up, LORD, in your anger; lift yourself up against the fury of my adversaries; awake for me; you have ordained a judgment.  7 Let the assembly of peoples gather around you; take your seat on high over it.  8 The LORD judges the peoples; vindicate me, LORD, according to my righteousness and my integrity.  9 Let the evil of the wicked come to an end, but establish the righteous. The one who examines the thoughts and emotions is a righteous God.  10 My shield is with God, who saves the upright in heart.  11 God is a righteous judge and a God who shows his wrath every day.  12 If anyone does not repent, he will sharpen his sword; he has strung his bow and made it ready.  … 14 See, the wicked one is pregnant with evil, conceives trouble, and gives birth to deceit.  15 He dug a pit and hollowed it out but fell into the hole he had made.  16 His trouble comes back on his own head; his own violence comes down on top of his head.  17 I will thank the LORD for his righteousness; I will sing about the name of the LORD Most High. ” [Psalm 7:1-12, 14-17 CSB]

Four components of warfare readiness clarified in my mind, telling me exactly what to do.

  1. To trust and submit myself under the keeping and protection of the Almighty.
  2. To confess anything that might stand in the way of our fellowship and the summoning of His fierce justice to this righteous cause.
  3. To place my confidence in His ability to champion this righteous cause and to empower me to be used as His instrument to do so.

And lastly, 4. to give credit where it is due for the victory to be about to be won.

I had no illusions.  To eyes unable to see anything beyond the material world, this stand looked foolish.  I may bear the middle name of the young lad who stood defiantly before a giant, unable to stand up under the panoply of battle dress.  But I knew that victory would be claimed over this terrifying beast.  This was foolhardy.  I had nothing to protect my skin from one vicious sweep of its bladed tail.  Nothing to stay the crushing power of its massive twisting jaws from closing over my mangled and bloodied body.  Nothing to keep bits of my flesh and crushed bone from being sifted and sliced and expelled out of its gill slits in a spray of wet gore.  Okay, those thoughts weren’t helping.

No telling how far or how fast the creature could move, but I knew I could neither chase it nor run from it now.  I voiced a silent prayer and confessed my doubts and failure to act to the One who had called me to stand for this moment, and I prayed for the known and unknown members of my company in the city above unaware of the conflict here below.  There was no bargaining for my life, or that I may survive this violent encounter, for like any other soldier bracing for the battlefield, I had my orders, and I knew what I was being called to do.  To lay down my life for the sake of the others and to seek honor and glory of the One.

My sword flared and blazed anew, and I was suffused in a nimbus of light.  I could sense the mental arrow of truth, command the creature’s attention as it shot forth, shutting down its attempts to take hold of my thoughts.  The invisible and spiritual missive raced through the dank air, burning and cracking with power and before the creature could flinch away, the spiritual arrow pierced its black obsidian eye between blinks and drove its shaft into its cranium.  The creature’s nictitating eyelid fluttered over the invisible shaft unable to dislodge it in the physical or spiritual plane.  Its eye clouded with an almost immediate milky cataract, as if the frost from its changing eye, finally broke through to freeze the black lake where it supernatural insight swam.

The creature lurched violently, its massive torso coming up and over the mound, tearing and crushing and leveling the top, as it roared in fury.  I launched myself forward, scrambling over the scree, clamoring up the hillside as its summit slide and broke around me.  The light shaft above the creature was brighter than it had been before and I hoped it did not signify that another portion of the city would soon collapse upon us.

I could see even more of the massive creature coiling around the mound, its body had no legs to propel it, but it did have baffles down its upper body, with mirror-like plating that seemed to swim with an oily light.  The creature could sense that I was near.  It snuffed about trying to get a fix on me, but I had deliberately moved away from its line of sight into its blind side.  But I knew that would not last for long.

Parts of its body were already fading from view, blending in chameleon-like with the colors and textures around it.  I had to find a way to pierce its armor plating and get clear of its slicing spines before they returned the favor.  From what I could still see, the beast was heaving and flexing, gathering its strength and drawing its massive coils, slowing up the mound, as if preparing to launch itself up through the ceiling.

The ceiling.  The shaft of light.  Its head was lifted, and it was studying the foggy ray that had made its way down into the dark tunnel.  It was looking upward, searching the broken ceiling above.  Preparing to make a break for this way out of the tunnel system, and violently upward, emerging right through the very heart of the hidden city of Azragoth.

Every moment was weighed out in gold—drawn from the account of a very poor man.  And as that impoverished man, what had already been wastefully paid out plunged me into deep debt.  The creature’s belly lifted, and its circulating coils pushed its ponderous body higher and higher after its straining pulsing neck.  Up till now, I had not seen any appendages from the creature, thinking that is was more serpent-like in some ways, but now I saw, behind the gills, the two massive arms, as big as the boles of a tree, that jutted backward from a shoulder and then forward on powerful forearms terminating in bird-like feet and claws with long black talons.  I had thought to get behind its head and rush in where the gills were, hoping to drive the honor sword in through the back of its neck and up into its head, but I had not known about its folded arms, because the creature alternative between snake-like motions and now that of a lizard missing its rear legs.  This creature was mostly in its element underground, but it hunted on the surface, seeking to capture and seize its prey above and then drag it screaming and fighting to devour it at its leisure in the darkness below.

As I feinted in, looking for my attack approach, the beast caught my attempt and its powerful arms reached for me, its talons almost catching the edge of my cloak.  With the blinding, it had overshot its balance with its angry swipe at me and toppled sidelong across the top of the mound.  Its head curved and it righted itself swiftly, dislodging more large slabs that tumbled down into the scree below.  Its left eye roved back and forth attempting to compensate for the loss of its right one.  Its black tongue peeked in and out from a notch below its upper lip, sampling the airborne scents it identified with me.

At each attempt to gather itself and ascend through the broken ceiling above, I feinted in, trying to keep it preoccupied with its hatred and need to eliminate me as an irritant.  With the arms now revealed and ready to claw and rip me to shreds and with its serpent-like body, I had at last decided to classify this beast as a drake…or a dragon, as our Surface World legends describe them, among those of the Asian and Oriental variety.

No matter what I classified it, I still needed some way to keep this dragon down here and subdue it.  I could not just contain it within the tunnels, for its destructive rampage would continue to destroy the foundations of the city above.  I needed to bind it, maim it, or kill it and I further knew I could not keep holding its attention for much longer.

Then something happened that I had not bargained for.  Something that took away my ability to further distract it from its intention to ascend.

*Scene 06* – 14:00 (Jalnus and Judith)

Jalnus the Weinman was a tavern owner within the city of Azragoth.  He had been a wine merchant in Azragoth’s halcyon days, before the city became overrun with rats that spread a plague throughout the city under the Xarmnian siege.

In the aftermath of the destruction, he had moved to a small vineyard on the plains of Ono that was later burned by Xarmnian Protectorate men when he would not give the men further drink without payment.  After the fire had consumed his only means of trade, he fled again to Azragoth when Lord Nem returned to it and took up residence in one of the larger structures in the upper quarter near the vicinity of the old fountains and baths just inside the interior wall.

He reasoned that where there were returning residents coming from exile, there would also be a need for a tavern and meeting hall where food and drink could be served while the city was still under repair.  Ezra and Lord Zeb had brought over forty-three thousand people with them who settled in the surrounding lands, allowing him to sell the property remaining from his burnt vineyards for a fair price.  A burnt vineyard would have been worthless otherwise, but with the large influx of people coming in, the land itself became valuable, and Jalnus’s idea of a fair price went up considerably as the new demand for property conveniently increased its value.

If the Xarmnian monarch had his way, all properties would eventually be subsumed by the state, then leased out for use to those who could still afford to pay Xarmni’s high taxes for use.  Had Xarmni succeeded during this time and the lands been no longer under the jurisdiction and protection of Capitalia, the burnt vineyard would have been his complete ruin with no chance for recovery.  Personal ownership of his property had given him an out from the inexorable path toward destitution.

When Lord Nem arrived with a Capitalian guard of army officers and horsemen three years later and the work of reconstruction of the inner wall began, the workers and their wives expressed a need for more food and drink to survive for, during the days of quarantine, they had mortgaged their fields and vineyards and homes to buy food for survival and to pay tribute taxes both to the Capitalian King of their former alliance, and now to the taxes and fines imposed by the Xarmnian monarch whose landed interests now extended to the midlands just below the highlands.

Seeing the need as an opportunity, Jalnus and his wife Judith moved back into the old city, found an ideal multi-leveled place with a large cellar and opened a tavern with the remaining barrel stock he had salvaged from the vineyard storehouse vats, and the monies he had made from the sell of his countryside property, and opened a tavern with a large hall on ground level and several small bedchambers in the upstairs rooms to accommodate both workers and visitors to the city.  The move had been a shrewd and lucrative venture and Jalnus prided himself on his good fortune to be so happily situated and profiting from the city’s rebirth and the return of the former exiles.  Jalnus had enjoyed having a steady income, without the hassle of the Xarmnian Protectorate demanding his ware and further taxes and tribute, for the Xarmnians were still unaware of Azragoth’s rebuilding efforts or proximity to the towns and properties they had subdued.

Jalnus was also proud of the fact that he remained hidden within the old city, reasoning that if the Xarmnians could not find him, they could not tax him.  He would pay his dues to the Capitalian king, but not to the greedy and brutal monarch in Xarm.  Freed from that added fiscal obligation, he was able to invest in purchasing land again.  He had acquired mortgages on several vineyard properties outside of Azragoth and was making a supplemental income from them until Lord Nem shamed him and others for the practice of usuary and indenturing the children as servants from those people who could not pay the debts.

Lord Nem had every right, under the Capitalian king’s orders, to levy a municipal tax and charge interest from those he governed in the city and surrounds, yet he refused to further impoverish his workers and their families and those who supported the effort by making daily provisions for those who had come in from the outer woods to help with the repair.  He reminded them of his right to tax as governor but also of his example in refusing to place further financial burdens on those he governed.  Jalnus was irritated but acknowledged that, perhaps, he had charged too much for his management fees of the mortgages he held, and he, like the others, promised to restore those fees and interests paid to their owners and release them from further obligations.  He also reduced his wait staff of indentured service and offered those who wanted to remain a fair wage for their duties.  Getting their consent, Lord Nem had made it clear that he would curse any of those who failed to keep their agreement, emphasizing this by shaking his robe, saying “If you fail to keep your promise, may The One shake you like this from your homes and your property!”  And so, both he and Judith had made further concessions to provide food, drink and shelter to the workers who had yet to find a berth or home inside Azragoth until the walls were fully restored and had also agreed to shelter the strange newcomers who had recently arrived in their city as guests from lands unknown, free of charge.  A condition which Jalnus and Judith both were growing tired of.  Yes, they were wealthy once more, and yes, they had made good investments and were still making a decent income above their operating costs, but the decrease in their net income rankled them, nonetheless.  However, it was not wise to incur the ire of the leadership of their city, so they pretended to be delighted and enthusiastic in their magnanimity.  Now that the walls had been completed, they were secretly relieved that they would no longer have to feed and slake the thirst of so many workers without remuneration.  The whole experience had made them irritable in their private conversations and that irritability was beginning to show.  Judith routinely snapped at Jalnus for his tendency to drink more than he should in the evenings.  And for his grumpiness and grudging reluctance to take up the slack and participate in the mundane operations of his tavern now that he had relieved part of his unpaid servant staff.  Judith was forever sending him up and down the dark stairway to the cellar.  His rotund belly did not help him in the journey up and down the sublevel stairs either.  He always emerged sweat stained and breathing heavy from the effort of trundling back and forth up and down in the basement.  “Go get another barrel of spice wine,” Judith would say, “we’re serving in the dining hall tonight.” To which he groused, “And I suppose its…”

“Free of charge!” both he and Judith mouthed silently, with a sniff of exasperation being their only giveaway about how they really felt, lest the wait staff overhear them.

He had brought fifty-five barrels of wine when he’d first established the place and was now down to only a few barrels left of his original stock.  He had tried to supplement his wine cellar with wine barrels paid to him from the mortgaged vineyards for a time to offset his losses, but to tell the truth those pathetic vintners produced an inferior product that he could barely swill much less drink.  “Too many white grapes!” he grumbled, “Not enough red!”

In his mind white wine tasted like spit.  Its better use was for making cheap champagne, once a group of celebrants had had their tanks filled with the passable reds to give them a buzz and dull their senses to anything a refined palate might notice.  Those vintners never seemed to let their reds properly age.  They sold new wines to meet their debts, but the value never increased because the quality never had the change to season the fermented bouquet.  He sighed and mumbled, “Well, that is what comes of getting wine from poor people who cannot afford to hold on to it and properly store it.”  He ground his teeth thinking of the time when one of his renters had tried to pay him with some new wine put in old wineskins that burst during the transport back to the city.  He should never have sent that ignorant Abdullah to collect payments.  He had fumed over that loss and the tenant that had tried to cheat him using the old skins and had charged the man a large spoilage fee with a high interest rate as a consequence.  When the many couldn’t pay, he had taken the man’s daughter to serve in his tavern until the debt could be paid off.  The trouble was, he had not kept track of what the girl’s wages would have been, so he had no idea when or if that debt would ever have been satisfied for her to be returned to her family.

She had been one of the ones he had released from her duties and had elected to return to her family, for she had not seen them in three and a half years.  She had been a good worker, despite her father’s attempts to cheat him.

But more people were coming to live in Azragoth, now that the wall had been restored.  And more people meant the potential for more profits again soon.  Lord Nem had encouraged many to return to the city to complete the final restorations of the interiors and establish them again.  He had even had families chosen whether to remain outside or come to live within by casting sacred lots.  With the repatriation of former Azragothians, and the completion of the wall there would be a dedication ceremony and a cause for celebration throughout the city.

Yet once again, Judith pressed him to go back down to the cellar and bring up a flagon of wine and a cask of ale to serve the outworlder guests after their day’s work out in the Warrior’s Court.  The look on his face brought a stern reprimand from Judith and she batted her hand at him.

He started to protest, but she jerked a finger over her shoulder and whispered, “Skipper’s in the other room and you know how chatty she is.  Don’t give her anything more to talk about.  I’ve heard just about all I want from her today.  Now be off with you. Shoo! And be quick about it!”

Jalnus’s brow furrowed, and he scowled, muttering, “Be quick about it, Jalnus! Be quick about it!” in a mocking tone.  “Free ale, free wine, free cheese for everyone.  Free at the cost to me!”

Judith’s smile and wink didn’t help much, but he turned to go anyway.  Irritated enough to know that if he lingered any longer, he would most certainly say the wrong thing with too much volume and it would fall on the wrong ears and spew out of the wrong mouth in the company of the guest as the overly cheerful waitress both he and Judith had nicknamed ‘Skipper’ for her tendency to hop about while she served guest would share her employer’s present disgruntled mood with no sense and no filter, giggling all the while.

As he shuffled and trundled down the stairwell he wondered if he would be expected to donate more of his food, servant help and wine to the celebration again…unpaid.  He huffed.  He longed for the days when he could just sit in his counting house looking at piles of precious coins and getting his hired “strong backs” to lug barrels up the steps.  He had fired Abdullah after the wineskin incident, but perhaps he had been too hasty in his outrage.  The young man had been ignorant and was never taught how to recognize the difference between a new and an old wineskin.  An oversight, perhaps that he should have taken the blame for, rather than casting it all on the lad.  He snuffed once more remembering that though the lad was an eager worker, he had a weakness for the taste of cheese.  That is why the young man could not be trusted with the basement key.  The waxed cheeses were stored in the basement as well.

When Jalnus finally reached the bottom of the stairs he had to put his torch in a sconce as he fumbled through the keys for the right one to open the thick wooden door.  Unlocking it, he took up the torch again already sweating in the heat from the flickering flame.  Trying not to set what little remained of the sidewalls of his hair on fire.  He had singed the ends a time or two.  And it did not help that Judith laughed at him the last time it happened, and his partially bald head was smoking unaware.  He turned the release catch, lifted the torch as the door opened swinging inward.  Nothing could have prepared him for what he saw just beyond the threshold.

*Scene 07* – 12:00 (The Shaft)

Underground Image-03

Above us, in the aperture shaft that led to the surface, where the stray beam of light descended into this underworld, we could see the suspended edge of an outside wall and the partial interior of a cellar room now missing part of its floor.

A door opened, and a man bearing a torch stopped just short of stepping perilously down into the hole that now occupied the area just beyond the threshold he had intended to enter.  Flagons were stored in wall racks, cuts of smoke-cured meat dangling from ceiling hooks hung from floor beams and the tops of barrel casks could be seen in the flickering light of his torch, as could the shocked expression on his rounded and flushed face.

Despite the danger of my own precarious situation, I could not help but commiserate with the poor fellow, standing there stunned, looking through the hole in his floor into a face of nightmarish horrors, and down further into my dirty, upward turned face.  Indecision froze him for only a second before I distinctly heard him say, “I think I shall go back upstairs now.”  And upon those words, he quickly retreated from the doorway and, for good measure, promptly locked the cellar door.  Being somewhat of a corpulent fellow, I heard his heavy footfalls as he swiftly ascended the wooden stairs beyond.  Perhaps he was seeking the solitude of another room in his domicile.  From his parting expression, that room was most likely a privy.

As I said before, the paid-out moments spent in dealing with this dust dragon were precious and I could not afford further distractions.  This momentary one almost cost me the farm, the surrounding properties and the county in which it resided.

The dragon’s tail lashed out.  Its bony-plated, diamond-pointed, razor-honed edges slicing through the air cutting towards me with dangerous precision.  I had only a fraction of a second, between being impaled upon those deadly stone cutting spines and waving a portion of my lower body a bon voyage as it was flung into the dark tunnels behind me.  The light that encompassed my sword and my body flashed, and the flat blade of the honor sword bore the brunt of the impact, sending my body airborne, end over end down the embankment to land hard upon a pile of sand and silt at the edge of the scree-ring below.  I was winded, and my ribs felt compressed into my spine, and I gasped for breath, only to find the massive tail sweeping upward again, the bony scythe-plates angled down and falling towards the place in which I had landed. I rolled away, up onto a jagged stone, which I had just missed in my previous fall, just in time before the tail slammed hard into the sand, stirring the dust clouds once again until there was no visibility or clear air in which to breathe.  I used that lack of visibility to my advantage now.  Again, using the honor sword’s supernatural sweep ability to provide me with a way through it, temporarily hidden from the roving single-eyed sight of the creature.  The dust masked my scent as well, for I could sense the creature’s angry frustration at its inability to see whether its vicious lunge had succeeded or not.

I could imagine its rapidly blinking eye, bizarrely switching from ebony to ivory and blue, hoping for the savage satisfaction of feeling my dying agony, and witnessing the broken ravages of my bludgeoned, crushed and pierced body, pinned and buried beneath the weight of its cleaving tail.  I would give it no such satisfaction.

With the swiftness of thought, another arrow of the Living Breath of Life came into my mind, its jagged and honed tip, readied to be pointed at this gargantuan denizen of death.

“24 … “If anyone wishes to follow Me [as My disciple], he must deny himself [set aside selfish interests], and take up his cross [express a willingness to endure whatever may come] and follow Me [believing in Me, conforming to My example in living and, if need be, suffering or perhaps dying because of faith in Me].” [Matthew 16:24b AMP]

I responded in my spirit to the Voice of the Truth delivered to me.

“Lord, what do you want me to do?  How can I subdue this creature of deception?”

This time a knowing came into my spirit, which summed up what I already knew in my heart.

To paraphrase it, it came down to “Love the One who called you, above everything else, and love those you are called to lead and serve by laying down your life for them if necessary.”

I verbalized my prayerful response, making it more real for me, by conversing out loud with the One speaking into my inner Spirit.

“Lord, if I die here in this battle, how will the others know of the sacrifice I made for them?  Will my life have meant nothing?  Will they think that I abandoned them?”

The response came immediately, and it was in the form of a question that unmasked my cloaked pride.

“Whose glory do you seek, in giving up your life in this secret place?  Your own?  Or Mine?”

It was clear that I sought some degree of shared recognition from the others, and being faced with the truth of that, I became ashamed of it.

“Tell me what to do.  I need no other affirmation, but Yours.”

I had a sense of His pleasure in this, and the quickening glow that infused me and the covenant sword I bore, brightened with an intensity it had not shone before.

A knowing filled my mind that expressed the key to bringing about the demise of this terrible beast, and the way of doing it shocked me and threatened to make me fear again for my own life.

My heart, mind, soul, and body had come to a crossroads at which I, within my own spirit, had to make a commitment to surrender all in what to others would seem to be a terrible choice.

Beside the waiting and invisible arrow, I could only picture with spiritual perception, there arose another verse of the Ancient Text, that formed alongside the readied arrow delivered into my spiritual arsenal, this time the verse formed the lead edge of the stretched bow where the end of the shaft and the arrow tip lay.  The arrow guide, in which I was to focus this next assault.

“2 Your tongue devises destruction, Like a sharp razor, O worker of deceit. 3 You love evil more than good, Falsehood more than speaking what is right. Selah. 4 You love all words that devour, O deceitful tongue. 5 But God will break you down forever; He will snatch you up and tear you away from your tent, And uproot you from the land of the living. Selah.” [Psalms 52:2-5 NASB]

My target and point of assault clarified and stunned me in the same instant revealing to me that this dust dragon was the mid-world embodiment of a creature I had spoken about long before.  An agent beast of Deception.  Of course.  What else would be so intent on devouring foundations and undermining every plan formed by those above?  Deception creatures gained his power through whispering lies and misleading thoughts that distracted those following his covenant calling.  It also now made sense why there would have been a cloaked Banshee embedded in our party.  And why it so hated its exposure.  These Dust Dragons consumed the soil of the land and through his gullet, he transformed the engorged dust mixed with his unique saliva into a malleable clay-like substance that could be used to form a temporary physical body for the Banshee creatures of the wind.  The Banshee we exposed and displaced was a mole, a deceiver, planted and connected to this Dust Dragon.  It fed bits of intelligence back to this Dragon as it pursued and stalked us from a safe distance.  When we routed out and exposed that Banshee from among us, we cut off its ability to sow dissension within our company and reveal our plans back to the enemy.  So, the creature was only left with one alternative.  To subtly link its mind to mine and take advantage of my self-doubt and feed my uncertainty.  I was indeed in the thrall of this dragon.  Its supernatural probing sight found an opportunity within my waning confidence.  It had used the fact and worry that I did not have the assurance that I would be equipped once more by the Spirit’s commission and subsequent Quickening power to do what I had been called to do.  These sudden revelations were like an epiphany, that further opened my perception.  Giving me the clarity to how these Beasts between Worlds had conspired to insinuate himself into our mission and undermine it at every opportunity.

Another verse came to me, assuring me again that what I sensed needed to be done was, in fact, the correct path.

“3 Who have sharpened his tongue like a sword. He aimed bitter speech as his arrow, 4 To shoot from concealment at the blameless; Suddenly he shoots at him, and does not fear. 5 He holds fast to himself an evil purpose; He talks of laying snares secretly; He says, “Who can see them?” 6 He devises injustices, saying, “We are ready with a well-conceived plot”; For the inward thought and the heart of a man are deep. 7 But God will shoot at them with an arrow; Suddenly he will be wounded. 8 So he will make him stumble; His own tongue is against them; All who see them will shake the head.” [Psalms 64:3-8 NASB]

The key to subduing and killing a dust dragon lay in piercing or cutting out its terrible tongue.  I had only to trust in and launch these supernatural arrows at this dust dragon and see what would come of it.  Perhaps it would cause this creature to open its mouth once again in angry fury.  To release its vile black tongue from the cleft in its upper jaw, exposing the dark hollow of its throat.  But the arrows alone would only provide me with an opportunity to use the honor sword as I might, with surrender and obedience to the One to do what needed to be done.  I would have to commit everything, spirit, soul, and body to this chance to get close enough to strike a blow to its vile, scent-tasting tongue.  To be able to do that, I would need to be in its terrible rock-crushing mouth, between its twisting and torquing teeth.  I would have to allow this Dust Dragon to eat me.

The Creature in The Cauldron – Chapter 25

*Scene 01* – 07:56 (Wooden Cage)

Aridam had thought his assignment would be easy.  No horse-drawn wagon could outrun unencumbered men on horseback.  It just stood to reason.  When Hadeon had given him the order to pursue the wagon headed along the northwestern trail back toward the valley of the Xarmnian stables, he was sure that he and his men would come back soon carrying the severed heads of their quarry, or at least those in the pretentious, and odious weapons convoy who had thought to make fools of them, and steal their prize.

The trail was another ridgeline track, heavily wooded, both cut and leveled out through the steep treelined march over the lip of the highland ridge, covering the head of the valley.  Aridam knew there would eventually be a bridge to cross if the trail followed the ridgeline course, for a shallow river flowed through the stable valley and wet the lowlands filling them with rich grasses that were used to range and feed the Xarmnian stable’s remudas and herds.  He was certain that if he and his men did not catch their quarry along the wooded rode, they would certainly catch up to them before they reached whatever bridge crossed the stream that poured over the lip of the highland ridge.

What he had not counted on, however, was how the trees themselves could be used against his team to entrap them and thrust them off the edge of the steep grade into the jagged ranks of the slanted woods below.

Riding fast through the tunnel of towering trees, they could just spot the fleeing wagon racing through the dappled twilight, almost a half mile ahead.  Aridam knew that wagon would have to slow for the bridge crossing, for the stone bridge was narrow gaged, and just broad enough to allow a wagon to cross, but just barely.  Crossing too fast would risk damaging the spokes and the axel and the bridge spanned about forty to fifty feet across with only about five feet above the frothy and churn of the descending falls.  Watching ahead, he almost laughed as he saw the wagon slow, feeling that his savage victory would soon come to those impudent fools who dared to think they could evade and outrun some of the best trackers in all the kingdom lands of Xarm.

And then, the trees began to fall…

Great crackling sounds echoed down the tube of the woods, causing Aridam and his team to look up and around them.  The snap and explosive crack of breaking limbs, and a rising pitch of groaning wood, lumbered forward, popping and whooshing as a massive tree over eighty feet high leaned its massive trunk across the backtrail, roots ripping and emerging out of the ground, cutting their way of retreat off.  Another tree crackled and popped, its large canopy swishing in leafy protest, as it fell down upon Aridam and his men, crushing some, and pitching others and their horses down over the edge of the road into a wet mat of pine needles that sloughed like dead skin off of a debris field of jagged scree, and broken rock.  Falling branches rained down on them, as the massive tree folded itself between lower ranks of threes, shearing off some of its branches to trade places in formation, headed downward.  Frantically, Aridam fought through the tumble of branches, his mount buried in a leafy bower below.  Suddenly he realized that he no longer had the use of one of his arms.

Ahead the way was block by other fallen trees, their trunks extending across the narrow roadway, the shade that they had once provided was speared through with shafts of sunlight and swirling dust motes, drifting leaves, and kicked up dust from ripping through the overhead canopy.  Parts of the higher shoulder sloughed down onto the roadway, spilling gravel and gouts of earth, broken by the twists and turn of the large trees.  Aridam noticed one of the trunks missing a wedge shape from its bole.  It had been angle cut, and shimmed into place only to be removed at a future opportune time, allowing the tree to fall into a directed path that would impede further movement along the trail.  Gritting his teeth, he realized that they had lured in and had ridden into a trap, set long ahead of this instance of pursuit.  They knew as well as he did, that a fleeing wagon would not last long in a chase, without some was to slow their pursuers down.  He cursed and spat, blinded with fury…and pain, as at last he got a good look at his mangled and bloodied arm.  His legs were numb, having been struck brutally by one of the spindly limbs of the large tree that had crushed several of his riders beneath its ponderous weight.  From beyond the steep lower edge of the road he heard panicky screams and flailing as others that had been swept off the roadway found themselves scrabbling, and scratching, searching for handholds or footholds to slow their descent down a dislodged and slowly moving scree and talus pile.  Large rocks, pushed ahead by the upper shift, fell over a sheer drop, popping and breaking as they bounced and skidded over the edge.  Shorter trees that had found a grappling root through the slough rocks, now lost their grip, as their crushed roots snapped and were sheered away from their tap roots.  Those smaller trees whipped and abraded the men who had no choice but to ride to their forward fate toward the precipice and spill over the edge into the jagged ranks of pines below.

As Aridam lay back on the flattened boughs, having extracted himself from the tree limbs that had pinned him down, he knew that Hadeon would wonder what had happened to him and his men, and grow more irritated by the hour when they did not show up at the pre-arrange meeting spot, down below the main road beneath the highland rim.  He sighed, feeling his body grow numb and weary from the loss of blood.  Well, Hadeon would just have to wait, Aridam sighed, releasing a long breath of exasperation.  He would be more angered by the fact that Aridam’s quarry had gotten away, rather than over the loss of Aridam’s company and their horses.  Hadeon took losses as setbacks personally.  Dead men could not serve his ambitions, so he took no thought for them.  Aridam wondered by he had ever thought to follow such a self-centered, angry man would be a good thing.  Hadeon had garnered a reputation as being a man who could get things done.  Yes, but at what cost?  Aridam questioned his own stance.  He would receive no reward for bolstering another man’s ego and brutal reputation.  But where could he go?  If he had abandoned his life as a member of the Protectorate Guard, what would he do with himself.  One was not just allowed to leave.  The others were dutybound to clear up loose ends, lest they decide to turn against the king and help those who fancied themselves part of the laughable ‘Resistance’.  But one could not be too careful.  Protectorate Guards were to be feared by those they “protected”.  Oh, the irony! Aridam almost laughed, but winced at his own pain, trying to get a torn piece of material around his mangled arm into a tourniquet to stop further blood loss.  He managed to get the bloodied material sash around his upper bicep, and fumbling, forced the end of the sash under the loop, then feeding the end up into his mouth, tasting his own blood as he did so.  He gripped the end between his teeth and then yanked the tourniquet tight, screaming as he did so, before everything went black.

*Scene 02* – 18:15 (Going to The Graveyard – Part 1 of 3 “The Disposition of One”)

Lord Nem and I had an early breakfast of small baked barley loaves with a fruit compote inside, possibly of blended figs, and berries, brushed with a fragrant coating of olive oil and honey made from dates.  It was accompanied by a poached egg, and flat potato latkes, with blueberries baked in.

I did not say anything about the disturbance during the night and Nem graciously did not bring it up.  It was still dark when we stepped out side, and I could tell that the strong winds had done some damage.  Branches and leaves were scattered down the steps from the porch and odd jointed frames had been lifted and blown off of some of the flat rooftops.

“Looks like some of the roof scaffolding were blown down during the windstorm last night.” I commended, seeing the joined wooden poles, with sheaf of thatch and leaves still clinging to them.

“Those are booths,” Nem answered.

“All the way from the marketplace courts?” I asked incredulous.  “That was some storm!”

“Not from there.  These are booths coverings.  Temporary structures we put on our roof tops.  In the seventh month, we camp under them for a week during the festival.  All families here observe this custom.  It honors our tradition from a period when we were displaced and did not have homes to shelter in.  And… they make great camoflage canopies from aerial observers.  Not every enemy of ours in the Mid-World walk on their feet.  This we do by tradition, don’t just have to serve a singular purpose, you know.”

“Huh!” I exclaimed, “I didn’t think of that.”

We made our way down through the debris and eventually arrived at a stone stairwell that descended further down toward the lower parts of the city.

As Nem had said, the region between the outer wall and the interior wall was both dead and yet alive with wildness.  The absence of people living there made it a graveyard as much as the fact that many had perished there as well.  The wild beasts and stray animals moving among the thick grasses gave the place an eerie feel.  Their rustling and bleating and occasional growling sporadically heard beneath the leafy canopy of overgrowth.

castle-959147_1280

“Walk with me.  There is something very particular I need to show you.  Something we need your help with and some private issues we need to speak about concerning your leadership.”

We walked together in silence for a bit, moving away from the hearing of the others until we reached a stone stairway that led down into the older remnants of the city.

castle-2418614_1280

“This quest you are on…,” he began, “It will take one of us from here with you into unknown dangers ahead.”

Intuitively, I knew who he was speaking of, but did not interrupt.

He paused, carefully navigating the broken steps downward that had become covered with wet moss, lichen, and an ever-spreading, ever-growing carpet of vines that seemed to swallow the crumbling steps into a throat of leafy greenery.  He lifted his feet high, indicating that I should do the same, to keep our feet from being caught in the treacherous tangles.  Our footfalls, pressing on the top of the vines, crushing the leaves, and crackling thin branches underneath caused the mat to give off a sickeningly cloying custard-like odor.  A dusting of bile-yellow pollen covered our boots and legs as we carefully scrambled over the tops of the densely woven mat.

Soon, we found a partial clearing of stone again and the semblance of steps resuming downward into a thickly overgrown courtyard enveloped in leafy kudzu and gnarled branches that twisted and descended into and out of the overgrowth, dislodging stones from the walls and the ancient structure buried beneath.  It was almost as if this leafy green surface was some alien ocean in tumult, where the surface of the water had been replaced with foliage and some monstrous Kraken-like creature from the fathomless depths below extended its wooden twisted tentacles through the floating mat, seizing and tugging anything it could wrap its searching, probing and coiling appendages around.  Once standing again on a small flat island of stone, in the midst of this leafy ocean, Nem resumed his address to me.

“While we are on the precipice of war and can hardly spare anyone, we understand the vital role of these quests.  Others and I agree that it is now Maeven’s time to go with you on this one.  We knew this time would eventually come, but it is hard now that this time is upon us.”

Nem paused thoughtfully.  Reflecting on memories of her with a wistful smile.

“She has been adopted into the village of Azragoth.  We are like family to her and she to us, though we know she originally came to us from the Surface World.  She has grown much and learned far more than others of your kind who pass through here.  But she is still part of your world, and her future depends on finding for herself what your quest will offer her.  She is like a daughter to us.  One who has brought much delight to us as she grew up among us, and like doting parents, we struggle to release her into finding her own life for herself.

We continued forward, again stepping from the stone shore of the green sea, to walk across the crackling and spongy surface of its verdant and tangled waters, making for a break in the wall and another set of vine-covered steps leading upwards and beyond.

“I know why you have come, perhaps better than you do.  I can sense your uneasiness, your self-doubt, and your feelings of inadequacy.  But you should know that what you were called to is very important, and something our erstwhile daughter needs to be able to find the wholeness she has been seeking her entire life.”

I sighed involuntarily before realizing I had done so.  It seemed that he might be making more out of my calling than I was, and embarrassingly, I had the deep-down sense that he was correct.

Nem studied me a moment with disturbingly perceptive eyes that seemed to probe and unpack my secrets and my every weakness.

“For anything you set out to do, Mr. O’Brian, you must always…Always,” he emphasized, “Be able to clearly state the purpose for which you undertake the task.  If you are not clear on this point, you doom your enterprise and everyone who may hope to follow you into it.  Since you will take a daughter of this city into your particular undertaking, I cannot allow you to proceed with such uncertainty, so let me restate the purpose of your mission for you, as I perceive it to be.  Afterward, if you see it differently, I need to know it now before we commit her to go with you on this quest.”

I hesitated, but Nem did not, and like a father protecting the daughter he loves from the ill-defined intentions of a prospective suitor, he restated and clarified the essential nature of my purpose for being here, and my having been given the quest in the first place.

“You are here to bring awareness to the daydreamers who have lost who they are.  Those who have become disconnected from their own self-worth and from the memory that their stories are intertwined with our histories.  They have escaped, for lack of a better term, into the dream but have found only the nightmare because they are ungrounded.  Split between who they believe themselves to be and what they at one time wished to be.  Despair has clouded their vision and made them believe that to hope for anything else is a foolish myth.  You too were under that delusion, but I think you are finally waking up to it now.  But you have a difficult task ahead of you.  You are still groggy from the restlessness of being roused to awareness, sorting through the real and the unreal, belief and doubts.  You speak words of the Ancient Text and swiftly call them forth from your memory in warrior fashion, but you are still disconnected from the reason they come to you, and the power they offer to restore your ability to become more than you are now.  Faith without works is dead, Mr. O’Brian, and you are still shrouded in funeral garments, yet you purport to lead these others who are presently unaware of why they specifically were brought here through the portal between our worlds.  What roles they are yet to play in the discoveries yet to come.  Nell is not the only Seer here, you know.  Azragoth has others within our township who dream as well.  Some of your travelers are known through those dreams, yet your people are unaware of this.  We have kept our Seers from interacting with your people because they might recognize them and not yet know why they do.  I needed to speak with you first, before allowing those meetings.  To assess what steps have been taken to make your company a unit and a family who could survive the rigors of what is ahead of you when you leave Azragoth and prepare them for the psychological shock of finding out that all of them have been here at least once before yet have lost their memory of it.  Their stories will come back to them in time.  But you must be prepared for it.  For how it will affect each of them when they do.  But before you can do that you must first contend with who you are and come to terms with it.  Then you must come to know each of them and earn their trust.”

Something within me.  Something integral to my very soul and spirit resonated in affirmation of what Nem was saying, and I could feel the truth of it even as he spoke it forth.

“How do you know such things?  How can you…?”

“Because Mr. O’Brian, or Brian as you are known in the above world…In this world, I am the particular Seer who has dreams of what your life is in the other world.  I feel I have known of you before you even knew yourself.  Each of us, here in the Mid-world, dreams of another’s story.  It is part of the inherited connection we have with our ancestors who first came here from there.  I happen to be the one of the few persons in this world who sees you particularly and foresaw your coming back here.  It is the only reason you were allowed into the city and entrusted with its secret of existence.”

He was silent for a moment, allowing me to recover from my shock at this revelation.

“You are dreaming me?” I asked under my breath, more to myself than to Lord Nem.

He proceeded up the stone steps to the remnants of a stone structure that looked in part like a pavilion or gazebo, unaware that I had voiced a question.

I hesitated and then followed.

the-ruins-of-the-688655_1280

When I reached the top, I could see that beneath the stone pavilion, there was what looked to be the remains of a fountain basin with a series of recessed and concentric pits gradually descending in depth until the smaller inner basin revealed a grate covered well in its center.  The fountain was dry, and no water remained in it, but its floor was strewn with the remains of dead and decaying leaves, grayed and blackened with rot over time.  Though the gazebo/pavilion was raised on a tree-shrouded hillock within the city walls, the air there felt dry and still.  Musty in some way.  As if the stone canopy were the ceiling of a cave smelling of lime, smoke, and fire-scorched earth.  The fecund and sickly-sweet smell of rotting leaves one might expect to smell from the floor of the fountain was instead replaced with the slightly coppery tang of dry dust that had aged well beyond decay until all moisture was leeched out of it.

We stood together at the raised edge of the fountain basin looking down into its waterless cavities, and into the iron-grated dark blackness of the central basin.

“What is this place?” I asked, looking around me.

“It is one of the oldest places in the city,” Lord Nem said.   “Azragoth was built upon the ruins of a much older site.  Many of the older layers are buried below under tons of crushed rock and rubble.  There are voids beneath that never filled in, but they are almost impossible to reach under so much stone.  This place was once a hot bath pavilion, known for its healing properties.  Can you tell me what is missing from this place?”

I glanced from the empty basins to the covered cabanas, now choked with crawling vines, dried and exposed roots and a fine powdered dust that covered everything.  “There are no attendants here…” I muttered.

“And why would there be?  What would they attend?  What would make this place require workers?”

I felt dense, missing the obvious answer to his question, but still he waited for my reply.  “The water?” I offered, hesitant to mention it because it seemed a too obvious answer, but Nem nodded.

“Exactly.  Natural hot water springs once filled these pools with mineral rich waters that soothed sore muscles, increased blood flow, and helped soldiers and physical laborers alike recuperate from their work in the fields or on fields of battle.  Without the underground flow of water to replenish these pools, this place becomes meaningless to attend to.  Its purpose was to contain that which filled it.  People did not come here for the basins; they came here for what filled them: healing waters.”

He let that thought sink in.  Then voiced quietly, “Without the filling, you will be ever bit as dry and hollow as anyone of these dusty bowls littered with dead leaves and bits of dry broken branches.  Whatever it is inside of you that you keep in an unfilled room, will eventually be filled with something else to occupy it.  You must let the well within you spring forth to flow into those spaces.  To wash away those things that don’t belong and cleanse it for healing to occur.”

“I am told, last night you caused quite a stir in my household.”

“There was…  I don’t know, it felt like there were presences in my room.  I must’ve been dreaming.  I heard voices and thought something might’ve been threatening little Miray.  I apologize for waking the others up.  Causing a stir.  You weren’t there?”

“After I left you, I slipped away and spent the evening in the temple, fasting and praying for you.  I noticed a change in you this morning.  A heaviness lifted.  Perhaps prayers answered, but clearing the way for you.  I only broke the fast this morning with you, before we departed, for it seemed that I was released to do so.”

I was both stunned and humbled by his admission.  I knew the power of prayer but had had very few occasions where people prayed specifically for me.   I did not know what to feel about someone who had so many other responsibilities on his mind, that he would spend so much particular time with me and thinking of my situation, even to the point of foreseeing my coming in dreams.  Who was I that my life and calling would mean so much, when it ranked so low in my own mind and thoughts?

I thought to probe a little into that question, so I asked him, “If you can see who I am back in the Surface World, and knew I would one day be coming here, leading an expedition, can you also see what will be ahead of us?”

Nem shook his head.  “It doesn’t work like that.  I could only catch glimpses of what would be up to this moment.  When the time of your journey and our times join into the present, no Seer, no matter how gifted can see beyond it.  We are not soothsayers, Brian, or fortune-tellers who can give you a sight of a future in which you are a passive player.  The desire to know the future from anyone other than The One reflects your present state of fear.  All future steps are accounted for according to your choices and actions from this moment forward.  As it is written: The just shall live by faith.  And you are justified and accountable for the choices you make.  Only The Word of The One can say what will be beyond these moments, for only He knows the end from the beginning.  It is folly to seek knowledge of the future in anything other than this.  Neither you nor any other being in all of creation from one end of the heavens to the other can get out of The Word’s permissive will.  Your safest, and the most fulfilling course is to seek the path He desires for you and experience the goodness that will certainly come of it.  If you would rather seek your own will, and your own definition of good, you will find the hard and lonely path of His provisional will.  It is your choice to make.  Either route you take, you will find always that His Will will be done in the end.”

We were silent for a time, each pondering the words spoken and the responsibility they portended.

*Scene 02* – 16:21 (Going to The Graveyard – Part 2 of 3 “Reluctant Leadership”)

“What do you think Azragoth represents to the outside world?”

“I know it was a great commercial center once.  But I am not sure that is what you are asking.”

“Death, Mr. O’Brian.  As I told you last night, it represents loss, death, and destruction.  In a way, it is the very thing you need right now because otherwise, you will be an agent of death to these followers you lead.”

“I don’t understand.”

“Every great quest begins with a kind of death.  For one who is called to lead, that death is their own.  Have you ever heard of the concept of dying to live?  That one must surrender their desire to master their circumstances, otherwise, they will become mastered by them?”

“The concept is not unfamiliar to me.  The Ancient Text speaks of such things:

If you try to hang on to your life, you will lose it. But if you give up your life for my sake, you will save it. And what do you benefit if you gain the whole world but are yourself lost or destroyed?” [Luke 9:24-25 NLT]

“Ah yes.  To my very point, which is why there is some hope for you.  You do seem to have a sense of what is the right thing to do, even if you are not grasping the way to get there.  But if you do not get there, you will still endanger everyone who follows your lead and tragically so, because you knew what you must do but failed to execute upon it.

“What do you mean?  How is my leadership endangering them?”

Nem was quiet a moment, letting my question linger between us before finally considering an approach to answering it.

“I am told you bore an honor sword when you arrived through the backwoods.  Why did you surrender it?”

“We were told to surrender our weapons, or we would not be let into the city.”

“That is true, but you are evading my question.  Why did you, personally, surrender the honor sword?”

I paused, thinking back to my conversation with Maeven, and sighed at the memory.  “I was promised I would get it back again.”

“Were you?” Nem studied me, “Was getting into Azragoth more important than the lives of the company you lead?”

“I am not following.”

“Nor are you leading, Mr. O’Brian.  You are presently in the thrall of an invisible creature, and because of it, you represent a grave danger to us all.”

“I don’t feel like I’m in the thrall of anything.”

“Yes, you are.  If you weren’t you would never have surrendered your honor sword, nor would you have allowed your people to be led blindly into a city that represents death to the outside world.  A city of a plague that even the Xarmnians have feared and let be for a season.  There are some others in this city that also know you from the before times.  The time in which you were something much different than what you are now presenting yourself to be.  Did you think we would not find out, who it was that we allowed into our confidence?”

I sighed involuntarily, feeling exposed for a fraud and a certain embarrassing shame colored my face.  I leaned across the fountain’s edge, my hands clasped together, breathing deeply, carefully thinking through my response.

Nem continued, allowing me the dignity of not being pressed to say something I might regret later.

“You have a reputation that precedes you, even if most have forgotten it because it was so many years ago.  You once were what Maeven, as the Storm Hawk, has become now.  A legend, a hero, a fierce fighter and a crusading leader against both the Xarmnians and the races of Half-men.  She has filled in the gap of what you left.”

“Then I certainly pity her for it,” I said, revealing more bitterness than I intended in my tone, “She does not know what she is in for.”

“What has happened to you to make you so different from the stories?  Were those who remember you from back then deceived?  Are they wrong?”

“As many legends are, they were exaggerated into something I could never live up to.  I felt the weight of them, and I tried very hard not to disappoint people who were inspired by them to hope.  But I failed them, and I failed those I loved in the worst way.  I was eventually captured, tortured and my family taken from me.  I betrayed them and everything I ever stood for to seek relief from the pressure of being more than I could humanly be.  The expectations of people, even well-meaning people, can become a cruel taskmaster, so eventually, I sought seclusion and withdrew into what I thought was a quiet existence.”  I let out an exasperated breath, an continued, “Until…I was found again.  By the very creatures, I unwittingly brought over from the Surface World.  My own personal demons, who bound me and drove me to the brink of utter despair.

“So here you are again.  Leading a quest with people who do not know you.  For what?  Penance over past failings?”

“I was given a second chance.  And was called out of the past darkness into which I tried to hide.  I don’t know why.  I don’t feel up to this, and I certainly didn’t want anyone to know of my past.  I cannot live up to it, so these should only know that I am called and am hoping that the equipping and the quickening power comes back to me as it did before with the calling.  I figured enough time had passed in these lands that those I knew would have forgotten me.  These travelers from the Surface World are mostly strangers to me.  Begglar and I have a history not so dissimilar to each other.  We both left the crusadership about the same time and sought a quieter life.  Though Begglar, I have since learned has not abandoned it so much as I.”

“I would’ve thought that if any of us should be called back to lead, it should have been him.  He derives a certain energy from interaction with others that I have difficulty with.  He could not escape his natural propensity for it, so, he opened a bakery and then an Inn.”

“Me, well, I found a small cabin in the mountains near a brook.  Seclusion is my natural go to when I am overwhelmed.  So, I planted a small garden and lived monk-like as much as I could, occasioning visiting Begglar and then Nell when they married and a few times later before they had Dominic.  Begglar was the only one of the old company that I have had any contact with, in the years following.  I had been to Azragoth during trade days, before the attack and plague, and have sometimes wandered the forests and hills, and lake country, avoiding heavily populated towns as much as I could.  Never staying anywhere for very long, to avoid being recognized again.  I’ve put on a few pounds here and there; this slightly greying beard is new.  No one who knew me then would easily recognize me now, …or so I thought.”

“So, how do you envision things will be different this time?  This different identity that you’ve built up around yourself as this meek and bumbling and confused leader serves what purpose, do you think?”

I shrugged, “I don’t really know.  I believed it would set the bar of their expectations lower for me.  It feels a little liberating to not carry the weight of former victories in a new company of those unaware of them.  To be underestimated.”

“It sounds like a lazy man’s way out.  It will inspire no confidence in those you are leading and will make them afraid to follow you anywhere.”

Before thinking, I blurted out, “Perhaps they should be afraid to.  Some degree of fear is wise and makes them cautious.”

“It will also make them hesitant and unsure.  Those things will get them killed in a conflict.  You want your enemies to underestimate you, not your friends.”

“For me, friendships have become a liability.  I try to maintain a distance so that I don’t lose objectivity and play no favorites.  It is hard enough to commit others to take personal risks for the benefit of the group.  It becomes extremely harder to do so if those with whom you risk their lives are personal and intimate friends.  I did that with a dear friend before and it cost him his life.  After losing that friend, I could not focus for the grief and ended up leading others into danger and near death because I could not recover from the loss to remain clear-headed in battle.  I was desperate to make amends, but worry and fear for my friends crippled my leadership.  I bore the responsibility for putting them in harm’s way, and when Caleb died, I could not take it any longer.”

Nem nodded, but countered my arguments.  “That particular distancing may work in a relation to hirelings, but not for those with whom you will lead into battle.  When the threat increases, hirelings will flee and abandon you.  Only those who respect and love you will remain by your side to stand and if need be, die fighting with you.  As painful as that might be, it is the only way to move into the kind of leadership required of the mission you pursue.”

I sighed, and nodded, knowing, as difficult as it was to reconcile with my past, Lord Nem’s words rung true.

“Have you made plain the risks that are involved in this quest to your company?”

“I have…up to a point.”

“What do you mean ‘up to a point’?”

“Somethings are hard to believe coming from a Surface World experience.  I do have to address them from their context.  Some of the dangers here have to be shown and experienced before Surface Worlders will believe them.  We, Surface Worlders have a very hard time acknowledging the dual nature of existence.  That we are both physical and spiritual beings with both being real and connected in the same instance.  We separate the possibility of the supernatural from the natural world and insist that the one we are more comfortable with, the physical being, the empirically measurable world, is the one more important when the opposite is true.  The presently reigning god of our Surface World is very astute in his pernicious ability to blind their eyes to that critical truth.  Even the called forth in the Surface World, who allow into their beliefs the truth of the supernatural rarely see it presented in their experience and are often lured back into the dual thinking of a secular and non-secular existence.  We have labels that we put on everything there.  Faith-based, non-faith based.  Religious, non-religious.  Such things were never intended by the One who created all things.  Almost everything they experience here seems both natural and supernatural.  That is an advantage of perspective that this place has over the Surface World.  The effects of the first death are not as advanced here in this younger world with its own time flow.  For all of our advances in the Surface World, we come under greater deceptions and illusions there than those living here in the dream image.  They fictionalize their faith until it seems ludicrous to rely upon it.  It is our deadly vice and a product of our age.  In their minds this place cannot exist, because they can’t measure it empirically and they must keep their image of a Creator and Purposeful God, for those that claim to believe in Him, small enough to fit into their limited experience and interpretations.”

“You do that.”

“Yes, I know.  But I am aware I am doing it, and struggle with that paradox raging within me.  Being in the world but not of the world is a very hard balance to keep.”

“A balance no one is intended to maintain alone.  Much like this waterless and dry fountain.  You will not find the quickening coming until you acknowledge and seek to clear your connection to the authority behind your calling.  For that to happen you must die to self, and let The Vine cause you to be fruitful once again.  So, I ask you once more.  Why did you surrender the honor sword that was bound to you?”

“What would have happened, if I had refused to give up the sword?  My company narrowly escaped the hunting band of the Protectorate.  We came by trails unknown to find a walled city lost in a wood.  A fortification that might provide some temporary place of refuge until we could move on to the next place.  I cannot lead them if I cannot go where they go and face whatever they face.”

“Yet even now, you are separated from them so easily.  Even now you place the care and responsibility and welfare of them into the hands of others.  You are evading leadership because it requires a death to yourself.  The mantle of leadership is a cross you are refusing to carry, to die upon so that others may live.  You underestimate the power and need for friendships among those you lead.  Friends are not so easily separated as strangers are.  Your team needs the cohesion of relationships if they are to stand together and aid in the mission of your quest.

I considered Nem’s words and the wisdom in them.  My focus had been only on my personal struggle with the responsibility of leadership, but I had failed to see how addressing my own shortcomings and uncertainties were clouding my sight to the larger vision of what needed to be done and how to help my team survive it.

“It seems our coming to Azragoth was fortuitous.  I needed to hear this before going further.”

Nem fielded another question.

“Who told you to come to Azragoth?”

“Begglar told me we needed to get there.”

“And Begglar is called to lead this quest, is he?”

“No, but a person who leads cannot follow his own counsel alone.  He must rely on and extend trust to others to provide context and experience to the decisions he makes in leadership.  I was never called to a dictatorship.”

“You are correct; however, you would be wise to remember the consequences that may come of extending trust are to be laid at your feet.  Be careful whom you place your trust in.  Especially if you have not been in contact with them for a while.  A friend of the past could come to meet you on a battlefield as an enemy.  I’ve seen it happen.”

“I trust Begglar.”

“Yes, but do you trust everyone he trusts?  Ultimately, you may need to decide on a course of action even when those you would trust in all other cases are against it.  What will you do then?  Will you defer and hesitate or be quickly decisive?  Maeven has been recommending that Nell and Begglar and Dominic all come to Azragoth, but we were against it for some strategic reasons.  But Maeven only saw the danger and feared for them.  Decisions made on fear alone are often not the best choice.  She’s the reason Begglar and Nell and Dominic were coming here to escape their former life.

“Your coming was not planned for by the others, but it seems your involvement with a Troll was the catalyst for them leaving the Inn.  Begglar’s position was tenuous, I’ll grant you, but his value as a spy and delaying agent against the Xarmnian’s forward forays for those fleeing and our agents was oftentimes the very difference between life and death.”

“But now the Inn has been burned so that no potential haven for travelers fleeing from Xarmnian oppression or others from the outside coming through our land exist in the outer reach country.  With no one running the Inn at Crowe, there will be no need to let it remain.  Xarmnians are hasty and short-sighted but they, like we, benefited from Begglar’s presence so they did not wipe him out before now.  Friends and foe alike have stayed at that Inn.  It was the only neutral ground still remaining.”

He left me to ponder that point, while he reached into his cloak, released some tie-back on his belt and brought out something I recognized…the honor sword taken from me while outside of the city, sheathed with its polished leather scabbard.

*Scene 02* – 05:46 (Going to The Graveyard – Part 3 of 3 “The Sword of The City”)

“I believe this is yours,” he said, handing it to me, lying across his open palms, its blade sheathed in a scabbard that seemed to belong to it.  I took it from him, feeling its weight only slightly made heavier by the gilded and leather scabbard.  When I had wrapped the belt of the scabbard around my waist and pulled the belt through the cinch ring, Nem had stepped back from me, and stood closer to one of the pillars of the pavilion, near a rusted wench and chain intertwined with smaller vines that had wrapped the around the column, but had been cut short of interfering with the wench mechanism, so that, for whatever purpose the wench served, it could still be operated according to its function.

I turned to face him, my back to the fountain now.

“That sword you carry,” Nem gestured at my hip, “Did you know that it has a history?”

I shook my head, “I was not made aware of it.”

“I recognized that Honor Sword immediately, for I have carried it before.”

I looked up at him, stunned. “You…you carried it?”

“It is a very special sword.  It has a special connection to Azragoth.  It is The Honor Sword that was forged and commemorated for this city, but it is more than that.”

“More?”

“I and another one you know all too well took that sword from this forgotten city.  It was secretly hidden from the Xarmnians in a lower vault, when their armies invaded this place.  The Xarmnians take a city’s Honor Sword when they invade it as plunder.  A trophy that demoralizes the city’s citizenry by the taking.  They typically break the blade publicly before the captive populace, symbolizing their contempt for our traditions and our values.  This one was preserved…supernaturally.”

“I was given specific instructions relating to its disposition, and for anyone who returned to this city bearing it,” he eyed me fixedly.

“If this sword belongs to the city, why are you returning it to me?” I asked, my voice shaking with the myriad thoughts rushing through my mind.

“I think you know well why I was commanded to return it to you.  You could not bear it now, if you were not meant to.  That fact that you carry it indicates that the waters of The Grove have reawakened.  That the Stone Quests have begun again and the hopeful promise of liberation shines once more.  And to that point, there is something else required of the one who bears that sword.  An act of honor.  You are to use it on behalf of this fallen city, before it is to be used on behalf of our world for Honor begins at home.”  Nem gestured widely to the area of ruins, and the way in which they had just come, “You may have noticed that we arrived at the location of this fountain, by means of a path untended, and untraveled.  I brought you to this place by that route so that our discussion would not be overheard.  What I have told you, I told you in confidence.  And what happens next will also require that we are not seen or overheard by any one of your company or the general citizens of Azragoth, for they will not understand what must happen next and what has been happening underneath the city since you and your band of travelers arrived.”

“What do you mean?”

“There were three of us, standing together as witnesses to a pact and covenant made, when we drove it into the crux point of The Grove.  I was there.  Jeremiah was there.  And the Ancient Walker, Hanokh.  We knew at the time, the next one to take up the Stone Quest, would be an unlikely vessel, to be used to suit the purposes of The One.  I was given the dreams of you.  Jeremiah was given visions of you, though, he rejected their import for a very long time.  And The Walker was given signs that he would see you once more and be instrumental in helping you in fulfilling your calling.  It is time for you, Brian, to remember your past, and to reconnect with those abilities you have neglected while in self-appointed exile.  To be the leader you ought to be, you must die to yourself and your own will and seek the quickening once again.  It is also time that you face and deal with the creature that holds you in thrall.  The beast you gave an entrance into this world by your own self-doubt.”

Before I knew what was happening, Nem quickly moved forward and shoved me over the edge of the fountain wall and into the ever-deepening basins that sloped down to the central well.  The edges of each concentric step were rounded and sloped so that I slid backward upon a bed of dried, dead leaves slightly jarred by each drop until I found myself sprawled across the moss-laden grating and the blackness of the pit below.  I turned back upward, seeking to understand why Nem had done this, trying to make sense of this seeming betrayal, only to find that the grating was hinged on one end and was being mechanically dislodged from its catch on the opposite end of the hinge works.  The grating canted and then tilted downward, and frantically I grasped the grating bars, only to find them caked in a brown slimy moss that felt like mud between my fingers.  Unable to gain purchase on the grating, I slid down into the darkness below.

*Scene 03* – 07:05 (The Cressets)

When the Matron Queen Delilah and the other Harpies had flown, Dellitch and her two sisters lagged behind and circled back, fluttering into the blacksmith yard, just as the rain began to fall.  Dellitch and her sisters shuffle hopped underneath the canopy that covered the central and radial furnaces. The interior was crowded with molding and dipping troughs, hammer and tong racks, freestanding anvils, and bending bars, hanging bellows, coal and fireboxes and meshed spits.  There were barrels of salts and sulfurs, drying sands and shaved slag, and large wooden, iron banded reinforced boxes of raw ire ore.  Smaller firepits also had ceramic tiled round canopies with large smelting pipes, and brick base.  Yellow flames hissed from the pits, and coals glared angrily with red and black rimmed eyes.

Dellitch peered at Smyt and then Ori, the two blacksmiths with whom she had met before.  “So, does the fire pipe blossom?” she croaked.  “Can we carry the bloom from wing or claw?”

“We thought a claw carry might be best for you,” Smyt replied.  “We did not want to restrict your wing movement in flight.  From the castings we took of your feet, we built a mold to test the fit and function.  You have a hallux claw that would give us the motion needed to cast the hinged cresset.  Let’s show them, Ori.”

Ori laid an oblong brass shanked tube, that looked like a metal torch out on the table.  The tube had a flared bulb cage on the end and a metal ring stop that could be attached to the iron shank foot collars that had been given to the other harpies at the former fitting.  “How works it?” Dellitch asked, as her two sister harpies crowded around the table gawking at the mysterious tube.

Smyt moved forward and took hold of the narrow end of the tube and lifted it.  Then with a hammer like shake, something internal to the tube, slid to the inner collar and spat a single flame out of the flared end with a hiss of sparks.  The three harpies lurched back and then bobbed their heads with approval.

Smyt explained, “Give the end a forward shake, like swinging a club, and there is an internal mechanism that with light the oiled wick on the end.  To douse the flame,” he slung the pipe back up, “pull it back as if to begin another strike.  This will ensure that the wick will only bear the flame when you need it to come forth.  There is a flint rock that creates the spark when the internal striker is slung toward this end collar.  Pulling back on it, the wick is snuffed, by a spring cap.  Since the wick is only revealed when the cresset is cast in a strike, it keeps it from getting wet or saturated when you fly into moist air.  The flared cup has flute holes to allow the flame to get enough air to burn.  The wick inside is saturated will a slow burning oil, but once the wick is used up, there will be no more flame, so use it sparingly.  The chandler will have to prepare and load in a new wick, if you use it up too soon.”

Dellitch’s head bobbed approvingly.

“Your shank collar had to be shaped to hold the spring hinge of the cresset,” Smyt said.  “Ori, bring the casting.  Let’s mount the cresset bar on the shank collar, first to show them.”

Ori went into the back of the shop and lifted a dusty apron off of a plaster cast, mounted with the cresset carry collar.  He carried it forward and set it on the table before the Harpies.  The plaster casting had been taken of Dellitch’s foot and extended up at an angle towards the back bend in the feathered thigh.  The cast was a greyish white, but it was clear that the shiny steel collar that covered the lower shank of the cast was a customized fit that could ride well.  Ori grabbed the cresset bar and fitted the end into a conical sleeved, spring hinge on back of the shank collar, and twisted it to lock it in place.  He demonstrated the mechanism which would allow Dellitch to thrust her claws forward and sling the cresset pipe down, igniting the flame.  Then, with a short kick, the cresset would douse the flame and spring backwards behind the shank collar, to allow her freedom to use her claws to grapple and hold her footing, with the cresset swept out of her way.

“What the knives?  Are they in cutting use for vines?  Nymph’s have squirrely vines, twisting, to choke and entangle,” one of the sisters, named Neenitch asked in a whiny voice.

Smyt chuffed.  “You may have noticed that the other collars had a cutting spur that would serve as well as a blade, but we thought this would weigh too much to add fins to the cresset rigs, so we added a sharp spur and hook on your wing mounts.  The forward end is a hook to catch and gouge, but the back curve is honed and sharpened to slice through any vine you may encounter.”

Both sisters hopped up and down, clapping their wings chanting, “Bring! Bring! Show! Show!”  Ori smiled thinking how odd it was seeing creatures with the faces of old women, acting so much like impatient and excited children.  From a closed box, Smyt lifted a lid and pulled out three sets of the triangular fans, each bore a sharped hook, with a smooth inner curl, but a sharpened and serrated edged outer edge, capable of creating a nasty, jagged slash with only a sharp backward thrust of the wing.

Soon, Dellitch and her sisters, Remitch and  Neenitch, were fully outfitted in the specialized battle gear.  They tested the weight of their new cresset collars, and the blade-hook barbs on fastened on the radiale, ulnare and metacarpus crown of their wings.  The triangular apparatus was surprisingly light and fully flexed with their wing thrusts.

Dellitch grinned.  Yes, yes! she thought.  These will do nicely.  Now they only had to wait for the passing of the storm.  There was still much to do before The Pan arrived in Kilrane.  Soon the waters of the awakened spring would overflow the dried pools and gulleys, and eventually pour down into the lower rivers, invigorating the woods of Kilrane and the lower valley streams to the villages, and return the greening to them.  Woods in their greening did not burn nearly as well as those in the dead, dried yellowing.  Kilrane must burn.  And burn soon!

*Scene 04* – 18:30 (The Jonah Solution)

The well was not as I thought it would be.  As I slid off the rusted and slimy grating I tumbled and smacked down on a bed of wet moss about seven or eight feet below.  The moss was moist, thick and sponge-like–sodden and very warm, almost hot, but not to the degree of scalding.

I heard Nem hail me from above and shouted back at him.

“Why have you done this to me?!”

He called back, “I have committed you to a course of action, Mr. O’Brian.”Underground Image-02

We were back to that again, I thought in annoyance.  He knows my name.

I responded in mock laughter, my irritation with him wearing no mask in the hollow, resentful chuckle.

“So, what do I do now that you’ve trapped me down here?!  And why is this moss bed so hot?!  I thought this was a well?”

“It was a hot springs bath, Mr. O’Brian.  It once was used by the women of the city and had large thick curtains that hung from these surrounding columns for privacy.”

Incredulous, I called back, “You’ve locked me in the drain of a bathtub?!  Is there sewage down here?! Why on earth would you do something like this?  What if this hot spring had been filled with scalding water?!  You would have boiled me alive!”

“This is an intake, not a rinse basin.  The water has long since drained out of it.  Despite what you may think, I was not trying to kill you, Mr. O’Brian.  I’m trying to save Azragoth and our people from the thing that has been following you, stalking you invisibly and is now undermining the foundations of this city.”

I shook my head in amazement, his words registering with growing uneasiness.

“Do you mean to tell me, you’ve locked me down here with some sort of creature. One that I did not know was following us?”

“Mr. O’Brian, that creature has found its way into the caverns that are buried deep below the foundations of this city.  And that creature has begun to dig through the foundation walls, and will ultimately breach the reservoir of wet filth that is stored in the cavities within the front-facing walls.  When that happens, Azragoth will have lost its secret advantage against a full-frontal assault of the Xarmnian armies.  They will soon learn that Azragoth is not a dead and forgotten city as they once thought.  We believe that even now they may already suspect it.  Further, if that creature breaches those filth-filled cavities, it will contaminate and deluge our only other means of escape from the city.  Surely, you do not think that we still use the old roads to go to and from Azragoth?”

No, I did not. Like everyone else I had believed Azragoth had become a ghost town. I had no cause to believe otherwise before we were let into the inner walls. Even then, I had not considered the method in which this secret inner-city might reach the outside world without revealing themselves.  Of course, it would have to be by means of some sort of underground tunnel system.  And those of us arriving as unknown strangers into Azragoth would not be entrusted to be shown and led through the secret ways.

Pondering this, I shouted back up to Nem, “What am I supposed to do now?”

“I have returned the honor sword to you.  You must seek the answers to those questions from within yourself.  You have everything you need to face and defeat this creature.  All you lack is the will and the joining of your being into wholeness to experience the quickening once more.  You said it yourself.  You Surface Worlders struggle with dividing the components of your being.  You were given the Breath of Life.  You were designed to be expressed as a whole being and not think of yourself with double-mindedness.  Join your whole being by faith into The Vine and you will experience the quickening again.  You are body, soul, and spirit.  These are designed to function together as one.  Let your spirit guide you with knowledge of what is true.  You have been re-awakened for this purpose.  Commit your soul–your mind will and emotions—to being the leader you are called to be.  Engage it with your passions.  Set your heart upon it by faith, in the guidance that comes by the knowledge delivered to you in your spirit.  And finally, join action to these and set your body in motion to perform the tasks you are given.  In this, you will find the quickening.  When you are wholly aligned in spirit, mind, and body.  When you have done this, you will find the nature of that honor sword you bear to be imbued with a light that will shine in the darkness, and aid you in doing what needs to be done.”

I could feel the hint of something stirring within me as Nem spoke these words of guidance.  A bolstering affirmation, and the rise of memories surfacing from a past I had tried to bury under a layer of loss and grief so long ago.  These admonishments were the key to my surviving the next few hours, and I knew it.  Nem had committed me, whether I wanted to be or not, to facing this unknown, and invisible demon, so that I could not only save myself and my company and the people of the city of Azragoth but rise to become the warrior I needed to be once more.

I called out to Nem, unsure if he was still there or within hearing distance.

“Nem?”

“Yes, Mr. O’Brian.  I am still here.”

“I know I needed this.”

There was silence, but I continued.

“I know you did what you had to do for Azragoth, and for the loyalty you have for its people.”

I paused.

“I know you owe us interloping Surface Worlders nothing, and that we have brought a threat to your city that we–no I–am responsible for.  But a little warning would have been nice.”

A pause ensued and then Nem responded, “I did not have the luxury of brooking a refusal.  Both I hope you understand the true meaning that appears in the book of wisdom (Proverbs 27:6), that says, ‘faithful are the wounds of a friend’.  Despite what I have just done, I do consider myself to be a friend to you, Brian.”

“Both Ezra and I publicly received your commitment to be responsible for your people and anything done that might threaten our city and its secrets.  Take it as you may, but we considered that as much of an advanced warning as we could give to you.  Your followers and our citizens witnessed your response and we are merely holding you to that commitment.  Your former reputation and eye-witness accounts of past exploits also tell me that you once were equal to this task of ridding us of this hidden creature, so I have every confidence that you can do this for us as well.  It is why we are willing to aid you and your company.  We have served you by giving your company food, shelter, supplies, and training.  Now you will be serving us, especially since you brought this threat upon us all.”

“Fair enough,” I assented, “So where am I supposed to find this creature and how will I recognize it?”

“When you find the oneness within your being, the honor sword will guide you to it.  Follow the water tunnels of The Cauldron.  The hot vents will be on your left and the cold streams will be to your right.  These underground streams were once joined to make the scalding water bearable for bathing.  The bearing wall that once dammed up and held the water was broken through.”

“Wait a minute.  What did you call this place?”

“The Cauldron.  It is just a name the founders gave it when they were laying the foundations of the city and quarrying the rocky cliffside to bear it.  The hot spring was mineral-rich but too hot to be anything that could service the water supply to the city, so underground channels were dug to route the cold waters of the Trathorn River’s offshoot stream to blend with this natural stream and form a unique bathing fountain.  They used sluice controls to feed the cold water in and manage the temperature of the pool.  The fountain basin and pavilion were built above it, and the city then had a public bath.  The affluent of the city had access to it, but for a fee, visitors could pay to use it.”

“Surely this is not how you get in and out of the city?”

“Of course not.  This bath was the closest way in to where we think the creature might be now.”

My pulse quickened, realizing that a confrontation with the creature could be imminent.

“What does it look like?”

“None of us have seen it.  It is presently invisible.”

That bit of information did nothing to slow my pulse but rather raised my suspicious ire.

“Then how do you know there is even anything down here?!”

“We sense it.  And since I am the rebuilding architect of this city, I and my builders have noticed a pattern in the destruction happening below.  Structural cracks are appearing in the inner city wall.  The ground beneath is being undermined.  The weaknesses follow the paths of the tunnel system we have mapped for this city.  Clearly, something big is moving through them underneath us.  The damage being down is not due to a natural settling that comes over time.  It happens at irregular intervals and within hours of each other.  These started with the arrival of your company.”

He let me ponder that a moment.

“The creature would not have been able to follow you through the sally-port entrance.  The stairwell is too narrow and the door closed and was locked after the last of your company entered.  This creature would have had to have found another way in.  The inner walls are coated with pitch, so it could not have climbed over the walls without having revealed itself.  Invisible or not, the black substance would reveal its form. Light-benders can be coated and exposed.”

“What causes you to believe this creature is big?”

“Now that IS a foolish question, Mr. O’Brian.  I am surprised at you.”

“I am in an underground pit with an invisible creature about to find and devour me if I cannot get the quickening back.  Pardon me if I’m not thinking clearly here.”

“Point taken.  The creature would have to be of substantial size and have powerful arms and claws to be able to dig through as much rock and dirt as would be needed below to impact what is going on with our structures above.  Moving that volume of earth, at such a rate, could only mean that this thing is of substantial size.”

“But how can you be certain that it is invisible if it has been underground?  When would you have had occasion to see it?  We have only been in Azragoth a few days now.”

“Did you think you were not seen coming in the back way?  Did you think we were so surprised when Maeven announced that not only Begglar and his family had arrived but that a party of Surface Worlders had joined them?”

“The inner bridges that you crossed getting here were damaged by something far heavier than horses passing over them. Your company was being pursued by Xarmnian Cerberi, trained to track, sniff out, hunt down and kill anyone their masters directed them to.  That creature following you has kept them at bay.”

“We have old legends here in the Mid-World.  Stories of burrowing creatures once used in service to The Pan.  I wasn’t sure before, but when Callum, our town treasurer approached me the other day with some urgent business, I realized what this monster must be.  The thing may not be entirely invisible now, that it is underground.  If you see a scattering of coins or pieces of gleaming metal appearing to move through the darkness, beware.  These beasts attract precious metals, and can become encrusted with them in an ore rich environment.  That is what purpose they once served.  To draw out precious metals from the deep tunnels they cut through.  Legends tell that The Pan was once a forger of metals.  A blacksmith, who worked the old mines in the Iron Hills.  He hid from the light, but burned his eyes to blindness, staring into the forges, beating and hammering steel into blades to be used for war.  The sulfur and soot blackened the part of him that remained of his human skin.  His eyes were white with cataracts, but became yellowed by all of the sulfur in the mines and forges.  When he and his creatures finally quitted the mines, they moved into the northern forests where they lurk to this day.  But the burrowing beasts may or may not have followed.  Some say they were killed off because they could no longer be controlled, but that is improbable.  Greedy masters will always make allowances for the dangerous monsters that enrich them.”

“The Cerberi are killers but not stupid.  The beast may be invisible but it still has a scent those dogs recognize and associate with danger.  That thing may be the only reason you were not overtaken in the backwoods before now.”

“But wouldn’t Maeven have…”

“Maeven is a Surface Worlder.  She is family by adoption but she was not born here with the sense of this land that we know intuitively.  She is immune to some of the things that would fell us, but not to the things coming from her birth world that would naturally deceive your kind.  It seems that we both recognize and get a sense of the otherness that is different from our worlds.  That is why we allow Surface Worlders here.  They can perceive what we cannot, and we perceive what they cannot.  There is no knowing why this should be, but it is.”

Still uncertain, I could not help but ask, “How did you even come up with this idea to push me down here?!”

I heard him clear his throat.

“The Ancient Text of The Marker Stone, provides many answers.  This is why our scribes of long ago went a meticulously copied its words.  Though it records the events of your world of the surface, it has so much more value than just accounts of history.  The words contain transcendent meaning for all created life throughout time.  They offer solutions to pressing problems of the here and now.”

“What specific wisdom did they give you to put me here?” I asked, trying to keep sarcasm out of my voice.

Nem answered pointedly, “Do you think you were the first of the called to resist following the mission of The One?  Think on that.”

He paused, letting me consider.

“The One who became flesh followed His mission for the future joy set before Him. [Hebrews 12:2]  He told his followers what would happen to Him, using the example of the reluctant prophet in the gospel of Matthew [12:40].  A prophet that had to face a monster of the sea.  Three days and three nights of conflict to bring resounding victory that gives all realms the hope of joining to Excavatia.  In the book of the prophet Jonah he finally takes responsibility for the trouble he has brought to those in his company.  He tells the sailors the only solution that would cause the deadly storm to abate.”

I let out a sigh, acknowledging Lord Nem’s words, quoting aloud the verse he alluded to.

“Throw me into the sea,” Jonah said, “and it will become calm again. I know that this terrible storm is all my fault.”  [Jonah 1:12 NLT] 

“So now you understand,” Nem said quietly, and then added, “Mister O’Brian, it seems to me that you are stalling for time which you do not have.  It is far better that you attend to what you need to and then find this creature before you let it find you.”

“Nem, if I succeed in this, how will I get out of these tunnels?  How will I know how to get back into the city?”

Nem was quiet.  So quiet that for a moment I thought he had already left me.

“You have heard us speak of The Eagle, have you not?”

“I have.  I was told he and others went to the mountains to get a sense of the troop movements of the Xarmnian and Capitalian armies being mobilized because of their Builder Stones.  I was also told that your counsel expects him back any day now.”

“I am now free to tell you that they have returned, but they are being kept outside of the city.”

“Kept out? Why?”

“They are guarding the underground entrance.  Ensuring that the beast below does not escape capture.”

“Can they kill it?”

“This creature is bound to you.  You must expose it, and only then may it be subdued and killed.”

“What about Maeven, and her path forward?”

“Maeven and any others that follow you will not survive if they follow you as you are.  We only have confidence in entrusting her safety within your quest, if we know that you are being led and quickened within.  Every good leader must first become a faithful follower and earn the honor of that position.  But there is no time to discuss this further.  You have what is needed, so I will now take my leave of you, O’Brian.  I wish you all success.  Mark well what I have told you.  Find the wellspring of your spirit, abide in the One, and you will find both resolve and empowerment to do that which must be done.”

And with those words, he left me to prepare myself for what was coming.

Rome is made of marble but it’s built on a sewer.” – Roman jurist and Senator, Cicero

*Scene 05* – 20:00 (Pitch and Toss)

Being slung through the forest like a stuffed ape was not Grum-Blud’s idea of a fun jaunt through the woods.  Especially since those tossing him like a bundle of hay, were, in part, hay themselves.  Or at least some puzzling form of wild growing vegetation with the cryptic ability of being able to morph into the semblance of attractive human females.  Despite the indignation of being the target sack-of-air in a bizarre woodland rugby game, he could not help but sneer as the two onocentaurs were similarly entangled and pitched from casting vine to receiving vine as he was.  The four hoofers grunted and flailed, kicking and bawling as they tumbled through the air, almost smacking down through the ground brush to the forest floor, before they were seized and jerked aloft again.  Bray,… well, he lived up to his name, squealing and honking like a broken bagpipe, his protest at the rough handling going unheeded.  Brem kept his eyes squeezed shut, mumbling and muttering varied exclamations like “Oiy!”, “Have a care!”, “Blimey!”, “Crikey!”, “These tarts’ve gone bonkers!”, and “You almost gutted me, you gormless flower bag!”  Through it all, Shelberd slept and snored loudly, content as a baby rocking through the windy treetops.

The most terrifying plummet was the descent from the highland ridge.  Grum-Blud almost yakked up the contents of his rotund belly, his wide mouth gaping like a frog, dry heaving, eyes bulging like boiled eggs, but unable to make any sound more than a breathy squeal as the land dropped away below him.  The cliffs were shear with only spartan brushes and vegetation clinging to crevices in the gritty rock face.  The onocentaurs protested loudly as they tumbled, pell-mell honking and mewling over the cliff’s edge eight hundred feet below towards the tops of the lower canopy of trees.  In the melee, Grum-Blud twisted upward, realizing he was still tethered to one of the sirens, whose arms and legs were stretching and expanding outward with twisting roots spread to slow the descent or catch the tops of the trees below when the impact came.  Grum made the mistake of looking down again and saw the tree tops rushing toward him, causing him to cross his long arms around himself, draw his stumpy legs in and squeeze himself into a tight ball, his eyes clenched shut, his bladder emptying in anticipation of the impact.

Reaching the end of the fall, suddenly he felt the rush of leaves and branches hiss around him, and felt his body slow to a stop and then lurch backwards, the vines of the wood siren holding him fast into an elastic bounce.  At last, he coughed up his latent lunch, retching in an explosive splatter into the leafy crests of the lower woods.

The sirens holding the onocentaurs thrashed into the canopy, their wooden roots grappling the upper limbs of the trees like tentacles, but holding fast, seeming to buoyantly bounce upon a sea of leaves.  Still, through it all, Shelberd snored and sputtered, making hog-like grunts, oblivious to the world and the harrowing journey he and the others had experienced descending from the highlands to the lower wood of Kilrane in the transport of sirens.  Whatever the yellow powder Shelberd had inhaled must have been some strong stuff, Grum-Blud surmised resentfully, realizing that his annoying companion had not suffered the least bit in the travel as he and those half-wit donkeys had.

When he found, himself being lowered to the forest floor, Grum-Blud had grudgingly reconsidered his tact in dealing with these wood women, and thought it might be better, for his own sake at least, to ingratiate himself with them.  Whatever he could do or say to gain better tolerances between himself and the wood sirens, he would set his mind to, since he could no longer rely on the seeming tolerances granted him and his fellow trolls by The Pan to keep himself safe, and decidedly “grounded” as much as possible.  There had been very few things that he had considered to bring him particular dread in his relatively short life: One had been slithering things such as serpents stemming from an incident in his life where he had mistakenly sought shelter in a small cave, only to find it to be a snake pit.  The other, he made a mental note, was now a fear of heights, having suffered the imposition of being flung in aerial somersaults from high cliffs by tree crawling plant women who seemed to make sport of his newly acquired acrophobia.  There were advantages to being short, Grum-Blud thought: it allowed him to duck under low brush, crawl into smaller spaces and was closer to the ground giving him the low advantage to slash at ankles, sever tendons, and pounce upon a crippled or hobbled victim and finish him off with a rock to the skull.  For all of Grum-Blud’s appearance of subservience, one should never forget that he was, after all, a blackhearted troll.

When all of the group were gathered under the covering of the tall forest, they noticed a running brook passing along a footpath with fairly recent hoof prints marking the dirt path.  The trail and brook was obscured by the overhead branches and leaves that severed to conceal this backpath.  Brem and Bray were both unsteady, wobbling in their gaits now that their hooves were back on solid ground.  Brem bumped into Bray and Bray almost stumbled into the brook.  “Steady there, bub!” Bray retorted.  “I just landed and am not quit up to going for a swim.”

“I am a bit knackered, me own self.  These daft, cheeky, birds have me all unraveled.  I’m apt to lean a bit till I get my feet back.”  Bray huffed, “Well don’t lean on me, boy.  My knees are knobbed enough as it is.”

Sylvan, the siren who had carried Shelberd the entire trip from the upper shelf, put the snoring troll down on the woodland trail, puzzling over him as he snorted and snoozed.  Briar descended out of the forest, along with two of her other sirens morphing into their attractive nymph forms.

“Men, women and horses have been here recently,” Briar said, sniffing the air.  “What do you know of this, Troll?!”  Briar charged, turning her accusing green stare towards him.

Grum-Blud stammered, “I-I, we’ve not, I mean…”

“Out with it!” Briar huffed growing impatient.

“There’s not been any using this forest since…”

“Since?!”

“Since the plagues of many years.  There was a city.  A city that used to be in these woods.  There was much death there.  Much has been forgotten about it.  Much has been…”

“Babbling fool!” Briar glared, “Has Sonnezum claimed this wood?  Does he have his people here?”

Grum-Blud shook his head, “There are rumors only, but so far as I know, there is no, who you call ‘So-sneez-um’ here.  Kilrane is not presently a Xarmnian holding.”

“What of this city, you spoke of?” Briar snapped, “Where is it?”

Suddenly, Grum-Blud realized how he might partly gain some favor with this Siren queen.  “Well, if that is all you want, then follow me.  See here,” Grum-Blud pointed to the dirt path, that bore hoof prints, waddling towards it with his long arms held out as if he were a circus showman, “this is a trail a few used to find the old city.  It is mostly ruins.  Overgrown by the vines and brushes.  There have men who have claimed the old ruins are haunted.  But see here, the hoof prints lead down this path.  We had been following some suspicious folk from back near the town of Crowe.  I’m betting these were made by those we’ve been trailing.  We can take you there.  Only, I will need to walk the rest of the way to study sign.”

“Nonsense,” Briar growled.  “What are you up to, Troll?  I can smell the scents well enough to find them without you reading your signs!”

“But-but, there are parts of this you may not know.  We were to meet with our Protectorate band, but they do not know where we went for, we have yet to report back to the Hadeon our Bruel.  He may be looking for us.”

“Then we shall find them along the way.  Tell me of this ruined city.  Do your kind still live there?”

“Perhaps,” Grum-Blud offered.  “Shall we find out together?  It may be of interest to your master as well as to ours.”

Briar folded her arms and finally nodded, “Very well then.  Lead the way.”

Grum-Blud trotted down the path, turning back only to see if Briar and the others were following him.

Briar looked over at Sylvan who was prodding at the sleeping Shelberd, smiling as he snorted and waved her gentle prods away as if swatting at flies in his sleep.  Her eyes turned up and she caught Briar’s glare.  “He’s still sleeping,” Sylvan explained.  Briar bowed her forehead slightly and pointed at Shelberd.  “Well then…”

Sylvan sighed and gathered Shelberd back up into her entwining vines, slinging him over her shoulder like a toddler.  Shelberd burped loudly, as Sylvan’s legs twisted into trunks with splayed roots for feet, elongating her body to stand about ten feet tall.  Brem and Bray watched this and quickly stepped onto the beaten path, with Bray voicing a hasty “We’d prefer to walk, thank you!” before Briar could suggest otherwise.

Grum-Blud gamboled along, leading the bizarre group, until they reached the shadow of a large stone wall stretching upwards, but still below the deep shadow of the tall trees of the backwoods.

“See!” Grum-Blud pointed proudly.  “I led you straight to it.  The old city of-of…Azzzin-cough or something like.”

“Yes.” Briar said quietly, “You have indeed.  Curious.  Let us see if your travelers are within these stone walls, shall we?”

As they proceeded further, they noticed where the brook widened and curved away from the footpath, flowing along the border and base of the massive stone wall with just a narrow bank between the rise and the gurgling water.

Grum-Blud looked along one large length of the wall stretching underneath the lip of an overhand cornice of stone.  If there was another gateway beyond the wall, it would most likely be towards the front of the old city, for this was once a fortified citadel.  The back wall would be fortified against the falling rocks, but also against an attack from limited forces in the narrow backwoods, along the path that had discovered.  While the front gates and walls would have been constructed to repel an assaulting army, they would also need a wide enough entrance gate to welcome friends and commerce during times of peace.  A town could not entirely close itself off from the outside world and trace and expect to thrive.  There were necessary foods and produce that would have to be supplied by areas where open pasture lands for livestock and farmers’ fields were aplenty.  The mostly likely sources for those things would be the local towns and rural areas within the fertile plains of Ono and those trade routes coming down from the highlands and the escarpment granary back when it was in full operation.  These wood creatures, and the donkey-men would not know this, however, so Grum-Blud felt he had some level of advantage in reconnoitering and navigating through a place of men.

“If we follow this wall,” Grum-Blud pointed to the run that curved towards the east, “it should lead us eventually to one of the old gates where we can get inside.”

Briar nodded and said, “Lead the way, troll.  Show us into this man-place.”

Turning and half-grinning to himself, Grum-Blud knuckle-hopped onto the narrow strip of ground at the base of the wall with the others following.  After they had gone a little way further, Briar and Sylvan stopped short, as did the onocentaurs.  Each of these half-creature, half-human beings were sniffing the air and whispering harshly among themselves.  Grum-Blud looked back noticing that they had ceased to follow him.

He came hobbling back, “What ails you?  Come.  Come.”

Briar glared, spikes of thorns beginning to part her hair.  “You are leading us into danger, troll!  Do you think we cannot smell it?”

Grum-Blud snorted, “What danger?  What could threaten you who fly through the treetops and can descend great heights without injury?  What do you smell?”

Sylvan pointed ahead with a head-nod gesture saying, “There!  On the far bank ahead.  The signs remain.”

Grum-Blud’s head whipped around to where Sylvan had indicated.  He trotted forward along the curve of the wall finally seeing the narrow strip of earth abruptly terminate, and the stream swell into a large swirling pool before funneling further along the groove of the natural stream channel.  Then he spotted the opposite bank.  Crushed reeds, a sloped gulley and broken ground descending clearly into the swollen pool.  Beyond, the woods also showed signs that something large and violent had passed through the forest, abrading bark, slashing gouges into the trunks, snapping the spines of younger trees, and crushing the underbrush that once thrived under the shade of the taller limbs.  A dark shadowy hole deepened into the leafy foliage, clearly showing that whatever large creature had caused such destruction had emerged out of the backwoods.

“That Digger we spoked of is here!  Somewhere below.  Perhaps, it has even entered this old city.” Sylvan said.

Briar glared at the swirling pool, but spoke quietly, her voice breaking the heavy silence following Sylvan’s words, “It appears this creature is on a convergent path with those you are following, troll.  Any ideas why that might be?”

“My lady, we were only made aware of this digger when you spoke of it.  The ones we follow came from a small farm near the village I mentioned.  I have no knowledge of what may have drawn this creature from its underground hole.”  Briar nodded, sensing, at least in this instance, the troll was telling her the truth.  She folded her arms, looking down upon him with an imperious stare.  “What would you suggest we do, troll?  Since you are closest to the race of men?”

“I still say we find the gate of this city.  I will enter and come back to give a report.”

“What guarantees do we have that you will not betray us and lure us in to be destroyed by this beast?”

Grum-Blud jerked his thumb and pointed, “You have my friend there…sleeping beeyewty.” He said indicating Shelberd.  “Tuck him away on the bough of a tall tree, and if I don’t return, pitch him to his death.”

“How do we know that his death would mean anything to you?”

“He is annoying, I’ll grant you,” sniffed Grum-Blud, “But I’ve learned to tolerate him enough.  Seeing as how I’ve already lost two of my fellow kind that we set out with, Shelberd is the only companion I have left out in these wilds.  You can rely on my word, well enough.  I’d just as soon keep him, more than I’d want to be shut of him.”

“Very well, then,” Briar said.  “Since the Digger is now in Kilrane, it becomes more critical that we meet with our master, The Pan.  We cannot risk it destroying our woods before we’ve had the chance to occupy them.  You may go in, but do not stay too long.  We must proceed to meet and inform The Pan.  Tell us what you find, whether there be men or beasts inside.  Sylvan will wait with these donkey-men and your sleeper.  I will scale the wall and watch from atop the rampart to ensure you don’t get lost in there.  If you encounter the beast, you will most certainly die.  I cannot help you by intervening.  The risk you take will be yours alone.  But, if you succeed in returning, I will remember this service you provided us when we come before The Pan.  Perhaps, I can be of some influence in convincing him to provide you with more lethal companions who can assist you to rid this place of any of the residue of mankind in residence here.  The woods of Kilrane were given to us.  We are committed to eliminating any who may protest our holding by making a prior claim to it.”

And that is how Grum-Blud found himself, climbing through and over the broken doors of the old front gate, skirting under a mat of vines, peeking in and out of old empty structures, and clamoring over piles of fallen brick and stone works that had been battered and breached by the pommeling of heavy stones thrown from trebuchets and catapults in a prior assault many years before.  The old city truly did appear to be abandoned, and partially overgrown through the years by an encroachment of the wild forests.  He was almost ready to return back, when he spotted a lone figure moving through the detritus of the city ruins and approaching a long black wall with a long handled key.  When the figure opened the black stained door, Grum-Blud managed to get a quick peek inside before the figure closed and secured the portal.  The city held secrets, and Grum-Blud sneered wickedly as he scrambled back towards the old city gate.  He was about to reveal to the queen of the wood sirens, one particular secret that none of them had known or guessed before now.  This old dead city was still very much alive within, beyond an interior black wall coated with what smelled like pitch and tar.  A coating that now stuck to one of his knuckles and thumb where he had brushed against it out of curiosity.  This bit of information might also help him in his dealings with his own party and dread sovereign.  The problem was, deciding which party would be willing to pay him the most for it.

*Scene 06* – 00:00 (Entanglements)

Hadeon and his hunters spent a miserable evening getting snared and entangled in the woods of Kilrane.  A storm had drenched them, even though the forest canopy would normally have provided some degree of cover, the lashing winds shook water out of the hoary leaves saturating them with spray like the shaking of a wet dog.  Kilrane was wild–A veritable tangle of hanging vines, deadfalls, fungal fields, moss embankments, split and twisted tree limbs snaking their path upward and sideways yearning for sunlight through the sifting shadows.  The knuckles and fists of roots and ground vines threatened to lame their horses while brittle, skeletal barbs of bare branches abraded them to sinister distraction.  Years of leafy detritus masked pits and holes in the uneven forest floor.  Ground brush and wild clinging vines formed nets that impeded any hope of forward progress through the forbidding interior.  There had once been a wooded road that had been clear-cut through the forest when men had once traversed and braved the wilds of Kilrane, but men had not been seen in that place for many years.  If there was still a road through the woods, it would certainly have been subsumed by years of forest growth and disuse by now.  Even the ancient Garden of Eden was given a man to tend it, and cultivate its rapid growth and Kilrane was certainly no Eden.  Those woods might even be considered to be savage…if one did not know where specifically to look.

The rains made the hope of finding tracks or the Cerberi catching scent futile.  Hadeon ground his teeth, infuriated by the circumstances preventing he and his men and his savage canines from slashing through this impediment to get to his quarry.  Where had the wagon gone?  Where were the remainder of his team that had followed Aridam?  What of Bayek’s report of wood sirens in Rim Wood on the highland rim above?  What would his dread sovereign say if he returned to court empty handed?  Worse yet, what might the Son of Xarm do to him, if he failed?  That monarch had no patience for failures.  Many were slain finding that out.  The Son of Xarm was given to fits of rage.  But why?  Few failed him.  None dare defy him and live.  Why did he make no allowances for the limits of human frailty?  What drove his passions?  Hadeon wondered.  Could it be that the king was tormented by the memory of past rejections?  The inability to please his dread father, who grudgingly claimed him as his progeny only at the end of his life?  Living a life with no approbation could be the cause.  It made some kind of sense.  But why then turn that unreasonable standard upon his subjects?  Was he blind to the failings of his own sire that could give his sole surviving heir no encouragement, or acceptance other than that was grudging given as a final concession?  Surely the king’s mind was as twisted, choked, and nettled as these confounded woods were proving to be.  His own father was a tough bastard, but he raised his sons to be tough and hard as well and praised them when praise was due.  He had joined the king’s guard under Xarm.  He remembered the king as a stoic, and cunning man.  The very model of what a conquering man should be.  His own father gave deference to that king, and he had joined the king’s troops when they came around seeking men.  When the Capitalians invaded, Hadeon returned to find his widowed father had been brutally beaten and killed.  Hadeon took his hatred for Capitalians and used it to fuel his drive to become a brutal fighter and a leader in the Xarmnian king’s service.  But serving that king’s successor, did not prove to be the same as serving the former monarch.  Xarm rewarded his fighting men.  The Son of Xarm only gave concessions.
The Cerberi turned out to have problems getting through the woods as well.  They became ensnarled in stinging nettles, whimpering and growling, their wide three-slavering heads, slack jaws and broad muscular shoulders preventing them from plunging through the narrow spaces between the overgrowth and thick brush.  Finally, when Hadeon had exhausted all of his options of breaking through to some semblance of a wooden passage, he called for Bayek and Kathair to join him, pulling his others men out of the chase.

The tall forest hissed and spattered cold water down from the saturated crowns of the upper limbs, drizzling down the face of the men, and the wet panting dogs.  “Bayek,” he bellowed, “You’d best ride on with your message to the king.  No sense in delaying you here any further.  If those sirens are in the area, I’d hate to be caught in these woods, knowing that I delayed their communication and envoy.  If they let you survive, they will not hear any argument I could make for hindering you.  Grab some tack and food from the road camp where Tizkon’s holding the prisoner.   But make haste!  If the Son of Xarm asks you what progress we have made in tracking the scribe, tell him we are getting close to bringing them to heel if we don’t have to kill them.  I know he watched to see the man grovel as we carved up his family, but that pleasure must be delayed.”
“Kathair, you will take Bayek’s place in lead.  Bayek’s company was lost, but I may have to divide up the remaining men following my command, to serve as your subordinates.  With no word from Aridam or his company, I am shorthanded on taskmen.  Perhaps we can salvage some of this hunting trip, before too long, but we will wait to full sunup to do so.   The wagon that entered that forest will have had to leave signs of it getting through.  There is no way it could have just vanished.”

Bayek nodded, turned his horse and headed out of the brush; through the circuitous route they had used slashing their way into the woods.

Kathair sat up straighter in his saddle, “What should we do about the Cerberi?”

“Have Dagen call them back.  There’s no point in continuing through these snarls, getting them all scratched up.  The men and dogs need rest.  We’ll catch the wagon sign in the heat once the woods dry a bit more.”

Suddenly there was a shout, and one of the men came trudging up through the brush, his clothes and pants soddened with mud and clinging leaves.  “My Bruel!  We’ve found something!  It’s hard to see, but we may have located the old road that used to pass through these woods.  It was down a declivity.  Hard to see, but we stumbled upon it accidentally.”

“Good work, Samal!  Have one of the men go down it, see where it leads.  If we find where it joins the outer road, we might just be able to track that wagon, and those ‘smugs’ who thought they could get away from us.”

*Scene 07* – 13:00 (Ignition)

The air in the pit around me was hot and humid, smelling of a pungency I could not identify.  Though the warm moss hugged at my form, beckoning me into despairing oblivion, I knew I could give no more place to uncertainty.  I had to choose to fight this beast, to resist it, calling upon the authority of the One who called me to this quest.

I cleared the scabbard of the honor sword, and my feet found some degree of shaky footing upon smooth rocks below.  A weak light effused the water well, such that I could just see the broken edges of the retaining wall before me, and beyond pitch-black darkness that threatened to envelop my every sense of balance and direction should I dare to proceed further.

But like Nem said, I had no choice.  But I could not fake a feeling nor deny that part of me that needed assurances but pressing onward.  Panic threatened and I turned that dread into an outcry.

“Oh Jesus, I am scared!”

I fell to my knees shivering uncontrollably.  “Please God.  Please help me.  Give me the courage to walk through this darkness.  I am in the deepening shadow of death.  It looms over me.  Let me feel your hand holding mine again.  I am not the young man I used to be.  I feel my mortality nipping at my heels.  If I am to die here, let me make a good end in Your service.  Following Your Will.”  I felt both hot and cold at the same time.  My hands trembled, my heart throbbed its tympanic beats in the auditoriums of my ears.  Sweat streamed out of my hair, wetting my cheeks and sluicing down the nape of my neck.  The air around me smelled musty and dank with a mixture of lime, salt, fecund earth and fungi.  The steam from the residual rivulets of the hot spring rose and swirled in the gloom, making me felt like I was being slowly suffocated by a hot, moist towel.

In the deepening of my need, I realized that I had referred to The One by His name.  A name I felt pouring into my inner being.  Here in the Mid-World, those who believed in the promise of The Marker Stone, the monolithic imprint of the Divine Words, follow the older traditional reference to “The One” written in the final book of Moshe.

“Hear, Yisra’el: the LORD is our God; the LORD is one:” [Deuteronomy 6:4 HSV]

But in my need, I cried out to the name of The One in which I found most intimacy, as a child runs in either delight or fear seeking comfort and protection from their father.

As I’ve stated before, in this land and in this quest you all will see and experience things that may be beyond what you’ve come to experience as naturally occurring in the Surface World.  Sentient and malevolent creatures moving invisibly in the Surface World on a spiritual plane, take on a pernicious physicality here.

An echo may sound similar to the voice of origin, but there are differences in tone and quality as it stretches, reverberates and bounces back to the hearers.  It is the persistent expectation of sameness to the Surface World that will cause some to falter and feel unstable and insecure here.  I know.  I went through it myself many years ago.  That is why I persist in telling all of that the transcendent Truth that holds all together is the Ancient Text, the Word of the Creator.  That is why I hold so fiercely to it.  Without the study, knowledge, and remembrance of the Ancient Text, there can be no quickening.

The Koine Greek word [ζῳοποιέω], from the language in which the text was written, is pronounced, Zoe-ah-poi-A-O.  The word means to cause something to arouse to life by supernatural power.  Honor swords, unlike standard weaponry, are connected to covenant, and by that connection, it can be imbued with power so long as it serves under that covenant.  The very words of the Ancient Text are living and powerful, because of the Source from which they arose and were brought together.  They revealed the will of the One as they do the purposes of the One.  The Ancient Text, in the Psalmist’s passage states:

“I will never forget thy precepts: for with them, thou hast quickened me. … I understand more than the ancients, because I keep thy precepts. … Through thy precepts I get understanding: therefore I hate every false way. … I [am] small and despised: [yet] do not I forget thy precepts. … Consider how I love thy precepts: quicken me, O LORD, according to thy lovingkindness. … I have kept thy precepts and thy testimonies: for all my ways [are] before thee. … Let thine hand help me; for I have chosen thy precepts.” [Psalm 119:93, 100, 104, 141, 159, 168, 173 KJV]

In this mid-world, warfare is engaged with both the mind and the body and the spirit unified and battling together.  The human enemies may be fought with mind and body, but the creatures drawn from the netherworld will tear you mentally apart if you are not prepared for them.  The Surface World has a barrier that they cannot cross, and their limits are only within the power of suggestion and to the level at which a human may yield to their influence.

From the beginning of this quest, there has been a voice within me, sounding to my mind as if it was speaking in my own voice.  “Give up”, it tells me.  “You are not worthy to lead.  You are leading others to their death.  You cannot let yourself feel again.  Remember what happened last time.  You are not worthy of the sword you hold, or this place you wish to get to.  You are as much a butcher, like the ones you dare to resist.  The stories you seek to mend will no longer burn for you.  When the hosts bearing the storied flames realize who you are, there will be no forgiveness for the ways in which you abandoned and betrayed them.  There can be no forgiving what you have done.  This quest is hopeless.  Go back to your exile.  Let someone else lead.

Those voices I knew were spoken by the enemies of my mission and my calling.  If the One who called me to this journey, chose me, then no other choice could have been made.  He chooses wisely.  Who am I to resist Him?  I had allowed those voices to speak to me, and weaken my commitment, and abandon my resolve.  It was not my strength of character that I needed now.  It was His.

“Faithful is He who calls you, and He also will bring it to pass.” [1 Thessalonians 5:24 NASB]

I had often enough heard and spoken those words and admonished others with them, but I failed to let them gain purchase within me.  As weak and as inadequate as I may be, The One did not require my own might.  Only my willingness to choose to do as He asks.  To listen to the Spirit continually speaking to my spirit and allow that communion and fellowship to take place by yielding my doubts and placing confidence and trust in Him to see this through.

When my decision and release came, I found my hand moving to the hilt of the honor sword that hung by my side.

I gripped its warming handle, and with my other hand found the bloodline and uncoiled it from the cross-guard it had been wound around.  In my past, I had fought with many swords and weaponry.  I had heard of honor swords, but never had the occasion to bear one, before this quest.

I knew that the honor sword could be roused to life for two reasons.  Some unknown enemy of inhuman origin was drawing near.  And the Word being called to memory, by one connected to a covenant sword, would cause that sword to respond in the needed moment for wielding in both visible and invisible conflict.

I gathered the bloodline sash and carefully wound it around my forearm, careful not to constrict the blood flow, but secure enough to not easily lose the weapon as I drew it forth.

For so long, I lived in the Surface World in a sort of sleepwalking state, and it took me quite some time before I gained an awareness that roused me into full wakefulness.  Nem was correct, in his assessment of me.  I was like one who had slept for way too long and was only now coming to full wakefulness.  The words of the Ancient Text came to my mind unbidden, as I unsheathed the blade.

“Besides this, since you know the time, it is already the hour for you to wake up from sleep, because now our salvation is nearer than when we first believed. The night is nearly over, and the day is near; so let us discard the deeds of darkness and put on the armor of light.” [Romans 13:11-12 CSB]

As I joined these words to my thoughts, the doubts that had so plagued me began to fall away and flee.  I no longer heard them in my mind in the pitch and timbre with which I recognized my own voice, but instead spoken in some alien, guttural language, with a spitting hatred that I could feel scorching me even as it fled and dissipated from the truth displacing it.

Another verse presented itself:

“Take my yoke upon you. Let me teach you, because I am humble and gentle at heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy to bear, and the burden I give you is light.” [Matthew 11:29-30 NLT]

As I believed in and embraced the words of the truth, and permitted hope to enter, my mind began to clear, and the weight of the responsibility of finding leadership qualities within myself, seem to lift from my shoulders.

Before me, the edges of the broken cistern wall became more distinct to my eyes, as if I had been gradually gifted with some degree of night vision.  In the suffused light from the grated drain gate above me, the blade of the honor sword seemed to gleam more brightly.  Courage stirred within me.  And hope began to flower again in what I had believed to be the blighted soil of my soul.

The time for words was over.  I knew what my spirit was telling me.  I had at last chosen to put my trust in the foreknowledge of the One who called me.  It was now time to commit to wholeness and put my heart right and my hands to the plow.  He would do through me what I could not.  It was time to no longer view myself as the prey.  It was time to plunge into the darkness ahead of me and become the hunter.

“Lying creature beware!”, I said out loud to the darkness, giving voice to my commitment, as I carefully stepped across the scree and over broken stones entering the tunnels below the city, “I am coming for you.”

The naked blade of the honor sword became sheathed in a silverish light, and I knew—the quickening had returned to me once more.

The Quickening – Chapter 24

*Scene 01* – 11:27 (Bread and Broth)

When Begglar and Corimanth left O’Brian to talk privately to Nell, they walked across a glistening courtyard of foot-polished cobbled stone to one of several firepit stations serving the steamy bone broth drink.  Fire glow flickered over the sun-glazed stones giving them a coppery cast emerging from their dull grey base of grit and mortar.  Flames crackled and spit sparks and embers into the darkened sky, rising like fairies only to be doused by the evening’s moistening breeze.  Various groups of people gathered in huddles, speaking in low tones, with occasional laughter breaking up each hushed cloister into a crescendo of mirth and good-natured banter.

The broth had both a calming and warming effect, as both Begglar and Corimanth sipped gingerly at the edge of their bowl-like cups.  The vessels warmed their hands, as the hot salty broth seemed to soothe their aches and lessen the strain of their exercise weary muscles.  Corimanth had encouraged Begglar to take a few of the small hand-sized loaves of a baked hard bread and dip it into the broth, for an added savory experience.

“Oh, this right here!  Mmm-hmm,” Begglar nodded, taking his first bite of the broth-soaked hard bread, chewing with relish.  “Good, isn’t it?” Corimanth grinned, enjoying his brother-in-law’s delight.

“That’s champion, that is!” Begglar agreed.  “Who made this?”

“Some of our folks bake the bread in kilns, hereabout.  They use a wild yeast that they allow to slowly ferment when the bread grains are mixed cold.  They hand mix the batter, with a third of the amount of water, then let it set for a few hours before finishing the shaping.  The whole process takes about four days of cooling and drying letting it rise before they finally bake it.  I’ve made a few loaves myself a few times,” Corimanth said, grinning.

“Nellus never told me you knew about such things.  If I’d known you were here and could make these, I’d have had you come live with us and help me run the Inn with Nell.  We started as a bakery, y’know.”

Begglar dipped another piece of the bread into his broth, and took another bite, “Aahh, that’s good!  The broth adds the perfect blend of saltiness, to the warm buttery taste of the sopped bread.  Warms both the belly and the soul.  A harbor for the heart as well as the gut.”  Corimanth chuckled.  “Well, I’ve not always be able to eat like this.  Folks here live simple but wholesome lives.  They are hardworking, determined, yet watchful.  And with good reason.”

“Ahh, the ever-present Xarmnian threat!” Begglar quipped.  Corimanth shook his head.  “That is secondary, there is a more prominent threat we face, and that comes from some of those who despise Xarmnian rule as much as we do.”  Begglar stopped chewing, “Really?  And who are these antagonists?”

“A fellow by the name of Tobias,” Corimanth grunted.  “Works for an even shadier character named Sandballat.  Ever heard of such a name?”

Begglar almost choked, a small spritz of broth emerged from his lips, dribbling down onto his beard.  He set his broth cup down and used the remains of his bread to wipe his beard free of the spattered liquid.  “Sandballat?!  Why that is the man’s name who we ended up selling Noadiah’s Inn too.  What trouble is he making?  And who is this Tobias character that you say works for him, now?”

Corimanth’s brow furrowed, “So Nellus sold the Inn at Sorrow’s Gate?  I didn’t know that.  Well, that is disturbing news.”

Begglar grunted, “What kind of trouble are they making?”

Corimanth sighed, “Ahh, mostly threatening letters.  They’ve sent a few emissaries out here, wanting a meeting with Lord Nem.  They’ve been hot around the collar about us daring to rebuild the city of Azragoth.  Recently that wanted a meeting with Lord Nem to come out to the plain of Ono, where we share pastures for our cattle, and graze our flocks and herds in the open country.  I think they are wanting to renegotiate the bargains we have with the local stockmen, to provide us with our share of meat, wool and dairy products.  The forests here are no place to keep such animals, and the woods offer very few meadows for grazing.  We get wild goats and donkeys that break into the old city sometimes, but the old city is mostly burned out and overgrown with wild vines and such.  Nothing you’d want to feed your dairy stock.  The Ono plains are rich in grasses and have good water sources coming down from the highland shelf.  I think the suggestion of that place alone for the meeting is a veiled threat.  We are not naïve children here.  I am certain that they want whatever we are doing here to stop, and perhaps plan to even kill Lord Nem if they have to, to demoralize us.  But that is only one part of the trouble they are causing.  What worries many of us are the letters that we know they have been sending back to Capitalia, trying to characterize us all as troublemakers.”

“And this Tobias character is doing this?” Begglar growled.

“Him and Sandballat are both in on it,” Corimanth muttered, taking another sip of his broth, eyeing a man across the courtyard who seemed to be staring at them.

“But what…” Begglar started, but Corimanth put a hand on his arm, halting his question.  “Wait.  I think we are being watched,” Corimanth whispered.

“Who?” Begglar turned, scanning the clustered groups around them.

“That man over there by the north wall.  Middle-aged, short beard.  Lean angular frame.”

Begglar scanned and then spotted him, “I see him now.” Begglar nodded, “How long has he been watching us?”

“Only for a few minutes, but…,” Corimanth paused.  “Look, he’d coming our way.” Corimanth nodded forward as the man approached with some hesitancy.

Ezra emerged from one of the clustered groups and stepped toward the younger man, looking for a moment as if he might intercept him, but instead followed behind him.

The man flushed with a bit of embarrassment, as he approached Begglar and Corimanth, and both men exchanged a puzzled look.

“I’m sorry, but I think I know you…, I mean…we’ve met before.”

Corimanth, set his broth drink down on a short, raised wall next to Begglar’s cup and an additional loaf of bread.  Begglar stiffened a bit, adjusting his shoulders, leaning his head to the left and right, as if bracing, and loosening his posture for a fight.

As the young man came further into the glow of the firelight, both Corimanth and Begglar began to perceive some degree of mutual recognition to the man as well.

“I must confess, I am very surprised to see you both here.  I thought I might never see either of you again, and I wanted so much to thank you both for saving me and my family.  My wife, Corinna, is here in this place, but she is with the children.  We all own you both our lives, but I don’t know either of your names.”

Begglar’s eyes widened, “You’re not…?”

Ezra spoke up, behind the man, smiling and joining them in the glow of the cast firelight.

“This man is a fugitive from Xarm City.  His name is Sage.  His father was conscripted long ago from Azragoth, years before the plague and subsequent quarantine.  He was made a servant to the current monarch’s father, whom the city and its people are named after.  He was a chronicler, and scribe, a palace historian.  This man, his son, also followed in his father’s profession, and was given an apprenticeship under the royal guild of heralds.  He was recently sent to us by our network of agents working in the highlands for The Resistance.  He has provided us with key intelligences on the innerworkings and history of the Xarmnian courts, and of their rise to power, and the shadowy intrigues of the palace during that rise.  I am told we have you both to thank for that.”

Begglar grinned, appraising the man once again, with the connection clarified.  “Ahh!  You came to our Inn at Crowe!”

“Yes,” the man, now known as Sage smiled, “And I want to thank you for your kindness.  We have known very little of it living in Xarm City, even as prominent as my father was, it is a place of constant suspicion and posturing.  The royals are mercurial and cruel.  A dangerous lot, who rule by threat and instill fear in their subjects.  I had never known that there was another way to live, until I, my wife and children fled the city.  This place, and its people are kind to us, and I cannot remember ever seeing such kindness in others who were not of my own blood.”

“You’ve fattened up from when I saw you last!” Begglar laughed.  “I remember you being much leaner, and your children were such poor creatures, my wife could hardly stand it to have to send you on your way.”

Sage smiled, “Xarm did not feed well.  Its better food stores were reserved for the king’s banquet halls, and for its fighting men.  But here we’ve been more than taken care of.  And eaten more in a day than we would have been able to scrape together for a week back home.”

“Aye, that’s the truth!” Corimanth affirmed, “Even in the king’s guardian men, we hardly had enough fare to get skinny on!”

Sage nodded, “You were the king’s treasury guard.  I remember seeing you many times as we passed through the courtyards up to the balcony terrace of the king’s scribes.  You were the one who helped us escape the city.  We would have never been able to even approach the outer gates, if it had not been for you.  And you told us where we needed to go to find refuge.  That the journey would be long and dangerous, but if we could make it far enough to find the town of Crowe, there might be some help there from an Innkeeper who lived on the far side of town.  You gave me the keyword I needed to gain his trust.”

Begglar turned suddenly to Corimanth, “How did you know to send him too us?  How did you know to have him use my old surname?”

Corimanth raised his hands defensively, I have kept tabs on you two since you were married, brother.  I needed to be sure you were doing right by my sister.  Whatever put it into her head to marry a salty seadog from the Surface World, I’ll never know, but I wasn’t sure of anything.”

Begglar arched an eyebrow at Corimanth, “Perhaps it was my rugged, masculine charm!  Did ya think of that?”  He lightly cuffed Corimanth’s arm.  Corimanth grinned and responded, “That never crossed my mind.”

Begglar cocked his fist back playfully, “You’ve got some blarney in ya, Cori!  You better be glad, I’ve gained some restraint over the years, or you’d’ve gotten a clout fer that smart answer!”

Cori raised his hand’s defensively, giving a short breathy laugh.  “Shall we toast to this well met greeting and have another go at the bread and broths?!”

Ezra, Sage, Cori and Begglar all laughed, and gathered again around the firepit, and attendant’s serving station for another round of drink and dining, this time enhanced with the added flavor of welcomed friendship and good fellowship.

*Scene 02* – 05:24 (Night Hunters)

The sky had grown dark at the coming of the evening. Hadeon and his Protectorate entourage gathered in the grassland meadows at the lower base of the highland road.  The night breeze was moist and cool, but Hadeon restrained his men from building a fire and making a night camp.  The remaining Cerberi were anxious and restless but tired from the hurried descent down the long winding grade from the edge of the highland rim.  They panted noisily, tongues lolling and their eyes shining keenly as a hazy starfield began to prick through the purple canopy of the night sky.

By and by, Tizkon, Bayek and Kathair rode down off the lower grade as they made haste to join Hadeon’s gathered company.  They spotted dark shaped silhouettes in a field to the north side of the main road.

Seeing the approaching men, leaving the silver dusted road, Hadeon snorted and rode through the field’s deep grasses out to meet the trio as they descended into the valley, leading a team of five other horses.

“You’re late!” Hadeon barked, coming within shouting distance.

Tizkon looked over at Bayek as Hadeon approached, and muttered, “He’s not going to like this.”

Hadeon rode up, turning his snorting horse, riding across their forward path, allowing his mount to pace in front of them.  He glared and squinted through the half-light, examining the bare backed horse team, and the old man tied across one of the few saddled mounts.  He sniffed his displeasure and then stabbed his three tardy men with a razor-stropped glare of suspicion, moonlight glinting off his sweat-soaked beard.  “What is all this?!” he swept his arm at the group, “Where are all the others?!  And what’s he doing here?!”

Bayek quickly side-glanced at Kathair, and Tizkon, realizing they were expecting him to give their answer.

He sighed heavily, then raised his chin, resolved to endure the heat blast that he was sure would come.

“We had some trouble in the wooded trail.”

“Trouble?!” Hadeon growled, “What sort of trouble?!”

Bayek went on to tell him a clipped version of what he’d recounted to Tizkon, of the blockade created with the crashed wagon on the narrowing trail, of their foot pursuit of those fleeing, of finding the strange dead end and their sinister and deadly encounter with the wood siren.  He’d only been able to recover the extra horses, because they had tied them beyond the broken wagon when they’d pursued their quarry on foot through the narrowing rim trail.  He alone had been spared to deliver a cryptic message to their king.

“I don’t have time for excuses!  Those fugitives are in those woods somewhere, and we’re going after them.  Any sign from Aridam?” he growled.

“The last I saw of him, he and his team were following that other wagon to the northwest,” Tizkon answered, hoping to get some approval from Hadeon for offering additional input.  Hadeon snarled, “That is where I sent him, you idiot!  If you can’t offer more information, then shut your gob!  And further, why is this bundle of sticks packed on this mount.  Didn’t I give you an order to cut its throat?!  Have you forgotten which side of a blade to use?!  Shall I get one of these small-town smithies to give you a bloody saw, instead?!”

Though Tizkon could not see the heat reddening Hadeon’s face and the fierce furrowing of the Bruel’s brow, he could certainly feel an icy chill coming through Hadeon’s menacing voice.

Kathair spoke up, “We thought you mind find it more useful to carve this man up, as an object lesson to those others, once we catch them.”

Hadeon was silent for a moment considering Kathair’s carefully chosen words.  Finally, he sniffed and grunted, muttering, “Very well, then!”  He reined his horse back toward the meadow.  Sighting the group along the silvering billows of moonlit grass.  Bayek spoke up, when Hadeon’s back was turned to them.  “Should we wait for Aridam?”

Hadeon growled, “No!  I’ve waited long enough as it is.  We’ve got traitors to catch tonight.  We’ll get the Cerberi to track them through the woods yonder.  They seem to love the night.  They’ve not eaten much today.  Perhaps, they’ll catch the scent of blood soon.”  Hadeon spurred his horse and rode off through the grass again toward his other company of men and the remaining Cerberi.

Tizkon shrugged his shoulders and muttered, “Isn’t that the woods of Kilrane?”  Kathair answered gruffly, “The very same. Why?”  Tizkon shuttered, “Cause I heard those woods were haunted.”  Kathair started to chuckle, but Bayek spoke up, “No, Tizkon is right.  They are haunted…or at least they will be.”

Kathair paused, a slight mirth playing in his voice, “What do you mean ‘they will be’?”

“They will be,” Bayek growled, “…by us!”  And as he said this, he spurred his horse into the waving sheafs of tall grass, following after Hadeon who was now about thirty yards ahead of him.

*Scene 03* – 20:24 (Fit to Be Tied)

Clang! Clang! Clang!

The blacksmith’s hammer pounded the fired metal he held with forge tongs, flattening the orange glowing end upon his anvil.  Sparks burst and twisted upward from the piece with each loud strike.  While the hammer rang, the man’s assistant poured more molten metal into a cut mold and then ran a long file down the hardening molds, cleaning off the dross.  Another smithy operated a press, letting the molten steel cool a bit before pulling down a winch lever, that released a suspended counterweight, driving down a hinged molding plate into the trough of the mold further flattening the annealed steel to fill in the recesses of the press mold cavity that shaped the metal.  Some of the apprentices pumped the bellows of the six forges, burning down the iron in the smelters, and scraping away the bubbling dross off the top of each vat in the furnaces.  Other attendants, using ladles, dipped and poured more of the liquid metal into short vertical molds, pushing tongues of flames out of each casting sprue hole.  Others opened the pressed metal molds that had been set aside to cool and set with picks and hammers, while others dipped the newly forged pieces into cooling water tanks and then dried, rasped, filed and polished the resulting piece.  After the final tempering and polishing, each of the metal pieces were laid out on a long collection of tables and racks and then the strange, shaped pieces were linked and fastened to small metal cuffs with flared ends that had been browned to prevent rusting.

“What are we making these cressets for, Smyt?” one of the apprentice smithies asked.  “We only agreed to make the collar shanks, didn’t we?”  Smyt, the head blacksmith in charge of the king’s forges, growled, “Bes’ not to ask too many questions, Ori.  We just do what we’re paid for.  Ask too many questions and you might as well, forge your own leg irons and manacles too.” The man called Ori shrugged, “Must be king’s business. Forget I asked.”

The evening sky had already darkened to an ash purple, with luminescent clouds scuttling across the hazy moonglow.  The men working the forges were bathed in orange and yellow flashing light as the fires from the kilns and metal molds flashed under the softer firelight in the braziers.

“Locking collars are done, sir,” another attendant announced, set down a heavy box of hinged cuffs with locking cotter pins holding the flanged eye-tabs together.  “Ready for the fittings.”

Ori glanced nervously toward the paddock door, used to secure the royal foundry.  Metal implements were stacked, leaned, driven and hung all about the secured lot behind a thick wall of stone.  The men worked late on the special projects, and rarely, if every went home to their wives and families until well after dark.  But this ‘special project’ was outside the usual line of their work.  Beyond the outer door, strange winged creatures waited to be let in.  Smyt had ordered those waiting to remain outside until they were called, so that his men would not be so distracted from their work.  A sentry had conveyed his message to the head mistress of these beings, called Harpies, and had received a grudging concession.  Any one of those creatures could have flown over the wall, but for some reason they resigned themselves to wait until the blacksmiths were ready to recieve them.  Just knowing the strange, mysterious creatures were out there lurking about, gave Ori a strong sense of unease.  The creatures were not to be trusted.  They served the dark monster in the farther north woods called The Pan, and that ruler was not known to treat humanity with any sort of deference or mercy.  Many travellers were warned to stay out of the dark woods of the north, along the upper fjords of Cascale, or they would be taken and most likely eaten by that monster and his strange hybrid kinds.  Seeing those harpy creatures in daylight was disturbing enough.  Seeing them in dusk or in the darkest of hours of the evening was like haplessly stumbling upon a coven of witches, incanting and gathered around a low pit fire in a backstreet alley in the middle of the night.

Smyt ambled to the box that the attendant had set down on the table.  He huffed and picked one of the hinged tubular cuffs out of the wooden box and turned it over in his hand.  He took out a rasp file and pried open the cotter-pin out of its sheath, freeing the cuff hinge to move freely opening and closing.  He grunted, and nodded a tacit approval of the work, and then toss the assembly back into the box.  His face was stained and blacking from the smoke of the forges. The creases of his redden flesh were accentuated by the grim and blackened grit collecting in the darkened folds of each wrinkle and scar lining his grizzled visage.  “Very well, then.  Let ‘em in.  But see that they come in only two at a time.  Ugly things.”

The man who had brought the box nodded and then moved towards a heavy swinging gate, made of rivet hammered sheet iron, set in a thick, wooden frame.

The other workmen paused in their duties when the gate swung open, revealing a huddling of black feathered creatures whose most pleasant look, came off as a glowering scowl.  There were about thirty in all.  Their strange faces were that of old women, with aquiline and avian features: hooked noses prominent on their aged faces, with large avian eyes that seemed surreal in the deep, shadowy eye sockets of what might otherwise have been a human face.  They glared at the attendant standing by the door, sniffed a dismissive snort of displeasure and then hopped into the gated smithy court, their claws clicking on the cobbled stone, their feathered bodies ruffling and unruffling, as their forms bobbed up and down with each forward hop.  One of the attendants gestured at the tables and rack, with his hands, but was unsure what, if anything, he might say to these strange creatures.  The long tables were set with a narrow path between them, forcing the harpies to move along the parallel space roughly in pairs.  The strange crone heads bobbed and wobbled along the table line, their wild gray, white and black hair now muted in the orange washes of light from the fiery forges.  Their age-plowed wrinkles gave their faces a shadowy severity, afforded by the darkling night, disturbingly offset by flickering of the fiery flashes from the foundry pits.

Smyt was temporarily mesmerized by the procession, but soon regained his bearings.  He grumbled something unintelligible at his men who had stopped working to stare at the feathered creatures, hybrids of both human and large birds, each with a buxom ruffle of feathers covering gray bosoms, adding one more incongruent element of their human female origin to their present squatty feathered forms.

“Ori,” Smyt signaled.  When the man named Ori did not respond, Smyt barked his name louder. “Ori!”

“Hmmh?” Ori responded, turning away from watching the creatures, realizing Smyt had addressed him.

“Quit gawking and keep the men working!  We’ve not finished this order yet!”

Smyt wiped his soot-stained hands on a dirty piece of fleece wool and moved away from the smoking forges towards the group of creatures, now gathering along the edge of the long tables.

He looked at his attendant who had directed the creatures inside and scowled in uncertainty not knowing how to address these strange half-women half-fowl entities.  The man shrugged, offering no helpful clue either.

A taller, large creature pushed forward through the gathering of feathered fiends, moving with some degree of a limp.  Her eyes seemed larger than those of the others, owl-like in nature, but with a disturbing quality of perception in them as well.  She parted her pursed and wrinkled lips and directed her steady and unnerving gaze at Smyt.  She assesses him, looking him up and down, with some kind of sinister appraisal, her cheek twitching, jaws bunching as she did so.  Smyt returned her searching appraisal with that of his own, noticing that one of her legs appeared to be missing a clawed foot, but had been replaced with a wooden peg leg, fastened somehow with a strap that disappeared into her feathers around her avian rump.  Seeing the man looking at her leg, she raised her chin, stretching the waddled skin of her neck upward in a proud act of defiance.  Finally, she spoke in a raspy voice, with an odd cadence and warbling tone, “Are all the Son of Xarm’s men so mute that they cannot speak a word of welcome?!”  She sniffed in a derisive manner.

“Umm,” Smyt began, but that matron creature dismissed his response, before he could answer.

“Nevermind!  Collar shanks are what we are here for.  King’s promise, he did, and the service to the bargain.”

One of the hesitant men came forward to the table, suddenly solicitous.  “Yes, yes.  R-r-right this way to the fitting deck,” he stammered.  At the end of the long table was a raised platform with three broad wooden steps leading up one side and another set leading down the opposite side.  The strange group of harpies bobbed and weaved down between the long tables, eyeing the metal hardware that was soon to become part of their accoutrements.  The older, larger of the congress of Harpies, who had been the first to speak, scowled suspiciously at the steps leading up to the raised platform, and then waved one of her followers ahead to go up first to be fitted.  “Zefilah,” the matron squawked a command, “You go first! I will see how it is to be done.”

Dutifully, the harpy presumably named Zefilah, hopped up the short stair and turned stretching out a large talon with mottled gray and black pebbled skin, placing it forward.  One of Smyt’s men came forward carrying one of the hinged tubes open and fitted the metal tub around the shank of Zefilah’s leg, with the flared flange end fitting smoothly over the knuckle of her claws, raised just enough to allow her to flex the claws open and closed.  The metal tube covered her exposed shank and had a curved flare at the top allow the bird-woman to move her leg about without the top of the metal tube impeding or restricting her movement or gait.  Zefilah looked down inspecting the new installation fitting snuggly around her leg, her crone face broadening into a crooked smile.  “What about the other?” Zefilah looked up, turning to Delilah.  “They said there’d be hooks for our blades, and wing caps?”

Delilah turned, and snuffed, looking at Smyt, “Yes. Those things we want to see.”

Smyt nodded to one of his other attendants and the man came forward bringing what looked like a candle snuffer, with a curved hook on its conical point, and a thin belted strap extending from a short triangular fan, below.  The attendant approached Zefilah who eyed him imperiously.  “May I?” he asked.  To which Zefilah, simply thrust forward her wing at him.  The man mounted the steps of the platform and carefully placed the cap on the flexor radiale point of her wing, and clamped the triangular fan down between the pin feathers and secured the strap, locking the cap and wicked looking hook in place. Zefilah extended her wing and drew it back, flexing and stretching her broad wing to ensure her wing movements would not be impeded either in fight or in flight.  Satisfied, she ordered the attendant, “Do the other one.  I want to test it in flight.”  As the attendant bent to do so, the metal door suddenly pushed open again and another dark feathered form emerged, followed by two smaller harpies swooping in for a landing her.

Delilah turned and scowled, “You’re late, Delitch!  Where have you been off too?!”

Delitch chewed her lower lip, biting back a scathing reply, but bowed her head in abeyance, raising both her large wings in a genuflection in deference to her Matron.  “My Matron Queen, we have been scouting the upper highland ridges performing the duties you agreed to with this city’s sovereign.  We have much to report.”

Delitch was almost as old as her matron and was her approximate size and girth, though she bore a slightly younger visage than Delilah.  The Matron’s hair was almost fully white, yet Delilah’s still retained a bit of her ebony mixed with gray upon her head.  The Matron Queen of the harpies knew there was more to suspect than to trust in Delitch, for she knew the latter had always envied her position as lead and rule, but she had yet had nothing specific to base her suspicions of Delitch on.  Just a lingering sense that Delitch’s appearance of subservience was a cover for some scheme she was waiting to carry out whenever the future opportunity might present itself.  She knew that Delitch was irritated with her for not moving more openly against the hated nymphs and dryads, but was this outfitting of metal shank protectors and carrying hooks not enough of a sign that they were showing some degree of counter threat to those treacherous creatures?  Surely, Delitch should be pleased that she had sought audience with the Xarmnian monarch, and that it was done without the knowledge or consent of The Pan.  It was leverage needed against the nymphs and dryads should they ever convince The Pan to be rid of the Harpies and endorse open aggressions against them.  The Pan was mercurial in its moods.  One never knew just how he might move for or against any in his dark domain.  Sure, Delitch had reason to hate those nymphs and dryads, but she had not personally lost a leg over their internecine contentions.  None of the Harpies had known that when they agreed to nursing the sapling children of the nymphs that drinking water from the black pool would serve to poison the little suckling creatures.  The broken claw had sense been a mocking of her personally, whenever she saw it scrawled in the bark of a tree or formed by carefully arranged rocks on a mountainside or scratched in the dust over a barren field of hardpan.  The Pan had put a stop to any further outright acts of violence by the nymphs and dryads directed at the harpies, but had done nothing about the mocking, and giggling at her loss of the limb.  But Delilah could not be certain whether Delitch wanted to avenge her against those mocking halflings or she simply had a personal vendetta against them.  Delitch had agreed to Delilah’s plan to help the Xarmnian king keep watch for the encroachment of outworlders and provide him with vital communications about their arrival and movements within the lands of The Mid-World.  But still that did not answer her niggling questions about why Delitch had been late and secretive about where she would be flying in pursuit of that objective.  It was clear she wanted the Xarmnian smithies to provide them with armaments and protections as well, and she was anxious to be fitted for them, as soon as possible.  The other sisters’ had arrived early enough to be kept waiting, and she would’ve thought Delitch and her sisters would have been a few of the first in line on the other side of the metal door, but no…she was the last to arrive.  And something about that disturbed her.

One by one, each of the harpies made their way up onto the raised platform and we each fitted with pinion hooks, and metal shank covers locked around both of their legs and capping each of their wings.  Sure, The Pan would wonder about their new metal fittings, but he would understand why they would be reticent to turn out for the ceremonial transfer of the woods of Kilrane to the nymphs and dryads, since they could no longer live in close proximity to the dying woods where his dark water pools stirred beneath canopies of moss shrouded trees.  The waters were poisonous to them, even if the other half-men creatures sometimes partook of their mysterious living liquids.

As her subjects filed through their fittings, the Matron Queen Delilah could sense a change in the air toward the eastern sea front.  She always took special care to be aware of atmospheric flight conditions when spending any length of time on the ground.  Especially since losing her leg.  Flight was the one means whereby she might still command a lethal mastery over a threat from the ground borne.  She had developed and uncanny sense about the sky conditions.  She knew even now, what her sensory tells indicated.  Another storm was coming, and she and her subjects must take wing soon to get to some form of shelter before it hit.  There was a strangeness about the smell and feel of the air.  A heaviness, as if the coming storm was pregnant with a menace beyond mere wetness, wind and flashing spears of light.  She would speak more to Delitch, but not at this time.  She wanted to know what they had seen–the report, she alluded to.  But time was running out.  The men were working to finish up, but it was taking longer than she had expected.

The air turned moist and suddenly Delilah announced, “That is enough for now.  We must take flight. A storm is coming and I’ll not shelter in this stone city.”  She turned and realized that only Delitch and her three sisters remained to get outfitted.  She knew Delitch would not want to leave now and have to come back, but she felt pressed to get her subjects aloft.

“Come, Delitch.  You, Remitch and Neenitch can get this done later.  We’re leaving…Now.”

“But my Queen…,” Delitch began to protest, but Delilah raised her wing stopping her.  “I know you are disappointed, but you were late arriving, and this storm won’t wait.  You and your sisters may come back when the storm passes.”  Delitch’s eyes narrowed when Delilah turned her back and raised her wings to her kindred.  “Let’s fly!” she croaked and flapped forward from the platform and sailed over the wall where the metal door had been.  The others followed, flapping noisily, ascending into the sky like a cauldron of bats emerging from a dark cave starting a night of aerial hunting.

As they ascended, they did not notice that Delitch and her two sisters did not follow.  They had instead planned to stay a little longer in the city of Xarm and ride out the storm there.  They need a little more time to be outfitted with the three modified collars they had asked the blacksmith to design for them.  Leg collars capable of carrying a thing called a cresset, an iron vessel for mounting an oil and wick fired torch, crafted in conjunction and with one of the town’s chandeliers.  They would eventually follow their prior fliers, but they would have the capacity to carry something to bring a special housewarming to the woods of Kilrane, for unlike the others, they most definitely would be attending that ceremony in Kilrane…as unwelcome guests.

*Scene 04* – 10:20 (Call of The Wild Winds)

Earlier in the day, a finger of smoke rose from out of a long dark chasm running north to south along the western side of the Mid-World’s highest range of mountains.  Like the tentacles of a giant, tenebrous, sea beast the smokey fingers spread and flexed, as if searching for something to grasp along the upper rocky ledge of its shadowy abyssal trench.  The spectral finger stretched its gauzy, incorporeal limbs, reaching, searching, wetting the edge rocks with an oily touch of whispering mists.  As it moved along the edge it seemed to sigh with a thousand hushed voices, that warbled and blended into the suctorial sound of breathy winds.  The former gossamer finger was joined by a vaporous knuckle with other gaseous fingers sprouting from its reaching apparitional limb.  Another sprouting claw of sooty vapors chased after the former tendril shrouded in roiling clouds, followed by another and another, each one slithering along the edge of the long trench until it reached the estuary that flowed out into the surrounding seas, where the river of smoke turned into a flow of fogs moving along the southern cliffs and shoreline until it turned sharply following the eastern shoreline, that fell back and descended to spread out along the shallows of a sandy beach.  The long stretch of sandy beaches along the eastern seaboard, where in the past and recently, outworlders typically made landfall, was a place with a variegated history as colorful as the motley garb of a court jester.  Unknown to many, the living fogs that often plagued the eastern beaches of the Mid-World, were not actually seaborne, but were created by the strange foggy apparitions drawing in moisture from the sea as the smokey arms gathered around the outer edges of the Mid-World’s landmass, reaching through the mists with intentions that could only be viewed as malevolent.  These living fogs seemed intent on catching these interlopers into the Mid-World lands, to try and suppress their sense of themselves, and cloud memories and intentions, before a Stone mission might be undertaken.  Sometimes those fogs were successful.  Sometimes not.  For the mysterious fogs always retreated to their inlet and trench as the strange oculus portals approached the seashore.  No one knew why this was the case, but it was evident that even these mysterious fogs yielded to the roving presence of the seaborne oculus, for these strange portals were somehow linked to the mysterious will of The Marker Stone.  Newcomers to The Mid-World were always delivered by way of the eastern sea.  This fact was suspected by some, anticipated by few, and dreaded by most.  The long reach of the living fogs could not be sustained for long and often dissipated under the full heat of the overhead sun.  If an oculus appeared within sight of the long reaching fogs, the clouds would seem to shred into gauzy whisps accompanied by strange piercing shrieks and wailing noises, until they faded out of sight.  The fogs had the power to make the unsuspecting, and unfortunate soul trapped within their shroud forget, and eventually lose their mind and sense of purpose.

Mystery veiled the behavior of the living fogs and their shying and fleeing away from the oculi and those agents of the enigmatic Marker Stone, which appeared to reign over the realm of both the Mid-World land and sea.

This strange relationship between these apparitions of opposing intention created a peculiar dynamic of rulership and partitioning of holdings between the Kingdom of Capitalia and that of the Kingdom of Xarm.  For though the lands seemed to be parceled out between these two factious Kingdoms, the nature of the land and seas upon which these presumptive Kingdoms fought, were truly the subjects of another Kingdom’s prior claim—the one represented by the Mid-World’s mysterious Marker Stone.  A kingdom of ancient legend, and the pre-dawn of all time, called Excavatia.

The sea was thought of as being relegated to the eastern side of the Mid-World lands, but that was not truly the case.  Its shoreline eventually curved inland towards the north of The Mid-World lands jutting in among tall precipitous mountains of gray and black granite.  This granite channel ran north to south bifurcating The Mid-World landmass with a fjord chain of lakes and rivers through a gorge passage that emptied out into a southern outlet into what was referred to as the “eastern sea”, or more formally known as the Sea of Eustress.

The western lands of The Mid-World were principally occupied by the Capitalian clans, and with the building of their massive stone wall cutting off the only known passage, called the “Paraz Pass”, breaking through the massive mountain chain known as “The Walls of Stone”.  The far side of the ridge and pass was relatively unexplored country, for the descending lands west of The Walls of Stone, dropped off precipitously into a chasm that the people believed to be bottomless.  A river of gray clouds continually passed through that gorge and the overhead sun never cast its light down to the bottom of it.  Since the western side of the Capitalian lands were bordered by The Walls of Stone Mountains on its eastern flank, and the bottomless gorge to its far western edge, the Capitalians had to resign themselves with occupying that length of western stepped lands that curved back into the mountains and terminated in the north along the back of The Walls of Stone.  When the Capitalian peoples erected their barrier over the sole pass of The Walls of Stone, they thought only to cut their warmongering Xarmnian relatives off from attacking their lands, not knowing they were limiting themselves to a finite piece of the western Mid-World in doing so.  Eventually, they knew they would one day regret building that man-made edifice, when their people grew in population where the western lands could no longer sustain them.  This was why they had to reconsider their former desire to abandon the lands beyond the great wall and maintain some holdings and alliances with the native peoples of the highlands.  The forested citadel Azragoth was one of the primary alliances, as well as some other smaller cities and villages towards the eastern sea.  Overtime, however, since Capitalia could not easily reach those far allied cities, those places loyal to the Capitalian crown eventually fell to the Xarmnian warlords, because they could not get aid to them to counter Xarmni’s rise to power.  A war was eventually fought between the oppressive Xarmnian kingdom and the Capitalian kingdom, and it was decisively won in Capitalia’s favor, but it was soon seen by the defeated Xarmnians as a Pyrrhic victory, for Capitalia’s wall was never dismantled.  It became clear to the defeated Xarmnians that they need only bide their time, and Capitalia would lose contact with their prior alliances.  And that would allow Xarmni to eventually subdue them, pillage them, and seize and raze any town or citadel that resisted their takeover and demand for tribute to enrich that Xarmnian kingdom, or risk being consumed by them and taken by force.

As the day surrendered to the twilight, the living fog moved up the eastern shoreline, drifting in the coolness of the withering day, and rising up into floating carriages of cloud cover that were darkening into the threat of an oncoming storm.  The fogs blended and swirled into the lowering clouds, at last finding a way to leave the eastern shoreline and cloak themselves within the folds of the inland flow of stacking cumulonimbus.  The ashy color of the living fogs threaded the heart of the building storm caps like worms into apples, piercing and emerging the outer skins in a gluttonous frenzy.  Slowly, but with gaining speed, these aerial dreadnaughts plowed across the darkening sky moving like a fleet of ships over the edge of the upper highlands.  And at their current pace, it was certain they would eventually reach the city of Azragoth by nightfall.

Something bestial and throaty beckoned them.  A supernatural call that compelled them to come to it, and enter it’s grave-like tunnels honeycombed under the old city to serve a monstrous purpose only known in the malevolent mind of the monster calling them to its nefarious purposes.  Hollowed vessels awaited them.  Hundreds of bodies waiting to be filled, occupied and possessed.  An army of empty golems…  Ready to be seeded… with subservient spirits.

*Scene 05* – 21:40 (The Blind Seer)

When Nell and I joined Begglar and Corimanth at the firepot, we felt the first few wet drops of rain spatter our heads and shoulders.  The servers had set aside a few mugs of the warm broth and some loaves for us, but they were quickly packing up the main crocks and covering the warm loaves when we arrived.  The flames in the firepits began to sizzle as wet drops fell into the pits, and attendants began to smother the fires and cover the pits with hinged iron plates that protected these firepits when they were not in use.  We were directed towards a covered portico between the columns surrounding the open courtyard, where we could shelter and finish our evening repast before turning in for the night.  A low thunder rumbled in the background, coming from the mountains towards the east, as a heavy front of billowing clouds masked the light of the moon.  The sky to the east appeared dark, even as distant lightning blazed somewhere deep within its sepulchral billows, barely blooming into a faint greyish glow.  Under the shadowy colonnade, along the edge of the building, many of the huddled queues had broken up to retire, but Corimanth, Ezra, Begglar and another fellow that seemed vaguely familiar were engrossed in hearing Corimanth recount his experience during his time as a spy and a guard in Xarm City.

When first conscripted, he had expected to be promoted to serve in the Palace Guard, thinking that would best serve his secret role as a court spy, but he was instead assigned to guard the Xarmnian Treasury.  Disappointed but undeterred, he did not know if such a placement would serve to allow him to gather much if any intelligence that would be useful for his contacts within The Resistance.  The prearrangement was to meet with his contacts on an irregular schedule, never knowing when the next time one might show up to get his reports.  The Xarmnians would be alert to patterns, so there could be no discernable cadence to his meetings.  He had been told that he could not know ahead of time who his contacts might be.  Only that they would quietly identify themselves with a physical sign, gesture or code word, which changed at each meeting, to ensure that no hostile actor could pose as an informant by accident.  The risk of discovery was too high.

Every day as he stood at his designated post, he observed that there was an old, blind, beggar woman dressed in rags that always sat stationed just outside of the iron gates near the Treasury portico.  Something about her was familiar, but Corimanth could never get a good look at her, for she wore a drooping shawl over her gray head that kept her face in shadow.  He began to think about that and wondered, why a blind woman might feel the need to cast shade over her face, sitting in the shadows of a narrow alley.  Perhaps she felt the coolness on her skin.  He knew those who lost one of their five senses often compensated by experiencing a heightened sense of another, so he shrugged it off.

She never looked at him directly as he passed her, but he could still see her huddled, bowed form through the grate of the barbican and he wondered if she might be deaf too.  She never raised her head, and never seemed to pull back her shadowed cowl, even when a passer-by dropped a few coins into her old metal beggar’s cup.  He thought he might say something to her, but since Xarmnians were not known for their compassion, he wondered if he might bring suspicion to himself, so he kept quiet, but could not help but wonder about her.

Day after day, during his shifts, he found himself glancing over through the gate at the old woman.  Something about her kept drawing his attention.  Something nibbled at the back of his mind that there was something oddly familiar about her, but he laughed it off knowing that it had to be impossible.  But he kept watching her out of the corner of his eye.

She kept her walking stick close by and seemed to know when a stray dog or cat came by and approached her coin cup.  She unfailingly struck out at the stray animals, smacking the pavement, sending them scurrying down the alleyway into the shadowy side streets and refuse piles.  Well, she may be blind, but she’s not deaf, he thought in amusement.  Neither the sense of taste nor touch would’ve given her the ability to detect those animals.

Each day found her situated in the same spot, though the other guards routinely shooed her away as the day faded.  No one knew where she went each night, and none knew where she lived, but her daily routine brought her back each morning to the wall until she became recognized as a mere fixture, rather than a curiously enigmatic figure evoking suspicion.

Still there was a familiarity that Corimanth could not shake as his vigilant glances passed over her at his usual watching post.  The feeling persisted, until one day he caught her raising her head enough to expose her jawline, and the lines of her mouth and lower nostrils.  The sight triggered something that kept him unnerved even after his watch shift came to a close.

When he woke the next morning, realization clarified, and he suddenly knew who the cloaked figure reminded him of.  Someone both he and his sister had known very well.  But he was conflicted, because the one she favored was known to be dead.  Drown after falling overboard in a sea battle with the creature plaguing the waters of Cascale.  Noadiah.  She was the one who had given them a home after the loss of their parents and granted them part-ownership in the Traveler’s Inn in the town of Surrogate.

No, it couldn’t be.  But the thought persisted.  The woman did not seem to recognize him, but why would she?  He was not where she might’ve suspected him, as well.  He chastised himself for being foolish.  But Noadiah’s body was never found.  They just assumed the leviathan had swallowed her.  Could she have survived the plunge into the cold waters of Cascale?  Could she have made it to shore amid the turbulence of the sea monster’s lunging at the flotilla and the cannon fire from the ships?  He supposed it was possible, but what would she be doing here in Xarm city?  Could the cold have somehow blinded her?  Was she really and truly blind?  Her eyes, though he had only had chance glimpses at them, seemed to be occluded with cataracts.  She smelled, so few people came close to her, even if they were inclined to pity her and cast a few coins into her cup.  The secretive woman seemed to not want to be recognized and became irritable, when well-meaning persons offer to help her and encourage her to move away from her daily spot.

He realized his debate on whether to help her was risky.  But still…Why would she refuse help?  What was her true intention, remaining in the alley near the accessway to the Treasury gate?  Traffic was limited there.  If she wanted her coin cup to be filled, she’d picked a poor spot to beg.  Mostly soldiers came through there.  Her presence should have aroused more suspicion.

Hoping to gain a little more trust in his position or be advanced to another station where he might overhear more of the daily happenings, he decided to ingratiate himself with the Xarmnian brass by broaching the subject of the old woman’s suspicious behavior.  He had inquired of one of the king’s trackers, who occasionally stopped by the Treasury house, how long the old woman had been there sitting in the alley rather than occupying one of the open trafficked streets where she might get more notice and more charitable responses from the residents of Xarm City.  It puzzled him how a blind woman seemed to know where to come each day, and why she did not consider her choice of begging less fruitful than another place might be.  The tracker, Shihor by name, shrugged and said, “Maybe she expects something a little more than mere pennies dropped into her beggar cup, since the Treasury contains the more precious metal coinage.”  To which, Corimanth responded, “Well, I’ll be on the alert for anyone who decides to drop a golden ingot into her cup.”  This brought a laugh in response, and Shihor replied, “Yes, you be sure and let me know if that happens!”  And he went on his way chuckling to himself.

Shihor seemed to dismiss Corimanth’s interest with a grin and a shrug and go about his business.  That was until the Builder Stone in the Treasury was noticed to be making its way out of the locked and gated storehouse.

When the stone broke through the wall and passed through the alley, the guarding soldiers became more alert.  The old woman was driven from her post and the alley was cleared, and sentries were stationed at each end of the alleyway, preventing access to where the immovable Builder Stone was progressing.

Stone masons and plasterers were brought in to repair the broken hole where the Builder stone had punctured and pressed through the rock wall lining the alley.  The hole was sealed up, but the Builder Stone was still making slow, but inexorable progress through the city.  Guards stood around the spot where the mysterious stone rested, covering it with their regimented troops and a makeshift shroud, so that no one might see the stone causing such distress and uproar within the palace.

Corimanth told how the King Son of Xarm, and his advisers came to see the stone and were mystified by what might be causing it to move of its own accord, clearing heading towards the outer wall of the stone city.  Advisors speculated that while the Builder Stone might be able to breach the Treasury, it surely would be contained by the outer curtain wall of the city that boasted a thickness of twenty feet across, with interlocking granite boulders shaped and positioned as an impenetrable bulwark against outward assaults.

But the Builder Stone proved to be able to breach even that to the amazement and dismay of the royal counsellors.  The Builder Stone, they were reminded, had the capacity to lift, push, carve, chisel and carry large stones from the mountainside quarry, making the stonework an amazing feat of wonder.  Boulders could be dislodged and lifted weightlessly, merely by placing the conical stone up against their surface.  The potential loss of such a stone of power, angered the monarch and his royal counsel and finger pointing and dangerous accusations were recklessly hurled about.

Some thought there was some sorcery being done that was calling the stone outward, and that by merely sending a group of soldiers to follow it and cover its progress, they might eventually be led to the culprit.  Some thought that their Builder Stone might be being influenced by one of the other known Builder Stones held by their distant relatives and the clans that had once agreed to take charge of the mysterious stones at the base of the mysterious Marker Stone.

The suspicion grew, but they were hesitant to openly accuse their kinsmen, lest they reveal the present trouble they were having keeping their own stone contained and in their possession.  With the stone on the outside of Xarm City, it could no longer be protected within their massive stone citadel, and it would risk being stolen by others.

They could not predict where it might go, neither could they field a large army to follow its march, for that would draw away their military resources from their central duties and call unwanted attention to their dilemma.  When all of this began happening, Corimanth realized that he was in on the internal discussions, and right in the midst of the ideal place where a spy might serve to do the most damage to an empire who had shown little vulnerability to outside threats from rival kingdoms prior to the Builder Stone’s mysterious behavior.  His treasury assignment was strangely providential, and served whatever higher purpose was being revealed by The One who gave those stones their mysterious capabilities.  He now realized he was part of something much bigger than merely resisting and helping to thwart the Xarmnian schemes to enslave the Mid-World people.  The alarm raised by this Builder Stone was the key to deflating their arrogance and undermining their presumptions of manifest destiny.

The Xarmnians did not want to signal weakness to any of those communities, related by kinship or otherwise, that they had so often oppressed, extorted, intimidated and finally subjugated into their rule of fear and threat.  Xarmni could not appear weakened or distress to the outside.  So, they had to maintain their fearsome reputation, in spite of their difficulties with their stone.  If others were to get hold of and take possession of it, their stone city could not withstand its power that once helped to build and fortify it.  That stone could be used to weaken and dismantle it, toppling its massive walls with its mysterious power over stone.

When the Builder Stone reached the outer field and progressed into the head of the large lengthy valley, dividing the stone mountains bordering its trek towards the eastern highlands, Corimanth had been ordered to resume his post at the Treasury, rather than follow those soldiers chaperoning the moving stone across the plains into the valley.  He knew the presence of Xarmnians progressing through the valley would raise suspicion, and eventually word would reach the ears of those in The Resistance, and that would cause some from Azragoth to come to the stone city by stealth and hidden routes to provide some possible answers.  He need only wait until someone contacted him.

When the alleyway had cleared, eventually the old beggar woman returned to her usual spot, keeping up her strange vigil, so that he dismissed her presence, the same as the others who witnessed her before.

When Shihor visited again, the tracker mentioned that he would soon be dispatched to run scout patrols up in the highlands towards the east.  It was a long journey, and he expected not to return to Xarm City anytime soon.  He mentioned that the Son of Xarm was brooding again and began to wonder if there were any signs of the return of outworlders coming back into the Mid-World.  Somehow stirring up trouble and even possibly were responsible for the strange goings on with their Builder Stone.

The king wanted Shihor to ride up to the old site where The Marker Stone resided and make sure that it remained buried under the mound that they had erected over it.  He also wanted to be sure that the nonsense of Stone Quests was forgotten and that the fairy tales of the future king coming from Excavatia were not still percolating and giving the far outer land peoples hope of a renewal of the Mid-World’s troubles with the old prophecies.

As Shihor was leaving, he took another hard look into the alleyway, noticing the old beggar woman seeming to sway and rock side to side, as he exited the barbican gate.

A craggy voice of pleading inquiry issued out of the beggar woman’s cowled, and bowed head.  “Pittance of pity for an old blind beggar woman, Scout?” she said waving her tin cup with the slightest jingle of loose coins clinking against the inside of the cup.

“Get away from me, you stinking crone!” he growled under his breath. ” You reek of filth and soiled rags!”

At that, the old woman’s head came up and she carefully peeled back her head scarf from her brow, looking up at him with a broadening grin peeling away her aged and wrinkled lips.  Shihor glared down at her contemptuously, but then started, jerking involuntarily back, as he flinched at the sight.

Framed within the old chin and the crinkled brow, and bunched cheeks was the smooth skin and smile of a grinning female child, incongruently manifested and superimposed over the face where the old woman’s face should have been.

Startled, unable to believe his eyes, Shihor blinked, and, in half a second, the planes of the child’s mocking face molded back into the visage he had expected to see when she lifted the head scarf cowl.  The old woman cackled with quiet laughter, as she somehow saw the startled expression pass over Shihor’s face and then meld into a confused gaze, uncertain of what he’d just witnessed.  The old woman bowed her head again into shadow, rocking softly from side to side, as if nothing had transpired and she had not even been noticed by the man.

Shihor turned away and glanced back through the gate of the barbican, catching Corimanth’s eye.  He shook his head, unwilling to give voice to what he thought he might have only imagined.  He had to get going.  The king would want a report back in a few weeks.  It would be three weeks before he would reach the eastern coastlands, and the road would be long.

Corimanth was coming towards the gate of the barbican, and Shihor was sure the man might inquire what had caused his delay.  He wasn’t certain himself, but the old woman appeared in her hunched form, seated beside the wall, seeming unaware of him as he mounted up on his horse and peered downward, uneasy.  He cleared his throat and decided to think no more about it.  He had a lot on his mind and a long road ahead of him.  No time for such foolishness.

Corimanth watched as Shihor rode away down the alley, heading out on his mission.  He was sure he had witnessed some kind of verbal exchange between the old beggar woman and the scout, and oddly enough he realized that he’d never actually spoken to the old woman before, nor had he heard anyone else speak to her within his hearing.  The evening guards merely came up to her and lightly pushed her with their foot as if redirecting the path of a dog and told her it was evening and time for her to go.  She’d never responded to their order vocally.  She’d merely used the wall and her walking stick to brace herself as she creaked to her feet and shuffled away toward the open end of the alley, mumbling incoherently.  But this time, Corimanth was sure he’d heard her speak, and the voice was eerily similar to the voice he knew to belong to Noadiah, the seer of Surrogate, a village now rebranded as Sorrow’s Gate under the oppressive Xarmnian rule.

Finishing his account, Corimanth turned to Nell. “And what do you make of all that, sister?  Could the old woman really have been Noadiah?  I cannot seem to think back on it without seeing Noadiah under that hood.  I still don’t know how it could be possible.”

“Nor do I, dear brother,” Nell said taking Corimanth’s arm in her hands.  “But some things in this world are mysteries that only time can solve.  It may or may not have been her.  There is no way to know for certain.  Time will tell.  Right now, I think it best that we all get some sleep.  It’s been a long day, and this rain is falling harder now and with it the night chills will come.  Best we all get rested, for we never know what tomorrow might bring.”

As we all turned to leave and head back to the rooms where we had been quartered, I felt a strong hand clasp my shoulder holding me back.  I turned and was surprised to see that it was Lord Nem that had restrained me.

“O’Brian.”  Lord Nem’s voice seemed tired, His eyes and his voice’s timbre reflected a bone-weariness.  It was clear that the events of the day had taken a toll on him–both mentally and physically.  “You will be quartered in my own household tonight, for you and I must go early into the old city in the morning.  There is something I need to return to you, and something more I need to show you with respect to this hidden citadel.  We are in present danger of being exposed and perhaps worse than that.  It cannot wait any further.  We will go at first light, before the others awake.”

I looked back as my travelers filed out of the courtyard, under the long colonnade portico, and down the corridor steps.

“You need not worry about them.  They will be looked after and well taken care of.  You will be my guest this evening.  You’ll find the governor’s house to have more than adequate guest rooms.  You will need a good rest for what is ahead.”

*Scene 06* – 21:34 (The Old and The New)

The rain continued to fall as Lord Nem, and I walked together.  We ducked under covered walkways, trotted through open terraces, and passed through tunneled hallways, heading upwards toward the part of the city that backed against the overhang of the highland cliffs.  Attempting to keep dray as best as we could.  Nem was silent as he led, and I followed.  At first, seeming to debate within himself what he might say to me about what was ahead.  At last, resolved, he spoke up.  The topic was not something I could have anticipated, prior to being invited to his personal residence as a guest.

“I am in a bind.  You have brought danger to my city that you may not even be aware of, but I am not presently at liberty to tell you much more than that.  You need to be prepared for what I must reveal, and I am not sure you are ready to hear it yet.”

I was stunned.  “What danger did I bring?  We are only twenty-three people. What could we do to threaten any of you with so many of your trained warriors around us?”

“You misunderstand me.  It is not those who you brought that threaten us.  It is you personally.”

“Me?!  I assure you, I bear you no ill-will, nor do I have any nefarious intentions.  I am unarmed.  What possible danger could I be to you or your city?”

“It is not what you intend, O’Brian.  It is something you are not yet aware of. Something that you brought with you.  I cannot tell how it affects you until I have a chance to show you part of the old city.  Then you may be able to understand more.”

We walked in silence for a moment, me puzzling over what danger he could be referring to, and Lord Nem pursing his lips, troubled over whatever mystery he had yet to reveal.

Finally, he spoke again, “There is something further I must do to protect this city, but you will not understand it unless you remember what you once knew before when you first came to our world.  The foundation that will prepare you to deal with what lies ahead.”

He sighed, “I don’t know how much time I have to delay.  Every moment I delay doing what must be done, the danger to us increases.  Are you truly willing to assist me?”

“Of course,” I said. “Anything I can do to help, I will do.”

“If you truly are as willing as you say, you may gain more than you know for your team and your stone quest by remembering who you once were and drawing from that.”  He paused and then continued, “As I mentioned before, there is a gift I will return to you, when we are able to go to a place I will show you.  You will need it to help us, and you will need to remember how to use it against something far more dangerous than you have met with so far.”

Unsure of what he meant, I responded in a way I typically would in dealing with uncomfortable subjects-with ill-timed humor.  Before I could think better of it I asked, “Does this thing also have a black tongue?”

Lord Nem paused mid-stride, and I cringed at my own seeming flippancy.  I started to apologize, but before I could, he answered with no hint of the offense.

“Perhaps…” Nem said thoughtfully.  “Perhaps it does as well.  But my concern is that it may unleash the one belonging to our city,” he answered cryptically.

We had reached a covered balcony where we could overlook the city.  Though skeins of rain fell in curtains throughout the lower streets these were sheer enough to be able to see through them and catch the lighted lamps in various windows casting wet glimmers into the cobbled streets, as the washing water streamed into the side gutters and gullets.

Lord Nem turned and gestured into the city below pointing out the dividing inner way and the vestiges of the old city beyond it which stood masked in a darker contrast of deeper shadows.  No lights shone in the out rings, nor no visible signs of life retiring for an evening’s repose.

“As you can see there, Azragoth has the appearance of deadness in its outer ring.  It is choked with vines, and unchecked growth of weeds and wild animals roam the crumbling streets and abandoned houses that once extended our city to the outer gates. Anyone entering the breached walls from beyond it would think this city has no life remaining in it.  That Azragoth is, as the legends tell, cursed, abandoned and haunted by the long-dead memory of its former splendor.  From all appearances, for those entering or stumbling upon our city while wandering the wilderness and forests, that would all appear to be true.”

The rains hissed through the tangles of vines, and choking weeds in the outer perimeter, and it sent chills through me, reflecting on how different the rainfall sounded in the outer region from the inner lived-in parts of Azragoth.  The outer sounds brought forth images of piles of writhing and coiling vipers slithering over each other, hissing and intertwining with fangs bared.

Nem continued, somehow sensing my private chilling perceptions, speaking with a knowing nod and calmly drawing me back from the inner precipice of my rising fears.  “But beyond the outer deadness, there is an interior wall, separating the deadness from the life that is within.  The exterior side of that inner wall is coated with pitch and black tar.  Do you remember seeing that black wall as you were shown in to the inner courts?”

I nodded and quietly voiced a “Yes.”

“Anyone touching it or attempting to scale that wall will become coated or soiled by it.  So too, anyone attempting to enter Azragoth’s interior, without entering a gate with a key will be stained as an imposter and spy, and our guards and citizenry will easily be able to identify them on sight.”

He paused to let that idea sink in.  “Like the latent filth we routinely purge from under our city streets, that person will be marked for the death they bring upon themselves by attempting to breach the sanctity of our city.  No one comes to the inner gate without a long key.  No one puts their hand on the door without getting the dark pitch upon it, forever marking them as an enemy of the city.  Had anyone of you bore a black hand, you would have been executed by the doorway guards upon entry.  We cannot be too careful.  Azragoth is a city that has been reborn upon its ashes and is being renewed from within.  Its outer exterior is corruptible, but its interior is being strengthened and built up to endure.  The interior wall has been fortified and each family living in the outer courts has been responsible for the interior wall’s repair directly in front of their homes.  You might say, they have a very vested interest in making that portion of the wall very strong because it stands between them and the death rings beyond.  There are two key passages in the Ancient Text that read as follows:

“Don’t you understand either?” he asked, “Can’t you see that the food you put into your body cannot defile you? Food doesn’t go into your heart, but only passes through the stomach and then goes into the sewer.” (By saying this, he declared that every kind of food is acceptable in God’s eyes.) And then he added, “It is what comes from inside that defiles you. For from within, out of a person’s heart, come evil thoughts, sexual immorality, theft, murder, adultery, greed, wickedness, deceit, lustful desires, envy, slander, pride, and foolishness. All these vile things come from within; they are what defile you.” ” [Mark 7:18-23 NLT]

“And the second…

Therefore we do not lose heart. Even though our outward man is perishing, yet the inward [man] is being renewed day by day.”  [2 Corinthians 4:16 NKJV]

“These verses are essential in understanding what is being done here in our city…AND… I must add, it is what happens within the Mid-World as a whole, and within each one of us within our inner being.  Your world, and my world as echoes of these principles.  We see your people as living in the dying world of the Surface.  Our Mid-World is likened to the inner world, being renewed again.  And the hope in Excavatia is the consummation of these worlds into eternal resurrection and rebirth.  A threading back through ours and your world to connect all of it to what it should have been, if not for the death brought into it in the Ancient Garden, that caused our worlds to be separate.  To preserve them for a King that will set all things right.”

“You Surface Worlders represent a dying body to us.  That is why so many here have difficulty believing that your presence here represents anything good.”

“But there is a deeper truth that many here fail to understand.  The One came fully through each of our worlds and transcends them.  But He had to come to your world to experience death, to bring about redemption for both of our worlds.  We cannot ignore the role you and your people play, anymore that we can ignore the role that we must play in that grand design.  Designs, which we have deliberately put in place here in our rebuilding efforts.  Azragoth serves as a symbol hinted at that greater Kingdom’s purpose.”

“What do you mean?” I asked, having listened intently.

“We have a way of marking intruders from entering Azragoth without using the proper gates of entry.  The black wall covered in pitch.  For you see, in the same way, anyone unauthorized who enters will be easily made known and readily dealt with.  Outward corruption is easy enough to identify, but the corruption coming from within, not so much.  Its inevitable flowing outward must be addressed and purged.  That is why we cleanse the city and remove from us those things that might again cause disease and death on a regular basis so that what is being built on the inside may not defile us.  Azragoth represents the body, soul, and spirit of mankind.  In a real physical way, we see it as being regenerated from within.  Like the body of man, the outward is corruptible and is on a constant journey towards death under the curse of all flesh and blood.  The body dies, but the soul and spirit remain and endures to serve an even greater purpose.”

“As I told you before, the filth that drains from our city streets is pushed to the edge of the interior walls and descends below the outer walls into a deep reservoir below the courtyards and streets beneath the dead sectors of the city and they fill the hollows of the outer wall with corruption.  The outer retaining wall and the cavities beneath are full of the city waste.  It is why our people have withdrawn from it and live beyond the inner wall.  The outer wall has been repaired enough so that this filth seeping within does not flow back into the city or the protected interior.  Anyone walking in the outer rings is walking mere feet above the buried moat of filth that flows out of the city.  Should the city of Azragoth ever faces siege assault again, the attackers will be forced to contend with breaching the outer wall and in so doing will meet their death in such an attempt.  In case of a breach, the waste will spill onto the outer field and woods beyond the gates of the city creating a murky slough of disease and plague, killing all who approach it.  The black tongue of Azragoth will flow from the breach, licking them up in death as it spreads across the field beneath the grasslands and flows through the stands of trees that line its outer gates.  It is important that you remember this, for once outside of the city, when you and your company leave us, as soon you must, if you ever think of returning to Azragoth from the south, be warned that you will surely die it you approach it after seeing the black tongue upon the golden fields.  Such filth will kill the trees and grass, and all manner of man or beast which go before it.  It is only by going through the narrow way that you may ever return to this city once that terrible black tongue goes forth.”

“Why would you destroy the main route into the city?  What narrow way would there be left, if you were forced to take such drastic measures?” I asked.

“There is a way in yet to be revealed, O’Brian.  When the time comes, if it comes, I should say, it will be revealed to you.  Suffice it to say, it involves a passage through the grave.  But I can say no more.  Be patient.”

He then turned and pointed me to a stone staircase that led up to a large wooden beamed house, overshadowed by large trees with a wide canopy masking its true size.  The front porch was braced by large wooden columns, with a wide double-door entry and low-lighted candles in glass lamps.  Two sentries stood guard at the front entrance, but I had no doubt there were others guarding the perimeter of the house and terraced grounds.  The stone steps led up to the wide porch under the portico, and I could see that the structure was at least two to three stories high, with several upper rooms lining the front.

Lord Nem led me up the steps and spoke quietly to his sentries, who stepped back into the shadows, allowing us access to the front entry.

I was hesitant to enter, after all we had discussed up to this point, and Lord Nem noticed my hesitancy.  “Are you sure you want to have me as a guest in your home, considering whatever danger I pose?  We have discussed weighty subjects coming here.  I’m not sure…”

Lord Nem cut me off before I could finish, “O’Brian, I do apologize for that.  I should have waited to speak to you about such things.  I have not been a very good host this evening I am afraid.  This day has been tiring and much has been learned and discussed relating to the safety of this city.  I know I have laid some heavy subjects on you before and this evening, but I think there is someone here that might bring you a little comfort.  I do not occupy this house alone.  I must warn you, I do have regular guests, and some that come and go for a visit.  My home is open and shared with some who do not yet have a place to live in Azragoth and are temporarily domiciled here in the governor’s residence.  I have only modest needs, and to be honest this home was built far grander than I expected.  I am much away for most of the day, overseeing the rebuilding efforts and occupied building portions myself, along with several of our clergymen whose main role will be serving in the temple.  The wall has been an all-consuming project, for it is the primary reason that I left the Capitalian king’s service to come here.  Please allow me to make it up to you.”

Saying this, he opened the door and gestured for me to enter ahead of him.  In doing so, I was met with quite the surprise, as I heard a girlish squeal, and turned to see Miray running towards me with open arms.

“Mister O’Brian! Mister O’Brian!  You’re here!  Come meet my new friends!  I am visiting them here and was invited to stay the night.  Isn’t this place fancy?!  Come look!  Come see!”

I knelt and embraced her as she ran into my arms, so excited by my arrival and so delighted to be able to show me around.

“Miray!  Sweet girl.  Have you been here all this time?  What have you been up to?” I said, smiling, unable to contain my surprise at her presence here.  I marveled at how someone so young and so small could seem to fill a large room with such exuberance and delight.

She hugged me and then quickly pushed back, taking my hand and tugging me forward into the large entryway, bouncing with energy only a child could contain.  “Come meet Sarleah!  She and I are besties!  She and her brother are here with their mother and daddy.  They don’t have a house, yet, but Nem and his men are building them one.  Sarleah is gonna get a dog!  I love dogs, but my parents won’t let me have one.  Daddy says we travel too much.  It’s not fleas-able.  I told him my dog won’t have fleas.  I won’t allow it, but he says I don’t understand.  Did you ever have a dog?  Nem’s nice.  He has a good lady that cooks for him.  Makes the best breads and cakes.  Delicious.  I told Nem how you are my hero, and he said, ‘ What for?’ So, I told him how you rescued me from the poop monster.  But I don’t know if he believed me.”

She put her hand to the side of her mouth, as if to whisper conspiratorially to me.  “I don’t think he knows about poop monsters.  But I assured him that they are real, and will sneak up on you, if you’re not careful.  So, he needed to watch himself the next time he goes into any cave to go potty.  He said he will, but I think he thinks I was kidding.  You need to tell him it’s true, so nothing happens to him.  He’s been very nice.”

Miray introduced me around to the family, the staff, and those with whom she had barely made an acquaintance.  She led me through the house as if we were on parade and she was the Grand Marshall.  By the time she had finished showing me the rooms, she and her new playmates had already explored, it was well past her bedtime, and thankfully, Corinna, the children’s mother intervened shooing away into the upstairs rooms serving as their apartments.

As Lord Nem and one of his attendants led me up to my guest room, Nem grinned and said, “You have quite the admirer.  One might learn much more about a person, considering how an innocent with no guile perceives them.”

“I think she might be overselling my value.”

Nem nodded, “Still, children tend to see through the masks we put up to hide ourselves from others.  I believe her perceptions are trustworthy, no matter how you may avoid their unqualified praise.

As they opened the door to the room, I was impressed.  The room featured a large four posted bed with a gauzy canopy to keep the forest’s tiny night flyers at bay, so as not to disturb the sleeper.  A side table featured a comfortable wingback chair, with a trimmed oil lamp to provide reading light.  Another section of the room held a large double-doored wardrobe, with artful engravings, and brass fixtures of lion’s faces, holding brass pull rings in their mouths.  A polished mirror festooned one wall over a glazed wash basin set in a metal rack with side panels draped with fresh linen towels.  A large window with open shutters, fronted a padded window seat, with large pillows set aside the inset walls on either side.  The floor was partially covered with a large area rug, and a straw thatched mat, fronted the washbasin, where a large pitcher of water was kept in a glazed clay pot, with a fitted lid.  A service tray had been set out on a low table, accessible to the wingback reading chair, where a carafe of cool water waited, as well as what I took to be a teapot, with small cups on either side, and some small biscuit wafers were arranged and offered on a low service boat dish, along with a bowl of dates and figs.

“Please let Ademir know if you need anything further,” Nem said, as I entered and turned back to him, the look of surprise still on my face.  “There is a bell chime behind the carafe on the service table.  His quarters are just a few doors down.”

“Lord Nem, this is far more that I deserve…” I began.  But he raised his hand dismissively, “What you will need is rest, for we will start early.  Help yourself to the service table, and anything you might need in the wardrobe there for the night.  I will have Ademir wake you in the morning and will meet you downstairs in the dining room.  I believe young Miray served as an adequate tour guide, so you should have no trouble finding it.  Peace be with you, O’Brian.”

“And with you,” I answered as he nodded and quietly closed the door.

I placed my hands through the gauzy sheers, parting them and lowered my aching buttocks onto the side of the fluffed blanket and thick down-filled bed.  Now all I had to do was get some rest in as lavish a place as I had ever spent the night in, and I felt my prospects in that respect were quite good.

*Scene 07* – 16:11 (Fingers of The Night)

The tall trees of the woods of Kilrane were the first to feel it.  Their tops swayed and creaked, as the storm came rushing in from the eastern seafront, hectoring and tossing the upper canopy with downdrafts that popped and crackled from its frothing and grumbling throat. Smokey tendrils descended from the purpled brows of the lowering clouds seined the forest, huffing and spitting over the old walls and finally raked through the stony streets of Azragoth like dragging knuckles sloughing and hissing across wet cobblestones.  The driving winds began to pick up speed, pushing splashing gusts against the walls in the Governor’s residence.  A high-pitched ssss’ing noise whistled at the edges of the windows, seeking a way into the warm and dry interior, determined to invade and bring a wet chill into the residence to douse any dwindling flame that still remained in the hearths that still dared to heat the rooms.

At some point during the night, I do not know when, I felt the chill penetrate the edge of the bedroom windows and spear through the down blanket that covered me in the canopied bed.  My eyes were weighted so that I could barely open them, but I could feel the prick of icy splinters piercing my bare feet.  I tried drawing them up, thinking I had turned and uncovered them in the night, but I could still feel the fluffy blanket over them.  I heard something like low whispers becoming more audible as I roused myself from the twilight of slumber into a half wakefulness.  My eyelids slightly parted, my tenuous hold on getting some sleep was slipping, but I was not ready to give up the fight to keep it so easily.  Had someone entered my room while I was sleeping? I wondered. No, the house was secure.  Perhaps more so than any of the other domiciles within Azragoth. This was the governor’s residence after all.  Sentries were posted, keeping a night watch.  Nothing to worry about.  But then I heard a splash.  Sounding like something had just fallen into the wash basin.  The whispering noises grew louder.  I squinted and then opened my eyes a bit more.  I felt that the room contained several presences, standing within the deep shadows, but I could not be sure, seeing them through the gauzy haze of the sheer curtains hanging from the bed’s canopy.

I could not make out the words being whispered, nor could I be certain from which side of the room they were coming from.  The window buzzed with the wind gusts hitting it from the outside.  A weird glow passed through the wet glass, casting a miasma of shadowy patterns across the walls that stood opposite from the panes.  I blinked rapidly, trying to clear my sleep clouded vision, unable to focus clearly on anything solid.  The whispers rose in volume, some softer, some louder, as if multiple speakers hid among the corners and recesses, some speaking boldly, other more timidly in a haunting sing-song, that sounded mournful.  Some voices seemed to almost laugh, but those laughs had no joy in them.  Rather, they felt sinister, and vengeful.  The whispers divided into three-part syllables, still coming at me with a sibilance that distorted their meaning, until it finally clarified into a word I did understand.  Mur-der-errrr.  The latter part of the word ending in a rolling and extending ‘R’ sound that echoed in the small room.  Murderer.  The whispers were vicious and accusing.  My eyes opened, my body tensed, but I was still unable to focus on anything.  I felt cold and stiff as a corpse.  I heard the water in the wash basin slosh again, with loud drops, pinging the surface, as if it were positioned under a chronically leaking faucet.  Gray, translucent shapes, whisked through the shadows, and the sheer curtains around the bed stirred and flapped as a breeze fluttered through them.  Murd-er-errrr!  A strange echoing voice hissed at me, as the gauzy curtains pushed inward and ballooned outward like lungs.  Faces pressed inward and outward into the sheers, but I could see no solid forms behind them.  The impressions scowled at me, howling silently, as if in pain.  ‘Remember!’ they hissed, cleaving the air. Remember!  Remember!  Faces with no substance, pressed into the billowing sheer curtains, hovering over me.  Faces I thought I recognized.  Faces from my past.  Faces of those friends that had been tracked, hunted and seized by agents of The Pan.  The faces of those who had fallen because of my foolishness.  I was pinned down, immobilized.  My arms and legs spasmed with sudden cramps.  Above be a face appeared that I recognized all too well.  My friend Caleb.  The face appeared formed of the porous material of the sheer curtain, its voice was strained, but harsh, coming out of the translucent shroud, speaking to me from the grave.  You were supposed to protect me.  You knew I would try something foolish.  Why did you listen to me?  Why didn’t you stop me?  Why did you run from me?  Why did you leave me in the woods?  Why didn’t you come back to help me?  You abandoned me!  You let The Pan capture the Cordis Stone!  You saw it rip the stone from my hand!  You saw his fiends mob me!  Tear at my flesh!  You left me there to die!  I was young and foolish, but you knew better.  You are the reason I am dead!  Just the same as if you had murdered me yourself!  Why didn’t you come for me?  Why didn’t you stop them from tearing me apart?  The words came out in harsh whispers, but they affected me like shouts and screams might have.  My chest was compressed so that I could not answer, even if I had anything to say that could have mitigated the charges.  Deep down I knew that what Caleb was attempting was foolish, and dangerous.  But he was headstrong and determined.  He was partly to blame, but I carried most of the weight of the guilt for he had deceived himself, but had not fully deceived me into thinking his plan could work.  The Cordis Stone was not a source of its own power.  It was never meant to be used that way.  Jeremiah had told him again and again, but Caleb wouldn’t listen.  Love never fails!  He said it repeatedly to me with such personal conviction, that I was lured away from my better judgment.  I wanted to see if he might be right.  That we could use that Stone to assault the darkness of The Pan’s parasitic empire.  But we were both wrong.  Caleb was deceived, but I knew deep down this plan was suicidal.

I felt my throat tighten, as the sheers fluttered, and I gasped from breath.  Feeling hot and cold flashes pulse through my body.  I saw smoke fill the room, and then hiss out underneath the bottom of the door, and hiss down the hallway.  I heard the sibilant sound of a little girl’s laugh, and a trilling noise from the other side of the hallway door say, “Miraaay!  Where are you, Miraaay!  Becca’s back.  Come out to plaaaay!

NOOO!  I choked out!  Gasping through a desperate prayer I wheezed, “Oh, One and only, please help me!”

A voice seemed to come from within me, rising up to gentle speak into my ears.  “Remember the Quickening.  Yield and surrender and let my peace still you.  Release this guilt.  Surrender it to me.”

Tears filled my eyes, and I nodded, through gasps, “Yes.  Yes, it is Yours.  My guilt is Yours to take.  Please fill me again with your Quickening.”

My voice began to return to me, and the fluttering of the curtains ceased and stilled.  The whispering was replaced with silence.  A calm began to warm me, beginning in my feet and running up through my legs, releasing my muscles, easing the cramping.  The smoke I once perceived in the room was gone.  There had been a smoldering fire of glowing embers in the hearth, that now flickered back into flame.

“Miray!” I exclaimed, throwing back the covers, shucking on my shorts, and leaping out of bed.  I fumbled with the room’s door handle, forgetting for a moment how it worked, then finding the key turn lever and releasing the catch.  I stumbled into the hallway, panting, squinting in the gloom of the flickering candlelight sconces.

I could see no trace of smoke, but I bounded down the hallway, a little too loud for the hour.  I almost slid on a carpeted runner, realizing that I was barefoot, but I didn’t care.  Miray and the other children were down one flight of stairs in a similar hallway below.  I raced past the servant’s quarters, where I was told Ademir lodged, catching the newel post as I curved down the circular stairwell, landing heavily on the wooden treads.

Reaching the landing I vaulted down the hall, searching for any sign of smoke or vapor.

A door cracked open, and I saw a child’s hand on the door.  I rushed forward, as Miray stepped into the hallway, rubbing her sleepy eyes, yawning.  Her hair was mussed from sleep, and she blinked, as I scooped her up in my arms, hugging her closely.  Muttering a prayer, “Oh thank you, thank you.  She’s safe. Miray, are you okay?  Tell me you’re okay.”

“I am sleepy, but I thought I heard someone…,” she scrunched up her nose.  “Did someone call me?  I thought I heard…”  I hugged her, as others opened their doors up and down the hall.  Ademir, who I had just met, hurriedly came down the stairs.  “Is everything all right?”

I nodded, hugging Miray, almost breathless, answering, “Everything’s fine now.” And I repeated it again, reassuring myself that it was indeed fine.

The wind outside continued to buffet the house, spraying horizontal streams of water against the windows.  The trees overhead swayed and creaked, leaves rustling, with a few limbs snapping and swishing down the steps that led up to the governor’s house.

Gray mists drifted along the wet streets, blowing loose leaves, and other debris that the wind had snatched from various parts of the city.  The smokey tendrils had curled back into the dark clouds, twisting into a braid, and then circling back around the outer perimeter of the city.  The air currents circulated around the edge of the upper highland ridge, pull mists that heaved and huffed over the stream that ran along the edge of the eastern wall settling down into a thick fog that lingered on the outside of the tall city wall, until it reached a declivity that slanted downward into the mouth of a small cave.  The cave was choked with a mat of low-lying ground weeds, nettles, briars and bushes that had fallen into it, as it sunk into a hollow beneath the greenery.  A sucking sound preceded the vacuum that drew the mists and fog into the leafy hollow, creating surface eddies and a small vortex seining the wisps of the storm through the deep foliage.  A large ice blue iris blinked through the swirling mists, its striated orb, pulsing with an electric blue light.  A low rumble came from within the deep hollows of the cave, inhaling the mists, and huffing them beyond itself like giant bellows, stoking a flame.

The storm wind had died down and only a light rain remained as the cloud wrung out the last of their showers over the city.  Inside the governor’s house, Sage and Corinna, the mother and father of Sarleah and Sabean, stood in the doorway to their apartment, their children in their arms.  I set Miray down, assuring her that everything was alright.  She favored me with a skeptical look, not sure if I was being entirely straight with her about the situation.  Quietly she asked, “Did Becca come back?”  I knelt and gently squeezed her shoulders, trying to impart bravery to her, but I was not sure if I could.  Her eyes searched mine, as I said, “Sweetie, I honestly don’t know, and that’s the truth.  I think you will be alright tonight.  We just need to get some rest is all.”

She put her hand on my cheek, touching my beard.  “Something has happened, hasn’t it?  Something in you.”

I could not deny her perception, so I merely nodded.  “You are not as…heavy as you seemed before,” she whispered.  I patted my tummy, “Why?  Do you think I’ve lost weight?”  She knuckled my belly and said, “Not here.”  And tapping my forehead she said, “Here.”  Amazed, I nodded.  “You’re very sharp, dear.”  And she grinned, “As I told you, I am not a deer.  I’m just a Miray.  That’s all.”

“Okay, little lady.  Now its off to bed with you.”

She grimaced.  “Will you be here when I wake up?”

“I…,” I hesitated, knowing I could not promise that.  “I have to go out early with Lord Nem.  It will probably be before you get up to have breakfast.”

“Can I come with you?”

“I’m sorry, Miray.  Not this time.  I need to go into a part of the city that is not easy to get to.”

“Is it a secret mission?” Miray whispered, leaning into me conspiratorially so the others could not hear her.

“Can you keep a secret?” I whispered back.

“Yes, I’m good at keeping secrets.  Becca liked this boy on the boat, and I never told anyone about it because she made me pinkie swear.  Said if’n I told, somehow something would cut off my pinkie, and I’d never be able to play the piano probberly when I got bigger.”  Suddenly her eyes widened, and she covered her mouth, “Oops!  I just did it!  Do you think it will really happen?!”

I took her little hand in mine and said, “I won’t let that happen.  But just to be sure, make a fist!”

She made a fist, and I closed my hand around it.  “Whenever you are worried about it, make a fist and say, ‘Nothing is gonna take my fingers, or they’ll get boxed with my fist!”

She whispered, “Nothing is gonna…”  Then she nodded, emphatically.  “Got it!”

“So, you’ll keep my secret?” I asked.  And she pinched her lips, and made the sign of zipping them shut, then nodded again.

“All right. Off to bed with you now.  Keep Sarleah and Sabean safe!”

And with that, we all returned back to our rooms.  It seemed that my head had only touched the pillow for a few minutes before Ademir arrived to wake me again.  Strangely, though I felt rested.  Somehow, I did feel lighter, as Miray had said.

Learning to See – Chapter 23

*Scene 01* – 10:12 (Birds of a Feather)
[Follow-up to Chapter 12 – Scene 4 & Chapter 17 – Scene 4]

Bracing winds whistled along the sawtoothed spine of the overlook mountain’s arête ridges raking the gusts into shivering treble notes passing over the broken rocky jags.  The wind notes flowed along invisible high borne staff lines jutting up against invisible scales winding a garbled melody into the shifting soundbard of a steely gray sky.  Clouds and mists roiled and shredded by lower winds, attempted to obscure the deep wooded valleys and rocky crags below with their ragged, gauzy shrouds.

A dark, shadowy figure moved through the swirling mountain mists, looking like a caped frier of some bizarre monastic order.  The hunched figure hopped from rock to rock, stooping over the broken talus piles, muttering to itself in a strange warbling fashion.  Suddenly, the figure pounced, its cape billowing outward with a screech of delight.  Another figure, similarly cowled, with a flaring cloak hopped over, intrigued by its fellow’s find.  A shrill squealing noise came from whatever the former figure had pounced upon.

“Hello, morsel!” the cowled figure squawked, raising its crone-faced head, from beneath its feathered shoulders, its black eyes gleaming, its crooked teeth revealed behind skinned lips.  With one large claw it held a small squirming short-tailed, furry rodent.  “You got one, sister!” the other crone exhulted hopping over licking its wrinkled lips, its eyes shining with unnatural envy.  “Share a bite, will you?”

The dark feathered harpy gripping her wriggling prize, squawked and hopped away upon a larger flat boulder. “My bite! My bite!” it snarled, “Catch your own fuzzy!”

The other harpy opened its wings and flapped them in frustration.  “I’ll take the tasty from you, I will.”  The clutching hunter, opened its own wings in threatening response, “Claw your eyes, first sister!  My crunchy!  I caught it.  It’s Mine!”

“You ate the last one, greedy!” the other scowled, her bushy eye brows lowering, squinting in outrage, her broad wings flapping in frustration.

Winds whipped through the feathers of the two harpies as they squared off against each other, taking aerial leaps and raking at each other with their talons flared.  The two fearsome faces, partially avian, partially aged human female, spat and snarled at each other, sparring like a couple of fighting roosters.  Each swooped at each other with spurs and vigorous flapping in a frenetic dance among the broken boulders that lined the peak and narrow ridges along the crests.  Their squawks and screeches echoed down into the valley below.

A large shadow swirled in a gyre out of a crest riding  cloud, materializing above the two oblivious combatants.  Flying in fast behind the one clutching the terrified rodent, the swooping form clipped the shoulder of the angry bird woman, causing her to shriek and flare open both claws in surprise releasing her prey.  The small rodent landed on a stone and raced into a crevice among the rocks, freed of its captor and making the most of its opportunity to evade further capture.

A loud screech, pierced the ears of the two squabblers, causing them to look up in shock at the swooping newcomer.

“What fools are fighting noisy about?!” came a croaking voice from overhead.

“She dropped it!” the other harpy wailed.  “Making her lose the tasty!”

The voice overhead clarified as the other materialized out of the high mists and landed on a jagged boulder looking down at the two incensed sisters.

“Tasties!  What tasties?!  Wait here until I returned, said I.  And you two fighting over a tasty!”

The other harpy winced at the rebuke and offered, “Waiting long time on this mountain, we have!  Eaties scarce up here.  Hungry, we were.  Juicy scurries down in the night valleys, but you say wait here with no berries or grubs.  When spied these furries hiding in the rocks.   Hunt them, we decided.  Little pikas, squirrel-rats.  They fast hiding.  Get down between the rocks where claws can’t reach.  But we waited.  They curious.  We sit quiet, and they return to nibble the high grass.  We missed night catches, waiting for you as promised!  You gone a long time, Delitch.”  The other snorted, as if those words were a judgment against their scolder.

The dark and grey feathered Delitch fluffed herself up against the high mountain breeze and scowled down at them, chastizing them with her glare as if they were two naughty children.

“You make noises that squeak down the mountain, that not hiding. I to thrash you both.  Break your wings, might.  But…”

The two harpies waited, as the older, larger harpy, Delitch considered doing just that, but her mind balked, knowing she still had need and a use for the this pair.

Shyly, the harpy who had lost her “tasty”, gushed, “We see much in following peoples.  Sacred sword taken.  Streams awaken, and fill the dry river.  Small one who was, returned to dust.  Screeched much.  Loud and strong.  Then blew away.  The peoples, they hide in the hillcaves. Then we fly when the terrible monster came out of the rocks.”

Sighing, she fluttered down onto the rock between them and spread her large wings in a gather, indicating that the two should come closer in to hear her next words.  “Hold on. Hold on,” Delitch shook her head, trying to make sense of the younger harpy’s seeming gibberish.  “What sacred sword?  What streams?”

The other harpy bobbed its head up and down, anxious to offer clarification to its sister’s story.  “The old grove of many trees.  One where men once worked the grains, in the ridge top.  Wagons come and go there.  Many gathering from the fields below.  And new water falls from the high rocks, as it did long before.  Sword in the wood has been taken.  And water now flows, where once it did.”

Delitch mulled this news over, blinking slowly, thoughtfully.  The outworlders were already beginning to bring changes to The Mid-World.  Somehow they had awakened the water from the place where grains were sifted and milled in the highlands.  That water would flow down the old channels and eventually gather into the streams that fed the rivers and watered the lower valleys, bringing the green back into the fields and forests.  This was not good.  Not good at all.  The plan she had in mind required deadness and parching.  Her lip curled in a snarl and quivered just mulling this news over.  But she was committed.  What she planned must be done sooner, rather than later, before the woods regained their old vitality and health.

Resolved, she gathered her two underlings in and spoke conspiratorially.  “I speak with The Pan.  When finished, I drank black waters of the mystic pool. The one where he searches visions into outer world.”

“What did he give?”

“No.  I thought we had favor to take Kilrane for ourselves. But he deceived us. He gave woods to another…”

“What other.  Who?”

“The nymphs,” Delitch growled, hating the taste of the very words.

“Betrayed us, he has!” one wailed, fluttering her feathers, her eyes rolling upward, as her head turned and twisted at odd angles.

“Careful quieting that where others may hear, sister,” the other warned.

“Hungry, cold, and betrayed!” the feathered sister squawked flapping her wings in indignation.

“What does matron Delilah say about this?!” the one who had captured the rodent demanded of Delitch.

“Delilah will do nothing.  Always bends to The Pan’s will. But we may do something.  Yes, we may do something about it.”

“What we do about nymphs?”

“We bring gifts to their new homecoming. Special flowering gifts to welcome them,” Delitch grinned wickedly.

“Why gifts those who robs us?!  Nasty seedlings!  Sirens love flowers.”

“Not the kind of blossoms we bring.  We will seed the woods of Kilrane with flower every nymph so desperately fears.”

“How?  How we do this?”

“The matron has made pact with king in city of stone.  We will wear carriers.  You will soon see how it will be.”  Delitch pulled the two bird hags in and explained the rest in urgent whispers.

*Scene 02* – 21:41 (Distant Measures)

When the creepy trio of harpies flew off the mountain, a portion of one of the rocks in the talus field slowly moved.  Hunched down between two jagged boulders in the mountaintop talus pile in a high ridge trough of the overlook peak of a range called Mount Zefat, a camoflaged scout carefully lifted a dusted and scraped shroud made to look like one of the weathered rocks.

The strange bird-like sounds had pierced and punctuated the wind noises in rising and falling falsettos drawing their commander’s attention.  The scout had been dispatched to make a silent ascent, check it out and report back as soon as the sources had been identified.  The strange noises of the fighting bird creatures attracted attention and could attracted other creatures to their location.

He had come out amid swirling fogs, moving silently up the back of the slope through blinding wet and white, careful not to slip on the moisture laden rocks.  It was a precarious climb but he soon located the bird women on an upper section of the arete shelf, approximately seventy fee higher than his present company’s secret redoubt.

Creeping closer, he had insinuated himself among the broken rock field and sparse tufts of weather beaten scrub grass, located on the short sharp shoulder just below the top of the granite peak.  The two harpy creatures appeared to be preoccupied hunting small, mouse-like creatures, called pikas, among crevices in the rocks. While they were distracted, he hunkered down in a cleft break where ice and snow had fissured the edge of the precipise through its perpetual cycles of freeze and thaw.  He pulled his disguised shroud over his crouched body, silently settling in to wait and watch.  For about forty minutes, he observed the two sister creatures squabble incessantly, seemingly irritated by their long wait on the upper peak for another Harpy, they called Delitch.  From what he could make of their garbled speak, this Delitch had ordered them to fly to this upper talus field and wait for her until she could meet with The Pan and return.  Best he could tell, the harpies seemed to be unaware that they were not the only ones presently occupying the mountain, and were heedless of the possibility that anyone else might chance to overhear them.  They complained of wet feathers from exposure to the cold moist air, the lack of sheltering options of spartan and stunted alpine foliage and the discomforting growling in their pot-bellied stomachs.

Two days prior, the scout and his fellow rangers had stealthily climbed the ascent to the top of the mountain under much more favorable weather conditions.  The rangers were comprised of men who were trained residents of the ghost city of Azragoth, presently under the command and direction of a seasoned and renowned warrior, the men called “The Eagle”.  The company had spent the last four days climbing to the upper stone shelves along the shoulder of the mountain, up through a lightly traveled switchback trail under and through the mountain’s tree cover.  When they ascended past the timberline, they each donned carefully dusted gray cloth covers to make them blend in with the exposed stone faces of the mountain, until they reached the upper summit.

The crest was strewn with exposed stone and broken talus rock, and loosened gravel peeled off of the jagged stone by the merciless claws of wind and weather.

Almost within moments of crossing to the talus field and being led to a small, obscured outpost hidden in a boulder field on the high-shoulder ledge, the weather changed and grew wet and windy.  When additional storm clouds rolled in, a draft of warm air was sucked upward from the leeward side of the range forcing the upper mountain mists to descend, obscuring their view, requiring them to spend more time on the mountainside than their leader had initially planned.  Two days they waited in a long cave under the stone redoubt before the lower clouds had thinned enough to allow the watchers to begin to peer into the lower valleys.

The place was an ideal strategic vantage point, but when the weather conditions worsened it was hard to tell much, for the resulting cap of fog lowered to cover the top of the mountain, stirred by winds blowing scouring ice grit.  During the two days of hunkering down around firelight that cast flickering orange light against the stone walls, their lead assured them that the weather conditions would change and should clear within a day or two.  That though mountain weather might seem unpredictable, it did follow slightly predictable cycles that were constantly changing due to the confluence of warmer winds drawn up from the plains and sunlit valleys, and the cool moisture-laden breeze that flowed from the sea across the highlands into the drop from the upper shelf hitting air masses rising from the rivers and the falls as they depended into the lowlands leading to the fjords.  The cave was well-stocked with warm furs, iron pans and fired cookware, sealed cannisters of tallow, salt, and spices for cooking and other dried foodstuffs suited to long term storage.  An ample supply of dried wood that had been hewn, bundled and carried up from the lower hills, lay piled upon elevated racks, to allow selection of varying lengths and thickness to feed into the four firepits that both heated the cave and cooked their food.  Piles of straw and fir boughs served the party as warm beds for the troops, and the stone stacked walls around the firepits served as reflectors keeping the warmth distributed throughout the cave and half tunnels.  Stone chimneys allowed the smoke from the cook fires to escape and be channeled up through vents in the crevices of the overhead rock ceiling.

Most of the time, the cloud cover settled on the upper crests of the ridge, carving through and around the pointed peaks that soared into frosted tips.  The strategic position of the lower shelf at an elevation of 6,430 feet typically gave them a broad view of the plains and the upper and lower valleys without exposing them to the high-flying winged spies of the strange Half-men creatures.  Those creatures tended to either soar over the cloud tops or low enough under the cloud ceiling to give them visibility as they glided through and around the upper peaks.  These might be able to spot them on the upper shelves of the mountains as they flew over the cumulus cloud banks.  At 6,500 feet, the base of the cloud coalesced at a dew point, creating a perpetuating ermine stole of cloud cover that shifted in the churn as cooling air was forced and pushed into the peaks, before descending into the lower valleys beyond.  The Zefat range gave the illusion that its rocky teeth held up and constantly chewed into the frothing white belly of the Mid-World sky.

On a sunny day–their commander claimed–one could see for miles and miles, just under the white ceiling, and with the advantage of a good spyglass, one could spot and track the movements of any large group approaching the highlands from the westering lands.  Few of the land-based leaders knew of this strategic place, for most of the overland transit moved by horses or pulling wagons or came on foot, utilizing the valley passes, with no need to climb to the summit of the Zefat range.  But observant and battle-wise military minds knew the value of a highpoint with a broad field of vision.  And that was why ‘The Eagle’ had overtime invested resources and valuable cached supplies in creating a secret outpost here.  From the front of the cave, three naturally eroded channels carved by ice and snow run-off coming down from the high back of the cave and overhanging slab of rock, radiated outward to the precipitous drop-off of the cliff, dropping a sheer five hundred feet down to a lower talus pile that descended into the lower tree line that scaled the steep decent to the lower valley.  These radiating scars had been deepened and carved into half tunnels and had large slat slabs placed over their runs to the edge.  Hanging woven mats covered the passages from the cave, keeping the heat from the fires from escaping down the tunnels.  At each end of the tunnels, a small chamber was carved out where the spyglasses were lock down and anchored into the rock under a slab ceiling.

Two of the anchored and pivoting spyglass scopes he had positioned to sweep and focus on strategic points in the lower valleys where groups in significant numbers must necessarily pass.  One focused on the positions of the townships located within the wide valley basins, and another held the aspect encompassing a broad view of the half-moon harbor where the village of Skorlith received large wooden ships. Such vessels had deep drafts extending below the waterline, allowing them to ferry significant shipments of commercial supplies, while also featuring deep, high capacity holds filled with freshwater fish netted and caught up and down the broad and long fjord lakes of Cascale.

When the clearing began, the rangers in the company finally understood the strategic value of the place.  From within the hidden rampart redoubt, they were soon able to observe distant troop movements in the split valleys and rolling plains descending to the large lake chain fjord.  Surprisingly through the large anchored multi-lens spyglasses they could even make out the distant fishing village of Skorlith on its far shores.

For the past two days they had finally gained enough intel to be able to make modest calculations on how far the hostile companies had progressed and how soon they might converge on the other armies moving along a parallel valley that would eventually channel into the pass in the Zefat mountain range.  For days they had watched the armies through field glasses and a large lens scope, making marks and tallying the numbers of each landing party.  Down a central valley, the distant silver band that was the long chain lake called Cascale glimmered in the half-light of mottled cloud cover combing the sunlight overhead that sparkled and danced upon its waves.

The scout that had hidden among the upper rocks carefully made his way down to the lower ledge taking cover in a fog of mountain mists.  He materialized out of the white, stepping carefully across the wet rocks down to the cut ledge, and into the long shallow cave that was merely a scooped scar under an angled pillar of granite.  A net stretched across the opening, masking the presence of the cave from spying eyes that might belong to tellers with wings.  Channels, that had been carefully carved and cleared, radiated outward to the edge of the shelf, allowing the soldiers to move back and forth to the edge and view the panorama of lower terrain through their staked and anchored long lenses.

A sentry posted at the tent opening to the cave raised his bow weapon, as the scout entered.  The man spoke the password, and the sentry lowered his weapon, relaxing the draw on the nocked arrow and string.

“What did you find?” the guard asked.

“Harpies.” the scout answered.  “They flew away after another joined them.  Two of them were fighting, but the other broke them up when she arrived.”

“What were they fighting about?”

“They were hunting among the rocks and one of them caught a rodent.  I think they were both just hungry and irritable.  But there was mention of The Pan, some sword, and something to do with the nymphs.”

“What do you think it means?”

“Not sure, but I need to report it to The Eagle.  Perhaps it’s nothing, but if it’s important, he will want to know about it.”

The scout moved forward into the cave and turned down one of the chute halls passing underneath the canopy.  The scout knew The Eagle would be stationed at the large spyglass with his personal scribe, giving his assessment of those marshalled in the fields below, with their central tent covering what he now knew to be one of the clan’s Builder Stones.  The scribe would be dutifully taking down the notes dictated by The Eagle, so that the notes could later be drafted into a field report and the strategies could be discussed with the council when they returned to the city.

The Eagle had remarked that the mysterious stone was making progress across the lower plain in the valley.  Its location had been spotted through breaks in the layered clouds along the second day and the change in location marked on the third day when the overhead sun had fully cleared the cloud cover.   The tent had moved a quarter of a mile toward the northeastern pass and split through the Zefat mountain range and was causing the field troops to adjust their positioning with the gradual progress.  The observers were anxious to note today’s progress, compared to the prior day, and they had spent the morning searching through their glasses for its current position, but the misted occlusion was making that difficult.  Since the morning the lower mists had risen again, pushed up and over the bridging valleys by a westerly progressing low pressure front gathering moisture from the coastal seas to the east.  The clouds now flowed like a roiling stream settling between the two valleys, but beyond them the distance had cleared along the silver glimmer of the lake chains.  Dark forms plied the waters, angling towards the lakeside village of Skorlith.  A banner of blue appeared at the top of one of the lead ships central masts, that could just be seen through the large spyglass that held The Eagle’s interest.

As the young scout approached, he overheard The Eagle speaking to his scribe.  “Looks like the Capitalians have achieved a lakeside landing.  Skorlith has long been wary of strangers.  I am surprised that they were allowed to anchor in their harbor still flying their colors.”

“A bold move for those so far from the safety of their wall.  I wonder what gives them such confidence?”

“They must be expecting reinforcements soon to follow.”

“But still, the Skorlithians have always maintained their need for neutrality in their position along Cascale since they are one of the few deep water ports.  Do you think they have finally chosen a side?”

“I doubt it is as simple as that.  Some port authority might be bribed or coerced, but I am sure they fear retribution from Xarmni if word gets out.   The Ammonites will surely be watching.”

“How many of the towns are actually loyal to the Xarmnian crown?”

“Loyalty is not a characteristic of regions governed under the threat of Xarmni.  These municipailities will act in their own self-interests, and if that means spying for Xarmni, that is what they will do… unless they have some greater dread,” he said more thoughtfully to himself.

Returning to the present focus, The Eagle squinted again into the eyepiece of the large telescope, continuing to talk to his scribbling attendant.  “So far I can only count six foreign ships.  Estimating the size of each galleon, at capacity each vessel might be able to field seventy or eighty fighting men.  They have four masts.  Vessels like that can accommodate one hundred men.  Maybe one-twenty tops, but that would sacrifice too much of the cargo hold space.”  He pulled back muttering to himself, working out the possibles in his mind.  “Of course, they will retain twenty or so to hold and defend the ships.  That would be the only reasonable thing to do.  But it would still allow for an advancing force of nearly five hundred Capitalians to stage an overland assault with half a battalion.”

“So few?” the scribe wondered aloud, pausing in his writing.

The Eagle nodded, explaining, “Larger divisions would be harder to mobilize and feed.  They will surely need provisions and riding stock which will take some time.  I doubt they travelled from the far shore by ship with much livestock.  Skorlith will be hard pressed to make accommodation for them and will most likely want them to leave as soon as possible.  I doubt the city guards would be a match for such a large landing force, so whether by will or by duress, they may not have had much choice in granting or denying them anchorage in their harbor.”

“Will the Ammonites report the landing to the Xarmni?”

“Not if they wish to maintain trade relations with the Skorlithians.  They are dependent on the fisheries, and on the master shipwrights who maintain their boats that ferry them to the far shores of Cascale.  In general, they hate the Xarmnians almost as much as the Skorlithians do.”

“It is odd to hear you talk that way about Xarmni.”

The Eagle nodded.  “What was done, was done long ago.  Ammon and Skorlith still have a lingering dread of Xarmnian influence.  They distrust each other too, but they share a common enemy in Xarmni, and I think that tenuously binds them together in spite of their mutual suspicions.”

“What’s our next move?”

“Has the scout returned?”

“I’m here, sir.” the scout spoke quietly stepping out of the hallway shadow, into the watcher’s chamber.

“Did you identify those noises?”

“I did.  Harpies, sir.  They were awaiting another which finally came.  I could not make out much of their speech over the winds, but I did hear them mention both The Pan and something of the Kilrane woods.”

The Eagle rubbed his forehead leaning back on his heels.  “Harpies,”  he sighed, “I suspected as much.  The Pan is getting bold coming out from the twilight north.  He has long had some peculiar interests in the Kilrane, but the legends of the old guardians kept him from seizing those woods.  I doubt the edicts of Xarmni’s quarantine had anything to do with it.  If The Pan has designs on Kilrane, it won’t be long before they discover the ruins of Azragoth at the back of it beneath the shadow of the upper highland shelf.  Were you spotted?”

The scout shook his head, “No, sir.  The two harpies waiting above were hunting and arguing.  Too busy to notice when I slipped into the cut in the rocks to watch them.  I don’t think they would’ve spoke so freely if they suspected I was there.”

“Did they comment on the movements deep in the valleys below?”

“No, sir.  The older, bigger one they were waiting for seemed annoyed and preoccupied when she came down to join them.  She may have been flying above the cloudtop and missed what was going on below.  She gathered her two in and that is where I heard them mention Kilrane and The Pan.  I think, perhaps they may have plans of their own related to The Pan’s nymph sirens.”

“Sirens!” the Eagle jerked his head up reflexively.

“What is it, sir?” the scribe asked in alarm at his commander’s sudden reaction.

“The Son of Xarm will be implicated if ever the sirens return to the woods of Kilrane.”

“Sir?” the scout inquired.

“The present king of Xarmni has a little known history related to the wood sirens.  They spared his life once, but at a terrible cost.  He was charmed by them, but also fears them.  He is addicted to something only the wood sirens can produce.  But he must trade with them in blood.  He has tried to hide his need, but every flowering season, it comes raging back, driving him mad.  Few of his personal council know what causes this.  It is a guarded secret, even from those he eventually sends out on a suicide mission to “collect” what he needs from those bloodthirsty wood-maidens.  Anyone speaking of those rumors, the king silences with an elite group of dark inquisitors.”

The Eagle stood up tall, turning into the low light from the opening beyond the anchored spyglass, a metal breastplate of steel armor covering his chest, emblasoned with a fiery red eagle, wings flared across it.  He stared hard into the distant valley, gathering one last considered glance into the now tiny movements in the valleys below.

“I think we’ve seen enough here.  Gather the other rangers from the two look-out chambers and bring their scribes.  Xarmni is moving inward from the south and these two groups below may be unaware of each other until they reach the joiner pass.  It’s time we returned to Azragoth.”

“How much time do we have, do you think?” asked the scribe as both he and the scout followed The Eagle back down through the cut tunnel towards the long cave.

“So far, they’ve made slow progress, but that may change.  Those stones are moving steadily now, but I don’t know.  From what I could tell, the soldiers below are cover troops.  Not field soldiers.  If they intended going to battle, they would carry Grauplin boxes for a first skirmish.  I don’t think they are aware that the Capitalians have landed and are poised to follow on the other side of the pass.”

mountains-2656554_1280

*Scene 03* – 15:28 (The Damage Path)

“Do we know approximately where the digging beast is now?” Nem asked Ryden as they quietly rode their horses along the shadowy, narrow gap behind the back of Azragoth’s towering perimeter wall.  Their current path took them along the northern side of the city’s massive curtain and parapet, butting up under the slight overhand of the highland cliffs and the dense forest situated in a slanted hidden gorge just beyond it.

For the past several hours, since witnessing the fault lines and the strange behavior of the precious metals in the city’s vault, brought to his attention by Kallem, the city’s treasurer, Nem had attempted to remain calm and give no indication of a general alarm, until he had found out more about what was going in the rock layers deep below the city.  The fissures that he had witnessed with his attendant, Chetsrown, in inspecting the former day’s work on the rebuilding of the city’s inner wall, could be attributed to the work of the strange burrowing beast that the Lehi Ryden had warned him about. [Chapter 22 – Scene 3]  Ryden and the couple from Crowe had discovered the signs of the beast where it had emerged from under the upper ridge covered by the forest of Rim Wood.  From what he’d been told, it appeared that the large beast had breached the cliffside, collapsing part of the edge down into a tailing of debris and comprised of deep earth tunnel dirt and the broken talus of the upper cliff’s edge and collapsed rock face.  The beast, according to what Ryden could make out, had left a damage path through the forest at the base of the highland cliffs, tearing across certain parts of the back trail that the Lehi had but rarely used to work their way toward the backwoods leading to Azragoth.  They had track the debris all the way to the massive fortified wall and the streams fed by branch off-shoots from the highland rivers that ran along the lower eastern wall, forming a partial half moat near the area of the city once designated as The Fountain Gate near the curtain edge, running through grates under the wall to fill a basin with fresh water once known a the King’s Pool.  Ryden had encourage him to examine that area along the outer curtain of the back wall to see if Ryden’s perception matched with Lord Nem’s objective assessment.  From there, he and Ryden had moved to warn Azragoth’s city council.  Since their general military leader was still away from the city, leading a team of scouts and trackers to make observations of the Xarmnian troop movements from his secret watchpost on Mount Zefat, the had not military mind to consult to deal with this new monstrous threat to the city’s foundations.  The damage extending along the wall rebuilding effort comported with Ryden’s early assessment, as an effect of underground displacements in the proximity of where Ryden had thought the beast entered the city’s underground.  The risk was serious enough that he had opted to waste no time in having Ryden inform the council of this new danger.  He had then met with his chief project managers and stonemasons to alert him if they saw any further sign of subduction along the walls and foundations, hoping that they could track and anticipate the heading and progress of the monster, so that they could figure out how to draw it away from the underground vats holding the city’s toxic “black tongue”.  So far, he had received no further reports and this puzzled him.  The next alert he received was from Kallem, when he had urged him to come to the treasury vaults to witness the damage being done there.  He had stationed some of his trusted men to continue to watch the vaults with Kallem’s staff and try to follow any signs of sinking and depressions that might indicate that the beast had left the vaults and was proceeding deeper into the city.  When the shaking of the metals ceased, and the gaping fissures no longer widened, Kallem enlisted the men to help get what remained of the city’s wealth into another location that did not have fault line damage.  For hours, there were no indications that the underground beast was still lingering directly below the treasury.  No further reports came to him, so Nem had opted to join the newcomers in the refectory for the afternoon meal.  His men were to alert him immediately if any further damage was found.  After the meal, he quietly withdrew, asking Ryden to go with him and show him the place where Ryden believed the creature had penetrated Azragoth’s underground.  This required them both to go outside of the city, into the backwoods, so they went to the stables to get mounts to ride along the back wall to the area Ryden suspected.  They rode quietly through the narrow path between the stone curtain and the shadowy overhang of the upper highland cliffs.  When they reached the turn along the eastern wall, they could hear the gurgling of the stream up ahead.

As they approached the area of the stream where it had curved around to run alongside the high wall, Lord Nem and Ryden dismounted and staked their horses to crop grass.

The far side of the bank had tapered and sloped downward, impressed under ponderous weight.  The moss had been torn and ripped, the tall grass and reeds were broken and their swirling ends bent into the water.  The opposite bank along the backwoods had been folded and forced down to into a slaloming gulley that cut through and exposed twisted roots formerly covered by a rise the ran along the stream’s crushed and swollen bank.

There was no doubt some massive, slither-crawling creature had caused the damage.  Brown water churned and eddied in the widened pool created by the beast’s watery entry.  The large swirling pool, now part of the narrow channel,  appeared like a liquid version of a constricting serpent’s stomach, where its recent kill blistered its elongated form as the consumed victim was slowly being digested and broken down in the viper’s pulsing belly.  The riverbed in the pool was occluded, but it was clear that the rocks lining its bed had been pushed into a conical depth, and the dirt, gravel and rocks had closed in upon the bottom of the pool where the creature had burrowed beneath its rippling surface.  The banks beyond the pool were muddied and wet, where the displaced water had receded and the surged over the opposing banks resulting from the monster’s foreceful plunge.

Ryden and Lord Nem bent down studying the broadened pool and observed where the water gurgled along the city’s outer curtain. Dust and silt still stirred above the rounded hole and muddied the formerly clear water that once ran over a rocky bottom that could be seen at a former depth of 12-13 feet.  The rounded pit in the bottom caused the stream to swirl and eddy as it flowed over the scooped-out bowl of dust at the bottom.  Part of the embankment that led up to the base of the wall had slumped and dipped down into the water, exposing part of the deeply buried foundation of the city’s stone enforced skirt.

“Have a look there,” Ryden pointed to a section where the bottom of the stone base slumped into the water.  A fracture and jagged cracks spidered up through the crumbling mortar grooves, and bits of the massive bottom stone skirting were chipped and broken, sagging into the water of the pool. “See where the monster tore away part of the lower foundation of the wall’s deep buried base stones.”  New nodded, “Yes, I see it.  The wall has weakened.  The weight of the upper wall is bearing down on the area where the footing buried underneath has split apart.  And look here,” Nem pointing into the edge of the water near the wall where a swirling eddy spun around a dark encrusted black barb barely jutting out of the water.  Lord Nem squatted and moved in for a closer look.  He grabbed a stick and probed at the barb, as silt and dust swirled around it.  Rising to his feet again, Nem nodded and spoke quietly, “That is part of the lower underwater grate, where the water flowed into under streams.  These once provided the city’s source for fresh water.  It also was the water supply for the cooling of the heated volcanic vents, feeding the mineral baths in the old sectors.  This also was a feeder stream that ran and filled The King’s Pool, and the Fountain Gate, just around the bend and on the inner side of this wall.”

“There is more damage in the woods leading up to here.  I could show you where it breached the upper cliffside and tore through the woods, pushing aside trees, digging furrows through the underbrush,” Ryden said.

Lord Nem wiped his hands, dropping the wet stick as he turned toward Ryden and nodded in the direction of the quietly grazing horses.  “I’ve seen enough here.  I agree with your assessment.  There is no mistaking what happened.  And it is disturbing and ironic as well.”  They climbed up the grassy bank, removing the stakes and gathering the reins of their horses’ bridles, preparing to swing back up into the saddles.  “Ironic, sir?”

“Its seems this beast is reopening old wounds.  These water ports along here,” Nem gestured with a downward sweep of his arm, “are where we suspected that the city’s rat infestation entered the sewers.  Wood rats that eventually led to the plague when the gutters clogged with debris carried in by those filthy rodents.”

Seated and mounted, they turned their horses and rode back along the narrow path between the outer skirting wall and the highland’s broad cliff face.  Nem continued to speak quietly to Ryden, explaining what was done in the rebuilding and restoration of Azragoth. “Those channels had to be closed, and the water feeds bricked in.  Too much debris, and the underground pipes were grimed and polluted.  We had to find a new water entry that could not be so easily compromised.”  Ryden nodded, “Was that when the tunnelling was done?”

Nem grunted, “Not exactly.  We found a purer source through a seep from the river higher up on the ridge.  The water is cleaned by fissures and filtering through loose river rocks, on the upper side of the forest gorge.  The stream that feeds this lower tributary also bleeds into that sidewise seep, and it comes down through the far side where we had to quarry stone from the northern side of the city back.  There is no known way that the forest vermin can get through those rocky crevices, so we realized we had a purer source to supply the city wells.  We built underground aqueducts to route the water to where it was needed to be accessible to the fountains and deep wells above.  The fresh water is kept separate from the wastewater, by design, but these old submersed grates will still leak through to push the waste waters along the city gutters.  We pressurize it in holding tanks and then release it to flush through when we perform the cleansing.”

 “About that,” Ryden cleared his throat and cast Nem a worried, sidelong glance, “I’ve been meaning to speak to you.  Is there a chance that those underground reservoirs…”  He paused, dreading the thought he was about to voice.

“What is it?” Lord Nem asked, when Ryden did not immediately continue.

“While we were out on the latest assignment, I had a chance encounter with The Walker.  He is on the move again.  And this time he has taken a particular interest in the upland rivers and watercourse.  He suspects they are being tainted.  Contaminated.  He had this stoppered vial with him, and in it…”

Ryden went on to tell Nem of the black writhing substance that Hanokh had shown both he and Shimri  and its effect on a capture Xarmnian prisoner.  He described what happened when the mysterious giant had him touch the glass vial, the terrors and feelings it called forth in him, and the prisoner’s fearful reactions whenever Hanokh had brought the vial near him.  “…The black twisting substance had sudden filled the vial to opacity, and seemed to absorb the firelight that should normally have reflected on the glass vial, and the cowering prisoner’s eyes had darkled into a matching blackness.”

“In that case,” Lord Nem said, stiffening, “I suspect we may be receiving a visit from The Walker sometime soon.”

As Nem and Ryden returned to the stables, deep below in a large cavern the monster moved back and forth through the length and wide of the cavern, leaving odd mud-caked mounds covered in a filmy gooey substance in its wake.  As it slithered along each ranked row, its gills pumped out mud forms in short columns, with the oozing substance forming a plastine, glistening covering over each mound. An occasional pulse of liquid light throbbed and flashed over each mound, causing it to gather into a rising conical point and twist and writhe with each darkling flash given off by the weeping scaly surface of the creature’s skin.  Row after row of regimental bumps, over mounds of expelled dirt, clay and rock, jiggled and twist, bending and stretching upward under the embryonic ooze, responding to the liquid flashes that briefly illumined the dark cavern walls, casting jumping shadows of conical shapes.  When the cavern was almost filled by these strange forms, the creature huffed and snorted, expelling dust clouds that swirls and twisted to mask the ghost lights of the strange forms it had created.  Its dark eye, and pale blue eye blinked rapidly, seeming to scan the cavern walls for something more.  Its ponderous head raised and lowered in a rhythmic fashion, scanning and searching for something it needed.  Finally, it curled its neck and its massive claws dug deep into the rocky floor, as it drew a shuddering breath in, tensing, coiling its legs under it, preparing to lunge.  It had sensed a weakening in the rock strata.  A place where it could cut through and clear a vent tunnel to the outside mountain upon which the city overhead rested.  This was where it would bring them in, to complete the work it had begun.  To give these seedling creatures of its digestion an awakening, using the fouling breaths of its forbearer.  Its likening.  Its monstrous kind, that had emerged from the ancient world so long ago.

*Scene 04* – [Part 1] – 17:03 (Dangling Death – Part 1 of 3 “Blood Baskets”)

“I smell blood!” Brem shivered, trembling under the burly and brusque, knobby-kneed troll and the chaffing saddle, strapped tightly around his under girth.  “Keep your yap, shut, and keep moving!” the troll growled, jerking the collar and bridle that he had fastened around the onocentaur’s human neck, cruelly fitted with a choak ring the troll could slide to the ends of the reins at the back of his mount’s neck to ensure the man-animal did not entertain any wild ideas about ditching its cruel rider along the shadowy and bushy trail. With abraded arms Brem attempted to push the intersecting brambles and branches out of the way, as his cruel rider drove him forward over a trail barely visible under the moist ground cover and molding forest detritus.  The smell of decay was thick in the air, sickeningly moist and sweet.

For the past several hours, the two sullen trolls, Grum-Blud and Shellberd, atop their reluctant rides–a pair of onocentaurs, named Brem and Bray–forged ahead through a dense wood as their lead scanned the way for scant traces of the dim path their human quarry had recently taken along the irregular brow of Rim Wood.  They climbed up through shadowy thickets and dipped down into irregular gulleys leading them along the tracer trail rarely used, but still discernible to the trained eye of any competent pathfinder worthy of a modest wage.  The ground was soft and spongy, caked with lime green moss, earthy mushrooms, and layers of decaying leaves, all of which were covered by low lying ferns that would shield any signs of a prior passage to untrained eyes, who might have stumbled unaware into the snarls of these winding woods.  A few times, Grum-Blud had had to dismount, and part the fronds of the ground foliage, to find the hoof tracks that had pressed the detritus mats down into shallow moon arcs, and had cut and scraped moss beds, chewing the mossy carpet up as the proceeding horses had scraped its hooves across the stones and blackened, broken branches beneath them.

“The scent’s getting stronger.  I smell it, too, Brem!” Bray the other onocentaur concurred, risking the ire of their riders.  “Hssst!” Shelberd hissed at Bray, the onocentaur he was riding carefully following behind his fellow Grum-Blud and Brem.  “Don’t make Grum mad.  You won’t like what he does when he gets mad.”

Bray turned his head slightly, grumbling quietly over his shoulder to Shelberd, his rider, “What more can he do to us than he’s already done?  If he hobbles us, or injures us, whose gonna carry his tack?  You?  You trolls have the boniest butts I ever did see.  These saddles are not thick enough for us.  Feels like you have broken bricks in yer britches.  Faces like frogs…”  Up ahead, Grum-Blud turned and snarled, “Shut him up, Shel!”

All of the sudden, Bray felt his throat tighten under a sharp tug of the leather strap collar, as a cold metal ring gathered the coarse reins and pinged against the back of his skull.  He gulped and gurgled as the leather pressed his Adam’s apple into his windpipe.  “Anything more to say, donkey man?!” Shelberd snarled.  Bray wheezed against the pressure.  “Frogs, is it?!” Shelberd snapped.  “The Pan may get away with calling us that, but we’re not taking that kind of talk from you two mouthy mules!”  Grum-Blud turned again and glared.  Bray’s face was turning red, his eyes bulging.  He pawed frantically at the air in front of him, trying to get Shelberd to release the choking ring he had fisted at the back of his head.  Bray’s mouth gaped, opening and closing like a fish out of water.

Finally, Grum-Blud nodded and turned back to face the front, growling over his shoulder.  “Better let it breathe, Shel.  Lest you want to be walking after us, carrying our packs like he said.”

Brem had stopped moving forward and had spread palm fronds apart, staring and shuddering.  A loud gasping sound signified that Shelberd had finally relented and pulled back the choking ring, allowing the slack in the reins to loosen around Bray’s neck.  Bray huffed, filling his lungs, taking in the stale and fecund air, no longer caring so much that the scent of blood and flesh rot had grown more pungent.

Noticing that Grum-Blud had ceased to urge his mount forward, Shelberd leaned to the side, trying to get a better view of his fellow through the intersecting branches.  The senior troll had stiffened and stood up higher in the short stirrups.  He moved his head from side to side, surveying whatever had caused Brem to stop suddenly.  Worried, Shelberd called out, “What is it, Grum?  What do you see?”

In a low voice, Grum responded, no longer as confident and brash as he had been before.  “I now see why these two have been smelling blood,” he answered ominously.  “We’re gonna need to dismount and figure this one out.”

Shelberd and Bray, still wheezing a little from only recently having gained his breath back, moved forward on the narrow leafy trail, pushing mottled fronds aside and crowding next to Grum-Blud and Brem.  They collectively gasped gawking up and down at the disturbing scene before them.

Large, densely woven pods hung above a collapsed pit, like massive cocoons spun in thick vine wrappings from the spinner thorax of some gargantuan and monstrous spider.  Thickly twisted vines anchored these dangling pods to the treetops, dangling these disturbing cocoons some thirty to forty feet over their heads and over the sunken and oblong pit depressed into the ground before them.  A pungent wetness seeped from each of about six or seven dangling pods, dripping and drizzling into the sunken earth.  One of the pods dangled much lower than the others, for one of the trees that it had been secured to, leaned outward over the pit, and the back of its root ball had lifted from the anchoring earth, showing signs that this pod would soon fall with the trunk it had been secured to.  A bad smell of rot and decay came from the lowered pod, as they watched it sway and dangle over the pit, realizing that the tree might soon collapse and drop its pod down into the hollow beneath it.

“W-w-w-what ARE th-th-those, Grum?” Shelberd stammered, breaking the stunned silence.  Grum-Blud shrugged and tugged on Brem’s bridle.  “It seems these beasties might know that answer to that.  Speak up, donkey!”

Brem answered quietly, “Blood baskets.”

“What might those be?” Grum growled.

“The wood sirens spin them.  They drink from them.  Just like a hummingbird sips nectar from morning dew left on the petals of a flower,” answered Brem.

“Drink from them?!” Shelberd recoiled in disgust, shivering.

“It is how they maintain the appearance of their human forms.  Blood keeps them looking youthful, even though they are centuries old.”

“What kind of blood?!” Grum-Blud grunted in disgust.

“The only kind that works for them,” Brem replied with a shrug.  “Human blood.”

“You mean to say…?” Shelberd gasped, pointing at the grisly pods swaying overhead.

“Um hm.” Brem answered casually, “They collect their victims at random.  One here, maybe two there.  Anyone wandering in the woods, unaware that they are being watched,” Brem said, trying to hide his savage pleasure in Shelberd and Grum-Blud’s apparent alarm.

“So those ‘blood baskets’ are filled with blood?” asked the senior troll.

“Partly.  In a manner of speaking,” Brem shrugged.  “They catch their victims, wrap them in crushing vines and then pierce them through and through with tubular vines to drain their lifeforce.  Then they hang them up to let them ferment, slowly softening their skin and organs down into a kind of soupy mix that they can drink later, during the mating season, when they are pollenating.”

“How do we know when they are…pollenating?” Shelberd asked, dreading the answer.

“You’ll know.  The forest leaves and ground will be coated with the golden dust they give off.  If you breathe it, or get too much of it on you, you will fall asleep and wind up in one of their sleeping bowers.  Woven hammocks that they build in the treetops.”

Grum-Blud grunted, “I’ve heard stories about these wood sirens.  What is the difference between them and those they call nymphs?”

“No difference really,” Brem snorted.  “It is merely phasing for them.  Their nymph form is what pleases the men they seduce into their bowers.  The unwitting man won’t realize what they are until it is too late for them.  They expect extreme pleasures, but they will get exactly the opposite when they lie with one of these creatures.  You should see what they do with their nurseries.”

Shelberd gulped. “Nurseries?”

“Yeah, just like an insect.  A female mantis kind.  They mate, and then sever the heads of their male victim, and deposit their fertilized egg seed into the brain of the victim. Then they string it up into the treetops to hang by its spinal cord wrapped and reinforced with strong vines.  Their seedlings sprout from these like potted plants, and when they are ready, they eventually crawl out of those dangling skulls and up the cord and vine into the treetops to feed in the sunlight.”

Grum-Blud urged Brem to turn and walk along the edge of the pit, keeping shy of the softening shoulder.  “Bring me closer to that lower one that is leaning towards us.  I want a closer look.”  Bray followed, carrying Shelberd after them until they stood just below the leaning blood basket.  “Look there!” Shelberd pointed, as the vine woven cocoon twisted under the forest’s dappled glow.  Rays of mote-filled sunlight passed over the grisly pendulum, illuminating the twisted mesh of vine.  Just inside, the outer weave, something stared back out at them.  They had to twist their heads to the side to be sure, but as the sunbeam landed on the bottom edge of the ‘blood basket’, they saw it more clearly, realizing the inner form was inverted.

A shocked face stared blindly out from among the mesh of vines, eyes bulging, mouth sprouted and gawking from the side of the blood basket.  Grum-Blud grunted and shivered, muttering, “I know this one.  He was one of Bayek’s crew.  Name was Lerk, but the men called him ‘Slurp’ behind his back.  Hated that name.  Got very mad if he caught anybody saying it.” Shelberd answered, quivering as well.  “He was the one missing his front teeth, wasn’t he?  I thought he was that Chewnek fella.”

“Both of ’em had no teeth, but I think this one was Lerk the Slurper.  Chewnek had a lazy eye.  Squinted a lot.  This one’s got both eyes bulgy.”  Grum gestured downward and across the pit, where the present ‘basket’ once hung closer to the trunk still partially rooted across the pit.  “Looks like this basket also dropped a hand down there.  See it, partway down the bank of the other side, caught in that bush?  It’s missing two of its fingers, but that is not a new injury.  It fell from this basket here.  Definitely belonged to ‘Slurp’.  He could barely hold a blade with that hand.  I think one of the Cerberi took those fingers from him.  He was slow releasing a piece of meat he pitched to them.”

“Well then, that’s the one,” Shelberd coughed, covering his nose at the putrefying smell.  He turned to Brem and asked, “And you say these sirens will come back here?”  Brem nodded, “These kill baskets are prepared for drinking when the time is right.”

“Well, if Brem is right,” Shelberd observed, “and the body is getting juiced by the piercing vines of this blood basket, it looks like it won’t long before ‘Slurp’ gets himself ‘slurped’.”

Grum-Blud chuckled at that.  A savage sound that gave Shelberd chills at his senior’s cruelty.  “What’s funny?” Shelberd asked.  “Never mind,” grunted Grum, shaking his shaggy head.

In the disturbing quiet that followed, Brem offered, “It is not often that the victim’s head can be seen through the weaves.  I think this one fought quite a bit, before succumbing to the siren’s assault.  Its face is still fairly enfleshed, so these are fairly fresh kills.”

“What are you saying!” Grum-Blud barked, tightening his fists into the reins around Brem’s neck.  Brem answered, with a trembling tone, not wanting a repeat of what happened to Bray.  “I’m only warning you.  Don’t be mad at me.  Both Bray and I know how these nymphs behave.  I could keep what I’m telling you to myself, but I thought you’d want to know.”

Grum-Blud relinquished his hold, allowing the reins to slacken once more.  “Speak donkey.  I would hear more of what you know.”

Brem sighed, relaxing a little, but was cautiously aware that the troll would not brook any duplicity from him.  “They’ll let them season a while, but you can be certain they will return to drink whatever remains after they are given time to rot for a bit.  It is possible that they could still be in the vicinity, but without the time for these bodies to decompose, there is no immediate reason for them to come back here.  Unless…”

“Unless?” Shelberd prompted, his voice rising in barely controlled alarm.

“Unless they feel the need to post a watch.  This back trail is mostly untraveled, but if they suspect others might follow those we are tracking, they might guard this particular clutching of their hanging drinks.”

Tentatively, Shelberd raised the question, he had been hesitant to broach.  “Do sirens have a taste for trolls?”

Bray snorted unable to restrain his resentment.  He answered Shelberd’s nervous query in a raspy voice, before thinking it through, “They might go for frogs.  Yes.  They have killed other creatures, just to sample them for taste.”

Brem snorted a warning at Bray, wincing at the thought that this response might bring them a further, more painful reprimand.  Shelberd was distracted and disturbed by Bray’s answer, but Brem knew that Grum-Blud would act more swiftly and impulsively in his displeasure.  Quietly, however, Grum-Blud seemed more thoughtful about Bray’s hasty answer.  In a low voice, Grum asked, “What about you two?  Have they a taste for your kind?  Do Half-Men creatures eat others in their own kingdom?”

“Sirens have no problem killing.  But they do have preferences for what they choose to… uh… taste.  I am sure that neither Bray or I would be the first on their menu.”

“Why not?”

Brem shrugged.  “They are not shy about deciding on what is beneficial to them and collectively suits their strange tastes.  They tried to eat a cousin of mine, but it didn’t go so well.  Their matron, Briar, once told me, that I would not have to worry about it, but I’m not too sure she was serious when she spoke to me.”

Shelberd spoke up, “What did she tell you?”

Brem tried to hide another savage smile, and Bray grinned in spite of himself, knowing exactly what was coming, for he’d heard Brem’s joke before.

“She said, ‘Sirens don’t eat ass.'”

Grum-Blud threw back his head, belting out a deep, sonorous belly laugh, and Shelberd, nervously laughed too.  A nasal sound that squeaked, in a weird accompaniment to Bray’s wheezing guffaws.

Their laughs seemed to echo oddly throughout the wood, but the tonal quality had a higher pitch ring that just felt…in a sense…female.  The liquid laughs split, resounding and reverberating all around them.  From the low brush of the dim trail to the overhead canopy, huffing through the shadowy branches, adding a hiss to the myriad clapping of a million rustling leaves.

*Scene 04* (cont.) – 15:34 (Dangling Death – Part 2 “Wailing Sirens”)

A spray of leaves exploded around them as sirens seemed to sprout out of the bushes and drooping canopy on all sides.  They were surrounded by leafy bodies swinging among the branches overhead.  They swung lower, swiftly brushing by, waving leafy branches across the frightened troll’s bodies, as Grum and Shelberd tried unsuccessfully fend off those abrading them, swatting them, whipping them in a rollicking, swiping frolic of playful mirth.

“Go this way!” one of them chimed, swatting Shelberd, when he jerked his head around raising his arms.  “Go that way!” another chirped, smacking Grum-Blud on his back, with a branch.  “Not that way!  This way, shorty porty!” one conked him on the head, flattening the crown of Grum’s hat, and laughing.

“Into the hole, you roll, troll!  Into the hole, you roll!”  They taunted again, striking randomly with short branches and laughing in a singsong trilling melody.  The two trolls fought and panicked.  Their assailants were all around them, popping out and shrinking back into the brush in a whimsical fashion.  Grum-Blud spurred Brem, attempting to goad him to charge forward, down the rim of the pit.  But Bray spoke up, refusing Shelberd’s rocking and kicking efforts to get him to move and react to the assaults.

“Took you gals long enough!” Bray croaked.  “These trolls were getting wise, ’cause you’re all getting sloppy.”  He gestured up at the dangling basket with the inverted face of the one Grum-Blud had recognized as ‘Slurp’.  “How’d this one get his face out?”  And he swept his arms, pointing downward.  “‘Sides that, your baskets are practically spilling out body parts.  There’s a hand down there on the slope of this pit.  Fingers missing.  These frogs spied it.  They know these men, and they’ll report this back to their king.  The one you call ‘Sonnezum’.”

One of the sirens laughed, descending out of the canopy on a lowering vine that spun out of her raised arm.  Her lowered body, beneath her entwining and unraveling branch, appeared to be that of a human female with curvaceous hips, a bare, narrow and muscle-toned waist–a stunning figure.  Her form was shapely, her skin was fair and alabaster smooth, her torso and hips shimmered in a green web of tender leaves.  Her face was framed with luxuriant, shoulder-length, black curls that shined in the forest twilight like polished ebony, waving as she wagged her head.  A look of gentle amusement creased her cheeks with dimples, and she smiled sweetly, as if watching the antics of a beloved infant.  “Talky, Donkey.  You are so sweet in your innocence.  Precious, precious.  Too bad you do not taste as sweet as you seem, Honky-Donkey.  Leave Sonnezum to us.  We have an arrangement with the human king.  His needs will give us seeds.”

There was a ripple of laughter that reverberated as beautiful bodies and faces came up and down around them, but Bray held his ground, while Shelberd cowered behind the onocentaur’s upper torso, peeking around him.  His eyes darting from each beautiful form unable to decide whether he should be charmed by their seductive beauty or chilled by it.

“Eeee!” Shelberd suddenly squealed, scrunching as one of the siren beauties that had moved up behind him, softly walking her fingers across his shoulder and the back of his neck.  “This one seems like a sweet one,” she cooed, her voice soft and breathy.  Shelberd ducked his head into his arms, covering his head and back, shying away from her.

The former siren turned, smiling broadly, then pouted her lips.  “What are these two shortlings doing with you two double-donkeys?  Did poodums, gettum ‘selves lost?  Hmm? Little squatty froglings? Hop the wrong way, diddums?”

A warbling giggle made its way around the circling, swinging sirens, each sweeting smiling with eyes that shined in the dappled forest rays, giving their fair skin a leopardine appearance.

Bray croaked again, turning to the siren that had descended in front of him, “We were assigned to these frogs, Briar.  The Pan fancies them.  They are something other than mankind.  Something that is not quite clearly one of us, but it is enough to intrigue our master.  But if you feel like you doubt our words, you are welcome to take a small, non-lethal bite of either of these you may choose.”

Brem spoke up, “Might I suggest this fat one on my shoulder.  He has a finger he likes to point too much at us.  I’m sure you might find it to your liking.”  Grum-Blud, who had so far remained silent in the back and forth exchange, but suspiciously watchful, gritted his tusks teeth, bulged his jaw, and lunged forward, slapping the back of Brem’s head, almost toppling out of the saddle with the force of the blow.  Brem grabbed the back of his head with one hand where it stung, and twisted around, glaring at Grum.  Angered by his outburst.  “On second thought, how ’bout you take off this frogling’s whole hand!”

“Why you…!!!!” snarled Grum-Blud.

A sudden vine shot out, wrapping around Grum-Blud’s wrist as he snarled and raised his hand again for a fisted blow.  “Now, now, little squatty!  That’s enough from you.  It’s not polite to interrupt our friendly conversation.  We’ll decide when dinner is to be served, my puffy lil’ dumpling.”  That choked off Grum-Blud’s growl, as his worried eyes turned towards the tightening and twisting vine that had swiftly arrested his angered swing.  Another slithering vine caressed his bearded and bunching cheeks.  The siren holding him smiled and winked, lightly licking her ruby red lips.  The girl’s eyes flashed and glowed with a yellowing sheen, like those of a wide-eyed cat watching a flickering campfire.

“I like this one,” a siren cooed, emerging and shedding her leafy guise, transforming fully into her complete nymph form, matching the appearance of a fully human female in a sheer gown, looking like one of the ladies in the king’s court.  Her fingers brushed and stroked Shelberd’s leg, palming his knee, her nails raking gently against his pant leg and thigh.  “I could make him a golden boy, real easy.  Would you like me to?  Huh, Cutie-pie?”  Shelberd’s eyes widened, unsure, his mouth gaping at the transformation.

She quickly blew him a kiss, and Shelberd’s face was suddenly spritzed with a yellowish powder that puffed from her parted lips.  Before he knew it, Shelberd’s eyes drooped, and he felt woozy.  He leaned forward and then rocked backward, trying unsuccessfully to maintain his balance upon Bray.  When he swayed too far to the left, he crumpled from the saddle and fell into the beautiful woman’s arms, and she caught him and gently caressed his face.  Despite himself, he smiled up at her, before closing his eyes and falling into a deep sleep.

Grum-Blud had twisted around and saw Shelberd fall from the Bray’s saddle, a dreamy, euphoric grin on his face, as he blinked a few times and then drifted off into snoring slumber, with yellowish powder on his face.  He felt a hand on his thigh, and jerked back, seeing a pixie-cute redhead, smiling up at him as she rubbed his calf.  “What about you, chubby?”  The dappled light from overhead added a coppery glow to a light spritz of freckles on the beauty’s feyish-quality face.  She crinkled her nose, “I could golden you up like a cute little Buddha.  Put you on a pedestal while my sisters and I sip our nectar-sweetened tea.”  Grum-Blud flinched, pulling his leg up, shrinking away from the seductive siren.

Seeing his reaction, she smiled and pouted her lips, giggling.  She turned her attention to Grum’s stowed provisions and the oddly shaped, black-stained bag, he had tied to the back of Brem’s saddle pack.  “Whatcha carryin’, chubbs?  Can I see?”  Grum-Blud reached behind him, remembering his grisly prize.  He gripped the stained sack, pulling it loose from its slip knot to cradle it protectively.  As he pulled it forward, the blackened end of the sack brushed the girl’s reaching arm, and she gasped.  Grum-Blud tucked the rounded back into his lap and growled, “You can’t have this!  It is only a prize for your master!  It won’t work for you, girlies!”

Only then did Grum-Blud and the other sirens notice that the young redhead had backed away from Brem and the troll.  She had a stricken look on her face.  Her freckles had an ashen quality, her face was reddening and perspiring.  She held her arm out in front of her and it was beginning to blacken, shrivel and wither away.  Her fingers curled and crumbled away, like fire-scorched twigs.  The blackened stump that was her arm looked like a blackened fire log.  Black webbing, spread over her upper torso, coursing through her veins, as she twisted and writhed and shrieked, curling up on the forest floor, teetering, and then falling into the dark pit in the forest floor.

“Black rot!” several of the sirens started screaming.  “He’s brought black rot into the wood!” one frantically pointed at the dark sack that Grum-Blud was clutching. “Get them out!  Get them out!” another wailed.

The woman that had descended out of the canopy, whom Bray had called Briar, turned on the two onocentaurs.  “What is the meaning of this?!!!” she hissed, as barbs and thorns erupted from her once smooth, alabaster skin.  Wooden spikes branched out of her cheeks, as her green eyes shone with a limelight blaze.  Her hair became a wild tangle of writhing thorny vines, snaking in and out from behind her wooden fury.  Her arms twisted and corded, flaring and phasing between gnarled branches and smoothing out again to be covered with human flesh.  Bren backed away.  Bray stepped back, but bowed up, pushing his half-human shoulders back, puffing out his chest.

“Briar, I tried to warn you.  But to you I’m just a stupid ass.  Well, I’ve just had about enough of being sat on, pushed around, and poked and jabbed.  I been prodded once too many.  And this time, I ain’t steppin’ and scrapin’.  S’Time you learnt that this ass kicks back.”

Briar began to calm a little, growing thoughtful, and as she did, she began to phase back, metamorphosizing into the stunning, woman, she had been before.  Her body was sheathed in a light green, delicate, leafy gown.  Her hips were slender, curved and feminine, carrying her forwards in a rolling, regal grace, where she proudly stood before the two onocentaurs and their sullen troll, clutching the bag that had brought death to one of them, and had the potential to do more.

“What’s in the bag, frog?!” she commanded Grum.  He raised his chin, jutting his tusk bearing jaw out at her in defiance, “I am called Grum-Blud!  I am a troll.  My brother’s head is in this bag.  Shall I bring it out for you?”  Grum-Blud made to loosen the top of the bag, raising his arm to reach inside, but the siren woman, called Briar shrunk back.  Seeing that he grinned, a cruel chuckle spilling from between his gritted teeth, coming out with an accompanying hiss and spittle.

“Hold your hand, troll!” Briar warned.  “If you think to threaten us, remember that it will not end well for you either.  What is the black stuff, oozing from that bag?”

“My brother’s black blood.  What would you expect to come out of a severed head?” Grum-Blud snarled.

Suddenly, there was a loud buzzing sound, followed by a smacking, licking noise followed by a puttering.  The wood had grown quiet, so the sound was as puzzling, as it was strange.  Grum-Blud looked behind him, seeing Shelberd’s plump leg and foot shift and moving as it curled away under the lower brush.  Grum-Blud grinned.  Shelberd was still asleep, but the siren that had caused him to be in such a condition stood far away from him, slinking back into the trees, still in her lithe nymph form.  Shelberd had always been a noisy sleeper, which usually annoyed Grum, but this time, seeing how his nocturnal dissonance was causing alarm, further unnerving these sirens, he took a sinister pleasure in having once again gained the upper hand.

Briar turned an accusing withering glare on Bray.  “And you knew this?” she waved her hand back at Grum.  “You knew these froglings have this black death in them?”

Brem spoke up, wanting to gain standing and stick up for his fellow.

“We didn’t know for sure.  It is not as if we go about cutting them to…”

“Shut up!” hissed Briar, “It was you who suggested we take this fat one’s hand!” jabbing an accusing finger at him.

She whipped around, turning to Grum-Blud once again.  “What could The Pan want with this head of yours?  What is it that you would offer him?  Has The Pan promised you anything concerning us nymphs?  Have you had dealings with those…treacherous harpies?!” she ground her teeth hissing out the last phrase.

“My offering is a look into another world.  A living look, that only us trolls can offer.  My brother’s head is linked to one that has passed over into the old world.  The ancient one from where all origins of flesh come.  It is a gifting that comes within our black blood.”

“Where were you born, troll?!” Briar demanded.

Grum-Blud sat up taller in the saddle, bowing his chest out proudly.  “I have no memory of being born, or of having a childhood.  My first memory is from coming out of a locked box in intense pain, ravenous with hungers I cannot explain.  Of warfare, and of fighting.  Of ripping, tearing, smashing and beating.  Of cracking bones, clubbing flesh to pulp, stabbing and piercing, and sprays of blood.  That is my memory of birth.  I was born in violence and for violence.  Some of which I am happy to demonstrate, if provoked any further.  You’ll find we trolls are not so fragile as are men.”

*Scene 04* (cont.) – 14:36 (Dangling Death – Part 3 “Hanging On”)

Briar seemed disturbed, but undeterred in her pursuit of answers.  “I will only ask you once more…where did you come from?”

“I am a Xarmnian.  From the great stone city of Xarm.” Grum-Blud grunted and then pointed at the sleeping Shelberd’s foot protruding out from under the shrubs and ground ferns.  “We both are.  That stupid one and I.  I had one other, but he got careless and was caught and killed by enemies.”

Briar was thoughtful, and her eyes flared again, flashing with a pulsing green light.  She appeared to quit listening to Grum the instant she heard the words “Xarmnian” and “Xarm”.  She turned her back to him and the two onocentaurs. Her brow furrowed again; her pores seemed to open to reveal thorns once more.  “So Sonnezum has made his move…!” her fists twisted into wooden knuckles, looking like tree knots.  “I wonder what else that fool of a king thinks he can pull over on us and our master’s kingdom.”

“I say again,” Bray cleared his throat, gaining his voice a little better than before, “The froglings are particular to The Pan.  He charged us to bear them on a mission that serves his desires.  He didn’t tell Brem or me what that was, but he put it to us to bear them for a while until we can bring them back to him.  You know The Pan keeps his own affairs private and he wasn’t gonna give us the particulars. I ‘magine he keeps quite a bit ‘uv secrets from you and your leafys, don’t he?”  Bray huffed, blowing.  “Point is, if we don’t bring these here pollywoggles back to The Pan, in relatively one piece, he’ll want to know why. An’ you know he’ll get his answers, one way or t’other.  Shall Brem and I give him those answers, or d’you want you and your sisters to answer for them?”

Briar considered Bray’s words, surprised to recognize how much sense the donkey-man was making.  She looked at the brave little burro with a new kind of respect.  One that she never thought she’d have for this odd little creature.  At last, she nodded, signifying her internal decision and agreement.  She phased back into her more pleasing nymph form, her organic beauty shifting into lithe human grace.

“Girls, this one speaks true,” she indicated, waving her fingers in an aerial grace, sweeping back towards Bray.  “Molest these creatures no further.  Give them safe passage and ensure nothing thwarts them in their return to an audience with The Pan.”

Grum-Blud spoke up, “Well, ain’t that a dandy!  But you girlies put my buddy into a snore.  He’s useless to ride in a saddle.  You don’t expect me to carry him now, do you?  It’ll take a lot longer getting us to see The Pan.  Can you wake him up or something?”

Briar sighed and pointed to the dark-haired nymph standing at a distance who had put him into his present condition.  “Sylvan, since you gave him the pollen puff, you get to carry him until he wakes.”  The nymph raised her widening eyes in alarm, “But I…”  Briar threw her a stern look, silently showing she would brook no argument or complaint.  The nymph called Sylvan looked up at Grum-Blud with a worried look.  “Is someone gonna carry him too?”

Grum-Blud grinned wickedly, “You’re welcome to carry this sack for me, sweetie.”

Her eyes flared, and she moved towards Shelberd’s sleeping form, pushing aside the brush and ferns.  “Is he…?” she hesitated, “Does he…?”

“Does he what?!” Grum-Blud barked.

The nymph looked up at him again, her eyes seeming to water in fear.  “Does he leak?”  Grum-Blud creased his forehead, “Leak?”

The girl looked sheepishly from Briar and then back at Grum-Blud who was glaring at her.  “Is he cut anywhere?  Anywhere, where he might drip…”

Grum-Blud wagged his head, “Ahh.  I see.  He is not bleeding, if that is what you mean.  Unless you cut him with your branches and stuff.  He does fart in his sleep often enough and drools out of that big gaping mouth of his.  So, I guess you could say he does leak some.”  The nymph then bent down and easily lifted Shelberd up into a sling of vines forming out of her legs, her arms branching up into the upper canopy.  She pulled herself up, turning into a mixture of leaves, bark, trunks and branches.  She and Shelberd lifted into the upper trees, moving ahead and getting lost in the canopy.

“So, what about us, Briar?” Brem asked.  “We cannot keep up with the speed at which your kind travels.  Besides, there’s this long pit in front of us.  When did you start hanging your blood baskets over a pit?”

Briar looked down at the sunken pit, frowning.  “This was not here when we strung our drinking cups.  This is evidence that there was a Digger under these woods.”

“A Digger?!” Bray yelped, “You mean the kind The Pan used to use for…”

“Mining,” Briar finished, “Yes. Those monsters.  They usually kept to the wastelands, where The Pan banished them.  We thought they had eventually all died off, but this one must’ve survived.  They avoid the sunlight.  Darkness is their principal domain.  They can pierce through rock and mountains, but they never ranged this far from the mines where precious metals are buried.”

Brem interjected, “How did you know this?”

Briar straightened, raising herself up from the ground about six feet, her lower torso sprouting roots that dug into the dark soil of the forest floor.  “You claim to know so much about us, Brem.  And yet demonstrate that you still know so very little.  Rest assured we know what lies beneath us, little ground walker,” sniffing at his ignorance.

“Did it pass under you or your ladies?  Sniffing at your skirts?!” Grum-Blud quipped.

Suddenly, a vine arced down and spun swiftly around Grum-Blud’s neck, jerking him upward out of his saddle and dangling him over the deep pit.  Briar’s head extended coming up from the stalk of her neck, perched over the abyss, to glare at Grum-Blud as he struggled and dangled, turning red and then purple, unable to breath under the constricting vise grip of the woven vine.

“I do not repeat a warning, I issue, Frog Troll.  So listen, and listen well.  I may not be able to eat you, but I can certainly kill you.  I have spared you so far, because you are a curiosity.  But I could have but raised a buried root under your feet and tossed you down into this pit.  This way you could find out what exactly a ‘Digger’ is capable of.  There are enough deadfalls in this wood that I could use to beat you with and not get a drop of your nasty spillings on me.”  Her head leaned in, eyeing him with flashes of green light, coming from her irises, and Grum-Blud could feel the puff of air on his face as she whispered her warning, “Be careful what pours out of those fat lips, and piggy tusks, for I will answer your insolence and disrespect with swift action.  Then I will proudly account for your demise before The Pan.  He would be so regaled, in the way of my telling, that I need not fear any consequences.”

With that she tossed his body on the other side of the pit towards the direction that Shelberd had been taken.  Brem and Bray were lifted by slung vines and swung across the pit to the other side with far more care than had been shown to Grum-Blud.  When the vines released Grum’s neck, he gasped and spat into the ground, struggling to catch his breath.  Brem approached him, and stood neck to him, as he struggled to climb back up into the saddle, now as a much meeker traveling companion than before.

Bray merely looked at the humbled and cowed Grum-Blud and sniffed in contempt, then trotted up ahead as they followed the sirens swinging overhead in the treetops.  When he was far enough ahead, following Briar, as she shifted from nymph to branched woodling, he asked in a quieter subdued tone.  “Diggers tend to move under the deep.  How did you all detect this one?  What brought it so close to the surface?”

“You are persistent, donkey.  But courageous in that, and so I will answer you.” she responded.  “My girls and I have been watching the movements of men.  The time draws near for the mating season, so we watched them from the woods.  A group of Xarmnians, some of these we captured in our baskets, followed a group of others into this upper wood.  They had their three-headed dogs with them.  Cerberi.  Those dog beasts got split up, a couple followed the men pursing a group that had come in a rolling wagon, but the other Cerberi caught a new scent and wove into the woods beneath us…”

Briar went on to tell Bray how she and her sirens spotted a strange furrow moving through the upper fields, heading towards the Rim woods.  It moved fast, creating a wave of rolling earth, flinging stalks of wheat and grains into the air as it tore a tunnel underneath the tilled soil.  When the wave reached the edge of the wood it descended, flattening out again, some of it sinking into a deep trench behind it.  Trees swayed and tossed leaves, branches snapped, boughs broke and crashed to the forest floor as the beast beneath tore through the root system.  Some of the sirens near the edge of the forest fled the oncoming subterranean onslaught.  They caught sight of the weaving Cerberi barking and chasing, fleeing and growling as the surging ground rose and fell beneath them.  Some were sucked under the ground wave; some were pulled squealing downward as the ground folded them into a roaring burial embrace.  Briar and her coven of sirens surmised that the men who had fled into the side trail along the edge of the highland shelf were to blame, for the burrowing creature was clearing in pursuit of those moving along the upper surface.  She told how she had confronted them, finding out that they were unaware of the underground beast.  It was then that they learned of the return of Surface Worlders to this land and left one survivor, Bayek was his name, to deliver a message to the Xarmnian king.

“So where is The Pan now?” Bray panted, trotting through the wood as best as he could, trying to avoid falling and crashing into the boles of trees, stumbling over exposed roots, kicking through soft spongy moss, and the crunch of fallen and decaying leaves.  Briar responded.  “He is coming to the lower edge of Kilrane to an inaugural ceremony that will grant my sirens and I the taking of those lower fertile woods.  But we must warn him that there is the Digger coming.  He is the only one of us with the authority to command something of that nature.  If men cannot stop it, our hope remains in The Pan alone.  Perhaps, it will remember him and respond, otherwise this creature will destroy the woods before we have a chance to fully occupy it.  We haven’t had the chance to explore it yet, because of the memory of the guardians that once protected those woods, but they have not been seen in many years.  We needed to be certain, so The Pan agreed to accompany us for protection just to be certain before granting us full title to it.  He is bringing others of his throne guardianship with him.  Dangerous creatures of threefold kind blended to savage lethality.”

Bray panted, falling behind, unable to keep pace anymore.  Brem emerged from the wooded trail behind him, carrying Grum-Blud, only to overhear Bray shout a question to the back of Briar as she swung through the treetops surging ahead.

“Which dangerous creatures?  Surely not his…”

In the far away distance ahead, Briar shouted back over her shoulder, but the word was barely perceptible above the rustling of the forest leaves and canopy.  But Bray froze and shivered, showing that he had indeed heard her response.  The visage of the creatures, the word brought to mind, were some of the fiercest and cruelest beasts ever conceived.  Creatures with a grizzled aspect, bare vestiges of those who were once hairy men, with the long, massive body giant war cat, and the most disturbing insectile appendage that struck fear just imaging what damage it might be capable of inflicting.  Horrific sentries, that roamed and guarded the dark palace ruins in The Pan’s own kingdom woods.  Manticores.

*Scene 05* – 19:11 (Death on the Downgrade)

The main road down from the upper highlands, was a winding steep grade, curving down and around hundreds of feet of each slanted bend to descend to the lower shelf plains, woods and wetlands over three thousand feet below the top of the highland caprock.  Because of the difficulty in moving a large force and contingent of troops, much of the uplands had been spared the overreach of Xarmni’s initial spread of tyranny.  But as the kingdom grew in influence and power, amassing resources through raids and conquest, suppression and gaining control of strategic supply routes and chains, Xarmni’s king dispatched roving raiders.  Thuggish bands of Xarmnian troop units, to instill fear and provoke the townships into resistance so that they could justify aggressive acts of violence that decimated the defenses of the native villages and starved them into submission and grudging fealty and homage to the Xarmnian crown.  Their commerce was controlled, their traditional, and longstanding alliances with other villages broken, and filtered through those subjected to Xarmni’s will.  Collectively, those bands of Xarmnian patrols were known as “The Xarmnian Overwatch”, but individually the brute squads were called “The Protectorate”.  An ironic appellation, since the only thing these thug squads did “protect” was the selfish interests of the Xarmnian king in gaining power and control over the towns and labor, goods and production of the peoples of the outer lands.

When the Bruel Hadeon had split his company of Protectorate hunters, between himself, Bayek and Aridam to pursue the fleeing group of outworlders, the Inn keeper and his family, their Xarmnian scribe and his brood, and the strange band of riders purporting to be weaponry supplies escorts from the Iron Hills foundry, he hadn’t expected the latter to demonstrate any relationship or knowledge of the former group that they were seeking to capture.  When he and his company had spotted that fleeing group on the main road, from the top ridge of the valley where the remote Xarmnian stables her located, he and his team realized that the weaponry convoy might serve to detain those fugitives before they could get to them.  When they came down from the valley ridge, they set their Cerberi dogs loose to begin the chase, following those vicious creatures on horseback, to make sure the weapons convoy did not seize their quarry and take personal credit for their capture.

Leveling off, down to the main road, they could not see beyond the brow of the distant rise that led down the shelf of the upper highland.  They witnessed some form of engagement by the convoy group, and a seeming pursuit, but it was not until they reached the top of the brow that they realized the engagement between the two groups had served as a ruse.  They had been surprised to find that the two convoy wagons, had raised their canvas covers, making them appear from a distance like the one the Inn Keeper kept and used in his conscripted service to the locally installed magistrates of the Xarmnian Overwatch.  These wagons, and their attendant riders were splitting up, going in different directions, forcing Hadeon to divide his company to continue the pursuit, not knowing which of these contained the specific fugitives he was looking for.  To Bayek, he had given the charge to follow the wagon fleeing along the little used Rim Woods trail tracking along the edge of the highland shelf towards the east.  To Aridam, he had given the responsibility to run down the fleeing wagon and its posing retinue who had fled along the northwestern wood trail that ran down into the valley head of the declivity that extended back towards the remote Xarmnian Stables from which they had just come to refresh and replenish their travel supplies and rotate their prior mounts with a supply of fresh horses.  Hadeon opted to lead his own warriors down the main road in pursuit of the central wagon, which he believed was piloted by the Inn keeper and his traveling charges, both from the Outworld, and that of the traitorous scribe that he and his team had tracked for weeks from their initial flight from Xarm City.  The side routes seemed like mere distractions, for he was not aware of any way down from the highlands from this far north without utilizing the main road.  A fault line separated the two landmasses, with the highland forming the upper rim, and the lowland forming the slanting valley descending down towards the open harbor front of the fjord lake chain of Cascale.  Beyond, the land rose again stepping up towards the distant high range mountains until they reached the massive range called “The Walls of Stone”.

Hadeon and his crew had followed one of the wagon down the winding grade, intent on catching them on one of the curve-backs, but that was not to be.  Part of the way down, on a particularly steep grade, the men in the wagon started dropping supplies down onto the narrow road, breaking open wooden crates of long swords, battle axes, unhooked flat shields, and steel-cleated maces, strewing them down upon the dirt path, creating dangerous and sharp obstacles for the horses, men and Cerberi dogs following them.  A box of caltrops–wicked metal spiked, fist-sized clusters of spines, used to cripple and stab the feet of soldiers and beasts on a field of battle–were dumped and strewn across the downgrade, causing the pursuing horses to rear and twist away, loosing footing and sending their riders crashing to the ground and other unfortunates over the steep edge of the road falling to their deaths.  Hadeon’s horse had stumbled, its hooves slipping on a metal shield, slamming Hadeon hard into the ground rolling towards the steep edge of the road.  As he fell, he quickly unsheathed his knife and stabbed into the dirt roadway, trying to slow his slide towards the precipice where the road-edge fell off.  His blade stuttered on the hardpacked earth, scratching at stones.  The impact had knocked the breath out of him and his vision was beginning to dim.  His other arm and hand flailed grasping and clawing at anything that might slow his slide.  Clumps of scrub grass crackled and tore under his fingers, its shallow roots popping as he twisted and flexed his grip, finally coming to a stop with one leg dangling over the graveled edge.  Other riders tumbled headlong, some plunged over the edge with their horses, slamming against the side of the cliff and landing on a lower roadway over a hundred feet down with a sickening wet crunch and thud.  When Hadeon’s breath returned, his chest heaved taking in deep draughts of air, filling his lungs again.  A horse and rider skidded past him, barely missing stomping and kicking Hadeon’s prone body over the edge he’d just avoided.  The horses of the band shrieked and snorted.  The men yelled in alarm, grunting and roaring, as their bodies and mounts fell or were wrenched out from under them.  Two of Hadeon’s men were trampled, one had impaled himself on a caltrop, another had his wounded mount throw him and then roll over him crushing him under the weight as they slid down the graveled grade.  Their momentum in the chase and the tug of the slanted roadway propelled them into the strewn field of obstacles.  The abandoned weaponry proved to have a much more devasting effect than they might have had if they were each wielded in battle.

Hadeon sat up slowly assessing the damage.  Seven of Hadeon’s sixteen men were lost, another two were mortally wounded, five horses had been lost over the edge, two suffered debilitating injuries to their legs and feet, and most of them suffered abrasions and cuts.  Two of the six Cerberi that they had brought lay dead on the road, ragged gouts of flesh and blood wet the dirt roadway.  He had seen one of the creatures plunge over the edge of the road, growling and clawing at the edge to no avail.  Hadeon roared in rage and forced himself up, backing away from the narrow edge with a fist full of dried scrub grass clenched in his hand.  His blade had snagged the edge of a buried stone and had unearthed part of it, leaving a shallow cavity beneath.  The wagon and company they had been pursuing were now rounding a curve in the roadway several hundred feet below.  Their canopy had come down, no longer needing the pretense of masking their appearance to look like the other wagon they had seen through their spyglass in the early hours before.  No doubt it was tucked away to allow them to better unload their battle cargo and scatter it to such devastating effect.  Seeing this, Hadeon pounded the ground in rage and rose roaring, shaking and gesticulating angrily at the party below getting farther and farther away.  He had lost his own horse, and he spun around fiercely looking for another to continue the pursuit.  They would not get away from him.  They could not.  He would rake through the coals of Hell to find them, for what they did.  He would personally tear them apart, shave off their skin under his dagger, beat them with flails, shove dirks into their eye sockets, bash their skulls and cut them down into little bloody pieces.

He stomped up behind one of his men attempting to climb back up into the saddle of his horse.  He caught the man by the leg and jerked his foot out of the horse’s stirrup, pushing the man back down onto the roadway.  Unaware that the one who had grabbed him was Hadeon, his Bruel, the man spat and went for his dagger, starting to lunge up at him.  Hadeon merely glared at him, sheathing his own dagger with a snap of his wrist and put his own foot in the stirrup of the man’s horse, swinging himself up into the saddle, a dark and dangerous scowl on his face, his cheek twitching with rage.  The man dropped his dagger, splaying his fingers, as if he had touch a hot iron.  He bowed his head under the fierce gaze of Hadeon, not wanting to challenge him any further, even by accident, or by showing him even a brief indignant expression.  Hadeon turned and in a gruff, commanding voice growled to the dog handler, asking him, “Are those three Cerbs well enough to still hunt, or do we need to put them down too?”

The hunter, holding the three remaining Cerberi by their leads through a collar ring, nodded and added, “Seem well enough, my Bruel.”  Hadeon nodded and muttered, “Then bring’em.  And follow.  I’ll have further use for them.”

Hadeon reigned the newly acquired horse to the side, deftly guiding the animal forward through the cluttered and bloodied roadway, beyond the debris field.  When he had ridden beyond it, he spurred the animal and struck its flanks with a quirt, causing the beast to lunge forward galloping downward towards the path the fugitive wagon and its company had taken.  The other six men watched their lead and knew there was nothing more to be said or done.  He expected them to follow, and follow is what they did.  The one whose horse had been taken had no choice but to follow on foot, knowing full well he would never catch up with his company.  The graded road was over three miles down to the lower shelf, and he would simply have to make out however he could.  Someone might eventually come along.  And it was a few hours later when someone finally did.  Two of his fellow Protectorate hunters, one of which was leading a team of riderless horses.  The other, caring the frail fugitive man that Hadeon had beaten back at the Innkeeper’s Inn before they burned it to the ground–It–and the insolent waif of a serving girl who thought she might catch his bruel, Hadeon, off-guard and run a small dirk dagger into him.  Little did she know, Hadeon had spied the blade barely hidden between two ale casks, his suspicious eyes naturally searching for anything that might be used against him.  And he had hoped she would try to use it on him.  So, he could rightly show her just how cruel he could be.  She’d been the first thing to burn, the rest sort of came about as the men kicked over benches and broke up furniture, scattering ashes and setting the place ablaze with reckless abandon and wild, savage delight.  Then they’d set the barn on fire, locking the animals into the stalls to teach that Inn keeper that they meant business and would not allow him to ever entertain the thought of returning to his country home and business.  No one got in the way of Xarmnian will.  No one defied The Protectorate.  No one was ever beyond the reach of the punishing fists of the Xarmnian Protectorate.  No one.

When Tizkon and Bayek saw the debris field of abandoned armaments and the dead hunters, bawling and wounded horses and shaggy mounds of fly-ridden Cerberi carcasses, they knew Hadeon’s effort to capture the fugitives had not gone well.  Black carrion birds had already started to circle in the sky above them.  Black crows had landed on some of the dead and had already tasted flesh, pecking at gashes and open wounds.

Bayek had difficulty getting the string of horses he led through the debris field, and around the carcasses.  The horses he led had ridden into battle before, and charged through much worse carnage, but their balked and snorted at the sights and smells, twisting away from the areas where the flies were beginning to swarm.  The sun overhead warmed the sky, but up on the high roadway there was an upward gust of breeze, that took the scent and carried it on the current, whipping them with watery eyes, and forcing them to cover their mouths and noses just to get past.

Thankfully, once beyond the roadway death scene, Bayek and Tizkon were relieved to find that the upward breeze lifted those ghastly smells away from them as they proceeded further down the grade.  No far below they spotted the lone man walking and recognized him by his gait, and garb.  He carried a sword and was waving it in the air, as if wanting to strike something.  When he heard Bayek and Tizkon coming he turned swiftly, sword arm raise and threatening, and then he smiled…and laughed, lowering the blade back down and then sheathing it at his side.

“What took you two fools so long?!  And where are the others?!”

“We might be asking you the same questions!” Tizkon barked back.

The man grinned, skinning back his bearded lips to reveal crooked, yellowing teeth.  “Bayek, give me one of those horses.  I lost mine.”

“How careless of you, Kathair,” Bayek quipped.  “What happened on the roadway back there?  Did your quarry get the better of you?”

Kathair, the walking hunter, spat and cursed. “Ambushed us!  That fake weapons convoy from the Iron Hills foundry!  Bah!”  He cursed again, grinding his fists, “Dumped their pieces all over the road when we were coming down the steepest grade.  We couldn’t stop and we ran into the scatter.  Horses lamed, riders thrown, all of us went down one after the other.  Some went over the edge.  We were coming too fast to stop and avoid all that.  Hadeon almost lost it too.  He took my horse.  His went down.  You know how he is.  He’s got a boiling mad on, and he’s bound to run them to ground. What about you?”

Tizkon looked at Bayek in dismay.  “We’ve not had much of a time either.”

Kathair noticed the gaunt man bundled and tied across the saddle of one of the horses.  He looked from the bound man and back up at Tizkon, “I thought Hadeon told you to kill this one?  What’s he doing here?!”

Tizkon huffed, “Hadeon said to kill him when you all caught those wagons.”

“So?” Kathair growled.

“Doesn’t look to me like you caught them.” Tizkon sniffed, “So, if Hadeon still needs this stickman for leverage, what good what it do to have killed him and left the birds to pick whatever’s left on his skinny bones?”

Kathair snorted, thoughtful. “Well, I guess that’s so.  Nuisance as he might be, he still might be worth something to some of them we’re after.  If not, Hadeon’ll use him as an object lesson.  Kill him when they can see it.  Think about it a little.”

The man bound to the saddle, sniffled, signifying that he’d heard the discussion about his life and future use as a brutal object lesson.  He whimpered but said nothing, dreading what might follow if he did and the Xarmnians considered him more of a nuisance than was worth keeping for Hadeon’s cruelty.

“What about you, Bayek?  Last I saw, there were six others with you?  What happened to them?  Careless?”

Bayek snorted, bristling at the return of his prior remark to Kathair back onto himself, “If they had been riding these horses, you might be continuing your trek down on foot.”

Kathair mounted one of the stallions and Bayek loosened it from the tie string.  As the rode on, toward the meeting rendezvous place, Hadeon had planned to meet before, Bayek filled Kathair in on what had transpired with the siren in the upper eastern forest trail of Rim Wood.  Hadeon would not be happy.  Especially with their own failure to capture either of the fleeing parties or their wagons.  He only hoped Aridam had fared better in their pursuit along the northwestern trail.  If not, Hadeon would be too dangerous to be near for the rest of the day.  If Hadeon ever had a bad day, it was certain that all who rode with him would have one too.

*Scene 06* – 19:07 (The Blind Spot)

Azragoth was buzzing with activity.  Lord Nem had gone with one of the Lehi scouts to survey the older outer wall, and when he and the man named Ryden returned there was a hastily gathered meeting called involving some of his principal builders and foremen.  Afterwards, city leaders and some of the heads of the various families dwelling in the secret city were called in.  It was clear that these meetings would occupy him for the rest of the day.  People came and went, hurrying in and out of the council meetings, clearly moving directly from the private meetings with intention and purpose that arose from what was privately discussed with them.

Our group was once again chaperoned by Morgrath, the surly sentinel who had first received us upon entering the city of Azragoth through the narrow sally-port entrance with Maeven, through the massive backwall of the city.  Reflecting on that initial entry, I remembered the uncertainty of it, and trepidation I felt knowing it had once been a city of death, having fallen under the scourge of a dreadful plague.  The place was even more mysterious than it had initially been on arrival with the present knowledge of all the factors leading to its miraculous rebirth; the respite it had grudgingly been given under years of Xarmnian quarantine; the incursion of the outgrowth of the woods surrounding it, serving to conceal it further from discovery; and its present state as a thriving refuge for the outcasts and hunted; and use as a lethal training ground of resistance forces, showing the hopeful promise of a formidable future of reclaiming its founding purpose of serving as a protector and defender of the oppressed townships and people of the region.

When we first arrived, our attention was held by our initial forward glimpse into the perimeter of the hidden city, seeing parts of the old, abandoned streets, debris-cluttered and moss-covered courtyards, framed by fire gutted structures and crumbling façades, overgrown with vines from our limited and brief vantage point atop the higher skirt wall.  Under a half-canopy of stone, on the parapet allure, the extended wall rose only so far up the cliff face, to be even with trees to cover its towering from below.  The protruding stones rising up to the parapet and extending up the higher edge of the backwall were rough cut and unfinished, matching the stone faces of the higher cliffs.  It occurred to me that this was clearly built to hide the narrow cut of the back forested ravine we had come down through, using the city, and mature trees as a blind. With the dense woods of Kilrane surrounding the hills and pressing close to the old outer city walls, anyone observing from the lower slopes would never see the remains of the old city unless they happened to stumble upon it climbing up through the woods until they were almost touching it.

I was amazed that the builders of that backwall had foreseen that one day the city would need to resort to a season of concealment from the outside lands of The Mid-World.  How could they have known that there would be such a reason for it, following a plague, giving the Xarmnians only a Pyrrhic victory over its demise, rather than an actual conquest?  It reminded me of the account of the Roman siege of Masada from 72 to 73 CE, at the end of the First Jewish–Roman War, in the Surface World.  Like Masada, only located in a sub-alpine climate, I realized that Azragoth was built on a geological shelf known as a horst which was bordered on either side by two forest covered declivities called grabens making it hard for enemies to attack with foot soldiers and a formidable citadel to boot in its proximal situation.  Perhaps, that was why the Azragothians, prior to the Xarmnian siege, felt themselves safe from any serious assault, despite the rumored ambitions of area kings and warlords rattling their sabers, proposing strategic trade alliances and, when rebuffed, issuing bold threats.  Threats that were then laughed at and not taken seriously by the former populace and leadership of this mysterious city, which further enraged those who secretly sought to bind, plunder and conquer it.

The city was indeed a fortress.  And even if the Xarmnians had known about the backway we had come through, they could do little to exploit it.  For the route took us along the edge of a narrow stream that fell from the high shelved cliff, crisscrossing over short bridges and around tree boles and under tall shadowy woods, they could never have utilized to launch an effective assault.  They still would come to the massive outer wall and need to find a better access point following alone the perimeter to finally get into the city.  The graben declivities offered only a narrow shelf along the outer wall, with no feasible way to build a siege ramp or construct a battering ram swing frame.  It seemed to me that Azragoth’s defensible position had been well thought through before even the first stones had been laid and the foundational shelf terraces excavated.

The stream we had rode along and crossed through the gorge descended until it ran along the edge of the outer wall skirt that rounded to the southeast of the forested citadel. The outer rockface butte blended in with the concave backwall with the hidden rift gorge choked with towering trees and babbling streams in between.  Travelers coming through that hidden back trail were forced to ride single file along snaking paths and there were no large areas wide enough for significant grouping.  If not for the rats and the overconfidence of the former Azragothians, this city might have successfully resisted the Xarmnian advances indefinitely, and still be thriving to this day, rather than experiencing a tragic humbling and a recent rebirth.

Everything about Azragoth, its founding, its people, its past, and its customs seemed to convey some hidden message, and provoke deep thoughts of personal introspection.  There was a sobering sadness about all it had endured, and a hopeful promise in all it had learned from its successive tragedies.

Corimanth stayed with us, as we were ushered once again to the Warrior’s Court, but I noticed that Begglar and Nell lingered, talking low with the friends they had introduced to us as Shimri and Aida.  They leaned in, huddled together, and I saw both Begglar and Shimri hug their wives close to them as they evidently shared some very bad news between them.  Nell sagged against Begglar and her hands went up to the sides of her face and she shook her head, as if she wanted to hear no more of what was being conveyed.  Aida put her hands over her face, and I could tell she was weeping too.  Begglar and Shimri, put their arms across, gripping each other’s shoulders, as if to strengthen each other in a shared grief.  The two women broke down and shifted towards each other, coming into each other’s arms in a comforting but mutually needed embrace, weeping into each other’s shoulders.  I knew no cause for the grief I was witnessing, but I surmised that Shimri and Aida had brought them news of a tragic nature.  For several minutes they stood there, leaning into each other, receiving and giving comfort, and just being there for each other in mutually shared sorrow.  Both Begglar and Shimri bowed their heads, feeling the weight of grief, yet finding support in the strength of their friendship.  As I watched, I could not help but envy them.  Not that I wanted to experience grief, but in the way that they were able to share their burdens in the communion of suffering.  A part of me felt a deep loneliness that I could not shake.  An ache that my mind and my heart were isolated from the others, and I felt that I could not trust someone with my own vulnerability if I was expected to lead this group.  Something within me seemed to twist in my gut, and I knew I had felt that same feeling somewhere before.  My mind seemed to cloud over, making that somewhere and sometime unclear and elusive.  My eyes watered, with a feeling of anguish that I felt I had no right to feel.  Their grief was personal.  It was not mine to carry.  I had enough of my own crushing weight to bear up under.  I could not take on their burdens, for there seemed to be no one who could share in mine.  Disgusted with myself for even thinking so selfishly, I turned away, seeking some other thing to fixate on.  When I did, I caught the furtive glances of the others of “my” crew.  Those who I had purported to lead on this quest.  Me and my big mouth! I thought, remembering my presumptive declarations to them on the beach as strangers.  Me, the traitor! I snorted, how dare I say that I will take responsibility for anyone else, when I can’t even seem to bear up under my own responsibility.  Stupid, stupid fool!  I admonished myself, I should’ve turned right back around and dove out into the water, fought the surf and swam out to the receding oculus portal, or drowned myself in the process.  I had no business being here.  My leadership is going to get someone killed.  Three had already fallen.  We had seen them chased on the hill in the distance, being pursued by Xarmnian thugs on horseback.  What am I even doing here? My head bowed in my own shame, and I had to step away, finding it harder and harder to breathe somehow.

Where is my empathy? My compassion? My self-remonstrations continued.  I had moved briskly into the fighting field, not knowing where I was going or what I intended to do.  Morgrath moved angling toward me, his brow knitting, and his grip on his staff tightening.  Corimanth moved forward to intercept him, carrying a staff of his own in a loose unthreatening way, but with a readiness to interpose himself between us, if necessary.

“What is wrong with you?!” Morgrath asked, more in a tone of challenge, rather than out of sincere concern.  His fist shifted on his staff, swinging the back end up into a double grip, with the potential to sweep it out to strike my legs and feet, should I try to evade his confrontation.  Corimanth stepped ahead of him and turned, raising one open hand to stay Morgrath’s approach. “Morgrath,” he interjected, “Let me handle this.”  It was a quiet command of authority, rather than a request.  Morgrath eyed Corimanth, and shifted his eyes toward me, casting me a warning glance, should Corimanth’s dealing with me prove unfruitful.  He sniffed, and lowered his head in a slight nod, giving a modicum of deference to Corimanth.  Morgrath shifted his staff and planted it into the ground, taking a sentinel’s triangular stance, moving one hand up to the upper part of the shaft, and gathering his other hand to it in a two-fisted hold.  He sniffed, and raised his chin, casting me one more glance, then cocked his head indicating that he would defer to Corimanth’s lead…at least, for now.

Corimanth sighed, and then turned to me, speaking in a lowered voice so that only I could hear.  “What is troubling you, O’Brian?  Can I help?”

I nodded beyond towards Morgrath who still stood at a distance.  “What is with him?”

Corimanth shook his head slightly.  “All of Azragoth seems to be on edge.  The soldiers here sense something in the air.  An instinct to discern imminent danger.  I cannot fault them for that.  They are trained to watch for erratic behavior, certain signs that something or someone is not as they seem.  Goes with the profession, I suppose.  Makes them stay alert, and ready to respond at a moment’s notice.  Azragoth has good reasons to be suspicious of outsiders.  Many of our fellow countrymen are not aligned with the work we are doing here, or the rebuilding efforts that Lord Nem has been leading.  You may have not met all of our leadership yet, but there are some very honorable men and women among them.  Lord Zerub was this region’s governor, before Nem came to us.  He and Ezra were both responsible for bringing back much of the stolen wealth that had been plundered from this city many years before.  One does not easily move through the lands of the Mid-World in a large caravan, carrying wealth without attracting attention.  There are others in the surrounding community who became particularly interested in our secret project here, purporting to be part of the secret resistance, whose eyes might be more interested in personal enrichment rather than in rebuilding.  There have been attempts to thwart our efforts.  Spies sent in under the guise of offers to help, but secretly undermining morale, and caught sending communications out to those who could expose us and bring great harm.  Some of our distant kin have sought to threaten us, requesting bribes from us to keep from alerting the area patrols loyal to the Overwatch.  So, you see, your group’s coming here is in times of threat and uncertainty.  Not all of those in the secret resistance against Xarmni, believe in the old stories as much as they used to.  They’ve seen the Stone Quest fail to deliver all it promised, and in its failure, the Xarmnians have taken liberties and become more emboldened to act in defiance against the past warnings of the Capitalian counterforces.  They’ve grown in strength, amassed more wealth and seized more resources that they did not have when they were defeated and routed in the battles of long ago.  They believe Capitalia has abandoned it claims to it former holding in the highlands.  Appeals to those distant leaders go unheeded, and were most likely intercepted, if they ever did make it through the far mountain passes of The Walls of Stone.”

I understood all that Corimanth was saying, but still his reference to the failure of the prior Stone Quest stung.  I wondered if he even knew that its failure was largely my fault.  I let out a deep breath, trying to get my bearings and steady myself.  Morgrath had every right to be suspicious of me.  And whatever had upset the city council that necessitated the urgent meetings, could not be so easily dismissed as being unrelated to our untimely presence here.  I sighed and bowed my head, finding it hard to look Corimanth in the eye.  Finally, I said, “Do you have any idea, what is troubling Begglar and Nell?  What news Shimri and Aida shared with them?  I know it is none of my business, but I would like to be of some help to them, if I can.  Begglar is one of the few friends I still have from the old days.  I don’t want to pry, and if you don’t know that is okay.  I just…”

Corimanth nodded, and sighed, seeming to release some tension he was carrying as well.  “I think it is related to what happened with Begglar and Nell’s Inn, after you left.  I don’t know exactly, but when Shimri and Aida came in, I talked to Ryden, Maeven’s Lehi.  I think Aida had a personal loss, someone that may have worked for Nell.  They did not share this with them right away, for they had newly arrived in Azragoth and were uncertain of how they would be received here.  Maeven and Begglar both vouched for them, so I think they felt a little more at ease.”

I hung my head in shame for where my own selfish thoughts had led me.  I knew I needed to speak to Nell privately.  I would give her some time to grieve, but I needed to understand more of what Begglar and others had said about her.  This way of seeing she had.  The ability to feel something much more powerful than empathy, and to learn to understand what caused her to be able to do what she did with me and the young boy named Will when he was in a panicked state.  If what we had to do ahead of us was as difficult as I imagined it to be, I would need to learn how to quit thinking of my own pain and my own past and learn to see and understand the others to better prepare them for the inevitable dangers soon to come.  Despite that, I could not shake the deep worry I felt about a dark curse spoken against me by a monster in the deep woods so long ago.  It haunted me, for I could not discredit its power over me, after experiencing it being cruelly carried out against my fellow compatriots in the first quest.  Those I counted as friends, those I loved with a brotherly affection, were now dead.  I could hear that curse even now, inside my head.  “Everything you love will be stripped from you. Your betrayal has given me the key…and the means…”

*Scene 07* – [Part 1] – 19:56 (The Seer’s Gifting – Part 1 of 3 “A Grief Observed”)

The rest of the day we spent continuing Ezra’s training drills in the Warriors’ Court.  Morgrath taking one group to the archery range and Corimanth taking others of the men in our group training us in the use and battle techniques of fighting with a halberd blade and pole-axe.  Our training continued until Ezra finally returned to the Warrior’s Court, having spent most of the day at Lord Nem’s meetings, and he gave the team a charge to get rest for the remainder of the day.  We were tired and sore from the rigors of fighting faux enemies that swung down from platforms, or spun upon a turnstile, bearing a battering plank we had to jump over or dodge as it pivoted on a swinging hinge that could strike chest high or low sweeping our feet.  We were sore and stiff and were advised to walk out the soreness by taking a late tour of the inner city or going down and browsing in the market square and then returning to the upper landing for some herbal broth, said to alleviate some of the day’s aches, and give us a restful sleep.  We were especially encouraged to take in the sight of the closing of the new market from the view of the upper terrace where the evening’s refreshments would be served near the warming fire pits.  It was indeed a sight to see.

The market was a colorful bazaar of tents and awnings positioned to keep off the sun at its midday apogee and prevent any sudden short rain shower influenced by the saturated sea clouds’ descent off the highland shelf from spoiling their assorted and displayed wares.  Among its regular storefronts, it featured several temporary stalls and booths that presented a patchwork of color and patterns.  These booths sold garden grown vegetables, cheeses sold in block and in sealed waxed wheel forms, dried and cured meats, mushrooms and edible leafy plants, fruits and berries.   There were colorful bolts of fabric and drapes, woven mats and baskets, leather crafted belts, cinches, saddles, harnesses, and shaped slippers and moccasins.  There were blade smiths with a variety of sharpened cutlery, eating utensils and cultivating tools.  There were smithies that sold shaped metal pieces that might be used for anything from plated armor to horseshoes, binding rings, nails, axes or hammers.  There were tailors and dress makers who sold varied outfits from tunics to jackets, dresses to pantaloons and britches, underclothes to long shirts and camisoles.  There were repair shops and craftsmen that created custom designs of molded and fired pottery, and silversmiths and goldsmiths that sold jewelry and polished stones in crafted settings.

As the day came to a close, I ascended to an upper courtyard where some of our team had gathered to watch as the merchant city began to pack and fold up the market stalls, merchant carts and load up wagons for the night.  The evening marketplace, situated in the city’s center, was a spectacle to see especially from the aspect of the upper terrace.  Even as the westering sun began to lower towards the distant peaks, specially situated brazier posts and lamps were lit, casting flickering pools of light and illuminating the colored canopies as the colorful tents spread, flecked and finally folded and packed away.  It was an efficient and fascinating operation that occurred under the mystique of twilight, looking like a well-coordinated dance of sellers and last-minute buyers, as the cobble-stoned courtyards slowly began to clear.

As I watched the movements below, temporarily mesmerized by the spectacle, I happened to notice Begglar and Nell and Corimanth at the railing just beyond me.  They stood together in the silvering moonlight, as the red sun’s last rays finally tucked themselves to sleep beyond the distant mountains, and a field of stars began to peak out from beyond the purpling sky.  They too had been looking down from the terrace, but their gaze was directed further into the older broken courtyards, where the main market area used to be–remembering.  The contrast between the newer market location and the dismal and shadowy grey location of the old seemed to hold them in a somber melancholic mood of sad memories.

I tentatively approached Begglar, respecting their silence.  Begglar noticed me and finally turned, whispering low to Nell.  I cleared my throat gently, feeling that my presence might be an intrusion, but Begglar nodded slowly, and invited me over.

“Is there something you wanted?”  Begglar asked.  Almost embarrassed to ask, I could not think of anything other than seeking to find some answers to a question that had been puzzling me, ever since I had learned a little more of Nell’s gifting.  Especially after seeing what she had been able to show me of the traumatized young man named Will, and what he had been experiencing when he overheard our fight with the Cerberi creatures before descending down the backtrails to Azragoth.

“Do you mind if I speak with Nell privately a moment?”

Both Begglar and Corimanth looked up.  They exchanged a wordless glance at one another and then nodded.

When they had withdrawn, leaving us to go to one of the courtyard firepits to warm up and take a cup of a drinkable broth said to ease sore muscles so that they could enjoy a restful night, I leaned against the railing next to Nell.

I could see she’d been crying, as she looked down upon the market plaza.  What may have seemed a colorful and pleasing spectacle for me had a very different disquieting and painful reminder to Nell.  She spoke up first.

“You know, every time I think of this place, I cannot help but dread its collection of memories.  Some of them used to be pleasant.  Trips our mother and father took us here to sell our family’s wares.  Little pots, plates and ceramics my mother has crafted with her own hands.  Dad with his metal instruments he’d hammered and shaped in his smithy forge.  I remember times with my mother in the fields and woods between here and there, collecting mushrooms, and herbs for cooking, and the wildflowers.” She half smiled at the thought, “We dried some of the flowers my mother and I had gathered and pressed them to keep their colors.  We found a way to seal and mold them into panes and melted sandglass around them that she and dad had then crafted and blown into decorative vases, and serving dishes.  We specialized in containers of all sorts: Pots, cast iron pans, dishware.  So pretty.  Reflecting on happier days for feasts and celebrations.  Community gatherings.”  She was quiet for a moment, remembering something else.  “Noadiah loved our crafts and bought many of our finest pieces which she used in her Inn and Tavern in Surrogate… uh… Sorrow’s Gate.  All such happy memories.  And good commerce too.  Profitable.  Pleased customers appreciating the quality, and us supporting ourselves and the community, with serviceable wares.”  She paused again, her brow furrowing, and she sighed.  “But then, the Xarmnians came…and the happy memories came less and less.”

She turned to me, her eyes brimmed with nascent unshed tears, “Xarmni changed everything.  They told us who we could sell to and we could not.  They demanded we lower our asking prices and produce more, or else suffer the consequences.  They took things we had intended to sell to others, saying they would pay us later, but they never seem to remember to.  They threaten to break things if we ever raised the issue of fair return and asked us what kind of return we thought we might get with repairing and selling the broken items?”

She huffed, “Each time they showed up to our shop they were there to collect.  And they grew tired of collecting our products.  They began to demand money, and coinages of precious metals that we had difficulty keeping.  Some of our customers paid us in services or produce, and no money was exchanged.  We bartered for some of what we needed, but no money changed hands.  But the Xarmnians increased their demand for it.  They thought we were holding out on them and making excuses.  They grew impatient.  They threatened us if we did not pay them in silver or gold for tribute to their king.  Threatened to take Corimanth from us, to incentivize us to find some silver for them.  Our local townships did very little commerce in metals, so Mom and Dad knew they had to make a trip to the larger towns to be able to get the money the Xarmnians were demanding of us.  Cori doesn’t know this.  You see, I have kept some secrets from him too.  And I am not sure why I revealed that to you now.  Please do not tell him that.  I shouldn’t have told you.  Cori has suffered enough without knowing the reason for the increase in our parents’ trips to this city.  That they were being extorted, essentially paying a ransom to keep the Xarmnians from taking Cori from us.  And, then considering ways to threaten them with things they might do to me.  This went on for months.  The Xarmnians increasing their demands.  Our family worked day and night to meet the increased production demands that had nothing to do with the natural markets and the people who could buy what we were producing.  My parents had to travel more, making their selling circuits wider and wider, until they could not both produce, travel and sell and still meet the Xarmnian demands, and get coinage to pay the ransoms for us.  Azragoth was the only city center in the area that had enough commerce and trade to still pay the area merchants in precious metals.  Metals that Xarmni was demanding more and more from all of the local producers.  The roads were becoming dangerous.  Travel to and from the area towns, especially for those transporting goods, were threatened and robbed by thugs, and desperate people trying anything they might to pay their tribute or suffer the wrath of ‘The Protectorate’ bands dispatched by the Xarmnian Overwatch magistrates that had installed themselves in each of the area towns to enfore Xarmnian edicts and laws.  Xarmni put its fat fingers on the scales and ruled the outer lands by what they perceived to be the way we tradespeople did business.  They had no understanding of us and our local customs or realities.  They saw everything only through the way they assumed it worked in the big cities.  They had town treasuries, so they assumed every township had a treasury where all its gold and silver were kept and regulated.  The Xarmnian magistrates set up collection houses in the towns and demanded a percentage of all of the town’s commerce be kept in those houses that they alone ran.  They forced Xarmnian customs on us that we had no history or knowledge of.  They held elections for show, but no one really knew the people that came to govern us.  They all came from the bigger cities, someone told us, so they knew how a pitiful town like ours should be run.  Times became hard.  Daily living was eked out, barely ahead of our Xarmnian creditors.  Mom and Dad took to leaving us with Noadiah to help her run her Inn.  It was one of the few businesses in town that was still operating at a profit, and she was glad of our help.  The roads were too dangerous for children, I was told.  Even for those traveling with their parents.  Children could be kidnapped and sold into slavery in some of the larger towns that belonged to Xarmni.  So, Cori and I went to work for Noadiah in the off times, when our parents traveled.  This continued until…,” she sniffed, “Mom and Dad came again to this place.  And they never… came back.  A part of me died that day when I heard what happened.  Noadiah refused to let Cori and I go by ourselves to Azragoth.  She kept promising that one day, she would gather some men, and she would personally take us to see what became of them.  To somehow find their graves, if there were any. But that day never came.  The Inn was always too busy with strangers coming in and out of our town.  Noadiah was getting up in years and becoming more and more wary of the travelers and guests coming and going.  She had this way about her.  She could sense when she was being lied to.  She somehow knew who she could and could not trust.  Many tried to cheat her, but they never could.  Some said she had this gift of knowing.  It was only a matter of time before she discovered that I had it too, but mine was still raw and undisciplined.  It came and went sporadically, and I had no way of knowing how to control it.  She claimed that I had been touched by The One, but I was too wrapped up in my own grief to acknowledge anything special about myself.  I, sort of, resented the fact that I had been given something I had not asked for, and the responsibility that went with it.  I needed no more things to worry about and I had had enough of my own pain in life to worry much more about the pains and past of others.  I wanted to be dull, numb to everything, so I wouldn’t have more that I could bear.  I was having trouble enough keeping tabs on Cori.  My plate was full, and I was too sick to take on another bite of anything.  We’d lost the business, when my parents died.  We’d found our home ransacked and pillaged.  Our supplies trashed and sold at a rigged town auction that barely settled my parents’ debts.  My hope and dreams died.  The proceeds of the auction gave Cori and I about a year’s space in time to cover our ransoms.  Cori and I could not run a family business on nothing, so we lost everything.  The Xarmnian demand for money is one of the many ways that kingdom controls us.  Thankfully, Noadiah took us in as her personal help.  Payment from our service to her was our only income and her Inn was the only place left we had to go.  Realizing that, another piece of my heart broke, and my hopes, all I believed I had left anyway, had died.  And ever since, death seems to pursue me.”

Nell gestured below with a sweep of her arm.  “This place, despite what it has become still represents death to me.  Begglar was the only thing good that came to me during our time in Sorrow’s Gate, when you and the others came through following Jeremiah.  Begglar and I found a new way to reach for hope again.  We left Sorrow’s Gate, after he returned from the coastlands as a fugitive.  We built a new life on that hill overlooking Crowe.  I felt safe there for a season.  I was tired of living in towns, much less the thought of ever living in one of the larger cities.”  She looked at me again with sad eyes, “I tell you truly, it was hard for me…coming here.  And now from Shimri and Aida, I learn that the place we called home… a retreat from all this…death, has been burned to the ground.  And we lost a dear friend in that fire.  One of our servants.  Perhaps, you remember her.  She was Aida’s sister.”  A tear spilled and ran down her cheek, “My son was born there on that hill outside of Crowe, in one of the lower rooms of our Inn.  That room was opened, and we extended it to form the lower dining hall and bar.” She sniffled as other tears spilled down her cheeks, “My friend, Aida’s sister, Atayma was brutally burned with it.  The cruelty of the Xarmnians seems to have no bottom to its depths.  I feel death has always been just a few steps behind me, and I have been running from it, avoiding it, hoping its reach withdraw would give me time to raise my son, and keep him safe.  But then you all arrived, and I knew my running was coming to an end.  It was time for us to turn and face it.  To take one final stand against it, come what may.  There was…is…no safe place.  I have been only fooling myself all these years.  I cannot run from it any longer.  It has at last brought me back here, to settle those things within me that must be settled.”

“We may have more in common than you know, Nell.  It seems to be after me too.  I have been met with too many failures to count, some of which led to the death of friends, others which turned my friends into enemies, who wanted nothing to do with me.  It is lonely realizing that.  Feeling lost, forsaken.  Despised.  Without meaning or purpose for my continued existence.  Just to live through another day, trying to meet the expectations of strangers who know very little about me.  Losing those you cared about.  I understand some of what you have said, though probably not as keenly as you do.”

*Scene 07* – [Part 2] – 17:34 (The Seer’s Gifting – Part 2 of 3 “Seeing Me”)

Nell stared out from the balcony, watching the firelights flicker and dance in the courtyards below. She sniffled and wiped her eyes with the back of her hands.  She whispered, “I know a little of your story from Begglar.  Some of which you shared back in the hollow beneath the mound covering of The Marker Stone.  One’s sufferings do not necessarily mitigate another’s, but it does show we walk similar paths in life’s journey.  That is partly comforting, I suppose.  We can relate to a mutual acquaintance with pain and loss, suffering and the search for individual purpose.  To gain understanding around why somethings are given to us, and some things are taken away.” Another tear spilled down Nell’s cheek, as her brow furrowed in memory. “That girl, that stubborn girl!  Atayma, Aida’s sister who worked for us.  I am more grieved about her loss than I am about all the rest.  I told her not to stay when we left. To go on home and leave everything as it was.  But she insisted. She thought that she might be able to buy us some time on the road, if she were there when the Xarmnians came to tell them we had just gone out to market.  she assured me she would go at the first sign of trouble, but…” More tears fell, and I placed a tentative hand on her shoulder, until finally Nell let out a long sigh, wiping her eyes and giving me a short appreciative smile.

“I imagine The One who writes His Words into our Marker Stone knows the full story to the end, while we are given only the glimpse and shadows.  Perhaps, it is a blessing not to know.  To give us this moment to live in, without being crushed with the crowded knowledge of what will become of future moments.  To enjoy what we have now and find satisfaction there in being right where we are.  Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof*, as the sayin’ goes.” [*Matthew 6:34]

“I do know there are joys of special moments I’ve lived through.  I know the joy of holding my newborn baby.  A combination of both myself and my husband, and of watching him grow and discover new things, to taste and develop his own personhood.  What shadows may come, never can darken those moments for me.  I keep them in a place that is safe, if I lean into Who gave me such moments to enjoy.  Treasures no Xarmnian can ever take.  Nor no earthly tyrant can steal from the treasury within my heart.”  She sighed and seemed to release a weight off of herself in doing so.  She folded her hands into each other and asked, ” So what is it, Mister O’Brian,” she said with a slightly teasing tone, “that you wanted to speak to me about, that my brother and my husband couldn’t hear?  I am spoken for y’know?  And happily, at that.”

I cleared my throat, unsure of how to respond to the jest, but decided it was best to just come out with it.  “Well, I… hmm.  Well, Begglar mentioned that you could teach us to ‘See’.”

“Ahh, that,” Nell smirked a little.  “Yes. I knew it really must be that.  But a woman does enjoy a bit of self-flattery sometimes.  Yes.  What about it?”

“I…” I stammered, “I meant no disrespect, I…”

“Am not very good at being teased by overly emotional women,” Nell laughed, “I get it.”

“Um…yeah, I guess…” puzzled on what to say to redeem myself.

“Go ahead, Brian.  I am listening…at the moment.  Have out with it, before the moment changes,” she grinned.  “With as many women are in your little group of twenty or so, you’re going to have to get better at it, so you can safely practice here with me.  I won’t bite you.”  She snapped and chuckled to herself.

“A-After what I witnessed with Will,” I began again, “I could not help but wonder what that meant exactly.  Seeing, I mean.  How does it work?  Is the ability an acquired skill or a special gifting from The One, only?  I assume, from what you’ve said, it is not given to everyone.  Only those whom He intends to use it for some meaningful purpose.  But somehow you made me see and feel what you saw in Will?  How did you do that?”

Nell wiped a lingering, brimming tear from the corner of her eye, returning back from past memories, and her teasing to the sobering present, “I am not sure ‘See’ is the right word, but it serves, I guess.”

“Forgive me for asking this, I do not mean to trivialize your gift, in anyway. I ask only because I am in ignorance of it.  I hope you will forgive this, but what is so important about this way of seeing?  How will it serve us in this quest, specifically?  Do we all need to learn how to do it, or is it just for you and I to know of it?  How much should we reveal to the group about what you can do?  Does Will know what we saw inside of his past experience?  Would it embarrass him to know we looked and invaded his privacy?”

Nell was quiet a moment before answering, but then finally spoke up, “Mr. O’Brian, before I tell you more about my gifting, I need to ask you something first.  What is it that you plan to do here in our world?  What is the purpose your present quest here?”

She had caught me off guard, and I cleared my throat.

“Excuse me?”

“Why is it that you are leading this group of travelers, and why have you involved my husband and our family?  Why did you come to our Inn and seek Begglar out?”

I was puzzled, “Begglar was the only one of my former company that seemed to remain friendly to me.  The only one I felt I could still possibly trust to reveal my present calling to renew the stone quest after I failed the group in the first mission under Jeremiah.”

Nell nodded, “Yes, that is true.  He held no grudge against you.  Never did.  He seemed to understand what you might be going through after losing the faith of the group.”

“Yes.  I believed so too.  Begglar and I… There was some special bond there.  I knew he liked me somehow, even though he delights in teasing me.  Calling me by names that are not my given one, though it is close enough to it.”

Nell smiled, “That’s my Begglar.  That’s the so called, ‘Irish’ in him.  Keeps his mates guessing but loves big and deep.  He’s loyal almost to a fault, God luv him!”

“Yes.  And he was the only one I had the hope of gaining his trust and assistance.  I lost track of the others.  I knew I needed to get as far away from them as possible to keep them safe from the ‘Death’ that seemed to follow me.  But I never intended to bring trouble to your family or place an additional burden on you. That is why I eventually left those many years ago.  I did not expect him or you to join me this time.  We just need someplace to stay for the night and perhaps get a warm meal into those under my charge.  I had no plan to disrupt your lives. Remember, it was Begglar who told me you all would be joining us in this present Stone Quest.  I didn’t press him.  He insisted.”

“Begglar and I both knew you would return.  We just didn’t know when.”

“How could you know that?!” I asked, surprised.

“Because I am a Seer, remember?  I knew your story was not over, even when you were leaving us.  I touched you when you came by the Inn.  I saw your path.  I know more than you think I do.”

Shocked I stammered, “I-I-I don’t…  So, you can see what is ahead?  The future?”

Nell shook her head adamantly, “No. No, nothing like that.  What I see with my gift are seminal decision points.  Crisis points, you might say.  Places where a deep trauma was experienced that shaped the person and pointed them towards a decision.  A life-altering decision.  A path that they chose that shaped who they would become.  I do not see the final result.  Only The One can see the future.  My sight is limited to past events, so it cannot be used to divine an outcome.  You understand?”

“I am not sure,” I scratched my chin, “Then how is it you were certain I would come back?”

“Because of the crisis point in your life.  The drowning, and the result after.  Your story was not finished, even though you thought you had given up on it.  The image of the key that turned into a pen was still vivid in your mind.  Your decision to leave was made because you feared that the lies you were told might come true.  That everyone you loved or wanted to love would be destroyed.  The Pan told you that lie, and you believed it.  So, you doubted the power of The One who called you to the other stone quest, to protect you against The Pan’s curse.  You gave The Pan more power in your own mind, than he has the capability for.”

“And that made you believe I would come back here?” I asked, incredulously.

“You don’t understand,” Nell sighed, seeming to become exasperated with my thickheadedness.  “A lie only has the power that you give to it.  But The One has the command to make all things work toward your good.  To give you the opportunity to learn from your mistakes, and place that guilt back into His hands where it belongs and live according to the capacity He will reveal through your yieldedness to Him.  You are called to be something, you are not capable of being, but because He called you to it, He requires your surrender to equip you with the capability that He reserves for those He calls.  The quest you believed you walked away from is not over, simply because you took your hand off the proverbial plow.  You were not called to a mission that was under the limits of your power alone.  The One wants you to learn that. To trust Him and lean into Him to supply all you lack.  That is what we do.  We walk in a relationship that trusts His sight of the future, not our speculation of what it will turn out to be.  That is faith.  It requires no sight of your own.  It is a certainty in whom you place your trust.  A knowledge of Who you follow and walk with on this mission.”

“Aaah,” I sighed, trying to digest all of the depth and width and breadth of the words she was speaking to be.  They felt to be more than just words emerging from her own perception, but words that came through her from a source of wisdom, deeper than the deepest ocean.

I struggled to find words to adequately respond, but they failed me.  No response I could muster, would plumb the depth of this profound wisdom.  But my puzzlement still nagged me in the back of my mind.

“Is there…?” I hesitated, “Is there…anyway to know what past decision made, could lead to destruction?  I mean, some irreparable choice that locks in one’s slide towards their doom?”

Soberly, Nell nodded.  “There are some pivotal choices in a person’s past that seal their doom.  Many of those cruel characters I met in Noadiah’s Inn.  Ones I served meals or drinks too or brushed up against.  Those that grabbed and pawed at me, before Noadiah intervened and threatened to throw them out, or report their behavior to the magistrate, many of those had such darkness in them, that they had no further hope.  Reprobate minds.  Turned over to their savage natures, and willfulness that sealed their future fate.  They give off a dark aura when I see them the way I do.  I know even then that their future will be what their dark choices demand from the outcome.  Pride blinds them to it, but its nightmarish end will come to them eventually.”  There was a sadness in her voice, but it was an uncomfortable truth she had accepted as inevitable.

“And with me?” I asked, carefully hesitant to hear her reply.

“With you, there was still light in the aura halo surrounding you.  Even in its dimming, you cannot mistake the difference if you’ve seen the contrast between a condemned person, and one still on the gradient of hope.  You still had belief even though you could barely perceive it.  Hope lingered in you, though faint.  You saw the blue light before, and you could not erase it from your memory.  You knew and believed that The Praesporous Stone was still in the crown, and so you believed what you saw and experienced.  You know of the blue light that shines from the Walls of Stone in the west.  You knew Begglar could take you back to The Marker Stone to see it once more.  You needed to see it again, to assure yourself of some evidence that the Stone Quests could be completed, since that one is evidence of a successful mission.  Begglar knew why you were so intent on going back to that sight.  You needed to believe again.  To find Hope, after failing so badly.  But we both knew what had happened to the site after you left.  I knew how hard Begglar had taken it when he and others were forced to witness the atrocity done to it.  To take part in covering it up and entombing what mysteries it continually revealed about the events in your world on the Surface, and the implications that it has resonating her in our lands of The Mid-World, and the revealing of The World to Come, that we call Excavatia.  Our fates are joined.  What happens in the outworking of your world affects ours.  It has always been so, though some have tried to deny it.  Those most adamant against the return of Surface Worlders here are the ones most intent on insisting that our world has severed ties with yours.  Wishful thinking, but wishing does not make it true, for the mind has no capacity to create ex nihilo as The One does.  His Stone exists here in permanence.  It upholds our world and joins it from its past to its future.  We natural born here remember what words we were taught in our youth.  The truth from teachers who have lived both in your world and in ours for the remainder of their days.”

I slowly nodded.  Nell seemed to understand me, better than I understood myself.  My fears, my worries, my need for assurances and evidence that what I had been through was more than just a dream.  I needed some guardrails for my sanity’s sake.  To let me know that the tasks ahead that seem so impossible were to be taken one moment at a time, rather than anticipated as an avalanche burying me under the weight of this proposed and dangerous undertaking.  Fear made me feel so lonely and weak before the giants ahead, that I hesitated to even step onto that battlefield.  Ezra had advised me to know the ground upon which we were to make our stand.  To understand our footing, but to me, it all felt like the beginning of a seismic shift was about to occur and the ground would open up below my feet and swallow me, crushing me as it closed around and over me.  I trembled in spite of myself wanting to be brave in the face of being called to lead those who still knew very little about me and had no clear reason to trust any of what I told them.

Seeing Nell watch me, wondering if she perceived the emotional turmoil that was brewing within, I tried directing her thoughts away from my internal struggles.

*Scene 07* – [Part 3] – 00:00 (The Seer’s Gifting – Part 3 of 3 “The Decision to Join”)

“So, what made you and Begglar decide to come with us?  You could have turned back.  Maintained your life there.  Just send us on our way.”

She raised an eyebrow at me, “Don’t you remember what happened with the troll?”

“Um…,” I cocked my head, “Yeah.  We bagged it, and it caught fire when it tried to roll and hit one of our smoldering torches.  But what does that have to do with why you, Dominic and Begglar decided to come with us?” I continued, “Begglar told me the Inn was failing to make a profit, that it was serving more the needs of the invaders, rather than those of your communities and that your family were now in imminent danger.  He said Xarmni let you exist but not thrive, because they only wanted a place to quarter their leaders and hold meetings when they ran militia and Overwatch campaigns in the highlands.”

Nell waved my words away dismissively, “Those are just the average trials of our day-to-day life.  Uncomfortable, but not impossible to manage our way through.  The One has managed to put is within a blind spot of those that once hunted us as fugitives.  They gave up trying to find us and were so certain that if they could not trail us, that we must have been killed through some other misfortune.  They had no idea we were living and operating under their very nose, since no others in their mind would ever attempt such a thing.  They are a suspicious lot, but to confident in their own prowess, and too arrogant to believe they could be fooled or evaded for so long.  We lived under their suspicion and served what has been termed ‘The Resistance’ for years now. We seem to be helping the Xarmnians on the surface, but we are actively involved with gathering enough intelligence from them unwittingly that Maeven and her Lehi riders could stay a few steps ahead of them in their ambitions and schemes.  That Troll you discovered, was their silly attempt to keep tabs on us, making sure that we were serving the Xarmnian masters, instead of working to undermine them.”

“So, you knew that the…?” I began.

“That the troll was slinking around our fireplace, trying to hide from me?  Of course, I did!” she answered, “And why do you think we both weren’t aware of it?”

“What are you saying?”

“Much has changed since you and Begglar were first involved in the prior mission involving Surface Worlders.  There are not very differing factions within ‘The Resistance’.  The loyalists are split with regard to The Marker Stone, and the present dangers.  Azragoth, for the most part, takes the traditionalist view in reverencing The Sacred Stone, as do Begglar and I.  Maeven is now part of it.  We both have knew when Maeven first formulated her team of Lehi horsemen.  She and her men paid us a visit back in the early years, after we had set up the bakery just on the outskirts of Crowe.  We had just added the building that served as our Inn, when you mysteriously left the Mid-World.  We knew you were contemplating leaving, but did not know when you actually left.  We searched for you, but found your old shack abandoned.  Maeven has since been running forays against the Xarmnian guards.  She’s been very effective at it, and we have on more than one occasion provided them with emergency provisions and a fresh change of horses, while they were being pursued by the local Overwatch agents.  Only recently have the Xarmnians sent out The Protectorate Guards for them, because the Overwatch was being lured from the towns, and the people were taking advantage of their absence and distraction to take back from the storehouses so they could survive and fund the resistance effort.”

“So, you knew all along that there was a troll watching you when you were aiding that family?”

“Of course we did!” she laughed, “What do you take us for, fools?  The Xarmnians wanted us to give them a false sense of security and delay them until they could arrive.  The troll was sent to spy on us because the delay tactic we were supposed to employ often did not work and those we helped were able to get away before we could detain them further.  The troll was, in fact, leaving to report that the family had arrived, not that we planned to help them.  We acted like we did not know it was there, so it could feel confident of its hiding place and effectiveness at spying.  Did you not see me come to the hearth and stoke the fire as if I was oblivious to its presence?  Scattered some hot ash and coals on him as he was scrambling for the flue.”

This was all more of a revelation to me.

“I am not fooled by trolls any more than I am the other supernatural monsters your kind has too often led into our world.  Oh yes, I am aware that your beasties are here because of you Surface Worlders, as are these Azragothians.  It is why your kind are not allowed to intermarry with an Azragothian.”

“But you…?” I started, but she raised her hand stopping me before I could say anything more, “Be that as it may, and I say it without malice, for I love my husband dearly, though he came from your world, your being here is quite disconcerting in a time of gathering war.  The Half-men are here because of the ancient Surface Worlders that came with The Pan creature long ago.  Your modern creatures, possible that very thing that destroyed the granary, are here because of you.  So again, I say, what is it you are called to do by the One?”

I cleared my throat, feeling sheepishly like a scolded child.  My response, I felt was foolish and repetitive, and seemingly obvious.  I hesitated again, and Nell sighed.

“I need to hear you say it, Brian.  I need to hear why you are certain enough in your calling, that you would bring further risk to my family.  If you and your followers had left well enough alone and not interfered, then that troll would be on his merry little way, snorting back his report to those he serves, not smoldering in some bag, making the Xarmnians wonder what we may or may not have done to their squatty spy.  Trolls tend to travel in pairs or at most groups of three or four.  There would’ve been others out in the woods waiting on this one.  Either way, the Xarmnians knew something was amiss and that is why they would come themselves to our Inn and demand an account of us.  That is the danger you brought to us, whether you knew of it or not.  You upset their plans, and Xarmnians get very mean when their plans go awry.”

I shuddered, realizing that again, death had followed me, and I had let it right to the doorstep of Begglar’s Inn.  Nell saw the shock and clouds gathering on my countenance as that realization sunk in, but she raised her hand flat and shook her head.  “Stop!  Don’t go feeling sorry for yourself.  That is not what I am asking of you.  Quite piling the guilt on yourself for things you couldn’t have known until I told you.  Begglar and I knew that when you came back to the Mid-World, we would be joining you.  We were meant to help you and when I saw the little ones that came with you, I knew my mother’s heart could not just turn you all away.  Those little ones need special help to get through this.  Help which I am all to happy to provide.  Begglar has learned quite a bit over these years we’ve spent waiting for your return and a renewal of the Stone Quests.  They never end until they are complete you know.  Remember The One knows the future, and He knew what would come of those He called to undertake that responsibility.  Begglar was one of those called.  His duty to serve his own calling is not diminished, even though the timeline was interrupted.  Jeremiah knows it too, though we do not presently know where in the Mid-World he has gone.  His calling is not over, and he will eventually be drawn back to the task and mission he was given in the first place.  The One does not ask amiss.  His purposes will be served, one way or another, and Excavatia will be brought forward into this world and to yours as surely as the prophecies foretell.  You’ve only kept us waiting.  Twenty-one years, yes, but at last you are here.  So, I say again, tell me what it is that you plan by and are called to do.  Show some faith in it, for The One’s sake, and dispense with your limiting thoughts on what may or may not be possible.”

“I am called to lead a stone quest.  Call from my world into yours.  To fulfill the mission, I set out to complete, many years ago under Jeremiah’s leadership.” I said quietly.

Nell leveled her gaze at me, searching my eyes as she asked, “And how will you lead a group of people, you do not take the time to get to know, because you are too focused on yourself and your inadequacy?  How will you learn to put them first ahead of yourself, and do everything a good leader must do to ensure they can trust that you are following your own leadership?  Are you willing to become vulnerable to learn and understand what it is that they will need from you in the days and weeks to come?”

I bowed my head, ashamed of my own insensitivity.  “Of course.  You are right.  I have been so trapped by my own faults that I have not allowed myself to get to know them.  I do need help with that.  It does not come easily for me.”

Nell nodded, a smile beginning to crease the ends of her lips, as she added, “And that, Mister O’Brian, is why you need a ‘Seer’ such I on this mission.  I am here to help you become a leader who actually sees, hears and responds to the needs of those he serves in that capacity.  That is what I needed to hear from you.”  Her voice broke, “Your willingness to do what must be done, even if you do not yet know how it will come about.  The One will supply the rest.  You are like a book kept in a locked case, refusing to be open and read.  We are given a peek perhaps at what may be inside, but not much more, and that is what keeps them from fully trusting you.  Transparency.  Not just token glimpses.  You still have much to learn about empathy and sharing.  That’s what I believe I am called on this quest for.  To help you see, truly see those you lead, and to give them that same respect, to see you too.”

“The heart is the key, O’Brian. That’s why…the words of The Marker Stone–the Ancient Text tells us: No matter what wisdom you are given, no matter what abilities you are given, if you don’t operate out of a genuine heart of Love, it can come out …ill.”

“Not every gifting given is used by the recipient as it was intended by The Giver.  Unfortunately, I know that from painful personal experience.  Our shared origin and the gift of having a free will outlines this very dramatically.  Your history is replete with examples, as is ours. Man was given the ability to mine precious metals and ores to build beautiful adornments and reinforce structures, and yet he chose to forge and fashion weapons out of them to threaten, subjugate and rule over his fellowman. Gifts are beneficial tools, but the heart of mankind determines how those gifts will be employed for good or ill.  That is why the heart of man must be yielded under the righteous governance of The One. The Builder Stones should be indicative of that too.  Those stones were taken and used to build cities and walls.  Xarm built a massive stone city in the shadow of a great mountain, to make itself an imposing fortress where it could rule the surrounding lands from.  Capitalia built an impassable wall, sealing up the only major pass through the Stone Wall Mountain range, to keep their brothers from following and invading them on the rich and fertile steppes beyond.”

“To be able to ‘See’ in the way I do, you must first clarify your vision of who The One is and how He sees you.  Seeing Him clarifies your ability to ‘see’ for others.  It is as simple as that.  It’s an intense empathetic viewing, a brief visual glimpse into the heart of another being.  But it is not as one might think.  You must look with your mind focused on The One, understanding the manifestation of His attributes as they pertain to His view of you, to be able to see into another being.  Sometimes those visions are painful.  If you are not careful, sometimes the visions you witness can undo you if you are not first anchored in your beliefs about The One.  It is an internal connection that radiates through The One and remotely views into the experiences of another soul.  You have to look through your own personal connection to The One.  Once you learn to practice that insight, eventually your gifting will emerge and be as strong if not stronger than mine. But it is something you must deliberately choose to practice day by day.  The moment you lose sight of this knowing, your mind will begin to darken again, for our supernatural enemies are agents of The Shadow and its interference causes a temporary darkening.  It will continue to be this way until the day of our completion.  With the gift, you must see yourself first, before you attempt seeing another.  Otherwise, you will be deceived, for there is an invisible battle raging in the unseen realm.  That struggle between His light and the absence of it will continue to test and prove you into the strong, chiseled image of The Marker Stone that occupies your own central being.”

I nodded, but cautioned her by saying, “Some of your own would argue that the mission we Surface Worlders are called to, should not be a concern of Mid-Worlders.  That since we must leave this place at the end of the quest, we are only leaving your fellow countrymen to deal with the backlash of what is to come from it,” I added, “if we succeed, that is.”

“Do you not see what the Virtue Stones of the Stone Quest represent?  The Praesporous Stone represents Hope.  Everything worth doing begins with having a Hope to break free of those things which bind and entraps us.  The Cordis Stone represents the Heart, but also Love itself.  It is what you surrender your passions to.  The One first loved us, so we surrender to that Love, which gives us capacity to move towards the Hope we long for.  And the Fidelis Stone is the Faith stone.  It is where both Hope and Capacity combine to give us the steps to exercise what we believe in, to experience the capacity that Love gives us.  Faith is essential to bring the unseen into the realm of the seeing.  It must move from word and thought into deeds that demonstrate what we truly believe.  These are why the Stone Quests are given.  To work out and enjoin us in the process of realizing Excavatia in our own time and experience.  To let that Kingdom in, to dispossess the old kingdom rule.  To give us the Dominion back that was lost at our very beginnings. To take back that which was stolen from us.  These quests are not merely meaningless tasks, but a pursuit of a way to truly live.  To see the Hand of The One be given permission to be invited into this Mid-World and to the one you come from in the old Surface World.  That is why the Stone Quests are so important, and why those in The Resistance ranks who choose to ignore them are so misguided and foolish doing so.  And it is why Begglar and I are willing to risk our lives and that of our son to see this mission through to whatever end that may be.”

Her deep wisdom and insight astonished me, and I choked as I spoke the words, “Well, for my part, I am so very glad to have your company in this.  I needed this talk, more that you may ever know.”

“Well, then..,” she smiled, “perhaps we should go get some of that special broth, before the others drink it all up.  My bones and muscles ache from fighting and training all day.  But I must say, my spirit and heart are as light as a feather, and ready to do what we must.”

The Black Tongue of the City – Chapter 22

*Scene 01* – 09:35 (A Covenant Foundation)

Ezra led us up the stair to the terrace overlook where Nem, a man of brawn and strength, worked with attendants on a large miniature model of the city of Azragoth.  Ezra broke from our group ascended a higher terrace stair and spoke privately to Nem, who cast glances back at us and then finally nodded.  Ezra walked down from the overlook with Nem to meet us as we assembled along the outward balustrade of the lower terrace.

As Nem stepped down onto the lower deck our eyes met, and I saw recognition in his face.  We knew each other, but Ezra did not know this.

“O’Brian, I would like to present the governor of this region and the chief restorer of Azragoth.  This city stands as a testament to this man’s faithfulness and love for this city and his commitment to carry out the will of the One.  He will instruct you in the foundational ways and then bring you to me for the handling of your armaments.  He will answer the questions you have been seeking to understand.”

With that, Ezra stepped back and returned to the stairway leading down to the Warrior’s Court and Nem, arms clasped behind him, stepped forward taking in our measure with a keen eye.

“It has been a while,” Nem said, stating the obvious, giving no other indication to the others of our mutual past dealings.

“I am told you would know more of the Breathing Sword, but to understand it, you will need to know something of foundations.  That is where I come in.  For as you may see of our work here,” he said gesturing back to the scale modeled map of the city, “We are the rebuilders of Azragoth.”

“I am also told that you were brought in from the back wall of the city, so you have seen but a little of the work being done here.  As part of the cleansing, this last evening, you will be somewhat familiar with the streets of the interior by now, but there is something more you must see.  We do not often allow visitors to Azragoth, so, as travelers, you should know that you have been given a certain dispensational privilege by the city council.  Further, you are Surface Worlders, which is even more irregular.  We have Surface Worlders among our citizenry, but they are few and not permitted to hold leadership positions here or intermarry with any of our clerics.  To live among us, they are required to adopt our ways and customs, even to the point necessary for leaving their own.

As we are quarantined people, we, too, are a set apart, people.  These are the terms upon which you are permitted to reside within our city and learn of our methods and ways here.  As you may have surmised, we are a city rebuilding in secret.  Every lineage of every citizen is known here.  This city is mutually bound to one another and under covenant with each other.  Together, in the very heart of the city, we all pledged to this covenant, hand upon shoulder until the human chain reached the inner court with the central leaders placing their hands upon the honor sword of the city.  Without the mercy of The One, we knew that the moment would not have occurred.

The covenant is with The One, whose writings appear on The Marker Stone.  The One Whose Word stands forever.  That Honor Sword is a symbol of our covenant with The Word Maker, and it is the very one we collectively chose to return to The Sacred Grove of The Fountain.”

Here he faced me, fixing me with a solemn stare.  “It is the very one you have brought back to our city. You have been appointed for this, for no man could draw it forth from the grip of the Terebinth in The Sacred Grove,…unless The One allowed it to be used for His own purposes.  Purposes that may involve…say…one of The Marker’s Stone Quests.  If you carry our Sword, you too are bound to our city’s covenant to serve The One Who made The Sacred Stone.  If you carry this city’s sword, know that you carry a portion of our hopes with it as you journey to seek The Dominion Crown.”

I cleared my throat and spoke quietly, low enough so that only Nem could hear me.  “I’m not sure I understand.  Ezra told us you would explain to us about foundations.  That understanding foundations was essential to understanding the meaning of a breathing sword.  Is the city’s sword I found in the stream, a breathing sword?”

Nem sighed and reached out and gripped my shoulders, forcing me to look directly into his eyes.  “You have eyes, but you do not see.  Ears, but you do not hear.  You are locked into the carnal, but need to look with your inner spirit and hear deeper echoes from the place and realm you were sent here to seek.  What do the words of the Apostle Paul say to the Corinthians about the spiritual weapons of warfare?”

My mind shifted and pulled forth a verse from the Ancient Text.  Something within me awakened, suddenly seeing what both Nem and Ezra were alluding to.

Nem saw the realization coming into my mind as my eyes widened.

“Excavatia’s door is within The Called,” Nem said.  “We know this Mid-World is a place between two places.  It is characterized by aspects of both the beginning finite surface and the eternal dwelling.  No weapon has any power beyond that of the weilder, except a spiritual weapon empowered by The One.  Your foundation is key.  We are all born in death, unless the newness comes and indwells us.  His Presence is predicated upon the foundation of our personal covenant.  It is an individual agreement, sealed and certified by blood.  The Blood that kepts us from the emptiness.  You are the house that this Covenant secures.  If you are in Covenant, that is The Foundation, of all that follows.   A physical foundation can be compromised by physical forces.  I am a builder and I can assure you of that.  What is needed is a Foundation not subject to physical wear.  Once that is established the rest of what you are made to be and do can be built upon that security.  Evil cannot reach, what it cannot access.  Threats cannot compromise The One who Indwells the heart of a new-made warrior.  But you must allow The Resident to deal with the forces that arise against you, and yield to His authority.  This is not a passive relationship.  It is a readiness, and an active daily pursuit.  You must surrender to The Covenant Resident, and He will equip you to act as a Breathing Sword.”

I was stunned.  I had expected to hear him talk to us about strength, training and discipline as a foundation to warrior training, but not this.  We had undergone sparring drills, and weapons handling, when I had first come to The Mid-World, but this was taking an aspect of warefare in a new direction.  A mindset.  A posture of warfare.

Nem continued, “Man was created and became alive by The Breath of The One.  If you let Him breathe through you, you will be functioning as a Breathing Sword.  This is why Ezra’s teaching will be of no use without that understanding.  If you cannot perceive beyond what you can physically touch, taste, see or smell, you might as well abandon the stone quest.  What you will come against on these quests are not merely flesh and blood.”

“So the physical skill is not needed?”  I asked, incredulous.

“It is, but it is not the most important,” Nem pointed to and tapped my chest.  “Eternity is within you.  You must go through yourself to that inner part of your heartland to be equipped for the warefare ahead.  The Word is Living and sharp.  Connect to The Truth.  Any blade you carry will only cut and carve a physical form, but is ineffective against supernatural enemies that pursue you.  The Flame to imbue the Sword you weild with cutting fire capable of penetrating those enemies here that are more than mere flesh and blood, comes through your surrender to the Conqueror within you.”

*Scene 02* – 04:04 (Catching On)

Shelberd, Brem and Bray had not been waiting long before Grum-Blud returned to them, blood splattered and trembling with rage.  They stared wide-eyed as Grum came knuckle trotting along the tree line, muttering angrily to himself in a dangerous mood.  Spotting them huddling in the bushes, he spat, “Blasted longshanks killed Corg!”  Longshanks was a pejorative appellate trolls reserved for humankind that had not transitioned to their status.

“What’er we gonna do?” Shelberd ventured.

Grum knuckled up to them, sneering. “Saddle up these beasties and beat the bushes for The Pan.”

“Oh, Grum..!” Shelberd groaned.

“Shut it!” Grum-Blud threatened, snaking his blade out of his waistband.  The dark blade was still wet with blood and gore, but wickedly sharp, as the glinting daggers shining from Grum-Blud’s glaring eyes.

Brem and Bray whimpered, shrinking back.

“Saddle’em up,” Shelberd nodded, shuddering despite himself, as he turned to Brem, slinging the small saddle over its back, pawing blindly, frantically, for the cinch strap, while looking warily back at Grum’s threatening blade.

Satisfied, Grum, slowly hunched down gathering a sheaf of wild grass and ran his blade through it scraping away the gore and grime.  Shelberd scuttled quickly to the other side of Bray and slung the saddle over its haunches, catching the cinch belt and threading it through the rings tugging it snug.  “Watch it there, bub!” Bray snorted.  “My ribs abrade easily. If I’m gonna walk and carry, I gotta breathe.”

Grum growled something unintelligible, and Bray trembled saying no more.

Once mounted and loaded, Brem and Bray headed off in a trot, the trolls riding them through the brush, widely skirting the bordered property of the stone farmhouse and surrounding pasture.

“Grum, where are we going?” Shelberd groaned.

Grum-Blud scowled and gestured with a pudgy fist, towards a small shadowy path through the brush headed into the woods.  “Someone’s gone through here recently.  I saw this broken path while watching from the wall near the stone house.  Grass has been trampled.  Low limbs broken.  There are hoof prints of at least three horses and their dung droppings.  If there is a back path down into the valley and to the woods of Kilrane, why should we go by way of the open road, when we can find out where these lead and who made them.”

Shelberd’s eyes widened, his head bobbing up and down. “Perhaps we can follow those who killed Corg. It wouldn’t hurt having more information to give The Pan either.”

Grum-Blud grinned, “Now you’re catching on.”

Both Brem and Bray snorted their grudging approval.  Perhaps The Pan might have use for these ‘man-frogs’ afterall.  If these creatures did please him on this humiliating mission, that might grant them a little more favorability as well.

They plunged into the thick brush following as the shadowy path unfolded darkly under the leaf-filtered light.   The foliage pressed in tightly around them, but since prior travellers had made the initial passage the brush gave way more easily.  Eventually they came to a downsloping depression in the forest with tall uprooted trees crossing over the gulley standing on broken limbs with their exposed root ball descending into a darkened brow.

Brem and Bray sniffed the stale, fecund air and attempted to balk at going forward, but Grum-Blud would hear none of it.  Reluctantly they press on down into the gulley of softened earth.  Their animal senses heightened to the unmistakable scent of danger.

*Scene 03* – 07:00 (Interruption)

In the courtyard, where we had been speaking with Nem a short, bald headed, pudgy little man with wiry, white hair, ascended the steps below and was met by two imposing guards blocking his way.  The man’s shrill voice carried as he sputtered in a verbal altercation with the two guards, gesticulating wildly as he tried frantically to get past the two stawart soldiers.  Nem moved to the stone railing and peered downward, and the pudgy man, face reddened in exasperation pointed upward, calling out to be granted audience.

“There he is! There he is!  I must speak with you, Lord Nem!  It is a most urgent matter!  Called off your infernal sentries!  I must speak with you!”

The two guards on the lower platform, looked up, and Nem signalled to them with a wave of his hand to let the man approach.  The two stepped aside, allowing the insistent man to pass between them, but they followed close behind as he puffed and panted up the stone staircase to the courtyard above.

Nem turned to us and excused himself, and moved to meet the man at the top of the steps.  The chubby man leaned against the stone baluster, catching his breath, waving futilely at us to give them some privacy.

They conferred in low tones and the man urgently beckoned Nem to follow him.  None of us could make out what was said but we did catch an off-handed word, as the urgent man raised his voice in a pitch that carried.
Treasury.

Nem stepped back over to us, and one of his guards followed him, while the ansy little man huffed and paced impatiently, glancing back down the stair case to the lower walkway, and nervously wiped sweat from his reddened face, neck and forehead.

“You’ll have to excuse me,” Nem said.  “It seems an urgent matter has come up that I will need to attend to.  My man Jorda will convey you back down to Ezra in the Warrior’s Court, and I will join you all later in the day for the midday meal.  I beg your leave,” he said with a slight bow, receiving our full consent, disarmingly surprised by his graciousness.

Once Nem returned to the waiting man, the man seemed to bounce impatiently, turning to descend the steps, urging Nem to make haste.

As our new escort turned to us, I heard Will snort with folded arms, “I wonder what that was all about.

Jorda stood with his pike staff held regimentally as he swept his arm ahead, once Nem and the urgent man had a good lead start back down the stairway.

“This way, if you please.”

“They are so polite here,” Cheryl observed.  “I wonder what’s got that little man so upset.”

Someone muttered, “What did he say?  Something about the treasury?”

“He looked like a chubby little clerk.  I’m sure its nothing more than some clerical concern,” one said dimissively.

“Yeah, but why would he urgently need the city architect for something like that?”

“It was kind of funny watching the chubby man bounce up the steps.  Looks like he was unused to doing much more that sitting behind a desk in a counting house.”

We decended the steps, dutifully following the guard Jorda, winding our way back down to the Warriors’ Court where we had first joined Ezra that morning.  The overhead sun was midway up in the sky, not directly overhead and feathery clouds drifted slowly, rising with the light winds skirting the edge of the towering cliffside that loomed over the backend of the city of Azragoth.  A low mist hung like a canopy along the edge, fed by the skirted streams that banked along an outer wall surrounding the city.

I knew it would not be long before we broke for a noon meal, but I could not help but wonder what might be going on the required Nem’s attention.  Whatever it might be, I was certain that it did not bode well for the city and its peoples, and I somehow wondered if our presence here might have something to do with it.

Beyond us, about three streets ahead, Nem strolled easily behind his corpulent escort.

“It’s been happening all morning,” Kallem, the chubby man continued, mopping his mouth and forehead, panting from the exertion he had expended frantically searching out the whereabouts of Lord Nem, finding few onlookers less than helpful as he had scurried about seeking direction.

“What has been happening?” Nem asked calmly striding forward, following the smaller man who was barely keeping ahead, turning frequently to ensure Nem and his other guard were still following.

“You’ve got to stop it.  There are cracks everywhere.  The printed coinage keeps falling through.  We will be ruined.  You’ve got to hurry.  Every few moments everything in the treasury vault rattles and topple to the floor and the fissures are widening.  My clerks and I have been raking the coinage back, but when the pulsing starts they seemed to be fixed to the floor.  More of it pours down below.  We can’t afford this kind of loss.  No one would believe it.  You must see it for yourself.”

“How long has this been happening?”

“Two days.  At first we did not know what to make of the noises.  We thought a rat or something had gotten in and knocked over some of the bagged coins, but it has been going on repeatedly and we have seen no evidence of rodents.  We noticed the levels beginning to sink and that is when we discovered the cracks in the flooring.  If there is any way to dig those fallen coins out, we must do it.  Something is affecting the precious metals.  Something that is pulling them down into the crevices.  We should never have quarried stone beneath the city. Never!”

Nem sighed, “There has been no quarry digs beneath the treasury.  There should only be solid rock.  We have avoided digs under any significant weight bearing structures.  We made contientious effort to keep the digs under the dead sectors of the old city, besides the grain holds under the old keep tower.”

“What about the old springs?  How far do the water courses go under the city?” Kallem huffed.

“The old springs were diverted.  That is why the upper fountains have dried up.”

“But in the council meeting this morning we were told there is something that has breached the underground.”

“We are looking into it.”

At that point, the two men reached a fortified door with a formidable stone edifice and iron barred portico.  Kallem pulled a ring of keys from his pocket and opened the iron barred gate.

“Well, you need to look into this,” he said opening the iron braced wooden door, and leading Nem into a torchlit hallway.

*Scene 04* – 03:44 (Fault in the Vault)

Kallem stood with his attendants and Lord Nem as a tremor rattled the floor.  Coins clinked, golden goblets wobbled, chains swished and tinkled, and a low clattering eminated from deep below.  A dark, jagged crack scarred the fitted stone floor, pitting and peaking as the grout sifted down into a deep abyssal hollow.  Mounds of coins, molded bars and ingots slinked towards the cavities created with a vibrating rattle.  Attendants scrambled trying to rake back the mounds from spilling into the widening crack, but they were dragged bodily by the inexorable metal wave slouching towards the ominous gash.

“What could be causing this?!” Kallem huffed, still mopping his forehead nervously with his sweaty hankerchief, a sheen of sweat glistening in the firelight over his bunched cheeks and bald widowspeak pate.  The floor gash was widening and somehow being wedged open from deep below.

Lord Nem knelt and raised a torch over the shadowy crack, attempt to peer downward as far as the light would allow.  “I don’t understand it.  This area has always been undergirded by thick layers of solid rock.  There is something down there that is cutting through the mantle.”

“Well, understand it or not, we are losing the city’s gold and silver.  Only the Ezra’s temple storage has the remainder of the gold and silver, but those are consecrated vessels.  We cannot melt or barter with those without causing a citywide scandal!  We need this money for daily operations with those still willing to trade with us for supplies.  These coins were imprinted and re-forged with Xarmnian crests to avoid suspicion.  Years of recasting work.  Outsiders are forbidden from accepting or hoarding any coinage that does not bear the Xarmnian mark.  Anyone found carrying non-authorized monies are to be brought before the Xarmnian tribunals, tortured for information and excuted publicly by The Protectorate, with all coinage confiscated and sent to the Xarmnian city.  You must send a search team down into the deep caverns to find out what is causing this.”

Nem rose to his feet as coins continued to spill over the edge of the widening crack and plink and ping off the stone edges of the gash down into the darkness below.  “I will attend to this personally.  Say nothing to no one for the time being.”

Kallem gaped in astonishment, a look of horror crossing his reddened face.  He stammered, “Oh, no, no, no, no, no!  No one can know.  We dare not mention a word of this to anyone!  No one would believe what we’ve seen, and they would string us up for sure.”

Deep below, water dripped from the fragmented ceiling, and from a deep gash, coins plinked downward in a darkling dance, landing on a broad surface like a formation of scales across the broad hide of a shadowy monster temporary cloaked in darkness.  An electric flash of luminescents scintillated across the webbing of coinage, as the beast sent another magnetic pulse upward through the crack it had bashed into the ceiling of its newly cored tunnel.  It could smell the metallic scents of gold and silver just as easily as it could smell the presence of living blood and perceive a gathering collection of heartbeats far above.

*Scene 05* – 13:01 (Stragglers)
[continuation of Chptr 17-Scene 5]

Back on the ridge of the valley leading down to the Xarmnian stables, Tizkon, the Xarmnian Protectorate guard assigned the duty of holding the outworld captive prisoner had waited for hours before taking the old man down from the ridge of the horse valley escarpment.  He had watched the lower road where Bayek and their Bruel Hadeon had pursued the fugitives and the dual wagon weapons convoy, purportedly coming from the Iron Hills foundry.  When none of his team re-emerged from the split routes they had taken in their pursuit, Tizkon sensed something must have gone terribly wrong.

Hadeon’s orders were: “Wait here with him for now, and watch.  Once we take his companions below, he may be of no further use to us.  Slit his throat and toss him out for the carrion birds.  Then you should be free to swiftly join us in the valley below.”  The problem was, there was no way to tell whether they had taken the man’s companions, so there was no way to be sure killing the man was still the best course of action.

Hadeon had assumed a successful capture as a given.  The Bruel was rarely wrong, and Tizkon longed to be rid of the spindly carcass and ride hard after his crew.  Nothing could be gained by delay.  He had no choice but to bring the old sack of flesh along giving it yet another day of sucking air.

The sun climbed high into the midday sky, its heat blistering and bleaching the sands on the broad descent road.

They rode along a shrub-lined gully near the main road’s juncture point, just over the brow of the descending hill.  From the cover they could see both of the side routes the fugitive wagons had taken: one in a darkening rim path that headed east into the Rimwood forests, and the other headed northwest into a skirting trail that seemed to wind back into the long valley where the Xarmnian stables were kept and their field stock were pastured.  A deepening spring fed river ran through that valley and cut downward as it passed into the westward woods, broadening out into a series of cataract falls coming down from the highland shelf.

Tizkon was on high alert, scanning for any movement from the encroaching woods that stood a few hundred yards shy of the road and circular clearing that wound down from the shelf of the highlands.

Suddenly he heard noises coming along the eastern trail.  He held his sword at the ready as Bayek came alone out of the shadows, leading a team of riderless horses.

He hailed him and Bayek paused, squinting and blinking uncertainly in the light of the midday sun, still allowing his eyes to adjust from the shadowy forest to the bright and open sky.

“What have you done with the others?!”

Bayek shaded his eyes as Tizkon rode up, his spindly prisoner riding behind, barely hanging on.

“I see you haven’t killed him yet,” Bayek commented dryly.  “Perhaps that is just as well.”

“Where are the others?” Tizkon huffed.

Bayek coughed, wiping his face.  “Ran into trouble with wood folk.  Bloody sirens.  Two of our Cerberi are missing.  The others must’ve circled back through the woods.  What of the other teams?  Have you seen any come back from the ridge run?”

“I’ve been watching for hours,” Tizkon replied shrugging.  “I don’t know what to expect.  Looked like Hadeon took the main road down.  No sign of them either.  What do you think we should do with this one.”  Tizkon inclined his head with a backward nod, indicating his prisoner.

Bayek scowled at the old man in disdain, clearly annoyed that his continued presence caused them an inconvenience.  “He is no good carrying around like that.  If we have to ride fast, he will flop around like a sack of potatoes.  Toss him down and let’s tie him over one of these saddle horses.  Have you had to feed it yet?”

“I fed it a bite or two while we were waiting on the ridge.  I think the begger wanted to spit it out, but was too famished to do so.  It doesn’t talk much.”

Tizkon unhooked the man’s bound wrists from around his waist and the saddle horn, slipping the hitch knot loose with a sharp tug.  The old man groaned as his wrists were further abraded by the rough rope that had bound him to his captive and the horse they both rode.  Tizkon’s mare snorted and rolled its neck, bobbing its head up and down.

The old, emaciated man slouched, weakened by lack of sleep, the dry and windy conditions, its sustained bruises and cuts from its interrogation, and its dread of what might follow.  He fell off the back of the horse onto a patch of scrub grass as Tizkon swung out of the saddle and Bayek dismounted as well.  They grabbed the man by his arms and legs and uncerimonoiusly pitched him across one of the saddles of the riderless mounts.

Tizkon continued talking, as he lashed the man to the horse with additional rope.  “Wood sirens, eh?  I’m told their quite the lookers, despite being deadly.  Did you talk with any of them?”

“It was mostly being talked at rather than with,” Bayek grunted.  “They gave me a message to give to the king.  That is the only reason I was left alive.”

Tizkon looked surprised.  “The king?!  What dealings would wood sirens have with the Son of Xarm?!”

“Dealing in gold…” Bayek muttered.  “Or something like it.”

“What was that?” Tizkon asked, turning.

“Rumors only.” Bayek grumbled.

“Rumors?” Tizkon arched an eyebrow, “What rumors?”

Bayek stared hard at the continuation of the main road and across the gap to the shadowy forest trail beyond.

“What rumors?” Tizkon persisted, when no answer came.

Finally Bayek turned to Tizkon giving him a stern look.  “You are still very young, Tizkon.  What was done was done before our present king took the throne.  It is rumored to be part of the reason he never leaves the Stone City.  If I tell you, never speak of it anywhere you might be heard.  If it were to come back to the ear of the king, you will not wake to see the morning, after retiring for the night.  The Son of Xarm will send a Silencer after you to forever still your loose tongue.”

Tizkon’s expression took on gravity, as Bayek’s ominous warning sank into his thoughts.  Silencers were the Son of Xarm’s elite group of assassins.  They worked in secrecy and always in darkness.  They were rarely identified, and wore coverings of all black living in the shadows.  Parents warned their misbehaving children, that if they did not obey, the king might send a Silencer after them to forever hush them in their sleep.  Rumor had it that Silencers had a key to every locked door in the city.  That they could somehow find their way into a room through the tiniest crack or crevice.  The very thought of Silencers gave even grown adults the tremors.  The spectre of their reputation even quelled most gossip through the town folk.  People were suspicious of each other and often did not trust others with information for fear that a neighbor might somehow get the Son of Xarm to send a Silencer after them.

Tizkon flinched at the thought and shuddered.  “Forget I asked.  I don’t want to know.  Tell me instead about the wagon you followed into the wood trail back there.  Where did it go?”

Bayek returned to his horse and swung back up into the saddle, checking to secure the rope line that he had led the remaining horses belonging to his fallen comrades.

“The wagon was rammed into the trees when the path became too narrow to forge ahead.  They smashed the spokes of the wheels and wedged it against us, barring further pusuit on horseback.  We had to follow on foot until we reached a dead end.”

“And that is where you encountered the wood sirens?”

Turning his horse torward Tizkon, who was also mounting up, he nodded.  “Siren.  There was only one that showed herself.  The others surprised us from overhead.  They are fast.  Unnaturally so.  We did not expect them in Rimwood.  It was agreed that The Pan and his kind would keep to their lands, if we would keep to ours.”

Astride his horse now, Tizkon huffed.  “Any agreement made with that dark creature is suspect.  I would not trust him or those we send to broker deals with him.  Trolls are entirely duplicitous.  Only good to be used as berzerkers when they are in their Grawplin phase.”

“Be that as it may, the Siren claimed that there was… ‘ a digger’ under the wood, on a destructive path heading down towards Kilrane forest.”

“A digger?” Tizkon smirked, “What kind of digger worries wood sirens?”

“A digger capable of tearing up the root system of the mature trees and tunneling close enough to the surface to weaken and collapse the forest floor.”

“What evidence do we have of that?”

“None yet.  But somehow I believe her to be telling the truth.  Seems to think that these outworlders are the cause of it.  Some creatures are more than just brute beasts.  Rumor had it that some were once used in the quarry caves for mining ores.  Diggers we built for hollowing out the ground and could draw precious metals from it, which they would shed and shake off later.  The metals were then collected and melted down in the forges.  Then hammered and poured into forms.  Rumor has it that The Pan himself was once a master metal worker, before it rebelled and took with it the Half-Men into the Moonlit Moors in the dark northlands.”

Tizkon pondered this a moment trying to remember some of the legends of the monsters of the dark lands.  “So what upsets these wood sirens?  That a few trees are falling down?  What connection is there with The Pan and these wood nymphs, and a digger?”

“I once heard that the matriarch of the sirens was both wife and sister of The Pan.  Her name was Naamah before she became what she is now.”

“His sister?!  He mated with his sister?!  Shouldn’t their offspring have deformities as a result?”

Bayek stared at Tizkon until he realized the absurdity of the question and blushed in embarrassment.

“Wouldn’t you say being born half vegetable and half human was kind of a persistent deformity?”

Tizkon nodded, pondering the implications.  “And The Pan, being half man and half ram would make him have desires to consume both meat and plant as well.”

“It’s an age-old story.  The Pan worshipped the power and strength of the ram’s horn.  His wife worshipped the power of the field, its beauty and its produce of food.  Seed worship.  Both seemed to have gotten what they wished.  They became the objects of their worship and declared themselves to be gods, while fighting the internal desires to consume each other.”

“Do they…?” Tizkon wondered.

“Do they what?” Bayek said directing his horse towards the switchback down road leading to the lowlands.

“Eat each other?” Tizkon spoke in nearly a whisper.

“I would not be surprised.” Bayek commented, kicking his horse into a trot.

As they ambled their horses down the shelf, Tizkon looked back to the other trail their other detachment had followed.  “I wonder what happened to the others along that rode heading to the falls?  How could Aridam and his group fail to capture that other wagon?  Should we wait for them?”

Bayek answered over his shoulder, “Hadeon said to meet him and the others down at the clearing near Kilrane.  We follow orders until we are given leave to do otherwise.  Wherever those riding the wagon we chased went, I expect we will somehow find them in the lower valley in Kilrane.  When we meet up with the others we may find Aridam and his team there too.  But even if not, I’ll need to get leave from Hadeon before I ride to deliver the siren’s message to the king.”

*Scene 06* – 15:41 (Corimanth’s Secret)

We spent the remainder of the morning doing grip drills with Ezra back in the Warriors’ Court.  He had us working at striking the pells-thick wooden columns with hack marks on them.  Getting us used to toughening our hold on the blades selected for us.  We worked until our hands were numb, and our fingers sore. It was grueling for a first day’s lesson and we had worked up a considerable sweat, striking the columns high, low and mid-level while he observed how we reacted to the shock of the blade’s stop at the end of a swing.  Eventually, as we tired and our minds buzzed with Ezra’s repetitive drill commands, we were all very glad to hear the tinny mid-day bell signalling a respite.  Weary but having worked up an appetite we filed into the corridor leading back to the commissary where we had breakfasted that morning.

True to his word, Nem rejoined us as we assembled once again in the large dining hall for the afternoon meal.  He took a seat across from Begglar and Nell and their friends from back in the village of Crowe, Shimri and Aida.  I was just down the table far enough to hear some of their conversation, though for some reason, Nem seemed to be avoiding eye contact with me.  We had all wondered what the man had wanted that called him away from us, but Nem gave no indication that he was disposed to tell us.  Since he made no further comment about it, we felt it might be a subject he was not at liberty to talk about.

Nem looked thoughtfully at Nell as he took his first few bites and finally spoke to her in a low voice.

“You are known to me, yet I do not remember from where.”

Nell wiped her mouth with a cloth napkin and raised her eyes to him, staring directly for a long moment, yet with no seeming pleasure in doing so.  Quietly she layed the napkin down, lowered her eyes and speared a morsel of meat on her plate, avoiding further eye contact as she spoke.  “We met in Sorrow’s Gate, many years ago when you and your company were traveling through.  I served you at the Inn where I worked with my brother Corimanth.”

“Ah, I remember,” said Nem, recognition widening his eyes and forming a half smile. “You were the Seer.  The one who could sense connections between tales told and the people whose stories were being told.  A prophetess among the women.  You exposed the lies of Noadiah when she tried to deceive us.”

“Yes,” Nell acknowledge, still focusing on her plate, adding with a bitter inflection, “And for that, you and The Eagle took my brother from me.”

Nem sat up straighter and took a deep breath.  “You have not heard of why we intervened on his behalf?”

“Intervened?!” Nell raised her eyes staring forward defiantly, openly glaring at Nem.  She set her jaw and tried to lower her voice to keep from drawing attention to their low conversation, but hissed through clenched teeth.  “My parents died in this place!  Corimanth was all I had left!  I gave you the truth, helped you… and you repaid me by enlisting my brother into your scheme. Not only that, you kept me in the darkness, grieving the loss of all I had that I could call my own.  What do you mean you intervened?!”

Begglar interrupted, “Nellus.  Let’s hear him out.  All might not be what it seems.”  So speaking, he attempted to put his arm around Nell, but she shrugged him off.

“Well?!” she hissed at Nem, “What do you have to say for yourself?!”

“Your brother and the others with him were caught stealing from our packs.  Ceremonial items we had hidden and were bringing back to Azragoth for use in the Temple.  He and the others had raked up quite a haul from some of the other merchants in Surrogate, and they made the mistake of raiding our travelling party as well.  We caught them with the items, and others they had stashed.  We could have made an example of them.  Turned them over to the city magistrate…  But, I didn’t… for your sake.”

“For my sake?!” Nell looked stricken.

“Yes,” Nem bowed looking down as he cut a portion of meat with his knife and fork, continuing, “They were soon to be discovered and would have been marked for death by the Overwatch.  The local merchants were tired of being robbed, and though they avoided enlisting the Overwatch in their internal affairs, they had finally made an appeal to them as payers of tribute to the Xarmnian crown.  They could not pay the Son of Xarm’s taxes, if they could not sell their wares.  The Xarmnians agreed.  They did not have a name, but they suspects and would have soon discovered him because of the people.”

“We were strangers in Surrogate.  Trying to keep a low profile while seeking craftsmen and stonemasons, and all who had some connection with Azragoth or desire to see it restored to its former glory.  Xarmnian involvement was the last thing we needed, and so we had a decision to make regarding the boys we had taken prisoner.  We needed information.  We needed those who might be able to blend into their surroundings and not raise alarm.  To be able to steal something more valuable to us than mere merchant treasures and food stocks.  We needed information, and we considered that those we had presently in our custody, might just be willing to trade their life of petty larceny to something more worthwhile using the same skills that had made them effective theives.”

“You made them spies?!”

“We offered them a deal.  Work as spies for us, or take their chances with the town magistrate and the Xarmnian Overwatch.”

Nell fiddled with her fork and the remaining food on her plate, her ire was deflating, and so was her appetite.  She had heard Corimanth’s apology and side of the story and had given him forgiveness for it, but somehow she was reluctant to offer the same to Nem.  She felt betrayed by him.  He had been a guest in their Inn.  Or perhaps, she should consider it Noadiah’s Inn, but it had become a home to her and her younger brother, so she could not help but to think of the place as partially their own.  Noadiah had offered her and Corimanth part of the ownership of that Inn, in exchange for their help in keeping it running.  She could not afford to hire extra help, but both Nell and Corimanth had needed a place to stay and something to keep them occupied and productive now that their parents had been lost in the fall of Azragoth.  When Noadiah disappeared, Nell had been left to run it until Noadiah’s return.  Only Noadiah did not return.  She left soon after Nem and his men arrived.  She suspected Noadiah had gone with them to find Azragoth, but she could not be too sure.  Noadiah had been secretive.  Strangely so, ever since she learned what Nem and his attendant crew were there for.

Nem continued, attempting to further convince Nell of his part in the enlistment of her brother.

“We needed some inside information from within the city of Xarm.  Our trip from Capitalia had come at a time when there was still breaks in the valley wall.  Emissaries had been sent to Capitalia, but by then the wall had made the only path to get there an attempted trek up over the mountains.  Few made it through, most were intercepted by Xarmnian patrols.  Of the ones who made it, few had knowledge of Azragoth, after the Xarmnian siege.  Capitalia was still then feared and grudgingly respected by the Xarmnians.  An edict born by the kings of Capitalia once commanded respect and caution not to interfere with Capitalian messengers, but the Xarmnians, we soon learned, were becoming more emboldened.  Your brother recognized that the Xarmnian’s maintained a wary distance from us when they learned we were from Capitalia.  When he came to us, he wanted to know why and if we were coming in response to the long-ignored pleas for assistance.  He and the others tried to distract us and made a clumsy attempt to steal the golden bound scrolls we carried with us.  This effort was easily put down, and we could have turned him and the others over to the Xarmnian Overwatch, but we thought to have mercy.  Your brother’s anger was one of desperation.  He hated the Xarmnians for the death of your parents.  He was helpless in dealing with that rage, so we offered them a bargain.  We enlisted their service and swore them to abide by our code, and we would spare them their lives, and in return, we would solicit aid from the Capitalians with whom we had grown in favor.”

“Then why does my brother wear a binding about his chest?  Where did he receive such injuries that he struggles to speak, and why is it that he has not communicated with me even once in these many years?”

Corimanth emerged from the end of the dining hall and walked forward to the gathering having overheard the question.

“I can answer that for you, Nellus.”

All eyes turned toward him.

“I trained here in Azragoth yet kept some semblance of my weight in check.  I assisted with the rebuilding and was given a place here, should my mission succeed, and I return from it.  My skill with a halberd developed and it became a weapon best suited for my size and stature.  I was taught how to control my aggression and channel it for constructive use.  The Azragothians reminded me of what honor is and what it meant to live with a noble purpose, the same as what our father taught us.”

“Once the timber had been brought in from the back forest an opportunity opened for me to blend in with a gathering of young men being conscripted and marched back to Xarmni to serve in their armed court.  Swordsmen and spear throwers and archers were the most needed in their marching armies, but for palace guard duty, they wanted stout fighters skilled with halberds to stand watch by their doorways and council halls.  My proficiency proved useful to them, so I was given a sentry post near the donjon.”

“I later learned that was where in they kept their sacred Builder Stone.  I had seen it through the doorway, a few times standing post.  We were given quarters in the wall units so that we could be close to hand at any alert sounded during the evening watch.  I served under a company of men, under the command of Captain Jahazah the Crusher.  He was a brutal and bloodthirsty man, known for mangling and crushing people through various means.  It was from him I received the wounds that require this present binding.  I had to fight him the night the Lehi came for my report.  Thankfully, they were not far when he confronted me from the shadows, brandishing my own halberd.  I was slashed in the ribs before I was able to get it free from him.  We grappled and fell down stone steps, but the prideful Captain would not call out for the other guards.  He was incensed by my treachery and wanted to kill me himself.  He broke four of my ribs in a crushing squeeze.  I heard them snap and the pain was intense, but I was able to get free by striking him in the throat.  The Lehi returned and bore me up and into the darkness.  The last sight I remember of the Captain, he was on his knees spitting up blood and coughing.  We were barely far enough away before he gained his voice enough to alert the other guards to pursue.  If it wasn’t for the Lehi, I would have been a dead man.  Travel was excruciating, but the Lehi were well-trained in field medicine, and when we were far enough away, they dressed my wounds, staunched my blood, set and bound my ribs with this truss and tied me to my mount.  I am told I passed out several times during the journey, that I suffered feverish rants, and a sort of delirium until they found some medicinal plants to ease my suffering.”

“So, it was Corimanth who delivered the intelligence of what is happening with the Builder Stones,” Begglar remarked.

Maeven stepped forward from the group and joined, “Yes.  I did not know he was Nell’s brother though, or I might have told you before.”

Nell shook her head in bewilderment, “Some seer I am.  All of this going on under my very nose, and I had no inkling of it.”

Begglar patted her affectionately, “Now don’t be too hard on yourself, Nellie dear.”

Nell carefully embraced her brother, tearful eyed, mindful of his wounding, “You’ve done me proud, Cori.  And no one can say less of it.  It was a brave thing you’ve done.  Foolish but brave, and just as courageous as father hoped you would ever be.  ‘Tis a shame they were not here to see it.”  More tears poured from her eyes as she held her brother, sniffling into his shoulder.  But then she pulled away and lightly cuffed him on the cheek, “But you could have told your sister something, stead of making me think as I was!”

Nem observed the exchange and then spoke to them, “Your brother now lives with honor.  He brought the secrets forth from the Xarmnian fortress.  He told us of the mysterious movements of the Builder Stones and what may come of it.  It is the reason we have sent The Eagle to the summit of Mount Zefat.  To study the terrain, to see the positioning and progress of the tribes as they are drawn out following their stones. To take a high vantage point to align their paths to see if what we all suspect is happening is true.  We hope to predict the convergent points at which the conflicts may erupt between them.  But we all have the same suspicion.  The Builder Stones are being drawn back to the one stone of most consequence–The Ancient Marker Stone where they first were found.”

*Scene 07* – 00:00 (The Black Tongue)

After the meal, I and the others of my group followed Nem to the outer courtyard, where I had previously spoken with Corimanth when we had first arrived.  Nem had his foreman show members of my group the areas of the city they were working on using the large city model map and the areas that could be overseen from the high terrace.  Quietly, he stepped away from the group and came over to speak privately to me as his lead man gave a comprehensive tour referencing the map and the reference points in the city below.

He leaned on the stone baluster and indicated the Warrior’s court below with a vague hand gesture.  “When Ezra began his training in the courtyard, he called you out as the leader.  You may not have known, but from this terrace, I could see you this morning in the Warrior’s courtyard,” he paused.

“Then you must’ve seen him knock me down on my butt,” I huffed.

Nem nodded, looking outward, but still not looking directly at me.

“And when he called you to stand and be armored for the demonstration, did you notice what was at your feet before he struck your leg, and you fell?”

I turned to him unsure of what he was telling me.

“I thought not,” he continued.  Quietly, he observed, “Ezra will often give you a clue as to what is about to happen if you are listening closely to what he tells you before. Ezra usually begins his lessons with proper footing and foundation.  The goal is to give a fighter an awareness of the ground upon which he will face an assault.  Often times a fight can be won of lost within the first few moments of combat, if one of the fighters loses their sense of their foundation and their footing.  The same is true as in all things.”

Here he glanced at me, “To begin anything… you need to fully understand and rely on where you are positioned.  You must have certainty about it–a degree of confidence–before you lift your eyes to build anything or face an enemy.  Right now, at this very moment, our city foundations are under assault.”

I wasn’t sure where he was going with this, but I had a sense he, somehow, was holding me personally responsible for whatever foundational threat he was alluding to.  I could not imagine what I may have done to give him that impression, but he seemed hesitant to bring that charge directly against me.

“I am not sure you are ready for what soon must happen.  But foundations are something I am particularly concerned with, and you should be concerned with them as well when preparing for the warfare ahead.”

“Just as you must be aware of your own foundation, by the same token, you must also have a sense of where your enemy stands and assess the relative strength or weakness of their positioning.  The same is true with buildings and fortifications.  And it is true of relationships as well.  Even those we think we know, can fool us.  It often comes with too much familiarity to the point when, rather than listening and perceiving, we run ahead into interactions based on assumptions derived from what we anticipate.  How much of Ezra’s lesson do you recall?”

I thought back, remembering the words spoken over me as I lay prostrate in the dirt after he swept my footing out from under me.  “Yes.  Obviously, he said, we needed to be aware of the nature of the ground upon which we were standing before he abruptly sat me down on my pride.”

“And,” I added, “he said the blade is not the only weapon I bear.”

“He was correct,” Nem said, “He positioned you among anchor points, which you may not have noticed.  Pieces of wood staked into the ground which had you looked down you would have seen.  They are used for fighter’s foot placement.  A warrior stands with the lead foot against one anchor point, and his back foot against the other.  He noticed your focus was on him, so he used it as an illustration instead.”

“You’re saying he tricked me?”

“In a word, yes.  Had you positioned your steps accordingly, you would not have so easily fallen.  Had you kept a sense of the ground, even if you did not know the purpose of such staked blocks, you may have circled beyond them and retained your footing.”

“Also,” he said, “the blade is not your only weapon.  Your sense of purpose should also be part of your drive, your cognizance of the nature of the assault and the countenancing of your opposition should also be part of your arsenal.  You must know that you fight with your entire body, and not just your blade. And your mind should be as keen on what is going on, as well.  As you are the leader of this band, it is critical that you learn the first lessons so that you may lead in them by example.  The Xarmnians are flesh and blood the same as you and me, but the monsters here have abilities that you must be aware of and fight with both with your mind and your soul under the empowerment of The Word–The first sword made into flesh that lives and breathes and is breathing still through you.  As I said, it is you, who are a breathing sword.”

He let that sink in for a moment.

“Lord Nem, I know you are trying to help me, but I am struggling with the fact of my return here, and what The One wants me to do.  I am not sure I am the best choice for this mission.  I am not a natural leader.  In fact, if you were to speak to Jeremiah again, you’ll find that I was also not a very good follower.  I betrayed his leadership, and my only guess is that I was brought back here to correct what I got wrong.  To somehow recover The Cortis stone I let fall into the possession of The Pan.”

Nem was thoughtful and did not respond right away.

“I am told you are familiar with the Ancient Text, and that you can call it to mind as circumstances present themselves.  This ability is essential when fighting the creatures that stalk our lands.”

“Yes, but that was by accident.  I fell against The Marker Stone, and that ability was a byproduct of touching that sacred stone.  A result of my clumsiness more than anything.”

“Recite for me from the prophet Isaiah chapter 55 verse 8.”

My mind shifted and I quickly recited the passage: “For my thoughts [are] not your thoughts, neither [are] your ways my ways, saith the LORD.”

“Think carefully about those words.  What does that say about your reasoning as opposed to the perspective of The One?  You might be surprised how often what some believe to be a mistake is actually a benefit and a gift.  The One wastes nothing, even those things that seem to have come about by your own failings.  Because you have that ability, which you may believe was accidental, it serves in the providential plans The One has for you.  To face the particular form of creatures that will attempt to thwart you in your journey ahead.  You alone, and perhaps Begglar, have been preordained to fight those creatures that have come here from the void.  Be careful to not let novices, who have no understanding or familiarity with the Ancient Text, attempt to fight the monsters of this land, or you will guarantee their defeat.  Only the Ancient Text will cause them to succeed, but they must know it enough to handle it against the mind assaults of their adversary.  Flesh and blood may be defeated with practiced skill, but the weapons needed to defeat the creatures are not made of metal and steel alone.  Their arrows of the mind cannot be turned by armor plating, finely linked chain mail or the parry of a masterfully wielded blade.  Do you understand this?”

“I do.”

He sighed, clearly something was troubling him.  Some further uncertainty that I could not perceive in a man who otherwise seemed so confident and assured in his other decisions.   “There is something you are not telling me.  Something that troubles you more than my failing to understand the import of what we are here to do.  What is it?”

He was quiet for a long minute.  Finally, he spoke.  “As you know we are a city that survived and recovered from a terrible plague.  And now something has come to my attention that threatens to unleash that plague once more, despite our memorial efforts to ritualistically cleanse our city.   It could awaken the black tongue again.”

“Black tongue?”

Nem was quiet again for a moment and looked off into the distance.

“I will tell you of what ‘Black tongue’ means, but for now you need to know more of what the ritual we performed signifies, and how it fits in the future defense plans of this city.”

“I assumed it was to keep it clean against another plague. Was it not?” I asked.

“To defend it,” he reiterated pointedly.  “What you may not know about me is that I was born in this city, but was taken as a captive in my youth when the first caravans came through this area.  The caravan leaders then were the patriarchs of the two major warring human nations that now divide this country.  The nations that are now called Xarmni and Capitalia.  The patriarchs were relatives.  Cousins actually.  The regent Xarm and the regent who became king of Capitalia named Xerxes.  It was their custom for their successors to take their father’s first name, as a second name: a patronimic name, so called.  When the families eventually split and formed feuding factions, I was retained in service to Artemis Xerxes, the son and heir of Xerxes.  I came to be a trusted servant, such that I was given the responsibility of being the heir’s cup bearer, and was always present at the king’s table.  Artemis was in dread of spies from his uncle’s kingdom.  Both his father and his uncle were killed in the ensuing conflicts that arose from their feuding.  Most of Xarm’s sons were slain in the skirmishes and battles prior to his death, and Xarm was obsessed with retaining an heir to succeed him on Xarmni’s throne.  Before he died, he grudgingly conferred his legacy and rule on his bastard son, reportedly the child of one of his daughters.  The one who now calls himself by the title “Son of Xarm,” asserting his legitimacy.  From his death bed, Xarm charged him to exact eternal revenge on Capitalia, and his cousin, by conquering them and bringing them under subjection.  He was to subjugate and occupy any of the cities that remained friendly to Captialia or hoped for its aid, against the rising dominance of Xarmni beyond the mountain ranges and their wall.  Azragoth was one of those cities.”

“In the years that followed, Xarmni sent a sporatic succession of spies into Capitalia, on many failed assassination attempts to infiltrate the court, and take out the Capitalian monarch.  They succeeded once, taking out the father of the king I eventually was trained to serve.  He was poisoned, and I discovered the former cupbearer was paid handsomely to allow it to happen.  That man was then hung from the ramparts, and a vacancy opened up in the king’s service.  I volunteered and was given the position to serve the regent’s successor, with whom I had become friends while serving the royal family.

“As the king’s cupbearer, I was trained to detect the subtle presence of poisons that may be slipped into the king’s wine.  I became very skilled at detecting the trace differences in smell, color and taste.  Thus, I kept the new Capitalian king alive despite many further attempts to fell him.

“He came to trust me and value my judgment–My skill of detection, both in detecting poisons, but also in detecting artifice in those who served him.  The king confided in me, and I grew to respect and honor him, even though I was his conscripted servant.

“What I did not know through all of my captivity back then is that all my experiences were being used to prepare me for this work.  I learned from being a servant, what was most important for becoming a leader.  I learned from being in the king’s court what a hierarchial structure should look like and how the servants at court worked in concert to provide a support system for those in leadership.  I learned how the system relied on mutual trust, and how servant leadership changed the dynamic of a network of fear, to a organized system of mutual benefit, and shared vision.  Even in my role as cup bearer, I was given a vision of how to rebuild the city of Azragoth and establish a defense against overwhelming odds.  I gained not only insight, but the goodwill of allies and a king, willing to finance this rebuilding effort.  These experiences shaped the foundation of what we are doing in this city.  Even to the idea of cups.  Concentric cups, placed one within another, are indeed reflective of the design of this city.  The back of this city is under a cupola of the upper mesa.  Each ring extends in a semi-circle from the back of the overhanging cliff face.  The outer ring is in fact a poisoned cup, with series of underground vats holding the poisons and filth ritually and routinely purged from our city gutters, down the gullets into these holding tanks that are pitched and weighted against the downslope of the old front gates of the city.  We have effectively built a massive underground poisoned cup to be unleashed and spilled out into the old valley and fields below that once served as the attack grounds the Xarmnians used to lay siege to our city.

“The grounds of the old, weathered outer rings of this are set to collapse, thus pushing the lower vats to break the outer tubes forcing this poison to flood down into the valley below.  No standing army will survive a frontal assault of this city, upon the poisoned fields.  The black tongue will sweep them away, the same as it did the plague victims of this city, who in their sickness, suffered a swelling black tongue and constricted airways as they died in horrific spasms as the contagion spread through their bodies turning their veins black, webbing the appearance of their skin in a ghastly tangle of dark vines.

“My study of poisons providentially perpared me for effectively purging the plagued city of its former toxins.  I only learned this in hindsight.  The One truly moves in mysterious ways and wastes nothing of the experiences we go through to shape us for our roles in the future He had planned for our lives.  I know that now.  To become a leader, I first had to learn to see myself through the eyes of a servant.  All I had thought and reasoned to myself, was not according to the  mysterious ways of The One.  Only now, do I truly see.”

I pondered all that he had told me.  “The One wastes nothing,” I told myself.  Somehow those words comforted me, beckoning me out of the fog of my own self-doubts.  This insight from a man who was himself once a slave and was now the representative of the Capitalian monarch as governor of this region.  A profundity that had not escaped my notice.

Nem went on to tell me how the plague that had once destroyed Azragoth from within, would finally serve to destroy its enemies, and force any new attackers to contend with attempting to channel their forces through dense forests lines that flanked the wings of the city.  The trails through massive ancient boles of trees would hamper any dense attack and foil any attempt to build siege works or large trebuchet launchers to assault and breech the fortified sidewalls of the new city.  Only small hostile bands might enter the old city, but they would soon discover that the grounds of the outer dead rings had become an inner moat of seeping black death and filth, effectively killing any foolish combatant intent on reaching the heavily defended inner ring, that had been defensively coated with pitch and tar, only to be quelled by a cleansing offering of fire.

The prevailing winds that sweep downward from the uplands, just beyond the massive back walls of Azragoth, would drive the stench of the diseased spewing black sludge across the plain and would chase the armies off the open fields and drive out the ranks from approaching the old front of the ruined city gates.  Self-preservation and fear would consume the ranks and cause them to flee for their lives.  Any of the small bands foolhardy enough to touch or approach the pitched walls, would come away with tar smears that the army leaders would assume was plague contamination and the returning soldiers would be killed at a distance, rather than allowing them to rejoin their ranks for fear of carrying contagions.  The armies would unavoidably be divided and decimated, delivering Xarmni, once more, a humiliating defeat and granting Azragoth a few more years of unmolested quarantine.

It was a brilliant plan.  Filth and fire.  Sins of the city, purged and expunged by a following flush of fire, cauterizing old wounds.  The valley gate and the dung gate, had been enjoined together to form a cleansing gate that would outflow down into the Hinnon valley, where so much death had been buried in the old siege ditches dug by the former Xarmnian army that had invaded the city under plague long ago.

The Breathing Sword – Chapter 21

*Scene 01* – 4:13 (A Salted Ground)

The pit near Azragoth’s outer wall, filled with sucking mud, as the stream’s embankment crumbled into the hollowing that followed the beast’s descent beneath the massive wall.

The creature normally shunned water, but its objective lay deep within the underside of the walled acropolis.  Its outer skin smoked from the wet contact, but its movement through the rock strata and sediments soon dried its plated joints with anhydrous grit and gravel that sloughed away, as it clawed deeper into Azragoth’s underbelly towards the honeycombed voids it sought.

The newly clawed burrow filled with a mix of steam and scree, with large globs of mud expelled out through large bellowing gills, as the monster slither-clawed deeper and deeper into the underneath.

The buzzing in the creature’s head had increased, as if a tuning fork had been struck within its body, vibrating its armored plates, causing the thin lines around its scales to weep.  Its thoughts came rhythmically: Water burns… Salt stings… Earth fills… Blood spills… Rock sings… Darkness churns… Its effort to refocus grappling and trying to outpace its rising sense of alarm.

It knew.  The Eternal Stone knew… what the beast was seeking.  The vibration was a warning, which the monster sensed and remembered from long before. (Num. 16:31-32)  After the warning, came the fire, engulfing and sending the greed-driven beast into the void.  It’s punishment was just.  It had tasted blood and consumed flesh.  But its greed had lured, and its hunger had pushed it out of the old world into the spaces between.  And there it had waited…for centuries, to find a way into this ‘other realm.’  It knew.  This time, if it lost its way once more…  The fire would find it again, and its passage into the void would result in chains, bound into the eternal burning dark where time no longer had meaning.  But above…

It could smell living flesh.  Pumping hearts, oblivious to its presence.  A city of houses.  A hive of… morsels.

Its cold, blue eye blinked once, then twice, and its hunger became a voice. “If I am destined to eternally exist in unquenchable fire, I shall bring down the house with me.”  A defiant voice of thunderous declaration: “FOR I AM THE UNDYING WORM!  A LORD OF THE UNDERWORLD!!  KEEPER OF THE GRAVES OF THE DEAD!!!  I AM SHEOL!!!!”

The roaring boast of ‘The Beast’ rumbled and echoed through tunnels and caves piercing the hollows with spears of sharpened sound.  Above, in the ghost city, the sound rolled like distant thunder, beneath the din and chatter of an active and vibrant village.

Once inside the cavern system, the monster entered a large chamber.  It cast an echo bounce, sonically exploring the measure and depth of the chamber.

This would do.  But first it must consume… a foundation,…before it could raise an army.

*Scene 02* – 17:50 (Cleaning The Baby)

In upper Azragoth, a gray-bearded man stepped up on a raised dais in the center of the courtyard and raised his arms for attention.

The crowds around us began to quiet down as all attention focused upon him.

“This evening we have guests in our midst who are unfamiliar with our customs here.  They are here on trial and tonight they will be tested as they join us in this evening’s duty to our citizenry.  You all are familiar with this practice, but for the benefit of these newcomers, I will explain it only briefly before we begin.”

Here he looked down among the crowd and Corimanth pointed me out in the congregation to him.

“You there!” he said gesturing to me, “I am told you are called O’Brian.”

“Thanks,” I muttered under my breath to Begglar.

To which he almost cheerily responded, “Don’t mention it.”

In a louder voice, I answered the gray-bearded man, “I am.”

“Do you vouch for these others you are traveling with?  And are you prepared to be held personally responsible for their actions in our city, as the one who leads them?”

The eyes of those traveling with me on our shared quest turned to me expectantly.

The pressure was on, and they and the townsfolk and the leaders all awaited my answer.

Never let it be said that leadership is an enviable role when the weight of its implied responsibility is laid heavily and squarely upon one’s shoulders.  What the man was asking of me, was a tall order, and would be even for a captain who had led seasoned soldiers into battle whom he knew by experience could be trusted.  Those I led in the fellowship were largely unknown to me.  I only knew them to be a part of the willing, some of which had already questioned my methods and judgment and had no knowledge of what I was capable of, or where exactly I was leading them.  Only four had entrusted me with their names.  Five, if you counted Laura, who had left our company to return to the Surface World.  One, the young man called Will, had given me his name grudgingly.   Lindsey had volunteered her name in trust while we waited in the dried creekbed for Begglar to administer the Shibboleth test, before I was able to take up the Honor Sword–what Begglar saw as a signet of my calling to lead the present Stone Quest.

Three of our company had deserted and turned back, two of these were slain by the Protectorate guards, as we had together witnessed, and the other was presumed dead as well.  Only Miray and later Christie had without hesitation given me their names, though with Christie my actions in our confrontation with the Troll had not warranted her trust.  It was a hard thing, being asked of me, but one I knew I must be willing to take if I was to lead them any further.  I once asked myself if I would be willing to die to protect them.  If that is the ultimate stand for leadership, this act of vouching for them was a call to bravery, and a test of my own mettle and my will to commit to what needed to be done.

As I looked from each of their expectant faces, at once nervous, and tense, I then turned to the elder and clearly gave my answer.

“I will.”

It was time that I put some faith in them if I expected them to put any trust in me or the calling to which I strove to fulfill.

“So be it!” the elder answered after a pause.

“You are all witnesses,” he spoke to the citizenry of Azragoth within hearing of his voice.

“Tonight and every night at the close of a week since that terrible sickness that took many from us, years ago, we perform this service to our city and for our posterity, a cleansing of the vile filth that runs beneath us.  You among us, unfamiliar with this will learn and participate with us in this cleansing.  We have over time come to refer to this process as ‘Cleaning the baby’.”

Citizens around us chuckled as we newcomers looked from one to the other in puzzlement.

“Like any helpless child, an infant naturally soils itself during the course of a day.  Some children, more than most.”

Laughter broke out and the crowd seemed to be enjoying their shared joke.

“Corimanth was to have told you how our city came to have been ravaged by a plague of disease-carrying rats.  That these vile creatures came upon us from the gullets and gutters of this town.  So each night at the close of a week, we observe the following practice before retiring for the evening.”

The man nodded to those carrying the poles with half-moon blades and they fanned out into the crowd coming to stand before each of our party, holding the vile-smelling instruments.

“These men and women who stand before you now, bearing the rakes,” he continued, “will direct you by example to perform the ritual with us down each of the main streets of our city.  Watch what they do, and prepare yourselves to take over their duty, alternating upon each street until we come to the walls of the inner curtain.  There the gullets deepen and expand below the killing fields and there our evening duties will end in the dead sectors of the city.  No one is to go beyond the inner curtain wall.  Citizens of Azragoth, you each have your duties.  Assist these newcomers as need be, but do not perform the task for them, when it is their turn.  You have your orders.”

And then, in a louder voice, he gave the charge to all, “Now.  Let them be opened!”

The sudden cacophonous sound of metal striking thousands of stones echoed around us, and the sound cascaded through the streets of the city, startling us as we witnessed the use to which the citizens were putting their long metal hooks.  Paver stones lining the gutters were being wedged and levered upward as the flat-bladed of each metal hook was driven into the grooved edge between the mortared and cobbled stones of the street and gutter.  A vile, putrescence smell arose from the overturned and exposed gutter running beneath the upended stones.

I winced as I overheard one of my travelers quietly whisper to another, “Oh joy! They’re gonna let us clean their toilets.  What a fun and happening place, this is gonna be!  So, when are we leaving?”

Before I could turn and respond to the insensitive rudeness, each of our Azragothian guides called us to attention, to watch what they would do next.

The gray-bearded fellow, who had spoken to us from the central dais, descended carrying his own pole with that vile blackened half-moon blade drifting downward as he approached.

“Follow me,” he said, as he neared me, and I made my way after him, as he approached the tapering end opening to the vile-smelling trench.  A stream of greenish water ran from a recessed pipeline made of puddled barrel tiling and a sluicing levered gate controlled the flow of water fed into the vile underground trench.  The water from the sluice was fairly clear, but as it progressed down the slanted trench the more clouded and greenish it became.

The elder man pivoted and dipped the curved end of his blade into the water so that the edges of the blades fit within the curved bottom of the trench.  He shifted the pole in his hands and worked his following-hand further back to grip nearer the end of the pole.  He turned to me and with his free hand extended, he formally introduced himself.

“I am called Ezra.  I am the head of the council of Azragoth, and also the leader here and mayor of the city.  I have a singular philosophy of leadership, not shared by most men and women in places of prominence, and it is simply this:  A leader is the first in line willing to do what he expects others to learn by his example.  And so I have done, for over fifty-seven years of my life.  I have been where I have asked others to go.  I have done, what I have asked others to do.  These are the things that have brought me success as a leader, and the respect required to maintain it.  These are lessons you would be wise to learn if those sojourning with you are to follow you in trust.  If you do not first commit to them, why should you expect them to commit to you and entrust their safety to you?”

Time for me to take some of my own medicine, I thought.  But there was wisdom in the man’s words, so I took his hand in a clasp of trusting goodwill.  There was much I needed to learn, and I was pleased and astounded, that the one teaching me to lead was also the one teaching me humility by his very example.

“Now watch closely.”

He began to scrape the bottom gently, causing the blackened and green sludge to rise and cloud the trench water, as he moved the pole down the gullet way.  Water sluiced past and began to carry the vile sludge forward, and the citizens on either side of us flipped and set back each paving stone into place as we passed them, and I learned the skillfully demonstrated technique.

Together we worked the trenches, shoveling and pushing muck further down the gullets, me working the moon-toothed pole and blade he called a ‘Monk’s spade’, and alternating with him when I became fatigued.  The knotted and corded muscles in his arms, as he worked the blade through the sludge and muck, sluicing the day’s accumulation down ahead of us, belied his age.  This man was not only a leader, but a laborer and potentially a warrior in his own right, so very different from politicians I was familiar with in the Surface World.  A doer, not just a talking point.  Pavers were turned and then resealed, some individually, some cleverly pivoting upon a hinge and winch system of ropes and wooden pulleys, exposing larger sections of the gullet trench, thereby speeding our progress.

I wondered how the others were faring with their leads.  Over the course of our labor, I learned that this duty was performed once per week and that each of the others leading the effort was elders of the city council.  I was asked many questions, as I am sure the others were as well, and it seemed to me that this was both a disarming and clever way to both test and discover our commitment, intentions and our individual character in short order.  The council could have just as easily, brought us before them and listened to our designated spokesperson, but they would never truly know us until they worked alongside us and made a direct observation on what was an unseemly and very humbling duty.

I better understood the playful metaphor the elder had made about ‘Cleaning the Baby’.  This job was a labor of love, just like any mother’s or father’s task would be in cleaning their soiled infant.  It wasn’t pleasant, it smelled horrid, and the best thing to do was just to get in there and get it done, but be thorough about it, all the while knowing that the precious child wiggling and squirming about, has no idea what this unpleasantness must be done for them.  It is a thankless duty, but a nurturing, loving parent does it in spite of how tired they may feel or repulsed by the extent of it.  They may be finely dressed for an evening out, or attired in sweats and a badly faded T-Shirt, they still perform it because their child has a need for it.  So too, the city of Azragoth was a town that suffered greatly, but its community of suffering brought its people together in a way nothing else could.  Its long-dead former leadership had neglected the upkeep of the city and sought only to become a great commercial center for the area.  It welcomed all but forgot that it was regarded as the city on a hill performing an over-watch for the smaller towns below.

When our duties finally led us to the inner walls of the city, we closed up the last paver-stone over the deeper gullet way, and Ezra, the city elder turned to me.

“The Monk’s spade,” he said, lifting the blackened blade from the ground, “serves both as a tool and a weapon.”

He turned the blade slowly as he lifted and pivoted the pole, letting water drain off of its slick black surface.  The edge of the blade shown silver despite the darkening twilight, its scraped surface sharpened against the bottom of the gullet pipeline we had followed through our course through the city streets.

“Any weapon you take up, you must learn its duality and how to use it to serve both purposes with equal skill.”

The moon-shaped arcs at either side of the blade hissed as he swung the pole in a slashing arc, then caught the pole in a sweeping motion, it blade gleaming in the lowering sun.

“This blade is now one of the seven deadliest blades in the city.  Your people followed the other elders who carried the remaining six.”

He fixed his gaze on me evenly.

“This blade is not deadly because of its present handler, nor because of my skill in its use as a fighting weapon.  It is deadly because its blade has been through the sickness and sins of this city.  A mere scratch from this blade will kill a man because it is a vile weapon used for the purposes we have served here.”

“Consider well the weapons that may be used against you and your company.  Do not rely on your own ability or become complacent in the lack of ability of another.  It is the nature of a weapon employed against you that should cause awareness and your plan of countering it or evading it.  Many skilled and practiced warriors have been felled by novice opponents.  You and your travelers must learn to counter many different types and ways of attacking.  So whatever weapon you choose, you must learn the method for which you will counter and turn the danger of another.”

Ezra executed a posture of assault and then defense, spinning the deadly blade this way and that, deftly handling the pole both mid and end ranged along the shaft.

“But most importantly,” he added, with a flourish and then a slash that landed and sliced in the ground mere inches from his own feet, “be wary that your own blade, does not fell you.”

He stepped away from the blade and the pole, now swaying with the force of the impact, its blade drove deep between the stones of the cobbled street.

An attendant came forward and struggled to remove the blade from between the stones, and with some effort was eventually successful.

Ezra extended his arm and guided me in walking with him as we returned to the market courtyard.

“That is enough for the evening.  Let us retire.  Apartments have been prepared for you and your travelers.  Tomorrow, you and your company will learn of the Breathing Sword.  Now, it is time, my friend, that we all had a bath and a good night’s rest.  There will be much to do in the morning.  My captain of the army, whom we call The Eagle is expected to return any day now.  He will guide you through to the Lake Country and around the movements of the gathering armies.  In the meantime, you and your company will need to learn to see, and I believe you have a highly qualified person skilled in that very thing traveling with you.”

I had heard Begglar speak of this, but now it was coming around from a surprising direction.

“Nell?”

“She is well known in the surrounding parts, even though it has been extremely long since she last visited us here in Azragoth.”

“What does that mean exactly?  Learning to ‘see’?”

He smiled and patted my back indulgent, yet not patronizing.

“At the risk of sounding redundant, my boy.  You will see.”

*Scene 03* – 09:52 (Fault Lines)

In the early morning hours of the next day, a man of some authority and prominence in the hidden city of Azragoth, rode a donkey along the perimeter of the town’s radiating streets observing the work progress and rebuilding effort of the prior day.

His attendant followed him, carrying a scroll, making notes of his master’s observations and taking dictation for the guidance to be given to those with direct supervison over the specific repairs and rebuilding efforts.

“This wall is off plumb.  Whose residence is near this construction?”

“That would be the House of Tekoites, your lordship.”

“Was a foundation dug for the base support here?”

“Yes. Chetsrown and his team assisted in setting the footings all along here running to the northern gate.  The existing wall goes down six cubits or more below ground.  Height is approximately eighteen cubits but its breadth is ten so the base fill is offset.”

“The weight of the wall must be crushing the lower stones.  See that this gets fortified and add a buttress to the balance along here.”  He paused, studying the deviating wall, considering what more might be done to shore it up.

“Tell Yadown, we need to quarry more stone for the eastern wall.  I could not even ride Yaktan through that area, it was so bad.  I believe the Xarmnian’s focused their catapults in the assault there.  The area is all in rubble.”

“So noted,” the attendant said, scribbling something on the parchment roll, he balanced on a slate.

“I heard there was some serious damage done along the Fountain Gate near the King’s Pool.  That area was supposed to have been repaired a month ago.  Now I can’t even take a pack mule down there.  What has been going on?  I am seeing more and more of this poor workmanship of late.  Are the men staying vigilant?  Their homes are not far from these constructions.  One would think they might do more to protect their families.”

The attendant seemed puzzled.  “They seemed to be enthusiastic.  I am not sure what might have changed in their efforts.”

“Have Ezra ride the perimeter and periodically visit the work crews unannounced.  He has a good sense about people, and a sharp eye.  He will know if there are dissemblers.  Not much gets by him.”

“I will speak with Erza personally, my Lord Nem,” the attendant responded.

“No,” the man called ‘Lord Nem’, responded dismissing his attendant’s offer.  “I will speak to Ezra.  I want to personally get his take.  We cannot waste anymore time, with the troop movements to the southeast, and Capitalian armies coming down from the northwest.  There are even stealthy sightings from The Pan and his abominations.  There is a convergent coming and rumors and shrouds of the forests of Kilrane will not hide us forever.  We must rebuild this city strong enough to stand against its discovery.  Xarmni will not set by and allow us to be reborn.”

Just then a rider came down one of the city streets along the barrier wall near the repair scaffolds and hailed the two,  “My Lord Nem!”

The two halted, awaiting the approach of the coming rider.

The man reigned his horse turning it to approach the two men with a sidewise step.  “My Lord, more guests from the highland have just arrived.  One of The Lehi is with them.  You know him well.  He begs an audience with you as soon as may be.”

“Another Lehi brings us ‘more company’,” Lord Nem sniffed, disapprovingly.  “What part of hidden city, do they not understand?!  We are in the midst of a secret rebuild, and all Maeven and her Lehi can think of it to invite outsiders?”

“Which of the Lehi seeks the audience?  I would have him answer a few questions of my own!”

“The one called Ryden, my Lord.”

“And what is his message and excuse?!” Nem demanded.

“He would not say.  He said he could only speak to you, my Lord.”

“Does he not understand how busy we are while he and The Storm Hawk go galavanting about the countryside stirring up trouble?!  We could use their help here!”

The newcomer bowed, unsure of how to answer or assuage Nem’s concerns.

“Seems like we’ve had nothing but distractions since the outworlders arrived.  First the trouble with the lazy nobles of the Tekoites failing to assist the supervisors.  Now more ‘guests’ to contend with and charge to secrecy.  It is time these interlopers were routed out and disciplined.”

Here he turned to his attendant, “Make a note.  I will require the Tekoites to perform double duty on the broken section across from the great tower and keep that juts out, as far as the wall of Ophel.  Since their nobles cannot stoop to assist their family, their family will bear a greater burden because of it.  And pray that I don’t assign them the repair of the Dung Gate as well, helping Malchijah son of Rechab.  One word of complaint from them, and their residences will be forcibly relocated there…permanently!  It is enough bearing the mockery of our rebuilding efforts that we have endured from Tobias and Sanballat in the resistence, but they have no claims here.  I suspect they are playing both sides and enriching themselves in the bargain.  Laziness and shoddy workmanship will not be tolerated further.  I’m seeing foundational cracks, and fault lines appearing through the city worksites.  I want to see these issues addressed.  This work is dedicated to The One.  I want to see workmen who take this responsibility seriously.”

Presently, a rider came down the corridor along the inner wall.  The former messenger turned and quickly identified the approaching man.  “Here he comes.  It is the Lehi named Ryden, I spoke of.”

Nem looked hard at Ryden as he approached quickly.

“Lord Nem!” he called.

“Lehi Ryden,” Nem acknowledged.  “Come to bring more outsiders into our secreted city?”

Ryden blinked, puzzled by the cool reception, and then swung down out of his saddle to stand before Nem.  “I apologize for the interruption, my Lord.  But I must speak with you in private.  There is a very urgent matter, that involves your work here.”

Nem sighed and dismounted, and his attendant did as well, holding the reins of the two animals leading them back a ways, giving the men a chance to speak discreetly.

“Now, what is this urgency all about.  What have you come back to the city?  Were you followed?”

Ryden’s expression was grave.  “Preceded is more likely.  We have taken in two of the locals from the hamlet of Crowe.  Shimri and his wife Aida.  They are part of the resistence working in the highlands.  There is a little known and rarely used wooded trail decending from Rim Wood down along the edge of the highland ridge into Kilrane, joining with the hidden backtrail to Azragoth.  It is overgrown and there are very few who would even know it was ever there.  We Lehi have used it a time or two when there was no way down from the uplands to the main road descent, and we had to skirt the townships to avoid being seen.”

“You mentioned the word ‘preceded’…” Nem reminded him, hinting that he should get to the point.  “…by Xarmnians?”

Ryden huffed, shaking his head.  “If only it were that…  Those could be dealt with in the backwood trails by the tree scouts.  Jeremiah trained a few of those personally.”

Nem crossed his arms, “Then what is it?”

“Coming along that trail, the three of us witnessed a depression in the woods.  At first I thought it was a small ravine, but the trees within and on either side had been displaced.  Their roots sheared away, their trunks canted inward and outward, and the surface vegetation had wilted.  Something was coming from under the forest.  Something large enough to cause the surface damage to Rim Wood, and to burrow through its underground.”

“Why wasn’t this news brought to me sooner?  Crowe is but a half day’s ride from here, and if you were coming by way of this shorter route, you should have been here sooner.”

Ryden shook his head, “The trench was unstable.  We couldn’t cross over it without risking falling through into whatever tunnel was below.  We had to ride far enough along the ditches until the burrowing creature descended deep enough to leave the ground above unaffected.  We had a tough time getting down the trail avoiding the damage path that wound up and down, but soon it became very clear.”

Nem waited and Ryden finished, “The digger was headed directly for Azragoth.  It may be under the city even as we speak.  We discovered a ragged hole emerging out of the highland ridge, that had collapsed part of the upper rock shelf.  Bridges were crushed below, and trees were abraded.”

Nem stiffened, his brow furrowing and his jaw tightening, upon hearing Ryden’s words.

“The creature must’ve entered under the backwall somewhere near The Fountain Gate near the King’s Pool.  I am assuming you have already seen the damage done there.”

Nem squeezed Ryden’s arm and said, “Come with me.  The council will need to know of this at once.  We must address this before further damage can be done.”

*Scene 04* – 13:35 (Morning Reflections)

The evening before had been a humbling and learning experience for most of us, but for some, it had been angering and humiliating.  I had heard more than a few muttered complaints from my fellow travelers and a couple of barely veiled threats from two, whom I could not yet tell if their words were seriously meant of in groused jest.  One had lost their shoes, in the cleansing exercise.  Angry, vigorous use of the Monk’s spade had caused the muck to slosh out of the trench and spattered their footwear.  Because of the smell of the vile, putrefying filth, the person’s shoes had to be removed and burned.  They were given replacement footwear that was actually better than the shoes they had surrendered to the fire.  The person was humbled, apologetic and grateful for the gracious treatment they were given by the elder and Azragothian citizens who witnessed their ordeal and did not remark upon the person’s barely disguised frustration at being asked to perform the cleansing with them.  I was told that the elder herself, knelt down and helped them remove their contaminated footwear, and a basin was brought, and to the traveler’s surprise, the elder washed and cleansed their feet, despite their protest.  The person was so moved by the gesture, that for the remaining journey through the streets they worked diligently and respectfully alongside the elder and pondered what the work here signified. 

After a night spent in reflection, the person, a man in his mid-thirties, came to me at breakfast and introduced himself to me and told me of his experience.

“Mr. O’Brian,” he said, “I want you to know that I am with you in what you are doing here.  I wasn’t sure at first, but now I am.  There is something about this journey, this quest that I need to be part of, to learn more about.  These people here are unlike most of the people I encounter in my waking life in the Surface World.  If what you are doing can save some of them, they need to be given that chance.  So, I want you to give you my name.”

“Are you certain?” I asked, “What we are involved in will not be well received here.  We will be looked upon as interlopers…troublemakers…pot stirrers.”

“I am.  I made my decision last night, only I could not find you after the crowds left and they took us to our quarters.  I’m James”, he said, extending his hand, “and I wanted you to know you can count on me.”

I was moved and touched, and could not speak for a moment, but took his hand and clasped it in grateful friendship.

“Thank you,” I managed to say, and he nodded his understanding, perhaps seeing in my eyes the more heartfelt, articulate words I wanted to say but left unspoken.

As he turned to go join the others in the breakfast line, I pondered what the Azragothians had shown us as well, something that had a more meaningful dimension to it.

My conclusion was this:
Underneath the surface of each of our lives, buried in hidden tunnels beneath the streets of our daily experience, there is a stream of vile filth that ebbs and flows in the human heart.  Many move through life unaware of it, taking no notice until the detritus in the tunnel builds and leaks out unleashing a plague of devouring rats into our lives that wreak havoc and misery.  Our illusions of our surface-self break down until we are forced to confront the source of the plague, and deal with it in some fashion, or succumb to its deadly consequences due to our neglect.  To deal with it alone makes us susceptible to disease which will ultimately take our lives and destroy us in the process.   We require something more than our own efforts.  Something that will protect us from the certain contagion.  It must be dealt with if we are to survive it.  There is no moving away from it, for the outside world has quarantined us, and someone is bound to eventually recognize us if we try to leave it behind.  We cannot hope to survive if we do not recognize its danger to our own life as well as to the lives of those around us.  Here in Azragoth, the city came together to address their filth problem.  They each took part in it, whether high or low.  They treated it with sobriety of what their actions were preventing.

My ruminations were suddenly interrupted by several of my traveling companions who joined me at a table.

“We have a few questions for you, Mister O’Brian.”

I sighed, bracing myself for what might follow.

“We don’t know what is going on here.  If what we did last night once caused a plague outbreak, none of us want to get sick here.  These people are nice and everything, but they are strange.  They are polite, but somehow we get the feeling they want us to be gone soon,” Cheryl said.

“Yeah, and any mention of a stone quest makes some of them really nervous.  Why is that?” Lindsey asked. “Corimanth hinted at something the other day that you haven’t told us about.  We want to know, where are these stones we are supposed to get, and why so far we haven’t found one yet.”

I swallowed and gestured for them to sit and they gathered around on the benches near me.

“First off, I need to do some apologizing of my own.” I cleared my throat.

“Mid-Worlders can see something about us that we cannot see for ourselves.  There is no fooling them who we are or where we come from.  Residents of this place have adapted to a visual spectrum we cannot see with our eyes aclimated to the Surface World.  Our vision is dulled to it.  Being a Surtface Worlder myself, I can only attest to this from second hand accounts.  Begglar is the only one I know of that has been given that adaptation to see as they do, though, not having grown into it from birth, his clarity is limited.”

“So they see us differently?” Christie asked.

“Yeah. We are foreigners to them.  No matter where we go.  And Azragoth has suffered greatly because of ‘foreigners’.  Some of our former group were hunted here.  Whenever we arrive, in their minds, we seem to bring trouble with us.”

“So that is why they are anxious for us to leave,” Lindsey said, her hand gripping the open palm of her other.

“That is part of it,” I answered, “but the other is that we represent the Stone Quests.”

“How is that a problem?” Christie asked.

“It is a problem for those of the resistence, who no longer believe in the Stone Quests.  There are two factions resisting the Xarmnian advance, three if you count the zealots, but they are barely held together in a weaking coalition between them: those who still have faith in the old ways and in the mystery of The Marker Stone, and those who merely want to shun the past and thwart the Xarmnians by weakening them and appearing to get along with them until the opportunity comes to undermine them.  We represent the old way, and it upsets the tenuous balance between them and their willingness to cooperate with each other.  They each know that they need unity to take the stand against their oppressors, but passions are raw and sometimes they cause schisms.”

“So where do the Azragothians stand in all this?”  Lindsey probed.

“It has been a long time for me.  I would think that the Azragothians lean towards the older ways, but that may have changed.  Ezra, whom I met last night, seems to be of the older way faction, sympathetic to the prospect of the Stone Quests.  He and perhaps Corimanth, may be the reasons we were not immediately turned away from the city and sent packing.  We are short on finding allies here.  Tolerance may be only what we can expect.”

“Well at least they are feeding us, even if we did have to clean their mucked up gutters.” Will interjected.

James spoke up for the first time since joining our table. “We are disarmed.  Not much we can do, among so many.  Others seem to have ready access to weaponry, but all our gear and supplies are elsewhere.  These people seem to be tolerating us well, but I would agree, we are not entirely safe among them.”

Others concurred, and Will spoke up again.  “If we are now part of the Stone Quest, shouldn’t we know where these stones are?  Where we need to go to get them?”

I cleared my throat again.  “I do remember speaking about that.  By what you are not understanding is the nature of the virtue stones.  They are each unique.  They embody a concept and a nature.  They can be very dangerous in some respects, and very comforting in others.”

“You’re getting cryptic again,” Cheryl lamented.  “This place is strange yet familiar.  I don’t know why that is.  Can’t wrap my head around it.  Girls who aren’t little girls.  Some squat thuggish being who purports to be a troll that can see into our fears.  I don’t know whether we are in Narnia or Mordor?”

I laughed, unable to restrain the chuckle, not wishing to diminish the seriousness of her complaint.  “It is perhaps a bit of both, in some ways.”

The group was quiet, reflective.

“When I can seem to grasp something, sometimes I need to take hold of it another way.”

“How do you mean?” asked Lindsey.

“We often come at concepts in the frame of our own experience.  But…  What if…”  I twisted my fingers together, signify a complex concept.  “What if… we are not meant to rely on our own frame alone, but allow another perspective to guide us…?”

I let the question linger.

“What if there is a higher way of looking at our experience…through the lens of a codex?”

“The words on The Marker Stone?” Christie offered.

“Exactly,” I nodded.  “There is a verse that comes to mind:

“For [as] the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts.”  Isaiah 55:9

“For all of my experience here, that codex is the key to understanding.  This Mid-World is the imprint of The One, so there will be things we understand here, only in light of what the codex (The Ancient Text) reveals.  We have to adapt to a new frame of reference, beyond our personal experience to find out what we can about this place and the things in it.  You will find familiar things, but you will also find unfamiliar aspects as well.  The Stones follow their nature and we will experience them according to their nature, not our own.  That is how we will find them.  They will be sort of “looking for” us.  Not us looking for them.”

Christie waved a hand over her head, as if directing a blowing wind through her hair.  “Whoosh!  Did anyone get that?”

Lindsey leaned in, “I the previous quest, when you found the Cord…  The other stone.  What was it called?”

“The Cordis Stone.  We found it only when we came to a point where we were surrounded by enemies.  Jeremiah was in a fight on a cliffside.  He had to put himself at risk…for an enemy.  Unknown to us at the time, that was at the heart of The Cordis Stone’s nature–To love an enemy.”

The others fell back in shock. “Whoah!”

“He saved the man who had fallen down a way and was clinging to a ledge.  Jeremiah gripped a rock ledge and hung down, extending an arm to the Xarmnian, and pulled him up.  The man would’ve died there if Jeremiah hadn’t done what he did, and none of us would have regretted it.  When Jeremiah came back down from the mountain, he was holding The Cordis Stone.  It glowed a ruby red with an inner fire in it.”

“And you say this creature, a half-man, half-beast has this Cordis Stone now?!” one of the others, yet unknown to me asked.  “You must be out of your mind!”

At that moment, I saw inner conflicts arising on each of faces who had so far given me their names.  And I understood exactly what they were feeling.  All too well.

Begglar and Nell arrived at our table about that time and Begglar was smiling, and had another couple in their company.

“O’Brian.  I’d like you to meet Shimri and Aida, my neighbors from Crowe.  They have just arrived and we have some catching up to do.”

Then he noticed the stricken look on the faces of the others seated with me at the table and said, “What’s wrong?”

*Scene 05* – 10:44 (Significance of The Sword)

Word came to the Azragothian council that an emergency secret conclave was being called.  Ezra, Maeven and others were not present at the morning breakfast in the large hall.  Instead they met in a private chamber in the governor’s residence and were met with grave looks as they entered.  Maeven came in with Ezra bearing an oblong, wrapped package enshrouded in a cloak.

When the sentries closed the double doors and stepped back into the hallway, Nem and one of Maeven’s Lehi stood at the head of the table.  Maeven smiled recognizing Ryden.

Nem gestured for the gathered to be seated, but he remained standing, his fingers splayed and pressed at the edge of the long table.

“I received distressing news this morning from one of our Lehi Scouts that there is something threatening our beloved city.  Ryden, will you tell them what you told me.”

Here Nem took his seat and gestured for Ryden to take the floor.

Ryden recounted what he and his two charges had witnessed coming up the secret path from Crowe to join the back route to Azragoth.  He told of the wooded depressions, the uprooted trees, the wilted undergrowth foliage showing that the subterranean destruction was recently done.  He told of the collapsed upper shelf of rock and the debris field showing something very large and destructive was tracking and trampling through the forest on a direct path towards the hidden city.

Here Nem stood up, allowing Ryden to once again take a seat.

“There is evidence of this creature doing similar damage beneath our city.  I’ve had the outer wall along the backwoods examined, and we believe this creature is now somewhere in the quarry caverns below, undermining the substructure that holds our town above the ancient diggings.”

“We should never have allowed those passages to be quarried,” one of the council women groused.  “We have done this to ourselves.  Rebuilding Azragoth in a clandestine fashion was foolish.”

Ezra came to Lord Nem’s defense.  “Perhaps you’ve forgotten how the region now fares under Xarmni’s fists,” he observed mildly.  “How there are others who do not wish to see Azragoth rebuild, no matter how much they hate the Xarmnians.  It is probable that they might even alert Xarmni to stop it.  Some have even profited having done so.  Selling out their own.”

Another answered, “No one need remind us of the mockery we’ve suffered from our ‘brothers-in-arms’.”  He said, adding a mocking tone and snarl in stating the latter term.

“They are not a part of us,” Nem spoke up.  “I have often warned about letting outsiders in.  The present company included.”

Maeven cleared her throat, “Outsiders would include me and our lauded general ‘The Eagle’, in case anyone here has forgotten.”

Nem looked directly at her.  “One must question when of late the Lehi that follow you are bringing in strangers.”

“Have I not shown you my loyalties?  Have I not served to keep Xarmni and its thugs at bay, chasing us all over the Mid-World highlands, while you and your teams focus on the rebuilding efforts?!”

“It is not your loyalty we question, Maeven Storm Hawk, but your vetting process and acting upon your own volition to bring in these others.” Nem countered evenly.

“It is ironic to have my judgement so censured when I risk my life personally every time I leave this sacred city in its defense.”

“My question is,” one of the other counsel members asked, “what makes you so certain of the intentions of these outworlders who you’ve brought into our midst?”

Ezra broke in, “Let’s table that question for a moment and,” he turned to Maeven raising a placating hand, “…rest assured we will come back to that.  What I wish to know is, what you all observed last evening when we took these newcomers into our ritual cleansing.  How did they respond?”

The table took turns speaking about their observance of the reactions and participation of the outworlders.  Some expressed that their charges were negative and indignant, reluctant to take the Monk Spades and rakes.  Some grudgingly acquieced, but there was a tension in how they gripped the instruments, signifying their frustration.  Others were more complimentary of their charges, seeing that these guiding them were not just the street sweepers of the city, but members of the upper council, humbling administering the task and not shirking their own participation in it.  The questions came around to Ezra and his experience with the so-called leader of this outworld group.

“I was pleasantly surprised, by this O’Brian.  He seemed genuine in his efforts, careful to follow the guidance.  He was perceptive and thoughtful.  Humble and unassuming.  He listened to every word and did not evade my questions, even when he knew to what they turned.  I believe he lacks confidence.  He is hesistant and fearful, and that concerns me as much as if he were self-assured and over confident.  He does not know this, but he presents a danger, both to himself and others, if he does not come to terms with embracing his own need for dependancy.”

“An astute observation,” Nem commented dryly.  “On balance, what would you say of these outworlders.  Should we put them out, or let them stay a while longer?”

Ezra straightened and looked directly at Nem.  “I think this present danger beneath our city is connected with these outworlders.”

A murmur of alarm arose at his words, but Ezra raised his hand.  “Let me finish.  While I do believe our present danger is connected to these outworlders, I do not think we will save ourselves by putting them out of Azragoth.  I think whatever is happening below will continue until this hunting creature is dealt with.  If the beast is drawn towards the old gates in the dead sector, which it most assurdly would be, it will breach the underground vats of the sewage we purge from our city and expose us to the outside world before we are ready.  The Black Tongue is a fail safe measure for desparate defense, not a first line.  If the creature breaches that resevoir, the underground quarries will be flooded.  The grain silos will be spoiled.  The rebuilding efforts will be halted and we are done.  We will sink into our own defilement.  The secret routes of passage will have to be closed.  We will be dealing ourselves our own deathblow.”

Nem nodded gravely.  “What you say is true.  Sending them out now serves no purpose.  What do you propose we do?”

“Have you considered the story of the prophet Jonah?”

Nem’s eyes widened.  “I think I know what you are proposing, but lets discuss this later.  Jonah was directed.  What do we know of this O’Brian?  Is he capable of seeing what needs to be done.  Of surrendering himself to Providence?  How do we know he is the one called to serve?”

Maeven rose and pulled the package she had carried in to the conference chamber.  “I think this might answer that question for you, Lord Nem.  You may not recognize this man now, but you knew him once before.  He was a capable warrior once.  Yet he has aged since we last saw him.  Imagine what he must’ve looked like twenty-one years ago.”

Maevan unwrapped the package and revealed it’s contents.

It was a sword.  And not just any sword.

“I believe you may recognize this,” she said, looking meaningfully at Nem.

Upon seeing the weapon, Nem raised up and moved in for a closer look.

“Where did you get this?!”  Nem’s eyes turned to Maeven, a stunned look n his face.

“O’Brian had it in his possession.  You know exactly what it means.  He is the one who was chosen to resume the Stone Quest and he carried with him Azragoth’s Honor Sword.  The very one you brought back from Capitalia from the court of the Capitalian King Artemis Xerxes.  Cousin to the former king of Xarmni.  You were King Xerxes’ cup bearer, were you not, before getting the king’s commission to rebuild Azragoth.  You bear the signet of the Capitalian king to become the regional governor, once Azragoth is rebuilt.  You know the this Sword has a history and is the signet of a Stone Quest as well.”

Nem’s breathe released through his teeth and then he straightened.  “You are correct.  No one could lift this sword from the grip of the Terebinth.  Only the one called to carry it again.  You have acted properly.  If this man is to do what needs to be done, and if The One has chosen him to bear our city’s sword, then he will be protected by The One in doing so.”

Here he turned to Ezra.  “Ezra, assemble this company of outsiders in The Warrior’s Court.  We will see what mettle of men and women we are dealing with.  Let them think this is an additional test.  I will take into consideration what must be done about their leader concerning the ‘Jonah’ solution.  I still have the scabbard for this sword in my chamber.  Let our sword be polished and sharpened.  Honed and tempered.  We will join the scabbard to it, so that it may be more properly borne.  This O’Brian will have need of it very soon.  Let us hope he remembers the skill he needs to wield it.”

*Scene 06* – 17:02 (The Warrior’s Court)

After we had finished our breakfast in the dining hall, we were called to assemble in an area known as The Warrior’s Court to stand before the council and hear their verdict decided upon from our actions the previous evening.

Ezra and the six other council members and Corimanth had led us into the Warrior’s Court for yet one more test.

It was to be a test of our mettle and raw, untrained skill.  And I was worried.

The Warrior’s Court was itself a kind of field of battle surrounded by high stone walls, and mock structures for simulating in-city combat and elusion techniques.  A jousting run served as a half arc track of grass, mud, mound, and stone alternatively, to increase a mounted warrior’s difficulty in riding a galloping stead across uneven and varying surfaces while bearing the weight of a lance or spear, striking interspersed quintain target arms along the run.  These formidable target posts were arrayed in torn and ripped clothing, stuffed with straw and bags of gravel and spoiled grain, with a counterweighted swivel post bearing a weighted sack that would spin around at the mounted rider, and strike and unseat him, if the rider’s aim was not true, or they did not move swiftly enough beyond the strike.  At times these striking bags could be spiked or hung in chain mail, making the failure of a tilting aspirant rider, that more deadly.

Younger, beginner riders were relegated to the inner ring running in a parallel concentric arc path, under crossbeam arches among a series of dangling metal rings that swung back and forth across the rider’s path at various heights.  These were to be collected by the rider along the shaft of their tilted spear or lance but did not pose the threat that the spinning quintains did.  The only wounding the novice warrior would receive along the ring path would be to their pride if they failed to collect enough rings on their spears by the end of the run.

Throughout the yard, large wooden striking posts driven into the ground called pells were arrayed across the combat field, allowing young swordsmen to slash and hack at the posts with their blades until their grips and arms could withstand the shock and toughen their hands enough to bear their blades into the melee of a pitched battle.  These posts bore myriad gouges and cuts and splinters, signifying that the fighting warriors training within the hidden city of Azragoth had spent many long hours building up forearm and grip-strength at these fighting posts.

Away from the jousting run arc, long narrow channels like grassland hallways, open to the sky above, extended outward, in adjacent channels point outward from the inner exercise fields.  Wooden steps and platforms fronted these open halls, and racks of archer equipment lay in brace racks upon these variously heightened and staggered platforms.  Within forms of target dummies, also stuffed with sacks of sand and spoiled grain were affixed to moving levered posts to challenge the skills of the novice would-be archers.  Some of these bristled with arrows, some were unfazed by the bow and quiver.  From the varying platforms, the archery trainees would learn to launch their assault from varying angles, both above and up from trenched furrow pits at both moving and stationary targets.

To the far right of the field, one of these hall chutes bore a wooden target shield, which battlers learning the arm of both knife and ax throwing, attempted to launch their blades accurately enough to cleave into the coveted inner rings.

Before us was a series of five large sparing rings, each with its own set of challenges to develop techniques appropriate for each ring.  One sparing ring was graded in the form of a large central mound, outlines by a circlet border of embedded stones.  The combatants were expected to fight both around and over the raised dome of the mound each seeking their own particular assault advantage over their opponent.  Another rock-lined ring surrounded a depressed bowl, developing combat techniques unique to the terrain in reverse of the mound ring.  Another was tilted, with one side raised and slanted and the opposite side depressed.  The one immediately before us was a seemingly simple flat ringed surface though I noticed it contained radial cross-section panels of stone, grass, gravel, and sand.  The central ring joining the five circles together as a hub was a standard training circle with a raised post in its center and staked lines of rope connecting at various points along the outer ring, lashed securely.  The trainer ring was entirely paved with large, flat slate-stone covered in etched lines and grooves and rings with symbols and points upon the lines that ran radially from the central post.  Between each of these central circles were large interwoven paths to allow observers to witness the successive sparing taking place within each challenge ring.  It was upon these walkways that we were led towards the center of the exercise field within the Warriors’ Court.  Ezra stopped and turned towards us after mounting a low rise, raising his hands in a beckoning motion that signified that we should all gather around.

A table, covered by a large cloth was spread out before us, with a large array of weapons laid across its surface.  Many of the weapons we had collected from the granary storehouse were there, as well as the packs and rolls we had brought and secured to our horses upon arrival.  We had been treated fairly yet warily, as any citizenry living in secrecy might, but we were in no wise ready for gladiatorial sparring, as yet.

What the men and women of Azragoth, did not know, was that in our younger days, both Begglar and I knew far more about warfare than we were telling.

With some reluctance, I had taken the honor sword from the grove, but my hand was not unfamiliar with the feel and heft of a sword.  At one time, I had almost vowed never to pick up one again, but that would have been a fool’s promise.  I knew that I must, and the days had come again where such timing was ripe for it.

I had seen Ezra deftly handle the Monk Blade the prior night, so I was not in the least surprised when I saw Ezra personally take charge of our training assessment.

Ezra called us to attention, speaking loud enough so we all could hear.  “Every warrior who faces an enemy must first learn how to stand.  And in doing so, they must be aware of the nature of the ground upon which they are positioned.”

Ezra, the head of the council and the mayor of the city, served more than a ceremonial role in Azragoth’s reason for existence.  Azragoth was now more than ever, the chief training grounds for people willing to join the resistance against Xarmnia.  It maintained fighting schools and was home to many fine instructors in the art of martial warfare.  Azragoth was a veritable hornet’s nest of lethal warriors preparing for the call to arms that they knew must one day come.

I listened more carefully as Ezra continued to speak.

“If you have the ability to choose the ground upon which you must fight, do so wisely.  Choose ground even and level, or if only a graded slope is present, choose the higher ground.”

As he spoke he approached the table of weaponry.

“Choose a weapon suited best to your ability, that mitigates your weaknesses.  If you are a strong fighter, choose a blade according to the reach of your arm, yet do not select one that is overlong that will fatigue you bearing it forth.”

He hefted a long-bladed rapier

“No sword is more valuable than the hand that wields it.  Therefore you must consider the strength and grip and protection you have for your lead hand.  Feel the heft of the blade.  Get a sense of its balance.  It should become an extension of your arm.  Consider how your hand fits around the grip.  Does the pommel extend too far, such that it binds as you rotate your wrist and the blade?” he said, demonstrating with a slashing motion.

“A rapier is held at length,” he said, extending his arm wrist upward,“Like so.”

“Legs extended,” he leaned backward, bending his front leg at the knee, extending his back leg,“ balancing your weight off-center, with your foreleg taking more load than the back, bracing your stance.”

“Always keep your legs no closer than two feet apart, hip-distance wide, so that you may pivot or cast your weight into the thrust and slash of your attacking blows.  Your feet only come together at the recovery or briefly in a pass or gather step.”

He demonstrated the move, shifting the sword into a strike and then an aerial parry while keeping his fore-weight shifted ahead and rounding fluidly with the blade tilted, dipping and sweeping in an upward arc.

“You will want to keep your back foot angled perpendicular to the knee of your front lead leg, maintaining a straight line with your torso and your back leg for stability as much as possible.  Your front knee is your direction of travel.  Your weight should rest on the balls of your feet, rolling heel to toe with each forward lunge.”

“Precision and positioning are built upon practice and persistence. Every fighter must quickly assess their opponent.”

Then, without warning, or pause he swept a long sword from the table of weapons and threw it hilt first at me.

I reacted on instinct, rather than thought and caught the handle in my right hand, raising the tip of the blade, spinning the hilt so that the crossguard aligned parallel to my thumb, my left hand joining the grip near the pommel.

Ezra noted the fluidity of the catch and addressed me before the group.

“Mr. O’Brian, you have handled a blade before, I see.”

I made eye contact, but only slightly nodded.

“As I have stated before, you have accepted the responsibility as the designated leader of this party.  It is by your example, that these who follow you shall be trained.  Kindly join me.”

In a side glance, I happened to catch Begglar, grinning from ear to ear as I walked forward from the group.  I think he was enjoying this a bit too much.

Armorers came to either side of me, pulling a shirt of mail over my head, snapping and locking rerebrace plates over my upper arms and shoulders and slipping a large brigandine cover over it to hold the pieces in place.  I was given gauntlets, with thick leather armguards which I quickly donned and reestablished my grip on the sword I had been given.  Ready or not, I was about to demonstrate the further extent of my knowledge and experience, or else be reminded of the limits of my abilities and shown the folly of not keeping in practice.

Ezra, took up the rapier again, and I stood before him bearing the long sword.

“Duel fighting and melee combat techniques differ.  The enemies you will face will most likely be in the latter, so you must learn to move in a coordinated fashion, striking for a quick kill, without striking down those who are fighting with you.  You will not often fight an armored opponent for most of the armies consist of conscripted warriors, and the steel used for their war equipment is used more in the weaponry rather than in protective vestments.  An attack may come upon you at any moment, so you must be ready for it.”

Suddenly, before I could raise my sword and parry the blow, Erza’s rapier slashed out and rang with a metallic snap against my armored epaulet.  Instinctively I crouched, but Ezra moved in and turned my bent knee with a swift kick of his foot and I reeled and fell face forward onto the ground, stunned.

“The blade is not the only weapon you bear.  Keep that in mind.”

He offered his hand and helped me up again.

“You fight making use of your whole body for combat.  Look for a weakened structure.  Kick at a knee, punch at and unguarded stomach, catch an elbow and shove upward to throw your opponent off balance.  Look for any opportunity to cause your opponent to trip, hyper-extend or lose footing.  Few enemies are able to fight from the ground up, so press your advantage if you can gain it.  If you cannot pierce the body, or slash at the head of your opponent, let your blade slide the length of your enemy’s blade and attack the off-hand.  Work to disable your attacker, and then press your advantages for the quick kill.  To longer the fight, the sooner you will fatigue and succumb in the next bout of protracted fighting.  Be aware of each other, come to each other’s aid and provide relief when possible.  Close ranks and expand ranks around the fatigued or fallen so that they may rest, recover or rise to rejoin the fight.  And in battle, you must never fight under your own name.”

That last statement took everyone by surprise.

“What do you mean by that?” the one who had identified himself as Will asked.

“Your names give you presence here in these lands, but there is but one name that gives you power here.  And under that name, you will be called sons and daughters, and in connection with that you will be covered by the Authority of the One name that is above every name given.”  (* – Psalms 118:10-11)

“You seem to speak in riddles, sir,” added Will, “We do not follow your meaning.”

Ezra looked from me to Will and then to the group gathered, “Perhaps, combat training is secondary and premature.  If you and these others do not first understand what it means to live, then how is it that you plan to place yourselves in harm’s way and hope to survive?  Have you no knowledge of the Breathing Sword?”

“You’ve spoken of this before.  Tell us plainly what you mean by it.”

Ezra looked to me and asked, “You have not spoken to them of the Ancient Text?”

“I have,” I answered, “but being as we are Surface Worlders, it is difficult convincing the modern mind that the key to their survival lies with the Ancients.  We all struggle with the idea that we have progressed and have a greater understanding than our forebearers.  Our cultural paradigm is breaking with respect for elders and passed on traditions.  We are being uprooted and carried by the winds of change, and our kind withers and dies as a result.  Family structures are being broken down.  Fathers abdicate their responsibilities to their children.  Our world is suffering under a pandemic of moral decay.  It is difficult to speak of values that sustain a culture when their frame of reference is being broken down.  To teach a truth that is other than their own experience.  Our world has begun to make concessions for this diabolical phenomenon.  When there are differences, rather than seek understanding and resolution, we agree to disagree.  We fracture our communities along ideology.  We suspect, accuse, justify and cover.  We feel the need for civility, yet we build no foundation for it.”

“If that is the case, then no amount of skill will prepare these for the monsters here.  They may fight the Xarmnians, but the monsters will subdue them.  Those creatures fight the mind and strike at the heart as well as the body.  There is no parrying the invisible blades that will cut them down.  They need to build up an arsenal of truth.”

Ezra lowered his sword and placed it back upon the weapon table.

“It is time you met Nem our city builder.  Before we can build up warrior skill we need to have a foundation upon which to build.  He will conduct your training until you are ready for mine.”

“But what is the Breathing Sword?”

“It is not a what.  It is a Who.”

*Scene 07* – 02:53 (Digging in The Dungeon)

Deep below the city, the monstrous behemoth lumbered through the honeycombed darkness scraping the walls of the tunnels, loosening lodged stone and weakening the substrate.  Mounds and furrows of debris trailed the beast as well as a vicuous slime that webbed the surfaces, almost as if the beast were some kind of massive worm, leaving wet trails in its burrowing wake.

Its jaws huffed dust and crunched rock expelling the debris in a sandblast from armored gills.  It musclular scales pulsed and heaved, their tight grooves excreting the mucus-like oil over which it slithered from side to side like a serpent, ramming its hooked jaw into the forefront rock like a chisel, then gobbling up the resulting debris, pulverizing and jettisoning it through its gills like an efficient deep-earth boring machine.

Portions of the underground network of caverns dripped with seeping moisture, others streamed with a shallow running river, over half tubes of flowstone mixed with lime.   Some caverns contained rippling pools that oscillated in the darkness, responding to the ponderous movements of the invading beast.

Anger drove the beast.  Anger and frustration.  The inner cells of the caverns contained something that was affecting its ability to clearly see into the darkness and destroy what pillars and rock pillings it needed to collapse the upper levels above.  Something that resonated with the same sort of harmonics being given off by that formidible Marker Stone which had proved inpenetrable to its efforts.  There were hollows within.  Old places.  Places haunted by The Marker Stone, even at so great a distance from the mound itself.

There was only one direction it could approach the inner hollow, for three directions were protected like sharp spines that drove its probing back.  As it circled the inner well, it found the break in the probing wall, and saw a brief fissure into the inner chamber.  Within was the chamber giving it such difficulty.  A fiery red light came from the crack, singing the beast’s peering eyes as if it had looked into a furnace.  A shadow of a crudely constructed altar, drenched in blood-red light.  Something from atop the altar was emanating both visible and invisible flashes of light, and two shapes surrounded it reflected and carried the light sweeping across the sanctum walls in a radial fashion.

Detritus and Scree – Chapter 20

*Scene 01* 08:34 (Loose Ends)

Just below the stone wall, next to a now cold and dried firepit, Grum-Blud watched the guard standing post at the old shed, as he leaned against the cross-beamed corner of the structure, through a crenellated groove in the stone.  He grinned as he watched the ‘guard’ turn his head this way and that, and then nod forward, jerking his head upright and blinking rapidly, realizing that the erstwhile sentry was growing weary in his present duty.  If there was someone supposed to relieve the man, they were late in coming.  This one would succumb soon, and Grum-Blud would be all too pleased to see that he never woke up again.

Finally, the man leaned forward on his bowstaff, and slunk down to a seated position against the interlocking saddle-notch corner, with the intention of being able to see along both walls of the structure, but his wearied body, feeling the ease of the new position, lured him into a comforting lull.  In a few moments, the man was snoring, oblivious to the new and present danger posed by the squat, apish creature, that slunk over the stone wall, with a melon-sized rock in its knobby and callused hand, barely able to contain a fiendish chuckle from escaping its large, jaundiced teeth, and crooked smile.

A brutish thunk sound preceded the skulking figure’s waddling step-hop, as the creature made its way from one victim to its intended, with a snuffling hoggish grunt.

A makeshift patch of hewn wood and stone blocked and covered a torn and splintered opening in the planked wall of the holding shed, with staked branches.  The shed was comprised of a combination of stone and cross-notched logs forming the walls on three sides, with the longer plankwall being the last installation. The patch was not designed to improve the aesthetic look of the shed, by any stretch, but served more as a functional impediment to forestall whatever might be contained within its shored-up wall from getting out.  On closer inspection, the brutish intruder, realized that what was now serving as an enclosed shed, had once served as a small stable, with the plank wall covering the elongated opening were cows or horses might have come for milking or to feed at a manger trough along the back, log-and-stone wall.  The side door was cut and installed in the structure’s short side, later for human-sized ingress and egress.

Grum-Blud chuffed a misty smoke from his rubbery lips into the cool morning air as, with his large muscular arms, elongated and corded, he tore away the braces, stones and planks, covering the erstwhile animals’ opening.  He relished the anticipated look of surprise that might be on Corg’s face, when he saw whom it was that had come to ‘rescue’ him.

“Who’s there?!” a gruff voice of alarm came from within.

Grum-Blud hesitated, as he reached for the last board covering the splintered hole in the wall of the shed.  The voice did not sound like it belonged to Corg.  Growling low, with a snort, his callused paw ripped away the plank and cast it behind him.  He mounted the fallen pile of stones that he had broken through holding the base of the braces and ‘patch’, his shadowy form silhoetted against the misty morning dawn.

A man’s form lay huddled in a corner, laying on a small mound of straw, arms bandaged, but not tied.  Grum-Blud sniffed the musty air inside, as the figure tried to rise to a full seated position.

“Where is Corg?!” Grum-Blud growled, threatening.

“Corg?” the man in the corner blinked, rocking himself forward, attempting to rise.  “Corg!” Grum-Blud moved into the shed, partially blocking the dim light filtering around his squat body, arms hanging to the floor, his knuckles pressing down hard on the floorboards.

“Y-your a troll,” the man’s voice croaked.  “Another one.”

With a swift move forward, swinging its short thick legs, kicking over its fists, Grum-Blud landed in front of the rising man with a hard stomping thud, coughing his demanded interrogative. “Corg!”

“Dead.  Burned.” the quavering man answered, cowering backward.

“How?!” Grum-Blud demanded, raising a fist at the shrinking man.

“Stabbed,” the man replied, adding a lie. “They did it.”

Grum-Blud grabbed the man’s arm and said, “Come with me!”  Before the man knew it, he was jerked off his feet, dragged behind the troll, through the rough opening in the wall and out into the morning twilight, raked across the jumbled patchwork pile and flung into the dirt yard.

In the outer light, Grum-Blud’s eyes narrowed into a scowl as he sniffed and examined the man in the misty light.

“You are Xarmnian!” Grum-Blud stated, brooking no contradiction.  “A scout, from the look of you.”  He sniffed again, growling low and grunting pig-like.

“There is troll blood on you,” his thick brows furrowed.  “Smells familiar, I think!”  The man flinched guility, and Grum-Blud moved toward where the Xarmnian had fallen, suspicion darkening his countenance.

“Th-They stabbed him when they captured him.  He and I were their prisoners.  Both of us were held in that shed together.  He bled all over me, before he succumbed to his injuries.”

Grum-Blud’s arms bulged and his knobby knuckles flexed and fisted, weighing the man’s words, measuring them against his own rising suspicions.  A sneer dropped half of his lips into a crooked smile as he moved closer to the cowering man, a wicked gleam shining in his eyes.  “If that is true, you will have no qualms with me looking into your dark, lying soul.”

The Xarmnian gasped, quickly averting his face, scrabbling to get away from the troll as fast as he could.  Clawing to his feet, but wincing as he flexed his wounded arm.

Suddenly, he was slammed to the ground, the surprising weight of the troll pressed his face hard into the mud.  The troll grabbed a fist full of the Xarmnian’s hard and yanked him up into a back arch, the feel of a cold steel blade pressed sharply under his exposed throat.  The smell of dried blood, and the stench of cloying sweat, and foul breath caused the Xarmnian to gasp, as Grum-Blud growled into the man’s ear.  “Lie to me…and you will bleed for it!” the troll huffed, “I need only release your hairy mop, and this blade at your scrawny neck will eternally stop your ability to answer.  Understand?!”

The Xarmian mewled, pleading as he had never before.  Finally comprehending how dangerous one of these trolls could be.  Grum-Blud could feel the man’s surrender and despair, as the taut, fear-fed resistance slackened.  Carefully, but deliberately, the blade’s iced razor kiss lowered, with only a lipstick blush, beaded along its edge.  The man felt the troll’s weight shift off of his back, but his hair was still in the tight grasp of the creature, twisting him over to stare up into the glowering face.  The last reflection the Xarmnian had in his cruel, miserable, but shortened life was of a set of piercing black troll’s eyes floating above him, pushing him back into a recent memory he desperately did not wish to reveal.

*Scene 02* 7:00 (Across The Inter-Land)

The Hill of Skulls stood ominously atop a winded slope, looming stoically against a grey morning sky.  Hanokh, The Walker, stood before it, his head bowed, listening.

He appeared to be having a silent conversation with himself, only his focus was directly aimed at the mount itself.  He was within the outer thorn hedge and stood before the large stone assemblage that encircled the mound with the footpath bordering it.  He had seen evidence of wagon tracks, and the prints of many horses that had pocked and dug divots in the outer perimeter.  Others had visited recently, but many of the tracks had been washed over or pitted with the evidence of recent rains.

Slowly, reverently, he moved along the footpath heading to the westward facing side of the mound, scanning its rising surface.  As he circled had stopped up short when he saw it.

A gentle beam of blue light pierced the distant cloud cover and shone on a portion of the elevated surface, where dirt and stone had been sloughed away leaving an exposed pit that was widening.  From the lower angle, it was difficult to see, but he could just make out that there was writing on the inner surface that appeared in an ancient script.  Hieroglyphic in nature, with pictorial representations of phonetic sounds.  A proto-script he immediately recognized as one he himself had devised long ago.

“Names,” he muttered to himself, as a knowing smile crept into his solemn countenance.  He nodded appreciatively, and then with a turn towards the northwest, he vanished from sight, already certain of where he would need to go next…to be sure.

Hanokh appeared in a grove that extended perpendicular to a rising rocky escarpment.  The grove was a ranking assortment of various trees aligned along a flowing stream of clear water, which emerged out of the side of the rising escarpment, cascading down into a catcher pool and then flowing along a channeled gully into the stream.

Hanokh knew for certain that this very stream had once been a dried riverbed, full of fallen leaves. But now it ran cool and clear, feeding the roots of the trees that edged its riverbanks.

 Then the angel showed me a river with the water of life, clear as crystal, flowing from the throne of God and of the Lamb. It flowed down the center of the main street. On each side of the river grew a tree of life, bearing twelve crops of fruit, with a fresh crop each month. The leaves were used for medicine to heal the nations.  [Rev 22:1-2 NLT]

The Ancient Text verse sprang to his mind.

O LORD, the hope of Israel, all who turn away from you will be disgraced. They will be buried in the dust of the earth, for they have abandoned the LORD, the fountain of living water.  [Jer 17:13 NLT]

Another more in-depth passage lingered from the account of the prophet Ezekiel.

1 Then he brought me back to the entrance of the temple and there was water flowing from under the threshold of the temple toward the east, for the temple faced east. The water was coming down from under the south side of the threshold of the temple, south of the altar. 2 Next he brought me out by way of the north gate and led me around the outside to the outer gate that faced east; there the water was trickling from the south side. 3 As the man went out east with a measuring line in his hand, he measured off a third of a mile and led me through the water. It came up to my ankles. 4 Then he measured off a third of a mile and led me through the water. It came up to my knees. He measured off another third of a mile and led me through the water. It came up to my waist. 5 Again he measured off a third of a mile, and it was a river that I could not cross on foot. For the water had risen; it was deep enough to swim in, a river that could not be crossed on foot. 6 He asked me, “Do you see this, son of man? ” Then he led me back to the bank of the river. 7 When I had returned, I saw a very large number of trees along both sides of the riverbank. 8 He said to me, “This water flows out to the eastern region and goes down to the Arabah. When it enters the sea, the sea of foul water, the water of the sea becomes fresh. 9 “Every kind of living creature that swarms will live wherever the river flows, and there will be a huge number of fish because this water goes there. Since the water will become fresh, there will be life everywhere the river goes. 10 “Fishermen will stand beside it from En-gedi to En-eglaim. These will become places where nets are spread out to dry. Their fish will consist of many different kinds, like the fish of the Mediterranean Sea. 11 “Yet its swamps and marshes will not be healed; they will be left for salt. 12 “All kinds of trees providing food will grow along both banks of the river. Their leaves will not wither, and their fruit will not fail. Each month they will bear fresh fruit because the water comes from the sanctuary. Their fruit will be used for eating and their leaves for healing.”  [Eze 47:1-12 CSB]

Hanokh hurried down along the ranks of trees towards the crossing juncture, where the branches of the stream ran out in opposite directions.  “The Sword,” he muttered.  “I shall know for sure when I see where ‘the sword’ was driven into the root.”

Yes, a sword will pierce through your own soul, that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed.”  [Luk 2:35 HNV]

Through the trees, he finally saw the place he was earnestly seeking.

He sighed in satisfaction, clapping his large hands together.  “At last!” he chuckled, filled with delight.  “The sword has been lifted.  The quests have begun again!”

*Scene 03* 18:12 (Scents of Direction)

As we rode deeper into the cut-out, descending, half-pipe ledges in the narrow canyon under massive crags of rock, we could still hear the noise from the dogs in the distance.

Will stiffened at each far away echoing but still rode onward, following the others.

I rode within a few paces from Maeven, keeping my voice low I tried to make conversation.

“Did we fool them?” I asked quietly.

“Too soon to tell,” Maeven responded.

“I mean the dogs.”

“Same answer,” she rejoined.

“How long would our scent linger?”

“Depends,” answered Maeven, “It rained, and much of the pursuit occured at nighttime, so the scent lingers in the dampness of this morning air.  The Protectorate may try to puzzle out what happened at the roadside where the wagon went into the mud, but the dogs will almost lose the scent of those who climbed into the wagon.  It depends upon the particular scents they are following.  Cerberi have the three heads, so each of those will remember a unique scent.”

“Wow.  I didn’t even think about that.” I pondered a moment.  “But would our scents be strong enough for those creatures to get a strong enough reading, just by our passing?”

“I assume you all stayed and slept at the Inn, so there are plenty of scents to choose from:  Sheets, towels, a change of clothes, cloth breakfast napkins.  Then, of course, there are the horses.  Scent tends to linger in damp cool places.  After a rain, that pretty much covers everything.”

“How long does a scent linger?” Christie, who had been riding just to the right of us, asked.

“Idiots will tell you months, but that isn’t so.  The longest time on record was approximately 13 days.  The bodies of some hikers were tracked and found in Western Oregon in a wet dense forest…much like this one.”

“What will we do once the dogs regain the scent?” Begglar asked, speaking up for the first time since leaving the dropped ledge.  Nell had reached over and squeezed his hand and something silent had passed between them, but I had pretended not to notice.

“There are three trails to follow, so the Cerberi will respond to the runners first, before defaulting back to sniffing for scent.  By that time, those monster dogs will be split up along with their Protectorate handlers.  One of the Lehi team’s have your wagon, Begglar.  So there will be a lingering scent from each of you there.  The other wagon have supplies that many of you loaded, rode on, and help us offload.  Getting the picture now?”

“Your wagons were Iron Hills wagons.  That scent is strong enough to over power any one of our individual scents.  I can’t imagine those monsters would be able to distinguish us in such a melange.”

“Yeah, and there is one other factor, in that up trail, I have not yet mentioned.”

She beamed and winked, “A secondary measure, but not the primary one.”

“How do you mean?”

“Along the trail, about seventy feet from the platform, there is a particular family of black and white animals that live in a hollow log near the trail.”

“How does that help?”

“Sensory overload.  Those animals are nocturnal, and a pack of dogs coming through the forest, so close to their nest will definitely get them in a defensive posture.”

“What is she talking about?” Dominic asked.

“Skunks.  There is a family of skunks that will give those dogs all the scent they can want and more.”

For the first time, that whole evening, we all laughed together.

The dawn was beginning to break as we rode steadily onward, hoofs clacking gently over planked bridges and click on stone and softened earth from time to time.  An ambient glow filtered through and lit our way as we continued the hidden journey to Azragoth.  Presently out of imminent danger, I saw Christie and Maeven riding side by side talking quietly.  At one point Christie turned and looked over her shoulder back at me and laughed.  I don’t know why.  Must be some private joke they shared.

Oh, yeah.  They were going to be fast friends by the time they reached Azragoth if they weren’t friends already.

Presently the discussion took a more serious turn.  I could see Christie leaned over listening to Maeven, nodding.  Others were drawing closer too.  Not one to be left out, I guided my horse to within hearing as well.  Maeven was telling a story.

“Yes, but I remember it all,” Maeven said quietly.

“You were there?” Christie asked, stunned at this quiet revelation.

Maeven nodded but looked directly at me, “You will find Azragoth much changed in the twenty years since.”

Then she again addressed the others, “We survived its terrors and a few other families with us.  Most of the people we knew we had to bury or burn.  But it did achieve one good thing that we could not have achieved otherwise.”

The traveler named Will spoke up for the first time in a while, “And what was that?”

Maeven looked over at him measuredly, her calmness disquieting him in some barely perceptible way.  She was reading something in his eyes and demeanor that he did not wish to be known.

“It rid us of the Xarmnian thugs and gave us a chance to live unmolested by them for many years.  Azragoth became a place of refuge: A lost island of safety in a rising sea of war.”

“But what about the plague and isolation from the other villages, the end of trade and all of the sickness that killed everyone else?  How did you survive all that?”

Maeven shrugged, “There is no logical explanation for the how, if one has no belief in something other than alchemy and science alone.”

The friend of Will, someone whom I had never heard speak directly to me, seemed stricken and nervous, but suddenly joined the discussion.  “Are you suggesting some miracle protected you?”

Maeven, unwavering answered him without flinching at the barely veiled insinuation, “What I am saying is what I believe to be true, and being a person of science in the Surface World, I do understand the implications of what I am saying to you now.  Our choice to believe, despite all odds, is the reason why I am not dead to this world, and why the few of us who remain and survived that terrible night still live to tell the tale of it.”

“Tell us,” I encouraged Maeven, “I believe we all would benefit from hearing it.”

Our party had left the carved cliff passage near the river and were now riding together under a forested canopy filtered with dawn’s early light.

“Those days, as O’Brian says, were terrible, brutal and cruel.  Men met with brutality, but women received that and physical shame as well.  We hid with the other children from the soldiers when they first entered the gates and watched from the shadows as they arrogantly rode in and took over our town.”

Maeven, the warrior known as Storm Hawk, seemed to shrink a bit, as part of her relieved the experience in her mind as she unfolded the story to us.

“I had never seen people die in such brutal ways until that day.  Seeing such things one can never quite get them out of their mind.  It began with thuggery and bravado in the market center.  The soldiers dismounted and took whatever they wanted from the vendor carts and tables, then overturned those tables in front of the tradesmen, daring them to show some sign of protest or defiance.”

Maeven tried to calm her shallow breathing as memories arose in her mind that she knew she must not share and dared not speak of.

“Eventually, it did come.  O’Brian mentioned the man torn apart by horses.  That is enough for you to know.  And that was only the beginning…” she swallowed, “and it went on for weeks until the rats ended it.”

A shudder passed through her as she tried to continue, “The soldiers…the soldiers would not let us take the ‘examples’ they made for us from the streets.  They lay there, night after night and through the long days gathering flies, maggots, and beetles until naturally…they attracted the sewer rats.”

Maeven looked at me with pleading eyes and asked, “What part of this is necessary and what is not?  You know more of the story when I told you years ago, but the nightmare lives on in memory, beyond what I shared even then.”

I nodded, “There is no need for the gruesome details.  Tell them what you found in that dark place.”

Maeven bowed her head for a moment, gathering strength from the memory I had directed her to, and the point of my having her recount any of her experience at all.  To everyone’s surprise, she began to quote a verse from the Ancient Text:

“He shall cover thee with his feathers, and under his wings shalt thou trust: his truth [shall be thy] shield and buckler. Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by night; [nor] for the arrow [that] flieth by day; [Nor] for the pestilence [that] walketh in darkness; [nor] for the destruction [that] wasteth at noonday. A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; [but] it shall not come nigh thee. Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the wicked. Because thou hast made the LORD, [which is] my refuge, [even] the most High, thy habitation; There shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling. For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. They shall bear thee up in [their] hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone.” [Psalm 91:4-12 KJV]

Maeven closed her eyes as she quoted the verse of comfort, seeming to feel its healing effect even now, covering those painful memories over again with feathered tenderness.

When she finally opened her eyes again that fierce light had come back into them, and her stature visibly grew strong once more.

“You asked me, how we survived,” she addressed Will, but also everyone else within hearing.

“We held to the hope in those words and believe in their promise.  When no man or woman could save us, and we only had The One left to trust in…we chose to believe His words.  And they came true for all of us who chose to and dared to believe them.”

Maeven let that implication lie with them a moment and then continued.

“We survived those terrors and were never found again by the soldiers, never touched by the disease, and sickness never came into the inner courtyards where our homes were.  Once the soldiers fled, we eventually came out to bury our city’s dead.  We never contracted the illness though by all counts and rights we should have.  There was a power in the words we read and claimed belief in.  Eventually, we cleared the streets of death and the vile rotting bodies of those soldiers that had oppressed and terrorized us.  The soldiers and outside army fled before us and struck down their own soldiers whom they had sent to occupy the city once they had initially breached our gates.”

Maeven actually smiled over the next memory, before she continued.

“The very trenches and siegeworks that the Xarmnian army had dug and built to surround and invade, we used to bury and burn the dead.  When the army had retreated to the road, some far distance and turned to observe our burial preparations, we decided to return some of their dead back to them.”

Here she paused and seemed to blush a bit.

“They had built a large Trebuchet catapult, with a large boom and counterweight.  We used it to launch the rotted armored bodies of the soldiers back at them, and the army fled the simple aerial assault.  After that, we never heard directly from Xarmni again other than the threats they posed to all of our neighboring towns.  An edict had gone out in every town and village, advising them to avoid the quarantined town of Azragoth.  That we had been overtaken by a disease that wasted away the body within days of contraction.  Our livestock, if found was to be burned immediately.  No crops or tradesmen were to approach the area surrounding Azragoth, nor deal with any of its survivors who might bear the contagion.  As such, we were exempted from all dealings with the outside world, Xarmni included, and all debts owed by us were expunged or considered forfeit.  No further tribute was required or sought from Azragoth and it was assumed the town would die as a result.  But that was not what happened.”

“We thrived.  Our smaller herds survived the plague and grew resistant to it and became a heartier stock, because of it.  True we, like every other township, had some stock which free ranged the hills, so we had branded them and sorted them each year from a central place before the foaling and calving seasons.  The edict was taken seriously and those caught buying, selling or having an Azragothian branded stock animal in their possession would be punished by the Protectorate patrols which surveyed the townships. But we worked out a clever way to cover the old brand and align it to that of the townships who secretly wanted to risk continued business with us, after being assured that the illness had passed.  Our stock was clearly superior to theirs so eventually, self-interest and good business sense won out.  Azragoth’s outer courts, it is true, have been left to decay and ruin, to maintain the appearances that it is now only a place where the dead linger.  The two lost travelers never made it past the outer buildings and were sufficiently terrified when they made their hasty exit the next day.  Those two unfortunates carry forward experiences and tales which will continue to make others avoid this place.”

Here Maeven actually smiled, “In the end, for those of us who survived, Azragoth has become the heart and the symbol of the resistance.  Fear once used against us has turned upon those who sought to instill it in others.  Our home is now protected, because of a belief in a promise given by the Ancient Text, in our more dire point of need.  If you knew the language and text of my homeland in the Surface World you could read the reference of that very passage of promise engraved and etched into the steel of the sword, I carry with me always.  Like O’Brian holds there, it too is an Honor Sword, and symbolizes my belief that there is a purpose in the midst of great tragedy, though we may not see it at the time.  If you are open to belief, you will one day see it too.”

A few hundred feet ahead the shade began to thicken into deep shadow.  Beyond was a deepening that we could not yet see through, but even from the distance, we could feel the looming weight of it, as something towered over the forest canopy.  Within a few more moments we could see a great wall built of mortared stone.

“We have arrived,” Maeven said as she coaxed her horse towards the front of the group.

“Welcome to Azragoth.”

*Scene 04* – 3:53 (The Digger)

A rift parted the ground foliage, folding and creasing the earth down into itself, as trees swayed and rustled above, branches breakign with a snap and crack, as the towering stanchions of the forest leaned forward, their hoary crowns peering downward into the subducting cleft.  A distant, cavernous roar belched from the rift below.  The fissure deltaed and fanned downward into a funnel, as the edge of the highland fractured and fell forward, collapsing and crashing down the edge of the upland rim into the dense forest below.  Clouds of dust, and jagged rock burst outward from the wounded side of the cliff face, raining downward, under a rising plume of dust.

Under the billows, something slammed downward into the forest below, toppling trees, bursting through sheered branches, cleaving its way down through the brush cover.  Silver flashes of light came through the dust strobing the wooded darkness, as a throaty roar shook the ground, rattling the leaves in the surround trees.

When the dust began to settle, a gaping hole was revealed in the ridge-face, its black cavenous pupil unblinking and fierce.  Traces of a viscuous ooze, gleamed wetly on the lower rim of the hole, scintillating with a pearlescent light in the wake of the destructive creature that had passed through the rupture, and was now making its way downward into the deep woods below, splashing through fissure streams and fracturing, and smashing through the man-made bridges that wove from side to side over the deeper plunging rivulets.

In the forest below, beyond the streams, the monstrous creature creating the destruction pursued the scents of a troop of horses, bearing human riders.  Sun rays piercing the overhead canopy failed to illuminate the dappled hide of the large creature, parting the trees, as it made its way forward into the wood, yet bristling spines seemingly edged with a metallic luster, flashed through the overhead evidences of daylight, like a talon raked across stone.

In the gloomy darkness of the wood, an obsidian eye perceived a large stacked stone wall ahead of its current trajectory.  Its other blue-iced orb roved from its towering parapet, down its steeply sloped stone-face seeking fissures and weakness in its mortared and grooved joints, finally finding what it sought in a low gurgling pool that appeared to terminate at the walls base and swirl downward into a lower grate.  The massive construction had been erected to protect a perimeter against the dangers of the backwoods.  Fortified to withstand a rock slide or something…far worse.

The shadow-shrouded creature blinked and then blinked again, confirming what it perceived.  Beneath the wall, about fifty feet in, there was a void…underground.  The water in the gurgling pool channeled underneath the wall and then cascaded into that deepening void.  And something else was there.  Something old and mysterious.  Something hidden within, that the beast felt casting tremors within its monstrous heart, creating a buzzing within its jaws, and infuriating cloud storming within its under-mind, and a tugging within the thick muscle of its own tongue.  Something dangerous and powerful, waiting for the right time…to be found.

*Scene 05* – 17:32 (The Sally Port)

Coming closer now, we saw that the great city, at least the back way to it, was formidable enough that it would outlast a lifetime of legends and more.  Nature would be forced to swallow a mountain if it ever were to reclaim the city of Azragoth.

We all dismounted our horses, following Maeven’s lead.

“Stay here,” she directed, “I will have to announce you.  Our leader has gone up to the Eyrie above The Stone Pass.  He and the others are observing troop movements.  Xarmni and Capitalia are mobilizing their armies.”

“Is there a problem?” I asked.

“None that I cannot work through,” she replied mysteriously.

“When our leadership is absent, the guardianship falls to others who are overly cautious.  This is a good thing…and bad depending on which side of the curtain wall you are standing.”

“What does that mean?” asked Begglar, “Who is leading you?”

Maeven motioned us to stay there while she walked a few paces down a small footpath to the edge of the wall.  Over her shoulder, she answered Begglar’s question, while walking away.  “We call him ‘The Eagle’.”

Begglar turned to me and we exchanged a knowing look, realizing that there was more to the brief revelation. A connection yet to be made, but not now.

We waited near the horses, with Maeven’s Lehi riders for nearly an hour, before we heard Maeven returning.  She had a look of consternation on her face that was not there before, and rather than address us, she spoke quietly to her Lehi captain before she turned to us.

“I’m to take you all in by the sally port.  The Lehi will take the horses around through the wicket gate to be stabled and unloaded.  You are to surrender your weapons until they can be returned to you.”

Begglar and Dominic started to protest, but I waved it away.

“We will do as you say.”

Others began to protest, but I assured them all would be well and set the example by handing forth the honor sword.  Maeven’s eyes met mine.  She had avoided eye contact with me since returning, but now she stared at me, her eyes searching for what I did not know.

“It is no simple thing you do, to surrender an honor sword.  I will remember this,” and here she leaned in and whispered quietly to me alone, “I know this one in particular.  I’ve seen it before.  And you have my word that it will be returned to you.”

Collecting weapons required several of the Lehi to bear them forth.  The other Lehi ran a lead line through the bridles of our horses and led them away as directed, packs and supplies and all.  We were now without defense, trusting only to the honor of a friendship we, Begglar and I alone, bore with Maeven, The Storm Hawk.  A friendship left unattended for many years.

We were led to the sally port, a very narrow iron doorway in the massive stone wall.  Only one person at a time could fit through that small aperture, and inside was a steep stairway leading upward.  Glowing brazier pans filled with hot oil and lit afire swung from chains overhead, and it was clear the threat they posed to each of us as we cautiously and in single file ascended the narrow stairwell.  A series of released counterweights closed and sealed the sally port door behind us.  The stone pebbled walls smelled of lime and soot, blackening our hands as we braced against the walls in our climb.  If a sally port were ever breached in Azragoth, it would be fairly simple to make the invader regret it.  To further ensure such an invader would not survive the attempt, murder holes were cut into the walls, so that archers could shoot arrows into the well, and pierce anyone daring to try it.  That was not to say that this sally port could not be put to positive use, for it also provided a secret way for individuals to leave the city in times of a prolonged siege.  The formidable back wall so closely met the dense woods that a company could not move in force behind it.  Rocky outcroppings and ledges made traversing the narrows between the curtain wall and the shoulders of Azragoth, a fool’s parade, easily put down by men atop the battlements.  Clearly, Maeven was correct.  Azragoth was much changed.  It’s about-face bearing and aspect much fiercer than I had remembered it.

At last, we reached the top of the stairway and crowded onto a small landing chamber before a think iron-bound door.  Maeven squeezed in between us and rapped loudly on the door with a series of knocks in succession that led me to believe that it was a prearranged code.

Presently we heard a series of bolts being pulled back and chains loosened and at last, a sort of gray light crept around the edge of the door as it swung outward, almost pushing us back into the stairwell.

We entered an overlook along the edge of the parapet onto the rampart.  Stone and tile rooftops spread out below us on multiple levels.  Verdant treetops made the distant land’s horizon green under a gray clouded sky.  Moss and lichen grew in patches, here and there between the grooves of slate, stone and red terracotta tiles aged and discolored by the heat of the sun and the frosts of the winters.

Just behind the opened door to our right, stood a formidable-looking man, armored and accompanied by three other fighting men staggered just behind in a small diagonal phalanx formation.  Their swords were drawn, and they appeared tense.  The slightest wrong move and this could go very badly for us.  Maeven emerged and stood before the armored leader of this escort.

“Stand down, Morgrath.  These are not our enemies.”

The one called Morgrath, apparently a warrior of some rank among the Azragothians, looked from us back to Maeven before answering.

“That remains to be seen.  They are to be brought before the council.  Their fate will be decided there.”

With that, the other warriors moved to the solid wall, indicating that we should pass them, near the open railing overlooking the stone courtyards far below.  We did as we were bidden to do, and Maeven, pursed her lips heroically keeping herself from saying something scathing to the man, and led us past the naked steel blades of the warriors to a small stone passageway that continued on along the rampart allure.  The warriors closed in behind us as soon as the last of our party had exited the stairwell down to the sally port.  The heavily studded iron-plated door was once again bolted shut.

For better or for worse we were in Azragoth now, and relying heavily upon Maeven to make our intentions clear before a council who were predisposed to be suspicious of us for mysterious reasons of their own.

Azragoth was what is known as a fortified city or citadel, which should not be mistaken as being the same as a mere castle which houses a royal residence.  There were elements that were similar, and from what I can remember, it had a central keep, watchtowers, battlements, a few baileys, which were essentially open courtyards, both broad and narrow cobblestone streets branching and sloping upward in circular arcs connecting the baileys and terraced homes built of various materials, some of which had thick thatched roofs, some slate, and others of the more affluent merchants occupied homes with much more solid construction with terracotta barrel tile, as I mentioned before.  From the curtain wall to the inner main wall was a cleared area known simply as the killing field.  Its purpose was a place to repel an external attack should the outer curtain wall ever be breached.  A space of land in which the inner archers and others, would rain down arrows and hot coals and ash, or vats of boiling oil, to pierce, burn or scald the successful attackers from attempting a further breach of the inner walls.  Since Azragoth sat at the base of granite cliffs upon a forested shelf just below the foot of the highland descent into the valley below, it was not easily approached from its heavily wooded back but was more easily accessed by the front slopes from which the Xarmnian army had attacked.  Azragoth was once a wealthy prize to be won indeed, which was why Xarmni ruling houses so coveted its takeover.  At the head of the highlands, it was accessible from the main road by a relatively short distance, and from it, highland merchants would supply the trade routes passing near, before they began their trek into the lower valley and from there through the lake country to the foothills of the mountains beyond.  More than fifty major rivers flowed from the highlands to the lower basins of the valley and formed large reservoirs of water that were perhaps larger than any of the smaller bodies of water commonly thought of as “lakes” in the Surface World.  Azragothians benefited from their proximity to both trade routes and rivers, and such was their confidence back in those days of the certainty of their fortunate and happy placement, that they rarely closed their gates to anyone.  The defenses of the city, they believed, were sound and they assumed that they would recognize when and if there arose a time in which they would need to close the gates of the Barbican against such a threat.  So confident had they become, that when the Xarmnian army showed up in the far fields, just below the city’s walls, the people of Azragoth took no notice of the amassed army there setting up war machines and digging trenches.  They had seen military exercises before.  The militia used the plain because it was one of the few leveled-out open areas on the trek from the lower valley basin to the highlands where they could rest their troops and bivouac them before continuing their marched climb up the graded road.

When the threatening party rode up to Azragoth, they found the town wide-open.  The gates were tied back and almost rusted open, from having been rarely closed.  That is also why the Azragothians did not know they were under attack until the soldiers rode brazenly into the marketplace and began violently overturning vendor carts.

From the walls downward, we could see overgrown courtyards and open ward areas choked with weeds, vines, and broken stone.  The place looked like it had been left derelict and no human foot had walked its paths in years.  Yet something moved among the grasses.  It moved casually in an unhurried manner taking its time to be revealed.  I lingered momentarily to see what might emerge from the grass but felt the chill of cold steel on my exposed arm.  The soldier bearing the blade reminded me that this was not a walk down memory lane.  We were being led to a waiting council who would decide our occupancy here within the walls of Azragoth.

I raised my eyes from the lower ward to see a goat emerge from the broken doorway of one of the abandoned houses and chew casually on the badly gnawed frame of the doorway.  It bleated plaintively and then continued chewing.  Grey, rotted shutters hung askance from windows that had been shattered.  A faded placard hung above the doorway creaking and swaying under rusty chains.  The man with the sword cleared his throat, and I found that the blade had progressed from my arm to just below my chin.  Message received.  I moved onward.

We descended more steps and passed under an archway, to another wall that bore a double door, with blackened wood saturated with some oily sticky substance.  The ground below our feet was hard-packed, but smooth stone, and perhaps had seen more foot traffic than the other areas we had passed over.  From the street level, it seemed as if a thousand pairs of eyes watched us from the shadowy recesses of the darkened rooms and abandoned apartments.  Morgrath bore a key to the door that blocked our path, and pushed forward into our group, inserted it and turned the mechanism until it clacked with the sound of metal gears releasing bolts.  The gated door swung inward from its solid post and lintel frame.  We were not prepared for what lay on the other side.

It was as if the one part of the city had been left to the ravages of time and this inner court still bustled with life and activity like it occupied a separate time and reality all its own.

Two sentries stepped from either side of the doorway, wicked-looking curved blades jutted from the ends of the halberds they bore reminding us, lest we forget, that our welcome here was not yet settled.

Beyond the guards was a flourishing and lively medieval town, active and thriving.  Children danced and laughed in mock swordplay, bearing crude wooden representations of the real things drawn and pointed at our backs.  The irony was so thick….well, I won’t say it.  I could not imagine what the others were feeling, but my sense of regret at surrendering our weapons was beginning to claw at my gut, as being colossally naïve, in spite of everything we had endured thus far.  The term “friend” was becoming murkier with each step further into this place of strange dichotomies.

The place was indeed haunted.  The death of one side residing parallel and unseen along the living and vibrant side of the other.  A central well stood in the courtyard, no doubt fed by the underground stream far below the city.  Water would be crucial to the survival of a walled city.  Especially one besieged and with good reason to conceal its persistent struggle to survive surrounded by lands and peoples who believed them to be long dead.

We were led further into the ward yard, and people began to pause from their activity and watch us as we were escorted into the very pumping heart of the city.  The tall façade of a grand hall with ornately engraved broad oak doors no less than sixteen feet high awaited us from across the courtyard.  Armored sentries attending the doors stood resolutely guarding the entrance with wickedly curve-bladed halberds.  They moved in mirrored unison to stand in front of the doors as the one called Morgrath approached.

I overheard him say, “Tell Corimanth that we’ve arrived.”

The sentry, so addressed with the charge, pivoted into the doorway, having barely opened it to allow his own frame to fit through.

Moments later, the broad doors were opened, and we were led inside a tall banquet hall with high beamed ceilings and broad candlelit chandeliers on round wheels suspended by a rope, pulley, and winch system from the high ceiling approximately twenty-five feet overhead.  The hall was lit with sconces from the support columns, added to the four sets of chandeliers burning with three tiers of concentric flaming wheels.  Suddenly something registered in my memory.

“Wheels within wheels,” I muttered, gazing upward, then realized we were being beckoned forward.

Maeven took the foreground and spoke to what I understood to be the interim chieftain of the town of Azragoth while the one they called “The Eagle” was away.

Begglar sighed heavily and stood next to me, “This is not good.”

Nell, looking up, saw who it was that would be receiving us, and suddenly her ire came up, and Begglar had to move fast to restrain her.  “Corimanth!” she exclaimed, “Saints preserve us!  What are you doing in Azragoth!?  How is it that you are sitting there, sending these men to fetch us like we were common thieves, and giving yourself the air of a high and mighty!  Whatever is it that you think you’re a-doin’?”

*Scene 06* – 19:45 (Long Lost)

The one called Corimanth, speaking in low tones to Maeven, before taking direct notice of our company looked startled.

“Nellus?” he flushed visibly, then reddened, “Is that you?”

Corimanth was a corpulent follow, with a bulbous nose, jowly cheeks and a shock of red hair about a balding head.  He wore a leather corset to make himself appear thinner than he was, but it could not hide his heft, without constricting his ability to breathe, so that his words tended to come out of him in a sort of breathy huff.

“Are you sayin’ you don’t recognize your own sister, now?!” she stood, hands fisted at her hips, “Or is it that you’re ashamed to look at me now after I publicly boxed your ears when last I laid eyes on ye?!”

Corimanth’s face went from reddening to ashen once more, as he fluttered his hands to somehow beg her to keep her voice down.  Nell was having none of it, and it was now apparent that Corimanth had caused her some sort of vexation in the past that had caused them to part ways and had strained the family ties between them.

“Nellus, would you please calm down,” Corimanth spoke in a more measured and controlled tone, “All will be explained to you.  I just need you to hear me out.”

Nell folded her arms, but it was evident that it took some doing to hold her temper, and hurt.

Maeven came to Nell’s side and put her arm around her, to give her strength and comfort.  She knew what Corimanth was about to say would come as a shock to her in particular.

The banquet hall was lined with long oak tables, benches, and chairs.  In better times past, it was a place of great feasting and city-wide celebration.

“Perhaps it would be better if we all sat down,” Corimanth said as more attendants and persons not in armed roles moved towards them from the recessed aisles along the nave.  Corimanth and his attendants directed us to the tables.

Once seated, Corimanth adjusted the outer broadcloth cloak he wore on his shoulder and offered his outstretched hands to Nell.  When she did not take them he quietly eased them to his side and began.

“I owe you a sincere and humble apology, my dear sister.  You have every right not to trust or forgive me for what I have seemed to have done to you and our family.  But perhaps if you will hear me out, you will, in the end, think better of me, and know why I had to do it.  I have both looked forward to and dreaded this day at the same time.  It was terrible the way we parted, but so very important that it be done.”

Here he took a breath, the corset seeming more restrictive and tightening than before, such that he took in several short breaths as well wincing in a slight grimace with each.

“Many years ago, before you met Begglar,” and turning to us, he addressed our gathering as a whole, “and before the terrible days following the decline and plagues of Azragoth, my sister and I lived in a small town just south of here called Sorrows Gate.  It wasn’t always called that, though it is a very fitting name for what it has become.  Sorrows Gate was once, very long ago, before the Xarmnian invasion, called Surrogate.  It was a town that stood directly in the gap between two stone ridges before descending into the lower valley and the lake country.  Azragoth was always the fortified city on the hill and a place where all of the smaller townsfolk knew they could flee to, should ever trouble come to ours and the other villages.  Azragoth was the guardian town.  Ours was more common and rural, but an important township in our own right.  Nellus and I used to travel with our parents to Azragoth in more pleasant times to see the delights of the city and to trade and buy and sell in the marketplace here.  Our peoples are from a much older group of travelers who came to these lands long before the families that broke apart and became what is now the Xarmnians and the Capitalians.  There are subdivisions of those groups which have their own people, but by and large, it is a division of philosophical orders rather than ethnic or racial divide.  Twelve brothers, each head of their families, patriarchs, with one family split between two sons, half-tribes they were called.  Be that as it may, our families and towns were friendly and receptive to those travelers when they first passed through and many years afterward when those groups made annual pilgrimages up from the valley to the Ancient Marker.  We bought and traded with them, and they with us.  Some of our families intermarried with them, and jointly we assumed we would one day become one people.  But it was not to be.”

A flagon was brought to the table and a poured glass set before Corimanth and he took it and drank briefly before continuing.  Quietly and without a word, the attendants began setting similar placements on the table before us, being careful not to distract, but clearly preparing us for a meal soon to be served.

“Xarmnian aggression soon began, after a fall-out between the families, and our towns sort of got swept up into it.  Capitalia built a wall to curb the aggression and incursions being made into it.  Frustrated, the Xarmnians began to tear across the land, laying siege to communities and taking over towns, imposing their rule and might against us.  Where once they were peaceable neighbors, they were now cruel oppressors, demand tribute, seizing our lands and goods when we refused to pay.  We were told that the Capitalians were our enemies, and we were severely warned not to trade with them, and to alert the Xarmnians if ever a Capitalian was discovered or caught on this side of their wall.”

Here pewter plates and wooden bowls were being set before us, along with wooden spoons and metal two-tined forks and cutlery.

Corimanth continued.

“We wanted nothing to do with the feuding of the two family groups, but several of us had already married into the conflict, and there was no separating us from the growing threat.  With Capitalia so far distant on the other side of their wall and the mountain pass, we had no choice but to try to appease the Xarmnians.  We tried to placate them, but they demanded so much more.  They suspected everyone who did not embrace their philosophies, so they demanded that we prove our loyalty.  They conscripted our young men for their armies.  They took our children hostage.  They infiltrated our learning centers and brought strange ideas to our families and demanded our children be subjected to their ideas daily.  Anyone refusing to surrender their child to the learning center each day would be marked and watched, and eventually, their child would be taken from them.  We were in a giant crucible, being grilled over harsh fires.  Food and property began to be rationed, overtaken and then parceled out again, apportioned to the more loyal families.  When Azragoth was taken and afterward when the plague broke out, our parents had gone into the city to trade because it was the only place yet to be conquered by the Xarmnians.  Our parents were not loyalists.  In fact, they were quite the opposite.  The Xarmnians were resentful and attempting to starve us out.  As long as Azragoth remained independent and neutral, we always could get food and have what little we had to sell, get a fair price enough to sustain us.  Mother always did try to feed me extra.  She reasoned that if I were fat, the Xarmnians would not be interested in taking me to their army.  She thought she was protecting me.  On that fateful night, when Xarmni invaded, the lower fields were swarming with soldiers.  No one was allowed in or out.  For days afterward, when they did not return, Nellus and I feared and then grieved and then tried to make do, resigned to the fact that they were never coming home.  We were not allowed to go to Azragoth, even after the armies left the area.  Azragoth was quarantined.  Azragoth was dead.  We had no hope of it ever being a haven for the surrounding villages again.  Only the dead resided there.”

Pewter cups were filled from the flagons placed throughout the long table and set before each of us.  Steaming bowls of pottage, a sort of brothy cabbage soup with barley added, was set before us and we began to eat and drink, as Corimanth went on.

“Nellus is only two years older than I am.  But she became both mother and father to me as best as she could.  We only had each other, and I gave her the worst of it, it grieves me to say.  I was a mother’s child.  A brat and I had been pampered and protected from hard work and fattened up, more than I ever should.  I had a taste for sweets and a way to get them, that I am ashamed of.  A few of the other boys in town and I were ne’re-do-wells.  We learned the art of sleight of hand.  To palm fruit and sweets from shops and market carts, mostly without being caught in the act.  I became exceptionally good at stealing.  And I rationalized it as being able to survive.  It was the source of many of our conflicts growing up.  Nell could not abide stealing, and I would not own up to it or call it that.  Nell was right.  I was wrong.  We had lost our parents and I was always angry about it and took my frustration out on my poor sister and everyone else who had something I wanted.  Nell said it many times, that it was a mercy that our parents weren’t there to see what I had become.  I acted like I didn’t care then, but I did.  I was angry at myself mostly, but it came out badly because I bottled it all up inside.  Anger taken in is like giving a guest room to a conqueror.  Its nature is to take over, and it will dominate and harm all of the other guests before all is said and done.”

Nell had unfolded her arms at this point and was thoughtfully stirring her pottage, not yet having found the stomach to eat it, but attentively listening to the words of her brother.  Tears were forming in her eyes, though, and Begglar squeezed her free hand reassuringly.

Here Corimanth stopped and turned to his sister.  When she raised her eyes to him, he spoke directly to her.

“I was ashamed of what I had become.  How I treated you, the things I made you suffer and for bringing shame to the memory of our parents lost in the tragedy of Azragoth.  I am not making excuses for it.  I am only telling you what I should have told you long ago,” he cleared his throat, “before The Eagle approached me and the others.”

Nell, closed her eyes shaking her head slightly.  This was too much.  All of the anger, resentment, self-doubt because she had so failed to control her own brother, the pain from having it go so wrong at the end and the terrible things she said to him before they parted ways, rushing back to her now.  Tears poured from the corner of her eyes as she dared once again to hope, she was mistaken about her brother.

Corimanth gave her a moment, tears beginning to well up in his own eyes.  Tears that she could not see while looking away from him, into her own pain.  From the folds of her dress, in a hidden pocket, she pulled a small kerchief with which she brushed tears from her cheek.

“You were a seer,” Corimanth almost choked on the words, the pools of tears beginning to escape from his eyes and course down his cheek and beard.

“If I could not fool you, there would be no way, I would fool the Xarmnians.  It was my chance to do something worthwhile.  For you and for everyone in Sorrows Gate and for those friends lost in Azragoth.”

Nell opened her eyes and turned to Corimanth once again, “What are you telling me?”

Corimanth swallowed hard and looked directly at his sister, tears wetting his reddened cheeks.

“I was asked to be a spy for those resisting Xarmnian rule.”

Nell’s eyes widened and she flushed, heat rising, shock registering on her face, “You were asked to be what?!”

Corimanth nodded and shrugged slightly.

“Improbable I know,” he bowed his head slightly, turning his eyes to his hands, which Nell noticed were scarred on the backs of meaty knuckles.

“But that is what the Eagle said made it useful.  No one would suspect a coward and a hot-headed thief to do anything so…,” he trailed off but Nell finished the thought for him.

“Selfless,” she said quietly, only now taking his hand, a gesture of newfound trust forming between them again.

“I knew you would never agree to it.  And you would never believe my sincere desire to do it.  We had to make it look like you and I…”

Tears formed new again, from the well-spring of Corimanth’s long-hidden grief.

Nell nodded understanding.  Words were not necessary the painful memory of their public parting so clear in both of their minds.  Xarmnian spies in the town would have seen and heard of it too.  The Eagle and those joining the resistance were counting on it.

“I stole from those I thought had turned traitor.  After all, the only vendors, merchants, and tradesmen which had food or goods to sell were the ones who had shown some appearance of loyalty to the Xarmnian Overwatch.  I wouldn’t listen or believe Nell when she told me that they were still our neighbors and friends, only that they were too scared to defy the Xarmnians.  They feared for their families so they capitulated and cowed.  Many had so much to lose that they could see no other way to survive.  Whereas we had practically lost everything.  There was little more than the Xarmnians could take from us, except our lives, and feeling as I did, I figured I had little left to live for.  Only my Nellus, and she was known as a woman who had strong opinions and fierce courage.  Just like father did.”

Here he looked up and around the room.

“I am sorry, you were not received in a better fashion, but there is, in this city still great fear offset by courage.  Azragoth is very wary and cautious of strangers.  Those from the Surface World, especially so.”

The woman in our group, who had rallied the others, in my own season of self-doubt, asked, “And why is that?”

Corimanth, leaned over and spoke briefly to Maeven, and she gestured towards, me, which caused him to look my way.

“O’Brian, is it?”

I glanced at Begglar who grinned, but did not look directly at me, so very interested he seemed to be just now in quickly consuming his pottage soup.

“Yes,” I answered, to my persistently “given” name.

“I am told you are leading this party,” Corimanth continued, “Have you not told them why?”

I cleared my throat, and sudden interest in my pottage soup beckoned me to attend to it before it became cold.

“I was building up to it,” I answered evasively.

“Building up to it,” Corimanth seemed to mull that over thoughtfully a moment.

“Well then,” he decided, “I’ll leave that tale to your own sense of timing.  You know your people better than I.  But, they will eventually need to know why we, who live here, have a very natural caution when dealing with your kind.  We’ll leave it at that for now.”

Grateful, I nodded, though the others in our company cast suspicious and impatient glances at me.

Dinner was at last served.  A wooden platter of steaming vegetables was brought in with a whole spit-roasted suckling pig and rolled meat pieces called brawn, which I knew, but decided it best not to tell the others what it consisted of.  Let’s just say, it was better than what was processed, pressed and shaped into the Surface World’s meat called baloney.

For a city in seclusion, the fare served here was far better than I had expected it to be.

*Scene 07* – 16:11 (Detritus and Scree)

When we finished our meal and the tables were cleared away, Corimanth let us out of the refectory up steps and onto a balcony just barely extending over the tree line.  He broke away from the group, as they milled about and came over to me.

“I understand, you are the one who was chosen to lead this group.  The one Begglar and Nell have decided to join.  A stone quest, is it?”

I sighed, and nodded, looking off to the far hills and the blue sillhouetted mountains beyond them.

“Having a hard time with it?”

“Yeah.  I am,” I confessed.  “I don’t feel up to it.  I feel broken and ashamed of my past.  I feel like I abandoned the quest long ago, and am now uncertain, why I was brought back here.  I’ve made a mess of it all.”

“You’re broken.” Corimanth sighed, leaning on the stone banister, next to me, looking out into the nearby hills and mountain range.

He gestured to the northwest, where we could see a large peak rising from among the edge of a short plain.

“Can you see the lower portion of that mountain there?  Where the rock tailings come down to a fanning out?”

I answered in the affirmative, and he continued.  “Have you ever noticed that at the base of a powerfully, towering, granite mountain there are crumbling and broken pieces of rock and gravel?”

“Yeah,” I answered quietly.

“And the hills below.  Have you ever imagined that the rounded, gradually rising foothills that lead up to the massive mountain you see in the distance, might have been the covered-over layers of such broken rock and gravel?  Broken pieces laid down, layer upon layer, year after year, packed with sediment, and washed with rain and dew, until a carpet of green cover it, and trees found their way up through the captured soil to sprout and aspire to heights in the shadow of the great mountain?  Those trees have a root system that grapples with the buried rock that once was the brokenness of the mountain we see today.  Mountain folk call it scree.”

I pondered quietly, not sure where he was going with this.

“Begglar.  He was a sea faring man.  There is a similar principle applied to the banks and shores of watercourses.  When things wash up on the shore of a beachhead, or lake, the term used by folks in the sea or lake country is detritus.  Detritus and scree are similar in some respects.”

“How so?”

He continued, “With enough detritus, year after year, as sand and waves push over and upon it, an island can form where once there was only a submerged reef or rocky shoal.  Both scree and detritus are the leavings of something that once occupied another time and space.  So, too, life is much like that.  We must become broken to allow a mountain to rise from the flat land and an island to arise from the sea.”

I looked at the scene of mountains in the distance, rising on the other side of the large valley below beyond the great lake reservoirs.  On the edge of the lake, we could see the small tree line of a chain of islands just off the distant shore.  Seeing those things in the context of my own misgivings, I knew Corimanth was making a meaningful connection for me.

He turned to me and looked directly at me.  “O’Brian, I know what its like to be broken.  Not just in this truss, with broken ribs to show, but to be crushed in spirit, feeling the weight of a succession of poor and selfish decisions.  I promise you, you will continue to be crushed by those feelings until you learn to surrender them over to One equipped to bear them.  The brokeness, the crushing serves a higher purpose.  To get you to stop trying to save yourself.”

“I have much to answer for,” I added quietly, “A considerable amount of blood on my hands.”

“Interesting,” he commented quietly, off to my right, gazing out into the distance, “You may find much in common with The Eagle if you have the chance to meet him.”

“How do you mean?”  I asked, truly interested in what he was thinking.

He gestured away from the fore view to extending walls of Azragoth, which from this balcony, we could see were much broader, taller and thicker along the backwoods section of the city than in the front area near the Barbican.

settlement-2040460_1920

“Notice the broad walls there, and the wide allure way on top of the rampart.  Those walls were newly fortified, just a year before the Xarmnians took the city.  Do you know why?”

I shook my head, “I haven’t the slightest idea.”

He gestured upward, towards the cliff-side towering massively above the back way, its jagged stone faces catching the dim light forming almost an angry scowl down upon the city of Azragoth.

“What you said earlier.  Scree.  There is a fault line running up the side of the mountain ledge’s face.  The area is broken, and parts of the massive rock have slid partway down the mountain.  Eventually, that weight will break and crush the stone below it.  Water pools behind the slabs with each rain, and it trapped there.  Winters freeze it, and the forming ice further fissures the rock as the melting and freezing cycle drives water deeper into the jagged cracks in the rocks below.  Azragoth was a prospering city, growing faster than was ever planned for when the land was first cleared.  It was built, perhaps too close to the mountain edge and cliff-side.  One evening the original wall was smashed open when a heavy rain loosed a great slab that slid and tumbled down the mountain, breaching the wall and killing the people that lived in the apartments just below it.  They had believed they were in the safest place in the city, far from the main gates, and the postern gates.  Yet they died in a sudden tragic moment because of…scree.”

I pondered that a moment.  Such a terrible image of the wall crashing down through wooden beamed ceilings, burying those people in the rubble and rock.  Azragoth had had more than its fair share of tragedy.

“Yet out of that tragedy, the back wall was rebuilt and fortified, thicker and taller than it had ever been before.  You might say the backend of the city is far stronger than any other place within these walls.  It is where Maeven and some of the other children hid with the cleric and his family so long ago.  Ironically, sheltering in the very shadow of prior deaths.  You didn’t know that, did you?”

I shook my head, “No I did not.”

“And as to detritus,” he continued after a reflective pause,” there is a custom here observed by every one of adult age who stays here in our fair city.  It is one, which might cause the people you lead to protest having ever come here.  It is not one we particularly enjoy, but it serves its purpose to remind us of what lead to the plague that killed most of our citizens as well as the occupiers.  Maeven may already have told you of the time and dispensation we received from that tragedy.  We are now into our twentieth season.  A costly dispensation purchased in blood but began as a foolish oversight.  Our city is served by a series of cisterns in the public square.  These are fed by the rivers flowing from the highland, down through the forests and breaks and into the lower valley basin below.  Our town, like any other town, faced the problem of removing waste from the village streets without spoiling the freshwater of the spring-fed wells we all drank from.  Long ago a series of trenches were dug under the street pavements, and gutters were created to wash out refuse beneath the city.  Every street in the city has a small canal of wastewater running beneath flat paver stones on the lower edge of the street.  Mortared barrel tiles form their lining.  We call these waterway trenches ‘gullets’.”

He braced himself against the balcony balustrade, looking down into the city streets below.

“Early designers of the city of Azragoth diverted veins from the river Trathorn forming a small branched canal that feeds water to the closed city for this very purpose.  Over time, these gullets were taken for granted.  Water made its way in, under the city walls, and ran down into the sewage gullets and its flow pushed wastewater underneath and out of the other side of the city and down the valley.    The cesspits from the garderobes also flow down into the gullet canals so you can imagine the vile filth that builds up down there.  Left to neglect, detritus had built up in the gullets over time, greatly restricting the amount of water that flowed through them.  As the raw sewage built up in the gullets it attracted the woodland rats, which entered the city through these gullet canals.  These rodents lived and bred by the thousands in the sewage, stealing out in the evenings to forage for whatever rubbish and refuse spilled from the market carts or collected in the rubbish bins behind homes and tavern halls which did not make it down into the sewers.”

Here he turned and looked at me.

“Detritus does not just wash up on a beach or riverbank, you know.  It can be anything, from loose rock to limbs flowing down a river…or canals servicing the rubbish-drains beneath a city.”

He paused.

“This is where our custom comes in.  It is a service we all perform in remembrance of those who passed.  Something I was told to bring you and your people to, before meeting with the council.  Every new thing is built with or upon something broken.  Buildings rise, but before they can the ground must be broken to hold a foundation.  Every stone wall is built of broken rock.  Every sprouting seed is planted in and arises from broken ground.  Every new working idea most often follows upon the heels of many failures.  This is what it will take for your people to learn to be warriors in a dangerous land.  As you say, mountains rise from the land by breaking through the topsoil, when all that is underneath them is in upheaval.  It took a terrible disaster to teach us this.  A master’s work starts with small broken pieces, and is brought together and refashioned into something more than can be imagined.  This is the lesson of Azragoth.”

From the balcony, we were led down another series of steps to a central courtyard where most of the main streets radiated from around a circular central hub with a wide-open area and projecting galleries and shops lining the headings of each block.  We assembled around Corimanth and Morgrath and the other soldiers, their swords sheathed for the moment, as townsfolk poured into the stone park from side streets and shops.  This was the marketplace were the first incidents had happened.  This was the starting place for it all.  The vendor carts had all been covered and locked down and rolled off to the various homes and stall ways.  Shopkeepers had brought all of their wares into the shop alcoves for the night.  The area was open, and the sea of brightly colored tent canopies were all folded and put away for the evening.  But for the people, the open-area market was stowed for the night and the crowd had dutifully assembled to perform the custom that Corimanth had spoken of.  Children watched from the balconies and peripheries, familiar with what would happen shortly, but we were still unaware.  A delegation of men and women, in clothes seeming more in line with collecting houses and lenders, came forward through a parted pathway, from a pavilioned terrace.  Each carried before them a large pole with a half-mooned metal blade affixed to the end of each pole, that was mired in blackened filth and smelled awful.  The citizens of Azragoth revealed small metal hooks from their sides, with a blunted and flattened tip.  They moved along the side of each street at the low leeward end of the thoroughfare.  From the radiating center of the courtyard, we could see citizens lining each of the radiating streets from the city center to beyond the view where each street curved away, following the natural contour of the ground upon which the city was built.

I leaned into Begglar, as he and Nell and Dominick were the only ones in our company, save Maeven, who might be aware of what was about to transpire.  In a few more hours, the land would grow dark, and I was not sure of what was coming.

“What do you know about this custom?”

Begglar shook his head, “It has been many years since I have been to Azragoth.  Much has changed.  My trips were only day trips, so I have never had the occasion to be here at dusk.  Nell does not visit here for obvious reasons.  Dominick usually comes with me to help load the wagon, but we have not had the ability to come since the Xarmnians have occupied our highlands.  Whatever trade had been done was meted out by the Xarmnians and we’ve always received the short-end of those deals.  We had no idea Corimanth was even here.  I’m sure she and he will have much more to say to each other in private.”

The Counter Measure – Chapter 19

*Scene 01* 11:27 – (The Under Way)

Maeven motioned to all of us, “Go ahead. Dismount.  This is where we go down.”

Begglar ambled his horse around the perimeter of the clearing and glanced over the edge of the narrow gorge.  There was no bridge that he could see across the deep channel, and no slope through the game trail ahead that appeared to descend.  On the contrary, the game trail appeared to progress upward but it was too narrow to allow a full-sized horse to pass.  The trunks thickened and tangles of vines woven a foliage curtain overhead that seem to hang lower and lower.  He considered that a doe, fawn, raccoon, opossum or a rabbit might pass with no trouble, but a rutting stag would get its antlers caught up in that tangle.  Begglar turned back to Maeven, “I don’t understand. That’s about a forty to fifty foot drop, just to the high cut stream.  And those stone channels drop into steep falls.  How do you propose we get down there?  And what of these horses?”

Maeven reached up and untangled what had looked to be twisted vines running up into the course of the large trees on either side of her and the slightly shifted edge.  “Maybe this will help,” she said sweeping her foot across the leaf strewn area where she stood.  I had notice the shift in the floor when she moved her horse closer to the edge of the bend but I had not noticed the why until then.

She and her horse stood upon a hidden platform, with cleverly concealed lowering ropes entwined in the vines of the adjoining trees.  This was a counterweighted-lift that could be raised and lowered into the narrow steephead ravine below.

Ingenious.

Soon we all could see that her horse stood upon a leave strewn platform made to look like part of the ground along the ledge.  Maeven drew her horse further into the center of the platform and secured its tether to a post that appeared to be a broken stump of a small tree.  She unwrapped a vine wound from the overhead limb revealing a lock release and a pulley and counterweight system strung overhead and fastened to a formidable-looking tree with a large bole and strong root system.  One could pass the place in either daylight or dark and never see it unless they knew it was there, but even then, they might miss it.

One by one, each of our team’s horse and rider were lowered down to a hidden trail way, as Maeven had previously alluded to, dug out and cut into a hidden rockshelf in the ravine’s edge.

Maeven supervised the lowering and steadying of the horses, calming them gently, whenever they became nervous sensing the instability of the slightly swaying platform.  It was not a fast way to move, but it was effective.  From the ledge to the lower cut pathway below the wooden gantry the drop was about 50 feet by my estimate.

Once down, the company mounted our horses again, preparing to ride under the rocky overhang of the cliff, the gurgling river just below and to the left of us, laughing at their pleased bewilderment.  Portions of the carved path extended outward so that a wooden planked pathway was built where the turn or cliff-side did not quite allow for a deeper carved half-tunnel.

A series of half-tubes, chambers, and grottos formerly cut and channeled by the corrasion of waterflow conduits and fluvial action through rifts in the karst land.  Pressure in underground aquifers, and rimstone pools had formed a series of natural and carved descent paths that workers for the underground had secretly connected, cleared and fortified, making a backway means of ascent and descent from the highlands to the lower valley and forests.

It was not lost on me that these clandestine routes and passages allowed Storm Hawk and her Lehi to move imperviously and stealthily between the highlands and the lowland valleys without the fear of being apprehended along the main descent road to the northwest or up from the lowland steppes and montane shrublands running along the coastal slopes which ran through Crowe and other townships closer to the coastal ridges.

The uplands were comprised of magnesite, limestone and dolomite, all carbonate rock formations with the strange emerging basalt (ruthenium) Marker Stone penetrating those mixed mineral rock substratas with a transcending column extruding from the buried heart of the Mid-World’s hydrographic zones.  It was unclear whether The Marker Stone was the source of the land’s freshwaters or the catalyst Rock which cut through the Mid-World’s buried oceans from the saturated phreatic zone, up through the saturated epiphreatic (floodwater) zone, into the concavities of the upper unsaturated zones webbing the Mid-World’s lands surfaces.  The resulting waters gave the Mid-World’s land surfaces its vegetation, filling the upper atmosphere with rising mists that collesced into flowing canopies of cloud cover, cycling between evaporation and condensations that fed and replenished the land.  The Mid-World’s “Land Stone” was thought by some to be the source of its ‘Living Water’, unpolluted by the salts of the outer seas.  The belief was that pure water flowed into the buried and hidden aquifers from the lower, unrevealed parts of the mystical “Marker Stone” from somewhere beyond the limits of this metaphysical world.

It struck me that, for those holding to this faith and belief, the tainting of the freshwater streams and rivers of The Mid-World, was not only a threat to all life living in these lands, but also a sign of desecration and a sacrilege.  It made sense then why one such as the mysterious Hanokh, known as “The Walker”, would press into this outrage and embark on a trek to discover what was happening upstream in the springs that converged where The Marker Stone stood in the uplands.  Whatever was tainting the freshwaters, causing illness, strange behaviors and psychotropic effect, I was certain, was not flowing from The Marker Stone, but from somewhere lower and hidden downstream.   A location that would find its way down through the natural watercourses to pollute the drinking water of villages dependent upon these waters for survival.  If those downstream waters were being polluted, the toxicity of such pollutants must be severe enough and of such a volume that dillution and the natural filters of moving over rocks, through sands, and distillation would not entirely remove its strange and dire potency.  The effects described by Maeven by way of talking to Hanokh, with the corroboration of both Begglar and Nell’s story of the affected traveler, raised serious questions.  Who would be evil enough to pollute the land’s drinking water?  Was the pollutant natural or something far worse?  From what Maeven said, Hanokh believed the contaminant was ‘something ephemeral’, even a ‘supernatural invader’.  The thought sent chills through me.  There were enough physical dangers here and arguably metaphysical with our encounter with the impersonating gollum of Becca, but other ‘supernatural invaders’ manifesting in the waters were startling and unsettling.  I wondered how one might guard against such a threat, if a malevolent entity might be surrepetitiously injested by one of us through the drinking water.  I bit my tongue just contemplating that possibility.  How long could anyone of us survive if we feared drinking the water?  I felt touches of fear seeming to crawl through me.  My spirit within me began to feel claustrophobic, almost as it a crushing weight had gripped me and was squeezing the air out of my lungs.  It was a feeling I had felt before, within the cavernous passages under the escarpment, as I frantically searched for Miray.  The overhead of the tight woods around us, began to feel oppressive as well.

Both Yasha and I had opted to be the last ones to make the descent down into what both he and Maeven had called ‘The Under Way’.   We waited until the last of our party had been lowered to the half-tube pathway about fifty feet below the outcropped shelf where we stood.  Our job would be to recover the platform with dirt, leaves and forest detritus to again conceal its presence.  We were then to make our individual descent to ‘The Under Way’ using the vine covered ropes, leaving no evidence of our exit or apparent means of the way down.  The Storm Hawk and Lehi were taking quite the risk letting us in our their secret escape route, and I felt a sense of gratitude towards Maeven upon that realization.  Helping us, they were risking both their lives and future means to successfully evade capture, if this ingenious ‘Under Way’ were ever to be discovered by the Xarmnians.  My job was to keep a back watch down the arboreal tunnel, while Yasha masked the rigging.

I held the Honor Sword in my right hand, my grip was too tight, and I could feel my hands sweating, anxious to get going and leave the area.  I was not sure how long the broken wagon might delay or thwart our pursuers.  If the Xarmnian’s had axes, it might no be long before they caught up to us, having cleared the broken wagon.  If they pursued us on foot, they may still be upon us soon.  We had ridden ahead quickly, but the narrowing forest trail and the darkness had made our forward movement cautious and tentative.  Even if the pursuing company had, by necessary, split up, how many would they send in pursuit of us, as opposed to those sent after the Lehi would had taken the other wagons?  And the demon dogs…?  What of them?  Would they get past the broken wagon?  The Xarmnians would not be stopped by the obstacle.  We could only, at best, hope for slowing them, but they would be intent, and enraged that we had run, with even the remotest hope that we could somehow evade them.  They would want to see us lose hope.  They would want to be present, to see our faces as they moved in on us.  But would they want that so much that they would choose to restrain their monster dogs from getting to us first?  My answer came almost within the very moment that I had conceived of the thought.

From the darkness, came a rush of growls and crunching leaves.  The beasts were upon us, and my own weapon was the Honor Sword I held tenuously within sweaty palms.  There was no time to get to the descending ropes.  Yasha moved swiftly to my left, his sword readied, his forearms corded and tense.  We would have to make our stand alone, having no way to tell what or who all or how many might be coming.

“We can’t let them find this,” Yasha whispered urgently. “Whatever it takes, me must stop them, if we can.”

“I know,” I huffed, my pent up breath siphoning between my gritted teeth.  “I know.  Whatever it takes,” I agreed, knowing full well, what it may take would be giving my life just to keep that secret.

*Scene 02* 14:28 – (Living Water)

Back on the banks of the creek, near Shimri’s shed, the captured Xarmnian cowered away from even the cast shadow of the giant Hanokh.  Ryden had drawn his sword and angled its blade at the captive, yet the Xarmnian seemed to take no notice of the threat of the blade. But rather shied fearfully away from the presence of the ancient Walker.  The man rocked from side to side, covering his ears as if the unperceived sounds coming from within him caused him physical pain.

“What is wrong with him?” Shimri, who stood nearby, asked.

Hanokh reached within his outer garment into a pocket of his inner garment, fishing out something from deep within its recesses.  His large hand concealed an object within his palm that neither Shimri nor Ryden could yet see.  He moved closer to the cowering Xarmnian, holding his palm high, but looking down at his open hand and then extended it toward the figure, now making animalistic sounds, growling with his face contorting between phases of extreme anger and terror, his body trembling.  The low light in the shadowy shed made clearly seeing the shrinking figure difficult.

Hanokh slowly turned back moving away from the cowering figure, passed Ryden’s extended blade, and emerged back through the broken hole in the shed, into the filtered light coming through the canopy of cottonwood and cypress trees.  Hanokh held out his open palm, finally revealing what he had pulled from his inner pocket.

Ryden had followed, retreating with his sword still pointed towards the Xarmnian’s confinement.  Both Shimri and Ryden stared at the object in Hanokh’s large hand.  It was a stoppered glass tube filled with clear liquid, but within was a twisting, writhing, pulsing mass of black threads weaving and sprouting into an amorphous glob.  The gutteral sounds coming from the Xarmnian captive within the corner of the shed pulsed in rythmic syncronization with the throbbing mass contained within the glass tube.

“It is the pairing of the darkness within him,” Hanokh rumbled.

“What is that?” Shimri asked, recoiling from the sight, tensing.

“It is, as I suspected,” Hanokh answered, “the connection of this and the darkness within your captive. They are sympathetic to each other.  This is what was drawn from the wells of Skorlith.  The town’s drinking water.  The wells are fed by the underground streams and rivers that flow from the uplands and eventually empty into the fjord lake chains of Cascale.  The connection between this and your captive is supernatural.  It responds to the darkness within this man.  I suspect it is also what is used to make the trolls.”

Ryden almost dropped his sword, so stunned he was.  Shimri drew in a stuttering breath.  “This is causing his cruelty?” Ryden gasped, incredulous.

“No.  Darkness lives within each of us.  It is the staining dark of man’s sin, coming from our ancient line.  It is the death in our hearts, that separated us from The One.  Only The Light of The One can drive that darkness out. But it is a process:  A battle of our will versus The Will of The One.  The more we surrender to The Will of The One, the more the darkness is driven out of whatever is yielded to Him.  There is much darkness in your prisoner.  He serves that darkness and operates according to its rhythm.  The degree is even greater within a troll. Such that it transforms their image and reduces it down into a squat, bulbous, apelike creature, draining its body of its natural red blood and replacing it with black blood.  The contamination resonates with the pulse of this living darkness that is polluting the waters of The Mid-World.  Take this vial and see what happens when it bring it close to your prisoner.”

With a tentative hand, Shimri cautiously reached for the glass tube.  The black mass swirled and writhed within, and Shimri’s hand froze.

“Go ahead,” Hanokh assured him, “It is physically contained, but does respond to the darkness that remains in all of us.  Holding it in your hand will not let it into you, but it will respond to what we still carry and must contend with in our present becoming.”

Lightly, Shimri’s fingers curled around the tube, and the black mass thickened.  His eye’s widened and he gasped, causing Ryden to flinch and raise the point of his sword, as he flexed with tensed readiness.

Shimri’s breath came in ragged gasps.  “I can feel the darkness.”  He turned to Hanokh.  “Please take it back.  Show us what you must, but I cannot hold this.”

Hanokh extended his large palm, and Shimri uncurled his fingers from around the tube with visible difficulty, his arm shaking with the strain.  When the vial dropped into Hanokh’s hand the black coiling mass tightened and shriveled within.  With wide-eyed wonder, he stared at Hanokh, rubbing a kind of coldness out of his fingers and palm.  “How do you hold that?  Carry it?”

Hanokh extended it out toward Ryden and Ryden recoiled, shaken.  “No! No, I don’t want to touch it,” Ryden objected, raising his sword to ward off the offer.

“You need to know,” Hanokh said, gently, “that the darkness is in all of us, to some degree, and that it is in you too.”

Ryden sword was raised in a defensive stance, his face tightened with disgust.  “Why?  Why is that necessary?!  I can see it well enough from here without touching it!”

Hanokh sighed, knowing the struggle.  “Ryden,” he said calmly, “The reason why you won’t touch it, is fear.  Fear is part of the darkness.  But the reason I want you both to touch it, is not to fear its presence, but to be sobered to its effect on you, when you see its effect on the Xarmnian in there.  There is a danger in being ignorant of what still resides within yourself, when you see its presence in one of these afflicted and imprisoned.  This man was a captive of this darkness long before he was ever made a captive in this shed.  I want you to understand this too, as Shimri now does.  It will balance you in your contentions with the evil forces of this land.  There may come a day when being able to see those you perceive only as enemies now, should be seen as they really are: captives.  Also reserve room in your perceptions of others, for the possibility of showing mercy and compassion.  To be able to do this, you will need to understand that the darkness that dominates them, also holds them captive.  They cannot be other than they are. Because without the yielding to The Light of The One, they can never find freedom from being a captive of their darkness.”

Ryden adjusted his grip on the hilt of his sword, an internal struggle causing him to waver.

“Only your yielding to The Light of The One, will enable you to do what you know your spirit is telling you is True,” Hanokh rumbled gently, still holding out his hand with the liquid and its black threading resident.

Finally, Ryden lowered his sword, letting out a heavy breath as he did so.  His head lowered, but his jawline tightened, as he whispered, confessing, “I don’t know if I can…”

“It is not about your ability…” Hanokh said gently, “It is about your surrender.  The Light of The One, does not hold you in captivity, but operates in liberty.  Its effect does not compel you, or force its power over you, but operates in your yieldedness.  Your ability to choose was given as part of our imaging reflection.  Your will is free.  If you will not learn this lesson now, the lesson will come another way, for you are not abandoned in the conforming.  But make no mistake.  The future testing may be made more difficult by the choice you make in this moment.”

Finally, Ryden raised the hilt, and reinserted his blade into the scabbard sheath at his side.  He closed his eyes, as he flexed his fingers and finally extended his hand, lightly closing around the glass vial in Hanokh’s open palm.

He tensed, as his fingers curled around the tube, lifting it from the giant’s palm.  His knees almost buckled, but Hanokh reached out a hand and steadied him, gripping his shoulder.  Ryden exhaled and shuddered, his eye’s popping open, his mouth agape.  “Uuugh!” an involuntary sound escaped from his open mouth, as his body trembled, and his jaws tightened and then clamped shut.  Through clenched teeth, he pleaded, “Take it!  Take it back!  Please!”

Hanokh’s hand scooped under Ryden’s trembling fist, Ryden’s arm extended and stretched as far away from his body as he could.

“Release it.” Hanokh rumbled.

Ryden’s arm trembled, as his fingers tightened. “I c-can’t.  I can’t seem to…”

“The things we dread, we too often hold on to,” Hanokh spoke quietly, moving his open hand under Ryden’s, allowing his hand to touch Ryden’s rigid, and clench fist.  Ryden felt a warmth coming from the giant’s palm as it came in contact with his own hand, frozen in it present, struggling grip.  Finally, his warming fingers sprung open and the glass vial fell back into the giant’s open palm.  Ryden retracted his hand, rubbing its coldness with his other hand.

“Now,” Hanokh stood up to his full height, seeming to grow taller than he had been before, “you both understand that we are not without aspects of this man’s darkness.  We are only separate from it by degrees and shielded from its full power by our Hope placed in The Word of The One’s Marker Stone.  This one is prisoner and in the thrall of this darkness.  He is dangerous, because darkness extends its presence outward through his willful choices and his actions.  Follow me and look at what happens to the darkness in the glass when I bring it near him.”

Shimri signaled one of his men to hand him a firebrand torch burning in a pit near the shed and the stacked rockwall that bordered his property.  Shimri took up the torch and re-entered the dark shed casting flickering light upon the Xarmnian now pressed against the wall in the corner, huddled and hunched down, still favoring his injuries from the his fight with the troll.  With suspicion, he glared at Ryden, Shimri and Hanokh as they entered from the breech.

Hanokh opened his hand, again revealing the glass stoppered vial, he held as he slowly moved towards the Xarmnian.  Ryden and Shimri watched as the black twisting blob in the vial formed spikes and bristled, frenetically bristling and throbbing as Hanokh approached the man.  The prisoner hissed and spat against Hanokh’s approach, a foamy spittle dribbling down his lips.  The Xarmnian’s eyes appeared to darken, as Hanokh moved the glass vial near him, until suddenly the blob in the glass filled the glass with black opaqueness, the water it had floated in seemed to be sucked within the glass blob, even though it was stoppered and prevented from escaping.  Inside the tube was only the blackness.

Ryden let out a breath that he did not know he had been holding.  Shimri’s firelight danced in a sheen of golden light in the palm of Hanokh’s open hand, but its light did not reflect on the smoothness of the glass.  The tube remained in a thickening shadow, returning no reflection of the burning light.

Quietly, Shimri spoke, what both he and Ryden now saw as obvious, “I think we’ve seen enough.”  And with that Hanokh closed his hand and tucked the glass vial back into the folds and pocket of his inner garment.  The three stepped out into the open air, realizing that the air inside of the shed in the presence of the prisioner had seemed stale and thick, making it difficult to breathe.

Hanokh turned to the two men and spoke, “It is for this, that I have journeyed from the valleys and villages.  This blackness is coming down through the rivers and streams in the highlands.  I have been looking for its source, carefully tracking it up through the rivers.  I have stepped through and somehow have passed its location of contamination.  The local streams in this higher vicinity appear to be clear, so now I must go to The Marker Stone, for I know that is the source of pure, life-giving water.  I will progress downward from there, where I should have started in the first place.  Eventually I know I will come down to the source of contamination.  When I find it, I suspect there will be creatures there that are not part of the natural orders, nor are they creatures of this Mid-World.  They will be supernatural things from the Other that have somehow crossed over into this world.  And they will need to be destroyed.”

*Scene 03* 08:39 – (Hitching the Rides)

Further up the road, among the brambles and brushy ground cover, beneath the canopy of the woods, the two Half-Men creatures, (part donkey-part human), huddled in their hideaway, nervously watching the small farmhouse below.

“We’ve been waiting here for so long, and still no sign of Corg, Brem.  Let’s go.  There is nothing to be gained, waitin’ here.  The Pan will expect us back soon.”

“P’haps you’re right, Bray.  If the other trolls were coming back, they’d be here by now.  Not that I’m anxious to have them return, mind you, but The Pan did warn us what would happen if we shirked our duty.  ‘Listen to them,’ he said.  Don’t let know you are my spiesFind out what they are really up to and report back to me.’  If we come back to him now with nothing more to report to him, other than the trolls left us to go scout the Inn, we’ll really be in for it. We still don’t know what the Xarmnians’ interests are with the innkeeper and his brood. If we return with only that, he may not think ‘that‘ is enough.  Remember what he said?”

“How can I forget?  He threatened to rip us in half.  Asked if we would like to have our ‘asses’ handed to us,” Bray shuddered.

“He could do it too,” Brem added, soberly.  “I saw him do so with an insolent mermaid once.  Left her tail fluttering on the shore, and threw her shrieking top half into the woods for the satyrs to ‘enjoy’.  Bloody mess, that was.  Stuff of nightmares.”

Bray pondered a moment, then finally said, “I’m okay waiting a little more.”

“Good choice,” Brem concurred, “Me too.”

Suddenly, both Bray and Brem felt something snatch hold of their tails, gripping them in a vise hold.  Startled, they both twisted and kicked, trying to get free, certain that what may have hold of them was The Pan himself.  A haunch and a hoof from Bray slammed into a hard, squat body, evoking a loud grunt and bark of pain from his captor.  Brem threw his hind into the hard branches of the bushes they’d concealed themselves in, squeezing his own detainer against the knuckles of the bushes, causing them to snap and break against his holder’s body.  A shout and a growl revealed to both the who of what had taken hold of each of them.  “I’ll dig out the eyes of both of you, if’n youse don’t stop a squirmin’!” an angry voice threatened, from one of the two who had seized them.  The two froze, knowing that the voice of the speaker held no idle threat.  They had seen their captor’s knife before.  Unpolished, and wicked sharp, still bespeckled with the blackstain residue of a prior use drawing blood.

“Still got your hold, Shelly?” the gruff speaker barked to his fellow.

“Barely,” the other whined back.  “Limbs broken, but I’ve still got hold of ‘im, Grum!”

“Come outta there, you two barebacks, or we’ll break these ends off and leave them bleedy!”

The two odonocentaurs dutifully backed out of the brush, as both Shelberd and Grum-Blud released their tails.  The upper torsos of the two creatures were abraded and scratched from the rough branches that had jabbed into them while evading capture and hiding in their present concealment.

“So it’s you, is it?!” Brem spat, facing the two squat trolls, glaring down at them.

“It’s us!” Grum-Blud barked, still gripping a bulbous bag in one of his large knuckles, and brandishing his sharp “poke” at them.  “Thinkin’ of leaving us afoot, were you?!” he snarled.  “I wonder what The Pan would say to that, you pig-headed humpers?!”

Brem and Bray visibly cowed, the thought chilling any further bravado that they might show to their two charges.  “Now there’s no need to bring him into this.  We’ve not abandoned our duty.  You and your kind left us to go scouting, remember?”

Grum-Blud eyed Shelberd with an off glance, knowing he still had that as leverage over these two beasts of burden.  “We’ll see about that.  I seem to remember leaving you both with full packs of supplies and Corg to keep you, numb-skulls from conveniently wandering off.” He raised his dirty blade pointing it at Brem with a threatening, and twisting motion,  forcing him to back up. “Where are those packs, and where is Corg?!”

Bray interjected, stuttering, “We-we-we had to shuck them.  The men were coming.  We c-couldn’t get through the low brush fast enough to hide.”

Brem took up the lead, “B-but we know where they are.  We can get them again.  Corg, he took them off and put them in the bushes.”

“Where is Corg?!” Grum-Blud swung the blade threateningly, at both of the two donkey-men, pushing them partially back into the brush to evade his blade.

“T-the, The men below. In that farmhouse,” Brem gestured.  “They captured him last night and locked in in that smaller structure.  There was fighting, but l-last we heard, he…he was down there.  We’ve k-kept watch.  They didn’t catch us, but they almost did.  We stayed.  You must let The Pan know that we stayed.  We could’ve run, but we didn’t.  You’ve gotta believe us!”

Grum-Blud glared at them, but slowly lowered his blade.

Shelberd broke in, “It’s worth checking out, Grum.  One of us could sneak down there and find out.”

“And it would have to be me, Shel.  You ain’t good at sneaking.  You’d best watch these two, whilst I go check it out.  Give’em a poke if they get any flighty thoughts.  Take this sack and wait for me here.”

“Whatever you say, Grum,” Shelberd mumbled, taking the smelly sack from him, but careful no to let it’s wet-stained underside brush the seepage of gore onto him.  “I’ll watch ’em, close-like.  You just head off…” realizing mid-sentence what he’d just said, he winced sheepishly at Grum, wondering if he’d receive another blow for his unwitting insensitivity.

Grum-Blud glared, but said nothing, sheathing his knife and turning down the path that led to the small clearing and farmhouse that stood next to the creek below.  He moved quickly, gathering his short legs up, gamboling into the woods on his knuckles, moving with relative stealth and speed, working his way down behind the low rock wall, edging his way closer to the lone shed that ostensibly held the only remaining troll in their small party.

With Pogsly dead, they were one short of the troop they had set out with.  He resented his brother’s foolishness, getting caught and burned up by mere humans.  A party of women, children and bewildered men, all wet behind the ears, and unknowing in the ways of The Mid-World.  Pogsly should have beaten them all.  He was more than capable of doing so.  A single troll possessed the strength of five men.  A rampaging troll had the potential violence of ten.  How had these mere men, captured Corg?  It was a puzzle that boggled his mind and made him all the more angry the closer he got to the shed.  He would have a word or two to say to Corg for being so foolish enough to allow himself to be captured.  A few choice words indeed, and a few blows to make sure those words punctuated his points of concern and throroughly hit home.

After that, they would ride to take their proposal to The Pan.  Provided Shelberd had the sense enough to keep their two rides hitched until he returned with a more contrite and bruised Corg in tow.

*Scene 04* 26:00 – (Dog Fight: [11:39]-Jaws & Bladed, [14:51]-Lone Wolf)

The narrow corridor between the densely packed trees of the deeper backwoods, and the jagged edge of the tree-lined lip of the chasm, seemed to press against us on either side.  The leaves hissed overhead like a nest of coiling serpents, and the ominous sounds of the rushing cerberi, growling and chuffing as they charged closer, echoed through the heaving and constricting throat of the forest.  Though the evening’s chill still remained in the shadow of the trail, sweat poured down my neck and coverlet tunic, I had procured from the weapons cache in the granary.  Yasha stood with his feet spread wide and his blade hand loose and ready.  He must have noted my uneasiness for he probed, “Have you ever fought a Cerberi before?”

My chest felt constricted and I could scarely answer him in no more than a whisper, “Only once, but not successfully, I’m afraid.”

“Successful enough to still be able to tell of the loss.  That’s enough.”

“How do we do this?” I queried.

Yasha shifted his sword blade from hand to hand, a practiced transfer that I could not tell whether was due to his eagerness or just a nervous motion.  “The trick is to be careful not to fall into the temptation to think they are dogs.  They are bloodthirsty monsters.  Don’t forget that.  Strike them as hard and as fast as you can.  Look for their weaknesses and take advantage of them.”

“Weakenesses? And what would those be?”

“Watch their eyes. They are not like any dog’s you’ve ever seen. They are reptilian in shape, with a yellowish gleam and spiked pupils. They are creatures suited to deep darkness. Night hunters. You will see their eyes first, or their slackened jaws, but watch their eyes.  The center head particularly.  Their peripheral vision is hampered by having three heads on a single body.  They have short necks and cannot easily turn those heads for biting.  They do have three sets of wicked teeth, but one heart and one set of lungs to supply their singular body.  Remember it is better to attack the areas where they have one organ or limb as opposed to many.  Their paws and claws are large and hard but blunt from distance traveling over rough ground.  Look for a forepaw that they may be favoring.  An injury that may have gone unnoticed by their keepers.  If they’ve run this far, they may be winded by now.  Their three heads cannot be as clear if they are short of breath.  Their reactions may be slower than usual.  They are sprinters, not long runners, but they compete with the horses carrying their masters for speed.  If the horses run, they run behind, trying to keep up. They prefer a frontal attack, but their front bulk and shoulders holding their heads make them top heavy, so if they throw their weight forward, pivot and lift with a low arc using your blade and you will flip them over, and hack at their soft underbelly.  Their backs are matted with thick fur, and with quick movements they may turn a lightly held blade, so be sure-handed and strike hard and quick, but balanced. Use a two-handed grip on the hilt, if need be, otherwise you will tire quickly.  Dodge and step aside when they rush you.  Slice the hind quarters if you get the chance.”

“Step aside?!”

“Yes.  There is an incline beyond, but they are too big to get more than a few feet in and they will not turn easily.  Stike their back quarters, before they get their heads around.  They are murderous in a frontal assault, but limited in the flanks.  Hold your blade low.  Don’t let them get under it.  Only raise it if they leap, but these are tight quarters.  Use the woods and thickets to your advantage.  They will not relent, even it you injure them, unless it is a grievous wound, so try and make each slash count.  Let your blade bite, but not too deep, or they will twist a stuck blade out of your hand and leave you defenseless.”

I nodded quickly, trying to follow Yasha’s instructions, visualize them, and commit them to memory, but there was no further time to contemplate for Yasha’s chilling words came next.  “Here they come!”

Six baleful eyes piered the darkness ahead, bounding toward us at incredible speed.  Only slightly behind was a second set of sextuplet orbs, undulating above huffing open jaws, clouded with mists over three sets of large yellowed teeth, canine incisors scissoring through the throaty growls.

There were only two of the black, shaggy monsters, but they were as large as grizzly bears, charging at us with savage intent.  A quick glance at Yasha, and I realized why he was shifting his blade from hand to hand, as he focused on the gleaming eyes of the onrushing monsters.  He was trying to determine from which side they might break.  Would they slow and circle, or just run us down?  I had no idea, and no chance to ask.  With a shuddery intake of breath, I realized I had not options, for I was right-handed and had the bloodline sash wrapped around my right wrist.  It the initial strike was hard enough, the bloodline might spare me from loosing my blade, but I would have to bring it back to hand swiftly.

On large black paws, the charging beasts’ footfalls hit the leaf-strewn ground with a crackling punchs.  I side-stepped closer to the chasm ledge to my left and the thinning fencing of the trees there.  I would have to fight right-handed only, and that meant at least one of these dogbeasts must pass between us.  But if one chose to charge Yasha to his right, it would put a pivoting Yasha right in the attack lane of my own animal.  I gasped, suddenly uncertain, as the slavering creatures raced towards us, now neck and neck, their throaty growls rising into a terrible crescendo.

Cross body!  The thought slammed into me, as my heart thrummed.  I cursed myself for being such an idiot.  As a right-handed fighter, I would have to slash at my attacker in a cross body strike.  Meaning my slash would come down to my left.  Yasha and I would serve best moving into the center, forcing the beasts into the trunks and walls of the narrow trail.  He would have to strike across his body to the right, and I would have to strike to the right.  We would have to pivot back to back.

Shhhhh!  CRUNCH!  The monsters were upon us.  Yasha met me in a swift move back to the center, his blade pairing and combing through the thick hair of his assailant.  I kept my sword’s tip down, raising it only seconds before my own monster ploughed into me.

Stunned, I wheeled and pivoted, almost becoming tangled in the twist of my own feet.  My left arm flailed, and I felt the heat of snapping jaws nearly taking off one of my fingers.  The leftward head, barely missed taking a chunk of flesh out of my side torso, but still it struck me with the force of a professional linebacker.  My body followed the motion of the passing beast, and I could smell the stink of its mangey hide, cloying and reeking in the close trail.  My blade had raked through a shagged carpet of thick black hair and evidently skipped pointedly along the beast’s rib cage in passing, wetting the blade with a shallow cut, but wrenching my hand free of the stuttering sword, my finger spattered with a gout of the beast’s hot blood.

Yasha had laid into his attacker with a more sure stroke, cleaving the outer lip of his monster, and it spat bloody froth from its superficial wounding, as it brushed past, forcing both Yasha and I into one another.

“Turn!” Yasha yelled, as we pivoted, folding back towards the monstrous mongrels.  In the forward charge, the two cerberi jostled one another, shouldering into the rising incline, trying to get turned to charge us again.

“Hit their flanks! Hurry!” Yasha commanded, but I hestitated, fearful that another set of attackers might charge our backs if we turned away from the long hollow.  “What about the others?!” I yelled.  “These are enough!  Don’t lose the chance of seconds!  If others come, we will be done.  We cannot fight more.”

A split-second passed, fear threatening me against Yasha’s guidance, but I pushed it aside.  Together, Yasha and I leapt after the back’s of the creatures, slashing savagely.  Our blades met bone and gristle, muscles and hair resisting our feeble attempts.  The monsters lunged against the thick brush, hampered by their fierce desire to turn together, while shoulder pressed into the thickets on either side.  My blade bounced off the creature’s spine, raking hair and bone again, but find a sudden carved purchase into one of the creature’s hind quarters.  A throaty grow and bark belched out of the beast, coming with the seeming punch of a physical blow to my own ears, leaving a ringing noise in them, that I could not shake.  The beast lowered into a crouch, favoring it’s freshly wounded flank, allowing the other beast that Yasha had fought to turn over its lowered body and lunge at me, its flabby ears turned back, its feral, serpentine eyes fixing me with savage hatred.  The crouched beast that I had struck, moved almost as swiftly below the other beast, turning on Yasha, our enemies now changing sides.

My attacker came in higher than I had expected, and I fainted downward, bringing my blade up, in hopes of stabbing into its thick brisket as it charged.  The lower beast, suddenly thrust upward, lifting its partner up into a higher lunge while it came in low.

Quick as a flash, I saw Yasha flick up his blade, catching my higher attacker under the jaw of its center head.  The angle was off, but the blade drove into against the force of the springing monster, driving its length through its throat and through the monster’s think mane.  The force of the lunge and the bulk of the animal in motion, wrenched the now fixed spear, out of Yasha’s hands, leaving him unguarded against the jaws of the beast’s right most head.

The monster’s jaws clamped down hard on Yasha’s warding forearm, sinking its canine incisors deep into his banded flesh, tearing through the thick leather of his forearm vambrace, crushing bone.  Yasha folded to the ground in pain, the monster’s bulk pinning him down to the leafy floor.  The central head gurgled against the blade that had run it through and suddenly went slack.  Mortified, I slashed across my body, carving the cranial brow of the beast’s leftmost head, flicking through a glassy yellow eye, and closing that wicked lamp in a spray of gore.  The lower beast, thrust upward, seeking vengeance, but tumbled it companion over itself, its large black paws raking the air like swiping bear claws, talons extended.

I arced my blade, out of the feral fur, raising it high for a downward blow on the underbeast, forgetting Yasha’s warning to not let the creatures get at my unprotected body.  The jostling and striking, had pumped adrenaline through me, but it effect was waning and I was beginning to tire.

Six feral eyes gleamed up at me, three sets of wicked jaws snapped and slackened with rythmic clacks and wet gurgling noises.  The monster whined in hunger, its deadly glared freezing my blade mid-air.  Its front legs were coiled and tense, ready to spring up like vipers, its monstrous jaws ready to tear out my innerds, and uncoil my intestines in a grisly feast.  The black-spiked irises held me mesmerized, their Medusa gazing turning my arms to stone.

The beast pinning Yasha quaked visibly, its hide moving in pulsing motion, like a blacked field of rustling wheat, pushed against a frenetic turning wind.  It’s jaw had slackened around Yasha’s forearm, leaving its bloody mess revealed in twilight glare.  Yasha’s sword must have grazed the beast’s singular heart, finally quelling the beast, taking it down.

My own nemesis was soon to put me in that dire position, if I did not strike, but fear and uncertainty were dealing me their own treacherous blows.

Zing! Ssssst!  I heard the noise, before seeing the bristling arrow come through my legs and drive deep into the coiled beast coming up under me.  A sharp belch, came from one of the beast’s throats, and I could hear a shout behind me.

“Move out of the way, fool!  I need a clean shot at it!”

Stunned, I back peddled almost falling on my rump.  The beast jerked upward, pitching the remaining weight of its now slack companion off to its side, freeing itself from the restriction of being under it.  The feral creature wagged its ponderous neck, trying to rid itself of the arrow that I could now see had lodged itself between two of its three heads, pinning one of its lips into a sinister sneer.  How deep did it go, I wondered in half a thought, before raising my blade again, only to find it dangled below my wrist from the secured bloodline.  I had not realized it had slipped from my hand, and my grip was still poised as if I still held the hilt.  My fingers were oily with blood.

Between the growls, I heard Yasha moan in pain, gasping as he clenched his lacerated arm with his other hand, trying to keep the broken bones together.  He had rolled free of the slumped mound of cerberi, trying once again to gain his feet.

I swung the loose blade back up into my hand, attempting a better hold, as the remaining creature teetered on its wounded hind leg, but righted itself on its three remaining shanks.  Its middle head glared at me through dull, almost sleepy eyes, still reptilian, but strangely hypnotic.

My legs felt like lead.  The lunging beast had bruised me in passing, and I could feel the tenderness of abraded ribs as I slowly staggered forward.

“I’ll need a clean shot, Brian! Get out of the way.” a voice, low and commanding spoke to my back, but I waved it away.

“This one is mine.  Put your bow away, Maeven!” I groused.

I heard the distinct sound of a bow being pulled taut, but I did not move.

“Put it away!” I said louder.

Silence.

The beast had regained it’s feet.  It sniffed at its dead companion, nipping at it with a sharp bite into its thick fur, attempting to rouse it.

I turned for only a half a second, looking back at Maeven.

She hung from the abseiling rope, her leg wrapped in a j-hook loop, belaying her position for a bow shot, but also readied to rappel with the same.  Her forearm held the grip, an arrow point readied around her hanging thumb, her drawing arm freed by a cross-body wrap of the same belaying rope she hung from.  Shocked, I was amazed that she had made the shot she had into my attacking cerberi.  A second later, my momentary distraction proved nearly fatal.

The cerberus lunged, hitting me hard, driving me backward into a stumble.  I slipped on the loose leaves covering the trail floor, as the beast slammed me down with a monstrous paw, pushing my wind from me.  Yasha’s sword was still held fast in the impaled beast he had managed to kill.  He could provide no aid, and my prone position offered me little chance to manuever my sword.  A dead head dangled over me, its mahoghany tongue lolling from its slackened jaw, slimy drool strings poised to web and wet my strikened upturned face.  The head with the sliced eye, wriggled, puzzled at its in ability to see the periphery of my terror.  The only unscathed head, was intent, however.  Its yellow, bloodstained jaws champing eagerly as they attempted to turn aside the other head from getting a first bite of me.

Sssst!  Sssst!  The sound of two rushing arrows signaled my only chance for hope.

I heard movement through the leaves as Maeven transfered swiftly from the descent rope to the edge of the rock rim.  Zing!  Her nocked arrows fed darts into the bearish hunch on the back of the cerberus that held me pinned.  Feathered shafts bristled from the beast’s thick shoulder, but they did not seem to dissuade the monster from making me its last meal.

Panicked, I flexed the Honor Sword, raising its pointed tip enough to rake into the creature’s softer underbelly.  Mustering what little strength I had left, I thrust the tip into the creature’s inner haunch, driving it through the monster’s muscle and into its inner groin.  The attempt met hard gristle, taut muscle, but the thrust was aided, unwittingly by the monster’s own eagerness to get its third head’s jaws around my throat, as it turned its body into a better biting position.  The restriction of its own bulky neck, and its inability to manuever a clear sideward bite proved useful.  The searing pain, felt by the cerberus as it thrust itself on my angled blade, suddenly flooded through its murderous need, and the beast thrust itself upward, attempting to free itself from the pointed bite into its nether regions.  The backward thrust pushed its heavy paw downward into my chest, emptying my lungs of whatever air remained in them.

Zzzzzat!  Another arrow from Maeven, now poised and closer, drove itself deep into the beast’s throat, causing it to mewl and back away from atop of me.  I choked on musty air as the pressure relented, my vision seeming to almost blacken around the edges.  Dried leaves cast a stale powder into the air.  I could scarcely intake the grit and the stench of the two beasts that reeked of their gluttony for death and carnage.

“Get up!” Maeven ordered, coming behind me and helping lift me to a sitting position.  “We’ve got to get these beasts off the trail.  Drop them into the chasm.”

Yasha struggled to his feet, moving toward the beast he had managed to slay, swaying with each step.

The cerberus that had almost taken me into the hereafter, was fading.  It slumped on the ground, unable to muster any additional strength as its lifeblood ebbed from around the shaft of Maeven’s arrows.  Its reptilian eyes held hatred from me, glaring with a yellowish scintillation.

“You really are a piece of work, Brian,” Maeven growled.  “Jeremiah sure had you pegged years ago.  You are determined to be a lone wolf.  Unable to accept help from anyone.  Especially a woman!”

I sighed, trying to find some strength to respond. “What do you know of it?” I grumbled.

“What has set you against allowing a female to help you?”

I closed my eyes, not wanting to have this conversation.  Especially now.

“I don’t know.  Perhaps because they’ve offered my too many apples in the past.”

“Apples?!” Maeven was startled, as I turned to look up at her.  Suddenly, she seemed so pale and small.  A stricken look of fright seemed to pass over her as she backed up a pace.  Something was happening to her, and I did not know what, but came to my feet turning towards her, unsure if she might collapse or strike out at me.  Her eyes seemed distant and had a far away look in them.

“What is it?” I moved toward her, reaching out a hand.  She started at me for a brief moment, not seeming to recognizing me, and then her clarity returned.

“I saw…a memory from my past,” she looked at me wide-eyed, “A repressed memory…from my once life…in the Surface World.”

“What did you see?” I asked gently.

“A glowing white apple…turning, ” her eyes seemed to see it again.  “Turning…end over end.  There were floating stars all around, sparkling in the air.  A shadow behind it.  A glimpse of a hand…a gold band on its finger…reaching…”  Her hands came to her face and she covered it, her dark raven hair forming a think black veil on either side of them.

Quietly she said, “There was a man in the darkness beside me.  Someone I should know.  Someone I felt strongly about, but I cannot see him.  His face is in shadow.  I can’t see him.  Remember what he looks like.  It is lost behind the sparkling stars, fluttering all around.  Behind the glowing white apple that turns there, behind a silver sheet.  It makes no sense.”

She lowered her hands and pushed her heels into her eyes, and lowered them again, then looked up at me.  “What did you mean by saying that? Too many apples,” she added for clarity.

“I don’t know, exactly.  I guess…”

Before I could finished, she finished for me. “Eve.  That is what you meant, isn’t it?” An accusing tone returning to her voice.

I sighed, offering no further answer.

Maeven moved over to check Yasha.  “Are you alright?  Hurt bad?”

Yasha straightened, holding his forearm, trying to mask the blood seeping between his fingers.  “It is just a scratch, my lady,” he said, attempting to downplay it.

“Let me see it,” she said, holding out her hand to take his arm.

He glanced up and me and then back at Maeven, unclasping his fingers from the wound.  Maeven studied him quietly.  “Move further into the light,” she commanded, brooking no argument.

He obeyed, coming with her to the edge of the ravine, the sunlight now twinkling and weaving its beams through the branches overhead.

It was a bad wound.  The cerberus’s teeth had lacerated his arm, blood pooled and spilled from the deep gashes, where the fangs had sunk through the hard leather into the skin.  A portion of his armbrace hung loosely, from what remained of its tieback laces.

“What were you both thinking,” Maeven asked shaking her head, asking more rhetorically than as a question.  “If you had not been wearing the bracer, you would have lost this hand.  You do realize that, don’t you?”

Yasha winced, as Maeven turned his forearm, giving it a sharp tug to allow the radius and ulna bones to realign.  She eyed him, “We will need to wrap that, and splint it.  Perhaps there is still enough muscle left there to heal.  Perhaps not.  Time will tell.”

“Yes, my lady,” Yasha responded, taking his forearm back into his other hand.

“Never do this again,” she fixed him with a hard stare, a look of contrition shadowing Yasha’s countenance at her chastisement.  “Cerberi are too dangerous to face alone.  You need five warriors to be sure to bring down one.  If that narrow funneled game trail had not held these two together, you both would be dead by now.  This was irresponsible.  I cannot afford to lose Lehi.  We are too few as it is, now.”

“We thought to cover the backtrail.  They were upon us before we could finish.”

“We can afford to lose a secret route, but we cannot afford to lose you two.  Never again, do you understand me?”

“Yes, my lady” Yasha bowed in assent.

She turned, looking at me again.  “Now for you.”

“Me?”

“Yes, you,” she fixed me with a hard stare.  “I did not ask to lead these Lehi.  I was pressed into this service.  But as it is now mine to lead, I figure I have a duty to lead them to the best of my ability and understanding, and to do so responsibly as unto service to The One.  Do you understand me?”

“I think so. Yes.” I answered.

“There can be no ‘lone wolfs’ in our company.  We do things together.  As a team. As a unit, watching each others’ backs.”

I nodded quietly.

“As long as you are in our charge, you will do things with us, allowing us to help each other, regardless of our gender.  You were once a great swordsman.  You demonstrated a skill I have never seen matched or equaled in all of my training.  I could never equal you in such with a blade.  But I have become a proficient archer, and I can compete with you in that.  I have honed this skill.  Trained with some of the best these lands have to offer.  My skill is at your service, as I would reasonably expect yours to be at mine, if we are to remain friends.”

I nodded again.

“I don’t know why it is that you seem to have lost the proficiency you once had.  Perhaps you are out of practice.  This is something we hope to rectify once we all get to Azragoth…provided we can still get there.”

I moved towards her, coming further into the filtered light.  “Azragoth.  What is so important about a dead city?”

“Azragoth still holds many secrets.  Some of which are important to the Stone Quests.  Some I am not allowed to speak of.  There is another, who may choose to tell you more, or may not.  It is up to him.  I know the part I was charged to play in keeping one of those secrets, but I am not presently given leave to say more about that.  You will learn in time.  Provided, you stay alive long enough to do so…’lone wolf.'”

*Scene 05* 12:24 (Trailing Tears)

Shimri and his wife Aida looked forlornly at their small log-and-stone cottage farmhouse, realizing that it was time for them to leave it as well.  Ryden held the reins of his horse, and assisted with loading packs of supplies on the mounts both Shimri and Aida would ride and follow him through the hidden path in the forest and find their way to the adjoining backtrail that led to the ghost city of Azragoth.

Hanokh, now gone, had departed as mysteriously as he and Shimri had arrived, traveling through the unseen fabric of space and time that folded around them.  Shimri, terrified by the mystical means of passage, did not relish the thought of ever traveling that way again.  He had kept his eyes closed, as Hanokh had warned him to do, but even in so doing, had sense a frenzy of movement around him, as he felt the ground drop out from under his feet in those few seconds it had taken to regain the familiar feel of terra firma.  Through clenched eyes, he had perceived flashes of white-hot light, that he was sure would have blinded him had he dared opened his eyes in the brief process of transference.

Ryden had asked Hanokh if he could go anywhere in the Mid-World like that, and Hanokh had told him ‘No’.  When asked, ‘Why not?’, Hanokh had only said, “I can only go to a place I have seen, and no further than what I can envision of it.  The Marker has revealed what I believe to be the ‘why’ of it, saying “Plans fail for lack of a vision.*” [*Proverbs 29:18]  “Every movement through the interspaces, for mortals, is an act and response of faith.  Traveling otherwise is dangerous and could result in one getting seized by those rebellious ‘others’ whose time is still yet to come at the end of days.”

Both Ryden and Shimri looked stricken by that cryptic answer, and finally Shimri choked out the words, “If its all the same to you, I’d prefer to travel by foot, horse or wagon from now on.  Once was enough for me.”  Hanokh had nodded sagely, and responded, “Just as you please.”

Now, thinking back, Shimri realized that Hanokh’s way of “walking” was not something he envied.  For now, it served as a caution, to learn to appreciate the time spent on any journey to or from a place, no matter how long it might take getting there.  He put his arm around Aida and squeezed her shoulder gently.

“Do you think we will ever be able to come back here?” she asked, a tremor in her voice.

“I hope so,” he answered, “but one can never be sure.”

“My sister is buried here…” Aida put a hand to her mouth, repressing a sob that threatened to escape her lips.  “The Xarmnians will…”

“Now, now.” Shimri cautioned, “Don’t let’s think about what may be.  Trust that to Providence.  The One knows what is to come, and has promised to be with us in all that is ahead.  Justice will come for what was done to Atayma.  The One holds all records in His keeping and will most assuredly settle accounts for any and all that have suffered at the hands of evildoers.”

“Then why do we resist at all!” Aida said, bitterly.  “If The One brings justice, where is it?!  Why must it come so late, when so many suffer?  Does He not hear us?  Does He really care so much, if all we see are delays?!  What good is justice that comes only after we rot in our graves?!”

Shimri held his wife close as she cried into his shoulder, holding her in a steady embrace.  There were no easy answers to the questions Aida had posed.  Nothing he could say to provide salve to her wounded heart.  The pain was one they and too many others shared.  A feeling that tempted them to despair of all hope.  Sensing the promised, abiding presence of The One and the assurances from the mysterious words of His Marker Stone, seemed all the more difficult in the face of atrocity and the mounting evidence of evil’s pervasive rule, subduing the lands of The Mid-World.  The Stone quests seemed like mere folly.  A faint hope dangled over those doing all of the dying and suffering, wishing for better days.

Was there really a valid promise in a higher realm called Excavatia?  What might that mysterious, undiscovered country offer those who needed relief from their present oppression?  Shimri bowed his head, his lower face burrowing into the sweet fragrance of Aida’s soft hair, as she clung to him still sobbing.  It was so tempting to surrender to the bleakness, and despair any aid to come.  To cling solely to the respite of the moment, as if only it offered a measure of quiet before the coming of the next storm, the next brutal assault, the next time of grieving for another innocent fallen.  The need to do something, anything to resist those who proudly decreed miserly and dealt out death stirred within.  There was, within him, and in Aida, that same need.  A refusal to surrender meekly to tyrants and thugs, seeking to establish their power through erecting a kingdom of fear.

A kingdom of fear… Shimri reflected on those words, sobering to them.  Therein was a choice.  Into which kingdom would they put their trust and be subjected to?  Long ago, both he and Aida had made their choice, when Begglar and Nell had come to Crowe.  They had agreed that Xarmnian rule must be put into check, by any and all means, however small or large the effects of their resistance might be.  Surrendering to evil was evil itself.

To know and percieve love is all its forms, was a sign that mankind was not meant to be ruled by tormentors.  The words of The Ancient Text rose to his thoughts:

“There is no fear in love; but perfect love casteth out fear: because fear hath torment. He that feareth is not made perfect in love. [1 John 4:18]

Shimri realized, to be channels of that love, it must therefore require its recipients to be enjoined in the “casting out” process.  There was but One capable of empowering those trusting in Him to be used for that purpose, and so surrending to part of those who resist ‘evil’ was service to The One and operating in commitment to ‘Love‘.

“Aida, my Love,” Shimri spoke quietly, gently combing his fingers through her hair, holding her close.  “Do you still love me?”  A barely perceptible nod issued in response as Aida’s sobs began to subside.  “You know I do,” she whispered.  “Did you love your sister?” he asked softly.  She sniffled and nodded again, whispering, “You know I did.  Why do you ask me this?”  Aida lifted her head looking up into her husband’s face through tearful eyes.  With a gentle hand he brushed her forehead, and caressed a falling tear away from her cheek.

“Then you remember why we chose to resist.  Because we have love.  It was our choice to serve its ends.  Love is worth the risks we are taking.”

Additional tears spilled from Aida’s eyes as she looked into the eyes of her husband.  His hand gently brushed the long scar that ran from her forehead and down her cheek, as Aida studied him.  There was no sign of revulsion or hesitancy from him, as his fingers traced the vestigial mark of Xarmnian violence from the terrible night so long ago when she had intervened on behalf of her sister.  Gazing up into the loving man who had become her husband, she had come to understand that the “Love” he spoke of, was, in fact, worthy of whatever they had yet to lose to keep it.  Resolved, and galvanized once again by her husband, she wiped away the tears from her eyes and sniffled, leaning once again into him as she had done for the past thirty-four turnings of years.

“So, it’s to Azragoth, then?” she queried.

“Yes,” he whispered,”For the time being.  Until we can return.”

Ryden had been quiet, allowing both Shimri and Aida to have a moment, but the sun was climbing higher above the trees and time was running short.

“Let’s ride.  We have a ways to go yet, before making Azragoth.”

Shimri helped Aida mount her horse, and he had soon sat astride his own.  They looked wistfully back at their home one last time, then waved to the few men staying behind to guard the shed bound prisoner, before they forded the shallow stream between the tall cypress trees, crossed a hay pasture and headed off into the woods.

Ryden wove a winding trail along no discernable path, through trees and pressing through undergrowth brush, guided by some internal compass that neither he nor Aida had ever sensed.

“Are you sure this is the way?” Aida lamented as brush scratched at her legs and thighs, raking her packs and the flanks of her animal.

Ryden, if he had heard her, did not answer, and she assumed he must be trying to save himself some embarrassment by avoiding the question.

Shimri was none too certain either that Ryden did know where he was going and he wondered how long it might take before the man would finally admit to them if he had gotten them lost.  Ryden seemed to be scanning the area, looking for something.  The forest floor was covered in ferns and matted vines of kudzu that had not fully choked out the ferns from its dapple lighted kingdom.  His horse stepped high, trying to keep its hooves and fetlocks from becoming entangled in the ground foliage.  Suddenly, Ryden’s horse balked and reared, stuttering backward, and shying away from some soft patch under the cover of the ferns.  Aida’s horse turned, avoiding the former horse’s flank, giving it room to turn parallel to them, stopping further movement.

The ferns were brown and wilting, along a wide swath ahead, and Ryden noted that the ground underneath was too soft, and appeared to slope away from where his horse had reared and turned.  He carefully rode parallel to the browning edge of the fern cover, noting that the plants seemed to follow a band of rot and decay that pointed in a northwestward direction.  He looked above and noted that some of the taller trees appeared to be canted towards the deadening foliage, as if the softened earth that fed their root structure had been compromised.  Some of the tall trees leaned across the wilting path, as if in some kind of slow fall that would take a little more time to land horizontally on the other side.  Across the lowering depression, the trees along either side canted inward, as if something below ground had compromised their long standing root system.

“Something is very wrong here,” Ryden muttered aloud, a sense of rising alarm edging his voice.

“I suspected as much!” Aida huffed. “We’re lost!  You’ve forgotten the way.”

Ryden turned back and looked at her and Shimri, shaking his head.

“No.  We’re not lost.  I’ve just found something here that may delay us in getting to Azragoth by nightfall.”

*Scene 06* 17:50 (A Will to Live)

Begglar and Dominic held their horses next to the four ascending ropes, running loose along the sides of the lifting platform they had used to descend to the lower rock shelf under the edge of the upper trail above.  Storm Hawk had ascended the two ropes, armed with her bow and quiver, to see what was causing O’Brian and Yasha to delay their descent.  Shortly after, they all heard the sounds of an attack, and realized that the cerberi had, at last caught up to them, and that the Xarmnian Protectorate would not be that far behind.

The noises from above were vicious and terrible.  The group shrank back from the edge above, ready to mount their horses and run from the loading area, but Maeven/Storm Hawk had not returned to guide them down the underway passages.  Miray wailed and sobbed, crying out for O’Brian, for someone to go help him, and Lindsay and Christie and some of the other girls tried to calm her and keep her quiet.  Begglar and Dominic moved towards swaying ropes uncertain, but determined to climb up after Maeven and offer any assistance that they could.  Four of the other young men offered to join them, their newly held weapons readied and drawn.  Begglar had signaled quiet as he leaned towards the edge peering up along the swaying and shifting ropeline.

“Can you see anything?” the tall blonde named Cheryl asked, still favoring her injured leg as she limped forward.

By then, the noises from above had become muted and dull, lost admid the sounds of the rushing water in the narrow channel chasm below the second edge.

“Dead!  They’re all dead!” a young teenage boy  mewled, trembling and covering his head with his arms, pressing his hands over his ears, his face cast in a grayish palor in the shadow of the overhang. “It’s like before!  They’re killers. Bloody killers!  They ate him!  They ATE him!  And I… I could do nothing about it! NOTHING!”  It was the boy that both Nell and Begglar had had to coax forward on the upper trail, when the distant sounds of the approaching dog beasts had echoed through the narrowing trail above.  Some prior trauma had caused the young man to strongly react to the sounds of the animals, a fear beyond that of what would have been expected, had the beasts been much closer.  Nell had tried to comfort him and encourage him to keep moving forward, but the young lad had merely froze in his terror and gripped the reins of his mount so firmly, that the horse was unable to move forward against the bit, holding him back.  Begglar had had to prise the boy’s fists open and rid him of his terror hold on the reins to get the boy’s horse to move forward to join the others in the group when they had reached the impasse on the trail.

Now the boy sank to the floor of the shelf rocking back and forth, muttering remonstrances to himself, bewailing something no one could understand, occasionally striking his own head with his fists.  His breathes coming heavy and heaving, his brows furrowed as if experiencing an inner physical pain.  Nell knelt beside the lad, a comforting hand on the boy’s shoulder that he did not seem to notice.  Nell’s eyes were closed, but she seemed to sense and feel something coming from the boy that caused her own expression to blanche and then crease with an empathetic grief of her own.  She looked up at Begglar and their eyes met and held each other.  There were tears streaming down Nell’s face for a grief, not coming from her, but for him.  Softly she muttered to Begglar, “It’s back.”  Begglar almost turned away and came toward Nell and the boy, but Nell raised her hand, and shook her head emphatically.  “No!” she said firmly.  “You and Dom go ahead.  See if you can help above.  I’ll see to him.  Get him to where he needs.  Go on, you and the others.”  Some of the girls and women gathered around Nell and the boy, looking fearfully to him and to Begglar and the other men moving towards the ropes.

The dangling ropes were swaying now, and Dominic pointed upward.  “Dah!  Somethin’s comin’ down!”  Suddenly, a dark bulky shadow extended just on the edge of the lower trail, and a rain of grit and gravel peppered the rocky ground.

The men jumped back as a large. black mound of fur and flesh, claws and clacking teeth, thudded to the rock ledge facing them.  The group recoiled, shrieking, shrinking back from the monstrous bulk.  The men with their swords and blades drawn, stuttered back in shock, but to their credit, held their ground.  For a few tense seconds no one moved.  Their breaths coming hard, but their weapons held at the ready await the monsters next move.

“Cerberus!” Begglar announced, noting its lolling tongue, and the glassy, hard look in the unblinking eyes of its three heads.  “This one is dead.”

Unbelieving, the four young men held their battle axes, harberds, and swords warily, looking for any sign of further movement from the wicked looking beast.  A voice from above hailed a warning, causing the men to flinching, thinking that the noise had come from the slouching beast.  A rain of gravel, dust and loose rock, crashed down as the men jumped back and Dominic and Begglar shifted away from the edge.   Another black mass of grizzly fur, muscle and massive talons, slid down the edge of the upper ledge, slumping with a fwump noise, down atop the former beast, causing the three heads below its bulk to rise and huff out whatever residual air remained in the beast’s lungs, causing those yellowed jaws to clack once more in a final, if ineffectual bite.  The weight of the second cerberus, dislodge the first beast from its precarious perch on the edge of the lower ledge and it began to slide backwards over the edge towards the narrow chasm below.  The second beast’s heads were towards the ledge, dangling over the edge.  Its muscled flanks seemed to tighten, and twitch as a final shudder evoked a delayed spasmotic kick that dug into the rock with black claws and tilted its own body downward.  The two beasts disappeared together, falling down over the edge, striking the rock walls as they fell, finally concluding their descent with a loud splash as they hit the rushing stream pouring through the chasm below.

From the overhead ropes, three figures descended, sliding down the absailing ropes with a belaying twist slowing their descent.  It was Maeven, Yasha and O’Brian.  Yasha favored an arm and it was bound in a makeshift splint, wound temporarily with vines.  They swung down, and twisted to the ledge, shifting from the ropes and onto the deck of the rock shelf.

“What are you all waiting for?!” Maeven/Storm Hawk ordered.  “Don’t just stand there gawking. Let’s get going!  The Xarmnian scouts are not far behind, and I expect none of us are anxious to meet them when they arrive.”

⋘ↂↂ⋙

Right away, I noticed the young lad huddled in the back of the carved-out lane, with Nell kneeling by his side.  The boy’s knees were drawn up to his chest with his arms crossed defensively over his ducked head.  He was rocking from side to side, muttering and almost catatonic with terror.

As I approached, I could hear him urgently whispering to himself saying, “They’re dead. They’re dead.  All dead. Dead, dead, dead.”  Nell looked up at me tearfully, her eyes pleading for me to help him somehow.

I knelt down, and stretched out my hand to him, resting it lightly on his shoulders.

“He has been through a lot,” Nell whispered.  “He’s been progressively reacting to the sounds of the dogs.  A terrible memory torments him, and he seems to be back there, reliving it again.”

I placed another hand on his other shoulder attempting to ease him and get him to stop rocking.  “Dead.  Dead. Dead,” he whispered, his head tucked away from seeing me, but I could see his brow furrowed and his eye clenched shut.

“I don’t know his name,” I said to Nell.   She commisserated, adding, “Nor do I.  But I have seen into him, and what he is experiencing again, he cannot hold onto for long, or it will do him great harm.”

“Young man,” I spoke directly to him, trying to break through.  “We are not dead.  We are here with you.  I am alive.  The beasts are dead.  How can I help you?”  The young man was breathing heavily, seeming to hyperventilate, but his rocking seemed to slightly slow at the sound of my voice.

Over my shoulder, I heard Maeven.  “We don’t have time for this!  We’ve got to get moving.  There may be other Cerberi coming, and The Protectorate with them.”  Her voice was urgent, though not unfeeling.  “Can you get him up?  On his feet and into a saddle?  We’ve got to go now!”

“Maeven,” I spoke calmly but authoritatively.  “He is my responsibility, like your Lehi are yours.  If you and the others want to go ahead, do so.  I’m not leaving this one behind.  I’ll not lose another.”

The others moved in gathering around us, and Maeven pursed her lips, wanting to say something, but seemed to restrain herself and then muttered, “Perhaps, I was wrong about you.  Perhaps, your not such a lone wolf afterall.”

I looked back at her briefly, and our eyes met.  I saw a sofening of her countenance, as she nodded a tacit approval.

I turned back to the boy, seeing Begglar move behind Nell, placing a reassuring hand on her shoulder.  “Show him,” Begglar said calmly, not to me but to his wife.

I looked questioningly at Begglar then at Nell, her eyes still brimming with empathetic tears.  She sniffed and seemed to gain some degree of courage against her own inner struggle.  Tentatively, she reached out a hand towards me, with her other arm still in a comforting touch on the boy.  “A moment only,” she said to me, “brace yourself.  This is his secret.”

When Nell’s hand touched mine, I was jolted.  The sounds of the river and streams in the chasm below faded and suddenly I was in another place far away, in my mind.  My sights and sensory organs temporarily taken captive, by thoughts and feelings rushing through me that were not mine and not some past experience.  I had the image of a snowy wood.  I saw deep foot tracks in drifts of snow: one larger, one of a much smaller person being partially dragged across the deeper drifts.  I felt the cold bite of winds and the stippling of my flesh as bits of blown ice chips abraded my arms.  I felt myself in a position of being able to look downward, as if I was some bird…  No, I realized.  Not a bird.  A child in a frosted tree, clinging desparately to the trunk, and below…

I gasped–Suddenly, jerked back out of the memory.  My pulse pounding in my ears, stifling my own cry of panic.  Nell had released my hand, but both of us hovered over the terrified boy, a new understanding shocking our hearts in such a way that neither of us could help tears from falling, as we move protectively over the boy.

I realized that what had just happened to me, had happened before.  That same ineffable experience that we had termed: koinonia.  The intense feeling of an empathetic connection so strong that one might share experientially in another’s memory.  The same experience that my group of travelers had encountered when we had approach the window of my old cabin in Basia–where they had experienced my…drowning.

Somehow, Nell had afforded me this insight with this youth, by an intentional touch.  Begglar had said she had the ‘gift’; that she was a…’seer’.  I had not then know what he had meant by that, but I was beginning to, and I knew, time permitting, I would need to unpack this more and talk with her privately.  But, what Maeven had cautioned, was true.  We had to get moving, and we might not be able to mask our leaving down the ‘Under Way’, enough not to go unheard by anyone standing on the ledge and upper forest below.  The sound of the waters would provide some cover, but not enough if the others and this boy had been able to hear our struggles felling the two attacking Cerberi above.  Sounds of hooves on stone, or the neighing and nickering of our horses might carry above to the ears of our hunters.

I looked down and saw that the young boy had stopped rocking and lifted his head, gazing up at me through red-rimmed eyes, blinking in disbelief.  My hand was on his shoulder, my grip having tightened as I ‘sensed’ his terror.  He looked so vulnerable at that moment, and I wanted to hug him, but sensed that there was also a strong guardedness in him that would cause him to be embarrassed by the gesture.  “Are you alright?” I asked foolishly, unable to think of a more appropriate question.  He stared at me for a moment in brief uncomprehension, before his eyes shifted and looked beyond me to the group of others that had encircled us.  I saw his jaw tightened and his face flush crimson, realizing that he had lost himself in those vulnerable moments, and was now the one everyone behind me was looking at.

His eyes shifted back to me and he whispered, “I’m fine now.”  A guarded shield raising up again over his countenance.  He cast me a brief glance of gratitude, before his shield set firmly in its place.  I offered him my right hand and he studied it a moment.  “I can get up by myself,” he muttered.

“I know you can.  But I am here to help you…I want to be your friend…if you’ll permit me.”  Tentatively, he lifted his hand, looking at me unsure, but somehow wanting to be able to trust me.  At last, he gripped my hand and together we rose to a standing position.

Seeing he had an audience now, he set his jaw and turned to me saying, “I’m gonna do what these other jerks have been too afraid to do for some stupid reason.  Alright, Mister O’Brian.  You asked, I’ll tell ya.  My name is Will.  And I’m on board.  I’m done being afraid.”

Begglar chimed in, “We’ve got to be thorough about this, lad.  No nicknames or affectations.  Do you go by William or Bill?”

“No, just Will.”

“What if we just call you Willie?” one of the boys about his age or slightly older laughed and others guffawed.

I had oft seen him and a few of the other boys joking and congregating together before, but this one had never betrayed himself to show any vulnerability…until now.  I suspected that, as we so often do, that weakness might cause him to reinforce that guardedness, and risk isolating himself from any offer of help we might extend to him.  The lad, owning to his moniker of ‘Will’ turned on the boy that had smirked and laughed.  His eyes narrowed and he stepped towards the boy, speaking low and challenging, “It depends.”

“On what?” the other responded, recognizing that the object of his jest wasn’t appreciating his ill attempt at untimely humor.

“On how bad you would like a black eye?!”

Nell broke in, coming to Will’s defense.

“Boys, did you enjoy the breakfast pasties I baked for breakfast at our Inn, t’other morn?”

The young men voiced enthusiastic agreement and a postive consensus.

“Well, if your expectin’ to ‘enjoy’ those again, I suggest you just call him ‘Will’.  Are we clear on that point?”

Contrite, the others nodded assent.

Maeven mounted her horse and turned in the saddle, “If you’re all quite through, may we go now?”

As Nell passed me, on her way to climbing into her own saddle I whispered to her.  “That was quite brilliant the way you handled that, Nell.  I’ve very impressed.”

Nell shrugged and winked at me, “I’ve raised both boy and man,” she inclined her head towards Begglar in a loving jest.  “I’ve long ago learned that the way to a male’s change of attitude and heart runs primarily through his appetites and his stomach.”

We chuckled together as we both swung from stirrup to saddle, following Maeven and the others as we rode under the cut shelf winding our way downward toward the hidden backtrails to Azragoth.

*Scene 07* 17:34 (The Siren)

The Xarmnian Protectorate scout, Bayek, and his five warriors followed the Cerberi from a lagging distance on foot, unable to keep up with the running creatures.  They had heard the commotion of a fierce struggle, down the narrow-forest corridor as the Cerberi attacked the fleeing party ahead.  But Bayek realized there is something strangely missing in the distant struggle–the absence of the sounds of frightened and fighting horses.

When they finally arrive at the spot where the trail seems to have ended, the area is not what they had anticipated.  There was no sign of their beasts.  There was only a game trail that extends upward through a forested slope along the edge.  No signs of the ravaged company.  No severed body parts, nor significant evidence of bloodshed shed.  All that remained of the savage conflict seemed to have been erased, with their quarry nowhere in sight.

“Where are they?!  Where are their horses?!” Bayek demanded of no one in particular, his sword drawn, ready to slash and hack at anything made of flesh.

His men looked from one to the other, unable to answer their chief’s questions.

Behind them, there was a slight rustling noise as something stirred the leaves and forest detritus strewn along the trail.

As one, they turned and fanned out defensively as a lithe and slender figure came into view under the dappled shadows.

“It’s a woman!” one of the men shouted.

It was, in fact, a remarkably beautiful woman.  Her hair was of a golden flax, worn long and to her lower waist.  She was dressed in what seemed a delicate green lace, as if cloaked in an arboreal bower of translucent petals of emerald hue.  Her form was lithe and pliant, yet strong and muscled, unflinching.  Her skin was as fair as alabaster with a scent of balsam and resin about her–an earthy fecundity and an exuding sense of a powerful fertility.  Her presence seemed both out of place and in place within the lonely wood—an incongruent contradiction, not easily explained.

Three of the Xarmnian warriors moved out to the edges, flanking her, one moving passed to slip behind her, while another of Bayek’s men moved towards her.

“Ahhh!  It IS a woman!  And don’t she look sweet and juicy, now?” he grinned.  Turning to her, he began to circle her, his eyes tasting.  Looking her over, up and down.  The woman’s bright green eyes followed his movements around her, barely seeming to turn her head, but still fixed on him when he re-entered her periphery.

“Hello, pretty-pretty,” he leaned in towards her, “Get left behind, did you?  How lucky for us!  I ain’t had a taste in a fortnight, and you look like you’d serve up very well!”

“I only service kings…” her voice was quiet, but seemed resonant, authoritative.  “Are you a king?”

The warrior laughed, and the others chuckled at that.

“We are all of us, kings to you, missy.  Let me introduce ourselves.  I am king Raganor, the one to your left and side is king Chewnek.  ‘Cause he does…chew necks, I mean.  He loves ‘neck meats’.  That one over there, just behind is king Lerk.  He’s a breast man.  Likes his tarts turkey fat.  He’s missing his front teeth, that one. Rotted clean to the gums. Needs his meat softened, but like all of us, we ain’t had but skin-and-bone ones lately.  Village girlies.  Starvin’ ‘em ain’t doin’ ‘em no good for using ‘em.  Wastrels, eh?..But look at you, now.  You’re fed up nice and proper.  Shapes is where they should be.  Flanks as tight as a drum now.”

The woman looked beyond her interrogator, calling himself Raganor, to the one who stood silent and watchful, beyond them.  “Kings these are not.  Does this fool always speak so boldly to those who would easily cut his thinning life cord?”

The one called Raganor drew his blade, waving it beneath the woman’s green eyes.

“When we get done with you, missy.  You’ll not be so pretty as you are now, I think.  You will feel what kings we all are by then, when you feel the hot steel of our scepters.  Let’s bring this impertinent, spritely mare to heel, boys!”

The other Xarmnian warriors began to crowd in, a lascivious gleam in their eyes, licking their mouths nervously, anxiously.  A sneer of cruelty, peeling their bearded lips.

The proud and defiant woman showed no sign of fear, causing them all to hesitate in their coming.  Her confidence in her superiority and ability to defend her chaste posture did not comport with their custom, for she did not avert her eyes from them or shrink away from their reaching hands.  Nor did she shriek or lift an arm to ward them off.

“Wait!” Bayek finally spoke up sharply, staying his warriors from making any further move.

The woman’s eyes shifted to Bayek, and she smiled at him, but the grin carried no gratitude.

“Are you a king too?” she said quietly, “Or do you only desire to be among the ones to get my first kiss?”

With those words spoken, she parted her lips mockingly, and lightly extended her tongue, which suddenly sprouted with tiny thorns and twisting green shoots of curling vines.

“Wood Siren!” Raganor gasped, bolting away from her, backpedaling in fright, almost falling over himself, raising his blade to ward her off any move she might make toward him.  The other men froze and then edged back toward the framing of the narrow corridor, ready to run for their lives should Bayek give the word.

The one whom Raganor had identified as Lerk, spoke up with a slurping slur to his quavering voice, for the unfortunate fact of having no front teeth to curb the spittle out of his words.  “Cheefs Bayekss!  Sirenszz shouldz not beez here!  Zunn uv Xarmz had an arrangement with their Mazzzter.”

Bayek stood tall at the head of the clearing, his own sword drawn and ready, but kept low, so as not to provoke the ‘siren’ until he had a few more answers from her, about her presence here and what she might know of the mysterious disappearance of their quarry.

“My man is correct.  This is Rim Wood.  You were not given rights to the uplands.”

The woman’s eyes narrowed, and, in a few strides, she had moved in an effortless glide to stand before Bayek.

“Our rights extend according to the bargaining conditions.  Violations forfeit those limits!”

“Violations?! What violations?!  Kilrane was granted to The Pan, but no further.  Men still hold to the lands of full-men!  We will not easily relinquish our hard-won holdings to the halves.  We will fight for what is ours!”

“My chief, she is dangerous!  Do not let her come any nearer to you.”

In spite of this warning, the women moved even closer, her eyes daring Bayek to lift his sword to her.

“Be careful, bold talker!  Our eyes see much.  We know by what means you have taken what you now hold.  Do not think that The Pan is truly without sight, though clouds have stricken him.  The former guardians of the woods have abandoned your lands.  They do not serve men such as you.  Your sword is as impotent as you stand helpless before me!”

Bayek pondered her words for a moment, realizing this creature would not be cowed, or impressed upon by either the brute threat of blade or brawn.  Though initially he may have thought this nubile and provocative woman was vulnerable and alone at the moment, he now knew better than to believe the illusion.  There was danger in her direct glare, a hypnotic and alluring sense that there was more of her not yet revealed.  He swallowed and tempered his tone, trying to even it down into a reasoning query.

“You said there was a violation of the land treaty.  What is the nature of this violation, so that I may report it back.  We are unaware of any, that we are party to.”

The woman spoke evenly and calmly, but there was an implicit warning in her tone.

“Are you not aware that there is a digger below this wood?  A root shredder?”

“I was not,” Bayek said, attempting to stifle a rising threat that he did in fact suspect the truth of it.

“There is duplicity in your words.  What else are you hiding from us?”

“A suspicion only, my lady.  Nothing more.  No direct knowledge that I can account for.”

She studied him, her eyes seeming to flense away any veneer of pretense that he might muster to evade her sharp probing.

“And this suspicion?  What can you tell us about it?”

“Our Protectorate has been tracking a deserter and his family from the stone city.  A traitor to the crown and its authority.  A word twister, bending what is our approved dictates and messaging.  A company was sent out ahead of our troop in pursuit.  We have not heard back from them, and we were to join them near the upland village of Crowe.  We discovered a connection to one of our field houses, and one of our troll spies tracked the traitor seeking refuge in an Inn that leads to the old sea road and joins the crossing to the valley of a Xarmnian stables and an old granary upon an escarpment.  The road up the escarpment showed evidence of some large digging creature that may have burrowed into the caves within the granary works.  The road was impassable, so we rode around it to the far stables to exchange our wearied mounts for fresh horses.  We saw no further evidence of the digging beast, but if what you say is true, that underground monster may be pursuing a similar path following the party we are presently hunting.  We suspect that the traitor is now in the company of the innkeeper and his wife, but there is evidence also that others are among their group.  Out Worlders, to be more precise.  We took one of them.  Killed two of their kind.  The presence of outworlders may be what has drawn this ‘digging beast’ here.  They are interlopers.  Their kind let others in, as they once did in days of old.  You well know of what I speak.”

“Then it is true,” the woman looked thoughtful, “The portals have opened once again.  The eyes of the dreaded Stone have awakened.”

“Some say they have never closed,” Bayek offered.

“The mound that man has raised over The Stone, may have only delayed its influence for a time, but Its Presence is felt always.  The ground trembles with Its power.  Rumblings that evade the senses of man, but we have felt them since our beginning.  We know the threat It still holds over us.”

Her bright green eyes again turned to Bayek, fixing him with an unblinking gaze, “Still, the return of outworlders offers us some possibilities.  Ones which I cannot tell.  You have acquitted yourself…for now…full-man, for you have spoken true.  This information is useful.  We will defer and withdraw from the shelf woods, back into Kilrane below.  The winter frost is retreating.  It is almost time for our feedlings.  The digger poses a threat to us, if it is allowed to move down into the valley and into Kilrane, but it appears this is not your doing, but is accounted for by the arrival of outworlders.  You may continue your pursuit of them.  Perhaps if you kill the outworlders, the digger will turn back.  If not, its underground destruction threatens our survival, and we are but few in number.  We will need the breeding time allotted to us by the warming season.  And we would have you deliver a message for us.  As this greening season comes, it is now more urgent for Sonnezum to come and collect his annual golden harvest. …and with that coming, bring us forth his expected offerings, in thrice measure of what he has provided before.  Our seedlings no longer have milk and must rely on his offerings if they are to thrive.”

“Who is this Sonnezum, she is speaking of?” one of the warriors asked.

“Son of Xarm, our king,” Bayek answered in a whisper.

“What gold is offered, Lady of the Wood?”

The woman’s eyes stared fixedly at Bayek, glowing luminous flashes of green flecked and circling her emerald irises as she spoke, “He knows.  He knows.”

“And what price must he pay to obtain this…gold?” Bayek queried.

“Your veins carry it, little man.”

“Deliver our message to Sonnezum, and your present offering will be spared.  But from these others…”

Vines sprouted from the tree canopy above, snaking downward with such speed, the men had no time to react or bring their weapons up to ward off the sudden seizure.  Thick green curling vines with twisting stalks wrapped around the necks of the Bayek’s warriors, jerking them aloft.  Weapons fell and clattered to the forest floor, as the seized grabbed at their chokeholds struggling and frantically wriggling to get free.  With a rush and a concussion of rustling branches clacking and leaves rattling like field-dried husks in a windstorm, the men were jerked up into the treetops, gagging and wheezing.  A spritz of wet cast down from the canopy left Bayek standing alone, feeling the fear of his predicament, standing now in a hot spattering of blood rain.

“I give you leave to pass, messenger.  But you will be watched.  Do not deviate from the path and do not delay.”

Terrified, Bayek trembling asked, “Who am I to s-say you are to him?”

“I am called Briar.  My words are sharp and driven thorns.  He will know me, for I have provided him a service before.  He will remember…what he owes me.”

The woman raised her arms above her head, her fingers sprouting out fibrous tendrils that twisted into cables, extending into the canopy.  Her lithe body rose up dangling from her fibrous arms, now turning in patches of deep, dark green, her sensuous body webbed in coverlet of leaves and curling vines, as she disappeared into the canopy and tree cover.

An ominous voice came from overhead in parting, echoing down the hollow.  “We will meet again in Kilrane, now that it is relinquished to The Pan.  Sonnezum will be expected when the forest is in its greening and our golden spores again rise upon the winds.  Tell him.”

Azragoth – Chapter 18

*Scene 01* – 04:48 (Ghost Town)

Twenty-three years ago, as accounted in Mid-World time, the forest encompassed burg of Azragoth became a haunted ghost town.  The words on the Ancient Marker foretold of such places.

“…the palace has been abandoned, the populated city forsaken. Hill and watch-tower have become caves forever, A delight for wild donkeys, a pasture for flocks.”

The town of Azragoth was once a thriving place of goodwill and commerce, and some fair degree of prosperity before the Xarmnians raided and pillaged it.  Horrible deeds were done there.  Women were savaged and raped, men were strung from horses and torn apart.  Children were slaughtered until the town succumbed to the will of the invaders.  For two years the city was plundered, extortions were paid and subsequently betrayed.  The food stores were commandeered to feed a hungry barbaric army, and the people were starved into submission.  And then the sickness began…

From drains and ditches filled with raw sewage, a plague of starving rats crawling out overran the town, spreading the diseases faster than anyone could have imagined.  The death toll began to multiply, and the Xarmnian oppressors attempted to flee the town, but either died before they could get far enough away or were killed by their fellow soldiers to prevent them from infecting the rest of the armies and towns under the oppressive fist of Xarmni.  For years afterward, Azragoth was quarantined.  No one traveled there.  No one traded there.  No one would give shelter or aid to an Azragothian, for fear of contracting what was rumored to have killed on the order of a thousandfold.  Animals of the place were abandoned and no one would touch livestock that bore the brand of an Azragothian.  It was said, Death itself had moved in and taken residence there.  Great pits were dug by the survivors and bodies were dumped and burned until no one was left to perform the gruesome task.  Great columns of ash-white smoke with an awful stench clouded the horizon for days as the bodies in the pits continued to burn.

landscape-691326_1280

Azragoth was left in ruin and decay.  Consigned to the ravages of the elements.  The roadways from the valley up to the gates of the city were untended and untraveled such that they had overgrown and time had almost erased the path leading up to it.  For many years a sickly yellow quarantine flag hung slack on a leaning stave near the fork that joined the main roadway.  No wheel of a wagon nor hoof of horse disturbed the dust of that road until the wild grass covered it again.

Many years afterward, as time faded memory of the stark, bloody history of the town and eventually blurred the exact location of its site, the occasional, errant traveler passing through the surrounding forests who chanced to lose their way in a storm might occasion to stumble upon the abandoned city.  Unaware of where they were, they naturally took shelter in the old buildings that had now become overgrown with moss, ivy, and lichen.

To the traveler, the place would appear untenanted.  Its many terraced sections and stout, protective walls had fissured, where the wind, rain, ice, and snow of many seasons had sought–like the wild grassland did with the roadway–to resolve the town back into the untamed nature that once reigned in its place before its foundations were cleared.

The disease had done its worst, decimating the town’s populace, and those the sickness could not kill, the subsequent abandonment from all outside society or help had reduced the rest.  As foretold, the forested city had been reduced to being a home to wandering flocks and wild donkeys, and the many other wild things that hunted and fed on them.  The fear of the place, and the rumors of what had happened there, eventually became something of a legend in the ensuing years and in all the lands surrounding it.  Though no one within those proximal communities admittedly had seen or been near it for years, speculation naturally embellished the tales of what it had become.  Few, if any, were certain where it might still be, and one couldn’t be paid enough to take anyone there.

*Scene 02* – 10:09 (Selling the Chase)

Growling, howls and baying noises richocheted off the canyon walls. The tympanic thundering of galloping horses, hard-ridden, swelled, as the Xarmnians charged down the valley, finally gaining the main road behind us and swiftly outpacing their ferocious dog creatures.

Maeven tightened her core, her legs gripping the girth of her horse as she lifted her bow, pulling the nock and string back smoothly, preparing to let fly. “They’re getting close enough to see us more clearly.  It is time.  Get the young ones in the wagon. Now!”

The armed members of our traveling crew prepared to sheath and tuck away their weapons, but Maeven halted them sharply. “No!  Keep those weapons in a defense posture!  The Xarmnians cannot see you surrendering!  Show some resistance!  You have a cruel audience coming into view that cannot know what we are planning!  Go to it!”

Turning to Begglar, she said, “Take the buckboard and surrender your mount to one of your experienced riders. You are more suited to a rolling and heaving deck under the seat of your britches than on horseback.  You’ll need to drive that wagon hard and get the canopy up quickly once we get over the rise.”

Christie helped Miray clamor over the sidewall of the wagon, and turned. “I can still ride.  That mare and I know each other now, she’s used to me.”

Begglar quickly surrendered his horse to her, as others loaded into the buckboard.  The armed ones of my travelers, warily watching the silent horsemen, reached down for the younger to hauled them up.

Begglar look wistfully at his carefully stowed supplies, packed in among the travelers, “What about the food and grains? I am told the citizenry of Azragoth and the lowland villages are near starvation. Game is scarce…since the… coming of the winter months. Protectorate guards roam the forests, so foraging efforts are limited. Only the lake country thrives with their catches. But fish alone cannot make up for the other nutrients a body needs.”

Maeven pondered a moment, then nodded assent, “The food will do no one any good if we are caught. We’ll have to double-up on the horses and lash as much as we can to them. There is a cascading cut to the southwest of here, less than thirty minutes’ ride. The river Trathorn pours down it in a series of falls to the valley floor. There exists a hidden path to Azragoth, cut beneath the lip of the canyon walls so that it cannot be seen from the top. Tree cover masks it the rest of the way. We should be in Azragoth before daybreak. Now is the time to make this ruse look like there is no hope. Get the children aboard.  And drive this thing like your life depends on it…because it does!” Maeven commanded.

Begglar gripped the trace lines once the younger ones were aboard and secured, pulling up and then down in a whip-like motion he smacked to two back draft horses on the rumps and yelled, “Heeyah!”  Begglar slapped the reins down once more upon the flanks of the wagon team, causing them to jerk forward in surprise.

The horses, startled, lurched and then stretched forward, flanks pumping in the muddy shoulder as they scrambled up and back onto the road eyes rolling and white with both fear and excitement. The runners, holding on to the sides of the buckboard, were nearly jerked off their feet as the wagon launched forward, spraying mud from the spokes as it trundled upward.

Scars of torn grass and muddy furrows followed the plowing wagon wheels, as the wagon gained the high ground and the others scrambled over the sides to join those riding in the crowded back. The wagon gained momentum as it bounced and groaned under the added weight. Fifteen rode in the back of the wagon, with four more passengers crowding Begglar on the benched front seat, gripping sideboards, seat railings and whatever they could to hang on. The dark horsemen began to follow in a growing gallop, hilted swords now unsheathed, brandished and flashing under the moonlight. Their aspect was terrible, and the pursuing threat looked real enough.

Still encircled by a remaining part of Maeven’s armed Lehi, I asked, “What about me?”

Maeven turned, nodding to the sword I still held unsheathed and affixed to my wrist by the bloodline sash.  “After twenty-one years, can you still use that thing like you used to, or is it merely a prop used for show in a meaningless act of male bravado?”

I swore under my breath.  Her words stung no less than the burning feeling I felt along my head from being struck with that quirt strap.  She was bating me.  Provoking me to action.  And it worked.

I swept up my blade, gathered reins into my clenched fist, and my horse reared as I leaned forward, standing in the stirrups.  I whipped the sword around, brandishing my blade in a swift arc and striking down hard on one of the raised Lehi lances, as my horse fell forward, leaping up and away from a stand still.  The lance clattered to the ground as I burst the guarding circle that had closed around me, my stead’s vicious hooves stabbing the air, shouldering through them, causing the startled riders to stutter-step their mounts and suddenly turn to follow.

Maeven let fly with her bow, her arrow driven into the back of the wagon.  Christie and I charged to the flanks of the wagon that was now surging forward.

As we galloped after it, Christie rode alongside me, our horses gaining speed.  Over the noise, she looked over at me, and shouted, “Let me guess.  A former girlfriend of yours?”

I winced, my teeth gritting, stifling another curse and growled back, “Now is NOT the time!”

Through a sidewise glance, I caught her grinning far too much considering the present peril of our situation.

Zzzzst-ting!  The wood of the wagon took two other bristling arrows from Maeven’s bow, as she and the Lehi riders fell into pursuit behind us.

Topping the rise we emerged like rising shadows into the giant luminous disk of the moon.  Our images would be seen from hundreds of yards back to anyone looking our way.  We desperately hoped those watching would be buying the show.

The disguised Lehi riders behind us rose into threatening view, swords raised, like a fiendish troop of determined reapers…their curved scythes cutting against the moonlight…ready to separate us from a living connection from this world into the next.

Thwap!  An arrow from a longbow thudded into the side of the wagon board, splintering it and driving the point deep into the wood.  The response of the company suddenly became more authentic.

Maeven was an exceptional saleswoman.  I was also very glad that she had become a good markswoman as well.

Thock!  Another arrow zinged through the spokes of the turning wheel into the lower part of the paneled side and was quickly snapped in half as the turning wheel immediately broke its shaft.

Christie and I rode our horses in a weaving pattern, crossing each other’s trail to raise additional dust from the silvered roadway, adding to the plume raised by the racing wagon.  Hoping that by doing so we might mask our feigned flight.

The Lehi were pacing us to the left and right, swooping in a darting out of the raised dust now phorous in the moonlight.  We clashed swords, metal ringing against metal to appear as if we were fighting them off.  My sword rang and sluiced through the misty air, occasionally finding a waiting blade to offer a clinking toast to, in service and deference to our mutual performance.

By now, the company braced within the rumbling wagon were urging Begglar on to see if there could be any more speed coaxed out of the team of horses, others were crying out in fright and the children mewled in terror.  The effect was perfect.

“Is that necessary?!” I heard Christie ask, but the noises of the night ensured any answer I gave would be swallowed up in the cacophony of our flight.

At last, we descended the slope to a turnabout place that leveled off before descending further to the winding road cut into the edge of the downward grade to the lowlands.  The pursuing horsemen caught up to us, sheathed their weapons and edged their running horses towards it.

The additional wagons, drawn by Lehi teams under their erstwhile guise of an Iron Hills weapons convoy, followed closely, fanning out and alongside, Begglar’s wagon.  Begglar began to be more gentle with the harness traces and reigns, easing his frightened team horses down from their excitement.  They were good horses, though caring for them came at a cost to his family from among the meager food stores they were allowed in conscripted service to the Xarmnian government.

In all honesty, despite what Begglar said, I knew, on sight, they should have been put out to pasture long ago.  Had he been allowed to run a profitable business at the Inn, he would have rested them and bought fresh horses or breeding stock.  Instead, they were hard-driven, and their muscles were lean and sore. And they were wet from the sweat of their being driven.  Their mouths frothed, when they should have been stabled, brushed, blanketed and grain-fed in a nice warm barn, lined with fresh straw out of the elements.

When the wagon slowed, the company poured out from the back, steadying themselves on the ground, trying to calm enough to quickly transfer the wagon contents to the horses.  From a shadowy grove, another three riders leading a line of horses emerged from the trees towards us.  The additional rider-less horses were saddled and ready, with large saddle packs, and tie-down rolls behind the cantle of each.  The off-loading was quick, and the mounted Lehi, swiftly assisted and directed our company of travelers with packing the horses and stabilizing grain sacks and ground meal on the horses.  Begglar and Dominic swiftly, re-raised their wagon’s canopy, knowing that by doing so, it may cause momentary confusion when the Xarmnians saw it again from their pursuing distance.

The efficient Lehi raise the canopy covers of the two other wagons, shifting and distributing additional supplies from Begglar’s wagon between them to even out and lighten their loads.  The decreased weight might spare the tired horses a bit, and allow them to be diverted along the additional trails Maeven had alluded to.

In the swiftness of the clamor and transfer, the company I had led into this Mid-World trouble, now settled in to their new and temporary conveyance, only then began to realize the degree of stench coming from within the now disguised weapons wagon.  But they were already well underway with few options, following Maeven and Christie on horseback.  Their muffled cries of protest were lost as we hurriedly pushed into the obscured trail through the woods.  I had no doubt, though, that once we reached a point allowing us to finally stop, I might be getting quite the ear full.

*Scene 03* – 13:48 (A Giant Mystery)

In the burned and smoldering courtyard, where Begglar’s inn once stood proudly upon the top of the hillside, near the roadway leading down to the village of Crowe, Ryden and Hanokh listened as the newcomer Shimri, told them of Begglar’s plans and their recent capture of both a troll and a Xarmnian scout of the Protectorate.

“As you might expect, both of our prisoners were reluctant to tell us anything.  We soon rectified that by putting them together in a locked shed.”

Hanokh offered no comment, but Ryden answered dryly, “One would think with them being both on the same side of villainry, they might be able to get along.”

Shimri shrugged, “Personal differences can be quite chaffing when these irritable sorts are confined together for too long.  They are insolent anyway.  Even though the Xarmnian high command still sees fit to use the trolls, they know better than to quarter them among their human troops.  Trolls will only take abuse so far, before they realize and use their nacent strength to strike back at their oppressors.  They want to be thought of as a dangerous asset, but the Xarmnians are cautious in their relationship with these creatures.  Xarmnian bruels delight in their capability for violence, but they do not often let them be privy to their councils.  The human is its intellectual superior, should they hold their own tempers in check, but they admire the bestial power of their underlings and treat them as well as they might a particularly savage attack dog.  The trolls live to serve, and slavishly follow a powerful leader who knows how best to employ them.  I suspect that if they ever knew what their masters truly thought of them, they would turn and bite the hands that have so long fed them.”

“I can’t imagine trying to manage servile troops like that.”

“Trolls tend to follow masters that inspire terror and threat.  They seem drawn to them, and find a common need met in that.  The trolls have the ability to hide and disguise themselves, so they make useful spies.  From what I can gather, they treat underling soldiers, as less than equal, knowing the humans lack their abilities.   They have been known to spy even among the Xarmnian camps and report back to the higher command, so they are particularly hated by the rank and file troops.  Little snitches, they call them.  The Xarmnian troops are an arrogant sort anyway, so they resent the need to have these little bunglers condescend them.”

Hanokh interposed, “So what happened after you put them together?”

Shimri sighed, “They nearly tore the place apart fighting each other.  If they had found someway to work together, they might have escaped.  The shed, it turned out, was not that sturdy.  They busted through a sidewall and were at each others throats.  The Xarmnian has a broken arm and perhaps a collar bone.  He was beaten pretty bad.  Bruises and cuts all over him.  They fought for quite a bit before the Xarmnian somehow finally managed to get a knife in him.”

“Didn’t you search them before locking them up?” Ryden asked.

“We tried.  It still isn’t clear to us who the knife belong to, or how we might’ve missed it.  We suspect it belonged to the troll.”

Hanokh rumbled thoughtfully, ruminating to himself, pondering these developments.  “Where are they now?”

“Well, the troll is dead.  The other man stabbed it repeatedly, trying to get it to quit bucking and thrashing.  It finally succumbed, but we had to pull the Xarmnian off of the creature.  Covered in black blood, he was.  Talking crazy.  Screaming that he was on fire.”

“And the body?” Hanokh’s voice rose in a sound of rumbling alarm.  “What did you do with the troll’s body?!”

“What could we do with it?” Shimri tensed, sensing Hanokh’s urgency.  “We dug a pit and hooked it by the garb and drug it down into it.  We had to bury it, because it began to stink, with all of that weird stuff coming out of the wounds.”

“Its just like the one we found in the cabin,” Ryden muttered, looking meaningfully at Hanokh.

“You’ll need to take us to the burial site.  The body will need to be dug up and burned and the pit salted.  It’s the only way to be sure.” Hanokh rumbled, his large brow deepening with worry lines.

“Dug up?!” Shimri was stunned, “Wha..What for?  The troll is surely dead.”

“That may be true of its body, but its blood isn’t.”

“Its…its…its blood?!” Shimri reeled, his eye’s widening.  “B-but how can you tell? How could we’ve known…?”

“You could not.  I was not sure myself until recently.  But there isn’t much time.  Where is the Xarmnian now?” Hanokh rumbled.  “Have you learned anything from him?”

“We have him bound under guard in what remains of the shed,” Shimri answered.  “He is more, shall we say, subdued than he was before.  The troll’s blood is all over him, but they’ve tried to rinse some of it off.  Despite his hatred for us, he seems grateful enough to at least attempt to answer some of our questions.”

“Water!” Hanokh tensed.  “The living blood moves through water.  This burial pit where you cast the dead troll.  Is it anywhere near water?”

Ryden had already started moving as Hanokh came forward, towering over Shimri, out of the smoldering smoke.

“There is a small brook just…” Shimri began, but Hanokh immediately interrupted. “We may already be too late!”  Hanokh turned as Ryden mounted his horse.  “Ryden, do you know where this man lives?”

“I have an idea.  We have met in company before in dealing with the underground.” Ryden gathered his reins preparing to ride down the road, responding to Hanokh’s query.

“Then bring his mount with you and meet us there.  He will be coming with me.”

“With you?  Wouldn’t it be faster to take my own horse?”

“No,” Hanokh rumbled moving around behind him.  “Just picture in you might the site where you buried the troll and tell me when you can see it in your thoughts.”  Hanokh placed a large hand around Shimri’s shoulder, almost enveloping him in its grasp.

Shimri shivered, not sure of the giant man’s intentions.  Fearful inspite of himself.  “I… I have a family.  I am old.  What is it you want of me?”

“Do not fear.  You will not be harmed.  But you will need to close your physical eyes and yeild directional control.  There are things within ‘the between’ that mortals are not yet meant to see.”

“I do not understand,” Shimri stammered, beginning to tremble.

“Focus, my son, on your home.  Let me know when you can see it.”

“Okay.” Shimri said, closing his eyes, trying to stifle his tremors. “Okay,” he said again, releasing a pent up breath.  “I can see it now,” he said quietly.

He felt Hanokh’s free hand grip his shoulder more tightly, and heard him say in a response that sounded like far away thunder, “Now step towards the image you see, and release the how and why.”

Ryden had been watching carefully from atop his mount, having secured Shimri’s horse with a lead line to the pommel on his saddle.  His horse reared, pawing the air with its hooves in fright, as with one step forward, both men, Shimri and Hanokh, suddenly vanished from sight.

Ryden blinked, unable to fully trust what he had just witnessed.  He scanned the rising smoke, and blackened timbers, the scorched scrub grass, and the smoking trees that had partially caught fire from the cast embers carried upon a light breeze.  The barnyard fences had fallen and collapsed under the crawling fires.  The stock had either fled or succumbed to the blaze.  Knowing the brutal tendencies of the Xarmnian troops, he knew that if he had taken time to look, he would no doubt find that the animals had either been slaughtered or locked in their pens and burned alive. Now only the blackened bones of the barn’s support beams and posts scraped plaintively at the haze drifting into the darkened sky.

Burned alive. A terrifying and sobering thought that unsettled him.  Adding to that, the puzzle of the woman’s charred body that Hanokh had discovered among the smoking ruins.  He had wrapped it in a cloak and was carrying it with the intention to give her a decent burial when the man Shimri had come upon them.  What had drawn the man here?  He had know that Begglar and his family were leaving.  That was part of the plan.  But why come up risking the possibility that the Xarmnians might still be here, or have a spy posted?  He was taking quite the risk in doing so.

Trolls.  Shimri had said the Xarmnians were using troll spies.  They had encountered a few in their raids.  Ugly things.  With a nasty and spiteful disposition.  Evidently brimming with mysterious black blood.  Blood that tainted and defiled the very ground it might be spilt upon.  The troll blood exuding from the body in the cabin in Basia had pooled as any vicuous liquid might, but it had also extended tendrils and rivets aggressively, only shrinking away from flame.  Had he only imagined that?  He shook his head, remembering the giant’s entrance and words.

Encountering The Walker had raised so many questions, but also provided him with a sense of intrigue and otherworldliness about these happenings that he was not sure the occupents of this world were ready or equipped to deal with.

Seeing nothing further to lead him to believe that Hanokh and Shimri were anywhere on the premises, he calmed his stead and headed down the road towards Crowe.  A hidden turn-off down a swale ditch would take him through the woods and down a slope into the wooded brow where a small cottage and short pasture lay masked in the woods about a mile below.

As he rode along, he pondered the giant man’s words.

He still had so many questions.  What had Hanokh done with the woman’s body?  The image of the two men vanishing had stunned both him and the horses, that he was partially distracted, and had trouble believing what he’d witnessed.  He remembered Hanokh placing his large hands on Shimri’s shoulders, just before they stepped away.  Hanokh’s broad back had been turned to him, and…

Ah! He realized at last.

A sling.  Hanokh had joined the ends of the cloak into a sling.  It hung low and below his shoulders.  Then he was still carrying…

Ryden shook his head, rubbing some of the irritating burn from the corners of his eyes.  He was dusted with soot and ash, and still smelled of the smoke.  But is was good to be leaving the charnel site and breathe some of the fresh highland air again. It was still hard to believe all this, even having witnessed everything.  His head was finally beginning to clear again and he returned in his thoughts to Hanokh.

When they had parted at the burning bungalow in Basia, Hanokh had no apparent horse or conveyance, but had assured him he would meet him at the sight of the distant fire.  He had only taken a moment to mount his horse, before he discovered the giant had departed.  Ostensibly to walk to the site.  Ryden had ridden fast, down the valley and along the road that ran to and from the sea.  On arrival, he was later surprised to find that not only had the mysterious man reached the location ahead of him, he had been present in the courtyard turnabout and smoldering structural remains of Begglar’s inn long enough to have searched the grounds and discovered the remains of a victim of the blaze.

He had asked him if he had really only walked there, and Hanokh had responded cryptically, “Through here. Not to here.

Whatever he took that to mean, Ryden now realized that the man known as ‘The Walker’, was truly cloaked in more mystery than anyone knew or had even considered.

Another of Hanokh’s cryptic statements, now arose again to pair itself to the words he now considered in a new light: “I have a way of getting where I need to be far easier than you.” Hanokn had told him.  “I was shone the way of it long, long ago.

Ryden suddenly stiffened in shock, recalling an obscure passage copied from the many storied words appearing on the Ancient Marker Stone:

Hanokh walked with [The One] after he became the father of Metushelach three hundred years, and became the father of sons and daughters.  all the days of Hanokh were three hundred sixty-five years.  Hanokh walked with [The One], and he was not, for [The One] took him.” [Genesis 5:22-24 HNV]

*Scene 04* – 14:34 (Scents of Urgency)

We raced through the shadowy trees beginning to close around us like a narrowing throat.  From behind, and to the left one of the Lehi riders passed us leading a remuda of horses, joining Christie and Maeven as they slowed ahead, forcing Begglar to draw-up on the reins of his team of horses.  When the rider and the horses reached Maeven, she and Christie turned their mounts and she held up a fist for all of us to slow and stop.

I heard Maeven shout to Begglar, “Get all of the horses through, then close the gap behind us.  We’ll get your people out of the wagons as soon as the way ahead become impassable. Then we’ll jam the wagon in and unhitch your teams.  There should be enought mounts to go around, once we’ve fully corked the bottleneck.”

I rode around the wagon through a narrow gap along the edge of it.  The woods and brambles had closed in, and the forest had become a darkened corridor of trees.  The canopy of limbs overheard formed a low ceiling, barely letting the silver-sheened fragments of moonglow pass through its many twisted fingers.

“Not much light,” Begglar observed. “Soon even these horses won’t be able to see enough to go forward.”

“Let us outta here!”  Muffled voices came from behind the wagon canvas.
“Someone had an accident in here!  We can’t breathe, it’s so bad.  Gahhh!”
“Eww! Eww-Eww-Eww! Please let us out!  It smells awful in here!”
“I think someone pooped in this wagon!” someone wailed.  “I feel like I fell asleep and woke up trapped in some giant’s dirty diaper!  Yuck!”
“Gross!  That is so, so,so, gross!” another voice lamented.  “What were you guys transporting in this thing?!”  Another barked, “Give me a horse, or I’ll just walk to that Azzygrowth place.  Man, this stinks in here!”
Another moaned, “It reeks of sewage.  Please tell me this is NOT a manure wagon!”  One growled, “I’m not riding in another wagon ever! Ever, y’hear!”  I heard several voices grumbling assent to the same.
“LET US OUT!” another roared.

I stifled a grin and tried masking a gufaw into a short cough.  I knew that if we let our company out, they had better not see me grin or even have the slightest hint of a twinkling amusement in my eyes.  Any whispy straw credit I had built with them up to this point could be swiftly swept away.  I was grateful for the poor light, and the density of the darkling leaves above, masking any mirth that might betray me.

Maeven and Christie rode up to me.  “You can let them out now,” Maeven said.  “Have them mount these horses.  We’ve a little ways yet to go.”

“Let them out?!  They might just strangle me.” I answered.  “I’m sorta glad having them ride in the weaponry wagon was your idea and not mine.”

I sniffed, catching a similar scent that had drawn such complaints from the wagon riders, coming from Maeven herself.

“What is that I smell from you?  Incontinence?  Fancy trying out a new perfume?” I asked, grinning enough so that Maeven could at least see the gleam of my teeth in the dim light.

“Now is not the time!” Maeven said, irritatively wheeling her horse around and moving further ahead.

Christie could not help herself but laugh, and I tried unsuccessfully to stifle my own sympathetic indulgence of hilarity.

“You guys are a hoot!  I might have to stick around just to keep you two from shooting one another,” Christie giggled.

“That you might,” I conceded, “But we’d better not let the rest of them catch us laughing.”

“Yeah,” Christie tried hiding her grin with her hand, forcing a cough.  “Yeah, better not.”

Breathe. Just breathe. I told myself.

By then, Begglar and Nell had untied the ropes on the canopy, and some of the ones from inside clawed the canvas open further, gasping for air.

I turned into the darker shadow of the sidepath and spoke, “We’ve gathered horses for each of you to ride the rest of the way.”

“Thank the merciful God!” one girl shouted.  “I’m done with wagons!  Give me a horse!”  Others assented–an odd mix of grumbling and enthusiasm.

“Just let me get to that Storm Hawk lady!  I’ve got a few choice things to say about her clamping us down in a garbage trawler!”

Lindsey crawled down from the gate, holding Miray.  She arched an eyebrow at me, but shook her head, and seemed to wave off whatever she might want to say.

I swung down from the saddle and led my horse to her.

“I can take her, if you want.”

Miray lifted her head and twisted towards me, stretching her arms out.  As I moved closer I could see her cheeks were wet with tears.

“I’m sorry about the stench in the wagon.  It wasn’t my idea.”

Lindsey nodded, but her expression was unreadable in the gloom.

“She thinks it’s all her fault,” Lindsey said quietly.

“Why would she think that?!” I asked, as I gathered Miray into my arms and held her to my chest.

“I need to go baboon!” Miray said sniffling against her quiet sobs.

“Baboon?” I asked, arching an eyebrow, casting a quizzical look at Lindsey.

“Baboon.  It’s her word for ‘bathroom’,” Lindsey offered.

“Oh, I see,” I said brushing Miray’s hair aside from her face, caressing the wet tears from her cheek.

“Hey,” I said, trying to holrd Miray’s attention long enough to get through her sobs.  “That smell.  That wasn’t you.  It comes from sulfur in the metal mines.  There is a place called the Iron Hills.  This wagon comes from that place and it is a stinky place.”

Miray shook her head vigorously and continued sobbing.  “I din it.  I brung’ded that monster.”

“What?”

Through tears, she told me that when the others had gone to bed in the granary, she woke up feeling the urge to go “baboon”.

“But we all went to go, before we bedded down, sweetheart,” Lindsey reached out a hand softly patting her back.

Miray flushed crimson, rubbing her eyes, sniffling, “Nuh-nuh-not THAT kind of potty.”  She was clearly embarrased.  “I told you, I had to go baboon.  Not wee.”

“So that’s why you went…” I started, realizing her mortification, and the connection she was making.

“I…I…I couldnint go when ev’rybody was lookin’.  Momma says ‘nice girls are not supposed to stink.'” she said tearing up, “But we doo-oo!”

I gave Lindsey a pained glance, and she returned mine, both feeling for the little one.

“I got news for you, kiddo!  We all do at one time or another. Nice or otherwise.  And mine is no more fragrant than anyone else’s.  ”

Miray began to sob, but tried to continue, “He-he-he smelled me!”

“Oh no, honey!  That’s not true!” Lindsey countered, stroking her cheek, dabbing at Miray’s tears.

I interjected, “Miray, that creature was already on the top of the hill.  Remember how high it was when you were with Nell looking down?  We heard it’s roar, remember.  It was coming already. It just found another way down.  It was not your fault.”

“It is! It is!” she wailed, insistent.

I just held her as she cried into my shoulder.  Lindsey seemed perplexed, unsure of how she might convince Miray otherwise.

“Better let her ride with me,” I said.  “She’ll be alright.  I think she needs to cry.  Get it all out.  We can try and talk to her later when she is a bit more calm.”

Lindsey was worried, but I reached out and squeezed her hand reassuringly.  “It’s okay.  We’d better saddle up.  Can you ride?”

“Yeah,” Lindsey said, “My sister Sarah is a barrel racer.  We have horses back home.  I care for them. She rides them mostly, but I like tending them.  Rubbing them down.  Brushing them.  It’s calming in a strange way.  Caring for them, seems to help both them and me.”

“I understand.”

By then the others had completely gotten clear of the wagon and were climbing up into the saddles.  There were four that did not have their own mounts from the stock that the Lehi had brought, but Begglar reminded them that they would each have one of the team horses, once we got to where we were going to ditch the wagon.  So the four doubled up, and together we all road forward into the dark wood with Begglar following close behind in the wagon.

It wasn’t long before we heard the sound of the distant dogs again, barking ominously through the wooden hollows.  Hoof beats seemed to echo down the wooded corridor, and Begglar picked up the pace, driving the horses cautiously, but steadily through the trees as the wooods on either side continued to encroach.  The growling and the thundering behind gained on us.  Since we were now riding ahead of the wagon, we had no rear guard to tell us how close they were.

All of the sudden, the wheels of the wagon clacked and stuttered through low brush, breaking small limbs, rustling the undergrowth.  It was only a matter of time before there would be no going further with the wagon, and for Begglar, that couldn’t happen too soon.

His eyes watered and he could barely choke down air from the sulphurous smell in back of him.  There was no wind passing through that could blow the stench away and behind, for the way ahead had become a tunnel of dense wood and foliage.  Begglar gritted his teeth against the nausea.  As bad as this was, there were other odors that persisted in his memory that were far worse, with terrible sights and sounds to accompany them.  His missed the sea.  He had witnessed atrocities there too, but not near as horrible as those done on land.  The sea naturally buried its dead within its depths, but the land refused such mercies.  With dismay, he surveyed the leavings of a brutal battlefield, now being swabbed of human detritus.  At the cessesation of fighting, there remained a field of gore, with swaths of blood-stained ground mud-wet with carnage.  At some point, he had no idea when, the pungency of the air, no longer stabbed into his nostrils.  The foul smoke might of had something to do with it.  He’d seen what seemed like hundreds of cook fires casting wavering ghost-light across the plains where cruelty had won against the day and cast their highland into the shadow of an unending night of the soul.  The sensory assaults and visions of cruelty had aged him.  Not merely in his body, but in his mind.  He fully understood what it meant to be world-weary and he did not want that for his family, so he had forbade both Nell and Dominic from climbing the hill behind his inn perchance that they might see what was transpiring until the full terrors were over and the Xarmnians quitted the fields.  But he had been conscripted. Forced into dealing with the aftermath.  Immersed into the carnage along with others, who had not directly resisted the invasion.  There could be no middle-ground.  No way to remain untouched by the violence of others.  He knew that now.  Men of peace, often had to earn that blessed season of quiet, riding through risk and bloodshed, to claim a stake in the hopeful outcome.

The Xarmnians had ridden through the fields, stabbing and hacking at any who lingered between life in the Mid-World and the edge of the next.  They had gathered victims from the field in wagon carts filled with severed limbs and hacked torsos carrying the carnage to the uplands.  The valiant fallen with the ignoble.  The trampled and crushed forever staring blindly into an unforgiving sky of darkening clouds.  Xarmni did not gather their own fallen from the killing fields.  They had been ordered to leave them to the beasts.  Their cries went unheeded, even as their fellow warriors rode through and past them, ensuring none of their enemies survived.  The Son of Xarm had no used for those who could no longer fight.  They would be a drain on the resources of the collective, if they were to be allowed to return to the stone city.  Wars had terrible consequences, but useful outcomes.  They culled the pack, letting only the strong survive.  They were left to the cycle of nature’s laws and disposal.  Within a day, great flocked of birds attended the fields, circling the sky, rising and descending.  Then came the swarms of flies.  Even as he recalled such nightmares, evoked by the stench, he knew that he dared not close his eyes against the memories, for even now the branches grated against the sides of the wagon.  He slowed the team much as he dared, as the horses jostled against one another, trying to stay on what little narrow path there still was.

Moss hung overhead and the air felt sickly sweet.  A smell of fungi permeated the narrow tunnel, and suddenly the wider wagon wheels at last clacked to an abrupt stop, almost throwing Begglar forward from the bench seat onto the backs of his team.

“Looks like that’s as far as she’ll go,” Begglar grunted.  “There’ll be no turning this wagon around.”

The Lehi that had rode attendant with them responsed,” That may be so, but they might find a way to back it up.  Just to be sure…” he dismounted.

Begglar crawled forward and unhitched his team, freeing them from their harness, as the others that had doubled-up, chose for themselves their mounts from among them.  Begglar joined Nell on her horse, while the Lehi moved to further disable the wagon.  From his back took a battle-ax, and swung it hard into the spokes of the wagon breaking two of the staves on a back wheel and on a front-wheel.  The wagon canted and then slumped, pressing harder against the trunks of the trees that had arrested its progress.

“There,” he said, satified with his work, “that ought to do it.”

Saddled, mounted and loaded, we followed Maeven, now astride a large black mare, into the woods towards the secret path she had spoken of.  From the sounds on the other side of the slope, the dogs would be upon us soon.

*Scene 05*– 13:33 (Thug and Troll)

Not far down the sloped road to Crowe, and into the woods a ways, two small, horse-like rumps pertruded out of the bushes along a brushy sidetrail leading down to a small log-hewn structure, and gateyard, along the banks of a wooded creek.  The branches and leaves enveloped the two owners of the exposed rumps, and within the leafy cover, two voices whispered in hushed tones to each other, their speech rounded out with throaty, but not unpleasant rumbling.

“What are they up to, I wonder?” one said to the other.  “Shhhht!” the other responding, grumbling and snorting, “They’re gonna hear us, you bumble fly!”  The other snorted, “That’s right. Go on shouting.  That’ll keep ’em from knowing we’re here.”  The other shuffled against the branch cover, looking backward, noticing that both of their rumps were exposed to the narrow lane they had followed through the woods.  “Lot of good it’ll do hiding in partial cover.  Our flanks are exposed.  Move further in.”  The other protested, “These branches are already scraping my skin, and my hide back there is not too thick anymore from carrying them trolls from up and down the high country.”  The other snorted, “You are every bit the nag and whine, Bray!  The Pan should have already put you out to pasture!  Would you’ve liked that?”  The other shuddered in the leaves, “Oh, gosh no!  If he ever thought we weren’t useful that’d be the end of it.  He’d give us to the satyrs for a chew toy.”  The other grunted, “Mind you think long and hard about that one, before you go complainin’ bout being a cushion for a couple of troll butts.  Do as you’re told on this job, and we might just get to see him give us a few favors for a change.”  “Well, I don’t think gettin’ all scratched up, spying is going to win us any winks from him,” the other retorted.  “That Grum-Blud is a nasty one.  Kicks me in the ribs for no reason.  If he ever got spurs, he’d do much worse and I’d have to give him some hoof-to-mouth.  If you get my meanin’.”  The other grunted, “You’re all squawk.  Hoof-to-mouth, indeed.  He carries a nasty blade.  He’d stick you like a pig.”  The other snorted, “We’ll at least then, he’d be walking and not bouncing his nasty behind on my spine.  Besides, I don’t think there’s any of us that The Pan actually likes.  He just doesn’t seem to get as annoyed with some as much as he does others and any one of his favors come at a terrible cost.” “Shut-up, Bray!  That’s heresy.  Others might here you.”  The other grunted, “Well he already doesn’t care for you.”  “Why do you say that?”  “He called you an ass.”  The other snuffed, “H-He called me a smart ass.  There’s a difference.”  “If you say so, Brimm.”  “Just shup-up, will ya?”  “If you say so…” the other muttered, under his breath.  From behind and toward the road, they heard the sound of an approaching horse and rider.  “Someone’s comin’!  Hide your rear and don’t swish your tail.”  “There are gnats in these bushes. How am I goin’ ta keep it from swishing?  The little boogers itch and crawl around on my hide.”  “Find a way!” the other hissed through his teeth.  The two voices gasped, shuffling and jostling to pull themselves further in under their poorly chosen bush cover.

Just then Ryden came down the trail, his horse moving at a trot.  He slowed briefly, thinking he’d heard voices, but unsure of it.  The wind hissed through the leaves and sighed in the upper tree tops, branches moving and creaking.  It was hard to be sure, but he shrugged and pressed onward, anxious to get to the small home he knew would be somewhere in the vicinity.

When at last he arrived at the sheltered cabin, he dismounted and tied his horse to a fence rail.  A footpath led through a short corral, along the edge of a small garden bordered by a low wall of fitted stones and covered under what looked like fish-netting, held up by a few posts.  Just beyond a small stone shed, there was a paver path that descended to the creek side, running quietly under a canopy of tall cypress trees.  A mount of dirt stood nearby, and it was clear that the troll’s body had already been exhumed.

Shimri and Hanokh were engaged in low, hushed conversation, while a woman with a scar running from her forehead and down her cheek knelt over another small mound of freshly turned earth filling the shallow pit with flower petals.  A small headstone had been erected next to the mound and the woman wept as she pulled petals from the stems.

Ryden walk quietly up to them, observing a moment of silence.  A firepit spat flames from the hole where the troll had been buried and the ground had been sprinkled with a whitish substance that bubbled and spat.  Two other men stood by, dressed as typical farmers and harvesters, their hats in their hands, holding shovels, as they observed the gathering in respectful silence.

Shimri nodded to Ryden as he approached, then pointed to the newly planted grave now being florally adorned.  “My wife’s sister.  Aytama.  She served Begglar and Nell as a housekeeper.  She was supposed to have returned here after Begglar left, but she insisted on tidying up.  Later, when we realized she had not made it back home before the rains, I was coming to fetch her, when I saw the fires rising above the trees.”

“I am so sorry.”  Ryden glanced at Hanokh and was touched to see large, silent tears rolling down his cheeks wetting his beard.  He spoke quietly to them, “Have you learned any more from that Xarmnian brute?”

Shimri sighed, “He was part of a split company of The Protectorate, dispatched to pursue and capture fugitives that managed to escape from Xarm city.”  He cleared his throat, “One was a scribe and his small family.  He was uncovered something he was not supposed to see.  He had been warned not to write anything related to what he ha discovered, but he kept personal notes.  When these were found, someone tipped him off that the soldiers were coming to arrest him.  So he quickly slipped away before his work shift was over and gathered his small family and fled before the outside gates of the city could be closed for the night.  One of the high guards is also missing, and it was believed he helped them escape the city and misled the searchers who were pursuing the scribe.  The soldier was confronted by their Captain of the Guards, named Jehaza.  They fought, and the soldiers ribs were broken, but he still managed to escape with some assistance from the underground.”

“I’m aware of it,” Ryden broke in. “Battair and I rode together on that raid.  That soldier was one of our highly placed spies within that accursed city.  He had been there for years, feeding us information.  We were sorry to lose his valuable intelligences, but we had no choice.  Jehaza was intent on killing him.  We barely got him out of there, but they chased us into the night.  The family must’ve had to make out on their own.  We never did see them.”

Shimri supplied, “They were sent to Begglar’s Inn.  Told they would find help there.  Just to be careful and get around the village of Crowe without being seen or calling too much attention to themselves.  The other night Begglar rode down here with that family in tow.  Asked us to hide them and get them someplace safe, but far enough away from his inn, for he feared the troops might pick up their trail which would lead directly to him.”

Hanokh joined in, “It appears that is exactly what happened, and this poor unfortunate one was slain for being the only one present when those devils finally arrived.”

“And that’s not all,” Shimri added.  “The Xarmnian was the last of the first group sent in pursuit of the scribe.”

“What do you mean the last?” Hanokh rumbled.

Ryden spoke up, “We apprehended the Xarmnian on the road leading up to Crowe, near a wheat field.  He was assaulting one of the local boys.  The group of soldiers were lying in wait to ambush the scribe and his family, when the boy and his father who owned the field came upon the Xarmnian soldiers.  They killed the boy’s father, and this guard took the boy prisoner, and was attending the horses, when the soldiers were attacked.”

“Attacked?  By whom?” Hanokh asked.

“By what,” Shimri answered.  “It is a strange story but we have heard the same account from both the prisoner and the boy separately.  Whatever happened, they both witnessed it.  They said the ground in the field opened up and swallowed those soldiers and some of the horses that did not flee.  Storm Hawk and these Lehi turned the Xarmnian over to us, but he was sullen and uncooperative.  So we thought we’d try motivating him to talk.  We’d caught that troll lurking in the woods with two other creatures belonging to the Half-men kingdom.  The two half-creatures got away, but the troll did not have time to mount those beasts and we cornered him in the woods.  I told you of that up at the inn.”

“Which of the half-men?  Could you identify them?” Hanokh rumbled.

“Appeared to be half-donkeys or mules.  It was hard to tell.  They can be fast when they are scared.  And since they are shorter than horses, they could move under brush and limbs that would unmount a rider.” Shimri explained.  He glanced up towards his humble cabin and the wooded trail leading to it.  “They may still be out there somewhere, but we haven’t found them yet.”

Hanokh rubbed his beard deep in thought, muttering to himself, more than to anyone present. “I had hoped he was not involved in this, but given those circumstances, it seems evident that somehow he will be.”

“Who?” Ryden asked, but Hanokh seemed to have not heard him.

Hanokh moved to place a hand on the Shimri’s wife’s shoulder as she knelt beside her sister’s grave and continued to weep, smoothing and distributing the colorful and sweet-smelling flower petals.  He knelt beside her and whispered something to her, and she sadly nodded, but continued with her trembling ministrations.

Shimri’s wife whispered, “Atayma so loved beautiful flowers.  Pink roses, carnations, field lillies and daffodils. All kinds, but she loved bright yellow dandelions the most, because they grew wild.  But those petals are too small.  I could not find enough.  But she did love my primroses.  So for now,…this is all I can do for her.”  She sobbed, “…all I can do.”

“Precious one, the prophet Isaiah wrote: ‘The grass withers and the flowers fade beneath the breath of the LORD. And so it is with people. The grass withers and the flowers fade, but the word of our God stands forever.’ [Isaiah 40:7-8]  What may seem lost to you in these whispered moments, now forever flourishes in vivid, unfading color within the Elysium fields of Excavatia.  The short breath that was her life, now returns to The One Who spoke it into the existence we all knew and loved.  The Hope Stone still shines in The Dominion Crown, dear one.  Remember that.  He Who occupies the Eternal Land has promised it. And so shall it be.”

A few more low words were spoken, before the gentle giant slowly rose and turned to Shimri.

“Take us to this Xarmnian you have captured.  We will see what he has to say for himself.”

Quietly, Shimri nodded and turned down a further footpath that circled behind a small knoll and the canted structure of a small shed.  The two farmers that had stood in quiet attendance, moved along with them following at a discreet distance.

As Hanokh moved into view, through the breech in the shed’s outer wall, suddenly the occupant inside let out a frightened bellow upon seeing him.

“No! No! Not him! No! Don’t let him touch me!  Please not him!”

Given his sudden and visceral reaction to seeing Hanokh, it was doubtful whether any further questions posed to this Xarmnian thug in such a fearful state, would yield answers worth trusting or even useful.

*Scene 06*– 07:48 (Run Rabbit Run)

A silver wet gleam of grizzled black fur crested the hill leading down to a saddle slope where three wagons diverged, two going opposite directions along the forested ridge and one descending the downroad towards the rolling valleys below.  Four sets of lantern yellow eyes gleamed wetly, blinking narrowly through huffed breathes coming from slacked jaws dripping with foam and saliva.  A low continual rumble issued from the cerberus’ three throats as packs of similar monstrous beasts loped up behind their alpha.

The Xarmnian Protectorate horsemen rode up shortly after, their horses blowing and rumbling, as their riders angrily surveyed the scene below.   The tableau was not what they had expected.  They had witness the attempted break from the initial point of contact.  The arrows flying, swords clashing, and road dust rising as the quarry and pursuers descended beyond the crest of the road.

The cerberi bounced and snarled, spinning and lunging, not sure which of the receding wagons to follow.  The night was coming to a close.  Already the far horizon, etched by the sawtooth fangs of interleaved mountain ranges and peaks, sliced a hard-edge against a blood-red, orange and pink aural glow.  Dawn would soon break over the blushing distance and ascend to dominate the sky.  The Bruel Hadeon cursed under his breath, as the wagons rolled into the wood cover.  The other guards turned to the side gripping their reins, but looking to their leader for guidance.

“So, this Iron Hills convoy thinks they can play us for fools, do they?!  We’ll soon see about that!  Split the company!” he growled, pointing at the routes the three wagons had taken.  “Bayek and Aridam!  Each of you take a squad and six cerberi and follow the wooded trails!  The one to going back east along the wooded ledge peters out, and the traitors going that way will not get far.  The opposite trail appears to lead back west along the edge of the long valley holding the stables.  There may be something there, but I will lead the others and run them to ground. Aridam, take the route of the wagon descending the highlands.  Follow them down until the road widens at the bottom of the valley.  When you catch them hold them until we join you later.  If you don’t hear from us by noon, kill them and rejoin us on the edge of Kilrane in the clearing.  You know the one.”

The one addressed as Aridam, had hard steel eyes, a scraggled, brown-black beard, and massive wrapped hands, strapped with dark leather.  “Which of these wagons holds that Innkeeper, d’ you think?!  I can’t wait to split his bleedy loaves for this trouble!”

Hadeon snarled, “The Innkeeper is mine!  The eastern route is unlikely unless these fugitives are fools, but I wouldn’t rule that out, just yet.  The western trail seems intriguing since it returns to the stable valley.  In my mind, that is the most probable.  The sham guards of this Iron Hill shipment must be of those bandits that have been undermining our efforts to cower and control the local villages.  Reason enough to kill them.  But I am curious to find out what their interests are in helping this Innkeeper.  For that, we will need to take a few alive.  Ride hard into them, but remember, there are some we will need for questioning, so kill if you must, but reserve at least a few for giving answers.  For only the necromancers get answers from the dead. Go to it!”

The Protectorate guards split as directed, their horses steering and driving a few of the cerberi to follow and then take the lead on the diverging trails after the wagons.

Bayek led his company hard into the forested trail, his pack of cerberi growling and snorting, bounding into the darkening tree-lined path ahead.  The wagon was not far ahead, and a narrow sidelane joined it as it plunged further and further in.  Visibility grew darker as they rode with fierce urgency, certain that their quarry would find out too late their error in choosing this narrowing route.

Even at a gallop, Bayek and his riders could hear the distant sound of horses echoing down the funneling chute as the walls of trees and thick brush closed in.  The wagon would not get far, and he relished the look on those fleeing when they finally realized that they were being bottled up and driven into a death trap of their own choosing.  The forest matt of fallen leaves and pine needles cushioned their horses’ footfalls as they galloped deeper, their dark swords ready to slash and cleave and pin the fools.  The hollow was darkening, even though the outside distance foretold the promise of the coming light of day.  Wagon wheels had certainly cut through the lane and tore through side brush as the lane narrowed into a mere trail.  Up ahead Bayek could just make out and oddly shaped shadow, but it offer no shifting shadowy movement attendant to it.  Horse dung peppered the trail up to the shadowy obstruction.  More dung that should be, coming from a mere wagon team with a couple of chaperoning riders serving as point, left and right flanks, and drag.

The cerberi were the first to reach the dark bulky shape, and immediately began to whine and mewl.  The closer Bayek came, the more he began to realize why their devil dogs started reacting that way.  From the cloying stench, he recognized the shape was one of the Iron Hills wagons.  It’s canopy had been torn, and it had been driven into the posts of the surrounding trunks impeding further progress.

His suspicions were correct.  There had been quite a few more horses in this hollow, and they had somehow ridden ahead of the wagon, in anticipation of having to abandon it.  The deceptive dance of the wagons had been used to fool them into dividing their company, and the ruse had worked.  For now…, Bayek thought, grinding his teeth, angry at having been played the fool.

The cerberi mewled unable to get through the densely pack undergrowth and the close regiment ranks of trees.  The wheels were wrecked, spokes smashed, axel ground into the soft earth.  There could be no quick way of moving the broken wagon to continue the pursuit.  The dog creatures barked at each caution approach to the wagon, their paws lifting at their noses, hackles raised, mewling in frustration.

Bayek swung down from the saddle and attempted to crawl over the canted wagon, hoping to see enough to gauge how far ahead they might be.  The stench of the sulfur made his eyes water, and he coughed against a gasp.  Hauling himself up to the benchseat, he peered over, seeing only a gray mist threading through the close-set trees, the riders now far enough ahead to go unseen.  Yet still they could not go far, he told himself.  He beckoned his attendant riders to tie their mounts and then follow.  Better a pursuit on foot than to risk a return empty-handed to a furious Hadeon, having failed to make even a feeble attempt to follow.  This trail should still end soon so that even horses could not pass thrrough the narrow channel along the game trails.  The way served no purpose for any creature other than the lithe thin bodies of deer, and perhaps a few rabbits evading packs of hungry wolves.

Then he and his men unsheathed their blades and hastened forward, moving at pace along the enclosed woods.  Somehow two of the cerberi managed to wriggle around under the belly of the wagon and come from under a broken wheel.  ‘The wolves were indeed coming’, Bayek thought to himself, a sardonic smile playing at his cruel lips as he moved through the forest mists, ‘Run rabbit, run!’

*Scene 07* – 26:10 (Living Legends)

Moonlight dappled the ground silver, pouring its luminous light through the leaves covering the supplicant arms of the branches outstretched above us.  A night breeze sent a thousand sighs through the hollow throat of the forest path we traveled.

Up ahead, I saw that Christie rode alongside Maeven just off and to the left of her.  I could tell Christie was intrigued by Maeven, and from what I knew of Maeven, I was sure they would eventually become fast friends.  I had a sense about Christie.  She had her own stories to tell when she was ready, and I was sure she might gain a certain strength by sharing the road with Maeven.

Miray rode quietly in front of me, still uncertain, but I could tell she was pondering something in her quiet.  Finally she spoke, but barely loud enough for me to hear.

“Mister O’Brian, why do they call that cranky woman Storm Hawk?”

I realized just then how little I actually knew about Maeven.  I had not known that she was ‘The Storm Hawk’, and much less about how she might have come to being called such.  I had heard quiet talk of ‘The Storm Hawk’ and her Lehi’s exploits before leaving when their raids were just getting started.  Begglar and I spoke of it, but nothing really at length.  Neither of us at the time knew that ‘The Storm Hawk’ was female.  I only knew that they were working against Xarmnian oppression, and they had shown themselves to be enemies of our enemies.  Reason enough to consider them allies.

Our company had, by necessity, broken up.  Jeremiah had taken a few of our group with him and gone into the forests.  Begglar and Nell were engaged and soon to be married, and he and she were seeking ways to reinvent themselves and blend in under a seemingly inoccuous cover and profession, since Begglar was a wanted man, with a death or alive bounty on his head.  Having a similar price on my head too, Begglar and I were of the same mind finding some way to hide in plain sight, yet I chose a more secluded existence since I was alone.  While Begglar and Nell started their bakery business in the highpoint of Crowe, I slunk away to Basia and built a bungalo hermitage, with a small garden and meager stock of strays.   Maeven had been one of our group that followed Jeremiah, who had no real tolerance for me after what had happened with his brother and our losing the Cordis Stone to The Pan.  I loss track of Maeven and the others and never really knew what had happened to them.  I only knew this about Maeven.  At one time, in the not-so-distant past, she was an itinerant veterinarian in her Surface World life.  Begglar told me, he had met her again in his supply travels and over the intervening years she had tended to his stock animals from time to time, but then dropped out of sight, and he had not known what had become of her.  He assumed that The Pan had at last caught up with her and one of his strange hybrids had taken her out.  Only later, when he started re-establishing connections with his own human network to resume clandestine operations against the Xarmnians, did he learn the truth.  Maeven had re-invented herself as well.  She had joined the underground resistance.  When I had know her, fighting and swordplay were not her things.  She was a healer, and more than that, she had a love for and an affinity with animals.  Since she detested violence and the cruelty, she had demurred when we had undergone weapoms training and were put through the rigors of studying warcraft.

She once said that humankind were the only ones that obessed over violence, and that animals were creatures that were naturally incorruptible, who did not behave differently from their pre-ordained nature.  Beings that had no guile or deceit about them.  Creatures that loved and served unconditionally, and that was why she preferred being around them over humankind.

I remembered quipping back to her that not every animal was a St. Bernard.  And Maeven, being Maeven, she didn’t appreciate that.

Anyway, that was her mindset until she met her first hybrid here.  A denizen of The Pan’s mix-matched kingdom of Half-Men.  Something half-animal, fish or fowl and half-human.  Corruptions that did not and could not exist in the Surface World of her time.  An abomination, that shattered her naiveté and challenged everything she thought she knew to be true.

When I last saw her, she was just coming to grips with having encountered a satyr.  After that, she had a dangerous run-in with the beast-dogs, that the Protectorate used to track and kill their enemies.  She soon realized there was no taming their wildness, nor slaking their bloodthirst.  It was hard, too, for me to imagine what that disillusionment eventually did to her, and I never would have expected her present posture or shifted outlook upon meeting her again this way.  I suspected she took some degree of delight in my confusion, for I had underestimated her ability to grow and adapt, and it still came as quite a shock.  It did not gel with my first impression of her as a shy and naive girl, to be so self-assured and resolute, determined and cunning, sharp and dangerous– A force to be respected and reckoned with.

My own thoughts had distracted me from Miray’s question.  Noting my hesistation, the Lehi rider who had rode along with us, overheard Miray’s question and spoke up. “I believe I can answer that, little one.”  He glanced at me and tapped his knuckle to the side of his nose, as I had oft seen Begglar do.  “Begging your pardon, sir.  I don’t mean to impose,” he said to me.  I smiled and returned the gesture, remembering that the action was a sign of deference in Mid-World parlance.  “Please. By all means,” I responded.
He proferred his hand saying, “My name is Yasha.  It means ‘Protector’.  And that is what we mean to do.  I understand that somehow you know our mistress.”

“Yes.  We came as a group many years ago.  I have been away, and I am afraid we part on not the best terms with your…’Mistress’.” I answered vaguely.

“Ah yes,” Yasha seemed to take my answer simply, making no more nor less of it than what I had offered.

Miray was now looking at the man intently, and he smiled at her.  “It seems the young miss posed a question.  Sorry for the delay, Miss.”

“My name is Miray, sir.  Is the Storm Hawk your girlfriend?”

Yasha chuckled, “Goodness no, Miss Miray.  She is our lead.  It was she who imagined our group of riders to be something of a distraction…uh…,” he searched for a word, “A pest to the bad men who bully us and steal from the local villages.”

“What does Lee High mean?” Miray asked, now intrigued.

Yasha smiled, “Quite the inquisitor, are you?”  He sighed good-naturedly, “Well, I’ll tell you.  Lehi is a word that comes from our leader’s cultural language called Hebrew.  It means ‘jaw or cheek bone’ and it represents something very special to all of us.  When the bad men come, they caused many to fear them.  And fear made them silent.  They did not speak up for those things that are just and right.  They were afraid too.  The bad men kept returning with more and more men, until they forced the town to pay them to not destroy the place.”

“That was mean!” Miray growled, indignant at what she was hearing.

“Yes,” Yasha agreed, “Yes it was.  And let me tell you what our Storm Hawk decided to do about it.”

“What?” Miray was intrigued.

“She told us that when she was a girl, she lived on a small farm, with a few horses and a big barn that she used to like to climb up into.”

“A big barn?”

“Yes.  And she would climb way up and get on the roof of that barn and watch the sky just before evening came.  She would hide up there when she didn’t want to be found and like to watch the clouds.”

“Is that why she’s called Storm Hawk?”

“Well, part of it is.  But let me explain.  Her family were farmers, and they relied on the crops out in their fields and gardens to stay healthy.  But there were many things that could harm their plants.”

“What sorts of things?” Miray asked.

“Mice and rodents would get out in their fields and chew off the tops of their plants, and dig some of them up, and eat year it was getting harder and harder to keep the vermin out of their fields.  Sometimes a great big storm would come, and the mice would sense the storm coming and stop devouring the plants and run for cover.”

“They were afraid of the storm, I’ll bet.” Miray offered.

“Yes.  But they were also afraid of another creature that was hungry too.”

“What was that?  Did it eat the plants?” Miray was wide-eyed and tensed.

“No, but it did like the taste of the vermin.”

“What was it? What was it?” Miray gasped.

“It was a big hawk.”

“How big?”

“Big!”

“As big as you?”

Yasha chuckled, “No. Not quite, but pretty large for a hawk.  And our Mistress told us that it always showed up in a certain tree to watch over their fields when a storm was coming.  For it knew that suddenly, all of the mice that were busy killing their crops would sense the storm was coming and would run out from under the cover of the plants and that hawk would come and snatch them up.”

“Wasn’t that mean of the hawk?”

“It is a matter of perspective, little one.  You see, our mistress and her family needed their crops to grow and produce a harvest or they all would starve.  The rodents in the field were killing those plants, but by the same token they were endangering the lives and survival of our mistress’s family.  She welcomed the sight of the hawk in the tree, and soon that hawk grew a family, took a mate and they built a nest up in that tree that she could see from the roof of the barn.  The hawk, and his family soon came to protect the fields planted by our mistress’s family.  The storms could bring good or bad.  Sometimes the storms brought large hail stones that battered and beat down their crops, causing much damage, but more often than not, the storms brought much needed rain to water the dry fields and keep those struggling plants healthy.  The hawk only seemed to show up when a storm was coming that brought rain, so every time she saw it on that branch, she was glad.  The storm hawk respresented a good sign.  She told us that story and as she told it, she charged us to be part of protecting the fields of our own lands and communities.  She told us that the days of staying silent when evil men come to wreck your fields had to end, and that we needed to represent those who could no longer speak and raise a protest against the cruelty done.  Her words inspired us to not just complain about those who infested our lands, but to do something about it.  And that is what we have been doing as a small band of raiders.  We disguise ourselves as outlaws, we study the movements and behaviors of those bad men, and we do somethings they never could expect.”

“What is that?”

“We go in to a town that has been looted…”

“What’s looted?”

“It means to take something that does not belong to you and to threaten to hurt those who will not give it to you.”

“Oh. That’s bad.”

“Yes it is,” Yasha agreed.  “But the townsfolk were so afraid, they paid up, every time the Xarmnian Protectorate soldiers showed up.  They did not speak up or protest.  They just gave them whatever they wanted, to get them to go away.  But they didn’t.”

“They didn’t?”

“No.  The Xarmnian bad men just kept coming back and taking and taking.  Threatening and hurting people.  Some towns they burned.  Some they took their children.  Some they humiliated the men before killing several.”

“Even when they gave them what they wanted?”

“Yes. Even then.  For what these bad men wanted was to be feared.  To humiliate them and take away their dignity.  To have power over them.”

“Mean! Mean, mean, mean!” Miray clenched her fists.  “Somebody outta bop them in their heads and stomp all their toes for being so mean!  Somebody ought to say something and do something to stop them!”

“And that is just what we do,” Yasha answered.  “We knew that the townspeople were struggling and could not afford to pay those brutal soldiers anything more.  So our mistress came up with a plan to steal from the people before the soldiers arrived.”

“She wanted you all to steal too?”

“We would steal the payments first, so that we could give it back to the townspeople after the Xarmnian soldiers left, finding there was nothing left to steal?”

“Huh?”

“We would pretend to be the bad guys and come in to town, get the ransom payment and then ride out ahead of the soldiers arrival.  When the townfolk told of the previous raiders, the Xarmnians would realize they had some competition, and when they checked the houses and store bins, they would feel cheated and direct their rage at those others they thought we Protectorate guards, like themselves.  It planted seeds of distrust among the Xarmnian soldiers, and they would fight among themselves, not knowing that it was we who did it.  And then we would bring all that we had taken back to the towns and alllow them to survive just a little longer before the next group of Xarmnian soldiers arrived.”

“Wow! Wow!,” Miray was impressed.  “So the bad men thought other bad men were stealing from them.”

“Yes. And they fought each other and lost interest in stealing from the towns.  And the townsfolk began to have hope again, and finally began to help us, since we were helping them.  We built trust.  We had some of our spies go in to their camps and tell us where and when they were coming to a town, so that we could get there ahead of them.  We made the Xarmnians think that the towns a worse off than they actually are, and in so doing we have become something of a legend among them.  And that is why we call our mistress ‘The Storm Hawk.’ Understand?”

“Yes!” Miray clapped her hands giggling at the ingeniousness of it.

Others had gathered closer to hear, while Yasha had given the account, but the walls of the narrowing treelined pathway made crowding too close difficult.  Sound traveled through the arboreal corridor but little, as the murmur the wind and leaves added a shushing sound below his words.  Maeven and Christie were far enough ahead and so engaged in conversation that they did not notice that many of our riders had fallen back to hear our conversation.

I turned and looked back at our company, and saw that Nell had fallen back and she and Begglar were having some difficulty coaxing one of our teenaged riders forward.  From the dim light, filtering through the burgeoning promise of an enlightening sky overhead, I could see the young male was rigid and stiff.  A sheen of sweat gleamed off of his forehead, as Nell spoke gently to him in soft, hushed tones.  Begglar followed close behind, and Nell had gathered the horse’s lead bridle, moving the animal forward, with its rider providing no assistance, or seeming awareness of the situation.  I knew I would have to ask about that whenever we found more room along the trail.

“Tell us how you came to know her,” a voice spoke.

Startled out of my watch, I realized that the speaker had addressed me.

“Her who?”

“Storm Hawk.”

“I’m not sure how much there is to tell.  When I knew her she wasn’t the warrior she is now.  She seemed much younger then, but time here does not pass at the same rate as it does in our home world.  For those of us not from here, it is our time spent in the Surface World that ages us.  Any time spent here does not, since we are presently not of this world.  Even though at some point we will be.  Our origin world has increased it’s claim on us.”

Lindsey spoke up, “How does that work?  You said you were away from here for twenty-one years. Are you the same age now as you were then?”

“No,” I tried to find a way to make it more clear.  “Since I left and returned to the Surface World, I am twenty-one years older than from when I left.  Maeven…Storm Hawk is the same age since she stayed and has not returned to our world in all that time, but she is stronger for the time and work she put in from being here.”

“Has Begglar aged, since you last saw him twenty-one years ago?”

“Yes.  But his circumstances are different.  He and Nell were married here, and he has chosen to be part of this world over the world he left behind.  Becoming one flesh here, as The One performs under the gift of joining, fuses their hearts and lives together.  Begglar now ages as Nell does, for they are spiritually bound to each other as one.  Remember, this place is a metaphysical place.  The visual realities we know as concepts in our home world have tangible effects here.  The Mid-World is joined to ours, but in ways that may seem inverse at times and correlated at others.  Only The One knows the true connections for He knows all things.  Maeven has joined this world’s Stone Quest, so she is protected from the ravages of time.  The Marker Stone holds this dangerous world in place, even though evil men still try to rule it.  All things anchor to that Stone, though many of the connections are not presently seen.  Some will deny it.  Some will insist in their denial so much that they will harm those who accept that truth.  They are connected to the ‘otherness’ of the sleeping beast that hides in the far mountains.  Though that monster sleeps, his spiritual children do not.  The Xarmnians have sworn allegience to its power over an allegiance to The Holding Stone.  They cannot destroy it, so they attempt to suppress its power by brutalizing those who still believe in its Source through The One.  The Marker Stone is the monument of remembrance.  Its golden letters illumine those who open themselves to receive their sage truths and lessons.  Maeven is, as I am, a servant of what this living monument represents.  All those of you who join us, will also be in the alliance.”

The listeners were quiet, pondering my words.

“So, if what you are telling us is true, we just agree to be part of this by giving our names to it and then we will not…age?”

“Wait!  How do you know all this?”

“As I mentioned, there are two remarkable individuals present in this world, that are very credible witnesses.  In the past, our former company met both of them, and their testimony of these truths are compelling.  I had hoped to meet them together with you all to let you hear their accounts for yourselves.  They confirm the living words on The Marker Stone.  I have mentioned one of them to you all before.  He is the one I referred to as ‘The Walker.’  He is the one brought here by The One, and has witnessed first hand the evidence of what I’ve said.  He has amazing wisdom gifted to him by his fellowship with The One.  The fact of him, bears witness as well.  Maeven knows this too.”

“Maeven knows what?!”

Just ahead, I could see that Maeven and Christie had stopped in a small clearing close to the edge of the highland cliff along the cut of a small gorge, with the sound of rushing water echoing below.  We had arrived at a slight bend that overlooked a ravine.  We could hear the gurgling sound of water winding over and around stones, and in the distance ahead, a hollow, wet steady roar of falls.

Maeven had spoken, but repeated her question.  “Maeven knows what?” she spoke a little louder, above the water sounds flowing in the deep channel below.

“I was telling them you and I met the one called ‘The Walker’.”

“This is true.  He is one that few can stand before without being profoundly impacted.  He has deep wisdom.  A powerful man with no guile.  Even the cruel ones of this world fear him.  They fear what he will say that will pierce their pretensions.  But most of all, they fear Who he represents.  We recently spoke to him.”

“You did?” I jolted, “Where was he?”

“We met him in the woods below the village of Crowe.  He was following the water courses.  Studying the rivers.  He suspected something was happening somewhere in the uplands that was tainting the rivers with something he had yet to identify.  You remember how he was.  He can be as cryptic as you are.  Something he was puzzling out.  He seemed worried.”

“Worried!” That startled me.  “What could make him worry?”

“Something ephemeral.  Some kind of supernatural invader that was manifesting itself here.  He said it was affecting some of the townspeople downstream who rely on these streams for their water.”

Begglar and Nell rode up with the young teen and his mount in tow.  They had just overhead our mentioning of Maeven recent encounter with The Walker.”

Begglar spoke up, “Affecting?  How so?”

Maeven/Storm Hawk shrugged, “Nothing specific.  He said, ‘Odd things.’  Behavioral changes.  Some had strange colorations appear around their throats and necks.  Some had peculiar swellings.  Many were strangely fatigued after drinking the water.  They had trouble thinking clearly.  Their minds filled with strange thoughts and feelings.  Some would laugh uncontrollably.  Many had upset stomachs and cramps.  Some broke out in great sweats.  Some even took to cutting themselves saying something was swimming in their blood.  Crawling around inside of them.”

“I have heard of the same said of the folks in some of the towns below Crowe,” Begglar replied.  “Nell and I took in a traveler who was sick for days.  Said he had only begun to feel fatigued after drinking from a town well near Khorath.  Thought he might have got hold of brackish water.”

Nell confirmed, “Aye.  Tis truth.  And you say The Walker was looking into it?”

“He is. He seemed intent on it.  Only spoke to us for a few moments and then went on his way.  I doubt you will meet with him anytime soon.  The Walker has a way of getting from one place to another across great distances.  He is one place at one time and sighted far away in the next.  No one seems to know how he does this, but the man is nothing if not mysterious.”

I glanced around, unable to see much more than a narrow cut through the close set trees.  “Why have we stopped here?”

Maeven straightened, “Because here is where one trail ends, and another begins.  This is it!,” Maeven said as she drew back her reigns slightly.  Her mare slowed and stopped as she dismounted, careful not to swipe the horse with the longbow she carried behind her.  She patted the soft muzzle of her horse and gently led her to the leafy edge of the path.  When the horse stepped towards her a portion of the forest floor slightly canted upwards and then leveled out as the horse pressed closer to her.

“And you call me the cryptic one?” I retorted.

Yasha had also dismounted and shot me with a sly grin.  “You’ll see, my friend.  This is where we get to the under way.”

Storm Hawk – Chapter 17

*Scene 01* – 05:43 (Sifting Through the Ashes)

The roads and grasslands were wet and saturated from the passage of the recent storm.  When Ryden and his mount topped the brow of the hill leading down to the location of the burning column of fire, the smoke had whitened into a general haze about the grounds.  A large figure stood amidst the smoke appearing to sift through the ashes of what had been a two storied structure with an accompanied stable yard, circular turnabout and large barn with some small outbuildings and sheds.  The charred, skeletal remains of a corner wall still stood precariously on one end of the burnt building, supported by an inner stair that appeared to have been the last to burn.  Blackened support beams had crumbled with the burning of the lower floor.  A soot blackened stone fireplace still stood where once a dining hall must have been.  The smoke shrouded figure carefully moved between the fallen beams and smoking substructure.  Judging from the porportion, the figure was a large man and Ryden realized this could be none other than Hanokh, The Walker, whose mysterious acquaintence he had just made in the hovel they had burned together in Basia.

He nudged Stormlight forward and the horse snorted and balked at the smell of the rising smoke, its nostrils flaring.

When they had reached the bottom of the small hill, Ryden heard the giant man’s voice calling out to him from the smoldering structure.

“Ryden, tie your horse away from the smoke and come over here?”

He did as he was asked, tucking his face into his cloak, as he carefully made his way through the ash and charred beams and crumbled waddle, moving alongside Hanokh. “Did you walk here?”

“Through here. Not to here,” Hanokh rumbled, gesturing to a smoking beam fallen over what looked to be a twisted branch. “Wrap your hands and help me lift this.”

Ryden twisted his hands into the slack of his cloak, taking in a breath of acrid smoke.   Coughing he caught the charred beam, while Hanokh’s massive wrapped hands pulled upward, soot powdering his arms.  A cross beam slid off of the one they lifted pushing smoldering floor planks into the pile of scorched lumber and debris.  As the swirl of ash cleared, Ryden gasped realizing what he had thought to be twisted branches were the remains of a human radius and ulna, a small skeletal forearm.  Below the beam and the plank of a bartop, lay the rest of the blackened skeleton, a crushed skull stared blankly into the desolation of the fire.  It was small but larger than that of a child.

“A woman,” Hanokh spoke above the crackle of the still smoking embers.

“The Inn keeper’s wife?” Ryden queried.

“No,” Hanokh huffed. “A servant to the family,” he said rising to his full height.

“I could find no evidence of the others.  They must be away.”

“Or taken,” Ryden offered morbidly, wishing a fraction after that he had not voiced the thought.

“Perhaps,” Hanokh conceded, moving again towards edge of the piled debris, turning the scorched barplank over and away from the remains, kneeling down once more, to gently move the skeleton onto his spread cloak, that he had laid down.

“What’er we going to do with her?” Ryden asked.

“Give her a dignified burial,” Hanokh answered gathering the bones into the cloak and hauling it up carefully.

From beyond the smoke they heard the approach of a rider on horseback, and the snort of the steed as it balked and tried to turn away from the lingering drifts of floating ash.

Ryden put his hand to the hilt of his sword, but Hanokh raised his hand.

“Who goes there?” Ryden demanded.

A shadowed figure swung down from the mount, still grasping the reins.

“My name is Shimri,” the voice of a male answered.  “What has happened here?!”

Hanokh responded, emerging from the smoke carrying his carefully bundled burden.  “It appears the Xarmnians have paid a visit to Begglar’s Inn.  What do you know of this?”

Stunned, the newcomer took a step backward as Hanokh rose to full height.

“You are…”

“Yes,” Hanokh answered, brushing the stunned recognition aside but continuing his questioning.  “What do you know of the whereabouts of Begglar and his family?”

Ryden stepped up beside him, dwarfed by the giant man.

Shimri’s gaze shifted to Ryden.  “I know you, I think.”

“I am Lehi.  We ride with The Storm Hawk.  I recognize you too.”

“Do you know where Begglar has gone?” Hanohk asked,  stepping out from the remains of the building’s foundation.

Shimri looked from Hanokh and Ryden and then back to Hanokh again, as his horse sidestepped and turned, avoiding a passing drift of smoke.

“Why do you seek him?”

“Travelers have returned to these lands from the outer region.  Strange things are happening in the lakeside villages.  I believe the time has come for the for old prophecies to be considered once again, and the stone quests to resume.”

“What do those things have to do with Begglar?”

“He is one of them.  He knew this time would eventually come, and I believe Xarmni has taken an interest in the highlands once more because of it.”

*Scene 02* – 08:18 (Riding the Ruse)

Meanwhile, back in the decending valley, on the rutted road leading up to the Xarmnian stables, Storm Hawk and her disguised Lehi riders met the Xarmnian riders at the lowbridge crossing.

To maintain the illusion that they were a Xarmnian weapons convoy, delivering a shipment from the Iron Hills forge and foundry, they formed in regulated ranks, with a tight formation around the armory wagon, slightly turning their sentries’ flanks to the centerpoint on their cargo in the Xarmnian bristle-style.

Storm Hawk had moved back into the drag position, with her strongest Lehi warrior, Yasha taking point and lead.  Rather than moving across onto the deck of the bridge he awaited the approach of the first Xarmnian challenger, holding his weapon in relaxed readiness.  There was a practiced custom that the Lehi had learned from hidden observations watching how Xarmnian groups met each other outside of the inner realms of the Xarmnian territories.  Yasha knew that any show of weakness would be met with contempt and violence, and any show of bold bravado would provoke a challenge, if not measured and matched carefully.  The newcomer must maintain a reserve while the firstcomer assessed them.  So, Yasha guided his horse to the edge of the bridge and waited, as the opposing party moved towards them.

A stout, cruel-looking man in hard leather, with chiseled, granite features and a hawkish nose, rode imperiously atop a large black horse, blocking their path onto the bridge.  Two massive, three-headed, dog-like creatures, the size of matured mastiffs flanked the horse and man, their ears flattened, jaws slackened, muscles bunched into a crawling crouch.  They were cowled in thick matted black hair, their mouths ferocious with teeth.  A low triple-growl arose from deep within each of them.  The formidible man was the first to speak.

“What is your business!?” he demanded, glaring down at them.  “Who approaches the king’s outpost stables?”

Yasha rode forward onto the bridge to meet the imposing warrior, making full eye-contact, careful not to look down to the two dog-creatures or show any sign of dread or weakness.

“We are recently come from the Iron Hills forges.  Captain Jehaza has ordered armament from the foundary in preparation.  We need relief stock from the king’s stables for the journey back.  We are expecting to meet a contingent soon, for the ride in, but our own stock are wearied from hard riding.”

“Iron Hills!” the large man sniffed digustedly.  “That would account for the stench!”

The two dog creatures mewled in agreement, sniffing the air as they came closer to Yasha’s horse.  Their menacing growls increasing in threat and volume.

“Who might you be?” Yasha challenged back, glaring at the contemptuous man.

“My name is not important.  It is my sword that you must fear.  I am a bruel of the Protectorate.  My business is not your concern.  I have my orders.  A convoy will have been authorized by the court.  I will need to see that order, before you may come any further.”

“How do I know you are authorized to see our orders?” Yasha shot back.

The bruel moved boldly forward drawing his weapon.  “This steel is all the authorization I need.”

Another of the disguised Lehi rode forward stopping just to the right and behind Yasha and spoke up.  “My name is Battair.  I am an envoy to the Xarmnian crown.  Why have we been stopped?”

The bruel moved closer turning his horse, glaring at the newcomer.

“There is a question of authorization,” the bruel growl.

“Authorization?!” Battair snorted, “I am a kingsman, sir!  If you are of the Protectorate, you are free to examine what we bear, but if you are anything else, than what you present yourself to be, it will not go well for you when we return to Jahaza to give our report.  This mission was not one of our choosing.  Few relish any assignment in the Iron Hills, and we are anxious to return to the stone city as are those who sent us.  Would you risk raising the ire of the king?”

The bruel pondered the man’s words for a moment before he irritatedly turned his horse, and sheathed his sword.

“I give you leave,” he growled, signalling those of his company, on the further side of the bridge to part and allow the convoy to pass.

“Give way to the king’s convoy!” he shouted, as the Protectorate guardians moved off of the roadway, creating a gauntlet passage.

The disguised convoy proceeded, but the Protectorate guard moved back shouting oaths as curses, as the convoy and the smell of the Iron Hills wagon reached them.  The additional dogs, held and collared by tracer reins, whimpered as the wagon passed  rubbing their dark massive paws over their noses, rolling on the grass to avoid the foul odor coming off of the travellers and their cargo.

The Protectorate tried to look imposing, but it was hard to maintain that aspect under the onslaught of such a malodorous parade.

The bruel that had impeded them rode ahead to the stable master and from the distance informed him of what had transpired and what the needs were.  Stable men scrambled and soon a remuda of supply horses were gathered to transition to the approaching convoy.  Rather than awaiting them, the string of horses were led out by a stable crew and came down the road to meet them at the turnabout.

So supplied, The Storm Hawk and her crew, headed back out of the valley. Fully equipped for their journey ahead.  The Protectorate giving them no further impediment.

When they had reached the head of the valley and proceeded upward, the bruel rode closer to one of his men.

“Follow them, but don’t be seen.  I want to know which road they take out of the highlands.  There is something about this that I just don’t like.  Have one of the others get our prisoner out of the barn and we will join you soon on the edge of the range.  I will expect a full report.”

“Do you suspect they are not who they say they are?”

“I am not yet sure.  But if they aren’t, I am sure they will soon lead us to our missing Innkeeper and his family.”

“What of the lone rider?  The one we followed through the rain? That upturned ground.  The broken furrow and deep trench.  Do you think she fell into it?”

“The horse was running blind in the wet.  There was no way around it, unless he reversed course.  But then we arrived and would have covered up any sign that the rains themselves did not erase.  The dogs are no good gathering scents through the rain.  He could have retraced and cut off to the left of the rise, down to the northwest.  There is a winding road from the top, down the northface.  If the rider is with the others, he might be a drag watch, scouting along their back trail.”

“What of the trench?  It appeared to have been breached from below.  Not one they could have dug on their own.  Something large must’ve found its way into the granary.  The Inn keeper and his family, might very well be rotting within the belly of some burrowing behemoth.”

“Too easy of an explanation not to be sure.  We will check out the north face of the escarpment to leave no doubt, but the timing and arrival of that shipment seems too convenient, not to examine further.  I did not recognize any of the riders, and I don’t think I have heard of one named Battair at court. But there are so many new additions in the king’s service to risk pressing this particular stranger.  It would make sense to employ others new to us while we patrol the kingdom perimeter.  Especially on the eve of war.”

*Scene 03* – 05:08 (Crash and Rescue)

Dust filled the air as Begglar and I followed Nell into the passage towards the grain bin that served as the women’s dormitory.  The walls shook under the influence of tremendous weight moving violently above.  Ferocious roars battered us with echoing sound fists, pounding all around us.  The ensconsed torchlights flickered through plumes of powdered rock and shifts of falling silt.

Begglar took Nell’s hand as they plunged through clouds of grain dust stirred by the grinding motions getting swiftly closer.  The air turned gritty and coppery, as we blindly stumbled forward to the women’s alcove.

“Get the women out!” I shouted hoarsely, “I’ll find Miray!”

From a shadowy passage, I heard a child’s scream, and bewildered sobbing as the dust and silt enveloped the tunnel.  “The child!” Nell gasped, but I found Nell’s hand and squeezed it, unable to see the alarm on her face.  “I’ve got this. Go on now.  Begglar, help her get the women to safety.”

I turned into the fronting tunnel, feeling my way along cold, cracking stone.  “Miray!” I shouted, desparate to her her cries just once more.  Low diffuse lights shone ghostlike through the noise and swirling dust. Fear played a tempanic thrum in my ears, as a gutteral roar reverated down the open shaft.

Fumbling my way ahead, I saw the dying torchlight flicker and snuff out in the swirling dust.  Gritty darkness descended with the fading glow.  “Miray!” I screamed against the shrinking light.  “Mister Brian!” a small shrill voice responded, as I leapt blindly forward, feeling my way along the trembling walls, trying to stay on my feet.  Rocks fell around me, as support beams cracked and rocked.  Another roar drilled through me with piercing terror, but I could not turn back. “Keep yelling, Miray!  I’m coming.  I coming.  Let me hear you!”
Her cry and wail somehow bore through the shuddering, and I found a small searching hand in the dark.  My arms and hands found her, and I pulled her towards me gathering her up against my chest, hunching over her to prevent the falling rocks from striking her. “We’ve got to move. Hold tight to me.  I’ve got you.”

Loosened stones bounced and bruised my back, but adrenaline coursed through me, as I crouch carried Miray back toward the end of the tunnel.  A crossbeam crashed down in front of us, unloading a quantity of sand and gravel, but leaving a brief triangular aperture that we scraped through as another beam cracked and fell from behind where we had just stood.  Something that sounded like metal tines tearing through rock raked the tunnel floor behind us.  A wave of heat, like a flash furnace, blew grit and sand against me as I swayed and almost stumbled.  Miray clung tight to me, and I held her with my right arm, shielding her, my left arm grasping for anything that could keep me balanced.  My shoulders seemed to be on fire.  Something large and monstrous was following us through the tunnel, but I dared not look back.

Just ahead, Begglar and Nell were ushering the women out of the bin, gathering up traveling gear as quickly as possible.   Broken rock and debris streamed down through the overhead channel shaft, and the women had to move swiftly to the perimeter of the bin to avoid getting crushed and burried.  The thick mounds of grain made swift movement difficult.   The roars from above terrified them, but Nell forced them to make haste, gathering them together into the outer tunnel that ran alongside the outer edge of the escarpment above.

Christie saw me stumbling out of the smokey corridor, but she could not see what I carried.

“Miray?!” she cried.  “Miray is gone!  I can’t find her!!”

“I’ve got her!” I croaked coughing through the dust.  “She’s right here!”

A cry of relief escaped Christie’s lips as she rushed forward to me, attempting to help me with my precious cargo.  “Let me help with her.  Is she hurt? Is she alright?!”

“There’s no time!” I yelled. “Whatever it is, it is coming right behind us!  Run! I’ve got her!  I won’t let her go!”

Suddenly the tunnel collapsed behind us, and the roar pierced through the rubble and debris.

“Move!” Begglar yelled from ahead.  Nell and the women were watching anxiously, as we came through the debris caked in dust.

The other men joined us as we scurried through the outer corridor along the sliding granary doors to the stables at the far end beyond the dining galley.

The tunnel was collapsed, choked with slabs of broken stone and debris, but something heaved under it, causing the mounds to earth and stone to tremble.

Dominick had the teams waiting for us as we quickly piled into the wagon and into the saddles of the extra relief horses we had used as pack horses.  Four served as team horses, two as the spare.   Nell swung up into the buckboard bench alongside Dominick, and Begglar and I took the spares.  The ground outside was wet, saturated and slippery, but the crew managed to get the others into the wagon bed, without too much trouble.

Whatever was back there in the caverns of the granary would have to hunt for us further on the road, for none of had any desire to remain in that place any longer.

*Scene 04* – 08:17 (Seeds of Dissention)

As soon as the rainstorm had passed, two sinister sisters lifted out of the branches of the trees along the once dried streambed, now flowing with clear, clean water from the pouring falls cascading down the cliff of the escarpment.  The two harpies had witnessed everything. From the Inn keeper and his group departing their home beyond the coastal hills, to their stop at the forbidden mound, to their trek up to the top of the escarpment.  They saw the mysterious beast breach the hilltop road, once the wagon and the party wound their way down the switchback back to the base of the escarpment.  They witnessed the travelers’ strange procession down the dry streambed to their whispered interviews with the Inn keeper, before the root clenched, testing sword. With interested, they marked the one man who was finally able to lift it from its rooted sheath.  They shuddered at the confrontation with the young girl in their company that had, heretofore, been masquerading as one of their group.  They shrank back into the leafage as the young girl’s corporeal disguise literally unraveled from her, revealing her to be a malevolent wind spirit.

The proximity of the beast at the top of the escarpment clarified what was really transpiring.  The embedded young girl-thing was the distracting lure, which the beast in pursuit was using to vector them into position while its waiting jaws moved swiftly underground to consume them before they realized their danger.

Observing this coordinated move sobered the two sisters to the knowledge that this gathering of mysterious travelers not only threatened the balance of political and martial powers and rulers in the Mid-World, but the strangers’ mission also had roused and threatened to spiritual kingdom operating between the worldly dimensions.  Wind spirits only consorted with their like-kinds.  The beast was a monster of supernatural origin.  Perhaps connected to the very dreaded creature that was rumored to still sleep in the high eyries of The Walls of Stone mountain range in the far northern region of The Mid-World.

The Xarmnian king was not the only Mid-World regent that stood to lose their claimed fiefdom, but the kingdoms of the Half-Men under The Pan stood threatened as well.  If the new beast signified a connection to the ancient creature lurking in those mysterious peaks, it would eventually draw the monster to itself to free itself from its slumbering prison, for it was told that the ancient beast’s mind was still linked to the Surface World beyond this realm—the land from which these travelers had come.  The land on the otherside of the seven mysterious, roving occuli, serving the dreaded Marker Stone.  The Stone that buzzed with supernatural life.  The disruptor.  The threat to the order of men, beasts and principalities.  The Mid-World signet of the being living in the High Realm of Excavatia referred to as The One.  The orinator of the legend of The Stone Quests and their attenuated prophecies.  For centuries, mysterious happenings in the Mid-World lands were ascribed to The Stone Marker.  Stories which eventually irritated those in positions of rule.  That is why the eventual actions of the Xarmnians to cover up and bury The Stone had been received with a kind of grudging welcome from The Pan and its kind.  Burial, for a time, decreased the buzzing of their minds as they internal natures vacillated and clashed along the spectrum between beast and human.

The group’s odd procession down the creekbed had particularly drawn their interest.  It was not lost on them that the peculiar sword that had been clasped in the dry-bed of the once pure spring was for all signs and purposes a covenant sword, from the days when such provincial districts of the Mid-World were divided into land grants among the familial clans which first occupied the territories. Each of the communal provinces were brought into being under a land covenant issue under the signet of an ornamental covenant sword which was crafted by the finest artisans of the clans. The swords represented both the commitment of each of the honor-bound clans to both protect and defend their land grants in perpetuity, and confer these covenants and the rights and privileges granted under them to their posterity.  It had been these covenants and their early vigilant defenders which had relegated The Pan and its kind into the far outskirts of the Mid-World wastelands.

It was not until the coming of the mysterious clans of the east that the covenant lands had ceased to be so vigilantly defended.  The fractious interlopers, lured the rightful covenant keepers into compromise, allowing the newcomers to live among them and alter their ancient ways, and intermarry with them, until the newcomers had overrun the territories and had a falling out that split their growing clan into the Xarmnian and Capitalian factions.  The Capitalians pushed to the lands beyond the far western mountain range and The Walls of Stone, while the Xarmnians built their own fortified stone cities and began incorporating and annexing the covenant lands by undermining their tribal traditions and cheating them through skewed trade deals.  When the covenant lands began to succumb to the militant campaigns and underhanded dealings with the Xarmnian kingdom, The Pan and their Half-Men began to move towards the central lands again, as the indigenous covenant keepers were undermined, and the supernatural elements of the Mid-World began to fade from being a manifest presence of protection.  The Half-Men and The Pan had not been able to stand against those beings which appeared to support the covenant keepers, but with their accounts seeming to fade, the Half-Men became more embolden to move back into the lands left unguarded and in tumult under the claims of fracturing interests.

The seeds of dissention and unrest were ripening into large grapes of wrath that would soon bleed red into the wine of war.  The human kingdoms would fall under the weight of their own greed and avarice, and The Pan and his Half-humankind would take the bloodied field to feast upon what remained standing, when the occupants of the lands were weakened by the ravages of war.  With the supernatural guardians no longer bound under the conditions of their being covenant keepers, there would be no force able to withstand The Pan taking full dominion over all of The Mid-World.  The one threat to the machinations of The Pan, would be anyone who might somehow complete the stone quests.

The two harpies gathered air into their wings and pushed upward into the higher breezes.  Their decision made.  Let Delilah deal with the Xarmnian human.  They would align with Delitch at the rendezvous point on the bald peak.  There was much to report.  She had gone to see The Pan and should be waiting with news of their meeting.  The forests of Kilrane would be purged of the nymphs either through a negotiation with The Pan or by other means.

*Scene 05* – 08:03 (Blood Sent)

High on the ridgetop, one of the Xarmnian Protectorate hunters, a scout named Bayek, sat atop his black horse, careful not to skyline himself. He scanned the valley below the crennellated ridge of the opposing valley range holding the Xarmnian stables.  His bruel had been clear. Don’t let the suspicious weapons shipment out of your sight.

He had watched the Iron Hills shipment train and riders turn onto the main road and proceed, as expected towards the highland’s westward descending road.  So far, so good, he thought to himself.  A weighted wagon could not easily traverse the rocky open country without following the cleared roadway, and the only known passage down the upper shelf of the Mid-World highlands in reasonable proximity was along that main road.

His compatriots had gone back to the stables to get their prisoner.  The Bruel had questioned and beaten the man severely, but he had been unable to get much more than fragmented information out of him.  The inn keeper and his wife and boy had taken these newcomers to the site of the forbidden Land Horn Stone.  With interest, they had learned that there was a secret tunnel underneath its burial mound.  So the inn keeper and his conscripts had thought they had been clever, had they?  He wondered again for what possible reason, they would risk their own lives and lands to defy the Son of Xarm’s edict.  For what purpose had they gone to the concealed Stone.  Did it still exert its power and influence even now?  None had dared touch it, for its origin was clearly from another world.  The very ground near it scortched up their feet when they had tried repeatedly to deface it, sending their mightiest soldiers writhing to the ground in paroxysms of pain.  When they were pulled away from it with ropes and cast nets, the Xarmnian apothecaries examined them and found that their armor had seared them and melted their flesh underneath.

Who were these interlopers?  This outside group of people traveling with the inn keeper?  The man they had in custody was weak, and easily cowed.  The group had two very small children among them.  Hardly an invading force.  One would expect the group to be comprised of warriors if these newcomers foolishly dared to take up the ancient quest of The Stone.  None of these factors, if true, made sense.  The man had not appeared to be defiant. In fact, he had been terrified, desperately mumbling pleas not to be killed through his bloodied lips.  Perhaps they had been too hasty in swiftly riding down and spearing through the other fleeing associates of their current captive.  Too late they had realized one of the escapees they killed was a young woman.  She would have made a more interesting prisoner.  There were many more intersting ways she could have been prevailed upon to get their answers.  More interesting, indeed, than merely beating up the snivelling old man.

As Bayek watched the wagon and company grow smaller in the darkening distance, suddenly he stood up in the stirrups of his saddle.  The flanking guards had peeled off of their detail and were riding ahead.  There was something beyond them that they were catching up to.  He unpocketed and raised his field glass to get a better look, searching the distant horizon against the misty air, and occasion flash of distant lightening.  Peering through the glass he had difficulty locating the group, but at last he found them as they emerged against the face of the rising moon.  There was another wagon just ahead of them.  At this time of falling evening, that further wagon could only be the very party they were looking for.  And at present, it looked like the company from the Iron Hills would be the ones to finally apprehend them.

Just then, Bayek heard the approach of snorting horses and his band of Xarmnian warriors coming up along the shelf to the ridge, his bruel, riding large and powerful in the lead, their train of massive dog-like creatures following, anxious to get back on the trail.

Bayek turned his horse, urgently beckoning his leader forward.

“What news?” the bruel gruffly barked.

“My Bruel, I have just sighted the wagon of our quarry.  It appears that those foul-smelling knaves guarding the Iron Hills shipment, may have a lead and could capture the fugitives and get the credit for it.  They are just now nearing the highland descent road.  We can still catch them, but we must hurry. Let the dogs run free.  There is a steep angling slope ahead that should lead us down to the main road.  Follow me.  The dogs can find their way down faster without our help.”

Another horseman paced up to the ridge, holding their bound and bruised prisoner, between him and the front of the saddle.  The old man’s head lolled to the side, pain and despair had withered him into a spindly shell of the man he was before being captured.  His hands were bound and tied to the saddle horn, his shoes had been discarded and his feet were pale and bare.  Even if he were to somehow fall out from between his captor’s muscled forarms, he could not get far on stony and uneven ground going barefoot.  “What should we do with him?!” the man’s restrainer asked.

The bruel snorted, glaring contemptuously at the frail man, his face twitching with cruel mirth.  “Wait here with him for now, and watch.  Once we  take his companions below, he may be of no further use to us.  Slit his throat and toss him out for the carrion birds.  Then you should be free to swiftly join us in the valley below.”

The old man stiffened slightly at the bruel’s words, but it was the only indication he gave that he had heard what his fate was to be.  Through blurred eyes he looked beyond to the valley and the road far below to the small dimming specks that were his former party.  Silently he prayed that somehow they might evade these cruel men hunting them, if not only for their sake, but also for his own that he might be spared at least one more day to look for way out of his seemingly hopeless predicament.

As they were speaking, the dog handlers dismounted, and came down to the dog-beasts, unfastening their leads from the creatures collars.  The unleashed dogs, bounded up and down, sensing that they were about to be in the hunt again.  Drool and foam gathering in their slackened jaws, their ears flattening and flexing, their muscled legs quivering with bloodthirsty excitement.

Their handlers barked a command, and the hairy monsters were off, bounding down the hillside towards the silvery road ahead, panting and growling as they went.  The horsemen remounted and spun, following their scout’s lead, charging down the narrow ledge that Bayek had identified.  Ahead they could hear the dog packs’ eerie baying and snarling noises, as they descended.  Bounding down the incline.  Sounding like shrill piercing cries of the half-wolves of The Pan’s kingdom. Their vicious throaty barks echoing down the hillside, reverberating off of the valley floor.  The dog creatures had no need to follow the slanting ridge shelf and would achieve the main road long ahead of the horses and their riders, but the horses might make up the ground between when they reach the base of the valley and could sprint again.  In either case, whether Xarmnian pursuers atop their horses or the vicious pack, the hunt would soon reach a violent and bloodied conclusion.

*Scene 06* – 11:56 (Down A Dangerous Road)

A wispy fog lay silver along the rutted track running alongside the white pasted wheat field as Begglar and I rode our horses alongside the rumbling wagon.  We had made no more than a mile down the angled track, headed for the main descending road when we heard noises coming from beyond the point of the escarpment along the main road we had hoped to join under the cover of the darkening dusk.

We had gone beyond the granary gates, but the beast that had been within could easily have burst through the outer doors and pursuing us even now.  The Xarmnian hunters had been in the area, Christie had confirmed, and it could just as easily be them coming along the backroad on our trail.  In either case, we had to move faster along the path to get ahead of our pursuers. We weren’t sure how much of the mists would give us cover to slip away.

Leading a weighted wagon, going overland was out of the question, and there weren’t enough horses to carry all of us, even if we doubled-up.  The buckboard would just as easily bog down on the soft shoulder, along the edge of the wheatfield, if we turned off of the hardpacked trail for the rains and mists no doubt had softened it.  With enough momentum and speed we might attempt to clear a ditch and drive into the field itself, but the wagon wheels would sink in before we got far enough to conceal ourselves.  Thankfully, Begglar and Dominic had had the foresight to lower and fold away the high wagon canopy, for it would have stuck out over the tops of the grain and whiteflag our enemies towards us.  The surrounding mists were not yet dense enough to cover us,  if we attempted to pull aside and remain quiet.  And if the beast in the granary were in pursuit, even that would not spare us from eventual discovery.  There were no clear options left.  We were in big trouble.  Death stalked us any way we tried to look at it.

Even if the travelers coming down the main road were allies, it was not the custom for highland travelers to risk moving down lonely roads in the evening hours.  Both theirs and and our presence here in the night would raise suspicion.  Marauders and thieves roamed the night, and the Xarmnian Protectorate were charged with conducting night patrols, ostensibly for the “safety” of the local from such brigands and cutthroats.

I shouted across to Begglar, “Is there any other way out of this valley than the main road?”

“Not in this direction.  The other way is down through the village of Crowe.  We need to ride and may need to see if we can get some space between us.  There is a little known cut through the woodline along the edge of the uplands.  It winds through some dense forestland, the way eventually narrows into a mere gametrail and it is doubtful that we could get the wagon through, but if it comes to that we may abandon the wagon and use its bulk to block any horse pursuit.  We’d have to go on by foot, but it might buy us some time if we get reach the turn ahead of whoever is coming.”

I gripped my reins and considered for half a second, bobbing up and down on my mount.  The side road joined the main road, just up ahead.

“Take the lead and I’ll fall back into the drag point.  Does Nell know of this cut way through the woods?”

“Aye.”

“Then let’s make for it.  Tell Nell to drive the team as hard as she can. We don’t have any choice.  I’ll let the crew in the wagon know to secure themselves and hold on.”

I reined my stead into a slower trot, letting the wagon come up alongside me, as Begglar rode astrive and informed Nell of our plan.

Fearful faces turned towards me as I neared the open buckboard.  Christie held Miray tightly in her arms, and Miray had buried her face into Christie’s shoulder.  Lindsey rode alongside her and the child and was near enough to me that I could speak to her over the creak, gait and jangle of the turning wagon wheels and jostling team, snorting in their harnesses under the tracer reins.

“Lindsey.  Tell everyone to hold on tight. We’re going to try to make a run for it on the main road.  Nell is going to have to drive the horses hard if we hope to make it to the cutoff we need to reach ahead of whoever is coming along the main road.  It’s going to get bumpy and rough.  The roads here are not made for fast travel in a wagon, so have everyone anchor to something and hold on tight.  We may have to ditch the wagon once we get into the trees so be prepared to get out quickly and into the woods.  Dominic and Nell will help you to which way to go.”

“What are you going to do?”

“I need to fall back and get some idea on who may be following.”

“Do you think the beast followed us out of the granary?!”

“I don’t know.  I wish I could say for sure.  There are a lot of dangers here.  We just have to do what we can against what we know.  People here do not often travel at night unless they are either desperate or up to no good.”

“Well that’s comforting…” she snorted.

“Sorry. I wish I could offer something more optimistic, but that is about how it stands.  Tell everyone to hold on.  I don’t want to lose anyone.  Not ever again.”

“Don’t worry Mister O’Brian.  I’ll tell them.  Be careful.  You saved this little one. We trust you know what you are doing.”

I fell back further as Nell and the wagon began to pick up speed.  Normally, a statement like that would give one confidence, but for me it did the opposite.  Especially since I knew what I about to do was perhaps insanely stupid and taking an extreme personal risk, but what they needed most right now was time, and I saw no other clear way to give them that.

By taking this course of action, I was ceding the position of de facto leader for this mission to Begglar.  Perhaps, I had been doing that all along. He knew the country better than I.  He had a network of contacts in the underground.  He had a greater stake in the position than I, now that he had a family here, and he had leadership experience, but I could not help feeling that this was shirking my responsibility.  I was no hero.  My last attempt at heroics got others killed.  This course may be wrong, but this time I was bearing the greater risk.  I was trying to view my present posture not as heroic, but as pennance.  Saving Miray had been instinctive, and clear-cut.  But this felt like an act of cowardice.  My guilt worked on me, stealing my clarity.  Something about that beast in the granary tugged at my thinking.  Some infernal hook, pulling me towards further risk and danger.  My life and past forays had been a Gideon’s fleece, repeatedly seeking to reassure me in this calling.  Deep down I was running from the responsibility of leadership, because I feared the weakness in myself and my record of past failures.  Doubting myself, somehow induced doubting the assurance and protection of The One.  No verse of the Ancient Text came to mind, to steel me in the moment.  I had led us into a fearful box of perilous circumstances with death being the only way out.  If another life was to be lost this night, I was making sure it would be mine.  If The One wanted me to lead this stone quest with this company, He would have to spare me in my own folly.

Resolved, I steered my horse across the pasture, cutting through the long grass toward the main road for a better look at our pursuers.  If they took me, hopefully the delay might buy Begglar and the others a little more time to make it ahead to the forest cut path.

I needed a sense of how many their were in the approaching group to account for the risk we were taking by pushing through on the night road.  Holding back might just cause the newcomers to slow and find out what we might be doing out here on a lonely trek of moonlit road.

I saw ahead where Nell had turned from the side route to the main thoroughfare as well.  The path was more travelled and the way was broader with a pale loamy dust and hardpack.  The earlier rains had tampened the road dust down a bit, keeping it from raising a plume of aerial grit behind us.  Often, distant travelers could observe how fast a lead might be traveling by the sheer amount of dust they raised galloping down the road.  With the mists and the dampened road, I hope that the followers might not guess immediately just when Nell and the others picked up speed.

From the shadowy moonlight, I could make out that the followers were a large company, apparently leading a couple of wagons of their own.  There were seventeen or eighteen of them at the most and they appeared to be heavily armed.  They rode flanking the wagons in a guarding formation, that I dimly recognized as being Xarmnian.

My breathe caught in my throat. Not good.  Not good at all.

Just then I was spotted.  Three of the approaching guards broke rank from the central column and started riding fast.

I turned ahead, spinning my horse towards my company and our own wagon. Nell had gathered the reins and had picked up considerable speed driving the wagon and team hard with Begglar atop his horse riding just ahead of them.

I rode out of the ditch and charged towards one of the guarding riders, angling ahead to drive him wide.  As I gained the main road, I unsheathed the sword I had in its scabbard at my hip, brandishing the steel, letting the rider know I was in earnest to defend my company.

The horsemen were riding fast, but I was able to drive one of them off the road and into the surrounding roughlands.  To his credit, the horsemen and his steed were very skilled.  They leapt over scrub brush, dodged broken rock, wended their way through uneven ground never fully breaking stride.  Our horses snorted as their heads surged up and down, neck and neck.

I rocked in the saddle, getting a better feel for the step and plummet of my horse’s pounding footfalls as we galloped along the edge of the road, keeping the other rider into the rough, softer shoulder.

A berm of dirt rose along the edge of the roadway and the rider road his faster horse up onto it raising their path two to four foot higher than the road my horse followed.  The rider’s stallion suddenly leapt from the berm crossing swiftly ahead of me, turning my horse so abruptly that I was almost pitched out of my saddle.  I felt a sharp sting graze my head and burn along my right ear, slightly cutting a shallow gash across my scalp.  The rider had struck me with a quirt strap, and my horse faltered as it almost stumbled to the roadway.  Being a dray horse, my steed had far wider hooves from pulling large loads.  Rather than tumbling, it skidded to a stuttering turn, its powerfully muscled haunches restabilizing it against the abrupt stop.  Ignoring the lash to my head, I glance behind and before me, my knee pressing against the front saddle strap to keep from being thrown.

What I took to be approaching Xarmnian wagons were not far behind me and, turning again to the front, I saw that two of the faster riders were catching up to my team ahead.  One rode what appeared to be an incredibly fast horse, and its rider edged the running wagon to the shoulder, brandishing some weapon I could not clearly see.

The wagon canted into the soft shoulder almost turn down, but Nell valiantly turned the team into the slant, righting the threatening tilt of the wagon.  The other rode ahead turning against the crew, blocking the forward roadway, silhouetted against the pale moon.

Other horsemen rode abreast of me hemming me in, lowering sharp pointed lances in my direction.

We were out of options.  Captives, with no hope of escape.

Suddenly, in the far distance we began to hear the sharp report, and baying echoes of packs of wild dogs.  I knew if those were the same creatures I had seen in my prior sojourn in The Mid-World. It would be those coming ferocious creatures that these Xarmnians would gleefully use to tear us all to pieces.

*Scene 07* – 15:56 (Flight by Moonlight)

Ahead and to the lead of our company, our blocking and silhouetted captor spoke sharply, “You’re late, and you’re going to get your party killed going it alone!”

A longbow and sword scabbard bristled from the shape of the dark figure before us.  The speaker’s face and body were obscured in shadow, but its back and outline were silvered by the glow of the rising moon.

“Storm Hawk?!  Is that you?” Begglar asked.

“Of course it’s me.  We came out looking for you when you didn’t arrive earlier.  Figured you might need chaperoning to get you safely in.”

“We?”

“Don’t worry about that now.  Hear the dogs?  We’ve got to move quickly.  Why didn’t you take more horses?  Your dray team is old and tired, Old Sailor.  They may have the strength to carry your wagon overland, but not the speed for it.”

“There wasn’t time.  The Protectorate Guards were coming through Crowe.  Pursuing a fugitive family.  Don’t know how they knew to come to us, but they did.  And the Xarmnians not to far behind.  We hid them and delivered them to the underground, shortly after these from the Surface World arrived.  We discovered as few days before that we were under surveillance.  They had planted a troll spy in our Inn that did not report back.  Leaving, the Protectorate already fell upon three in our company when they deserted us.  You know how they operate.  We couldn’t borrow Xarmnian stock.  They would’ve alerted the stable guards first to look for strange travelers and report back.  The need for faster horses seemed to be our most obvious next step, so we came on without them.  Predictability is too deadly to chance.”

“So is slowness,” the one called Storm Hawk observed, starting to turn away from the ridgeline and descend again into the darkness between us.

I spoke up from beyond, “Hello, Maeven.”

She stopped, reining her horse to shift back and around our wagon, coming closer to where her men held me at spearpoint.

“I know that voice,” she spoke quietly.  I raised my head trying to get a better look at her through the shadows. She had changed so much from what I had remembered.  She rode tall and confident in the saddle.  Her long, raven-feathered, hair was tied back and, no doubt, bundled to keep it from revealing it as an ebony crown of womanhood. She was no longer wispy thin, as I had know her, but had filled out from hard riding, and weapons training.  Her thighs had gained muscle from maintaining core balance on a charging mare.  Her arm were banded, with shaped hide pieces, giving her the appearance of having a masculine upper bulk, but she carried it off, undergirded by a strong, sinewy structure beneath, narrowly revealed at her joints between the sleeves.

Her face was in full shadow as she quietly considered me, her back turned against the large, radiant face of the distant moon.  At last she spoke, her voice tinged with amazement.
“Brian…,” she huffed in a contralto tone, that seemed to linger somewhere between exasperation and stunned amazement, “…is it really you?”

“It is,” I responded.

Her horse turned slightly, giving me a glimps of her face backlit by moonlight, a silver sheen on her cheek.  She wore what appeared to be a half-scarf under her chin, which she had pulled down and away from her face, revealing the fair visage beneath.  Hiding her femininty, must have been something of a challenge, riding among a company of loyal men, leading diruptor and mercy missions, amidst a land ruled by the mysogenist contempt of brutal Xarmnian soldiers and their Protectorate gangs.  If the Xarmnians were ever to know that they had been repeatedly outsmarted by a women, their rage and insensed shame would know no bounds.  Out of spite, they would viscously burn and pillage the captive villages presently held under Xarmnian thrall, to bait her out of the shadows and into strategic traps.  Whereupon, her capture would involve humiliation, domination, and brutal physical violations that reduced her to the place of contempt they held for anyone that might dare challenge their superior assumptions of themselve in the pecking order of the powerful.

Her personal risk was extreme, which stood as a credit to the level of her bravery.  She had much changed from the shy, unassuming and hesistant girl I had know from before.  There was steel in her now, and determination, that I had not seen in her before.

“So,” she said, a little louder now, “…you have returned.  Begglar said you would, but I did not believe it.  Can barely believe it now, seeing you again with my own eyes.  I had thought you had done with us.  These Mid-World forays.  The Stone quests and such, seeing as how you thwarted the last one.”

Her words stung, and I did not know exactly how to respond.

Taking in my hesitancy, she continued,”You should now know that I no longer answer to my Surface World name outside of the protection of fortified walls and in places where enemies cannot overhear it.  Why did you come back?”

I cleared my throat, “Would you mind telling your men to lower their spearpoint a might?  They are so close to my face, I can almost shave by them.”

A bit of mirth entered her voice as she signaled her Lehi horsemen to relenquish their vigilant guard a bit, and I sighed relief as those sharped points tilted and were sheathed back into carriers in the horsemen’s saddles.

Maven, now infamously known as The Storm Hawk returned to her interrogationing.”You could not have comeback on your own volition.  The oculus must have returned.  Why were you brought back?  Are you now leading this company of travelers?”

“I am.”

“And you do so by attacking those who may be in allegiance with you?”

“I did not know this was your band of Lehi.  What with those beast dogs echoing beyond us and you carrying yourselves as Xarmnians do.  In the dark it was hard to tell.  I have been away from such things for over twenty long years.”

Maeven responded, “These canyons in the pass echo and tend to amplify the sound.  They will be here very soon–you can be certain of that–but not as fast as it sounds.  There are Protectorate brutes coming from the ridge and watching us above.  They follow the cerberi. My Lehi are aware and watching, and will alert us.”

She gathered her reins and shirked out of the bow curved around her back shoulder, reaching behind and into a quiver, bristling with arrows.   In a more alert and confident voice, she addressed me curtly, “The greedy fists of Xarmni have grown longer in their reach and more skilled in their cunning.  If you had pulled that stunt of driving a Xarmnian off the road in the times before you might have confused them. But they are not as easily disrupted and mercurial as they were back then. Even so, I would have expected better of you than this. Leadership requires calculation and foresight. What you just did was reckless and impulsive.  But in that, it seem that not much has changed in the past twenty years.  You’re STILL reckless and headstrong!  I’ve learned hard lessons about the folly of those traits.  And now, you expect me to believe you have returned here to lead a quest?”

I chuckled at the irony.  “We are both ever the reluctant warriors, it seems.”

“Ever the reluctant fools if we don’t start moving and get that buckboard over the rise!”

Begglar had moved closer, at that point, and leaned over and whispered, “I think what she’s trying to say is that she missed you, laddie.”

“What was that?!”

“Oh, nothin’. Nothin’.” Begglar feigned a look of innocence, but winked slyly at me.

The sound of the baying and barking dogs, echoed ominously in the background growing louder.  A low whistle caused Storm Hawk to straighten, and clench her mount in the girth, signalling to the beast that its strength and speed would soon be called upon again to carry her through an imminent conflict.

With that, Maeven put two fingers from her other hand to her lips and blew a loud, high-pitched trilling sort of whistle, that sounded avian and piercing in the cold night air.

From the near distance, we could hear the sound of galloping, snorting horses, thunderously heading our way.  Our eyes had grown more accustomed to the darkness, and we could see tall shadowy figures on horseback converging on us through the grain fields, from a dark copse of trees, and from the packed roadway behind us.  Another series of high-pitched whistles signaled her Lehi into pre-arranged postures and formations.

A primal fight or flight instinct took over our company and they reached for their newly gather weapons, unloading and tightening in back to back around the wagon, now deeper off the shoulder of the road, mud caking and rising around its wheels.

Maeven rode around our company and the wagon in a widening circle, observing their defensive posture taking form.  The younger ones remained near and protected by Lindsey and Christie, shunted behind them, ready to duck under the wheels and take cover.  The men–young and older–stood aground outside the wagon sidewalls, their weapons drawn, looking uneasy and uncertain.

Seeing the young ones huddled and beginning to climb beneath the bed of the wagon, she turned to us and asked,“Why are the children not armed?”

Begglar responded, “We didn’t intend them to fight.”

“Intention or not, the fight will come to them,” she answered, “You know this to be true.  You trained your own son early, knowing you cannot protect the youth from unguarded moments.”

Quickly, scanning and observing the others, holding their drawn weapons unsteadily or struggling to pull swords from their scabbards, to me she asked, “Did you let them pick their weapons?”

Embarrassed, I answered in the affirmative.

“It is quite clear you have not led a company in a while.”

“It has been a few seasons.  But you are correct we should have taken the time to oversee and choose weapons more suited to them.  We had hoped to refine the choice once we arrived in Azragoth.”

“You would never have survived the way ahead.  The old forest road through Kilrane has grown unseen eyes.  Many men have disappeared there of late, both ours and Xarmnian alike.  The guardians have not been seen there for many seasons.  I think The Pan may have grown bolder and now has his agents exploring it. Xarm shows no objection.  Rumor has it that they’ve relinquished their claim to it, after so many years of quarantine.”

As silent as a shadow, she dismounted and moved to the front of the team of horses and took the bridle of the lead horse and started leading them off the softer shoulder back onto the hard-packed path.

“Mists and rains have dampened the roads, and ditches.  Any way we turn will be discovered,” Begglar lamented. “What’ll we do about our wagon’s wheel ruts?”

“You’ve been on this path for a piece, and it is still dark yet.  The wheel ruts have only bruised the shoulder for a bit, and we are leading two wagons behind you.  Your wheel imprints will get lost among ours.  There is no way to distinguish them without the clarity of full daylight.  They woould have to ride back down the adjoining side road to get the level of distinction needed to tell them apart. What you need now is speed, and some way to keep those dogs off.  You won’t beat them for scent, or throw them off track unless you can get into water.  So you do the next best thing.”

“And what would that be?” I enjoined.

“You do something highly improbable. You switch rides. We take one of our wagons down through the gorge, disguised as yours.  The guards will naturally expect you to take the road with a wagon.  We’ve fooled them some into thinking we are a Xarmnian convoy bringing weapons from the Iron Hills forges.  Our wagons are drenched in the taint and scent of that place.  Their dogs’ senses are overloaded by the smell, and may not recognize your trail and sign in the eagerness of their pursuit.”

“But the main road is the only way down to the valley floor for a wagon,” Begglar interjected.  “What are we to do with the other wagons?”

“There is a narrow wooded trail below the brow uphead,” Storm Hawk pointed.

“We know of it,” Begglar assented, “We had considered abandoning the wagon in that wood path when it narrows to block riders in pursuit, but we would have to sacrifice many of the provisions we brought for the journey and bartering in the local towns ahead.  Protectorate are still loathe to walk when they can ride.  I thought we might get far enough ahead to lose them in the woods, but with their devil dogs…” he trailed off.

Storm Hawk nodded, having already formulated a considered plan, “Load your team into our weapons wagon.  You’re not gonna like the smell, but we have those vicious dogs to consider.  Your natural scents should be covered by it well enough. If they are not fooled, the Xarmnians’ll ignore the dogs if they think we’ve split up and sent the wagon one way and some foot travelers another.  The scented wagon will be what you abandon in the wood trail.  There is still a way down a little know back route to Azragoth, that we can take horses through.”

“Horses?! The wooded trail you speak of ends in only game trails, deer and such.  The main road is the only way down to the valley floor for a wagon,” Begglar interjected.  “What are we to do with the other wagons?”

“The winding roads down from the highlands are narrow and steep.  Difficult for horsemen to arrest the movement of a weighted wagon ahead, and there are only a few places where they might get around a decending team.  The split pursuers will be forced to follow it all the way down.  Raise the cover and hide the contents of the wagon.  We’ll do the same with our wagons.”

“That accounts for two wagons, what of Begglar’s wagon?” I asked.

“There is another narrow wooded trail along the ridge that cuts back into the valley where the Xarmnian stables are kept, but it is too wooded to be seen from a distance.  My men will bring your wagon down that path and return it to you later in Azragoth.  The Xarmnians will be curious enough to want whatever you’ve taken in the wagon that is so valuable that you’d risk being hampered by it.  They’ll have to split there riders up to be sure.  They’ll be as confused as I was why you might travel so slowly, knowing they are coming to kill you.”

“You said the Protectorate was watching us from above.  What will they make of us talking here?”

Maeven/Storm Hawk pursed her lips, “I am hoping they will think we captured you and are holding you as prisoners until they get down here.”

“Are you confident that gives us enough time to do all we are planning?”

“No,” she reined around gliding back up into the saddle, turning her horse and setting an arrow notch to the string of her bow and holding it there, all in one fluid and practiced motion. “There is another option.  You and your party will try once more to escape us, making a run just over the brow of this hill.  We’ll need to make that attempt look good,” she eyed me indicating what we and they must do for the pursuing audience now coming fast down the road behind us.

By then the horses and riders had reached us and were forming a perimeter around us.  In the moonlight, they were armed heavily and had their hands fisted, one with gathered reins and one resting on the pommel of the swords at their hips ready to draw them forth.

In a language, I did not know, Maeven shouted a command to them and the riders held their mounts steady for a moment.  The noises of the dogs were growing in the distance as were the other galloping strides of more oncoming horses.

“This ruse will not fool them for long,” Maeven said, “my Lehi horsemen will need to appear to pursue your company for a distance, so load the children in the wagon.  There is a rise ahead.  The pursuit will be silhouetted by the moon.”

height-2714344_1280

Coming Through It – Chapter 16

*Scene 01* 2:35 (Breakthrough)

Like a worm boring through the meat of an apple, the beast surged forward, breaking away the dirt and rock ahead of it, consuming the flesh of the under sediments of the escarpment, expelling the scree and pulverized powder through its pulsing gills.  It rapidly approached what it perceived to be hollow, which was suddenly filled with a churning motion.  As the beast squirmed forward, fissuring through the rock, a massive force slammed it back through the breech, trapping it in its own cut tunnel.

Water.  The force of an unground river, flooded the pocket shaft, forcing the beast’s body into a curling plug. Its spine plates raked the jagged rock, collapsing the tunnel upon the monster as it thrashed against the surging water.  Its throaty protestations gurgled in the surfeiting churn, popping and bubbling, unable to gain its equilibrium in the press.

Above the surface, the land fissured, and water bled and burst out of the ground flow in widening deltas down the escarpment, creating a diagonal furrow across the road on the upslope.  The fissure widened, causing the ground to shift like two tectonic plates driven against each other, breaking the edge crust as they ground and sloughed and then pushing it up into an artificial ridge.

Just beyond the cliff edge of the escarpment, a mere twenty feet down, water exploded out of the rock, falling precipitously down into a copse line of trees and a dried stream bed below.  The water roared down the rock line, crashing into a catcher pool, surging under a bridge, starling a team of horses tied to the bridge railing, washing over the canvas of a wagon canopy, and racing down the stony trench.

Suddenly, the ground burst open and a roar pierced the darkening sky, swirling with twisting clouds, and wraith-like shadows.  The beast was a confusion of splattering luminescence, rainfall created a curtain over its form, which was translucent, but shimmered with scintillating shadows, and bright bursts that bristled under the silvery etchings of lightning and rumbling cannonades of thunder.

Its roar seemed to shake the heavens and reverberate down the escarpment, as, far below, a small party of harried travelers fled to the solitary wagon hitched to a team of anxious and soddened horses.

*Scene 02* 4:35 (Cover of Rain)

Christie rode steadily down the dirt and stony road, trying to follow the intermittent signs of the wagon tracks and team.  The downpour of the rain had washed away many of the traces of the shallower ruts that had passed over flat rock, but pools of water still filled the channels where the wheels ran off of the stone into the softer soils.  Christie had been riding in this fashion for some time, casting her eyes along the rough makeshift road to ensure she did not miss where the team may have turned off.  Her neck ached from looking down so much that she finally leaned back in the saddle, and cast her gaze into the skies ahead of her.  The clouds were dark and grey, and blowing skeins of rain fell about a half-mile ahead of her, almost obscuring another rise in elevation.  The dark grey curtains obscured the edge of the northwest, but she could still see the evidence of the wagon’s progression.  She looked towards the west, but from where she was, she could no longer see the mysterious blue signal light that branched across the darkening sky.

How long will it be before the Xarmnians came after us? she wondered.  If she could still read the signs of the wagon’s passage after the storm wash, surely those trained hunters would be able to as well, with much less difficulty.  They might be on her track as well soon, and she knew she had to warn the others before that happened.  Thinking all of the thousands of ways this foolish pursuit of the company could go fatally wrong for her, threatened to cloud her mind with blind panic.  She wondered again if she should have just given up and waited on the coastline until the sea storm abated to see if another portal might return for her, as it had for Laura.

Laura.  What had become of the girl?  What did she go back to?  Christie’s eyes teared up just thinking about it.  So much pain.  So much cruelty both there in the Surface World and here in the Mid-World as well.  No place was safe from it.  It was an integral part of the human condition.  It was the double-bladed edge of free will.  Freedom to choose the good or the bad.  To make the charitable, selfless choice, or the cruel, selfish pursuit of gaining power over one’s fellow man.  To choose to love or to choose to terrify.

She glanced wistfully over her shoulder, back towards the farther hills and the inn beyond them.  It was then she noticed the towering black, billowing column of smoke, extending like an ominous curling finger over the eastern horizon, beckoning her to come back and meet the death that stalked her even now.

The inn.  Those monstrous men had set Begglar’s inn on fire.  It could only be that.  The pit of her stomach turned and twisted as if she had been punched.

She squinted and blinked, hoping the tower of smoke was just an illusion.  A trick of her own worrisome thoughts.

It wasn’t.

She squinted and blinked again, and her eyes widened.  Under the pillar of smoke and fire, she spotted what she had assumed to be falling ash, moving out of the shadow of the distant hillside–A line of moving dark specks, and some darker specks below them, steadily growing larger as they came into contrast with the dried yellow scrub grasses.

Men on horses.  The Xarmnians were coming.

But what was the lower line fronting them?

Her heart stilled for just a moment, as she realized she could just make out the finest edges of the sounds.

It sounded somehow familiar.  But different as well.  Deeper tones, more throaty and sharp.

Her eyes widened, as she turned and kicked the flanks of her mount, causing her horse to rear slightly and then build up towards a gallop and then a run.  She knew if she could only make the edge of the rainfall ahead, she might have a prayer.

The Xarmnians were coming after her.

They were coming with creatures that sounded like a ravenous pack of hunting dogs.  As cold and tired and damp as she had been, her only chance now was to ride as hard and fast as she could back into the rainfall.

*Scene 03* 18:23 (The Hidden Cache)

“What just happened to that girl?! I don’t understand all this?!” one of the young women cried.  Nell grabbed the girl’s hand, shifting young Miray onto her hip as she ushered those she could onward towards the restless team and covered wagon.

Lightning flashed and split the pseudo-night sky with a loud crack and a protracted flash of brilliant light.  Mixed in with the rain and thunder, the additional sound of the bestial roar from the top of the escarpment had drawn the attention of some of the men.  Something huge flailed in shadowy silhouette above and along the high edge of the escarpment cliff, made visible against the veins of light flashing across the silvered sky.

“Something is up there!” one of the young men pointed to the cliff top, but Begglar and Dominic pressed the crew to climb quickly into the wagon.

“Go!  GO!  Don’t waste time gawking!  We have to get to cover,” Begglar urged.

The falling water, now streaming out of the upper cliffside, had initially burst forth out of the hill like an uncorked spout jetting out into the lower treeline overshooting the collection basin below. Now it fell in a regular cascade down the rock face.  Its falling force had almost washed the wagon and the horses into the creekbed, and now the animals were antsy and restless, straining at their harnesses and had almost pulled free of their tethering.  Begglar grappled with the wet leather tracers, freeing them from the bridge’s baluster.  The struggling team had almost pulled the post loose of the bridge, and the leather had been strained and stretched.

Dominic and I tried calming the team, but they rolled their eyes and snorted, their hooves pawing and splashing the mud and puddles, clearly spooked by first the downpour and then by the cacophonous wailing of the angry banshee.  The wheels and tongue of the wagon twisted and its tracer rings jangled following the unnerved fidgeting of the agitated team.

A howling still permeated through the crackling fusillade and shifting clouds above us.  Black, gossamer twists of what looked like frayed material swirled in and among the gusts of wind that now pommeled us with stinging wet and cold.

The rest of the group crawled in under the canopy, hectored and cajoled by both Begglar and Dominic.  Whatever was above us would have to take its turn to torment us further, as the rain poured down with greater frigid fury.

Miray was dripping wet and shivering, as were most of our crew.  Cheryl nursed her injuries but tried to comfort two of the youths that were frightened and miserable.

“What just happened to Becca?  What did she turn into?  What did you do to her to make her suddenly…?”

I avoided the question, helping Dominic close the tailgate and pin it with the metal staves.  “You ride with them, I’ll ride up front with your dad this time,” I admonished heading around to the front box seat.

Begglar had fished the reins out of the tangle of tracers but still struggled to hold the team steady.  “Get on up there!” I shouted to him, “I’ll hold ’em, while you get on the seat.”

Begglar could barely hear me above the wind but surmised what I had intended, as I grabbed the bridle of one of the lead horses, holding him down against the bit.  I put my hand on the horse’s muzzle, again attempting to calm the animal without getting stomped on.  Begglar swung into the seat and gripped the reins, evening them out, as I released the bridle.  The team pushed forward and I almost got trapped between the lead animals as they stamped and snorted, anxious to get moving.  I pivoted out of their way and allowed the box to come towards me, thrusting a tow into the wooden spokes of the front wheel pitching me up into the seat beside Begglar as the wheel turned.

“That’s a bad way to break an ankle,” Begglar grumbled as he fed out the reins allowing the horses to splash onto the road, towards the under stables and grain bin doors ahead at the farther end of the skirt of the escarpment.

“Your horses didn’t give me much choice,” I countered.

“You know as well as I do that, they’ll be coming for us soon.  The scout Trolls are never too far out from the company troop.  It’s been two days now, and that Troll will be missed for not reporting in.  The Protectorate will be at our heels if they are not already awaiting us in an ambush ahead.  When do you think it will be safe to rendezvous with the others?”

Begglar nodded ahead.

“We’ve worked out a series of distance signals.  My company is waiting for us in the hills.  They have been gathering some of the horses so we will be able to move faster through the low country and then around the lakes and forests to the mountains ahead.  It would be best if we could make Azragoth by nightfall.”

“Azragoth?!  That place is haunted.  It’s a ghost town.”

Begglar put his finger to the side of his nose and winked, “Aye.  And we’d like to keep it that way, wouldn’t we?”

“What do you plan in Azragoth?”

“Later,” Begglar snorted, “Right now we’ve got to get to the weapons cache and give this team a chance to get out of this downpour.  That banshee has them spooked in a bad way.  It will linger until this storm blows over. They’ll be no good on the outer road this night.”

“I know just how they feel,” I commiserated.  The sudden fury of what had happened with whatever had masqueraded as young Becca had shaken me to the core.  I had not expected the encounter to end as it did, and I wondered what other things might be in store for us on the road ahead, but it was best not to dwell on that and risk fear impeding us further.

We rode down the wet road in relative silence, under the front splatter and drizzle of the overhanging canopy until we had drawn alongside the large doors.  Begglar and I both jumped out of our seats, as we guided the horses out of the pelting rain, under the more sheltered leeward side of the escarpment.  Begglar came around and thrust the wet reins into my hands, and shouted, “Hold the horses here while I get the doors opened.  Then lead them into the gate, following the fallen straw.  There is a stable in there and it’ll keep the beasties dry for now.  We will unhitch them inside where they can’t easily break and run.”

I nodded my understanding and Begglar hurried to a smaller door, fetching a key out of one of his breast coat pockets.  He fumble with it for a moment, but soon got the door opened and disappeared into the dark inside.

As I waited, I thought about the strange roaring from above.  I wondered at what animal or beast could have made such a noise above all of the storm, that it would draw our attention up to the top of the escarpment that we had just quitted only an hour before.  Could the Xarmnians be on us already?  What manner of beast would they have with them that could make such a sound?  It was no secret that the Xarmnians had regular outer patrols in the area.  Begglar had told me so.  Protectorate guards, they were called, though what they did and represented was the antithesis of protection.  They could already be in the vicinity.  They could have seen us progressing up the escarpment to the granary.

I had hoped, with the distance and the darkening sky and wind and the roar of the rain, the Protectorate guards would not immediately see us.  The land between Begglar’s hill and the granary escarpment was uneven, so we had urged everyone to hunker down and stay low when moving to the wagon.  Depending on how far they were, we might still be unseen.  The wagon road was close to the skirt of the escarpment.  The pale hill might blend with the cover sheets of the wagon, and we were still in the cast shadow of the upper hill.  All these things considered, there still was a chance we remained undetected.

The loading doors faced away from the road descending into the valley.  I kept a wary, watchful eye, but the rain-screened most of my view of what was transpiring on the lower roadway beyond.

Thunder growled from one side of the hill to the mountains beyond and echoed back.  Lightning splintered the sky with strobing flashes.

We had to act.

The raging storm would provide us with cover, but it would only delay their pursuit.

I realized Begglar and his family may have to lose their wagon and perhaps we could load supplies in the packs, but we would not get far or very fast with those draft horses.  We would need mountain stock eventually, but now we needed animals bred for sustainable speed overland to put as much distance between us and the Protectorate.  Whatever weaponry and armor we gathered from the cache could not be too heavy for us to carry or fight with.  Swiftness trumps armor plating in hand-to-hand combat.  Thankfully, there were no incendiary weapons here in the Sub-World.  Or at least never in my experience had I run across one.  But what did I know?  I knew many things but not everything, nor could I plan for all eventualities that might befall us.  There is danger enough in what is known.  But the far greater danger is in the unknowns.

Begglar unlocked the doors of the catcher bins, and we climbed over a slight berm and entered the dark bin with slanted floors that descend downward to catcher wells filled with large mounds of dry grain.  A torch was carefully lit, once we were further inside, so as not to draw attention from the outside toward any escaping glow.

Begglar and I unhitched the team, after Dominic drove the horse and wagon into a narrow tunnel, near the inner stables.  The floor, like Begglar had said, was lined with dry straw that crunched softly underfoot.  As we stabled the horses, the crew piled out of the darkened wagon, once the gate was lowered and entered the side corridor down the dimly lit passage towards the torch we had lit and placed in a wall sconce.  The grain door we had opened beyond the inner berm still was under the lip and shadow of the upper rock ledges.

“It’ll take some work, but I need about five or more of the boys and men to help us get down to the cache trap.  It is hidden under the grain.  Once we get down to it, I’ll light one of the inner furnaces.  We use it to keep the grains dry when the air gets damp under here.  Keeps the grains from sweating and moldering.”

“Fine,” I assented, “We can get some of the women to keep watch while we are occupied.”

I stationed Cheryl and Miray outside to watch and alert us if any of the Protectorate guards started moving our way.  Lindsey, who had given me her name in the dry creek while awaiting our Shibboleth tests from Begglar, offered to join them and I welcomed her help.  The others, not assisting in the digging were to be relay sentries, just inside the doors to immediately convey any alarm that was given by those stationed to keep watch to us working below.  With the rain and storm still raging outside, we could not risk having an alert go unheard.

Dominic and Begglar grabbed grain shovels and began to clear the grain from the lower edge of the mound and shovel it to the side.  Grain slid, frustratingly,  down into the cleared area so that the work was repetitive and far from easy.  Our entire company was sodden and dripping with rain and sweat as all of the men pitched in together until a second mound held enough grain to allow us to slide shovelfuls to the back wall of the bin.

At last, an area was cleared large enough for Begglar to get down on his hands and knees and feel along the slatted underboards for the particular place he was looking for.  He drew a cooking spoon out from his garment and dug at a circular inset in the floorboard until he uncovered a T-bolt the size of his fist.  With a grunt and a twist, he pulled the T-bolt upward and gave it a turn, freeing what was a grooved panel of the flooring, with cleverly concealed hinges on one end.

He raised the panel and we all craned in to see the weapons cache.  It appeared flat with a layer of grain that had likely sifted down into the concavity through the grooved slats.  There were some groans and murmurs as Begglar carefully reached in and began to scoop out handfuls of grain.  His hand dug deeper until he stopped and looked up into the firelight with a grin.  Carefully, he pulled out the first of many short swords, scabbards, and fine-linked shirts of chainmail, which were as light and pliable as any I had ever seen or felt.  A battle mace was produced from the grain-filled cache, and a hammered and dried leather tunic was pulled forth, with several following it.  Along the side, under the grain were halberds and throwing spears, and four quivers of bristling arrows in a sling, with bows made from ash and yew wood to match each set.  When quite a few weapons lay aside, Begglar lowered the door and guided the T-bolt back into its slot until the panel set even with the floor.  He climbed back to his feet and grabbed the grain shovel again and we pitched in, once more moving the second pile back over the uncovered area and blending it with the first.

Together we selected the weapons we would carry or learn to carry on us as we were trained to use them.  The chainmail shirts were given to the women, as they were lighter garments and pliable and could reliably turn the point of a dagger thrust or possibly the fatal piercing point of a spear.

The hard leather tunics were thick and layered leather that had been affixed to a linen cloth backing, yet molded to fit a man’s torso.  The hardened skin would require considerable force from a blade strike to pierce it directly, but it allowed for a full range of movement without the weight or restrictions associated with a metal breastplate.  These were the combat wear of overland raiders, rather than the armored wear of a city or kingdom guard.  Arguably they were better for use in a battle where there were fewer, smaller bands of fighters, rather than rank upon rank of soldiers who overwhelmed and fought with the advantage of numbers.  When armored soldiers became fatigued they would fall in battle, and the next row would hastily take their place in the fighting.  But lightly armored soldiers, trained with weapons would outlast those individuals in a fight because they did not tire as fast.  They might take out three or four soldiers in an extended skirmish before they succumbed to the fatigue of fighting.

Each of us rotated into the granary to arm and change out of wet clothes into battle attire.  We were ill-suited to combat at the moment, but that would change in the days and weeks ahead.  For privacy’s sake and decorum, the women took turns undressing in the grain bins with the loading doors shut to cover and shield the interior torchlight from the risk of being seen from the hills.  The rain continued to pour down and the lightning flashed from time to time, but the counts between flashes and thunderclaps and rumbling lengthened.

Begglar came up to me wet with sweat and flushed from the exercise of having done the lion’s share of uncovering the grain from the secret cache.

“I’ve just lit the drying furnaces.  There’s not much fuel left in the tinderboxes, but it should burn for a few hours anyway.  Possibly enough to keep us warm.  Nell and Dominic and some of the women will see to the horses.  There are feed sacks aplenty.  They should be rested a while.”

“What about Azragoth?  Wasn’t the plan to push forward?”

“There’ll be no making Azragoth tonight,” Begglar observed as the wind and rain fought furiously with the trees in the distant grove, and the rain gathered in puddles and poured into streams and rivulets down the granary grounds and into the wheat fields.

I stared out into the night, still suspicious of any movement along the distant roadway, “Do you think they’ll be watching us?”

“Highly doubt it.  Soldiers or no, those Protectorate Guards are a lazy sort.  Brutal bullies, deadly killers, but lazy just the same.”

“Still we must try to use the storm cover if we can.  I am betting they will come here, after dawn breaks.”

“That they will,…but we’ve got a few hours to get some rest, before pressing on.  Give it to them.  They’ve witnessed terrible things, and fatigue won’t make it any easier.  Some are rightly scared, others bewildered.  But they are beginning to have some faith in you, laddie.  Give them time.”

The tunnels were beginning to warm from the inner furnaces.  Closing the doors helped stave off the outside damp.

When the women were attired, the men filed in armed and dressed, lacing their tunics tightly across their chests, assisting each other to strap scabbards to their waists and keep the hilt tilted forward to come to hand at a moment’s notice, while keeping the scabbard’s metal locket and end ringed chape clear of the movement of their legs.  The dry grain had preserved the forged and polished steel of the weapons nicely so that it stayed dry and free of moisture that could so easily rust the blades or dull their cutting edges.  Once dressed, the women were invited back in to help adjust our garb, so that we at least looked like proper fighting men.

Nell and Dominic checked on the horses and wagon in the covered overhang of the threshing floor where the bags of grain were typically loaded.  They fed the horses oats and grains in feedbags hung from their bridles. They anticipated we would be leaving soon.  They joined us within, and dressed in their own dry clothes, having had their battle gear fitted underneath their garments all along.

Since children have better visual acuity and night vision, we left young Miray and another young one outside to watch the road for any chance sign of the Protectorate Guards’ movements until we could relieve her for a night watch.

When she suddenly appeared, white-faced at the narrow opening of the loading gate, we all turned as she scrambled over the berm, past the shadow of the doorway into the torchlight.  She was panting and frightened, barely able to speak, and seeing her once again ignited our own fear.

“Someone’s coming this way!”

“How many?!” we all seemed to ask at once.

Begglar pulled the loading door all the way shut and braced it with a thick timber while the girl caught her breath and continued.

“Only one…riding a horse…coming fast.”

*Scene 04* 16:30 (Resurfacing)

She woke up sweating profusely. Her heart was pounding and her fists were full of a bedsheet.  She raised her head and felt the underside of a coat around her face.  The smell of mothballs.  The bitter, irritating smell she remembered from her childhood.  She was in her closet again.  The place she always ran to when she was afraid.  The place she hid when her father and mother were fighting.  Where she could not hear the yelling and screaming. The sounds of things being broken and shattered.  She was sopping wet and exhausted.  Her arms felt gritty with sand.  She smelled the salt of seawater mixed in with the nauseous smell of naphthalene.

How did she end up in her closet?  How was it possible that she had been in one place…and now she was in another?  She gathered her feet under her and thrust upward.  Some clothes fell down upon her, pushed up from the hanging bar.  Her feet were cold.  Her sneakers squeaked on the wooden slat floor.

She fumbled blindly, for the hinged portion, blinking through the slanted slats of the closet door, and pushed it open.  The interior was dim, almost fully dark, but this was not the bedroom she had rented for the last four months.  This was her bedroom.  She had returned from wherever she had gone, but not to her apartment in the city.  However, this place was all too familiar.  She had not been back here in this place for many years, (seven to be precise) but it was seared into her memory and nightmares.  She had come back alright.  But to what?  Or, more importantly, to when?

The room was exactly as she remembered it.  Her small single bed by the wall, and the window.  Her card table desk, with the wobbly leg that never seemed to keep the table from moving.  The box where she kept her toys.  The tattered doll that she got for Christmas.  The crate where she kept her few story books, and her school books.  The faded poster of the Partridge Family.  Her heart-throb David Cassidy smiling as if only for her.

“C’mon get happy…,” she muttered in a breathless whisper, “C’mon get happy.”  Not feeling the groove or the vibe at all.

Whatever had happened to bring her here?

This was not a happy place.  Even though it should have been.

And these were not happy times.

She glanced out of the blurred pane of glass, catching a glimpse of an old blue four-door sedan parked near the front curb.

Rain beat down on its roof and trunk, in glistening splatters.

There was shouting and two figures out on the spartan grass lawn.

Figures she recognized, caught in a struggle.

“John! Don’t leave us please!” the smaller figure begged, clutching the larger figure’s arm.

And suddenly she gasped, knowing what was about to transpire and exactly where and when she was.

Laura was home.  And this was the night, her father would leave them.

Why had she come back?  And why here and why to this point in time?

The last thing she remembered, she had ridden a horse through a rain storm.  She had come to a hill and looked out onto a stormy sea.  And then the edge of the hill gave way, sliding in a muddied tide all the way down to the beach and the edge of a sandbar, still not covered by the foamy waves.  And then out of the sea came a shimmering blue light, and a large twisting circle of light, with a strange swirling glow inside it.  She had walked towards the light, out onto the sandbar, just before the light swallowed her whole.

Had she dreamed it all?  She shivered, gathering herself against the chill in her bones and her spirit.  The face of a clock glowed back at her mockingly in the wet miasma of water-washed moonlight coming through the window, and the painful family drama played itself out shamefully on the open street, for the disturbing amusement of the whole neighborhood.  Lights were on in the houses beyond.  Some houses remained dark at this hour.  The mocking clock digits glowed green along with the ticking hands, moving inexorably across its moon face to arrive at indications of four past ten.  It was almost as if the hands were raised in a shrugged V, giving her the “Whatever” dismissive reply.  Even her clock seemed to hold her in nihilistic disdain.  She wanted to smash it.  To break its glass face, and twist its ceaselessly spinning arms.  To claw and peel off the numbers surrounding its peering face.  She wanted to be anywhere but here. She wanted to be in any other time but now.

But if she wanted anything in her miserable life to change from being brought back here into this present, she was running out of time.  Her window of opportunity would be brief.  She had her pink suitcase already packed.  Tucked away in the back of the closet to remind her that one day she would leave this place.  That she would no longer watch her mom drink herself to death, while her dad failed to come home at night.  She would go with him this time.

The bourbon her mom had surreptitiously poured into her juice cup made her groggy, but it did not make her fall fully asleep as it had so many times before.

Laura whirled and turned back to her bi-folded closet door and the fabric-lined darkness from which she had emerged.  The suitcase was just inside, under the shoe shelf where she kept her few prized cassettes, and a few 8-tracks she had borrowed from what few friends she had at school.  Here players were old, and she had constantly worried that they would eat up her friends’ tapes.  Her mom would only let her listen to them if she kept the volume low so as not to disturb her father.  He always hated her “dopey hippie” music, as he called it.

“IRMA, LET GO A’ME!!” Laura’s father stormed from the entryway, as he entered the small house again, dragging her back from the stoop.

“I TOLD YOU WHAT I’D DO IF I EVER CAUGHT YOU DRUNK AGAIN!  THIS IS ALL YOUR FAULT.  I’M GOING TO FLORIDA TO BE WITH DEBBIE! I SHOULD NEVER HAVE MARRIED A LUSH LIKE YOU! NEVER!!!  NOW, LET ME GO!”

“WHAT ABOUT LAURA?!” her mother wailed. “YOU CAN”T JUST WALK OUT ON HER.  Please, take her with you!  I’ll…I’ll check myself into rehab. Only please don’t go tonite.  It’s pouring outside.  PLEASE JOHN!  PLEASE DON’T GO!! I’m begging you.  I will get help.  I will this time.”

“There is no more ‘this time,’ Irma!” he growled.  “I can’t even stand to look at you anymore.  You used to be… Ah!  The heck with it!  I’m outta here!  I’m gonna miss my flight!”

Laura could hear her mother weeping as she followed him further into the house, into their shared bedroom towards the back, beyond the small kitchen.

Now was the time.  She snatched up the little pink suitcase with the reflective stickers she has put on it.  She left her closet door open as she snagged her coat.  It had been a little small back then, but somehow it still fit her the same way as it did before.  It would probably be cold in the trunk for a while, and the rain would make it miserable, but she knew just the way to pop it open to climb inside.  It had been one of her favorite hiding places when she was allowed to play hide-and-go-seek with the neighborhood kids.  Back before they started being mean to her.  Whispering about her to others at school.

It also signified better times, not good times, for there were hardly any of those, but ‘better times’.  Back when her parents were both trying to ‘make it work.’ For when the blue car was there, it also meant her daddy was home, for he always took their only car.  When ‘the car’ was home, she found her secret refuge in it, for what it represented was togetherness.

It represented that hope for her now, for ‘the car’ was more frequently gone than parked at home.  She had to get in it.  To somehow stop what was happening in her own small way.  At least, if she could be with him now, or for however long she still had left before she was able to support herself and move out on her own altogether.

If she could get far enough down the road, her Daddy would just have to take her with him to Florida.  Debbie had always been nice to her when she visited her dad’s office.  She did not know exactly what a “floozy” was, as her mom had so often called her, but whatever it was, it couldn’t be too bad.  Debbie had always given her candy from the office candy jar.  She wished Debbie had been her mom.  She doubted Debbie would steal from her–robbing her piggy bank just to buy liquor when her father cut off her mom’s weekly allowance.

She slipped quietly out of her bedroom door, carefully closing it behind her, wincing as the hinges faintly squeaked.

Her parents were loudly arguing in the back room.  So far they hadn’t noticed anything.

“I’m making a new start, Irma!  And you’re no longer part of it!  Enjoy your booze!  That seems to be your partner nowadays!”

“John, please! For Laura’s sake, if not for mine. Please don’t leave us like this!  I don’t care if you see Debbie if that makes you happy.  I know you don’t want me anymore like you used to.  I’ll get clean, I promise!”

Laura knew she could not linger any longer.  She crouched and slinked through the living room towards the open screen door.  Rain was still falling steadily outside.  She noticed that she was tracking water on the carpet.  Her jeans were wet and her sneakers squished.  A trail of water streaks came from the front door foyer from where her parents had entered the house from the outside.  Yellow sand came off of her shoes, leaving dun-colored tracks that bled into the water streaks.

Laura glanced at her reflection in the cracked living room mirror.  The image caught her off guard.  She was much younger than she should’ve been.  And something was wrong with her eyes.  The lamp in the front room must have something to do with it.  She leaned in closer, almost forgetting that she was pressed for time.  One of her eyes was strange, but the other eye seemed normal.  Yet she had no trouble seeing.  She pulled her hair back from her face.  It was sopping wet and also felt gritty with beach sand.

She released the screen door catch and slipped out pushing the air piston in hoping the restraint chain would not jangle and alert her parents in the back room.

She splashed down the canted sidewalk, stepping in spatter mud and almost falling.  She clutched her suitcase, which was now feeling slippery in the rain pelting her in the torrential downfall.  She waded across the lawn, trying not to fall.  She rounded the back of the baby blue sedan and set her suitcase down by the back bumper.  She tried to climb up, but her wet shoes slipped and she smacked down hitting her chin on the trunk hood, involuntarily crying out, but catching herself before she slipped back onto the wet pavement, slick with oil and gutter debris.

She jumped up again and pressed the trunk lid on the corner she knew would allow the inner lock to slip out of its clutch and spring up.  As she slid back down again, she felt her effort rewarded.  Her parents would be outside again in a few seconds, and she did not want to see again what she had seen so many years again through her bedroom window–her mom getting punched by her father and doubling over on the wet muddy lawn for all of the neighbors to see.

The shadowy cavity of her father’s car gaped before her like a monster’s open mouth.  Rain played its ratta-tat-ta rumble on the metal, and water sheered off of its curved lip pouring down upon Laura as she struggled to get her pink suitcase up and into the trunk space, just beyond the spare tire.  Something else was in the trunk, but she could not see it clearly.  She imagined it was her father’s toolbox that he had pretended to play mechanic with.

She had to hurry.  If her dad caught her doing this, he would be far angrier than he was now, and he might not let her come with him.  There was still a chance that he wouldn’t, but it was a risk she was going to take.  This would change the trajectory of her life.  She truly believed she would be the much stronger person she wished she was, that her father always wanted her to be.  His “tough girl”.  He had for years told her to be tough, growing up, but she didn’t know how.  Growing up with him might be different.  Had to be different.  Her mom was the weak one.  Could never leave the bottle and she loathed the thought of becoming like her.  Her dad could teach her if she could only be allowed to be with him too.  Debbie wouldn’t mind.  Debbie the floozy.  Debbie, who gave her candy and called her “kiddo”.

Laura climbed up on the bumper, holding fast to the under-struts of the trunk lid, almost slipping again on the wet white rubber of her sneaker soles.  She pulled the lid down after her, just as she heard the front screen door slam open, almost tearing the pump rod out of its upper piston.

Had they seen her?  She heard them continuing to argue and shout.  She tugged down hard on the inner trunk strut, waiting to hear the click of the trunk catch, not sure if she would be able to above the constant rataplan of the falling rain.

The interior was pitch dark but relatively dry.  The black carpet lining smelled of spilled oil and tire rubber, but there was something else there too.  A rotten smell.  A pungently sweet and sickening odor.  Something like the smell of the dead cat she had found behind the dumpster in the alleyway.  The one she had cried about until her father had had enough of it and gave her one of his “tough girl” speeches to cheer her up.  The smell was rancid.  She felt herself gagging.  She had to get out of the trunk.  She would soon throw up.  Daddy would never let her stay with him if he found her with puke all over herself.  She pressed upward, but the lid resisted her.  She turned on her side, to put her feet up and press the trunk lid open, but it was no use.  The trunk lock had engaged again.  If only she could press the lid up in the right place she might be able to disengage it once more.  The weak place was to her left.  She heard a noise outside of the vehicle.  A loud smack and something that sounded like grinding metal.  Her dad had opened the car door and was throwing things into the backseat.

She heard her mom again, “John, please!”

She heard a hard slap and her mother’s responsive cry and gasp.

“I told you what would happen if you grabbed me again!” she heard her father’s voice come coldly through the pouring rain with such a frosty chill, Laura shivered in terror.  This was not the man she had imagined him to be, through all of those intervening years that she had lived in the prison of her mom’s addiction and household.  There was a cold selfishness in him that did not allow for much room to fit her into his other life.

She tried to scrunch forward moving around the spare to find some leverage on the soft part of the trunk to free herself. The dark was disorienting, but the stench was much stronger in that direction, and before she could catch herself, she touched something lumpy and sticky.  And then, without warning, her stomach turned and she coughed and vomited sour bile into the stygian darkness.

*Scene 05* 13:26 (The Rider)

The rain and wind beat and scraped against the thick granary doors and moaned in a plaintive sadness as it wound its way through the breaks and ledges, hillocks, and mounds.  The branches of the trees in the distance popped and clacked together, and the wheat field sighed and whispered dangerous words that we feared but could not translate.  We remained quiet save for our controlled breathing, which sounded way too loud to my ears to ensure the secrecy of our presence.

I held Miray on my hip and she hugged my shoulder, but I could hear her heart rapidly beating and her short panicked breaths coming in rapid succession.  We had called all of our watchers to come inside the catcher rooms, for we could not risk being seen dashing in from the outside.

We had no idea how many Xarmnians were approaching, for Miray had only seen the one. Still, Begglar assured us that these hunters, butchers, and pillagers of villages, rarely were seen to travel in bands of less than six mounted riders.  Sometimes they came in companies as large as twenty or thirty.  A Xarmnian scout might ride solitary, but they would keep to the shadows and would never risk riding against a band of endemic travelers comprised of more than three individuals.  If there was one riding brazenly in the open, there were certainly others that were off to the flanks of that rider who were unseen.

If we remained garrisoned in the granary, we were relatively safe.  If we rode out into the open country we could be split up and run down.  Our company had only recently been handed their weapons, but they were still a far cry from knowing how to make effective use of them.  The doors were thick and fortified.  Made of hard sturdy timber planks and fortified with iron brace bands in the interior.  The Xarmnians had cruelly demonstrated what they would do to anyone who dared to steal even a meager portion of the grain, but they were spread thin and recognized that they could not afford to post Xarmnian guards at every one of their storehouses in the remote lands.  They had to work through local agents and delegates, and up to the present time, Begglar had been their agent appointed to this post along with his hirelings.  They had no idea that they had in fact entrusted their local grain stores into the hands of a former Surface Worlder, must less to one of the at-large fugitives on their wanted dead or alive lists.

The granary escarpment was honeycombed with passages and tunnels, as well as stairways that allowed in-season workers to monitor the grain chutes and threshing floors from the top floors to the blow-through shaft and all the way to the bottom sifting floor, just above the pits and bins.  Sound traveled through the interior caverns with a mysterious resonance, that echoed and reverberated down through the lower levels.  Whatever creature had topped the escarpment rise might make its way down through to the lower levels, but it might take it a while to do so, and it would not be able to descend without making considerable noise.  The nagging threat of that weighed on the back of my mind, but the more immediate threat was the approaching rider and whoever might be with him.

Directly, we heard the approach of hoofbeats and the snort and sputter of a hard-ridden horse.  Each heavy footfall seemed to strike the earth with the blows of a forge hammer beating fire-reddened steel, pounding the imagined metal into the searing blade that would bring death to us all.  The storm outside still blew with a low threatening force, but the fact that we heard the sound of the horseman, indicated that both man and animal were already close-by.

The hoof beats slowed as the mount and rider, audibly pulled reigns and danced heavily into a slowing turning balance.  Holding our breath as much as we could, we strained to gather direction and approach from the sounds alone, barely audible above the wind and the rain.

I motioned to Begglar and he drew near. “Is there another way to view the outside, where we won’t be seen?”

“They will be looking for us up and ahead, but there is one place most searchers fail to look,” Begglar answered in a low voice.

“Where is that?”

“Down,” Begglar answered, motioning me to follow him into what looked like a small closet space, where one might keep gardening tools locked away.

Nell followed us and said, “Give me the child, you two will need your hands free if they storm the entry and manage to bust down the door.”  She took a reluctant Miray from me and swung her onto her own hip. “Keep that blade handy,” she nodded towards the honor sword I held affixed to my hip, “You’re going to need it.”

Begglar produced another key from a ring out of his pocket and unlocked the narrow closet door.  Inside was a narrow, tight-turning, spiral staircase that extended up and down into the darkness below.

“What is this?”

“There is a small narrow hallway under the edge of the sliding doors above.  It has a metal grate set in against the edge of the stone floor, with a sliding plate.  It serves as both a water drain and a firewell.  Occasionally, rats will try to enter the granary for obvious reasons, and this drain can help us burn them out.” Begglar and I climbed slowly down into the darkness until we reached a wet stone floor that felt slick and had a peculiar pungent smell.  “We can set oil down it and flush the well.  It also helps us defrost the rollers and grooves during the snowy seasons.  Ice tends to fill the grooves and prevent us from sliding the granary doors open during the winter months.  This firewell-underhall allows us to burn away the accumulated ice and thaw the runners.”

“How will this help us see above?”

There is a small slide grate up ahead near the door I let you all in through.  The plate is kept well-oiled and moves aside allowing someone below to see anyone above attempting to open the inset door to the catcher bins.  The door is reinforced, but it is the weakest access point to gaining entrance to the granary.  A few men with a battering ram could defeat the door, but I doubt these Xarmnians will try that tonite unless they were sure this was where we had taken refuge.  The outer road’s too wet to reveal the recent passage of our wagon.  And the Xarmnians would be loathed to break into this place and destroy the entrance without the assurance of a good cause.”

“And what cause would that be?” I quipped.

“That they were certain that we are inside, and we are worth destroying the door to the king’s granary to capture,” finished Begglar as he felt along the upper ledge in the dark, and pushed aside a slanted plate cover, revealing the grill work, and outside silvered splashes of the rain.  “Whoever may be coming along the road beside the outer grain bin doors, is sure to stop here at the smaller entry door, where the escarpment overhangs us above. if for no other reason, but to get a moment to collect themselves out of the rain.”

Presently we heard the sound of iron-shod hooves clack as the horse climb up upon the paved floor overhead, echoing down the hollow shaft.  We moved forward, underneath the area where the sifting vents were, hoping to catch a glimpse of the horse and rider now directly above us.

Suddenly the rider spoke…and somehow I thought I recognized the voice.

“Is anyone in there?”

The voice was female, I was sure of it.   I released the breath–I was unaware I had been holding–and exhaled.  Begglar grabbed my arm in the darkness reflexively, but I reassured him.  “Did you hear her?  The voice is female.”

Begglar assented, “Then this stranger is not of the Xarmnian Protectorate.  Not out here.”

We quickly moved back along the tunnel towards the bottom rung of the circular stair, the outside rain providing cover for the splashes our feet made within the tunnel.  I had not been able to see the rider, but from the narrow slats, I could see the chest, fetlock, and pastern of the horse and its under girth-barrel, the saddle cinch straps, the bottom of the tread covers of each stirrup, and the wet and dripping saddle cloth.  What we were missing were the feet and legs of the rider.  Where was she?  She had to have dismounted.

Xarmnians did not typically trust their women to be part of the Protectorate Guards.  The men were too bawdy, raucous, and perverse to ever cause a woman to wish to be part of their company.  Or for even a moment ever believe that she would be “protected” by them.  The thought of traveling overland with them in remote lonely places was too horrible to even imagine.  In their minds, women served only for a few important purposes: to cook, to beat, satiate a man’s carnal hunger, and to make babies.  Beyond that, they weren’t worth the energy it took to kill them and toss their carcasses to the dogs.

I concurred with Begglar, this was no Xarmnian guard, I was sure of that.

We ascended the stair to the ground level, and Begglar closed and locked the small casement door to the passage.  We moved along the edge of the large rollings doors towards the smaller door at the end.

“Mr. O’Brian?” the voice called.  All too close now, and both Begglar and I jumped, startled by its proximity.  She was just outside of the granary bin doors and was probably walking down the line looking for another access point she might have missed while angling along the road at the bottom of the escarpment skirt.  How did she know my name? I wondered.  How did she even know someone was inside?  And then it hit me.  The rain.  Wet footprints, where the ground might have remained dry.  The smaller door stoop was raised to prevent pooling around the entry point, but it was also under the overhang of the escarpment’s upper cliff.  Suddenly, I knew exactly who this was.

I move to the door and Begglar helped me remove the bracing timber.  He had recognized her as well.

Others of our company had followed us, alarmed that we were now opening a door to the outside, but were too late to stop us.

I stepped through the portal, under a curtain of rainwater, draining down from the top of the escarpment, and called out, “Christie?  Is that you?”

Upon hearing the name ‘Christie’, the others and Begglar emerged from the under grain crypts like zombies from a grave, blinking in the now silvering night sky with a misty moon overhead cutting through the scudding rain clouds.

The moonlight pierced the fleeing cloud cover and cast a fortune of silver along the fields.  I almost expected to see a few werewolves loping wet-backed through the wheat fields beyond, seeking a night kill.

Christie came out of the shadows from along the loading dock area by the large roller doors where Begglar’s wagon and the team of horses had been temporarily stabled.  She was drenched and her long golden hair was plastered to her head, her bangs hung in wet ropes from her crown.  I rushed towards her as she shambled out of the pavement, catching her as she fell into my arms.  She was exhausted and shivering, and I could tell she had been through quite an ordeal.  She wept holding onto me weakly as I bore her up to keep her from crumpling to the ground.  “I found you,” she said, sighing with both exhaustion and shuddering relief.  “I almost lost hope of ever catching up to you.”

“Hold on, She-bear,” I said as I guided her under the overhang into the dry inset where the smaller entry door was.

“Get her horse,” Begglar directed, as one of the young men moved in to help me support Christie as we guided her through the doorway.

“I’ve got Christie,” I assured him, “Get her horse.  Bring it inside if it will come.  We’ll stable him with the others.  Get the mare a feedbag, dry her and rub her down.  Pull that wet saddle off her, and get her stabled with dry straw.”

Two of the women and Lindsey helped me get Christie further inside, and the tunnels were already feeling much warmer, due to the furnaces Begglar had lit prior.

“We’ve got her,” Lindsey move in, taking one of Christie’s arms over her shoulder.  “We’ve got a change of clothes for her and some of the gear from the cache.  She’ll be outfitted like the rest of us and warmed up in no time at all.”

“Wait,” Christie said, weakly, but in an urgent whisper, trying to stand on wobbly legs, but unable to muster her remaining strength by anything other than sheer determination.  “Wait,” she said again, this time a bit louder.

Begglar rebraced the door, the young man had maneuvered Christie’s horse inside and led it by the bridle.

“Xarmnians,” she gasped, trying to catch her breath, “Back there.  Burned it down.  Coming behind me.  Coming on the road with dogs.”

*Scene 06* 8:00 (Anchored Spare)

Laura awakened, cramped and crowded into a closed dark space.  Her breathing was labored.  She felt wet and cold.  Her muscles and bones ached.  A misasma of noisesome smells pervaded the darkness.  She tasted bitter bile.  Tears wet her face as she shivered in the stuffed confinement.  She realized that, for better or for worse, she was still in locked the trunk of her father’s car…and the car was now moving.  She heard the muffled, but steady staccatto of the windshield wipers sloshing across the glass.  The tires below hissing over the wet pavement.  The moistened clacking of rain drops and overwash, pouring over the lopsided trunk hood above her.  Her father still had no idea that she had stowed away in his jaunty “Mr. Blue Bird.”  Their family car, as it was.  Though his mother was never allowed to drive it.  He was the breadwinner of the family.  The breadwinner had all the priviledges.

Now she was flying away with him, unbeknownst, trapped in the thumping, bouncing tail of “Mr. Blue Bird”.  The noises of the road changed as she realized the car was moving faster.  Her daddy must have driven on to the Interstate.  She could hear the growl of the grooves in the pavement, now made louder along with the hiss of the water.  She took in a hard shuddering breath and instantly regretted it.  That smell.  That horrible dead smell assaulted her nostrils, but with less of a pungent punch than she had expected.  What was it?  Had a rat somehow crawled into the trunk?  Was there a hole in the floorboard, under the black carpet, that had somehow let whatever creature this was into the confines of this space?  Her stomach lurched and swam within her.  The oily carpet had a sickly nut-flavored smell.  The tire rubber added a bitter burnt odor to its unsavory brew.  The air was stale, musky, and fecund.  The interior had road dirt that had dislodged from the tread of the spare.  For all practical purposes, this trunk had every attribute of what she imagined a grave might smell like.  Of being buried alive.  The thought terrified her and she began to sob.  She could not see anything.  She could not help but smell the sinister vapors that wafted over her like a burial shroud.  Her heartbeat throbbed in her ears.  She had gone back only to find that this false hope of being able to change her past was a just quicker route to an early grave.

She tried to curl up tighter, to somehow make herself smaller, so that the depairing darkness might not enter her all at once.  She felt pressed in on all sides.  Like she was drowning.  Like she had felt that night when she and the others watched the dripping man through that dusty window, in that other place.

That other place…  Oh, if she could only go back to wherever that…Other Place…was.  Trolls, aside, nothing could be as bad as this, she thought. No one cared about her here.  No one.  Her mother would sober up and then wonder where she had gone, but that was probably the extent of it.  If she had cared about her at all, she would have gotten dry longer before it came to this.  “What about, Laura?!” her mother had wailed.  “Yeah,” Laura thought to herself, “What about me?”

If she had really cared, she would have realized that I was only valuable as a bargaining chip.  She thought she could keep Daddy home, because of a sense of obligation to me.  It never occurred to her that I needed someone to love me without the obligation to do so.  That I needed someone to choose me.  To mom, I was only an ‘anchor baby’.  A way to hold daddy in the port, rather than shipping out.  Well, she sure found out differently tonite didn’t she? Laura thought bitterly, tears falling into the dark wet carpet, as the vehicle bumped along and roared over the side grooves of the highway shoulder.

She heard her father’s muffled curse as a wet spray of water hit the side of the car, shearing off of what she perceived to be another vehicle passing him at a higher rate of speed.

“Slow down, you damned idiot!” he growled, “Can’t you see it’s pouring, out?!”

Thunder rumbled overhead, and Laura could hear the answering grumble of a semi-truck’s airbrakes popping and thrumming outside, as well as the hissing of other cars splashing through the wet falling curtains.

“Ah Crap!” a thump hammered what Laura imagined to be the steering wheel, and she felt the vehicle shudder a bit, and seem to push her body into the spare.  Another thwump sound indicated that whatever suitcase, her father had pitched into the backseat, had now slid off into the floorboard.  His zippered hanging bag with it.

Laura braced herself against the push and tug of the vehicle’s motion, stretching out her arm but finding that strange hairless lump move slightly under her splayed fingers.  The dead thing.  It…it moved.

Whether sheerly by the motion of the car, or under its own power, it seemed to twitch under her hand, and before she could stop herself, she screamed.

A primal, urgent, wailing scream poured out of her.  One she could not have surpressed if she tried.

Suddenly, she felt pitched forward, and her body smacked the anchored spare.

Sobbing, with no restraint, she screamed and cried out, “Daddy!  Daddy!!! Please!”

The car fishtailed, and was thrown into a nauseating spin, its tires hydroplaning and studdering across the roadway.  She heard a loud crash and the high-pitched sound of crunching and buckling metal, the wet shatter of safety glass.  Tires screeched, and dribbled over loose wet gravel, as horns wailed, and cars swerved around the otuside of the vehicle.

Laura felt a hard piece of metal crash into her ribs and lower back, causing her to gasp in pain, as she was thrown and pitched about in the narrow space.

The world heaved and turned upside down.  She felt her small suitcase lunge out of the dark and strike her leg with a thunk.  She felt the car go into a spin, rock up and onto its side, turning her dark interior space into a confused tumble, as if she had climbed into the well of a sidemount dryer, like the ones her mom used at the coin-operated laundry mat downtown.

She heard a car door grind open, the same time the trunk space thrust upward, as if the car itself had suddenly crested a steep hill.  The car leaned towards the right, and she heard the engine racing, the car wheels spinning and throwing pea-sized gravel up against the car’s undercarriage.

She clung to the hard rubber of the anchored spare, as the backend of the vehicle felt suspended, as if a crane had grabbed the back bumper and were raising it upward.  Her pink suitcase had tumbled back into the interior cavity along the seatback end of the trunk–threatening to assault her again as gravity schemed to reload the pink projectile back into the shadowed inner chamber.

She heard a wet sloughing sound as long grass began to move along the undercarriage, picking up speed.  The strange, and quickening sensation of falling was the last perception she registered as she descended into the darkness, clutching frantically to the treads of anchored spare bolted down under the wide metal wingnut to the bottom of the trunk’s wheel well.

Anchored spare, she thought.  How ironic was it that the very term for what she now held onto for dear life, should be exactly what she viewed herself as, even as her very world was turning upside down and descending into a freefall?

*Scene 07* 22:03 (Campfire Stories)

We gathered Christie in to our tenous communal fold, such as it was, as the doors were secured and braced against any further riders daring the storm.

“We’d best get you further inside and out of those wet clothes.  You’re going to catch your death of cold,” I said.  “He’s right, dear,” Nell chimed in, “We’d best get you warmed up and quickly before the cold goes to the bone.  The girls’ll get you dry and I’ll prepare something hot to drink to get you warmed on the inside.  A nice herbal tea, I should think.”

She half-smiled and nodded, as Lindsey and Cheryl quickly produced a cloak from their pack and wrapped her shoulders, and the women led her away down a dimly lit passage to the privacy of the grain bins, where we all had changed into travel and provisional battle gear.  When Christie was dried and outfitted, the women brought her back into the common area, near the furnaces.

The air in the storage bins and stables smelled of straw and dry husks, but was dry and earthy, slightly sweetened by hints of the malt in the grain scattered along the larger loading doors on the other side of the low berm.  The caverns flickered under the torchlight, and we moved further into the commons area, a broader low-ceiling cavern bolstered with stone pillars and equipped with rows of benches and stools near the iron furnaces that Begglar had previously lit.  A warm orange glow came through the grates also casting winsome shadows on the stone pavements from the benches and chair legs arranged in that open space.  It felt like gathering around a large campfire as we settled in to wait out the storm.

Begglar and Dominick unlockedan adjoining galley and pantry that serviced the commons area and procured some of the foodstores.  They tapped some of the ale barrels stored in the large racks, and filled cups and tankards for those of us who could take it.  We snacked on dried fruits, and jerked meats that were also stored in the pantries.  We warmed ourselves by the furnaces, pitching in together to share and pass around what served as a meal while in hiding.

Begglar told me the smoke stacks from the furnaces were piped up natural volcanic chimneys that vented on the upper surface of the escarpment, but also, since the smoke was from natural wood fires, part of it vented into a smoke room on one of the mid-levels where slabs of various meats were cured and hung.  In the off season, hunters and areas herdsmen, brought haunches of meat and sides free range cattle to be butchered, stripped and dried in the high smokehouse room. As part of payment for these services, choice cuts and portions were kept for the soldiers and workers who serviced the operation.  Portions were also given to help service the inn.  The escarpment granary was a veritable cornucopedia of foods and drink for many years.  But when the freshwater spring failed, the brewery operation dwindled down to only three to four keepers, and then down to only himself and Dominick.  Without the source of freshwater, it became difficult to rinse the meats intended for curing.

Christie was brought back into the commons area and was looking much more like herself again.  She seemed refreshed and glad to be back among the group.  Naturally, we gathered around her.  We were so relieved to see her yet amazed at the same time.  Hugs were given and we shared both in the delight and relief of welcoming her back into our traveling fellowship.

“Did you ride all the way through this terrible storm?” someone asked.

“Terrible?” Christie gathered her strength in a deep breath, “Honey, after Laura and I left the inn, we rode down the sea road right smack into a rough headwind. It worsened from there on in.”

“Where did you go?” Miray asked, settling herself on the floor near Christie’s feet.

“We took shelter in an old stable near that shack where we stopped before.  It was old but the wind almost blew it apart.  When I saw the trolls, Laura freaked and rode out into the storm.”

“Trolls?!” I exclaimed, casting a meaningful glance at Begglar.

“Yeah,” Christie exhaled, catching her breath again.  “Two of them, and I think they had the body of the other one we captured and burned.  Had it stretched out on the table in the cabin.  I saw them through the window, where we watched the man by the fire.  Only got a quick peek inside really.  I thought the man would be there, but he was no where in sight.  I don’t know if the trolls did something to him or what, but it was just the two I saw, hovering around the burned one.”

Begglar harumphed, “Now we know what happened to the others.  I told you trolls almost never travel alone.”

“That must’ve been terrifying. Especially for Laura.  It was part of why she left us to go back.  Did she see them too?”  Others were gathering closer now, eager to hear more of Christie and Laura’s experiences.

“No,” Christie responded, taking a sip of a cup of tea Nell brought to her.  “Mmm this is good, thank you, Nell.”

Nell seated herself nearby, next to Cheryl, Lindsey and another of the young women.  “My pleasure, dear.  Go on with yer tale.”

“So, I went out in the storm to check for a way into the cabin.  When we first came in, the doorway had an overgrowth of twisted vines blocking it.  We took temporary shelter in the stable, but it was getting so windy that we had no way to keep warm and dry in there.  I had wanted to see if the man was there and could give us a better place to take shelter until the storm passed over.  We had no way to make a fire, and the structure shook and the roof leaked.

“I left Laura to keep the horses calm while I hurried out in the rain to the cabin.  Someone had cut down the vines that had grown over the door, and it did not feel right just barging in, so I check the window and saw the trolls in there.  No sign of the man, but I figured if he was in league with the trolls, we wanted nothing to do with him either.”

“I assure you, he wasn’t,” I muttered.

“What?” Christie asked.

“Nothing,” I said, dismissing my interjection and urging her to continue.  “So how did Laura find out?”

Christie looked downcast and regretful. “I told her,” she sighed.  “I-I came back and was frightened myself.  She pressed me, and I just blurted it out.  Not thinking.  I just knew we couldn’t expect help from the cabin and she would want to know why.  I never imagined she would react like she did.  Never thought she might go out in the storm.  She panicked.  She just jumped on her horse and took off.  I tried stopping her.  Caught the stirrup, but was dragged across the mud and grass.  Laura seemed to forget everything but her terror.  I lost my grip and she and her mare galloped off into the dark wind and rain, coming down from the sea side.

“It was nearly all I could do to turn back to my own horse and go after her, but I could barely see.  The stable collapsed behind me.  Rats were running out from under the feeder troughs and through the backwall.  There was no where else to go. Someone was coming up on me out of the dark along the banks of the stream, as I charged after her.  I assumed the man had returned from wherever he had gone to, but with the trolls there, I had no time to think.  Both of our horses charged through the storm, running overland towards the sea cliffs, but it was all I could do to hang on and stay in the saddle.  I would see her far ahead through the flashes of lightning, and she made it back to the slopes and dismount, but I arrived too late to stop her.

“When I got there, she had somehow made her way down to the beach.  The storm surged and the sea pressed inward, but she made it out onto a sandbar and the blue oculus arose out of the sea and took her.

“I witnessed it all from the cliffs above.  Her horse was running loose, but I lost track of it in the storm.  I thought about going after it, but I remembered what you told us, Mister Begglar.  That the horses knew the way home.  If my horse hadn’t known the way, I would have been completely lost out there.”

“You did fine, lass!” Begglar interjected.  “Those sea storms are powerful and dangerous.  Many’s the man who would’ve avoided going out into such a blowing, fearsome.  These overland storms lose power coming inland.  Water fuels it, but the land will take out its steam.  By all counts, you gals ran into the worst of it.  The other horse will indeed come back.  Have no doubts.  Bessie’s a good mare.  Quite reliable.  How did you come back?  How was Evangeline?  She is the younger of the two horses.  Your horse.  Has a bit more spirit in her, but you seemed to be the more mature rider to be able to handle her.”

“Evangeline was a godsend, Mister Begglar.  She did just as you said she would.  I loosened the reins and let the mare find her own way back.  I held on to her mane and ducked my head.  The rain and the cold stung and froze, but I just let the horse lead not knowing where else to turn or what else to do.  Eventually, we came down the backroad and the riding was a little easier.

“When the horse returned to the barn near the inn, I was so relieved at first, but there were strange horses there that I had not seen before.  Tall, black and powerful animals, with thick, bulky saddles mounted on cowhide blankets with carry hooks on either side.  I smelled blood spilled somewhere in the barn.  Despite the rain, the air was thick with it mixed with another foul odor.  Right away, I could sense these horses belonged to terrible, and violent men.  Xarmnians, I believe you called them.  They ride with the smell of death on them.”

“How exciting!” a teenaged boy gushed. “What did you do then?”

“Exciting is not the word,” Christie winced, but continued with the account of her journey.  “When you see them coming after you, I doubt that will be the word you will choose to describe it.”

The boy shrugged and grinned, “Sorry.  I just got caught up in your story.  Please tell us more.”

“You may not be so enthusiastic when you hear the rest of it,” she gave him a measured look, and then resumed.  “Anyway, as I was saying, the rain was still coming down pretty strong, but not as blindingly hard as the deluge I had just rode through.  Everywhere I seemed to go, I ran into danger, and I just knew I needed to get out of there before I was seen, but I couldn’t be sure where to go next or where you all had gone.  I could barely see across the yard to the inn.  I knew the plan was to go to that Marker place you referred to,” Christie said, turning to me, “but I didn’t know where that was.  Only that you guys would probably need to take the road if you were taking the wagon you were loading when we left.  There was no one I could see from the barn, so I mounted again and rode up the curved road to the top of the ridge.  I had hoped the rain would provide enough cover, but once I reached the top, I turned my horse and saw some of the men coming out of the inn below.  I reined in and ducked behind the summit, and rode down into an offshoot cut, where the rain runs down beside the road into a ditch.  I found it curved around a small blind behind a boulder and took shelter, giving me a passable view of the descending road above and below.

“Those riders soon crested the summit on their horses shortly after, and I was so terrified that they would discover me in the narrow blind.  But instead of coming towards my hiding place, they turned and rode along the ridge headed away towards the west.  They were armed with spears, and brandished swords, but it looked like they were intent on riding after someone else.  I figured they would follow the road down the other side, but they charged across the slope diagonally after three others I had not noticed before.  I could not see who clearly, but they looked like some of our party and were on foot.  The horsemen, they just cruelly ran them down.  I saw one of them throw his spear, but I had to turn away.  I could not watch anymore.  I was so scared, but the men, the soldiers, for they looked like some sort of militia, never found me or rode my way.”

There was a collective gasp as we all realized what had happened to our three deserters.  “Oh no!” cried one.  “Have mercy!” cried another.

Christie continued, “The horsemen that I could still see through the rain, gathered the bodies of those they had slain onto their horses and took them back over the hill.  Back down to the inn.  I waited and waited, but no other riders came back down my side of the hill.  There was nothing I could do.  The men were cold and efficient.  Merciless.

“It took me a while, but I left my hiding place when the rain lightened up a bit and charged down the road that wound down the hillside.  I had no idea how far ahead you all were.  The road was muddy, but I thought I’d found the wheel tracks of your wagon so I followed those.  I eventually came to a strange hill, surrounded by thornbushes.  If I had to guess, I think it was some sort of a tell.  I remembered reading about them, and only saw a few pictures, but it seemed to fit what I remembered about them.

“The wagon ruts, as much as I could make out after the rain had passed, still led up there, so I stopped to investigate and see what direction you might’ve taken and to get a good view of the lower valley.  Y’know, to see if I could spot you all ahead in the distance.  The storm was still moving, and the worst of it had passed over me, but had slowed and it stretched out over to the northwestern horizon where the road down led.

“Watching from up there on the rise, something strange happened on the side of that hill.  Something that I am still processing, but not quite ready to talk about.”  Christie paused seeming to lose herself in the recent memory, her eyes briefly unfocused and then refocused, and then she added, almost as an afterthought, “There was this strange ray of blue light, too.  It looked like the beam of some kind of search light.  It illumined the upper portion of that tell, and stretched across the sky towards the west.  Somewhere towards a distant ridgeline of far grey mountains.  A light I had not noticed until I moved around towards the western face of the tell.”

There was a growing murmur from among the group, and Miray, who had been sitting cross-legged on the grain floor, chin in hands, wrapped in Christie’s recounting of her experiences, suddenly perked up and scrambled to her feet, beaming.

“See! See!” she grinned, wagging her finger at the group. “I told you all but you dinnent believe me!  She saw it too.  So, there!”

Impishly, she stuck out her small pink tongue, whirled and turned to me.

“We tried to tell them, dinnent we, Mister O’Brian!” she came over and squeezed my hand triumphantly.

“We did,” I answered quietly, “but they were not ready yet to see it.”

The others look from one to another, puzzled by this new revelation, and the sobering account of the demise of three former members of our group.  Threads of low, apprehensive muttering wove its way crossways and through the gathering.

Lindsey piped in, eager to catch Christie up on our latest experience, and distract from the course of the discussion.

“You just missed something terrible here too, Christie.  Be glad you were not here to see it.  The other little girl that was traveling with us was not what she appeared to be.”

“Other little girl?”  Christie turned to me with inquisitive eyes, “What is she talking about?”

I sighed.  There was no easy way to say it.  After all that Christie had been through, I felt it was too early to put this additional revelation on her.

From the corner of my eye, I noticed Cheryl squirm a bit, feeling perhaps some guilt on having been such an ardent defender of the deceiver.  She rubbed her leg gingerly, still suffering physically from her personal encounters of learning, as we had, that Becca was not Becca.

Lindsey saw my alarm and seemed to shrink back, regretting that she had broached the subject.  Another of the young men took up the account, handling the topic with a little less finesse.

“We had a traitor in our midst.  A monster, masquerading as a little girl.  But Mister O’Brian here fixed her with that sword of his.  Yes, he did.  She screeched like an angry owl.  Hurt our ears like the dickens, but he whacked her and she just dissolved away into dust.”

Christie turned on me, “Tell me you did not harm a little girl,” her She-Bear nature rising in alarm.

“No, we did not!” I said emphatically, turning a scowl on the young man who was making me sound like something between a hero and a villain.  “Don’t be alarmed.  We tested her to be certain.  She was not a creature of our world or this one. We have a way to expose the deception.   I assure you, this creature appeared in the form of a little girl, but was not one.”

Christie began to unconsciously move back from us, perhaps wondering herself if it had been wise to come back at all.  Wondering if we had been caught up in some mass hysteria and done something terrible to a child.  None of the faces around her bathed in the glow of the firelight seemed to reflect the sheen of madness or twinkle of duplicity.

Puzzled, she turned back to me.  “Then what was she?” she asked, arching an eyebrow, wariness peeking in, still stirring an uneasiness within her.

“She was a Banshee,” Begglar answered.

Christie looked from me…to Begglar…to others…and back to me again.  Miray looked at her directly and solemnly, nodding her head.  Christie sighed, knowing that if this was an adult deception the children wouldn’t be included in it.

“You know…,” she paused, gathering her thoughts and cautiously measuring her reply, “I’ve just been through some terrible experiences recently and before that a fight with a…a Troll.  I can’t believe I’m saying this.” She gathered her reserve and shivered a bit, hugging her arms to herself.  She then turned to Begglar, and said, “What is a Banshee?  At least, what is it here? What does the term mean in this place?”

*Scene 08* 16:05 (Mind Sight)

Grum-Blud and Shelberd huddled in a grotto cave–wet, cold and miserable.  The commotion outside alerted them to the need to make quick work of their inquisitive probings, the raging storm notwithstanding.  So with a rusted bow saw, pegged on the wall in the shack, they promptly took the only remaining part that was needed to conclude their study–the scorched head of their immolated companion.

Now they set brooding in the shallow cave, with the spray of rain and wind adding to their grudging misery.  A horseman had approached from the west, and another had fled across the shallow stream into the stormy night towards the sea cliffs in the distance.  Lightning had lanced across the sky, revealing a further fleeing figure on horseback.  From an earlier sighting through his spyglass, Grum-Blud surmised that the two headed for the coastline were the two women he had spotted on the road when he and Shelberd has emerged from the forest carrying the charred remains of his brother’s body.

The Walker had been sighted in the forest, and he and Shelberd had fled, but they were not certain if they had entirely shaken the giant man from their trail.  They had hoped to cut the women off, but the storm had slowed them as they skulked through the old remnants of Basia, coming across the hillside dugout cabin, just as the winds and rains began to gather fury and strength.  They had cut away the mat of vines that covered the exposed side of the cabin and the doorway, breaking into the solace of the abandoned cabin to take shelter and continue their grisly work of seeking out the last images of sight, their companion had gathered before being set afire.  Grum-Blud was determined to know who did the deed, by any and all means necessary.

When the riders came out of the storm, it inconvenienced Grum-Blud, but he would not be dissuaded.  The large dark-cloaked man coming in from the west, along the stream bank, was distracted by the women, and he and Shelberd had taken that opportunity to slip away into the night, scrambling over the muddy hill and following the ridgeline, keeping an eye out for the dark-cloaked rider.

They debated moving back in and cornering the man when he entered the cabin, and drew their blades out for that purpose, before sighting the large lumbering shape, that materialized out of the wind and wet and converged on the cabin as well.  A shape they recognized and wanted no further interaction with.  The large man known as ‘The Walker.’

Miserable, they scrambled away seeking to find another place to shelter and wait out the storm.  The rain had stung and the icy fingers of the wind threatened to push them out into the full fury of the cold night, but by and by they espied a shadowy grotto, inset into the hill, hiding under a short cornice of rock.  The ground was wet all around, except for a few feet in the back of the cupola.  Nothing dry enough to build a fire on, but enough to provide a meager windbreak away from the clawing reach of the fierce winds and blistering cold.

Grum-Blud glowered at the bag that held the lumpy remains of his brother’s head.  His jaws quivered in rage at their plight, mad at himself for fleeing from the cabin like a rat from a prowl of cats.

He opened the bag and fished inside with his meaty hand, grasping the blackened thing by what remained of its scorched hair.

Shelberd shivered miserably in the corner, unable to look up, mumbling and wimpering to himself.

“It’s now or never,” Grum-Blud growled, pulling out a large knife from his belt sheath and carving into the shadowy orbs with a blade that disappeared into deeper shadow.

Shelberd looked up, half covering his face with his fingers, gawking at Grum-Blud.

Grum-Blud flicked something black away, and stabbed his knife into the ground, near the sack that they had borne the head.  He lifted the head, now appearing more like a skull, towards his own face, and the pale gleam of the stormlight, seemed to fade from his shadowy countenance.  His gritted teeth appeared feral and his meaty hands clamped on the sides of the head when the ears once hung.  Grum-Blud looked deep into the eyesockets of that charred face, and his own eyes swirled in a matching blackness.

After a maddening moment, Shelberd whimpered again and hesitantly asked, “What do you see?” fearing the answer, even as he asked the question.

Grum-Blud grunted, but mumbled back, continuing to gaze deeply into the gaunt shadowy hollows of the eye sockets, his own eyes darkling even as they peered into the sunken holes above the rictus stretched slack jaw, and a gaping row of blackened-and-skinned teeth with a crooked tusk edging the side of the lower jaw.  In life, Pogsley rarely, if ever, grinned without there being the underedge of menace in it.  Now in death, the intent behind his tight, rictus grin was unreadable.  Grum-blud had skinned back the desicated flesh of his brother’s occipital brow with his blade, carving away the remnants of the droopy eyelids that had made the living face of his brother look half-sleepy.

“I see a young girl standing in a circle with others.  Pog is surrounded by others but he finds an interest in her.  She cannot look away, and he senses it.  She is holding a torch, but she is afraid.  Others are with her, but Pog’s focus is fixed on her.  I can see the fear in her eyes.  Overcoming her.  Pogsley is dark-eying her.  Probing her memories, for things that are…useful.  Her torch wavers, and her hand is growing slack.  Others are shouting at her, but it is clear she is the weakest link in the circle of those fencing him in with firelight.  There is much fear in her. Self-doubt and much pain.  Many handles to steer her by.  An easy mark.  This is not the one who did what was done to him.  She couldn’t be.  This waif is too consumed by fear.  Pogsley would have had her soon.  He is stained her soul, with his markings.  Twisting the hurting words inside her.  She offers so much to be used.  No, something else must’ve…  There’s another.  A man, he has a short beard, but he is worried.  Feels responsible, somehow.  He warns others to look away, but does not follow his own advice.  Pogsley catches him too, in an eye sweep.  Fear has weakened him…and compromise.  He might be a weak link as well.”

Suddenly, Grum-Blud jerked back, almost dropping the burned head.

“What? What?!” Shelberd wailed, alarm raising the pitch of his already shrill voice.

“They pulled a bag over him.  He struggles, through a gap I see another who is binding him.  It is neither the man or the girl.  The fingers on the edge of the bag are long and small.  It seems his assailant is a woman.  They fight, but the bag is pulled down over his arms, binding them to his sides.  There are pinpricks of light through the mesh of the weave, but not enough to see clearly.  Shapes of the others, ghostly smears.  The woman and Pog are alone in the struggle.  Pog should have easily bested her, but the bag has him hampered.  He cannot easily get to his boot knife.”

Shelberd gaped, “They slipped up behind him!  Figures!  Pog would have gutted the lot of ’em, he would.”

“Yes. Yes.” Grum-Blud continued, still probing.  There is no sound to the scenes, he is connected to.  Only the images.  A confusion of material.  A cessation of the struggle, as the bag heaves under Pogs slow breathing.  Nothing clearly can be seen through the waft and weave of the course sack.  Only near scrub and gravel.  Then a sudden twist and tumble of material.  The a flash of curling smoke, and coiling flame.  The sight is choked with yellow and orange light, but suddenly goes black.  Nothing happens for a time.  The electrical impulses, cool and bury themselves into the neural mass, enfolding into grooves of gray flesh.  Then a dream-like image surfaces.  Like a vision through deep water.  It’s the girl.  The girl that was stained by Pogsley.  It is her sight.  The spiritual stain binds the dead to the living.

Grum-Blud’s long silences chill Shelberd with a coldness felt deeper inside him.  There is a warmth of connection even in the companionship of someone as grim and cruel as Grum-Blud.  He had rather endure Grum-Blud’s insults and mockery than that of Grum-Blud’s silences. For Shelberd had traveled long enough with Grum-Blud to know that Grum’s silences were even more ferocious and dangerous.  “Grum?” he ventured.

Grum-Blud cleared his throat, grunting, “I see a moonlit room.  Glass.  A window pane and rain outside.  I see…” his voice trailed off.

“Pogsley?” Shelberd probed.

“No,” Grum-Blud retorted, “The other.  The waif girl.  Pog got a stain into her. She still lives.  But is not here.”

“Where then?”

Grum-Blud lowered the head, fumbling for the sack they had carried it in.  As he blindly tucked it into the bag, the blackness in his eyes swam away behind the hooded lids of his eyes, revealing the jaundices schlera framing his dark irises and narrowing pupils.

A faint moonwash of veiled light silvered his lumpy brow and bunched cheeks, reflecting off of the pearlescent drops of rain water that had been trapped into the tangle of his thick beard.

“She is in The Out-World.  In some sort of cart, with strange wheels.  she has locked herself into a dark box.  I could see no further, but her fear there is strong and sharp.  It clarifies what we can see through her.”

“What does that matter?  It can be of no further use to us,” Shelberd pouted.

Grum-Blud rose from a squat, and slung the bag of his brother’s head over his shoulder, a blackened stain wetting its bulbous shape.

“Maybe not, but then again, maybe so,” Grum-Blud answered cryptically.

“What are you thinking?!” Shelberd rose up from his shivering crouch, only enough to back further into the shallow cave, and feel the coldness of the bare stone behind him.

“Mind-sights like these are valuable to a certain group obsessed with crossing back over into The Other.”

“You’re not suggesting…?!” Shelberd wailed, suddenly shivering uncontrollably.

“Exactly,” Grum-Blud grinned, his face seeming to mirror that of the rictus grin eternally cast upon the face of the dead head he now carried within its sack.

“No, Grum, please think this through!  The Pan will kill us without a thought to it.”

Grum-Blud hefted the bag, black ooze dripping from its underside.

“Not if we give him something he wants,” Grum-Blud sneered.  “Right now we have little to take back to Jahaza, that he cannot get from others. But to The Pan, we bear a sight into the world he and others like him have sought for centuries.”

“B-But what if he just takes Pogsley’s head from us and kills us off?  What then?!”

“He won’t,” Grum-Blud growled.

“How can you be so sure?” Shelberd whined.

“Because delving is an insight only given to trolls.  There is no one in his kingdom of Half-men that can do what our kind can do.”

“What about the dark pools?” Shelberd moved forward beseechingly grasping Grum-Blud’s forearm, cowering and shaking.  “They say he has an entire wood filled with the dark waters, around an old stone temple.  That he looks through those waters constantly and can see into that other world.  Why would he need our Pogsley’s head?”

“Because he can see through a living person, that’s why!” Grum-Blud growled, freeing himself from Shelberd’s pleading grip.  “Fear clarifies the vision.  And if this connection still remains through my dead brother, that means this girl will somehow be coming back here.  And if she does, we…and The Pan and his kind will all be waiting for them.  Something of herself has been left here.  Something personal.  She will be brought back, and the group of outworlders that did this to my brother will find themselves wishing they had never meddled with the purposes of a troll!”

“What about that other man?  The one you said Pogsley also dark-eyed?”

Grum-Blud’s lips pulled into a further grin and he clapped Shelberd on the back, but Shelberd winced, expecting that clap to be a blow, like the countless ones he had received from Grum-Blud before.  “For once, you finally asked ‘the right‘ question, you numbskull!”

The rain just outside of the grotto cave had finally stopped and only the slow dripping from the stone cornice brow above remained.  The wind had died down to a low but threatening whisper, implying a warning, but waning as it progressed further inland following the central strength of the storm.

*Scene 09* 12:05 (Dangerous Delays)

The armory in the Iron Hills proved to be a problem for Storm Hawk and her band of Lehi horsemen.  They were suited and trained for hit-and-run short raids, but not for holding and capturing prisoners long-term.  For that, they needed a larger body of regimented troops and guardsmen.  In short, they needed the forces of the underground resistance.  Tapping resources from that hidden reservoir had been difficult but not impossible.  Begglar had proven to be the key.  His clandestine relationships from years prior still bore fruit.  His present whereabouts were known by very few, for he no longer plied the fjord waters of the lake chains of Cascale as a supply raider, causing the Xarmnians much consternation and grief.  After marrying Nell and having reinvented himself as a baker and innkeeper far away from the Skorlithian shipyards, his influence and reach had shortened but had not entirely disconnected from the many old friends he had made in his days of piracy against the Xarmnian water fleets.   His ship had suffered irreparable damage during its final sea battle with the leviathan that had once plied and plagued those bifurcated waters.  His ship had run aground onto a sand bar in one of the hidden coves and inlets.  Over the intervening years, the ship had been taken apart and used to refurbish those few remaining smaller ships that ran a sleeker, faster legacy fleet through the lake chain now that the leviathan’s carcass had been found and confirmed dead.  Skorlithians now managed those legacy fleets.  The newer boats no longer required armored sides now that the beast had been slain, and Begglar was still recognized as the brave captain that had led the charge to bring the monstrous creature to ground.  As a result, the smaller, faster fleets could more easily overtake and evade the Xarmnian warships, increasing their effectiveness.  Many of the former Mid-Worlder crew that had served with and under Begglar remained loyal but respected his need for privacy, now that the Xarmnians had identified him and put such a high price on his head.  Many of those crew now ran small fishing operations with small or modest-sized fleets of their own.  Some had retired from the cold waters, content to let the younger take their turn.  The smaller boats operated with more shallow drafts, finding themselves now able to pass over “The Rakes”, underwater buttresses built by the Xarmnians to keep the former beast from invading their passage routes and plaguing their supply ships, as it had done with the Skorlithian fleets.   The leviathan often chased schools of fish up to the edge of “The Rakes”, but turned back into the Skorlithian side of the water, allowing those fish to filter through the gaps in “The Rakes” only to be harvested by Xarmnian fishing boats operating between “The Rakes”.  The death of the leviathan of Cascale did not serve the Xarmnian interests.  In fact, it took away their advantage, making the downriver Skorlithian fishing industry profitable again.  The influence of leviathan served to build Xarmnian power.  A fact that was not lost on the coastal peoples.  A fact that fed additional Xarmnian hatred and rage towards those responsible for bringing down the beast.  The Xarmnian headwaters, within “The Rakes”, were closer to the eastern oceanic inlet and the eastern edge was more salinated, than the western Skorlithian edge of the Lake Cascale chain with more glacial freshwater fed off of the snow masses melting off of the frontal heights and shelves of the Nawsaw (נָסָה Exodus 20:20 word for ‘test’ [ref. Strong’s h5254] ) range running through the waterfront forests of Gacean.

The freshwater fish thrived, while the influx of oceanic fish sickened from the diminishing salts and something present in the fog-laced coastlands.  The melted snow filtered through the stone breaks of the mountain and across the river stone of the brooks and streams that came down into the lake chain, purifying the water as it arrived and emptied into the lake basin.

Xarmni, thinking to situate itself in a position of advantage by dominating the upper east side of the lake chain, found themselves solely vested in an untenable and failing position, forcing them to take more desperate measures of extending their influence and power.  What they lacked in their former market dominance of the independent fishing industry, they had to make up in forceful military actions.  Desperation also drove the Xarmnian efforts making many more enemies among the Mid-lander communities who resisted being ruled by the mad successor king of the Stone City of Xarm.

Skorlithians were largely sympathetic to the concept of resistance against Xarmnian tyranny.  Many of Begglar’s friends disappeared into the underground, forming its secretive organization, linking many communities and Mid-landers into its growing and restless army.

The problem with managing a grassroots underground network of dissidents across Mid-World geographies was the potential problem of infiltrators, and informants that threatened the whole.  Xarmni and its agents were adept at finding leverage points, with the goal of bringing down the insurgent hidden network.   The Xarmnians formed Protectorate Guard bands ostensibly to police the outer territories and exact taxation and tribute for their own “protection”.

Xarmni used these extortion tactics to, not only enrich their cruel leadership but also, to make up forshortfalls in their storehouses for feeding their own captive populaces and their armies.  Loss of revenue could not be excused or tolerated for whatever reason.  Xarmni’s leadership council lacked the ability to self-examine the consequences of their own policies.  Rather they sought to obfuscate their own culpability by denials and casting blame for failure, often upon an innocent party with no discretionary power to influence the outcome of a leadership directive.  Xarmni resented and sought to undermine any means of profitability and production that they could not control, manipulate or undermine.  They demonized their competitors, attempting to spoil their methods and turn the dependent communities, with whom they had traded for generations, against them stating that the competitors’ privateering practices were unsustainable and irrevocably polluting the lake chains.

Outrage drove many further into the underground network, seeking ways to respond covertly to the Xarmnian encroachments, if not openly and overtly.  Direct resistance was met with Xarmnian violence.  But covert resistance was not easily ascribed to one party whose family or living means which could be directly punished.

The operations under The Son of Xarm were growing more desperate and violent.  The monarch ruled by instilling fear for he could not rule by inspiring fealty or love.

Shimri, one of Begglar’s old crewmates, was still active in the present underground.  Shimri was Begglar’s sole connection to the old network and the distant shipping fleets still in operation against the Xarmnian encroachments.  Shimri had sent word through his connections for men to take charge of the Iron Hills armory, once word reached them that the Storm Hawk and her company had secured it.

Storm Hawk and her agents had secured a commitment from Shimri that men would arrive to relieve them from that responsibility but their arrival had been delayed.  Xarmnian troops had been seen in the area and were riding in a company leading a pack of devil dogs on the trail headed towards the main road that would eventually descend from the highlands into the lower valleys.  Speculation arose that they were seeking Begglar for questioning.  A later towering column of smoke following the passage of a seasonable rainstorm coming from the location of Begglar’s inn revealed to all that the Xarmnians had been frustrated in that intention.

Now Storm Hawk and her Lehi riders were finally taking the wider, smoother low road that ran along the base of the old escarpment granary promontory through the lowland passage, wary that the Xarmnian troop was either ahead or behind them.

The relief resistance thought that the Xarmnians had gone up the long way towards the top of the escarpment, and they had watched for a time, fearing that from the upper rise, they would be more easily spotted riding towards the Iron Hills armory, only to see them descend the slope again, apparently frustrated from proceeding on towards the summit.  The rain storm that had veiled the escarpment rise was finally thinning out, and the troop had turned their dogs and their horses back down toward the back trail that would eventually converge with the main road.  Chances were probable that they would proceed to their stock stables along the hill road, to rotate their mounts for fresh horses.

Begglar and his party were supposed to meet them near the Xarmnian stables.  Or that was the last word they had received before Begglar and his family had taken it out on the lam.  Begglar would be wary, Storm Hawk told herself, but he would need to be warned that the Xarmnians were already hot on his trail.

Her team was suited and armored up, appearing much like a Xarmnian convoy bearing a routine shipment of weapons fresh from the Iron Hills forges.  The wind was coming up from the southeast, pushing the former rainstorms ahead of its front toward the northwest.  Her team rode in a diagonal phalanx pattern, moving obliquely along the road allowing the sulfurous scents of their equipment and garb to pass beyond them.  A couple of teams pulled two wagons of wooden boxes holding stock of the weaponry and armor plating.  They had hoped to use the cover of the armor delivery as a ruse to get close enough to the Xarmnian stables to refurbish their riding stock as well so that they could supply Begglar and the others with fresh horses.  With the Xarmnian outer patrol ahead of them, Storm Hawk realized that that plan might prove to be too dangerous.  There had to be some way to get word of warning to Begglar, but she had no way of knowing how far ahead Begglar and his party might be and her scout, Ryden, was on special detail and set to rejoin them later in Azragoth.  She knew that once was agreed upon and set in motion, operating separately and with no contact, the most probable method for success was adhering to the original plan as much as possible.  The delay of the relief personnel had already cost them half a day.  A delay that may cost Begglar and his family their lives, if that Xarmnian patrol were positioned for an ambush.

As Storm Hawk and her team of disguised arms convoy soldiers, turned off of the branch road onto the track that approached the Xarmnian stockyard, high above, nestled and curved down the face of the rocky escarpment, appearing like stone, a large ice-blue eye opened on the outcropping, dotted by an ink black pupil and carefully rolled to follow the distant progress of their movements as they descended below the brow of the branch road.  It had observed a prior group of armed men moving in that same direction before.  Its other black eye slowly cracked open, appearing like a black slash along a bony rim of jagged rock.  Its implanted agent’s signal no longer pulsed in its obsidian depth like a ripple in a dark pool, but its other senses were still sharp enough to scent and perceive that which might feed its growing hunger…and obsession.  It would wait and watch.  And at some point, it would claw down the face of the cliff… furrow into the ground, and follow.

*Scene 10* 30:54 (Banshee)

“The Banshee?” Begglar grunted, “Ah, lassie. Now that is a whispery tale to be told on a night of storms.  Are you sure ya want ta hear it?”

The crew gathered around Begglar, eager faces turned toward him, as he settled himself on a bench, backlit by the flickering glow of the furnace firelight.

Christie nodded, and Miray answered audibly for all.  “Tell it! Tell it! Mister Boogler!”

Nell broke out laughing, as did the others, grateful for the release and relief of the tension.  Miray looked around with a puzzled look and shrugged her shoulders, not sure what the adults seemed to think was funny.

Begglar chuckled and wiped his face with a short handkerchief pulled out of one of his myrid pockets. From the kerchief, he had unrolled a short pipe and a cinch bag of dried and shredded tobacco, which he poured and tamped down the mix into the bell of his pipe.

“Dear, I thought you gave that up?!” Nell stood with her hands on her hips, gently reproving her husband with a light scold.  Begglar looked down at what his hands were doing, realizing he’d unwittingly outed himself.  To him, storytelling and piping, were once part of the same exercise.  He had forgetton that he’d pocketed the pipe, and he now gave his wife a sheepish grin.  “Now, Nellus, dear.  You won’t begrudge a poor man his pipe when he’s been called upon to set forth a tale now will ye?”

Nell raised an eyebrow, but gave him a wink with it, “Well, now. Maybe just this once.  It’s been a while since ye told yer tales with a fire agoin’ and good company gathered.”

“Thankee, dear one,” Begglar said, lifting a glowing ember to the bell of his protruding pipe, now carefully ensconced between his teeth, and hanging out over his beard. “I only kept this one fer celebratin’ Ash Wednesdays,” he said, giving the others a sly wink.

“Ash Wednesdays, indeed!” she said wagging her finger at him.  “And, doancha think I didna know that ya had that pipe in them vest pockets, as if I’m oblivious to yer cunning ways, me luv!  I’ve found it more times than I can count, doin’ the wash.  Your as full of blarney as the day I met ya.”  Here she touched a finger to the side of her nose, as others had seen Begglar himself do more than once, adding, “And I’ve ALWAYS been wise to it.  Ye’re lucky I let you keep it for such as this, but don’t be blowin’ yer smokes at the wee ones, me darlin’.”

“Yes, dear,” Begglar said, drawing in his cheeks and building up a short series of puffs of the smoldering tobacco, now catching to the lit ember.

Begglar reached for the bell of his pipe, and took the end from his mouth.  “Now where was I?”

“Banshee!” Miray said, laughing at the small puffs of smoke coming out of his nostrils.

“Banshee, it twas!” Begglar said lifting his pipe in salute and rehung it into the corner of his mouth.

I marveled watching Begglar settling into his natural element.  A born story teller, if ever there was one.

“Well, now,” Begglar said, “Here’s to the truth of it.  Banshees here are transitions.”

“Transitions?” someone in the crowd asked.

“Meanin’ that they are more than just one thing.  They are the same essential, but take different forms.  It is the dragons that do it.  They add the earth and clay, and bring in the plasma to find a shape from a blood-born.”

Quizzical looks fanned over the pond of firelit faces like waves touched by a gentle breeze.

“Blood-born?  Dragons?” one of the young men adjusted his posture, sitting up from a slouch.

“Aye!” Begglar answered fingering his pipe, looking around at the eager faces, bemused by something only he seemed to know.  “Perhaps, it’d be best to start with me beloved green isle, back in the Surface.  Ireland.”

“There are no dragons in Ireland!” a young man said.

“So, you’ve been there, haveya?” Begglar zeroed in on the skeptic.

“No, b-but…” the young man stammered, instantly regretting having spoken out.

Begglar raised an eyebrow, “Aye. Thought so,” He fingered his pipe bell, “There be more mysterious things in the old green isle and the thereabouts, than you’d be ken to, laddie.  Hush now. And leave me to the tellin.”

Begglar took out his pipe and gestured with it, “Have ya heard the Scotts speak of kelpies, now?”

“I have!” Miray said with a big wide grin, raising her hand in response to the general question.

“Are you saying there is a dragon in Loch Ness?” one of the young women asked.

“That’d be in the land of the Scots.  I am referrin’ to Ireland.  Kelpies are not only the beasties in their lochs.  They are better kept mum by the Irish, than the Scots.  Give a Scot a draft of whiskey, and he’ll tell all his country’s secrets.  Not so the Irish.  Before nary a word is spoken of the beastie’s one must be prepared to get a clout, and a blackened eye.  The Irish feel strongly about our fairy mysteries, and manys the man that held a handful of his own front teeth in his hand by bringin’ up what was a friendly discussion of the matters ta begin with.”

“D’ya mean like leprechauns?”

“Aye. The wee folks be part of it,” Begglar said touching the side of his nose in that characteristic fashion.

“Are you sayin’ these things are real?” the young man, formerly reprimanded, asked.

“To a point,” Begglar answered cryptically, “Legends are born out of experiences.  But they often grow to a point that the truth of the real is no longer recognizable.  Passionate people often drive tales into the stretching.  For example, the Banshee, now.  She is told to be recognized by the sound of her wailing.  The beastie we witnessed now.  Even now her terrible screech still rings in my ears.  Back in Ireland she was thought of as both an angel and a demon.  Her wails were a harbinger of doom.  She appears fair at times and foul at others.  In the legends in the land where I came from, she wanders the fells and moors.  Her moaning foretells of an upcoming death in the family.  For she is a mourner, you see?  She mourns, but then she doesn’t now. It is not her own pain that she regrets.  Its the misery she brings to others.  She being a portentuous sprite and a woeful spirit.  The wailing comes from a human tradition.  A custom, it was.  Some customs come from historical and biblical traditions.  There were paid mourners whose job it was to wail over the dead and dying.  Families would hire these women to make such a fuss. They’d come in like a flock of cave bats.  A wearin’ black mourners clothes and beatin’ their breasts like just as if it were their own kin.   The louder the wailing the greater the honor it was believed given to the dearly departed. Twas an old custom of culture but not just the Irish.  Ancient Greece, Rome, Egypt, China and the Middle East, all had these customs, and the Romans brought these keening customs to the Celts.”

“Biblical?” others looked up.

“Aye.   The Ancient Text, there.  It tells of that custom, as well.”

Begglar turned to me, “O’Brian, lend me a passage now, will ye.  Book of Luke, chapter 8, just the last part relatin’ to that Jairus fella.”

Begglar touched his nose and turned back to the group, “See I tole ya O’Brian was good fer somethin’.” And he winked and grinned.  I had many times noticed that Begglar became a just bit more Irish when he talked of the old country, in both his manner and inflection.  But I humored him anyway.

“Then a man named Jairus, a synagogue leader, came and fell at Jesus’ feet, pleading with him to come to his house because his only daughter, a girl of about twelve, was dying. As Jesus was on his way, the crowds almost crushed him. … While Jesus was still speaking, someone came from the house of Jairus, the synagogue leader. “Your daughter is dead,” he said. “Don’t bother the teacher anymore.” Hearing this, Jesus said to Jairus, “Don’t be afraid; just believe, and she will be healed.” When he arrived at the house of Jairus, he did not let anyone go in with him except Peter, John and James, and the child’s father and mother. Meanwhile, all the people were wailing and mourning for her. “Stop wailing,” Jesus said. “She is not dead but asleep.” They laughed at him, knowing that she was dead. But he took her by the hand and said, “My child, get up!” Her spirit returned, and at once she stood up. Then Jesus told them to give her something to eat. Her parents were astonished, but he ordered them not to tell anyone what had happened.” [Luke 8:41-42, 49-56 NIV]

“Thankee, O’Brian,” Begglar said with a bow, “that was nicely done. Now leave off with ye.” He said curtly, turning again to the younger ones with his arms raised, ape-like and then bringing them together in a loud clap to get their attention.

“Well, now, it was a Jewish custom in those days to have mourners come and pay their respects by these raucous expressions of grief.  Some traditions live on from family to family and from culture to culture.  My homeland has a blend of traditions.  Some good, some not so much.  A blend of faithful heritage with a turn and churn of myth and folklore mixed in.  ‘Lump levening’, me dear sainted mother used ta call it.  It is not often known where the rites of the orthodox ends and the pagan ritual begins.

“Some believed the Banshee was the curse of the women mourners who laughed and mocked and derived the Master when He said the child was only asleep.  That the Banshee-kind were destined to mourn for eternity over their mockery. And were cursed to walk between this world and the next until the end of time.  A convenient argument for those holding to superstition as piously as they claimed to hold to the tenets of the faith.  Belief in such would seem to cast a nasty sort of vindictiveness upon the Lord, now wouldn’t it?” he rubbed his chin, fingering his beard thoughtfully.  “That I should say so, now, gives to the question more weight to our myth, than to the right clear truth of the Ancient Varse.  That it would.  Since there being no mention of such a curse given, the connection is a mere fancy.  Old wives tales, as ‘twas called in my day.”

He spun around again with his ape arms raised, to tease the kids, “The woman Banshee–since I don’t reckon there ‘tis a male variety– is what we in Ireland called the “Hag of the Mist”.  The very word Banshee is formed from the Gaelic tongue for ‘mound’ and ‘fairy woman’ – bean sí, pronounced /bain-see/.

He cupped a hand to his ear and touched a finger to his lips.

“Hush now!  Can ya hear it?  Listen closely.  What is that noise outside?”

Miray’s eyes went wide and she moved forward to cling to Begglar’s leg.

“Dear! Really now!” Nell interjected.  “Don’t frighten the child!”

Begglar reached down and patted Miray’s head, and squatted on his heels before her taking her hand. “Quiet now, child.  Tell me only what you hear.”

“The wind?” Miray asked, tentatively.

“Aye!  Good answer!  You’re the clever one!  The wind can’t blow on you in here.  Can it?”

Miray shook her head and grinned.

“No, it can’t,” Begglar patted her, “Now take a seat, and listen.”

Begglar rose and continued, “As you can tell, the outside wind makes strange noises as it howls through the breaks and around uneven surfaces and landmasses.  Y’kin even hear it now, outside these doors.  Hills and valley, moors and cliffs.  And in Ireland we had all these in spades.  Strong night winds would tear across the northern country, moaning and screeching like a keening woman.  Some houses were not built as they should be, and often times the drafts and cold moist air would get into the house of an evening.  And the fevers would come and pneumonia might set it and take a child or two from that world to the next.

Begglar, moved and sat on a tied sheaf of hay, closer to the fire, wagging his head.  “Aye, tis the rational thinking man, might reason.  But we Irish, now, we cleave to our superstitions like we take to the tune of a fiddle and a draught of Irish whiskey.

Here, Begglar took on the vocal affectations of two squabbling Irish women, playing to the younger ones, “‘Twas the Banshee, took the child,” says one.  “Nay, ‘twas that sad sack of yer no good husband not stoking the fire in the hearth, nor filling in the cracks in the slat works wall of your house.  But dainty is the fingers of yer worthless man.  Can’t be workin’ in the mud and dauble to fix the cracks, now.  Rather be a drinkin’ and a fightin’ at O’Mally’s Pub, says I, than attendin’ to his household.”  But the woman of the opinion that it t’were the Banshee, she’s got the bigger fists, and louder mouth and she won’t be hearing the truth of it, from Molly McDonald, now will she?  And to see to it, that she shuts her mouth about that perceived truth, she clouts her a good one, right in the eye she does.  So, as far as the folks around that settle’s it.  Best not be vexing the mourning woman with the big fists, say they.  If she says, ‘twas the Banshee wailing that warned of the deaths, and snatched her poor child with the fevers then that IS ‘the story’ that stands.  And stand it has for a good long time, now.  Not even the rector in the local parish will deny it.  He too enjoys continuing to see out of both his eyes.”

We all had a good laugh at that.  Begglar always had a way about him that was endearing.  His Inn was quite popular in its day, but it was mostly because of the man he was.

The others and I went back to their meals and dinner conversations, but I noticed that Begglar, slipped away to speak privately to Christie.

Dominic had ascended the inner stairs and had come back from the upper smoke room stores, and he and Nell had laid out cut meats and cheese along a large charcuterie serving board.  As the others rose to go to the table where Nell, Dominic and a few helpers had set out the serving, Begglar took the opportunity to approach Christie privately, with a more sober expression and squatted before her, looking at her eye to eye.

“Lass, as there were young ones present in the hearing, I could not entirely answer your sincere question directly.  And I do not wish to diminish the seriousness of your question.  Do you understand?”

I stood behind and nearby, but did not call attention to my presence.  Begglar’s demeanor had drastically changed in his approach to her, unlike the gregarious, affable front he had shone to others, there was a gentleness about the man that showed a sober humility in his manner that I had never witnessed before.  Much had changed in him, through the intervening years, and I marveled at how a strong, boisterous captain of a former pirate crew, could shift into such a demeanor of tenderness.  I could tell part of it was the influence that both Nell and fatherhood had on him, but another part was because of something much more ineffable.

Begglar took Christie’s hand and gently patted it in his large, rough paw.

“You have shone a great deal of courage, young lady, bearing all you have been through.  You’ve come through much already.  So it is wish the understanding of your courage, that I feel I can address personally your question more directly than I could with the others.

“The Banshee in legend, in my dear land in The Surface World, is a supernatural entity which visits fear on the superstitous.  Fear gives the evil ones insight and influence on a world in which they cannot physically manifest.  It also clouds what is real and it separates us from the One who centers us in our weakness.  We need to stand on the rock of certainty, or we will crumble when the storms come and the waves are driven ashore.  The young ones, they need the lighter touch of what is to be explained.  But we need courage to be sober to threat, without letting the threat drive us into the enemy’s places of shifting sand.  You mentioned you stood upon the hill and saw it for what it really is.  A Tell.  Think about that word’s dual meaning, for here you are in a world of dualities.  Here, one thing may also be another and both aspects are coequal parts of the whole of what it is.  Most times in this Mid-World there are three aspects making up the whole–a trinity.  The most difficult part to see and experience is the mysterious third.  It is because as a race we have been blinded to it.  We see through a glass darkly.  But that is where belief in the unseen is most important.  Excavatia is the mysterious third of the three parts of reality.  It is part of a promise, a hope and a legend.  The presence of The Marker Stone is a mysterious guarantee in this world.  A rock of certitude that is supernaturally protected.  Many here have tried to destroy it, but cannot.  It is a Word of surety, in a world bent on destroying it and burying its Truths.  There are physical illusions in this Mid-World that attempt to make us think they are something else.  But the one thing that secures us, is knowing and reminding ourselves of the nature and the revealed Words of The One.  You are one of the few who have given your name to this journey.  And I suspect, by doing so, you are now learning how important being named here matters.  When someone asks you how you are called, you give them your name, your calling.  That blue search light you saw, and little Miray saw, was a gleam from The Praesporous Stone–The Hope Stone.  It is placed high in the distant mountains, in the heart of a dangerous place.  A place we, who are all called, must eventually get to.  Only those committed to the quest can see the light of Hope.  Those who are called.  Do you understand what I am saying to you?”

Nacent tears filled Christie’s eyes as she nodded.  The words she had heard in her spirit on the road came back to her.

“Yes. I think I do.”

“Are you secure in knowing that you are called–marked–by The Marker Stone?”

Christie lifted her head, gratitude showing through her tears, feeling warmed by more than just the fire burning in furnaces beyond her.

“Yes,” she said, brushing a tear and a strand of stray hair away with the heel of her hand.

Begglar studied her for a brief second, and then nodded.  “Kelpies, Banshees, Leprechauns, and other fae creatures of my Surface World home, all have one thing in common in our legends, which is physically true here in this world.”  He paused, and then met Christie’s eyes and finished off, “They are all creatures given to illusions to hide the truth.  They are shapeshifters.  As variable as the shifting winds of my dear Ireland.  Here in this world, a Banshee is a wind spirit.  It enters a body given to it by a dragon.  I suspect there is one here in the Mid-World now.  The experience of that family we hid–what they saw happen to Xarmnian pursuers in a wheat field–could only be explained by the presence of a dragon.  A dragon can build is own army of mudlings.  All it needs to do so, is a hosting wind sprite, a bit of injested earth and human blood to give this “body” an image.  If this image is worn on a mudling, chances are high that the blood donor was consumed by the dragon that formed it.  A mudling, often called a gollum, which means unformed substance, can shift into as many images as are present in the blood the dragon took into itself.  This makes dragons more dangerous than even their physical might and savage nature might pose in direct combat.  They can see through their agents.  Each mudling they give this half-life, become their slavish agents, and informants.  The Becca that was human, is no longer, I am sorry to say.  The sword O’Brian bears does not just physically cleave at an enemy, but it also reveals and unmasks illusions.  The sword was not used to kill a child, but only an illusion of one.  The dust of the image still retains a memory of the blood by which it was formed.  But it cannot reform itself into a golem without the aid of a dragon.  It must return to the dragon.  And that will give us time to get to a place beyond its reach.  With this knowledge, you must not live in fear of those things that are dragon-formed.  Fear will draw those things towards you.  Find that place in knowing that you are named and take security in that hope.  Evil cannot destroy or succeed in destroying those secured by The Marker Stone.  They may seem to progress for a time, but ultimately, all will bow before The Rock.  The Marker Stone is a conduit for The Logos.  The three-part symphony twines and swirls around the scale time.  It gives its gifts of word and deed.  My word came in a life verse that references both my past and my future.  It ties into the hope visible and invisible, and passes through the veil into Excavatia.  Excavatia is a place of sanctuary and security.  A place where no evil may come.  It is a holy place, where all mysteries in the Surface World and this Mid-World will be revealed.  My verse is in the Ancient Text letter of the Apostle Paul to his brethern.

We have this hope as an anchor for the soul, firm and secure. It enters the inner sanctuary behind the curtain. [Hebrews 6:19 CSB]

“As I’ve told O’Brian, my confidence and security living in this place is, and has always been, being anchored in the awareness of the knowledge of what I believe about The One who occupies Excavatia.  As such the beasties of this world will not separate me from the hope I have, no matter what storms may come.  Banshees gain power by convincing others to fear them, and to making others think that it is they who hold the keys to life and death.  But I know their hidden secret.  If a Banshee wails in a threnody, ultimately, it weeps for itself.  For its end is coming, and those of us moving forward into the promise of a Stone Quest, will not be silenced or stopped.”

“I think I understand more now,” Christie said, “I didn’t before.  Thank you, sir.  Brian… Is it Brian or O’Brian?  I’ve heard him called both.”

“O’Brian,” Begglar said with a wry grin, “And don’t you let him forget it, now!”

“But, I thought he introduced himself as Brian.”

“He most likely did.  Brian is a fine, strong Irish name.  The name of an Irish king in the past.  O’Brian in the Irish parlance simply means “Of Brian” the same as would any child or descendent of one called Brian.  Brian means ‘strong one’, in the old Irish.  And this here ‘O’Brian’ has a tendency to let things go to his head.  He’s too much into his own thoughts, to be of much use, more’s the pity.  So until he earns being called ‘Brian’ outright, I’ll be callin’ him ‘O’Brian’ in the interim. Understand?”

Christie smiled and nodded, “I suppose most of us are too much into our own thoughts, I guess.”

“Now don’t you be giving him a pass,” Begglar raised a warning finger, ” Leadership is upon him now, and it is a fair burden to be carrying, if you are not humbled by it to be a servant.”

Christie smiled, “When O’Brian… told us about beasts between worlds, none of us understood what he meant by it.  He said something about a creature called ‘Hollywood’ being from a place called ‘Holy Wood.’  Does any of that make sense to you?”

“Aye,” Begglar rocked back on his heels and turned to sit on the bench next to Christie.  “Makes sense that he would be fixated on that.  It would be meaningless to the rest of you, but for him it was a place where he feels he had his greatest failing.  What used to be known in the ancient times of this world as a ‘Holy Wood’, is a dark place now.  The Pan and his kinds dwell there.  He had claimed it and made it the seat of his throne.  The trees appear dead there.  The sky over it seems a bit darker everyday, as if night has decided to take away the memory of the day and hold its position against the progress of the sun.  There is some connection there between the Mid-World and The Surface World, and The Pan and his kind are obsessed with finding it.  Many pools of water are underneath the shadowy trees, hanging with moss and poisonous parasitic plants.  It is a place of defilement now.  This place would mean nothing to you all, but it was the place where he fled and lost Caleb, his friend and the brother of our then leader, Jeremiah.  Feelings of failure tend to take shape and form, and the beast that stalks O’Brian hooked into him before he left here.  O’Brian carried something supernatural with him into his life in The Surface World.  Something he hangs onto and does not realize he can be empowered to shake.  As long as he runs from the problem, it pursues him.  He sees its reflection in him, and it scares him.”

“But how does that help us?”  Christie asked.

“It doesn’t,” Begglar answered, clasping one hand in the grip of the other.  “He regrets failing in the two parts of his existence.  His Surface World, physical self, and his Mid-World metaphysical self within his soul.  But mind that I told you there is a third part to each of us.  An inner, unseen part anchored in Excavatia.  At the end of our days, we will be rejoined fully to all parts of ourselves, and be completed in The One who makes us whole again.  We will be perfected, not by our own efforts, but by what He has already accomplished for us.  The third part of us will see The One as He truly is, and we will be enfolded into that eternal part, and fully embraced, not losing any of ourselves.  Not even a single hair.” Begglar tugged on his beard for effect, and Christie chuckled.

“Why didn’t O’Brian just tell us that?  You make it so much clearer to understand.”

“Ah, O’Brian tends to mix his metaphors.  And he has never had children of his own.  It comes easier to us who learn to adapt our words to train up a child.  We don’t force feed a steak into a baby’s mouth, but learn to mash and breakdown their food into a spoonsized bite, once they are off their milk diet.  O’Brian is a force feeder, and it is no wonder people tend to choke on his words.  When he takes the time to know each of you better, he will begin to understand how to choose what morsels to serve and when.  And speaking of morsels, I think it is time we went over there to eat something before it is all gone.”  Begglar gestured towards the line of the others, gathered around the long table.

“I think I’ll just drink my tea for now.  It has an odd berry and buttery taste, that burns a little but is soothing,” she lifted her cup to her lips and took a small sip.  “It is warming, after being out in all the cold.”

“Chances are that ‘tea’ is not just an herbal blend.  Nell specializes in serving customers in the Inn.  She served in one in her home town of ‘Sorrow’s Gate’ when I first met her.  Seems to be able to read what people need when they come in.  She is an expert in wild herbs and ferments.  If I were to guess, that tea you are sipping is a combination of Japanese sake and elderberry wine.  Learned the sake recipe from an oriental fellow that was part of Jeremiah’s party when we came through.  A rice wine.  You’ll need more food in your stomach to be able to take the road ahead soon, so eat up.”

Christie laughed, and said, “I thought you faith folks were not supposed to be given to strong drink.”

Begglar stood and grinned, touching the side of his nose again, “To excess, aye. Or in the presence of stumblers, tis’ true.  But consider what we do, is in moderation, and with temp’rance. There is a time when wine is meant for thy stomach sake, as well as for merriment.  And tis’ true we also have a sayin’ here in the highlands. ‘There be no barman nor barmaid that can say they served water to a Xarmnian and lived to tell the tale.'”  He winked, and took Christie’s hand raising her to her feet.  “You get as good at making wines and ales as you do at surviving running an inn frequented by your enemies.  Now off with you. Eat up.”

Christie walked ahead towards the table, and Begglar turned and spotted me leaning against one of the room’s support columns, my arms folded.

“Mixing my metaphors?” I asked, raising an eyebrow.

“Serves you right for dropping at the eaves!” Begglar said, turning to head towards the crowd at the serving table.

“And I was just begining to like you,” I said aloud, following him, even as I heard Begglar chuckling to himself in response.

*Scene 11* 5:23 (The Burn)

Back in Basia, the large man named Hanokh and the Lehi scout, Ryden, stood outside of the dugout cabin, breathing heavily as flames and smoke curled and twisted upward into a gray, overcast sky.

The two men had upended the table and slid the headless, blackened, body off into the stone firebox, casting smoldering embers into the dusty room. The body, sizzled, swelled and smoked, forming black blisters that spewed a writhing liquid ichor across the hearth stone sputtering onto the hardpacked floor. The resulting stench was brutal and palpable. Lacking any form of liquid accelerant, both men searched for flammable items that might compensate for the reduction of the flame, dampened down under the smoking and seeping carcass.

Though the rain had stopped, all potential kindling that might be employed to feed the fire, had to be found from items contained within. Brush and grass, tree and limb, still dripped with evidence of the storm’s recent passage. The rotten cot and broken down bedframe fed some of it. The table, smeared with a black stain helped feed the rest, until the cabin began to fill with smoke. Even with the door opened, the two men could no longer endure the conditions within the enclosure to continue builing up the inferno. When they finally closed the door, they hoped they had done enough. Outside, a light breeze still carried a draught of dampness with it, and they could not risk letting it undo their hurried efforts. The interior would only burn if it was kept dry enough.

Finally, the rising flames could be spotted hissing through the dusty glass of the side window. They watched as tongues of fire extended higher and licked hotly at the support beams holding the ceiling and sod roof.

Ryden had secured his horse, Starlight, from a shady copse of trees and a grotto that had served as a partial windbreak against the storm, and he now stood beside Hanokh watching the cabin being consumed and its structure weakened by flame.

“How long should we give it?”

“When the roof sags, we will know,” Hanokh remarked quietly.

Ryden noticed that Hanokh intensely watched the bottom of the door frame as smoke curled up from under the threshold, and around the top of the lintel, rather than observing the slope of the roof line.

“What are you looking for?” Ryden asked.

Hanokh gazed at the smoking structure, his eyes continually searching the edge of its foundation and the edges of the doorframe.

“Making sure that nothing that is inside gets out,” Hanokh rumbled in reply.

“Can that living liquid survive the fire?”

Hanokh grunted, “We must ensure that it doesn’t. It must not reach the stream.”

Ryden pondered that a moment, “If the troll blood survives the fire, and escapes this cabin, how will we stop it from moving towards the stream?”

Hanokh took out a canister he had tucked into his cloak.

“I took the liberty of salvaging this from the cook shelves inside,” he said holding up the carved container.

“What is that?” Ryden said, turning to watch as Hanohk, cut away a wax seal.

“Preservation,” Hanokh rumbled, “provided it has not lost its savor.”

“Preservation?” Ryden asked, leaning over to view the contents of the canister.

Hanokh moved forward, towards the smoking door pouring out a crystalline substance along the bottom of the threshold, and a loud hiss arose, as the greyish power formed a powdery line along the porch step.

Hanokh, cleared his throat, standing upright and backing away from the smoldering door.

He answered, simply, “Salt.”

Ryden looked up towards the roof line and reached out to grab the large man’s arm, gesturing upward. “Looks like the timbers are weakening.”

Hanokh raised his eyes and backed up from the burning cabin as the roof began to pit and sag. Being much taller that the other man, his gaze commanded a higher perspective and suddenly he turned to Ryden.

“Mount your horse,” he pointed beyond the roof into the sky beyond the hill harboring the imploding cabin. “Look beyond the hills. That column of smoke shows this is not the only thing that burns today.”

“Looks to be coming from the upper hill near the village of Crowe,” Ryden said, swinging up and into his saddle. “We have contacts in that area. There may be trouble.” Ryden turned his horse towards the trail that led to the sea road. Holding his reins, he turned towards Hanokh.

“Do you have a horse?” he asked, as the steed stamped sideways, impatient to get moving.

“I am not called The Walker for nothing,” Hanokh responded. “I have a way of getting where I need to be, far easier than you. I was shone the way of it long, long ago. Ride fast, my young friend. When you arrive, I will be there waiting for you.”

Ryden’s horse stamped and turned, and Ryden pulled his horse’s reins to turn him back toward the giant man. When he did so, Hanokh was no where in sight.

*Scene 12* 4:28 (Xarmnian Need)

The enemy stables were set in a short-stepped valley, with surrounding pasture lands and the barn and shelter structures built along one of the sloped steps on the northwestern rise of the valley’s opposing side. A wide, shallow stream ran end to end through the bottom of the valley, watering the lowlands and pastures, ensuring seasonal and perennial green colored the lush grassland. Natural rainfall helped to water the valley and replenish the stream, whose level rarely rose above a low and wide bridge that spanned the watercourse along the descending road. Barn sewage naturally drained or was mucked into a short fissure ditch routed into what was once was a forked branch of the stream.

From the higher redoubt, Xarmnian conscripts could observe the approach of anyone passing through the intersecting valley, and quickly descend to the stables to prepare a mounted reception, if need be.

The upper ridge of the valley was capped by a precipitous rise of stone that formed a crested butte along the steeper northwestern ridgeline. The daily trek from the stables to the lower, greener pastures, ensured the stock horses, stabled there were in fit physical condition, and well-accustomed to traversing irregular ground. The stepped pastures were broad and long, allowing the horses ample room to run, gallop, cavort and graze. The valley served as a natural corral for the stables, minimizing the need for extensive fences, except in those areas in close proximity to the barns and to shield the stock away from the filth in drainage ditches.

The sporting field, was a field too often watered by the blood of “the disciplined” peasantry. Here, brutal soldiers “practiced” their “gallantry” on anyone with the temerity to resist the imprimatur of Xarmnian will.

As Storm Hawk and her disguised crew rode down into the valley towards the distant stables a line of horsemen left the structure and began to ride out to meet them.

One of the Lehi, rode alongside Storm Hawk, who had fallen back to a wing position, allowing one her more formidable riders to take point. It would be dangerous for her to speak during an encounter with Xarmnians, but from a seemingly subservient position she could watch and observe without calling attention to herself. Xarmnians expected the strong and formidable in appearance to lead a band, and rarely noticed those individuals they thought of as underlings and attendant footsoldiers.

“Why couldn’t we have ridden past this outpost? Those riders coming ahead are most certainly Xarmnians, and the inn keeper’s leaving will have them on high alert. We are taking quite a risk in doing this.”

“Not as much risk as would be, if we oddly bypassed a chance to procure replenishment stock, carrying a convoy of weapons to the battlefront. We’ve too few horses with us for an overland trek. This team will need relief horses. Xarmnian protocols must be followed, if we are to appear credible,” Storm Hawk answered quietly.

“How would they know?”

“They can count, can’t they? Any Xarmnian patrol would pay an obligatory visit to those stables before leaving the area, heading back down into the lowlands.”

“They will smell our armor and know we have come from the Iron Hills. They might be suspicious.”

“The smell of our clothing will ensure they keep their distance. They will be reluctant to examine us too closely because of it. We need to keep them off balance, and anxious to send us on our way.”

“Do you expect to meet that Xarmnian search party on the road ahead?”

“If they are not still here at the stables, then certainly. They suspect only the small family, not an armed contigent. An armory shipment provides good cover, until we are forced to reveal ourselves. There is unrest in the region. It certainly makes sense that the crown would requisition more battle gear from even the outposts. We have that to serve as our advantage. The appearance of a credible mission serving a growing Xarmnian need.”

*Scene 13* 12:13 (Unseen Wounds)

Darkness…
It was all enveloping. Its coldness reached through Laura, trying to take from her the only light she still kept kindled deep within her heart and mind. There was a simple phrase she learned long ago, that often gave her hope.
“What the darkness takes…God remakes…”
The confined space in the trunk was crowded with the miasma of stench and cold. The coalesced shadows pressed upon her, crowding her into a smaller and smaller place that demanded she shrink into a smallness that her body would not achieve, leaving only the shrinking that despair might bring.

She could feel and sense something looking through her. Something alien and angry. Or someone… Some cognizant and thinking being, at least. The invader had that same oily and creepy feeling that she had experienced in the terrifying thrall of the troll. She had a feeling the stain of that encounter still scarred and bruised an inner part of her mind, implanting its probing roots into the emotional open wounds she had suffered through her youth into her present.

Memories of her parent’s rejection, their aloofness, the isolation and resulting distrust that kept her closed off within, trying to protect herself from further pain.

Sobbing in that deep darkness, her mind sought solace in a vague memory. A time when her mom couldn’t find a “babysitter” for her. No place to put down “the anchor” freeing her to float away on a sea of alcohol induced oblivian, without having a little “needy, clingy” to think about. A chance glance at a local neighborhood announcement board at a local supermarket, gave her mom a temporary remedy to her “anchor” problem. A local church was holding a week-long “daycare” for kids Laura’s age called “V.B.S.” The church would pick up and feed the kids lunch and a snack, but more importantly, keep the little “snot-nuggets” from 9 AM to 2 PM, and bring them home after.

Laura found herself, roused from her bed the next morning, her hair quickly brushed by her mom, and her crying, because combing through the tangles pulled her hair. She was made to dress quickly, for the church bus would be there soon to pick her up at around 8:30.

Her questions seemed to annoy her mom, as she was told to put on her torn coat, and quit dawdling.

“You’re going to VBS,” her mom said curtly.

“Whatsa VBS?”

“VBS is where you are going while mommy runs some morning errands this week.”

“Are you going to be long?”

“That’s none of your business.”

“Where’s Daddy?”

“Daddy is on a business trip this week.”

“Where did he go this time?”

“He’s in Chicago at a conference.”

“Will he bring me something back?”

“That’s up to him. Now hush and go get your sneakers on. They’ll be here soon.”

“Who are they?”

“I don’t know them.”

“You’re sending me with people you don’t know?!” she asked with a rising note of alarm.

“Look, they’re nice people. Church people.”

“There are all kinds of churches. Some churches even lock kids up, away from there parents. I heard of this one kid…”

“Oh, hush! These are nice people, and you’d better be nice to them.”

“But you don’t know them…”

“That’s enough, Laura Jean! You’re going with them and that’s all there is to it. I don’t want to hear any sass.”

“Will I need money? What will I eat?” she asked timidly.

“I don’t think so. But the flyier said they’ll feed you. There was no mention of cost.” Despite this, she grabbed her purse and ruffled through it, retrieving a single dollar bill.

“Look, here’s a couple of bucks, just in case. Mind you don’t lose it. Now quit wasting time. They’re nice people. You’re gonna be fine. Might even have fun.”

“When will daddy be back?”

“Laura, you’re wasting my time. Now get your shoes on and go into the front room. The church people should be here any minute.”

Laura had many misgivings that day. Strangers were going to pick her up in a big white van. She imagined all sorts of terrible outcomes from such a prospect. Should she sneak a kitchen knife into her coat, in case they were not as “nice” as her mom assured her they would be? Laura debated, but her mom practically bum-rushed her into the living room and out onto the front porch. The broken pavement of their front sidewalk, signified the neglect and disrepair of their household, subtly advertizing their poverty to the people coming to get her. She couldn’t ride a skate down it’s path without falling on her bum. Joggers, passing through their neighborhood street, generally ran on the street in front of her house, rather than risk tripping over the uneven pavement slabs, pushed up by tree roots, and canted down into washed out soft spots in the ground.

When the “white van” did show up, it was not as bad as she expected. A woman that looked like what she imagined a “grandmother” should look like, climbed out of the passenger side of the van, helped down by an elderly man who had driven the vehicle. He stood by the open door and pulled back the side door, as the lady approached them. The name of the local church hosting the “VBS” event was printed on the side in large black letters, with a quoted phrase by someone named Mark and a odd, sort of military time set next to it “16:15”.

“Go ye into all the world…”

The van had other boys in girls already seated inside. She recognized a boy named Nathan who lived from two blocks over. He was a hair-puller. She hoped she would not be expected to sit in front of him.

Carmen, a little girl that she was friends with was there. Perhaps, this VBS thing might not be so bad, if Carmen would be there too.

The grandmother-lady approached the house, gingerly navigating the canted sidewalk, yet maintaining a friendly, open smile.

“Good morning, Mrs. Freeland. I’m missus Daughtrey, from Wayside Church. Is this your precious Laura?”

“Yeah…precious Laura,” her mom muttered. “The flyer said y’all would keep her till 2 o’clock and feed her while she is there.”

“Yes, Mrs. Freeland. Very happy to have her join us. She will have lots of fun today.”

“So the flyer said nothing about the cost for this deal. How much will it set me back?”

“Oh, there’s no need for payment, Mrs. Freeland. It is no charge.”

“Really?! I usually have to cough up about ten bucks for Jenny to come over here and look after her while I’m out. Dad’s got the car, so I have to walk down to the corner and catch a bus to get into downtown. Y’all must be raking in the coin to be able to keep and feed so many crumb-munchers.”

The was a brief quiet, as the woman did not know exactly how to respond.

Thinking back on that conversation, made Laura wince at how curt and rude her mom was.

“Well, just have her back sometime before too late. As I said, her dad has the car and is on a business trip, and I can’t get up there to pick her up. I’ll got things I got to do, and I can’t be bothered with her today.”

Her mom then turned and went back into the house, leaving Laura alone there on the porch with the stunned lady.

Tears formed in Laura’s eyes, and her faced reddened. What must this stranger think of her and her mother?

The lady composed herself, and cautiously approached the step leading up to where Laura was standing on the porch.

“Miss Laura. I’m missus Daughtrey. My name is Laura too. Just like yours. You look like you could use a hug. Would you like sit up front with me and Jim? I have a feeling we’re going to become good friends before too long. That is, if you want to.”

“I’m not supposed to hug strangers…”

It was the wrong thing to say, but Laura didn’t know what else to say. She was embarrassed thinking back on it after so many years later, but Mrs. Daughtrey, was the first person that she felt a warmth from. She desperately wanted to hug the lady then and there, but she did not want to appear weak in front of the other kids in the van. The ones watching her from the side-window.

Mrs. Daughtrey did not react unkindly, but rather smiled at her with a warmth, that Laura had never felt from anyone else.

“You are a very wise girl, Miss Laura. That is a good practice. But hopefully, after today, we can get to know each other better and I will no longer be a stranger to you. Fair enough?” she asked extending her hand to Laura.

Laura quietly took the lady’s hand and descended the steps, walking alongside of Mrs. Daughtrey. Together, they deftly navigated the crooked sidewalk towards the open door of the van.

“Jim,” Mrs. Laura Daughtrey addressed the white-haired gentleman standing near the front passenger door, holding it open for her, ready to assist her getting back up into the higher bench seat. “This little lady and I have the same name.”

He squatted down, his knees popping, and came down to Laura’s level, “Well, I’ll be!” He grinned at her and extended his hand, “Hello, Miss Laura Daughtrey! You’re much shorter than I remember.”

“Nooo,” Mrs. Daughtrey, chided playfully. “This is Missus Laura Freeland.”

Laura remembered giggling a little as she shook the kind man’s large hand, feeling the same kind of warmth she’d experienced from the lady.

Mrs. Daughtrey and her husband, Jim, did prove to be friends, afterall. It was the first time, Laura could remember, ever feeling like there was someone who truly cared and “loved” her. It was they who taught her the song about someone else who loved her too. Someone who would always be with her, even though He was invisible. Someone who wanted her to be. Someone who had a reason and a good purpose for her life. Someone who had once died before, but came back to life and would never die again.

Mr. and Mrs. Daughtrey had both passed away several years ago. They had been taken from her to a place where they would never know sickness or pain again. A place that sounded alot like a place that Mister O’Brian had mentioned. If this place in the darkness was the last place she would know in this waking life, the chance to go to the place were the Daughtrey’s were, was the place that gave her hope. That week of VBS was the best time of her life, even though her mother spent the evenings drinking what she had bought while out on her daily errands.

Whenever she got scared, in the tumult of her life, she often quietly whispered the song that assured her that someone with her occupying the unseen realm around her, still cared. It was the song she quietly sang now, through sobs, that helped her clear her head and find a place of peace and light, in spite of the darkness. It was the name of that someone in the comforting song, that somehow lifted the oily touches on the emotional wounds in her mind, and filled the deep and unseen scars with a healing balm. That was why He had to be present in the unseen realm. To touch and minister healing to those unseen wounds.

*Scene 14* 7:00 (Lingering Questions))

In the warmth of the escarpment caves, after we had taken our fill of the food and drink provided, we settled down for a few hours’ sleep, using the grain bins as makeshift dormitories. We slept in our clothes, knowing that we would soon have to take to the open road again. After a few hours, which felt like only moments had passed, Begglar came over and roused me.

The air had cooled, and I realized that Begglar had dampened the flames in the furnaces, preparing to close down the granary operations entirely.

“The rains have stopped. We’ll need to be leaving directly.”

“What?” I yawned, trying to clear my head and perceive what Begglar was saying. “What about what Christie told us?”

“If the Xarmnians are in the area, it will take their dogs a while to catch our scents. They’ll need reference point. We have the moist air in our favor. It dilutes our trail. At best though, it will only delay the dogs.”

“We’ve travelled most of the way by wagon, surely the dogs could not follow us if we’re not on foot.”

Begglar muttered thoughtfully, “Christie still noticed the wagon ruts, even in the rain. You can bet the Xarminians followed them too. The ground only gets rocky enough to cover the ruts when it gets near the rise to the crest of the escarpment and granary.”

“You think that is why she came down the side road? Didn’t follow the trail up to the top?”

“No, there was something else.”

“What’re you thinking?”

“Something made her turn back. I’m guessing whatever that was, will also turn those Xarmnian hunters. She was desperate to find us. Our only trail, even if it was washed away and petered out on the rock, still led to the top.”

“The noise we heard coming in. You think that whatever made that sound is still up there?”

“I do.”

“Then we have to ask her.”

“We do. And that’s not all. You know, lad, I’ll have to be asking her the other question too. If the wee girl could masquerade so convincingly, why not her?”

Remembering our most recent trek through the riverbed and the test that had revealed the imposter in our midst, the statement suddenly clarified in my mind.  “Oh, that.”  I remained quiet a moment.

She had been through so much already.  There was something she had not had a chance to tell about her journey and the degree of the storm they rode into.

“Go ahead but I don’t think we have anything to worry about with her.”

“Why not?”

“She saw the distance gleam of the Praesporous stone. No one could have told her about it. I highly doubt the Xarmnians can see it, if others in our company cannot. She willingly gave me her name and it conferred upon her that ability to see it, and I doubt that capability would transfer into a proxy.”

“I am sure you are right, but we must be certain. The others depend on it. It would not do for it to come out that an exception was made in her case, even as improbable as it might seem.”

“Should we go now and wake the girls or just Christie?”

“You’ll not be goin’ into the area where the women sleep.  That would just aggravate the tension.”

“Are you going then?”

Begglar grunted, “And get my ears boxed? Not likely! Nell is a light sleeper. She will be in the corridor, guarding the way to the sleepers.  I need only call quietly to her, and she will come. When traveling she sleeps with a blade close by.”

“Knowing you, I’m not surprised at all that she sleeps with a blade,” I quipped.

“I’ll pretend I did not just hear you say that,” Begglar growled.

We crept quietly forward to the adjoining hall and Begglar made a quick click-hiss noise from between his teeth. Momentarily, a shadow emerged, following the gleam and point of a raised blade.

“Are the girls decent?”

Nell lowered the point of her blade into the shadow, as she materialized into the dim glow of a flickering torch.

“They’ve only just been asleep these few hours. Is it time already?”

“Aye.” Begglar spoke in a low voice, “Best try to use what remains of the darkness to cover our way.  Dom and I have turned the horses and loaded the wagon with what we may carry from here that won’t slow us overmuch.  At some point, I may need you to drive the team since we did not get as much sleep as the others.  Is the miss Christie resting?”

“She is troubled, that one. Thinks of the girl Laura. Worries about her. Is afraid for what she might’ve gone back to. Wonders if she did the right thing helping her to go back.  She carries much in her heart.  Cares deeply.  We talked until she could no longer keep her eyes open. She finally seemed to rest more when little Miray came and curled down beside her and fell asleep. She’s a nurturer, and having the little one to care for, gave her a respite and a renewed purpose. Poor lass.”

Begglar sighed, “Then it will keep for now.”

“What concerns ya?” Nell probed gently.

“I’ve not asked her the question.”

Pssha. Nell clicked her tongue. “T’s not necessary dear.  The answer’s as plain as the nose on yer face.”

“But how can we know?  That Becca was a sly one.”

“I’m a Seer. Twas I who told you that there was something afoul with that girl, remember?”

“But..” Begglar protested.

“Leave her be.” Nell said firmly. “I’ll take responsibility if there are any questions to come of it.”

Suddenly there was a commotion in the hallway beyond. I drew my blade and Begglar gripped my arm, holding me back from rushing forward. Nell whirled, her stowed blade once again unsheathed from the shadows, and she bolted forward into the darkness.

Panicked voices came from beyond that I had difficulty making out, but one line clarified from among the sounds of distress and sent chills through me.

“Where is Miray?! She was just here!”

A low rumbling sound pierced the darkness, followed by a crash of stone, and a throaty roar that echoed and reverberated out of myriad dark tunnels above us.  Whatever had been on the top of the escarpment above had finally found a way into the catacombs of the granary and was making it way down to us.

The Monster and The Maelstrom – Chapter 15

*Scene 01* 4:42 (Between A Rock and A Hard Place)

As the storm surged overhead, Christie held tightly to the reins of her horse as they sheltered in the leeward shadow of a curved stone. The sky flashed with an electrified cavalcade of pyrotechnics spiderwebing the roiling clouds that strobed and pulsed. The pummelling winds had driven them off of the muddied roadside, and the sting of galeforce rains blurred the way ahead. Christie’s whole body ached from the tension of muscles flexed in flight. The wet chill of the wind poured ice into the very marrow of her bones and her head swam and throbbed with a piercing headache. She had almost blacked out from the fatigue and constant exertions, since her overland flight back from the seashore. Her horse was not fairing too well either. It snorted and blinked away the wet and the wind. Christie could feel the horse’s muscles shiver underneath her saddle. Its saddle blanket was now saturated and squished with each twitching movement. Had the storm not carried with it a cannonade of thunder, her chattering teeth, the horse’s uneasy snorts and bawling, would have easily revealed them in the rocky lay-by.

She had narrowly escaped being spotted by the Xarmnian soldiers that had brutally run down those she had seen ascending the hill to the inn. But she had no illusions. These men were not yet done with their search for others. If they had stationed themselves along the ridgeline, she would have been seen shortly after they had felled the two with spears, but the storm, as difficult as it was to endure, had masked her brief furtive flight away from the hilltop.

She wondered now if the voice and the blue light had all been a hallucination, brought about by her extreme stress and fatigue. She felt so uncertain and she hated that feeling. This place, this in-between whatever, was a land of much uncertainty. Everything felt real here, but somehow even moreso. This was no chemically induced perception. No virtual alternate reality, or sensory deprivation chamber experience, allowing her subconscious to fill in the gaps of perception. No. She felt like this Mid-World was the reality she had awakened to, and her other life in The Surface World was the presistent and recurring dream. Like she was finally on a road heading towards home, after having been away for far too long, but still having some trepidation on where or not the home she remembered would be the home she returned to find. If she was cracking up, this would be the worst possible time to do it. The spears those soldiers carried were real enough, and she had no doubt the soldiers would not hesistate to drive one through her aching body, stealing this reality from her awareness, if she gave them half the chance to do it.

Despite that, she could not shelter here for much longer. Those who had fallen were on foot, but where were the others who had been prepared to travel in Begglar’s wagon? Were the others that much farther ahead? Would she find more stragglers as she rode on? Would she find the wagon abandoned? How much of the remaining wagon ruts had been washed away by the storm? How many more bodies of her fellow travelers would she find on the road ahead? Were the three Xarmnian hunters the extent of this brutal bunch or were there others still out in the storm? The longer she waited here, the more the terrifying questions loomed into her mind, threatening to paralyze her from ever leaving the temporary shelter of the curved stone. She had to make a decision. Stay here until she was discovered? Should she turn back and ride under the ridgeline and try to angle back towards the sea road and seek a portal of her own to get back to the Surface World? Or move ahead into an unknown fate?

The rain hitting her brow and streaming down her face hid the track of her tears, as she fisted the reins of her horse, and leaned forward. The hard quivering set of her clenched jaw was the only indication that she at last had made her decision.

*Scene 02* 13:00 (To the Point)

I approached Begglar, standing under the wavering and dappled shadows of a great tree with a massive trunk. Large roots extended into the streambed, fanning out among the buried rocks, but three of the largest ones curved and came together into a wooden knot that twisted around the blade of a singular sword. High above us, the terebinth’s two broadest branches towered like the open arms welcoming the growth-march of the regiments of smaller trees that lined the banks on either side of the dry creekbed. I had assumed that the trees on either side were principly birch, and aspen, signified by their white bark, however, as I progressed further into the creekbed corridor, I noticed that my initial assumptions were incorrect.

The trees were a cross-sectional representation of many different arboreal types: Poplars, cedars, elms, firs, spruce, oaks, ash, cypress, maples, cotton-woods, palms, birches, junipers, teeks, pines, hickorys, mequites, tamaracks, larches, redbuds, neem, mahogany, beech, basswood, gums, willows, dogwoods, butternut, chestnut, nutbearing trees, floral trees, fruit-bearing trees, olive trees and redwoods. Trees of like kind were paired across the opposing banks of the stream, giving both the appearance of uniformity along with its diversity.

It appeared that this odd assemblage trees ranked here, gathered from what would have had to have been many different climate zones in the Surface World, were long ago planted at this place, along this strange stream as representation of what once was a singular source of communal life extended outward. I had a growing sense of awe that this place held more symbolic meaning than I would ever be able to plumb the full depths of, had I more time for contemplation and reflection.

My crew had aligned themselves in a sort of meandering line pointed towards a copse of darkened trees which formed a sort of oval shape into a darkening sky.  They had all passed through and down the same rocky swale that I had walked, but I wondered whether they had noticed what I had seen and perceived in my own personal passage. One by one, my fellow companions had walked towards the grove and met Begglar under the shadows of the bare trees.  The mysterious sword gleamed in the distance between the two silhouettes as Begglar asked his private and mysterious question, waited for the answer, and then, satisfied, directed each person to proceed on to an area just out of my line of sight to wait until the testing was over.

A sense of urgency pressed the import of this moment upon me. Daybreak had come only a few hours ago, and it was odd that gray dusk should be descending upon us so early and so shortly down the trail.  At this rate, the sky would soon darken into a premature nightfall, and its ominous shadow would build up to the mountain peaks in the distance. The air grew thick and heavy, feeling like a moistened and weighted blanket upon my shoulders. Almost as if something in the air around us was distressed by what was happening here.

We had not moved towards the grain bins, located in the carved out caves beneath the escarpment, but had gone directly to this site as a priority. Whatever catch release Begglar had pulled within the granary storehouse should have unlatched the hidden weapons somewhere under there. But Begglar insisted that our company be led through the copse and grove, before revealing the precise location of the cache.  There could be no other reason except to bewilder and confuse the enemy walking among us. Arming an enemy with a blade with which they would undoubtedly later use to stab us in the back was untenable.

I now met Begglar under the trees beneath the light of a gibbous moon. The sky had darkened further with the gathering of the bruised clouds, now laden with coming rain. The expression on Begglar’s face was troubled and dour. His thick eyebrows formed a scraggled-edged canopy over the shadowy canyons of his eyes. His brow folded into ploughed fields of worry lines. His skin, once ruddy and sun-baked, now appeared sallow, and ashen. A sheen of sweat glistened in droplets on his face and cheeks. His jaw-line bunched with muscular strain.

“O’Brian,” he paused, “I’ve known ye for most of our time here in this Mid-World.  You and I have faced hard tests together and common enemies. We have each met with our own failings and had to honestly look into the face of the lies we told ourselves and call out our own deceptions.  You know what you, I, my family and the rest of these travelers are facing ahead, the same as I. You and I have a history. But be that as it may, we come now to the only thing that can lift us above this current set of troubles we are facing together. What I think and feel and what you think and feel do not matter. For it is in our feeling that we are most easily deceived. I’ve asked all the others that are here standing by, and so it is that I’m now askin’ you.”

And here he took a breath and stared hard at me and asked…

What are ye thankful for?

For a brief second, I was taken aback. But then the import of that particular question hit me, and I knew why that question was pivotal and would be the most effective was of exposing ill intentions. Begglar had known this question would not be expected and would momentarily disarm the respondent. And brilliant it was too. This was our form of the Shibboleth Test.

It was a query that would work in the Sub-World, and I highly suspected it would be highly effective in the Surface World as well for it touched upon a vulnerability in every sentient creature stained by the curse and fall of mankind.

Everyone has lots to say about what they don’t like, but fewer and fewer take the time to say what they are grateful for.  I well knew that gratitude was becoming a lost language, in the age of protests and angry demonstrations.

I marveled at Begglar’s forethought, and could not help the smile that crept into my expression. “You astound me. I am so grateful to call you my friend. I am grateful that whenever, I am tempted to rely on my own myoptic opinion I have the blessing of you challenging me to look beyond the surface and dig deeper.”

“How did you know that this point would be the most effective approach to expose an enemy?”

Begglar’s brow softened, and his pent up breath released through his formerly clenched teeth. He cleared his throat, still not fully comfortable, but considerably more at ease from when I approached him.

“Xarmnian enemies here are incapable of expressing gratitude.  They live under the illusion of resentful entitlement.  The are generally arrogant and expect everyone’s love.  For any consideration they feign to give you, they expect to be more than compensated. In consideration of any agreement between them and we have learned the hard way that they expect to be enriched at everyone else’s expense.  They believe anyone who has what they do not, achieved it through privilege or theft and disenfranchisement.  Therefore, a Xarmnian, whose mind has been taken over by that mentality, will struggle to come up with anything that they are thankful for. Words of gratitude are not easily formed on their lips. Gratitude is a command given to the followers of The One. Those who follow Him should already have much practice in this.”

I nodded in full assent, “I very much think that applies to our other enemies as well who are less identifiably aligned to a region.” Begglar knew what I was alluding to.

“Aye,” he gravely agreed, “those fruits are lacking in the grove of infernal spirits as well.”

“You may as well know that the Surface Worlders of my day have difficulty with it too. More and more people are falling under the temptation to believe in entitlements. What they fail to recognize is that if one expects everything, then eventually they will be grateful for nothing.  No one owes us anything.  You and I walk under the dispensation of the Master’s grace, whether we acknowledge it or not.  For He holds the worlds that exist together under His will.  He owes us nothing, yet He gave us everything.”

“Tis true, tis very true,” Begglar shook his head, “But this needs to be asked before we move into the days ahead. Entitled travelers will make the road before us that much more difficult. It will get one of more of us killed. We mave to be able to rise above the difficulties of the moment. We have to work together, recognizing that our fellow travelers owe us nothing, but they owe The One everything and that is what will extend and strengthen the bonds we forge with each other.  In all things be thankful. That is how Nell, Dominic and I have survived under the occupation. If we cannot get these followers to understand that now, it is best we part company sooner rather than later.”

Finally, I broached the subject that it seemed both Begglar and I were avoiding. “So, have you learned anything more in all of your questioning?”

“I have,” Begglar was silent for a long moment, the tension returning immediately to his jaw, brow and lips.

“It’s her,” he said at last. “You will have to confront her, but you’ll need this sword to do it.”

I looked down at the weapon before us, saw its ornate carvings in a language I did not recognize. Saw a ribbon of red cloth, aged and dark-stained by sweat and blood.

“Why haven’t you already tried it?” I asked quietly. To which Begglar grunted, and placed a tentative hand on the hilt of the old sword.

“Many have tried to remove this blade and failed. Many much more stout than I even in my younger days.” Begglar patted the cross-bar tentatively. “No. This blade is held here for a far different reason than merely revealing the intentions and lifting the cloak of traitors.”

He raised his eyes to me, holding my gaze steadily, his hand resting on the hilt again.

“This blade is set here for one who is called to weild it for a specific purpose. It may very well be for the purpose you and I are even here in this Mid-World. I cannot free it from the terebinth’s grasp. A few years ago, I chanced to meet Jeremiah again, for he has remained in the Mid-World all of these years. I brought him here and he could not free it either.”

“What are you saying?” I rasped.

“That this sword has been waiting here for you to reclaim it. This is the second part of your Shibboleth test. You need to take up this sword.”

*Scene 03* 2:55 (Somewhere Below)

The darkness blinked. The shadows folded into solid form. Tons of the substrata-rock melted away, and a gaping mouth emerged. A feral gleam, sparked from a cobalt blue eye, sheathed behind a nictitating membrane that sloughed dust away from its surface with vibration and puffing jets of air, huffing out of a line of ducts hidden beneath a boney, metallic and barbed brow. The mismatched eyes of the tunneling beast, though seemingly skewed and oddly dissimilar, served a purpose unique to its particular mode of travel. One eye swept the field of the visible spectrum, the other saw into infrared and invisible fields with something akin to penetrating radar. One eye cast an invisible short wave of agitated radiation ahead of its sight path, the other acted as a receiver and picked up the bounce back like an undersea sonar mic, processing the feedback for vectoring. The cast of these rapid microbursts weakened the rock, as the beast rammed through it, engulfing scoops of its fragments, crushing the skree in monstrous jaws that crashed down upon the rubble like a hydro pneumatic press, pulverizing the shattered rock into powder and louvering and blowing the result out of air pressure baffles through gill-like slits that puffed and constricted like hardened bellows.

The beast had achieved the grade of the escarpment’s upslope, hollowing out it own path towards the precipice where its hidden agent’s feet had touched the upper surface for a brief time, leaving a barely discernable residue. Its sensory probing detected odd displacement cavities within the stacked rock ahead, that descended into vertical shafts and pits. A central shaft of fibrous material vertically penetrated the entrire rock strata, expanding spoke-like short branches into a series of stacked chambers, with porous stone floors and tunneled voids crossing the chambers. Angled tunnel chutes allowed material to slide and be pushed by gravity from pit to pit until fully separated and milled. This was both a natural and human construction devised to serve purposes that eluded the beast. Confusion prompted hesitation. It’s agent was no longer present on the surface of the upper ridge. It was now somewhere else. Somewhere lower.

*Scene 04* 4:09 (Unprotected)

The bruel’s fists were bloodied. As some point in the pitiless interrogation, the bruel had abandoned the hard leather strap and preferred to punctuate his questions with more direct contact. For the third time the old man had passed out and his tormentor could no longer get any coherent information out of him. He lay like a crumpled assemblage of flesh and bone, a slightly angular sack. The chair the old man had been seated in lay askew. Kicking the old man no longer brought him satisfaction. For over an hour, he had worked on him, but still could gain no further insight into where the inn keeper and his wife had gone. Jahaza would not be pleased.

Frustrated, the large man smashed the vacated chair across the hardwood table, flinging the splintered pieces into the roaring hearth fire. Sparks and ash coughed into the room and scattered fiery embers across the inlaid stone floor.

Two lifeless bodies, one a man, the other a woman, had been unceremoniously dumped onto the floor of the inn. Their slayers stood over them, brandishing their bloodied spears.

The broken door did little to keep out the wet and the wind of the outside storm.

“Is Aridam back yet?!” he turned growling.

“He’s just riding down from the backridge,” one of the dour men answered. “Should be here soon.”

The snort of a horse, the loud splash of pounding hooves, and the rumble of thunder preceded the sudden entrance of the man in question.

“Your late!” the head bruel barked.

“The storm makes it difficult to see, Hadeon,” the arriver retorted, shaking off the sheared wet from his oiled cloak.

“If there is nothing to see, why did you delay?!”

“I said it was difficult. Not impossible.”

“And…?”

“There is one of them on horseback. From the distance, I could not tell much, but out in this downpour,” he gestured back towards the canted door, “it could only be one of this man’s party.”

“Heading?”

“Northwest.”

The bruel pondered that a moment.

“Not much in that direction, except the old granary. I believe it is still in operation, but only during season.”

The bruel ground a fist into the palm of a leather glove he had just pulled back on to his other hand. “What interest would they have with the granary?”

He flexed his fingers into the glove and pulled on the other one over his bloodied knuckles. “No, I think they are taking the roundabout road down the highland pass. There is an old road there. It joins the road to the stench armory of Azazel, but passes through grain fields below into the Jezreel valley.”

“Should we ride out into the storm?”

“No,” the bruel answered, glaring into the crackling fire.

“No?”

“We will as soon as the storm abates. Take your ease, boys. Let this rain pass. The worst of it must be over by now. I want this place burned down. Set fires in the straw of the stables. Burn the barns. We will give this errant inn keeper no place to return to. His former life is over, now that he has inconvenienced us. Slaughter his stock. We will catch up to them soon enough. The dogs will find them out on the open road. Unprotected.”

*Scene 05* 14:43 (The Bloodline Oath)

Gratitude. There has always been something so powerful about it. Choosing that mindset is an act of obedience to the will of The One. (1 Thes. 5:18)

The language of gratitude is more akin to the mysterious speech of Excavatia than any other language spoken by mankind. Those who speak it, cannot remain bound to the threat of their circumstance no matter in what situation they find themselves. Gratitude is the language of blessing and success. The mainstay of the patriarchs and matriarchs of faith. The content of the voices of the heavenly hosts experiencing The Presence within The Kingdom of Excavatia.

It is so easy to slip and fall out of it. To choose to see the storm and the waves, rather than the rays of light that assure us of our Hope. The blue gleam on the horizon I had seen together with Miray while standing along the Hill of Skulls had almost completely escape my mind. The Praesporous Stone. The evidence was there, even though others had failed to see it. Hope is only visible to those committed to seeking it. Those who pant after it as a running deer thirsts and seeks to be refreshed by the cool waters of a hidden stream.

I had another reason to be grateful. The very fact that both Miray and I saw the gleam together was a gift and an assurance, even as much as witnessing the Golden Letters on The Marker Stone within the Hill. Both assured me that I was purposed to be here, even standing before Begglar as I was, directed towards taking and wielding this mysterious sword.

I swallowed hard, putting my hands tentatively on the hilt of the sword, sensing my own apprehension rising.

“I have not put my hand to a sword in so long,” I whispered.

Begglar nodded gravely.

“I remember your words,” Begglar grunted, “You nearly swore never to take up one again.”

I raised my eyes and focused on his serious experession.

“And yet, here I am.”

“Here you are…,” Begglar agreed. “Too often words we speak in haste are regretted in leisure. Think clearly about what you are called to do now. I cannot fully express to you how much depends on what you choose to do with this moment.”

“You are not making this any easier, you know.”

“It is not an easy thing. I cannot make it more or less so,” Begglar answered gravely.

“So what happens if I cannot lift it from this root that binds it? You say both you and Jeremiah have tried and failed, yet both of you are stronger than I.”

“Aye, us and many others. Xarmnians included.” Begglar acknowledged.

I touched the right crossbar of the handle, and slowly placed my other hand on the left bar. I moved in closer to the verticle blade, preparing to use both my arms and legs to pull the blade up and out. My feet found two flat stones on either side of the curved root.

Closing my eyes, taking slow and deep breaths I clasped the crossbar and jerked upward, my arms flexing, my thighs and calves shaking with the effort of the pull. I pulled and attempted to wrench the blade, wanting to loosen it in the wood by attempting to torque the blade. I pulled and pulled, my neck muscles corded and straining with the effort until I could bear it no longer.

Suddenly, I released the crossbar, the metal of it had left its imprint in the backs of my finger and in the palms of my hand. “I can’t…I can’t…,” I huffed, gasping for breath, feeling a dark pit open up in my stomach. “I’m sorry…I am so sorry.” I panted, falling back from the blade. I crumpled to my knees, fealing weakened by the effort I expended.

Begglar’s expression was dour and furrowed by worry.

“That is where we all failed, O’Brian. Might cannot raise the blade. At one point even a team of horses were harnessed to this sword and could not do more than strain the tethers and scar the ground. But there is a verse that later came to my mind, and I have often wondered about it. Perhaps it is not might or strength that is required here.”

Catching my breath, I felt my mind reaching for words that did not come from me, but through me and to my lips.

“Not by might,…nor by power,…but by My Spirit…” (Zechariah 4:6b), I mumbled between gasps.

“Aye. That very one,” Begglar assented.

I shakily rose to my feet, placing my hands on my thighs above my knees, gathering my breath and strength.

“Are you certain it is I who should lead this group?” I asked, not yet ready to look up at him. “Most of these suspect that I am not suited for the job. Very few have given me their names. They are not committing to anything, because I may seem to be unreliable. I doubt myself too much.”

Begglar folded his arms, “And well you should,…” I raised my head to see his eyes. “…if that is all you are placing your trust in,” Begglar concluded.

Begglar opened his arms, raising his shoulders in a concurrent shrug. “Why should they commit themselves to a role in this quest, if you will not commit to your role in it. Doubt yourself, fine. Your ability and efforts are not what is needed here. Just your willingness to be obedient to The One who brought you back here. To this place and this Joshua moment.”

“Joshua moment?” I queried standing erect again, looking at the sword once more.

“Choose you this day, whom you will serve…,” (Joshua 24:15) Begglar began.

I nodded, and completed a latter part of the verse he alluded to, “…but as for me and my house…” I trailed off, taking a full stand as I did so, again approaching the sword and placing my feet on either side of the flat stones near the pierced root of the terebinth tree.

Begglar moved forward to join me at the sword, facing me on the other side of it. His eyes searched my face, seeking evidence of what, I did not know.

“Are you ready to commit to this fully?” he asked in a low voice. “To quit looking for someone else to take this role?”

I exhaled and raised my eyes, looking up the massive trunk of the terebinth tree and the large branches that extended outward, high above us. I closed my eyes for a moment, mentally releasing all of the tension and fears I had been feeling into the high arms of the symbolic tree, mouthing a silent prayer aksing for forgiveness for my doubting.

I felt a calm come over me, and then was able to open my eyes and again look directly at Begglar. “I will need lots of help in this.”

Begglar’s expression softened, and a bit of mirth ticked at the edges of his lips and eyes, “Of course, you will. I havna doubt of that. And I must ask you again, O’Brian. What are ye thankful for?”

I extended my hands and placed them again on the crossbar of the sword handle, noticing at that moment how the crossbar was in someway similar to the two extended branches in the large tree above. “I am grateful and thankful for second chances,” I said.

Begglar reached down and took up the red sash, and began to stretch the scarlet ribbon out and loop it over my wrists.

“Do ye know what this red sash signifies?” he asked me in a conversational low voice.

I shook my head.

“This is called a lifeline,” Begglar continued, “The hilt of the sword is burnished gold and it forms a golden cross to grip the hammered and polished steel of the blade.  The red sash is symbolic. It represents a stream of shed blood from Immanuel’s veins. The wielder of this kind of sword is expected to wrap the sash around his or her forearm and bind it to themselves so that the sword might never be lost in battle.  It was to be fixed to the hand and arm that bore it forth.  The sword only falls when its bound bearer falls. Hence it is a blade that falls one when the life of the one who bears it is taken. But this too is a ceremonial sword, and not merely a battle sword. These swords, in peaceful times, were much more ornate ceremonial swords and they gleamed and shone with polish. this one had seen battle: Several conflicts from the look of it.  Its metal is burnished from handling, its blade notched and nicked in places, yet solid. You can see its inlaid designs are obscured by age and use but reticent of a spatha blade. There are still some worthy rituals that have survived antiquity here. These represent a worthy practice long since lost on the current warring factions of this sub-world.  Honor swords were used for swearing fealty, bestowing knighthood, and binding a person’s word to their promised future deeds.  With an honor sword, two parties are to stand facing each other and place their hands upon each end of the cross-guard. Then they sware an oath of commitment to each other which is binding to death if not mutually released by a similar ceremony.  The honor sword was to be used against the person who broke the commitment to the oath they had given with their hands placed upon it just so. If the persons were also committing their posterity to the same oath given. That is why the sash is traditionally called The Bloodline.

The Bloodline sash was to be wrapped around the hands of both parties swearing the oath together are they placed their hands on each side of the cross-guard.  This was called The Bloodline Oath.  Once entered into, there is no mutual agreement that could ever dissolve this kind of oath, even if both parties mutually consent to the dissolution of the pact.  Bloodline Oaths are permanent and irrevocable.  Bloodline oaths extend beyond the grave.

As I am a witness to what we together are committing to, I am bound to place my hand on this sword as well. Are you willing to be bound to this sword and to the quest you have been called to lead in observance of The Marker Stone?”

I took a deep breath, and nodded slowly, sobered to the gravity of what we were doing.

“Empowerment does not precede commitment, in The One’s way of doing things, it follows it. This is borne out in The Ancient Text. You must commit to this before you will ever be empowered to do it. Surrender precedes action. Will you now surrender your self-doubt and allow yourself to be directed by The One who calls you to this role and task?”

“I will.”

Begglar extended his hand and grasp the other end of the cross-guard, and with his free hand wrapped the remaining length of the Bloodline sash around his own wrist and hand, joining both of our hands to the binding of the sword.

“Then I, as your friend and witness, and the onlookers of our family and party standing as our witnesses in the field beyond, do commit to you to carry out the charge and responsiblity represented by our oath together, to pursue this Stone quest into whatever fate and end it might lead us. Do you also agree and bind yourself to this?”

“I do.”

“That being the case,” Begglar reached forward again and began to unwind the red sash from his own wrist, but left the sash bound to mine, “may I suggest that you take hold of the handle of this sword properly as one who would wield it, rather than one who would heft it out of the root, to see may follow.”

With the length of the sash given additional slack to my wrist, I then release the cross-guard and turned my hand into the handle. The hilt seemed to move into my grasp even as I closed my fingers around it, and in one fluid motion the blade slide cleanly out of the root of the terebinth tree, and the metal flashed for a brief second clearing the blade of tarnish and age before it gleamed as newly polished steel.

Suddenly, Begglar reached out and gripped my shoulder, his eyes widening and I mistook his surprised look as a natural reaction to what had happened to the sword.

“O’Brian,” he said, looking beyond me, “We need to get out of this river bed, and fast.”

“Why?!”

He pulled my shoulder into a turn, and nodded down the riverbed back toward the escarpment and bridge ahead. “Look yonder.”

*Scene 06* 4:26 (The Tell)

Christie rode hard through the wind and wet, not exactly sure where she was headed, but she had some strange sense that she was going in the right direction. The land rolled in a series of small hills and declivities, finally curving around to the brow of a smallish-sized hill roughly twenty meters in height, and surrounded by briars and a series of thorny hedges. It peaked sharply and was covered within by small white flowers, making the hill appear like a massive bald skull. The rudimentary markings of a long unused road led up to the strange hill, with impressions that evidenced that it had only recently been used.

Despite the wetness of the ground, Christie was able to make out the track of wagon ruts and the trampled ground evidencing the prior presence of a team of horses. A collection of jagged boulders and slabs of limestone, lined the immediate base of the hill, as if the hill itself had thrusted up through the lower layers of rock, however, the outside border seemed more deliberately circular than a formation made through natural processes. The presence of the thorny hedge, implied that access to the hill was forbidden in some way. It was then that Christie realized that this place was no mere hill, but was a manmade construction. What some might call a ‘tell2‘.

A footpath, just outside of the prohibiting hedges, encircled the mound and Christie rode cautiously around it, looking for an hidden opening within the hedgeline. Something had drawn them here, and she felt that same inexplicable tug. Was this the place that Mister Brian kept referring to? The place of the Stone Marker? It had to be. But what was so important about this place?

They had all been here, she consoled herself. Recently, judging by the track and prints left behind. But where had they gone from here, she wondered. The wagon ruts were deeper than that of the horse prints, so she was certain the full company had piled into the conveyance. Yet, the ground hardened and became rocky in places, so she knew she would have to spend some time riding in widening circles to be able to pick up more of their trail.

The hill–this tell–was set upon a promontory and giving it a full range view of the western mountains and the darkening skies to the north. The storm’s strength had passed over her, but it seemed to be gathering further vehemence ahead.

It was almost as if the storm had deliberatly skirted this strange hill-lock, but regathered itself together again, as it blew in a northwesterly direction.

She cast glances to the north, feeling a forbidding unease judging by sight alone, but also a sense that she would have to follow the track wherever it led her, if she hoped to rejoin Brian and the others.

Coming around the circumference of the tell, she suddenly drew in a breath at the sight ahead of her and off to the west. The shadowy grey brow of distant mountains sawed the lightened edge of the horizon, but there again was the gleam of the mysterious blue light coming from somewhere up in the high eyries. The beam of it shone like a beacon across the sky, joining the far horizon to this mysterious tell mound, falling upon the surface of the mound, giving the white flowers a bluish cast, but centered upon a clearing of dirt which had formed a fanned tailing, around a gaping hole and the tall surface of bare stone within. Riding closer to the hedge for a better view, Christie realized that the stone bore some sort of writing upon its excavated surface.

She dismounted and tied her horse’s reins to a small thorny branch along the hedgeline, and climbed up on one of the granite boulders along the footpath to get a better look through the sloughed pit at the lettering.

The revealed face of the inner stone was a bright white, but had a bluish tint under the cyanotic beam.

These were not merely words, but names etched in large block letters.

A list of names she immediately recognized.

One of which, was her own.

*Scene 07* 24:33 (Pound of Flesh)

When Begglar turned me, for a few seconds, I had difficulty processing what I was seeing. The floor of the riverbed was rising. Above and down the regimented columns of trees, partially obscured by the overhanging branches, a cloud burst of white reached towards us with misty, fog-like fingers.

The basin in the channel was leveling up to the riverbanks, lifting the leaves and detritus under the inexorable plough of rising water.

Somehow, the sword had been the key that reopened the water locks that formerly fed this stream.

Begglar and I scrambled up the embankment, as the rising water poured into the area we vacated. Wet leaves swirled in the twisting eddies created by the forward push of the water along the banks. Sodden shelves of wet leaves pushed up onto the walls of the river, collecting in the rakes of extended roots from the arboreal regiments.

I swept up the sword that had for so long stood within the grove and riverbed, driving its waters into seasons of drought.

I carefully wound the red sash, called the Bloodline, further around my forearm and Begglar assisted me by weaving the excess it into a knotted braid, then tying it off.

We were still breathing hard as we watched the rising water find its way further through the streambed, gurgling along with a wet rumble, cascading over and slapping the gray stones and descending down its fanning watercourses towards the deeper, thirsty basins in the lower valley.

I gripped the sword firmly, having no present means of keeping it in a scabbard. Its heft was surprisingly light and its balance felt true and sure.  The hilt felt good in my hand, and the cross-guard did not impede the fluid rotation of my wrist.  From the pommeled cross-guard, the ornate, scroll-worked, rain-guard extended partway down the fuller of the double-edge blade, tapering in swoops to long solid edges that barely hissed through the air as I tested its feel and action.

Truly, it had been some time since I had held a sword.  As Begglar had alluded, at one point in my journey, I foreswore ever holding one again, but strangely, and perhaps, fortuitously, this sword suited me. The muscle memory of having trained and fought with one long ago came back as if awakening within me from some strangely familiar dream.

“This sword feels familiar to me, but I don’t think I have ever held its equal.” I shook my head clear and turned to Begglar. “Shall we join the others?”

“In a moment. We still need to talk about the one in among us who is not what it seems to be,” Begglar said, cautiously. My eyes swept up and down the blade of the sword as I answered, “It’s the dark-haired girl, Becca, isn’t it?”

It was said in more of a statement than a question.  My gaze moved from the blade and pivoted to Begglar.  He nodded slowly, then put his hand to his chin, absently tugging at his short beard while he spoke. “When my Nell told me, I did not want to believe it, but just now…”

“What did she say when you asked her the Shibboleth question?”

Begglar scratched the back of his head, fidgeting–still unnerved by the private encounter.  “She refused the question outright. It made her visibly angry that I would dare to ask it. She thought it was insensitive of me to do so.  Said as much.”

Begglar paused again, and then blurted, “But she was not satisfied to accuse me only.  She then shifted to you.  She accused you of terrible things.  Things I cannot repeat.  She said my Nell is covering for you.  She leveled those accusations at me as well.  She said that if we were looking for a threat we should take a harder look at you.  She said you were the last one to join them on the beach when they arrived.  That you seemed to arise out of nowhere, and no one saw you come through one of the portals.  She said that you were going to kill us all if someone didn’t listen to her.  She said if anyone should be grateful for anything, that we should all be grateful to her for being the only one willing to upset everyone by trying to reveal the uncomfortable truth.  She said that you would target her and accuse her because she is the only one who truly threatens your leadership.”

I was taken aback, “She said all that?”

“For a few moments, she was almost convincing,” Begglar eyed me, “Almost.”

He cleared his throat, “You know what is happening here.  She is eroding the chain of command.  Planting doubt and questioning you before we get further into it.  Planting nihilism.”

Begglar’s eyes fell to the sword in my hand, and to the wet glistening of the stream as it clarified and rippled along its deepening course, “Aye, that’s what she’s doing.”

“You seem unsettled.  She had to have said more than that to make you feel as you do.”

“Aye,” he nodded, “she did at that.”

“What makes you so sure about her?  There are a lot of the ungrateful who are not necessarily harboring an alter ego.”

Begglar assented, “There are those, and a greater number too, as they model the ingratitude of their parents.  Fit throwers, tattlers, and tantrum-mongers.  But this one is devious about it.  She drops a hint here, a suggestion there.  No one suspects her because she presents herself as a fair innocent child.  She is ingratiating.  That is why I am having such a hard time confronting her.  I see a child before me, but my mind tells me there is a monster there too.  I keep making excuses and doubting it, but I cannot shake the internal knowing.”

“The illusion is so strong, I understand.  But the truth must be brought out.”

“Aye, I know it.  But what it might do to others could be bad.  We are already less in number than we began with.”

“We must be careful.  Is there anything else, that makes you sure that the girl is not what she seems to be?”

“She avoided the question of what she was grateful for, and distracted me with her other disparaging statements regarding you, and when she assumed the conversation was over, I spoke The Name.”

I waited.  My heartbeat rose at what Begglar would say next.

“She’s the one.”

I let out a pent-up breath. No deceit can resist The Name being spoken here.  In the Surface World fools malign The Name, ignorant of its power.  But here…the darkness flees from the spoken Word of Light.

And speaking of darkness, the sky even now begins to grow bruised and angry.  Its grey clouds are blackening and swelling with wet purposes.  The winds are gaining strength, dispelling the calm of the false twilight.

We need to get the weapons, but the enemy in our midst must be exposed.

“Has she given you, her name?”

“We believe she is called Torla. Nell was able to find out the name from the wee red-headed one, though not directly. The child spoke in her sleep, the night you and the company arrived. She had no memory of the name when awake, but somehow the mental block is not as strong when she is half-asleep.”

Our band of travelers stood just beyond the copse watching the gathering storm roil and darken the clouds about, obscuring the distant mountains.  The storm would arrive soon.  The pressure in the air around us smelled of copper and wet lime, scents carried from the granite of the mountains in the distance.  Shadowy, evanescent, gossamer forms appeared to swim through the darkening thunderheads, coalescing and dematerializing out of the roiling mists.

“We had better get this over with.  Looks like the mists from the coastlines have found a way to come inland.  We need to get to shelter soon.”

Begglar and I turned and approached the group.  “We will need to get into the grain bins, under the escarpment.  The weapons cache is there.”

“You want be to confront her now?!”

“It is not going to get any easier if we wait.  Besides, sheltering with an enemy is not a good idea.”

Steeling my resolve, I adjusted my grip on the sword and cleared my throat, moving forward with a determined strive, approaching the young one who called herself “Becca”.  The girl had been standing just beyond the gathering, uncharacteristically sullen and quiet.  When she saw me approaching her, she stood with her feet apart, eyes narrowed, arms folded, hands fisted, chin raised in contempt with a defiant sneer on her face.

“So, you’ve got yourself a new toy to poke at us with!” she growled, one dark eyebrow arched like the back of a hissing cat.  I disregarded her challenge and went straight to the point.

“Torla,” I said, “I need to speak with you.”

My use of her name caught her by surprise.  For a moment she looked down, her forehead twitching, her eyebrows knitting together forming their own dark clouds for an oncoming storm.  When she finally raised her eyes to mine, and I saw seething hatred in them.

Begglar had backed the group off a bit, knowing this confrontation was about to get ugly.

“I did not give you my name,” she said in a measurably chilled voice which seemed strangely much colder than the moistening pre-storm air pressurizing around us, “Who gave it to you?  Was it the witch?!”

Becca cast hateful glares at Miray and Nell, starting towards them with murderous intent.

I stepped into her path, interdicting her intended assault route, but did not answer right away.  She hissed at me and glared at the sword in my hand.  The aspect on her visage as she moved threateningly towards me, no longer seemed so much like a small innocent girl.  “Are you gonna cut me, big man?  Wanna let them all see you make me bleed?!  Show them you’re the fearless hero, by threatening a little girl with your pointy stick?!”

Her brows continued to furrow, and as she moved closer, I could see there was some scar line forming on her forehead, running down between her cheek and her nose cleaving her upper lip and running to her chin.

“Wound me, big man!  Wouldn’t that be a sight to see, huh?!  Cut me down in front of them and they will never forget the image of you doing it!  Never!!”

The growing wind tugged at her raven hair and whipped it about as if each strand suddenly gained a writhing life of its own.

I held my ground, and my lack of response further fueled her fury.

“Who gave it to YOU!” her fingers had become claw-like, and she raked angrily at the air, with each hissing syllable.

With a swiping motion, she reached forward into the air and with a palpably-felt yank, pulled some invisible cord mysteriously tied to me, lunging forward and shrieking, “GIVE IT BACK!”

Suddenly, as if I had been struck a hammer blow, I felt a searing pain in my forehead, and I staggered forward, temples pounding.  My vision blurred as I sagged to my knees, wincing under the pain of a severe migraine.  Silent flashes of light appeared before my eyes, nausea washed into the pit of my stomach, and I swooned.

Through tears gathering in my eyes, I struggled to clear my mind, “the girl, what was her name…?  Why can I not remember it?  It was just there…  What is happening to me?”  I felt bile rising in my throat, as the girl approached, seeming much larger than she should be.  My eyes burned and blurred, “Can this be real?”

The others had backed further away from the confrontation, unable to believe the transformation they were witnessing.  This was no longer a girl.  That illusion was far gone.  The wildness of the girl-thing’s hair formed a mad twisting curling inky and silvering nimbus about her head, and her once blue eyes had blackened to the color of the approaching storm.  Teeth once small, even, and straight were now broken and yellowed with age as her jaw slackened and her breathing became an audible prelude to the high-pitched, ear-splitting keening that followed.  The shrieks were terrible, prolonged, and gathered weight in the air, and the whole party fell to the ground as if a blast of destructive energy released a pressure wave with each terrible shriek.

This Torlah thing might have made good on her challenge if she had been able to maintain her composure and visage as a little girl, but now that illusion was breaking away in her raging.

I felt the sword still in my hand, the bloodline coiled around my forearm, holding me to it and my commitment to see this quest through.  I now knew what she was.  This being disguised as a little girl was a monster of a particular kind.  This was Begglar and our former party had called a Banshee.  A mixed creature of the wind with a body spawned by some form of a dragon.  It suddenly all made sense.  The swirling storm mix of dark wraith-like incorporeal forms overhead, the rage of the girl mirrored by the coming rage of the maelstrom.  Our situation could only worsen if whatever dragon had baked this harried form into the girl’s image came upon us out in the open.  Dragon fog seeded the storm, infusing within it the ability to cloud thoughts and fade memory.  Somehow the fogs, usually relegated to the seafront, were comprised of living colonies of malicious entities.  But the dragon’s reach had installed within our company one of its own, not reliant on the limitations of its sentient fogs alone.

My fingers felt wet wrapped loosely around the hilt of the honor sword. With a deliberate effort, I closed my fingers and held to it.  My hands and arms felt completely numb, but despite that, I felt encouraged.  If nothing else, this early threat at the start of the quest assured me that we were already following the correct course of action.  In a voice that I barely recognized as my own, I spoke the Shibboleth question again, to dispel any doubts.  “What are you grateful for?”

The keening ceased, but the echoed ringing of it did not.  The being, now revealed as a monster stood before us in the darkening twilight. Her form was dappled in roving shadows, but I could see that her face now bore cracks in it, as if she was composed of the dust of a dried lakebed.  No further illusion of the beautiful child remained.  The creature’s blackened eyes were now icy with a glaze of cataracts.  The illusion of clothes gave way to ghostly tatters of rag and old soiled cloth and gossamer spider webs.  The blond hair was now gray and white with streaks of black in it.  Her face was the face of a million nightmares.

In a sinister twist, belying her looks, the mellifluous voice of the little girl we all had shared a brief part of the journey with came from the chapped and cracked lips of the crone before us, “I have no idea what you are asking me, bloody man. There is nothing to be grateful for here or anywhere else.  Murderers cannot lead.  This cruel joke is on you all.  And you all will soon die here.  Mark my words.  This man will lead you to your deaths the same as he did those who were with him before.”

I felt an abatement from nausea and a lessening from the throbbing headache that threatened to curl me around my pain into a fetal helpless position.  The pommel of the sword brushed my wrist and the sash connecting me to it, felt warm and somehow reassuring.

I did not address her dire prediction because I would not put the power of the idea into her hands, but I felt the words come that this creature did not want to be spoken and could not refute.  I spoke The Name.  And added, “Where He is, there is always hope, and our lives are held in the palm of His hand to do with as He wills according to the calling, He has given.  Your threats have no power here.”

This monster-being visibly wilted under my spoken words, descending to her knees.  Her swirling hair obscured her malignant scowl.  Strength was returning to my legs, and slowly I found my way back up to my feet.

Begglar was near me, trying to say something to me, but the ringing in my ears dulled my ability to hear him.  He sounded as if he was speaking through water, and I was several feet down below the waves.  The growing wind from the oncoming storm completed the effect mimicking the crashing noises of waves driven by a storm surge.  Attempting to focus, I believed I could just make out his words…something like…“ward”… “fjord”… “much the bored”… “crutch her with the…”… “…SWORD!

Suddenly it came together.  “Touch her with the sword!” he was saying.  The honor sword.  I need only to touch her with it.

I lifted it, and strength and clarity returned…as did the name she did not want me to know.  Her name.  Torla.  But something in my inner spirit kept me from saying her name out loud again.  A verse from the Ancient Text sprang to my mind:

“For who is God except the LORD? Who but our God is a solid rock? God arms me with strength, and he makes my way perfect. He makes me as surefooted as a deer, enabling me to stand on mountain heights. He trains my hands for battle; he strengthens my arm to draw a bronze bow.” [Psalm 18:31-34 NLT]

I brought the honor sword up with me as I rose to my feet.  Seeing the sword raised, the Banshee howled and scrambled away like a scuttling spider, her joints bending at odd angles, dust powdering her frantic steps.

Begglar rose to his knees, again shouting above the wind, “You need only touch her with the sword, lad.  She is made of dust.  You’ll see.”

I nodded and walked towards her, the growing wind howling around us, skeletal branches of the trees clacked and snapped as I leaned against the savage chilled gusts seeming to prevent my approach.  The nightmare face glared and hissed at me; her cataract eyes seem to glow with a sickening greenish light.  Her jaw slackened and seemed unhinged as she filled what passed for lungs with another keening wail.  My ears still rang from the first cacophonous assault, but I held my ground wincing in anticipation of the next one.  From the corner of my vision, I could see the others covering their ears, and curling up on the ground, bracing for the onslaught.

It came, but not as the first did.

There was mocking laughter in it.  Derision, scorn, and contempt.  A vile, brothy, stew of vitriol, accompanied by a putrid stench.  My gag reflex threatened to cripple me again, but I drew strength from the honor sword in my grasp, the bloodline wrapped securely to my forearm binding me to my Word.

The hag was within striking distance, and I struck her through the noise storm with the flat of the blade.

Ribbons of dust swirled about us, peeling the semblance of flesh and bone from the creature.  A whirlwind spun and lifted into the wind and circled us, grating us with sandy grit, yet spiraling off as the storm winds pulled it up into the swirl of the angry sky.

The Banshee hag was dissolving, rags dissipating into frayed threads, hair flying loose and balding the skull-like pate of her forehead.  Her screech folded into the howling of the winds, yet before the mouth was gone, she spoke these few chilling words: “I will find you again, O’Brian.  You will bleed for this.”

And then, the hiss and grate of her searing words were gone as the corporeal form she once occupied exploded like dead wind-blown leaves.  The fragments swirled away and dissolved into the blasts of dust that abraded us joining with the twisting vortex that tore and pulled at the limbs and branches of the swaying trees in the grove. Begglar and Dominic took my hand and Nell helped others to their feet as we scurried through the storm seeking shelter.  Rain began to fall in heavy, wet thudding drops that beat upon our heads and drenched our clothing.  A cry erupted from the distance to our left and we all turned at once to the direction of it, thinking that somehow the Banshee had returned seeking her owed pound-of-flesh.

The Shibboleth and The Sword – Chapter 14

*Scene 01* 8:00 (Pull of The Stones)

In the inner storeroom, beneath the upper levels of the granary, Begglar and I continued our conversation in earnest.

His face was grave and his countenance sober and disturbed.  The dire implication of the moving Builder Stones was one I had not anticipated in coming back to The Mid-World.  When the factions formed between the Mid-World kingdoms, tensions were exacerbated when their Builder Stones locked down.

“How many of the twelve stones have been impacted?”

Begglar huffed, “We believe it affected all of them, though we cannot be sure about Capitalia.  It is too remote and on the far side of the Walls of Stone mountains.  Their stone could even now be cutting its way through the mountains, but we have no way of knowing that for sure.  It has been many years since the Capitalians have come on this side of their massive gates.  Agents could be riding quietly in these lands, but they would do so unannounced.  You know how the others feel about them.  But there is no reason to believe that their stone was not affected as well.”

“How do you know this?” I countered, my uneasiness causing my voice to quaver.

“We have our people.  They have seen some very mysterious things.  You know how the kingdom leaders are when it comes to the stones.  They suspect some kind of sorcery.  Accounts from one kingdom to the next vary, but all are consistent on the timing.  Best we can account, it started happening on the first day of Sukkot, a historic feast day of temporary shelters.  On that day, twenty-one years ago, all building ceased.  The stones once light as an ash pumice stone, suddenly fell from the hands of their bearers.  They seemed to gain the weight of all the quarried stones they had borne in the building of each of the stone cities.  Arms bearing them were wrenched out of their sockets.  Some had their feet crushed beyond repair.  All those unfortunate enough to be carrying the stone at the time suffered some injury or maiming.  Some were at rest in the citadel treasuries upon pedestals that were summarily crushed to powder, as the stones crashed to the ground unable to be raised by the might of men or any device which was contrived to try to lift them once more.  Rumors spread, and the talk in the holding kingdoms reached the outer lands, until the lords of each realm agreed to meet upon neutral ground near the Capitalian stone gates, near the Walls of Stone Mountain Range in the Kidron valley.  Each kingdom suspected the others.  It was a tense few days.  Armored men were cordoned off in encampments bristling with weaponry and raw nerves.”

“There is a narrowing channel through that one passable valley.  Military soldiers were forced to narrow their ranks columns as the envoys met in the grounds where the old annual festivals were once held in times past.  When each of their representatives realized that what was happening to the stone of one kingdom was happening to all, they were first suspicious that one kingdom, might be in league with The Pan and its bizarre kinds.  That some witchcraft had arisen out of his shadowy moon kingdom, for none of his kind had been invited to the counsel, for reasons that should be obvious.

But The Pan is a suspicious one.  He has his creature agents make note of any large gathering of mankind.  Especially when it involves rival kingdoms.  He knows one day man will again move against him.  He stands to rest easy when the kingdoms of men are divided.  One or two kingdoms moving against him are not enough to succeed and he knows it.  But when all gather, that is something else altogether and he is poised to rouse his dark ones against such.

The Pan has never been one to share power or bind itself to a treaty.  Emissaries have tried in the past, but it wasn’t until the emergence of trolls coming from among the kingdoms of men, that The Pan has ever agreed to hold counsel with an envoy, without them being beaten, pursued or eaten.  The Pan has always hated mankind.  It is an unreasonable and unnatural hatred.  The sight of a human seems to enrage it.  When The Pan finally encountered a troll among a troop of men, it was the first time it and its hybrid minions allowed that company to live.  He was intrigued by the changes in the unfortunate being.  For some reason he calls them human frogs.  Seems quite pleased with these recent mockeries of humankind.  So much so that he agreed to grant counsel to mankind, only if it was conducted through emissaries of the troll kind.  That is why Xarmni has gathered to itself a community of their loathsome kind.  They are cultivated as spies and brokers between the kingdom of The Half-Men and the Xarmnian monarch.  The Xarmnians hope to be the first to secure an understanding with The Pan and his creatures.  To secretly understand what conjuring power The Pan might be using to arrest the kingdom stones.  Xarmni seems to be the only realm with a subcommunity of trolls within their midst, so the other kingdoms have grudgingly agreed to let Xarmni lead in this discovery.  But they suspect the Son of Xarm may not be as forthcoming with whatever he finds out through his troll envoys.  Other kingdoms have tries to follow the trolls on their missions into the moon kingdom, but The Pan seems to know that others not of troll kind are following, and these have all been taken captive and killed.  Only troll kind are allowed passage into and out of the realms of The Pan, and only those men or women a troll vouches for, will live to tell the tale.  It wasn’t until a few months ago that the stones of each kingdom began to move of their own accord.  Xarmni has not reported much to the other kingdoms.  Each is growing impatient.  They suspected The Pan had found a way to wield The Cordis Stone he took from you and Caleb to cause the effect in their stones, but now that their stones are on the move, they suspect that The Son of Xarm has not been straight with them about all he knows.  They are gearing up for battle.  Each kingdom is preparing to annihilate and enslave one another.  The truce has broken.  They are each following the movements of their stones.  Their anger grows with each mile their stones gain day by day.”

“What have they seen?”

“Every city is different, but they are essentially the same when it comes to those stones.  When not in use, they all kept them locked up and heavily guarded as a matter of sacred ritual.  The Xarmnians kept their stone in the Citadel vault, on the stone pedestal.  You knew they had even begun worshipping it.”

*Scene 02* 8:00 (Anchored in Awareness)

I shook my head in amazement, “How have you and Nell endured this paganism and the constant shadow of threat all this time?  The Xarmnians have been hunting you for piracy, yet you live out here under their noses, still operating as a pirate of sorts.  Why did you choose to remain here when you could have gone back to the Surface World at any time?”

“What do you mean, and leave my Nell here?  Alone? With them?” Begglar grunted.

I winced, “I know, I know there’s that.  But we are of that other world, and I am not sure it was wise to make ties here when we belong there.”

“That is not entirely true.  A part of us belongs here and you know it.  But staying away as long as you did, perhaps that has taken an awareness from you.  Be that as it may, something made you return.  A part of you knew we have unfinished business here.  In fact, if we don’t keep an awareness of here, and especially of Excavatia, then we are entirely useless living back there in the Surface World.  In whatever world you chose to remain the most in, there you are most vulnerable to what seeks your destruction.  Danger exists in both worlds since they are the most in the parallel nexis.  The Surface World is the place where your true sense of self lives in the most fog.  While there is danger here, there is more clarity than back in the Surface World.  Living here I do not lose the awareness but sharpen it, and I can still catch a glimpse of the shoreline of the home we all seek to be part of.”

“Yes, but the dangers here are real too,” I countered. “The Xarmnians will most certainly torture and kill your family, your wife, and son, and it would then only be a mercy if they kill you too.  Death guilt is not an easy burden to bear.  It crushes you and steals purpose away from you.  It overshadows everything you hope to accomplish hereafter.  Afterward, you are merely a shell, a dead man walking.”

“Then don’t carry it,” Begglar grunted.

“That’s easy enough for you to say now, while you still have Nell and Dominic under your care,” I groused.

“O’Brian, this is why, if given me own choice in the matter, you would’ve been the last one I would choose to lead this renewal of the Stone Quests.”

“I don’t follow,” I said looking away around the storeroom.

“And that is my point.  You cannot lead if you don’t follow.  The lives of others are not your burden to bear.  It is too much for any man.  It is a burden that can only be borne by The One.  You once knew that.  Jeremiah did too, but you’ve both forgotten it.  Life and death are not in your hands.  The safest place in the world is in following that Voice that seeks you…” he said tapping my chest with two fingers, “…in here.”

I met his hard gaze and faltered a bit.

“You ask me how I remain here, and knowing what I once was, you know I must answer you in seaman’s terms because it is the same way I knew my ship would be where I left it when we set ashore.  We set our anchor.”

“Your anchor?”

“I am anchored in the awareness of the Almighty.  I keep that awareness here,” he tapped his own breast with the same two fingers he had used to tap me, “…always.  The Xarmnians expect to find a seaman.  Instead, they see a baker.  An Innkeeper. The Xarmnians expect to find a brawny man.  Instead, they see a man who has sampled more of his baked goods, than he ought to ‘ave.  The Xarmnians expect to find a man hiding and on the run.  Instead, they see a man running a prominent small business in a town on the far end of the high country.  They expect to see a man of the waters, not a man of the fields.  It is all these expectations that blind them to what we’ve been right in front of them.  Their expectations cloud their vision because they are too proud to really see outside of their own perspectives.  This is the problem of all mankind.  Hubris.  We are too wedded to our own perspectives that we fail to see what is true, even if it stands before us.”

Begglar’s words were deep waters, and I knew if I waded too far into them, they would be over my head, but they could not be ignored either.

 At last, I said, “Anchored in the Almighty, huh?

“Aye,” Begglar nodded, “Tis madness to set to the seaport in any other harbor.”

Tentatively, I touched the shoreline of Begglar’s argument.

“How can I lead, if I don’t take responsibility for those who follow my leadership?”

“O’Brian, this is not about avoiding responsibility, but about assessing how best that responsibility may be carried so that you can have the freedom to move forward into the leadership for which you were called.  The One’s purposes are not achieved by following the course of a man’s reasoning.  In fact, that is the very thing that will most ensure the leader will fail in anything The One calls them to.  It is not about your capability, but about His.”

The illusion of shallow waters was dispelled, as the realization affirmed what I felt the Inner Voice had been telling me in gentle whispers all along.  My own fears and failings kept the soil of my heart in a gravel mix of stone and earth.  Now the tendrils of the roots in Begglar’s words began to penetrate deeper and curl into the dark earth beneath.

“You must drop your anchor, O’Brian.  Else you will drift about and find yourself in the breaker rocks.  It may sound counter to what one expects, but The One’s ways are higher than ours.  To move forward into your purpose, you must lower your anchor into His moving.  It is an undercurrent that does not register in the surface waters, but when you find His flow, then you will find yourself secure and those who follow you in that will also be secure because of it.  Your ability to lead depends greatly on your choice to follow.  This places the responsibility in His flow, and not in the set of your own sails.”

Quietly, I whispered, “What if I miss His guidance?”

“Courage is not the absence of fear but doing what is right in the face of it.  Fear will always be a headwind.  Whether it influences you or not, depends on the set of your sails and where you cast your anchor.  The anchor will tow you along following The One’s undercurrent, and you handle the captain’s wheel loosely, allowing your vessel to roll and pitch in the tow, letting the headwinds slip through the slack in your sails.  If you catch the headwind in a gathering sail, the ship will yaw and tilt and may swamp you.  Let the headwinds slip past the sail, but do not gather it, because it will resist the towing of your anchor.”

Fear.  He was talking about fear as wind.  The seaman’s images were not lost on me.  Instead, they affirmed me and showed me the truth of what was holding me back.

I sighed, knowing that I needed to embrace all that Begglar was saying, but still feeling some struggle to do so.  Knowing the truth is one thing, embracing it by setting your hands and feet to move into it was something else.

“So, what are we doing down here?  Why did you bring us here?”

Begglar reached down and placed his hands on the top of a wooden iron bounded barrel.

“Help me move this, will ya?”

“What’er we doing?”

“Just help me and you’ll soon find out.”

The barrel was short but thick, and it was very heavy and seemed to be filled with rocks or something that caused it to be of great weight.  We rocked it to a canted tilt and then I helped him roll it upon its staves until it was three to four feet further into the corner of the small storage room.

barrels-1005376_1280

The walls were made of joined timber, shaved down for uniformity until they could be joined together in an even seam along the way.  Because this storage area and the subsequence rooms were cut into the ground beneath the threshing floor, the walls were thick and packed against the ground in which they provided the substructures.  As the weight of the mounds and piles of grain pressed down on the floor above, the crushed earth filled in and pressed against the substructure timbers and sealed the area off against the seasonal weather keeping these vaults dry and cool for perennial storage.  The air in the vaults, though a little stale from being sealed, was neither musty nor wet, which made it perfect for its use as storage for perishables.

Begglar had crawled down on the floor and with a small, metal instrument was prying loose one of the floorboards.  I bent down and helped him, and we set it aside.  He reached into the dark oblong cavity and tugged at a rope in the darkness until some hidden catch was released.  Then he carefully set the displaced floorboard back into its groove and thumb-pressed a wooden dowel pin back into place to secure it.  He stood up.  Brushed himself off and commenced to drag rolling the barrel back over the spot in which we had displaced it only moments ago.  I assisted him until got it done.  I followed him out of the storeroom and he pulled the planked door and leather latch shut over the set pin closing the room once more.

“Now to the weapons,” he said.

“The weapons are here?”

“Above us.  In the grain pits.  I had to release the locking pin mechanism first.  But we’ve a little weeding out to do, before we uncover them.”

“What do you mean?”

“The monster,” he said, turning.  “We’ve got to root out the monster in our midst with the Shibboleth test and, living here all these years waiting for your return, and seeing the Honor Sword show up in that dried streambed out there, I’ve learned just the way to do it.”

“How?”

Begglar looked hard at me, and then grumbled, “What makes you think I will not have to put you through the test as well?  You’ll find out when the others do.  Gather them together and lead them down the streambed to the sword.  I will address each of you privately there.  One by one.  You will be last.”

“And afterwards…?  To the weapons cache?”

“We will see what happens.”

*Scene 03* 10:40 (Edge of The Escarpment)

On the upper edge of the plateau where Begglar’s wagon and team of horses rested just beyond the edge of the escarpment and the slanted taper onto the descending roadway, the group of Surface World travelers milled about stretching their legs and looking to the west where the lands descended into a chain of hanging valleys and stepped plains. A golden grain field edged the base of the winding cut-row carved into the longer side of the plateau.

It stood to reason that over time the spilled grain seed being separated and milled would be caught and carried by the drafts passing through the hill cleft of the granary and might inadvertently reseed the plain to the leeward side of the hill. The happenstance of this reseeding process appeared useful to the Xarmnian land managers, and they ordered the locals to use their teams of oxen to plow and harrow the rolling plain beneath the escarpment for convenience. Colluvial chutes were carved and chiseled down the rockface of the cliffside. In the areas where the descending roadways impeded these channeled colluvial chutes, the road was cut away and short bridges were built to allow the emptied wagons to cross the bridge while the flowing granules passed under the bridgeways on their descent to the floor of the grain field.

Some of the seeding, not picked up by the winds were shoveled into the lower grain bins that were carved into the catcher pits at the base of the escarpment. These pits and caves were the covered and sealed by large thick ironbound wooden doors, that rests on rollers and were opened and closed by a winch and drum rig located within a hidden grotto stable. The stable was also carved out along base below a shelf of the escarpment to allow rested, fed, and readied horse stock the proximity to assist in the effort to capture the mounds of spillage and draw the grain back into the storage caves and bins.

The winding road angling down the length of the long-edge of the plateau with four switchbacks passes ending down near the open gates of the cave stables. Only the emptied wagons used this switchback descent. Loaded wagons of grain approached the granary hillock from its eastern side and made their way up the longer and more gradual lower-grade slope, while the emptied wagons then were driven down the winding cut-road to assist in the field harvesting and the transport of cut sheafs for the Xarmnian grain fields below. The leeward side of the granary hill was pale and, by sight alone, did not appear to be the same form of dark granite that made up the rest of the hill.

Five of the travelers stood with Dominick, looking down the long-edge of the hill to the winding roadside and the wind rippling grain fields at the base approximately one-thousand feet below.

A young woman asked, “Why is this side of the hill white? And those fields. Such an amazing transition from white to distant green. Why is that?”

“Grain dust,” Dominick, answered, “The granary operation does it. The winds catch the ground chaff, but it also catches the flour that comes from the crushing and separation. It forms clouds of powder, and the downside of the hill is dusted with it. When the winds get particularly high, some of the grain kernels are caught too. Much of the kernels fall down the colluvial chutes and are carried down to the berm, but the milled flour is sifted, and the pass-through winds shears out of the stone breaks.”

“Dominick, is it?” the young woman said, eyeing him with a sidelong glance, not turning her head.

“Aye.”

“My name is Lindsey,” she said simply.

Dominick smiled to himself, still observing the far distance but not the landscape alone. Perhaps there was more hope for this quest than he had first thought. The travelers were softening.

The sky was gray with billowing clouds, gathering rain that had only briefly spilled and spattered before, but were now swirling with a darkening heaviness that portended a great deal more of it to come.

A teen girl, who had been listening to them, observed solemnly, “Is that why the roads seem to glow?”

“Aye, same reason,” Dominick nodded, “The wagons carry and shake some of it off as they drive away to the west there to reach the main road, but most of the wagons circle the hillside until the end of the workday. The wagon drivers are almost ghost white by the end of the day. The grain dust cakes everything. The grain fields seem to be pale perennially. They are only green during the midseason. Near harvest they become white again. See those rain clouds, yonder?”

The watchers nodded.

“After the rainfall, that field will be rinsed from much of the powder. If there is green in the stalks and leaves, the nearer end of those fields will become pale green. Unfortunately, the flour dust coats the plants and prevents much of the sunlight from getting to the leaves, so the prospect of rain is always a welcome sight. If the rains are frequent enough during the growing season, it will yield a better harvest. For that reason, the farthest ends of those fields yield more of the grain since the dust doesn’t carry that far.”

A taller man, who had been observant and quiet spoke up. “My name is James. I am sorry for the snide remark one of the others made about your father’s wagon. You’ve done a great deal here with what you had. This system is more sophisticated than I could have imagined, and you seem to know considerable more about it than even you’ve shared with us.”

“Aye,” Dominick responded quietly, “We learn as we find. Me mother’d see this below as a lesson connected with how a new life should be lived. A second sight, she has. She’s a seer. Me father too. ‘Tis a way of seeing beyond what is there before you. A way to see the meaning in it. An attribute coming from Excavatia itself. The capacity for that sight is planted in everyone who follows in The Name of The One. Aligning to the will of The One, is why it is important to give your names to the quest. It is His will that calls us to it, not merely the calling from a man like O’Brian.”

A degree of understanding altered the expression of both Lindsey and James, the two travelers standing nearby who had offered their names to Dominick.

The three others standing near them noticed, but only one of them responded.

“My name is Gemma,” the young teen girl tugged on Dominick’s sleeve. “Please tell us what your mom would see.”

Dominick grinned, “I am but a follower of this quest too, y’know. Tis not I who you should be giving your names too on behalf of The One.  My name as well as me mother’s and me father’s already appears on The Marker Stone from long ago, before it was given a burial. We are committed. Determine for yourselves what your choices are, and you will see a lot more in this journey ahead than merely what appears before your eyes.”

One of the remaining, unnamed ones, a man who had stood silent and seemed to be observing and taking in much more by choosing to listen rather than interject, finally spoke up. “Dominick, my name is Tiernan. What do you see with that insight you speak of when you observe what is below?”

“I see a field moving from outside of its grave clothes and learning to thrive in the freshness of a cleansing rain,” Dominick said, gesturing forward.

“From this vantage point, upon the hilltop on this granary, we observe that when the harvest time comes, the grain seeds in the stalks must cut from the ground, bundled and carried up the hill for threshing. Much like a man or a woman must be in life. The value of the plant is in the head of the stalk. The head represents the soul of mankind, also referred to as the heart. Your hearts must endure the threshing and separation process from the desires of the flesh, like the valued grain must endure the separation from the dying chaff. This is not an easy process, but it is a necessary one. The grains must separate from the chaff and fall to the ground before it can be replanted. There is a verse in the Ancient Texts that says: “When you put a seed into the ground, it doesn’t grow into a plant unless it dies first.” (1 Corinthians 15:36b NLT) It is only through death that life is reborn and renewed. The seed that is completely crushed into powder will never bring forth life, because it does not survive the pressing of the millstone, the trials and tribulations of life and the testing we must endure. The powder of the crushed grains represents merely the death shroud of the flesh. As it flows downward and is allowed to cover the living, reborn stalks of grain, the newborns suffer in the layers that separate them from the Son. If we are given rebirth, we need the rains to wash us clean of the powder of dead seeds, before we can thrive to produce the harvest value in the field. That is why the far end of the field, furthest removed from the influence of the grave thrives the most. These are the lessons me mother and father taught me from this vantage point. To see the cycle of the seed as it reflects the cycle of our lives. The Xarmnians have no knowledge of the fields, so they remain blind to its lessons, because they cannot access the second sight in this second world.”

The four who had given their names to Dominick–Lindsey, James, Gemma, and Tiernan–looked again on the outward lands and fields below with a new appreciation, both for what it represented and for Dominick and the wisdom he had gained through the influence of his parents and a faith in someone ever-present, but yet unseen. The other, a young woman, who had remained silent but had been listening closely, had a growing sense of uneasiness about all that had been shared between Dominick and the other four. Perhaps, she thought to herself, we may have chosen the wrong side.

*Scene 04* 3:30 (Vector and Vengeance)

Thousands of feet below, in the deep darkness of a cavernous world, carved by a monstrous metallic worm boring into the flesh of the Mid-World, the sentient trans-dimensional beast calling itself ‘Sheol’, twisted and flexed in the darkness, displacing earth and rock jettisoned behind its coiled flanks, and huffed into the hollow by it pulsing and flexing scales. Its monstrous mind followed the invisible scent and signature, gaining lost ground on its Surface World prey that it had lost seeking passage around the immovable rib of stone that projected, horn-like into the hills above. The land above that unbreakable stone smelled sweetly of dead and decaying flesh. The deep soil below it anointed and drenched with saturations of human blood, untainted by the machinations of the hybrid crossbreeds.

Every movement the beast made to come from below and injest and consume the bloodied earth, its inner ears pounded with shrieks and wails that disoriented the shadow-dwelling beast. It had dug blindly about, losing its inner sense of direction, always digging frantically away from the buried Stone, but finding itselfs ramming into it, and stunning its senses further.

Finally the beast cut a wider circle and was able to distance itself far enough from the blood hallowed ground and spine of Stone, that it began to sense its way again, and pick up the northwestern trail of the travelers above.

It sent out sonic pulses to its covert agent, looking for further connections to triangulate and vector its subterranean approach.

“Where are you, (רוּחַ טִיט) titu ruah?!” it growled, its frustration and anger accompanied by flashes and electrical pulses of red light, lighting up the cut tunnels. “Do not deceive me! The body I gave you to serve me, I can take that form from you at any time, you vaporous wretch!”

A old woman’s raspy voice responded to the beast from a far distance away, muffled by the need to whisper through the energies of the ground.

“We travel by wheel and wagon. Rains have muted my ability to communicate, but they are a sign that thousands of my sisters are nearby and follow us. I am working out a way to eliminate both a Seer and the child. An opportunity is presenting itself. Please be patient, Sire. I should have them dispatched soon and then you may take their leader and dispose of the company that follows him. Your glut of blood is coming, my Lord. When my feet touch the ground you will know where I am. Come swiftly, my Lord. Come with vengeance, and power. Burst the land and take them upon the hill of grain and separation.”

*Scene 05* 5:15 (Pushed to The Precipice)

Elsewhere atop the granary plateau, beyond the dumping deck, where the sheafs of grain were typically unloaded and spread across the large, flat-stone milling plate, a further low-walled stone bin, slightly smaller in circumference, was slanted and stepped down about five-feet below the wider main deck. A large canvas tent was held up by poles and roped stakes covering the lower grinding areas. Large wooden rakes were tied in bundled lay-by racks to be used by the workers when the granary was in full operation. The furthest ring was also canopied and that lower ring, sitting another ten to twelve feet lower than the previous ring ran closer to the pointed edge of the escarpment with the more sheer cliffs dropping away with a flattened rock-faces hundreds of feet high.

Becca had refused to leave the wagon and was not responding to any effort to coax her out of it. One of the other women agreed to stay with Becca and keep an eye on her, and a young man had offered to stay and steady the team of horses, lest they spook and take off towards the edge of the escarpment with Becca still in the wagon.

Seeing that nothing further could be done with Becca, Nell and Miray walked hand in hand down under the stepped and canopied sifting decks and Cheryl followed in a limping gait.

Nell tried to calm Miray by distracting her and telling her all about the granary operations. She showed her the dropping floor where the kernels of grain that had been separated and sifted in the upper rings were finally allowed to fall downward into the bore holes to end up in the catcher pits hundreds of feet below the top of the hill. They both hunkered down on the spilling stone, which bore thousands upon thousands of dark pitted boreholes, making the stone surface appear speckled.

“This is where the kernals of grain fall through down into the catcher pits far below.”

Miray squatted further, laying prostrate and putting her eye close to one of the boreholes, looking down into the dark shadowy grooves unable to see anything but pitch darkness.

“I can’t see anything,” she seemed disappointed, “How far down do the seeds fall”

Nell tossled the young girl’s curly red fair, with a gentling hand, “If the gathering doors were opened below, you could see all the way down there into the grain bins where there are tons of grain stored in the lockers and catcher pits.”

“Do the seeds fall all the way to Hell?”

Startled, Nell asked, “What makes you say that, child?”

Miray raised up and wrinkled her nose, shrugging with her shoulders, turning a palm upward, “Well they fall into a dark pit. Isn’t that like falling to Hell.”

Nell smiled at the child’s innocence. “Oh, I see,” Nell said, helping Miray sit full upright, “Not nearly that far down, lass.”

Miray dusted the fine grain powder off of her jeans and hands, rubbing them together. “Is it far down there, then? How deep is it?”

Nell rose to her knees, but she put out her hands to Miray.

“If you will hold tight to my hands, I will give you an idea, lass,” Nell said gently, glad she had finally piqued the girl’s interest.

Carefully, Nell and Miray approached the steeper edge of the escarpment, and Cheryl hobbled up beside them. The escarpment edge jutted out from the final pit onto a promontory with a granite stone edge of jagged rock. Yellow scrub grass whipped and whirled in the updrafts as they gazed out upon the open country and valleys below. Miray was impressed by the sheer heights, and Nell smiled at the child’s wide-eyed expression as she attempted to take it all in. Miray held tightly to both Nell and Cheryl’s hands, but she strained forward a little, wanting to get closer to see over the jutting edge. “We must be up really high, huh?” Miray exclaimed, “I can see the furthest, and I am the shortest of all you guys.” Both Cheryl and Nell chuckled.

At last, Miray said, “Miss Nell?”

“Yes, dear?”

“Can you put me up on your shoulders, like my daddy does, so I can be the tallest?”

“As you wish, dear,” said Nell, bemused.

Cheryl laughed, as she helped Miray balance on Nell’s shoulders, while Nells secured both of Miray’s hands in hers, with the child seated prominently around the back of Nell’s neck.

Cheryl has almost turned away to enjoy the high vantage vista, when she caught the sight of the swift, but furtive movement of a small figure running up behind Nell and the delighted child together taking in the grand view, oblivious to all the others roaming the upper plateau.

Becca was approaching in a ducked run, almost as if she were some primate animal, and the savage and pleassured look on the young girl’s face did not appear to be that of an innocent child.

*Scene 06* 8:23 (Tensions Rising)

As Begglar and I ascended the stairway from the lower decks, a task which took much longer than it did coming down, we continued our conversation through labored breaths.

“How did your spies know they are heading this way?”

“I’ve told you before of the place I once lived in the Surface World.  It was a seafaring village.  A port of call for many boats, but fishing boats in particular.”

“Yes, I remember.”

“On the sea, a good sailor never loses a sense of the direction where land is.  His or her home port.  If you get lost at sea, chances are high that you are a landlubber, a novice, and that your journey was ill-fated before you even set sail or stepped aboard the vessel.”

He fished into his pocket and produced a small metal device with a pivoting screw hinge, a blunted point and a combination of three eye loupes.

“What is this?”

“A good luck charm.  I may be far from the sea, but seawater still flows through these veins.  That’s a device used for finding your way.  It took quite a bit of time locating one of those here.  This is a much older version.  Crude, but it works after a fashion.”

“What do you mean?”

“The problem is in the stars.”

“The stars?”

“Yes.  The sky here is all wrong.  High above it cracks and has strange fault lines.  Like a vein of silver or gold in the rock, only the marbling of the sky obscures most of it.  The clouds and fog obstruct its usage.  The moon is hard to follow and transparent at daybreak.  You’ve seen it.  It is luminous but seems muted.  If memory serves, I remember it much closer and brighter up in the Surface World.  The problem with that is the moon is not a fixed point.  The device relies on a fixed point in the heavens.  Without it, the device is useless, to a certain degree.”

“A certain degree?”

“It can be used in other ways, we’ve discovered.  Both the sun and moon follow predictable paths.  At sunrise or sunset, we can be certain of directions east and west, and by consequence north and south.  Moonrise and moonset take longer and are tricky because of the roll of the land, and the influence of the Sun.  The Sun reveals the moon as it leaves and swallows the moon in the light as it rises.  That device becomes useful when one has determined where the true points of direction lie on the horizon, from observing the passage of the Sun.  Once you can sight those fixed points, you can measure the degree or direction from your vantage point from just about anywhere you are standing.”

“And your spies have one of these?”

“Absolutely.  And they know how to use them.  We recruited them from the lake country.  They had found them useful on the boats, but also overland.”

“How did you get seamen to leave the sea?”

“That was easy. When the Xarmnians decided they wanted to regulate and control the fishing. Xarmni wields most of it power in the large cities. In the cities, people are grouped and packed closely together and are more easily controlled by regulating their access to goods and services. In the outlier communities and rural areas is where the Xarmnians have the greatest challenge to maintain their rule. Those communities tend to be more independent and self-sufficient. They are by and large agrarian communities or game hunters or fishermen. They can live off of the land and water sufficiently enough to have no need to ask from the government much of anything. They don’t like being ordered about by some distant ruler who knows little about them, their needs or their way of life. So when the soldiers moved in and started harassing them, they fought back. They valued their independence. They did not need some power-grabbing ruler to order them about. They fought long and hard until the soldiers came in larger numbers and began to quell the rebellions. Men, women, children. It did not matter to the Xarmnians. They were slaughtered by the hundreds. Marched in chains up to the Marker Stone and killed before it until the townsfolk begged them to stop and agreed to let themselves be ruled.”

I had been away too long.  So much had happened here, while I had become so preoccupied in the Surface World.  Hearing all of this, my gut tightened and turned at what these residents must have gone through.  Witnessing it happening firsthand may not have made much difference, but sometimes even the presence of a fellow in the midst of tragedy can mean so much to the one suffering through it.

I closed my eyes and bowed my head at the thoughts and implications hammering into me.

Begglar continued, “The seamen, like the rural farmers and herders, were of good hardy stock.  Muscled and grizzled, deeply tanned and weathered by a life lived in the open and earning their daily provision by the sweat of their brow.  These were the men most desired to be in the armies of the powerful, but these were the men, most averse to being conscripted.  So the Xarmnian leaders had to gain leverage over them.  Each circumstance is a little different, but by and large, the leverage taken was most likely a loved one brought back to live in the walled cities.  In a place where the Xarmnians could keep an eye on them, and a metal shackle about them, if necessary.  Needless, to say, they sought us in the Underground out and gladly volunteered to go down the lion’s throat and live within the belly of the beast, it that might serve the cause.  When the time comes, they will be within striking distance.”

“How many of the stones are being watched?”

“Ten.  And by all accounts, they started moving at the same time.  We can only assume that the same is true with the other two.”

“And they are all pointing back to The Marker?”

“Everyone that we observed, yes.”

“Then we don’t have much time.”

“No,” he shook his head, “we don’t.”

As we exited the upper stairwell onto the granary deck, we witnessed something very odd and disturbing.

Cheryl pounced on Becca and pressed her to the ground but was thrown off as if she were a mere rag doll. Nell had Miray upon her shoulders, and they were dangerously close to the edge of the steepest edge of the escarpment.

Two of the men had run up behind Becca, but they hesitated to approach her too fast for fear she might lunge at Nell and Miray and push them over the cliff.

Begglar shouted in a bold and loud voice reminiscent of his sea command days, an order brooking no argument, “Nell! Dominic! Others! To the wagon! All of you!”

Becca turned, responding instinctively to the shout, and that is when the two young men charged her and with difficulty, managed to restrain her.

Becca did not resist, this time, but only winced as if the two young men holding her were squeezing her too tightly. “You all don’t understand! You are all being fooled! You don’t know what she is!”

By this time, Nell had swung Miray down from her shoulders and Cheryl was attempting to get back up on her feet, but had hit the stone milling pit and had painfully suffered additional scratches and severe bruising.

“Who are you talking about?” one of the young men holding Becca asked.

“Her!” screamed Becca, jabbing her desperate and accusing finger at Miray.

*Scene 07* 6:02 (The Remains)

In the abandoned burg of Basia, the storm winds continued to gain in strength. Gusts raked across the face of the stone bungalow near where the Surface Worlders has first encamped, slamming the old, thick-oak door, now free of its mat covering of vines, against the jamb, almost snuffing out the stuttering fire inside the cabin still struggling to breathe light into the dusty room. Two squat-figures had emerged from the hovel, but, upon seeing the approaching horseman and the startled woman fleeing across the intervening stream, they had fled along the side of the structure scrambling over the embankment that backed the brow-built dug-out, preferring their chances out in the stormy open terrain to being trapped in the small cabin. The rider had started to give pursuit, but the two figures seemed to fade into the darkness, camouflaged by the storm-lit terrain, rustling through the whipping field grasses, blending into the mud-caked hill, and scrabbling over the rock-ridge beyond.

Coming back around to the front of the makeshift hermitage, the rider dismounted, and guided his black horse closer to the facing wall of the small domicile, allowing the hill and the intervening structure to shield them from the harsher blows of the crosswinds coming down from the upper ridge.

He patted the horse’s nose, shearing off some of the rainwater that had collected on its muzzle. “Hold here, Starlight,” he spoke calmly to the horse, as he slipped the reins into what remained of the source roots growing along the edge of the doorframe. The stubs of the vine-cover showed clear signs that the foliage covering had been recently hacked away.

The rider drew his short-blade from a scabbard tucked and hidden under the split-flap of his thick gambeson, worn beneath a hooded, rain-cloak that he’d oiled against the wet weather. The door brace bolt lay across the wet muddied floor in a puddle of water. The shadows of the small dusty room jumped and stuttered against the stone stacked wall and glinted off of the dusty pane of a small inset window. Dusty shelves covered in cobwebs, signified that the place had not been lived in for many years. Mice scurried along the top of a bracing rafter, casting enlarged and furtive shadows, along the upper ceiling. The white ash at the edge of the hearth was mixed with settled dust and had only recently been raked and scattered on the hard packed dirt floor. A wooden table predominated the interior, flanked by a single-sized bed that had not been slept in for many years. Dust covered what may have once been a bundle of blankets and a web of yellowish plants and cobwebs had tried and failed to root into the pile to add additional cover. Only a freckling of white mushrooms and fungus seemed to have found stasis in the former sleeping frame. A set of three small candles in low saucers were placed on two of the chairs and on the flat plank of the long bench that were configured along the table to provide light for something that lay across its top.

The rider lowered his blade for the room was too shallow to hold any occupant that could be concealed behind the spartan furnishings it contained. The wind drafts through the door had extinguished the candles, but the staccato of lightning allowed the man to navigate entry. He slowly squatted and retried the bracing bar from the puddle and leaned it against the door, to prevent it from closing behind him. Moving carefully to the stone bricked hearth he lifted a lightly burning ember from the fire and lit one of the candles on the stool and chair near the table. He lifted one of the sconce saucers to better examine the charred mass that lay across the table.

The light revealed a thick but short body, badly burned with its clothing flaked and charred, its flesh desiccated and blistered. Its arms were drawn into angular bends, pulled tightly into around its upper torso. Its hands were black skeletal claws, like knobby, and brittle winter branches. Flakes of its scorched clothing and flesh littered the table with sooty powder. A Troll.

Its large feet were facing the fireplace, its upper torso was pointed towards the sole window, enfolded in its grisly, struggling arms still in a frantic postmortem posture, still very much in shadow. When the man raised the candle toward the thing’s face he drew back with a sudden start.

Lightning and thunder clapped, bleaching the room with ghost light. The creature’s head had been hastily removed. A pool of oozing black blood seeped onto the tabletop and wept black droplets to the dirt floor.

The man moved the candle over the pool, examining the ragged stump of the troll neck. The black ooze seemed to ripple under the light of the candle flame, tendrils of the liquid seeming to burrow in between the slats of the table.

Suddenly, the bar plank, that he had propped against the doorframe, clattered to the floor, splashing into the shallow rain puddle. In one swift motion, the man dropped the candle, whirled to face the portal and drew out his blade as the giant shadow of a dark, massive man obscured the sole doorway. Ponderously, the giant man leaned in from outside the doorstep, ducking carefully under the top lintel, and moved slowly, filling the room and fully blocking the man’s only escape.

A voice rumbled out of the giant man, as his face was partially revealed by the firelight. “I would be very careful with that body. Despite how it may appear, …not all that is in him…is truly dead.”

*Scene 08* 4:21 (The Down Grade)

“Let me go, you bullies!  I was only trying to see what Nell was showing Miray!” Becca struggled between the two young men, as Begglar and I approached her.

Some of the others rushed over, and Nell held Miray close to her, protectively moving away from the edge back onto the sifting floor, drifting over towards Cheryl, but keeping a wary eye on Becca and the boys.

“Hold her!” I directed, and Becca glared daggers at me., and we went over to check on Cheryl.

She lay groaning on the deck of the threshing floor, struggling to get back up.  Nell knelt and helped support her into a sitting position.  Cheryl could barely speak for not only had she been thrown, but the wind had been knocked out of her.

“Are you okay?” Miray asked.

“You’re bleeding,” Nell said, dabbling at the weeping cut on her arm, and checking her other limbs for evidence of broken bones.

Cheryl wheezed, “Can’t…”

“Rest easy, dear,” Nell admonished, “Catch your wind.”

Miray looked over at Becca, and Becca seemed to snarl at her.  She moved closer to Nell and Cheryl, eyes widened, and feeling a cold shiver shimmy up her spine.

Begglar looked at Nell, “Me darlin’, are you and the wee one, okay?”

Nell looked up from her ministrations with Cheryl, “Aye, me Love, right as rain. May need yer help gettin’ this lass to the wagon, though.”

Begglar moved to lift Cheryl, and Nell admonished him, “Gently now.”

Carefully, Begglar and I moved to scoop Cheryl up, but Begglar waved me away.

“I’ll carry her, O’Brian,” he snorted, “Get them to the wagon.  We need to get off the hill and down into Jezreel.  Nell’ll drive the teams down.  She’s a steadier hand with the animals.  My hands are more suited to a wheel, a rudder, and a tall ship.”

We moved up through the five bordered ring catchers where the grains were separated under the tented canopies and gathered around the wagon.  Becca followed grudgingly, flanked by the two young men to insure she caused no more mischief or misunderstanding.  Cheryl was loaded first, under the wagon cover and moved gently towards the back of the buckboard bench.  Begglar helped Nell climb up onto the buckboard seat and sat next to her, handing her the tracer reins.  Dominic checked the horses and the tack fixing them to the harness and wagon tang.  He nodded to his parents and moved to the back of the wagon to raise and lock the loading gate.

I sat near Cheryl, making sure she was stable and okay, casting furtive glances at Becca seated between her two self-appointed guards.  The other travelers crowded between us all along the inner benches and seated with knees drawn.

I knew we couldn’t travel this way for too long, and we would soon require individual horses, but we were out of options.  Begglar and Nell, for all their planning, had never imagined that there would be twenty-three of us joining them from the Surface World on this journey.

In moments, we felt the wagon began to tilt forward as the horses pull its wheels onto the descending road.  The riders invariably shifted in the wagon bed and along the seat benches as their bodyweight began to feel the effect of the descend grade. The winding road down the side of the escarpment was very narrow and had only a makeshift low stacked-stone wall railing, separating the road’s edge from the precipitous edge.  It was a good thing Begglar, and I had pulled the canvas canopy cover over the wagon bows, obscuring our outside view.

Miray sat on the other side of me, her arms around her legs, ducking close to me, holding the back of my arm, trying to keep from looking at Becca.

Before she had been very angry at Becca, wanting to have it out with her, for daring to insinuate that there was something improper about our friendship.

Now she was scared of her, and desperately trying to stay as far away from her as humanly possible.

*Scene 09* 5:25 (The Sword in Question)

On the buckboard bench, seated along the steep-edge of the driver’s seat, Begglar whispered quietly to Nell, “It wasn’t who I thought it would be.”

His gaze was distant and disturbed. He chewed his lip unconsciously.  “I never…” he began, then broke off, finding it hard and distasteful to say the words he was thinking out loud. “I never thought enough about how evil masks itself.”

Nell sighed quietly, feeling an even greater degree of unease than that sensed by her husband.  She had perceived the truth, but her natural inclinations made her reject the idea that kept persisting in her mind and spirit.

The Seer’s sense.  A sense that she had once welcomed and had even tried to sharpen, until its honing revealed how dreadful it’s truthful revelations could be.  Some truths were hard to face, especially those involving the machinations of humanity.  Theirs had been a land where evil was mostly overt and those practicing it were emboldened enough to never feel the need to conceal their open contempt of others.  But even a heart could be deceived.  And a strong desire for the otherness of sincerity and goodness, could blind a person to the signs of a slipping mask hiding the nightmare visage of a monster beneath.

Begglar pondered his own troubling thoughts, knowing what must be done, and fearing the inevitable outcome.  He well knew from hunting in his youth upon the moors and cluains, that when a quarry is cornered along a bawn or esker, seeing no other way to escape, it will turn upon its pursuer with the savagery of desperation and fight viciously for its own life.  If the quarry is, in fact, a predator, its savagery will arise out of its anger at being cornered rather than its desperation.  And a predator was specifically designed with a natural prowess for making its killing wrath known.

Searching for words to formulate a question, he finally broached the distilled contemplative silence, “How it can take forms that seem…”  He sighed, breaking off.

Nell leaned next to him, feeling his warmth as a rising wind gust chilled the air, causing the horses to falter a bit, and grumble in protest as the weight of the wagon behind them urged them to move down the grade faster than they should.  Their hooves cut divots into the dirt roadway, resisting the insistent push into their harnesses.

“I think we knew it that night, the wee Miray stayed with us,” Nell voiced.  “But it is a hard thing.  T’will be a hard thing to reveal to the others, who don’t yet know what we know…or ‘see’ what we perceive.”

Begglar grunted, “You’ve known all along now, have you?”

“Aye.  But willin’ it away, has kept me from the truth,” Nell answered quietly.

Begglar hugged her closer to himself, feeling the rise in the winds and the beginnings of a wintery bite to it, “Seems we’ll all be havin’ ta face many truths in the days ahead.  You know you’ll have to teach them, doncha?”

“Aye. More’s the pity.” Nell sighed.  “Twill upset their sense of comfort.  Liftin’ the rock, to see the writhin’ serpents lurkin’ underneath.  The roaches scuttlin’ forth amuck.  Such a sight makes you flee to safety of the former unawares.  To pine for it.”

Begglar grunted, “We doan have tha luxury n’more, me darlin’.  I’ve no doubt of that. It we face the dangers, we faces them head on and clear-eyed now.”

“So we’re ta be tested then?  The Shibboleth, as ya call it.”

“It’s the only way,” said Begglar, resigned to the course they had agreed to.

“Are you worried?” Nell asked softly.

“Aye, there’s no denying it.  The devil cornered will bring the devil’s due.  I am thinking of that sword in the gully now.”

“We examined it b’fore, my love.  I am certain it is the very one brought to the inn in Sorrow’s Gate.  I have never seen its like before or since.  T’was a covenant sword to be sure.  An Honor sword if there ever was one.  Legend says there are only twelve of them in existence.  And I distinctly remember the Capitalian who carried it.  Kind, he was, but determined.  He would never have surrendered such a sword if there was not a good reason for’t.”

“I am only hoping that when the time comes, O’Brien will be able to draw it out and swiftly remember how to use it.”

*Scene 10* 7:24 (The Taint of Black Blood)

“I would be very careful with that body. Despite how it may appear, …not all that is in him…is truly dead.”  The large man’s voice was deep and resonant, filling the room with a strange warmth that the miserable crackling fire in the hearth had failed to provide.  But the implication of the man’s words was chilling.

The rider held his blade in a warning fashion, still unsure of the giant man’s intentions.

“I am not here to harm you,” the giant rumbled calmly.  “You can put that away.”

Slowly the man lowered the tip of his blade.  At last, returning it back to its sheath.

“What do you mean by saying this thing is not truly dead?” the man asked, gesturing back to the body on the table, his tense posture slightly easing.

The giant moved slowly closer, holding up a wax-sealed glass vial into the firelight.  Something within the vial squirmed and writhed against the flickering glow of the fire, casting a wriggling web of shadows on the inner walls of the cabin, seeming to make the immolated body of the troll wrench and flex responsively.

“What is that?!” the man reflexively reached again for the hilt of his sword.

“It is what is draining out of that unfortunate creature there on the table,” the giant responded, “The last of what remains of its ‘living’ essence.”

The man flinched at the words but stepped carefully away from where the black “essence” had been pooling on the dirt floor.  A tendril of the black puddle, suddenly followed the shuffling movement of the man’s foot, as if seeking it by some wet-oily probing.

“Slowly,” the giant cautioned. “That candle you dropped.  Its flame still embers in the wick.   Pick it up carefully, cupping it against the breeze.”

Cautiously, the man crouched and retrieved the fallen saucer. The candle had bent in the fall but was still securely fixed in the drying puddle of the wax that filled the plate.  A small orange point of light, glinted off of the blackened wick, embedded in the tallow.

The giant gently pulled the door of the cabin closed behind him, reducing the noise of the storm gusts outside of the hermitage.  With a large hand seeming to finger a small twig, the giant picked up the plank that the man had used to brace open the door.  The firelight in the hearth seemed to brighten the room, now that the cold wet wind no longer competed with its influence upon the inner chamber.

“Gently blow on the wick, and it will ignite again,” the giant instructed, now a little more revealed by the inner firelight.

The giant had a ruddy complexion, deeply tanned, yet by more than just the influence of the sun.  His large build was powerful, his hair a reddish color that looked almost bronze.  A gentle golden light seemed to emanate from the giant’s exposed skin, making it seem more like a metallic luster of polished brass.  The man’s garb was an assemblage of tanned hides, and goat’s hair weave, along with dark coverings of wool.

As the man coaxed the flame back to life with the gentle huff of his breath, a light of recognition for his erstwhile giant companion followed the brightening of the ember as it gathered back into a flame.

“I am called Ryden.  Who are you?” the man asked, still keeping a wary eye on the black liquid tendril that had extended out of the bloodied puddle near his feet.

“Who I am, is of no consequence,” the giant responded.  “What is of immediate concern is that you hold that candle down where that line of the creature’s essence approaches your foot.”

Forgetting the implied danger for that brief moment, the man, known as Ryden, looked and saw that the black oily stream had inched closer to where he had been standing.  He froze, but the giant admonished him quietly. “You not bear the enlivened flame. Lower it near the darkness and watch carefully.”

Carefully Ryden did so, squatting and holding the candle and saucer towards the wet, black tendril, and suddenly it recoiled and seemed to join back into the larger pool of black blood, from which it had arisen.  Startled the man almost feel backward from his crouched position.

“The darkness cannot abide in the presence of the light.  You would do well to remember that, my young friend.  Bear the light, and you need never fear the darkness.”

The words were comforting and strong. Reassuring.

At last, the man knew to whom he was speaking.

The giant man present in the room opposite him was the one the people in the lakeside villages of Skorlith referred to, in hushed tones, as ‘The Walker’.  A man of mysterious origin, or so the stories told.  Rumored to be an ancient Surface Worlder, whose primeval residence in the Mid-World was established long before the coming of other men and the earliest families had formed the primal settlements, then communities, and later thriving cities.  Every one of the rural communities had its own legend about him.  Some were more fanciful than others.  Some cast him as the hero.  Others as the villain of the tales.

The giant man was an enigma.  Said to be unaging.  A walking mystery, who some men feared as did the beast men that were rumored to occupy the dark forested wilds of the Moon Kingdom in the northlands. But to the old ones among the Skolithians, many had felt a certain comfort in his presence, long before the fearful tales of him took root.

Seeing the giant man now, revealed in the flickering firelight, Ryden realized that perhaps many of the fanciful rumors he had heard of this giant man since boyhood, might very well have contained many surprising elements of truth.

*Scene 11* 8:30 (The Creek Bed Graveyard)

Eventually, we felt the wagon level off and gradually ease down the final grade of the winding road. Nell drove the team and the wagon beyond the stone-cut stable gates, past the large grain bin doors, and down the frontage road at the base of the escarpment. We approached a footbridge that spanned a dry creekbed. To the left of the bridge, was a widened basin of stagnant water, beneath a steep rockface of the escarpment. The assemblage of stones around the basin was covered with blackened lichen and dead moss, where the flowing water had once poured out of a cleft in the rock escarpment higher up the rock cliff face.

Begglar dismounted the buckboard seat at the head of the wagon and steadied Nell as she gathered her skirts and pivoted out of the high seat descending to the ground. Dominic sprung from over the back gate, through the loop cover, and pulled back the wagon cover ties, securing them around the bow posts. He lowered the wagon gate again, to assist us in unloading.

“Where are we going? Are we getting out now?” one of the travelers asked me.

“We are,” I responded, “There is something we must do before we go further.”

A young man piped in, “What are we gonna do?”

“Something we call the Shibboleth test,” I answered cryptically.

“The which?”

“Shibboleth. We’ll explain more when we get out of this wagon.”

Begglar secured the horses’ reins to a hitching post near the edge of the dried streambed, just shy of the stone bridge. Dominic stood attendant as we parted the wagon canvas and crawled down the loading gate.

When I emerge from the wagon, Miray clutched my hand tightly, still hiding behind me a bit, avoiding any unchaperoned contact with Becca. She was trying to be brave, and I could feel the slight trembling in her hand as she warily moved opposite from any direct line of sight to the girl. The incident on the upper escarpment had terrified her and had sobered her to the possibility of what Becca might be capable of. If these two had been friends once, as Becca had claimed, there certainly was no sign of that affinity now.

Distracted by all that had gone on, I now noticed that the sky had darkened quite a bit, from the time we had taken to descend the winding road. There was a greenish tint to it, and that olive light bathed everything below it into a kind of a bruised cast. The rock walls of the escarpment, though carpeted in dead blackened moss, spotted with bright green blisters of lichen where the water had once flowed and splashed over their surfaces, now looked beaten and bruised.

Miray and I ambled towards the open stone railing of the short bridge.

“You okay?” I asked her.

Miray nodded but did not look up at me, careful not to be distracted from her wary marking of Becca’s visible position in relation to hers.

In a whisper, Miray pleaded quietly in words that I was not sure were meant to be heard, “Don’t let her get me.”

The winds were picking up, adding a chill to its breezy buffeting. Leafy detritus crackled and stirred across the undulating exposed stone slopes and concavities that once had been underwater, drawing my attention back into its plight. A swirling breeze teased the dead leaves scattered helter-skelter in the dried streambed, bouncing them and raking them across their headstones, as if mocking the sanctity of the graveyard and their helpless detachment from deserting the ranks of the overarching boughs above. It was very possible that these dervish winds had been the very invisible knives that had stropped and cut through the branches above, stripping the skeletal arms of their green children, while the now waterless creek dried up their exposed roots that had extended below the brow of the banks and below the former waterline. It was as if the dark roots had gripped and curled around the broken and exposed stones in the streambed, desperately trying to squeeze from them any remaining moisture to sustain their strength to resist the constant hectoring and heckling of the mocking winds. What we were witnessing was the struggling aftermath scene of a battlefield of nature.

Miray and I studied these things in a solemn sadness that choked away all comments we might have made. Miray still kept an eye out for Becca, always moving around me to an opposite side away from her vicious gaze. Becca was still flanked between her two self-appointed male guards. I was grateful to them for sensing the need to keep these two girls separate for the time being, but I knew it was something that could not always be maintained throughout the days ahead on our journey. There would be another confrontation, but I hoped it would be later rather than sooner. Whatever was wrong with Becca’s attitude towards Miray, would not be easily solved by me keeping them monitored, distracted, and apart.

The others in the group milled about, examining the dried creekbed and the stand of tall trees that framed its banks in their rustling regiments. Some of them, though not all seemed to notice the interplay of the natural struggle too. I could see it in the way they observed their surrounding, their looks drew toward those things I had noticed, resulting in solemn expressions. Four of them, in particular, appeared to be gaining an understanding of this place and its deeper import that I had not noticed in them before. When some of them noticed me watching them, they smiled, slightly, but continued in their scrutiny of the land and its conditions. I suspected they had at last given their names to at least someone in our company of Mid-Worlders, even if it was not shared with me. That was something, at least, I consoled myself. If I was not the one to lead this party and this quest and had misunderstood my inner promptings, perhaps, there was someone, yet to be revealed, who would rightfully assume that role soon.

The left side of the bridge shelved upward but had a wider and deeper pool that now was mostly filmy mud and stagnant water where a waterfall had once hollowed out its upper basin before spilling down into the stream. The stream was roughly five to six feet deep, judging from the banks and extended roots from the trees that had once been fed and nourished by the fresh water from the side of the escarpment.

Oddly, it reminded me of a verse in the Ancient Text, which seemed strangely pertinent to the imagery presented by the starved creek, now lacking the liquid flow that had once given it life.

“One of the soldiers, however, pierced his side with a spear, and immediately blood and water flowed out.”

John 19:34 NLT

The creekbed cut and channeled beyond the stone bridge, in the distance, did not bear a spear, but a sword, shadowed in the dappled and shifting patina of the branches and leaves of the trees that overhung the now waterless creek.

Begglar moved up to my side and muttered, “Call them together and have them step down into the dry creek. I will await each one at that sword in the distance. Dominic will usher each to stand before me there to be tested, and he will return alone to escort the next when we are done. Keep them here until they are sent for. It will not do for any of them to overhear what I have to ask them or to hear what others before their turn have responded. Nell will stand with those who have completed their test. I will signal you when to come to me at the last.”

I sighed, “They are an impatient lot. What shall I do to keep them here until they are called.”

Begglar folded his arms and a half-smile crept into the corner of his face, and he winked at me with his answer.

“My suggestion would be that you tell them the story. You were once very good at that, as I recall. And for you, cooking for them is definitely not an option.”

*Scene 12* 20:44 (The Grawplins of Xarm)

In the massive stone city, the regent capital of Xarm, the seeds of war were beginning to break the soil of the city’s monotonous daily life. The ramparts had been cleared of the recent hanging dead, and the dread monarch had not been seen on the balconies or walking the parapets for a few days now, but that did not hinder his subjects from carrying out his recent orders.

The Apothecaries had gathered their supplies, preparing their laden war wagons. Barrels and barrels of the black, mysterious water had been transported under heavily guarded Xarmnian patrolled caravans, crossing through deeply timbered backtrails winding up into the hills near the breaks of the highland escarpment close to a series of densely forested waterfalls known as “The Cascades.” These were a combination of twelve falls fed by four major rivers and tributaries, each within a rough mile of the others with some degree of variation. The Xarmnians had taken a few years to stockpile the mysterious barrel-bound waters before varying the routes and frequency of replenishment journeys.

A shrewd observer, daring speculation far from the potential ears of any Xarmnian official or potential informant, might venture to comment on the strange coincidence that the population of Trolls throughout the Mid-World countryside suddenly began to emerge and increase in direct correlation to these clandestine restocking journeys.

The priesthood of a now-defunct cult that once had occupied “The Cascades” area, had all but mysteriously disappeared, as if as a response to a shared signal. Adherents and acolytes of the strange cult eventually disperse and blended back into their respective communities, refusing to talk about their former lives and loyalties.

Oddly enough, many of the priests of the former mystic order looked very much like the haggard and bearded members of the hooded enclave sect that presently comprised the regiments of the Xarmnian Apothecaries.

The city was aswarm with activity. Merchants and stockmen loaded all manners of foodstuffs: fat grain sacks; wheels of cheese; primed churns of butter; husk-wrapped haunches of beef, deer, and elk; dried and smoked meats rolled in cheese cloths and sausage casings; canisters of spices; ropes of pepper clusters; netted garlic buds; and barrels of ale and fresh fruit and water. An army could not stand on the field of battle if it was not well-nourished.

Xarmnian armories outfitted filing ranks of soldiers in weaponry, and armaments. Destrier war horses were led through the city streets and markets, attended by fierce-looking men, both riding and leading the powerful animals. Spindly youths were conscripted and forced into the war-making efforts as squires, pages, stewards, bannerets, and vassals.

Females were corralled, cornered, and loaded into caged box wagons. They came either walking upright led by the arm of a forceful grasp or were carried like grain sacks over the shoulders of large and scarred men with a signet of the royal crest on their garments. The captives’ ages ranged from barely adolescent to just shy of the age where their comeliness and feminine attributes began to lose their carnal and sensual appeal. Silent tears wet many of the girlish faces huddled closely together in the box wagons. They knew why they were being taken and these cowed women also knew better than to resist their captors. Xarmnian command relished the challenge of breaking the spirit of any who dared. Evidently, a full stomach and bladder weren’t the only pangs of hunger to be met for the men at the end of each brutal day of fighting.

Those male youths deemed unfit for any kind of military service whether in the fighting or in the supporting efforts were considered to be wastrels and these were snatched off of the streets and clandestinely taken to an inner courtyard, called the Grawplin chamber. The large chamber occupied a courtyard set to the back of the castle keep, near the sparring fields. It was open to the sky above, but entirely closed off by high ramparts, constructed of cut, chiseled, stacked, and fitted stone. Each stone of the wall of this special inner courtyard, had been milled, grooved, and channeled, with one side especially grind-polished, and turned so that the polished inner faces of the stones formed smooth, tightly-fitted walls, allowing no risk that a tool, hook or claw might chance to find a grasp hold in a mortar groove to scale the inner well and achieve the high observing deck and thus escape through the halls of the castle. The wastrel teens were imprisoned within this chamber for no less than a full day without food or water. The noonday sun peered into the high opening of the chamber, intensifying the heat in the polished prison hold that bore neither vents nor windows that might allow cross-breezes to cool the sweltering temperatures or mitigate the heat of its fierce flaming eye.

Those captive wastrels that survived the first grueling day of these conditions were, in the evening, finally given prepared meats dropped to the floor from the upper overhead gallery, that had been laden with the elixir of the Xarmnian apothecaries. A lever opened a well in the middle of the courtyard where shielded access to a water well, allowing the captives to lower a rope and bucket into the well and draw up water to slake their cruelly cultivated thirsts.

All access portals to the inner well were controlled by iron entry gates that were locked from the outside. Inside this secured courtyard, there were a series of low strong boxes, fixed and secured to the floor, with their doors locked during the first terrible day. Once the wastrels had feasted on the meat and drank the water from the well, most summarily fell into a deep sleep.

Guards then entered the chamber and stealthily opened the ranks of boxes before the morning of the second day. Each box allowed some degree of relief from the forthcoming heat of the rising sun. A small dual vent on the bottom floor of each box provided a waste drain and a narrow air vent that allowed cooler air to arise into the box to provide shelter from the sun and heat. The second day passed for the most part without additional provision of food until the evening, yet the water well remained open. The wastrels naturally were conditioned to take shelter in the boxes, only coming out for food and water. Fatigue and lethargy, caused by these conditions, ensured that the captive wastrels were in no condition to resist the King’s servants who came in to ensure the process went smoothly. On the evening of the second day, the servants entered the chamber to ensure all of their weakened prisoners were each in their own “sleeping box”. The joint and muscle soreness would have set in by then, so the half-aware prisoners could not resist their jailers as they curled them up securely into each box.

On the morning of the third day, the wastrels would awaken to the realization that each of their sleeping boxes had been locked and sealed them in, and that something strange was happening to their bodies. They felt a searing pain, growing in their joints.

A commanding voice addressed them from the upper gallery. A voice that seemed hypnotic, and powerful. A voice that, even in their individual pain, they could not resist hearing, being in awe of, and at last loving.

“My children. You are the new order. You are my Grawplins. You are in transition. For the next three days, you will feel the fire of a new power in your body. This fire will burn away your old useless life and make you into something more than you ever could have been in your miserable lives. You are being given a gift that you did not deserve, because of the clemency of the King, The Son of Xarm. The King believes you are worth something to him. You will feel the change in your bones and sinews, your muscles and organs. You will be given physical power to combat the forces that threaten the King’s glorious empire. You will be given shares from the King’s table. You will be made useful to this Kingdom, and you will help to achieve the rule and influence of the Xarmnian empire. You will be given gifts of change and disguise, a way to elude capture and discovery. You will be given the insight to face your enemies and see into them and retrieve their greatest personal fears. You will finally be given the respect you deserve as servants of the King. Your sworn fealty is your key to freedom. Once you are willing to swear this fealty, you will each be released from your box, to join in the war effort to achieve power through might, and share in the spoils of this great empire. We shall give you a few days to think on these things. You will each be fed as you begin your change, my children. My servants will attend to your needs, as you pass this day in the darkness of your boxes. These are the graves of your former miserable lives. When you are at last freed from each of these coffins, your old life will have passed, and your new life will begin as a Troll army of spies serving our dread sovereign, The Son of Xarm. Long live The Son of Xarm! Say it with me.”

A lackluster noise arose from a scattering of prisoners within the boxes, seeming to comply with the order from the voice, in practice, if not in spirit.

“Consider well, that this phrase must enthusiastically come from your miserable lips if you expect to be fed and watered this day or the next, my reluctant children. Now let’s try this again. Long Live The Son of Xarm!”

The second response was arguably much stronger than the first. But the voice did not seem satisfied, nor did it make a further reply.

Shihor has witnessed the exchange from the gallery, three days prior.

He had been morbidly interested in the Grawplining process but was frustrated by the fact that he was unable to watch what specifically happened to the wastrels. During their transformations, they were caged individually in a locked strong box with only breathing holes and slits where food might be shoved into the box by a cringing servant who may have narrowly missed losing a few bitten fingers, in their attempt to feed those monstrous creatures. The transitions required that the wastrel remained in darkness. The resulting Trolls would be light-sensitive for a while afterward, while the process continued beyond “the extreming” of the initial days.

Now Shihor walked and stood among the boxes listening quietly, seeking some assurances on whether or not one or more of the boxes might finally be ready to be opened. Incubation (also called “the extreming” in which the most radical physical alterations occurred) was said to be slowing within five days, but that was a general estimate that did not always prove true. Their bone density was like iron, and their raging strength was equal to that of wild primates. The pain in their contorted bodies drove their savagery. Their hands grew large, and their knuckles hardened like stone. Their skulls grew thick and dense with large occipital bulbous ridges. Their faces compressed into a jowly fatness, as their spines contracted and shortened. Their thighs and shins thickened and contracted, shortening their natural height. It was only when these boxes grew quiet for a full day, that anyone might even consider opening the latches. The Grawplins were extremely dangerous if let loose too early.

Vicious tales were told about them around the campfires. Of a Grawplin that had twisted and ripped off the arm of one of its keepers and beat him with it while he bled out. Of a Grawplin that sprang out of its box and tore the head off of one of its feeders, when someone failed to secure its box latch. Of ranks of soldiers being trapped between an untimely releasing of Grawplins onto the battlefield and the soldiers fleeing into the bristling spears of their enemies, rather than being cut asunder by these berserking creatures. The military council had taken a hit on that one. Releasing Grawplins into the war theater could either prove fortuitous or disastrous. The aforementioned untimely release had caused Xarmni to suffer a humiliating defeat against an array of Skolithians, and it had emboldened them to believe that Xarmni’s forces could be successfully repelled. There were limitations to using Grawplins on the fields of battle. Each battle unit now had to allow for a new rank officer to govern them in the proper usage of Grawplins, and that officer had to be a schooled and certified Apothecary, with credentials and recommendations from that shadowy group. Grawplins could only be released at night, and only within five days of taking their first taste of the elixir. Grawplins could be converted and confined during a longer military march, however, the wastrels had to be found among the ranks of the pages and bannerets. Young enough to endure the change, yet not performing other field-essential duties that kept the soldiers supplied, dressed, and actively fighting, or waiting to relieve the moving phalanx formations.

Shihor was just angry enough to try opening a few of the boxes just so he could revel vicariously in the violence that might ensue from it. He was not a man to eschew danger. Rather, he reveled in it. Took a sinister pleasure from threatening and mocking those who sought to avoid it at all costs. Cowards were not tolerated in the outer Xarmnian scouting militias or the Protectorate Guards. Though there were plenty enough of them occupying the high ranks of leadership–Council members that were too fat to ever mount a tall horse or even a squat donkey.

He had already wasted too much time. Three days of deliberations in the royal council among those stuffed, pretentious cowards coming after seven grueling days of hard riding that had taken him from the eastern coast, across country plains, fields, down into valleys, and over mountain passes into the formidable stone and iron gates of Xarm city, was too much politics to be borne.

Jehaza could keep that pretentious rank he’d offered him, Shihor thought to himself, if such a position brought with it the expectations of enduring these bloviated councils.

He was anxious to set out again, with or without a Troll, but his last mount he had slaughtered in his haste and had it fed to some of the young street ruffians, after the butchers had quartered, bled, hide stripped, and deboned the fresh meat. The resulting steaks had been boiled in stewpots to soften the meat before slathering the result into a sickly-sweet simmering vat of the black elixir prepared by the Royal Apothecaries. It was a pity. That final mount had been a good horse. Now it served another ignoble purpose: Transition food for a pack of nascent Trolls.

The Grawplins were useful militarily or for savage sporting events where traitors were led into an arena where a few were released and men and women could make wagers on the outcomes, yes, but Shihor hated when they became full Trolls. They were more docile than in their Grawplining stage. Almost servile, yet had an infuriating proclivity towards mischief, often hiding from those seeking them, only to turn up at the last moment, pretending to have waited on the searchers to finally exhaust their efforts and capitulate to these beings’ superior craftiness at becoming inconspicuous. Such annoyances often got them beaten when they could be discovered, so the Trolls were incentivized to not let that happen very often. Still, the kingdom had a peculiar use for them as well, and their kind had been running thin as of late. They were useful in brokering deals with the mysterious creature known as The Pan who stalked the darkened forests of the north with his infernal ranks of Half-Men.

If Shihor were to go where he planned, he must suffer the journey in the company of one of these Trolls. Perhaps, he reasoned one more day was warranted, just to be sure his traveling designee in whichever of these boxes contained it was fully resolved into becoming what was needed…a slobbering servile, grunt that could be used to spy, scout, and blend in when necessary. And most importantly, get him past the shadowy wood of Pan’s Moon Kingdom.

*Scene 13* 46:08 (The Seed of Nachash)

Within the cabin at Basia, Ryden sat near the fireplace on a wooden stool opposite the giant man, revealed to be “The Walker”.

“What do we do with the body?” Ryden asked wringing his hands together, casting cautious glances back towards the blackened corpse on the table.

“The answer is beside you,” the giant rumbled, “We must complete what has already been started.”

Ryden whipped his head around, “Beside me?! Wha-What’s beside me!?”

The giant gestured with the back of his left hand towards the fire now crackling in the hearth with a healthier glow.

“The remains of that creature on the table. It was not always in the likeness as it appeared before the burning. Its once-body was overtaken. Crushed and reshaped like clay, into its present form. Its life was snuffed out by the remains of the seed that entered it. A formation of the nachash. Only light can dispel the darkness of nachash. Every living thing touched by the nachash, bears the reversal of what the nachash once was. The light-bearer and the children of its seed only bear the darkness now, for since the beginning it has rebelled against The Light.”

Ryden leaned forward, “I am not sure I understand. The body on the table appears to be that of a Troll.”

“That is your word for it. The body is only a field that has seed planted in it. The life of any creature resides in its blood and its breath. A co-mingling. A twisting strand that formulates life, between The Creator and the created. Nachash has never been able to create, but only corrupt that which is birthed with a given beginning. Nachash bites into the heart of mankind, and into the intertwining of its lifeforce. It adds itself into the co-mingled dance as a divisive strand. The union of a man and a woman is a sacred symbol of mankind’s intended relationship to The One. Its seed is a dark thread, appearing to our eyes like this…” here the giant brought forth, from a pocket, the glass vial he had shown before.

“Is that what came out of him?” Ryden asked.

“It is what got into him,” the giant responded calmly.

“Where does it come from?” Ryden asked, peering into the twisting tendrils that spun and wove within the glass cylinder.

“This is what remains of the physical form of a Nephil from the days when I lived in my father’s house in the Surface World and the beni-Elohim forcibly took from us our sisters and daughters mates as they chose. The union was an abomination to The One, but they saw it as a method of weaving themselves into the bloodline of mankind to be joint heirs of the gifts that would eventually be given to mankind in the prophecies of The One to come. The stars of The One were cursed for what they had done, and they were eternally bound into Tartarus–the place in the outer realm where no light shines. Their essence cut into the seed of men and insinuated itself coiling around its strand like a serpent as it entered the ovum. The resulting offspring were giants.”

“You’re a giant,” Ryden offered, “does that mean…?”

“No!” the large man thundered, a look of disgust on his face. The muscles in his neck corded in revulsion at the very idea.

Ryden flinched and shrank back, afraid that the giant man might strike him for the insult, but the giant’s face then flooded with sadness, that Ryden had not expected to follow.

“Young man, it is clear you have no frame to refer to what I have witnessed through the epochs of time, and through the folds and creases in the fabric that divides this veil from that former world. Though I know you meant no harm, I do understand that my size compared to yours may confuse you, into thinking we are not the same. But let me assure you, that I am just as much a man as you are.”

Ryden tried to relax but still stiffened himself in anticipation of a blow that would not come.

“When I walked the land of the Surface World, it was not as it appears in the recent accounts of men from that place. The atmosphere was lush and full of the lingering Breath. Death had not worked its way into mankind as securely as it has through the course of their time. Our bodies were strong. Our food was good for the eye as well as the form. Death and decay took time to leave their mark in our inner forms and upon the surface of our skin. The morning star was veiled under a bridal canopy of glorious clouds. The seas were contained within the land as well as in the skies above us. Our bones grew strong, and we grew tall and our hands and sinews grew rough as we worked the land and cut and hewed wood and stone for our dwellings. The strength of the Maker’s forces holding the world did not pull upon us as strongly as they do now. We walked among large beasts, but were not cowed by them, nor did they fear us, as they do now. Before I was taken to this place, I was shown what would be. That I would leave the world I had known but would leave my son as an omen for what would come after, when the world would be judged for its rebellions. At first, the shining ones had taken our sisters and daughters, and had unholy unions, producing the Nephils that were so large they killed their own mothers at their births. The giant Nephilim retained only as much of their humanity as good be given by their human fathers and mothers, but the seed of nachash dominated them, and they stood taller than I–and bore six fingers on their hands and six toes on each of their feet. Their eyes were striated with black webbing as if a spider had spread inky nets over the colors in their eyes, for darkness lived within them and came out of them. These Nephil were near twice my size, and their mouths contained double rows of teeth with which they tore and devoured flesh. Men were terrified of them, but some venerated them and brought them gifts of appeasement and began to offer them their children to ensure they could gain their favor.”

Ryden rubbed his head, trying to imagine the immensity of a being nearly twice the size of the giant man who sat across from him. The tale seemed unbelievable, but the graveness by which the giant delivered the account, bore no hint of insincerity or deception.

“The latter outrage was more grave than the former, for mankind began worshipping and currying favor with these monstrous and unnatural creatures, rather than The One who gave them both life and the promise of the restoration of their fellowship with Him. These actions and the neglect of those who had betrayed The One grieved The Giver. He determined that this line of monstrous creatures that had insinuated itself into the human bloodline would find no peace either in the Surface World or in any of those to come. They, like their progenitors, were cursed and banished, destined for the outer darkness of Tartarus, to be forever separated. The Ancient account’s book of Jude testifies to this. My great-grandson was to be the last of the race of men living in the Surface World, before The One separated the old world from the new, by breaking the barriers of the world’s waters between the land and the skies above. The land would be renewed and reborn out of the waters of the old, just as children were born out of the waters within the wombs of their mothers. But the waters were to be a force of destruction for those of unholy unions, and both the land and sea would crush them, rendering their forms inert, but separating them between the old world and the new, across even the barrier that separates this Mid-World from the Surface World. The cursed ones of the Nephilim lost their bodies. Their flesh and their blood became this blackness and was drained here, compressed by the crushing of the world they once ruled, and flowing into dark hidden pools within this world.”

“If they could not pass into the next world, what became of their spirits?” Ryden queried.

“Their spirit, their nepes was part human, so the breath that gave mankind life, cannot be unmade. Anything that was made cannot ever fully be unmade, so it passed into the between worlds, but is bound to the Surface World until their time of judgment comes. They are a plague to the race of men. They are the shedim, forever seeking the possession of a form in lieu of the one that was taken from them. Like no other, they crave form and substance. They are obsessed with it and every carnal delight they once enjoyed when they had their mighty forms among men and were worshipped by them. The shedim are bound to the Surface World and its fate, but the lost essence of flesh and what passes for their blood remain bound here. And this is why I have been on my most recent journey into these highlands. To seek the source from which these remains are being used to seed and seduce the men and women of this land. My children and grandchildren.”

Ryden shook his head. The number of incredible revelations coming from this giant man was much to process and think over.

“H-How do you know all this? Who are you? If you are as old as some say, how come you haven’t aged?”

The giant man reached forward and stirred the fire quietly, gazing into its dancing light with intensity and focus, almost as if he had not heard Ryden’s questions.

“My name is Hanokh. Although in the modern tongue it may be pronounced Enoch. My son was the oldest man to ever live upon the Surface World, yet I was here for most of his adult life. His life span was unnaturally long for men dwelling on the Surface World, but it was an attestation to the longsuffering mercy of The One towards our kind. He also had a son whose name reflected the grief he and I had over the rebellious heart of man. The One is ever merciful, but cannot abide the darkness of sin. It pierces His heart. He had to separate Himself from us, or all flesh would perish, for His physical presence is like a harbinger. It clears the way before Him, pushing the darkness away. The level of sin and darkness present in mankind began to grow to such an extent that men began to curse Him whenever He took form upon our world, for His presence seared them like the heat rising off of these flames. He could no longer embrace His children for they fled from Him and cursed His name. The dragon’s seed coiled and recoiled within them. Devouring them and tormenting them.”

The fire popped and sparked as wetness in the burning wood split and the sap inside it met with the bright fingers of the flames. The giant turned his face and sad eyes towards Ryden, and Ryden noticed the wetness of tears within them, and a sheen of wet where they had coursed down his large bearded face and pearled into the tangle of his thick wooly beard.

“Families of men were more intentional with the names they gave their children. More thoughtful. Children represented both the past and the future. Their births were either celebrations or occasions for grief. When man reverenced The One, they often sought His Purpose and blessing in the naming of their children. I know I did. My name means ‘teaching’ or ‘lesson’. My father’s name–Yared–meant ‘coming down,’ for it was in his birthing time that the ‘shining ones’ from the Heavens descended from the mountain and took our girls and women. The ‘shining ones’ have no females among them. They appear as powerful men in bright linen, but never have we ever encountered a female equivalent to our kind among them. They envied our gifting to produce direct offspring. They asked us probing questions that made many uncomfortable at first, but eventually, we became more accustomed to their questions. Some even began to pity them. Why would The One not make equivalent mates for them? They questioned His justice since they no longer pursued fellowship with Him. Both of my parents felt so unease around these golden beings. Painful though it might prove to be, they sought The One, crying out to Him to intervene, for there was talk among the councils of men that we should offer the ‘shining ones’ our sisters and daughters as wives, giving to these beings what The One had chosen not to.”

Ryden wrung his hands, feeling a coldness in them, despite the rising warmth from the fire, “Why would The One not create suitable mates for them, if they had the desire and capacity to need and express love?”

The giant squared his shoulders and leaned back, regarding Ryden with a sobering expression.

“The ‘shining ones’ were in league with the Nachash-the serpent that had deceived our mother and enticed our father to join her in the first disobedience that allowed death into the Surface World and into any world where men might go, filling the land with spiritual darkness, strangling the spirit of man, cutting off his connection to The One. These had no desire for love, despite what they claimed and led others to believe. When they were given what they wanted, they began to take more than was offered. The things done to our daughters and sisters were horrible and shameful. There was no love or care in these golden ones. The darkness within them took a while to show on them, but by then it was too late. As I said before, the ‘mighty men’ birthed out of these unnatural unions, torn their mothers asunder, and both the ‘child thing’ and their fathers, consumed the dead flesh of the mothers in celebration of what they had done. When the men of the council realized what they had done, they became infuriated but were too terrified to do anything about it. They feared ‘the shining ones’ and their fearsome and enormous offspring. The fear eventually subsided into futility and resignation. They dared not seek The One for remedy, for the shameful ways they had treated Him, but neither could they mount up a meager resistance of men against beings so powerful, so they waded into the further outrage and eventually worshipped and praised the might of these new half-human creatures, even after the Guardians took the ‘first fathers among the shining ones’ and binding them and casting them into the dark fires of Tartarus. The half-human giant beings we called Nephilim. My family resisted them from the beginning. We never surrendered our sisters or daughters to them. They were evil, and whenever one of their kind came to snatch one of our women away, invisible guardians thwarted the attempt. Our family was protected because we still held reverence and worship The One who had given all life. We were born into conflict. We trained ourselves to be ready to resist the darkness that was coming. I sought council from my fathers and his fathers, and our fathers before them, for Adam was yet living when I was coming of age. He taught me many things, for he and his wife knew what it was like to walk in the physical presence of The One. The stories he told me, mystified me and raised a craving within me to also know what it was like to walk with The Presence. I begged for it. Hungered for it, but father Adam told me that it was only possible if one rejected all sin, and continued to follow in the ordinances of annual sacrifice seeking the imperfect atonement until the prophesied One came back to redeem us. I wept greatly, for I knew it was becoming far beyond the capacity of man to live a holy and sinless life. Death was working its way into us more and more each day. Temptations and feelings of futility and hopelessness threatened to cause me to abandon what I so yearned for. To be in His presence and to fellowship directly with The One.”

“What happened?” Ryden asked.

“One day while praying and offering a lamb upon the altar, I felt heat in my body, not just from the fire I had built, but a strong persistent warmth that I could not lessen by moving away from the altar.”

“What caused this warmth? Were you sick with a fever?”

The giant filled his cheeks with air and exhaled slowly.

“A fever makes you feel cold, though your body burns. No,” the giant corrected, “This was more than that. My name was called, and the sound of it seemed to come from many places and all around me. I stood there bewildered, for I could see no one, and I had journeyed to the old altar of our fathers alone on that day to give sacrifice. I searched the sky and the fields and the trees around me, looking for the source of The Voice, wondering if I had heard it or only imagined that I had heard it by wishing for it.”

“What happened then?” Ryden leaned forward again, fascinated.

“As I turned back to the altar, a white lamb stood before me, watching me but not moving to eat grass or move away from the smoldering fire burning behind it. I stared at the small creature and it gazed back at me, its ears slightly twitching. I wondered if somehow I had only imagined having sacrificed the lamb I had brought, and that this was my mind giving me a dream even as I stood awake and shaken by the sight. I reached for my stone knife to fulfill what was required of me, if I had only dreamed the duty, I thought I had performed, but this time I hesitated, and that was when The Lamb spoke to me.”

“What did it say?”

“It spoke my name again, and its voice was like the sound of many waters crashing upon the shores of the sea. There was power in that Voice but also compassion and a gentleness that I had never experienced before, even as a babe in the arms of my mother.”

The giant took a deep breath, captured by the memory that informed his present story.

“‘Your desires have been granted, for you have sought me with all of your heart,’ The Lamb said. ‘I AM HE WHO WAS AND HE WHO IS TO COME. Remove the coverings from your feet, for the ground upon which you stand is sacred and consecrated to Me.’ Immediately I fell down before The Lamb, unsure whether I was still awake or had fallen into a deep sleep. The warmth in my body tingled and slightly stung, and I felt a numbness come over me, but as I lay prostrate before Him, I reached down and loosed the bindings from my feet. Weakness came over me and I had no strength to raise my head. Loosening my foot coverings had exhausted me. I was terrified, and wondered if I had offended The One by daring to desire His presence as a sinful man.”

In awe, Ryden found himself leaning forward, towards the giant man, quite taken with his story, almost as if he was somehow a young boy again curled under a blanket in his own childhood bed listening to his father’s bedtime stories, held again in a rapt wonder that forestalled his resistance to the encroachment of sleep. “What happened then?”

“The Voice of The Lamb told me to rise, and somehow I found strength in the warming of my body, enabling me to do so. As I lifted my head, I noticed that The Lamb was quite close to me now, and I saw that its fleece glistened with a fresh whiteness, but that down its back there was a bloodied red scar, and flecks of dried blood matted the line where the line of the wool the bordered a healed scar that should have been fatal to The Lamb, but signified that the creature had been torn through its mid-section between the shoulders and its hind flanks. With sudden recognition, I trembled and my knees went weak and knocked together and I almost fainted, but The Lamb spoke again to me. Its words gave me the power to remain standing though my body felt as though it was going to collapse. Each word seemed to bear my weight and hold me in a bowed position before Him.”

Ryden found himself holding his breath in anticipation of the words that would follow.

“I AM THE LAMB THAT WAS SLAIN BEFORE THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE WORLD. I AM THE LAMB THAT WAS, IS, AND IS TO COME. NO MAN COMES TO THE FATHER BUT BY ME. NO MAN NOR ANY OTHER CREATURE IN HEAVEN AND ON THE ERETZ, OR BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE ERETZ, NOR AMONG THE STARS OF THE HEAVENS STANDS BEFORE ME, BUT BY MY DESIRE ALONE. I AM THE ONE, THE ONLY SOVEREIGN, AND CREATOR OF THIS WORLD AND THOSE TO COME. I WAS THE LAMB THAT STOOD IN THE GARDEN UPON MY HOLY MOUNTAIN. I AM THE LAMB THAT WAS GIVEN TO PROVIDE A COVERING FOR THE RACE OF MEN AND THEIR BLOODLINE ALONE. THE BLOODLINE OF HUMANS HAS BEEN THREATENED AS IF MY PROPHECIES COULD EVER BE THWARTED. THE REBELLION OF MY FIRE CHILDREN WILL BE PUT DOWN BY THE SEED OF MEN. THEIR CAUSE SHALL NEVER SUCCEED UPON THE ERETZ, NOR IN ANY REALM WHERE MANKIND IS BROUGHT TO DWELL. MY WORD SHALL STAND AND BE FULFILLED IN THE COURSE OF TIME. I HAVE SEEN ITS BEGINNING AND ITS ENDING. NO WORD SPOKEN BY ME SHALL EVER FAIL. I AM THE GUARANTOR OF THE PROMISES GIVEN AND THE FULFILLMENT THEREOF. DO YOU UNDERSTAND, SON OF MAN?'”

The giant swallowed visibly trembling at having been able to repeat the words spoken by The Lamb, fear, and awe even now creasing his forehead, and working the muscles in his cheeks as his jaw bone clenched and unclenched at the memories.

“I had no voice, but to weep, as the words washed over me with a love I could feel, as I cowed in abeyance before Him. I felt my lungs fill again with a fresh breeze and a coolness that eased the warmth that burned in my bones and muscles. I croaked out an acknowledgment that came through me in a quiet whisper. The Voice spoke to me again and this time it came to my ears as the soft, calming voice of a single man. Fearfully, I lifted my eyes and beheld a man standing before me where The Lamb had stood. He was dressed in white linens with a golden sash about his waist and a purple robe of royalty draped over his shoulder. He touched me with a hand that bore a scar in his palm and wrist, and I felt strength return to my muscles and bones and flush through my blood, feeling as if I had been reborn anew at that moment, and all of the power of my youth came back in a flood of energy. The man’s eyes blazed with an inner flame, but it was as the gentle glow of this firelight, providing warmth from the outer cold of the storm that buffets this humble cabin. ‘You have been granted your heart’s desire, son of Yared, son of Mahalaleel, Cainan, Enos, and Seth, and son of the first Touch of My Hand and My Breath-son of Adam. You are well called, Enoch, child of ‘the lesson’, for I have called you to teach the sons of these generations what is to befall them and to instruct them even if they do not yield to My words through your lips. You will be a judgment against them and a witness. A voice calling out in the lands of their wandering, pleading them to return to Me again and hear My Words of love to them. Their end is coming, for I shall remove them from the sins of their flesh, and bathe this world anew. I shall teach you as you walk with Me until the time for words to this generation are over and they no longer choose to listen. I will spare Myself a remnant from among them, and all manner of fowl, mammal, and fish that I have chosen to remain upon the Eretz I have chosen as My Kingdom’s footstool, beneath My Holy Mountain. I will use the sins of my fire sons to scourge this unrepentant generation so that they may consider returning back to Me. Their children shall pass through the waters, and lose the flesh that they have stolen from the people of My Breath. Their bodies will descend into corruption and be buried beyond the reach of the condemned spirits which once inhabited them. They will be made mortal and shall perish in their apostasy. The ‘shining ones’ –My morning stars that I placed among the Heavens–shall forever be bound to the fate of the eretz where I gave mankind their dominion. Mankind, whom they thought to subvert shall one day judge them for their attempt to subvert their bloodline. I shall raise up a nation that I shall call My own portion. I shall use them to drive the seed of this unholy line from the lands I shall give them. I shall require that this generation and the one to follow be scourged and put down by my Holy nation. I shall give this charge to My human forerunning champion named Yeshua, and in his failing, I shall complete the scourge with My Champion to Come, The One I Have Promised to your fathers before you. Now walk with Me and I shall show you many more things that will be to come. I shall spare your line, and your children shall be the root of all mankind that will follow the judgment in the days to come. Your great-grandson, yet to be born, I have chosen for the days ahead. He shall bring the remnant to a place of rest, as the eretz is cleansed to be renewed again and drawn out of its baptismal waters. You shall witness that judgment from a place I have created for the audiences for my councils ahead. Your son soon to be born shall dwell upon this land until the day of his death and I bring the end to this obstinate people. Take heed to My Words and name him well as a testament to the other children and daughters of Adam. I will teach you in My Ways, for you are to be My First Prophet and I shall teach you how to preserve the Words of mankind that will bless all generations to come, for Death shall remain in you from the inheritance of Adam’s seed working to steal away memories. If You remain faithful to Me, I shall preserve you through all the days ahead, so that you shall even witness the fulfillment of the prophecy I shall put in your mouth, before your death to come.‘”

Ryden sat now in stunned silence. His mouth felt dry and his body ached from the tension, having flexed muscles he was unaware of during the course of the giant’s words. He blinked, trying to process all he had learned. The legends he had heard about this giant were nothing compared to the first-hand account he had just heard. This was Enoch, Hanokh of old. Living History. A man that should have been long dead by now, but wasn’t.

Ryden finally broke his silence, clearing his dry throat, “How do you still have strength?”

“I am not from this Mid-World. My time stopped when I left the Surface World. My life is still bound to the world of my birth. Any Surface Worlder coming here, for any period of time, will cease aging for the duration of the time spent here. Time is relative to place. This world is a Mid-place between the Surface World and Excavatia. The coil of time connects them, but The Sovereign One moves through human history in whatever direction He wills. He is not bound by His Creation but transcends it according to His Design. He brought me here long ago, for He knew there would be a time when the outrages of the Surface World would express themselves here. He knew that I would recognize its effect when the time came, along with its parallels in the Surface World from which I came. The days of my great-grandson Noah are returning both here and in the Surface World above. This is the inflection point. I am to fight and expose them here, while the Stone Quests proceed forward again. I have seen their signs in the skies above, even as we once read the signs of the planting and reaping seasons in the days I spent in the old world I left. The Harvesting is coming. Excavatia will be found again. And the enemies of mankind, both seen and unseen are doing everything they possibly can to stop them. This time they are targeting my children.”

Ryden raised his hand, “Wait! Didn’t you say that you left your family back in the Surface World, in the old days? Your son, Methuselah. His death signified the commencement of the judgment. Your grandson, Noah, and his family were spared, according to the accounts in the Ancient Text.”

The giant grunted, “That is true. The words have been written on The Marker Stone from the beginning of the worlds. Their human text was transcribed through the accounts of faithful men, sensing the Presence Breathing Through them onto the ancient scrolls that were copied and preserved throughout human history.”

“I don’t understand,” Ryden scratched his ear, “How is it that you say you have children here if you left your family back there?”

The giant chuckled in a deep and resonant laugh that seem to fill the hovel and push back the darkness in the corners not reached by the firelight.

“Oh, I see,” he rumbled. “How can one have had sons without having a wife to bear him children? Do the intimate ways of a man with a woman still elude you, at such an age?”

Ryden blinked, surprised that he had not already surmised this sooner, “You mean your wife was brought here also?”

Hanokh laughed again, “Of course, my young man. Did not The One say to Adam in the Ancient text, that it is not good for man to be alone? Would The One who can do no wrong and always works to the good of those who love Him, cause me to forsake or abandon my wife of sealed promise if He caused us to become one with each other?”

“But there is no record of it in the Ancient Text?”

“There also was no mention of how we sired sons, nor a full accounting of our daughters, though we did have them, and much more. The Ancient Text covers the History that is pertinent to the revealing of The One. All written words given to it are serving that Purpose. Have you not read where The One Himself said, through His penman David in the Holy line of Kings: ‘Then said I, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of Me’ (Psalms 40:7 & Hebrews 10:7)?”

Search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.” [John 5:39 KJV]

The giant gave Ryden a moment to process those thoughts and come to a realization. “Are you saying, we are family?”

“Distant though the relations may be, we are. Though you may be related through marriage. There is another here from a later point in Surface World History, though he is not seen much and tends to shy away from large groups. He is something of a recluse, but his family still tolerates his odd eccentricities. He too was given the charge of being one of The One’s appointed prophets. You may have heard of him. He is called The Fire Prophet, though nothing in his appearance would give one cause to recognize him as such. It may be that I will have to seek him out soon, once I discover the present source of the Seed of Nachash. It seems to be traveling through the rivers that flow from these headlands down into the lower valleys. It contaminates the drinking water. I suspect The Pan and his Half-men creatures have a source for it within the deadened woods in the north, but that does not seem to be where the Xarmnians are getting it, nor where it is entering the streams that flow into the rivers. I have been scouting the headlands, tracking back to the source springs from which they originate. The springs seem to be clear, so there must be someplace further downriver, where these dark waters are entering the flow that waters these lands. I need to find the source soon or it will eventually affect everyone drinking the waters downstream. The taint is diluted enough so that it does not readily appear to affect those who drink it. But over time it will, and the results will be disastrous.”

Ryden sighed, “So what about this thing on the table? Do we set it afire?”

The giant harumphed, “For now we wait out this storm. Burning troll smells bad enough. When the storm abates we can slide it off the table into the fireplace. Then we can be on our way.”

“To the rivers then?”

The giant shook his head slowly, “Soon, but first, there is a specific place I must visit, before heading back down from the highlands.”

“The Marker Stone has been buried, if that is what you’re thinking,” Ryden offered.

“I know of that already. No, it is a bit further, next to a place where they built a granary. There is a place near the bottom of the escarpment. A dried river bed remains where fresh water once flowed. The oak tree I planted near the brook to commemorate the terebinth is there. Some called it the “Oak of Moreh”. It is one of the oldest living trees in the Mid-World. It was planted when I was first brought here. Recently a sword was driven into its roots where it extended into the brook, that no Mid-Worlder may remove. I must see for myself if the sword still remains there.”

“A sword?!” Ryden arched an eyebrow quizzically.

“A very particular one, yes,” the giant rejoined.

“And if it remains, will you take it up?”

“No,” Hanokh shook his head solemnly, “It is not for me to do so. The sword is meant only for one man called to wield it. And when he takes it up, I’ll know that the prophecy of the Stone Quests will have been rejoined once more.”

*Scene 14* 19:37 (The Terebinth)

At the base of the escarpment and hilltop granary, Begglar and I gathered our group at the sloped embankment that descended into the dried streambed.  Begglar looked at me and nodded, and I cleared my throat, not sure how to begin.

“There is a reason we stopped here.”

“So, we’ve gathered,” one of the young men snarked.

I gave him a solemn stare and he shrugged sheepishly.

“We are going down into the creek bed.  Each one of us.  I need you all to wait here with me at this bridge until you are called.  Begglar will await you at the cross-split of the stream.  From here you can see there is a sword there.  Begglar will wait for you at the sword.”

Faces turned towards Begglar, and a woman asked, “What are you planning to do with the sword?”

Begglar spoke up, “I will just be asking each of you a question privately.  It is important that you give your own answer to my question, so I need each of you far enough away from the group so that you cannot hear another’s answer.  The sword is a ceremonial sword, a symbol of truth, so it is important that you answer honestly.  The place of this juncture point is significant also.  The roots into which the sword has been placed belong to one of the oldest trees in this land.  The roots are exposed now, but they used to be under the waters of this stream.  Roots represent what your deepest beliefs are, below the surface of what you present to others.  The tree itself is perhaps one of the most significant symbols of all, for it is a Terebinth.”

“What is a terry bince?” Miray asked.

“Terebinth, dear,” Nell corrected gently.

“But what is it?  And what was that word you said, O’Brian?  Back in the wagon.  A Sibby-smeth?  What are these strange words all about?”

“The word is Shibboleth,” I answered, “and it is a good thing that you were not in the land of promise, crossing the Jordan in the days of the ancient judges, when you mispronounced that word, or you would have been struck down by a Gileadite warrior’s blade for doing so.”

“What does that mean?!” another asked, her voice rising in alarm.

“The Ancient Text records the story in the book of the Judges,” I answered calmly, trying to diffuse their uneasiness with the even timbre of my voice.

“Another obscure passage from this Ancient book?  How do you remember all these quotations, and stories?” a young man folded his arms in irritation.

I blushed, partially embarrassed, but committed to making a full account of myself, if I ever hoped to gain their trust, “Actually, it was more than just having read the stories myself, but an incident that happened at the Stone Marker, when I first came to the Mid-World.”

“What happened?”

“I tripped and fell against it, and caught myself with my hands, touching the surface of the stone and the golden letters you saw.”

They looked to Begglar for corroberation, and Begglar nodded.

“The letters touched him,” Begglar assented, “They lept from the stone and covered his body with golden light, flashing across his skin, and, instantly, he fell down to his face. We all witnessed it. O’Brian cried out, but we were afraid to touch him. He reacted as though he had seen something that terrified him.”

They all turned to me and one said, “What did you see?”

I cleared my throat, remembering the shame of that moment, and said simply, “I saw myself, as I really am. And then I saw myself as The One sees me. And then I lost my sight.”

“For three days,” Begglar added. “Jeremiah, our then leader, finally pulled him away from the Stone, but of course all of the rest of us had moved back from it. One does not touch its surface without a profound effect, coming from the experience. We weren’t sure what had happened to O’Brian. He was silent for those three days following. There were times in our journey afterward though, when he had regained both his sight and his voice, that we suggested that perhaps he might want to touch The Marker Stone once more. Kidding, of course.”

“Ha, ha,” I mock laughed.

“So what did it do to you?” a girl asked.

I closed my eyes briefly, remembering the experience. The shame of what I saw in me, and the soothing, and beckoning of what I felt from the Words of the Living Golden Letters. I opened my eyes, seeing the expectant faces, knowing that they might not understand my response.

“The Words live in me. Live through me. It is hard to describe, really,” I fumbled. “Passages of the Ancient Text leap into my thoughts when I experience something in this life. It is almost as if I am living simultaneously in two worlds, but only recently gained the insight to ‘see’ into the second one, and I have a strong sense that yet a third one remains, just outside of these two. That third promises to be grander than both of these. It is strange. It is like being deeply homesick for a place you’ve never been to, but only heard rumors of. But somehow, you know you belong there.

“My memory is like a deep, shadowy well, and when I seem to thirst, a pail of the Golden Letters seemed to rise upward from the well, like a light in a dark tunnel. The passages pour out of me, and that is why Jeremiah kept me near him for most of our journey together. The Golden Letters were what he needed to hear, and they came through me then, before I betrayed the party, when I followed Caleb into The Pan’s forest. Afterward, when Caleb was taken, Jeremiah found it hard to trust me again. And the words in me seemed to fade with his trust. I became confused and irritable. I felt like the blindness had come back to me, only this time it did not cloud my physical eyesight, but something deeper. A perception I had experienced but did not know I possessed before touching The Marker Stone. This darkness lingered in me, eventually causing me to no longer trust myself with a decision. I lacked a clear vision. I became a danger both to myself and to others, and so I eventually parted from our company and moved to that shack, I built in Basia. When I was later discovered by the enemies in this world, and they attempted, unsuccessfully to drown me, I left the Mid-World entirely. Expecting never to be allowed to return. Only the visions and the Voice would not let me stay there. I was brought back here for a purpose, and I believe it is to complete what was left unfinished. The Golden Letters compel me to. The Marker Stone has marked me, and I am now tied to both Its Fate and Its Quests.”

There was a deep and profound quiet for a moment as the group pondered my words, but above and in the distance, the silence was interrupted by the rumble of thunder amid the susurrant rustling of the leaves. The calm seemed pregnant with an ominous threat soon to be birthed in the darkening sky above us. Black and grey fleets of immense clouds skudded across the sky, a juggernaut armada that promised more winds and rains to come.

“We’d better hurry this along,” Begglar grunted, as he moved down into the creekbed, gesturing to Nell. “Bring the wee lass first.”

I released Miray’s hand and nodded reassuringly to her, “It’s okay. Go along with them. I’ll be along afterward.”

Miray seemed reluctant, but she nodded trustingly, and walked to Nell’s outstretched hand, holding fast as Nell helped her down and they made their way across the dried stones, around pits, extruded tangles of roots, washes, and gulleys of the descending creekbed.

We followed them down, taking brief shelter from the stirring winds under the bridge, and stood among the rocks that had brown traces of dried moss from when the water had once flowed over them. The team of horses and wagon were tied and secured above us along the trestle supporting the short bridge and the low walled, railings. They slightly stirred but remained relatively calm.

One of the women stood beside me as we watched Begglar, Nell, and Miray standing in the distance. Begglar on the opposite side of the mysterious sword, Miray stands before it with her back to us, like a young acolyte before a priestly altar. Nell moved to one side, off to the left. Dominic had followed them part way, awaiting his father’s signal to come to escort the next one of our company forward.

The young woman spoke quietly to me, “What do suppose he’s asking her? This Shibboleth thing?”

“I expect so. But I have no specific idea what the question might be.”

The woman cleared her throat, “Well, it clearly not her name, for you already know that already.”

I detected a bit of mirth in the statement and regarded her with a sidelong glance.

“I am familiar with the…,” here she indicated in finger quotes, “…’Shibboleth test’ passage in the Ancient Text. It’s in Judges chapter 12, isn’t it? The story of Jephthah, and the Ephraimites spies. Are you thinking we have a spy among us?”

I gave a noncommittal grunt. “There might be. Begglar seems to think it is important we find out before doing anything else. I feel it is prudent to yield to him in this. I sense something-a vague shadow-but cannot be sure what it is.”

“Considering, he is questioning the young girl, I don’t think it is necessarily a phonetics test, he is giving her, like in the Ancient Text passage. It is, perhaps, something like that in the reason it was done in the past. He is unmasking something, I think. He does seem to feel threatened, and his family stands to risk more than us by merely associating with us. Further so, by joining us and helping us. He must really trust you quite a bit, doing so.”

I remained quiet, cautiously wondering what she was leading up to.

After a moment, she sighed, like she had finally made up her mind, and then offered me her hand. “My name is Lindsey,” she said simply. “If Begglar and his family can put that much faith in you, so can I. For whatever it is worth, I am with you and will support you in your leadership of this ‘quest’ thing.”

I turned more fully toward her and took her proffered hand. My eyes moistened and threatened to reveal how profoundly moved I was by her sincere offering of support and trust.

I choked back a lump in my throat, knowing that I had not yet proven myself worthy of anything, much less her confidence.

“Thank you,” I said, unable to say much more.

“Don’t make me regret this,” she teased, lightening the moment.

“I shall strive not to,” I added, “…with help.”

We turned to watch as Nell led Miray away and up near the large oak overshadowing the copse and streambed. Its branches were large and thick– powerful. It shadowed the stream, creating a canopy and covering the juncture of the stream, where the channels branch outward and split to the right and left of where Begglar stood with the sword, creating a small transept, as if it were the branches off of the nave in a cathedral, with Begglar occupying the sacristy in the crossing. This Shibboleth test was almost like observing a ceremony, for indeed it did appear so, with all of the graveness and solemnity with which it was carried out.

Dominic turned and was coming towards our gathering, tasked with escorting the next person in our group to undergo this mysterious questioning. As Begglar had advised me before, I would be the last one called to stand before him, for even though, as Lindsey had pointed out, Begglar had already placed a great deal of trust in me as it pertained to the welfare of his own family, there might still be some doubt in his mind on whether or not I was fully committed to shoulder the responsibility that would follow in leading this band and this renewal of the quest.

If there were traitors among us, I suspected that it may prove to be more than just a single bad actor. All prior quests were reflected in the numbering of the company as well as in the elapsed time between the prior quest that had gone before it. There had also been the vague indicators along the edge of the skyline and eastern sea, that I had spotted before the encroachment of the coming fog had obscured my vision. If my count had been correct, there should only be twenty-one of us Surface Worlders, in this group, counting myself, corresponding to my twenty-one years of wandering and separation from the prior quest. Counting, Begglar, Nell, and Dominic, we were twenty-six all totaled, but Begglar had become a more permanent part of this Mid-World by marrying Nell and being made one with her in the ceremonial union. That left three persons unaccounted for. Three wild cards in the deck of the hand being dealt to us. Who were these three? Considering we were in the mysterious land of the Mid-World, I might just as well ask the question, ‘what were these three?’ For this land had beings and creatures that were adept at concealing their identities, even from those who might seem to lead and trust them. My own personal experience with Jeremiah chaffed me in that thought, as I reflected with shame on the way I had treated him placing his faith and trust in me. Considering such, I felt I deserved the sting of a reciprocal betrayal. His brother was dead because I failed to stop him from his foolishness. He had asked me, entrusted me with his confidence to look after his brother and make sure he did not get into mischief, and I had failed him in that and led him to distraction and grief, which endangered the rest of our former company. Seven of the fourteen had died that I’d heard of. Nine, if Begglar was correct. That old uneasiness stirred within me, threatening to cloud my inner sight again. The persistent shadow that I both perceived and felt moving underground and within me somehow seeking to blind me permanently from the perception and clarity I still longed for.

The winds were picking up, stirring the leaves in the creekbed more vigorously now. The stands of trees along the creekbanks began to sway as if urging the procession and progress of Begglar’s questioning to hurry and be done with it before we would be driven to take shelter again. The air around us felt agitated, as the pressure began to drop. The scent of it was slightly acrid and seemed to pinch at our nostrils. Begglar seemed to notice this too, for the procession of questionings picked up, and Dominic performed a yeoman’s service as he escorted each person down to the creekbed to stand before his father, before collecting the next one of us.

I was not able to determine which of our party might be the ones falling under suspicion, for Begglar performed his inquiries under a quickening cadence.

Lindsey spoke to me again, just before she was called to make the long walk down the dried creekbed. “Mister O’Brian, what is a terebinth?”

“A terebinth?” I asked, making sure I heard her clearly, for the wind was gathering force and fury.

“Yeah,” she said, “Isn’t that some sort of tree?”

I paused. It was in some respects, but it was more than that in others. It was a type of nut-bearing tree in the modern opinion. But in the old world understanding, and the Ancient Text context, it was a commemorative tree. A sacred tree is said to mark a memorial place where a deity was to have visited mankind. The Ancient Text referenced the Oak of Moreh, where The One appeared to the patriarch Abraham in the passage of Genesis 12:6-7 to announce the coming blessing of his line. Terebinth trees were of a type said to be sources of incense such as frankincense, balsam, and myrrh, as well as certain burning oils such as turpentine. All of these things were representative of worship. In Genesis 18, the site beneath the shade of a Terebinth tree known as the Oak of Mamre was also the place where The One met with and advised Abraham of the upcoming fate of Sodom and Gomorrah. It struck me then that this place of the ancient oak had added significance when coupled with the strange presence of the sword, and the bone dryness of the brook.

This was a place either of great blessing or of great judgment and wrath to come. The Terebinth Oak signified a place where The One touched the land to either bless it or curse it. A place where the Stone Quest I was called to would either begin or end, depending on what Begglar was asking of us.

My throat seized up and felt raw and dry, and the woman–who I now knew to be called Lindsey–had to leave with Dominic, having not received my answer to her question.

When my turn came to stand before Begglar and hear what he had to say, I knew that such a portentous moment had come. The choice to choose either the monster or the mission. Was this place beneath the shadow of a Terebinth tree to be representative of Oak of Moreh (blessing) or Oak of Mamre (cursing)?

The Namesake – Chapter 13

*Scene 01* 9:46 (The Kinship & The Stone)

Disquiet lingered in the mind of the Xarmnian king.  He had walked the parapet of the palace for half the night.  The dew of the early morning had soaked his bed clothes and chilled his body, but he could not return to his bed chamber.

To do so would bring the dreams again.  And the memories.

The spectre of his father haunted him.  The kingdom was under threat.  His wealth and authority was under threat.  He legitimacy was, again, under threat.

The latter threat was the most painful.  The reason why he had insisted on changing his name to the title “Son of Xarm.”

There was a deep, dark secret.  A family secret.  A secret that his birth mother had exposed by giving him his birth name–Moab.  A name that had a dark history and a meaning that could be discovered by anyone who might have read the accursed texts that had been transcribed from the face of that accursed stone.

That was why he had ordered all transcriptions of those hateful letters to be banished, and anyone caught with any part of the Ancient Text in their possession to be executed and hung publicly from the ramparts.

No one knew the truth.  He wasn’t just a bastard.  He was a child of incest.  A man whose father had disowned him, until all of the other sons born to him in his profligate lifestyle were dead.  Moab was the last living child with any of his father’s blood left in him, and his father had been grudgingly forced to acknowledge him as his own, because of his own obsession with having a line that survived him.  The pride of progeny.  His father’s pride.  It was the one tenuous hold and claim he had on the paternity of his father, his identity as the man’s son.  He was never to mention, that his mother was actually his father’s daughter.  He had been warned to never reveal the truth.  A hidden palace assassin was personally charged to see to it that Moab never indicated otherwise.  She was just a palace concubine and nothing more.  All records of anything different were expunged from the annuals.

Three verses from the Ancient Text terrifed him.  These passages had appeared upon the face of The Marker Stone one for each or the three times he had dared visit the old country to the east.  Three times in which he had departed angrily from the site and had denied the personal message.

The first…

“…the deepest thoughts of many hearts will be revealed. And a sword will pierce your very soul.” [Luke 2:35 NLT]

The second…

“The time is coming when everything that is covered up will be revealed, and all that is secret will be made known to all.” [Luke 12:2 NLT]

The third and final straw…

“But because you are stubborn and refuse to turn from your sin, you are storing up terrible punishment for yourself. For a day of anger is coming, when God’s righteous judgment will be revealed.” [Romans 2:5 NLT]

The final passage terrified him, and from that moment he had determined to destroy the stone, and failing that, he had had it entombed, buried in bones and skulls with no jawbones.  No one would reveal his secrets.  No one. Living or dead.  He had made a vow to his father.  A father whose memory he worshipped.

But now, Xarm’s own treasury had been tapped and violated.

Twice.

Once by a seemingly worthless old beggar woman.

And shortly thereafter, by a supernatural force acting upon a hidden stone of power, pilfered by the tribal families from the site of the mysterious monolith residing on a hilltop to the east.

Twelve stones, there were.  One taken by each of the original families.  Stones which had the ability to make an object weightless and able to be carried effortlessly by a single bearer.  Even a child could wield the stone.

But now, the treasury room within the vaunted halls of Xarm City was no longer secure.  And that worried the Son of Xarm to no end.

It had been twenty-one years since the powerful stone they had used to clear and build the massive city of Xarm ceased to be moved.  It had anchored itself to the pedestal upon which it was kept so securely, that even the pedestal could not be moved.  Something had happened within the Mid-World.  Some kind of sorcery that kept it held within the chamber, but no longer useful for the purposes for which it had been taken.  It was as if the monstrous combined weight of ever monolith it had so easily moved, returned to it and was imbued within the builder stone itself.  Spies were send out to the other tribal groups, and it was eventually learned that all twelve of the builder stones had suddenly anchored themselves upon the last place they had been layed down.

But now…  Suddenly, the immovable stone began to move on its own.  A quality it did not possess before.  Drawn towards some mysterious destination by an irresistable force that nothing could deny or prevent.

The hanging of suspected traitors did little to abate his wrath.  It served as mere cover for the venting of his frustrations.  The public deaths of vague suspects could not address the true source of his disquiet–his inner terror.  The stones were somehow signifying the coming end of his reign. His day of reckoning and accounting for all of the abuses and licenses he had taken as king.

His father had warned him the day would come, and that the approach of it would be attended with mysterious signs and troubling wonders.  The signets of power would return to the source from which they arose.  The ancient stone buried upon a hill in the eastern lands.

A detachment of soldiers had cordoned off the area where the treasury wall had been breached.  The resting place of the builder stone had been crushed, as if tremendous force had bore down upon it.  The pillar had been pressed to powder, crumbling under the weight of the mysterious and hand-sized conical stone.

Upon reaching the floor, the conical builder stone had moved laterally, penetrating the wall, fracturing the lower foundational stones and causing the upper wall to sag and buckle.  Braces of iron and steel bars cold not impede it.  They bent under its determined course and then eventual fell away or were driven into the stone wall.

The builder stone had eventually crossed the outer courtyard, had pushed through an iron gate, forcing the barricade partially off its anchored hinges.

For days the mysterious stone moved through the city in a straight course, passing through buildings, houses, gardens, stables, marketyards, always shielded and concealed by palace guards until it reached the outer city walls.  For hours it was lost, pushing inward and through the thick city wall, until it ruptured the outer battlements, crumbling granite before it’s juggernaut path.

Once outside of the city wall, soldiers attempted to further conceal its determined progress by covering it in military field tents.  But nothing could conceal the damage it had done.  Nothing could impede it.  No one could raise it from the furrow it cut along the ground as it continued to plow inexplicably forward.

Within a week’s time, the builder stone had gained the outer fields.  Xarmnian soldiers covered its movements with what appeared to be field exercises and drills, anything to distract onlookers from the discovery of the stone’s mysterious progress, but to no avail.

From the point at which it had lain motionless in the treasury to the course through the city and out onto the field a line of clear direction could easily be drawn.

There was no longer any doubt in the Son of Xarm’s mind.  The builder stone was returning to The Marker Stone.  Whatever was happening at that accursed place was causing this presentl calamity and his growing unease and inability to sleep, eat or think, much less control his flashes of angry tirades.

That was why he had sent his most dangerous warrior hunters out more than a week ago, to find out what might be going on with this present sorcery.  To kill whoever or whatever was causing these things.

He was certain, that the news of the oculus, appearing on the shore of the eastern sea, had something to do with it.  And he was sure that, though they had buried The Marker Stone in the filth of bones of those who once served and believed in it’s promises.  The Stone was still very much a living thing that would ultimately bring him to ruin.

*Scene 02* 3:35 (Backsliding)

The rain came hard upon the three who had parted ways with the group–A deluge that seeming to roar over the crest of the hill and plunge downward, carving torrential grooves and streams in the hillside.  A wash of dirt and grime met their efforts to climb the brow covering them with mud, grit and misery.

“Are you sure we made the right decision?” the middle-aged man growled at the older.  “Shut up!” the older snapped, “You’ll thank me when we get back into the Inn and get a fire started to warm us all up.”

The young woman slipped and muddy water poured over her, causing her to slide down into the rain-eroded chute. She grappled with the sharp rocks and managed to slow her descent, wedging herself against a rock.

“A little help, guys!” she cried.

The younger man turned and worked his way back down to her and was able to catch her arm and pull her back out of the flume stream.

Her jeans, shirt and shoes were caked in mudd and clay.  She was soaked through and shivering.  Bone cold and wet she wept and could barely get back to her feet.  “He doesn’t really care about us.”

“I get that,” the younger man said, leaning under the woman’s arm, helping her rise. “Hold on to me.  We’ll get over that rise and it should be easier.”

The older man crested the summit amid thunder and flashes of lightning.  Below the hill the screen of showers and windgusts, hid the barnyard tableau under a miasma of rising steam.  The roof tops of the barn, stables, and Inn were barely visible, but still anchored below the driving wet.

The older man’s voice rose but was swallowed by the noise of the rain storm and winds.  Eventually the younger woman and younger man joined him at the summit.  The scouring wind threatened to push them back down the hill, but they leaned against it and grappled their way forward, from scrub brushes to buried rocks, sliding down from time to time on the wet scree, and muddied earth.  The wind pounding them in their slow progress.

Thirty feet down they could see the strobing sky reflecting in scintillations off of the large puddles covering the wagonyard.  A figure and ghostly shape moved under the staccato, like a black Rorshach image stuttering across a projecting screen.  A few more feet down and they could see a rider on horseback, barely clinging to the mount.  It moved across the yard and up onto the road as a glimmer of light shone from the Inn and three large dark shapes emerged into the storm, moving swiftly towards the barn and stable.

They pause about halfway across the puddled yard and pointed, up toward the hillside.  A few beats passed, and the figures moved swiftly toward the barn and emerged again, on large black horses.

Realization struck.  The older man’s voice had risen in pitch and volume.  He was screaming something.  Two heartbeats passed, before the young man and woman realized what he was saying.

“Run! Run!”

*Scene 03* 4:43 (Going to The Granary)

The very wet drive from the Hill of Skulls to the gradually rising highland plain plateau was uneventful.  In route, the rain eventually lessened and then abated.  The land beyond the thinning curtain of wet was stepped, cleared for fields and pastureland, but then descended precipitously on down towards a larger valley and forested lands below.  Beyond were the looming and majestic mountains, some gray and formidable stone giants blanketed with ermine coverings of snow, some heavily forested in persistent greens, some charred in fire-touched blacks and browns.  In the silvered distance, jagged cuts of rock chiseled against the gray-blue sky, framing the horizon–an ominous reminder of the missing lower jaw of the skulls of the martyrs moldering in the Hill of entombment, they had just quitted.

Each successive layer of distant climatic regions made it seem like the very land postured for dominance under the fissured heavens.  Silently crying out to the heavens for justice in the belief and hope for which they had been brutally slain and savagely disarticulated.

I groaned within my spirit.  The calling to find and carry the virtue stones to the golden crown within the crown of stone could not end here.  Not just for my sake alone, but for theirs, for all of those suffering within the Mid-World and for those in my present company who did not yet know that a part of them lived here too.  For all the blood shed in the belief that Excavatia could be found again.  For the truth to be made evident that those seeking Excavatia and hoping for the king’s return did not die in vain.

On the drive, Begglar told me a little about the granary that serviced the area fields.  The granary was built into a raised hillock, with three levels where the winds assisted the treading, threshing, winnowing floors.  A limestone channel had been naturally cutting through the hillock by the powerful winds that roared across the highland plains and cut an eroded notch into the hillock top that was deepened and layered with grooved trusses and crossbeams around a central spindle core, balastered by massive slabs of stone.  During the harvest, the cut sheaves of grain were loaded and pitched into the treading floor where a team of horses trampled the wheat and grain stalks so that the heads and kernels of grain fell through the grooves in the floor.  When the initial trampling and treading were done, a stone wheel press was lowered onto the trampling deck and drawn by the team, pressing the final bits of grain down through the grooves into the lower floor.  A sliding door was opened allowing the winds to blow out the crushed stalks between the grooved channel.  The upper floor was then raked and cleaned of all remaining stalks and vines and collected and baled for hay, loaded on wagons, and carted away to feedlots for the stabled stock.

The hillock had a low rise slope that came up to the top level deck even with the surface of the hillock plateau, but along the sides were various carved roads that allowed access to the second and third levels of the granary and gristmill operation.

The lowest section of the hillock granary was the sealed grain bins, where the final husked and winnowed grain was stored and sealed in dry stone slanted pits.  A stone furnace warmed and dried the lower grain bins built and arranged in a circular floral pattern around the lower end of the upper spindle.

The mill just below the end of the tel, beyond the granary had a sluice system fed from an underground spring that allowed the workers the ability to wash and gather water for malting grains for ale-making.  Large, sealed stone jars held ground and powdered grain mixes of wheat and rye for both bread making and malting for sweet ales and beers.

A riverbed, that used to be fed by the spring in the upper tel, was now only a dried shallow channel lined with trees.

As we drew nearer to the spot where we aligned, I was certain I saw something gleam within that arboreal corridor.  Something that looked strangely like a sword, standing point downward.  Driven into the shallow riverbed, among the twisted roots of the surrounding trees.

*Scene 04* 6:24 (Fall of The Nameless)

The rain pelted and punished Christie as she hugged and clutched the neck and reins of her mount. The horse fought for purchase as its hooves alternately slipped and dug into the flow of sucking mud sloughing off the hillside. A torrent of rain poured down the incline, flowing over buried stones, rinsing and peeling the ground away, pooling into the resulting grooves and twin streams of flooded wagon ruts.

Christie rode up and into the alternating skeins of wet and wind hoping they obscured her fleeing ascent as much as they seemed to fade the scene of the inn and barnyard below.

In the dimming, she turned and saw three men emerge from the inn as she gained the summit of the hill. Terror spurred both her and her horse away from the scene, riding hard through the swirling rain, but hiding her from the progress of her would-be pursuers.

XarmniansNo doubt the brutal owners of the horses she’d seen quartered in Begglar’s stable.

To her left, she thought she heard desperate shouting, mewling cries of terror, as three on foot attempted to scramble up the hillside. She could not tell who they were, but could not risk waiting to find out.

Moments later, the three men she had seen crossing the barnyard below, crested the hill coming fast upon the black horses she had encountered in the stable below. They were armed with long spears.

She kicked her horse’s flanks into a more urgent gallop trying to create as much distance between her and her pursuers as she possibly could.

Her pulse pounded in her ears. Her respiration siphoned the air from around the downpour.

She rocketed down the hill descending into a declivity, horse hooves clapping across flowstone and splashing through streams of water. Another furtive glance over her shoulder revealed the three dark horsemen cresting the hillside summit.  She stilfed a cry of terror, smothering it under her tongue, swallowing the sound before it could break free of her lips and betray her position amid the harried cries of the upper winds. 

Instead of racing towards her, the three warriors turned onto the ridgeline riding away from her secluded position.  A quick flash of light revealed their intended course of pursuit.

There were three people on foot–stumbling and fleeing, as the large horses matched pace, canting and angling towards them.  The distant shouting and cries of pursuit barely rose above the snared hiss of the falling rain. 

The horsemen brandished large spears, raised bolts of piercing lightning honed to teardrop bladed points at the end of long javelin poles.  The deadly poles bounced in a rhythmic pumping, balanced upon the gimbals of the bearer’s gloved and raised fists as the horses stamped down the slope.  The horses’ hooves clapped the rocks and wet gravel, adding further percussion to the storm’s symphony of impending slaughter.

One of the spearmen launched his lance, thrusting it downward impaling one of the runners, arresting his victim’s movement into the cold wet.  The horse and rider mercilessly rode over the body of the fallen, not merely satisfied with the brutality of his kill alone.

Another, with galloping speed, hurled his raised rod through the wash of the angry storm, striking another, felling the fleeing victim in a similar fashion.  The second Xarmnian, swung out of the saddle, planting his feet against the slope to keep from sliding.  He retrieved his spear, jerking it violently from the small back of his victim.  He knelt for a closer look and realize that his quarry was a woman.

Christie almost vomited.  She turned away from the distant scene, unable to watch any further.  The three had been members of their company.  Fellow travellers, whom she did not know personally, but had neverless journeyed with up until this point.  For the life of her, she could not remember if she had ever been told their names.  There was a third horseman she could no longer see, but she had no doubt that wherever he might be, the other victim would meet a similar end.

She closed her eyes and wept blindly, masked by the downpour of the rain.  The growl of the thunder drown out all other sounds except one still voice that somehow returned to her in the deep throes of her sorrow and terror.

For one who has ears to hear, let them hear.

She felt she was overhearing a repeated conversation she had been a part of…

“…my name is Christie.”

“Courage has a name, and today it goes by Christie. I am very pleased and honored to meet you, Christie.  Your name is fitting.  Reminds me of another name.”

The inner voice spoke again, “For one who has eyes to see, let them see.

Suddenly, she felt her horse turn and angle toward the northwest. Gradually, she opened her eyes. The overhead rain was lessening, though the wind continued to persist. Something was happening. Something she had no words to explain, but a feeling arose within her.

The air around her swirled with moisture. A soft blue beam illumined a hill to the north, emanating from a mountain range barely visible in the far, far distance.

The soft blue glow calmed and reassured her.  There was meaning in the light. An ineffable feeling that drew her.  Beseeching her and assuring her that she was meant to be part of something. Something bigger and more important than she could imagine.

Her horse seemed to sense it too.

She had a purpose for being here. For enduring even the terrors of whatever this strange world might hold. A purpose for which she had been specifically called…by name.

The inner voice concluded, “The nameless will fall. But those called by name will stand.

*Scene 05* 8:01 (Beneath the Threshing Floor)

At last, we arrived at the northern end of the granary slope, a large flat area where the winds begin to howl around us and blow downward toward the lower valleys.  Begglar slowed and halted the team just shy of crossing the threshing floor–the area where grains of wheat, alfalfa, millet, and sorghum were separated from the chaff and grated into the catcher pits for bagging and storage.

Just down from the hillock granary ran the copse of trees I had noticed upon arrival. The copse line was clean and ranked, as if the trees were planted in military precision and uniformity standing regimentally along a dried creek bed, strewn with fallen leaves. From a distance, the central creek bed was obscured by the trees, and it wasn’t until we gathered along the edge of the granary that we clearly saw the hollow tunnel within.

While the trees did form a sort of windbreak, a strong breeze rustled the peeled sheets of the channeled bed, rousing dead detritus, creating the faux-effect of stirring water whispering and shushing down the gulley along the treed corridor.

It gave the illusion of an arboreal throat, undulating, and contracting with each swallowed surge of the wind. The line of tall trees, white-barked birch and aspen among their ranks, stood as both sentry and the de facto canopy over the hollowed watercourse. Almost as if these were the backs of tall teeth lining the mouth that descended into a shadowy stomach below.

The land slightly sloped toward the west, and the creek’s original source of water appeared to have come from someplace near the granary, as if it had its source emerging from beneath the hill where the granary now lay. No other trees stood out on the sloping grassy plain, but this line of trees seemed to branch out equally at a juncture point where the creek had originally formed a central pool, before spilling over towards its central course, to run down the hill into deepening shadow.

As I looked down the throat of the tree-lined tunnel, toward the horizontal juncture, I was startled to see again the gleam of something thin and metallic planted vertically in the heart of the creek bed, rising from a web of twisted and revealed roots that would have extended into and under the waterline of the creek, had it still ran wet from its underground springs.

The sword.

“What is that?” I asked Begglar quietly, starting to point, but he caught my hand before I could draw attention to it. “Not now,” he arrested me with his gaze, even as he clamped his large paw over my arm. “We must speak in private first.”

The rain had ceased, but the winds stirred and buffeted the wagon sheets, popping loudly. Dominic held the horses stead as Begglar and I clamored out of the wagon.

Begglar and I went down to the lower area entryway on a stone stairway that ran beneath the threshing floor, to a wooden structure beneath the grated floor that was locked against entry.  This was the area called the Catcher Room– where all of the grain was stored underground in large bins and to bagged and loaded onto wagons to feed the lower occupied lands in the cities ahead.

Once inside, he led me alone to a simple storeroom chamber, insisting that the others remain outside for the time being.  He had something further to tell me which could only be done with absolute certainty of privacy.

“Be careful, what you speak of, O’Brian,” he said, not looking at me, or making himself heard above a whisper.  “I can’t be certain, yet, but I believe we have a monster hidden among us.”

“How do you know this? And what is a sword doing, standing in that dried riverbed? What has been going on here?”

“Much more than you know.” Begglar said.

“I was given a dream about seven years after you left. A dream of The Stone and others. A dream of your return, and something of the preparations that would need to be made for it.”

“I didn’t know what to make of it at first. I didn’t know if the dream was just an odd jumble of those things which trouble me in the waking hours. But that sword is a sign that this wasn’t just a dream to discount. It was a dream given to me for the purpose and an assurance that you would be drawn back here.”

“The sword was brought here in the fourteenth year after you left. A stranger whom no one knew, rode up onto the highlands and left it in the creek bed. Drove it into the root system there and soon the river dried up around it. Since then the creek bed has been dry. Water no longer flows from the rock-based spring that used to feed the lower end of the granary hillock. Water had to be carried in. The beers and ales could no longer be easily made here. Because of that, Xarmni has lost primary interest in this granary. In its production value. They view that sword with suspicion. Many have tried to rid the creek of it, and failed. It is an omen. I believe it is a symbol of something to come, and your return further confirms that for me. The sword is an Honor Sword. A symbolic sword of a city in the old traditions. For a time these were just ornamental swords serving to represent their founders and the convenant charters where a site was consecrated. But this one is different. This one had seen battle. It bears the covenant sash in the ancient traditions. Its presence here signifies both a curse and a challenge. It threatens the posterity of whoever rules these lands, and right now that is the Xarmnians. The highland has been a source for rich grains, but lately the crops have suffered blight and disease and harsher weather conditions. This place represents both food and drink. Bread and ale. But it also represents sifting and winnowing. Threshing and separation of chaff from grains. It is here where I believe we are to find out who it is that will join this journey in service to The Marker Stone. But it is also here where we need to find out who must be separated from us before we go forward. Five have left of their own accord. I fear for them, but they chose to go. Perhaps, Christie and Laura may return, but we have no assurance of that. Two others are under suspicion, but their motives are unclear as yet. One is among us that seems to be already creating dissention. A disruptor. It is disturbing to think so, but there is something we must do to test them. It believe you know to what I am referring.”

“The Shibboleth?”

“Yes. It is the only way to be certain. And that sword presents us with the best opportunity for it. Especially if it is a portent sword and even more so if it is an Honor Sword. But there is something else I was recently made aware of that impacts the entire of the Mid-World lands.”

“What is that?”

“It involves the Builder Stones, and because of them, we could be facing a war that involves all of the Mid-Worlder kingdoms who once held charge over them.”

“What do you mean who ‘once held charge over them’?”

“They are leaving the strongholds. Drawn by some mysterious force out from the possessions of the kingdoms which took them long ago. They will be followed. And when they converge…”

“Old enemies will meet again on the battlefield,” I finished.

*Scene 06* 3:43 (Seems to Be)

The threshing floor was both a place of separation and revelation.  Like kernels of grain pressed out of a husk, the others pressed and piled out of the back of the wagon.

“Why is it that we always seem to get wet following Mister O’Brian?” one of the young men complained as he and the others clamored out onto the grooved stone floor. “First the plunge into the sea, now traipsing through the rain, and riding in the back of that drafty wet wagon. Maybe the three who left us had the right idea.”

“Yeah, but notice how they too had to slog back up that hill in the rain,” another responded, following the former complaintant through the looped canvas and down the opened gate.

Dominic rolled his eyes, trying to ignore the jab about his father’s wagon.

“At least they’ll probably sleep in a warm bed tonight. Maybe find something there in the inn to eat. I am already hungry and we’ve barely even set out on this journey. I could almost kill for some hot chocolate and a blanket by the fire.”

Nell had followed, and met her son’s eyes as she stepped down.

“Is this how its going to be the whole trip?” Dominic muttered.

A teen girl offered to help the younger ones out, but Miray was having none of it. She ignored the girl’s proffered hand and scrambled down from the back and huffed, “Everybody keeps treating me like a baby! I can do this myself!”

“Let her be,” Nell counseled, putting an arm around the teen, giving her a short but patient smile. “She’s upset, but not at you.”

Nell had tried her best to keep Miray calm during the ride up to the granary hillock, but Miray wanted to pommel Becca. She stood with fists balled, arms trembling with tension. Becca had refused to look at her. Nell had interposed herself between the two girls, and spoke softly to Miray until, at last, Miray moved to the siderail.

There was something to the strange vibe she was picking up from the little girl that was so troubled. Old feelings of perception Nell had dismissed too many times until they had dulled in her repeated refusals to give them weight or place. Now there was no longer any way to ignore them.

Becca had an unexplainable cruelty about her, evidenced by her seeming intent on provoking Miray, insinuating there was something perverse in her relationship with Mister O’Brian, name calling, dismissing Miray’s assertions about the blue light gleam coming from the far mountains on the horizon imaginary. On one hand, she had claimed that Miray had been her friend and they shared a past connection, even feigned remorse over Miray’s memory loss. But on the other she had tried to jolt Miray off the wagon, and had insinuated that there was something nefarious going on between O’Brian and her “friend”. It could be jealousy, she reasoned, but that did not comport with Miray’s troubled dreams, or her aversion to being paired with her at night.

There was in fact a coldness about the little girl, and a name that Miray had whispered that seem to carry its own chill when spoken. Both she and Begglar had overheard Miray’s unconscious revelation about Beccas in her fevered dream. Perhaps, Becca was not truly who she presented herself to be.

*Scene 07* 4:59 (Battered Witness)

The Xarmnian bruel stood before an old man bound to a chair in the dining hall of the Inn. Within the last twenty minutes, the man had been pursued by a rider on horseback, brutally snatched from behind, lifted bodily by his collar, thrown across the hard horn of a saddle, carried back over the hill, and flung down into the wet muddy barnyard turnabout. He’d been kicked in the side and arms, forced to rise and crawl into the main entrance to the Inn, where the door hung oddly canted on its hinges.

Slogging into the area where earlier that morning he’d received a much more pleasant reception replete with the aromas of breakfast breads, buttered eggs, and crisp, pan-fried bacon, he now unloaded the half-digested remainder of that meal on the wet wooden planked floor. A large powerful man had seized him by the hair, and dragged him through his own vomit only to force him up into a chair.

At an angle to the large wooden service bar, he spied a spilled tankard of frothy ale, dripping wetly down the front of the bar, under flickering candlelight.

Just beyond the oaken counter, where the tapped barrels were shelved, he fearfully eyed the seeping pool of dark crimson coming from the floor pit area behind the bar and the soft white forearm and pitiable hand lying cupped and supine in the viscous wet that extended out from behind it.

He gasped recognizing by the visible part alone it must be that of the servant woman who had cheerfully worked with her mistress that morning to lay out the sumptuous fare on the long tables for their weary and awakening traveling party.

A hard leather strap with a braided knot struck him hard across the forehead.

Again and again, it fell, stinging and bruising him, lashing his cheek and brow, the top and sides of his head, and burning his swollen ears until the interior dining hall faded into watery blackness.

The old man felt himself descending into a tunnel that burned with invisible flame. Sounds were buried under a liquid susurration. Every muscle ached.

A harsh command barked loud, startled him, and brought him back.

The man with the leather strap stood over him. Big, powerful, and scarred. Leather leggings, and straps, pulled hardened hide against his body. An oiled cloak clung to his shoulders, his arms wrapped in hardened hide as well, with a leather jerkin and strapped brigandine, covering his broad chest. Above it a black tangled beard grew wild, and within the brambles, a severe mouth of yellowed teeth, mustaches parted by a thick hawkish nose, and fierce black eyes under the shadowy cowl of bush-blackened eyebrows, creating caves in which the gleaming eyes darkled. The man reeked of road sweat and exuded a breath that smelled akin to soured milk.

“There were two others with you,” he growled.

“Two…” the old man squinted, his head lolled, trying to make sense of where he was and what was happening to him. The grizzled man-beast before him grabbed a fist full of the man’s hair and leaned in, the fierce black eyes stabbing into him, the breath causing him to gag and wince.

“The two who were with you! Give me their names!”

“I can’t. I-I barely know them.”

The fist turned, pulling the hair up and out, the old man could feel it tearing away from his head, warm blood and sweat seeping into his scalp.

“Names!”

“I don’t know their names,” he cried, “I only know the name of the man who brought us from the beach. His name is…well…they call him…O’Brian. Mister O’Brian. That’s all I know… and the Inn Keeper. Bug-something. No. Burglar. Something like Burglar.”

“Is that all?”

“That’s all I know. There was a woman, but I don’t remember her name.”

Three other similarly outfitted men, with hands on their swordhilts, carrying long leaf-point spears stepped up alongside the cowering man.

“Shall we kill him too?” one of the spearmen asks the interrogator.

The monstrous, gat-wielding man looked down at the old man, a snarl of contempt on his face as he spat.

“Not yet. He will lead us to the others. He may yet be of some use.”

Days of the Warrior Kings – Chapter 12

*Scene 01* 4:15 (The Bruel)

The rain had just begun to fall when the Xarmnian troop leader, called a “bruel,” kicked in the door to the Inn and the main dining hall.  The door was unbolted, but the bruel didn’t care.  He wanted a show of violence to punctuate his entry.

An olive-skinned woman, matronly plump, yet by no means obese, came out of the kitchen area wiping her hands with a dish towel.

“Now what is this?” she demanded, seeing the Xarmnian bruel standing like an imposing shadow in the door way of the Inn, rain hissing behind him on the threshold.  The door swung against the inner wall, its hasp and catch splintered by the kick inward.  A pool of water ran in rivulets into the room, blown through the rudely opened doorway.

“Where is the keeper of this Inn?!” the bruel demanded.

The woman quietly dried her hands and draped the dishtowel on the serving counter, before answering.

“He and the missus are out.  It’s the off-season.  Annual restocking trip.  Can I get you and your men rooms for the night?”

She looked past the man at the broken latch and the heaving door, then back at the man.

“Was that necessary?” she asked, but the man did not respond to her question.

“Ale!” the bruel demanded.

“Just as you please,” said the woman, rounding the bar, reaching under the counter and bringing out a tall metal flagon and turning towards a tapped barrel along the back wall.  She eyed the handle of a small dirk, lying just under the lip of the barrel rack, barely visible to anyone not standing just so.

The wind behind the man tugged at the open door and knocked it against the wall post.

“Mind getting the door, luv?” she said, with a slight grimace, her face averted.

When she turned with the filled flagon, the bruel had moved closer to the bar and had unsheathed a long knife, laying it horizontally along the surface of the bar, under his cupped hand.  The woman’s eyes flicked to it, and then looked past the cruel man, daring her to meet his eyes.

She started to set the flagon down on the bar, and the man’s other hand flashed out catching her wrist in a cruel and tightening grip.

The woman winced as the pressure increased but she did not drop the flagon.

Quietly, her teeth gritted against the crushing pain, she said, “You want the drink, or not?”

“Set it down on the bar,” the bruel growled, glaring at her, waiting for her to look up and meet his eyes.

“You’ll have to release my hand,” she said, swallowing, eyes fixed on the wooden bar.

Suddenly the pressure subsided, but the bruel’s other hand flexed around the handle of the knife, his fingers curling under the prone handle.

The woman shakily sat the flagon down, the foam almost spilling over the rim.

The bruel took the handle of the flagon and raised it to his lips, turning his head slightly to keep an eye on her.

“To your health,” he growled the threat, as he took a long draught, downing the contents, keeping his eye on her for any sudden movement.

Finished he sat the flagon down on the bar with a slight knock, then wiped his mouth and beard with the back of his hand, this time lifting the knife off of the bar.

Four Xarmnian soldiers stepped into the dining hall from the open doorway behind him, their clothes dripping wetly from the outside rain, two holding long pointed throwing spears, the others bearing swords tinged red with fading gore.

“Now I’ll ask you again,” he said, carving the air in front of her, waving the gleaming blade from side to side across the bar, “Where. Is. The Inn keeper?”

*Scene 02* 9:05 (Rank Armory)

An outpost stood within miles northeast of the town of Crowe on the a fortified hillock of stone.  Smelters were built along with fire kilns to forge weaponry from the ores quarried out of the Iron Hills mine.

It was said that The Pan and his Half-Men once haunted the Iron Hills, before they migrated further inland to the northwestern forests stepping down from the highlands and eventually inhabiting the more dense forests that ran along the sea lochs and fjords of the lakes of Cascale.

The Iron Hills was an ancient site of odd ruins and strange prehistoric structures built of stone and cavernous dugouts.  A volcanic vent provided ash and heat, but also was partially toxic and sulfurous.  Crude hammers were found in the site along with chisels and stone channels where the rods of molten iron were poured and shaped, before being pounded into shapes of blunt cutting blades and rods for spears.  If not for the yellow-haze and smell of rotten eggs, the site would have been a vulcaner and smithy’s paradise.

A narrow gorge provided natural cover to and from the spanned edifice that served as a large storehouse for the hammered blades, and honed spearpoints that lined racks and walls of the inner honeycombed carry slings.  The Xarmnian armory on the northeastern hills was just one of many strategic installations throughout the Mid-World lands within the domains under threat of the Son of Xarm.  These served as weapons caches for military exercises, where Xarmni might arm and refit its soldiers, rather than have them carry large quantities of heavy armament overland.

The installation was strategically located, but not critically held at the present.  An advantage that The Resistance forces had, however, was this particular armory was remote and minimally guarded, as Xarmnian soldiers were being called back towards the capital city of Xarm.  Something was happening that was causing the monarch grave concerns.

A fissure crag held five Lehi warriors, poised to rappel down upon the upper guard loft.  Eight Lehi took positions below the outer wall,  slings in hand, setting the tension catches on a set of small catapults they called “hurlers”.  Each hurler, contained a loosely held bag of granite and flint rock chips and shards, designed to scatter sharp raining debris over the wall to create not only a pelting hazzard but just enough noise to create a diversion and give the illusion that those outside the armory walls were more than they were.

Xarmnian soldiers were more cowed than courageous.  They relied on numbers of troops overwhelming an objective, rather than individual skill and might.  Their bruels were often cruel taskmasters, hired and paid for their reputation for brutality, rather than for their prowess or skill to inspire feats of individual courage.

By contrast, The Lehi were committed zealots, viewing their exploits as morally required to resist the evil regime that was taking their families and lands hostage.  The Lehi trained and studied to make themselves a coordinated and effective team to not only outmanuever and outmatch their adversaries in direct combat, but to outsmart them as well.

They were the voice for the voiceless.  The answer to tyranny.  The jawbone taken from each of the disfigured skulls of their dead left to rot in the aftermath of a Xarmnian scourge.  Lehi meant jawbone.

Storm Hawk watched the men take their strategic positions, wishing that her captain was here to take point.  She had trained for this, but she was never certain before each skirmish if “this one” would be her last.

She gave a hand signal to the front man in the crag, and he returned the sign.  The timing would make all of the difference.

The natural inclination of a sentry would move them towards the unexpected noises, but only for a few precious moments.

Mind games.  Warfare was mostly mind games and misdirection.  An understanding of natural preclivities and responses.  Every now and then, they may encounter a seasoned warrior who did not follow their first impulse, but thankfully these were rare.  An outpost armory, in the backlands to the east, was not an assignment given to Xarmni’s elite.  More likely, it was given as a penalty, for the lingering presence of sulfur stench, that invariably infused their outerwear was not a smell one associated with honor among the military ranks.  The continued exposure to the gaseous smells eventually tainted even the smell of their natural skin.  The more bellicose among the Xarmnian infantry troops might even kill a fellow soldier that spent time of any prolonged duration at the outpost, just to rid themselves of being quartered with such a stench mate.

The Son of Xarm prohibited the officers from that particular outpost from ever coming into the courts in Xarm City to report on their battle-readiness.

For those alone, he left it to field marshalls to relay and convey any messages needed.  The metal and ores were badly needed from the Iron Hill mine, and the armaments forged in the place were particularly well-crafted, but they smelled of the deaths they would bring, before having ever been utlized in combat.

Storm Hawk, smiled slightly as she knew how the raid would begin.

Below, one of the Lehi shouted upward at the guard on the upper parapet.

“Hey, stinky!”

Four Lehi repelled downward from the crag.
Within seconds the guard was subdued and pinned to the walk.
The front facing Lehi let fly a fulisade of rocks and debris from their “hurlers” as Xarmnian troops ducked and flinched under the sudden clamor, attempting to rush towards the gateyard of the armory.

A Lehi stepped out from behind a column, moving swiftly behind a sentry on the upper wall.  With a quick shove, the sentry fell forward and toppled over the wall down onto the paved receiving floor with a crunch of bone and a wet cough.

Thwang!  Zzzzzzzst!
An archer dispatched a guard roused out of a bunk house.  His fall in the doorway, causing another soldier rushing behind him to stumble over his slumped form and receive a similar fate.

The armory’s sidewalls were natural sandstone, rising on either side of the protective boxed canyon ravine.  Parts of those walls were sheer and thought unclimbable, but the fissures of the rains had created enough channels and chimney grooves to provide a skilled climber with an opportunity to put the lie to that assumption.  Hidden folds and curves in the cliff faces were naturally camoflaged against view from the armory enclosures and courtyards.  As rains began to fall, more Lehi rappeled down into the armory, following each volley of the hurlers operated skillfully by the Lehi.

Archers launched arrows, sizzling through the falling rain, as they landed, giving the lax Xarmnian watch barely any time to mount a response.

A contingent of soldier drew swords and pole-axe weapons, but could hardly defend themselves against the stealthy movements of the Lehi raiders.

Within minutes, the armory was secured.  A battalion of thirty soldiers knelt, subdued by twenty-five skilled warriors with practiced intention.

Storm Hawk rode horseback through the creaking barrier gate as the stone bar was wenched back, and chains pulled its oaken doors back on rusted hinges.

One of her men approached, “The signal on the ridgeline has been set up.  When are we to expect the Inn Keeper?”

“He was told to give us a half-day to prepare a shipment.  We will load all the weaponry we can in their stock wagons and then drive them to the coastal forces.  The Xarmnians have moved their garrisons on to the plains.  They’re hiding what is happening with their stone under the cover of field drills.”

“What do we do with them?” the Lehi warrior asked, gesturing to the now kneeling Xarmnian soldier, lined up under the careful watch of Lehi archers with drawn bows.

“Strip them to their undergarments. Tie them up and gather their clothes.”

“To burn?” the Lehi asked.

“To wear,” Storm Hawk replied.

The Lehi groaned,”I was afraid of that.”

*Scene 03* 11:05 (The Cold Truth)

Becca waited until O’Brian and Miray rounded the bend and were out of hearing distance before she rushed ahead of the group and turned to them.

“There is something I need to say,” she said raising her hands to halt the group.

Cheryl, who had been walking beside her, was startled when Becca had bolted ahead.

The men and women, and teens in the group look from one to the other and then back at her.

“What do you need to say, little runt?  Gonna tell us a nursey rhyme?” one of the teen boys challenged.

Another laughed, but Becca stood her ground, her hands trembled and fisted at her side, but she curtailed her rage and managed to only stick out her tongue at her heckler.

“Ha, ha,” she retorted, “You think you’re so funny, but this is serious.  And you’ll be sorry if you all don’t listen to me.”

“Let her speak!” an irritated young woman said.

And Cheryl, standing behind the heckler, smacked the boy on the back of the head.

“Awwff!” the boy coughed out surprise at the sting of the slap, grabbing the back of his head and turning on Cheryl.  “What’d you do that for?!”

Cheryl narrowed her eyes and glared at him, “Don’t tell me you’re that stupid!  Shut your yap and let the girl speak!”

“You’re not my mom!  You don’t get to hit me!”

“If I was YOUR mom, I’d hit myself!” Cheryl seethed, causing the others to laugh in surprise, a little discomfited for having done so.

Becca waited, hands fisted on her hips, and Cheryl nodded, with a flourished gesture for her to continue.

“As I was saying,” and here she glared angrily at the teenage boy, “I need to tell you all something about Miray.  She is not behaving like herself.”

An older man sank down a little and came forward a step.

“What do you mean, young lady?”

Becca realized she had the group’s full attention now, and she struggled to hold down her excitement.  She needed to be somber to deliver the lines she planned.  A look of glee would not do.

She focused on trying to make her face look like it had swallowed something distasteful, and that she was struggling to get the words out.

“Miray and I came here together, but she has forgotten me.  She has forgotten a lot and does not know that she is in danger.”

Concern and worry spread over the attentive faces like a rising tide and Becca knew they were hers.

“How is she in danger?”

“Danger from who?”

“What are you saying?”

Becca gathered the crests of alarm and surfed over them.

“From O’Brian.  She doesn’t remember, because of him.  What he did to her.  She has no memory because the truth of what he did to her was so terrifying that she has blocked it out.”

“What did he do to her?!” the man asked.

“It was…,” she covered her mouth, scrunching her face as if it was too painful to say aloud.

“He did to her, what he tried to do to me.”

Now the group surrounded her comforting her with hands and touches to gentle her.

She buried her face in her hair and turned hugging Cheryl’s leg fiercely.

Two of the men stiffened and moved forward, anger building, showing in their stride to go after O’Brian and make sure he never got near Miray again.

Nell, who had been in the group unnoticed, had been struck speechless for a moment but finally spoke up, her voice generally soothing and calm, was now urgent and commanding.

“Wait! Stop!  All of you!  None of you can see what is happening here, but I certainly can.  As sure as the sun rises, this child is lying.”

The girl reflexively gripped Cheryl’s leg with claw-like fingers, her nails digging into it, causing Cheryl to cry out and grip her hands to release the sudden pain in her leg.  When she took hold of Becca’s hands, they felt hard and cold, like she had touched hands of stone.

Becca release her, and turned eyes of fury on Nell, her rage almost projecting heat from within the mane of her dark hair.

“You don’t know!” she screamed, “You weren’t there when it happened!”

One of the older men interposed himself between the accused and the accuser.

“Don’t harass this child! God knows she had been through enough already!”

Nell stepped forward, “And I’m telling you all she is lying.”

“Kids don’t lie!”

Nell bowed, “You obviously have never had kids, if you believe that!”

A woman interjected, “Not about things like this!”

“Ho ho! Another ignorant soul!” Nell returned.

Becca could barely contain herself.  She wanted to assault the woman, but she could not without showing more.

“Let’s ask him!” the man who had started down the trail, turned and proceeded forward.

Cheryl, who had recovered from the shock of Becca’s savage response, felt weak and partly numb.  Her leg hurt. She felt the bruising beneath her pant leg, and she found it difficult to maintain her balance.

The child’s hands were powerful.  She felt dizzy and confused by the implications.

Something was off about Becca.  Becca was not the frail and mistreated little girl that she appeared to be, and that thought disturbed her.  Unnerved her.  Leaving her feeling uncertain and unsure about everything.

Suddenly she felt a strong female arm, come around her, helping her bear up her weight on her uninjured leg.  It was Nell.

The group was heading forward, following the man determined to confront their “would-be” leader directly.

“Th-Thank you,” Cheryl said, “I don’t know what to think about all this…”

“You’re very welcome.”

“I felt that little girl’s hands and I…”

“I know,” Nell interrupted, helping Cheryl to move forward, limping on the one leg that did not throb and ache from the bruising.

“I touched the girl myself and couldn’t believe it.  She’s as cold as a stone.”

They moved forward. Nell shouldering Cheryl. Cheryl wincing at the soreness of her constricted leg, feeling the pressure points where Becca’s fingers had clawed into the muscle of her thigh.

“How do you know she’s lying? Did you have that problem with your son?”

“Dominic? No, never, bless your heart,” Nell answered, “Though the way to it is in him, the same as it is in any child, mind.”

“How did you feel her?” Cheryl quizzed.

“When you and the others were in the hill, she and Miray were with me in the wagon,” Nell touched the side of her nose with her free hand, a gesture meaning more to her than to Cheryl.

Cheryl’s foot stuttered along the path, and she tried to put weight on her bruised leg, but the pain caused her to suck in a quick breath between her clenched teeth.

“Lean on me now,” Nell admonished, “I’m not much to look at, but I’m a darn good crutch, Lassie.”

Cheryl exhaled and shifted her weight back to Nell’s shoulder.

“Thank you.  But from where I come from, the name ‘Lassie’ belongs to a dog.”

“Oh my!” Nell said, and they both chuckled.

“But seriously,” Cheryl sobered, “How did you find out about Becca?”

“Miray tried to tell me, but I thought she was just being…” Nell stopped, mentally chiding herself, “No. I should have known.  I should’ve seen it, and trusted it like I did before.”

Nell paused and then proceeded, “Becca is something besides a little girl.”

“What?!” Cheryl began, but Nell stopped her.

“Hear me out, dearie,” she said, “I haven’t always just been an Inn keeper’s wife.  I’ve seen sights in my time that you can’t even begin to imagine unless you’ve lived here as one of us Mid-Worlders.  You think you’ve seen strange things from meeting that troll, now have you?  Then you’re in for a great deal more surprises when you encounter some of the other things living out there in the wilds.  Hold on to yer bonnet, Lass…eh…dearie.”

“It’s alright,” Cheryl conceded, “You can say Lassie.  I know you don’t mean the dog. It’s your cultural idiom.”

“Husband’s,” Nell corrected.

“What?”

“My husband’s culture…what you said,” Nell corrected.

“You’re not married, are ya?” Nell observed.

“No. I’m still free and single,” Cheryl said, wincing as she attempted to put weight on her injured leg again, “But go on.  You were saying.”

“Becca.  That one has a meanness streak in her the size of a river,” Nell observed.  “Tried to throw the wheel brake on the wagon, she did.  Just as spiteful as you please to give young Miray a tumble off of the back of the wagon.  Caught her kicking the brake loose and felt that leg of hers.  Cold as a snow on the mountain, it was.  There’s no give in it.”

“What did Miray tell you?” Cheryl pressed.

“Ahh that!” Nell lifted Cheryl up further on her inner shoulders.  “Remember the row the other night?  The fit she threw?”

“How could I forget?” Cheryl grimaced, “I had Becca come sleep in my room.  But she wanted to stay in the empty room by herself.  Didn’t want to be touched, as I recall.”

“Remember what Miray said that night?” Nell pressed.

“Something about being cold.”

“Aye. That she did,” Nell nodded, gesturing to the group up ahead near the wagon, pausing.

“Shhh! Stop here a bit,” Nell whispered.  Some of the other women turned and had noticed Nell helping Cheryl and started to come their way to assist.

“Before they get here,” Nell lowered her voice to where only Cheryl could hear, “She wasn’t referring to herself.  She was telling us that Becca was cold.  I made sure of it the next morning at breakfast.  Becca was cold, and colder in ways we don’t rightly understand yet.  And if Miray’s talking in her sleep means anything, the girl’s name might not really be Becca.  Hush now. Keep it to yourself, dearie.  Don’t let on just yet.  We’ve got some trouble right now to attend to.”

*Scene 04* 9:09 (The Moon Kingdom)

A ink-blot shadow soared beneath blankets of moss and black, angular limbs, clawing in moldering agony at the dark veil over the night sky.  The shadow blinked and splintered under the ghost light of a baleful moon, as its source swirled in wispy gyres over the reaching skeletal fingers looking for a place to land.

Moss and fungi webbed the ceiling of the forest, and kept the moonlight from shining fully on the wet mysterious pools that darkled under the veil.

The Pan was near one of the luminary pools.  His large powerful body loomed over its waters, his antlers twisted and swirling in reflection, his face mottled in dark watercolor washes mirrored upon its lapping surface.

His body was marked and smeared with black and white ash, as if he had lain in the charred pit of a dead fire.  Its hind quarters were wooly and matted, oily and dirty, clumped with unkempt dead clusters of hair.  The reflection off the pool showed his eye sockets as cavernous dark insets, with a shimmering sclera swirling of chalk-white and yellow jaundice.

As the shadowy, dark-feathered being, seeming to be in the rough shape of a large owl, alighted heavily on a crooked branch that groaned and slightly cracked under its weight shift from wing to claw, The Pan rumbled an awareness grunt acknowledging the newcomer’s intrusion into his santum sanctorum.

“Don’t think, I do not see you, Harpy.  My eyes may not glimpse the sun light, but my other senses know you well, Harpy Delitch.  I can feel you upon that limb of the crooked tree through the roots buried deep within these pools.  I am one with these waters and the darkness here.  What news from the lighted world do you have for me?”

The Pan had been squatting down over the pools, but here he rose slowly to his towering height, thirteen feet from his massive cloven feet to the skull-top of his horned head.  His hoary head was bearded with wild sprouts of uncombed hair, his mouth and face sagged and plowed with age, yet was disturbingly human in structure and form.  His upturned face and sightless, cataract-occluded eyes somehow found the Harpy’s position in the trees above and to the left of him.

“I have come from the Xarmnian courts, my Lord. You were correct.  Our matron has made a secret alliance with the human king.”

The Pan gripped his black staff, his fists compressing the iron wood shaft,”So, Deliliah has moved against my wishes.”

“And there’s more.”

“Proceed.”

“A warrior of their’s interrupted the proceedings and reported something else, while we were in counsel.  One of the King Stones are missing among the Kingdoms of Men.  Two of my sisters confirmed sightings of travelers coming from the eastern sea.  It appears the outworlders have returned at last.”

The Pan was silent, pondering this news.  His teeth champed silently as if he were muttering an incantation and vile curses for which no verbalization could be given.

“Shall we retrieve the red stone? Perhaps its power will awaken again with these new developments.”

A low rumble seemed to rise from somewhere deep within The Pan’s diaphram and rattle threateningly towards maturing into an incipient roar.

“R-Remember your promise, my Liege.”

The Pan strode forward pressing its hands against the stone pillars that fronted the low rock wall surrounding his moonlit palace, its surfaces wet with the humid moisture of the surrounding, decaying forest.

“You have served me in this, but yet you have more to fufill. For this news, what would you request?”

“The Son of Xarm has betrayed you, for working with our matron.  His bargain is forfeit.  We can take possession of land under his dominion.”

“Speak plainly, bird.  What do you want, besides the position I have given to your matriarch?”

“The Forest of Kilrane, my Lord.  You know what was done to our former woodlands.  The guardians have not returned to that place for many years.  Men no longer possess it.  Xarmni’s claim to it is forfeit.  Give us that forest for our domain.”

The Pan turned and glared unseeing up into the black limbs and greying drapes of moss and parasitic mistletoe feeling on the half-life of the skeletal trees.

“I cannot do this.”

“Why not?!”

“I have already given Kilrane to the Nymphs. Ask for something else.”

Delitch was silent.  Her crone face furrowed and crease with an angry scowl she was glad that The Pan could not see.  She felt betrayed.

The one place she coveted to set up her domain, had been given to their sworn and most hated enemies–The Dryad Nymphs.

Her silence was telling, and she knew she could not let The Pan know how angered she was by this shocking revelation.

“Harpy Delitch.”

“Yes, my Leige,” she squawked a choked reply, swallowing her rising bile.

“Choose another.”

And with those words, The Pan exited the woodland pools courtyard through the stone archway and disappeared into the mists of the forest of his Moon Kingdom.

When he had gone, the Harpy descended to the floor of the wood and approached the darkling pool as it lapped the edge of the bank.

She thrust her beak and face into the water, and then snapped her head back, sucking and swallowing a large portion of the liquid.  Her black eyes began to take on a strange lupine luminescence, as if an inner fire were kindled deep within her pupils.

The dark liquid seemed to swim into her and through her coursing through her veins, stirring her wings and swelling into her ruffled breasts.

The pin-pricks of light from her eyes glowed in the mirrored surface of the pool like individual tongue of fire.

Suddenly, Delitch turned away, her old scowl broadening into a devious smile.

If the Harpies could not inhabit Kilrane she would make sure no one else could. Especially not the Dryad Nymphs.  They would be rudely evicted, with the thing they feared most.  She and her sisters would set it ablaze with fire.

She would take Deliliah’s place, and rid themselves once and for all of the hated Dryad Nymphs.

*Scene 05* 2:54 (To A Granary Go)

Miray and I arrived back at the wagon where Begglar was waiting for us.

Miray had been pestering me about why the others couldn’t see the blue lights from the horizon, and I could not give her a direct answer.

“They cannot see it, because they don’t believe in its promise.”

“But I saw it!  You saw it,” she cried, “It is there!” She stamped her foot for emphasis.

“I know. I know.”

Begglar’s arms were folded. He was standing in the back of the wagon, as he observed our return.  He had been erecting the bands on the wagon’s canopy and was getting ready to stretch the canvas cover over the loops and tie the gathers.

“That went well,” he obeserved with a bemused half-grin.

I shot him a withering glare and his half-grin grew in teeth.

“So, we need weapons,” I said, attempting to change the subject, but Begglar looked down and shook his head.

“We are not going to the armory, just yet,” Begglar countered.  “Look at the sky yonder.  Storm’s about to break over the top.  She’s a drencher.  We’re about to all get very wet and cold.”

“Where to then?” I ask.

He looked ahead, in the direction we were going, scanning the horizon, clearly looking for something.

Quietly, in only my hearing he muttered, “To the threshing ground and the granary.”

I let that thought hang for a moment, mulling it over.

“Wet or not, we don’t need grain we need swords,” I rejoined, try to search ahead for what Begglar might be hoping to see.

From the corner of my eye, I caught him squinting and then nodding to himself.  A poker-tell that he had sighted what he had hoped to see.

“Surely you didn’t think that this day wasn’t planned for in advance?”

“Planned?”

“Well, you did take a lot longer to come back, but I and some of the trusted families of our clan have been preparing for the return for many years now.  All we lacked was a catalyst.”

I could not help but grin at that.  “So we are the catalyst?”

Begglar shrugged.

“Storm Hawk and her Lehi are securing the armory in the Iron Hills.  We were to meet them on the trail later, but we need to take shelter first.  The closest place for that is the granary, just over that rise.  I’ve made that trek many times.  This wagon was specially built for grain transfer, so we need to get the canopy up.”

I moved to help him, and the group rounded the edge of the hill.

“O’Brian!” the lead man shouted, “I want a word with you!  Step away from that girl!”

An entourage of others followed him, their faces flushed and angry.

When I learned what caused their sudden ire, I was mortified and sickened.

Someone had planted this accusation in their minds, and in a moment I realized who.

*Scene 06* 5:00 (Out to The Inn)

The wind howled and screamed at Christie’s back and buffetted her face with gusts that threatened to shear her off of the horse she clung to fiercely.  She was running blind, praying that the claws that tore at her rain soaked body would eventually numb her against their flash and painful scouring of wet and wind.  Her last clear vision had been that of witnessing the mysterious Oculus swallow Laura’s distant image, before the sea appeared to rise up and completely swallow the sandbar which had briefly served as a pier of disembarkation.  Foam and luminescent webbing formed a wall of water that crashed into the deluged shoreline, spitting gouts and washes of water up the cliffside.  Drawing back all clinging life down into the very throat of the sea.

The sea drank the land.  An odd thought, but a persistent one that clung to Christie’s mind like a barnacle.  She felt a strange animosity and anger coming from the sea itself, as if it had gained sentience and was enraged that it had failed to claim its human victim, due to the intrusion of the Oculus.

After turning from the sea cliffs, the only thing she knew was that her horse had proceeded inland and had somehow managed to find the sea road once more.  They had been running along it for some time now, which had felt like eons.

She imagined herself being locked out of an ancient rail car, clinging to the top of a jostling cargo box as the old, coal-fired train chugged up a moutain pass through a raging blizzard, blanketing her in frost and smoke.

She had felt the land rise and fall beneath her, as if the horse had gained the ability to walk on water and she was being bounced and pitched over a hardening succession of monstrous waves.  Flecks of grass, hay, grit and grains pelted her, abraded her exposed skin and white knuckled clutch of the horse’s mane and the wet leather reins she had wrapped around her fists.

She doubted that her horse would return to the old hillside bungalow, and the destroyed cruckhouse barn that she and Laura had quitted, but she hoped and still clung to the possibility that her mount might still instinctively seek out its home stable of Begglar’s barnyard.

The bed she’d slept in the previous night haunted her with its memory of warmth and comfort.  She clung hopefully to that fading thought.

At last, she felt the land descend and she squinted through the storm, amazed that her animal had been able to run through it with any sense of direction.

There was a slight corona ahead and an open space that she could just barely make out through the driving rain.  An etching of lightning fluoresced across the angry sky and she saw a cluster of buildings up ahead.

“Thank God!,” she exulted, crying with gratitude that the horse did indeed return to the one place in this strange Mid-World land where she had found a degree of comfort.

When she and the horse entered the stables, however, she was less certain.

The wagon was gone.

Six massive black horses were stabled, where Begglar’s team horses had been.

A grain barrel had been overturned.

The floor was mucked and wet with puddles and mud.  The air redolent with a coppery smell blended in with the miasma of animal dung and dry straw that was strangely familiar.

A smell evoking a vague memory from her distant life in the Surface World.

No torches shone to clarify the interior of the barn and stable scene anymore than what she could make out through the shadowy red and greenish half-light, glowing from where the dreaming sun had buried itself behind a dark, thick woolen cover of stacked storm clouds.  Rain poured down in sheets from the upper eaves of the structure.  She could barely make out the glow from the windows and the outline of the white-washed structure of the Inn, itself a mere fifty to sixty feet across the muddy turnabout yard.  The smell beckoned her memory again, as she began to slide out of the saddle, to lead the horse further in, but she paused.

Her eyes widened, as the wet drained and dripped down from her rain soaked hair, chilling her bones.

That smell was the rusty, metallic scent of freshly spilt blood.

The Xarmnians were here.

*Scene 07* 10:53 (Days of The Warrior Kings)

The group crowded around the wagon standing below Begglar and I, as if we were elevated upon a stage. The wagon sheet cover flapped in the wind, hanging loosely over the first loop, because we had not yet stretched it over the others, being interrupted and confronted.

Miray was pulled away from the wagonside under protest.  Two women folded her protectively into the center of the crowd, almost as if she were a young calf being guarded by a encircled herd against a predator.

“What did you do to these girls?” a man demanded.

“What?”

“Don’t play stupid!  Becca claims you tried to assault her.”

I was anstonished at the charge.

“I-I never…”

Becca pushed out of the inner circle, her face reddened and incensed.

“You know you tried.  And you did something to Miray, and now she barely remembers me!”

I heard commotion within the circle, but was blocked from seeing the source.

“I just met Miray only moments from coming upon you all on the beach.  How could I have done anything to these girls.  Becca was already in the crowd when I first saw her.”

A woman shouldered forward, “We don’t know what you did.  All we know is you came over the dune from down the beach, shortly after Miray did.  Becca was already on the beach when we were dumped out through that portal thingy.”

“Oculus.”

“Whatever,” she shrugged.

“We only have your version and this little girl’s word,” another man shouted above the wind.

“You have been hiding many things from us, so far.  How can we know you aren’t hiding many other things?!”

“Look, I…” I began, but Begglar cut me off.

“Well this is a fine kettle of fish!  O’Brian leads you all to my Inn. We feed you all and give you a warm place to sleep, and lead you to this sacred place anointed by the blood of martyrs.  He confesses to you all his prior failure that led to the deaths of some of my friends, yet you who’ve barely been a minute in these lands, treat him with contempt and suspicion.  Bunch of ingrates!  Shame on ya!”

They looked stunned for a moment and then properly chastized.

“It’s okay,” I said, trying to let Begglar cool his indignation.  “There is a lot they don’t understand yet.  It’s okay to give them time.”

“Time is not a luxury we have much of living as we do in the Mid-World!” Begglar shot back.  “I might have forgotten what living totally in the Surface World does to people.  Have you no spines or respect?”

The lead man raised his hands placatingly, “All I want to know,–directly from you, Mister O’Brian–is if there is any truth in what this girl accuses you of.”

“Absolutely not.”

“Liar!” Becca screamed, and then started weeping, or at least appeared to.  Whatever she was doing was convincing enough that two of the men advanced further.

“You’re telling us she’s lying,” one challenged.

“I am.”

One of the men shoved his hands in his pockets, and the other folded his arms.

“Well, I don’t know who is telling the truth.  I find it hard following someone that I can’t be certain of, and by your own admission, you have told us that you are responsible for what may or may not have happened to some of the dead here.  I am not sure I want any further part of this nonsense.  I don’t know why we were brought here or what this place really is, but I do know it is going to get very cold and miserable out there, where ever you think you are leading us.  If it’s all the same to you, and if we really do have a say and a choice in this, I’d just assume ponder my decision back at the Inn with some of that ale, next to a dry fire.  Who’s with me?”

Miray pressed through and between the legs of the crowd, apparently having just broke free of her attendant captors.

“Becca is lying!” she yelled.

The wind had picked up and was growing colder, and had a biting chill as droplets of rain began to spill over the lip of the hillside and spatter us and the group.

“Oh great!” one of the women groaned.

“How far back is it to the Inn?” one of the men groused.

Begglar sighed, and said, “It’s just over that hill yonder.  We had to take the road because of the wagon, but if you’re bound to it, you can get back there if you go over and straight up the hill.  You’ll see it from the summit.”

“You once offered us some of the ale you had when we met you the first night.  Does that offer still stand?”

“Aye.”

The man nodded, “Then I thank you for your hospitality, but if it is all the same to you, I’ll be heading back.  Probably should have gone with those girls earlier this morning, but its too late to think about that now.”

Here he turned again to the group, “Who else is with me?  Dry room, good night’s sleep, warm fire, or get soaked again on this strange quest for some mysterious stone no one know for sure where it is or who has it now?”

“I’m coming,” a man in his mid-twenties said.  “I just don’t trust this guy.”

“Girls?” he queried.

A woman hesitantly stepped forward, “Well, it does sound much nicer than standing out here in the rain.”

“Just over the rise, you said?” the mid-twenties man asked Begglar again.

“Same as it has been since I built it,” Begglar said, muttering and turning his attention back to pulling the wagon canopy sheet over the middle loops.

Another turned back to me.  “Can you give us a good reason for going out in this wet?  Can’t we just wait until the storm passes, and leave when its dry?”

Begglar nudged me to continue helping him pull the cover over the loop, but he addressed her question.  Dominic held the wagon team of horses steady as we worked.

“Leadership has become soft, since the days of the warrior kings.  What you all may not realize is that a leader role here is different from what you may be accustomed to back in the Surface World.” He jerked the sheet taut over the middle loop, drawing up the slack.  Rain continued to fall and pelt with a greater intensity.

“Time was when a leader went with his soldier on their campaigns and didn’t merely await the outcome sitting in a palace or some place far from the fields of war.”

“A leader led others.  That is what a true leader does.  He doesn’t just command and then sit back in leisure.  He takes the field.  He endures the trouble and difficulties that he asks others to face with him.  He inspires by demonstrating that he has the greatest commitment to pursue his objective.  To act upon his vision, to charge into the fray of difficulties, meeting those dangers with determination.  You can almost be certain that a leader unwilling to share in the risks taken to pursue an objective, will be the kind that is most unwilling to share in the spoils when it comes time to claim the reward.

That is the difference of a warrior king and a king growing soft in his kingdom.  It is the truth of why the Son of Xarm has no real authority other than that which he administers by threat and fear.  His subjects follow his ordered merely because they are afraid of what his hired brutes will do to them if they resist.  If ever, the collective were to stand together against him and refuse the threats, they could defeat him.  But the threats have power when the people are afraid.  That is why we must resist or lose all hope.  They can kill several, but they can’t kill all of us if we stand together.”

We tied the gathers and pulled the cover over the last loop in the wagonbed and lowered the gangway gate, as those who had decided to linger were helped into the back of the wagon toget out of the hardening downpour.

“When one leads. He leads with inspiration, because he is willing to take upon himself the same or greater risk that is necessary to achieve the goal.  A leader that inspires by enduring everything he calls others too, if worth following.  O’Brian here is a wanted man.  When those who believe him dead find out that he yet lives, he is their one primary objective.  He is the warrior king in the fray.  If they can kill the warrior king, and those who follow him, see him fall, they will lose heart, so they will strive to take him down harder than any other.”

The woman who had raise the question, stared hard at Begglar as she seated herself under the canopy in the bed of the wagon.

“So what are you saying?”

“That O’Brian is putting himself in the greatest peril merely by agreeing to come back here.  And that peril is increased by even higher degrees by choosing to once again take up and lead a quest of legend in service of The Marker Stone.”

“Gee thanks,” I muttered to Begglar as we came around from the back gate.  “A warrior king, huh?  Now they’ll regard me as a danger magnet.  You’ve been a big help.”

Begglar growled, “I’ve only bought you a little time to prove yourself to them.  A man who would have friends, must first show himself to be friendly. [Proverbs 18:24]  What you do with that time is up to you.”

Nell and Cheryl came up to the wagon, and two of the other girls assisted them.  Cheryl had apparently suffered some injury, and Nell and one of the girls helped ease her up into the back of the wagon.

When all were in and secure, Begglar closed the drop gate, secured it and we tied the back cover flaps of the canopy.

Nell took charge of Miray, putting her arm around her, and holding her close.

Becca sat in an opposite corner, her knees drawn up, her head down.  Her dark hair hung stringlike under the rain.  She wouldn’t look at any of us, except me.  Her hatred was stropped and as sharp as a poignard.  She had accomplished one thing with her accusation.  Miray would not be left alone in my company without one of more of the others present.  I could not longer rely on our candid conversations and her childlike and unclouded observations to bolster my own misgivings.  Whether I had been cognizant of it or not, she was becoming like a daughter to me, and I grieved over the shadow cast over that.

Even if there was no truth to the accusation, Becca has raised, she had also accomplished another thing by making it.  She had planted a seed of suspicion against me, and all she needed to do now was cultivate and water it as it quietly took root.  I had no idea why Becca might hate me so much, but I knew, given time, I would soon find out.

The Storm Front – Chapter 11

*Scene 01* 3:46 (Troll’s Touch)

“Hush up!” a breathless voice came out of the dark, “It’s just me. We have to keep quiet. I don’t know if they followed me or not, but we can’t stay here much longer.” Laura lowered the knife, as she realized it was Christie. “What? We can’t go out in that? What did you find in the cabin?” “You really don’t want to know.” “You’ve got to tell me.” Even now, back in the stable with Laura, she was still panting, her heart was racing as she had made to run and flee around the back of the hill that formed the back wall of the cabin. Her heartbeat pounded in her ears like a kettle drum. Her temples throbbed, her adrenaline spiked, but the storm and rain fought her as she had slid and foundered, trying her best to get back to Laura before the two Trolls could make it to the stables. She had not been the direct victim of the troll that they had encountered before, but catching only that brief glimpse of those darkened and drilling eyes spoke volumes of the degree of terror that Laura may have endured under its direct gaze. The probing mind behind it was feral and ugly, in a way, that she could not easily put into words. It seemed to tug at her consciousness for a half-second and then lose its grip, and in that very brief moment, she understood why Laura might want to leave this place and never come back. She rubbed her arms with her wet and cold hands, trying to wipe the slimy feeling from them. An oily slickness that she knew was not manifested in actual grime, but in the odd lingering mental touches of that fiend, seeking to seize hold of her. She had believed she had been somewhat brave before, with charging the creature and pulling the bag over its head, but now she felt only shaky and uncertain. Terrified, to some extent on what might have been, had she hesitated and received the full glare of the creature. In naïve ignorance, she’d told Brian that she would willingly fight trolls with him. Now, as she struggled to catch her breath, trying to decide just how much she should tell Laura of what she had seen, she realized how foolhardy and reckless it was to commit to an action without first gaining a respectful understanding of just what she would be risking. Christie steadied her breathing and swallowed, finally focusing on Laura and responding to her fearful question. “I wish I didn’t, but you are right. I do. We’ve just got to make sure they didn’t follow me.” “Who? What didn’t follow you? Tell me!” “Trolls. There are two of ’em in the cabin. Maybe three. I don’t really know. One of them was really black, and….” Before she could finish the statement, it dawned on her what the third, black thing was that now lay scorched and suppurating with blistered and roasted flesh upon the table in the cabin. “Oh, no.” “What?!” Laura pleaded, fear already bending the pitch of her voice into a higher shrill squeak of terror.” “What?!” “The third figure was a body. Burned black and covered with charred clothing and…” “The Troll we killed,” Laura squeaked, already beginning to swoon and sway, so that Christie had to rush to catch her before she fainted.

*Scene 02* 5:37 (Wisdom Walk) )

I walked with Miray along a narrow footpath encircling the Hill of Skulls.  The sky was darkening and the area beyond the eastern slope leading toward Crowe became more bruised and angry.  Distant lightning cast a surreal pallor over the land, and my concern for the two women became more and more evident. A cold air mass pushed up from the valley below condensing into fists of white that slammed its foaming knuckles into the rising warm air front coming inland from the eastern sea.  Giant roiling pillars formed from the impacts of the tangled thermal onslaught. They towered into the sky, pushing upward with the hill-cresting winds like grey billowing mountains of smoke driven before a colossal and unseen snowplow.   A frothy squall-line edge of rain and frost roiled in the heavens, backlit by the strobe light of crackling lightning and rumbling thunder. Whatever was about to break loose would come down hard, fast, and furious.  The hiss of distant rain and ticking of sleet sighed over hill and valley, sweeping towards the slopes and fields of the highlands.  This gathering storm was unlike anything ever heard of or seen back in the Surface World, and I wondered what true forces were driving these colossal weather patterns towards such an angry display of wet, wind, and cold. Miray trod silently beside me, trying to match my stride by stepping wide, but she was having difficulty keeping up.  I held her little hand in a grasp stronger than perhaps I should and I realized my own restlessness was causing her difficulty. “I am sorry, Miray. I’ll slow down for you,” I said quietly. “It’s okay. You were helping me step bigger than I could do alone.” I smiled and looked down at her, seeing that one of her shoelaces had come untied. “Want to stop for a bit?” “Okay.” I knelt down in front of her as she plopped down on a flat stone. “Here, let me help you with that,” I said taking her dirty shoelaces in my hands and beginning to tie them. “What did you mean back there?” “Back when?” “About feeling The Marker Stone. That I was forgiven.” “Oh, that.  Well, I can hear it talking to me.” “What do you mean talking to you? What does it sound like?” “It doesn’t sound.  It just talks.  You know, like inside me.  In a place only I can hear it. I feel the Stone talking, but no one seems to be listening to it. They are being too loud to hear it.” “And what does it say to you?” “That what you knew before, you have forgotten. That forgiveness isn’t just for the small stuff.  It’s for the big stuff too. And that you have forgotten that because you want to carry it, but it is too heavy for you.” I focused on smoothing the loops on her sneakers, a lump rising in my throat, and feeling nascent tears forming. “Did you really do the bad things you said?” she asked, her voice seeming so small. I nodded with a deep sigh and looked up at her. “Yes, I did. Many years before.” “Did you get a spanking for it?” I smiled in spite of the seriousness of the topic. “Yes,” I said, “I guess you could say that.” Miray looked down and the loops hanging and then back at me. “Tie up the bunny ears.  My feet are short rabbits.” “What?” “My daddy always ties up the longer loops so they won’t come loose so fast,” she pointed, “He says my feet are little bunnies, and their ears should not be so long when they have to hop a long way.” I resumed, grabbing the loops as she instructed, and tied them together once more to her satisfaction. When I had finished she said, “Mister O’Brian, if you have said what you did, and are sorry for it, and promise not to do it again, you don’t have to have droopy ears when you hop along.” Of course, she was right, and the simple, yet profound truth of it came to me in that moment. Confession makes no difference if there is no surrender, and no exchange of the burden from the guilty to The One equipped to carry it.  As long as we try to make amends for it by our own effort, we are preventing the very help that would free us. Even as the realization came, I felt a burden lift off of me, and a feeling of lightness lift my spirit.  Twenty-one years, I had lived under that weight, and now, through the perceptive words of a small child, I felt the self-imposed chains my guilt fall off. “You are wise beyond your years, kiddo,” I said helping her back to her feet.

*Scene 03* 5:50 (Storm and Horses) )

“No, no, no, no!” Laura held the sides of her head, struggling to contain the horses of her own panic that were starting to run.  Her heart pounded, her muscles throbbed with the rush of adrenaline, as her respiration wheezed in and out of her nostrils like a chugging locomotive. Christie had thought to catch her in a swoon, but was rebuffed as Laura sprang to her feet.  Her horse reared, at last kicking through the weathered board that had solely kept it in the broken stable stall.  The horse bolted, plunging between Christie and Laura, its eyes walley-eyed and wild, rimmed white with fright. Without thinking, Laura grabbed for the saddle horn, her foot finding the stirrup, and as the beast lunged forward into the storm, the forward momentum carried her with it, swunging into the saddle. Christie grasped for the loose reins of the animal to turn it back, but the wind and wet blew the slick leather out of reach.  She aimed for Laura’s leg and the stirrup finding it way to Laura’s other foot as it sought for the hardened loop. The surging horse spun, almost slinging Laura off as she frantically fumbled for the wet reins, catching the horses mane instead. Lightning cracked and blazed in the overhead sky, strobing the ground with ghost light.  Mud sucked at the horse’s stamping hooves, as pool and puddles sloshed and spattered grime and dirt into Christie’s face and mouth, and she held fiercely to the horses stirrup, dragged bodily through the puddle, barely missing the crushing jackhammer of the horse’s iron shod feet.  The animal bucked and kicked. Laura gripped the mane, burying her face in it, blinded by the pelting rain and flashing light of the angered sky. The horse spun again, dragging Christie from the stirrup, battering her body with its muscled flanks and whipping tail.  Christie could not see, but her arm strained and torqued with the motion.  A hard hoof grazed her back bruising her and scraping fresh wounds where she’d been abraded before during the rocky graveled struggle with the troll.  She felt the stirrup slip out of her white knuckled, feeling her own fingernails dig into her dirty palms. “No!” she screamed, as both Laura and the frighten steed bolted out into the storm.  Jagged etchings revealed the wind racked land under the boiling sky.  A rider in black under a heavy billowing cloak was fastly approaching from the far end of the small stream, the stead punching pools of water along the ground, that took on a phosphorescence, under the animal’s hooves. Christie rolled off of the ground quickly, her breathing a staccato, buried within the tympany rumble of the rolling thunder.  “No, no, no, no, no!” she wailed in defiance, as she charged back into the broken stable, catching the reins of the stamping mare she’d been given. In seconds she was in the saddle, her knees locked tight against the shuddering body of the animal, her fists slapping the horse’s flank with the loose end of the reins, her heels cocked back into its flanks. She and the mare bolted out of the stable, its hooves and foreleg shattering the remaining board ajar in the stable gate, pulling down the leaning support post of the old structure.  As Christie and her mount crossed the threshold, the roof of the stable came crashing down behind her. Rats squealed as stone balasters topped into the area, crushing them under the falling debris. Curtains of wet, drenched the night, as the dark rider from the stream’s edge arrived, thundering out of the night.  It shouted something unintelligible, as Christie and her horse galloped away, enfolded into the sodden curtains. Lightning kindled its strobing flame, ionizing the air with dangerous charges she could feel prickling her wet skin.  Her horse was running blind.  The air buffeted them, as the animal churned under her plunging into what looked like a nest of vipers. She shrieked, as they slithered around her, and writhed at the horses chest as it surged into them.  Water sloshing in white foam. They were in the river.  The vipers stiking them. Entangling them. Threatening to drown them.  They were a mass of squirming terror, their barbed fangs tearing at her body, their tongues silver and…leafy. Clarity struck her for just a moment and she realized that these were not vipers, but vines that had rolled down into the river running along the front of the cabin.  The surge of the water stun her body with the cold, the mass of tangled vines fighting their forward progress, but she felt the horses feet gain purchase at the bottom of the stream and stomp shakily at the smooth stones that clacked and snapped beneath them. The black rider reared his horse on the white-grey bank of the river, the lightning scintillating off of his drawn sword.  A sputtering yellow glow did little to contribute light or clarity to the diorama before her, but she did seem to see two squat figures emerging each holding their own blades. A jolt trembled through Christie as she felt the horse angle upward, stamping its way out of the net of the soddened vines, emerging onto the bank. Darkness closed over the scene on the far shore as her horse spun out of the mat and pointed its terror-driven run forward into the eastward incline towards the sea beyond it.

*Scene 04* 2:08 (A Glimmer of Hope)

The distant hillside range stood out in pale relief against a darkening sky.  Begglar and Nell’s Inn lay just over the rise in a leveled turnabout, where the mud-packed mule track and rutted roadway descended down into the high-mesa village of Crowe. The storm bruised and swelled the bludgeoned sky with hammers of thunder and peals of jagged lightning. “We’ve got to move the group to shelter,” I said, taking Miray’s hand, “Storm’s coming.  I hope the girls took cover.” “What’s that?” Miray asked, pointing westward towards the distant mountains, barely visible along the horizon. I looked where she was pointing and then kneeled down where I could see from her line of sight. A blue glimmer shone from the far western horizon.  Its radiant beams, incredibly, reached out to us, dancing in atmospheric refractions on the manmade hill at our backs. It had been so long since I had seen the effect that it took me a moment to realize what we were witnessing.  And then I was certain.  The Praesporous stone. “That, my dear Miray, is where we need to get to.  There are not many places in the Mid-World from which one can see that light, but this is one of the few.” “Is it Excavatia?” “Yes. The gateway to Excavatia is there. That is where the great crown now resides.  Where the terrible dragon took it long ago to the furthest place it could.  The beast cannot bring it out of these lands because this Marker Stone has a hold on it.  A prior claim to it.” Miray pondered my words for a minute and then asked, “Like a magnet?” “Yeah. Something like that, kiddo,” I smiled at her perceptiveness, “There are many waves of a kind of magnetism in this Mid-World.  Some bring good things, some bad. It’s complicated.”

*Scene 05* 6:36 (Losing the Edge)

The group had begun to take sides. Begglar could clearly see the seeds of division being sown. And with sprouts and tender shoots of dissension appearing through the soil this early into the calling to a stone quest, he knew that was a very bad sign. O’Brian had long struggled with self-doubt since the night he and Caleb had broken trust with Jeremiah. It was a struggle that plagued him up until the night he left the Mid-World, in what Begglar had thought was a departure for good.  At least, in O’Brian’s mind, anyway. Somehow, Begglar felt that one day he would be back. Anyone called by The One to come to join a Stone Quest in the Mid-World, would not be able to walk away from it easily. Especially once they had given their name to a leader. There were ways, but most involved dying in the Mid-World. And O’Brian left it, still very much alive, though most of the dark forces, among men and beasts, still believed otherwise. They believed they had won. That they had eliminated the threat of the prophesied quests of The Surface World Seekers, once and for all. They had gloated and reveled in their triumph. They were cautious at first, gaining only that arrogant confidence once two successive seven-year cycles had passed without further incident or any indication of otherworld intrusion. The Oculus had not reappeared, and the troops stationed and encamped along the sea walls were finally withdrawn and returned to Xarm City to regroup, amass strength and prepare for more concerted efforts along the pathway towards war.  Concerted efforts which began as a siege upon the more prominent merchant city of the upper highlands.  The city of Azragoth, located in the shadow of the high mesa, within the forests of Kilrane. Yet Azragoth had not succombed to the pillage and rule of Xarm.  Azragoth had fallen to plague. It was, rather the towns of the lower plains that took that dubious position of subservience and had only succumbed to Xarmnian rule and oppression, in the backlash of Azragoth’s demise. The demoralization of it fall led others to believe that The Resistance was dying out. The will to Hope in the promise of The Marker Stone was reduced to smoldering embers, that barely flickered anymore. Even he and Nell had gone into hiding.  Jeremiah was nowhere to be found but only rumored to be present somewhere lurking within the Forests of Kilrane. He, like O’Brian, had abandoned the prior quest, after the fateful night that the Cordis Stone had been lost to The Pan and his Half-Men Kingdom of hybrids. One by one, those of the prior company had been picked off and slain. Somehow The Pan had found a way to use the Cordis Stone to its vicious advantage until suddenly it all ended. Rumor had it that The Cordis Stone it possessed finally went dark and became just another worthless stone.  With the whispered failure of such a stone of virtue, said to be the greatest of them all,  it seemed that Evil had won the day. Begglar knew that there may still be a few of the fourteen of his prior company, that still might be out there in the Mid-World.  Hidden, or perhaps they had all gone back to The Surface World, rather than face the prospect of being eventually discovered and systematically slaughtered, or betrayed by any one of the thousands of  Mid-Worlders who no longer believed in the hope-filled prophecies. He’d only lost the tell-tale signs of his former origin, by fully committing himself to permanent residency and the love of his bride, here in the Mid-World. Nell and Jeremiah had both been present at the ceremony, as was someone very old, from the Surface World when the land of the Surface had not yet undergone its ancient baptism.  The mysterious man, O’Brian had alluded to in his confession before The Marker Stone. In the joining ceremony, they had all been given his full birth name as witnesses, in a very special place deep within Kilrane.  A mysterious bower of sorts, attended by mysterious guardians of light. And there he had been bonded into oneness with a Mid-World beauty and took upon himself her residence and mysteriously yielded that strange characteristic that made clear his former origin to others like her–an edging, that non-Mid-Worlderer were unable to see for themselves, but was ready identified by those native born into the betweening realm. Since that time, he had only once returned to the Surface World, on the behalf of one person and for a brief time only, for he soon learned that it was dangerous to remain in his prior world with the “edging” that revealed him to now be a foreigner there. A light silvering shimmer around his form, like that of sunlight’s edge along a high cloud.  By contrast, these Surface Worlder’s shown a darkling edge around them, as if their form was rimmed in an edge of shadow for which there was no apparent lightsource.  It was only visible up close, but any Mid-Worlder who had encountered a Surface Worlder would recognize that difference within getting within ten feet of them. The company of travelers had no knowledge of this characteristic that each of them bore, except perhaps two of them.  It was a mystery about those two.  Both were clearly Mid-Worlders.  Both had refrained from entering the inner chamber within the Hill of Skulls.  Both had lingered in the dark passage, unaware that he’d marked them but neither he nor Nell had called attention to it.  It wouldn’t do to reveal their difference, if they did not at first determine the reason for their assumption that they could blend in with the company. Unless they too did not know about the “edging”.  Which was quite possible, since it had been so long since Mid-Worlders had encountered Surface Worlders, and there were so few of them that still remained to show that difference.

*Scene 06* 5:12 (Run to Sea)

Gusts of wind pummeled Christie as she held tightly to the horse running beneath her at full gallop.  She was blind, the land seemed alive beneath her, jumping into relief and falling into shadow with each strike of the lateral lightning crisscrossing the angry sky above her. She ducked low beneath the bobbing head of the mare that ran across the trembling landscape, squinting as hard drops of rain pelted her body like viciously cast marbles thrown by a petulant brat angry at his recent loss of the game. She could see no sign of Laura, and she was running blind, losing the hope of ever finding her again. A loud crack ripped open the heavens and seemed to dump a veritable waterfall down upon her, through a gaping fissure beneath its vast reservoir. Her horse screamed in protest, its pace quickened by its terror.  Begglar had said these horses knew their way to the sea, but she did not figure that applied in such a terrible thunderstorm which was gaining in strength by the minute. Under the rumble of a thousand sky drums, Christie thought she heard the answering shriek of another horse far ahead.  A prick of hope that she might miraculously locate Laura within the storm. How long had they been out in this?  Thirty minutes, an hour, maybe two.  Time seemed to run counter to the speed of her horse.  The stinging wind and wet and erratic dance of electric light and dangerous darkness piled misery upon misery.  Her skin burned with the cold, her clothing scratched with threaded claws against her body, gripping her with slick, wet fingers. A burst of white light, strobed out of a column of opalescent fire.  Irregular shapes of the rocky cliffside shed their shadows and stretched skyward, meeting the cloudburst under the clap of thunder. Christie’s vision burned with the distant negative image of a lone horse running riderless along the crest of the cliffside.   It had to be Laura’s.  No animal would willfully be out in this.  Only people were that foolish. As her horse approached, Christie could hear the sounds of thousands applauding, like a roaring crowd at a massive stadium, in ecstatic celebration of some field of play.  Or a coliseum of blood-thirsty spectators, witnessing brutal gladiatorial conflict in an arena below. Christie’s horse turned, as it reached the cliffside, running laterally in the direction that the other horse had gone.  The sea below the cliff was a frothy churn of milk, striking the collection of stone reefs, sending spouts of spray high into the air.  The beach was bearded with phosphorescent seafoam, iridescent and deluged, the shoreline pushed relentlessly against the cliff’s edge, swallowing the strip of sand under rolling surf. Christie grappled for a better grip on the horse’s reins and pulled hard to the left, turning the terrified horse back from following route Laura’s maverick mount had taken. Somewhere Laura had fallen.  She could be hurt or even worse.  Her body could have plummetted from the cliffs into the swirling waters of the sea below. Christie struggled to see through the salted sting of the sea air, buffeting her against the bluffs as they curled upward along the battered brow. The horse was exhausted and finally slowing, but it trembled and protested, bobbing its head in fright, struggling against the bit that halted its forward progress. Christie quickly scanned the churning waters below and then the area ahead where the land sloped upward from the seaside.  Another strobe of light tore across the sky causing the scene to jump in projection.  Something glowed from the far side of the bend in the curving shore. Christie goosed her mount forward, loosening the drawn reins, allowing her horse to gallop up the rise towards the turned inlet.  As the terrain rose higher, the winds became more ferocious, attempting to hide from her the source of the glowing light ahead. As the animal thrust upward upon the upper cliff, Christie gasped, ingesting salty spray that burned her mouth and throat. Effused in a bluish corona of light, the large rim of the Oculus spun against the spray of the storm, casting a pool of light ahead of its path inward toward the land.  Wet sand dunes glowed like strange lady-finger cookies toward the large ring of light, almost as if they were the hands of a bride extending her fingers outward to accept the glimmering wedding band offered by the powerful hand of her beloved groom. The seafoam churned around the sandy dune that would soon become an atoll, and then descend within the chiffon lace of the sea’s billowing bridal gown. A small figure moved back and forth under the glow of the approaching light, stumbling and then rising along the crest-effused dune. Laura. It could only be her. When the Oculus ring closed over the finger of the dune, the sea around it mysteriously calmed. When the oculus withdrew back into the sea, the lone figure was gone.

*Scene 07* 9:23 (Begglar’s Rebuke)

The pull of the stones were complicated, yet simple. There was parts of the human psyche designed to respond to each of the “virtue stones” represented within the Mid-World quests. Each connected to purpose and existence. How could one move through adversity without hope? How could they be sustained in the journey without love? How could they reach a place of confidence in the certainly of hope and the assurance of love without faith? Each stone brought one closer to the final realization of Excavatia, but it also brought Excavatia to them: A kingdom coming and a coming into the kingdom. I realized that the distant glimmer of the Praesporous stone might give these in my charge an assurance that what both Begglar and I had told them was true. A sighting of the Hope Stone’s glimmer might be just the thing to break through and remaining hesitancy to follow onward and join me in the quest. Hope. They needed something desparately to hope in. Seeing the goal ahead might assure them that a destination was real. That a finish line did exist before they lined up to run the race. Miray and I followed a foot path around the back of the hill, encircling the great mound heading back to the others. They had only had a few minutes to discuss my role in their estimation, but seeing the Praesporos Stone from a distance, might turn the odds in my favor, so Miray and I boldly headed back. As we approached I could overhear someone asking, “But why didn’t he tell us all of this before?!” “Yeah, why can’t you lead us?” another interjected. “Guys!” I waved to them as Miray and I approached. “O’Brian!” Begglar turned, a mild look of irritation on his face on my not waiting to be called. “I think there is something over here you all should see,” I said, shrugging slightly as Begglar put his hands on his hips. “We’re not through talking,” Cheryl turned towards me, her face also showing irritation. The younger dark-haired girl, whom I had heard addressed as Becca, smirked at me, holding Cheryl’s hand. “Yeah, we didn’t call you, yet,” she added, making sure to keep me in whatever place of derision she held me in. “But there is one of the quest stones… I mean,” I fumbled, “one of the quest stones can be seem from this location.” “What do you mean seen?” a young man looked at me dubiously, folding his arms. “We saw it,” Miray chimed in, rescuing me yet again. “It shines blue in the distance. O’Brian says ‘Exclamation’ is there.” “Excavatia,” I corrected gently. “Excamatia!” Miray rejoined. “I’ll bet he did,” a young teen gufawed. “Come and follow us,” I encouraged them, “We can show it to you.” Begglar shook his head at me almost imperceptively, and I gave him a quizzical look. “O’Brian, I dunna think that tis a good idea right now,” he cautioned me, but I could not figure out his hesitancy. “Come on!” Miray beckoned. “Stop being scaredy!” she insisted. An older man shrugged and said, “Well, let’s have a look then.” Grudgingly the group came towards us, Cheryl and young Becca hand in hand, Nell following, looking worried. “O’Brian!” Begglar called to me, “a word, if I may.” I nodded, and Miray took the lead, heading the procession back to the point toward the side of the hill facing the western horizon, happy to lead and prove her point and faith in me had been warranted. As the others filed past me, Begglar took me aside and whispered quietly, “I dunna think this is a good idea just now.” “You’ve said that. Why not?” I countered. “Cause they may not be able to see it,” Begglar hissed, “They’ve no given you their names.” “What does that matter? The Praesporpus Stone is still out there in the Crown. You and I both saw it there! Don’t you remember?” “Aye!” Begglar growled, “But you and I both had been committed in the quest. We gave our names to Jeremiah that first day here,” he gestered toward the Hill and more importantly to what was inside. “I still don’t understand why that matters,” I raised my hands palms upward. “It figures, ya don’t,” and here he knuckled my forehead, “but you don’t understand that the Praesporous, the Hope Stone, is visible to those that are committed. The fairweathers are blind to the gleaming of Hope, if they have not the faith to commit themselves to the truth. Blessed are they who have not seen and yet believe. A wicked and foolish generation seeks for a sign, and you’ve gone and pandered that to them. If you start trying to prove yerself to them, you will have to do it over and over again, and it signals the doubt you carry in your own heart. If a man does not believe in his own cause, why then should he wonder if others see the doubt within him and also fail to believe?” The import of Begglar’s words rang true, like the striking of a hammer on an anvil, and I realized that I had made myself that anvil, and my ears were ringing with the tintinitus of his rebuke. “I hadn’t considered…” I began. “No, ya havena considered, because you’ve been away for too long. You’ve forgotten that these stone quests are a matter of honor and faith. A determination to see through eyes other than what your natural eyes would be made to see. Without faith, these quests are merely a pipe dream. Any manys the man an woman who’ve paid the price for that hard lesson.” I bowed my head in shame under his reproach. “What do I do?” “You better go and rescue that young lass, before she has here heart broken.” I nodded, and then turned to hurry after the crowd that has followed Miray. When I arrived, Miray had climbed up on the stone where we had tied her shoes, and was pointing westward. “It’s there,” she said, straining her arm, her finger outstretched. The group looked from her to the western horizon, shielding their eyes from the reddening sky, with puzzled looks on their faces. Young Becca, climbed up on the rock with her and looked hard in the direction she was pointing, and then squinted back at Miray. “I don’t see anything,” she said, turning back to the group. “Maybe her eye’s are bad,” she shrugged, hopping dramatically off the stone with a little skip. Cheryl looked from Miray to Becca, and then back towards the west, “Are you sure this is where you saw whatever you saw?” Someone in the group murmurred, “I highly doubt either of them saw anything beyond their own noses.” And here he indicated with his hand and finger a lengthening nose, making a whistle sound. One of the other girls giggled, and an older man grunted. The group turned to me, quizzical looks evenly distributed upon their countenance. “Have you been filling this young girl’s head with nonsense?” “Are you sure this is the spot where you say you saw this Pray…” “Praesporous stone,” I completed, looking beyond them clearly seeing the blue gleam and rays of light shining on the horizon, that they obviously could not. Miray looked at me with tears welling up in her eyes, “Why can’t they see it?” she ask, feeling the weight of unstated accusation, implying that both she and I might be lying to them. “Without faith it is impossible…” I whispered half to myself, and then came forward and help Miray down from the rock, unable to give her a satisfactory answer. “Let’s go,” I said to Miray as we turned away and walked back towards the front of the hill without another word. “And we’re supposed to follow that guy?” I overheard a man say to my back. High above, unbeknown to me or anyone else present, the rays of blue shown on a place on the slope of the place now dubbed the Hill of Skulls. Dirt and dust sloughed off of an area sliding down the hill uncovering a portion of the westward facing inner monolith. Upon that revealed surface were engravings written in a clear golden script. One of the words visible within that uncovered area was a single name: Miray.

The Departing – Chapter 10

*Scene 01* 2:42 (Storm Chaser)

The watcher had followed the women from a distance, observing them when they left the road and moved along the stream bed to an area of small hills.  As the storm crested the brow of the rise leading to the sea cliffs, he lost sight of them. From the appearance of the darkening clouds, and air turbulence, he knew the storm would soon be upon them.  The tall grasses along the small valley swirled and undulated like running waves, mimicking the real ones beyond the distant cliffs. The trees swayed and rocked, hissing and groaning against the harassment of the strengthening winds. Leaves unwound from the crowns of the treetops and streamed in a hurly-burly dervish dance, freckling the darkening sky. It was good they had the sense to seek shelter in the hills, he thought, as he turned his horse away from his distant trailing of them. The Storm Hawk had advised him to follow unseen, but not follow them into the inclement weather. It made sense that he too should seek someplace to ride out the coming storm. He might have turned back much earlier, had he not seen signs that some other party was converging on their location as well. He had his suspicions of what it might be, but the other party was cleverly keeping to only furtive movements, staying out of sight, and keeping low to the ground. For the past month or so, he and the other Lehi horsemen had been on high alert.  Their leader was right to be wary of anyone traveling to or coming from the eastern sea. They had suspended their night raids, as the Son of Xarm’s reach began to show more of a presence in the outer lands. The Xarmnian patrols had widened their tribute range to the seafront communities, and the rumor was they were looking for several fugitives. Offering rewards for any information leading to the apprehension of anyone attempting to barter with the collateral of a very large, mysterious pearl. Whoever it was that the Xarmnians were looking for, they deemed them such a threat that they had committed over two dozen soldiers to the search. They had extracted their planted spy from Xarm’s capital city. Had barely evaded a troop of Xarmnian field soldiers stationed outside the walls of the stone city, a half day’s ride from the outer communities. Something was happening to cause them to rouse their armies and stand alert.

*Scene 02* 7:55 (Vines)

Christie felt panic grasping to seize her mind and inject its fearful fangs. Every muscle in her legs and arms were tense and ready to run. But she held her ground. She had to know that what she was seeing was real. She pressed forward, working her way past the edge of the grotto towards the hillside cabin, closer to the frenzied tentacles waving and writhing in the wind. With each step, she grew slightly more emboldened. More certain that the twisting and turning was due solely to the gusting wind and not borne of muscular contraction and constriction. A few steps more and, at last, she knew what these flagellating things were. Vines. More specifically, the vines that had covered the front of the cabin and barred entry into its doorway. Perhaps the man had returned, she thought, but she knew she had to be sure. The lattice of twisted vines was rugged and had grown for many years.  Even winds such as these would not have easily unraveled such a twisted tangled mat. No, these would have been cut and would have occurred shortly after she and Laura had moved into the cruck house stable. Christie hesitated before crossing in front of the doorway.  It would not do for him to discover her lurking about in the storm and getting tangled upon his doorstep. And what if whoever cut the vine wasn’t the same person, they saw the other night? That was a strong possibility. If the man they’d witnessed inside only a few days before, knew a way to get in and out of the cabin avoiding the vine-covered threshold, why would he have thought it necessary to clear the outside doorway of the overgrowth before the storm? Surely such extensive growth could not have occurred in only a few days. No.  This clearing may have been done by someone else unfamiliar with the hidden ways into this bunker.  But who? She had to find out.  If she could get to the small window on the far end, she could at least see the glow of a fire in the hearth or of a candle upon the dusty panes. But first, she had to get past those waving vines. The streaming vines curled and whipped in the scouring winds, lashing out like entangled vipers, struggling to get free of their rooting to the hillside bungalow.  Christie moved tentatively forward trying hard to duck and dodge their twisting reach, but could find no clear way through without risking entanglement. Rain hissed and splashed, muddying the ground, and wild grasses. Lightning strobed through the thunderheads, causing the ground to pale and blur with water-washed brushstrokes. The powerful winds buffeted and pummeled her, popping her loose clothing. The gnarled net of vines twisted and flapped, its once cohesive blanket-weave sheared away from the door frame, the entangled mass rapidly fraying. Barbed limbs like blindly grasping tentacles swirled and writhed about her. The animated tangle was unraveling, combed out by the howling winds sweeping through the valley.  It was almost as if some hybrid sea and land creature had emerged bodily from the pages of some Lovercraftian nightmare in pursuit of her as she slogged forward. Wet sand grit, borne along by the gusts, scoured and spit at Christie, pushing against her body, threatening to drive her into the thorny embrace of the living nest peeling off the face of the house. She drunkenly brandished the dagger that she’d received as a parting gift of the Troll she subdued, parrying and slashing at the vines as they whipped about seizing at her arms and legs. Fighting her way through the living nest of vines, she cut loose the gnarled tendrils wrapping her arms, catching her legs, threatening to trip her up. Each severed limb she cleaved flew away writhing and twisting up into the ever-darkening sky. Thunder rumbled and rolled, bounding audibly across the echo chamber of the valley. She thought she could even hear the sound of swelling and heaving waves crashing along the rocky edges of the seashore beyond the edge of the hills ahead. But the furious cacophony was confused and erratic. She needed to get to the window. Someone was definitely inside the bungalow. These vines had been cut by someone and she could make out a faint glow peeking around the corner of the domicile, coming from either a lit candle or a small fire coaxed back into the fireplace. She did not know who the occupant might be, but if there was a chance of getting her and Laura some help and a better drier place to wait out the storm, she would need to make contact. But not without at first knowing who or what she might be dealing with. She had to, at least, catch sight of them, before committing herself to that decision. Finally freeing herself from the last of the vines she stepped into the clear. The bungalow appeared sun-bleached like a weathered bone under the overhead flash of the lightning, her dark sodden form casting weird curved shadows on its wall. She moved in quickly rounding the corner, yet ducking down, careful not to silhouette herself against the window. She knew there was a good chance that whoever was inside could well be peering out of this sole portal, curiously observing the storm. Maybe this was not such a good idea, she thought, breathing heavily, but she could not risk just knocking and introducing herself to this stranger without looking first. With a ragged breath, she moved just below the window and counted to three. She slowly turned to face the glowing pane and peeked into the corner pane for a brief few seconds. The sight made her feel even colder and more fearful than she already was. She stifled a scream, clamping her hand over her mouth, dropping immediately out of sight. Had they heard her?  Or even worse had they seen her? Her heart rate thundered over the storm. There would be no help from the occupants inside. Only more grave danger. She had to get back to Laura and the horses and fast. But she needed to go around the back of the hill. She could not risk passing in front of the doorway again. She started to peek around the front, just to get a sight of the flailing vines, to see if… Suddenly, she noticed the faint pale glow, outlining the edge of the corner. One of the occupants had opened the front door of the bungalow. They were coming outside into the storm. Were probably peering out at her, just below the sole window.

*Scene 03* 31:00 (Puzzles and Parts )

There was something I was missing.  Something that did not fit with what I expected I had been called back to The Stone for.  In the brief quiet, I turned back. I studied the glowing text which pulsed with energy and appeared to float into and out of the surface of Marker Stone in three-dimensional waves of letters and light. There was one part of the Eastward facing surface of The Marker that did change with each quest. I had mentioned it before. The lower passage.  The personal passage. Each time the words appeared there, they had revealed a clue to a mystery of which of the virtue stones those called from the Surface World were meant to find and carry. The passage was comforting, and a warmth surrounded me as I reread the mysterious inscription.  It was almost as if I could hear and sense the deep voice whispering those words to me in my ears as I read them.
Do not abandon Hope.  When the time is right, and Evil has had its season, the Truth of these words will be made manifest and will come to you to bring you Salvation from the wicked oppressors and powers unseen that rule and reign over these lands.  As it is written: Now faith is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen. For by it the men of old gained approval. By faith we understand that the worlds were prepared by the word of God, so that what is seen was not made out of things which are visible. [Hebrews 11:1-3 NASB] Keep the Faith.  Though the darkness is deep, the morning is coming.
The stolen stone was my burden.  My penance.  My duty to help make right.  But the text did not make sense to me.  This text pointed to the Third Stone.  The Fidelis Stone.  Also known as The Faith Stone. “Do not abandon Hope.”  The Hope Stone was already committed to The Crown.  The First Stone Quest was completed far before I was even born.  The first stone’s placement was committed. “When the time is right.”  Seven year cycle.  Seven year multiple.  Seven being the number of the ordained days of the week. Seven being the number of The Divine.  Yet two cycles had passed in the intervening years, and our arrival converged with the third cycle of seven.  Three intervals.  Three being the number of the nature of God in His Oneness.  Three to reveal and possible fool those evil counterforces of this Mid-World into believing that the ages of the Stone Quests were ended. “Evil has had its season.” An allusion to the darkness of the intervening days that Begglar has revealed to me since I left here.  The violence and the treachery of… No. I could not exclude myself from it. My treachery and my shame lie in connection with the Stone of the Second Quest: The Cordis Stone or the Heart Stone. My being called back to the Mid-World only made sense to me if I was sent back to retrieve the Cordis Stone. I could not see beyond the obstacle of my guilt in connection to it.  The virtue stones must be placed in the crown in order.  The Hope Stone revealed the location of where the Fire Beast had taken the crown into the crag in the Wall of Stone.  The sleeping smoke of the Beasts exhalations could not obscure its blue shine for anyone looking to the far northern hills for it. The three verses in the Ancient Text came to mind.  The first two were from The King’s Vision, the Songs of the Climb.  The stairway songs given to King David as he pursued the mind of The One who sheparded him into his place as ruler over ancient Israel.
[[A Song of degrees.]] I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills, from whence cometh my help. [Psalm 121:1 KJV]
Hills of a great stone obstacle that must be ascended.  An impediment that must be surmounted.  An ascent that must be made with the help of the maker of heaven and earth so that our footing will be sure and firm in our climb.  With the commitment to the Stone Quests came not only the naming inscriptions upon the Marker Stone, but also the ability to be able to see the Praesporous Stone’s gleaming in the far horizon ahead.  Eyes to see.
[[A Song of degrees.]] Unto thee lift I up mine eyes, O thou that dwellest in the heavens. [Psalm 123:1 KJV]
The second verses pointed to the one who we serve and must follow, not just as those escaping the fires of judgment and the wrath to come, but as coming to know The One as Master and Lord.  This could only be gained by the journey ahead, as we walked and listened to direction.  To witness His guidance preserving us in the midst of danger.  To know and recognize the sound of our Shepherd’s voice as we navigate the paths of wolves and lions.  Ears to hear. Our journey was only beginning.  We could not see or hear beyond this point.  It was the reason why we each only saw The Marker Stone in its present form, but did not realize that there was a reality to it for which we were still not given the vision to see and experience fully.  I could feel this truth.  Sense it somehow, but I could not yet see it.  I had to renew my commitment to this new calling.  To surrender to it. The third came from Ezekial’s vision and transportation into The Mid-World, the place between The Surface World and Excavatia.  The metaphysical land upon which we now stood, a soul arrested between earth and the realization that a foretaste of that Heavenly realm could be touched while still drawing breath.
Then said he unto me, Son of man, lift up thine eyes now the way toward the north. So I lifted up mine eyes the way toward the north, and behold northward at the gate of the altar this image of jealousy in the entry. [Ezekiel 8:5 KJV]
Jealousy.  Pride of being.  Covetousness.  The nature of the slumbering Beast that had been its downfall and the very reason it could not soar over the Walls of Stone and forever steal the Crown of Dominion that had once been granted to the first man to walk upon The Surface World. And the last passage clearly was not to find the Heart.  Jeremiah, our leader in the prior quest had been given this personal verse:
A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. [Ezekiel 36:26 KJV]
It is what led him to expect to find The Cordis Stone. “Love never fails,” I muttered to myself in a whisper, still unable to reconcile that with the painful reality that The Cordis Stone had not worked to subdue The Pan.  Caleb and I were so sure of it.  So certain of the “rightness” of our secret mission that we had no thought of it ever failing. That I was now being directed to find The Fidelis Stone made no sense to me unless the Cordis Stone had already been found and returned to the Crown. The Marker Stone was never wrong and held mysteries beyond anything I could fathom. Perhaps, Jeremiah had returned it.  Had, somehow, managed to retrieve it from The Pan, and had completed the Second Quest without me.  That was possible, though I did not sense that it was so.  A part of me knew that I could not move forward with those brought here with me and expect them to trust me without first admitting to my part in what had happened. Still, even if the Cordis Stone was restored to its honored place, there was no escaping what I must do.  I had to tell them all the truth. “Brian, it is time,” Begglar said quietly, reconnecting me back to the moment. “Yes!” I said, rather too harshly, and then softened my tone, “Of course. You are right.” “Where do I begin?” I said looking above to the illumined ceiling, to a small beam of light shining through a crevice somewhere up above.  To a place where one of The Stone’s seven engraved eyes looked outward to the east.  To the eastern sea and beyond it through the coils of time into The Surface World–the place where the golden light of this stone was most needed. “You all need to know what I did when I was last in the Mid-World.  My betrayal.”  I closed my eyes for a moment, then continued, “Knowing this will bring you to a crossroads in our journey together. You’ll have a decision to make. Whether to continue on with me or to return back to the Surface World and try to forget what has happened here.” “Why would you tell us this now?” “Because I cannot follow a call to lead you, while holding to deception to gain your trust.  I cannot hear what needs to be heard, if I don’t first tell what needs to be told.” One of the adult men, about my age or a little older said, “Nine dead?  That doesn’t leave us with much confidence in you, I if may say so.” “You may and how very well I know that.  But this quest is not something I came up with.  It is older than you can imagine.  A journey inscribed upon all of creation before the beginning of time.  It is a dangerous quest, but it didn’t have to be.  We all are partly to blame for that, but I digress.  You need to hear my story, before you decide.  As I said, this is the place for confession.” “Okay,” the man seated himself, folding his arms.  “We’re listening.” The others took their seats around me and Begglar hunched down, allowing the golden light to shine again upon the skulls in the wall. “There is a creature here that was once a man the same as I.  He is called ‘The Pan’, and if you are ever unfortunate enough to see it, you will understand more of the Greek myths than even the Greeks and Romans of our world did.  But, there is also a man that lives within these lands that you would have to meet to believe, but for now let’s just refer to him by his title.  He is called ‘The Walker’ for reasons I cannot get into at the moment.  When and if you meet him in this world, that title will be made clear.” “What does this Mister ‘Walker’ have to do with your story?” one asked. “Not mister Walker, ‘The Walker’,” I corrected. “So he speed walks. What’s the big deal?” another joked. “No.  This man is a man living outside of time itself.  A man who is ancient, yet shows not signs of age and still looks to be in the prime of his life.  He is older than any of the creatures here, except for…” I trailed off, not ready to bring the others I was thinking of into the discussion. “What did you do to him?” “Nothing. I…” “Tell them about Caleb,” Begglar came to my rescue. “Caleb,” I sighed, “Caleb was the younger brother of the leader of our quest.  He was also my friend.  Jeremiah had asked me to look after him, because Caleb was prone to getting into trouble.  He was a spirited fellow.  Reminded me of the brother I lost in my own life.  The very spitting image of him, as a matter of fact.” “Who is Jeremiah?” someone asked. “Jeremiah was the one called to be our leader.  He was fulfilling the role that I am called to now with you all.” Begglar opened his folded arm, palm facing upward in a slight sweeping motion, indicating that I should ‘get on with it.’ I nodded, taking the cue, “Caleb and I are the reason the quest to find and bring the Cordis Stone to the Crown failed.  Some of these buried bones are all that remain of the people I served with.  Their bones lie here because of what we did.  Their blood and their death might as well be on my hands as much as it is on the Xarmnians who butchered them.” The room was silent.  The eyes and faces of the listeners looked nervously from one to the other, but not a word was said.  Begglar watched me with re-folded arms, his expression solemn.  He knew how I felt–what secrets I carried–for we had spoken many times of it before I left the Mid-World, and he had decided to stay on. I took in a deeper breath and lifted my face to the others and began. “Caleb and Jeremiah had been having a running argument.  Caleb thought Jeremiah was being overly cautious in his approach to bearing The Cordis Stone.  Caleb wanted to use the Stone to charge into the darkness and fight the monsters and brutal dictators that were oppressing these lands, but Jeremiah wouldn’t hear of it.  Jeremiah kept The Cordis Stone with him at all times, wrapped in a cloak and tucked away in his pack.  He rarely took it out and became annoyed with us anytime we asked again to see it, to renew our faith in it.  Jeremiah was distrusting of us, and was especially annoyed by his brother’s boisterous enthusiam, which he felt was reckless.” I cleared my throat, and continued, “Well, one night in the northern country, we were bivouacked just outside of this forest area near the lake of Cascale.  We had been running a ship up the fjord and carrying supplies to the Resistance forces that were standing against the Xarmnian field troops.  The nearby forest was dark and creepy.  Not just gnarled and overgrown, but had the feel of death about it.  It was dense and ancient.  The trees were tall and thick, but blackened with fungi and spores.  Caleb had gone missing that afternoon and we were unsettled by his absence.  Jeremiah and some of the others had gone out to look for him, while we readied the gear and hunted for meat to continue our journey.” “So how did you betray them?” “I’m getting to that,” I assured the questioner.  “Well, I went to go retrieve a blade from the storebox near Jeremiah’s tent and was surprised to see Caleb there, beckoning me to come into the tent quietly and not alert anyone else.” “I went in and found Caleb had been rummaging through Jeremiah’s pack, and had found something and looked very pleased about his find.” “What’re you doing, I asked him, and he grinned and pulled a cloth back from covering what he’d been hiding.  ‘I’ve found it, and have located where ‘The Pan’ goes at night,…alone.” “What do you mean? We’ve been looking for you all afternoon.  Your brother is worried sick.  They think you went into that forest!” “I did!  And I found them.  The lair of The Pan and the places where he and the others reside.  It’s an old stone temple or something like it.  I have never seen anything quite like it before.  But there is a particular place within that The Pan goes to gaze into some mysterious pools.  It should be like a kind of garden, but it is creepy inside.  The trees seem dead, but some how they are not.  Their roots are tangled and run into these pools.  I don’t know what The Pan is looking for in them, but he seems to be talking to them or to something within them.  I don’t really know.  It is really weird.  I don’t hear anything coming from them, but the lapping of the water.  But The Pan kneels down by them and put’s his face down into the water.  I first thought he was drinking it, but I don’t hear him lapping it.  It is like he is looking deep into the water and seeing something only he can see.” “We saw him before.  He is blind. How can he be seeing anything?” “I don’t know, but he seems to be.  He moves to different sides of the pools, and his head turns constantly focused on the water.  It is almost as if he is some kind of trance or something.  He shows no awareness of anything outside of those pools when he is like that.” “So what are you proposing?  I asked him.  And he got real excited, and lifted up what he had found in Jeremiah’s sack.  To use this to bring him down in his own courtyard, and he held out The Cordis Stone to me.” “Oh no! No, no, no!  Jeremiah will never go for that.  I raised my hands in protest, but Caleb grabbed them and said, ‘Jeremiah doesn’t have to know.'” “‘What you mean lie to him?!  No.  Nothing like that. We will surprise him.  Just you and me.  Moving in faith to confront the enemy.  We can take him down with this!’  Again he held up The Cordis Stone to my eyes, and its red glow seemed to pulse within the stone.  Seeing doubt and uncertainty, Caleb continued, “This is The Cordis Stone.  The Heart Stone. The Love Stone.  Remember that verse in the Ancient Text that says, ‘Love never fails.’  Dontcha see?  He said, elated.  ‘We cannot fail, if we have this!’  Still I hesistated.  ‘I don’t know.’ and Caleb knuckled my forehead, saying, ‘O ye of little faith!’  C’mon.  Trust in The Stone.  It has never failed us before.  All we need is Love.  I countered, ‘That’s The Beatles, not scripture.’ To which he replied, ‘You want scripture?  Alright, I’ll give you scripture.  Remember 1 Samuel, chapter 14.  What Jonathan and his armor bearer did?  They alone attacked a garrison of Philistines, just they two alone and Jonathan did not ask permission from his father to do it.  They just went and The One protected them.  They had to climb up a rock chimney to get to it.  You and I only need to go secretly into a forest and wait for our opportunity.  We will defeat him.  You will see.  Have a little faith.” “What did you do?” “Well, it was hard to argue with his reasoning.  He seemed so sure of it.  I didn’t know how to counter what he was saying.  Perhaps, I thought my hesistancy was just my lack of faith, and I had to put the feelings that this was wrong aside and just go.  I then gave in and said, ‘What can I say?  You seem to have this all figured out.’  And he said, ‘Say what the armor bearer said to Jonathan. ‘Do what is in your heart.  You choose.  I’m right here with you whatever you decide.’  And so we did.  We followed Caleb’s heart.  We acted in what we believed was faith.  We were certain the plan could not fail.” “But it did,” Begglar said, rubbing his chin. “It did.  Caleb was taken and killed.  I managed to escape barely.  The Pan promised to hunt and kill everyone I cared about.  It was a reasoned plan and we thought we were doing what was right, but it ended in disaster. and I still am not fully certain why.  Only that in deceiving Jeremiah, we did something out from under authority.  I betrayed Jeremiah, and by failing to do things under authority I also failed everyone else in our company.  I did not stand firm or keep my word to keep Caleb out of mischief, and now Caleb is dead.  And The Pan has The Cordis Stone.  A stone that must be taken back from him and carried up into the far mountains, past the sleeping Beast and put back into The Crown where it belongs.  Only then can the final Stone Quest continue.” “How did the other eight die?” someone asked. Begglar interjected, “O’Brian was pursued out of that forest, by satyrs.  They came upon us by surprise.  Delane and Finian fell that night defending us.” “That accounts for three.” I interjected, “I only knew of the deaths of seven.  Begglar says there were nine.  That night we managed to flee to the ship anchored in the sound.  The water was ice cold.  The row boat was damaged.  Something underwater attacked it and we barely made it to the ship before the boat sank.  Our tents were ripped apart.  Much of our supplies still on the shore was lost, and taken by The Pan and his creatures of Half-Men.  He taunted us from the shoreline, raising The Cordis Stone in his monstrous hand and bellowing threats and laughter.  Beams of red light flashed out of it and came across the water, as we hastily set sail and weighed anchor.  The beams of light fell upon four of our company.  Men and women I had become close to in our journey.  Those whom I would have trusted with my life.  Begglar being one of them.” Begglar nodded, “And close we came to being found out.  The Pan and his company followed us along the shoreline as we set sail.  They were fast, those ones.  Went as far as they could, until the ground rose and made it too hard to keep us in sight.  All along the sound and across the water, we could hear The Beastie laughing at us.  It wasn’t until we got into the wider passage that we outran his threats.  That night, when O’Brian told us what he and Caleb had done, I thought Jeremiah was going to throw him overboard.  Give him a Jonah seat to what followed.  I had never seen the man so angry.  Gave you quite a clout in the mouth, I remember.” “My lip seemed to bleed forever,” I added, “but I deserved it.  He had trusted me, and I went against my better judgment.  Jeremiah could’ve done much worse.” “He might’ve if we hadn’t been attacked later that night,” Begglar offered. “Attacked?” “By a sea monster.  Leviathan.  We thought we had lost one more than night, but later we found her.  A friend of my wife’s.  A confidant, until later on, before she went missing.  Since she was not a Surface Worlder and not officially part of The Stone Quests, I doubt The Cordis Stone has anything to do with her disappearance, but I canna be sure, so I count her among the nine.” “When Jeremiah realized what had fallen into The Pan’s hands, he suggested that we all separate and going into hiding.  It was not clear how The Pan would use it.  Until later.  The Resistance took us into hiding, but the Stone led The Pan and others to us.  Two companies were slaughtered by The Pan and his beastlings.  Tamara fell in one of those raids.  Darden in another, in the town of Surrogate.  The Resistance couldn’t risk bring us anywhere near them anymore, for the Xarmnians learned that The Pan had a way of finding us.  It was only a matter of time before they rooted us out, so I went hermit.  Built a hillside cabin in Basia.  It was so remote that I thought The Pan could never find me.  Until one day they did.  They chained me to a rock and through me into the river.” I heard a gasp from the others.  And I nodded.  The cabin I first brought you to.  That was my cabin, but it has since been so overgrown with vines, it is nearly impossible to get back into. Cheryl shook her head, “No. It’s not possible.” But I only looked at her and said quietly, “With all you’ve seen so far, surely you are not so insistent on what is impossible and what is not.  In case you haven’t noticed, we’re not in Kansas any more.” “But how…?” she began, then halted. “Parallax,”  I said simply.  “It happens sometimes.  We are no longer in our own timeline.  Because we are each taken from our own Surface World history, there is sometimes a refraction caused by that displacement.  We can see into another’s past.  Especially if something triggers our memory.  You each saw into mine.  I was the man sitting by the fire…twenty-one years ago.” I let that one sink in.  It was a tough one to grasp.  It took me a while to get the concept into my arsenal of what was possible here in The Mid-World. “So that is why you didn’t let us check on him…I mean you.  This is so confusing,” Cheryl grasp her forehead. “Yes.  I wasn’t there.  If you have actually gotten into the cabin you would have found it in bad disrepair and infested with rats and everything covered in dust.  There was no point in trying.  I knew where I had kept a key to the strongbox, and I knew we could just as easily camp in the grotto, where I kept the buried firepit.  We needed supplies and not to waste anymore time there than was necessary.  I needed to get you all here before giving any more explanations.  I needed to do what my predecessor had done.” “When we first came from the sea, Jeremiah brought me and twelve others to this place.  This site of The Marker Stone.  He was drawn here.  This is truly where all of the prophesied quests are to begin.” “So how does this work?” one asked, “We give you our names and you somehow put them on this Stone?” “Not me.  The Marker Stone does it.  It is a covenant commitment.  Once you give your names to me in trust and goof faith, you become bound to the quest.  The Stone does it’s own marking.  No tool can cut upon The Stone without shattering into fragments.  No one adds to The Stone and no one can change its messages.” “We will need to think about this first.  When do you need to know?” “I am not the one who holds time here.  You each may do as you like.  Take time to discuss it among yourselves, as needed.  Pray about it.  You must do this of your own free will.  That’s how it works.  The only thing I can say is don’t wait too long.  The longer you wait, the less you will be inclined to be part of this.  I won’t lie to you.  There are hard days ahead of us.  Dangers that will put you through the fire to reveal what you really stand for and what your true level of commitment is to anything beyond yourself.  But you cannot serve two masters.  Either what you learn here will be allowed to change you, or to harden you into what you presently are.  There is no half commitments.” “Take one last look at The Stone.  Make your decision.  And then join us outside.” At that point, I too took another long look at the golden letters, and then turned to go. As we retreated from the ominous and portentous chamber where The Marker Stone stood with it immutable inscription I knew that, for some reason, it had felt right and proper to make my open and honest confession there in the light of its mysterious glow. For what it’s worth, it does feel better to lay the cold, hard, and ugly truth down before witnesses and allow them the choice to make their own decisions with no illusions. As for me, as long as I am able and at whatever the cost may be, my choice and way are set. I have no doubt that the way ahead will be difficult.  I may lose all of them at this point, but it didn’t matter. An old hymn and its words come back to me, and I find myself humming and quietly singing those words to myself as I emerge from the dark stone and bone-filled hill into the gray dawn.
Though none go with me, I still will follow
No turning back
No turning back
Begglar was the last to leave the Hill of Skulls’ dark tunnel, blinking in the light. He looked up at me, his eyes refocusing and adjusting to the graying sky and the strange sort of pinkish twilight bathing the ground and lands around us,….and smiled.

*Scene 04* 2:36 (What She Saw)

Christie was still shaking from the memory. The window had been dusty and occluded, but she could make out forms backlit by candlelight inside. Oddly positioned shapes. Squatty figures, with more girth than brawn. One moving in the background, apparently trying to get old kindling lit into the dusty fireplace, that most likely had not held a live ember in quite a while. But how could that be? she wondered. The man they had seen just the other night sat before a roaring blaze. The room appeared much cleaner then, but this place was filthy and covered in a thick layer of dust, which stirred at each of the figures’ furtive movements. How could a few nights have made such a difference? A black form lay sprawled out on the central tabletop. And the other figure had climbed up on the table and had taken what appeared to be fireplace tongs and was… She shuddered at the thought, peeling back the eyelids of what she now recognized to be the burned corpse similar in size to its present attendants, lying prostrate on the table. The one hovering over the body throttled the charred torso. Its face was contorted and wore an exaggerated rubbery expression that might appear almost comical in another context. Its occipital brow was bulbous, thick, and furrowed with large bushy eyebrows.  Its chin and lips were fatly exaggerated. Its mouth large and wide, fish-like. Most of its face was in shadow and turned away from the wavering candlelight. But with its tugging efforts, its lips pulled back, skinning an ugly set of large crooked teeth. She’d seen a similar visage recently, and it had stunned her enough to cause her to gasp at the realization. The pudgy, but more slender of the two, turned his head in time to bark a cry and point mewlingly at the window. She’d been spotted, and she attempted to duck down quickly, but not before she saw the larger one raise his ugly face out of its shadowy silhouette and stare towards her and through her with large black pools, swirling, and vibrating where his eyes should have been.

*Scene 05* 3:05 (Delving)

Two trolls huddled under the darkened doorway of the hillside cabin. The vines swayed and fluttered in the wind, some whipping back and forth. The stockier of the two, held out a large black blade, stained and sticky with old dried blood. “Shelberd, you idiot!” the armed troll growled and cuffed the other with a hard slap to the back of his head, “I told you not to open this door! Didn’t you know the wind would snuff the candles?” “I tell you, I saw a face. Lookin’ at us. Right there in that window,” the thinner of the two said. “Mebbe you did, an’ mebbee you didn’t. An mebbee you’ll be the one to go out in all this blowin’ and find out fer shore!” The other whimpered and shrank back from the doorway, but the other caught him by the cuff and held him. “Perhaps it was a reflection,” the hampered one whimpered, suddenly not nearly as certain of what he’d seen a few moments ago. “You’re a bumbling idiot!” “Please, Grum, all this is making me sick. Do you really have to cut off his eyelids? I can’t watch any more.” “He was my brother, not yours!” “Buh-buh-but, he’s dead. He stinks of the flames…and is crawling with…” “Shut up!” the larger troll gathered the shirt jacket of the smaller one into a fist and growled, “I have to be able to see into his eyes, and with the burning, I can’t look into much. You seen ‘em. They’re swollen shut.” He lifted the bloodied knife-blade in front of his captive associate’s widening and pleading eyes, “If I’m gonna delve, I need to be able to see into what he saw last. Who it was that done this to him, so we can hunt them down and make ‘em pay. So quit distracting me, or by The Pan, I’ll carve on your face with this poke and kick your saggy bum out for the night to bleed in the rain! So what’s it gonna be? You gonna stop snivelin’ and help me, or jump at faces in the glass?” “I’ll help. I’ll help,” the smaller troll whimpered. The larger glared at him for a second more, then released his shirt, “Now pull the door! Come back inside! Flint-spark the fire again and hold the candle steady, as I tell you! I may have to dig out an eye.”

*Scene 06* 9:31 (Follow to Lead)

Outside of the cairn hill, I took in the view of the distant horizon.  Storm clouds were building in the direction of the eastern sea.  A sight made more disturbing with the realization that I had, only just this morning, let both Christie and Laura ride right into it, heading back to the beach and oculus portal still turning there. Had I done everything I could to encourage and persuade Laura to stay?  How many more must die, because of my decisions and failing leadership? Aside from Laura and Christie, only Miray seemed favorably disposed towards me.  Begglar had reason to distrust my leadership, but after what I had revealed to the others standing before The Marker Stone, I could not be certain of even that.  Perhaps Begglar would still choose to follow, but perhaps not.  He had a family to think of.  And he knew my history and failings better than anyone.  Had I convinced him that, this time, things would be different? There was something relegated to the edge of my mind that was causing me to be confused.  Something I could not pinpoint, but it was attempting to undermine every move and decision I made.  I kept getting the flashes of an image of watching eyes gleaming out of a pit of darkness, but there was something asymmetrical about them.  An imbalance that looked upon me and through me.  Something about a coloring of ice blue frost and a vacuous blackness, like that of a deep hole where there is no apparent bottom visible.  Whatever had uncoiled its grip of oppression within my mind, as I confessed my sin by The Marker below, had returned when I emerged outside bringing fresh accusation and doubt. How could I inspire confidence in anyone, when I had no confidence in me?  The only thing I knew for sure was that The One had called me back here and that His Written Words were coming to me, even as they had come to Jeremiah when he had led us. I prayed quietly, “Ah Lord God, I cannot lead these you have brought here if they have no confidence in your calling me to this.  Have I made a mistake?  Show me what to do.” As the others emerged from the tunnel, blinking into the dimming daylight, Dominick and Begglar replaced the balanced stone and closed up the hidden passage beneath the hill.  In the quiet, we all assembled around the wagon. A few in the group glared daggers of distrust at me.  Some would not meet my gaze, but others nodded encouragingly. We were still sobered by the ancient words etched on the black stone marker hidden and buried inside.  And none could deny what the impact of those words must have had on the oppressed people willing to die for the hope portended in them. Martyrs to a hopeful belief that there had to be something more than a future of subservience to power mongers, and the inexorable crush of Xarmnian rule. Pondering such things made a failed quest giving rise to those hopes seem that much more abhorrent. And having one of those persons present who were directly responsible for such failure and now purporting to lead this group in another attempt to revive that mission seemed that much more unforgivable. Begglar, Nell, and Dominick joined us and climbed up into the bed of the wagon. Begglar addressed the group, “Well now that that is done, I will be sayin’ what needs to be said after.” And here he turned to me. “O’Brian, yer a well-meaning man.  True you have done a treacherous thing in yer past.  And it be also true that others may well have paid for it with their lives.  But it would be goin’ too far to say that their deaths should be solely laid upon your account.  Ye forget that I was there too in the same company.  That there were divisions sown among us, and there were others that may have tried what you and Caleb did if they had been given the opportunity.  Jeremiah was a man given to anger.  And many’s the time we had all secretly doubted that he was the best man for the task of leading.  But I seem to remember from the Ancient Text as well that The One did not always appoint ones who had the best skills for the task.” “Both King David and Saul were murderers.  Moses too.  St. Peter was a rough fisherman who often spoke without thinkin’.  Jacob was a trickster and deceiver.  Abraham lied to a king and said his wife was his sister to save his own skin.” “But despite all the failings of these rascals, one canna deny that The One called them to their places, and used them in spite of their shortcomings.” Here he pointed at me, and then looked at those assembled. “But the one thing each of these had going for them, is that they recognized that it was not their own personalities or abilities that qualified them to be called.  It was simply their willingness to be obedient to it, and to own up to their wrongs and admit that they could not do the task without the One giving them the ability to do it.” “You have done what I and, I am sure, many others here are loathed to do.  You have made yourself vulnerable to strangers.  You have exposed your guilt and taken ownership of it, even though it may risk what you are trying to do.  You’ve given us the truth, and permitted us to make our own free decisions with the pertinent facts.” “I will be the first to admit, to you and the others here, that I would not have chosen you to be the one to pick up where the last quest left off.  You would have been the last of my choices.  But my choice does not matter in the slightest.  The One calls who He wills to call, and gives to each the appointed tasks that He sees fit.  And I’ll not be the one second-guessing His choice in the matter.” “When you left, I knew that one day you would be back.  That The One was not finished with you, and that because He chose to bring you through, and break you down, He would be the one to raise you up again and humble you to learn the power of His great love to make you into what He needed you to be.” “So I and my family are all agreed.  We are with you, O’Brian.  Even to the death, if need be. And that is all I have to say in the matter.  So what say each of you?” After another moment of silence, one of the men, turned to me and asked, “O’Brian, can you give us a moment to discuss this among ourselves privately?  I don’t think we can truly speak freely with you standing here among us.” “Certainly,” I said, “Take all the time you need.” I knew Begglar could fill them in on any of the details of what Caleb and I had done, for I had told him all of it.  Caleb had died that day to give me a chance to escape The Pan and his murderous half-creatures.  I should not have run.  I should have fought and died before letting that thing get its hands on The Cordis Stone.  I was Jeremiah’s most trusted lieutenant.  He had every right to kill me for what I had done.  A part of me still wished he had. Miray wove through the crowd. I felt a small hand find mine and looked down to see Miray, grinning up at me, her red curls appearing a bright polished copper in the golden light. “I am glad I already told you my name,” she beamed, squeezing my hand. What I would have to say next, however, might not make her as glad. “I’ll go with you, Mister O’Brian.  Let’em talk. I wasn’t sure on the beach, but I am now.  You are the one I think will help me get my memory pictures back.” “What changed your mind?” “The Stone in the Hill with the bones.  I feel it.  It has forgiven you.  And then I could see it was you.”

I could not speak. Her simple child-like assurances undid me.

I desperately need what this little girl naturally possessed in abundance: simple, powerful, trusting faith.  The faith to lay the burden of my guilt down and leave it here.  To once and for all call it canceled and forgiven. But I still could not.  I deserved to be punished and rejected.  I deserved to be buried under that hill, among the dead with my jawbone removed. Begglar looked at me and nodded, “Go on, now.  We’ll fetch you both when we’re done.” Miray and I walked away from the group, circling the mound toward the western rise.  Giving others a chance to discuss my fate and role as a leader.  They waited until they were certain we were out of hearing before they began.

*Scene 07* 2:32 (Laura Alone)

Laura peered out of the stable, fearfully flinching at each boom of thunder and each etching flash of light, splintering through the howling sky under the constant hiss of the rain. Christie had only been gone ten to twenty minutes, but already it seemed like hours. She was terrified that perhaps something had happened to her, and worse thinking, that Christie had only come here because of her. She wondered if Christie had gotten lost in the storm. They had only been here a few nights ago, barely long enough to get any bearings in daylight, much less under the darkening cover of a storm. Her respiration was increasing. She was working herself up into a panic. The horses were sensing it too. She felt if she didn’t try to calm herself then they would bolt and run out into the storm, leaving her stranded. “Where is she?!” she said between short, rapid breaths. Pieces of the stable roof had been peeled back and the boards rattled as the winds intensified. The beams rocked from side to side and Laura feared that the structure might eventually collapse on both her and the two antsy horses. Already they were becoming more difficult to control. The mare that Christie had ridden pawed and stamped at the sideboards with her hooves. She broke one of the boards in the old trough at the front of the stall, upsetting a nest of rats that lived beneath it. Laura climbed up on the gate to avoid them as they scurried and squealed under the horses’ feet. She wasn’t fond of the rodents either. The mare backed into the other horse, almost pinning Laura’s leg against the wall of the pen, but she was able to raise it out of the way just barely in time.  Turning against each other, bouncing to stamp the rats, and balking at the tight quarters they almost took out the gate, but Laura was able to get hold of the other horses’ reins and keep her from rearing and kicking it down completely. “C’mon, girl. Steady now.” Laura squinted out at the angry sky and flashing thunder and lightning. A dark form emerged from out of the wind and wet, looking haggard and weaving against the strong gusts. Laura screamed. The figure rushed towards her, moving under the staccato strobe of the lightning, as Laura reached for her own dagger, getting ready to fend the attacker off.

The Buried Past – Chapter 9

*Scene 01* 9:35 (Laura and Christie)

Laura and Christie rode side by side over the hill and down into the valley beyond.

Laura had been quiet for the first half-hour of the ride.

“I guess you think I’m being a selfish coward about this,” she spoke low, looking at the road ahead, “Leaving you and all the others and abandoning whatever is going on here.  Just a big baby, or something.”

Christie smiled and turned slightly to her, “Laura, is it?”

“Yes.”

“Well, let me tell you something, Laura.  You can ask me what I think and give me a chance to answer, or you can go on thinking you can guess what someone else is thinking.  But you know what I’ve found out?”

“What is that?”

“You will get a whole lot farther by asking, rather than assuming.  And you might find out that most people are not thinking as many negative thoughts as you might assume they are.  It is okay to be direct.  I didn’t come with you because I thought you needed mothering.”

“No?”

“Not at all.”

“Then why did you come?”

“Because I knew you need someone to just be your friend.”

Laura was silent for several minutes after.  Christie could not see her face, but she suspected the girl was trying to keep the tears from showing.

Finally, she spoke up.

“I don’t have many friends.”

“You seem to be a fairly attractive girl.  What about boyfriends?”

“Well, not really.  Boys are kinda…  You know.  Goofy, immature, full of themselves and interested in…well, that.”

Christie snorted, “Yep.  They are.”

“I just don’t think there is all that much in their head.  They just want girls to be all into them, and I just can’t find myself doing that. I’m not sure how to say this, but I sorta need to find out if I am enough without one.”

“What about your girlfriends?  Is there anyone you can talk to?  Trust or rely on back there?”

“I’m not…,” she sighed, “well, y’know, popular or anything.  Girls can be mean, too.”

“Yes, they can.”

“Besides, I don’t want to end up like my mom.  My dad was her crush in high school.  She had no other life but him, and he treated her like dirt.  But she was pretty once, and it must’ve fed his ego, cause he married her and they went to parties and had this supposedly fabulous social life until she got pregnant with me.  I was their killjoy.  Momma blamed me for dad losing interest in her.  But I didn’t ask to be born.  Wish I hadn’t been.  Dad started coming home late.  Usually drunk.  I think he hated me for being there.  If that was gonna be my future, I wanted no part of it.  I just wanted to grow up and get out of there as fast as I could.”

“Wow,” Christie said, “That is so sad.  I am so sorry.”

“Don’t be.  It’s not your problem.  I guess it is just my rotten luck.  Didn’t mean to dump it on you.  I just thought if you knew, you might realize that I am not going back because I like it better there.  It is just that I’ve got to work it out for myself.  I am not a baby.  I’ve been through enough hard stuff.  I’m learning the rules there, and I don’t know what the rules are here.”

“None of us really do, Laura.  Sometimes we just go along trying to figure them all out by ourselves.”

Laura was silent once more.  Somehow that resigned admission left her feeling all alone again.  Still she was grateful for the company.

“So what about you?” Laura asked, “What is your life like back in the…you know…Surface World?”

The two women had descended into the interceding valley, passing the hill that hid the old bungalow where they had sheltered two days prior.

“Oh.  I am a mom.  Have two kids.  Both of them grown now.  Boy and girl.  Well, I should say a young man and young lady, but it kinda feels like missing time saying that.  They grew up so fast.  Too soon.”

“What about their dad?”

“Uh.  He’s…” Christie sighed, “Kinda out of the picture.  Not a subject I prefer to dwell on.”

“Sorry,” Laura shrugged.

“Don’t be.  It’s kinda like you said.  Not your problem.”

The road twisted downward into a declivity, which had a footpath running alongside a shallow brook which fed into a larger stream.

“Hey, wanna check on that man that we saw the other night?  See if he’s okay?”

Christie slowed her trotting horse and turned it toward the trampled path.

Laura hesitated, “You don’t think we might run into another troll or anything do you?”

“We’ll be quick.  Just in and out.”

The wind through the valley began to pick up, rustling leaves, sighing through the tall grasses along the banks of the stream.

The overcast sky began to darken with the threat of rain.

“It’s getting cold out here.  I wonder if he’ll have the fire going.”

As they rode down further, the purling water of the stream began to shear off into spray as the strengthening gusts blew across its surface.  By the time they reached the wild, untended garden, they knew that this place was not the same as when they had left it.

Both of the women dismounted and led their horses cautiously up to the weathered front of the cabin.  Dried vines covered its face, and hid the doorway under the mass and tangle.

Laura wrapped herself with her free arm and stood close to the mare, “How did he get in there?”  She gripped the reins tighter, ready to swing back up into the saddle.

“I don’t know. There must be some other way in. Let’s go around to the window.”

Christie walked through the tall grass, rounding the corner of the hovel.  Laura waited out front.

“What can you see?”

Christie answered from the side, “Not much.  The panes are so dusty and there is no fire inside like we saw the other night. I still don’t see how the man got in there and out unless there is another passage under the hill.”

“He probably wants to be left alone.  I think we should go.”

Christie came back around from the curved corner of the cabin, and her horse snorted uneasily, waving it and angling.

“Woah, girl. Easy there.”

“Think she smells something?”

“Not sure.  I think she’s nervous about the change in the weather.  Those clouds are stacking up,” Christie nodded towards the eastern horizon, “A storm’s coming.”

Large building swells of bluish-white and grey mounted up over the brow of the hill that led down to the beach.

“What will we do?” nervousness threaded Laura’s voice and lifted its pitch.

“We’ve got to take cover until it blows over.  The hill there will block some of it if it’s a seaborne storm.  Looks like we don’t have much choice.  We either turn back and try to outrun it and go back to the others at the Inn, or we hunker down here.”

Thunder crackled and the darkened hillside lit up under the strobing flash of lightning. The lines of light etched and splintered through the building cloudbank.

“I am scared.”

“Me too, honey,” Christie responded, watching the sky pensively.

“Me too,” she said again, quieter and more to herself than to Laura.

*Scene 02* 8:41 (Shadowing the Women)

Two observers scanned the rise leading down to the village of Crowe.  They had ridden around the outskirts of the town up from the wheat field bearing the sunken scar and had spotted the two women riding down the road toward the eastern sea.

A large, powerfully-built man, had watched them carefully, wondering what could have given these two women the fearless daring to travel alone in country claimed and patrolled by the brutal Xarmnian Overwatch.  To his left, a masked figure, with a much smaller frame, armed with a longbow, sat astride a dark horse with shoulders back, spine straight, signifying the confidence and the proud-bearing of one in leadership.  Though the masked figure did not exude the latent brute strength of the former, its qualities of poise and inner strength seemed to be an attribute to which the more powerful man gave deference.

“What do you think?” the man asked quietly.

“Something is up.  Women do not travel uncovered in Xarmnian claimed country alone, so these two must be strangers here,” the masked figure spoke and the timbre of the voice behind the covering was female.  “How well I know,” she added thoughtfully, fingering the cloth mask that covered her own face.  “And we are already spread thin as it is.”

Her head tilted, pondering, and then, at last, she raised it, squaring her shoulders back, signifying that she had reached a decision.

“Stay out of sight, but follow them.  See where they go.  I have instructed Garrett and the others meet us at the armory.  The family are a safe distance away by now, but the Overwatch is too close.  They will be expecting to meet with the tracker teams they lost to the digging monster.  When they don’t show, they will search for them, and spread out.  Possibly torture the people in the nearby towns for answers they cannot provide.  This area is about to be lit up.  And if those two are caught unawares…”

There was nothing more to be said.  Both could soberly imagine the brutality that the Xarmnians were capable of from the confirmed atrocities already done.

“Where will you go?” the man asked.

“If Begglar, Nell and Dominic have not left by now, this is the time to do so.  I promised Corimanth.”

“What concerns you and he with the affairs of that Inn keeper?”

The masked woman, known only in open country by her title ‘Storm Hawk’, regarded him a moment, and then answered quietly, “Nell is Corimanth’s sister.  He has charged me to look out for them.  Begglar and I once rode together when I first came, but he did not go then by the name he bears today.”

“Why then do you work through agents to receive reports of them. Why not visit them directly?”

“It is too dangerous for us to be seen together.  Xarmni has a long memory.  We have worked at arm’s link only, through Shimri as the local town contact for the Underground.  Begglar’s situation does not fit with the man they expect him to be, so he blends in under their noses.  Their Xarmnian arrogance makes them blind, and it is fitting that it works to our advantage.”

“Were you two once…?”

“No,” she interrupted, “It was never like that. Nothing like that.”

She cleared her thoat, stiffening in mild irritation, then continued.

“I will join the other Lehi in gathering Begglar’s horses. If what Shimri says is true, members of my world may have already arrived in the Mid-World, and they will not be made welcome.  Every seven years since they learned of our arrival they have watched the coastline.  But they cannot spare enough to watch it all.  And they fear the fogs.”

“So I am to follow these women?  For how long?”

The figure scanned the darkening sky.  “Just long enough to get a sense of why they may be headed towards the sea.  There is a sea storm gathering to the east.  If you cannot stay ahead of it, turn back.  Do not follow them into it.  I have a feeling if we saw them, there may be others interested in their naïve journey as well. I do not wear this mask for comfort you know.”

The man chuckled, “And it is a pity too.  You are quite fetching, young lady.”

“And it is best that you cannot see my response to that rather forward observation! I am a married woman, you know.  Happily so.”

“Then why have you not returned to the Surface World?  To him?”

“That is another story which I am still piecing together.  If I had had my choice, I would have left here years before.  But one must be in the moments in which they find themselves.  To do the good they can while there still is light enough to do it.”

The man pondered those words and nodded, “I am sorry. I spoke out of turn.”

“It is forgiven,” Stork Hawk returned, “Have you tracked those Harpies?”

“Two disappeared into the tree line on the crest near Begglar’s Inn.  I suspect they are observing them, but one cannot be too careful.  It is hard to know where their loyalties lay.  Some have been seen consorting with Xarmni, but that could be mere rumor.  The monster in the deep woods to the north keeps a tight rein upon his kind.  They have always despised humankind and kept to the wilds.”

“A truth I learned a hard lesson from…and still bear those scars.  These are not the kinds from my old life.  This avian mix of bird and man is unnatural. Perhaps these blendings only occur here in the Mid-World, but there were engineered chimeras in the labs of The Surface World.  Abominable experiments done.  If they could but see these tormented and violent creatures…crazed by their disordered minds which do not follow instinctive natural patterns or behaviors…” Storm Hawk trailed off, realizing again her projection of her own assumptions were clouding her judgement.  She returned with, “I suspect the vestiges of human vices that remain in them do not sit well with blend of the instinctive animal.”

“These beings have been present here from of old.  They are not newly come from your world,” the man observed, watching the storm clouds gather ahead.

“As I told you, time here and time there are not necessarily linked.  The Walker and I had long talks about that.  It is why I am free to do here what needs to be done with you and the others.  My husband will experience no time lost, while I am present here. I expect to be able to go back to him in the moment I departed. If these women are from where I suspect they came from, I think they are going back to an Oculus.  It would be good to know where it landed.  I miss my husband and something or someone else, that I cannot quite bring to mind.  The fog walls took it from me.”

“I will do what needs to be done. Don’t let it trouble you further,” the man gripped the reins of his mount, about to urge the horse into duty, but he paused, and looked back at Storm Hawk. “We will miss you, my lady.  The Lehi riders were your idea.  It has been an honor serving with you.”

“Meet us in Azragoth in three days. Go, quickly.  Stay safe.”

*Scene 03* 6:11 (The Testing Place)

The horses pulling the wagon champ their bits and hesitate, stepping from side to side, as Begglar urges them forward with a flick of the tracers.  The beasts smell the lingering touch of death and decay.  They are wary and restless.  Their eyes roll in uneasiness.  At last, the horses stop, unwilling to go any further.

The large hill is festooned with broken rock, scree. The area is littered with bone fragments, white ashes and a dark, rich and blackened soil beneath, yet green patches of grass peek through and then climb the steep hill to its crest.  The thick thorn bushes surrounding the bottom of the rise are new to me.  I never remembered them being there before.  The hill is aerated by the pecks and stabs of the beaks of the birds.  Fertilized by them, and seeded as well.  A spray of white flowers covers its domed brow, here and there.  Most likely edelweiss.  I vaguely remember coming here in the days before, but this…

“Surely, this is not the same place?”

Begglar gestured towards the thick brush at the bottom.

“The briar bushes were brought in to discourage travelers from approaching the hill. There is one way through them, but it is narrow, and we must go up single file.  A veritable crown of thorns, it is. It’s been hard keeping the local flocks of sheep away from it. If a lamb gets tangled up in those thickets, a shepherd is going to bloody himself, getting it out of there.”

Nothing in my memory could have prepared me for this stark change.  I sit there transfixed and amazed, horrified and bewildered, yet strangely feeling a certain inexplicable solemn sort of sobered peace.

Begglar dismounts the buckboard, and he and his son help their wife and mother down to the rocky ground.  He turns to me and says, “Are ya comin’ or no?”

In a strange sort of dazed feeling, I find myself on the ground standing next to him, not sure exactly when I rose or remembering climbing down from the wagon once again.

Everyone there could sense it.  Terrible deeds had been done at this site.  This abattoir of martyrdom should have been attenuated with melancholy and despair.  Instead, it stirred a sense of awe and tragic wonder in me.  Beckoning my soul to feel something that the surviving people of these lands had lost.

Hope.

Nell and their son, Dominic led the way through the thorny path, winding this way and that taking care to keep us from the long, wicked thorns that clawed and waved angrily at us along the path.  We were led up to a gathering of rocks and pebbles near the sharp incline of the largest hill.  Dominic began to remove large covering slate stones and dig through the pile of rocks and several of the others baled in to assist.

Something within, me felt like Abraham must have ascending Mount Moriah, on his way to take the life of his son in sacrifice to the One who called him ‘Friend’.  This was a place of testing.  A place where others’ faith had been seen or shattered.  A place that would reveal to me and those I was called to lead what sort of man I really was.

And I was terrified.

Begglar stood to my left, and just out of my eye line.  When he spoke quietly to me, I was slightly startled.

“How well, do you trust these friends of yours?”

I cleared my throat. “I don’t know them yet,” I answered. “I haven’t pressed them to give me their names or asked much about them.  So far, I’ve just had to trust that they were called to be here for a reason. I’m just trusting in that.”

Begglar raised an eyebrow and cocked his head at me.

“Aye,” he said nodding slightly, “and how well do they know you?  Have you told them yet?”

I cleared my throat again, this time to cover my annoyance at the general drift of his line of questioning.

As I started to walk down to the others I answered his question…kind of.

“All will be made clear to them soon.  First things first.  We need to see The Marker.”

This was my fear.  I could not ask them who they were, without allowing them to ask me who or what I was.  But deep down, I knew I had no other choice. This place would test me before them, just as it had those martyred here under the cruel hand of the Xarmnians.

*Scene 04* 7:05 (Shimri’s Reflections)

Shimri, a short man of about sixty seasons, stood contemplating the pinkish hue blushing upon the distant hill road that led up to Begglar’s Inn.  His home had served as a temporary shelter for the family Begglar had brought to him through the fog, three nights prior.  The place was obscured by trees from the main road, but its evening lights could still be glimpsed through the darkness from the upper corner window of Begglar’s Inn.  Signal lights, that Begglar and he had worked out together to alert each other in dire times such as these.

The moonpath he and Begglar and young Dominic had constructed together, between their two houses had taken several years to put in place, going to and fro back from the shores of the eastern sea.  The man had been a veritable wealth of sea lore and knowledge.  A vital resource for allowing the resistence to continue as it had and thrive despite the late increase in Xarmni’s militant presence.  Xarmnian ire and its more directed efforts of breaking the back of resistence had been focused primarily on the shorelines of the great fjords lake chain country near Cascale, but as setbacks increased they detected more pockets of resistence shifting more towards the eastern highlands.

Perhaps, it had been too foolish to have Storm Hawk and her raiders operating with increasing frequency so far from the western lands.  Xarmni had noticed the shift, and had become interested in its direction and proximity to the buried Stone they hated so much.

“Out of the east will come your Champion.  Out of the east, your Soverign King.” A statement of promise that he and the others in The Resistence had once used in secret greeting among there own, to comfort each other, as the seeds of war began to rise from the grounds of the Mid-World.

A verse from the inscriptions on the Ancient Stone rose again to Shimri’s mind that he had contemplated with curiosity of late.

“But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.” [Daniel 11:44 KJV]

Xarmni would come again.  And their considerations of the shift in resistance activities might lead their minds to reflect on their most miserable defeat in the buried town of death and disease, the merchant city of Azragoth, just over twenty years ago, which they had mischaracterized as a decisive victory.  Though their losses were great and severe, and their forces fled the battlefield in terror of contagion, it was almost laughable how they twisted historical accounts to make themselves the victor in every outcome.

Still, he was saddened to hear that Begglar and Nell were finally leaving.  The Inn had been a fixture of the town of Crowe and had always been a place of welcome from before Xarmni had extended its reach.  From the early days when Begglar opened his bakery and strategically placed it at the top of the hill, everyone in the small town below awakened to the heavenly smell of freshly baked bread wafting down the hill from Begglar’s ovens.  Travelers coming from the southern road were willing to make the effort to walk through town and up the hill to the top, just to sample the wares from Begglar’s bakery.  The Inn had originally built as a dining hall, but was expanded to offer ten rooms to traveling lodgers, in addition to the main living quarters and the stables and barns needed to service the Inn and its supporting stock.  The bakery merely shifted to the large kitchen servicing the Inn.

Now no aromatic scents decended from the hillside.  No sounds of scurrying chickens, no mooing of their cows impatiently awaiting their milking time, no nickering or exuberant whinnying of their horses waiting to be unstabled and released to a pasture run.  No glimmer of the sun’s rays peeked over the upper brow of the hillside shedding light upon the gray morning.  Only the rise of the stacking clouds, slightly illumined and reddened by the veiled sun buried in the sky behind it gave a semblance of what the day might bring.

“Red sky in the morning…sailor take warning,” Shimri muttered as he looked to the vacated hill where his longtime friend once lived.

A compatriot took him out of his dire contemplation of the ominous scene, and asked him again. “What do we do with this Xarmnian?”

“Has Mikai been taken back to his mom?”

“Yes. The Storm Hawk and her riders saw to that personally.  They informed his widow, Dora, and left provisions for her and the boy.”

“Did you extend our offer to take them to Azragoth?  We could still get word to Garrett and the other Lehi.”

“Dora said their leaving suddenly might draw further suspicion.  When the Xarmnian hunters come, she could not bear the thought of not being there to stand with her friends and family.  She and Mikai want to stay and do anything they can to help us.  She said they need to do this.  To be able to do something to see to it that Xarmnian evil does not easily visit violence on other families as well.”

“I wish there more people were of her mindset.  You’ve done well, Johanan.”

“What about the Xarmnian? He is beligerent. We have had to keep three men to watch him. He cannot be trusted.”

“You are correct. Confine him in the shed with the troll we caught yesterday.”

“They’ll kill each other.”

“If they do, that is one less miscreant that we have to watch over. Either way, I expect the one that survives will be more inclined to cooperate afterwards.”

*Scene 05* 8:39 (Entering the Abattoir)

Buried under the skirting pile of stones was a clever sort of levered locking mechanism that released a hidden counter-weight and caused one of the larger rocks at the base of the hill to pivot outward, revealing a slight declining tunnel behind it.  The tunnel angled down slightly and then leveled off, revealing a rocky entrance to the passages under the hillside.

The passage was dark, low and narrow, a gaping maw that threatened to swallow completely all who dared enter.

My mind briefly drifted to the words of Dante Alighieri, in Inferno, Canto III, and the inscription over the entrance to “The Gate of Hell”:

Through me, you go to the grief wracked city; Through me, you go to everlasting pain; Through me, you go a pass among lost souls. Justice inspired my exalted Creator: I am a creature of the Holiest Power, of Wisdom in the Highest and of Primal Love. Nothing, till I was made, was made, only eternal beings. And I endure eternally. Abandon all Hope — Ye Who Enter Here

The crowd gathered around the open passage.

“You want us to go in there?” one of the young men asked.

“It seems to be the only way to get to The Marker Stone,” I answered, “We all need to go in.”

“All of us?!” a young girl with dark hair looked at me with wide eyes.

“Yes, we…”

“I’m not. I can’t. I won’t!” the young girl balked, backing away from the dark entrance.

The tall blonde woman, who had been identified to me as Cheryl, came to the girl’s aid and turned an accusatory glare at me.

“Surely, you are not going to make the young ones go into that death hole, are you?  What kind of a man are you, frightening children like this?”

Others had begun to gather around us and it appeared that the situation was rapidly getting out of hand.

Miray had scrambled down from the buckboard and pushed through the gathering.

“Well, I’m going in there, Mr. Brian!” she said coming to my side and taking my hand. “I’m not a baby!”

The dark-haired girl seethed and was about to lunge at Miray, but Nell intervened before she could advance.

“Perhaps, I should keep the young ones out here, Mister…,” he eyes shifted questioningly to her husband and Begglar supplied.

“O’Brian.  Mister O’Brian,” he said, with the slightest hint of a green glimmer in his dancing eyes, barely masking his mirth in doing so.

I gave him a withering glare, but his Blarney guard was already up and beaming at me.

Seeing no help from Begglar, I raised my hands placatingly, “Look, I had no idea it had been buried. When I was here last, we could walk up to it…”

“Aye,” Begglar interjected, “Tis of a truth, he speaks.  But O’Brian’s been a bit tardy in his return, so the Xarmnians fetched us to hide their embarrassment.”

I glared openly at his, and he feigned innocence, and then winked at me.

Irish blarney, indeed.

“But ye no be worryin’ yer little bonnet, lassie!  She’s as safe as a mother’s bosom.”

Nell raised an eyebrow at that, and Begglar blushed, rubbing his hand over his forehead, “Beggin’ your pardon, Sweet Lamb.”

“I’ll keep the girls out here with me.  Dom will guide you all with the light, until it is not needed.  Run along now.”

Cheryl, glanced from Nell to the dark-haired girl and said, “Perhaps, I’d better…”

Nell interrupted her, “Perhaps you’d better follow, lass.  There is a bit of importance to why you’re here in there.  T’would be a shame if you missed out, because of the bairns.  Go along now.”

Miray tugged at me, “But I don’t want to stay out here.  Becca’s going to get me.”

“I’ll see to it that they behave themselves,” Nell assured me.  “I’ve parted my share of roughhousing brawlers in my time, O’Brian.  Mind you that.  We run an Inn with rough customers.  Be fine.”

Miray looked from me to Nell and then back at me for assurances.  I nodded consent to Nell, and Miray’s brow creased in disappointment, but she conceded.  Becca eyed Miray as she climbed back up into the bed of the wagon, and then her defiant stare fixed on me as she raised her chin in an air of contempt.  Miray peeked over the side rail panel of the wagon and stuck her tongue out at Becca, but ducked down behind it when the girl wheeled sensing my gaze shift toward Miray, as I tried to hide a small grin.

In the meantime, a torch was lit and Begglar’s son, Dominic held it forth, leading us through the small narrow aperture into the very heart of an abyss.

Many hesitate at the doorway.  Looking to me for some sort of assurances, but I can give them none.  This walk into the heart of the hill requires courage that I barely have, at most, a tenuous grasp on.  There is a small ante-chamber inside.  Its walls formed of an assemblage of rock fitted together, yet uncut and unmortared.  The compression and weight of the rock and earthen mound above held it in place.  Every once in awhile, we saw through the rock the more grisly mortise pieces of crushed skulls and bones joining the earthen worked hill, but the air was dry within and had the musty smell of lime about it.  The torchlight flickers but continued to burn, casting jumping shadows with every step and movement into the recesses of the hill.  Great stone monoliths leaned and supported and distributed the crushing weight above, forming a sort of triangular ceiling in some parts of the tunnel and a domed barrel vault in others.  The passages were cramped and angular, working a sort of zig-zag pattern further into the interior.

Feeling a bit anxious and claustrophobic, I pressed pass Dominic, feeling a sort of disoriented panic to find the way to the center quickly so that we could hasten our exit back out.  And then I saw it…

Just up ahead.  I had progressed beyond the torches, my eyes not fully acclimated to the dark, but still I could see it distinctly.

Beyond me, about twenty feet or so, the passage took a hard turn to the right, and the interior was glowing of its own light.

I did not realize I had stopped until the others pushed behind me into the narrow passage.  I glanced at Dominic, and he smiled knowingly, glad at last to share the mystery his family must have had to keep secret for many years now.

We proceeded cautiously forward, yet in awe of this strange illumination, fearful, yet desirous to see the source of it.  Begglar crowed forward and together we entered the central main chamber.

Before us there stood over fifteen to twenty feet tall a large black stone with golden letters engraved and shining brightly upon its polished black surface.  The rest of our party entered and gathered about us in amazement gazing up at the ancient burning letters shining and illuminating the cavern around it.

*Scene 06* 1:56 (Xarmnian Hunters)

In the distance, six lightly-armored Xarmnian horsemen topped the hill of the highland mesa and found the winding road leading up to The Inn in the small village of Crowe.  They had tracked the family of four, two adults and two children up through the western pass, winding up through the woods just as the light snow started falling.  It had been of some annoyance to them that the tracks were being covered by the snowy blanket, but they were certain this fleeing family would not get too far ahead without seeking shelter.  The children were small and frail.  They wouldn’t last as the temperatures dropped and the wet and cold seeped into their ragged clothing.  If these were fool-hardy enough to go much farther, they might be overtaken before the snow-filled in their evidence of passage.

The little troublesome scribbler would never make trouble again.  And his children, if they survived, would be given the curative Elixir that their father refused to write favorably of.

They were perplexed when the advanced company of trackers did not return to their gathering place, but be that as it may, they suspected where both the family and their compatriots might converge.  The Inn at the hilltop, overlooking the small township.  The man they had marked and given leave to oversees their stock and provide them service whenever they were in the vicinity.  He and his woman.  The woman they had decided should be watched.  There was something familiar about her.  A resistence that still gleamed in her eyes, whenever they had come to call.  That was why they had sent the Trolls.

Trolls which never reported back.

And they were coming to find out why.

*Scene 07* 14:30 (The Marker Stone)

In the illumined chamber of the Hill of Skulls the golden letters seemed to swim and dance before our eyes, moving in sparkling light that warmed and cooled us at the same time.

“This is what you all needed to see,” I muttered, but my words carried and seem to circulate around the chamber walls.

“What is this?” a tall man in our company asked.

“This is The Marker Stone.  It is the fulcrum of all that exists here.  The mystery of this land.  Both its spine and its heart.”

The letters continued to shift and curve, and pit and straighten, almost as if the text written were the pulse of the heart of the stone.

One of the members of our team, a middle-aged, Middle eastern man moved forward and his eyes widened,  “This text is in Pharsi.”

Another moved foward, and examined the moving letters and contradicted him, “No, this is an ancient language.  I see Greek letters.”

A woman shook her head vigorously, “Ahh, you loco gringos. The is espanol!”

I spoke up, “Actually, you all are correct. And anyone who speaks or reads any language in a native language will be able to read these words in their first language or any language that is intelligible to them.”

“How is this possible?” a young woman asked.

“To answer that, you need to know that this very stone is transcendent.  It occupies spaces both in this Mid-World, and in the world we came from, the world we all share in common: The Surface World.”

Reluctantly, all eyes turned towards me briefly, and then their gaze shifted back to the The Marker Stone.

“This Stone is a monument here, but also an oracle of legend and prophecy.  In our world, it appears in two instances recorded in the Ancient Text of our faith, the Holy Scriptures.  If you read closely you will find that most of the text that appears here on the stone are also passages from that very same source.  One particular passage is very telling indeed.  What you may not be able to see from here is the crown of the stone has seven faces on it, and at the top of each face is an eye.”

“That’s creepy,” a teen girl remarked.

“It is how I recognized this stone when reading about it in the Ancient Text,” I countered.

“What passage are you referring to?” the tall man asked.

“In the book of Zechariah the third chapter at verses eight and nine, The One calls Zechariah’s attention to a high priest whose name is Joshua, and tells him to pay close attention to the imagery and symbol he is about to show him.  It is a messianic prophecy of One who is to come who will be called The Branch.  The prophecy says this:

Hear now, Joshua the high priest, thou and thy fellows that sit before thee — for they are men of portent — for behold, I will bring forth my servant the Branch. For behold, the stone that I have laid before Joshua — upon one stone are seven eyes; behold, I will engrave the graving thereof, saith Jehovah of hosts, and I will remove the iniquity of this land in one day. [Zechariah 3:8-9 DBY]”

“So that was the stone with the seven eyes?” one asked.

“It is more than that.  Who is it that will be engraving upon the stone with the seven eyes?”

I heard several gasp. “You mean that…?”

“This Marker Stone is in many places at once.  It is not just here in this reality, but in every reality where a person have trusted in and given their heart to the message that they read upon the Stone.”

“Are you saying God Himself is writing these golden letters?” Cheryl asked.

“It is the only explanation that fits,” I replied.  “The letters are words written that transcend every tongue every spoken by mankind.  When the apostles preached God’s message to a mixed crowd of international travelers upon the day of Pentecost, every person heard the words in their native language.  When the book of John refers to The Word being made flesh, he was speaking of The Branch that is paired with this stone’s imagery in the book of Zechariah.  This Stone is the sources of all power here in the Mid-World, but it is both feared and reviled by many of the occupants of this land.  The crown and the virtue stones that hold this land’s future are connected with this Stone monolith and the power it represents.  The temporary kingdoms of this world fear this Stone.  But it is this Stone’s prophecy which will free it ultimately to become the land of healing it was intended to be.”

I then turned to the golden letters that, to my sight formed into the letters of my English alphabet.

“Here read the words of the Prophecy of The Marker:

“Do not fret because of evildoers, Be not envious toward wrongdoers. For they will wither quickly like the grass And fade like the green herb. Trust in the LORD and do good; Dwell in the land and cultivate faithfulness. Delight yourself in the LORD; And He will give you the desires of your heart. Commit your way to the LORD, Trust also in Him, and He will do it. He will bring forth your righteousness as the light And your judgment as the noonday. Rest in the LORD and wait patiently for Him; Do not fret because of him who prospers in his way, Because of the man who carries out wicked schemes. Cease from anger and forsake wrath; Do not fret; it leads only to evildoing. For evildoers will be cut off, But those who wait for the LORD, they will inherit the land. Yet a little while and the wicked man will be no more; And you will look carefully for his place and he will not be there. But the humble will inherit the land And will delight themselves in abundant prosperity. The wicked plots against the righteous And gnashes at him with his teeth. The Lord laughs at him, For He sees his day is coming. The wicked have drawn the sword and bent their bow To cast down the afflicted and the needy, To slay those who are upright in conduct. Their sword will enter their own heart, And their bows will be broken. Better is the little of the righteous Than the abundance of many wicked. For the arms of the wicked will be broken, But the LORD sustains the righteous. The LORD knows the days of the blameless, And their inheritance will be forever. They will not be ashamed in the time of evil, And in the days of famine they will have abundance. But the wicked will perish; And the enemies of the LORD will be like the glory of the pastures, They vanish–like smoke they vanish away. The wicked borrows and does not pay back, But the righteous is gracious and gives. For those blessed by Him will inherit the land, But those cursed by Him will be cut off. The steps of a man are established by the LORD, And He delights in his way. When he falls, he will not be hurled headlong, Because the LORD is the One who holds his hand. I have been young and now I am old, Yet I have not seen the righteous forsaken Or his descendants begging bread. All day long he is gracious and lends, And his descendants are a blessing. Depart from evil and do good, So you will abide forever. For the LORD loves justice And does not forsake His godly ones; They are preserved forever, But the descendants of the wicked will be cut off. The righteous will inherit the land And dwell in it forever. The mouth of the righteous utters wisdom, And his tongue speaks justice. The law of his God is in his heart; His steps do not slip. The wicked spies upon the righteous And seeks to kill him. The LORD will not leave him in his hand Or let him be condemned when he is judged. Wait for the LORD and keep His way, And He will exalt you to inherit the land; When the wicked are cut off, you will see it. I have seen a wicked, violent man Spreading himself like a luxuriant tree in its native soil. Then he passed away, and lo, he was no more; I sought for him, but he could not be found. Mark the blameless man, and behold the upright; For the man of peace will have a posterity. But transgressors will be altogether destroyed; The posterity of the wicked will be cut off. But the salvation of the righteous is from the LORD; He is their strength in time of trouble. The LORD helps them and delivers them; He delivers them from the wicked and saves them, Because they take refuge in Him. [Psalm 37:1-40 NASB]

 If these truths be not upheld, your lands will be ravaged and its peoples suffer for a time, but you have been granted this day a remedy and a hope for the fulfillment of this future promise and prophesy.

“Behold, a king will reign righteously And princes will rule justly. Each will be like a refuge from the wind And a shelter from the storm, Like streams of water in a dry country, Like the shade of a huge rock in a parched land. Then the eyes of those who see will not be blinded, And the ears of those who hear will listen. The mind of the hasty will discern the truth, And the tongue of the stammerers will hasten to speak clearly. No longer will the fool be called noble, Or the rogue be spoken of as generous. For a fool speaks nonsense, And his heart inclines toward wickedness: To practice ungodliness and to speak error against the LORD, To keep the hungry person unsatisfied And to withhold drink from the thirsty. As for a rogue, his weapons are evil; He devises wicked schemes To destroy the afflicted with slander, Even though the needy one speaks what is right. But the noble man devises noble plans; And by noble plans he stands. Rise up, you women who are at ease, And hear my voice; Give ear to my word, You complacent daughters. Within a year and a few days You will be troubled, O complacent daughters; For the vintage is ended, And the fruit gathering will not come. Tremble, you women who are at ease; Be troubled, you complacent daughters; Strip, undress and put sackcloth on your waist, Beat your breasts for the pleasant fields, for the fruitful vine, For the land of my people in which thorns and briars shall come up; Yea, for all the joyful houses and for the jubilant city. Because the palace has been abandoned, the populated city forsaken. Hill and watch-tower have become caves forever, A delight for wild donkeys, a pasture for flocks; Until the Spirit is poured out upon us from on high, And the wilderness becomes a fertile field, And the fertile field is considered as a forest. Then justice will dwell in the wilderness And righteousness will abide in the fertile field. And the work of righteousness will be peace, And the service of righteousness, quietness and confidence forever. Then my people will live in a peaceful habitation, And in secure dwellings and in undisturbed resting places; And it will hail when the forest comes down, And the city will be utterly laid low. How blessed will you be, you who sow beside all waters, Who let out freely the ox and the donkey.”

[Isaiah 32:1-20 NASB]

Do not abandon Hope.  When the time is right, and Evil has had its season, the Truth of these words will be made manifest and will come to you to bring you Salvation from the wicked oppressors and powers unseen that rule and reign over these lands.

Now faith is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen. For by it the men of old gained approval. [Hebrews 11:1-2 NASB]

Keep the Faith.  Though the darkness is deep, the morning is coming.

*Scene 08* 1:57 (Hindered)

Deep below the rising hill, in a burrowed chamber of pitch-blackness, the monstrous creature that had breached the worlds and had entered the Mid-World following the Surface Worlders, raged and thrashed in the darkness. Rocks and debris crackled and chinked as its massive body cut and scraped along the tunnel it had made. Its furious forward digging had come to an end. Its powerful ramming and thrusts, and iron-like claws had no effect on the rising curve of stone that now blocked its path. It had reached the accursed land horn.  The anchor that could neither be uprooted nor torn asunder.  It would have to surface and expose itself to the light.  And doing so would risk giving an awareness to the one it pursued.

Its tenuous hold upon the one called to lead, the one it pursued from between the world of the Surface and this Mid-World was growing weaker.  It sensed that the other who had barely slipped through its grasp on the beach was becoming more of a problem.

“The child,” its voice rumbled from below, each word accompanied by a flash of electric light arcing from within a pool of striated blue, lit up the darkness, silhouetting a massive horned-head bristling with silver spikes.

“You must hinder the child.”

Above, a quiet voice answered the distant beast rumbling its commands from below, “I know. I shall.”

The repondent whispered voice was aged and tremulous, characteristically that of an older woman.

*Scene 09* 5:46 (Being Read)

Standing in the hush of the Golden Letters we watched as the text splintered into personal messages to each of us.  It was then that, incredibly, I realized that we weren’t just reading the words that appeared upon the face of the Stone, but that the Stone itself was reading us and communicating to us.  It had been so long, I had forgotten.

My imagining of the words of Dante over the portal of Hell to “Abandon all Hope, Ye Who Enter Here” had been met with The Stone’s response “Do not abandon Hope”–followed by the Ancient Text’s reminder of what Faith is.  That message was personal to me. And clarifying.

I had thought that our role here was to be observers only.  To take note and measure the journey and the stories we encountered in our travels, to somehow find the virtue stone and complete the quest I had betrayed.  I had thought this journey required stealth and secrecy.  To raise no alarm as we kept to the shadows and stole back what was lost to the horned monster in the dark forest.

To avoid Xarmian entanglements.  To avoid the piracy and smuggling that had once been necessary to aid and assist those willing to resist the subversive kingdoms that were vying for the power and place that the Stone once held in the cultural center of this Mid-World.

But I was wrong.  Passivity may seem to be a safe course in a world filled with dangers, but it is not what we were called here for, and deep down I knew it.  Felt it.

Something was already alerted to our entry into The Mid-World.  Something deep and dark.  Angry and threatening.  It follows us, in every step we make forward, though it moves in large part unseen.

But with the encounter of the Troll, I knew that was not where it would end.  As vile and as cruel as that creature was, it failure to report back to whomever it served would bring others.

The Mid-World was a war zone.  And I knew that we may be forced into the fight to gain our passage through it.

Sometimes when it comes down to it, you must be willing to do whatever it costs to uphold the good. To preserve and protect and defend it even if it cost you the ultimate sacrifice to do it. The Ancient text says:

35 And He said to them, “When I sent you out without money belt and bag and sandals, you did not lack anything, did you?” They said, “No, nothing.” 36 And He said to them, “But now, whoever has a money belt is to take it along, likewise also a bag, and whoever has no sword is to sell his coat and buy one. 37 “For I tell you that this which is written must be fulfilled in Me, ‘AND HE WAS NUMBERED WITH TRANSGRESSORS’; for that which refers to Me has its fulfillment.” [Luke 22:35-37 NASB]

Some journeys require only simple provisions. And others may require a sword.

Beforehand we needed only simple provisions, but now it’s different.

The weight of that knowledge threatened to keep me silent, but that would be unfair.  I could feel the warmth of The Stone arising within me.  A taste of something sweet arose in my mouth, which I knew would be bitter in telling and consumption of it.

“We are going to need to learn to fight.  We will need more than just food and supplies.  We will need weapons and armor.”

I had spoken of this to Begglar, and as I glance toward him, he nodded in agreement.

“I had expected as much.  We have a hidden cache from collected over time from the armory and I think you’ll find all that we need.”  He then added, “The lassies took the only two traveling stock I have on hand besides these wagon horses.  We will need more horses, and the only supply in the area are from the soldier’s stables, but that place is heavily guarded.  I have made contacts with the Lehi riders working with the resistance.  They have agreed to cover for us if we move towards the stables and will fight for us to subdue the guards, but so far no overt action has ever been taken on that stockade or its paddocks.  If the Lehi move against it, Xarmni will learn of it.  They will know the resistance still has a presence here in the outerlands.”

“What are you saying?”

“So far, my family and I have only assisted you in your plans, which would merit us a severe reprimand, if found out.  But what we’re about to do, in Xarmnian minds rises to the level of treason for which there is but one penalty. Death for me and my family. If we do this, I need to know that you are committed to seeing this through.”

The others began to assure him of their sincerity, but Begglar shook his head. “I wasn’t talking to you folks. I was talking to him.”

And in case there was doubt in anyone’s mind, his finger was pointing straight at me.

*Scene 10* 2:30 (Conspirators)

Two figures lingered in the darkness, outside of the chamber ahead that housed The Marker Stone.

They refrained from moving towards the innermost chamber when they saw the golden light shining around the dark corner of the buried corridor.

Three days they had waited on the beachhead of the eastern sea. Three days while the Occulus had swirled hundreds of yards from the sea shore.  Light bending around its vertical ring. Sea foam rising from the swelling sea then spraying outward as the water eclipsed its ominous threshing wheel of turning.  Before the hired mercenary had delivered them to the site, they had not understood the danger of their mission, nor what these interloping Surface Worlders might be like.  Their job had only been to see and observe and report back to the factions within the underground network of The Resistance.  To blend in and act as one of them for as long as that might last.  Once their duty was done, their families would be taken to a safe place beyond Xarmnian reach.

It was agreed among the more cautious faction of the Resistance that “The Stone quests” were dangerous.  They offered Mid-Worlders only a fool’s hope, but exacted a dangerous toll.  Outsiders could not be trusted with the pursuit of legends, however mysterious the Ancient Stone might be.

“Tobias was afraid of this,” a male voice in the darkness said in a low whisper, “This Mister O’Brian will bring the Xarmnians down on our heads.”

“What are we to do?” a female voice responded.

“We cannot let them stir them up,” the male said, urgency rising in his tone, “If we see an opportunity to slow this group down, we take it.  It may be harsh, but what is a stake is far too dangerous to let these Surface Worlders meddle in it and them return to their own world and leave us with the consequences.”

“How will we know when the time is right?”

“We wait and go along.  There will be something. We just have to watch for it.”

*Scene 11* 16:15 (Storm Shelter)

“We’ve gotta take cover,” Christie said as the wind rose in strength, gusting down into the valley, whipping through the bulrushes growing wild along the nearby stream.

“What’ll we do with the horses?” Laura asked, trying to raise her voice over the hiss of the wind.

Christie gestured ahead, “Follow me.  I noticed a structure around the bend when we were leaving the other day.  This vine-covered cabin is just part of this homestead.  That old ruined garden had to have been plowed, rather than just hoe cut. These rural places almost always have at least one or two cows or goats. There’ll have to be a place for where they were kept.”

Laura and Christie gathered their reigns and led their antsy horses around the hill-cut cabin, past the grotto where they had camped a few days before into a cruck house structure built into the hill-recess.  The long, open-front enclosure appeared to be the crumbling remains of an old sod-bricked stable patched with waddle and daub plaster with a dusty manger and a series of open troughs and short stalls for feeding a small group of livestock.  It was clear the rudimentary stable had not housed a domesticated animal in many years.  The straw was dried and grey and crumbled under the feet of the horses as the two women led them into the stalls, but it was still dry in there and formed a crude windbreak from the storm gathering strength outside.

Old boards, with blackened patches of dry-rot, creaked and clattered with an irregular staccato as the wind whistled through the breaks and gaps in the plastered wall and woven thatch.  An old crossbeam cut from a dried log creaked and groaned as the atmosphere grew heavy and seemed to press down on the old arthritic skeleton of the structure.   The horses neighed and rumbled their displeasure, and the women rubbed them, trying to soothe them as best they could.

“Woah. Woah, easy girl,” they whispered.

“Give them something to eat. They’re scared. We’ve gotta keep ’em calm. Can’t have them running off in the storm. There should be something in the packs.”

Christie busied herself with getting the horses into the stalls turning them away from the flash of the storm outside and pulling the old gate slats through the stall-fence support beams to keep them secure.  The structure was old and if the horses spooked they were more than capable of getting out.

Begglar and Nell had provided the women with an oat bag for each of their horses and gave them a pouch of a kind of molasses and grain baked biscuits to reward them with a treat the horses were particularly fond of.

“I’m scared too,” Laura said, digging through the saddle bags, at last locating the wrapped horse biscuits.

Thunder rumbled and cracked in explosive concussions, punctuated with blinding flashes that paled all surfaces inside and outside the cruck house stable. The horses twitched, and their felt skin trembled, as the girls stroked their muzzles and hand fed them the hard biscuits, speaking soothing and soft words to them.  Somehow the action of calming the animals, helped calm them as well, in spite of the storm.

“How long do you think it’ll be before that storm passes?” Laura asked, trying not to raise her voice in such a way that would affect the horses.

Christie squinted out at the darkening sky and blowing bits of grass and straw as they whipped by carried by the gusts that shuddered the bones of the structure sheltering them and their animals.

“I don’t know, but that wind is moving pretty fast. I can smell the salt in the wet air, so I am sure this is coming from the sea beyond those hills. Whoever built this stable has neglected it a long time, but it was smart to build it in the brow of the hill. I don’t think it would have lasted this long, if it hadn’t been. Especially, if these kinds of storms are common.”

“What do you think happened to the man we saw the other night? The one in the cabin,” Laura clarified.

“I really don’t know. That cabin does not look like it has been lived in for an awfully long time. He could have been a squatter, sheltering for the night. O’Brian didn’t seem too concerned about him. In fact, he seemed to want to change the subject, every time one of us brought him up.”

“Do you think he knew him? Perhaps recognized him from sometime before?”

“Not sure. We really don’t know that much about Mr. O’Brian. There seems to be many things he’s keeping back from us. Perhaps he has his reasons. But I really don’t like it when men keep too many secrets.”

“Yeah,” Laura agreed, thoughtfully considering her personal experiences with men other than the mysterious and inscrutable, Mr. O’Brian.

The air had grown moist as drops of rain began to unpack themselves from the roiling dark clouds and plink and hiss as they fell. A mist arose from the distant river, creating a low-lying fog that spread along the ground and crawled up the riverbanks weaving its way into the tall grass. Fat drops of rain fell through the patchworked ceiling, spattering the women in their hair and running rivulets down their cheeks and neck as they tried to talk through the pelting hiss. Anything to take their mind off the raging storm.

Christie adjusted the horse’s bridle, removing the bit so the animal could eat.

“So tell me about what life is like for you, back…y’know.”

Laura sighed.

“Not much different than many others, I guess. Broken home, parents divorced. O’Brian didn’t tell you any of this?”

“Nope. And I didn’t ask. I figured if you wanted to tell me, you wouldn’t want my hearing it from others. Besides, didn’t we just say O’Brian was a secretive man?”

Laura laughed, “Yeah, I guess we did. I just wasn’t sure he was a man to keep my secrets.”

“Well, I guess we can’t fault him for doing that, can we?”

“No, I guess not.”

“I’m not pressing you to tell me anything, understand,” Christie said, “Just whatever you feel comfortable sharing.”

“Oh, I know,” Laura shrugged, “Guess there is not much else to do except wait out this storm.”

“Might as well.”

“Well, here goes, but remember, you asked for it.”

“That’s alright. Shoot, I’ve always been a good listener. You’ll see.”

“Well, my mom and dad, from what I heard, used to be socialites. Dad had been quite successful back in the days before I came along. Mom was the eye-candy. Shopping, fancy cocktail parties, social bee, y’know the type. Daddy had always been the stronger of my two-parent household. The dominant and ambitious one, gregarious to a fault, often funny, mostly a good-natured leader in the family, before the job loss, and long days following seemingly endless unemployment and the subsequent drinking changed him.

“I had often wondered what life would have been like if I had gone with my father that night he left us for “the floozy”. Before mom began to fall again into the final footsteps dad had taken the last leadership in. The path towards chemical dependency, the social drinking that became the hidden alcoholism, and ultimately the breakdown and utter devastation of our once traditionally-modeled family.

“Mom took longer at it, but she grew to resent and later despised me. I haven’t spoken to her in over a year.

“I think if I had gone with him that night, I wouldn’t be such a timid and fearful person as I am now. I might’ve even chosen to stay here with you guys, in spite of the troll.

She laughed hollowly.

“Daddy always said, ‘Life deals you blows, little-girl.‘ He always called me “little-girl” when he had what he thought of as fatherly wisdom to impart.

“‘Life’ll deal you blows, Little-girl. But you got to see ’em as opportunities to get what is yours. If it hits you. You hit back harder. Turn the situation around. Get what is yours to get out of it, and walk away like you don’t care. You gotta toughen up, pumpkin. Suck those tears in. Don’t give’em an in to see that they rattled you.’

“But all that was before. When life dealt him a blow, he failed to take the advice he’d given me.  It is easier to tell a child what to do than to show a child what should be done.

“Dad and I still talk on the phone from time to time. He always calls on my birthday, so somewhere inside, I think he still cares about me.”

She took a breath, and huffed, “I can forgive the horrible things he said.”

“It was just the alcohol talkin’,” she forced an embarrassed laugh, feeling the need to give it a, somewhat, mitigating explanation.

“I know that now,” she added in a whisper, barely audible.

She sighed heavily and looked over at Christie, “I think I would have been better off if I’d gone with him that night. It was rough having them splitting up like that, but mom’s turning was worse somehow. She was jealous of me, I think. Wishing she’d aborted me.”

Then with a note of bitterness, added, “Said so, often enough.” Staring vacantly off, “And she was often cold sober when she said that.”

A long silence followed and then, Laura continued.

“Mom took a long time to get over what happened. She tried working but never could stick with a job long enough. I went to work after school and on weekends. Didn’t make much, but we managed to barely squeak by. I think mom, resented me even more after that. I coulda let her starve for being such a..”

Laura blushed, refraining from saying the word that she would normally have spit out, but sighed and said, nonchalantly, “I’d catch her going into my purse to get money at night. I pretended I didn’t know what she was doing. Faked ignorance. Waiting for the second until I could legally rent my own place and get away. She was clearly drinking up the money she stole, but it kept her outta my hair. She drank in private, thinking I didn’t know.”

Christie had been following Laura’s story but also watching the storm outside of the stable. It had not abated and was only growing stronger.  The temperature was dropping and she could feel the pressure rising.  She knew if they waited too much longer the storm would worsen and they might be trapped without the opportunity to stay warm or dry.  She could wait no longer, but she did not want to alarm Laura.

“I’m sorry to interrupt you, but can you hold that thought for a moment and do me a favor?” Christie asked.

“Sure,” Laura nodded.

“Keep the horses company while I check out the cabin. Y’know to see if there is a light in the window.”

“You’re going out there?!” Laura’s voice rose in alarm, and the horse wagged its head from side to side, responding to her tone.

“Shhh!” Christie warned, “I am just going to check the cabin. I’ll be back in a minute. If the man showed up, perhaps he will give us some shelter ’til this passes. If not, there might be something we could use inside to start a fire in the fireplace. Get dry and warm up a bit.”

“Don’t be long, please.”

Christie smiled at her and nodded as she rose to leave, “I won’t. Keep the horses calm as you can.”

“Christie!” Laura called, stopping her.

“What?” she turned, her hand on the stable posts, bracing herself before plunging out in the driving winds and pelting rain.

“Thank you for coming with me. I know you didn’t have to. I don’t know what I would have done if you weren’t here and I got caught out in all this alone.”

She nodded at Laura reassuringly, and said, “Be right back.”

Christie dove into the wind and felt the sharp tingling impacts of horizontal rain. Each of the myriad darts of water pinning her T-Shirt to her body and saturating her blue jeans with drilling cold. Grit and straw blew into her face raking against her skin as she tried to move against the gusts that threatened to blow her over.

This might be a bad idea, she thought as she fought and stumbled her way forward, trying to lean against the gale and block her face from the stinging wet. But she had to try. If there was any help or supplies to be had, it might be found in the cabin at the far end of the small hill.

There was no sign that the storm was abating anytime soon. From the look and feel of it, it seemed to be gathering strength which did not bode well for the long hours ahead. The time to check the cabin was now or lose any opportunity until the storm passed over.

As she trudged past the grotto, leaning forward, fighting through the gale force winds, she raised her eyes, sheltering them with her hands to look ahead and not lose her bearings.

What met her gaze was a disturbing, nightmarish sight: Things that appeared to be long tendrils stretched out from the front of the cabin, twisting in the wind like the grasping fury of an angry squid attacking some invisible boat of fishermen. Not sure what she was seeing was real, she froze for two heartbeats, and then swiftly ducked back into the alcove.

Her pulse pounded in her ears, almost drowning out the sounds of the screeching winds. Her breathing was suddenly labored, coming in short gasps, almost to the point of hyperventilation.

Calm yourself, she struggled against the rising panic, It’s dark and stormy and the wind and rain make things appear not as they seem.

Closing her eyes, she counted quietly until her breathing deepened and came in more regular intervals. She gathered her courage and leaned out again, the wind pulling mercilessly at her long blonde hair.

Though she had tried to convince herself that what she thought she saw could not be, she knew that, in this strange place that Mister O’Brian referred to as The Mid-World, she had no degree of certainty anymore.

Laura was right. It would be hard staying here much longer if one did not understand more of the rules.

*Scene 12* 5:05 (As the Crowe Flies)

Further away, beneath the influence of the storm witnessed from a distance, wind-driven rain and a sleet-and-snow mix pelted the mounted Xarmnian patrol as they imperiously rode into the town of Crowe.  They had tracked the deserters to the edge of this little hamlet but were fairly confident that the general townsfolk would have shunned the man, his wife, and their children for the sake of their own. All except the Innkeeper and his wife. Their loyalty to the House of Xarm and their personal sense of self-preservation was still in doubt. They had given the man certain tolerances because of his past assistance, but it was known that the man was hiding something.  And that he had a son of age that had been overlooked for conscription into their armies.  The boy was very much alive, despite what the old man said to the contrary, but he had been useful to them so they did not press him further upon the matter.  But should the man be harboring these fugitives, all tolerance would be forgotten, and the dealings with him and his family would be severe indeed.

The Overwatch riders were dressed in molded and scraped-hide armor joined over a thick brigandine vest.  They wore thick woolen pants, sewn together with strips of tanned and molded hides, and their calves and feet were also bound and strapped with molded leather pieces joined in the form of crude boot wear.  The dark dried hides of their hardened helms and the furred edges of their cowled headgear, hid the glowering faces of the cruel men as they rode boldly through the muddied street, unimpeded.  Dark cloaks gathered, knotted, and affixed to the metal epaulets flowed from their thick brigandines,  draping their shoulders, and blanketing the tail and flanks of the powerful black horses upon which they rose.  Great gauntlets covered their hands as they rested one upon the hilt of a sword, sheathed along their hip and the other upon the pommel of their saddles, fisted with the reins guiding their mounts.

On prior occasions when the Overwatch had collected tribute from the village of Crowe, they would rouse the townsfolk from their thatched holes and expect them to present themselves for the inspection.  They made intimidating sport of any who they chose and hungrily looked over the women and young girls as if examining possible market-fare for an upcoming meal.

The humble and meager hovels made of rough-hewn timber and weathered shiplap barely concealed the cowering townsfolk as they peeked out from the shadows watching the dreaded riders waiting for the call that would force them out to stand shivering in the worsening weather. But no such call came.

Desperate to avoid being been sighted by the men, but conflicted and betrayed by their own morbid curiosity, then men watched these monsters approach and ride by their homes, each step away evoking an almost palpable relief, but also a growing sense of uncertainty.  This was unlike the Xarmnian Overwatch.

This time they merely rode silently through the gray main street, passed the town center, and then onward up the hill to the Inn where their Troll agent was last sighted.

The men and women of Crowe knew better than to show their faces, while the Overwatch rode their streets.  Their children were nowhere present, either behind the crack of a door or the pane of a fractured window, for the parents feared they would be snatched and taken back to the dark stone city if ever seen.  The last child these cruel men had taken had been casually pitched down a deep well, while their parents begged the heartless men to be allowed to let down the rope and dipping pail to save them.  The couple was held under the blade of a sword until the child ceased splashing and struggling and finally drowned.

When the dark horsemen approached the courtyard where the Inn lay, they called out to occupants they expected to be inside.  When no response came and no movement stirred from within, the lead rider dismounted, unsheathed his sword and strode angrily toward the doorway of the Inn.
“The old fool will bleed for this,” he growled, “Check the barn and stables.  Kill anything there that dares to draw breath.”

*Scene 13* 26:21 (Names Upon The Stone)

skeleton-2083016_1280

A wall of skulls gazed hollow and vacantly at me bathed in the shimmering golden light of the illumined words.  Before me the members of my Surface World travelers stood looking expectantly, unaware of the grisly wall behind them.  Begglar gazed at me unwavering, his visage stern and warning me not to succumb to fear or evasion.

I knew I could no longer escape what I had hidden and buried in shame and denial.  Not in this place.  The site of the Ancient Marker, now buried under a mound of martyrdom was not a place where lies persisted.  The judgment of the dead witnesses, represented in the bone-mortared wall, put me on the stand before their martyrdom.  Despite this, I felt the fear and shame rising within me, threatening to strangle my words from ever leaving my throat or crossing the threshold of my tongue and lips.

But with the fear and dread came the words of the Ancient Text again in my memory from Exodus 4:11–the words The One spoke to Moses when he too attempted to evade God’s calling and cloak himself in his own human inability.

An inner voice resonated within me asking,Who gave human being’s their mouths?

Backlit by the resonant letters, feeling the words surge through me live a wave passing out of The Marker Stone I suddenly felt the urge to remove my shoes, for the ground upon which I stood was the sacred abattoir of much slaughter.

A blood more precious than these, has equipped you to bear My message. Sacraments and acts of abeyance profit little if you do not bare your feet on the Holy Ground I have cleansed within the Temple of your own Heart. Give ear to My Words. Your past deeds must be released into Me, by open confession.”

Though deep within its entombment of bloodied earth, under moldering skulls and pillars of rock, the words on the Ancient Marker Stone imbued with persisting Life and Power, undid me, stripping away all I had clung to concerning my own qualifications and abilities.  The only thing left to me was to follow The One’s prompting by openly confessing and acknowledging what I had done twenty-one years before in a previous company of travelers.

Begglar is right.  Though he confessed to me in private, he was not called to lead these The One had brought here, but I was.  With that responsibility, came an even greater accountability and an urgency of the moment was upon me.  Now is the time.

If Begglar moved ahead with us, he would be risking everything to do so.  There would be no going back to living unrecognized under the nose of the Xarmnian Overwatch.  The effrontery of having done so this far would bring particular outrage from the High Council of Xarm, and the Son of Xarm himself.

If memory served, the self-styled monarch of Xarm could not abide ridicule, for it penetrated his own sense of self-worth.  He was held prisoner to perception even as I was and still am.

Begglar and his family would be hunted down, mercilessly tortured, and executed publicly to serve as a brutal example to anyone considering defiance of Xarmnian authority.  The Xarmnians had done it before, much to my shame and nightmarish memory.  It had precipitated my abandonment of this Mid-World and the remaining members of my former company.  In so doing, I thought I was protecting them by leaving them to complete the quest I had betrayed with Jeremiah’s brother, Caleb.

Begglar has counselled me against it, but I could not be persuaded otherwise.  I had believed the threat of The Pan, and in so doing, had enabled his threat to come to fruition.

Begglar deserved an answer.  His courageous risk was standing upon the threshold, to pass through or turn back depending upon my response.

The confines of the burial chamber, for such it was, began to close in around us.  I knew my revelation would shock and disturb several of my traveling companions, and that this might very well be the moment we all parted ways.

Under the glowing light of the mysterious golden letters, I urged everyone else to come into the antechamber where The Marker stood and form a semi-circle around me facing the exposed face of The Stone Marker.  My breathing was growing labored, and I could feel my heartbeat rising and hear the pulse of my blood throbbing in my temples.  I felt something deep underground tug at me with an almost physical force that nearly made my knees buckle.

I cleared my throat and spoke again, “This is the place where confession is made.  This is the place where we must prepare for warfare…and I must confess and tell you truthfully who it is you are traveling with.” I eyed each of them carefully and then continued, “And that the danger that threatens this land is heighted now because of me.  My actions.  Seven from our prior company of fourteen Surface Worlders are now dead because of it.”

“Nine.” Begglar corrected, “And three of them died and are entombed here upon this very spot.  Well, what is left of them is, anyway.  Their skulls are here. Missing their jawbones.”

“And the others?”

“Four have remained here, including myself.  At least that I know of.”

“Why?”

“You very well know why.  Because we have given our names to this quest.  The Stone bears our names upon it, engraved for every Xarmnian and enemy of The Stone and its prophecy to read and hunt for us.  It is the primary reason, I was willing to have this covered up.”

That knowledge sent me reeling.  I felt the fear rising again.

Something powerful and strong seemed to be inside my head twisting and squirming like some alien tentacle frantically seizing upon my thoughts and mind to keep me from doing what I was about to.  Fears and self-doubt assaulted me, warning me, threatening me to keep silent, but I could not.  I had the odd feeling that I was being watched by large eyes from someplace deeper underground, seeing me through both an obsidian eye and a glacier blue eye.  I again smelled the scent of briny salt, and a sickly sweetened odor of decay and something akin to that of rotten fish.  Smells I had recognized upon arriving on the beach, but easily dismissed being under a burial mound of earth, flesh, and bones.  My mind churned with panic and confusion, and my legs felt as if they would no longer hold me up.  The ceiling of the cave seemed to press down upon me, almost crushing me in mind and spirit.

I stood silent, with my back to them for a moment, attempting to gather up the courage but failing.  I swayed on my feet, trying to keep my knees from buckling under me.  I stared up at the illumined letters, knowing that this confession was what I needed as much as anyone else in my company needed from me now.  And in looking upon the letters, the din of my inner turmoil began to fade.

I cleared my throat and turned again to them, “There is a reason, I’ve brought you all here before this hidden monument.  I knew we had to come here before going any further into the Mid-World.  This is the place of beginnings.  I knew you each had to see it to believe, as I once did.”

“The golden words you see upon this buried rock are living words.  They have a power in them and bear a promise to the faithful, and a condemnation to the wicked.”

“When I left this country before, this Marker was not buried as it is now, as we have said.  Rather, it was abandoned and ignored.  According to Begglar, only in more recent years has it become the site of such indignities and slaughter.  This is not because of The Stone itself, but because of the darkness within the inhabitants of this world and ours.  Those who have been made rulers and monarchs here, because the seats of power were left vacant and undefended.”

“What does all this have to do with you?” one of the listeners asked.

“I was originally part of an entrusted company of travelers as you are, tasked with the finding and delivering one of the virtue stones to the crown gate in the high mountains.  The quest failed because of a betrayal and a division of leadership.  When that company fell apart and disbanded, I tried leading a counterforce here in its wake, that was hunted, ambushed, and eventually driven out of this world.  I became discouraged and abandoned the quests entirely and have spent many years away, thinking I would never be allowed to return here and afraid of ever coming back.  For twenty-one years, I was solely absorbed in the affairs of my own life in the Surface World, until a few days ago.”

“The summoning came through to me again, shaking up my life in the Surface World and showing me that I couldn’t remain away from my calling here without it disrupting everything in all worlds.  Nothing lasting can be built without settling the foundational issues of existence.  The reason I have been called back here is because of this,” I gestured to the stone behind me.  “This Rock of Remembrance compels me to complete the journey I committed to back then.  This landmark pillar is called The Marker Stone because it has marked me.  This is the Ebenezer Stone of Creation.  It anchors all existence to it.”

A teen girl interrupted, “What’s an ebby-sneezer?”

One of the other boys answered, “Like Ebenezer Scrooge in A Christmas Carol,” and a few of them tried to laugh, but the scene and the ethereal light of the letters, made them feel very uncomfortable doing so.

“Ebenezer.  It is a Rock of Remembrance.  A Stone of Help,” I answered quietly, “The Ancient Text speaks of it symbolically, but in this world, we perceive it as a Stone that cannot be marred or destroyed by the hand, tooth or claw of men or beasts.”

“This Indestructible Stone is the reason why these lands of the Mid-World exist.  This Marker Stone holds the key and bears the words of the Prophecy of this Land upon its polished surface.  It is the Axel upon which all wheels turn.  This Stone was also called The Land Horn, because the ancient nomadic people, herdsmen who kept flocks of goats and sheep, who first came to this land symbolized strength and authority using the figure of a ram’s horn.”

“They saw the power of rams, fighting to establish herd dominance and authority, using the striking power of their mighty horns.  When a ram died, they collected the horns of these powerful animals and made blowing instruments from them.  A ram’s horn was given to each family patriarch, and the head of each family would blow through their ram’s horn symbolizing a call of authority to rally their family to come to them and assemble before them for celebrations, feasts and for a call to war when faced with a threat.”

“The power and authority of this land, this Mid-World, was once anchored around communal gatherings at this prominent site upon the highlands.  The Stone itself is foundational to this land.  It is the core stone of every mountain here, and is the same type of stone that forms the mantle of the earth as we know it back in the Surface World.”

“Legends tell that at the base of this Stone, there once were three fist-sized gemstones.  A bluestone of brilliant sapphire lit with a cool inner fire called The Praesporous Stone.  A blood-red stone, like a massive ruby also with a red throbbing fire within called The Cordis Stone and a white pearlescent stone, like a perfect pearl formed from within the heart of the deep sea, called The Fidelis Stone.  At the top of this Marker Stone there once was a massive circlet, woven through with veins of the purest gold, that was almost translucent.  The circlet was a crown, and in it were three concave place-settings intended for the three large stones.  The three gemstones were cast down upon the ground but were intended to be restored back to their place-settings, but mankind lusted after them and longed to keep them for themselves to make themselves powerful, wise, and kings in their own right.  But a mutual distrust, made them agree to leave them here untouched and return to the site each year to see that the agreement was honored.”

“The crown was too large to rest upon the brow of any of them, but the stones were small enough to possess, and from the representative division of each were formed three kingdoms to rule these lands.  The Old Kingdom comprised of the earliest settlers from the Ancient World, the Eastern Kingdom, and the Western Kingdom.  The latter two Kingdoms by a series of conquest and overthrow eventually became what is today known as Xarmni and Capitalia.”

“Also at the base of the Marker stone, just peeking out of the ground around it were twelve conical stones, seemingly formed of both iron and granite.  These were called The Builder Stones, and it was learned that these had incredible power to lift up and tear down massive earthworks.  These were also divided up and taken by the tribal families and were used to clear the land and build the large cities of the Mid-World.  All of this was done over time.  For at the beginning, it was the Words written upon the Stone that held the most fascination to the travelers.  For each person saw them written in their own native language.  The words were a collective charge to the inhabitants of this gifted land, but also contained personal messages to each one who read them.”

“The words that you see here, upon the Marker Stone’s surface, are not always the same, though these words do recur from time to time.”

“The peoples of the ancient times honored this place and The One who had caused this Marker to rise from underneath its grounds.  The Marker is a rib of stone, that extends downward underground at an angle.  It is partially buried in the flesh of this Mid-World, but it is also buried in the flesh of the world from which we all come.  This Rib of Stone represents in a symbolic and real sense the formation of a Bride, for as the Ancient Texts recounts in the story of the first creation how the gift of a suitable companion was given to the first man, in the separation of a rib taken from his side and fashioned into a woman for him to love, honor as the gift of God and to cherish and provide for all of his days.  To be his companion and confidant in life and to join with him in rule over the earth.  The Mid-World is the companion to the physical Surface World–Its echoing existence.  Similar to it but different as well.  This exposed rib of stone represents that same relationship of companionship between the Surface World as we know it and the Mid-World as we are experiencing it now.”

“This place and all you see around you is a manifestation of the meta-physical joining between the physical body and the spirit, a link between the natures of both.  You, I and all of these gathered are here in a realm representative of the human heart and soul of a person who is in this company.  You have heard of a joining of hearts?  Well, this place is a nexus representing that very concept, but as a physical representation of it. Each of you has been called here for a reason. To join together here in this Mid-World plagued with the ravages of blight, warring kingdoms, and philosophies, and very real supernatural monsters bent on destroying this land and subduing it, so that it cannot thrive and allow the promised Kingdom to prevail and manifest itself outward into the physical Surface World from which we have come.”

“The words you see upon this Stone behind me are real and immutable.  They come from an Ancient Text written through fifteen centuries of human history, all compile into one Holy Book that has stood the test of time and has origins from a source outside of time for within it are prophecies given and prophecies fulfilled and prophecies yet to be fulfilled.  The Words you read upon this Stone come from the prophetic passages attributed to King David, the Prophet Isaiah, and the Apostle Paul to the Hebrews.  These words are not bound by the times and situations of earth history but are applicable to all places and times through which we move.  They are messages of guidance from The One Who Created All Things and Places and gives them their being.  And these are the words which I will share with you on our journey forward as they are spoken through my heart and memory.  I did not understand it before when I first came to this land, but these gifts of recalling the Ancient Text words are a gift given to the person given the task of leading a Stone Quest.”

Bathed within the golden light of the letters upon the Marker Stone, I could tell that those in my charge were having a hard time discounting what I was telling them, though I could tell for many it was a struggle.

A woman, seemingly in her early thirties, a brunette with long-shoulder length hair, and large, hazel-eyes that smoldered with the golden hearth fire of the illumined letters, spoke up, “Where are the other stones that were here before?  The large gemstones and crown you spoke of?”

“They were taken,” I replied, quietly, “And the crown was stolen and carried into the mountains far ahead of us.”

“Who stole them?” another man asked.  Speaking louder, with a degree of alarm rising in his voice.

“I will get to that all.  But our focus, right here and now is on finding one of the three gemstones.  They are our part of the quests.  The bluestone, the great sapphire, has already been recovered long ago.  It is called the Praesperos Stone.”

“Praesperos Stone?!” another exclaimed, “What is that?”

“Praesperos comes from the Latin, it can be translated as Hope, but from it also comes our English word Prosper.”

“How do you know that the Praesperos Stone is safe?”

“I did not say it is safe, I only said it was recovered and has been placed where the other two stones belong.”

“And where is that?”

“It is in the Crown of Gold, embedded in a doorway crevice up in the great mountains beyond the Xarmnian empire and its conquered lands.”

“Yeah, but, how do you know it’s there?”

“Because I’ve seen it.  And the Crown bears words of the Promise given when the Hope Stone was placed within the Crown’s setting.  The Words showed up, revealed in the golden letters in the same fashion as you see here.  We memorized them because we did not have much time.  They read:

The Hidden Kingdom is within The Door of Stone.  All who shall come to these lands from among the Surface World must seek first to return the King’s Jewels to the Crown of Life. So that the Land Between them shall be healed, and strongholds of powers, principalities and rulers of darkness be pulled down, and witness the coming Light of The One who longs to dwell with mankind again and establish His Kingdom Without End.

“The Hidden Kingdom – that is what we call Excavatia.  A Kingdom of Hope that must be Excavated, brought out of the Burial Tomb.  It has been buried by rumors, consigned to legend, hindered by wars and power-seekers, immersed in corruption and its promise maligned by the hatred and evil of mankind.”

“But how do you know those words are connected to this Stone?”

“Because they also appear on the other side of the Marker Stone.  The side facing the mountains beyond it.  Along with something else.”

Here I paused, not wanting to say too much, but knowing that I could not prove what I told them unless we had time to dig around the back of the monolith and allow them to see the other side for themselves.  But, unfortunately, that side was buried under tons of dirt, bones, and rock.  Begglar had told me there were some places that could not be covered, and they were still open to the air around the top and that there were places on the Marker where no other stone or timber could be laid against.

At the top of The Marker Stone, under the cairn hill, there were engraved seven representations of eyes.  Almond-shaped symbols that encompassed and encircled the top of the place in which its golden crown once rested.  The seven eyes were representative of the seven oculus portals, said to be within the Mid-World, each pointing outward from the seven faces of the stone.

The side facing the Eastern Horizon of the Mid-World Lands, facing the hills and the distant sea and beachhead from which we had come, also could not be covered as it bore the words of the Ancient Text.

“Can we go back there to see?” a young man asked, “Is there a tunnel around to the back of it?”

Begglar shook his head, “That side is buried.  This was the only side we could not cover.  Nothing set against The Marker’s eastward face stays.  The Stone resists covering on this side, and no darkness hides the letters written there.  Many a man has tried and failed.  That is why we had to build this open chamber and set stone pillars above it to hold a ceiling to bear the weight of the hill.  There is unexplained power in the Stone.  One that even the dark ones fear.”

“What else is on the other side, that you claim bears the message you saw on the Crown in the Mountains?”

“Names,” I said, almost in a whisper.

“What?”

“Names, laddie,” Begglar said, with more volume than I.

“The names of every Surface Worlder, who volunteers to join in the quest for the Crown Stones.”

“We have to volunteer?  I thought the very fact that we were brought here out of our Surface World lives, made us a part of this!” Cheryl spoke up.

Another interjected, “You’re only now telling us we have a chance to withdraw from this, whatever this quest thing is?

Before I could answer another jumped in, amid the rise of murmuring, “Did you volunteer for this? Does your name appear back there?!”

“Yes. Mine and those of us who came before.  Every Surface Worlder who commits themselves to seek to return the King Stones to the Crown in the Mountains, have their names appear on The Stone Marker.  The Stone Marks them.  Engraves their name forever upon its western surface.  Once the committed give their names in response to the Kingdom Calling, their names will appear there…and in the Crown itself.”

“That is why I have been hesitant to ask you all for your names.  I wanted to bring you all to see this Marker first.  You had to know something about what I know, before going further.”

*Scene 14* 4:40 (Brooding)

Nell had waited with the two young girls and the horses.

Young Miray sat in the far back end of the buck board wagon, her legs dangling off the back of the end gate swinging and kicking, humming to herself.

Nell locked the wheel pad lever, but young Becca sat next to her and occasionally swung her leg and shoe at the locking bar, as if she would like to give it a good whack and set it loose, allowing the team to jolt forward and give Miray a quick jolt and tumble off the back of the wagon.

Nell had tried to coax young Miray to come up and sit with her and Becca on the long bench seat at the front of the wagon, and she would teach both the girls how the wagon tracer reins worked, but Miray demurred, stating that she was perfectly happy back in the back.  She preferred boats, and wanted to imagine she was rowing one far away into the sea.

Becca seethed.

“She doesn’t like me,” she growled to Nell.

“Now you don’t know that, dearie,” Nell stated trying to sooth her temper.

“She hates me. She never liked me. Never gave me a chance. She’s a piglet!”

Miray went on humming as if she had not heard a thing, but Becca’s voice had raised to the volume with that last statement so that she would be sure to hear it.

Nell could see right away what Becca was trying to do, but she acted like she did not understand.

“Now that’s not a very nice thing to say.  Especially if you actually want her to like you, Miss Becca.”

“Nuts! Why would I care if a snotty…PIGLET…likes me!  Especially one that dotes along like a little snail after that Mister O’Brian.”

“Now what have ya got agin’, Mister O’Brian, now?” Nell coaxed.

“Nothing except he’s gonna get us all killed.  Bringing us to this…graveyard.  The creep!  He’s like the weird guy that hangs out in the kids’ park.  The kind that watches us play on the swings from the park bench, pretending he is reading something.”

“Now what kind of a talk is that from a wee gerl, I wonder?  What nonsense.”

“Sister, you have a lot to learn.  Where we come from, it’s just another day in the park.  Kids come. Kids go. Some make it home. So get cut up, bitten and buried in the bushes, by creepies like Mister O’Brian.”

Nell found herself at the juncture of a loss for words and in a boiling kettle of shock soup.  The girl was filled with a startling degree of cynicism and bitterness for someone so young.  Even living under the atrocities of the Xarmnians, she had never seen a child so morbid and tactiturn.  What little conversation she had been able to coax out of Becca had been laced with resentment and anger, a paranoia that had no clear explanation or source.

“Has someone tried to hurt you like that…before?” Nell ventured.

“What?! Me?!” Becca recoiled at the thought, “No! Never! Not without getting cut for it!” And something like a small smile played at the ends of her pressed lips, like she was reveling in a hidden thought.

Miray continued to hum, but a bit louder, as if oblivious to the two females who happened to be riding shotgun in her imaginary boat.

Suddenly, Becca turned and shouted, “Why don’t you shut up you little imbecile! You’re not fooling anybody!  I know what you’re doing!”

Miray did not turn but kept on humming as if she hadn’t heard a word.

Becca turned forward and kicked hard at the brake lever, but Nell leaned over and caught the post before it disengaged.

Out of the corner of her eye, she caught the gleam of a sinister look in the angry girl’s face, and noticed there was something familiar about it.

She had seen that look before.  Only the impression she had was a memory of someone she had know well a long time ago, and the person she was thinking of was not a little girl.

bone-664596_1280

The Hill of Skulls – Chapter 8

*Scene 01* 15:19 (The Girl is Leaving)

Begglar and I rounded the end of the property, made our way behind the stands of trees, crossed the road and traveled back upward towards the barnyard and stables where we had met the previous night.  The troll signs had petered out and were lost, but we suspected they could not have gone too far in the night.

As we came up the path, Nell and two of the other woman came in upon us standing under the eaves of the barn.

“Where have you two been?!” exclaimed Nell, her hands on her hips, her hair in a slight, but charming disarray.

“Just like a man, gabbing away just as easy as you please while there’s work to be done.”

Begglar, having unburdened himself of his heavy secrets, felt in better humor, now that there were no illusions between us.

He grinned sheepishly at Nell, wiped his hands on his legs and followed her back out into the daylight.  I could still hear Nell enumerating all of what still had to be done that day, and what share of those responsibilities would be entirely performed by Begglar.  I believe I also overheard quite a few “Yes, dears” and “I was just getting to its…” before he and she descended just out of earshot.  Begglar might still have a few issues with courage.

Christie, whom I had dubbed “the she-bear”, was watching me with a half-grin on her face, but also with a sort of chastising look as if I owned my own share in the supposed plot to shirk the day’s duties.  Something was troubling her, and I felt I knew what it might be.  Christie had been paired with the girl I spoke to the prior evening occupying one of the bedrooms in Begglar’s Inn for the night.

The other woman who had arrived with Christie and Nell, who I later learned was Cheryl, had left to announce to the others that we were found and that they could call off the frantic search.  Or something to that effect.

“Something bothering you?” I asked Christie, as she continued to lightly scold me with her half-amused, half- troubled expression.

“Did you know the girl I fought the troll for is planning to leave us?”

I nodded and cleared my throat.  “Yes, I did,” I answered quietly. “She told me last night.”

“And you’re just letting her go?”

I shrugged.  “I can’t keep her from doing whatever she wants to do.  No one is forced to stay here or has to follow in this journey.  As I’ve said many times, this quest is not for everyone.  I know that.  Whatever decision she, you or any of the others make, it has to be done of your own free will.”

She eyed me, and I continued, “That doesn’t mean I don’t want.. I mean…  I want you all to come, but I am by no means forcing any of you to do so.”

She looked at me with a shocked and partially puzzled look, as if she was not prepared for this sort of answer.

“Y’know, you could have left us all on the beach then. Why didn’t you?”

“Because I was told to invite you. To give you all the opportunity to follow.”

“You told us there was something dangerous in the fog.”

“There was, is….”

“Tell me, what would have happened in the fog?” she folded her arms.

“Look, it is so very hard to explain everything just now. The fogs roving the coastline are more than what they appear. They are to be avoided at all cost and I had to keep you all safe.”

“Safe. From. What?” she responded, enunciating each word.

“You saw the troll, what it was capable of. That ought to tell you that the things you encounter here are much different than they are in the Surface World we came from.”

She studied me a moment quietly.

“There’s a lot your not telling us,” she walked past me looking away and then turned again. “You are struggling to keep some things from us.  It is like you want to tell us, but are afraid to,” she said, reading me too well.

She let the accusing quiet hang between us for a moment, but then granted me a temporary reprieve.  “But all that aside.  Do you think it is safe for her to be traveling back alone?  Back into…The Surface World?” saying the last three words with raised finger quotes.

I sighed a bit, not sure if she was mistaking my being resigned to the idea as being uncaring or insensitive to the young girl’s plight or circumstances back in the Surface World.  She arched her eyebrow at me, quizzically, testing me.

“Look, there ARE dangers here. You’re right.  Much as I might like to, I cannot shield people from living their own lives and coming to their own discoveries in and through it.  Perhaps it is because…”  I gathered my thoughts and words for a moment, but Christie, the ever brave She-Bear, finished my sentence, startling me with her conclusion.

“…because you were never a parent.  Never knew what it was like to see a young innocent girl so traumatized by life that you feel compelled to come in and make that pain stop in some way.”

That statement shocked me.  It hurt in some ways, but dug deep in others. She had me in a very awkward and uncomfortable place.  Like most anyone else, I wanted–needed some people to think well of me.  For some reason, I wanted her to think well of me more than the others.

“I…,” still gathering my words, I sigh again in frustration.  “We are making arrangements for her safe travel back.  I spoke to Begglar just now.  There are horses stabled near here, within walking distance to the southwest and down in a declivity.  Begglar offered to provide her and anyone accompanying her with food and tack for a day’s journey.  We are not that far out from the portal.  We came overland because I wasn’t sure of the old road. On horseback, Begglar assured me, that she could make it back to the coast in far less time so the provisions should be more than enough.”

Christie shook her head at me in amazement, “I don’t believe this.  What are you thinking?!”

Puzzled, I asked, “What’s not to understand?”

As if I were the most thick-skulled dunder-head in the world, she came over and knuckled my skull.  “Hello!  Anybody home?  Why are you so clueless, fearless Leader?!”

That stung.

“I am…I must be,” I stammered.  “Please fill me in.  What am I missing?”

She clenched her fists and looked to the sky for help.  “Ugh!  Men!  Why don’t they get it?!  So frustrating having to always spell it out for them!”

A soliloquy I surmised but didn’t interrupt or say so.  There is danger in interjecting while one is asking a rhetorical question.

“Her feelings, you blockhead!  What about how she feels?”

“How can I help her feelings, Christie?” I sighed.  “I just don’t know how anything I could say to her would make what she has struggled through any better for her.”

That brought quiet.  And reflection.  Christie’s expression was thoughtful but inscrutable.

A good thing?  I thought. I don’t know.  Waiting here.  Should I say something?  Or not?

At last, she broke the silence with a sigh.

“I just…” she began and then, “That young girl is vulnerable. Something has scared her. Something the troll may have done to her. I don’t know. But I feel like she is making the wrong decision running away from whatever it was that scared her enough to leave.”

I ventured, “Her situation is out of my depth.  I want to help her.  Feel strongly compelled to, but sometimes a person’s pain cannot be fixed by some other person.  Sometimes,” I backed off of the word choice, “…well, most times if we are being honest, many problems are bigger than us.  There is a lot of past hurt in her.  I cannot undo her past.  Problems with her dad.  I don’t know what all she told you. But her dad left and there was a lot of personal pain connected with that. The troll sort of exploited that.  They are malicious that way. There is an unexplained meanness in them that comes with their ability to see our inner fears. That is why I did not want anyone to lock eyes with it. Somehow they can see into a person’s soul and pick at our pain points.”

“Uh!” Christie exclaimed, “And you let me charge that thing down, without knowing that?!”

“I could hardly have stopped you,” I countered. “There’s not much I can do.  I cannot go back in time and make her dad stay.  Make him love her the way he should have.  Make him honor his wife.  Make him faithful to the vows he made in the beginning of their life together. Perhaps she does need to go back. There are things much worse than Trolls in this world.” I gripped one hand in the other, and continued, “Her dad, from what she told me, is ever bit as cruel as one of these trolls. He should’ve been there for her. He probably shaped her view of men.  If I could find that guy, I would like to kick the snot out of him…”  I paused, “…but would any of that help her?”

Christie rejoined in a soft voice, “No.  No, it would not.  It would just make it worse.  You meddling in her personal life.  Indicating that she was inadequate to deal with it constructively.  You would just be causing her to feel worse about herself than she already feels now. Anger doesn’t solve things.”

There was a lot of wisdom in that concession.  Words I needed to reflect on and apply to my own life and situations. Things done and said in anger almost always turn out wrong.  That is why I was reminded of some passages in the Ancient Text that I struggle with personally, and I fail so often putting into practice:

“A wrathful man stirreth up strife: but [he that is] slow to anger appeaseth strife.” [Proverbs 15:18 KJV]

“[He that is] slow to anger [is] better than the mighty; and he that ruleth his spirit than he that taketh a city.” [Proverbs 16:32 KJV]

Anger leads to folly. But a cool head can reach clarity. I have hated myself for so long for what I did to those I had been a part of in the prior quest twenty-one years before. I knew what self-loathing could do to a person, and it made me feel so helpless to offer the girl anything more comforting than mere words.

Conviction sits on my front porch.  It practically camps there.  In fact, I don’t think it ever goes on a vacation, because its patient is so screwed up sometimes.

Christie broke in to my thought. “She doesn’t hate you, by the way.”

Startled, I asked, “What?”

“She said that you were the only male she’s known in her experience that ever just sat there and listened to her. It meant a lot to her, y’know.”

“Shall I try to talk to her again?”

Christie did not answer right away.  She was thinking and in a few moments, I could see that she’d reached a conclusion.

“No.  It’s not necessary.  You’ve done practically all you can do for her.  But there is something I can do.”

I perked up, “What is that?”

“I can go with her on her way back.  Be a friend to her.  She needs one right now.”

I cannot entirely admit that I had not hoped she would say that.  Make that offer of her own choosing.  Christie is clearly someone extra special.  Perceptive, thoughtful, and kind,…and quite capable of fully and completely kicking a Troll’s butt.  I knew I would be sorry to see her go, and I told her so.

“Thank you for doing this.  I could not ask you to do it, you know that.”

She elbowed me in the ribs as she passed by me on the way back to the Inn.

“Quit acting like it was your idea.”

I stood corrected and pleased to see something of her spunky spirit return.

“Besides, if you went, you would most certainly get her lost.  We all know how poor men are at asking for directions.”

I grinned, and said, “Hurry back as soon as you can.”

*Scene 02* 14:47 (Between Here and There)

My conversation with Christie about the girl who had decided to leave our company continued to weigh on my mind, long after we had returned into the small dining hall to help Begglar and his wife Nell clean up after the morning meal.

There was much to do.  The two cows had to be fed and milked.  Begglar had recently found his bull slaughtered and butchered by Xarmnian patrols in the open pasture, and had not had the means to buy or barter for a new one.

Nell organized others in the kitchen on the fine points of mixing and drying hardtack–a sort of flour, water, and salt mixture, flattened and pan dried into a hard biscuit that could be preserved and eaten over long journeys when other food was scarce.  These she apportioned out as a staple to be wrapped in corn husks and be added to our collective food stores.  Small hunks of hard cheeses were cut from a large cheese wheel stored in a cold cellar, and these were then dipped into warmed wax and tallow, then dried and set out for each of us, to add to our carried supplies.

The scrawniest gathering of barnyard chickens had to be fed the rationed handfuls of grains and cornmeal to supplement their natural diet of bugs and worms which were ever-present in scattered straw and dung in the stables.  Eggs were carefully collected from the nests, leaving only enough to allow for the faintest hope of their posterity to hatch and maintain the struggling line.  The rather lean pigs had to be slopped from the meager leavings of the morning’s meal.

The remaining stock, (horses, and a few spindly goats), were to be watered and fed, with a mix of hulled oats and barley grains from a barrel bin that was getting scratched and worried by the claws and teeth of rats hungrily trying to get inside.

Normally, the woven linens and bed coverings would have been hand-washed and hung out to dry, but Nell and Begglar seemed to have other things on their mind and whispered animatedly to each other as they gathered household items and seemed to be bundling and storing several of their kitchen items, personal belongings, and provisions for a journey.  They showed our travelers how to bundle and wrap their traveling items within their knapsacks, making the best usage of the space, arranging the items for dryness, food preservation, back comfort, and better weight distribution for carrying these packs on long trip overland through various weather conditions.

Begglar and his boy arranged some supplies and horses for Christie and the young woman’s return to the journey back to the portal near the sea cliffs to the south. Begglar told them, “Just to set the horses free at the cliffs to range and feed.”

“Leave the saddles and tack,” he tells them, describing a special cache location for which he gives them specific landmarks and directions to find.

We are assured that there is a friend of his that maintains some local stables near the seaports and the horses are trained to come to him before dusk to be fed further and be stabled for the night.

The young woman is worried as she strokes the mare she has been given to ride, “Are you certain they’ll be alright?  I don’t think I can just leave them that way?  What if they don’t go to the right place, or if they are caught?”

“Don’t you worry, lassie.  These are mountain horses.  They got a bit of spit and spirit in them yet, though they may not look it.  If they decide to return, they know where home is better than any person could. Have no worries about the horses. They’ve made the journey many times. They are rotation stock. I feed, water, and shelter those my friend sends and he returns the favor until each is returned”, says Begglar.

We say our goodbyes and wish them good health and safety on the journey.

“Still okay with this?” I ask Christie and she grins and exhales a huff.

“Oh yeah. I’ve ridden horses since I was a little girl back home. It’ll be its own small adventure and I’ll catch up to you all soon.” I nod and pat her knee as she mounts the grey gelding like a true cowgirl.

“Let the horse lead,” I say, “they have a nose for finding water and good instincts.”

“We’ll be fine,” she assures me.

“Just you don’t go getting mixed up with Trolls without me.”

“If it’s my choice to make, you can count on that. No fighting Trolls with my good friend Christie the She-Bear. It’s a deal.”

She grinned. Perhaps more to reassure me of her confidence in their safety than for anything else. After all, the Surface World contains far more unseen dangers than this Mid-World one could ever make visible.

I moved to the young woman, so fiercely determined in some ways, yet so fearfully vulnerable in others. She too had mounted her horse, a young, dun-colored mare.

I squeezed her hand reassuringly as it rested on the pommel of the saddle. She looked down at me with a brave effort and almost whispers an “I’m sorry” again before I stop her.

“I want you to remember something about this place when you go back to your life in the Surface World.”

“What is that?” she asked, unsure of where my words were leading.

“Here in the Mid-World, things are much clearer and more direct than they appear up in the Surface World.”

She interrupted, “Please don’t try to talk me out of this.  I just can’t stay here, knowing those Trolls are here and can hurt me like that.  I just…”

“I won’t try to talk you out of it, my dear.  It is not my place to make decisions for you.  As I said to the others, being here is a choice each of us has to make.  But I need you to understand something at the Mid-World that I don’t tell many others who are just starting to figure out what this place is in relation to where they’ve come from.”

“Okay,” she said quietly, “I’m listening.”

“What you may not realize, is that you presently are in both places at once.  You are in the Surface World, even now, but your consciousness is present here.  You do not lose anything of yourself by being here or there. You are what you are no matter how different you may pretend to be in each place.”

“I don’t understand,” she responded, her grip on the saddle horn tightening defensively, perhaps fearing that either I or she was going crazy.

“It is a hard thing to explain,” I said, “It has to do with conscious choices we make.  How we see our lives and how we view ourselves.  The Mid-World is a place inside each of us that blends the parts of us that we can see and the part of us that we cannot see into something else, for the purpose of experiencing a new way of living.  Not just by being born into the physical world, but by having a place within us where there is a working out of those parts of us that will either lead us to allow the Kingdom of Excavatia to be expressed or the remnants of our old life and its darkness and strongholds to rule and contain us.  You and I, and all of the others traveling with us have met in a nexus of this adjoined World between Worlds.  The portal we came through is just an expression of how we arrived here together.”

“Are you saying, this is an out of body experience?” she asked narrowing her eyes, looking down at me with suspicion.

“No.  Nothing like that.  As I said, you are in both places, but you are consciously here.”

“Am I asleep?  Having some sort of vivid nightmare I can’t get out of?”

“It is kind of like that.  A kind of dream, but with more reality to it.  It is both a vision and a dream.  It is not unprecedented in the Ancient Scriptures.  It happened to several of the prophets, and some of the apostles.  You have been given a rare glimpse inside of you.”

“I still don’t understand.  If this is me, what is the point in going back to the Beach where we first arrived?  Can’t I just wake up, or something?”

“That is not easily done.  Sometimes we have to make choices within the limits and rules of this place.  The vision doesn’t easily leave you.  Sometimes you must choose to go back through the portal that brought you here.  I don’t make those rules.  None of us do.  It is possible we move from here to there, without the memory of having been here.  But what makes going back through the portal important is that you will have a greater chance of remembering this place, when you go back through the doorway from which you came here.”

“And when I get there,” she spoke quietly, “How do I know the portal will still be there?”

I put my hand on hers, patting it encouragingly, “It’ll be there. As long as Surface Worlders are pursuing the call of the quests, the Sea Gate Oculus remains open. Yet it never leaves the water. It will come to you if you seek it. Just step into the water. You are not a prisoner of the calling to join this company. It is offered to you, but not obligatory. All of us were given the chance to be here for a good reason. When we are called by Him we are never lost or truly hidden from His sight. There is no place in life, whether here or in the Surface World that the One who loves us doesn’t know where we are at any given moment.”

“So you are saying, God brought me here?  Brought me so that I could meet that…that horrible Troll.”

I sighed, unable to help her understand.

“In a way,” I said slowly, “yes.  Yes, He did.  There is something in relation to your pain, that needs to be brought out to allow you to be healed.  To see what is going on inside you.”

“As I told you before,” she said, her lower lip trembling, “I am not ready to deal with that.”

“I know,” I said calmly, “I don’t want to push you.  As I said, you are free to make your own decisions.  That is the liberty and responsibility we are all given by the One.  But I do care that you are hurting, as He does.  He can heal that pain, but you must come to a place where you can choose to let Him.”

“The one important thing I do so very much hope you take back into the Surface World from your sojourn here is this. Trolls can only manipulate you with a lie that you believe to be true. When they hook into your mind like you experienced back there, Trolls can only pull forth the lies told to you. They have no power to use the truth against you. They cannot grasp it as a weapon against you. Please give that some consideration and time, and rethink what you were raised to believe about your value and intrinsic worth. You will be missed here. And if you should decide to come back, you will be welcomed and we will be glad to have you.”

She tried to hide the tears forming in her eyes.  And to prevent her from becoming embarrassed by them, I pretended not to notice. After a bit, she squeezed my hand too and cleared her throat.

“Thank you for that,” she said quietly. Then she paused, looked away to the south, up the path where we had come the day before.

Nell, Begglar and the others came out from their chores to wish the young women well, and tell her that they would miss her.  Begglar checked the saddles again, making sure they were secure and that the women were comfortable with their mounts.  He told them of each of their horse’s peculiar tendencies and what to do if.  He then rubbed and patted each animal affectionately, admonishing them sternly to “protect these lasses”, “hurry back” and “don’t be gettin’ inta mischiefs”, as if the horses were naughty children just waiting to get out from under their parent’s watchful eye.

When all had been packed and secured to her horse, the young woman looked at me one last time and smiled slightly and said, “Mister O’Brian.  You asked me a question the other night that I did not answer.  Well, I think I owe you an answer.  My name is Laura.”

And with that, she gathered her horse’s reins, goosed its flanks, and rode ahead to the top of the rise that then led down to the road winding towards the eastern sea.

Christie had been watching our quiet conversation while ostensibly “listening” to Begglar and Nell’s admonitions and directions for the journey. She grinned at me before taking the reins in one hand and made a clicking noise with her mouth to prompt her own horse to follow the mare and the young woman already a good twenty yards ahead.

Laura’, I said to myself, liking the simple and pure sound of her name. Come back soon to us, Laura. Your friends already miss you.

*Scene 03* 5:11 (Troll Sightings)

A lone farm dog barked somewhere in the distance, alerted to the noises coming through the lower woods near the road leading down into the hamlet of Crowe.

With the bundled burnt corpse tied between them, the two trolls, Grum-blud and Shelberd, galloped through the forest detritus like a pair of tragically conjoined orangutans.  They cursed at one another as they alternated their irregular gait between knuckled gallops and swinging stomps, hooking tree limbs and bustling through brush as fast as their panicked limbs could carry them. The blackened corpse of their unfortunate crispy comrade did not fare well as it flopped and swung from side to side.

At last the pair tumbled out of the undergrowth upon a deer path trail and fell to the ground, breathing heavily.

“Gaww, you idiot,” gasped Grum-Blud, “The Walker is not pursuing us. Me thinks he is set upon another path.”

“Why is he here?” whined Shelberd. “Of all times for him to return! Do you think he knows why we were interested in the Inn Keeper?”

“Haven’t a clue. But he seems to know what we are, at any rate,” Grum-Blud grumbled.

“What’re we doing with Pawgly, Grum? Why can’t we just let ‘im rot in peace?”

“Dead or not, he’s my brother, and I’ve a mind that he dark-eyed who brung him down. Soon as we get to a secluded hole, we’ll build a fire and peel his sunken gazers.”

“You can do that?!” Shelberd trembled, quaking at the thought of such a grizzly ritual.

“Just you wait and see, ” growled Grum. “Whoever did this will only wish they had left him be. The mind twist was only the beginning of what they will suffer, once I get a blade to ’em.”

“How much of the dark waters did you drink, when you became?” Shelberd wondered.

“Enough to know the lingering sight through dead eyes are still mirrored windows to the soul upon which they are last fixed.”

As he said this, Grum-Blud caught sight of two figures on horseback, sky-lined against the eastern horizon.

“Wuz dis?” he muttered.

Shelberd turned, following his gaze, squinting and then seeing the distant figures as they slowly trotted over the crest of the hill.

“Somepin’s up,” Grum-Blud growled groping in his slung pouch.  He slung the body of his brother off his shoulder laying it in the dust of the road, and retrieved a wooden loop with a large lens from out of a woolen sock.

Raising the lens to his eye he got a better look at the riders in the distance.

“Well, now…,” he mumbled, “what have we here?”

“Let me see,” Shelberd reached for the spyglass, and received a slap on his reaching hand for his trouble.

“Girlies goin’ ta sea. And the rumors of an Oculus sighting. Chance? I think not!”

“What we gonna do? They got horses?”

Grum-blud’s brow furrowed, “Travelin’ by the sea road. But there’s a quicker way through the valley near the old ruins of Bacia.  Jahazah’ll go easier on us if we have some intelligences of these goings on. So we’re gonna get ourselves some bleeding intelligences from these pretties.”

“Um, what?” Shelberd had been looking up at the darkening sky, while Grum-Blud had sole custody of the spyglass.

He did a double-take when he saw Grum-Blud had lowered the spyglass and was now scowling at him.

“What’d I do?!” clearly clueless.

“Idiot!” Grum-Blud growled and pocketed the glass. “Pick up Pawgly and let’s get movin’!”

“Where we goin’?”

“We’re taking the valley cut and going to Bacia.”

“Bacia? Who wants to go there? Just ruins there.  Huts and hovels, Nobody lives there anymore,” Shelberd complained. “Weren’t we suppose to wait to meet Helmer and the others in Crowe?”

“Change of plans.  With Pawgley dead, we got nothin’ for Jahazah, and I ain’t going back to Jahazah until we got somethin’,” Grum-blud growled. “Now grab your end of Pawgley and quit your mewlin’. Girls are getting too far ahead. Move it!”

*Scene 04* 4:50 (Partings)

“Where to now?” I am asked taking me back out of my quiet thoughts.

“We must first go down to see the Marker before we can go up,” I told the group as we packed up our own gear and climbed aboard the buckboard wagon with Begglar and his family.

Begglar has informed me, in no uncertain terms that he and his family are going with us on this quest of ours.  That the Inn has not turned a profit since the Xarmnian conquests began, and that it is not likely ever to again unless they are dealt with.  Once the Xarmnians find out that he had helped a fleeing family, then he and his family’s lives will be forfeit anyway.  Nothing holds them here if all is to be lost anyway.  Besides, for the prolonged journey, we are undertaking, we are going to need someone smart enough to be able to live off the land.  “Someone,” he paused, giving me a sidelong look, “…who can actually cook.  No offense given,” he says.

“And none taken”, I responded.

In our past travels together, Begglar had more than once, remarked upon my poor cooking skills.  I never claimed to be much into the culinary arts.  Under our prior sojourn, under the leadership of Jeremiah, we were each given a rotation of shared duties in our travels, cooking was one area of some contention with road-weary and hungry travelers.  When we encountered those among us with particular skills in certain areas, eventually those previously shared duties were apportioned more to where our natural abilities lie.  Something learned in shared travel experiences.

There was something in that.  A midpoint compromise that struck me as something unique about the calling of a body united by shared faith and mission when placed juxtapose to the opposing political philosophies of the two major powers here.

The Ancient Text says:

“If one part suffers, all the parts suffer with it, and if one part is honored, all the parts are glad. All of you together are Christ’s body, and each of you is a part of it.” [1 Corinthians 12:26-27 NLT]

Each of us is a unique part of one another.  Together we are the fellowship of one body with many different unique gifts and talents.  The collective good and the individual good are both given importance and value when thought of as being within a body of fellowship and faith.  In the exclusive extremes of both the Xarmnian and even the Capitalian political ideals lies the error that leads to division.

As I watched both Christie and Laura ride away, I felt a deep sense of loss.  Like our company was losing the function of two important and unique limbs of our collective company.  Persons who, unbeknownst to them, were each a vital part necessary to our survival.  I had hoped that, as before, the fact that they had willingly given me their names before departing, that they would return to us again before this quest progressed too far.  They were needed more than they know, but in my heart, I knew it was not my decision or right to hold them here against their own will.  The One does not employ tyranny in His Calling.  I had to keep reminding myself of that, as hard as that might be for me.  I had painfully seen, too well what the folly of seeking my own way to accomplishing the quest was.  How much pain and danger and loss would come out of it.

I whispered a quiet prayer for the safety of two women as they and their mounts disappear from view over the eastern slope into the valley of the shadow beyond it.  I did not know how they would get back to us, but I had to leave that responsibility and outworking in hands bigger than mine.

Leadership, I was learning, is not so much in figuring out everything for everyone else and giving them direction, but in being humble enough to listen, learn, and follow.  To admit that I do not have all the answers and to learn from the gifts and talents of those given into my charge.  Each of them is here for a reason.

I ponder that, as I see the bright hopeful faces gathered about, preparing for the days ahead.

*Scene 05* 8:29 (Tainted Waters)

The large powerful man, widely known to the occupants of The Mid-World as “The Walker”, surveyed the gurgling water of the small stream running along the bottom of the Basian valley. Its silvery water course cut through the wide-swath fields of fertile grassland, drown out by the librarian hush of the booking valley winds.  The land used to be harvested by the local farmers, but now was left only to grow wild, for the Xarmnians had violently seized control of the land tracts by raising and burning the area towns, killing many of the townsfolk who used to work the local fields and farms as day laborers.  The headwaters of the mighty Trathorn river were fed by many of these smaller tributary streams running freshwater in from the valley snow melts and underground aquifers.

He had traveled from the seaport town of Skorlith, where the symptoms first started showing up. Something was happening to the townsfolk. A certain malaise arose blanketing in their normally impassioned character. Skorlithians were always known to be a boisterous, rowdy lot, in general. They loved their work, hauling in loads of fish from the fjord lakes and rivers. Cold water catches that had improved in the years following the slaying of the vile leviathan.

The Trathorn was just one of many rivers that fed into the great fjords of Lake Cascale, but it was from there that The Walker learned the cumulative effects were coming.

Only the villagers who drew their water from The Trathorn had the signs of the strange tainting. It tended to show up subtly at first: a dulling of the spirit, a weakening of natural resolve, indecision, aversion to risk, and a deep inner fear that beckoned the onset of a paralysis of passion.

The Skorlithians were the one group of the Mid-Landers that could always be counted on to resist the incursions of the Xarmnians into first-land towns. They had no lack to be exploited by the appeal of Xarmni traders.  Their present self-described “King” could gain no amount of leverage against a people who thrived on self-sufficiency and the bounty gained from their own sweat, blood, and ingenuity. A people who had no basic needs for the wares and production of Xarm were perceived as a threat by their king, and to be regarded with heightened suspicion. The Skorlithians were seafarers, boat people, more content on the water than ever on land.  They drew their living from the fresh waters of the massive chain of lakes between the lower end of the highland valley and the great stone forests of mountains to the western horizon. Shellfish, cold water crab, eels, seals, and a variety of edible fish comprised their main diets coupled with locally grown vegetables harvested from home gardens that flourished in the rich lakeside soils.

Neighboring Mid-Land communities further in towards the rising highlands supplied grassland grains for their breads and malts and cultured hives supplied them with miel and herds of goats, kept swine, sheep and cattle their occasional luxuriant fare of meats.

These trading relationships were solid and allowed no opportunities for the Xarmnians to disrupt the trade, for the Skorlithians were a proud and strong people and would savagely defend the inner towns against intrusions.

The mutually supplied towns of the great valley along the waterfronts were the places where the Xarmnians met their strongest resistance, so the Xarmnian king had withdrawn his forces and sought their supplies through conquering and terrorizing the smaller more remote communities further east where the Skorlithians could not prevent their brutal reign, and from these conquests they had gained their strength over time and eventually amass a sizable army of foot and horse soldiers to eventually move in against the lower coveted valley towns.  The king had a careful long-range plan to conquer the inner kingdoms in deceit, through dependency or failing those by swift and brutal might without raising the alarm of their distant kindred the Capitalians who dwelt beyond the fjord lakes among the stone mountains behind their massive wall.  If ever the Capitalians moved beyond their insulting barrier wall, the “Son of Xarm” wanted them to discover that all lands toward the east of their insulting boundary had now bowed and fallen in allegiance to their sworn enemy, the mighty Kingdom of Xarm.

The Walker knew their history and the contention and animosity that lie between these “Brother Kingdoms” and he knew their fraternal conflict would literally rip this Mid-World apart if it ever succeed into an outward war.

His family and those descendants of The Fire Prophet would be caught in the mix of this coming conflict, and the world beyond this Middle world would suffer the most as a result.

In the meantime, someone or something was poisoning the fresh waters of The Trathorn, and it was affected all of those who drew and drank from its waters.  Thousands would be affected by the tainting of those waters for The Trathorn was one of the purest rivers coming from the eastern highlands and the eastern sea.  The effects, he sensed were not a natural poison that most certainly would have been purged in the flow over its downward journey, but of an origin of something else more…supernatural.

Seeing the two Trolls on the outskirts of the small highland town of Crowe confirmed it.  Someone was collecting transformative waters and turning these unfortunates into these unnatural creatures. He had heard the rumors from the Xarmnian lands.  That these trolls were more amenable to the wildness of other dark creatures who also bore a curse in their flesh. The Xarmnians were planning something but may have also unwittingly and foolishly let loose other agents of darkness into the Mid-World against which they had no defense.

He had collected small strains of the black water, along his trek up the winding course of The Trathorn seeking the source of it.  The strands of the black water swirled angrily in the wax sealed glass vial he had collect them in.  He sensed a spiritual malevolence in the twisting threads of black that swirled continually and bumped aggressively against the confines of the glass tube.  In this world, the twisting filaments had a metaphysical form these strains were not used to. In this existence, they could be constrained and captured under something a simple as glass. In another world, however, their only constraint was by divine injunction against affecting and tormenting those persons against which they were not given permission.

*Scene 06* 3:45 (Watchers in the Woods)

Large, yellow-rimmed eyes watched, almost unblinkingly from the cover of the trees surrounding the property belonging to Begglar.  A light breeze brushed through the mane of the tall, dense foliage, but failed to comb out the tangled and twisted, heart beating beneath a feathered half-human breast.  It’s face was a dappled greyish-pink, fixed into a scowl, scored with the lapping shorelines of ages of waiting.  Her large black talons dug vise-like into the lacerated branch that held her weight.  Her shanks were covered in hammered metal collars that bore a wickedly sharp barb, arched downward, so that it would not cut her when she nested.  The metal bands, however, bore a red-dust, that made her powerful, thick claws appear bloodied, though they were presently dried.  The creature was quite pleased with the effect.

A susurration of wind stirred and sway the treetops covering her low warbling chirrups, as she both hummed and cackled at the oblivious gathering of the people below.  She craned her ruffled neck, spotting her sister perched three trees away to the south.

“They’ve come together, at last,” she observed. “From shore to sea.  The keeper of the Inn, appears to be with them. Where to? Where to? Next things.  Always next things.”

The shadowy feathered sister’s head bobbed in agreement, answering.  “Girls going east, they are. But the company lingers.  Wagon’s being loaded. Me thinks, they proceed to The Sacred Hill.  Shall we fly to the stone-halled king?”

“Wait and see,” the first one bid her, “Wait and see.”

Her aquiline nose sniffed the breeze blowing to the clap of thousands of tiny leafed-cymbals.  She could smell the salty brine of the sea upon its drafts, coming from the eastern horizon, and sense the degree of chill beginning to bite, and the air pressure drop in a slow but steady decline.  A storm was coming.  The girls were riding away into a sea borne storm. And the others, unwittingly into a storm of steel and blades.  The Xarmnians were coming for them.  An hour, maybe more and they would ride abreast through the hamlet of Crowe, and seize this party of interlopers and end what ever hope and intentions that had brought them here.  She couldn’t help but chuckle a little.  Such gullible simpletons, these full-men had become.  She was amazed that she had ever entertained the deep desires to become like them once again.

*Scene 07* 10:44 (Leaving the Inn)

The barnyard was clear.  The animals tended.  The stables filled with fresh straw, and ample feed poured into a gravity feeder to allow the stock to feed until other caretakers could come and spirit them away in the evening.

Begglar had told me the plan was to keep the Inn and its functions appearing as if nothing was out of the ordinary, when the Xarmnians finally did come.  The skeleton staff were to report that the proprietor and his wife had gone to the neighboring village of Cradlesbower to purchase supplies and food stuffs in preparation for the upcoming winter season.  They were to report that they should return any day now.  That the Xarmnians were free to wait and enjoy to hospitality of the Inn until they returned.  The hope was that the semblance of routine and normalcy might stall the Xarmnian pursuit for a few days, allowing us to get further along in our journey.

I help Begglar hitch the team of horses to the wagon: A rudimentary buckboard rig that appears to have seen better days.  Its wood is ash gray, weathered.  Polished smooth by the countless burdens it had no doubt transported in the commandeered service to Xarmnian supply. But it appears sturdy and tested.  Interior boxes along the side rails of the wagon bed served as storage compartments and a long bench seat box for riders too weary to walk or ride horses.  The doubled-slat floor, reinforced the wagon bed, allowing it to carry a large load of fine milled grain or shucked kernels of corn without losing the cargo through the sifting cracks between the hand lathed boards as it jostled over mountain roads.  Begglar said the Xarmnians often followed a loaded wagon, looking along the road for wastes and spills, and would deal severely with the wagon owner if they found trace evidence that he had not maintained the integrity of his wagon enough to their liking.  Any excuse to beat someone as an example to other haulers and drivers would serve.  As such, the end gate of Begglar’s wagon was double-reinforced with a carved trim that fit into a notch to prevent run-off through the edge of the gate hinges, when the wagon had to be pulled up a grade.  Flexible bows were also stored in the seat boxes, to allow the bed to be covered with a canopy, as well as length of rope to secure the oiled canvas over the bows with ties and sewn tie backs.  The wagon was a medieval-style marvel, born of necessity, reticent of the covered wagon trains utilized in the pioneer days of the early American west.  Begglar took great pride in its construction and showed me its many features in much the same way as a hobbyist auto-mechanic might while showing off his refurbished, embellished and restored classic car.

All tolled, Begglar had once had a harras of eighteen horses.  Six for the coaches, six for working stock, and six he loaned out to the local townsfolk, as they shared a rotation of their animals.  The two he had sent with Christie and Laura, named Zohar and Ardolpha, were ones he and Nell would typically ride over country, while they let Dominic drive the wagon.  Any one observing their usual patterns of their periodic re-stocking trips would expect to find those horses missing, if they came calling during the off-season of the Inn.  Their stock horse, Sable, he’d sent with the fugitive family, which his friend Shimri would return to his stable later.

“Amineh, this one,” he said rubbing the nose and neck of the mare he had hitched, “means ‘faithful’.” He secured the girth straps into the cinch ring, snugging it up with two swift tugs, and then rerouting the end through the padded loop, that fed the tracer reins.  He indicated the other mare that I was getting secured to the harness, “That one is Constantine.”

I raised an eyebrow, “You name your horse after the Christian emperor of Byzantium?”

“You might think so, but his name means ‘steady’. And if you ever worked under a Xarmnian taskmaster, these are the two horses you most want pulling your wagon,” he eyed me sidewise, making sure the wooden beam and tongue of the wagon hung evenly between the two horses, closest to the driver’s bench.

“But what we need is strength and speed, for what is ahead. So the lead horses provide that, in as much as they can.  Their names are Ryker and Antioch–strength and speed.  Since we will need both, they are the lead horses, and they are a competitive lot by nature.  So, when they get going, they get going. Understand?”

“You’re saying anyone riding in the wagon should hang on tight?”

“Like to a kite’s string in a gale.”

Begglar and I finished cinching and securing the straps, harnesses and tracers to the lead horses, as Nell organized the others in the dining hall. Dominic helped a few members of our party get into their traveling packs and taught them how to wear them to reduce chaffing and road fatigue.

Several milled about outside the Inn, packs secured and observed us finishing up with the wagon and the team.

We loaded the wagon and the seat boxes with the supplies Nell and Dominic said we would need for the road, along with other food stuffs and sacks of meal and grains that we were to provide to some of the needy in the local townships we would pass through.  Food stuffs, Begglar explained, were more valued than coinage in the open country, for they had immediate value to struggling communities, that gold and silver alone could not meet without brokerage.  Bartering and dickering had become the principle method of commerce in the outerlands, for Xarmni could not exact its onerous taxes and duties from it, and very little records were kept to reveal the honor system transactions.  No one expected to ever receive justice from one of the Xarmnian magistrates, so they avoided those kangaroo courts altogether.  Agreements were reached upon a handshake with two or three witness present from both parties to seal the bargain.  To signify the pacts made, each of the vendors and sellers put their hands upon the hilt of an honor sword belonging to the community, and the witnesses were also honorbound to ensure the secret bargain was kept, without involving Xarmni.

Once loaded we piled in to the wagon.  Some opted to walk along side it, as Begglar stated that we would going slow enough to ease the horses into the long journey, rather than demand their strength and speed too early.

The company seems generally happy to be moving again, though some looked wistfully back at the Inn and the wagon yard and stables growing smaller in the distance as we progress up the rising dirt road angling up to the top of the hill.

Perhaps they are remembering the comforts of a warm bed and fire, and a hot breakfast that will most likely be more sumtuous than anything we are bound to get out on the open road.  Or perhaps, the idea of finally going to The Marker Stone, as I have been alluding to, is somewhat disconcerting.  A few may have overheard a reference to a place called “The Hill of Skulls,” which, understandably, would give any sane person a sense of pause.  But I have kept certain truths to myself, thus far.  It is enough to know what I already know, and the changes made to the site, as told to me by Begglar, do give me a sense of uneasiness as well.  But still.  I know that this is where our journey must begin.  I also know that before The Stone is the best place to make any further confessions that need to be made.  So, I am admittedly nervous about that too.  This could be the place where many will turn away.  Where some may decide to take their cues from Laura’s decision to return back to the Surface World while there is still time.

As I look back to the east, I see a darkness gathering in the sky towards to sea.  I know that the fogs come there from time to time, but perhaps what I’ve done with asking and receiving the names of both of these young women will be enough since neither will be here to see The Marker Stone for themselves.  Sometimes commitments must come entirely by a faith in the unseen.

The journey to the Hill of Skulls is not far.  It is just over the rise, but with a wagon and plodding, horses fatigued by life, we have to wind our way up the side of the grade before cresting the rise.

Seeing the toil of the horses, made me doubt Begglar words of deliberate optimism with regard to his team of horses. I wondered if the names he had been telling me and their meanings were more aligned to his wishful thinking, or attributable to his characteristic Irish blarney, for which he was also so endeared among my former quest mates.

Below us, lay the fields of combat, that Begglar speaks of.  On the hillside just below is a series of mounds in succession, aligned as if they were the backs of great elephants walking down the valley floor to the foothills of the mountain ranges beyond.

Mountain roads formed by the passage of horses and many wagons bruise and scar the hillside with their rutted tracks of passage.  A very large mound is centered between two other mounds.  Its rounded hill is covered by speckled by birds, and large thorn briar bushes and brambles.  The effect of the sight before us is powerful and stirring.  All talk, between us, stills.  There is a reverent hush that we observe as we wind our way downwards.  Down towards its base where tragedy and promise meet.

Begglar’s Burden – Chapter 7

*Scene 01* 4:25 (Daybreak)

It is early out, but the sun’s promise is lighting the distant peaks.  The persistent fog that covered the grounds last night had fled at the rising of the sun. It is still a few minutes before dawn. The night passed without further incident, though I was restless, reacting at every nocturnal sound.  The hayloft was chilly, but finally settling and burrowing into the straw, I was warm enough.  The fecund smell of earth, dead straw, just a hint of manure and general musty smells of the barn and its miserable four-legged occupants permeated the air and my traveling cloak and knapsack.  Whoever walks next to me, may want to do so upwind.

There is some activity in the inn as my fellow travelers awake to the smell of pan-fried bacon, sausages and a large skillet of scrambled eggs.  I see the Inn door open as Begglar tosses out a pan of sudsy wash water.  I am shocked to see him up this early.  After how he ended the evening I figured him to be in no condition for it.  His wife is there with him, and his boy.  Looks like they are getting ready for a big breakfast.  Despite the dealings of yesterday, Begglar seems different.  Almost like his old self again.

The bells are being rung.  Breakfast is ready.  Time to find out what is to become of this day.

We joined together over a hot, lavish and bountiful breakfast in the Inn’s dining hall. The air inside the dining hall is redolent with the mouth-watering flavors of smoked meat, the dry pinch and tang of pepper, the buttery-smell of warm bread. 

Grateful for the hospitality of Begglar and his small family, I offered to pay him as much as I could spare from my leather satchel.  But he refused the money, saying we might need whatever coinage we could spare for what lay ahead.  Besides the very imprint of the coins I offered would most likely get us killed.  The metal needed to be melted down into slag that could be recast into Xarmnian currency.  The old coins were evidence of prior loyalties, and they had been confiscated in the prior purge.

“You need ta understand somethin’, O’Brian.  The days of welcoming travelers, the fellowship of sharing tales from abroad, and general goodwill among men are over here.  Hope only comes here ta die.”

I am reminded by his words of my request and his comments from yesterday.

“Hope has not died yet,” I indicated the others still enjoying their breakfast and sharing and passing pewter plates of crisp bacon, and scraping hungrily at an amalgam of eggs fried and scrambled, with a light cream gravy, and crisp dark rye bread, “Take us to The Marker as you promised.”

Begglar clenched and unclenched his fists and finally, wiped them on his server’s apron.  He leaned in and further lowered his voice, “About that now.  I’ve been needing to speak to you in private.  Something has happened to the marker.”  Before I could protest, he hushed me and looked around himself, covering my arm before I could lift it and make any gesture that might cause unnecessary attention to be drawn our way.

He pursed his lips and then stood, giving me a nod to follow him to a more private place where we could speak without being overheard.

When I learned the truth of his shameful secret I was amazed, shocked, and angered.

*Scene 02* 3:05 (Xarmnian Dawn)

The first light was bloodshot within the great stone City of Xarmni.  The black stone and crenelated tops of the city walls rose upward like the bottom of a massive eyelid against the jaundiced sclera of the glaring sky.

Silhouetted against the forbidding dawn, thirty slacken shapes of various lengths, drooped and swayed in the wet chill of the morning from ropes dangling from the high ramparts.  Bodies. Ominous examples made to assuage the unchecked wrath and suspicions of a vengeful and paranoid monarch.

Some had been randomly selected by the soldiers from among people. Others specifically targeted by those seeking to avail themselves of certain privileges afforded by their untimely demise under the cover of following the king’s command.

The Son of Xarm had wanted all traitors dead–all who held any potential loyalty or secret hope in the prophecies concerning the Ancient Marker Stone to be cut off from the land of the living.

And the Xarmnian monarch’s orders were not to be denied.

The city walls were no longer protection from the threat of outside invaders but now served as the formidable boundaries of a prison wherein dwelt the insane and brutal regime that fed on the power derived from its captive subjects.

From a balcony above the paved parade ground, the Son of Xarm glared out at the striated pallor of the yellowing dawn.

He had dispatched a troop of men to move towards the eastern lands to see what had become of the invaders from the sea.

He brooded over disquieting thoughts that had kept him awake throughout the misty night.

He had presided over the hanging of those of his subjects who had been identified as traitors, but their deaths did little to set his mind at ease.

Some of those dangling from the ramparts had been those he would have sworn were loyal to him.  Others had been unknowns. Young and old, middle-aged, and of no distinction.  Blood for blood.

Still, there was no way of knowing what secrets had been held in each of their hearts.  Better to be safe than sorry.  Problem was…he still did not feel safe from that accursed Stone, high in the eastern hills towards the sea, so very far away.

*Scene 03* 3:14 (Creatures of the Night)

“The body is gone,” I told Begglar when we stepped outside.  “I checked the hillside early this morning.”

Begglar stopped and looked off in the distance.  I could see him scanning the horizon and the hillside warily.

“I heard voices on the hill last night. Before you came back. I think they took the body, but am not sure how they found it in the fog.”

Begglar grumbled and muttered, “Trolls almost never travel alone.”

Begglar strode ahead, moving up the hillside behind the inn.  I followed, trying to keep up with him, scrambling upward over loose gravel.

“You think they were Trolls also? How could they be? It was dark.”

Begglar harrumphed, “What does that matter?”

“Aren’t they diurnal? I thought they all slept at night?”

Begglar squatted where the burnt body had been.  There were scraping marks and bits of ash and flecks of charred cloth here and there, showing definite signs that the body had been partially dragged, partially hefted, and conveyed up the hill.

“You’ve been gone a long time. We’ve learned a lot more about Trolls since then.”

Begglar pointed to twisted rocks and partial knuckle prints.

“Aye,” he said raising off his haunches and dusting his hands from pawing at the ground, “They be two or perhaps three that were here. We’ll have to move soon, but there is still more to do before we go and much more to say.”

“What do you mean?!”

“Bagging and binding them used to work, but we didn’t realize what was happening before. I had wondered why you bagged this one, but I forgot you have been gone for twenty years.”

“Twenty-one.”

“Aye, but Trolls are much more prevalent now.  Darkness is when the infected ones hibernate.  Nightfall was a trigger altering them physically into what they will become during their sleep.  Body processes slow to use all their energy for the turning. This is why we were able to subdue them in the past. Turn out the lights and they hibernated into their becoming.”

“But now?”

“The older ones who have completed the change always keep to the shadows during daylight and are then fully creatures of the night. If it’s only Trolls, they’ll not be back till this evening. And we’d all better be long gone by then.”

*Scene 04* 2:45 (Cold)

Miray had followed Nell throughout the breakfast preparations and was now carefully carrying dishes into the kitchen, close behind her.

The words that the child had spoken in her restless dreams troubled Nell, and she allowed Miray to keep close to her during the morning’s chores, keeping her occupied and feeling useful.  In a roundabout way, she needed to ask the girl somethings about her dreams, and the name the girl had spoken with such dread and trembling.  A name the girl did not remember after waking.  The name spoken aloud seemed to create a resonant chill in the air, of both sound and temperature, and move outward like an ominously rolling ripple across the surface of a still water pond.  Nell realized that this perceptive sensation might be due to the attuning of her gifted sight.

When Nell and Miray were alone in the kitchen, she set some of the dishes down and took the plates from Miray.

“You’re such a big help, little one,” Nell smiled, gently patting the girl’s head. “Can I ask you something?”

“You betcha,” Miray grinned.

“You told us last night that you didn’t want to sleep in the same bed with the other little girl because she was cold.  What did you mean by that?”

Miray pursed her lips and shrugged.

“Well, she was cold and kept putting her hands on me. I asked her to stop, but she wouldn’t.”

“Perhaps she wanted to get warm,” Nell offered.

“She wasn’t warm. She never got warm. She only wanted me to get cold.”

“But how do you know?” Nell pressed.

“Her skin stays cold.  Her legs and arms are all cold. You an Sheryl didnent feel her. Sheryl got mad at me ’cause she thought I was being selfish, but I’m not!”

The level of distress from the prior night was returning, and Nell realized that if she pressed further, the little girl would withdraw trust from her as well.  Trust had to be earned. And the task of earning it would take time.

*Scene 05* 4:52 (Secret Defiance)

“Walk the perimeter with me,” Begglar said.  “There are some hard things you need to hear.”

I followed him as we carefully made our way up the rocky brow of the crescent hillside overlooking the back of the inn.  We tracked the scrabbled marks where the two prowlers had carried the body of their comrade over the summit and circled the grassy down-slope into the forest glade that ran along the roadside leading down into the township of Crowe.

We lost their trail sign as soon as it led into the woodland for the night winds had stirred the leafy detritus of the forest floor masking the transit of the two and their gruesome cargo.

We had barely made conversation as we move further from the inn, and I wondered how long it might take before Begglar’s reluctance to tell me the “hard things” he had alluded, gave way to the need for it.

When the sign petered out, Begglar crossed through the brush to an obscured animal pathway winding through the trees. We walked along the hoof-beaten path, lined with a series of half-buried stones.

“What is this?” I asked, curious as to why an animal path might have a stone border running along its edge.

“Moon path,” Begglar said simply.

“What’s a moon path?”

“We use it when we have to go out at night. It’s a smugglers’ trail.  Especially helpful on nights like the last, when the sea-fogs reach the highlands.”

“What do you mean?”

“The rocks glow when the mists come in.”

“How does that happen?” 

“They’re covered in road dust during the day. When they get wet, in rain or fog, the dust washes off and the minerals in them give off a soft light. You can ride close to them on horseback and make time.  This one runs from the wagon yard off the back of the inn to a branch of trails skirting the village.  We buried the stones low in the ground and keep the path in the thick of the woods, so they can’t be seen unless one is close enough or stumbles on them cutting across the forest trails.”

Begglar looked around, seeming to satisfy himself that we were far enough away from listening ears.

“But these are not all that’s been buried…”

“What do you mean?”

“Shortly after you left, Xarmni began its ‘Purge’ campaign. Villages were ransacked and pillaged. Brutal marauders from the north were brought in. Violent men.

“Xarmni has a new monarch–one of the bastard sons of Xarm–bent on avenging the death of his father and brothers.  He has no name.  Or rather, he has abandoned his given name and refers to himself merely by his title, and requires his subjects to address him as such, as if that will, somehow, give him legitimacy to the cruel throne upon which he sits as successor.” 

Begglar sighed as he began to tell me of terrors that followed and how The Marker had been buried under a hill of death, stone, and earthworks.

The name of that hill, I was told by Begglar, had come to be known as Blaosc Cnoc /‘Blee-isk knuk/.  A Gaelic phrase.

In English, it was translated, “The Hill of Skulls”.

“The name given to the place where the Marker resides is not merely a title…but more of a description.”  He let that sink in, then continued.

The location, he said, was just over the rise, at the top of a descending hill.  It used to be visible to all villages and cities occupying the valley beyond it.

“The place is a living graveyard. A great mound of earth and bones.  The Xarmnians could not touch The Marker Stone, so terrified they were of it.  So its burial fell to us.  We were forced to entomb it with the slain from the battlefields of their conquest.  And much to our shame, we did so.  Though not in the way they expected.  And that has been our secret defiance.  A secret that I must now share with you.”

*Scene 06* 30:38 (Begglar’s Burden)

It took a moment for me to realize what exactly he was saying.

“Buried?! You buried The Marker Stone?! How are we to get to it now?  To renew the Stone Quests that it called us here for?!  What had you done?”

Begglar steadied me with a hand on my shoulder as I swooned with the implications of what he was telling me.

Without access to the Marker Stone, all was lost. There was no point in being called back into the Mid-World.

“If you will but listen to me a moment, this is what I’ve been trying to tell you. How we defied the Xarmnian orders to bury the stone entirely. There’s still a way to access The Marker, though they believe it to be buried.”

“How?!” I said, folding my arms and shaking my head in despair.

“There are tunnels under Blaosc Cnoc.  Narrow corridors that form concentric rings leading to the inner room where The Marker still stands–like a central pillar to the man-made hill that surrounds it. There is but one model that comes from the Ancient Text, whereby a house can be built for such as this.”

“What are you saying?”

“We built a great ring of stones around The Marker. Like an outer courtyard, it was.  Comes from the design of the Tent of Meeting–and later Solomon’s Temple.”

“How?”

“There is…one builder stone unaccounted for.”

I eyed Begglar, at last comprehending what he was saying.

“It is still no excuse for what we did, but it was something we could do, for the Xarmnians still do not know what The Marker Stone is, and what it truly represents, or the nature of its mysteries.”

Begglar wrung his weathered hands, a profound and deep sadness in his downcast eyes.  He looked back towards the inn, yearning for the libation he had intended to guzzle down before retiring the previous night.  He visibly trembled, and I feared he might collapse, so I steadied him while he told me more of the truths.

“At first, I dinna know what it was all about.  The soldiers, the Protectorate, came in line after line, seeking to destroy the Marker.  They cleaved at it with swords and thrust countless spears at its words, but they could not chip its dark basalt surface, nor scar one tiniest mark of the lettering there.  Hours upon hours, the violent noises of the clanging and clashing of sword and spear, hammer and chisel went on and on into the night, under the angry glow firelight.  The soldiers and townsmen, craftsmen, and women tried and tried again to chip away at the prophecy, to mar even a single letter, but none could do it.  When those vandalous efforts were finally exhausted, they painted over the letters with tar and pitch, tinctures, and vinegar-like concoctions, but nothing could fade or entirely cover the letters. Exhaustion finally stilled the raging of the night assaults.  But in the morn, the golden letters still shone through as if nothing had soiled The Marker Stone’s surface.”

He eyed me quietly, and solemnly, and almost choked on the words he began to say next.

“Then they…,” tears, unwanted and unbidden formed in his eyes and began to spill quietly down his cheeks.  He swallowed, tried to continue, faltered, then began again.

“Then they began to pour blood on it.  So angry they were.”

“Night after night, we heard the screams–saw the long line of torches, as people were dragged and let up the valley slope in companies of soldiers.

“I hid Nell and my boy, in the stables under the straw in the hayloft.”

His eye pleaded, that I relieve him of continuing with this misery tale, but I quietly urged him to continue.

“There are more stables, just within a half hour’s walk from here.  There they keep their supply of horses.  The soldiers’ horses.  Warhorses.  The kinds that bear armor and are broken, built back up, and ridden in battle.  There is also the travelers’ stock.  Horses bred for speed and long distances over rough terrain.  These breeds were once shared with the postal service messengers.  But when the messengers quit running from the hinterlands, these horses were commandeered by the mounted armies of Xarmni.  Capitalia used to keep a herd of running stock there before the hostilities grew out of hand, but no more.  The Xarmnians took those over too,” he sighed trailing off in thought.

I waited.

Directly, he continued.

“Well, it was my job to see to the stock, and to see to it the hirelings did their job minding the duties of keeping these herds watered, sheltered against the night winds, and well-fed.”

He eyed me for a moment.

“The folks I brought into that service were starving.”

He cleared his throat, “They had once been good men.  But I had some trouble with them.  Stealing was what it amounted to.”

His gaze was distant again.

“They were given wages by the Xarmnians.  Precious little to survive on themselves, much less to feed a family with.  But the horses, on the other hand.  Well…”

He wiped his mouth with the back of his hand and sleeve and stared at it for a moment.

“The horses were treated ever so much better than the Xarmnian subjects were or those of the conquered peoples.  Sacks upon sacks of good dried corn and horse meal, milled and ground in the granaries of the valley below were sent upwards in wagons to fill the feed larders and troughs of these herds.  Grains and kernels of corn, golden and plenteous.  Stored in bag after bag in towering mounds within the locked barns adjacent to the stables and separating corrals.  Cows were kept in fields nearby to graze and were also stabled near the horses.  It was only natural to those men, to desire just a little of the wheat, barley, and corn to plant small gardens for their families in their off-hours.  Only the Xarmnian Protectorate Guards did not see it that way.  Examples were made of these thieves.  They were taken to open fields where the soldiers…”

He stopped, bringing a trembling hand to his mouth, staunching a cry of misery at the flood of memories.  He found a kerchief and dabbed at his eyes, taking in a shuddering breath.

“We were made to watch.  The soldiers making sport of them, practicing their valor and skill on mere subsistence farmers.  Nell and my boy, were made to stand there and watch it… as a lesson…to what could happen, if there were any more thefts from the grain barns.”

His eyes returned to me and he spoke quietly in a chilling distant whisper, “I never had trouble with the workers after that.  But of course, the Xarmnian leaders were not through teaching the subjects further lessons, now were they?  And that is where they came to the site of the Marker and their night schools, didn’t they?”

Begglar leaned against the gatepost of the stable and looked away into the pasture and to the horizon over the sloping rocky grade where the Troll had met its fiery demise.

“I have hidden my family for as long as I could.  When Nell and the boy were not present, I had almost made excuses for their absence, but I began running out of them and the soldiers were beginning to suspect.

“One night, I was roused and called to watch over the horses, as a woman was led before the stone marker many years ago.  Xarmnian leadership suspected her of sedition, so she was handed over to the guards and taken outside of the town, up the rise to the stone marker.  She was forced to kneel before it and told to spit at it and renounce the message she could read there on the Marker, flickering in the light of several torches.  She refused and was callously dispatch with a spear thrown through her back as she knelt and wept.

“Meanwhile, I later learned from Nell that some of the guards stayed back near the inn and were searching the rooms and came into the stables and were about to discover them hidden in the hayloft when the other guards returned from the execution.  Thankfully they abandoned the search but stayed just outside of the Inn for a while being sure before they rode off into the night, and I was allowed to return.

“Countless nights followed and I was not molested further or charged with keeping vigil over the horses until much later.  I am my family kept our distance and did not go over the rise to see the Marker again until much, much later.  Every night we could hear the screams and cries of war tearing through the country below, echoing in the mountains and hills beyond it.  Terrible sounds of great wooden war machines rumbling over the unsteady ground, siege engines and catapults hurling great boulders through arrayed lines of men and boys defending their cities against the arrayed attacks of their neighboring country.  The strike and clang of swords on shields made of pounded iron and think leather hides, great striking clangs of hammers both to build and to tear down.  The low distant buzzing of the fallen on the fields of battle crying out in their agony, moaning in their misery are scavengers and carrion birds picked from among them the choicest morsels of flesh.  And the flies.  Dark clouds of them creating false twisting shadows over the lands below.  The stench riding upon shifting winds was unbearable and we stayed in as much as we could manage it.

“Carrion birds circled the sky by the thousands, riding the mountain thermals with great outstretched black wings, just over the summit where beyond the basalt Marker lay.  From a distance, we couldn’t help but watch as Xarmnian wagon-load after wagon-load rocked and creaked up the rising grade to the area where the Marker stood, just out of our field of vision.

“Finally, the day came when the soldiers of the Protectorate returned to my house,–my inn–and bid me go with them to the Ancient site of the Marker. 

“When I hesitated, they looked over at my boy.  He had grown taller since they saw him last.  A worker’s build already turning his for from boy to man.  I was asked how old he was, to which I replied he was only thirteen seasons.  To my horror, it was clear they were considering him for a place in their army.  To their eyes, I flung away my reluctance and hesitancy and quickly prepared to go with them.  In my thoughts, however, I knew that I had trusted in a fool’s bargain and that once my Dominic came of age, these soldiers would be back to claim him for their ranks.  I had lied to them.  Dominic was fourteen.  Two years shy of being old enough to be forced into their conflict.  How stupid I was to ever believe that they might allow him to stay here and take my place in the care and upkeep of the Inn.  Dominic had seen me bow and scrape before them on countless occasions in fear.  He had never once seen me stand up to them, resist or defy them for the vile evil creatures they were.  I knew then that, in some way, that day would be different,…and because of that…it may be my last.”

Begglar looked at me more directly now.  His eyes clear and green as emeralds and focused on me.

“First, they took me to the southwest to gather the workmen and their stable wagons we had there for hauling grain and had us all get as many spades and digging tools as we could manage to find.  Then, they were loaded up once more and carried north around the rise where the Marker lay.  The area was much changed as you will soon see.  Two kinds of wagon groups were there and from the expanse, I could see the flickering light of much too many cook fires scattered up and down the rise.  Only they weren’t cook-fires, per se.  The Marker was still there standing solid and defiant in the hollow center a rapidly growing and encircling mound of…human skulls, boiled and dried clear of most of the flesh that would have identified the person they once had been in life.  As we were forced closer we could see that the jaw bone of each skull had been broken off and removed from the skulls making them symbolically mute in death in defiance of what they may have been in life.  The wagons closest to the Marker mounds were filled with mounds of dark earth.  So much that the ruts of their wheels cut deep furrows in the ground until it almost reached the bottom of their creaking axles.  Thousands of Xarmnians were hard at work, hammering loose those few skulls that still bore the unfortunate’s jaw bone.  These were collected in another wagon, hauled away, dumped in a pit and burned to ash.  Vultures and black scavenge birds swooped in great gyres over the sloping fields, hungrily surveying the cook fires and wagons full of human heads in various stages of decay.

“A guard grabbed me and shoved me to a large man, standing on the hillside with arms folded, in over watch duty.

“You there!” he said, “Procurator wants to speak with you.”

“I was taken before the man who stood with massive forearms bound with leather and steel bracer plates.  His body bore the scars of war.  Wounds healed and wounds that took a long time doing so.

“He pointed to the wagons of dirt just outside of the growing pile of skulls encircling The Marker.

“Our men are and women are needed in other duties.  We tire of boiling the heads clean, but cannot risk the possibility of sickness.  You and your men will cover the skulls with dirt which we will expect your men to unload and build up around the Rock.  They will deliver the boiled skulls first, then the rotting ones after.  Your job, until it is complete, is to bury that Rock in skulls and dirt until you have formed a great mound over it.  Xarmnians will not go near it, but you and your men most certainly will.  First, though, I need to know–that you have no interest or allegiance to what is written on the stone.  Follow me.  Those were his very words.”

“A soldier grabbed me by the cuff and shoulder, pressing his hard grip into the scar I bore underneath.  I was taken down before the stone’s inner circle and made to curse and spit on the stone three times.  I remember, vividly.  It was early morning, and in the distance a cock crowed as soon as I have denied any sympathy or attachment to the stone for the third time, swearing upon my life that I bore it or its message no confidence or allegiance.

Begglar trembled at the memory.

“The Overseer said it was enough and set us to the job of burying the Marker in dirt and gore.  For months we worked, in stench and filth beyond imagining.  The mound of skulls and wormy earth build up around the Rock in a semi-circle that eventually shadowed it away from the sky.  Both me and my men were still afraid to touch the stone, however, and the Xarmnians understood this for they shied away from it as well, both man and boy.  The hill built up over time, forming a hollowed-out center around the stone.  Just as I said. A walkway had been kept open, between the outer ring and the center stone, for despite the task, soldiers at night still brought people into the area and executed them if they would not dishonor The Stone and its message of a once hopeful prophecy.  Clearly, these were terrible times, and there has been no evidence that the words might ever be fulfilled in my lifetime or the next.  Still, it seemed such a terrible betrayal of the last vestige of hope, and in secret, I have wept over that more than I can bear repeat.  I remember so long ago when The Stone’s message was a curiosity that we before would regale visitors to the inn with, showing that there is still some unexplained mysteries let in this world and in these lands.  I once wholeheartedly believed that…

“Still do, actually.  There is something mysterious and wonderful about the Stone.  So ,quietly, my few trusted men and did something within the mound before we completely covered it up.  We left an opening.  A tunnel, beneath the weight of the earth and bones covering it.  A passage to the center where The Stone sits unmarked and entombed.  Despite the danger to ourselves, I am still very glad I did this one small act of resistance.  For it makes a very unlikely hiding place for my family when the soldiers come.

“And come they will.  My son is now eighteen.  Clearly past the age where boys are inducted and conscripted into the Xarmnian armies.  They will try to take him from me and my Nell.  But when they come, he has a place to hide now.  And I will lie to them as they lie to me, and say a fever took him from me.  An illness I infected him with as he and my most trusted men built the passage into the burial mound.  An ancient sort of cairn it is.  Like the ones in the country, I left long ago.  That illness that took my boy…well…let’s just call it ‘Courage.’  It was what made him see something in me that I had long forgotten and failed to practice.  It is what made by boy turn from being just a boy into the man he now is today.”

As Begglar finished speaking, I notice a change in him.  Something like finding again a piece of himself that he’d long since forgotten, and feeling that delight as fond memories flooded back into his mind while holding, once again, that newly recovered talisman of Hope.

*Scene 07* 4:12 (The Walker)

Three hundred and sixty-five days. The amount of ordered time it took for the eretz, The Earth, The Surface World to travel one complete circuit around the Greater Light once called Sol. That was the amount of years given for the man known as ‘The Walker’ to live upon that Ancient World.

The Walker was an enigma. A living riddle, shrouded in mystery and held in intimacy with it.

His son was the oldest man to have ever lived upon the Surface World–an incredible lifespan of nine hundred sixty-nine years of solar revolutions, yet his son had died BEFORE him.

The Walker’s oldest grandfather, seven generations earlier had been born without a mother.

But here–in the Mysterious Between Land, known as The Mid-World–that same man had walked for centuries.  Ever watching over the tragic decline of mankind and their inability to read the myriad symbols and signs of the coming and revealing…of The One of whom all prophecies foretold.

He had once been a great teacher.  His very name, in the first language ever spoke by human tongue, had that very meaning–Teacher.

From a young age, as far back as he could remember, he had wanted to learn and share his discoveries with him kindred. He felt it impressed upon his very soul to discover the meaning behind all things.  And in this, at the age of sixty-five of his total three hundred and sixty-five days, he was shown his Purpose by The One who had called him to be the first in an ancient line of Prophets.

A prophet who would be given the visions of what was to ultimately become of the races of men.

Both from within the future and from a perspective from outside of it.

For he was the first to be taken outside of Time–the fourth dimensional element of mankind’s binding realm–and see its serpentine coil stretching downward.

Time was not linear, but a spiral descent called forth out of chaos into the final refining judgement of The Holy Fire. A brazen, coiled serpent, lifted up on a crossbeam and central pole of redemption.

The broad shouldered, massive man stood silently in the forest shadows, watching as the two trolls slowly lifted themselves out of leafy graves, dragging a charred corpse behind them.

They moved frog-like, in rustling spurts, dragging and jerking the burnt remains across the crackling leaves with a “slush-slush” sound, until the lead troll halted and raised its eyes.

“What is it, Grum?” the smaller of them whispered.

The larger only gestured towards the shadowed figure standing tall and solid in the filtered light seeming to block out all sunlight behind.

A voice, deep and resonant, broke the silence, coming from the towering man, as if arising out of a deep well.

“You’ve drank from the waters of the vision pools,” he said quietly, though its effect on the two was as if the words had fallen on them from a thundering sky.

It was an observation. Not a question.

Terror filled the two quaking body bearers.  To their dark, little fiendish minds, there was nothing more frightening than a righteous man who had walked within the heart of The Marker Stone.

Under The Cover of Darkness – Chapter 6

*Scene 01* 7:41 (Nell Remembers)

Begglar’s wife, Nell, was worried.

It had been so many years since other Surface Worlders had been seen in the Mid-World lands and never before in such numbers as these.  Begglar, her husband had been among the fourteen travelers from the mysterious Other Land, when she’d first met him.  She had heard that the first party of Other Land travelers had been only a party of seven, but that was many years before her time and before she or her brother had been born.

Her parents had lived in the “ghost town” at that time.  A town that was long dead now.  A place she had heard was being reborn in secret, but a place she wanted no part of because of the great tragedy that had stolen her parents from her.  At any other time, she and her brother might have gone with them there.  But if they had, she knew they both would have joined them in death.

Her life and her world had been crushed in the aftermath.  She had on many occasions wished she would have died with them, and not been trapped in Surrogate – “Sorrows Gate” as it was renamed.  A fitting title because it reflected her deepest pain.  Had it not been for the kindness of Noadiah taking her and her brother in, they might have starved to death when the Xarmnians came to take over their city and placed the quarantine edicts in the town’s square, forbidding anyone from going out to investigate what had happened with the dead city.

Her world had darkened, and her brother had taken their deaths hard as well.  In an instant, she had been thrust cruelly into blinking and stunned adulthood.  She had to do whatever was necessary to make provision for herself and her brother.

She had been raised in the family business of small-scale merchants.  Her parents had tried to raise them to one-day take over for them, but her brother, Corimanth, was not properly and consistently disciplined.  Indulged too much, he had proved a difficult problem to manage by herself.  He resented her, resented the tragedy of losing his parents at such a young age, and became belligerent and unmanageable.  He wanted to lash out but had no constructive way to do so, so he had gotten into frequent mischief.  At one point, he left for many days and did not return, and she had feared the worst.  She imagined that he had gone too far and had foolishly challenged the Xarmnians and had met with a swift and brutal death somewhere.

Noadiah had been kind to them–had given them work in her Inn–but something had broken deep within Nell’s heart.  She doubted that she would ever be able to feel much of anything again, so she became despondent but dutifully served Noadiah with the up-keep of her place: cooking, cleaning, attending to travelers of all types.  Rebuffing the advancements of lewd men, suffering the sneers and jests of bawdy women.  Until the strange group of sojourners from the north came–men from Capitalia, but not originally so.  Men who had a secret plan to defy the Xarmnian edicts–to challenge the brutal regime’s uncontested rule and dominance of their native lands.  They had arrived to start a rebellion.  And with the way she was feeling, she felt she had nothing to lose in secretly helping them with their cause.

And then the strange crew of Surface Worlders arrived.  And she met a tall, proud and broad-shouldered man among them.  And her heart had been smitten.  Perhaps, there was hope for breathing life into her wounded heart again.

Time and the man’s persistent and steadfast affections had won her over.

She loved this man, more now than she ever knew was possible.  They had been through a lot together, and time had taken a toll on both of them.  Weathered them to some degree, but the real ravager had been the constant strain of living under occupied hostility.  The Xarmnians had been brutal and gaining in strength, while the people they oppressed diminished and perished under their brutal thumb.  When Begglar had come to her and proposed and laid out his strange but clever plan, she had been fearful but trusting.  It would never work, she’d thought, but the chance to be with the man she had grown to love was a force that could not be denied.  She would risk it.  Once married, they could not live a full life on the run forever.  So, they had left Sorrow’s Gate and had moved to this small high village of Crowe.  “A fitting name”, Begglar had said, because it had reminded him of an author and the story, he’d once read in his Surface World life about hiding in plain sight.  Remarkably, Begglar’s ludicrous scheme had worked for many years now.  They had hidden right under the very noses of their oppressors.  They had enjoyed a modestly good life for a long season.

Their son’s arrival had been an unexpected blessing, a deepening of her understanding of love and the capacity for it in her own heart as it expressed itself lovingly towards delight in seeing him grow and become a similar yet unique blending of both her and her husband.

Akin to that, what disturbed her about this group of Other World travelers was now they had young children among them.  A disturbing development, indeed for the prior incidences around these quests, as Begglar and the others, had termed them, had been a path through violence and political turmoil.

Yet that was not what was troubling her most.  It was what their sudden presence here signified.  She had felt something stirring deep within her upon first seeing the Surface Worlders outside the Inn.  Something she had thought had faded and left her long ago.  The gift was awakening in her again.

Quietly she whispered, “Oh, no.  Why now?” feeling some rising degree of panic such that she had to steady herself, leaning against the wall.

Deeper still, within her spirit, a small and quiet voice, that she recognized was not her own responded kindly and gently, “Why not now?”

*Scene 02* 3:59 (Fiends in the Fog)

Two short figures skulked through the tall grass, trying to keep from making noise, but the grass rustled around them with their every step. They moved interchangeably on feet and the callused knuckles of their overlong arms, like a couple of restless and hairless orangutans, grunting like pigs.
“Pogsly better have a good reason for not coming back or Jehaza’ll rip him a new navel with a pike!” whined one.
“Shut yer gob, Shelberd!” the larger of the two rumbled, “Pog knows what he’s doin’. Somethin’ musta happened, or else he woulda been back by now.”
“I hate being out in fogs!” the smaller muttered, “Can’t smell nuffin. Can’t see nuffin.”
The larger figure cuffed the smaller with a hard, wet slap to the back of its head, causing him to bark out a surprised whelp.
“Didn’t see that one, did ya! Now shut up!”
The two moved up the back of a hillside that overlooked the foggy barnyard grounds of the inn where their missing companion had last gone. The rooftops of the inn and its barn were the only structures that barely peeked out of the white drifts in the moonlight. The small village of Crowe down below the rise was completely buried in a sea of stirring clouds. If not for the faint glow of drowning lights illuminating the crests of the foamy sea, any trace of its deep presence would have been swallowed entirely.
As the two figures ambled over the top of the hill, both caught a faint burnt odor coming from somewhere down below. They snorted in the moist breeze, their warm expelled breath chugging billows of vapor into the cold night air.
“What is that, Grum?” the smaller one asked.
The larger put his hand on the smaller, holding him back while he sniffed the air, moving slightly downward and ahead of him.
“Somethin’ burnt,” the larger muttered.
The younger guffawed, “Bad cooks?”
“Hush up!” the larger growled and moved lower down the hill continuing to sniff loudly turning his head from side to side.
From below, getting closer to the foggy drifts, the smaller heard the larger one grunt and mutter, “Smell’s stronger down here.”
The smaller trotted downward towards the fading figure of his cohort, gravel skittering down the hill at its gait, just as the larger stooped out of sight.
“Wuz this?” the large one grunted, from within the gray billows.
A silent moment passed while the larger one pawed at a charred shape lying hidden in shadow under the foggy darkness. A grumbled mewl came from out of the gray fog, and the other smaller figure found the larger pounding the ground with hard fists, breaking and dislodging small rocks, as it groaned and growled around the burnt body of their missing accomplice.

*Scene 03* 4:36 (Transfer in the Mists)

A lead line trailed from Begglar’s white horse into the misty night back to the black horse that held the family following just a few yards behind.  As long as the line was slightly taut, they knew Begglar and his lead horse was still ahead of them somewhere in the fog.

Begglar had them climb into the saddle with the youngest child in front, followed by the man’s wife and the older child between the two adults.  Begglar had lashed the man’s arms around his family and to the reins of Sable, the horse upon which they rode.  The black stallion was a large horse with a strong, broad back and thick muscled girth, accustomed to pulling hay wagons and timber sleds.  The family were extremely light by comparison to its daytime loads.

Begglar and Nell had outfitted the family in warm clothes that were overlarge and swallowed their small, starved frames, but at least they were warm and thick enough for the night ride.   The foggy air was moist and cold, but they had wrapped their faces in warm scarves to keep out the chill.  The younger child squirmed a little, but the women steadied the child between her arms and thighs, holding the him snugly against the pommel horn of the saddle.

They moved at a surprisingly quick trot, considering the lack of visibility. Both Begglar and the two animals seemed to instinctively know the route, never once allowing the line between them to grow taut or too slack.  The black dray stallion kept snorting, smelling the scent of the white mare ahead and the man realized that Begglar had employed a certain degree of horseman’s insight to get the two animals to coordinate through their blind nighttime run.

The moonlight above cast only a diffuse glow down into the fog, but its location in the vast panorama of the night sky was buried in billows beyond perception.  The effect was disorienting, so the man was glad at least their guide and the horses seemed to know where they were being led.

Suddenly the tie line went slack, and the black stallion snorted, bobbing its head, drawing nigh to the white haunch and silvered tail that materialized out of the gloom ahead.

“We are close,” came Begglar’s voice out of the fog. “Wait quietly. I will speak to our friends and they will take you all from here.”

The man spoke, his voice muffled by the scarf covering his mouth.  “How can we ever thank you?” he asked.

“By forgetting all you have seen and will see this night,” Begglar answered.

“Someday, if our paths ever cross again…”

“Only the One knows what will be,” Begglar interrupted, “Hang tight. There is still further to go. Hold onto your family.”

With that, Begglar disappeared into the fog, as the stallion nuzzled the white mare, that Begglar had vacated and had tied to an overhanging limb of a tree.

Low unintelligible voices arose quietly, nearby, speaking for a few minutes that seemed to stretch longer than the time actually taken.

The man stared into the misty night unable to see anyone or anything more than the horse they sat upon and the white mare and its bare saddle.  He held onto his wife and children, taking slight comfort in their close presence, hearing his wife speaking low and calmly to their two children.

He almost gave a startled cry when he felt a figure brush against his thigh, but Begglar’s voice followed the movement.

“They have agreed to take you all further, but you will need to be blind-folded for their safety. There is a rest stop not far from here where you will have beds and a warm fire and meals set out for you. The fog will provide cover for movements, but there is danger that a Xarmnian patrol might be coming to find out what happened to the party whose destruction you witnessed. Keep as quiet as you can. We are not sure who or what else might be out this night.”

*Scene 04* 3:37 (Listening to the Night)

As the temperature outside the inn fell and the fogs from below rose, the usual sounds of the night’s insectile instrumentation ceased. No night birds chirruped. No bats squeaked in nocturnal flight. No moon rays pierced the heavens with anything more than a barely discernible glow.

Blindly, I had managed to find my way across the short distance to the barn.  The fog was so thick that I barely made my way across the barnyard from the dining hall doorway.  I thought I had heard the sound of a horse’s approach from a distance, but I could not be sure of anything.

Finding my way through the stable into the thick straw, I followed the rough-hewn boards inside that led to the ladder up into the hayloft. I mounted the rungs and unlatched the upper loft door and cracked it open to get whatever view I could of the surrounding grounds of the inn, but it was of no use.  The wet chill of the night air, instantly made me regret leaving the warmth of the fire so soon after speaking to the young woman.
My taking the watch of the night was nothing more than a cruel and pointless joke.  Nothing could be seen in such as this.  So, thus blinded, I resolved to listen as much as I could for anything sounding out of the ordinary.

Only the noise of the high wind that had pushed the fog banks up the hill and the rustling of leaves in the surrounding trees dispelled the night’s ominous stillness. The night breezes seemed to conspire against my efforts to keep this dubious watch and cover and absorb anything else that might be heard stirring in the cloud-blanketed night.

From the upper loft’s doorway, I pulled my arms around me and drew my knees up close to my chest, holding in what little warmth I could, wishing that there was enough moonlight left to try and read the letter Begglar had given me.

On a miserable night such as this, a good story can be a comfortable distraction to occupy the mind away from focusing on the wet touches of the night.

As I sat there, in the quiet loft, hearing only the faint grunting of hogs that were no doubt huddled together in the straw deeper within the barn, I thought more of the sadness in the young woman I had spoken with, and of the remarkable courage of Christie whom I had dubbed “The She-Bear”, and of little Miray and the other unnamed persons comprising the group that had accompanied me from the sea shore.

I quietly prayed for each of them: for their safety, their openness to what lay ahead, and for wisdom and discernment to be able follow the quiet voice of the One who called me back here.  Fatigue pulled and tugged at me, as I whispered these supplications, and slumber almost took me into its arms, before I was startled by distant sounds of guttural groaning seeming to come from behind and above the back of the inn on the hillside.

*Scene 05* 6:10 (Who’s Out There?) )

The noises were unnatural, yet disturbingly familiar.

I was probably foolish going out into the fog, but I needed to know what was making the noise.  The imagination can conjure up some pretty terrifying specters, so I knew I would be better off discovering the true nature of any potential threat rather than awaiting its nasty surprises.

Besides, with Begglar no doubt incapacitated by drink, and the others being novices in this mysterious country, it was left to me to ascertain what dangers might come out of the darkness to threaten those sheltering within the inn.

With the thick moisture in the air, I knew it would be pointless trying to light a torch, and beside any light I might be able to carry would only give an alert of my approach to whoever or whatever was out there.

We had left the burned body of the troll exposed out on the hillside, so I suspected that whatever had made the sounds was more than likely some sort of scavenger.  The more I thought about that idea, the more I imagined sets of gleaming teeth and pairs of yellow glinting eyeshine awaiting my foolish curiosity to provide them with an additional garnish to their evening meal.

As I ventured out into the night, I felt the wetness of the fog condensate on my face and run icy cold rivulets down my chin and neck, under my collar and into my shirt.  Just great! I thought. The soggy scout. Cold, wet, sleepy and stupidWhat am I even doing?

Still, I plunged onward.  Heedless of my own self-admonishments.

With my hands outstretched I cautiously crept forward, not certain of where I was in proximity to the main building, but feeling like I was not that far from it.  A corral fence bordered one end of the property, and ran along the road side that sloped downward into the village of Crowe less than a half-mile away.  The hillside extended up behind the inn, and I knew it was only a matter of determining whether I was approaching an incline or a declivity, if I strayed off the area of the property.  The grounds were leveled out and the sea road from which we had come descended for a way into a valley before rising back up towards the distant ridge-line.   If I struck out following the angle from the barn that I had determined, I would soon either gain the hill or find the edge of the inn again.  One hundred paces give or take a few should let me know if I was headed rightly, or if I should give it up as a fool’s errand altogether.

The winds had swallowed the sounds, but I felt reasonably sure the hillside was where they had originated.  If the troll indeed had other parties involved, they would more than likely observe from a distance, but would be as blind as I was until the fog cleared.

I crept carefully along the ground, swinging my arms from side to side, groping for anything that might orient me.  The moistened ground was soft, but hard packed, and I could feel the ridges of coach and wagon ruts cut into it, so I knew I was safely in the open yard.  Once beyond the cuts, I knew the hillside or the fence line would meet me eventually.

After a few slow moments, I heard the faint sound of skittering rocks, and cautiously moved towards it.  I felt the ground slightly rise and I congratulated myself on blindly navigating to the hill.

The body was about thirty feet up the rise.  Whatever, or whomever had made the sounds, were within a few more paces, but I still could not see whether they were animal or man or otherwise. Visibility was still limited, but I thought I heard harsh whispering, so I froze in place, not knowing if they would descend or climb away from me.

After a moment, I heard a low voice come from the hillside above.

“Help me carry him!”

“But Grum…!”

“Shut up and do as your told!  Well find out who did this, and when we do…”

The threat trailed off, as another sound came from the left, approaching from the backwoods and the overland trail.  Hoof beats.  The sound of at least two horses, coming out of the fog at a steady trot.

I heard scrambling noises, as the two others I had heard speaking, crawled rapidly up the hill, their scurrying noises diminishing into the night.  The hoof beats increased as I heard the horses snort and give forth a throaty rumble, their breaths heaving in the night, blending with the fog.

I did not know whether to follow the two unknown voices up the hill, or try to make my way back to the barn and stable, and risk getting run down by the mysterious riders in the night.  Any attempt to climb the hill would reveal my location, as surely as it did that of the two who fled upward.  The loose gravel could not be avoided, so I resolved to take my chances with the horsemen.

I crouched and tried to move quickly, retracing my steps back to the barn.  I heard the horses, but could not exactly get a fix on them, but they were somewhere near.

A mere fifty more paces in and I could just make out the shadow of the barn and its dark interior.  As I quickened my pace, I reached the stable and was shocked to see two horses within the stall, and a man I knew too well, lifting a saddle off of the larger horse and hanging the horses’ tack on an interior peg.

*Scene 06* 9:16 (A Marked Man)

“Begglar?” I said, completely taken aback. “What is this?  I thought you were upstairs…didn’t you…?”

Begglar stared at me fixedly, clearly startled by my sudden appearance out of the fog.

“O’Brian,” he said simply, letting out a pent up sigh of frustration and relief, “I thought I passed a shadow out there.  Must’ve been you.”

“What are you doing up?”

“I might be askin’ you the same question,” he replied.

“I took the watch,” I said defensively, “You said there was room and hay in the loft.”

“There are rats in the loft too,” he muttered.  “Besides, on a night like this, what is there to see?”

“Evidently, something that might make you take horses out into this.”

He sighed heavily, was quiet a moment, and then said, “Help me get these saddles into the tack room. A lot has happened since you left here.  Many things that should not be spoken of, but one thing you need to know is that…I am a marked man.”

I came further in and helped him by hefting the second saddle off the cross bar of the waist high hitching post, that ran along the back end of the stable and feeding troughs.

Begglar led me down the breeze way past the loft ladder into the tack room, where he also kept the tools, crafted pitch forks and shovel boards for clearing and cleaning out the stalls.  The dark room smelled of dust, old straw and leather, with an undertone of dried manure and malted grains.

Begglar lit an oil lamp and the room’s darkness faded into a yellow cast glow from the flickering flame.

We stowed the saddles on two wooden saw trees fashioned by bound and stripped limbs.

As the interior came to light under the small flame, I could see stacks of ragged saddle blankets, brushes, leather tracer straps and dusty wooden barrels with thick lids, no doubt containing grains and stripped oats.

“I’ve had the devil of a time, keepin’ the rats out of here.” Begglar muttered. “They come through the ceiling, the walls, the floor boards, gnawing through everythin’–devourers.”

He then turned his eyes to me.  They seemed to hold in them the weight of many cares and fatigue.

“What has happened to you, my old friend?”

He cleared his throat and began, “I used to judge you for leaving us here. I confess it. What we were called to do was unfinished, and what you and Caleb did was…inexcusable.  But now… With all that I’ve done…”

I lowered my head, my shame threatening to press me down, but I felt Begglar reach out and put his hand on my shoulder.

“Can you ever forgive me?”

I raised my eyes to his to see…pleading in them.

“I do,” I whispered, “I have.”

“No,” he interrupted, “you don’t understand.”

And with that he moved me closer to the light.

“You need to see it, ” he said, loosening and stretching out his collar to reveal his bare shoulder. There, in a reddened, raised scar, he bore the image of a circle bearing an inverted Y in its center that touched the border of the circle on three points. And had a single line extending downward through the center of the Y to create a third juncture and bisection of the circular border.

“Who did this to you?!”

“The Protectorate.”

I studied the raised welts of the scar, gathered and stretched like dried celluloid. “It’s a peace symbol.”

Begglar jerked back and spat disgustedly.

“Nay! It is the betrayer’s mark! An symbol of pure evil.”

I looked puzzled.

“Aw come now, man.  It’s the violent mark of Saint Peter!  A curse burned into me that I can never forget.”

“I don’t understand.”

Exasperated, he balled his fists, almost as if he would strike me for being such a dunce.

“Have ya never heard of how Saint Peter was martyred?  Crucified upside down by his own request–not to be killed in the same manner as Our Lord?!”

He tugged at his shirt again, gesturing at the mark, “This–is the symbol of the inverted cross and the instrument upon which one of the most prominent followers of The One was put down to stifle the uprising!”

Spittle collected at the corner of Begglar’s lips like he had gone slightly mad with the grief over it, and then he added, “And I…rightly earned it too, by denying My Lord,…and helping the vile servants of darkness to cover it up. Hundreds, thousands were slaughtered and I covered it up ta save me own.”

Begglar trembled and his knees grew weak as he began to weep.

Through tears he went on to tell me how, he and his family had been warned, time and time again, not to meddle in the affairs of The Protectorate, or the affairs of Xarmni or its subjects.  They viewed his place, his inn as useful.  And as long as it remained useful to the greater good, he could keep it unmolested, and manage the place unharmed.  It was encouraged and considered wise that he remain cooperative and uninvolved to ensure that arrangement.

That arrangement, he told me, was sealed by the forcible branding. The wound had to be treated by his wife.   Eventually, the swelling eased, and its sensitive flesh quieted down to a healthier pinkish color many weeks later.

“They told me…when me boy came of age, he would receive his mark of protection as well,” he said with pleading, sorrowful eyes.  And then he added, “I never shouldn’t have glanced at my Nell, when they said this to me.”  He shuddered a moment, transported back to the instance of the memory as if it had been only yesterday.  Then his eyes refocused and looked hard at me, lowering his voice.

“The soldiers, they noticed it.  And that captain of theirs, he says ta me, ‘There’s ways of marking her that won’t leave a flesh scar.  Just you mind that.’  And he and the others rode away.  Off yonder.”

He gestured with the back of his hand towards the north and towards the mountains, almost spitting after them as he did so.

His eyes returned to me, watchful and saddened, clearly ashamed of himself for not being a better man than he was.  He saw no judgment in my returned gaze, only a deep sadness for him.  But that was only part of it.  Begglar, at last, composed himself and told me, “I’ve more to tell ye, but this is enough for one evening. Best be rested before breakfast.  Nell wont’t sleep until I’ve returned to the house, so for her sake, I’d best be wishin’ you a goodnight.”

*Scene 07* 5:39 (Whispers in the Dark)

Nell heard Begglar approach from the backstairs. His footsteps and unique gait were unmistakable to her.  She had grown so familiar with his subtle nuances, that she could recognize his approach from anywhere.  Twenty years of marriage not only bred intimate familiarity, but also caused two once separate people to naturally find a certain rhythm of togetherness if both were willing and open to it.

Something about his gait reminded her of his distant past life before they had built this new one together. A way placing his footing that made him walk steadier upon a rolling surface and a rising and pitching wooden deck.

She heard him sigh heavily on the stairs as he quietly moved the ingenious wooden locking combinations that unbolted the heavy oak door.  Something he had cleverly told her he had derived from the principle of a Chinese box mechanism.  He had taught both her and their son the complex combination for unlocking the hidden door, so they could be certain anyone discovering the hidden stair passage, would not be able to bypass the final obstacle and gain access to their upper apartments without one of them present.

The door closed quietly on well-oiled hinges, and she heard the soft clicks as the door’s locking mechanisms fell and slid back into place using clever weights and compression grooves.

Begglar moved quietly through the soft light, and Nell could hear him ease onto a bench and remove his boots.

Nell arose, gathered her thick nightgown about her and slipped on her house shoes, and padded into the small parlor area where her husband was removing his outer garments.

She whispered, “How did it go, Dear?”

“Their safely on their way,” he replied.

“We have a young guest, My Love.  Keep as quiet as you can. Be careful not to wake the child.  It took a while finally getting her to sleep.”

“What is this?” Begglar asked, lifting a taper candle off a sconce.

Under the low flickering candlelight, Begglar could see the small form of the child curled up in a woven blanket, her chest slowly rising and falling, in a restless, fitful dream. The candlelight shone in a wet gleam on her face, and it appeared the child had been crying. Her lips parted and she quietly seeming to mumble something in her sleep.

Nell moved quietly behind him, putting her arms around him, gazing down at the child.

“Remember when Dom was that young?”

Begglar was silent, watching her, transported back into his own memories.

“So young,” he said, “I wonder that The One would send such a wee bairn, here.”

The young girl trembled and curled up tighter, her hair mussed, yet framing her frailty, in the wavering yellow cast-glow.

“She’s not Becca!” the child mumbled, her face scrunching up, in a yawn.

“She’s not…” the sweet voice came again, in a dreamlike whisper, trailing off.

“What is she going on about?” Begglar gathered his wife’s arms about him.

“She’s been having some nightmare, off and on for the last hour or so,” Nell observed. “I have been afraid to wake her for it took time to get her calm. One of the women that came with O’Brian woke and heard her crying. She was with another little girl. I don’t know what the row was, but this little one refused to sleep in the same room with her.”

“Can’t ‘bermember,” the girl muttered, furrowing her forehead and scrunching her face up, “But I wrote it in the sand. Her name is…”

In another room, four doors down, in the upper galley of the inn, in the darkness, a figure sat upright in the bed, barely silhouetted by the cold wet grayness that illumined the outer window.

Someone, in the darkened stillness of the night, in one of the rooms had spoken aloud its real name.

The Incident Behind the Inn – Chapter 5

*Scene 01* 8:10 (Searching for a Troll)

At the back of the Inn, we gathered behind the two extruded rock backings, forming the exterior face of the fireplaces fireboxes, extending upward toward the gables and the chimney stacks. The ash pit underneath the firebox had a cast iron dump door that was released by a lever from inside the inn. When the dump door extended, the cooled ash could be scraped down the door chute into an ashes pale and carried out for other uses around the barnyard and garden.

The ground just beneath when the ash chute extended was covered in a fine white powder where the spilled ash dust had poured around the ash bucket. The ground was marked by footprints where Begglar and his son had harvested the ash, so it was difficult to tell from the prints alone which sets might belong to them and which to the escaping troll.  However, I knew something about troll sign that would prove distinctive among the others. I squatted down studying the patterns in the dust.

“What are we looking for?” one of the others asked as they crowded around me.

“Knuckle prints,” I said and then I spotted them. Fat indentations that looked like a small bundle of chubby sticks had been pressed into the powdered ground.

I spotted another set of these a few feet to the right, but easily within reach of a the former.  The company had moved in and encircled me while I had squatted down, and in so doing, they obscured any further markings. My fault entirely. I should have kept them back, but they were understandably curious.

The initial bearing of the creature was north, but the ground beyond grew more rocky and hardened. My only hope was that the group had gathered tight enough in around me that they had not stepped over the further trail sign of the troll.

“I need you all to tread carefully. We need to find which way it headed. These things are cagey. It could be anywhere in the vicinity.”

“What are we looking for?”

“Yeah. How will we know it when we see it?”

“Trolls are almost always short and squat by stature. In whatever form it takes, it won’t get any taller.  They move about in a kind of a galloping waddle, interchangeably using their feet and thick knuckles as ballast.  That is why there will be knuckle prints all along side of their foot prints.  You might have seen chimpanzees who move similarly, though trolls do not possess such animal grace of movement nor fluidity either.  They can be fast only in short sprints before they become winded and start snorting like a hog.  They squeal like them too when they are surprised or threatened.  Loud, ear-splitting squeals that would make one think someone set the shaggy hair on their forearms on fire. They have piggish eyes, a crinkled bulbous nose that looks like an anemic turnip, and they suck in their chubby fat cheeks, and have a strong tendency to pucker their pouty fat lips. But the problem is, when they hide they will not appear like this.”

“We didn’t see anything like that, inside the inn.”

“No, you wouldn’t have.  Often times your expectation of what they should look like or where they should conceal themselves for spying will cause you to miss spotting them.  Like a chameleon, they blend in with their surroundings.  Their skin is pebbled with a sort of photo-optic pigment that seems to texturize and darken or fade at their will.  It is uncanny.  They are the gypsy moths of this sub-world.  Like prolonged immersion in water can crinkle your fingertips, their skin does this creepy puckering all over. They can look like rock or a piece of ground, anything that might seem natural from a distance.”

I could tell they were skeptical of my statements, but I knew the little vermin were adept in the art of camouflage.

“The best thing is to look for is visible signs of its passing.  There should be further evidence somewhere close.  A broken twig, crushed patches of mountain brome grass and yellow toadflax weeds or purple sage.  Bits of scattered ash on the ground further up.  Or pressed gravel or dislodged stones, or some stubby foot or knuckle prints.  Trolls have broad feet.  As I mentioned, trolls waddle and grope when they walk, so there should be a pivoting action when its back leg bears its weight in that twisting action.  Look to the ground. You may see half-turned rocks or disturbed circularly raked ground over which the little beastie has passed.  Evidence of that peculiar and unique pivoting gait.  Spread out about six feet from each other and try not to walk over the signs. Raise your hand if you spot something, but don’t say it out loud. Don’t get ahead of each other. We’re going to have to work the area in a grid, just to make sure it hasn’t shuffled off into the scrub brush and sage patches skirting the pasture behind the stables.  Most likely he is squatting somewhere watching us through the grass.”

As the others spread out, I softly took the arm of one of the girls holding her back. I quietly asked her to go down to the stable nearby and bring one of the large burlap sacks back to me.  The creature would be feisty and hard to control, so we needed something to confine it in.  She nodded and moved quickly away to fetch what I had asked for.

I knew a little bit more about trolls than I was comfortable telling, and there wasn’t time to explain fully.  The little snot had to be still within the area.  Rounding the corner we saw that the flue door swung slightly, revealing that the troll had surreptitiously exited the dining area and was in the process of absconding with its sneaky little secrets. It was in a rush and had not taken to time to fully close the ash hatch, so it might have made other mistakes in its haste.

One of the other disturbing things about troll is, they have a memory like a three-year-old.  Those little cauliflower-like fat ears on their heads pickup sound as efficiently as Soviet-era submarine radar.  That is what makes them the perfect spies in a few senses. If I said too much to the others, it would overhear and know we might have a fair chance to catch it.

For all of their ability to hear, trolls did have weaknesses.  They are chronically plagued with bad eye-sight.  They tended to squint in bright daylight, and at night…

Well, if past experiences count for anything, I had rarely, if ever, seen one active at night.  Despite what one might think, they slept more often than not.  If blindfolded, they would fall to sleep like a narcoleptic at a pillow convention.

Knowing that weakness I hoped we could bag it.  Turn out the lights and it’s nighty-night within a few moments.  They are slovenly.  And they snore.  Very loudly.  When traveling incognito, they spend the night in close proximity to pig farms so their night noises cannot be distinguished from grunting hogs.

It is a good thing for trolls that mountain folk are so fond of bacon, otherwise, they would have no place to sleep without being discovered by those they were sent to spy on and harass.

The creature could not have gotten too far in such a short time.

I scanned the field and rocky hillside extending behind the Inn, carefully observing each sector within my field of vision in a systematic grid pattern as I had advised the others to do.

Then I see him.  About twenty feet away, to the northwest about halfway up the rising slope.

His cover is not what I had expected.  Most observers would miss seeing him, but I happened to know something about these mountain passes in the sub-alpine climes.

Clever devil, but obviously ignorant about mountain flora.

*Scene 02* 10:34 (Cornering the Troll)

There is a barrel cactus jutting out of the northern slope, leaning northward.  Or it is what appears to be a barrel cactus.

A few things gave him away.  One, barrel cacti do not grow at this elevation this far up the mountain.  Two, the soil is too shallow, rocky and sloped here; barrel cacti typically grow in a desert wash or gravelly bajadas.  And three, there is too much wet between the snowmelt, mountain fogs, and rainfall in these upper regions.  Barrel cacti are an arid plant occupying both lower and high deserts and plains.  img_0564And lastly, this cactus was leaning towards the northern face of the hillside.  Barrel cacti are also known as the compass cacti because they almost always tend to lean towards the south or southwest to prevent burns from the sun.

From a distance, the nettled spines over its body seemed reason enough not to get too near it.  But I couldn’t risk that stopping us.

I raise my hand over my head signaling the call to bring my fellow travelers back, trying to give the appearance, from a distance, that we are giving up the search.

We gather in a huddle with most of our backs to the hillside.

I kneel down opening my pack again. Discarding the stick I had grabbed from the woodpile and instead pulling out the central length of wood from the pack.  Along side it is a corked bottle of oil, wax-sealed.
“Open your packs and pull out the torch you find in there.  The end is wrapped, but may need a little more oil to keep it lit.”

“Where is it hiding?”

“It is just up the hillside there.  About thirty to forty feet away. Torches first. Lay them out carefully. Huddle in so it can’t see what we’re doing here.”

They huddled closer, squatting down around me, and I carefully…carefully poured small amounts of oil on the wrapped rags of our torches.  The oil is too precious to waste.

“It has disguised itself as a barrel cactus”, I tell them in a whisper.  “There on the hillside.  It has some sort of shawl of thorns over its body.  Be careful of the thorns.  If they prick you and draw blood it will be a dirty wound that may take months to heal.  This troll must be far from home.  Or had once lived in the desert lowlands.  It probably heard us coming so it resorted to a quick cover it was most accustomed to.”

“What are we going to do with it?” I am asked.

“We’re going to circle it in a ring of fire.  That ought to warm it up.  If it fails to give up its thorny cloak, we light it up.  Those briars are dry and yellowed.  He’ll pitch it off in short order.”

Miray leaned next to me and said, “I’m afraid.”

“I know. I know. It is better if you stay back, my dear.  It is not safe to show these creatures any fear.  It is dangerous.  If you feel it coming, back out of the circle and we will close ranks around it.  If it thinks we are afraid of it, it will press that as an advantage. Hide your fear if you can.”

“And how do we do that?” one asked.

“Avoid any direct eye contact with it. That’s very, very important. Don’t let it lock eyes with you, whatever you do.”

At that very moment, the woman who I has sent on the errand, returned with the large burlap grain sack.

“Will this work?” she asked.

It is dusty and has pieces of straw stuck to it, but it has a good strong drawstring and no apparent rat holes chewed into the sides.  The burlap is thick and of a good strong waft and weave.

“Yeah.  This’ll do nicely.  Hang onto it for now. We will need it very soon. Time to light up your torches.”

We each have pieces of flint we draw against an ash-stone and directly our torches ignite one by one.

We fan out nonchalantly, edging our way up the slope.  Gravel and cracked slate crunch under our feet as we draw our circle inward towards the apparent…barrel cactus.

In moments, the troll realized the gig was up.

It rose up from its squatting place, its short stumpy legs, and thickly calloused feet breaking the illusion that it was only an out-of-place desert plant.

Turning this way and that, grunting in frustration seeing it was surrounded…it feinted and lunged, growling at the brightly burning torches, but together my friends hold him at bay.

Predictably, in a show of nastiness, the troll flips it spiny shroud off its back and swings it threateningly back and forth like a midget Matador beckoning and taunting a bull.  At that moment, we see its piggish black, seething eyes, fiery with hatred.  It thrusts out its lower lip revealing broken, yellow teeth, and an oddly placed tusk. A froth of drool drips over its blackened lower lip like a savage dog.  It’s ugly aspect and curious form draws eyes inexorably towards it like by-passers witnessing the aftermath of a car wreck.

In a guttural growl, it snarled, “Meddlers!  Push off, you pig piles!  Leave me be! Stay out of Xarmnian business!”

I can tell there is some hesitancy to move any closer to this pugnacious creature, but we must.

“Don’t speak to it,” I caution.  Creatures such as these cannot be placated. They will lure one into thinking they might be making some progress long enough to get the upper hand and turn that naiveté to their advantage.

“Well, now! Seems like you’re the spokesman of this group. If you won’t speak then listen, and listen well. You all are interfering in Xarmnian affairs. The suspicion of meddling alone gives me permission to kill you all. There are others not far from here that will hear me, and be here in moments, if I but raise an alarm. Back off now, and I may let you all live.”

“It is bluffing.  If its threat was credible, it would have already raised an alarm.”

But perhaps, its own self-interest and self-preservation instincts might distract it enough for one of our crew to throw the burlap bag over its head and confine it.

“No fear,” I remind them, meanwhile thinking to myself, That jagged tusk protruding from its mouth could just as easily rip open our guts as easy as an enraged feral hog would.

“I need you all to hold those torches together so you don’t give it an opening to run through.”  They are annoyed with me, I can tell.

Its forearms are muscled and powerful.  Knuckles calloused and hard as rock.

“Be careful, but don’t show fear.  Got it?”  But sometimes saying the very thing you should do causes the opposite to happen.

“Can you just shut up?!” a woman turned and wailed.

The Troll saw an opening and gambled.  He knuckle-crawled toward it, but thankfully a girl of about eighteen or nineteen thrust her torch into the opening saved the distracted woman from the assault.  The troll’s shawl of thorns brushed the flames and ignited.

Since the Troll could not stamp it out or smother the flame, he was forced to toss it away and turn his angry sneer on the torch bearer.

The women screams and starts to jump back, but one of the young men slash their flaming firebrand at the troll and he grudgingly flinches and moves sideways, on both his extended fists and short legs.

Having lost his immediate threat, the troll screeched and beat his head with both fists.  He then pauses and turns threatening and slowly toward the one who thwarted his escape attempt.  He champed his teeth crookedly and, with what passed as a nasty impish smile, he glared at the torch wielder.  He’s seen a spark of fear in the torch bearer’s eye and in the unguarded moment following the close call, she let her true fear shine through.

“I’m gonna get you for that!” he growled, making a knife cutting gesture across his jowly throat with a savage and wicked glee.

“Wait and see,” his voice dropped an octave lower to a guttural belly growl, as his lips curled again into that nasty, sinister smile, “Wait…and…see.”

*Scene 03* 6:21 (Dark Insight)

I can see, from across the way, the girl is visibly shaken.  The troll had locked eyes with her and in that moment her face pales in shock.

She has an ashen expression as her eyes ignite with horror.

She can hear him-in her head-plucking and pulling up painful memories. And the flame in her ignited eyes begin to douse that indignancy with a well of spilling tears.

The troll’s lips are moving rapidly in a quiet buzzing mutter, but none of us can hear what terrible things are being said to the girl.

Her grip on her torch begins to grow slack in her hands and waver.  Her cheeks flush red as she turns hurt and accusatory eyes my way, lifting them at last from the troll’s hold.

Her words came across the ring in a trembling whisper, each utterance slamming me with hard punches.

“F-For all your warnings and talk about these trolls, you failed to mention the most dangerous thing about them.”

A crushing look of betrayal enjoined her quiet charge.

“Why didn’t you tell me it could do that?!  How are we not supposed to be afraid if it can see into our memories, huh?!  If it can just pull out the most hurtful ones we suffered as children and beat us up with them?  This place is becoming too dangerous for me.  I don’t know where we are, but I can’t take this any longer.”

I swallowed hard, my tongue as dry as desert sand, trying to speak calmly to her without letting the fear I feel enter into my voice, but I am afraid it does anyway.

“Hold your torch.  Don’t give it any more opportunity to get into your head.  Don’t listen to it!  Remind yourself of Whose you are!  These creatures can only augment and regurgitate a lie planted in you by someone else’s cruel words.  If it has the ability to use it, the message it gathers from it is most certainly a lie, you have toyed with believing about yourself.”  My voice faltered.  Not because I am afraid for myself, but for her and that I will fail her and the rest of them as a guide on this shared journey to Excavatia.

I have never had to do this before–play the role of impromptu psychological counselor–but I cannot focus on that now.  The situation is becoming too dangerous.

The troll cocked its head and watched her earnestly for a few long seconds, its crooked smile broadening, but it also began to slowly turn his nasty fat face to me.

I should have taken my own counsel, but I too found myself drawn into its gaze.

Its malicious eyes did something strange.  One of its black eyes rotated and went wall-eyed, keeping a chameleon-like focus on my traveling companion, waiting for her torch to waver and sink lower, never losing its focus on her or her personal internal battle with fear and anxiety.

It continued to assault her with something far worse in her mind than what the Troll said to her openly.  In the half-turn, the Troll’s ratty, blackish other eye turned towards me and stabbed into my mind with a rush of hateful and cruel whispers from my own past in the Surface World.

The darkness rushing into my mind just got very personal.  Stabs of hateful words pounded my mind, threatening to peel my psyche apart.

In the distance, as my eyes watered and fluttered under the attack, I begin to see small flakes fall from somewhere far over our heads.

A connection is being made from the Surface World to this one, and there is a barely audible cracking noise, we can all hear, as more of the peeling ceiling above the clouds falls through.

I breathe in spite of the waves of darkness, pulsing behind my eyes, threatening to push me into despair. I swallow, and squeak out the words, “O God.”  Two words of a frantic prayer and plaintive plea for help.

A short breath comes to me and in that gasping moment I know I must gain focus.  This Troll is turning the tables on us.

*Scene 04* 10:35 (Mind Armor)

Only the girl and I, truly perceive the darkness coming from this ugly creature. I feel its grimy, unnatural reach claw into our minds seeking out and using the lies which have secretly wounded both of us.

It has been so long since I faced down such an enemy that I almost forget that the critical counter to any mental barrage of lies is the truth. I should have been better prepared, but the stropped edge of my sharpness had been dulled by the intervening twenty-one years.

Still the Ancient text stirs within me, in response to my gasped prayer.

Its truth is the only mental sword capable of penetrating to the mind fogs of Trolls or any of the other mind beasts prowling this place. But its power is best wielded in relationship, and that is the solid ground my teetering mind tells me to seek.

I reach for that mental stability. Think, will you? Relationship.  Whose am I?  To whom do I belong?  Who gave me this calling and in Whom do I trust?

Internal voices, sounding like my own, try to interfere, telling me I need to defend myself, but my unworthiness threatens to darken my mind again. And then I find a spark of hope. A verse rises from somewhere deep within me.

“For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life because of me will find it. [Matthew 16:25 CSB]

Don’t think to defend yourself. Think to defend the others. Speak forth the Word. Save the girl and you will save all.

I breathe deeply and then find myself speaking the words of The One Who is Faithful and True:

“He who calls you is trustworthy, and he will in fact do this.  [1 Thessalonians 5:24 NET]”

Looks of annoyance come at me from around the circle, but I blink away their disdain, and reach again for the Words of the Ancient, Living and Breathing Passages and find them springing from my memory into my heart. Their shafts of internal light penetrate the darkness I feel within, blocking the unrelenting dark-eye from further probing…grasping to take hold of every careless and thoughtlessly cruel word spoken to me in the Surface World, that I had secretly catalogued and collected, storing them in the shelves of my mind.

“A scoundrel plots evil, and on their lips it is like a scorching fire.” [Proverbs 16:27 NIV]

It is clear what this impish and cruel creature and others like it are trying to do to us both here in this moment and in other places at the same time.  Other places back in our lives in the Surface World haunt us here, especially here.

Thoughtless and unkind words there have ways of springing forth from mouth to mouth, burrowing into the hearts, minds, and memories of torchbearers and would-be torchbearers walking unaware of this realm in the Surface World above them.  They do not understand the danger of continuing to carry those harmful accusing words within themselves. Even though we secretly berate ourselves with these barbs and especially so when confronted with their own shortcomings and real-world failures, these jabs do not stay on their shelves gathering dust, but will eventually become projectiles of bitterness that will wound others within our circles.  Inevitably, those harmful words, if given the unwarranted status of being “possibly true“, will inevitably find a way to spring forth from our own lips aimed at someone we love and cherish and would never, knowingly, consciously wish to harm or damage in any way. Unkindness cannot be allowed to take root in us. Each of these word-woundings are handles by which Trolls can climb into our minds and inflict pain.

Another verse springs to my memory.  Because I have been somewhat more faithful in my former routine of gathering these weapons together in the Surface World,  I am now able to use them powerfully as defensive and offensive weapons in dangerous moments like these.

I speak it forth, reminding my fellow traveler of a truth of the source of all of their personal doubts and fears. “Remember what the Writer from Prison said. He thanks The One for this truth:

‘…So then, with my mind I myself am serving the law of God, but with my flesh, the law of sin. Therefore, there is now no condemnation for those in Christ Jesus, because the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus has set you free from the law of sin and death.’ [Romans 7:25b to 8:1-2 CSB]

“Dear girl, I do not know your name yet. But The One who does is the same One who brought you here to find freedom from the chain this Troll is hurting you with now–The memories you are letting it hurt you with, by hanging on to them. Let go of them. Whatever it is that you have believed about yourself and your self-worth-Let go. You are a child of The One. Otherwise you would not be here.”

“I…,” tears poured from the girl’s eyes and she now held the burning torch in one hand, brushing the burn of the salt away from her cheeks with the other.

Her pupils were unusually dilated, and appear almost black, as if she were standing within a dark cave trying to catch the faintest of luminesce.

This overwhelming fear of release comes from the Enemy that occupies their imaginations and holds them back from being and doing everything they were called to and meant to be both here and in the Surface World.  This vicious word that each of you carries with you, even if they sprang from the lips of people present or in your past is not the truth.  They are used by and echoed by the vile pernicious ancient being who is in a futile and protracted battle to lie, deceive and accuse you because he cannot reach or strike the One who he really rages against.  His only way to hurt that One deeply is by unmercifully attacking you…the ones he can reach.

He is the true master of the monsters and creatures that live both here and in the world above us.  They do his bidding because he was cast out of a place of honor so very long, long ago.  He hates because he is consumed with his own hatred, and because of it, the first sin nested in him and cause him to foolishly believe a lie about himself that has sprung forth in dark, black, rivers of sewage ever since.  He whispered it into the ears of our first ancestors causing them to doubt who they were, and what they were called to do.  It caused them to doubt how perfectly they were loved and how doted upon and how pleased He was that He had breathed His Spirit into them and gave them a first birth to live in the joy of His delight and purpose and in a vast cosmos filled with undiscovered wonders He created just for them.

All of the substance of the Surface World, as we know it, its beauty, its microcosm, and its macrocosm its closeness and its vastness were designed for them, that they might have the promise of it and the dominion over it.  The bones of that Surface World remain healthy, its foundation was established for a forever, though its skin is threatened by a growing disease.  It has places both of inspiring beauty and places riddle and scorched with disease and blight.  Fear stalks that land and temporarily rules it until the King returns to it.  He will awaken the royal ones once again to who they are and remind them of their royal lineage.  It is a day we all hope and pray for.  A promise made, by One who has a record of always keeping His promises.  All of these thoughts, these pearls of truth, rally to me in an instant.  An instant that barely passes within this confrontation between we travelers and this Troll threatening us.  I share with you, my fellow companions, this revealing word from the Ancient Text that should help to rally you and your courage to confront this being.

“7 For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind. 8 Be not thou therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord, nor of me his prisoner: but be thou partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;”  [2 Timothy 1:7-8 KJV]

Hold your heads up high.  Bring power to your moment from a source far greater than yourself.  Keep your gift of a sound mind.  Armor yourself with the truth.

*Scene 05* 9:44 (The Girl in the Fight)

I see the Troll pivoting, glaring at each one of my traveling companions, clearly seeking what lies they have been told in their minds so that he can use it against them, cause them to drop their torch and run.  His aspect is fierce and cunning, intimidating even though we all stand a good three to three and a half feet taller than he does.  He feints a rush at us, watching us flinch and almost…almost step back and widen the circle around him.  We are all uncertain what to do next, when one of my companions, who I charged with bringing the large burlap sack, burst through the circle and charges the Troll with the open end of the sack as soon as it faces one of the other travelers and turns its back on her.  I am not certain, but I think she has a special relationship to this traveler coming under the accusing eye of Troll.

In true mama-bear fashion, she screams, “Enough of this!  I’ll do it!” and she rush-tackles the Troll in its defensive posture knocking it to the ground…but first, she miraculously manages to slip the dirty burlap bag over its head and cover its shoulders.  Emboldened by her sheer act of bravery and remarkable courage, my fellow companions lay down their torches and join the fray.

The Troll is powerful, and it struggles and coughs in the dusty interior of the bag, dirt wafting into its critical eyes and broad nostrils.  It flings its powerful, overlong arms around it, seeking to dislodge her in her vise-grip as she struggles to pull the bag down even further over its fiercely flailing body.  Its legs are short but powerful.  Its hard feet stamping at her, threatening to crush unguarded toes.

Courageously, though perhaps thinking what she did was brazen and unwise, she clings onto the spinning troll as he batts at her with clawing fingers and tries to strike her and pummel her cruelly with hard, flat-calloused knuckles.  But it was and is not happening.  She has the Troll in a powerful hammerlock, holding on for dear life…it appears.  Her feet flail and drag and scuff as the angry Troll tries to pitch her off and rakes viciously at her forearm, but she is committed.  I can see a kind of ferocity in her eyes as well.

My companions, are wanting to help, but cannot seem to get close enough to do much good.  I think they are seriously considering stopping to take bets on the fight.  The clear odds-on favorite is the she-bear.

Suddenly, we all detect a move by the Troll, that we have not heretofore considered.  The Troll is armed with a weapon.  It is reaching to grab at a dagger scabbarded to its waist.  Normally it could get to it quickly enough, but the girl’s body makes that much more difficult, though not impossible.  Its fingers finally find purchase and it unsheathes the wicked looking black blade.  It begins to slash at her, but one of the men rushes forward and catches the Troll’s corded and muscled forearm before it can cut the girl’s hold.  The Troll has a powerful vise-like grip on the blade and its fingers cannot be pried loose from it.  The man underestimates the brute strength of the Troll and his shirt and skin suffer a nasty slash from it as a result.  A few inches closer and the cut would have been more than a grazing–and we would be burying one of them here.  One of the other women rush in also grabbing the Trolls arm, but she is flung away as it backhands her, with the other.  The men and women, boys and girls press in, trying to avoid the wicked slashing, but the Troll catches the back of a heel and threatens to fillet open the person’s calve.  Instead, in its blindness, it merely cuts into the person’s heel, cleaving off a part of their shoewear, but thankfully missing bone and flesh tucked safely within.

The Troll finally loses its balance, and in the midst of the fall, the she-bear manages to pull the burlap bag even further down to its waist, before they both strike the rocky ground with a thud.  She is abraded by the Troll’s slashing, but its upper arms are now more restricted by the bag over its head and shoulders.  The blade rings metallicaly against the stones as the Troll mewls and grunts in angered frustration.  “Kill you all!” it screams, thrashing and stabbing futilely.  “I’ll kill you all!  Wait and see!  You’ll all pay for this!”

The she-bear is fatigued, cut and scraped.  Her arms and back bleeding from the sharp gravel.  The Troll partially fell on top of her, pinning her leg beneath its body weight.  It knows she is near, as it struggles to stab her, without also stabbing itself.

“A little more help here would be nice, guys!” she pleads as her grip around the Troll’s enshrouded head begins to fail.  The others want to help, but the Troll’s knife is jabbing downward like the bobbin on a sewing machine.  Its blade scraping and clanging against buried stone and gravel.  They feint in, trying to grip the open bottom of the burlap sack, trying to pull it further down over the Troll’s bucking and heaving body.  If they can just get it down to its feet they might be able to pull the drawstring closed and bind the Troll.  But that wicked looking blade is stopping them.  They have to get that blade out of its fists first or it will cut the bag open and get free and all their efforts up to now–to capture and contain it–will have been for naught.

I should help.  I need to help.  But I am mesmerized by the spectacle. And I am ashamed that I have stood by here and done nothing other than talk and rally my companions into the teeth of danger.  To lead one must lead by example.  Never expect others to do what you are unwilling to do yourself.

So I pick up a stone and move forward.  The she-bear gives me a grateful, but an “it’s-about-time” look as I go to help her, and plan to smash the knife hand of the Troll until it gives up its blade, but another anticipates me and crawls forward in a pincer move to do the same as I had planned.  He gets the opportune moment before I could have.  At least that is what I tell myself.  Some guide I am.  Some hero.  A big joke is what.  I shouldn’t even be leading this team to Excavatia and on this crusade to save stories and inspire others.  I am ashamed of my own failures, how can I possibly speak anything worthy into their lives if I have my own obstacles and shortcomings?  If I hesitate when danger is present?  Am I a coward at heart?  That is not who I want to be?  Why do I doubt myself?  What am I even doing here, when I am so unworthy?  Again the reminder comes in a flash.

“He who calls you is trustworthy, and he will in fact do this.  [1 Thessalonians 5:24 NET]”

It is not my own strength, or even will that will give me courage for the days to come–the moments on this journey that stretch out ahead of us.  It is, merely, that I need to constantly remind myself that I was called to do this.  And in responding to that calling, I will find myself being equipped for it along the way.  We all learn from our journeys and our failings perhaps teach us the most important lessons of all.  Remember Who called you.  Remember that in that calling, the Purpose is always good and extends from the very Nature of the One who called you.  If you fail, it is only one of many battles you will face in the days ahead.  One battle does not make the summation of the war for victory, as long as one is willing to get up, brush off, attend to their inevitable cuts and bruises and be willing to learn from the painful experience and live to fight another day.

Though I know a lot about Trolls, I am not seasoned in combat against them.  They have beaten me a few times, and at some points in my Surface World confrontations with them, I have turned and ran.  I am not proud of those memories, but I will not let them be my final epitaph.  I serve under a higher calling.  The tasks given me, are doable through His empowerment, and not in my own strength.  I will meet with future failures, but that is part of the battles I must fight either alone or with the faithful few of you who remain with me and share this journey.

*Scene 06* 7:36 (Eternal Touch)

I see the knife finally clatter to the ground as the Troll’s pummeled fingers flex and clasp in pain.  The others rush forward to grab the Troll’s feet and pull the loosened bag over them and quickly draw in the slack.

The Troll lay quiet for a moment, its arms visibly trying to work their way up its body, but it could not get them high than its waist.  It let out a high-pitched, ear-piercing screech that seemed to reverberate and echo back from the surrounding hills.  It was a terrifying scream of frustration and rage, such that we wondered fearfully how long the bag would hold it.

“We need to shut it up.”  I am told.  “It will bring others down on us.  If the family inside is being pursued by theses Protectorate guards, they will have heard the noise it is making.”

Just wait for a moment, I tell them.  The Troll is in darkness trapped in that bag.  It cannot last much longer before it begins to get sleepy.  It will forget momentarily what we have done to it, and drift off as if night has fallen.  Remember what I told you about Trolls.  They are not particularly Nocturns.  Its own biological needs will win out.  It must sleep in the darkness and very soon.

We watch as the thrashing bag, imprisoning the Troll, falls silent and still.  Occasionally it tightens and twists, but that lessens too.

Just then, the innkeeper comes trundling up the hillside to where my friends and I are standing.

“What’s all this then?!” he shouts angrily.  “What’s this noise and who are all you folks?”

Then he spots me and frowns, shaking a, once meaty fist, at me.  “Is that you, O’Brian?!”

“Come back ‘ere to make trouble, are you?!”

I demur and grin at him.  “How are you, you old rascal?!  You are much changed from when I last saw you.”

He puts his hands to his hips and scrutinizes me with a suspicious look until the cobwebs clear from his memory and he sighs.

“Yes it’s me, Begglar.  And it’s just Brian, remember?”

“Oh,” he says.

“No.  Just Brian.”

He gives me a scowl missing the joke entirely.

“So you’ve come back, have you?” he growls.  “Be wanting some provisions and a place to bed down for your friends here, I’ll warrant.”

“That would be appreciated, if you could arrange it.”

He groused, “Times here ain’t what they used to be, O’Brian.”

He did so persist in calling me that, but I let it slide.

“Most of the travelers that come here, are of a different sort.  The kind’ll just as soon slit your throat as look at you.  These halls have no had good-natured fellowship and laughter in them for some time now.  There are evil creatures about and most of the worst ones are in man form.  Lookin’ as pleasant as you please and I pays ‘em I do.  I have too.  Not much cause they’re bleedin’ me dry of most of my savings.  I get a little now and then in trade.  I am paid for things I am mostly ashamed of.  But it keeps my family fed doesn’t it?  So there’s the devil’s bargain.  Shamed I am of it.  But my family’s fed, now aren’t they?  A man’s got to provide for his family, now doesn’t he?”

It seems as if Old Begglar was talking more to himself than to us, as a way of justifying in his own mind, something that deeply disturbed him.  His eyes were blood-shot.  It looked like he hadn’t had much sleep in day, months, perhaps very nearly years from the look of him.  His once black full head of hair was now only gray, wiry tufts stuck here and there around his balding head.  His skin was slack and sallow-complexioned.  The once laughter plow lines around his eyes, now sagged into deep furrow of worry, fatigue and fearfulness.  He winced under the sunlight.  His hands were gnarled and twisted with an arthritic swelling.

He looked just beyond us and then turned accusatory eyes towards me.

“Oy!  What you got sallied and gussied up in that feed sack there?!  You stealing one of my pigs?!”

We turned and that is when we noticed the Troll in the sack, quietly wriggling its way up the hillside.  Rocking from side to side trying to gain ground before we noticed its new attempt to evade us.

“It’s not a pig, Begglar.  We caught a Troll, fleeing from inside your tavern there.”

Begglar immediately went ashen.  “Oh, my heavens!  Not that!  Please not that!”

Begglar began to shaken and tug at his hair, panicking and in fright and dismay.

“How long’s it been here?  What has it heard?!  We are all dead.  They’ll come for us.  They could be coming even now.  There’s a family I took in.  The Protectorate!  They’ll be searching for them.  No one gets away from them for long.  What have you done to us?!  Why did you meddle with it?!”

Calm down, I reassure him, as my companions move up the hill to drag the bag back down and stand guard over the captured Troll.  Sensing their approach the Troll wriggles more violently, trying to evade them, but in so doing fails to see the sputtering and moldering torch nearby.  It rocks too near the flame and its bag and shroud catches fire.

There is nothing I or anyone can do about it.  The bag burst into flames and the Troll lets out a scream of rage. 

It is not a sound of pain, but pure seething anger.  It shrieks and curses and thrashes under the fire.  Raging with such hatred it is very hard for us to feel that it has any sense of terror or peril.  Water is too far away for anyone of us to save it in time.  The bag burns and the Troll–finally–stops thrashing.  It is over.

Begglar is stricken silent.  He appears as if he might fall over so I steady him and ask one of the others to help him back to the inn.  We are all silent.  Death is never easy even when it comes for an evil creature, no matter how much they may deserve its eternal touch.

*Scene 07* 6:01 (The She-Bear)

I walk silently after the others, next to the she-bear.  I glance at her, questioningly.

“You alright?”

She nods.

“I’ll be fine.  Just a few scrapes and bruises.  Nothing I couldn’t have gotten tussling with my brothers growing up.  I’ll manage,” she shrugs dismissively.

But I know different.  This was a turning point for her.  She took a stand of courage that all of us hesitated to take.  She should be proud of herself.

I know I am of her.

“What made you do that back there?”

She smiled to herself.

“Back in my life in the Surface World, I am a mom. I couldn’t bear to watch that troll torment that girl any longer so I just did what I would do for one of my own. I love my kids, Brian or O’Brian. Whatever you’re called. Is that what the man running this Inn called you?”

“Yeah,” I answered in a clipped annoyance, not directed at her.

She nodded and continued, “I fight for my kids everyday.  I’ve keep them relatively safe.  Clothed, fed, and managed to keep a roof over our heads.”

“It’s tough y’know? Makes you tough.”

I nodded, but having no relatable experience, could do no more than that.

“It’s just me in their lives now.  Sometimes I have to be hard on them.  Show them that I am not their friend, but am something so much more than that.  I’m their mom.  I don’t want them believing any of the lies they’ve been told in their lives.  I want so much more for them than I’ve ever had.  Their good kids.  They need to know their mom has their back.  I’m not perfect, you know.  Things I may have said to them in frustration I’m not proud of.  I wish I could erase those moments.  Their good kids.  They do not deserve to have the pain they had to go through.”

“Momma-bear,” I muttered, with a hint of a grin.

“What was that?” she asks.

“You’re a she-bear.  Don’t mess with you cubs.”

She looked thoughtful a moment and then smiled a beaming smile.

“I like that,” she pondered the statement again for a moment, tasting it and savoring the idea.  “She-bear,” she said finally, “I never thought of it that way.  Don’t mess with my cubs.  I like that.”

She swallowed, touched by the thought in some deeper way that I could not discern, “Thank you for that.”

I could see the edge of a tear beginning to form, but I did not wish to embarrass her.  She was tough but tender underneath and there was no point in calling attention to that since I was still a stranger to her.  

To lighten the moment, I added, “So, next time we encounter a troll.  Do you mind if I stand beside you?”

She grinned in thought, “You think I need protecting?”

“No,” I offered, “I think I do.”

She laughed and the moment was lifted by my awkward attempt at levity.

“I haven’t ask this of any of the others yet, but I am going to ask you now.  You don’t have to answer yet if you don’t want to.”

She looked at me and said, “Sure, go ahead and ask.”

“Do you mind telling me your first name?  In these lands, we do not use last names here.  It is not in vogue here.  But I would like to know your name, if you don’t mind sharing it.”

She smiled that radiant smile again,  “Sure, my name is Christie.”

“Courage has a name, and today its goes by Christie. I am very pleased and honored to meet you, Christie,” I offered my hand and she shook it with a surprisingly strong grip.  “Your name is fitting.  Reminds me of another name.”

“Honored to meet you to.  You remind me of someone I once knew in the Surface World long ago.  I can’t quite make it out, but,”she shrugged, “…there it is.”

“You do know you saved us all back there, don’t you?  If that Troll had mesmerized us any further, it could have been really bad.”

She smiled again and crinkled her brow and nose, “Did I?  I didn’t see it that way.  It felt more like I was saving a part of myself than anyone else.  And the girl, I guess.”

“Yep,” I quipped, “Just like a She-bear.”

*Scene 08* 6:45 (Libation)

We came around to the front of the inn.  The others had procured a bottle of whiskey from the innkeeper’s storage.  Inside, Begglar sat at one of his own tables nursing a glass of the amber liquid trying to settle his nerves.  It was not something I would have recommended, but in that moment he appeared to need it.

We came in from the shadowed doorway, and I approached Begglar as he took another swallow from his drink.  The whiskey was of the kind one would normally take in small shot glasses, but he had poured a large draft glass of it. He scowled and winced at the burn of the potent drink and then caught my eye, tapped the side of the glass and muttered, “Medicinal purposes.”

I nodded, not sure of its particular qualities to make him any better, only that it might dull the sharpness of the fear he visibly felt at the moment.

“Where’s the family that was here?” one of the others asked.

“Saw them, did you?  Well, no matter now.  I gave them a room upstairs and locked ‘em in it.  They’re in danger, sure enough.  We all are.  But it felt right.  Yes it did.  ‘Bout time I did something that felt right,” he muttered to himself and took a long drink from the glass.

I sat down next to him at the table, and put my hand on his shoulder.  I could feel the hard bone of his scapula jutting out, much different indeed.  His back used to be solid and thick.  Muscled.

He had been a large man, solid as the large oak table that he now slouched forward on.

Begglar could once give you a bear hug that would’ve made you turn red in the face and the veins stand out on your forehead. Now he looked like he’d seen too many harsh winters, and the stout oak had aged and grayed.

“Begglar, I need to take them to the Stone Marker.  To see the prophecy of this land.  But I don’t remember where it is.  I need your help finding it.”

Begglar ignored my question, and muttered, “There’s a letter come for you.  Had it in my possession some many months now.  Back when the last post rider came through,” he gestured up to the cabinet near the kitchen.

“A Ranger said you might be by one day, through these parts again, but you’ve been a long time coming and I almost forgot about it until just now.”

He pushed himself up from the table with effort and a groan.  I offered to get it for him, but he waved me away, irritated.

“Best get this off my person.  If the Protectorate guards find it…,” he paused thoughtfully frowning.

“Anyway, tis your business what to do with it.  ‘Tis one of them tales, you and those like you been seeking out for years.  Sent from one of the guests, used to frequent here.  A tale of her country far away.”

He reaches for the cupboard and cabinet door, sees us watching and pauses.

“D’ya mind turnin’ t’other way a bit.”

We look away, to humor him, while he rummages through the bins muttering to himself.

“Ah!  Here tis!” he pronounces, the sound of doors and drawers being closed is heard, and he comes back around to me presenting me with an ornately boarders envelop, with a wax seal, broken and the flap slightly opened.  I look up at him, and he shrugged.  “I dinna know when you’d be by an you must admit, its been a very long while.  Couldna make heads or tail of why you’d want a simple fairy tale, but that’s your business not mine.”

I took the cream-colored, ornate envelop from him and tucked it into my traveling coat pocket to read later.

“Now about the stone marker,” I began.  But Begglar’s hands went to his ears and he stamped his foot.

“Do ya have ta go there now?!  You’ll no be finding it.  I done a terrible thing.  Helped em do it, anyways.  Please don’t press me about it any further tonight!  Ya ken help yerselves to that larder.  Nine ta ten rooms upstairs.  Well’s outside for water.  There’s hay in the loft.  It’s not necessarily clean, but it is warmer than the night winds’ll be.  Sorry I canna be too much help to ya.  If you’re bound and set on findin’ the marker, I’ll lead ya to it in tha mornin’.  More’s the pity.  But now I’ll be takin’ this here,” he picked up an old bottle from behind the counter, and that there, he grabbed another and tucked it under his arm, “And I’ll be sayin’ good night to yee.  There’s a tapped barrel over there in the corner, if you’ve a mind for a little libation yerselves, and your welcome to it.  Good night!”

And with that he grabbed the newel post of the stairway, grabbed his grimy apron and determinedly marched up the stairs and out of sight.  A moment later, a door slammed.  Rather loudly.

My friends turned to me, eyes questioning.

I waved the saddening scene away, trying to make light of it.

“Do you think it wise to let him go off like that and get drunk?”

“Leave him be,” I said.  “The poor fellow is beating himself up with guilt already as it is.  No need to pile on any more.  I’m not here to judge him.  Poor fellow is doing enough of that himself.  Let him sleep it off and we’ll gather again soon to find out what he is talking about.”

With that I help my fellow travelers prepare for the night.  The winds will be cold, up here in the seaside highlands.  Storm clouds gather darkly on the horizon.  There will be much more to do in the days ahead and we will need to be rested for it.

*Scene 09* 2:40 (Upstairs)

Begglar slammed the hall doorway using the sound as a cover to signal to Nell that the noises from outside they had feared did not constitute an immediate threat.  He stowed the two bottles of whiskey into a wall cabinet used to service the upstairs and cover a clever block and pulley system to raise and lower service trays between the kitchen and the upper gallery of guestrooms.

Nell cracked opened the door to the guestroom on the far end of the hallway, the only above ground room with secret access to the back stairway.
“Have they gone?”

“Nay, they’ve just arrived and at long last the prodigal returns.”

Nell pursed her lips feeling the moment of dread pass through her with a long awaited release, “Then it was not the Overwatch?”

“The Stone quest has begun again.  O’Brian is back in the Mid-World and has twenty-three guests with him.  Twenty-three,” he stressed, “There should be no more than twenty, besides O’Brian.  The other three are unknowns. Your gift of perception is needed.  You were right.”

Nell stepped out of the room and quietly closed the door behind her, “Where is Dominick?”

“He has gone to alert Shimri. The fog below is rising.  They should be able to take the family from us tonight.”

“This family is not ready to travel. They’ve barely had even food to feed a squirrel. Did you see how weak the woman is? And the children are so small.”

“Canna be helped. Our time has come. It is the time we prepared for. We have only a day or two left before they come for us.”

“What do we do with the others below?”

“Go down to them. Get Aytama to help you. They will need rooms for the night. Some will have to pair up.”

“What about you? Will they wonder where you are?”

“I’ll get the family ready. Those below believe I’ve gone to get drunk and sleep it off. I doubt they suspect I’d be in any other condition to do otherwise. I’ll meet Dominick and we’ll get these ones out under the cover of the fog.  It is going to be a long night yet.”

*Scene 10* 13:50 (Hidden Wounds)

Begglar’s wife, Nell came down from the upstairs and helped us all get a late meal, get situated in the rooms upstairs, and stow our belongings.  I saw no sign of Begglar the rest of the evening, so I assumed he had gone off to drink privately or had gone on to bed.

There was some trouble getting Miray settled down with one of the other girls, but Nell and one of the women eventually worked out an arrangement.

I opted to sleep in the hayloft, as Begglar had suggested, and to keep the first watch of the night. Nell stoked the fire in the fireplace and recommended that I get warmed up before going out into the wet and damp, foggy night, so I sat at one of the long tables and drank some of the warm black tea she had brewed for me.

When she and her maidservant retired for the night and most of the others had settled into the guestrooms, the girl, whom the Troll threatened, came quietly down from the upstairs to the table where I was sitting.

Her head was down, and she could not seem to look at me for more than a brief glance.  It is clear she wants to say something but can’t seem to find the proper words to do it.  She paces a moment and then finally, she sat down across from me and put her hands on the table, one palm over the other.  I looked up at her and smiled gently, “It’s okay if you want to leave.  I do understand and I won’t hold it against you.”

With tears brimming in her eyes, she faltered and then swallowed and began, “It’s just that it wasn’t like what I expected it to be.  There is something more here that I did not bargain for.  That thing out there…”  She broke off, gathering her courage, but never truly find it.

“I’m sorry,” she said again, “I’m not ready to take on this quest.  I can’t face another situation like that.  I’m not strong enough yet.  It hurts too much…”

She broke down and wept.  Long, deep, waves of pain and memory washing over her.  Her head down and her hair covering her face as the dam of long-held emotion broke and the hurt washed out in pressure waves built up over far too long a time.

I put my hand over her hand and just let her cry.  Tears are healing.  We need them for release.  She had carried these burdens and wounds far too long by herself.  No words came to mind that could help her.  She just needed someone to be there while she cried.  Someone who didn’t judge her for it.  Someone who would just listen.

After some time, she lifted her tear-stained eyes, her cheeks brighten in the firelight from the hearth.

“I’m so sorry,” she said once more, and the silent tears continued to rain as she struggled to catch her breath and composure.  She half laughed and almost broke again when she said, “Back there with the Troll, memories I had pressed down and never dealt with suddenly came back to me.  And I couldn’t…”

Her hand went to her mouth, covering her trembling lips, again try to hold back the sobs.

“I haven’t dealt with it.  I wouldn’t…deal with it.  But now I’ll have to.  Won’t I?” again with a defensive laugh.

“Only I can’t do it here.  I can’t do it now.”  She wiped her eyes with the heels of her hands.

“I understand,” I assured her again, “No one here judges or condemns you if you don’t continue.  There will be another time for you.  If not here, somewhere where you can feel safe.”

She laughed at me, with a nervous and cynical sound full of doubt, yet wanting to believe it.

“There is no place safe enough for that,” she wiped her mouth and looked away into the firelight, taking in a few shuddering breaths.

“That thing out there.  What is it exactly?  How can it do what it does?”

I sighed and slightly shook my head.

“No one truly know the how about things that happen here.  We say we do, but in some way, we are deceiving ourselves into some semblance of security.  Are we safe?  I don’t know that we are either here or back in our lives in the Surface World.  What I do know is that, wherever we might be, we are loved, and wanted and uniquely special to a perfect Father.”

“Father!” she fidgeted with her fingers.  Her eyes growing distant and narrowing, as she seemed to be transported back into a memory she looked at with a certain defensive disconnectedness.

She dug at her fingernails abstractly, narrowing her eyes.

“That is what the Troll zeroed in on.  My relationship with my father.  I want to believe what you say about this all loving and all caring Father, but I can’t.  I can’t get past the prosaic reality and image of my own father.”

She was silent a moment.  Continuing to dig at her nails and brushed a wing of her hair out of her face where it hung against her cheek.

Finally she said, “Daddy said I’d never amount to much.  Said I’d probably be pregnant by sixteen and living on the street.  Never hold a decent job and be passed around from man to man.  That was his assessment of me at the age of seven years old.  That my life would be just some dirty joke told in a smoky pool hall.  That my phone number would be written somewhere on a bathroom wall for pervert to call me and ask me for a date.  That was what he told me before he left us for some floozy in Florida.”

She swallowed back her tears, shivered a bit, and seemed to find a certain calm.  Her eyes grew distant again as her sight probed and sifted through piles of buried memory.  She wiped her eyes as she raised her head again.

“It was raining the night he left us,” she said quietly.

“You know that verse that says, the rain falls on the just and the unjust?”

I cleared my throat and nodded.

“Well, it was sure falling that night.  Coming down in sheets.”

She sniffed.

“Mom, acted like she never saw it coming.  Her entire world came crashing down on her, when he told her.  She begged him to stay.  Said he could keep his new girlfriend, if only he wouldn’t abandon us.  That was to moment I lost all respect for my mom.  Crying and watching them fight through the window on the front lawn as he packed up our only vehicle.  I saw mom grab his arm as he dragged her through the dirt.  I saw when he cuffed her in the side of the head, and punched her in the stomach.  Later, my mom would tell me that it was my fault that he left.”

She said all these things in a detached calm that was eerie to listen to and gut wrenching to hear it so quietly told as if none of it mattered.

“My last image of my father was him driving away in our only car, my mother doubled over in pain on the front lawn for all of the neighbors to see and do nothing.  And all of this, while the rain continued to pour down.”

She was silent again, her eyes unfocused and now unreadable.  She stared vacantly at her hands on the table before us.  My comforting hand still over hers.  She took in a long breath, and at last, her eyes raised to mine.

“So.”

“So?” I asked.

“So, I need to leave here.  Back to the real world, where there are no such things as Trolls that make you divulge your deepest, darkest secrets to strangers who can do nothing for you.  My problems are my problems.  Yours are yours.  Back to the ‘Big Girl’ world.  Back to another day of proving my “father” wrong.”

It hurts so much to see the shroud of toughness and bravery be pulled back over her wounds like a winter sweater.  I don’t know exactly what to say to her.  I have had no context for such pain and any words I could muster would seem so empty now that she has put the tough-girl exterior back on.

Quietly I ask her, “Do you mind if I ask you your name?”

She stares at me for a hard moment and pulls her hands away, wrapping herself in them as if feeling a sudden chill in the air.

“Why?” she asks, with challenging eyes.

I flatten my hands on the table as if smoothing out an imaginary tablecloth, feeling the wood grain beneath.  I almost say something, then hesitate and check myself.

“Alright.  No need for names.  I just want you to know and remember, as you return to the Surface World tomorrow that there are people here that imperfect as they may be, do want to have you as a friend and could care about you, if you ever gave us a chance.  Fair enough?”

Her arms were still folded as she slowly stood up and watched me for a moment, measuring my words.

“You are welcome to come back anytime.  I’ll have one of the others provide an escort back in the morning.  Be sure and keep your torch.  It is yours to light at any time, should you wish to return.  No one will judge you for leaving.  And if you one day come back here, your arrival will be celebrated by all.”

Quietly she turned to go up the stairs to one of the upper rooms she would share with one of the girls.

At the bottom of the stairs, she turned once again, and whispered, “I’m sorry.”  And then quickly and quietly ascended the stairs.

*Scene 11* 4:21 (Millstones)

It was late, and I went and tamped down the fire, thoughtfully poking at it with a poker.  I would keep the first watch of the night, and one of the others would spell me in a few hours.  I would sleep in the barn loft, with the moon shining through the hayloft door.  It would be a long night.  Much had happened.  I was so saddened to see this wounded soul go.  So much pain.  So many burdens she carried all alone, and she is so defensive and mistrusting of everyone who would be her friends.

Bad people abound out in the world.  They may not have started out that way, but for various reasons, they get there and cruelly abuse others in both word and selfish deed.  Maybe they too suffered abuse from someone else they trusted.  But there is no cause to perpetuate cruelty.  To darkly pay it forward.  At some point, the pain must be dealt with.  They will have to seek Someone greater than themselves to trade all of that hurt, for healing.  But to do so they must be willing to make themselves vulnerable yet once again and trust the Healer.

For those whose definition of father, mother or friend has been so tainted, they must learn that there is another reality to those terms.  That those cruel incarnations are poor substitutes for the real thing.  I think in each person’s own heart they wish to know this.  There is a part of them that still desperately wants to know that they are loved, and can be loved, and even deserve to be loved, and valued and cherished.  Old definitions gained by harsh experiences are extremely hard to displace.

As I settle down for the night, I watch the moon above paint the lonely road ahead with silver light.  Fog is growing around us, so not much can be seen of it.

I think of the blessing of my own father and mother, not what I deserved, but what every child born of mankind would wish they could be born into.  Nurturing, loved, accepted. Praised and cheered on. Given the tools to make sense of life, and thrive in spite of it.  Being pointed to The Hope which drives me on this ongoing quest.  Knowing that I am both loved imperfectly and love perfectly at the same time.  That, at least, those definitions I learned were not so far off the mark of what was intended in the Ancient text that renews and sustains me.

And I remember again a moment in the Perfect Father’s life where he took small trusting children in His lap and spoke a warning to all of the adult parents and men and women gathered to hear His message.

“6 But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and [that] he were drowned in the depth of the sea.” [Matthew 18:6 KJV]

By my reckoning, there are too many stiff and selfish necks out there in the Surface World, lately, and not enough millstones.

*Scene 12* 4:20 (Rider in the Night)

The fingers of fog crawled along the grounds of the inn, up from the lower road that extended down through the small village of Crowe.

A figure on horseback rode through the rising, foggy drifts up to the back of the inn and dismounted. It cautiously approached the back of the inn moving quickly on light feet, silent as a shadow.

The horse was secured to an adjoining fence post with a slipknot and the figure then ducked low and proceeded into the skirting brush to an obscured and angled cellar door.

The fog was slightly luminous from the muted glow of moonlight, shining high above the scudding clouds.

The figure produced a small key from a pocket and unlocked the cellar, leaving the horse to graze in the damp evening light, while he descended below.

The underground was dark and the air inside the cellar passage was musty and stale.

“Da?”

A soft click from inside, indicated an interior door bolt was pulled back and Begglar’s face peered through the narrow aperture, faintly revealed by flickering candlelight.

“Shimri and the others are not far behind me. Are the travelers ready?”

“Just bundling up. Help me gather the supplies.  Is Sable tied nearby?”

“To the corner fence. Father, Shimri told me they’ve capture a Xarmnian scout and one of the local farm boys.  The scout was terrified when he was captured. Not from our men, but from something that had attacked his company earlier this morning.  They could not get much out of him, but it backs up to story this man told.  Something new has come into the Mid-World and it is moving underground.”

“Not new, son. One of these has come here before, long before you were born. I believe this one is here now because of the other guests that have joined us. One of these others are leading it.  We all must be very careful.”

Begglar handed one of the bundled packs to the young man, and carried two others under his arms. They quietly moved through the short underground passage and ascended the stairs emerging out into the diffuse moonlit night.  Billows of fog roiled around them, making the silver view difficult to see beyond a few feet, but the two knew the grounds well enough to walk through it blind.

They tied the bundled packs to saddle of the dark horse, now hidden completely within the fog bank. The stallion quietly nickered and a low rumble came from its throat, but the younger man calmed the horse by caressing the horses velvety nostrils allow the stallion to smell his familiar scent.

Begglar, turned and spoke quietly to the wispy shadow of his son.

“Now go get the man and his family. Remember, no names.  We don’t know them and they don’t really know us. It is safer that way if they are ever captured.”

“Should I get Zohar from the stable?”

“I have already attended to that. Bring the family out quietly.  Then go back inside and help your mother. I will take them on to meet Shimri and the Storm Hawk and the Lehi.  You’ve done enough for this evening. Go get warm. Your mother and Aytama saved you some supper, but you’ll have to eat it upstairs.”

“Father, this damp air is not good for you. If you catch a chill…”

“Nonsense! I’ve weathered a good many cold and much wetter nights in my time, than you, so be quick about it. I’ll be back in a few hours. Stick to the plan we agreed to. We knew this day would come. Now be off with you.”

Reluctantly, the boy turned and retreated again into the feathered whiteness to do as he was told.

*Scene 13* 2:37 (Underground)

Deep underground. Seismic level shifts crashed and crushed large amounts of earth and rock, as an incredible ramming force plunged into the dark fathoms of the Mid-Worlds substrate.  A pounding, pulsing of beaded flesh, coiled mountains of muscle, gristle and bone, tore savagely at the ground tunneling its own cave system.  A bellows of breathy force and champing teeth ate into the earth, funneling plumes of dust through pounding gills that coughed out a sinuous froth that melted the ground around its prodigious bulk.  It twisted and writhed, coiled and canted, side to side leaving a viscous glowing ooze in its driving wake.  A tangled net of phosphorescence striated the freshly cut tunnel, pouring out of the monstrous scales as the beast from the sky and shore–Sheol–A worm of consumption–A subterranean funeral train, moving at the speed of a railed locomotive, dug its way further in and further onward towards the vector of the one whom it sought most to devour. The smoke of its violent travel signified and swirling with a burial shroud of dust, filled the tunnels masking the monster’s vigorous pursuit.

A guttural thunder of barely intelligible words, sifted out of it’s lunging maw, around the grit and powder of poured and vented earth…
I’m coming…I am coming…I am coming…I am coming…for you traitorous leader.  I am the darkness…I am Sheol…I am the power of the grave waiting to eat your body…soul…and spirit!

*Scene 14* 8:15 (Finder in the Fields)

Fogs covered the lowlands, beneath the rise to the small village.  From a steppe plain, down a declivity but still above the highland valley the fog merely formed a low shrouded ceiling. A rider on horseback waited in the shadows, astride a tall black mare, she, in fact, called “Night Mare.”  The horse was lean and strong.  Iridescent black and polished silver by the wet of the night.  Chilled but taut, champing and ready for action.  The rider surveyed the vague moonglow, reading the night sky and scanning the dark treeline for movement.

The field of wheat bore an unlikely scar. An oblong trench, dialogonally cut across its golden rows that urged a constant funereal hushing “shhh, shhh” under the influence of the night winds.  The trench was a subterranean death mark.  What she had feared was true.  Another monster was now present in the Mid-World. 

They had captured a wayward Xarmnian scout, devoid of his mount yet retaining his characteristic bravado.  He had a small lad with him that he had cuffed and struck numerous times until the rider had commanded one of her men to apprehend the assault, and lash the brute, before he killed the boy.

“All dead!” the delirious man raged, when the rider’s sentry wrapped the end of his bullwhip around the man’s raised fist before he could use it again against the cowering boy.

The Xarmnian had seemed confused when the whip restricted his raised hand, and twisted him bodily away from the lad.  A boot to the man’s face broke his nose and caused him to stumble and fall to the ground, pulled by the whip, coiled over the saddle horn of the intercessor’s mount.

The soldier cursed through his bloodied face and twisted nose, spraying blood on the ground. “You dogs’ll pay for this!” he growled, and the man was pulled further, his arm popping as if it was being wrenched from the socket.

The whipbearer responded in a strong commanding voice, though muzzled slightly behind his kerchief scarf, “Who are you, Xarmnian?!  And what are you doing to this boy?!”

The Xarmnian laughed over bloodied lips and spat, “Who are you to demand anything of me, masked dog?!”

He glared up at the masked man who had him bound with the end of the whip.  He tried to jerk free, but the mounted man’s horse backed away, further pulling the Xarmnian off balance.

“I am here on the King’s business, which is none of yorn. Let me be!”

The masked man was silent and glanced back at his party of other riders and the one smaller rider whom they seemed to defer to.

The smaller rider moved forward, its face fully masked with only the eyes and bridge of the nose showing.

The voice issuing forth was calm and soft spoken, and the Xarmnian was perplexed by the incongruity of it with his own expectation.

“Why are you alone? Xarmnian patrols only ride in company.  Where is your team?”

The Xarmnian was sullen but thoughtful, he did not meet the eyes of his questioner when he answered under muttered breath, “Dead.  All of them. The ground opened up and something took them.  Took them all, save I and the whelp there.” he nodded, gritting his teeth at the boy.

“What business does Xarmni have with the eastern highlands to the sea?”

The Xarmnian raised his chin in defiance, blood trails streaking his beard and chin, his nose now purple and swollen.  “Wouldn’t you like to know.”

it was clear they would get no further cooperation out of the defiant man, so the smaller rider, gestured to two other riders towards him.

“Take him. Bind him.” the leader gestured, “Bring the boy.”

The young lad had fallen to the ground and looked warily from each of the riders, fearing that their intentions might also bring him further harm.

One of the riders dismounted and kneeled down and held his hand out to the boy, who raise his arm again, red with welts and bruising, fearing a further strike.

“It’s alright, son. We are not here with this man. Quite the opposite.”

The flare of distrust and fear in the boy’s eyes gradually softened as the masked man kneeling before him continued to hold out his open hand toward him.

Finally, the boy spoke, through a cut lip.  The Xarmnian had been cruel in his own fear, taking the loss out on the boy.

“They came and killed my Dah,” he spoke painfully, tears spilling from his eyes.  “Just stabbed him for no reason.  And then…”

Fear deepened again, causing the boy to tremble.

“What’s your name, son?” the kneeler asked gently, trying to keep the traumatized boy’s focus.

The boy regarded him as if he had not understood the question.

Gently, the man asked again, “How are you called, son?”

“Amichai, but Dah…,” tears welled, “Dah called me Michai.”

“Michai, then,” the kneeling one spoke calmly, “can you ride with us? Show us if what this Xarmnian says is true?”

The boy nodded, glanced fearfully at the Xarmnian, now bound hand and feet by one of the other riders who had him secured.  The Xarmnian glared at the boy, gritting his teeth threatening the boy to keep silent.  But the gesture had the opposite effect than what he’d intended.

The boy nodded, shifting his eyes back to the kneeling masked one’s outstretched hand, and took it, allowing himself to be raised to his feet.

“I will show you where it happened.  It is not far from here.”

The boy stood, steadying himself on shaky and brusied legs.

The smaller leader drew her reins, about to turn her horse away, but the boy spoke up.

“Are you who they say you are?”

The leader paused, turning the horse back towards the boy, addressing him in a quick response.

“And who do they say I am?” the oddly calm and softer voice queried.

“The Storm Hawk,” the boy stood up just a little straighter, raising his chest to seem more bolder than he had been. “The one who flys in a turns the storms away from towns like ours.”

The lead rider only gave the boy a slight nod, before turning her horse again and riding away towards the tree line.

The Xarmnian glowered, but it was clearly a pretense of bravado.  He knew the title, and the tales of the riders who followed the one called “Storm Hawk”.  If this was who these interlopers where, that now took him captive, he was in very real danger indeed.

The Unwelcome Guests – Chapter 4

*Scene 01* 8:28 (The City of Xarm)

Three dead horses later Shihor, the Xarmnian Scout, rode quickly through the massive stone gates of the capitol city of the Xarmnian empire.  He did not stop to greet the gatehouse guard, nor acknowledge anyone young or old in the cobblestone streets of the dirty city, but rode through them hard, his present horse’s hooves pounding a warning upon the drums of the street, for anyone lingering there to move swiftly out of his way or get run over and trampled.

The horse breathed foam from its lips and nostrils, its eyes darting wildly as its cruel rider held the hard steel bit and reigns, keeping it from rebelling or turning in a direction its unrelenting taskmaster did not wish to go.

Finally, the rider, pulled back, causing the beast to skid and fight to keep its iron-shod hooves from slipping on the oily, grimy stone pavements.

The soldier dismounted, staggered a moment and then drew out a long wicked dagger.  He approached a barred portcullis and shouted to the guard inside.

“Dargun! DARGUN!” he shouted angrily, “Why aren’t you at your post?! Open this gate, Dargun!”

A muffled crash and stirring noises came from inside the adjacent gatehouse, followed by a muttered oath.

When the guard did not respond fast enough, the soldier pounded on the gate.

“Hurry up, you lazy cur, or I’ll carve out your fat liver and feed it to those groveling street urchins in the alley I just passed.”

The door beyond creaked opened, and a red-faced man emerged, fumbling with a clinking ring of keys. He squinted in the sunlight, and teetered towards the iron portcullis gate.

“What is this, Shihor?!” he came towards the gate groggy-eyed and sputtering, “Aren’t you supposed to be out on eastern patrol?”

“Shut your gobbler, you fat slob and open this gate immediately!  Call Captain Jahazah and have him meet me at the high court.  Where is the Son of Xarm?”

“You can’t just…!”, Dargun leaned in too close to the flat iron bars, separating him from his impertinent, and insulting comrade, regretting it instantly.

Shihor’s hand flashed through the bars, caught Dargun by the front of his shirt, and jerk-slammed his face into the iron-grid.

“Open this gate, you idiot, or I will start carving!” Shihor snarled, his fierce eyes glaring into Dargun’s now bleeding face and forehead.

Dargun felt the blade of the wicked knife being pressed against the fat of his belly through the grill.  Wincing in pain at the cold sting of the blade, but holding himself in check, he knew he dare not look down at the knife or shift his eyes from Shihor’s.

“Open the gate!” he grunted to someone from within, and the gate chain began to clink and draw the iron-grid upward, such that Shihor withdrew the blade and his hold on Dargun.

When the gate was high enough, for Shihor to duck under it, he did so, walking brusquely past the heavily breathing Dargun, grabbing the key ring from him.

“I need access to the Treasury. Which key is it?”

“Now wait a minute…” Dargun sputtered, but Shihor flashed the blade at him in a dangerous warning.

“Impede me further, and those little urchins will be eating sooner, than the hour of their daily ration.  I asked you a very simple question and you have not answered me,” Shihor growled raising the knife.

“What is it you wish to know?” Dargun winced, fearing his slow-wit might bring on further anger.

“Where–is—the Son–of Xarm?” he said slowly, deliberately drawing out the words while capping a very thin top layer over his smoldering frustration with the man.

“He is in the great hall and has some of those creatures with him.  They are meeting in council and supposedly forming some sort of arrangement to ensure that The Pan keeps to the terms of their treaty.”

Shihor thought that over a moment, and then muttered, “I suspect that The Pan has already breached that bargain.  We never should have negotiated with The Half Men in the first place.  They will never quiet the wildness inside them.  First the Builder Stones and now this.  It would not surprise me if the Capitalians weren’t in on this too.”

He then took in the sight of Dargun with registering further disdain with a contemptuous look.

“Which of these keys is for the Treasury door?”

“The King’ll slaughter me in the public square if you take anything…”

“I am not going to take anything. I need to go in to see if anyone else did, though it would not surprise me seeing as how this gate is so poorly guarded.”

Dargun hesitantly indicated which was the key to the Iron door that led to the Treasury rooms, and Shihor turned and headed into the covered hallway towards the Treasury in the Keep, with Dargun following a short but cautious distance behind.

When Shihor approached the Treasury gate two large guards stepped out of the shadows to impede him, but Dargun called out to them from behind.

“Let him pass.”

The two armed sentries stepped back into the shadowy nooks, as Shihor inserted the key into the large iron-plated door.

He strode into the darkness of the room and down the corridor to where “it” had been kept since the beginning of their kingdom, long before he was even born.

Dargun and his other attendant guards, heard the shout of rage and the banging and crash of things being thrown about in fury as Shihor discovered to his dread what he had suspected all along in his furious ride back to Xarmni from the coastal lands.

When Shihor emerged from the inner Treasury rooms he was deadly calm, but in a very dangerous mood, and spoke low to Dargun.

“Assemble the Overwatch.  Have a detachment meet me in the Great Hall as soon as you can.  I think the Son of Xarm will have great need of them very soon.  Do it now.”

And with that, he strode out portcullis gate into the narrow alleyway, walked up to his panting mount, withdrew his dagger and stabbed the sweat lathered animal repeatedly until the beast collapsed heavily onto the street.  Without another word to the shocked guards, he turned towards the northern end of the alleyway and said over his shoulder.

“Go feed those street urchins this dead creature.  Lure them in with the smell of meat.  We’re gonna need some Trolls to meet this upcoming crisis.  Bring the elixirs and douse the flesh with it.  Let their hunger be slaked with its marinated flesh.  Hurry.”

*Scene 02* 4:11 (The Outer Inn)

We approached the back of a roadside inn.  A traveler’s way-station consisting of a small stable, a dining hall, and about eight upper rooms. The inn was situated on the eastern edge of the village. What few road-weary travelers there were, even in good times did not often stay long, just enough to get a few hours to rest and a place to lie down before they pressed on.  For the most part, the villagers were suspicious of travelers and of late fearful of them. So the one and only inn was relegated to to town’s edge.

The innkeeper had fallen on hard times.  His inn was not in the most pristine shape, to say the least.  Not much like it was in the old days when more people traveled towards the eastern sea. Xarmnian patrols has stifled travel and cut off trade to the outer rural communities. They had yet to establish jurisdictional control of the outer periphery communities, however they did not want them supplying any insurgent counter-strikes.  Xarmnian power centers were in the large cities and they suspected the rural lands of fostering and harboring the unrest and resistance to Xarmnian rule.

The interior of the wayside inn’s commons area was bordered with thick rough-hewn and exposed wooden beams and stonewashed slate to hold the heat in.  Staid and solid benches served wooden tables made of thick planks with weathered bark still on the underside.

The road, like the inn, had suffered under harsh winters and unseasonable rains.  The soil in front of the inn was often a deep thick mud and the Inn keeper’s boy had to extend boards out to the coaches when they arrived, to assist the travelers in getting through it.  Not that the keeper cared so much that a dainty lady’s petticoat might get soiled, but more so that the travelers with their few meager pieces of coveted coinage, might not track more mud in upon the dining hall floor that he had labored through about five minutes of backbreaking misery to finally sweep.

There is no carriage in front of the Inn, but it does have some guests inside.  The stables only contain the inn keeper’s few nags and an anemic looking cow.  There is not much grass growing on the edge of the winter season.

The only travelers we can see from our vantage point, appear to be a family on foot.  No carriage awaits them at the livery, where it typically would be parked for the night. They have carried what meager belongings they could and walked overland, for if they had booked passage, their belongings would have already been brought up to their rooms for they night, but these are within reach as they are seated over meager fare in the commons area.  By the look of them through the window, huddled over small bowls of porridge, it seems they each could use a hot bath and a long night’s sleep. It is out of the usual custom, for the host to treat paying guests this way, so it follows that these pitiful souls are merely passing through with no other means than to appeal to charity.

The Innkeeper, once more corpulent and congenial in happier days when his inn saw more frequent guests, looks furtively out the front windows to the dirt roads beyond.  A friend, he is. Or at least once was, for my part.

From what I can tell, his expression is annoyed and dour.  He is much changed from when I last saw him. The rounded cheeks, easy smile, and laugh lines with which he once greeted his guests have faded with age and time.  His trousers are gathered in and his apron ties are slack about his shrinking frame.  The fare he is serving this family, may very well be a spartan portion of what he has left to feed his own family. It is clear he has a desire to at least feign kindness to these folk, but it is clouded by his fear for himself and his own family.

*Scene 03* 8:32 (Unwelcome News)

When Shihor entered the great hall, he at once noticed the winged-creepy woman creature, conversing with the Son of Xarm.  Its eyes were as black as coals and it glared out at him with a crone’s scowl.  It was missing one of its large grey talons and stood, propped up by some kind of makeshift affixed peg to account for the shortened length of its foot.

Two large halberd blades impeded Shihor’s forward progress into the great vaulted room.  Shihor looked wild and haggard.  His long hair hung in sweaty matted ropes from his unhelmed head.  Blood from the slaughtered horse spattered his body and gauntlet gloves, still slick with an oily sheen dancing wetly with the glow from the chamber’s firelight braziers.

“My liege, I  have urgent news from the coastlands.  May I speak with you,” he paused looking cautiously at the owlish old woman creature, ” in private?”

He noticed the back of the room shift as older faces, moved out of the shadows.  Armed guards nervously stood at attention, their plated armor slightly chinking in the open vaulted room, their scabbard, and spears brushing the floor with a soft clack.

Startled by the realization that a full assembly was housed in the great room, he faltered a bit, and then stood more rigid, awaiting his Lord’s pleasure.

The Son of Xarm, was a corpulent man.  He shifted in the great iron chair where he had been conversing with the strange half-bird, half-woman creature and stared fixedly at him.

“Can this wait?” he growled, “As you see, I am in council with the Dame of her peoples.  We were negotiating some assurances related to our mutual friend.  As you are very well-aware this is of pressing concern.”

Shihor bowed respectfully, keeping his eyes on the floor ahead of him in deference.

“My Lord, I would not breach your protocols lightly, if this were not pressing and pertinent.”

The Son of Xarm regarded him silently for a moment, studying him and his posture quietly, allowing the man to remember and consider his place and station.

Finally, he raised his hand, palm facing inward and slightly beckon him forward with the tips of his fingers.  The halberd, curved blades held by the two sentry guards on either side of Shihor lifted, and Shihor watched the shadows of the two moon arcs lift from the floor before him.  Slightly raising his head, he cautiously moved towards the raised head table and the iron thrones at the back of the room.

The Son of Xarm leaned over and spoke quietly to the old creature, who nodded and lifted one of her black-feathered wings towards the creatures of her kind standing within the shadows.  A kind of chirruped murmur passed among the group, as their matron lifted herself from the seat, and moved slowly from the table towards her kind, the wooden stump scraping across the paver-stones of the grand hall as she went.

Shihor stood at the bottom step of the dais and kneeled.

The Son of Xarm sighed heavily.

“You fool,” he leaned forward scowling at the man, “Do you expect me to arise and come down there to you to speak in private?!  Up here!  And this news had better be worthy of the interruptions or you will bleed for it!”

Shihor cautiously approached, and knelt down before his master.  The Son of Xarm fingered a wicked looked crook-blade dagger, under his splayed fingers, whose blade-shape resembled a crawling serpent.

“The news?” he beckoned.

“Someone has summoned the gate, sire.  From a distance, we saw the Oculus opening.  I rode back as hard as I could and have just confirmed it. The Fidelis stone is missing from the Treasury.  I suspect there is a traitor in our midst who would see you dethroned.  The Surface Worlders will soon be called back to complete that which was started.”

The Son of Xarm’s splayed fingers closed into a hard fist around the handle of the wicked-looking dagger as he leaned back, recoiling from the horrible message relayed to him.  His other hand raised to his beard and he unconsciously tugged fiercely on it.

His eyes shifted malevolently around the room as if seeking the betrayer in close proximity.  He stared hard and angrily at his men and the courtier ladies who were present in the back.  He then cast eyes towards the old Matron of the creatures whom he had been conferring with and making some encouraging progress with their mutual assurance plans.  He wondered if the offer had been a ruse, and he was being mocked in his own court.  Every face before him seemed to hold some form of betrayal and deception, and his angry jaw flexed and unflexed with building rage.

At last, he noticed the wicked dagger held tightly in his trembling hand, his fisted knuckles white with fury.

“No!” he began quietly before he even knew he had spoken the word aloud.

“NO!” the second word increased in volume, beginning the shatter the relative quiet of the grand hall.

“NO! NO! NOOOO!” he thundered, punctuating each word with a downward stab, of the swerving blade into the wood of the head table before him.

“EXCAVATIA IS A MYTH!  IT DOES NOT, CANNOT, NOR WILL IT EVER EXIST AS LONG AS I AM KING!”

He drove the blade deep into the wood of the tabletop the tip of the blade extending through so that it could not easily be pulled out from it.

“GUARDS!” he roared to the soldiers in the room, “Roundup and kill any man, woman, and child who dares to say different or holds any belief in the ridiculous ancient prophecy.  I want them all dead.  All traitors dead!  Destroy the remnants of that accursed stone.  Let no one live who defies my orders!  This world will be mine, or I will baptize it in oceans of their blood!”

He then stood and pointed his finger at the delegation group of winged woman creatures and their grand Matron.

“I will hold you to your word, Harpy Delilah!  You will receive your iron shanks, as I promised, only do not go back on our agreement.  We have an accord, do we not?”

“We do,” the old creature nodded, as she was able.

“Then have your kind fly to the coast lands and gather me some intelligence of what transpires there.  My knight here tells me that the Oculus has opened again, and we all know what that means.  The Surface Worlders will be back.”

*Scene 04* 20:47 (The Family Who Fled)

We ducked deeper beneath the Inn’s eastern corner eave, pressing closer to the side of the building so we could listen. Begglar showed me this spot, once before. He sometimes would busy himself in the yard, when soldiers came through and forced him out of his dining hall so they could hold private meetings.

Unbeknownst to them, Begglar had anticipated this, so he had secretly had the corner cornice hollowed out and a mirror hidden under the eave, so he could both see and hear what went on inside the hall. He had stacked the cordwood pile alongside the building, ostensibly for convenience, however there was a shielded passage behind it that allowed him to duck away to listen without being seen from the open yard.

In this way, he had gathered intel over the years, passing it along through secret connections operating in what still remained of the underground resistance.

I am sure he never thought I might have need of it to listen in on him, but we could not be too cautious. Anyone could have been inside. Xarmnian or otherwise. I was reluctant to expose Begglar’s secret listening post to the others, however it could not be helped. It would be too conspicuous trying to step away from my company, so I had to let them follow me into the passage behind the wood pile.

Entering the narrow passage, we overhear snatches of a low conversation, at first.  I silently indicated the hidden mirror angled above us and we all looked up, clearly seeing the interior layout and present occupants of the hall.

Given the scene before us, this might be a very bad time to intrude upon Begglar, but at this point I am not sure where else to turn. I had so very few friends here when I left. Begglar at least tried to understand why I had to leave, or pretended to, at least. We were both being sought after by the Xarmnian Patrols, and the creatures in league with The Pan. They needed to be sure we were dealt with. That what we sought to do, would never be attempted again. Begglar, at least, was able to sufficiently alter his appearance and hide who he had once been, by becoming something improbable. Creating an entirely new persona. Though not as improbable as some would assume who knew the real Begglar behind all of his former bravado. It was the perfect disguise, and he relished in the role for a long time. But things had definitely changed for him. I had never seen him look so bothered and fearful as he appeared now. Worry had taken a toll on his demeanor and his body. I had no idea what could have brought about so many changes in him, from the last time we met, but whatever it was, it must have happened during the intervening twenty-one years since we parted.

From snatches of the conversation, the best I can make out is that the traveler and his family have recently fled the City of Xarmni, the great stonewalled capital city of the Xarmnian Kingdom.

As we gathered near the raised window port above, we can hear them more clearly.  The man is talking.  The Innkeeper bids him continue, assures him he is listening while he watches the road trying to see through the haze of a building fogbank down the road.

“We were told to get as far as we could. To go to the southeast, and up the Brideshead Pass. To follow the river, and find the stone staircase switchback and take it up the plateau until we reached the forest road that led to the township of Crowe. We were told we would find this inn at the top of the hill on the far eastern side of the town, following the road that eventually leads to the eastern sea. We were told you might help us make connections with the Resistance.”

“And who told you this?” Begglar asked, his voice much harder and gruff than I remembered it.

“Someone who told me not to tell you his name, but said he knew your wife very well. And that you could be trusted. He also gave me a name that you would know, if you did not respond to the first password. The word I gave you was the secret password. He said you would know what it meant and would do what was needed. What does it mean anyway?”

Begglar responded, “Never you mind about that. Don’t repeat that word again. There are others not so friendly, who might figure it out and would kill you and your family for any knowledge of it. Leave that word aside. I will give you a new word to use. The days when that other word meant something more are long gone. Just you and your wife and little ones eat your meal there. It’s not much, but times have been hard for all of us, and it was all I could spare for now. My wife will get you all tucked away in a nice warm bed for the night, and you and the missus can have a bath and basins drawn to wash up. My boy’s heating the water and will fetch it up. Just fill your bellies while you can. If a Patrol is coming, we’ll need to get you on your way sooner, but if there’s time then you’d best settle a bit while you can.”

“We were almost caught a couple of times, along the way. Early this morning, we had to cross a field of tall grass. There were soldiers there, sleeping. We almost ran into them before something cut through and swallowed them up.”

“Swallowed them up?”

“Yes. The ground seemed to open up, and something we could not see… something large and terrible…distorted the air and attacked the soldiers in the camp. We were able to slip away unnoticed, and I had to keep my children from looking back, but we ran. There was screaming and a horrible roar, and savage, brutal sounds of the attack. But if it wasn’t for the beast, we would have been captured.”

Miray tugged on my sleeve and cupped her fingers to her mouth. I leaned down, not sure what she wanted, but from her words, she appeared to have been listening closely as well.

“The monster we heard. I betcha that’s what it was,” she whispered almost conspiratorially.

Of course. The noises we heard before, I reasoned, may have been an attack by one of the monsters prowling the trail but misdirected to one of the outer Xarmnian guard patrols.  If this family had approached from the southeastern grade, they could have skirted the road up through Crowe and joined it from the overland pass. A course we almost followed, had we not taken the old sea road.

In fact, the attack was just enough of a distraction to allow this family to sneak by the guards fighting the beast, not to mention keeping them from crossing our path as well, since they would most certainly be heading in our direction. 

For us, we’d heard the noises only a few hours ago, so it was clear that these pitiful travelers had only just arrived.

This family was bundled and wrapped for the cold, but the wet had likely seeped through their wrappings. If they had kept to forest cover they would have crossed the road coming up from the valley and then skirted the western edge of the town and moved into tall grasses of the abandoned fields.

The man was clearly not accustomed to overland travel, and less so his small family, from the looks of them. They must have been walking overland and the younger ones were struggling to keep up.  They were cold in spite of the warming hearth fire, and still all visibly shivered, as the mountainside had become stormy and wet with light snow, intermixed with the cold rain.  It was certainly the season for it. An improbable time of year for foot travel, without ample supplies and an experienced guide. I was surprised that they even made it this far.

“That may be,” Begglar cautioned, “but I suspect there are more Protectorate Guards and they won’t be long in coming. Best keep you and your family out of sight. No telling how many spies might’ve seen you coming up the road here. The Guards of The Overwatch are not ones to give up. It’s a matter of pride with them. They won’t rest until they’ve run you down.”

The man’s wife spoke up, the trembling in her voice evident, “But we had at least two days head start.” 

“Two days on foot makes little difference to men of dangerous intent on horseback,” Begglar answered over his shoulder, staring fixed out of the window at the road that descended into the town below.

The woman swallowed and made a muffled, terrified groan, as she reached and gathered her two trembling children under her arms.

A woman’s voice from somewhere in the back of the room, near the bar and kitchen entrance, spoke up, “Honey, stop it! You’re frightening these children and their mother!”  I surmised that the speaker must be Nell, Begglar’s wife. They had only been married shortly before I left the Mid-World, and I had not been around enough to fully remember her.

“Best they know what’s coming,” Begglar muttered and then turned back to the window.

In an effort to draw the man out a little more and redirect the conversation away from their present fear, Nell spoke up again, “Tell us what you did in that big city? The Resistance needs more skillful men in the trades. What was your profession there? It’ll help knowing where to find a safe enough place for you and your family.”

“I was a press writer, doing a story on that very plague affecting our youth.  I believed they were becoming something else.  Something other than human. So my job, my assignment, was to write about it.  Our apothecaries were tasked with figuring out a remedy. Some kind of medicine that would prevent the disturbing turning, we were witnessing. So we looked to the state physicians for answers. And they developed an elixir that was said to curb the effects of the transition. To prevent the loss of life, and to allow them to be given back to us, once they had undergone a full recovery. Each day I met with our apothecaries, and doctors on this new elixir that was being developed and on how well it was working. I wrote stories of those interviews and encouraged other parents to allow the city physicians to take their children into their treatment center, upon any sign of the changing illness. My articles were praised by my superiors.  I was given accolades and a commendation.  No change in family portion-size at the rectory, but even so, they seemed to appreciate my work.  Until, that is, the day that I stumbled on the truth.”

Begglar turned and studied the man a moment, as the man’s eyes were fixed upon his suspended soup spoon, and a look of despair clouded his face. He looked more like a parishioner giving a particularly shameful confession before a scolding priest, rather than a starving man gratefully savoring a long overdue meal.

At last, he sighed, and with a downcast face he said, “Xarmni produces trolls.”

The man paused and continued between small bites of warm porridge, “It’s been happening for some time now.  Almost all of the children Xarmnian units produce now eventually become trolls.  My wife and I are among the few two-parent family units left in the capital city. We are despised for choosing to remain so. Children are not so easily separated under such a unit, and the “disease” spreads less among that family structure. I tried writing about that but the story was buried. It was labeled offensive and insensitive to the others. I could not advocate for our family structure, no matter what advantages I found in it. We had to placate the public sentiment, not shame it. Meanwhile, the changing “disease” spread and there was no way to curb what would be.  We had to rely on our leaders to provide the cure. Rally the people to do what was being asked of them. Follow and trust them…blindly without question. The greater good was at stake.”

The man looked like he would start weeping at any moment. Such shame and regret pressed visibly down on his shoulders. His wife silently reached over and touched his hand and he clasps it gently, but with restrained desperation that could be felt.

Nell spoke up again, “What made you finally decide to come here?”

“The elixir. Barrels and barrels of a kind of water were being brought into the city from someplace upriver. The city’s water supply was becoming contaminated, they said. There had been no rains for a very long time. Crops were failing. Storehouses were being emptied and rationed. Portions were becoming smaller. We were ridiculed because there were four of us. Four hungry mouths in one family unit, taking more than our fair share. The water supply was being supplemented by the barrels they brought in. But even under all of this we stayed and waited, and trusted all would eventually be worked out. Even though I was required to write that this was the plan, I quit believing it. We had to leave Xarmni. Life was becoming unbearable and my wife and I could see…signs of turning in our own children and they had not been given the elixir.  We refused it.  Our children were healthy.  The disease was made up, manufactured, and the elixir…was not an inoculation against it, but a change agent for it.  The Xarmnian government had a diabolical use for trolls because they had the ability to blend in and not be seen. And The Pan would…,” he broke off mid-sentence, deciding to change the subject.

He sighed heavily, releasing just a modicum of the internal tension with the expelled breath.

“I remember that day in my editor’s office.  The chilling words I heard from him.  I told him what I had found and how it was connected and he dismissed it.  He said “that sort of writing” was not what I was given this position for.  He told me that I was to continue writing about the growing epidemic and that the apothecaries and alchemists would then introduce the elixir they had been working on and the science writer would take over the story and I would be put on others.  I could not help myself.  In an unguarded moment, I raised my voice and my eyes to my superior.”

“‘But it’s not true!’ I told him. And then he got very quiet and would not look at me. It was as if I had suddenly been dismissed as even present in the room.  Recognizing that I had dared raise an opposing viewpoint, I realized that my days in that office were now numbered. When he finally spoke to me, his words were measured but chilling. I could feel his anger seething, but he kept his voice low. He had stuck his neck out for me in the past, and I had before then considered him a friend, but that day and that moment all of it changed.

He said–and these were his exact words, and I will never forget them–‘You keep using that term incorrectly!  ‘Truth’ is what WE make of it.  In a society of suspicion, all you need is plausibility to create your own truth.  Do that!  Write it and print it.  Make it sound plausible, and in most people’s minds it will become truth to them!’ I knew whatever I said to the contrary would end me there, or allow me to keep my position for whatever few days I had left to make a plan of escape.

That day, I raised no other challenge, but quietly…meekly…completed my daily article on “The Epidemic” and walked home through the village.”

“I thought you said you lived in Xarm, the capital? How can you call a massive sprawling stone city a village?” Begglar asked, confused.

“We call it that, but it really is much larger than any village ever was.  Another lie we persist in upholding for the ‘greater good.’  The idea is that the concept of a village is a small, tightly-knit, and rural community of neighbors and friends.  The concept of “smallness” being the most important.  If there is the idea that our community of neighbors is few in number, then it is reasonable to think that sharing among ourselves won’t overtax our generosity.  Feeding five friends as opposed to feeding fifty is a big deal and cost to any one of us.  While, if we struggle and save we might be able to feed the five, we could never afford to feed the fifty.  Not on what we make.  Not even adding what we secretly have to grow in soil boxes tucked away in our houses.  Few of us have roofs strong enough to hold sun growing plants, so we have to make do with mushrooms.  You can grow them in the dark, you know? Lots of mushrooms.  I used to actually like mushrooms…”

*Scene 05* 13:00 (The Son of Xarm)

When the company of attendants had filed out and the Harpy creatures had flown from the assembly hall, the soldiers, along with Shihor, and the military captains repaired to the war room and the grand maps to await the king while he freshened up.

It had been a long taxing morning.

The Son of Xarm withdrew from the receiving hall attended only by his personal body guards to his private chambers. When the guards were stationed outside of the chamber doors, the king bolted the inner doors and moved further within the room, unlocking a mechanism in the golden canopy of his canopied bed headboard to revealing a  secret side room, behind the stone wall where he kept a very private shrine.

Lifting a tapered candle from a sconce, he lit the secret chamber’s stone interior. His flickering shadow flapped like black shadowy wings on the cold stone walls in the wavering light from the flames.  He waited a few seconds to allow his eyes to grow accustomed to the dimness of the low lit room.

A carafe of red wine, in a crystal decanter, with a single cut glass cup, lay upon a silver serving platter, next to long tapered red candles of tinted tallow.  He struck a flint and lighted the two candles revealing in the wan and growing light a large gilded-framed portrait of a formidable man, with a fierce glowering aspect, bearing some slight resemblance to his facial features yet commanding a more solid figure, a proudly raised chin, and self-assurance that he had daily envied to the point of angry obsession.  Even in the painted portrait, the figure seemed to glare its disapproval down at him under thick-shadowy brows and a wide proud forehead.

“Hello, Father,” he whispered quietly to the large portrait, daring not raise his eyes to it until he had poured the glass decanter and filled the singular cup.

He caught a glimpse of himself in the mirrored sheen of the silver platter, even though it was edged with a blackish tarnish.  Yellow fire-sprite reflections danced a smoky dervish around his unflattering twin in the metal. A piggish jowl beneath his beard amplified by the curve in the plate caused him to frown deeper in its mockery. He sucked air in through his clenched teeth with a slight hissing noise.

His was a more corpulent form. A vestige of his matronly mother which curse him with a certain feminine plumpness to his hips, softer lips that lacked the harsh edge of his primogenitor, and puffiness about his eyes that he attributed to a chronic lack of sleep.

He hated his physical differences from his father.  The prevalence of these were a constant threat to his legitimacy. His father had many times tortured him with the prospect that he was someone else’s bastard, as a means of dangling his natural succession to the throne before him. He both hated and loved his father, even while venerating his carried-on legacy.  He had tortured himself to the point that he had spurned his own name, and required his subjects to refer to him by his title alone–Son of Xarm.

He raised the filled glass, slightly swirling the dark crimson liquid inside, catching the growing light of the two flames.

He raised his eyes at last to the large portrait and remembered back…to the beginning.

The Mid-World lands had been lush and fertile. The mountains of the land rose to the sky on good and solid stone. But they had found the valleys already occupied by a people living in large but modest communities. Nothing as powerful as the sprawling cities of stone that would be built, but still a significant number of peoples who would not easily to succumb to their rule.  The brothers were divided on what should be done. Some in his immediate family had proposed to ride in and conquer the towns, but his father had cautioned them against it. He had favored cunning over might for the first wave but was insistent on subjecting these lands, nonetheless. He brothers had scorned his notion of rule and had insisted that there was room enough in the Mid-World for them all to live along side of the others who dwelled there. His father had assured them all that one day they would come regret their decision not to conquer the peoples. But they would not listen to him, and he had agreed to go along with the wishes of the group, for the time being. But when they had been taken by the resident people to the cursed land horn, they had coveted the stones of power that they had found there. When the Traveler had shown up, he had told them of the properties of the conical gray builder stones arrayed around the land horn. He had told the brothers to leave the three crown stones untouched for they were the possession of the land’s king and its king’s crown. But they had not listened and they took the red Cordis stone, and the pearled Fidelis stone, but the blue Praesporous stone was too heavy for them to bear, even though it appeared no larger than the others. Xarm had suspected there was a power in the virtue stones that was dangerous and would not be wielded by one man alone. To keep the phantom king from returning, he had proposed that the virtue stones be locked away and forever be held separate. For whatever beast or force had taken the golden crown into which the stones had been set, would eventually come back for these precious stones.

Thinking back, the Son of Xarm, raised his glass to his lips again and toasted his father’s image.  He would have been right, too, had it not been for the foolishness of his disowned and accursed brethren, the Capitalians.  They had betrayed his father, and he would never forgive them for that.  They never should have surrendered the bright-blue crown stone to The Traveler who came through the Occulus.

They had been deceived by the sorcery in the Traveler’s hands.  Bewitched into believing that there was yet a kingdom beyond the one they could all see, touch, feel and smell.  Excavatia.  A hated fairy-tale.  But a dangerous one, if believed.  And an even more terrible one, if by chance the place really did exist.

The Son of Xarm gazed deeply into his glass, his angry thoughts swirling with the spinning dark ruby libation within.  Carefully he set the glass back down on the silver server tray, obscuring his reflection.

He slowly rolled up his long sleeve, the crimson and black cloth bunching up around his elbow, revealing an arm full of pink and red shallow scar marks.

He raised his knuckled hand, twisting the top of his father’s golden signet ring of authority.  The small metal emblem of an engraved coiled serpent, twisted from an inner groove within the ring and he carefully lifted the imprint and slide it aside on a tiny hinge, revealing the short-spiked metal post beneath.  Making a pumping action with his fist, his bare and scarred arm bulged with darkening veins as he waited.  Finding a higher place of smooth plump flesh, as yet unmarked, was difficult for the lattice of scars ran the cross-length of his arm.  With his hands clenched, tightly, one a victim, one a victimizer crowned with the royal authority of the signet ring, he jabbed the exposed post into the waiting flesh of his other arm, wincing and breathing heavily as he gouged a new scar in the site.  He closed his eyes with the sting of it, but leaned forward, allowing the fresh line of blood to drip from his arm into the open well of his wine glass.

Drop after drop, he waited until the pain numbed him and he was again able to shallow his heavy breathing.  The blood formed an oily miasma of colors as it sprinkled into the top of the open and waiting, ceremonial wine glass.

The Son of Xarm dipped his signet ringed hand into a shallow basin of water to his left of the shrine.  And with tiny streams of blood running between his fingers of the wounded arm he brought his ringed hand under it and closed the seal back over the sacramentally rinsed wounding post of the golden signet ring.

He lifted the blackening lid of another tarnished silver serving bowl, revealing under the flickering candlelight, a yellow-powdery substance.  The handle of a small silver spoon rest in a recessed notch, dipping bowl down and embedded in the powder.  He lightly lifted the spoon scooping up a small measure of the yellow powder into its tiny rounded cup.  He then sprinkled the yellow substance on the exposed wound of his victimize arm, taking in short seizing breaths of pleasure as he did so.  The yellow substance caked in the drawn veins of blood and then flaked off dissolving as they fell to the floor between his feet.  He gasped and moaned as the yellow substance entered the cut of his exposed flesh, and a golden light seemed to emanate and pulse from within the dark widened pupils of his eyes.  In a manner of seconds, the fresh wound on his arm closed up around the powder, and his flesh turned a bright red under the newly made scar.

He trembled in pleasure as the power of the yellow powder entered his bloodstream, Leaning forward, he gripped the edge of the rounded shelf to steady himself under the spastic shudders, bowing his head before his father’s glowering and judgmental portrait.

When the rush of adrenaline finally stopped, he, with trembling hands reached for the bloodied wine, with both hands and carefully lifted it to his lips.

“I am your only remaining son, Father,” he said with bowed head, before touching his lips to the drizzled cup, “And you alone are the only god of this world. Favor me once more and let me not bring shame to you any further.  There is no other god but you.”

And with those words, he drank deeply of the bloody wine emptying its remains completely and raising his eyes, at last, to fix then on the gaze of the eyes in the portrait.

“Your blood in me is my glory.  I will destroy the land horn of the old god who holds this world prisoner.  Give me your wisdom and might to do so and it shall be as you desired.”

Moments later, the Son of Xarm left the secret room and carefully locked the hidden panel closed from the inner sanctum.  He’d given his generals, warlords and the scout time to assemble in the hall of the war room.  They would all be waiting upon his divine word.

*Scene 06* 4:10 (The Stone Spy)

Huddled and hidden under the outside eave of the inn, I realized with growing alarm that we were not the only beings overhearing the interior conversation between Begglar, his wife and this small fleeing family. The man’s words made me increasingly uneasy.

As I carefully scanned the angled mirror, I spotted something at the back of the dining room near one of the unlit fireplaces that serviced the lengthy hall. A part of the stone hearth moved slightly closer to the flue and the ashes hatch.  Stone should not move. The yellow flames flickering orange light and crackling shadows on the inn’s rustic walls masked the furtive movement.  It might have gone completely unnoticed, had I not been looking at the particular spot at the moment it happened.  I kept my eye fixed on the place and waited, trying to avoid looking directly at the fire nearby and retain the clarity of my night vision.  It moved again, and what looked like a stumpy gray hand made of rock reached for the lever that would open the ashes hatch.

I gathered my companions to me and said, “Come with me around back…and be quick about it.”

“What’s going on?” one of the travelers asked.

 Trying to avoid the question, I merely responded cryptically, “I think there are enough of us here to overpower it. The little things are powerful, noisy and they are biters.”

“What are biters? What are you talking about?” another asked.

I grabbed a piece of wood, using it as a club and tugged a large burlap sack from my pack, “You may not believe me until you see it for yourselves. Be careful now and do exactly as I tell you. We are going to need our torches.  There is one in each of your packs. When it spots us it will hide from us rather than run. These creatures are not fast enough to outrun us.”

“What did you see in the inn? I only saw the Innkeeper and this family in there. I did not see a creature.”

I sighed, “You have to know how to look, and even then you might miss seeing them. This one is crawling out from behind the fireplace inside there. It will be around the back where the stone protrudes behind the inn. It is climbing through the ash hatch. We can’t let it get too far. If this family is fleeing a Xarmnian Protectorate troop they will be nearby. If they find out we Surface Worlders are back in the Mid-World, they will hunt us down and kill all of us. Our very presence in the Mid-World represents a threat to all who presently rule here because they will know we were brought here to continue the stone quests and be enjoined the fulfillment of the Marker Stone’s prophesy.  We cannot have this creature bringing his masters here. We catch this thing, we save ourselves and buy this family a little more time to get further away.”

“But what is it?” Miray asks.

“We’re going to capture a troll,” I said, letting that strange word sink in.

“A troll?!”

“Yes, you heard me right.  A troll. We haven’t much time to get it before it gets away. You all are going to have to see it for yourselves if it is not already too late. I know I told you all I thought we were supposed to be observes here, but that was only if we are not discovered. If that troll gets away, we most certainly will be. Their monster dogs will find us and we have no horses or any place to hide safely without them running us down. We’ve got to contain this situation. Now follow me and keep your wits about you.  Be careful and don’t let it bite you.  You’ll get the sickness it carries like a mangy dog carries fleas.”

*Scene 07* 04:23 (The Harpy Delitch)

A creature, bird-like in form, but with the scowling face of an old woman and a wild array of tangled grey hair, flew high over the canopy of the smoky wood towards the dark Moon Kingdom.  The meeting with the human king in the great stone city had gone well and she had much to report to The Pan.

The factions were growing between the two sister covens of her aerial clan, and the old dame Delilah had finally made her move against the wishes of the king of the Half-Men for the price of fifty or so human crafted iron battle bracelets.

Armament that she knew would only partially serve in their secret war against the treacherous Dryad nymphs, nesting in the haunted man-forests of Kilrane.

The Matron Delilah harbored such hatred for the foliaged fiends and could barely see beyond her fury of losing her missing claw. But such hatred could be used, if properly prompted and directed for more long term alliances.

Dellitch had almost been given the same name as the Matron Queen of the Harpies, but it had been altered to allow her a path of her own, rather than living in the shadow of her aunt’s rulership, subject only to the horned ram king.

Dellitch. Dell meant nobility. And Itch… Well, itch could mean only one or two things.  An uneasy irritating sensation that must be scratched…or a restless desire and craving.

Her body was thick and powerful, ten times the girth of a large owl, a thick feathered ruffle covering prodigious matronly breasts.  Mocking reminders of their kind’s inability to have children, now bearing a tinge of herbicidal lactation. Poisonous milk sure to wither the saplings of dryad infants. Her face was aged but aquiline. An assemblage of both avian and human features. A hard hooked nose, grey eyebrows lined her brow above two sunken caves bearing yellow-irised eyes. Her thin, age-lined lips and wrinkled jowls quivered with each soaring down stroke of her massive wings. Gathering and pushing. Pulling and stretching in a rhytmic whomp-whomp-whomp as the high winds whistled around her powerful body.

The sky was darkening. The clouds laden with the grey scent of rain.

The Pan would want to know the news that the Surface Worlders,…after all this time…had finally returned to The Mid-World, and they would be seeking the stone he had taken from the two men foolish enough to challenge him in his own dark domain.

Shadows thickened as Dellitch soared, over tree tops and across stone littered valleys, trailing a misshapen darkling twin along the ground and canopy beneath her.  The Pan’s Kingdom was not far now.  It lay ahead in swirling mists, with ancient trees of darkened bark, rotting with parasitic spores and fungi, their thick limbs raised in twisted supplications going forever unheard.

A forest alive, yet not. A covering of blackened watery pools, filled with poisonous liquid magic that allow the denizens of the Half-Men kingdom to see into an ancient world and whisper into dreams.

The Beasts Between Both Worlds – Chapter 3

*Scene 01* 6:22 (Xarmnian Fleas)

The field of tall, yellowed grass, rustled and sighed in dry protest at the rush of the early morning wind passing through it. Cross breezes rolled in lapping waves across the slopes in regular patterns making the land seem alive with rippled golden fur stretched over the ribs of a rapidly, panting dog. Early morning mists fled at the hush and push of the stirrings of the coming dawn.

Concealed deep among the field’s heaving golden pelt, a company of large, brutal men lay hidden and nestled within. Dark human fleas, sniffing for blood, sharpening their knives, waiting in a carefully planned ambush, conceived by their chieftain, Helmer, a Bergenian of the mountains.

A subversive herald, scribbling chronicler of the Xarmnian capitol news, had dared to steal away unauthorized from the capitol city, taking his small nuclear family with him.

They had tracked the man for days through the forests, choosing not to simply impede and accost him, but rather to let him think that he had evaded them. Waiting to see where he might go and to whom he might talk.

The whispered rumors of a nascent insurgency, rising up from the ashes of the one they had brutally quelled in the past had reached them. This man’s timely flight offered Helmer an excellent opportunity, though the man did not know it, to quell the uprising in it cradle. It was time to expose and make an example of this man and his family to all who might try to follow in the man’s footsteps. It was finally time to gain the gratitude and notice of the dread sovereign whom he served for years in anonymity.

“People too often forget what is good for them,” Helmer had told his band, raising his blade to gleam in the midday sun, pulling it clean through the oily cloth now caked in grime and gore, “That is why it is our fortunate job to remind them from time to time.”

A dead farmer lay in the grass at Helmer’s feet–his vacant yet terrified eyes stared blindly and unblinking into the bald and naked sky. Dark crimson spread and faintly siphoned through a vicious gash in the man’s chest, where Helmer’s knife had entered the man’s lung and heart. He had been in the wrong place at the wrong time. As had the whimpering child they found hiding in the golden grass, now bound and gagged into silence, awaiting its unknown and austere future of servitude in a Xarmnian Labor camp.

The new generation of subjects would have the lesson instilled fresh upon their minds, and–if the fame Helmer sought was to be realized–the brutality of the lesson would also live in their nightmares.

If they were to uncover the spies in the outer lands merely by waiting a few days to move in, so much the better, Helmer had reasoned.

The man would surely rue the day he had ever dared write more than he was told to. What he would soon be forced to witness being done to his own wife and children, would leave an indelible and terrifying mark upon his mind that would sear Xarmnian terror into his psyche like a fiery brand burning into his very soul.

“Carvis,” Helmer grunted. “Take the farmer’s whelp up the road a ways. Take one of the horses and tie it to the saddle. Wait for us. I don’t want to risk it making any noise and giving our position away, before the scribbler and his brood try crossing this field. It is clear now that he is making his way towards the village of Crowe. I have my suspicions, but I think I already know who the man was coming to see. We’ll drag the man into the township and make our example of them there. The high plains peoples have been neglected for too long. It is time they have an incident that make the wider news circuits of the outer lands.”

The crushed footpaths into the field were made sporadically and stealthily by the now hidden troop of individual Xarmnian soldiers who had deliberately fanned out around the perimeter and then converged upon the central point where they had agreed to lay in wait. The idea being that a walking path of a grouped company trampling through would appear more suspicious to anyone attempting to evade capture. The various stirrings and furtive movements in the field grasses, however, had attracted the attention of the farmer and his whelp to the trespassers on their land, but their voices of their potential alarms were now forever silenced.  But the open field stirrings had also attracted another’s interest as well. And the interested third waited impatiently in a rapidly dug tunnel not more than fifteen to twenty feet from below their feet to hear the quiet voices of these coming brutal invaders rising in a sonic crescendo of sudden alarm.

*Scene 02* 3:53 (Attack from Below)

The attack began with a small hidden fissure, moving silently beneath the grasses, at the base of the  dried yellow stalks, cutting a jagged path through their tangled roots like a pair of shears. The men above did not know what was happening to them when suddenly the sky and land around them seemed to cant and tilt and the ground below them crumbled into a gaping trench, an oblong death arena defined by fault lines.

Those along the edges, frantically clung to clumps of grass, unsheathing their knifes, stabbing them into the ground, reaching for the flailing arms and legs of their comrades, doing all they could to keep from sliding into the opening and deepening darkness below.

Sand and dirt poured into the widening trench, filling the air with powdered grit and the blowing stir of dried husks. The wind sighing through the grass above had picked up, hissing in breathy fury. The land of the yellow field buckled, heaved and shifted, as more islands of the fissured-land began to topple and lean into the breaking and falling shelved ground below.

In the swirl of rising dust and gaping grey darkness, some large behemoth moved swiftly across the gaping chasms, tunneling rapidly through the subterranean gulf, causing more of the ground around them to shift, sink and crumble away into the deep.

Large spines, of what look like a jagged row of up-ended slate stones, tore into the land like a buried chainsaw, rising and cutting its supports away. As the creature thrashed and roared, its full-throated-fury and rock-breaking impacts echoed ominously through the hollows of freshly-cut underground caverns. And, as if in response to the bass rumble of the beast’s terrible exhalations, a series of high-pitched treble notes answered the percussive sounds in trumpeted furbelows and glissandos. The deep sang its mortal symphony.

Helmer felt the sinking and wrenching of his gauntlet grip on the twisted stalks of yellow grass and the twisting of his dug blade in the canted ground. He numbly realized that his legs were quickly being crushed by the collapsing ground, and that the higher pitched sounds below were the screams of pain and terror coming from his fellow Xarmnian warriors. He winced, trying to shut out the image of their limbs–arms and legs that have served at his side and marched to his command–being torn from their bodies in the crushing maw of a surging and thrashing, subterranean monster.

His leg had fallen into a fault line and had twisted, as the buckling ground closed back suddenly and heaved buried rocks against it, before it crumbled away. The burning pain overcame him and his tenuous grip faltered.  The light of the coming dawn, and the rim of golden grasses slowly retreated from him. As he slid feebly away into the gaping darkness, he smelled the wretched scent of rotting fish. In the suffused light, between the clouds of swirling dust, he saw the terrifying gleam of two massive eyes–one ice-blue, the other the color of night, both the size of table plates–move swiftly towards his broken body, eager to welcome him into his eternal grave.

*Scene 03* 12:08 (Leaving Camp)

“We need fresh water,” I said, “One can go several days without eating, but not without fresh water. We’ve got to stay alert and hydrated. Your packs have a leather bladder in them. Pull it out and follow me.  There is a footbridge over that river about 500 feet from here.  Keep your heads down below the embankments.  A few trolls have been known to lurk hereabouts.  They are servants of the beasts and would love to see us made helpless before the monsters that have caused such terror and destruction.  They love to create a ruckus and rouse the creatures to descend upon the unsuspecting victims.  They will see you hiding and get the monster’s attention and draw it to your hiding place.”

“Trolls?!” one of the company asked, startled.

“A relatively recent development, I’m told, but yes.  Those things are here too.”

When they hesitated, I lost patience again.

“Quickly now!” I barked at the others still lingering, as I led those closer to me down towards the brook to quickly fill their water-pouches.

“What about those noises?!”

“I did warn you there are savage beasts here, did I not?” I turned back, “Well, there is no beast so savage as dying of thirst or hunger. Besides, if we get further down the road without water, whatever is out there will soon overtake us as we begin to suffer for the lack of it.”

We wind our way down from long hill leading back up to the story bearer’s shack, to the stream and carefully cross the planked bridge to the other side of the river.  The stream is a cut tributary, and the river widens up ahead.

Remembering the man’s predicament, I searched my memory deciding that it must be where the story-teller was confined and recently loosed.  Great slabs of rock overhang the river’s embankment.  We can see the place where a large slab tore into the river as it slid from its precarious perch on the hillside.  Then we see the torn branch.  One end was twisted and chewed.  A smaller rock is embedded near the place that the large boulder once lodged.  The thick branch was used as a lever.  Sobered by that realization, we look around us and sniff the air for any signs of the beast or malefactors who would have done this.  Whatever was here did its cruel deed and has long since gone.  There is a disturbing sense of some collusion here, though.  An implication of both mankind and monstrous beasts working together for some dreadful yet unknown purpose.

We knelt at the stream quietly, listening to see if the terrible noises would continue, but they did not.  An eerie quiet settled in the aftermath—disturbing and portentous.  Silent…  Dare I say it?  …as a graveyard.

When each of our party had filled their water skins, I demonstrated how to twist off the top and secure it with the strap loop for carrying over the shoulder and along their side.

When anyone was tempted to speak, I placed two fingers over my lips, indicating that it was not yet safe to do so.  I could tell Miray wanted to say something, but she pursed her lips, drew a finger across them, made a pinching sign with her small fingers, and tucked something “invisible” away into her dress pocket.  With an emphatic nod afterward and a thumbs-up sign, I knew we understood one another.

We had journeyed away from the bungalow cabin and its scrub garden and the small brook, doing our best to keep low and between the wild hedgerows and chaparral bushes.  We skirted the shadowy areas, trying to keep out of the open as much a possible.

We travel onward…across a partially irrigated plain and some farmland pastures.

Landmarks I once knew are now barely recognizable. I search for familiarity in the face of the terrain but see only its aging stranger. It has been such a long time since I have traveled this back country. Most of it is overgrown with wild rye and sage scrub. The wheat-colored grasses, once short and green, are now long and thick, combed out by the salty sea breezes that climb over the brow of the cliffs. The land is yellow, gray, and dusty. Loose sand, stripped of vegetation, from the sea beyond has blown inland. In some places it formed dunes that rise out of the swales and collected in heaps filling the rain gullies, displacing the freshwater. The farmlands are abandoned, and the once cultivated field rows are now choked with weeds from years of neglect. Gray, jagged, rock juts out from the landscape, reminding me that the bones of the land are weathered and protruding, becoming more angular, as the once fat fertility of the land is stripped naked with time.

I do not remember the walking distance to the sea road to be as far as it seems now. My uncertainty and hesitation must be evident for and I can hear the low murmurs of the company following me. I see their furtive glances at each other, as I have to stop from time to time to scan the layout, to be sure that I am remembering the way. As I said, it has been a long time.

I lead them up through a ravine and we climb a switchback rise that I am certain leads to the cut road on the shelf-ledge above that allows wagons to pass carrying their freights to the coast land. The road used to be far more traveled, and its placement was fairly evident from a distance, for merchants and families used to frequent the path perennially. But now, its foot-hoof-and-wheel-packed surface is hard to discern. The land is growing wild, covering its old scars with ragged weeds. I locate the bare tracings of the road indentations of wagon and carriages wheels long since passed. I point to them, showing the others the outlined remnant of the road which I believe will lead us to the wayside Inn ahead.

I think of the words of the Ancient Text, and see the evidence of its fulfillment all around me:

Highways are empty, there are no travelers. Treaties are broken, witnesses are despised, human life is treated with disrespect. [Isaiah 33:8 NET]

If the roads are this far gone, Begglar’s Inn, if it even remains, cannot be faring so well. Fear threatens the edge of my mind, as I realize that this in-country walk, upon which I am leading these travelers, may merely be a reminiscent and haunted tour through old graveyards and tombs.

I try to shake the thoughts away. How can a journey even begin if it starts with such a failure to find hope and a despair of ever reaching a destination? At some point, I need to climb to a high place to see if the Praesporos Stone still gleams, but the sky above is too clouded, and there are few places here where such a vantage point is even possible.

But I do know of one that is not too far from here. The place where The Eternal Marker Stone stands. Begglar will know its location, even if my sense of its place has faded. That is where we need to begin. I feel a certainty and assurance of that thought stir within me. That is where any further progress into this Mid-World always should begin. It is the place from which all journeys start. All journeys, even those thought to be occurring solely in the Surface World, though few there are now who are truly aware of it.

After about an hour or so of such travel, I gathered the group to me.

“Those noises we heard in the distance may be all for tonight.  We should keep moving.  There is a small village ahead, that I would like us to get to before full sunrise.”

“What was that back there?!”

“What are you not telling us?”

“Are we safe out here alone?”

“Do we do nothing to stop these whatever they are?”

So many questions, that I did not know which to answer, so I just focused on what our goal was, “Our mission here is to recover that which was stolen, to carry it through dangerous territory to the gate in the mountains without getting killed in the process, and to rescue the stories that are being held prisoner in these environs.  Other than that, we are only passing through. The less engagement we have with either man or beast living here, the better.”

“Passing through?  What kind of a quest is this?!” one asked feeling indignant over my answer.

“Mister Brian, I don’t know what you mean about rescuing stories. It sounds so odd. What do you mean by that?”

I had hoped to throw the most complex part of our being here into the mission mix, without fanfare, but the woman seized upon it and cornered me.

I sighed, “I wish you hadn’t asked me that, just yet. There is a better place to hold that discussion–to give it more clarity and weight–but not here. It will all make more sense to you when we get there. There is something I need to show you first, and it has to do with each of us personally. The why’s of each of you specifically being called here. Suffice it to say, for now, that what I refer to as ‘Story’ is an essential part of ‘Being’. I know that sounds cryptic, but again, we are not yet where we should be, to fully understand what is meant by it.”

“‘Being’, huh?” she folded her arms. “As in human beings?”

“The man we…,” she emphasized with raised finger quotes,” tuned into…in that cabin back there, he had a story, and we just left him there and offered no help.  Is that the kind of non-engagement you mean? How exactly is that saving him, I’d like to know? You can’t just walk through an unknown place and not engage with its people.”

Whether she knew it or not, this woman was striking at one of my most vulnerable points. In the back of my mind I could still hear The Pan’s threat, and I knew, all too well, the toll it had taken on me.

It was hard telling them what I did not think they were prepared yet to understand, so I doubled-down, “Our main goal for being called here is to find our way through the badlands to the fabled gate of Excavatia.   We are not to directly engage the enemy in combat, if we can avoid it.  The more involvement we have with the people here, the more we endanger them.  We are outsiders. There are militant groups, literal kingdoms, here that will punish them severely for any involvement with us. Though we may defend ourselves, we are not coming to these moments as soldiers for the oppressed.  We are not ready to join their internal conflicts.  There may be a time for that, but right now we have one very specific mission.  The days of this land are numbered too.  This world is under extreme pressure from the Surface World above it.  The internal problems of the oppressed here are connected to problems we face up in our world in ways few can comprehend, but to serve them all we must not be distracted from our purposes for being here.”

“Well that’s encouraging!” a young woman threw up her hands, “Can you believe this guy?!”

I sighed, exasperated and tried to explain, what I knew was going to sound even more bizarre to them.

“Look,” I said searching the area above us to see if there was something I could point to, but the cloud cover was thick and formed a low ceiling, “Parts of the Surface World are leaking through into this sub-country.  The ceiling of this world, while invisible to the untrained eye, is fissured.  Occasionally, strips of it crack and flake off and spin to the ground of this Mid-World, like peeling paint.  Every time it happens, something from the Surface World gets lost here. Or I should say, buried here. Eventually the whole of the Surface World will come crashing down here, if we don’t open the gate to Excavatia soon.”

“Peels off?” a man asked.

“Yes. It looks like a kind of snowfall, but it is not wet or cold.  Some of the mountainous shoulders of this land are covered in a kind of…” I broke off, but he and the expectant look of the others, made it clear that I had to complete the statement.

I closed my eyes for a brief second, knowing this was going to come out wrong, but I had no other immediate thought that fit, so I continued, “…well…dandruff.”

“Now I’ve heard it all!” one huffed and gestured exasperatedly with the backs of his hands at me.

“Wait a minute,” another said, “White stuff from the sky.  Do you mean like Old Testament kind of Exodus stuff…  Uh!  What was that called?!”

“Nope.  Sorry folks.  This stuff ain’t manna.”

“Manna! That’s the word I was thinking of!” he pointed.

“Manna literally meant: What is it? But as ambiguous as it may be, when you actually see it, you’ll agree it is not something you might want to try and taste. It curls and flakes, like overstretched plastic.  If you see bits of the sky fall to the ground, know that it has been happening for a very long time here and no one I know of has ever identified it as a food source. It is more like what I said. Dandruff…or to be a little more direct about it, very much like dead flakes of skin.”

“Ewww!” one of the girls recoiled. “Cool!” one of the boys remarked.

“This is just so gross, I can’t even…” a young woman said, holding her stomach and looking like she might choke up what little remained of her last meal.

Another turned on me, incredulous scorn on his face.

“Why would the ‘sky’,” he emphasized with finger quotes, “fall to the ground? Pray tell us, Chicken Little.”

Others chuckled and I sighed and smiled, bemused at the jab, knowing this all would be very confusing to them.  It was to me too until I was given the contextual lens from which to view it.

I thought I might just try a different tact.

“This space of imagination is being crushed,” I answered, when the giggling had died down, “If you have a belief in the Creator, you should know that the words we speak are containers for more than just concepts. They can have a presence. They can make you feel, they can teach you, they can hurt you, they can do a great many things good and bad, but even with all of that capability, there are some things they cannot adequately do or express.  Words are unwieldy vessels when the concepts and whatever else they are meant to contain get too large for them. This is what we term to be ineffable. These are the things that must either be demonstrated, if possible or accepted by faith. A faith that requires an openness to imagination, but also an ability to perceive the truth of something that can only be approached by concept.”

“You all wanted to know something about the Mid-World, and only this much I can tell you for now.  The ultimate fate of this place determines whatever happens in the Surface World above it, but at times that seen world collides with this one and during those collisions there are breaks and bridges between the two.  Experiences here give some drift to what happens there. So, for now, our focus has been brought here and this is why you experience what is happening here in a way more vividly than that of any dream.”

“You and I, we all are travelers here upon one of those bridges of collision. But we aren’t the only beings that have used it to cross over. And about those others, you will need to be warned.”

*Scene 04* 3:59 (Aftermath)

In the aftermath of the attack, the oblong trench reeked of death.

The screaming had stopped, but the smell and tang of the recent slaughter still lingered in the stilled morning air.

A man, his wife and two small children, mere moments from discovery before the ground ahead erupted into chaos, now huddled together in the yellow hay field, not more than twenty meters from the almond-shaped crater that had been torn into the ground, suddenly swallowing up the hidden band of Xarmnian soldiers that had been lying in wait for them.

The man covered his small family with his body. His two children tucked tightly between himself and his wife, curled into Nautilus-shaped fetal positions.  They had lain there, shaken and terrified by the terrible sounds erupting all around them, as the ground heaved and descended, engulfing the men in violent carnage. Yet, whatever had attacked the soldiers from beneath, had not come out into the field above or into the light of the rising sun. The man and his family had no way of knowing whether the beast still lurked below, or if more of the Xarmnian soldiers would soon follow and discover them hiding there. Movement through the grass would be heard if they rose up to make a run for it, and they were pretty sure the children would have the hardest time of it. There was no way to know for sure that they wouldn’t be spotted by a horse patrol, so the only thing they could think of is to lay still and keep quiet for as long as they could and wait and listen.

They listened for a long time-to the echo of distant screams, to the rumble of falling rock and debris, to the hiss of the rising wind moving through the grassland around them. No sound of hoof-beats, no further shouts of alarm or of the footfalls of walking men, moving stealthily through the field.  After a long while, they could also hear strange fluttering and flapping noises coming from the trench.

From above, the almond wound in the golden field appeared strikingly like a giant eye, with a dark black iris and pupil in its center. Upon closer inspection, the black, striated iris and dark pupil were composed of hundreds of carrion birds that had swooped in and gathered within it to join the feast of leavings by the subterranean monster who had finally quitted the area, and descended back into its carved abyss.

Though the beast had descended deeper into the underground, savoring the terror and flesh of the men it had pulled down into its abattoir, it could still hear the rapidly beating hearts and pumping blood of the family of four several meters above it.

It hungered for them as well, but they were beyond its savage reach, separated by an impenetrable barrier shelf of stone that impeded its ability to create an even wider crater to engulf them as well. To reach them, the beast would have to surface from the underground, and emerge under the growing light of the new dawn. And it was not ready to endure the burning such exposure might cause for a few more meager morsels.

*Scene 05* 6:17 (Co-Located)

The group began to draw closer to me and Miray as we walked overland, skirting the old dirt road from a distance that allowed us to seek cover in the low scrub and trees that bordered the way.

“I have always believed it was important that the world above be kept separate from this world beneath it, but sometimes whether we wish it or not, there is a blending.”

“I told you all to remember that we are only passing through.  The portal we used to get here only opens at certain times in the supernatural history of the Surface World.  This may seem confusing, but whether you acknowledge it or not, we are both there and here at the same moment, but our awareness is presently here.  That is the best explanation I can offer you for now.”

“Are you saying we are not actually here?”

“No.  I am not saying that.  What I am saying is that you, I, we are all metaphysically here.  Co-located, if you will.”

“Woah!” a teenager exclaimed, “that is… that is awesome.”

“So we’re not just dreaming this?” a girl asked shyly and in a wavering voice.

“Does it feel like a dream to you? How often do you register feelings of hunger or thirst in a dream? So many of the mundane things human’s experience in waking, are present here. These natural things are not merely conjured up by chemical processes in the brain attempting to make cognitive sense of an imaginary experience. It shares qualities with a dream and is like one in many ways, but it is so much more than that. Think about it. When have you had any other dream where you actually notice the feel warm sand or the wetness of water?”

They pondered that, but one of the younger boys in the group smirked.

“You’re not asking us to confess to incontinence?”

I frowned and others groaned at that, but did not dignify it with a response. The guy was nervous, and I could tell he was the type that coped with discomfit using the cover of ill-timed humor, but I saw no point in calling him out on it, so I continued.

“Dimensionality is kind of confused and blended here.  Something extremely heavy up there must be passing overhead…and honestly it makes me very nervous. Sometimes things fall through.”

Though I did not speak it aloud, I remembered.

In the times when I saw it happen before, I remembered feeling like Fiver the Rabbit, in Richard Adam’s very fine novel Watership Down, hiding and shivering in an underground burrow with something that sounds like an armored convoy of tanks rumbling and growling above threatening to crush us all in our warren.  The very air feels heavier and almost stale where once it was crisp, cool, and bracing.

“You be sure and tell us if that is about to happen.  Now, what about these things making those noises that had us all scared to death.  What are they?”

“Before you are shocked, I need to prepare you and warn you about the dangerous beasts that walk between the worlds.  There is one creature that causes such terror and trepidation to all the “stories” that occupy these lands.  Its name…I shudder to say it out loud here…is Hollywood.”

“You gotta be kidding me!”

I raised my hands trying to placate them a bit, “There is a twisted reason for its name down here in the Mid-World, but that too will be explained later.  There are supernatural beings in the between worlds that pass around life unseen in the Surface World, and they are tied to certain activities among mankind.  They are active there, but not in a direct physical sense, but more in a moral sense, and at times do manifest themselves in part but never in full.  They are confined to the in-between of this world and ours, unless…”

“Unless?” another asked.

“Unless some of us come through a portal, and then they are permitted the jurisdiction of pursuit. For there is some part of each of us that draws them.”

They were all quiet, looking from one to the other.  This was all a little much for the first day of our journey together, but they had pressed me into it.

“This thing you said was…Hollywood.  Is it some sort of animal?  Monster?  What?  How is what is here and what is there connected?”

“There is a duality with these particular creatures that connects to each of us, that I can best relate in a sort of parable if you will bear with me.  The One, in His days in the Surface World, used this method of explanation as well when the concepts had larger meanings.”

I judged that we were far enough away from where the terrible noises had come from to relay it safely.  I then told them the tale of Hollywood…

*Scene 06* 15:24 (The Torches in the Holy Wood)

The Torches in The Holy Wood – Story #2

“Long before my first time here in the Mid-World, there was a mystical forest within these lands known as ‘The Holy Wood’.  There is a large beast that is half-human that presently has jurisdiction over that ancient and mysterious forest, and it is heavily guarded by the half-man, half-beast creatures that are under his rule.  It is from the darkness of this mystical wood that the violent creature known now as Hollywood emerged.  Legend has it that the beast was summoned into the Mid-World out of a portal pool within the ‘Holy Wood’.  That forest is full of mystical pools with waters that mirror haunted areas of the Surface World where the Enemy of all has supernatural strongholds.  Some are connected to people and others to places and events in Surface World history.”

“That vile, pernicious creature called Hollywood here is not just a beast, it has sentience and is a sadist.  Under its crushing elephantine feet and piercing claws stories die horribly prolonged deaths.  With Hollywood, the phrase “Death by a thousand cuts” is more than just a cliché.  Hollywood does not just let its victims die a quick and easy, merciful death.  Oh no!  It revels in their agony.  That is the Mid-World version, but the Surface World version reveals its evil sentience.  The iterations of this creature are mirror images of each other, only like a concave or convex mirror the source appears differently depending on the place in which it occupies.  The Surface World image is clearer (think of the reflection in the flat-surfaced mirror) in its malevolent intentions, than is its Mid-World image.  So, it is better if I describe the Surface World version in terms of a parable.  Its Surface World version is a kind of collective monster that delights in dangling hope and the promise of financial freedom before its victims and then dashing those hopes…over…and over…and over again.  A collective monster here in the Mid-World is represented by physical mass, but there it moves behind the scenes of daily life as we know it.  You have got to understand that the Surface World and the Mid-World are not as far removed from each other as you may think they are.  There in the Surface World, it operates as a creature of deception offering a birthright trade and a sucker’s bargain to its human prey.  That conniving beast is very powerful and influential in the Surface World.  We’ve yielded it too much power over the years. There it wears a thousand glamorous faces airbrushed and lighted to perfection.  Here it is just a nasty, putrefying giant with skin that looks like the gnarled wood bark of a blighted tree.  Its sweat is acidic.  You will smell it long before you ever see it.  The odor alone will make you heave and your eyes water.  Suffice it to say the closest approximation I can give for it would be…if you even can…to imagine a gym bag full of sweaty workout clothes, left in the toilet stall of a steamy locker room in a puddle of coagulating and congealed urine for about a month.  Imagine what a pair of socks moldering in that bag in fermented sweat and BO might smell like to the janitor who discovers the bag and foolishly opens the zipper to see if the said owner of the bag left any evidence of that ownership within.  Such an unfortunate experience might make the most sedate, sleepy-eyed, good-natured, prim and proper person let fly some series of shocking expressions that might sunburn the backs of your earlobes in a dark room.  You may think this is just hyperbole.  That a few discreet smears of Vick’s Vapor Rub under each nostril might mask such an incredibly foul stench.  You would be wrong to take that wager or risk.  In the Surface World, that carefully cloaked fiend is saccharine scented.  Its voice–mellifluous.  It is attended by a slavish retinue of self-important sycophants.  These lead representatives live in lofty urban towers high above the “unwashed masses”.  They are invested in illusion.  That is their livelihood.  They step on scarlet walkways to and from chauffeured conveyances and claim to be an advocate of the greater good of the people.  Where have we heard that before, I wonder?  At least, in these lands, the beast they serve above shows so much more of its truer self while hunting in these lands.  Here, the creature is a raging brute.  It has no apparent friends or followers here.  Its stench ensures that the populace here give it a wide berth, and make every effort to avoid it if possible.  Hollywood, however, pursues the same driving obsession in these lands that it gorges itself in on the Surface World.   Admiration, adulation and a kind of worship.  Its frustration to find such similar awe here drives and fuels its brutal and destructive rages.  It must have its desires appeased.  It demands it.  Here it uses the tools of fear and terror to gain a degree of its insatiable need.  It is only when it reaches such levels of infuriated frustration that it inadvertently kills its victims.  Once dead, the victimized story can no longer beg it for mercy.  Its mangled body is to Hollywood merely a broken toy that the monster can no longer play with.  Petulantly, it must stomp away to seek another “plaything”.  Strangely enough, Hollywood does the same thing on the Surface World.  It seeks a creator, a torchbearer in that dark world.  It promises the torchbearer an offering of fame and great fortune if it will lend its light to Hollywood for the opportunity to project it to the awe and amazement of the masses.  If the torchbearer yields the light of its burning story, the beast smiles.  It offers the bearer a codified writ of promise enumerating the benefits to the bearer for an exchange of the light.  It seals the deal by wining and dining the bearer.  Assuring them that they have done the right thing…for the greater good.  The light is taken away for prepping for the grand projection moment.  In the meantime, the room grows perceptibly darker in the absence of the torch.  The bearer’s name is barely inked upon the codified writ before the torturing begins.  The arguments for taking away this,…altering that,…adding a visual effect to enhance the projection of the brightly burning torch…begins.  When next the torchbearer sees their firebrand ensconced in a metal brazier, the flame is barely flickering.  The darkness around it is almost palpable.  The smiling beast proudly flourishes their artistic and interpretive work of diminishing the brightness of the light.   After all, brightness might offend the sensitivity of viewers who are averse to its intensity.  In the waning sputtering light, the torchbearer sees his name engraved on the handle of the torch as an acknowledgment of his role in bringing the flame forth.  Sickened by the engraving that he clearly did not carve, he begins to protest.  That sweetly saccharine smile returns on the broad face of Hollywood, only this time, the teeth displayed seem to have a pointed quality.  Its eyes seem feral, with almost a luminous yellow tint to them.  In such moments the creature walking between both worlds does not seem so unlike its appearance when it walks these lands.  Slowly it raises the codified writ, only this time the paper is etched in a sort of colored iron, under an ornate and felt-lined frame of gilded gold.  The glass is tempered and thick, magnifying sections of micro-sized text which allow the bear to make significant alterations and affix the perpetual use of the torchbearer’s name to the result.  To the torchbearer, it is the first of many cuts and further indignities to follow.  When the light is finally projected to shine before the masses, it is only a mere silhouette of the sickly glow that surrounds it enough to shamefully illuminate the torchbearer’s name as the creator of such brilliance.  Sadly, that cut deepens with each public showing until finally, the other beast called Obscurity, who also stalks this world, mercifully swallows it up.  A more recent indignity has been devised, however, and may perhaps be far worse than the first wound given.  As in the other world, Hollywood hates to give up a toy.  So it has invented something to allow it to find Obscurity’s latest purge and keep playing with the story’s digested heap in a recycled form.  This pernicious practice is simply called…“The Re-Boot.”

“It is said that the creature, Hollywood, has a hidden Museum of IP.

“I. P.  (That’s Intellectual Property, for those who may not know.)  It contains a particular wing kept for the most part in pitch darkness.  The wing of that Museum is ironically called “The Hall of Torches”.  Some have been unfortunate enough to see it.

“Over time, Hollywood has collected many torches from Torchbearers.  The Hall, when illumined, has a large thick red carpet running down its center gallery.  The walls are lined with those gilded and framed codified writs in engraved colored plates.  Before each ensconced frame, there is a stone pillar-pedestal containing the blackened torch in a hermetically sealed half globe.  The globe ensures no air may get to the dead torch so that it is preserved and may never be used again as a source of light.  That is terrible enough but at the base of each glass-globe is a golden eye-ring and a golden manacle.

“Clutched cruelly in the manacle is what remains of the torch bearer’s severed hand.  It is a grisly spectacle to be sure.  Like a serial killer’s sick fetish, this “Museum”, so-called, is actually a Mausoleum.  A pride wall of grisly and decaying collectibles.

“I was told that torchbearers get manacled shortly after signing the codified writs.  That’s when they discover that they are chained to the gilded frame.  They are dragged to The Gallery.  The frame is hung in the nearest vacant light-box on the wall.  Their now sealed torch is riveted to the top of each pillar-pedestal before it and torchbearer is shackled to the eye-ring anchored in the stone column.

“They are left that way to shout and protest, plead and beg for days in utter darkness until they are once again visited by Hollywood touring and admiring his private gallery.  The torchbearer can barely see as the hidden motion lights in the ceiling only illumine the progress of Hollywood like a pagan deity.  A few days in the Mausoleum would unnerve anyone.  The smells there are diffuse but slightly pungent and sickly sweetened by decay.

“Upon encountering the Torch Bearer propped against the base of the column, arm slackly hung from the shackle above him, the beast asks them if they desire to leave their tour of the gallery.  Most all nod a weakened assent, whereupon the sycophant legal attendant, trailing Hollywood in shadow, steps forward brandishing a large scimitar. They seize the Torch Bearer by the outstretched arm and promptly remove the Torch Bearer from his manacle…and his hand.

“The Torch Bearer is given a tourniquet to staunch the flow of blood from his severed arm.  His mouth is gagged to muffle his agonized cries and he is literally tossed out of the building onto the street beyond the gates of the grand studios.

“He or she, for Hollywood, does not discriminate in stealing from Torcher Bearers of any gender, race, ethnic origin or religion, is left with the choice to either slink off into their old life or learn to make use of their remaining appendages.  Some choose to find a way back to Torch Bearing again.  Some are simply unmotivated to do anything but to mourn the loss of their limb and torch.  These are the ones that the other beast called Obscurity lurks in the shadows for.  At the right time, they will become MIA from friends and family and all who might possibly recognize their one-handed attempt to seek the gilded glow of fame and fortune.  And in that unguarded moment, Obscurity will step out of the shadows, seize them and they will be eaten by it.”

*Scene 07* 17:39 (Trading Torch Lights for Darkness)

“Boy, I’ll bet you are a riot reading your kids’ bedtime stories.  What a gruesome tale!”

“These are troubled times, and gruesome or not, the danger is real. Hollywood here is an obvious corruption of the place name from which the Mid-World’s monster emerged, but it is an even darker corruption than it might seem. Many things created for good are corrupted. This monster’s name trivializes something that has brought true redemption to mankind, namely the symbol of The Cross. That is why the creature’s iteration here is truly vile in all aspects of its physical form in this world.”

“Wait a minute. I’m not sure I understand. What is the relationship between the collective ‘Hollywood’ of our world and the disgusting monster here?”

“The monster, like us, occupies a co-locality. It is there and here, depending on its focus. All the accolades it achieves there, do not offset its constant reviling here. In the Surface World, one cannot easily see its form, but think of it like a living spiderweb. It has tendrils, web-like strands that reach and connect its agents of deceptions throughout the world. The people it uses and manipulates may not even be aware that they are connected to it, but a black elixir feeds all of its agents causing them to have an unnatural hunger to corrupt all signs of innocents it finds. It’s dark, pulsating heart is pumping these toxins into them through each connection, driving them into addictions and madness until all it touches ultimately succumb to its poisons.”

“Surely, you are not saying everything connected with Hollywood in our world is bad?”

“I cannot conclusively say that. No. There are a few workers in the network that resist the monster’s influence, and have squeezed of the flow of the monster’s black blood, but they are rapidly being found out and hunted by the Hive Mind. The monster is not averse to severing its own limb of connection, anymore than its is averse to cutting the hand off of a Torch Bearer.”

“Torch Bearer,” one of them said, “What do you mean by that?”

“Anyone with a creative gift bears a light into the darkness of our world. Creatives are reflections of The Master Creator. The works of their hands and minds are like lighted torches in the darkness, and our Hollywood has made it its mission to diminish or snuff out those lights of creation.”

“But what if we are not creative?” a young man asked, “Are we immune to it?”

“Not in the slightest. All are susceptible to it. In one fashion or another. Every human in all creation have been given unique gifts by The Master Creator. It is in your very being to express it, though some do not find out how. There is something in each of you, that the dark things want kept in the darkness. But the Master Creator is looking to make you shine.”

There is a passage from the Ancient Text that says this:

For behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, And deep darkness the people; But the LORD will arise over you, And His glory will be seen upon you.”  [Isaiah 60:2 NKJV]

“You are intended to reflect the lights of glory. So it is important for you to understand the nature of what these beings are.  What drives them. They are actively trying to diminish all lights of imagination and to redefine all truth about your being. They set up myriad substitutes to distract people from ever finding real transforming truth. These dark creatures are every bit creatures of the mind, but here in The Mid-World they have form.”

“So how do we fight a mind creature?”

“You must fight it with the truth, and learn not to let its form deceive you or dissuade you from personally seeking that truth. At the start of your sojourn here, I reminded all you that you each have a light to bear and your own torch to carry through the dark places. You found an torch in each of your packs that I’ve given you. Let that be a physical reminder of that fact. You were brought here for a purpose. You were called to find out more about yourselves than you may have ever thought to ask. This journey, if you learn to walk it by faith, will reveal that to you and so much more.”

“Now that you understand what I mean by a Torch Bearer, think of the fire by which you light that torch as your own personal story. There is something about you and your story that will bring light to others. If no one else chooses to do so, you do have a story of your own to light your torch with.  Don’t be deceived or lured by silvery lights that glisten and promise fortunes for you.  It was not a life of leisure and ease which gave you the stories you could tell.  Don’t fall victim to the beasts between the worlds.  They want to snuff your light into meaninglessness. Keep creative control of the torch you bring to light.  It is your responsibility to bear it and determine where to illuminate the shadows in your world.”

“But I do not understand how anything in my life could bring light to others.”

“And that is why you must be very careful, because sometimes even your own light can be hidden from you. You cannot assess what you have experienced and who you are as a result, may affect another one who is seeking. That is where you must trust in The One who called you here, to reveal it to you. There is another verse that is important to remember. It is in the Ancient Book ascribed to the Prophet Daniel. He lived in a time of great sorrow and darkness, when he and his people were in captivity as slaves.  The One revealed many things of the future to him, and so he writes:

He reveals deep and secret things; He knows what [is] in the darkness, And light dwells with Him.” [Daniel 2:22 NKJV]

“The beasts between both of our worlds are creatures of darkness. The Ancient Text also says:

For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this age, against spiritual [hosts] of wickedness in the heavenly [places].” [Ephesians 6:12 NKJV]

“These creatures may cloak themselves in the trappings of light, but it is their chief purpose to bring darkness and separate people from light.”

“Think about the decline in literacy, for example. There is a Surface World practice in the USA on August 9th of each year on a day called ‘National Book-Lovers Day’, where people who are aware of the difference celebrate those torches once proudly lit and held forth to transfer light from one generation to the next.  Lights and torches closest to the source of their creation, shine the brightest in a long dark night.  But at any given moment, when I hear some people recommend such torches to others, I am brought to dismay to also hear a growing number decline to gather around those lights.

“‘No’, they say dismissively.  ‘I’ll just wait to see what Hollywood makes of it later as a projection.’  And so another light fades, crackles, smokes and darkens.”

“People are giving away their light to Hollywood’s interpretation, and so losing the experience of the brightness of the original light.  This world you are in now is the Meta-Physical echo of that Surface World. It looks different through the lens of experience, but if you learn how to see it, you will find that it is in many ways much the same.”

Miray raised her hand, she’d been listening intently to my story and our discussion, and I grinned wondering what her young mind might have made of all this.

I knelt down on my heels so she could see she had my full undivided attention.

“Yes, my dear.  What’s your question?”

“So macha-physical is like someone walking between mirrors, like at the carnival?”

“Meta-physical, yes.  Its perspective is called metaphysical realism and it is rooted in the idea that things, objects, and the truth exists independently of what we think of them.”

She regarded me with a puzzled look, so I tried to simplify it. I spied a small stone laying along the roadside, and reached to pick it up and held it out to her.

“It is like this. This rock was laying here, but only now, by me picking it up and holding it here in my hand, do we all notice it. If we had kept walking along, we might not have ever looked at it, like we are now. It has a smooth part here, and a rough side here,” I indicated with my finger.

“What color do you see?”

Miray reached and took it into her small hands and turned it over and over.

“It has some green here, but it looks like it is not part of the rock.”

“Very observant. That is called lichen. It is a kind of fungus that grows on trees and on rocks.”

“Fungus?” She wrinkled her nose, looking like she might pitch the rock away from her.

“Don’t worry. It’s not that kind of yucky fungus,” I smiled, and added, “Mushrooms are considered fungus too. What else do you see?”

She turned the rock again, moving her hand away from the green patches, and said, “There’s a kind of red on it, and the rest is white and grey.”

“The red is mostly likely a kind of rust, because there may be some traces of iron in the rock. The white part may have either some limestone or some chalk in it, I am not completely sure. Now tell me, in just what you have learned about this rock, did the rock have all of those traits before we picked it up to look at it?”

“I guess so,” she grinned at me.

“Did the rock exist here before we noticed it?”

“Yes.”

“And when we looked at this rock together, did you know that the green parts might be fungus and the red parts might have iron in them before I told you about it?”

“No,” she shook her head slowly.

“So when you looked at this rock you saw it one way and I saw it just a little bit differently. Yes?”

She nodded.

“So in your understanding, and in my understanding, even though we see a little differently, this rock remains the same as it was, even before we noticed it together. You saw it one way, and I saw it one way. But when we both shared our thoughts, we can now see this very same rock with an understand that both of us brought to it. And we both learn by sharing the way we see this rock. Yes?”

“Yes,” she grinned again and then said, “Can I put the rock down now?”

“Yes, you may.”

I then stood and turned to the group.

“What I just showed Miray is how each of us can view something that has its own external properties, but we may both see it slightly different, depending on our perspective.  The rock has its own characteristics that remain, even when we do not think to give it notice or consideration. The truth of the rock, exists, no matter how differently we may perceive it. That is what I mean by an external truth that does not depend on our viewpoint.  But our viewpoint, can be adjusted as we learn what we observe might mean with sharing and study.  This is a humble position, rather than an arrogant one. Truth is external to our perception. Grasping that gives us the ability to learn about something beyond our direct experience and come to an agreement about it with others.  Just like an object placed between two mirrors may reflect an image differently in each mirror surface, it does not necessarily mean that the true appearance of that object is accurately captured by what is seen by reflection.  There is a truth that exists outside of each reflection.  In some, it is distorted.  In others, it is diminished or revealed by the amount of light that is available when the reflection is cast.”

Miray tugged on my pant leg, wanting to join the discussion again.

“Like carnival mirrors.”

“What?” I knelt down again.

“In the carnival mirror.  So, I’m not really fat, short or stretched like a bean pole.  I am me, and it is the mirror doing those funny things.”

“Exactly!  You’re very sharp, kiddo!”

She beamed.  “I met a physical realism,” she said carefully as if tasting each word.

“That’s how I am going to ber’member it,” she announced emphatically, placing a small hand on her forehead, “’cause the pictures I once had here before are missing.  I’ll find ‘em.  Just got ta keep lookin’.”

I rose and turned to the others.

“There is a traveler’s inn just over the next rise.  It is at the upper end of a small village.  I know the innkeeper, or once did, if he is even still there.  We have to be careful though.  Much may have changed since I last saw him and his wife.  The condition of this road does not bode well. Much of it has been overtaken by the wild grassland. A road more traveled would not have as much overgrowth. So I would imagine that fewer people stop at the Inn now because it is evident that fewer people travel these parts.

“Still, we all need a rest from the journey so we will camp near it.  If he’s still there, perhaps, he will help us get provisions and a hot meal for the journey ahead.  He is a peaceable enough fellow now, but that wasn’t always so.  He was hunted by the Xarmnians, and had to redefine himself completely from what he once was to protect his family. He’s had a hard time of it and he has become more fearful and nervous.  Those qualities might not make him the most dependable person that he used to be, but perhaps he will still do us a good turn, for old time’s sake.  I don’t have much, but I will pay him what I have for his troubles.

“For a while he had a good thing going.  He used to share many stories in his inn, brought to him by travelers from many different places.  Countries far and wide would yield him their experiences and legends, fairy tales and myths.  You can tell a great deal about a place by listening to its folklore.  Perhaps we might meet one or more guests there if it proves safe enough.

“But as for those noises we heard before… well, just watch yourself.  If you are downwind of Hollywood, at least you will know it is coming.  If you are upwind of it…  Be prepared to get a firm grip on your torch and light it when told.  There should be enough of us by now that it will turn and flee if we shine together.”

As we continued our trek overland, I pondered the state of the Surface World’s version of Hollywood.

It is a shame.  Long ago, Hollywood was not the monster it has become today.  It didn’t smell that bad either.  Yes, it has always had at least the smell of a wet dog or some particularly stinky cheese, but it changed and devolved into the beast it is today when it discovered it had no way of igniting its own light.  It was a borrower before it became a thief.  It once enjoyed and appreciated the lights…before it became a collector of hands.  Is it cliché to say, “Keep your hands to yourself?”  I wonder…

Writing From Prisons – Chapter 2

*Scene 01* 1:05:00 (The Beginning Marks)

Ancient Mesopotamia – 3,374 B.C.

Adam stood at the water’s edge watching the waves lap quietly along the red sand of the shore.  The clay of the land, from which he’d been created and had been given his name, was now cursed and was slowly being covered by the pale sun-bleached grains of sand pushed up from the dark bottom of the seafloor.

Since being banished from the orchards of Eden, he had noticed that the waters of the great salt sea were mingling with the freshwater of the river Pison that flowed out of the source within the Garden that was now forbidden to them.  The further away from Eden that he ranged, the more salty and bitter the waters became.

His grandson, young Hanokh, had come to him and had asked to be shown the place where he had given the animals their names, but he had to find it again to be able to take him there. He doted upon that child, and there was not much he wouldn’t do for the boy.

For two and a half days he had walked along the river’s shore seeking the place where he had been given the ability to know the names that should belong to each of the animals that crawled upon the ground and flew upon the winds in the sky.

But the river’s shape had changed and had altered its course and was swelling upon the banks with the rise and inland push of distant tides from the great sea.

The place should not have been this far, he thought to himself, but he had learned how painful departing from places he had once known could be.

Thinking of those times brought a mixture of feelings.

He sighed in a sudden wave of sadness and emotion that made his eyes wet.

Separation.

He remembered the night in which they had parted from the Presence of The One Who Gave Breath, and the immense sadness in the Words spoken to him, “Through blood, your offspring shall be born. Through blood, your body shall live and in the shedding of blood, your body shall be separated from the life breathed into you as it returns again to the ground from which I raised you, for your Life is in the Blood. Your body is but a seed, that when separated from the Vine, must fall again to the ground from which it rose and be planted and buried in death. Ashes to ashes.  Dust to dust.”

Both he and the woman alone had been brought to awareness and life by the Power of The Breath.  He had not known the full meaning of the words spoken that night until the birth of his son, passing through the body of his bride. Such joy and pain that night. And much further understanding came with the death of his second son, at the hand of his first, and then it was only pain and grief.

Pondering these things again, he fell once more to his knees and wept bitterly.

“Through blood, you shall live and in the shedding of blood, your body shall be separated…” Adam whispered again the Words spoken by The One, who had loved them so greatly.

He remembered what further transpired that night of the parting. He had witnessed another separation that had clothed both he and the woman he called Havah, the mother of all living, in the death raiments of skin.

A Lamb had been slain.  Its body cut in half and separated in a pool of its draining blood.  The front half laid with its head towards the west and the back half lay to the east.

Both he and his wife were made to follow The One into the shallow red pool pouring out from the separated beast and stand as The Holy One fashioned for them the coverings of the lamb’s skin to hide their shame of being naked. They stood in and upon the blood that was shed for them.  They took the skin coverings of the Lamb that was slain because of their sin.

And from there they were taken out of the orchard of Eden to the eastern land beyond it and behind them, the way back to the ceremonial place was cut off from them in a swirl of holy fire.

Great creatures stood in charge of the fire, clothed in raiment of light, looking all about with a covering of swirling pools of eyes that flashed and spun, amid a flurry of six powerful wings.

A river of blinding fire rose up from the flashing of their limbs and the rods they bore before them blocked and forbade the way to the orchard and to the Tree of Life that overshadowed the ceremonial place where the Lamb had been slain for them and for their coverings.

They had walked along the grassy bank of the river Pishon flowing out of the Garden from a spring originating from beneath the Great Tree.

But now.  To see the fresh, sweet waters of the Pishon, mingling with the salt in the Great Sea was too much of a painful reminder of all that had been lost to them.

His third son, Seth, he’d let his wife name.  Seth was very much like him in stature and manner. He had grown so much and given him grandsons and daughters fair as their beautiful mothers.  But it was the seventh son that had given him the greatest delight.  The boy was so inquisitive and wanted to know everything that he could about what had gone before by talking with his fathers and their fathers.

But retelling the past, for Adam, was both bitter and sweet.  It was, to a mind as clear and vivid as Adam’s, essentially asking him to relive every nuanced and painful detail in stories.

But the child so loved the stories, and Adam, loving him as he did, could not deny him that delight, no matter how much personal pain might be involved.

He had told the stories to his children, and his children’s children, and as long as he walked upon the world, he knew he would continue to do so, so long as they would still listen.

And those days in which the children attentively listened had begun to change.

Adam’s own sons and daughters began to tire of hearing the stories. More and more of them failed to bring his grandchildren to see Havah and Adam because they did not want to endure hearing the tales over again.

Eventually, the attitudes of the children’s parents began to bear fruit in the attentiveness of their young. Whenever he tried to tell his grandchildren of the beginnings. The stories themselves began to be questioned and challenged.  The implications and significance of the stories began to be twisted and distorted.  More and more the children of his first son, Kayin, began to ask him, why The One had driven them all out of the Garden for merely eating a piece of fruit if all of the trees were given to them.

Adam had tried to explain to them that it wasn’t eating fruit, which caused them to have to leave, but because of choosing to eat the fruit of the tree that they had been commanded not to eat from.

But little Hanokh, delighted in the tales and would rebuke the other children for interrupting his grandfather.  He came often to see him and begged Adam to tell the tales again and again and to show him some of the places where they happened.

Upon the eighth year of the young boy’s awakening, he had asked Adam if he would take him to the places where he had named the animals and birds, and Adam had hesitantly agreed to do so if the area was still outside of the gates of fire.

The other children took Adam’s apparent reluctance to mean that Adam was not being fully honest with them about the story, and they went away laughing at little Hanokh, because he had believed the babblings of an aging old man.

When Adam heard of this, he was saddened by the cruelty of his other grandchildren and he went and found Hanokh, playing by himself.

He asked the boy why it was so important to him to see that place, and the boy had responded that he wanted to see the marks the animals had made in the ground when each had come up to him.

When asked why this was important, the boy said he wanted to know the marks that matched the names they were taught to be able to recognize each animal that had passed on the trails where he played.  He said he found that each animal had, not only a name by which it was called but a mark as well, made by its footprints.  He told Adam that he had made a game of being able to name each of his friends, who had passed him when his eyes were closed, simply by remembering their footmarks in the ground, and he wanted to be able to do that with the animals too.

Smiling upon the memory and his own amazement of the child’s inquisitive reasoning, Adam,  at last, rounded a bend on the riverbank and saw the place.  The area was covered in tracks and impressions.  Amazingly each animal had come to a stopping place as he walked down the line of the river, leaving their distinctive prints in the dried mud of the riverbank.  From what he could tell, not one of them had obscured the final prints of the others.  The thoughts returned to him–images of that moment in time–as animals of all shapes and sizes came forward to see what they were to be called. Hanokh would be delighted by the sight of this place. He had spoken the names but had not looked down at their tracks at the time.  Carefully, he now studied each one as he walked down the edge of the shore committing them to his slowing and aged memory.  Death truly had entered both he and Havah, when they had eaten of the forbidden fruit. The threat of imminent memory loss and a fading of his clarity of mind was just one of the many signs of it.

He had believed, that if Evil continued its way further into the Hearts of Men, then the loss of their means of wielding authority and dominion should mercifully be stripped away by a dulling of the sharpness of their rebellious minds. Wickedness should not be rewarded with power. If aging alone, weakened both the mind and the flesh, then the maturing of evil and rebellion were being mercifully contained by that loss of functionality and diminishment. The weakened and frail could not wield so much power over the young and strong, so its season of darkness was shortened. There was power in knowing the names of each being, an authority to summon them, a way to foster an understanding of them.

But still, there was wisdom in preserving these authoritative utterances for an unborn generation that would realize them and employ that authority for good in service back to The Giver. Only those who revered The One, and feared His coming judgments could possibly be entrusted with such knowledge.

Hanokh was one of those. Or would be, if the measure of his maturing continued to show such reverence. He looked around at the printed ground, wondering at the wisdom of placing such a high degree of responsibility upon one so young. Yet, he could almost see the joy and wonder shining in young Hanokh eyes at the joy of seeing this.  The boy showed great promise and wisdom. Perhaps his children’s children held the promise of what he had once hoped and believed would be fulfilled through Kayin’s line.

He’d made so many mistakes with Kayin. He had told the lad of the Life-Giver’s promise, and both he and Havah had raised him to believe he would be the chosen one to fulfill the crushing of the serpent’s head. But that hope failed when he’d killed his younger brother, Havel.

Kayin had fled for a time. No one knew where he had gone until many years later.

When he’d finally returned and confessed to what he’d done, he was a much different man than before.

Fearful. Less head-strong and confident, irritable, and neglectful of his family. Even the birth of his own son, could not keep him from wandering for several seasons in the wilderness alone. He’d been granted forgiveness, but he’d never really given up his frustration and hatred of himself over what he’d done. The neglect of Kayin’s family and his long seasons of self-imposed solitude was bearing bitter fruit in the lives of his own children. They resented his absence, and they largely believed The One was responsible for it. They had seen The Mark that they were told that The One had placed upon his forehead to preserve his life. An ancient mark formed by two intersecting lines. A mark they believe represented a curse, rather than a blessing. A stain upon them as his children, and upon all their children who would follow after. So it was that they became resentful of the old stories and rebelled against the warnings given in each tale.

Even now, as Kayin’s rebellious children grew into adulthood, they were using the authority of the dominion given to all of Adam’s line, to abuse the land and cruelly manipulate the animals by their callings.

But the stroke of death would eventually work its way into their minds and steal the memory of those first callings from the unlearned, and unteachable. Their inattentiveness showed in their faltering ability to pronounce the names correctly. Adam had resolved to let the lessons and the names lapse, but Hanokh persisted in trying to persuade him that the distinctive marks should be joined to the sound of their names. And if such marks could bring thoughts to men’s minds that was a good thing indeed.  It was time that these sounds and marks be used for remembrance.

Deep down, Adam knew Hanokh was right in wanting to do this.  But the names themselves should also be kept secret. He would caution the boy in this.

Hanokh wanted to use the marks and sounds to preserve the legacy of the stories he had tried to share with his recalcitrant children. If memories would eventually fade, the marks would preserve their spoken utterances against such a loss. There would be no hope for mankind if they never returned as individuals to give all honor and fear due to The One. The separation would become an ever-widening gulf between The One and His creation and even the promised hope of a redeemer may eventually become lost, without memory of the stories.

If the rebellious ones would not learn early the lessons of their fathers by the cautions given, eventually the pain of their own experiences would drive them back to seek it again.

If the children of Kayin ceased to listen to the old stories and faithfully teach them to their own generations, then the histories and the lessons would be lost to all those coming after.

The stories must be preserved, and he would do everything in his power to help young Hanokh to make the signs to ensure they always would be.

The hidden stories of their old life with The Breath-Giver may one day prove to be the very key to unlock the dying minds of mankind. And eventually set them free from their own entombment within the prison halls of their covenant with death.

*Scene 2* 4:16 (The Old Hillside Cabin)

It took us longer than expected to work our way up from the beachfront. Two hours of traveling in the twilight, but we are beyond the reach of the sea fogs. I remember making the trip in much less time in my younger days, but then I was not the one leading a company. Jeremiah was.

Thinking of the days of journeying with him, I felt shamed for my prior arrogance in second-guessing his decisions when I was not the one bearing the responsibility of followers. My perspective now is much different from this side. Perhaps a lot of the suspicion in the group is only natural, but still, it feels threatening and like the payback I well deserve for my part in undermining him those many years ago.

After another hour or so, I recognize the route to the abandoned property I had once known well. It lay just off the silver road, about a quarter of a mile in, near the stream and among some of the low hills.  A series of rocky mounds, really. There had once been a small hamlet or village within walking distance, but back then it was only comprised of about four or five farming families. Their lands and fields bordered each other, but there is little to be seen of that now.

There is a stillness that lies like a shroud over the area. I hear only a huff of a mournful breeze and the slight gurgling noise of a nearby river or brook singing a quiet dirge into the night.

The dugout cabin I am interested in is just ahead. Always build near a clean water source, my father had said.

As we get closer, I can just make out a sod roof and a mossy stone chimney with what seems to be the slightest curl of silver smoke twining its way upwards.  Probably just rising river mists drifting along the hill creating the illusion. But it is still there.  Just where I remember it being.  A small, weathered stone and waddle cottage, built into the brow of a hillside. The hillside cabin in the valley is partially swallowed by embankments.  There may be two or three more dugout hovels huddled into the shoulder of the hillside. But it is hard to tell in the gloom.

I vaguely remember it in more pleasant times.  One might even imagine that we are approaching the peaceful village of Hobbiton, happily situated in the sunken green valley of The Shire until they get a little closer.

My heart sinks as the shadows of the moving clouds above, part to bathe it in a pale wash of ghostly moonlight.

The place is falling apart.  Barely liveable.  But twenty-one years of neglect will do that.

Weathered grass occludes the path to it, barely visible now under the lingering silvery moonlight. It was never more than a hermitage-sort of existence. Nothing fancy. But functional. Sturdily built. Kept the rain off and the cold out. Not much more than one might ask for.

I had not expected visitors and I was pretty sure none of this company would be impressed by it. The cabin was barely large enough for me, much less anyone else.

If we crowded, it might serve for two or three of the girls, but not much else. We’d mostly have to shelter in the grotto around the bend, or the old cruck house stable, but the latter was always prone to attract rats and other vermin. The grotto would have to do.

The window is caked with ages of dust, but there is an odd, but faint flickering light within. The light smoke curl I saw coming out of the chimney was more than mist.

I was stunned for a moment, but I guess I should have expected it though.

Some squatter must have taken up residence there in my absence.

“What are we doing here, Mr. Brian?” a voice asks, startling me.

“Coming home,” I mutter, “Sort of, anyway.”

*Scene 3* 8:27 (Haunted Occupant)

“What is this place?”

“Long ago, it was called Bacia. Now it has no name.”

Memories lingered of how the place used to be, before the event that finally drove me away from the Mid-World. Creeper vines now covered most of the cabin, sending their chute roots into the cracks within the stone and into fissures in the waddle of the walls. I had planted a grapevine and originally planned to cover the outerwall with a trellis to camouflage it from the distance, but what I had failed to accomplish in my design planning, nature accomplished in the space of time through my stalled neglect. The creeper vines, however were a mix of wild ivy, thornbriar and kudzo, neither of which bore any fruit.

“Is that a light inside that old shack?”

The light on the dusty pane suddenly brightened, casting a warm yellow glow out into the gloomy night. Whoever was inside had likely moved away from blocking the hearth fire, allowing it to cast is full radiance towards the cabin’s sole window.

“Shouldn’t we see who is inside? Maybe they can recommend a good hotel.”

A light chuckle followed, but I turned and urged the group to keep quiet.

“Let me check it out. Please keep quiet for all of our sakes. There are residents here in the Mid-World that one does not safely meet in the night.”

“What is this Mid-World place?  What’s it in the middle of?”

“Middle of nowhere is what I’d say,” someone muttered.

“Uh! Do you have to be such a tool?!” one of the girls turned on the speaker.

“Hey, get off my case!” the respondent shot back, “It’s the middle of the night and we are tired and cold, and this guy knows something and hasn’t given us any explanations for what we are all doing here and why.”

“All of this will be explained in time,” I said trying to placate them for a bit longer, “Give me a chance to see who’s in the cabin. It may be okay, but I need you all to wait right here and keep quiet so we don’t rouse him unnecessarily.”

One of the taller men of the group came to my aid.

“I’ll keep them quiet. Go check it out. We’ll all be right here. We’ve nowhere else to go anyway.”

I slightly grip his arm in gratitude, thankful for any offer of assistance.

Miray tugged my pant leg, and whined plaintively, “I want to go with you.”

“I know you do, Miray. But I need you to stay with the others right now. Let me make sure it’s safe first.”

“Awright,” she conceded grudgingly with a short pout on her face.

I then turned and stealthily approach the cabin window in an ambling crouch.

house-2616494_1280

It may have been a mistake to build the window on the southside corner of the cabin, but that was the only place where one could see the trail through the hills from the inside. Enemies roved these lands,  so it was not good to be caught complete unaware. The stone construction of the cabin and its backing was rooted into the hillside. The door had been reinforced and was make of solid and thick oak, mounted on hammered metal hinges. Costly in these lands, but worth it. The beams holding the ceiling were of stout timber fitted into carved tongue and groove notches. The cabin appeared humble and impoverished from the outside, by design, but it was as stout a structure as I could make in these lands, and its smallness added to its hidden strength. The window was mullioned, but comprised of a thick-paned glass, forged, melted and molded from the fine-grained sands of the very same seashore we had just quitted earlier in the day.

In daylight, the sun’s light never glinted off the glass. But at night, the hearth fire shown like a lighthouse beacon into the misty night. I was never one for adding frills and décor, but at last, I realized the practicality of having curtains and shutters. An oversight on my part, that was moot now.

My new erstwhile tenant appears to live like a prisoner in the home.  The old yard appears overgrown with brush and weeds.  Neglected, but towards the end of my stay I did the same, so I couldn’t very well fault him for it. There is but the faint remnants of a garden growing wild with weeds and thorn bushes.  A rat scurries and forages furtively seeking the remnants of long rotted vegetables and fruits that the garden once yielded in more prosperous and safer times.  A broken gate and crumbling stone wall barely outline the property’s borders.  There is a flagstone path with dusty footprints leading down the embankment to the river.  No grass grows upon that patch of blighted soil, scattered with ash, and withered by heat and fire.

As I quietly approach the small window near the edge of the house and lean forward to peer inside, I notice I am not alone. Despite what the tall man had assured me, the others had broken ranks and followed behind me up to the edge of the house.  They crowded around me now as we leaned up to peer through the dusty window.

Inside, there is what appears to be a man.  I say that because not all appearances here are truly what them seem to be. His back is facing us.  He is sopping wet from head to foot.  His shoulders are wrapped in a tatter and moth-eaten blanket and he sits before a small fire in the hearth.  We can just see the flickering glow around his body and through a jagged hole in the blanket between his arms.  He shivers slightly for the night outside is cold.  It does not appear much warmer in the cabin for the fire in the stone hearth is small. The flickering firelight reflects in the wet puddles that trail from the hard-packed cabin floor stool where the man sits near the cabin door.  He must’ve just come in from a plunge in the nearby gurgling river we were hearing a moment ago.  It does not look like it was a deliberate swim for his clothes, what we can see of them, appear to be that of a day laborer.  His mud-caked boots lay crumpled next to the fireplace on the left in a slowly evaporating mirror of water.  Under such circumstances, I would think he would be miserable and disgusted with himself for foolishly falling in, but he is not.  He is humming quietly to himself.  The humming has a pleasant, magical quality about it.  It is rustic and pleasant but melancholy.  Reflective, as is the flickering firelight.

The domestic tableau appears strikingly familiar to me. Only the perspective is radically different. Then I noticed that the edges of the room inside the cabin seemed to have a liquid ripple and I draw in a gasping breath.

Oh no. Not now! Not now! Not now! My mind races.

I suddenly wished none of the others had followed. That the tall man had been able to keep them all back. But I realized that to do so, they would have to gain a little more trust in my good intentions for them than I taken the time to show.

They were about to be thrust into their second shocking immersion of this day, without warning or explanation, and I was not ready to explain it even on a good day.

A rude and disturbing quirk of the mysterious nature of the Mid-World. A fracture in the linear sequencing, or even moreso, a bending curl in it, compliments of The Marker Stone.

It had come as quite a shock to us on our first experience of it, but at least we had been warned what to expect.

Jeremiah and many of the others had called the effect a glimpse or a temporal projection.

It only happened with Surface Worlders. Or I should say, Surface Worlders who had committed to the calling of the Stone Quests by voluntarily giving their own names to it.

I simply called the phenomenon…a ripple in the time pool.

*Scene 4* 14:01 (The Man Under the River)

Something that felt like an invisible rogue wave passed through the glass and engulfed us and washed over us. Lifting and shifting us into a kind of mental connection with the cabin’s occupant.

With in any other place but the Mid-World reach, that was not possible.  I say that with no degree of certainty, but I cannot exclude the strong possibility that it is more prone to happen within the legendary country of Excavatia, The Hidden Kingdom.  It is even probable that it happens here because the effect comes from the hidden connections with and flowing influence from that mysterious kingdom.

It is rare to experience it in the Surface World at such strength as it occurs in the Mid-World. And if the wave comes from Excavatia, it is liable to be that much more stronger felt there. There is an acient Greek word that approximates it:

κοινωνία – pronounced /koi – non- eeuh/ koinonia.

As the wave and the mental ties that bind us together form, my companions and I look at each other in shock.  We can hear the man’s thought, speaking through his experience in memory as if he is the defacto narrator.

It comes into us as a first-person narrative as if we are there with him in that recently past series of moments leading up to this time we are observing through the panes of glass.

He seems strangely disconnected from the experience like he is recounting a dream as both participant and observer.  Yet we are immersed in it, experiencing it with him as vicarious and unwitting captives within his own body.

His story begins thus…

The Man Under the River – Story #1

sea-3255634_1920

I am chained to a boulder at the bottom of a deep river.  With each convulsing spasm I take in a little more of the river, and watch yet a little more of my failing breath escape my lips and nostrils;  Fleeing away from me in ascending bubbles to the marbled ceiling of water in motion under twinkling twilight.  I feel compelled that I must breathe in the river and let go, but I cannot.  I panic as death’s enshrouded hand beckons me, through the wavering waves.  Surrender to the inevitable.  Succumb to the silence and the deep.  You will never be found.  Sleep.  Sleep and all will be quiet soon.  The pearling water above soothes me, entices me to close my eyes against the grainy wet sanding my skin.  To let my own tears mingle with the water unnoticed, and fade to oblivion…Elysium.  So close to it.  Minutes and seconds away.  I relax against the chains, feeling slightly buoyant against the river’s tugging.  Then I see the slight glimmer of the golden key, inches from my manacled hand.  Grains of sand swirl around it.  Trying to obscure its sheen from catching the purling light on the water’s surface several feet above.  Had my eyes closed I would never have seen it.  That chance gleaming.  That whisper of light among settling silts and feathered green.  I stretch and reach where it might have been, feeling only the wet muck, and moss, and liquid sound of muffled stones scraping against others.  I grope blindly among wet clicks and chinks of current driven stones, and rising swirls of silt but…Nothing.

diving-378214_1920

All is lost, all is…wait.  A flat surface, grooved ridges and a short set of teeth with no bite.   The key is in my fingers, in my hand.  I carefully cup and close my hand around it.  My fist tightens, my breath escapes a little more.  Seconds to the final dark and cool silence.  I feel along my manacles searching for the pad lock.  What if the key is only a mere twig or stick, teasing my oxygen starved mind with false hope?  What if it is a key, but it does not belong to this family of locks.  Angered to energy I think, then I shall MAKE this fit.  My fingers ache around this key, I have fisted them into numbness, and I shall never be able to find the key hole, much less turn the locking mechanism with this darkness closing in.  My other hand finds the metal knuckle holding me in chains with its own iron fisted grip.  Carefully I unclasp my aching hand.  Darkness outlines my watery vision.  The palm is in shadow, I cannot see if my treasured hope is golden or wooden.  Cold.  My fingers feel numbed and cold.  The currents begin to lift the thing from my hand to bury this treasure once again beyond my reach.  I close and clasp it between two parts of me that I believe to be my fingers, yet I can no longer feel them.  I am dizzy from this swirling, wet grainy darkness engulfing me.  I draw my hands together with weak spasms.  The water enters my lung, and my ears pound and throb.  The promise of quiet is a lie.  By some miracle the blind fumbling hands clasp the hope of the key and the ominous lock together into a last prayer…that is answered.  The piece I hold in my fingers finds peace.  It enters the tomb of the lock.  It turns the insides of sure death out of its once sure resting place.  Each groove disturbs its smug metal confidence that its hold upon my chains are forever and certain.  Its grasp upon them is wrenched free with a muffled pop, though silent to anyone near, has the effect of a watery explosion in my throbbing temples.  The bolt turns and the first link drops free.  I cough in water.  Light flares behind my eyelids.  Water fills my nostrils.  My sinuses ignite with inner unseen fire.  Death no longer tempts or beckons.  It seizes me with bony hands to flow down into its stygian crossing.  The faint sounds of metal links rattling against the rocks, give a staccato to my dance with death.  At last surrender compels me and I drift toward it.  Down…up?  I’ve lost all sensation of direction.  My limbs trail my torso, and I join the flotsam of the river.  I feel its cold clasp.  My body spins listlessly.  The water’s skin separates.  The night of my death is cold and windy…and so like that of my birth.  The wind…is…cold.  The wind.  The Ruach stirs me.  My head and my body land upon the Rock.  I am where I wasn’t.  Where I couldn’t have been.  The river leaves me in a series of wet grainy coughs that both hurt and heal.  In the light of the moon I begin to feel the clasp of my hands and fingers and toes again.  The wind is warming the wet away.  The river flows down to trickling brooks and springs from my hair and clothes.  The reflective light of the lunar surface shines silver upon me, and my eyes blink tears, salt and silt, as I stare at the silver cross pen clasped between my cold fingers and I know at last what I am meant to do.

The puddles on the floor are drying now as the story-teller leans forward to add more kindling to the fire.  He is holding something small in his hands.  Turning it over and over, but we cannot clearly see what it is, because his body blocks us.  His clothes are drying slowly but measurably and it won’t be but a moment before he turns and sees the collection of voyeurs peering in at him through the dusty window.  Quickly but stealthily we retreat from the cabin to resume our nightly journey.  We do not want to scare the man after his ordeal in the river, but we do need to know and remember his brief account for consideration.

When we reach a far enough distance, the tall woman who had gone back and walked with the little dark-haired girl, asked me, “What just happened to us, back there?!  How is it even possible to see what that man experienced?  Shouldn’t we help him in some way?”

“There is a lot of experiences you will find to be different here.  This place has its own rules about what is possible, and rules for what we Surface Worlders can and cannot do.  He is exactly in the place he needs to be right now, without our interference.”

“Interference?! What…I don’t know how you can even say that?!  Don’t you even care what he’s been through?”

“More than you could possibly even know.  And what I know…from experience…is that the timing of any help we may be able to offer him is just as critical as anything we could say or do for him.  Sometimes you just have to leave them be and let them work things out for themselves.  You cannot be a substitute savior for everyone you encounter.  There is wisdom in the waiting.”

“I don’t understand you…  Brian, is it?”

“Yes,” I responded quietly.

“You will in time.  Be patient.”

She sighed, shaking her head.

I then turned to the group, “We’ve all had a long tiring walk.  It’s cold and we are still wet from being in the surf.  I imagine we could all use some rest, but we needed to get this far to be beyond the reach of the sea fogs.  The night wind pushes over the grade and this declivity is a little warmer under the brow of that crest.  There is a short gulley around the garden—a place where we can shelter for a bit and a hidden cache of supplies we will need for the journey ahead.  Follow me, and I will tell you what the man’s story means in context, while we catch a breather.  Perhaps we can get some warmer clothes and get a small fire going.  It’s not much further now.”

Miray had lagged back a little when we approached the cabin, but she came forward and took my hand now, signifying again her readiness to brave the journey and support my leadership in it.  I whispered a silent prayer of thanks to The One for giving me such a comfort in the unpretentious trust of this precious little red-haired angel.

*Scene 5* 7:06 (The Buried Beast Below)

The subliminal wave, thought only to have been localized within the vicinity of the hillside cabin, descended downward through layers of dirt, granite and limestone, penetrating the Mid-World substrata like a seismic tremor in the aftershock of an earthquake. The digging Beast, far below, felt its effect slam into its form and disorient its senses until it could no longer feel the pull towards the called one. Its ice-blue eye blinked into the darkness. Its mental view of the landscape above darkled, and dimmed, as its connection with its walking agent lost power.

It recognized the cause.

Koinonia. The divine fellowship of knowing another, even as one is known.

Only the presence of Surface Worlders, walking upon the Mid-World grounds above could have inadvertently brought and evoked such stressors with them. They did not belong here. They did not know what power might flow through them at any given moment from the far land of Excavatia and from The Throne of The One.

Their awareness of this middle-ground place was unwanted and dangerous. Insight and introspection were anathema, to the dark kingdoms who ruled here. Better to be left alone to allow the natural parasitic influence to grow and gain strength. This was the ceded right of dominion given to all Princes of The Fallen. They gave it away to The Shining One ages ago.

Surface Worlders were unwitting and meddling agents of a potential Parallax in this place.

Parallax – A word derived from the Ancient Greek παράλλαξις (parallaxis), meaning ‘alternation’. A shift in viewpoint. A tearing away from the worldviews of the natural state, which would secure them to their certain damnation, toward the risk of an illumined and elevated view tinted by the shine of Hope in the promise of that Hidden country, Excavatia.

A worldview that, if truly grasped, would upend all of the Kingdoms of The Dark.

So mankind, and all like him should always be cowed into silence and ignorance. From time’s beginning, that had been the one primal directive.

Darken the minds of men. Turn them away from the light, and so darken their lives until they could be swallowed up by him and the Princes like him. All creatures who collectively bore the name of Sheol-The Waiting Grave.

The wave had left the Beast in shock and weakened. It could no longer dig forward, without first gaining strength from sustenance. What was given to it in the cave upon the beach was sweet and invigorating, but it was only a small morsel considering its relative bulk and size.

It needed human blood. Lots of it. For the life of The Breath was infused within the blood of mankind and very few of them even recognized it. Their tiny, frail, and insignificant bodies bore the myriad touches of The Breath of The One. Their blood was rich in the effects of It. Each pin-pricked drop was imbued with sacred power that beckoned the Heart of The One who gave them its infusion. And that infusion gave Life that resisted Death’s war campaign within them, so long as those creatures breathed and did not consciously close the doors of opportunity to find Excavatia.

Excavatia, that land from which they had been banished, these ungrateful flesh-creatures still had a connection to and, if they were willing, they had a path back towards Hope. Its resentment of this fueled its hatred of them, and its growing hunger.

It lifted it’s thorn-spired head, raking the ceiling of its tunnel, shifting its muscular neck from side to side, allowing sand and rock to fall down and shear off either side of its razor-edged scales, and bony spine.

Its senses slightly sharpened.

It was feeling other sensations from the surface ground not connected with the group it had been pursuing.

It’s rock-rimmed nostrils, behind its plow-curved and hooked beak, flared, sensing the salts of human sweat and could hear the vibrations of the furtive movements of others far above it. Quite footfalls, rustling through dried grass. Of humankind but not those of the Surface World.

It perceived them with a supernatural smell not limited to the miasma of fragrances bore along upon the air currents.  It could recognize the characteristic stink of humans even through the black vacuum of space. The taste of rotted, worm-ridden human flesh, it had savored and salivated over long ago, when it had been given its leave to burst from beneath and seize the families of Korah, Dathan and Abiram below the layered sediment track of the Negev desert in the Amorite wilderness of Zin, near Hormah, when it had dwelling in the Surface World.

The called leader and his brother then had been off-limits, then to. When it had tried to rise and take the Holy incense, the Breath of The One had resisted it and scorched it with Holy Fire, banishing it into the Void between worlds.  (See Nu. 16:23-35)

With a rumbling growl, boiling out from the bellows of its inner fires, it shifted in frustration. Its senses were growing acute and agitated. Its massive, fang-rigged jaws thrust and sawed upward. Its pulsing hide suppurated an oily substance from between its countless, glistening scales that would soften the ground, and ease its massive passage through the tunnel it was boring towards the insufferable sound of the amplified footsteps, and the pulsing sounds of pumping human blood and beating hearts growing louder, taunting its tastes for it. There was only one way to make the noises cease and slake its raging hungers–and it determined to do something about that.

*Scene 6* 17:35 (Parallax at the Grotto)

I lead them to a small grotto and produce an old key from my pocket, that I had secretly palmed from along the window sill while we were watching the man within.  Along the edge of the shallow grotto cupola cave, there was a gathering of dried tumbleweed-like plants, appearing as if they had been blown there and collected in the notch.  I thrust my hand into the dried brush and found a lever-release within and lifted an old wooden panel, with the brush affixed to it.  Inside the alcove was a padlocked strongbox, with rope handles that I had the stouter boys and men help me drag out into the open.  With some effort, I unlocked the rusty padlock and sprung the catch.

Inside the box were thirty dusty packs, sort of rucksacks, that could be carried by a strap over a person’s shoulder.  I handed them out to the group one by one, leaving some remaining within the box for another time and purpose.  With those distributed, I directed them to an area in the center of the grotto cupola and we lifted a large flat slate-stone that had been buried by dust over time.  Beneath the stone was a shallow-dug bowl pale white with dried ash and coals long dead.

When we had all settled down and a campfire had been coaxed into the dug bowl out of dead sticks and hastily gathered, dried scrub-grass, I began to connect the man’s experience with a much more ancient tale.

“Long ago there was a man named Paul.  He was given the name Saul by his parents which he wore into manhood and into prominence as a member of the highly educated and respected group of leaders in the community called Pharisees.  Something would happen to him on a dark, lonely road to Damascus that would forever change his life.  He would be blinded and then have his sight miraculously restored by one of a heretical sect whom he had sworn to expose and bring to justice.  Throughout the course of his ministry, he would be placed under house-arrest for 2 years, beaten repeatedly by opposing groups, dragged outside of the city and stoned and left for dead after which he rose up, dusted himself off and continued with his mission.  He would be dragged into courts with a death sentence of heresy hanging over his head.  He would be hauled before a Roman court as a seditionist.  He would be shipwrecked, swim to an island only to be bitten by a poisonous serpent.  He would be repeatedly thrown into dark stone prisons under both Jewish and Roman guards.  He would be flogged with whips just stopping short of killing him.  He would be mocked, ridiculed, falsely accused, betrayed by trusted friends, disappointed and abandoned by fellow ministers, spat on and called on to become his own defense attorney against a stacked court and a king hostile to his cause.  He would travel far from his homeland and suffer harsh weather conditions and scorching heat and thirst and ultimately beheaded for his new and radical calling.  Modern scholars pontificating on his writing ignorantly scoff at him as a sexist, bigot, advocate of slavery.  They smugly do not investigate the context of his society nor the radical manner of elevating others (man, woman, Jew and Gentile) to equal status before a Holy, Creator God who gave each person significance.  They fail to see his radical arc of change from a person rooted in myopic tradition and slavish follower of “holy” men to the Divine perspective that all have fallen short of the glory and standards of God.  That there is only One who has been and forever will be holy and pure and blameless and without error.  And that by virtue of His sacrifice for our terminal state we can have that exchanged to a new life where we receive payment for our death sentence.  His qualities can then be imbued upon us when we let Him live through us.  A radical departure from the hubris of believing that by self-effort we can become holy.

“It strikes me, however, that much of the writings we have surviving antiquity that has become part of the canon of Scripture were penned during Paul’s incarceration in a badly lit, prison cell, smelling of decaying straw, human sweat, excrement and piss.  Clearly, not an ideal setting for writing anything or conducive to positively impacting others living in relative freedom many miles away.  It is ironic that Paul’s attitude was continually thinking of others and the furtherance of his calling to act as an ambassador to Christ.  He certainly had enough causes, humanly, for us to understand feeling sorry for himself and unenthusiastic about his effectiveness.  But he didn’t.  He sang praise songs in the darkness of his cold prison cell of sub-human conditions.  Though shackled by cold metal chains, hand, and feet to a cold prison floor, he was a man whose soul had become free of his former chains of self-importance.  Despite the outward appearance and the abuse he suffered, he was a man whom no human could completely contain, silence or imprison again.

“So, the thought comes to me, considering both stories of these men, what is my own calling.  What is yours?  Do you feel like you are drowning at the bottom of a passing river of time, chained to a figuratively submerged boulder of your own circumstances?  What is it that weighs you down, that keeps you from expressing your voice or lending your talents to your calling?  Are the conditions not ideal for you or the timing just not right for your pursuit of the dream that calls you to act?  To take that first step of obedience?  Do you feel overwhelmed by the thoughts and wonder if you should just surrender yourself to the river?  To meekly open your mouth and swallow and be swallowed by oblivion and a life lived with no purpose?  I don’t.  I will not surrender to the surroundings of my encroaching circumstances.  I will not let the river of time steal my last few gulps of air or let the smell and stench of the prison cell so diminish my hopes that I can never see outside of the stone walls that presently confine me.  I do have a gift and am given talents that are tools to be used for a higher calling.  I must learn to see outside of my confinement.  Learn to write under the smallest beam of moonlight that somehow made its way through the small open-air window at the top of my prison cell.  Most of the Apostle Paul’s writings of Scripture were done under much more abysmal conditions than I could ever imagine.  Each person here has been given a gift, a skill, an aptitude, and a talent to do something well.  You were entrusted with that gift as an equipping for your life’s calling.  If you are not using that gift, you may feel that you are imprisoned and bound under a rapidly moving river of time passing all around you.  You may feel close to surrendering hope of ever expressing yourself through that gift and feel compelled to just be drowned by the river around you.  Don’t.  Resist it.  Conditions will never be ideal as long as you continue to use them as an excuse for inaction.  There are enemies and monsters in this world and in the surface world who have a stake in your failure.  Don’t let them win.  This is just one of the many battles you need to fight.  The war is not limited only to the battles you have lost so far.  It is time for you to take up your armor.  To strap on each piece with a fierce determination to not let those creatures of impediment win this day.  Your gift was given to help set you free.  To be expressed.  To be honed and polished and sharpened into a razor’s edge.  Your gift was meant to be used under your calling from the Highest Authority.  You are equipped by your willingness and your obedience to that calling.  The One who gave you that gift has a purpose for you in doing so.

Faithful [is] He that calleth you, who also will do [it].”  [1Thessalonians 5:24]

“Did you get that?  Do not look at yourself as the one who by their own efforts must make your gift lead to success in your calling.  The “Writer from Prison”, St. Paul, wrote:

“12 And I thank Christ Jesus our Lord, who hath enabled me, for that he counted me faithful, putting me into the ministry;” [1Ti 1:12 KJV]

Who hath saved us, and called [us] with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began,” [2Ti 1:9 KJV]

“17 God uses it to prepare and equip his people to do every good work.” [2 Timothy 3:17 NLT]

“21 may He equip you with all you need for doing his will. May he produce in you, through the power of Jesus Christ, every good thing that is pleasing to him. All glory to him forever and ever! Amen.” [Hebrews 13:21 NLT]

“29 That’s why I work and struggle so hard, depending on Christ’s mighty power that works within me.” [Colossians 1:29 NLT]

“Did you catch a recurring theme here?  God equips those He calls.  God empowers those who actualize those gifts by being obedient to that calling for which they were given.

“If you are reconciled to Christ, you are then given what no person, on their own efforts, can achieve.

“19 For God in all his fullness was pleased to live in Christ, 20 and through him God reconciled everything to himself. He made peace with everything in heaven and on earth by means of Christ’s blood on the cross. 21 This includes you who were once far away from God. You were his enemies, separated from him by your evil thoughts and actions. 22 Yet now he has reconciled you to himself through the death of Christ in his physical body. As a result, he has brought you into his own presence, and you are holy and blameless as you stand before him without a single fault.”  [Col 1:19-22, NLT]

“You are made perfect, righteous and holy.  You are called, equipped, gifted and prepared for the journey ahead of you.  Actualize it by taking the first step.

“13 I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me.” [Philippians 4:13 KJV]

“Do not be surprised, though when in taking that first bold step, you are challenged by opposition.  There are people in your life that might resent your calling.  They will falsely accuse you of being selfish.  Not faithfully attending to their needs, wants and desires because you dare to do something, they did not give you permission or encouragement for.  The hardest part of that challenge will be if you suddenly discover that the very people you thought would be supportive of you and cheer you in courageously pursuing your calling, instead view it as foolishness.  But remember Who it was that gave you your gifts and consequently the calling that goes with it.  The choice is yours.  Do you obey the One ready to equip you, or do you let others stand in your way and consign you back to the boulder you were once chained to under the river of your life experiences?  You can only please and serve one master.  There is only one capable of empowering you and sustaining you.  The next step on the journey will require courage and define what you will be. Listen again to the “Writer from Prison”:

“10 But you, Timothy, certainly know what I teach, and how I live, and what my purpose in life is. You know my faith, my patience, my love, and my endurance. 11 You know how much persecution and suffering I have endured. You know all about how I was persecuted in Antioch, Iconium, and Lystra–but the Lord rescued me from all of it. 12 Yes, and everyone who wants to live a godly life in Christ Jesus will suffer persecution. 13 But evil people and impostors will flourish. They will deceive others and will themselves be deceived. 14 But you must remain faithful to the things you have been taught. You know they are true, for you know you can trust those who taught you.” [2 Timothy 3:10-14 NLT]

The group pondered these words silently, each thinking about them in a personal way.

One raised his hand tentatively, a little less of the bravado showing than that he’d demonstrated on the road.

“Mister Brian, I don’t mean to be rude or anything, but is this what we are to expect going forward?  Some sort of Bible study devotional kind of thing as we go on this quest you tell us about?”

One of the others cast the young man an annoyed look, but I nodded and spoke softly, “It’s a fair question.  I do that from time to time.  I do beg your patience with me.  I’m new to this kind of helping in these quests.  I tend to see connections with things I cannot pass up.  This quest is as much a challenge to who I am and how I perceive myself as it will be to any of you choosing to go further.  My worldview and perspective come from my faith in God, and I’ve found that this view is the only one that grounds me while walking through this Mid-World place.   You all are welcome to have a different view, but I would hope you would allow whichever one you arrive at, at the end of the journey, to be seasoned by open-mindedness and experience.   I do have experience here.  A history of being part of another quest many years ago.  I was just as new to this world as you are now and a lot of it did not make any more sense to me then as I may be making to you now.  If you will indulge me, though, I will try to help all of you as I can.  I do not view myself as any better than any of you, but what I do have here is history.  Fair enough?”

The young man nodded and said, “Fair enough,” and the others nodded their assent as well.  It wasn’t a full-on commitment, but at that point, I was willing to take the concession gratefully.

They each began to explore the rucksacks I had given them, and many pulled out a thick, rolled blanket-like cloak from inside.  With the chill seeping over the hillside and adding a bite in the air, they were grateful for the warmth its thick woolen weave provided, even though it had taken on a bit of a musty smell in storage.  They found a short torch within the sack, with wrapped oiled-rags on one end and a smooth shaft rounded at the bottom on the other.  Other sundry items were provided, but many had degraded over time and had to be discarded.

“Do the people here in this place eat much?” another young man asked me after rummaging around in his sack, finding nothing he could hope to munch on.

“They do,” I assured him, “but there is not much out here in the wilds of the coastal lands.  There is a place I hope to take you all to tomorrow.  We can get more supplies there and perhaps a very good meal and a few beds.  The man is a friend of mine.”  Then I muttered something that I perhaps should have kept to myself, “At least, I still hope he is.”

I caught him staring at me and I shrugged.

He leaned back with a sigh, “Great.  Just great.”

*Scene 7* 8:57 (The Sound and Fury)

The trip overland had taken a toll on the group. They were hungry, confused and exhausted. I couldn’t blame them. Not a good combination for beginning any lengthy and grueling endeavor, but I had no choice but to hold the revelations that would need to be made until I could bring them first to The Marker Stone. The place and the circumstances we found ourselves in together all seemed to make more sense there, standing before its massive stone face and seeing the living words written in it.

We slept for a few hours.

The campfire, at last gaining enough of the fed fuel to warm up the inner circle of our younger travelers, while the older ones lay in the outer ring, still chilled but warmed enough by the cloaks we had unpacked.

It had been no more than six hours give or take when, in the distance, we hear a terrible noise echoing in the foothills beyond us.

I assumed that one of the legendary monsters known to lurk in these wild lands must have captured another victim.

The plaintive cries are pitiable and the savage roars were terrible. The hauntingly resound over the hillsides, rebounding in canyons and arroyos and through the streets of abandoned homesteads and ghostly townships, over dried and weedy fields and through vacant crumbling and weather-worn stone structures. Despite who the victims may be or the terrible deeds they might have done in life, hearing those sounds of such brutality and the dying screams of the victims are almost too horrible to bear.

This journey to through the Mid-World to find the gates of Excavatia is not one for the faint of heart.

I start to rouse the others, but a quick survey showed that they had been awakened by the terrible noises too. Anxious glances were cast from side to side, seeking the source of the conflict, but the echoes of it came from all around us.

Miray scampered across from her sleeping place and hung fiercely to me, burying her head in to my shoulder as I took her up into my arms.

“What IS that?!” asked one, twisting her head from side to side, trying to discover which direction the sounds were coming from.

“What’s going on?!” asked another bolting upright.

Some of the younger men and girls gathered some of the stowed firewood, and brandished them as makeshift weapons, ready to ward off whatever was making such terrible noises.

“Did something hurt that man from last night?!” the tall, blonde woman asked, throwing an accusing look my way.

I gave her a measured look, and said, “He’s quite safe for now. Don’t worry about him. I am more concerned that something may have followed inland us from the shore.”

I could not tell them more than that. My speculation was mere conjecture at this point, though not an unprecedented occurrence. Just a nagging feeling I had, from the past experiences. In either case, it was an strong indicator that we needed to get moving and quickly.

If what I suspected was over that rise, I had encountered something of its kind before, and this crew of travelers was not ready for it. I hadn’t been either, but that tale is for another time.

There was no way to tell them that beasts they would encounter here were not what they might expect to find back in the Surface World.  There were many dangerous fiends to choose from. Some of which were not entirely animal, and that distinction made them even more dangerous than just that of any man-killing brute beast.  The half-animal in them did not behave in a predictable nature, nor did the deadly intelligence behind their bestial visage.

This thing was not some wild creature protecting its territory or driven to confront man because of the mere hunger for meat and blood, of that I was certain. These things fed on fear and I could not give in to that now, or I knew I would be drawing it right to us. We had to get moving. We had to get to the place that would make what I had to tell them clearer. Those who followed me needed a miraculous sign to compel them to consider the possibility of something beyond their human experience. They need to see The Marker.

“What are we gonna do?” one of the men asked, “Can we stand together and fight it?”

“We need to stay calm and get moving,” I said, “This is no place to make that kind of stand. We need to get the young ones to safety.”

“Where are we going?!” one asked.

“I cannot tell you that just yet. You’ll have to follow me. I have an old friend that lives in a small village just beyond the valley, I mentioned him last night. We should make it there before mid-day, sooner if we can avoid the Xarmnian patrols and the others.”

I began to quickly gather and stow the items I had pulled from the rucksack I had taken for myself.

“Others?!  What ARE these others?!  Why are you being so mysterious?”

“Please, I need you to pack quickly. Gather anything you have pulled out of the rucksacks I gave you. You can either follow me or find your way back to the beach. It’s your choice. But staying here is not an option, I would recommend.”

“You must be out of your mind!!” an older man spat angrily, “Go back?! Where can we go? We left the beach and whatever it was that brought us here. I am staying right here until we figure out what that noise is?”

I sighed, exasperated, and trying hard to rein in my temper, knowing that each minute wasted in argument and rising tension would draw the creatures we heard in the distance right to us.

I set Miray down on her feet and said, “Go get your pack. Hurry!”

“Brian, we need answers! We need them right now!”

I stood and turned, facing the man, “The sea fog has passed. They never stay too long in the daylight hours. The road we took in is just over the rise there. If anyone told you that it would be safe coming here, that being part of a quest would be all adventure and thrills. They were or are lying to you. These are dangerous lands. What is happening here is difficult to explain with giving you more context and evidence for what this place truly is. I myself am terrified too. But I am committed to seeing this quest through.”

“Seriously dude, we just want to know what’s going on back there.”

“You will have to trust me. It is too soon. If it sees you, locks eyes with you, that could be the last nightmare image you see before your mind shuts down.”

“You are welcome to stay the course with me, as I value your company. But you must be up for it. I will tell you all that is at stake at the appropriate time and place, but right here and right now is neither. In a crunch situation, I need to know now whether I can count on you or if you will turn and run to save your own skin. The start of this journey was not that long ago, so if you choose you should be able to find your way back. But as for me, I’m pressing on. The main road is that way,” I pointed towards the south which would join the road heading back to the eastern sea and the oculus gate.

“But I will be headed that way,” I pointed forcibly to the northwest and the sloped hill rising up to the highlands, “Come with me now…or you will soon see what is causing that noise, and by then it will be too late to decide.”

They were stunned by my sudden loss of patience, but I could not help it. I was angry with myself for what I was unable to tell them and frustrated by their understandable lack of trust. But I knew we could delay no longer.

I came over and helped Miray with her sack and cinched up the top and placed it over her shoulder, crossing the leather ties in front, hoping it would not be too heavy for her to carry and move quickly.

The others finally followed suit and we snuffed out the campfire, moved the slate stone back over the fire-pit and scattered dust and sand over it as quickly as we could.

We’d pushed the strongbox back into the alcove and pulled and lock the bush camouflaged panel back down in the evening, so it was one less thing we had to do before resuming our journey.  A light wind was blowing down the slope and the loose dust and gravel around our hastily exited campsite would hopefully be erased in short order.  There were many of both mankind and beast here in the Mid-World who would not be very happy to know that Surface Worlders had returned to walk their lands.  For reasons not clear to me, our kind in transit through the oculus portals often unwittingly unleashed some dangerous, supernatural guests from a kind of inter-dimensional prison as well.

When we were all geared up and ready, two of the young men stood with folded arms in my path.

“You need to tell us what is out there before we go any further.”

I headed between them, holding Miray’s hand as she followed looking with large eyes at both of them as we passed.

“I will.  But not here.”

Out of the Shallows – Chapter 1

*Scene 01* 4:44 (The Betrayal in the Prior Quest)

Love never fails.  I had always believed that to be true in principle.  Until a fateful night when I witnessed its sacred quest stone fail, and leave my friend Caleb to die at the brutal hands of hybrid monsters.  While their cruel bestial king took possession of the stone we had foolishly believed would protect us.

Those woods were dark and dead. No sunlight pierced their tangled, twisted veil or ever touched the stone cold ground. Its floor was gray with ash where ancient fires had once found fuel in that accursed forest.  For centuries, the place had lain in a perpetual night under a burial shroud of shadows.

Only torches carried into its forbidding darkness ever illuminated its winding footpaths, but they were soon snuffed out by the beings still moving within it.

I dare not say that these dark inhabitants were living, for though they all moved, spoke, and breathed, they continually abided in death.

It had been foolish for Caleb and me to ever think we could subdue the beast that had anointed himself king over this kingdom of dead creatures. But we believed in the power that ruled The Cordis Stone, and in our minds, there was a strong enough chance we could end this king’s terrible reign once and for all.

But nothing went as planned. That night of death became a living terror that has even followed me into The Surface World.

I can still hear the voice of that Beast King echoing through my waking dreams, resonating and vibrating out of the blackness of those dead woods.

“Yes! Run for your life, O man,” it bellowed laughing from the darkness, “Everything you love will be stripped from you.”

It’s booming laughter pounded my body with sonic fists, striking me from out of the darkness. I turned, trying to fend off the invisible blows, but could still see him in the distance, bathed in a throbbing red glow, standing powerfully upon a rocky outcropping, mocking my terror. 

Below him, in mosh pit silhouettes, a sea of his dark shadowy servants celebrated the savage delight of their king with barks, grunts, hisses, and chortling. Their hundreds of pairs of scintillating eyes turning towards us. 

“Your betrayal has given me the key to your most precious treasures. And the means….,” he growled, lifting the fiery red stone he had wrested from Caleb’s hand, bathing his monstrous face, and dead eyes in a swirling wash of red light,”…to find and destroy them.”

Only then, had I realized, in the stumbling confusion of our panicked flight, that the King of The Half-Men, the one his hybrid creatures called ‘The Pan’, had not spoken to both of us.

Though we both had fled together, Caleb had fallen. And they had taken him into the darkness.

And The Pan’s haunting, threatening words would be painfully proven right.

“Everything you love will be stripped from you. Your betrayal has given me the key…and the means…”

*Scene 2* 2:13 (The Memory Bridge Crossing)

I foolishly believed I could break the power of The Pan’s spoken curse, by resolving not to allow myself to love again. By closing myself off, walling myself in, and guarding myself against that vulnerability. But I was wrong.

That night of my betrayal and the subsequent death of my friends had been twenty-one years ago,…and after so long living in my resolve to remain only in the Surface World, I had begun to believe it had all been a dream.

Until now.
The recurring nightmare no longer ends with me awakening in a cold sweat, screaming. I feel a change this time. An inner door within the dream has opened and suddenly the world I now awaken to….is a surging sea.

I do not remember my body coming through the oculus portal, this time. Enduring the long airless passage between worlds for a mortal man is terrifying, so it is, perhaps, a good and merciful that I was spared that awareness.

It has been so long living out this nightmare on the Surface World. I was a fool to believe The Pan’s reach was so limited. I should have known better.

But I am here again, and that could only mean one thing.

That I, and the others I will soon meet, are preceded here…by a monster.

Only The One could have opened this doorway, and He never does so without a good purpose and reason.

*Scene 03* 7:33 (The Return to the Mid-World Beach)

By all accounts, it should be terrifying to find myself waking up, submerged underwater. But I am unafraid. This splash-down landing is familiar to me.

It is a baptism into a new world, one could not imagine existed unless they were called to see and experience it for themselves. But I feel this is just as it should be.

Like Peter, I fell under these surfeiting waves because I took my eyes off of the One who called me to walk these inner shores and the land beyond them by faith. But, be that as it may, I am back.

Mercifully, being awakened to a deeper place, once again.

The water here is fairly shallow–and I can almost touch the sandy bottom. I feel the roll and push of the tides, mimicking the rise and fall of heavy breathing. The sea around me is alive and I am held in it.

In a panic, I might’ve taken in a gasp and swallowed only liquid breaths, but I realize what is happening before fear steps ahead of me to dictate my solely physical reaction.

I flail slightly, and then with a strengthened downstroke, I emerge up from those watery depths into the spray and foam of a surging sea. I am thrust forward and at last gain strength in my legs.

My head pushes through the watery ceiling. As the water clears from my eyes, I find myself staring at a mysterious beach that was not there when I drifted off.

As odd and surreal as all this seems, I am not disoriented. This place, the sandy shore, the rising sea cliffs, the rolled dunes of sand are all familiar. I have a certain degree of clarity that I have not experienced in years.  

My feet find purchase in the submerged sand, below the heaving shallows. I steady myself and rise to stand, water shearing off of my body.

I look down and, as I once did so long ago, again find I am waist-deep in seawater.

I was brought to this very shore twenty-one years ago, as a traveler, in much the same way.  I joined a noble cause, followed a struggling leader into the interior, embarked on a failed quest for a season only to betray a friend, lose my closest companions, and ultimately lost my way. But that is for another time, and not what I would consider the start of my journey, but only a precursor to it. The most meaningful beginnings start not at the peak of our success, but in the deep valleys, at the very darkest admission of our failure. It is from there only that we arise from the dust. That we are given the buoyancy to float up from the depths.

Water was a part of my arrival, even as it was a part of my departure. Only, in the evening when I left–when I was last consciously parted from this place, the water was much deeper…and I was drowning.

The water vacillates between feelings of warmth and cold. The lower undercurrent chills and tugs at my feet–trying to pull me out to sea–while the froth-crested swell of the warm upper tide shoves me forward toward the sandy beach and the dunes and sea caves beyond.

Much would have changed in the time I spent away. But still, I remember. Though the shores are slightly altered, and the storm winds have scoured the cliffs, and deadened the sea-side vegetation, I know this is The Mid-World. A place connected between one realm of human perception and the next. But, for now, that is all I am permitted to say of it.

As the wonder of returning settles into the realization of it, a part of me is shocked that I was allowed to come back here. I thought after so long, that hope of my return had faded. It is an uncanny and unnerving feeling, being back. There is both a sense of dread and relief in it. Like one who is lost, terrified, and wandering through a deep forest might feel upon recognition of a familiar landmark. A sense of returning to a comforting place one knew well, long ago in their childhood, but finding it very much changed and desecrated. Devoid of the many aspects that once made the familiar place seem safe.

Behind me, there is a large twisting hole in the sky.  A great whirlpool, suffused in otherworldly light that distorts the horizon and warps time and space.  It glares at me like a great lidless eye.  The inner iris is opening, and partially closing with an aortic rhythm matching the rising breaths of the sea. Oculus. The strange word forms upon my lips even as recognition dawns. The Eye of The Sea. It is a mysterious portal transcending the expanse between the world of the seen and unseen. It is only one of seven rumored to be here in this mysterious place. The closest one to this area.

The portal swirls and spins, dipping into the waves and spraying seawater, as the brow of the sky folds and unfolds inward and outward.

If memory serves, there should still be an inlet cave around the next bend.

And if this arrival is anything like the previous one, I know it is just a matter of time before there will be others arriving here.  They will not know where they are, just as I didn’t when I first came.  But what they will learn here, if they are open to it, will change them forever.

What appears to be sea-fog gathers down the shoreline and will soon be upon us.  My pulse quickens as I remember the living fog and the terrors cloaked within it.  I have a particular dread of it for I know it will steal parts of my memory as it had done with me in the past.  Forgetting is very, very dangerous.  Especially in this place.

*Scene 04* 7:46 (Breathe It In)

Something pursued the little girl.  Something that she could not remember.  Its form was clouded in her mind, but the terror of those moments leading up to that lapse was real enough for Miray.  She could feel them fading, but the panic lingered.

The thing pinning her down smelled of dead fish.

“Your friend that was is dead,” it sneered and hissed, spitting hatefully into her face as it growled, pressing her writhing, struggling body into the thick sand of the seashore, “and by now her putrefying flesh is rotting in the belly of a powerful prince of the power of the air and sea.”

Miray’s eyes went wide in horror and shock.  Pools of terror threatened to blind her.  The form would not clarify, it appeared distorted and unfocused as if watching its twisted face through an oil-smeared glass.

“He was so disappointed that you did not come, but he will meet with you later on the road ahead,” the voice was garbled, cruel, multi-layered, and androgynous.

“He marked you and all of the company from your world that will follow,” mocking her into despairing of all hope, “But never mind all that, child.  You will forget everything but your own name.  All your fears packed into this moment will fade.”  It quietened to see if the girl might be tempted to trust that reassurance.

Miray flexed in defiance and the savage being leaned in, hissing with vehemence, “Now get ready to taste the fog.”  Its cruel, unyielding hand, gripped her cheeks and jaw, forcing her red-pink lips into an ‘O’, “It will heal you of this unpleasantness.  Breathe it in.  Long and deep.  Its name is Oblivion.  Say hello.  It is waiting to meet you, and you will not miss this meeting.”

It shoved a knuckle into her mouth, but Miray bit its fingers.  It raged and slapped her face again and again.

Miray tried to hold her mouth closed.  She clenched her teeth, but the smeared-image being pinched her nostrils closed and savagely pulled her hair back.  It flailed and reached for the flat stone it had set aside and forced it cruelly between Miray’s lips, prising her teeth and jaws apart.  Her face stung with the coarse sand, abraded and raw from the repeated slaps.

“Shush, shush, shush!”, it cooed cruelly, as Miray wept and tried to scream but could not.  Tears poured copiously from Miray’s eyes.  She gasped for breath but her teeth were clamped firmly upon the rock held in her mouth.  Sand grit was in her throat, and she gagged and coughed allowing more of it to fall deeper down her throat, threatening to enter her lungs.

“Shut up or I will shove this further into your throat, you brat!  The fog is almost here.  When it comes, you…will…breathe it in.”

The fog was much closer now and would soon envelop them in grey mists.

Miray tried to close her lips around the flat rock, but the smeared-thing twisted the rock in her mouth and forcibly pinched her nose shut.  “Keep your pretty little mouth open, you baby slut!”  Miray gasped and mewled in pain as the rock’s unyielding edge cut into her gums and lips.  Blood filled her mouth, and she gagged on it, choking.  The thing pulled her hand away from the girl’s nose and backhanded her with it.  “I would gut you with this rock, but there has to be twenty-one at the beginning, so I cannot bash your head in yet.”

Tendrils of the reaching sea-fog drifted by, and the creature closed its feral eyes in a euphoria.

“Now you will see what it is like to taste the wet of the wind, little Surface dweller.  Your nightmares are just beginning, you little meddler.  We will burrow them so far into you so that your doctors will never find us.”

The creature stood up, climbing off of Miray, as the fog swirled and grew thicker around them.

It stood up spreading its arms wide, twirling around and around with the curling mists,  shouting and laughing to the sky, “Breathe in the madness!”

When Miray felt the pressure of the creature’s body leave her she quickly turned over, unable to breathe anything.  She was disoriented.  Her face stung from the repeated blows.  She gasped, but choked on blood and sand, the hard stone had fallen out of her mouth when she rolled on her hands and stomach.

The fog surrounded her.  Blocked her in.  She could no longer see the smeared-thing.  The fog was dense and gray and smoky.  It did not feel like a landed cloud.  The way her father used to describe it.  She forcibly coughed against the glob in her throat finally expelling the sand and blood.  Her next breath was desperate and though badly needed, fearfully unwanted.  She could not help it.  It entered her flaring nostrils and her panting, parted lips unbidden.

She could feel her mind begin to surrender to the gray cloud and her last desperate thought was to do as she had always done when she felt danger.  She ran.  She ran with all her might until she collapsed on the beach.  Before she succumbed to the things clouding out her mind she wrote a single word in the wet sand beside her and then all within and without went dark.

*Scene 05* 0:59 (Watcher in the Cave)

From the recessed darkness of a sea cave, just beyond the dunes built up by the surge at the shore, large eyes witnessed with pleasure and delight the subduing of the little girl.  She was a threat that needed to be dealt with, before the coming of the others.  The hook had been placed in the mind of the Traveler.  He would not know it until it was too late.  For now, it must dig in and wait.  It must follow where the man would eventually lead it to uncover the past that threatened its very future.

*Scene 06* 3:40 (Awakening on the Beach)

When Miray awoke, she was alone, lying in the sand.  Her head throbbed.  Her cheeks were flushed and scraped raw.  Her dress was torn.  Her chest ached as if it had been pounded.  Her knuckles were bruised and she had blood in her mouth.  She pushed herself up on weak, trembling arms.  Frothy surf wet her dress legs and lower body.  The sea was trying to swallow her even as the graying darkness had.  It was silently receding from her now, making way for the splash of the building waves, pooling and rushing around her.  She glanced at her palms and the tops of her fingers peeking out of the shallow indentions in the rolled wet sand.  As the seafoam swelled through her fingers, she noticed a small pattern of shallowing, fading lines to the right of her palm puddles.  The pattern confused her for a moment, as the sea interceded again and wetly-erased the fading pattern away.

She was dazed.  Confused.  The sea salt in the water burned her cuts and abrasions.  Had she fallen overboard?  Why did her mind feel so foggy?  Her mouth taste so grainy and coppery?

She knew something was missing, but could not get her mind clear enough to know what she had forgotten.  She had a sense that there was something she had desperately intended to remember, but it was drowned somewhere within the fog.  Stolen from her.

Her mind had once been so bright, but now, in some places deep within, there was only dim darkness.  There were some very important fireplace pictures missing.  Images that she imagined she kept neatly arranged over the mantle of her mind and hearth.  She scrunched her eyes, crawling up on her bruised knees, putting her small gritty hands over her face as silent tears fell between her fingers.  She sniffled, “Mustn’t cry.  Mustn’t!”

Coughing away some of the sand, she lowered her hands and stood up as the foamy waves formed laces around her small feet and battered tennis shoes.

“Be a big girl,” she admonished herself, “You’ll find those pictures again.”

She blinked final tears away and watched the graying fog recede towards the southern bend of the beach and swirl around the edges of the seacliffs.

There was someone she was supposed to find.  She felt it as much as she somehow knew it.  Someone she had to meet that would help her find the missing pictures again.

*Scene 07* 7:18 (Meeting the Wandering Child)

The land before me and the rising swell of the sea behind me is much the same.  Twenty-one years have done little to alter it.

It is almost as if I had never left, but I know that is not the case.  A part of me abandoned it.

Though deep down, I know I carry this place with me always, I have not attended much to it.  Not as much as I should have…

Still, I am meant to be here.  Called, once again, to come back here.  To face what I fled from so long ago.

This is no accident.  My wandering sojourn has brought me back to the place where I departed and took the wrong turn before.

And more than anything, I cannot deny the knowledge that I have been brought back for a reason.  I have come around full-circle to the place of beginnings.  Twenty-one years of my circuits of the Sinai wilderness are complete.

The promised land still awaits.  A kingdom whose doorway lies somewhere to the east of here upon a precipice in the far mountains.  Guarded by a nightmarish beast who presently sleeps, but will awaken if one attempts to reach the door beyond.

I have unfinished business here.  I must undo what was done.

Words of the Ancient Text find my heart and mind, swirling in the cognitive storehouse of my conscious memory.  As I move forward in this mysterious land, I know that these grounding words will surface and meet my need at each juncture of decision, yet I still retain terrible doubts.

How much can I really see through the lens of my own harbored self-doubt?

I am fearful of what coming back here means for me.  Somehow, I must find the gate-stone we lost.

That I lost, rather, for I take full responsibility for what happened.  Perhaps that is why I was brought back, because I am the only one left of our prior company who can make it right.

I smell something within the tang and briny salt of the sea air.  Some kind of underlying rotten smell.  A kind of sweet sick decay and I am certain I have smelled it before.

Something else has come with me through the portal, yet I cannot see it.  But I know it is there.  At some point, it will manifest itself, but it is staying clear of me now.

As I slog forward, urged on by the press of the waves, I see the little girl wandering on the beach.

She is alone and lost.  Perhaps she is the first of the others.  She is probably scared.  I must not frighten her.

She sees me.  Our eyes meet.  And she begins to run…

Not away from me, as I expected she might,…but towards me like she was very glad and relieved to finally find someone else here besides herself.

She stopped a few feet from me and studied me a moment before putting her hands on her hips as if accusing me of hiding from her and running off.  She was about six or seven years of age.  A precocious, red-head with bouncing curls, a light dusting of freckles on her nose but otherwise very fair porcelain skin.  Her intelligent eyes danced as green jewels and she seemed to be taking in more of her surroundings and her quick assessment of me half-slogged, in a flash.

“I’m Miray,” she announced matter-of-factly, “And I can’t remember anything else.  Is that weird?”

No, I thought to myself, not here it isn’t.  I wanted to say, welcome to the Mid-World, my dear fellow Surface Worlder, but I didn’t.  All of that would be explained in time.

We heard other voices just down the beach from us, as I knelt down and made our introduction mutual.

I extended my hand and said, “Well, hello there, my dear Miray.  My name is Brian.”

She listened carefully and thoughtfully, whispering my name to herself with an inscrutable look on her face.

“It’s not you,” she muttered finally and then noticed my extended hand and looked at it curiously for a moment.

Seeming to decide at last in my favor, she reached out and shook it, one emphatic pump only, and then smiled crookedly and said, “I am not a deer.”

And I responded, “Well then, are you a rascal?”

She beamed, winked at me and said, “Maybe.”

“Is it just you or are there others who came with you?”

She scrunched up her nose and shrugged.

“I think it is just me, but it sounds like there are others ahead.  I don’t remember, but I’ll find out.  Do you know where we are?”

I attempted to wring water out of my wet shirt and nodded, “I do.  I came here before.  But I don’t know when we are.”

She puzzled that one over for a few seconds and then looked off in the distance, “Maybe there is someone ahead that can tell me who I forgot.  I’m gonna see.”

“Okay.  I’ll be right there.  Don’t go too far.  Now that I found you, I wouldn’t want to lose my only friend here.  I will tell you all more when we join the others.”

She grinned at me, obviously pleased with my answer and then she skipped away toward the sounds of the group to make other acquaintances.

*Scene 8* 0:50 (The Xarmnian Scouts)

From a notch in the ridgeline, several Xarmnian horsemen watched the distant beach with interest.  The meddlers would eventually pass through to the west of them, but they were given instructions to let them pass for now.  Shihor had given them strict orders.  The flying creatures were proving to be a fortunate ally, as long as their lord and the matron both shared common enemies.  The beachhead stretched for miles along the coastline and the creatures had led them to the perfect vantage point to intercept them.  Now the hardest part would follow–the waiting.

*Scene 9* 2:58 (Following the Child)

I move to follow while she runs eagerly ahead, oblivious to potential danger.  Her free-spirited steps displaying the exuberance and happy curiosity of a child.  Such precious innocence, I almost tear up.

I glance back down the sandy beach in the direction from which she came.  The fog and mists are building from the south.  There isn’t much time, and I didn’t want to scare the child.

As I begin to turn away, something else catches my eye.  There are two sets of small child-sized footprints in the sand, each track about six to eight feet apart, but I think nothing of it.

Clearly, Miray has passed this part of the beach before.  No telling how long she has been wandering these shores…only the small footprints appear to be heading in the same direction.  I pause, staring at the separate prints.

Of course, I thought, She must have gone further inland and then passed back this way.  I was just seeing the bottom loops of her searching circuitous path.

I shake my head and almost laugh at myself, and plod ahead, trying to keep the young girl in sight.  Perhaps I am a little disoriented and not as clear-headed as I first thought.

There is something I am forgetting.

Something very important.

We must move inland soon to reach the valley where the shadows in the foggy shore cannot follow.  Even now, I feel something in the air.  Moving within the distant sea fog coming behind us along the shoreline.  The light is odd here.  It darkles with some grayish luminescence.   I cannot risk losing sight of the little girl.

She is an absolute charmer.  Miray is her name.  Beyond that, she told me, she cannot remember much either.

A sea dune intervenes, like a pointed finger, between the turn at the edge of the shore and the frothy water stretching out to sea.  The edge of the portal seems to recede into the bruised sea-cloud, lying beaten, cast and scuttled along the beach like a shipwrecked sailor.

I follow the separate sets of small footprints up the side and over the sea dune and see the gathering of bewildered travelers below.  I see the small red-headed girl milling around between the people.  She speaks to a few and then moves quickly on to another queue, flitting from one to the next like a hummingbird sampling nectar from blossoms.

They must be very confused arriving here by the sea-gate portal, but fortunately, I know a deal more than they do, and it is time I made their acquaintance.

*Scene 10* 3:05 (Arrival of Others)

I attempt to count the people I see as I quietly approach the crest of the dune.  They, like me, are all wet from being in the surf.  I estimate there are about twenty people, give or take a few.  It is hard to tell from this distance and the sky is not as clear as I had hoped it would be to get the expected count.

There were fourteen of us total the last time I was here.  But this time…more.  I quiet my breathing and try to settle the worried pounding of my heart.

I tried to think of how should I begin, “Is everyone here?  Let’s call the roll, shall we?”

That would be unfair to them because they do not yet know the importance of sharing their names and revealing who they are or believe themselves to be.  That felt…off.

For the time being, they must remain strangers to me.  All will be explained in time.

Each of us is part of something larger than we can imagine.  A grand story, written by a Grand Designer.

Back in the Surface World, among my circle of friends we’ve lost some very precious people.  There are no words to assuage the grief caused by their untimely exit.

Their absence creates a reminder that life is but one breath away from loss.

They were unfinished stories.

I should have known that it would be these particular thoughts that would confront me upon my return here.

In my subconscious mind, I did know and that is why it has taken me so long to finally be willing to come back.

Running away from problems, or drowning them out with distractions, fillers and other illusions, never make the problems go away.

They only grow.

Larger and meaner and more deadly with time.

In the end, they breathe and become living and sentient monsters…

I mentally gather the weapons of warfare to me, that I have learned are most powerful in this strange land.  An Ancient Text which transcends space and time and becomes embodied in flesh and power.

*Scene 11* 6:07 (Sowing in the Seventh)

From atop the edge of the sea cliffs, the hidden mercenary stood with his hands resting upon the hilt of his sword. The metallic-gray clouds twisted into the sky forming a giant Gordian knot and silhouetting his shadowy form against their silvery light. He stood back beyond the edge of the cliff, so his form would not be seen from the beach skylined against the clouds. But he could still see the gray sands of the shore and the foaming lines of the sea clearly, and the wet, new arrivals.

The Oculus had appeared hours before. They had seen its glow from their small waiting camp in the early morning hours and had approached the cliffs. The Xarmnian patrols were rumored to be about, but The Storm Hawk and Lehi had kept them further back, running interference. Not fully knowing why The Resistance wanted them to, but were happy to assist when they received the request. The Storm Hawk was rumored to have once been one of the Surface Worlders, so the less she knew of his present mission the better.

The two infiltrators were in place.  They’d descended the cut into the slope, and soaked themselves in a tide pool just beyond the bend of a dune.  He saw them join the others on the beachhead below, and he knew at last his assignment was complete.  Now he would ride back and report to Tobias and the others, and get his double-portioned rations and sowing seed promised him. He would then take his family out and return to farming, far away from the towns.

The two agents were naive enough to have the chance of pulling this thing off. The Surface Worlders, on first arrival were never what one might have considered to be readied warriors anyway. They were exposed out here. Unprepared for the harsh realities of this world, because they were too much under the influence of the assumptions of this World being, too much, like their own. The two were fools. Naifs. But they would be fools among fools, so they would fit right in.

The Resistance knew that one day the Surface Worlders would be back, and they were more certain of it, than any of their sworn enemies.  There was some mystical influence coming from the old Marker Stone.  Those in the Resistance, at least, agreed upon that, but in many ways, to his mind, it could not be relied upon. There were certain useful truths in it, but there were also too many inconsistencies.

So, every seventh year, he brought the Resistances’ two delegates and they came to the eastern sea cliffs to watch for the opening of The Eye of the Sea and the entrance of the unwitting interlopers. The Resistance had once welcomed their arrival once before. Believed it to be a sign that the Prophecy of The Marker Stone was being fulfilled.

But that was before.

The Stone Quests were a failed hope. And finding Excavatia was only a dream of superstitious mystics. Stories only believed by children, before the hardships of life matured them into becoming realists and skeptics.

Though there were many faithful prophecy believers still within the Resistance, their influence was failing, and the Realists and Skeptics were steering the resistance efforts into a more pragmatic approach towards insurrection, and enticing the dormant, and smoldering embers of suspicion and nascent fratricidal war back into flame. But the Surface Worlders, naive as they were, still had to be watched and there was no better way to watch them than from within their company.

Though they never began with The Stones of Virtue in their possession, somehow, always, a Stone found its way to them.

Whatever these Surface Worlders were planning, it would not be good for the Resistance movement.  They would stir the Xarmnians up and then life would again become the hell it was before.  The Surface Worlders would leave and return to their own world, but the results of their meddling would ripple like waves across The Mid-World and impact all who lived here.

Noadiah had been a fool, but at last, she’d come to her senses and conceded to their plan.  Then she’d disappeared, leaving them without a Seer.

Tobias and Sanballat had then stepped in, and proposed a more feasible solution to throwing off the oppression. But a lot was riding on this plan.  The Capitalians would not appreciate being incited to return into the land beyond the wall, but they must.

And then the two brotherhoods would finally destroy each other upon a final field of battle.

Yes, he and his family would be long gone before that happened. Far away, sowing his own seed and reaping his very own harvest, away from the winds of war.

*Scene 12* 3:56 (Memories of the Past Beginning)

As I stand upon the large brow of the sea dune, contemplating and looking down upon the new arrivals below, I notice they are looking up at me, wondering, since I do not immediately descend.

By now the little girl has told them about our brief encounter. That I may know something about this place they find themselves in, and what secrets it holds for why they are here.

I once stood where they are standing now. Bewildered. Unsure and afraid of what might be happening. I fully sympathize with what they may be feeling, but I also know I must be careful with what I say.

I remember the voice of the man who led us and his admonishments like it was only moments ago rather than years.

“Listen carefully to what you hear. Measure and consider what the people of this land say. Apply sound principles you have known from past experiences. Aligned to the Truth Codex all you perceive on this journey. Strive to be a studied person of wise counsel. There are many deceptive illusions in this place.  Be a considerate companion of your fellow travelers. We need wise counselors.”

Had I heeded these words of wisdom; my friend would still be alive and that once-human monster, The Pan, would not have in his possession what he does…

In view of that, I wonder if I should ever be forgiven.  Jeremiah was perfectly justified in…

Already, I have almost said too much.

I am supposed to lead these newcomers into the interior. But I am fearful of revealing too much too soon. This place, this Mid-World, is like and unlike the world, we all left behind on the other side of the sea-gate. I am fearful that I will not be able to gain their trust, yet the compelling of the call still rests on my shoulders and heart. Fear of rejection has too often been an impediment to action in my life, but the One still calls me to obey and leave the results up to Him. As hard as it is, I must trust the call because of who it is that called me.

I sigh heavily, surrendering the tension I feel and mentally committing my will to His quiet voice. “I am coming, Lord. Give me the courage I need,” I pray quietly as I move forward.

I have been stalling. Delaying the inevitable. I can feel the urgency. Like there is a danger far worse than that of the fog rolling toward us.

I descend the far side of the dune and all eyes turn toward me.

“Here goes…,” I mutter.

The small group is coming this way. It is time they came to know me and I them. The journey to the gate is long, and the path to get there is uncertain.

*Scene 13* 7:50 (Welcome to the Mid-World)

“You, there!” one of the men calls out to me, “This little one, says you may know something of where we are.  What’s the story?”

Others are following, gathering.

“Welcome to the Mid-World, my friends,” I say raising my hands to encompass and indicate the group should draw near.

“That remains to be seen,” another muttered, “This place does not seem all that welcoming.  We’re all wet and cold.”

“I have been sent to collect you all and lead you into the interior.  There is a storm coming and we need to get further inland before it hits these shores.”

“What about this thing we came through?  I’m not sure I want to leave the only entrance to wherever this is if I cannot get back to where I came from.”

“Despite what you may think, you are not all assembled here by accident.”

“You mean someone did this to us?” asked one.

“Who?” another asked.  “Can’t we get back?”

Questions came at me from all sides, tumbling over each other, but I chose to respond to only the ones clearly heard by the group.

“You can.  But aren’t you even curious to find out why you are wanted and needed here?”

“Where is here?  Are we dead or something?”

“If you where you would not be wondering where here is.  You would already know for sure.”

“You are talking in riddles, sir.  How do we know we even can trust you?  We don’t even know you, or anyone else here for that matter.”

“Now that is the first and most important question you all have asked me.  It is critical that you start asking these kinds of questions if you are to participate in a quest in the Mid-World.”

“Quest?” one said, almost laughing incredulously, “What a nut job!”

“I think someone drugged us and is playing mind games,” one whispered loudly to another.

“I knew I should not have had that third vodka martini, before bed.  These are the kind of freak dreams I get…” another muttered.

“I doubt this is a dream.  I feel wet and cold and the sand and salty air feel real enough.”

“Perhaps we’re in one of those sensory deprivation tanks, somewhere. Or aliens have abducted us,” the questioner then turned an accusatory finger at me.

“Dude, are you an alien or some head shrink researcher or something?!”

“No.  It is more complex than that.  I’m none of those things,” I answered defensively.

“What kind of a quest?  Why should we bother?”

“Because you very lives back in the places where you have come from depends on it.”

“How melodramatic of you to say that.”

I bow slightly to the speaker.

“Allow me to present myself.  My name is Brian.  I am, like you, from the world, you all came from.  Because that place is the locus of creation, we refer to it as the Surface World.  So, I too am a Surface Worlder.”

“I’ll bet he’s one of those dufuses that lives in his parents’ basement, sits in his underwear and a white cotton T-shirt smeared with Cheetos stains, playing video games all day.”

A few chuckled at the mental image, and I knew, with this crowd I was not getting off to a good start as their designated leader.

This is the very thing I feared the most.  The mockery.  If I did not get them to take this seriously soon, we were all going to die here.

Oh, God,” I silently prayed, “What do I do to convince them?  To gain their trust before it is too late?  I can’t lead these people.  I wish You had picked someone else.  I am the worst person to do this.  You know what I did the last time.  I am too afraid.  Please pick someone else, God.

I then felt a small hand grab mine, I looked down and saw a crown of deep red curls, and a pretty face scrunched up and looking at me intently.

“I believe you Mister Brian,” she said simply, “Tell them it’s real.  You must tell them even if they don’t believe.  If I knew what I forgot, I would tell them, but I am still missing it.  Please tell them.”

“Precious and blessed child,” I said, gently squeezing her encouraging hand.

“For you, I would do almost anything,” convicted that what I was fearful to endure for The One, I was more than willing to do for this sweet little girl.

I took in a deep breath and then boldly faced the muttering and suspicious group, unconscious of where the determination of strength came from as I spoke to them further.

“Believe what you will.  But there is danger coming to us all if we remain much longer.  That sea fog, coming in from around the bend will be on us soon.  We must move inland and get beyond the sea cliffs to the descending valley on the other side.  You can follow or stay.  It is your choice.  But we…,” I looked down at Miray and smiled at her, and she wrinkled her nose and smiled up at me, “…we are going forward.”

As Miray and I turned to walk past them, I saw another little dark-haired girl, about Miray’s age or a little older, scowl and her eyes flashed daggers at Miray.  She clearly was not happy, but one by one the others followed us up the shoreline, winding up a switchback sandy grade and over the hill overlooking the sea.  Reluctantly she followed the group at last, as an older girl came back and took her hand.  She smiled at the girl who came back and they seemed to chat quietly as we wove between sea-weathered rounded boulders, and made our way down into a shadowy valley below.  For some reason, I knew the sea fog would not follow us there.  That it would move along the shore and skirt the ridge, but not pour over it into the valley beyond.  We were somehow safe in the shadow.

As we walked down, I heard some of those following behind speaking low among themselves, thinking I could not overhear.

“What do you think of this Mister Brian?”

“I think he’s full of crap, but we’ve nowhere else to go and there is no way I’m sticking around back there getting stuck in that fog.”

“Where do you think this place is?”

“I don’t know, but somehow I think I came here once before with my dad.”

Stunned, I stopped in my tracked and turned around to see if I could spot the speaker.

They all looked so innocent, but some blushed, realizing I had been aware of what they were saying.  I could not discern who the speaker might have been, so I turned back around facing the front.

“What’s wrong?” Miray asked, a concerned look on her face.

“Nothing,” I lied, “Nothing at all.”

*Scene 14* 1:08 (Going Inland)

The sun is, even now, at our backs.  The road stretches out ahead of us into the fading and darkening horizon.  The starlight above us begins to sharpen as the day yields its cooling place to the night.

Ascending the hillside leading up from the beachhead, I am almost as wary of the looming shadows, as I was of the sea fogs below.

I know it is not safe to be traveling at night, but we have no choice.  We have to get to the road and then to the valley beyond it.  The fog bank on the seashore now obscures the entire coastline.  Fogs here are dangerous.  Not all of them, but enough to make one avoid them.  There is something in them that makes people forget.  We’ve walked a fair piece, but there is a much farther place that we have to go to.  I say further, but that is not entirely true.  In some ways, it is very close.

By the time we reach the crest of the hillside, it is almost daybreak.  The sun’s glow gives a gilded edge to the mountain peaks in the distance.  The dawn is still a few hours away, but we feel the promise of it.  With the daybreak, comes the hopeful promises.  The chance to make those wishful dreams that linger in fading memory a work in progress towards fulfillment.